Skip to main content

Full text of "A text-book of Roman law from Augustus to Justinian"

See other formats


. 

' 


I 


' 

H 
|H 


•M^5» 

•r 


— « 

. 


H  ' 

• 
I 

^^^^H 
• 

.  si 

•i 


,  • 


,  i 

• 

g  i 

T 


-  •  -  "••'' 


• 


• 


§ 

•  i 


U3RARY  O'aY 


- 

EN  ay 

i:   -.  '. - 


DA 


CAMBRIDGE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

C.  F.  CLAY,  MANAGER 
LONDON    :    FETTEE  LANE,  E.G.  4 


LONDON  :    STEVENS    AND    SONS,   LTD. 

119  and  120  Chancery  Lane,  W.C.  2 
NEW  YORK    :    THE  MACMILLAN  CO. 
BOMBAY       ^ 

CALCUTTA   [  MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LTD. 
MADRAS       J 
TORONTO    :    THE   MACMILLAN    CO.    OF 

CANADA,  LTD. 
TOKYO  :  MAEUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA 


ALL  RIGHTS  RESERVED 


A  TEXT-BOOK 
OF  KOMAN  LAW 

FROM 

AUGUSTUS  TO  JUSTINIAN 


BY 

W.  W.  BUCKLAND,  M.A.,  F.B.A., 

OF  THE  INNER  TEMPLE,  BARRISTER-AT-LAW 

REGIUS  PROFESSOR  OF  CIVIL  LAW  IN  THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CAMBRIDGE,  FELLOW 

OF  GONVILLE  AND  CAIUS  COLLEGE 


CAMBRIDGE 

AT  THE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 
1921 


PREFACE 

THE  following  pages  contain  an  attempt  to  state  the  main  rules  of 
the  Private  Law  of  the  Roman  Empire  for  the  use  of  students,  and  the 
chief  purpose  of  the  writer  has  been  to  set  out  the  established  or  accepted 
doctrines.  This  consideration  may  be  held  to  justify  the  arrangement  of 
the  book.  Much  criticism,  often  well  founded,  has  been  directed  at  the 

«~>.^r>«./%T>->/i.->4-  o/-l/-»r^.ci/^    VVIT  rioino   onrl  fr>llnw£>rl   K\r  T)i«tinian  in 


ERRATUM 
p.  264,  1.  15  for  post-classical  read  mainly  late 


of  treatment  can  be  quite  satisfactory.  The  study  of  any  branch  of  the 
law  calls  for  some  knowledge  of  ideas  which  are  to  be  looked  for  in  other 
branches.  The  law  of  Persons  suffers  least  from  this  source  of  difficulty 
and  can  therefore  conveniently  be  studied  first.  But  it  is  not  quite  free 
from  it :  in  particular,  ideas  connected  with  civil  procedure  are  frequently 
involved.  This  is  the  case  throughout  the  law:  in  all  systems,  the 
remedy  is  the  root  of  the  matter.  Rules  of  Law  do  not  enforce  them- 
selves, and  a  general  idea  of  the  system  of  remedies,  of  the  steps  to  be 
taken  if  a  right  is  infringed,  of  the  broad  distinctions  between  the 
different  remedies  for  infringement  of  different  kinds  of  right,  and  of 
the  nature  of  the  relief  which  can  be  obtained,  will  be  found  greatlv  to 

O  »/ 

facilitate  the  study  of  the  substantive  law.  A  very  brief  account  of  these 
matters  has  been  prefixed1  to  the  detailed  account  of  the  law  of  procedure, 
and  the  student  is  advised  to  familiarise  himself  with  this,  before  be- 
ginning his  systematic  study  of  the  book. 

The  subject  treated  is  the  law  of  the  Empire — what  is  called  the 
classical  law — with  later  developments,  including  the  legislation  of 
Justinian.  But  the  system  elaborated  by  Labeo  and  his  successors  has 
its  roots  in  the  past  and  is  scarcely  intelligible  without  some  knowledge 

\  Post  §§  ccvi,  covn. 


• 


Ih    OnSAT   9RITAIN 


PREFACE 

THE  following  pages  contain  an  attempt  to  state  the  main  rules  of 
the  Private  Law  of  the  Roman  Empire  for  the  use  of  students,  and  the 
chief  purpose  of  the  writer  has  been  to  set  out  the  established  or  accepted 
doctrines.  This  consideration  may  be  held  to  justify  the  arrangement  of 
the  book.  Much  criticism,  often  well  founded,  has  been  directed  at  the 
arrangement  adopted  by  Gaius  and  followed  by  Justinian  in  his  Institutes, 
and  many  modern  treatises  adopt  arrangements  differing  from  it  in  im- 
portant respects.  But  these  arrangements  differ  so  widely  among  them- 
selves that  it  may  fairly  be  assumed  that  none  of  them  has  such  over- 
whelming advantages  as  to  make  it  desirable  for  the  present  purpose  to 
adopt  it,  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  texts  to  which  the  student  is  directed 
adopt  a  different  order.  The  general  plan  of  the  book  therefore  follows  the 
Institutional  arrangement,  though  with  no  hesitation  in  abandoning  it 
where  this  course  seems  to  tend  to  lucidity  of  exposition.  In  truth  no  order 
of  treatment  can  be  quite  satisfactory.  The  study  of  any  branch  of  the 
law  calls  for  some  knowledge  of  ideas  which  are  to  be  looked  for  in  other 
branches.  The  law  of  Persons  suffers  least  from  this  source  of  difficulty 
and  can  therefore  conveniently  be  studied  first.  But  it  is  not  quite  free 
from  it :  in  particular,  ideas  connected  with  civil  procedure  are  frequently 
involved.  This  is  the  case  throughout  the  law:  in  all  systems,  the 
remedy  is  the  root  of  the  matter.  Rules  of  Law  do  not  enforce  them- 
selves, and  a  general  idea  of  the  system  of  remedies,  of  the  steps  to  be 
taken  if  a  right  is  infringed,  of  the  broad  distinctions  between  the 
different  remedies  for  infringement  of  different  kinds  of  right,  and  of 
the  nature  of  the  relief  which  can  be  obtained,  will  be  found  greatly  to 
facilitate  the  study  of  the  substantive  law.  A  very  brief  account  of  these 
matters  has  been  prefixed1  to  the  detailed  account  of  the  law  of  procedure, 
and  the  student  is  advised  to  familiarise  himself  with  this,  before  be- 
ginning his  systematic  study  of  the  book. 

The  subject  treated  is  the  law  of  the  Empire — what  is  called  the 
classical  law — with  later  developments,  including  the  legislation  of 
Justinian.  But  the  system  elaborated  by  Labeo  and  his  successors  has 
its  roots  in  the  past  and  is  scarcely  intelligible  without  some  knowledge 

1  Post  §§  ccvi,  covn. 


vi  PREFACE 

of  the  earlier  institutions  on  which  it  is  based.  These  earlier  institutions 
are  therefore  taken  into  account,  but  are  dealt  with  only  in  outline  and 
only  in  so  far  as  knowledge  of  them  seems  to  be  essential  to  the  main 
purpose  of  the  book. 

The  great  constitutional  changes  which  marked  the  foundation  of 
the  Empire  would  not  of  themselves  justify  the  adoption  of  that  event 
as  the  starting-point  for  a  statement  of  the  Private  Law,  but  there  are 
other  reasons  for  choosing  this  or  perhaps  the  slightly  earlier  age  of 
Cicero.  His  writings  give  us  the  earliest  contemporary  account,  from 
a  more  or  less  legal  point  of  view,  of  the  system  of  Private  Law.  The 
conquest  of  Greece  was  somewhat  older,  but  the  influence  of  Greek  ideas 
on  Roman  institutions  was  only  now  becoming  important.  The  first  idea 
which  this  allusion  brings  to  mind  is  the  lus  Naturale.  It  is  borrowed 
from  Greek  philosophy,  but  it  does  not  appear  that  the  expression  was 
in  use  among  the  lawyers  till  the  time  of  Augustus.  The  expression  ius 
civile  was  in  use,  but  in  republican  times  it  meant  merely  the  unwritten 
part  of  the  law,  the  "common  law"  as  opposed  to  that  which  had  been 
expressly  enacted.  The  expression  ius  gentium  is  as  old  as  Cicero,  but 
we  do  not  know  that  it  is  older,  and  there  is  no  evidence  that  it  was  as 
yet  used  by  lawyers  to  mark  a  sharp  contrast  with  another  system  known 
as  the  ius  civile.  The  contrast  of  ius  civile,  ius  gentium,  ius  naturale 
belongs  to  the  Empire.  There  is  no  trace  of  the  conception  of  obligatio 
naturalis  among  the  lawyers  of  the  Republic.  But  this  new  traffic  in 
ideas  is  only  one  indication  of  the  rapid  evolution  of  legal  notions  which 
was  now  beginning.  The  complex  law  of  manumission  described  by 
Gaius  is  a  very  different  matter  from  the  simple  system  of  the  Republic. 
Most  of  the  family  law  is  indeed  more  ancient,  but  while  the  main  frame- 
work of  the  Law  of  Property,  even  Equitable  Ownership,  is  republican, 
many  parts  of  it  (some  of  which  seem  to  us  indispensable)  were  un- 
known to  the  Republic.  Praedial  servitudes  were  few  in  number,  and 
the  personal  servitudes,  though  some  of  them  were  extant,  were  not 
thought  of  as  servitudes :  it  is  not  quite  clear  how  they  were  thought  of, 
or  indeed  whether  they  were  "servitudes"  till  a  much  later  date.  There 
was  no  such  thing  as  acquisition  of  property  by  agent.  In  the  law 
of  succession  the  praetorian  changes  had  as  yet  gone  a  very  little  way 
towards  rationalisation  of  the  system  except  so  far  as  actual  descendants 
of  a  man  were  concerned.  It  was  the  early  Imperial  law  which  gave 
something  like  due  weight  to  the  claims  of  a  mother  and  invested  the 
praetorian  will  with  real  efficiency.  The  early  history  of  the  "real"  and 
"consensual"  contracts  is  not  certainly  known,  but  it  is  not  probable 
that  any  of  them  were  recognised  very  long  before  Cicero.  The  use  of 
stipulatio  as  a  general  form  into  which  any  undertaking  might  be  cast 


PREFACE  vii 

may  perhaps  be  little  older  than  the  Empire,  and  it  is  at  least  possible 
that  mutuum,  unsupported  by  either  nexum  or  stipulatio,  is  unknown 
as  a  contract  to  the  earlier  law.  Most  of  the  elaborate  classification  of 
actions  which  plays  so  large  a  part  in  the  later  juristic  writings  was 
the  work  of  lawyers  of  the  Empire. 

These  are  changes  in  the  broad  institutions  of  the  law,  but  still 
more  important  is  the  new  scientific  spirit.  Constructive  activity  on 
the  part  of  the  lawyers  was  no  new  thing.  Callus  Aquilius,  who  added 
so  much  to  the  law  in  the  time  of  Cicero,  had  no  doubt  predecessors  who 
inspired  a  great  part  of  the  Edict,  but  there  is  no  mistaking  the  new 
creative  impulse  which  appears  with  him  and  Quintus  Mucius,  and 
Servius  Sulpicius,  perhaps  the  most  important  of  the  three,  all  con- 
temporaries of  Cicero.  Nearly  all  the  subtle  distinctions  and  refinements 
of  the  law,  corresponding  to  the  "case  law"  of  our  system,  are  the  work 
of  the  classical  jurists,  the  earliest  of  whom  were  trained  by  these  men. 
That  these  refinements  were  introduced  was  not  a  misfortune:  it  was 
a  necessity.  That  the  introduction  occurred  then  was  not  an  accident: 
it  was  inevitable.  Rome  was  now  the  capital  of  the  civilised  world,  the 
chief  market  for  all  commodities,  including  brains.  Her  conquests  and 
the  peace  she  had  imposed  on  the  world  led  to  a  great  increase  of  com- 
merce of  which  she  was  the  centre.  The  infinitely  varying  relations  of 
trade  created  innumerable  questions  which  demanded  solutions,  and  the 
demand  created  the  supply.  From  every  quarter  of  the  State  men  of 
ability  gravitated  to  Rome,  and  the  legal  profession,  then,  as  always,  an 
avenue  to  political  life,  and  having  the  additional  advantage  that  it  was 
the  only  career  which  still  preserved  its  independence,  naturally  attracted 
a  large  proportion  of  them,  many  of  them,  perhaps  the  majority  of  the 
most  famous,  coming  from  the  remoter  parts  of  the  Empire.  The  system 
elaborated  by  these  men  and  modified  by  their  successors  is  the  primary 
subject  of  the  book. 

The  subject  is  the  Law,  not  the  history  of  the  Law.  But  between 
Labeo  and  Tribonian  there  elapsed  more  than  500  years,  and  through- 
out this  long  period  the  law  was  changing,  sometimes  rapidly,  sometimes 
slowly,  but  always  changing.  Any  attempt  to  state  the  law  as  a  com- 
plete single  system  without  reference  to  its  changes  would  give  a  mis- 
leading result,  and  if  this  were  remedied  by  historical  footnotes  there  is 
some  danger  that  the  book  would  be  unreadable.  The  method  adopted 
therefore  is  that  of  a  narrative  treatment,  in  which,  while  the  system, 
as  a  system,  is  kept  in  view  and  forms  the  main  framework  of  the  book, 
the  historical  development  is  also  kept  in  view  and  the  perspective  dis- 
torted as  little  as  possible.  Further,  the  subject  is  the  Private  Law  and 
little  is  said  of  such  institutions  as  the  Colonate  and  the  privileged  and 


viii  PREFACE 

State-controlled  trade  corporations  of  later  law1,  of  which,  important  as 
they  were  in  practice,  the  chief  interest  is  social  and  political. 

There  are  certain  fundamental  notions  which  find  their  application 
in  nearly  all  branches  of  the  law,  and  which,  for  this  reason,  it  is  fre- 
quently found  convenient  to  treat  once  for  all  at  the  beginning  of  the 
discussion.  The  field  of  these  notions  is  indeed  differently  conceived  by 
different  writers,  but  among  typical  matters  may  be  mentioned  the 
effect  of  mistake,  fraud,  duress  or  impossibility  on  legal  transactions,  the 
law  of  conditions,  and  of  representation,  the  basis  of  legal  obligation 
and  so  forth.  But,  apart  from  the  fact  that  many  of  these  notions  cannot 
well  be  understood  without  some  knowledge  of  the  institutions  to  which 
they  can  be  applied,  there  is  in  Roman  Law  the  further  serious  difficulty 
that  they  are  not  handled  in  a  uniform  manner  in  different  branches 
of  the  law.  The  treatment  of  conditions  is  not  the  same  in  the  Law  of 
Contract  and  in  that  of  Wills.  Even  in  the  same  branch  of  the  Law 
there  are  often  two  systems  to  be  considered.  The  effect  of  mistake 
or  fraud  is  not  the  same  in  relation  to  Formal  Transfers  of  Property 
and  in  transfer  by  delivery,  traditio.  It  is  not  the  same  in  iure  civili 
contracts  and  in  those  iure  gentium.  The  attempt  to  treat  the  law  of 
representation  once  for  all  is  likely  to  lead  to  a  cumbersome  result,  partly 
because  there  was  much  change  and  partly  because  the  change  pro^ 
ceeded  at  different  speeds,  by  different  methods,  and  to  different  lengths 
in  different  branches  of  the  law.  The  general  result  is  that  brevity,  which 
is  the  main  advantage  to  be  derived  from  this  mode  of  treatment,  is  not 
really  attained  in  the  discussion  of  classical  law,  though  it  may  be  in 
treatises  on  "  Pandektenrecht. "  from  which  the  formal  and  iure  civili 
elements  of  the  Roman  Law  have  disappeared,  and  the  various  evolutions 
are  more  or  less  complete.  There  is  therefore  no  attempt  at  this  mode  of 
treatment  in  the  following  pages. 

On  many  points  in  the  law,  especially  on  its  historical  development, 
there  is  much  controversy.  It  has  seemed  undesirable,  on  the  one  hand, 
to  confuse  the  student  by  over  much  insistence  on  these  doubtful  points, 
or,  on  the  other,  to  leave  him  in  the  belief  that  matters  are  clear  and 
settled  which  are  in  fact  obscure  or  disputed.  There  will  therefore  be 
found  many  references  to  controverted  questions,  but  discussion  of  them 
is  brief  and,  for  the  most  part,  relegated  to  the  footnotes. 

The  question  of  the  proper  amount  of  detail  has  been  found  difficult. 
To  a  writer  on  a  subject  of  which  the  principles  are  well  known  and 
settled,  such  as  the  English  Law  of  Contract,  the  matter  is  easily  dealt 

1  An  excellent  account  of  both  these  matters  can  be  seen  in  Cornil,  Droit  Remain, 
Aperfu  historique,  pp.  506-519,  a  work  which  was  not  available  till  the  greater  part  of 
this  book  was  in  print. 


PREFACE  ix 

with.  Such  details  are  selected  as  seem  to  the  writer  to  illustrate  the 
principle  under  discussion,  and  the  reader  is  sent,  for  further  information, 
to  the  Law  Reports  and  the  practitioners'  textbooks.  But  the  principles 
of  the  classical  Roman  Law  are  not  known  in  the  same  way.  Much, 
no  doubt,  is  known,  but  scarcely  a  year  passes  without  some  new  elucida- 
tion of  principle,  some  new  point  which  compels  reconsideration  of  a 
hitherto  accepted  notion,  and  the  starting-point  in  such  cases  is  not 
unfrequently  some  point  of  detail  which  had  been  regarded  as  quite 
insignificant.  In  stating  the  common  law  for  the  student  we  start  from 
the  principle  and  illustrate  by  detail,  while  there  are  many  parts  of 
the  Roman  law  in  which  it  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  we  have  not 
really  passed  the  stage  of  arriving  at  the  principle  by  the  study  of  detail. 
There  is  always  a  danger  of  imposing  on  the  reader  for  Roman  Law  what 
is  really  a  modern  conception  and  for  classical  law  what  is  byzantine. 
It  is  difficult  to  say  before  hand  what  detail  may  prove  illuminating, 
and  the  state  of  the  study  seems  to  justify  a  rather  freer  use  of  detail 
than  would  be  necessary  or  convenient  in  a  treatise  on  English  Law. 
But  here  too  it  has  been  possible  to  rely  to  a  considerable  extent  on 
footnotes. 

Propositions  of  private  law  will  be  found  to  be,  in  general,  supported 
by  references  to  the  original  texts,  but  in  the  Chapter  on  the  "Sources 
of  the  Law,"  since  many  of  the  rules  stated  are  inferences  from  a  large 
number  of  documents,  this  was  hardly  practicable  and  thus  reference  is 
frequently  made  only  to  authoritative  modern  writers.  But  the  rest  of 
the  book  also  is,  as  such  a  book  must  be,  largely  indebted  to  earlier 
writers.  Due  acknowledgement  is  made  in  the  footnotes,  but  more  than 
this  is  necessary  in  the  case  of  the  well-known  "Manuel"  of  M.  Girard. 
It  is  impossible  to  estimate  what  the  writer  owes  to  this  book,  which  he 
has  kept  within  reach  for  twenty  years. 

The  book  is  also  indebted  to  many  friends  of  the  writer,  in  particular 
to  Professor  F.  de  Zulueta,  of  Oxford,  who  has  read  most  of  the  proofs 
and  to  the  Master  of  Trinity  Hall,  who  has  seen  several  parts  of  the  book 
in  manuscript,  for  countless  hints  and  necessary  corrections.  Of  the 
helpfulness  and  care  of  the  Secretary  and  Staff  of  the  Cambridge  Uni- 
versity Press,  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  speak:  this  is  so  much  a  matter  of 
course. 

W.  W.  B. 

18  July  1921. 


CONTENTS 

PREFACE  v 

LIST  OF  BOOKS  AND  PERIODICALS  CITED  BY  SHORT  TITLE   .        xiii 

CHAP.  PAGE 

I      THE  SOURCES  OF  THE  LAW  IN  THE  EMPIRE       ...  1 

II  THE  LAW  OF  PERSONS.    LIBERTY  AND  CITIZENSHIP  .         56 

III  THE  LAW  OF  PERSONS  (con/.).    THE  LAW  OF  THE  FAMILY   .       102 

IV  THE  LAW  OF  PERSONS  (con*.).    THE  LAW  OF  THE  FAMILY 

(cont.).    PERSONS  SUI  IURIS 143 

V  THE    LAW    OF    THINGS.     RES.     PROPERTY.     POSSESSION. 

IURE  GENTIUM  MODES  OF  ACQUISITION  OF  PROPERTY         182 

VI  THE  LAW  OF  PROPERTY  (cont.).    IURE  CIVILI  MODES  OF 

ACQUISITION.    SERVITUDES.    AGENCY         .          .          .          .233 

VII  ACQUISITION  PER  UNIVERSITATEM.  SUCCESSION  BY  WILL      281 

VIII  THE  LAW  OF  WILLS  (cont.).     LEGACY,    FIDEICOMMISSUM. 

SOLDIER'S  WILL.    SETTLEMENTS 331 

IX    THE   LAW   OF   SUCCESSION.     INTESTACY.     BONORUM  POS- 

SESSIO.    SUCCESSION  NOT  ON  DEATH 361 

X     THE  LAW  OF  OBLIGATIONS.    GENERAL  NOTIONS.    VERBAL 

CONTRACTS.    CONTRACTS  LITERIS 403 

XI  OBLIGATIO  (cont.).   CONTRACTS  RE.   CONTRACTS  CONSENSU. 

INNOMINATE  CONTRACTS 459 

XII  OBLIGATIO  (cont.).    PACTA.    INCIDENTS  OF  CONTRACTUAL 

OBLIGATION.    QUASI-CONTRACT.    EXTINCTION  OF  OBLI- 
GATION.   DELICT 524 

XIII  THE    LAW    OF    PROCEDURE.     LEGIS    ACTIO.     FORMULA. 

COGNITIO 599 

XIV  THE  LAW  OF  PROCEDURE  (cont.).     INCIDENTAL  RULES  OF 

PROCEDURE 668 

XV  THE  LAW  OF  PROCEDURE  (con*.).   PRAETORIAN  REMEDIES.       712 
INDEX  741 


LIST  OF  BOOKS  AND  PERIODICALS  CITED 

BY  A  MUCH  ABBREVIATED  TITLE  OR   REQUIRING 
AN  INDICATION  OF  THE  EDITION  USED 

Accarias,  Precis:  Precis  de  Droit  Remain,  C.  Accarias,  4me  Ed. 

Affolter,  Inst.:  Das  Institutionensystem. 

Arcbiv  f.  c.  Pr.:  Archiv  fur  civilistische  Praxis. 

Bertolini,  Obblig.:  Le  Obbligazione,  Parte  Speciale,  G.  Bertolini. 

Beseler,  Beitrage:  Beitrage  zur  Kritik  der  Romischen  Rechtsquellen,  Gerh.  Beseler. 

Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.  P.:  Der  Romische  Civilprozess,  M.  A.  von  Bethmann-Hollweg. 

Bruns:  Fontes  luris  Romani,  ed.  C.  Bruns,  Ed.  7a,  ed.  O.  Gradenwitz. 

Buckland,  Slavery :  Roman  Law  of  Slavery,  W.  W.  Buckland. 

Bull.:  Bullettino  dell'  Istituto  di  Diritto  Romano. 

Collinet,  Etudes  Hist.:  Etudes  historiques  sur  le  droit  de  Justinien,  E.  Collinet. 

Cornil,  Aper9U  historique:  Droit  Remain,  Aper9U  historique  sommaire,  G.  Cornil. 

Costa,  Profile  storico:  Profile  storico  del  Processo  Civile  Romano,  E.  Costa. 

-  Le  Acque:  Le  Acque  nel  Diritto  Romano,  E.  Costa. 

-  Storia:  Storia  del  Diritto  Romano  Privato,  E.  Costa. 

Cuq,  Manuel  (Man.):  Manuel  des  Institutions  juridiques  des  Remains,  E.  Cuq. 

Daremberg  et  Saglio:  Dictionnaire  des  Antiquites  grecques  et  romaines,  sous  la  direc- 
tion de  Ch.  Daremberg  et  E.  Saglio. 

D.P.R.:  Le  Droit  Public  Remain,  par  Th.  Mommsen,  traduit  par  P.  F.  Girard. 

Esmein,  Mel.:  Melanges  d'histoire  de  droit,  A.  Esmein. 

Et.  Girard:  Etudes  d'histoire  juridique,  offertes  a  P.  F.  Girard,  par  ses  Eleves. 

Fitting,  Alter  und  Folge:  Alter  und  Folge  der  Schriften  Romischer  Juristen,  von 
Hadrian  bis  Alexander,  H.  Fitting,  2te  Bearbeitung. 

Gibbon  (Bury):  Decline  and  Fall  of  the  Roman  Empire,  E.  Gibbon,  ed.  J.  B.  Bury. 

Girard,  Manuel:  Manuel  elementaire  de  Droit  Remain,  P.  F.  Girard,  6me  Ed. 

-  Melanges:  Melanges  de  Droit  Remain;  Histoire  des  Sources,  P.  F.  Girard. 

-  Org.  Jud.:  L'Organisation  judiciaire  des  Remains,  i,  P.  F.  Girard. 

-  Textes:  Textes  de  Droit  Romain,  P.  F.  Girard,  4me  Ed. 
Gott.  Gel.  Anzeigen:  Gottingische  gelehrte  Anzeigen. 

Heumann-Seckel :  Heumanns  Handlexicon  in  den  Quellen  des  Romischen  Rechts,  9te 

Aufl.  ed.  E.  Seckel. 

Huschke:  Jurisprudentia  Anteiustiniana,  P.  E.  Huschke,  Ed.  5a. 
Ihering,  Geist:  Geist  des  Romischen  Recht,  R.  von  Ihering. 

Jobbe-Duval,  Proc.  Civ.:  Etudes  sur  Phistoire  de  la  Procedure,  E.  Jobbe-Duval. 
Jeers,  Rom.  Rechtsw.:  Romische  Rechtswissenschaft  der  Republik,  P.  Joers. 
Karlowa,  C.  P.:  Der  Romische  Civilprozess,  O.  Karlowa. 

-  R.  Rg. :  Romische  Rechtsgeschichte,  O.  Karlowa. 

Keller- Wach,  C.  P.:  Der  Romische  Civilprozess,  F.  L.  von  Keller,  6te  Aufl.,  ed. 

A.  Wach. 

Kipp,  Gesch.  d.  Quellen:  Geschichte  der  Quellen,  Th.  Kipp,  3te  Aufl. 
Krueger,  Rom.  Rechtsq.:   Geschichte  der  Quellen  und  Litteratur  des  Romischen 

Rechts,  P.  Krueger,  2'e  Aufl. 
Lenel,  E.  P.:  Das  Edictum  Perpetuum,  O.  Lenel,  2te  Aufl. 

-  Paling.:  Palingenesia  luris  Civilis,  O.  Lenel. 
L.Q.R.:  Law  Quarterly  Review. 

Marquardt,  Privatl.:  Privatleben  der  Romer,  J.  Marquardt. 


xiv  LIST  OF  BOOKS  AND   PERIODICALS  CITED 

Melanges  Appleton:  Melanges  Ch.  Appleton;  etudes  d'histoire  du  Droit,  dediees  a 

M.  Ch.  Appleton. 

Melanges  Girard:  Etudes  de  Droit  Romain,  dediees  a  P.  F.  Girard. 
Mitteis,  R.  Pr.:  Romisches  Privatrecht,  L.  Mitteis,  i. 
Reichsr.  und  Volksr. :  Reichsrecht  und  Volksrecht  in  den  Ostlichen  Provinzen, 

L.  Mitteis. 
Momnisen,  Ges.  Schr.:  Gesammelte  Schriften,  Th.  Mommsen. 

-  Staatsr. :  Romisches  Staatsrecht,  Th.  Mommsen,  3te  Aufl. 

-  Strafr.:  Romisches  Strafrecht,  Th.  Mommsen. 

Moyle,  Instt.  lust. :  Imperatoris  lustiniani  Institutionum  Libri  Quattuor,  with  com- 
mentary, J.  B.  Moyle,  5th  Ed. 

-  Sale:  Contract  of  Sale  in  the  Civil  Law,  J.  B.  Moyle. 
N.R.H. :  Nouvelle  Revue  Historique  de  Droit  Fran£ais  et  Etranger. 

Partsch,  Neg.  Gest.:  Studien  zur  Negotiorum  Gestio,  i  (Sitzungsberichte  der  Heidel- 
berger  Akad.,  1913). 

-  Schriftformel :  Die  Schriftformel  im  Romischen  Provinzialprozesse,  J.  Partsch. 
Pauly-Wissowa :  Paulys  Real-Encyclopadie  der  Classischen  Altertumswissenschaft, 

Neue  Bearbeitung.  ed.  G.  Wissowa. 
Puchta,  Inst.:  Cursus  der  Institutionen,  G.  F.  Puchta. 

Revue  Gen.:  Revue  generate  du  droit,  de  la  legislation  et  de  la  jurisprudence. 
Riv.  It.  p.  1.  Sc.  Giu.:  Rivista  Italiana  per  le  Scienze  Giuridiche. 
Roby,  Introd. :  Introduction  to  the  study  of  Justinian's  Digest,  H.  J.  Roby. 

-  R.P.L.:  Roman  Private  Law  in  the  Times  of  Cicero  and  of  the  Antonines, 
H.  J.  Roby. 

Savigny,  System:  System  des  heutigen  Romischen  Rechts,  F.  K.  von  Savigny. 

Sohm  (Ledlie):  Sohm's  Institutes  of  Roman  Law,  translated  by  J.  C.  Ledlie,  2nd  Ed. 

Vangerow,  Pand.:  Lehrbuch  der  Pandekten,  K.  A.  von  Vangerow,  7te  Aufl. 

Van  Wetter,  Pand.:  Pandectes,  P.  van  Wetter. 

Willems,  D.  P.:  Droit  Public  Romain,  P.  Willems,  7me  Ed. 

Windscheid,  Lehrb.:  Lehrbuch  des  Pandektenrechts,  B.  Windscheid,  9te  Aufl. 

Z.S.S.:  Zeitschrift  der  Savigny-Stiftung,  Romanistisches  Abteilung. 

(References  for  Roman  Juristic  Sources  are  to  the  Berlin  Stereotype  edition  of  the 
Corpus  luris  Civilis,  to  Mommsen's  edition  of  the  Codex  Theodosianus  and  to  Girard's 
Textes.  Any  exceptions  are  noted  at  the  reference.) 


CHAPTER  I 
THE  SOURCES  OF  THE  LAW  IN  THE  EMPIRE 

I.  Legislation  in  the  Republic,  p.  1;  Comitia  in  early  Republic,  2;  II.  Late  Republic,  4; 
Comitia,  ib.;  Senate,  ib.;  Praetor,  5;  Augustus,  6;  III.  Leges  in  the  Empire,  7;  IV.  Edicta 
Magislraluum,  9;  Julian's  revision  of  the  Edict,  10;  V.  Senatusconsulta,  13;  VI.  Principum 
Placita,  16;  VII.  Edicts  of  the  Emperor,  18;  Decreta,  19;  VIII.  Rescripta,  20;  IX.  The 
Jurists,  21;  lus  Respondendi,  23;  X.  The  two  Schools,  27;  XI.  The  Juristic  Literature,  28; 
Gaius,  29;  Julian,  30;  Papinian,  31;  Paul,  ib. ;  Ulpian,  32;  XII.  Cessation  of  great  Jurists,  33 ; 
Law  of  Citations,  34;  XIII.  Remains  of  Juristic  Literature,  35;  Barbarian  Codes,  36; 
XIV.  Late  Imperial  Legislation,  38;  Codex  Gregorianus,  ib.;  Codex  Hermogenianus,  ib.; 
Codex  Theodosianus,  39;  XV.  Justinian's  legislation,  40;  First  Code,  ib. ;  Digest,  41; 
Arrangement,  42;  XVI.  Interpolations,  44;  XVII.  The  Institutes,  46;  The  50  Decisions, 
ib. ;  Codex  Repetitae  Praelectionis,  47 ;  the  Novellae  Canstitutiones,  ib. ;  XVIII.  Character 
of  Justinian's  legislation,  48;  Legal  Education,  49;  XIX.  Organisation  of  the  Empire,  50; 
XX.  Custom,  lus  civile,  gentium,  naturale,  52;  lus  Gentium  and  the  Edict,  55;  Aequitas,  ib. 

I.  Though  the  history  of  the  modes  of  formation  of  Law1  in  earlier 
Rome  is  outside  the  scope  of  this  book,  it  is  convenient  to  have  an  out- 
line of  the  main  facts  before  us  in  order  the  better  to  understand  the 
material  with  which  Augustus  had  to  deal  in  his  reconstruction.  The 
story  may  be  said  to  begin  with  the  XII  Tables.  There  are  indeed 
traditions  of  legislation  by  the  more  or  less  legendary  kings2,  of  a  col- 
lection of  these  leges  regiae  issued  by  one  Papirius  about  the  time  of  the 
foundation  of  the  Republic3  and  of  a  commentary  on  the  lus  Papirianum 
by  Granius  Flaccus4,  not  long  before  the  end  of  the  Republic,  and 
there  are  what  purport  to  be  citations  from  these  leges  regiae  by  various 
later  writers,  mostly  non-legal5.  But  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  leges 
regiae  are  anything  more  than  declarations  of  ancient  custom.  They  are 
largely  of  a  sacral  character,  and  in  any  case  they  play  no  important 
part  in  later  law.  "The  XII  Tables  are  of  vastly  greater  importance. 
They  were  a  comprehensive  collection  or  code  of  rules  framed  by  officers 
called  Decemviri,  specially  appointed  for  the  purpose,  perhaps  in  two 
successive  years,  and  superseding  for  the  time  being  the  ordinary 
magistrates  of  the  Republic.  They  were  enacted  as  a  Statute,  or  Statutes, 
about  450  B.C.6  by  the  Comitia  Centuriata,  perhaps  the  first  express 

1  See  Krueger,  Rom.  Rechtsquell.  3-82;  Kipp,  Gesch.  d.  Quellen,  §§  5-10.  2  Krueger, 
op.  cit.  3  sqq.  3  1.  2.  2.  36.  The  praenotnen  of  Papirius  is  variously  stated.  4>  50.  16. 
144.  5  The  references  are  collected  in  Girard,  Textes,  3  sqq.;  Bruns,  1.  1  sqq.  The  great 
majority  are  attributed  to  the  earlier  and  certainly  mythical  kings.  6  On  the  sceptical 
views  sometimes  expressed  as  to  this  early  date  and  the  story  of  the  Decemviri  generally, 
see  Girard,  Melanges,  1  sqq.;  Greenidge,  Engl.  Hist.  Rev.  1905,  1. 

B.  R.  L.  1 


2  THE  TWELVE  TABLES  [CH 

legislation,  in  the  Roman  State,  affecting  the  Private  Law.  They  con- 
sisted for  the  most  part  of  ancient  Latin  custom,  but  there  was  some 
innovation  and  apparent^  some  incorporation  of  rules  of  Greek  Law. 
They  have  not  survived  in  their  original  form,  but  have  been  partially 
reconstructed  from  the  numerous  references  to  them  in  later  legal  and 
lay  writings,  some  of  which  purport  to  give  the  actual  wording  of  particu- 
lar rules,  though  in  all  cases  this  is  in  a  much  modernised  form l.  Though 
they  were  in  fact  in  great  part  superseded  by  later  legislation  long  before 
the  end  of  the  Republic,  they  continued  to  be  held  in  great  reverence. 
Livy  describes  them  as  the  "fans  omnis  publici  privatique  iuris2,"  and 
citations  and  allusions  are  found  even  in  Justinian's  compilations.^  But 
the  XII  Tables,  comprehensive  as  they  were,  did  not  contain  the  whole 
law.  They  stated  general  rules :  the  countless  details,  especially  of  form, 
were  left  to  be  elucidated  by  officials.  In  early  Rome,  as  in  other  nascent 
civilisations,  there  was  no  great  difference  between  religious  and  legal 
rules  and  thus  those  to  whom  it  fell  to  expound  the  laws  and  advise 
thereon,  and  this  not  merely  informally,  but  by  virtue  of  their  official 
position,  were  priestly  officials,  the  Pontiffs3.  In  this  age  it  does  not 
appear  that  any  authority  was  thought  of  as  capable  of  altering  the 
provisions  of  the  XII  Tables :  these  were  a  fundamental  law.  But  while 
civilisation  is  advancing,  the  law  cannot  stand  still,  and  in  fact  the 
power  of  interpretatio  and  formulation  placed  in  the  hands  of  the 
Pontiffs4  was  in  effect  a  power  to  alter  the  law,  by  ingenious  interpreta- 
tions, some  of  which  we  shall  meet  with  later  on5.  There  is  not  much  to 
be  said  for  the  logic  of  these  interpretations,  but  there  can  be  no  doubt 
of  their  utility. 

Of  express  legislation  there  was,  to  the  middle  of  the  Republic,  but 
little,  and  what  did  occur  was  mainly  on  Constitutional  matters6.  Of 
the  various  popular  assemblies  the  oldest  was  the  Comitia  Curiata.  This 
was  an  assembly  of  the  whole  people,  or  rather  of  all  heads  of  families, 
grouped  in  30  curiae,  the  curia  being  the  voting  unit.  Each  curia  con- 
sisted of  a  number  of  gentes,  or  clans,  the  members  of  which  were  con- 
nected by  a  real  or  assumed  relationship7.  It  is  doubtful  whether  this 
body  ever  exercised  legislative  power  in  the  ordinary  sense.  Important 

1  Of  the  various  reconstructions  that  now  most  usually  accepted  may  be  seen  in  Girard, 
Textes,  9  sqq.,  together  with  an  account  of  the  evidence  on  which  the  necessarily  somewhat 
speculative  attribution  of  individual  provisions  to  their  proper  Tabula  is  based.  2  Livy, 
3.  34.  3  Krueger,  op.  cit.  27;  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  18  sqq.;  D.P.R.  3.  19 sqq.  4  See 
the  much  discussed  D.  1.  2.  2.  6  as  to  the  relation  of  the  pontiffs  to  the  public.  5  E.g.  post, 
§§  XLVH,  LXXXVII.  6  See  Karlowa,  Rom.  Rg.  1.  116  sqq.  7  See  Mommsen,  Staatsr. 
3.  9  sqq.,  30  sq.,  90  sqq.;  D.P.R.  8  sqq.,  32  sq.,  98  sqq.,  as  to  the  conception  of  a  Gens,  the 
introduction  and  position  of  minor  es  gentes,  the  extension  of  the  notion  to  plebeians  and 
the  vote  of  these  in  the  Comitia  Curiata. 


i]  COMITIA   CENTURIATA  3 

as  its  functions1  were,  they  belong,  in  the  main  and  apart  from  formali- 
ties, to  an  age  before  legislation  was  thought  of  as  an  ordinary  method 
of  law  reform.  The  Comitia  Centuriata  was,  in  historical  times,  a 
much  more  important  body.  The  centuriate  organisation,  which  was 
existing,  at  the  latest,  soon  after  the  foundation  of  the  Republic,  was  a 
grouping  of  the  whole  people,  patrician  and  plebeian,  as  a  military 
force,  on  an  arrangement  attributed  to  Servius  Tullius.  The  grouping 
was  into  classes,  subdivided  into  centuriae,  and,  when  the  body  acted  as 
a  political  assembly,  the  voting  unit  was  the  centuria.  The  classes  con- 
sisted of  one  classis  of  Equites  and  five  classes  of  Pedites2.  The  centuriae 
within  each  class  were  divided  into  an  equal  number  of  Senior  and 
Junior,  but  the  number  of  centuriae  assigned  to  the  Equites  and  the 
prima  classis  amounted  to  more  than  half  of  the  total  number 3.  As  the 
Senior  centuries  were  in  the  main  employed  in  home  defence,  this 
arrangement  put  the  practical  voting  power,  in  this  assembly,  into  the 
hands  of  the  older  and  the  well-to-do,  a  result  not  seriously  affected  by 
the  fact  that  the  very  poor,  not  subject  to  regular  military  service  at 
all,  were  constituted  into  one  centuria  for  voting  purposes4.  As  the  total 
number  was  193,  this  gave  them  no  real  power,  but  it  served  to  secure 
an  odd  number  of  voters.  Such  a  body  was  necessarily  conservative, 
and  it  must  also  be  remembered  that  it  could  vote  only  on  propositions 
submitted  by  the  presiding  magistrate,  who  in  the  earlier  part  of  the 
Republic  was  always  a  patrician,  that  it  was  usual,  if  not  legally  neces- 
sary, to  submit  the  proposal  for  the  previous  approval  of  the  Senate5, 
and  that  in  addition  a  lex  of  the  centuriae  required  auctoritas  patrum, 
which  is  commonly  supposed  to  mean  approval  of  the  patrician  members 
of  the  Senate6.  This  approval  which  had  formerly  followed  enactment 
by  the  comitia  was  made  to  precede  the  vote  by  a  lex  Publilia  Philonis 7, 
traditionally  dated  339  B.C.,  and  soon  became  unimportant.  A  con- 
siderable amount  of  legislation  seems  to  have  been  effected  by  the 
Comitia  Centuriata,  the  Comitia  Maxima8.  A  third  assembly  of  the  whole 
people  was  the  Comitia  Tributa.  The  voting  unit  of  this  body  was  the 
tribus,  a  subdivision,  essentially  local,  of  the  whole  territory  of  the 
State.  Tradition  assigns  the  establishment  of  these  local  tribes  to 
Servius  Tullius,  the  number  increasing  as  the  State  grew,  till  it  reached 

1  See  Willems,  Droit  Public  Romain,  36  sqq.  2  Originally  only  the  highest  group 

was  a  classis,  the  others  were  infra  classem,  but  in  historic  times  the  organisation  was  as 
stated  in  the  text.  See  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  262  sqq. ;  D.P.R.  6.  1.  297  sqq.  3  Mommsen, 
Staatsr.  3.  254,  267;  D.P.R.  6.  1.  288,  302.  4  Proletarii,  capite  censi.  The  chief  authorities 
are  Livy,  1.  43  and  Dion.  Halic.  4.  20  sqq.  The  accounts  do  not  agree  in  detail,  and 
historical  evolution  is  obscured.  The  provision  for  an  odd  number  of  votes  seems  to  have 
been  observed  in  the  gradual  extensions  of  the  Tributal  system  (below).  5  Mommsen, 
op.  cit.  3.  1037  sqq.;  D.P.R.  7.  236  sqq.  6  Ibid.  7  Livy,  8.  12.  8  Gic.  de  legg. 
3.  4.  12;  Girard,  Textes,  20. 

1—2 


4  LEGES  IN  LATE  REPUBLIC  [CH. 

the  maximum,  35,  about  240  B.C.1  This  body  seems  to  have  had  the 
power  of  legislation  very  soon  after  the  enactment  of  the  XII  Tables2, 
but  there  do  not  seem  to  have  been  many  leges  tributae  in  the  earlier 
part  of  the  republic.  As  in  the  case  of  the  Comitia  Centuriata,  the  pro- 
posal by  the  presiding  magistrate  was  usually  submitted  for  the  previous 
approval  of  the  Senate,  and  auctoritas  patrum  was  required3. 

II.  In  the  later  Republic  the  law  had  become  secularised.  The  Ponti- 
ficate having  been  thrown  open  to  plebeians  4,  the  control  of  the  Pontiffs 
over  legal  development  lost  its  old  value  to  the  patricians  as  a  weapon 
against  plebeian  aggression,  and  with  the  gradual  passing  of  power  into 
the  hands  of  the  plebeians  the  pontiffs  practically  disappeared  as  factors 
in  the  development  of  the  ordinary  law.  Their  place  as  advisers  and  ex- 
pounders was  taken  by  professed  jurists  whose  action  was  entirely  un- 
official, but  who  as  advisers  to  magistrates,  as  well  as  to  private  persons, 
exercised  great  influence  and  became  very  prominent  figures  in  the 
later  centuries  of  the  Republic5.  Little  of  the  writings  of  these  veteres 
remains6,  but  it  was  the  beginning  of  a  rich  literature  to  which  we  owe 
the  greater  part  of  our  knowledge  of  the  Roman  Law. 

Legislation  by  the  Comitia  now  covered  a  rather  wider  field  but  it 
still  remained  a  relatively  unimportant  source  of  private  law.  The 
Comitia  Centuriata  legislated  little7:  its  most  important  influence  on  the 
law  was  exercised  by  its  appointment  of  the  higher  magistrates.  Legis- 
lation was  carried  on  to  some  extent  by  the  Comitia  Tributa  and  in  an 
increasing  degree  by  the  assembly  of  the  plebs  alone,  concilium  plebis8, 
which,  in  historical  times,  was  also  based  on  the  tributal  organisation. 
This  assembly,  presided  over  by  a  tribune  of  the  plebs,  was  active  from 
early  times  and  there  was  early  legislation  on  constitutional  questions,  en- 
acted by  that  body  and  approved  by  the  Senate,  which  was  regarded  as 
binding  on  the  whole  community9.  Its  enactments,  properly  called 
plebiscita,  were  often  called,  as  binding  the  whole  community,  leges, 
though  in  strictness  this  name  does  not  cover  any  rogationes  except 
those  in  a  comitia,  i.e.  of  the  populus.  They  never  needed  auctoritas 

1  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  3.  161  sqq. ;  D.P.E.  6.  1.  180  sqq.  2  As  to  the  confused  story 
of  the  validation  of  leges  tributae  and  plebiscites  by  the  I.  Valeria  Horatia  (449  B.C.),  I. 
Publilia  Philonis  (339  B.C.)  and  I.  Hortensia  (about  287  B.C.)  see  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  1037 
sqq.;  D.P.R.  1.  236  sqq.;  Kipp,  Gesch.  der  Quellen,  §  6,  n.  5,  and  the  literature  there  cited. 
3  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  3.  1040;  D.P.R.  1.  240.  4  According  to  Livy,  10.  6,  by  a 
I.  Ogulnia,  300  B.C.  Tiberius  Coruncanius,  the  first  plebeian  Pontifex  Maximus  was  also 
the  first  public  teacher  of  law,  D.  1.2.  2.  38.  5  Jors,  Rom.  Rechtswissenschafl,  1.  ch.  2. 
§§  18-25,  especially  24.  6  See  Bremer,  Jurisprudentia  Antehadriana,  vol.  1.  7  Thus 
difficulties  from  concurrent  powers  were  avoided.  In  any  case  they  would  be  lessened  by 
the  reference  to  the  Senate,  and  by  the  reorganisation  of  the  C.  Centuriata  which  to  an 
extent  not  fully  known  assimilated  it  to  the  Com.  Tributa,  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  3.  270; 
D.P.R.  6.  1.  304  sqq.  8  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  3.  150  sqq.;  D.P.R.  6.  1.  166  sqq.  9  E.g., 
lex  Icilia,  456  B.C.  ;  lex  Canuleia,  444  B.C. 


i]  THE  PRAETOR'S  EDICT  5 

patrum,  but  as  above  stated  they  did  not  bind  any  but  plebeians  unless 
previously  approved  by  the  Senate.  This  requirement  seems  however 
to  have  been  abolished  by  the  I.  Hortensia,  itself  a  plebiscite,  about 
287  B.C.1  It  is  probable  that  most  of  the  later  legislation  was  by  this 
body,  though  the  recorded  story  does  not  clearly  distinguish  its  acts 
from  those  of  the  Comitia  Tributa. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  Senate  had  an  important  share  in  legislation : 
it  had  indeed  much  more  than  has  been  stated.  But,  though  it  issued 
administrative  decrees,  some  of  them  very  like  laws2,  but  essentially 
instructions  or  advice  to  officials,  any  account  of  its  earlier  activities  in 
this  field  will  more  conveniently  be  given  in  connexion  with  the  story 
of  its  acquisition  of  legislative  power  in  the  Empire3. 

The  most  important  new  factor  in  the  late  Republic  remains  to  be 
stated.  All  the  Roman  magistrates  had  the  right  to  issue  edicts,  ius 
edicendi*,  but  while  the  Edicts  of  the  Ciirule  Aediles  were  of  some  im- 
portance in  certain  branches  of  the  law5,  those  of  the  Urban  and  Pere- 
grine Praetors  and  the  Provincial  Governors,  who  administered  justice 
respectively  between  cives  in  Italy,  in  cases  in  Italy6  in  which  those  with- 
out commercium  were  concerned  (peregrini7)  and  in  the  Provinces,  were 
far  more  significant  in  legal  history.  The  edict  of  the  Praetor  Urbanus 
was  in  fact  by  far  the  most  potent  instrument  of  law  reform  in  the  last 
century  of  the  Republic. 

The  control  of  litigation,  iurisdictio,  was  transferred  from  the  Con- 
suls to  the  newly  created  Praetor  by  one  of  the  Licinian  Rogations  in 
367  B.C.8  While  litigation  was  conducted  by  the  ancient  system  of 
legis  actio,  this  meant,  probably,  little  but  formal  and  almost  minis- 
terial co-operation9.  But  the  /.  Aebutia  of  about  140  B.C.,  authorising 
the  use,  instead  of  the  legis  actio,  of  the  more  elastic  formulae  framed  by 
the  Praetor  himself  and  variable  as  need  arose,  resulted  in  a  great  change 
in  the  position  of  the  magistrate.  He  was  now  found  refusing  actions 
where  civil  law  gave  them,  giving  them  where  it  did  not,  creating  new 
defences  and  so  forth.  By  this  means  he  introduced,  side  by  side  with 
civil  law  rights  and  duties,  another  system,  technically,  and  in  some 
cases  practically,  less  effective  than  civil  law  rights  and  duties,  but  in 

1  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  3.  159;  D.P.R.  6.  1.  178.  2  See  for  surviving  instances,  Girard, 
Textes,  129,  130.  3  Post,  §  v.  4  Not  the  Quaestors,  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  1.  203; 
D.P.R.  1.  231.  5  Post,  §§  CLXXII,  ccv.  6  Both  praetors  sat  at  Rome,  but  both  had 
jurisdiction  over  all  cases  except  so  far  as  local  jurisdictions  were  created  or  recognised. 
Of  these  the  most  prominent  was  that  of  the  provincial  governors.  But  in  the  cities  of 
various  kinds  in  Italy  there  were  many  local  jurisdictions  which  more  or  less  excluded  the 
Court  at  Rome.  As  to  these  see  Girard,  Org.  Jud.  1.  272  sqq.  7  Post,  §  xxxvi.  8  Livy, 
6.  42;  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  2.  193;  D.P.R.  3.  221.  9  His  powers  under  this  regime  are 
much  disputed,  see  post,  §§  ccvn,  ccxrv. 


6  AUGUSTUS  [CH. 

the  end  completely  transforming  the  working  of  the  law1.  How  far 
this  change  resulted  directly  from  the  lex,  the  exact  provisions  of  which 
are  not  recorded2,  is  not  very  clear.  But  as  the  Praetor's  edict  remained 
in  force  only  for  his  year  of  office,  and  could  be  changed  by  his  successor, 
so  that  a  rule  which  worked  badly  could  be  stopped  and  one  which  worked 
well  carried  on3,  it  is  likely  that  it  was  in  great  part  an  aggression 
accepted  by  the  Senate  and  the  people  as  being  a  convenient  form  of 
experimental  legislation,  all  the  more  so  since  the  comitia,  nominally  an 
assembly  of  the  whole  people  could  not  adequately  represent  a  popula- 
tion scattered  over  all  Western  Europe,  and  was  in  fact  little  more  than 
the  Roman  mob. 

When,  after  a  long  period  of  exhausting  civil  war,  Augustus  became 
undisputed  master  of  Rome  it  was  clear  to  him  that  the  first  great  need 
of  the  State  was  reorganisation  and  good  administration.  It  was  clear 
also  that  the  old  republican  methods,  already  in  decay  before  the  civil 
wars,  could  not  really  be  revived.  The  State  had  outgrown  them  and  it 
was  their  inefficiency  under  modern  conditions  which  had  rendered 
possible  the  domination  of  one  man  after  another  which  culminated  in 
the  Dictatorship  of  Caesar.  But  though  these  institutions  could  not  be 
restored,  the  pious  reverence  for  them  which  still  existed  made  them 
convenient  instruments  for  him  in  his  reconstruction.  The  history  of  the 
previous  150  years  had  shewn  that  avowed  despotism,  however  well 
meant,  gave  no  promise  of  stability.  Thus  his  course  was  marked  out 
for  him.  He  was  a  conservative  wherever  conservatism  was  possible4. 
One  of  his  earliest  acts  was  one  of  the  most  significant.  The  Triumvirate 
(of  which  he  had  been  a  member),  whose  regime  had  ended  in  collapse 
and  civil  war,  had  received  full  legislative  power.  This  Augustus  re- 
nounced and  restored  to  the  popular  assembly  in  which  it  was  tradition- 
ally vested5.  On  the  other  hand  he  claimed  and  received  the  fullest 
magisterial  authority.  He  had  tribunicia  potestas6  in  Rome  and  procon- 
sular power  through  the  empire.  And,  since  power  for  a  year  only  was 
of  little  use  to  the  founder  of  a  new  political  system,  and  had  shewn  its 
unsuitability  to  existing  conditions,  he  had  these  powers  conferred  on 
him  for  life,  though  this  was  hardly  more  consistent  with  true  republican 
notions  than  supreme  legislative  power  would  have  been. 

1  The  effects  of  his  changes  are  seen  in  almost  every  branch  of  the  law ;  see  Jors,  op. 
cit.  158  sqq.  2  Post,  §  ccxiv.  3  His  edict  for  his  year  is  E.  perpetuum,  special  edicts 
for  temporary  purposes  are  E.  repentina  (Cicero,  Verr.  2.  3.  14.  36,  not  official).  A  pro- 
vision carried  on  from  the  last  praetor  is  E.  praelatum  as  opposed  to  E.  novum.  That 
part  habitually  carried  on  is  E.  tralatitium.  4  Heitland,  Shorter  Hist,  of  the  Rom. 

Repub.  508.  For  a  study  of  the  policy  of  Augustus,  see  Id.,  Hist,  of  Rom.  Repub.  3.  509  sqqi 
5  See  on  all  these  matters,  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  2.  745-800;  D.P.R.  5.  1  sqq.  6  He  is 

not  Tribune,  though  he  has  the  powers.  The  ordinary  tribunes  continue  with  dwindling 
powers. 


x]  LEGES  IN  THE  EMPIRE  7 

III.  We  have  now  to  consider  the  different  Sources  of  Law  in  the 
Empire,  beginning  with  those  which  survived  from  the  Republic. 

LEGES.  Enactments  of  the  popular  assembly1.  The  surviving  records 
tell  us  of  many  leges,  but  these  are  spread  over  500  years  and  are  not 
numerous  enough  to  suggest  that  they  were  ever  a  main  source  of  private 
law2.  This  view  is  confirmed  by  a  study  of  their  subject-matter.  Apart 
from  the  XII  Tables  the  earlier  republican  leges  are  constitutional3  and 
though  in  the  later  republic  their  field  is  wider,  still  most  of  them  deal 
with  matters  closely  connected  with  public  order4,  and  the  same  is 
true  of  those  enacted  after  the  accession  of  Augustus5.  There  are  many 
in  his  reign,  several  under  Tiberius,  one  or  two  under  Claudius  and  one 
under  Nerva6.  After  this  the  only  lex  lota  we  hear  of  is  the  lex  de  imperio, 
conferring  his  various  powers  on  a  new  emperor ;  the  part  of  the  Comitia 
being  merely  formal 7. 

It  must  not  be  supposed  that  the  legislation  of  this  period  was  in 
any  real  sense  legislation  by  a  popular  legislative  body.  The  Emperor 
restored  the  legislative  power  not  because  he  wished  the  people  to  make 
their  own  laws,  but  because  he  desired  to  make  use  of  what  reverence 
existed  for  the  ancient  institution  in  order  to  give  effect  to  his  own  wishes, 
along  the  line  of  least  resistance.  No  one  knew  better  than  Augustus 
that  the  Comitia  were  quite  unfit  to  exercise  legislative  power.  It  must 
however  be  remembered  that  these  bodies  had  never  at  any  time  had  a 

\  LI.  latae,  as  opposed  to  II.  datae,  imposed  by  a  magistrate  duly  authorised  on  a  com- 
munity under  his  charge,  and  II.  dictae.  a  name  sometimes  applied  to  laws  laid  down  for 
private  domains  of  the  Emperor.  2  As  to  mode  of  promulgation  of  II.  and  sec.  see 
Mommsen,  Ges.  Schrifl.  (Jur.)  3.  290.  Ulp.  (Reg.  1)  classifies  II.  under  three  heads:  A 
I.  perfects  annuls  the  act  forbidden;  most  of  the  later  leges  are  of  this  type.  A  I.  minus 
quam  perfecta  inflicts  a  penalty  but  leaves  the  act  valid,  e.g.  the  1.  Furia  Testamentaria 
(G.  4.  23;  post,  §  cxix)  and  the  I.  Marcia  (G.  ib.).  A  I.  imperfecta  merely  forbids  the  act, 
e.g.,  I.  Cincia  (Fr.  Vat.  266  sqq. ;  post,  §  xci),  the  prohibition  in  this  case  being  made 
effective  by  an  exceptio,  if  it  is  sought  to  enforce  the  forbidden  obligatio.  It  is  suggested 
that  earlier  legislation  takes  this  form  because  it  is  by  way  of  plebiscite,  and  thus  can 
not  alter  the  civil  law,  the  fact  that  it  is  later  than  the  /.  Hortensia  being  explained  as 
meaning  only  that  an  old  form  has  survived  its  purpose.  This  would  be  more  weighty  if 
we  had  II.  centuriatae  perfectae  between  the  XII  Tables  and  the  I.  Hortensia.  Another 
view  suggested  by  a  text  of  Ulpian  (24.  2.  11.  pr.)  is  that  legislation  could  not  directly 
affect  an  act  formally  valid  in  the  civil  law,  to  which  Mitteis  objects  (R.Pr.  1.  247)  that  it 
is  little  more  than  giving  the  rule  as  a  reason  for  itself.  But  the  notion  of  fundamental  legal 
principles  which  a  legislator  cannot  alter  is  very  general.  3  Even  I.  Canuleia  (444  B.C., 

post,  §  XLI).  4  E.g.  the  long  series  of  statutes  establishing  procedure  in  criminal 
law  (see  Mommsen,  Strafr.  202  sqq.),  those  regulating  remedies  against  debtors,  the  old 
order  having  caused  grave  public  danger,  those  regulating  civil  procedure  (post,  §§  CL, 
ccxiv),  in  effect  a  successful  revolt  against  the  old  patrician  order  of  things.  5  E.g. 

laws  on  manumission  (post,  §  xxvui),  and  laws  dealing  with  the  encouragement  of 
marriage  (post,  §§  cm,  cxi,  cxxxiv).  6  A  I.  agraria  (47.  21.  3.  1).  See  Krueger,  Rom. 
Rechtsq.  89.  7  Bruns,  1.  202;  Girard,  Textes,  107.  It  may  have  been  a  senatusconsult 
confirmed  by  a  lex.  Mommsen,  Staatsrecht,  2.  878  sqq.;  D.P.R.  5.  154. 


8  LEGES  IN  THE  EMPIRE  [CH. 

right  to  initiate  legislation.  They  voted  only  on  a  proposal  submitted 
by  the  presiding  magistrate,  on  whom  therefore  all  depended.  By 
virtue  of  his  permanent  tribunicia  potestas  the  Emperor  could  convoke 
the  plebeian  assembly  and  submit  proposals  to  them,  and  there  is  no 
doubt  that  the  more  important  leges  of  this  time  were  so  voted.  When, 
as  was  sometimes  the  case,  he  held  the  Consulship  he  could  do  the  same 
with  the  centuries,  but  the  people  in  their  centurial  organisation  do  not 
seem  to  have  legislated,  at  any  rate  in  this  age.  When  he  restored  to 
the  Comitia  their  legislative  power,  he  restored  also  the  power  of  choosing 
the  magistrates,  which,  also,  had  been  conferred  on  the  Triumvirate. 
And  this  was  not  a  question  of  submitting  a  nominee  to  the  vote,  so 
that  the  worst  that  could  happen  would  be  his  rejection :  the  Comitia 
could  choose  whom  they  would.  This  would  clearly  not  have  suited 
Augustus,  and  accordingly,  in  his  reconstruction,  when  he  abandoned 
the  power  of  election  he  provided  that  he  should  have  the  right  of 
deciding  whether  a  particular  candidate  was  eligible  and  of  commending 
particular  candidates,  which  was  equivalent  to  a  direction  to  choose 
him,  and  was  so  understood.  The  result  was  that  he  completely  controlled 
the  magistracy  and  thereby  the  submission  of  proposals  of  law  to  the 
Assembly1.  Very  soon  the  security  was  carried  further.  Tiberius  trans- 
ferred the  selection  of  magistrates  to  the  Senate2,  which  by  this  time 
consisted  entirely  of  the  Emperor's  nominees.  Thus  the  positive  part  of 
the  people  in  legislation  was  very  unreal.  But  if  they  could  not  choose 
what  they  would  consider,  they  could  at  least  choose  what  they  would 
refuse,  and  this  power  they  exercised.  WTe  know  that  they  refused,  for 
many  successive  years3,  to  pass  the  comprehensive  legislation  on 
marriage  which  ultimately  took  effect  in  the  I.  lulia  de  maritandis 
ordinibus  and  the  I.  Papia  Poppaea*. 

These  leges  seem  to  have  all  been  enactments  of  the  Tributal  As- 
sembly5, and  to  have  been  submitted  by  or  for  the  Emperor  by  virtue 
of  his  tribunicia  potestas :  there  is  no  trace  of  any  legislative  proposals 
by  the  actual  Tribuni  plebis.  Though  the  centuries  still  met  in  the 
Comitia  Centuriata  their  power  was  confined  to  the  election  of  magis- 
trates, and  even  this,  as  we  have  seen,  they  lost  under  Tiberius.  They 
still  continued  to  issue  a  formal  renunciatio  of  the  name  of  the  person 
elected  till  the  third  century,  when  the  Comitia  disappeared  altogether6. 

1  Mommsen,  Staatsrecht,  2.  916;  D.P.R.  5.  198.  2  Tacitus,  Ann.  1.  15.  3  See 
Karlowa,  R.Rg.  1.  617.  4  Post,  §§  cm,  cxi,  cxxxiv.  5  As  to  the  machinery  of  voting 
see  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  380  sqq.;  D.P.R.  6. 1. 437  sqq.  6  76.  p.  348;  D.P.R.  6.  1.  397. 
In  other  matters  the  power  of  the  Comitia  was  much  cut  down  by  Augustus.  He  took 
into  his  own  hands  foreign  relations:  the  making  of  war  and  treaties  (see  Willems,  Droit 
Public  Romain,  418 sqq.,  and  the  lex  curiata  de  imperio  Vespasiani,  Girard,  Textes,  107; 
Bruns,  1.  202).  So  too  he  removed  the  little  that  was  left  of  criminal  jurisdiction  in  the 


i]  EDICT  A   MAGISTRATUUM  9 

IV.  En  IOTA  of  the  Magistrates1.  Among  the  attributes  of  the 
Emperor  was  of  course  a  ius  edicendi,  which  will  be  considered  later : 
for  the  present  we  are  concerned  with  the  older  Edicts  of  the  republican 
magistrates. 

The  re-establishment, rin  form,  of  republican  institutions,  which  was, 
as  we  have  seen,  part  of  the  scheme  of  Augustus,  meant  that  the  ius 
edicendi  of  the  magistrates  continued  unaltered,  and  the  edicts  of  the 
Urban  and  of  the  Peregrine  Praetor,  that  of  the  Aediles  and  the  Pro- 
vincial Edicts  continued  to  appear  for  some  centuries.  As  to  the  Pro- 
vincial Edicts  it  is  to  be  remembered  that  Augustus  divided  the  provinces 
into  two  groups.  One  group,  the  Senatorian  provinces,  were  governed 
by  republican  magistrates  and  ex-magistrates  in  the  old  way,  but  all 
provinces  of  military  importance,  and  all  newly  acquired  provinces, 
were  kept  under  the  direct  control  of  the  Princeps,  and  put  in  charge  of 
new  imperial  officers  called  Legati  Caesaris,  with  the  powers  of  Praetor 
(pro  praetore),  who  held  office  as  it  seems  at  the  will  of  the  Emperor,  and 
often  for  many  years,  being  regarded  as  representatives  of  the  Emperor 
rather  than  as  independent  magistrates2.  They  issued  edicts  in  the  ordi- 
nary way  except  that  it  appears  that  in  these  provinces  the  edict  of  the 
aediles  was  not  issued3,  and  it  may  be,  though  the  point  is  uncertain, 
that  its  principles  were  not  applied. 

But  though  the  Edicts  still  issued,  they  were  of  less  importance  as 
sources  of  new  law.  Already  in  the  Republic  the  pace  of  reform  by  this 
method  had  begun  to  slacken.  The  new  Praetor  tended  simply  to  carry 
on  the  old  edict.  New  clauses  were  few,  so  that  the  Edict  tended  to  be 
wholly  praelatum,  carried  on  from  the  former  Praetor,  and,  indeed,  as 
many  clauses  had  long  been,  tralatitium,  traditional,  regularly  carried 
forward4.  This  tendency  is  accentuated,  as  might  be  expected,  under  the 
new  regime.  Such  changes  as  do  occur  appear  to  be  of  three  types. 
First,  obsolete  clauses  drop  out.  Secondly,  existing  clauses  are  from  time 
to  time  modified  as  occasion  requires.  We  can,  for  instance,  trace  this 
process  in  the  case  of  the  interdict  unde  vi5,  and  in  the  Edict  of  the  Aediles 
as  to  defects  in  things  sold6.  Thirdly,  new  clauses  are  added.  It  is  in 
relation  to  these  that  the  change  in  legislative  method  is  most  obvious, 
for,  in  no  single  case,  so  far  as  is  known,  is  any  new  clause  added  on  the 
initiative  of  the  Praetor  himself.  In  every  case  the  change  made  is 
merely  provision  in  the  edict  of  machinery  for  giving  effect  to  changes 

Comitia  and  transferred  it  to  Quaestiones  perpetuae,  though  the  Senatorian  jurisdiction  which 
soon  came  into  existence  overshadowed  this.  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  958;  D.P.R.  5.  "24<>. 

1  Gai.  1.  6.  2  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  1087  sqq.;  D.P.R.  5.  395  sqq.  3  Gai.  ib. 

4  But  the  edict  does  not  lose  its  importance:  the  latest  jurists  speak  of  the  ius  fiono- 
rarium  as  the  "viva  vox  iuris  civilis,"  1.  1.  8.  5  See  Lenel,  Ed.  Perp.  445  and  post, 
§  CCXLIX.  6  Lenel,  op.  cit.  530. 


10  EDICT  A   MAGISTRATUUM  [CH. 

in  the  law  made  by  other  agencies1.  Thus  the  lex  Papia  Poppaea,  in 
regulating  the  law  of  succession  for  the  encouragement  of  marriage,  gave 
in  certain  cases  bonorum  possessio2,  the  praetorian  right  of  succession, 
instead  of  the  civil  law  right,  hereditas.  Why  this  was  done  we  need  not 
consider,  but  it  resulted  in  a  new  clause  in  the  Edict,  promising  bonorum 
possessio  wherever  a  statute  required  it3.  When  fideicommissa,  bequests 
in  trust,  were  recognised,  the  ordinary  Praetor  had  nothing  to  do  with 
them :  they  were  administered  by  a  new  officer,  the  Praetor  fideicommis- 
sarius*.  But  when  the  sc.  Trebellianum  enacted  that  where  a  hereditas 
had  been  handed  over  under  such  a  trust,  all  the  actions  that  lay  at 
civil  law  to  and  against  the  heres  should  lie  to  and  against  the  fidei- 
commissarius,ihis  brought  the  matter  into  the  Praetor's  sphere  -.formulae 
were  provided,  in  the  Edict,  of  actiones  fictitiae  for  this  case5,  but,  it  must 
be  remembered,  there  was  no  edict  about  them.  The  sc.  Macedonianum 
forbidding  loans  to  filiifamilias,  and  the  sc.  Velleianum,  forbidding  surety 
by  women  were  made  effective  by  suitable  provisions  in  the  Edict6. 

It  should  be  added  that  new  magistrates  with  special  functions 
created  by  the  Emperor  for  various  purposes,  with  the  name  of  Praetor, 
e.g.,  Praetor  fideicommissarius  just  mentioned,  tutelaris1  and  de  liberalibus 
causis8  never  acquired  the  right  of  issuing  Edicts :  it  was  no  part  of  the 
imperial  scheme  to  extend  praetorian  institutions. 

The  next  step  in  the  history  of  the  Edict  is  Julian's  revision  of  it. 
Soon  after  125  A.D.  Hadrian  ordered  Julian  to  put  the  Edict  into  per- 
manent form,  a  death-blow,  as  it  was  intended  to  be,  to  all  further 
praetorian  initiative.  Practically  all  we  know  of  his  instructions  is 
what  Justinian  tells  us  400  years  later9,  for  Pomponius'  account  stops 
short  of  this  event.  The  new  Edict  received  statutory  force  by  a  Senatus- 
consult10,  and  that  Julian's  work  on  the  Edict  was  traditionally  regarded 
as  of  great  importance  appears  from  the  fact  that  he  is  repeatedly  spoken 
of  as  compositor,  conditor  and  ordinator  of  the  Edict11.  We  have  now  to 
consider  what  is  known  as  to  what  he  actually  did. 

1  See  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  1.  629.          2  See,  e.g.,  Gai.  3.  50.          3  D.  38.  14.         4  Inst.  2. 
23.  1.  5  Gai.  2.  253.  The  various  ancillary  protections  which  the  edict  provided  for 

legatees  were  gradually  extended  to  fideicommissa,  but  it  is  likely,  as  Lenel  holds  (op.  cil. 
356)  that  this  was  done  by  juristic  practice  and  not  by  edict.  6  14.  6.  11;  16.  1.  6; 
Karlowa,  loc.  cit.,  thinks  that  when  the  I.  Aelia  Sentia  prevented  slaves  freed  under  30 
from  being  citizens,  there  must  have  been  an  alteration  in  the  edict  bringing  them  under  the 
clause  protecting  those  informally  freed  (post,  §  xxvn).  But  we  do  not  know  the  form  of 
that  clause,  and  it  may  have  been  wide  enough  (such  clauses  were  usually  in  very  general 
terms)  to  cover  them.  Further  it  is  not  impossible  that  the  /.  lunia,  which  gave  such 
persons  the  legal  status  of  Latins,  may  have  been  already  passed  (post,  §  xxvrn)  so  that 
the  clause  in  the  edict  was  already  obsolete.  In  any  case  such  a  clause  must  have  had  a 
very  short  life.  7  26.  1.  6.  2,  post,  §  LIII.  8  C.  4.  56.  1.  9  Const.  "Tanta,"  18. 
10  Ibid.  11  See  the  references  in  Krueger,  Bom.  Rechtsq.  94;  Girard,  Melanges,  200. 


i]  EDICT  A  MAGISTRATUUM  11 

(a)  The  Urban  Edict.   In  the  first  place  it  seems  that  he  added  little. 
Only  one  new  clause  is  known  and  it  is  called  nova  clausula  of  Julian l. 
"A"  new  clause  is  not  necessarily  "the"  new  clause,  but  the  language 
suggests  that  Julian  was  not  active  in  this  direction.    It  has  been  made 
clear,  further,  by  Lenel,  and  by  very  ingenious  researches  of  Girard, 
that  he  did  not  alter  materially  the  general  order  of  the  Edict2.    No 
doubt  there  was  a  good  deal  of  refining  and  restating  of  individual  rules, 
but  that  leaves  little  trace.    It  is  indeed  in  relation  to  the  formulae  of 
actions  that  Julian  seems  to  have  done  most.    In  the  Edict  before  his 
time  all  the  various  formulae  were  in  an  appendix  at  the  end.  There 
were   other   appendixes,    i.e.   the   interdicts,   the   exceptiones   and   the 
stipulations  praetoriae,  which  he  left  where  they  were.    But  he  dealt 
differently  with  the  formulae.    Under  each  edict,  or,  in  some  cases, 
group  of  edicts,  he  put  the  appropriate  formulae,  and,  following  these, 
usually,  the  formulae  for  the  civil  actions  connected  with  the  same  matter. 
Thus  the  Publician  edict  was  followed  by  the  formula  for  the  actio 
Publiciana3  and  this  by  the  formulae  for  claims  of  civil  ownership  and 
the  like.  There  was  of  course  no  edict  relative  to  these  or  any  other  civil 
remedy4. 

The  Edict  was  divided  into  a  number  of  titles  with  separate  rubrics 
under  which  there  was  an  edict  or  group  of  edicts.  There  is  no  trace  of 
any  division  into  express  main  parts,  and  the  question  what  was  the 
principle  of  its  main  arrangement  is  too  controversial  for  us  to  consider 
in  detail.  Lenel  holds5  that  it  was  essentially  in  four  parts  with  the  three 
appendixes.  The  first  part  dealt  with  the  initiation  of  litigation  up  to 
the  issue  of  the  formula,  the  fourth  with  matters  subsequent  to  judg- 
ment. The  three  appendixes  were  in  the  order  in  which  they  would  come 
into  question  in  litigation.  As  to  the  second  and  third  parts  he  is  less 
certain,  but  he  considers  that  the  second  part  was  concerned  with 
litigation  in  the  ordinary  form  before  a  single  index,  while  the  third  was 
concerned  with  other  forms,  especially  the  recuperatory  procedure6. 
Each  contained  matters  which  will  not  fit  into  this  scheme.  These  he 
explains  as  cases  of  attraction :  matters  of  which  the  chief  aspects  con- 
cerned, e.g.,  the  third  section,  appeared  there,  even  though  subsidiary 
parts  of  them  belonged  to  the  second.  But  all  this  is  somewhat  uncertain. 

(b)  The  other  Edicts.    It  is  clear  that  Julian's  task  covered  them  all, 
but  it  is  also  clear  that  he  did  not,  as  is  sometimes  said,  incorporate 
them  all  in  one  document,   for  there  is  evidence  of  their  continued 
existence  in  a  separate  form.   Even  the  Edict  of  the  Aediles,  though  the 
jurists  commented  on  it  as  a  sort  of  appendix  to  the  Praetor's  Edict,  does 

1  37.  8.  3.  2  Lenel,  E.P.  18;  Girard,  Melanges,  111  sqq.  3  Post,  §  LXX. 

4  Girard,  Melanges,  300  sqq.  5  Op.  cit.  14.  6  Post,  §  ccxvn. 


12  EDICTA  MAGISTRATUUM  [CH. 

not  seem  to  have  been  such  in  fact l.  Gains  still  treats  it  as  a  separate 
document2.  So  too  the  Peregrine  Edict  still  existed.  Gaius  wrote  a 
commentary  on  the  Urban  Edict  which  seems  to  shew  that  there  were 
still  two3,  though  the  difference  would  not  be  great.  Little  indeed  is 
heard  of  the  Peregrine  Edict  afterwards,  a  result  no  doubt  of  Caracalla's 
edict  on  civitas*.  Similarly  the  Provincial  Edict  continued :  Gaius  wrote 
a  commentary  on  it5.  But  it  is  an  unsolved  question  whether,  after 
Julian,  there  was  one  general  Edictum  Provinciale,  applicable  in  all  Pro- 
vinces, with  such  special  clauses  as  local  circumstances  might  require,  or, 
as  there  formerly  had  been,  a  separate  edict  for  each  Province.  In  any 
case,  the  different  Edicts  would  be  much  alike. 

The  immediate  effect  of  the  revision  or  codification  was  to  put  an 
end  to  the  Edict  as  a  source  of  new  law,  for  we  are  told  that  Hadrian 
provided  that  if  experience  shewed  a  need  for  further  changes,  these 
were  to  be  made  not  by  the  magistrate,  but  by  imperialis  sanctio*,  which 
seems  to  mean  not  merely  by  authority  of  the  Emperor,  but  by  imperial 
enactment,  so  that  the  Edict  was  fixed  for  ever.  Even  if  the  text  were 
taken  in  the  other  sense  it  would  still  remain  true  that  the  Edict  could 
not  in  future  initiate  changes,  but  only  register  them.  In  fact  however 
though  there  have  been  attempts  to  find  new  clauses  added  after  Julian's 
time,  none  of  them  has  resisted  criticism 7.  The  Edict  so  settled  was  con- 
firmed by  a  Senatusconsult  which  bound  the  magistrates  to  follow  it8, 
and  may  be  said  to  have  given  it  the  force  of  law9.  The  Edicts  were  still 
issued  by  the  various  magistrates  on  entry  on  office,  though  they  had 
now  no  control  over  the  content.  They  may  have  lasted  as  long  as  the 
offices  did,  i.e.  for  the  Peregrine  Praetor  till  the  third  century,  and  for 
Urban  Praetors  and  Provincial  Governors  till  the  fourth. 

1  Karlowa  maintains  (R.Rg.  1.  631)  that  it  was  henceforward  an  appendix  to  the 
praetor's  edict,  but  the  remark  of  Justinian  which  he  cites  in  support  of  this  view  (Const. 
"Omnem,"  4)  is  more  usually  held  to  refer  merely  to  its  inclusion  in  the  commentaries. 
2  Gai.  1.6.  3  See,  e.g.,  28.  5.  32.  4  Post,  §  xxxvn.  5  See,  e.g.,  28.  5.  31.  6  Const. 
"Tanta,"  18.  7  Many  utiles  actiones  and  the  like  were  invented  by  the  great  lawyers, 

after  this  time,  so  that  much  of  what  would  have  been  edictal  law  in  earlier  days  came  in 
without  express  legislative  authority  at  all.  Whether  the  formulae  were  added  to  the  edict 
we  do  not  know.  8  Const.  ' '  Tanta"  18.  9  Girard  (Manuel,  53)  thinks  it  in- 

accurate to  say  that  it  had  "force  de  1m"  since  this  would  have  ended  the  distinction 
between  ius  honorarium  and  civile,  which  nevertheless  remained  till  the  time  of  Justinian. 
But  the  proposition  may  be  understood  as  expressing  the  fact  that  the  rules  were  now  binding 
on  all  persons  until  repealed,  like  any  other  law,  which  was  not  true  of  the  old  edict,  which 
lapsed  in  a  year.  The  fact  that  the  machinery  remained  distinct  is  immaterial :  it  was  equally 
true  for  another  century  of  all  rules  enforced  by  cognitio  extraordinaria.  It  was  still  a 
distinct  branch  of  the  law,  established  by  sc.  which  by  that  time  had  the  force  of  law. 
The  I.  Papia  Poppaea  was  not  less  a  statute  because  it  created  Bonorum  Possessio  for 
certain  cases  and  this  was  enforced  by  praetorian  machinery.  It  was  only  by  giving 
civil  remedies  where  there  were  praetorian  rights  that  Justinian  fused  the  systems  and 
this  was  done  only  imperfectly. 


!j  SENATUSCONSULTA  13 

V.  SENATUSCONSULTA.  The  Senate  of  the  Republic  had  no  legislative 
authority,  but  the  course  of  events  early  in  the  empire  cannot  be  under- 
stood without  some  knowledge  of  the  part  played  by  the  Senate  in 
earlier  days  in  this  sphere.  Throughout  the  later  republic  the  Senate 
became  more  and  more  the  real  governing  body  of  the  State1.  The  /. 
Ovinia2,  which  filled  it  with  ex-magistrates,  greatly  increased  its  weight, 
and  few  magistrates  cared  to  enter  on  a  struggle  with  such  a  body.  In 
the  bad  days  which  preceded  the  empire  it  was  the  only  body  which 
had  any  real  stability.  The  starting-point  of  its  legislative  power  was 
the  fact  that  it  had  long  been  the  body  whose  function  it  was  to  direct 
the  magistrates.  There  are  indeed  many  senatusconsulta  of  republican 
times3,  some  of  which  look  like  laws,  but,  if  carefully  looked  at,  are  seen 
to  be  merely  directions  to  magistrates  to  act  in  particular  ways  and  in 
particular  to  lay  down  certain  rules  in  edicts.  At  first  they  are  merely 
requests,  probably  only  in  form,  and  we  must  not  forget  that  the  name 
Senatusconsulta  is  best  suited  to  orders  which  had  of  themselves  no 
binding  force.  The  later  ones  are  more  obviously  directions,  but  it  is 
still  true  that  it  is  the  magistrate,  the  officer  of  the  Senate,  who  actually 
lays  down  the  rule4. 

Another  point  to  note  is  that  in  early  times  all  projects  of  law  were 
first  approved  by  the  Senate  and  had,  after  enactment,  to  be  approved 
by  the  patres  (auctoritas  patrum)  before  they  became  law.  It  is  not 
necessary  to  go  into  the  confused  story  of  the  disappearance  of  these 
requirements  as  matter  of  law5 :  the  important  point  for  us  is  that  there 
is  good  evidence  that  this  consultation  of  the  Senate  continually  occurred 
as  a  fact  in  the  later  republic6.  Further,  the  Senate  could  declare  any 
law  invalid  for  defect  of  formality  or  disregard  of  auspices7.  It  had 
also  the  power  of  dispensing  from  or  suspending  laws  in  urgent  cases, 
i.e.  of  directing  a  magistrate  not  to  apply  a  given  law  in  a  certain  case 
or  for  a  time.  This  required  confirmation  by  the  Comitia  as  soon  as 
possible  after  the  fact,  but  by  150  B.C.  it  seems  to  have  been  freely  done 
without  this  confirmation.  In  the  last  half-century  of  the  republic  the 
restriction  of  urgency  disappeared  in  practice.  An  attempt  was  made 
to  get  rid  of  the  power,  but  it  led  only  to  a  lex  of  about  66  B.C.,  which 
confirmed  it,  requiring,  however,  the  presence  of  at  least  200  senators 
and  a  subsequent  vote  of  the  assembly  8.  It  could  issue  orders  in  relation 
to  those  branches  of  administration  which  were  under  its  care,  notably 

1  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  1024  sq.;  D.P.R.  7.  219.  2  Festus,  s.v.  Procter iti  (senatores). 
See  Willems,  Droit  Publ.  Rom.  185  sqq.  3  Girard,  Textes,  129  sqq.;  Bruns,  1.  164  8qq. 
4,  See  Kipp,  Gesch.  der  Quellen,  62.  5  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  1037  sqq.;  D.P.R.  236 sqq. 
6  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  1045;  D.P.R.  7.  243.  7  Willems,  Droit  Pub.  157,  185. 

8  Willems,  Le  Stnat  Rornain,  2.  118. 


14  SENATUSCONSULTA  [en. 

in  foreign  relations,  the  distribution  of  provinciae  among  magistrates, 
and  the  supervision  of  religious  organisations  so  far  as  their  functions 
concerned  the  State.  In  the  late  republic  it  could  relax  the  rules  of  pro- 
cedure for  the  Comitia  or  for  itself:  it  could  give  exemptions  from  foreign 
service,  and  authorise  triumphs1. 

All  this  shews  a  good  foundation  for  the  acquisition  of  legislative 
power  which  occurred  soon  after  the  founding  of  the  empire. 

We  have  seen  that  Augustus  sought  to  galvanise  the  Comitia,  for  his 
own  purposes :  he  did  precisely  the  same  for  the  Senate,  an  easier  task 
since  that  body  had  not  so  utterly  decayed.  It  was  not  his  plan  that  the 
Senate  should  have  any  real  power.  As  a  part  of  his  reorganisation  he 
fixed  its  numbers  at  600.  The  membership  was  to  be  revised  annually 
and,  when  he  held  the  office  of  Censor,  the  Emperor  nominated  to  all 
vacancies2:  under  Domitian  and  after,  indeed,  he  nominated  always3. 
As  Princeps  Senatus  he  had  the  right  to  preside,  and  the  Senate,  like 
other  bodies,  could  consider  only  what  was  submitted  to  it  by  its 
president.  It  could  be  no  more  than  a  mouthpiece  of  the  Emperor.  The 
power  of  making  general  senatusconsulta  with  the  force  of  laws  was 
never  actually  conferred  on  the  Senate.  Some  texts  which  have  been 
cited  as  attributing  the  conferment  to  various  persons  do  not  for  the 
most  part  deal  with  the  point  at  all4.  Theophilus,  writing  in  the  sixth 
century  attributes  the  change  to  the  /.  Hortensia5,  but  no  weight  attaches 
to  this.  The  true  account  is  to  be  found  in  the  jurists.  Pomponius 
treats  it  as  an  inevitable  outcome  of  the  decay  of  the  comitia*.  Gaius 
shews  that  there  had  been  disputes  as  to  the  existence  of  the  power7, 
which  indicates  a  gradual  growth.  It  was  a  gradual  usurpation  encour- 
aged by  the  Emperor  for  obvious  reasons,  and  it  seems  clear  that  the 
starting-point  was  the  old  directions  to  magistrates.  Nearly  all  the 
senatusconsulta  of  the  first  half-century  of  the  empire  were  really 
directions  to  magistrates.  Thus  the  well-known  sec.  Velleianum  and 
Macedonianum  8  operated  as  directions  to  the  Praetor  to  insert  exceptiones 
in  his  Edict.  Others  were  mere  extensions  and  interpretations  of  existing 
laws,  e.g.  those  under  the  I.  Fufia  Caninia9.  It  is  possible  that  the  right 
was  not  fully  recognised  until  the  Comitia  had  quite  ceased  to  legislate, 

1  Willems,    D.P.  185  sqq.  2  Suetonius,   Augustus,   35;   Willems,   D.P.  441  sqq. 

3  Willems,  D.P.  443.  4  Suetonius  says  of  Julius  Caesar  (JuL  41):  " comitia  cum populo 
partitus  est."  Tacitus  says  of  Tiberius  (Ann.  1.  15):  "turn  primum  e  campo  comitia  ad 
patres  translata  sunt."  In  each  case  the  context  shews  that  these  obscure  expressions  have 
to  do  with  appointments  of  magistrates.  5  Theoph.  ad.  Inst.  1.  2.  5.  6  1.  2.  2.  9. 

7  Gai.  1.  4.  8  The  language  of  16.  1.  2.  1  is  very  significant.  9  The  sc.  Silanianum 
(A.D.  10)  which  orders  that  the  will  of  a  murdered  man  is  not  to  be  opened  till  his  slaves 
have  been  put  to  the  torture  is  sometimes  treated  as  a  direct  alteration  of  the  civil  law, 
but  it  was  a  direction  to  the  magistrate  embodied  in  the  edict.  Lenel,  E.P.  352. 


ij  SENATUSCONSULTA  15 

and  Girard  finds  no  clear  case  till  the  sc.  Tertullianum  of  Hadrian's 
time1.  Krueger  points  out  that  senatusconsulta  have  no  official  name : 
many  have  none.  It  was  customary  to  give  them  the  name  of  the  Consul 
at  the  time  of  their  enactment  in  a  lengthened  adjectival  form,  but  that 
this  was  not  official  appears  from  the  fact  that  it  was  sometimes  his 
nomen,  sometimes  a  cognomen,  and  in  one  well-known  case — the  Mace- 
donianum — the  enactment  is  named  after  the  man  whose  misconduct 
produced  it2. 

If  the  Senate  ever  had  any  independence  in  legislation  it  soon  lost 
it.  Very  early  the  practice  appeared  of  submitting  to  the  Senate  the 
proposals  already  drafted  by  a  committee  or  consilium,  the  Senate 
merely  voting.  The  committee  was  intermittent  and  its  constitution 
varied.  Its  relation  to  the  Consilium  Principis  which  is  found  in  full 
operation  after  Hadrian  is  not  very  clear,  and  opinions  differ  on  the 
question  whether  they  were  independent  developments,  or  the  latter 
grew  out  of  the  former3.  The  Emperor  himself  proposed  the  most  im- 
portant sec.,  and  it  is  pointed  out  by  Mommsen4  that  no  other  person 
is  ever  in  the  empire  described  as  auctor  senatusconsulti.  He  acted 
sometimes  personally,  sometimes  by  a  representative  who  read  his 
Oratio,  and  before  long  there  was  always  a  written  oratio,  whether 
the  Emperor  was  present  or  not.  The  vote  was  so  much  a  matter  of 
course  that  the  oratio  came  to  be  regarded  even  by  the  lawyers  as  the 
\real  source  of  law:  they  referred  to  it  rather  than  to  the  formal  vote 
which  made  it  effective.  Karlowa  points  out  that  there  are  traces  in 
the  language  of  surviving  orationes  of  a  transition  from  language  of 
request  to  command5.  The  seven  witnesses  who  are  so  common  in  the 
later  Roman  Law  appear  here :  the  formal  record  of  the  senatusconsult 
was  accompanied  by  the  signatio  of  seven  senators,  who  took  part  in 
the  vote6. 

In  the  later  days  of  senatusconsulta  the  jurists  habitually  speak  of 
them  as  laid  down  by  the  Emperor.  How  long  they  continued  to  be 
issued  is  uncertain,  but  the  last  of  which  anything  is  known  is  spoken 
of  in  the  life  of  Probus  (A.D.  276-282),  and  the  language  is  instructive. 
The  writer  after  recording  the  oratio  and  the  resulting  senatusconsult 
adds  that  the  Emperor  by  a  second  oratio  "permisit  patribus"  certain 
things,  amongst  others  "leges  quas  Probus  ederet  senatusconsultis  propriis 
consecrare7."  They  were  allowed  to  go  through  the  form  of  registering 
imperial  enactments.  It  was  time  for  them  to  cease. 


1  Manuel,  57.  2  14.  6.  1.  pr.  3  See  Krueger,  Rom.  Rechtsq.  116.  4  Staatxr. 
2.  899;  D.P.R.  5.  178.  5  R.Rg.  1.  644.  6  Karlowa,  op.  cit.  1.  646.  7  Vita  Probi, 
13.  1. 


16  PRINCIPUM  PLACITA  [CH. 

VI.  PRINCIPUM  PLACITA.  We  have  seen  that  when  Augustus  became 
sole  ruler  he  renounced  and  restored  to  the  popular  assembly  the  legis- 
lative power  which  had  been  conferred  on  the  triumvirate.  We  have 
also  seen  that  this  was  in  no  way  designed  to  restore  power  to  the 
people :  it  merely  provided  him  with  a  means  of  making  his  will  effective 
in  an  indirect  way.  The  language  of  the  lex  regia  by  which  power  was 
conferred  on  him  might  be  understood  to  give  him  legislative  power1, 
but  it  is  fairly  clear  that  it  merely  gave  him  absolute  discretionary 
power  in  administrative  matters.  The  earlier  emperors  were  regarded  as 
subject  to  the  laws,  as  no  more  than  chief  magistrates.  Some  texts 
speak  of  them  as  legibus  soluti2,  but  these  are  in  the  Digest  and  torn 
from  their  context.  When  their  source  is  looked  into  it  becomes  clear 
that  they  originally  referred  to  specific  statutes  and  express  the  un- 
doubted fact  that  the  Emperor  could  dispense  himself  from,  and  could 
be,  and  often  was,  excluded  from,  the  operation  of  particular  statutes. 
But  from  some  time  in  the  third  century  the  Emperor  began  to  be  re- 
garded as  above  the  law3. 

From  the  beginning  however  the  Emperor  exercised  a  certain  legis- 
lative po\ver.  Late  in  the  republic  it  had  been  usual  to  authorise  magis- 
trates to  make  laws  for  communities  which  had  become  part  of  the  State, 
laws  so  made  being  called  leges  datae*.  The  Emperor  seems  to  have  been 
regarded  as  tacitly  authorised  to  do  this,  but  these  leges  datae  are  of 
small  importance  for  us5.  The  same  may  be  said  of  II.  dictae,  statutes 
imposed  by  the  Emperor  on  regions  regarded  as  in  his  private  owner- 
ship, i.e.  not  the  imperial  provinces,  but  the  Emperor's  private  domains6. 
Much  more  important  for  our  purpose  was  the  gradual  transfer  to  the 
Emperor  of  the  power  to  dispense  from,  and  to  suspend,  to  interpret  and 
even  to  extend  leges,  a  transfer  which  was  already  beginning  in  the  time 
of  Augustus. 

Actual  legislation  was  thus  very  early  and  it  was  fully  recognised  by 
the  time  of  Hadrian  that  the  Emperor  could  make  for  all  purposes  what 
were  in  effect  laws.  Theoretically  there  was  however  a  certain  inferiority, 
and  the  progress  is  shewn  in  three  well-known  texts.  Gaius  says  that 
the  Emperor's  enactments  "legisvicem  obtinent."  Ulpian  a  little  later  says 
that  "legis  vigorem  habent"  and,  immediately  after,  he  says,  or  is  made  to 
say  "leges  esse7."  This  is  very  different  from  the  attitude  of  Augustus. 
Fideicommissa  were  really  his  work,  but  he  did  not  enact  that  they 

1  Girard,  Textes,  107;  Bruns,  1.  202.        2  E.g.  1.  3.  31.         3  Karlowa,  op.  cit.  1.  826. 
4  See  specimens  in  Bruns,  1.  120  sqq.  5  From  some  of  them  we  can  gather  that 

institutions  and  ideas  had  already  appeared  in  Roman  Law  of  which  we  have  no  other 
equally  early  trace.  6  The  best  known  instance  is  the  lex  metalli  Vipacensis,  Girard, 

Textes,  119;  Bruns,  1.  289.  7  G.  1.  5;   D.  1.  4.  1.  pr.  and  1. 


j]  PRINCIPUM  PLAC1TA  17 

should  be  valid.  He  directed  the  consuls  to  enforce  them  in  a  few 
individual  cases,  "semel  iterumque  gratia  personarum  motus,"  rather, 
apparently,  as  a  matter  of  mores  than  as  a  legal  system,  and  they  only 
gradually  became  a  settled  institution,  "paulatim  conversum  est  in  ad- 
siduam  jurisdictionem1"  The  permanent  officers  to  deal  with  them  were 
no  doubt  appointed  by  the  Senate. 

In  his  legislative  work  as  in  other  branches  the  Emperor  was  assisted 
by  a  Consilium,  older  than  Hadrian,  but  first  put  on  an  organised  footing 
by  him2.  It  was  a  large  body  containing  a  number  of  jurists,  the  chief 
member  being  the  Praefectus  Praetorio,  often  a  lawyer.  In  the  later 
empire  this  body  came  to  be  called  the  Consistorium  and  its  principal 
member  was  the  Quaestor  Sacri  Palatii,  also,  it  seems,  usually  a  lawyer3. 
But  the  Consilium  was  merely  advisory :  its  members  had  no  vote  and 
the  Emperor  decided  all  questions  himself.  Several  cases  are  recorded 
in  which  he  decided  against  the  sense  of  the  great  lawyers  on  the  Con- 
silium*. 

By  the  end  of  the  third  century  the  Emperor  was  sole  legislator.  The 
jurists  had  difficulty  in  finding  a  basis  for  his  right,  but  they  settled  on 
the  lex  regia5,  though  this  was  not  intended  to  give  the  power :  it  was  in 
i'act  a  gradual  encroachment. 

When,  early  in  the  fourth  century,  the  Empire  was  divided  into  two 
parts,  Eastern  and  Western,  these  two  halves,  retaining  their  character 
as  parts  of  the  same  empire,  were  governed  by  two  emperors  with  co- 
ordinate authority.  The  law  of  one  was  the  law  of  the  other,  and  thus 
any  law  promulgated  in  either  region  was  at  once  law  in  the  other6. 
This  did  not,  it  could  not,  work  well,  and  Theodosius  the  Great  when, 
in  A.D.  439,  he  put  his  codification  into  force,  provided  that  future  legis- 
lation by  the  Emperor  of  one  part  should  not  be  law  in  the  other  until  it 
had  been  promulgated  by  the  Emperor  of  that  part 7.  This  too  might  have 
led  to  difficulties,  but  not  long  after,  the  Western  Empire  ceased  to 
exist 8. 

There  is  some  difficulty  about  the  nomenclature  of  imperial  enact- 
ments. The  word  placitum  covers  them  all,  but  it  is  not  technical  and 

1  Inst.  2.  23.  1.  2  Vita  Hadriani,  18,  where,  however,  the  special  reference  is  to 
judicial  action;  ante,  15,  n.  3.  3  This  office  was  held  by  Justinian's  great  adviser, 

Tribonian;  Inst.  Proem.  3.  4  4.  4.  38.  pr. ;  14.  5.  8.  On  this  consilium  see  Mommsen, 
Staatsr.  2.  988;  D.P.R.  5.  279.  5  1.  4.  1;  Gai.  1.  5,  whose  language,  basing  it  on 

imperium,  shews  the  unreality  of  this  explanation.  6  Krueger,  op.  cit.  310.  7  76.  331. 
8  At  the  time  of  Justinian's  codification  Italy  was  not  part  of  his  empire,  and  (though  he 
contemplated  conquest)  there  is  not  much  sign  that  he  contemplated  its  operation  any- 
where but  in  the  East.  This  fact  and  the  essentially  eastern  character  of  his  legislation  are 
brought  out  by  Collinet,  tftudes  historiques  sur  le  droit  de  Justinien.  So  long  as  both 
Empires  existed  laws  bore  the  names  of  both  Emperors.  It  is  usually  easy  from  internal 
evidence,  to  tell  in  which  Empire  the  law  was  enacted. 


B.  B.  L 


18  PRINCIPUM  PLACITA  [CH. 

it  would  include  decisions  which  are  not  legislation.  The  most  commonly 
used  general  term  is  Constitutio,  but  there  is  confusion  as  to  what  that 
term  covers.  Gaius  includes  under  it  Edicta,  Decreta  and  Epistolae  or 
Rescripta.  No  jurist  includes  Mandata.  In  one  text  Constitutiones  are 
opposed  to  Hescripta1,  and  a  rubric  distinguishes  them  from  Edicta2. 
Ulpian  gives  much  the  same  account  as  Gaius,  but  says  the  name  is  not 
technical — "quas  volgo  constitutiones  appellamus3."  The  point  is  not 
important :  all  of  them  might  make  law  and  none  always  did.  Of  the 
enactments  with  which  we  are  concerned,  the  great  majority  are  re- , 
scripts,  till  late  in  the  empire. 

Each  form  of  enactment  has  its  own  history  and  they  must  be  con- 
sidered separately  4. 

VII.  En  IOTA.  The  Emperor,  as  chief  magistrate,  had  the  ius  edicendi, 
and  imperial  Edicta  are  found  from  the  time  of  Augustus.  As  might  be 
expected,  the  earlier  Edicta  follow  the  republican  pattern :  they  do  not 
usually  embody  any  actually  new  developments,  but  are  mainly  con- 
cerned with  extensions  and  corrections  of  existing  legislation.  As  the 
power  of  the  Emperor  grew  this  was  disregarded,  and  in  Hadrian's  time 
and  thereafter  law  was  freely  made  by  Edict.  These  continued  to  be 
issued  throughout  the  empire.  A  number  of  Justinian's  are  in  existence : 
the  edicts  of  later  law  are  however  of  little  importance  for  us :  they 
are  concerned  with  public  matters.  But  many  rules  of  classical  law  are 
based  on  imperial  Edict5. 

The  republican  magistrate  had  power  only  for  a  year,  and  in  a  deter- 
mined area,  and  the  force  of  his  Edict  was  limited  in  the  same  way.  But 
the  Emperor  had  magisterial  authority  over  the  whole  empire  for  life, 
and  his  Edict  had  force  therefore  everywhere,  and  for  his  life.  The  better 
view  seems  to  be  that  it  failed  at  his  death,  in  the  first  two  centuries,  for 
though  a  text  speaks  of  an  Edict  of  Augustus  as  having  been  abolished 
after  his  time6,  this  is  not  conclusive :  Edicts  were  frequently  renewed 
by  the  successor,  and  this  may  well  have  been  so  renewed  and  afterwards 
withdrawn.  This  frequent  renewal  would  tend  to  become  tacit,  a  process 
helped  by  the  development  of  the  notion  that  the  Emperor's  orders 
"legis  vicem  obtinent7."  In  any  case  there  is  no  sign  that  they  were  re- 
garded in  later  law  as  so  perishing. 

The  Emperor  issued  Edicts  not  by  virtue  of  any  particular  magistracy, 
but  under  his  general  imperial  authority.  They  were  not  published 
through  an  official,  but  directly  by  the  Emperor. 

1  C.  2.  42.  3.  pr.  2  C.  Th.  1.1.  3  1.  4.  1.  1.          4  As  to  mode  of  promulga- 

tion of  imperial  enactments  see  Mommsen,  Ges.  Schr.  (Jur.),  2.  178  sqq.  5  E.g.  C.  7. 
6.  1.  3;  Inst.  3.  7.  4;  Inst.  2.  6.  14.  See  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  906;  D.P.R.  5.  186.  6  28. 
2.  26.  7  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  1.  647. 


i]  PRINCIPUM  PLACITA  19 

DEO  RET  A1.  These  were  judicial  decisions  of  the  Emperor,  which  might 
be  on  hearings  in  first  instance,  where  the  Emperor  was  sitting  in  his 
capacity  as  magistrate,  or  on  appeals  which  had  reached  the  imperial 
auditorium,  or,  brought  about  by  supplicatio  of  some  private  person, 
operated  as  a  sort  of  overriding  equity2.  We  are  told  indeed  that  they 
might  be  interlocutiones,  i.e.  the  Emperor  might  intervene  at  any  stage 
in  a  legal  process  and  issue  a  Decretum  which  would  tie  the  hands  of  the 
official  in  charge  of  the  case.  In  one  recorded  case  it  is  not  clear  that 
there  had  been  any  litigation  at  all,  but  the  Emperor  was  in  some  way 
informed  of  an  apparent  injustice  which  was  being  done  in  accordance 
with  law,  and  at  once  issued  a  Decretum  deciding  the  matter  in  a  way 
certainly  inconsistent  with  the  existing  law3.  It  is  plain  that  the  great 
majority  of  Deer  eta  made  no  new  law :  they  were  merely  decisions  on  the 
existing  law.  But  Gaius  and  Ulpian  tell  us4  that  where  they  did  make 
new  law  or  settle  doubts  they  had  the  force  of  law.  It  was  not  necessary 
that  the  Decretum  should  purport  to  lay  down  a  new  rule :  if  it  actually 
did  so,  the  rule  was  law.  It  seems  that  those  which  did  this  were  pub- 
lished while  others  were  not,  at  any  rate  till  the  third  century.  By  this 
time  Decreta  had  become  less  important.  Most  of  them  had  been  decisions 
on  appeal  of  some  sort,  and  a  practice  developed  of  taking  appeals  by 
method  of  Rescript.  Instead  of  appeal  by  the  parties,  there  was  a  sub 
mission  of  the  case  by  the  magistrate  or  judge,  somewhat  like  the  English 
practice  of  "stating  a  case,"  and  the  Emperor's  decision  would  be  by 
Rescript.  .When  it  is  remembered  that  the  primary  purpose  of  a  Decretum 
was  not  to  make  new  law,  and  that  it  only  gradually  tended  to  do  this, 
it  becomes  clear  that  its  history  as  a  source  of  law  is  not  a  long  one. 
Recorded  deer  eta  in  private  law  are  few,  and  mostly  on  small  points5. 

VIII.  E  PISTOL  A  E,  RESCRIPTA,  SUBSCRIPTIOXES*.  These  were  in 
principle  answers  to  enquiries.  Epistolae  were  answers  to  officials,  em- 
bodied in  a  separate  document,  issuing  from  the  office  ab  epistulis  and 
addressed  to  the  enquiring  official.  Subscriptions  were  answers  to  en- 
quiries or  petitions  from  private  persons  endorsed  on  the  application 
itself,  issuing  from  the  office  a  libellis1  and  returned  to  the  applicant. 
These  latter  do  not  seem  to  have  been  published  in  any  way.  The  name 
Rescript  was  applied  to  both,  though  more  commonly  to  Epistolae.  There 
were  also  Rescripta  issued  to  an  official  without  any  previous  application, 
though  here  the  name  seems  to  be  misplaced  8.  It  seems  from  the  evidence 

1  See  Karlowa,  op.  cit.  649;  Krueger,  Rom.  Rechtsq.  103;  Kipp,  op.  cit.  72.        2  Post, 
§  ccxxvu.  3  40.  5.  38.  4  G.  1.  5;  D.  1.  4.  1.  1,  2.  5  See  48.  7.  7;  40.  5.  38; 

Paul  made  a  collection  of  imperial  decreta;  see  Lenel,  Palingenesia,  1.  959.  6  Karlowa, 
op.  cit.  1.  650;  Kipp,  op.  cit.  73;  Krueger,  op.  cit.  304.  7  See  Willems,  D.P.R.  436. 
8  Kipp,  loc.  cit. 


20  PRINCIPUM  PLAC1TA  [CH. 

that  law  or  etiquette  prevented  any  but  high  officials  from  applying  for 
a  Rescript. 

Rescripts  were  not  primarily  intended  to  change  the  law,  but  to 
explain  it  to  the  applicant,  and  at  first  they  merely  did  this.  Epistolae 
are  found  as  early  as  Trajan  and  Subscriptiones  at  any  rate  vinder 
Hadrian1.  From  that  time  both  were  common :  they  are  supposed  to 
have  owed  their  increasing  importance  as  sources  of  law  to  the  cessation 
of  legislation  by  the  Praetor's  Edict,  changes  now  being  made  by  im- 
perialis  sanctio2.  As  in  other  forms  the  power  of  making  law  by  Rescript 
was  based  by  the  jurists  on  the  I.  regia3.  The  increase  in  frequency  and 
importance  of  Rescripts  is  also  in  part  due  to  the  fact  already  noted  that 
after  Hadrian  in  later  law  the  method  of  appeal  by  statement  of  the 
case  by  the  magistrate  largely  superseded  ordinary  appeal  by  the  parties. 
As  in  the  case  of  Deer  eta,  Rescripts  which  were  not  intended  to  alter  the 
law  do  not  seem  to  have  been  published,  at  any  rate  till  the  third 
century.  It  should  be  added  that  though  Rescripts  which  were  in  effect 
decisions  on  appeal  were  common,  so  also  were  Rescripts  on  application 
before  the  decision :  these  were  remitted  to  the  Court  and  bound  it.  If 
the  application  contained  allegations  of  fact  the  Emperor  did  not  enquire 
into  these:  his  Rescript  was  sometimes  expressly  conditional  on  their 
truth,  and  even  if  this  was  omitted  the  principle  held  good,  and  the 
Court  must  look  into  the  facts  before  deciding4. 

There  remained  one  great  practical  difficulty  in  the  use  of  Rescripts. 
As  we  have  seen,  their  primary  purpose  was  not  law  reform  :  it  was  only 
gradually  and  incidentally  that  they  gained  this  function.  There  were 
thus  four  classes :  (a)  those  which  merely  stated  the  law,  (b)  those  which 
laid  down  a  new  rule  but  were  privilegia,  not  intended  for  general 
application5;  (c)  those  which  embodied  a  change  for  general  application, 
(d)  those  which  laid  down  a  new  rule,  but  were  in  fact  errors  and  were 
not  intended  to  do  so.  How  was  the  Court  to  determine  to  which  of 
these  classes  a  Rescript  brought  to  its  notice  belonged?  In  some  cases 
the  matter  was  clear :  the  Rescript  expressly  said  that  it  was  or  was  not 
to  be  taken  as  a  precedent.  But  in  many  cases,  and  especially  where  the 
Rescript  embodied  an  error,  this  would  not  appear.  These  difficulties 
were  felt  and  in  the  later  Empire  there  was  legislation  to  deal  with  the 
matter.  Constantine  enacted  that  Rescripts  contra  ius  were  not  to  be 
binding  in  future  cases,  while  those  which  laid  down  publica  iura  were6, 
but  this  left  the  Court  still  to  determine  which  were  which.  Arcadius 

1  Krueger,  op.  cit.  104.          2  Ante,  §  iv.          3  1.  4.  1.  1.          4  49.  1.  1.  1;  C.  1.  21.  1. 

5  1.  4.  1.  2.  A  poor  authority  says  that  Macrinus  deprived  all  rescripts  of  his  predecessors 
of  any  authority  as  having  been  very  likely  given  by  favour.    Vita  Opilii  Macrini,  13. 

6  C  Th.  1.  2.  2. 


i]  PRINCIPUM  PLACITA  21 

provided  that  Epistolae  were  not  to  be  binding  in  future  cases1  (which 
suggests  that  Constantine's  law  had  in  fact  deprived  subscriptiones  of 
all  authority).  Valentinian  III  limited  this  by  providing  that  they  were 
to  be  binding  if  expressed  to  be  binding  in  future  cases2.  Justinian  pro- 
vided that  even  where  there  was  no  such  declaration,  if  the  Rescript,  or 
other  form  of  imperial  pronouncement  in  its  terms  laid  down  a  general 
rule,  this  was  to  apply  in  future  cases,  though  not  so  expressed3. 

MAN  DATA  4.  These  are  of  small  importance  in  private  law.  They  were 
usually  administrative  directions  to  provincial  officials,  but  occasionally 
laid  down  rules  of  law.  Mandata  operated  only  for  the  life  of  the  issuing 
emperor  and  only  in  the  region  to  which  they  were  addressed,  but  in 
fact  they  were  renewed  and  often  addressed  to  many  districts.  And  as 
the  Emperor  could  make  law  in  any  form  he  chose,  he  could  do  it  by 
Mandate.  They  are  occasionally  quoted  by  jurists5,  but  there  is  little 
trace  of  them  in  later  law. 

When,  as  happened  by  the  third  century,  the  Emperor's  right  to 
make  law  was  fully  recognised,  with  the  corollary  that  its  form  was  his 
own  affair,  any  utterance  of  his  being  binding,  and  when,  in  addition  to 
this,  he  became  sole  legislator,  at  latest  by  the  fourth  century,  it  is 
plain  that  any  distinction  between  modes  was  of  secondary  importance. 
Much  confusion  of  terminology  arose.  The  name  Edict  was  applied  to 
provisions  for  special  districts :  nearly  all  Justinian's  Edicts  would  have 
been  more  accurately  called  mandata.  It  became  usual  to  call  imperial 
enactments  leges.  Many  of  the  important  enactments  of  later  emperors 
in  the  Code  of  Justinian  are  what  are  called  leges  generates  or,  somewhat 
confusingly,  leges  edictales,  and  hardly  conform  to  the  classification 
above  stated.  Some  appear  in  the  form  of  Orationes  ad  Senatum,  a 
reminiscence  of  the  earliest  form  of  imperial  enactment,  but  of  a  different 
character.  The  Senate  had  changed :  it  was  now  little  more  than  a  town 
council.  The  enactment  was  addressed  to  it  as  a  convenient  mode  of 
publication  which  would  also  be  gratifying  to  the  Senate  and  population 
of  the  city.  There  was  no  question  of  any  co-operation  by  the  Senate : 
there  was  no  senatusconsult6. 

IX.  THE  JURISTS.  As  has  been  observed,  the  jurists  of  the  classical 
age  are  the  real  builders  of  the  great  fabric  of  Roman  Law  which  we 
study.  Space  does  not  admit  of  more  than  a  brief  statement  of  the  main 
points  of  interest  in  their  history. 

1  C.  Th.  1.  2.  11.  2  C.  1.  14.  3  3  C.  1.  14.  12.          4  Krueger,  op.  cit.  109. 

5  Coll.  11.  7.  4.  6  See  on  all  this,  Krueger,   op.   cit.  301  sqq. ;   another  method  of 

the  late  period  is  Pragmaticae  Sanctiones  or  Pragmaticae  Formae.  Most  of  these  resemble 
leges  datae  or  mandata,  but  a  few  contain  new  general  rules  of  private  law.  Sometimes 
they  are  declared  to  be  leges  generates.  Some  are  called  Pragmatica  Rescripta. 


22  THE  JURISTS  [CH. 

THE  FUNCTIONS  OF  THE  JURISTS1.  The  account  which  Cicero  gives2  of 
the  jurists  of  an  earlier  age  as  constantly  consulted  on  every  kind  of  affair, 
juristic  or  not,  had  ceased  to  be  true  of  his  own  time.  But  the  picture 
which  he  draws  here  and  there  of  the  jurists  remains  in  broad  outline 
true  for  the  age  of  classical  jurisprudence.  He  states  their  interpretatio 
as  a  source  of  law  side  by  side  with  laws  and  edicts3.  He  tells  us  in 
passages  which  make  no  pretence  of  scientific  exactness,  but  which  no 
doubt  give  a  true  enough  account  that  the  business  of  the  jurist  is  three 
(or  four)  fold  4 : 

(a)  Respondere.  This  was  giving  advice  on  consultation,  not  merely 
to  private  persons,  but  to  indices  and  magistrates,  and  not  necessarily 
formally,  as  in  the  case  of  privileged  responsa  shortly  to  be  considered, 
but  in  any  form  and  place,  even  in  the  course  of  a  walk  across  the 
Forum5. 

(&)  Agere.  This  was  guiding  the  conduct  of  lawsuits.  The  jurists  did 
not  act  as  advocates :  this  was  the  business  of  the  oratores,  the  class  of 
Which  Cicero  was  the  ornament.  What  the  jurist  did  was  to  instruct 
the  advocate  on  the  points  of  law  involved  and  help  him  with  advice. 

(c)  Cavere.  This  was  assistance  in  the  performance  of  legal  transactions 
and  might  well  include  what  Cicero  calls  scribere,  the  preparation  of 
legal  documents. 

He  also  mentions  as  the  duty  of  the  good  jurist,  instruction.  This 
does  not  mean  the  ordinary  routine  of  elementary  teaching  in  law :  that 
was  presumably  then,  as  later,  in  the  hands  of  professional  teachers. 
The  great  men  may  have  acted  as  chiefs  of  legal  schools6,  but  for  the 
most  part  their  teaching  consisted  in  permitting  younger  men  to  be 
present  at  consultations,  with,  no  doubt,  an  occasional  informal  talk  on 
a  point  which  had  arisen. 

Their  responsa  were  usually  written,  and,  where  they  were  in  con- 
nexion with  litigation,  either  sent  direct  to  the  index  or  put  in  by  the 
orator.  Apart  from  the  privilege  of  the  ins  respondendi  they  were  in  no 
way  binding  on  the  index1:  they  owed  their  weight  to  the  personal 
reputation  of  the  jurist,  but  unlearned  indices,  who  were  mere  private 
persons,  would  tend  to  follow  them,  and  thus  they  exercised  a  great 
influence  on  the  law.  The  jurist  held  no  official  position  and  took  no 
fees.  It  was  not  directly  as  a  means  of  living  that  this  career  was 
entered  on,  but  as  one  of  the  surest  roads  to  popularity8  and  eminence 

1  See  Jors,  Romische  Rechtswissen^chaft  der  Republik,  §§  xx-xxiv.  2  De  Orat.  3.  33. 
133-135.  3  Topica,  5.  28.  4  De  Orat.  1.  48.  212;  Pro  Murena,  9.  19.  5  De  Orat. 
3.  33.  133.  6  Post,  §  x.  7  Cicero  tells  us  of  a  decision  in  direct  opposition  to  the 

view  of  Q.  M.  Scaevola,  one  of  the  greatest  jurists  of  his  time.  Pro  Caec.  24.  67-69.  8  See 
D.  1.  2.  2.  37  for  the  story  of  C.  Scipio  Nasica  who  was  given  a  house  on  the  Via  Sacra 
by  the  State  "quo  facilius  consult  posset.''1 


i]  THE  JURISTS  23 

in  public  life,  and  to  the  rewards  of  public  office.  The  careers  of  soldier, 
orator  and  jurist  are  repeatedly  spoken  of  as  the  most  honourable  open 
to  a  citizen1,  and  of  these,  under  imperial  conditions,  the  last  was  by 
far  the  most  independent. 

The  activities  above  mentioned  do  not  exhaust  their  modes  of 
exercising  influence  in  the  law.  They  occasionally  acted  as  assessors  to  a 
index  and  practically  dictated  his  judgment.  Still  more  often  they  were 
assessors  or  comites  to  the  magistrates,  who  were  not  necessarily  lawyers, 
guiding  them  in  all  legal  questions2.  There  is  no  doubt  that  much  of  the 
Praetor's  Edict  was  due  only  nominally  to  him,  but  was  the  work  of  his 
more  learned  councillors.  Further,  they  were  active  in  producing  juristic 
literature,  a  topic  to  which  we  shall  recur3,  since  for  the  purposes  of 
legal  development  it  was  their  most  important  work. 

THE  i  us  RESPONDENDI.  It  is  recorded  that  at  an  early  date  in  the 
empire  certain  jurists  were  given  the  right  publice  respondendi,  i.e.  of 
giving  responsa  under  seal  and  authorised  by  the  Emperor,  which  were 
binding  in  the  case  in  connexion  with  which  they  were  issued.  Pomponius 
tells  us  in  a  passage  which  is  rather  corrupt4,  that,  before  Augustus, 
lawyers  gave  responsa  in  any  form  or  conditions  they  liked,  but  that 
Augustus,  to  increase  their  authority,  gave  certain  jurists  the  right 
publice  respondere,  or,  as  he  also  puts  it,  to  give  responsa  ex  auctoritate 
principis,  such  responsa  being  under  seal,  and  so  sent  to  the  index.  The 
Institutes5  tell  us  that  Caesar,  i.e.  some  emperor,  had  anciently  provided 
that  where  the  opinion  of  a  jurist  who  had  the  ins  iura  condere  was  sub- 
mitted to  a  index,  it  bound  him,  but  not  if  the  opinions  submitted  dis- 
agreed. Till  a  century  ago  this  was  substantially  all  the  evidence  and 
the  text  of  the  Institutes  was  naturally  coupled  with  that  of  the  Digest, 
which  said  nothing  about  binding  effect,  and  the  result  arrived  at  that 
Augustus  made  the  opinions  of  privileged  jurists  binding  on  the  index. 
Early  in  the  last  century  Gaius  became  available  and  a  passage  was 
found  which  was  plainly  the  source  of  the  text  in  the  Institutes.  But 
Gaius  says  that  Hadrian  made  responsa  bind  the  index  if  they  were  in 
agreement6.  It  was  thus  no  longer  obvious  that  Augustus  made  them 
binding  and  different  opinions  began  to  appear.  The  majority  of  writers 
however  still  hold  to  the  view  that  it  was  Augustus  who  gave  responsa 
binding  force,  and  they  explain  the  text  of  Gaius  as  meaning  that 
Hadrian  settled  a  difficulty  which  had  arisen  where  conflicting  opinions 
were  given  by  equally  privileged  jurists.  Apart  from  the  foregoing 
texts  this  rests  partly  on  a  text  of  Seneca,  written  before  Hadrian's 
time,  which  says  incidentally  that  responsa  of  jurists  valenf  though  no 

1  See  Jors,  op.  cit.  255.         2  Cicero,  Topica,  17.  65.         3  Post,  §  xi.        4  1.  2.  2.  49. 
5  Inst.  1.  2.  8.        6  Gai.  1.  7.         7  Seneca,  Epist.  94.  27. 


24  THE  JURISTS  [CH. 

reasons  are  assigned,  and  partly  on  a  priori  considerations  such  as  the 
consistency  of  the  device  with  the  general  policy  of  Augustus.  But  in 
fact  it  would  not  be  like  his  method  elsewhere.  His  changes  were 
made  by  utilising  the  revived  republican  machinery,  worked  by  him  in 
the  strong  position  of  chief  magistrate.  He  had  power  enough  to  do 
what  he  liked,  but  within  the  system  he  framed  he  could  not  himself 
have  bound  the  index  to  any  particular  judgment.  It  is  difficult  to  see 
how  he  could  have  authorised  anybody  else  to  do  so.  On  the  other  hand 
the  method  of  attaching  the  jurists  to  himself  and  making  their  power 
appear  an  emanation  from  his  own,  by  giving  the  chief  among  them  a 
sort  of  patent  of  precedence,  which  would  inevitably  in  the  long  run 
mean  de  facto  authority,  was  exactly  on  his  lines. 

No  juristic  text  suggests  that  Augustus  made  responsa  binding. 
Gains,  whose  text  is  corrupt  but  explicit  on  this  point,  says  that  Hadrian 
made  them  binding  if  they  agreed,  and  does  not  mention  Augustus.  It 
is  said  indeed  that  Augustus  laid  down  a  general  rule  and  Hadrian  a 
necessary  corrective.  It  is  surprising  that  so  obvious  a  point  should  not 
have  called  for  settlement  for  more  than  a  century,  and  that  Gaius 
should  have  ignored  the  real  source  of  the  rule. 

Pomponius  in  his  long  discussion1  shews  that  in  his  time  there  had 
been  no  fundamental  change.  He  states  the  sources  in  historical  order, 
and  in  his  list  the  interpretatio  prudentium  appears  as  part  of  the  un- 
written law,  a  synonym  for  ius  civile  in  the  old  sense.  It  is  mentioned 
after  lex  and  before  plebiscitum  and  is  clearly  the  interpretatio  of  the  old 
jurists.  Then  come  the  later  sources,  but  there  is  no  reference  to  responsa, 
from  which  the  inference  is  that  they  were  no  more  sources  of  law  than 
they  had  been  for  centuries.  He  was  writing  before  Hadrian's  changes, 
at  any  rate  he  does  not  mention  the  revision  of  the  Edict.  For  Gaius 
the  responsa  are  part  of  the  written  law.  In  a  scheme  which  is  apparently 
historical  he  puts  edicta  after  principum  placita,  which  shews  that  he  is 
referring  to  Julian's  revision,  and  responsa  after  edicta2.  This  suggests 
that  the  authoritative  responsa  as  he  knew  them  were  due  to  Hadrian. 
If  Pomponius  really  meant  to  tell  us  of  such  an  important  change  he 
was  unfortunate  in  omitting  the  main  point3. 

1   1.  2.  2.  5,  6,  35  sqq.          2  Gai.  1.  2.  3  Pomponius  (1.  2.  2.  50)  mentions  another 

rescript  of  Hadrian  which  has  been  supposed  to  create  difficulties.  After  stating  Augustus' 
enactment  he  adds:  "ei  ideo  Hadrianus  cum  ab  eo  viri  praetorii  petercnt  ut  sibi  liceret 
respondere  rescripsit  eis  hoc  non  peti  sed  praestari  solere,  et  ideo  si  quis  fiduciam  sui  haberet 
delectari  se  ad  respondendum  se  praepararet."  This  corrupt  text  has  been  amended  so  as 
to  support  various  hypotheses.  It  has  however  nothing  to  do  with  his  legislation.  It  ia 
not  a  legislative  act.  Pomponius  cites  it  as  a  commentary  on  the  enactment  of  Augustus, 
and  especially  on  the  words  "ex  auctoritate  ems."  The  applicants  omitted  the  important 
part,  and  Hadrian  says  no  authority  is  wanted  for  what  they  ask  for.  It  is  a  little  jest  of 
his:  he  was  partial  to  jests  ( Vita  Hadriani,  20,  25).  The  only  significance  of  the  text  for 


i]  THE  JURISTS  25 

It  is  clear  that  a  change  in  the  position  of  the  jurists  did  occur  under 
Hadrian.  Their  responsa  were  now  ius  scriptum.  They  began  freely  to 
hold  imperial  magistracies,  praefecturae,  etc.1  The  only  jurists  not  alive 
under  or  after  Hadrian  who  are  known  to  have  issued  responsa  are 
Labeo2,  who  probably  never  had  the  ius  respondendi,  and  Sabinus,  who 
received  it  from  Tiberius3.  Collections  of  them  were  very  usual  forms 
of  literature  after  the  time  of  Hadrian  4. 

The  remark  of  Seneca  implies  no  more  than  de  facto  authority :  one 
accepts  an  expert's  opinion  whether  he  gives  his  reasons  or  not.  Cicero 
might  have  said  it5.  So  too  Caligula  is  reported  to  have  said  that  he  would 
destroy  the  jurisconsults:  "se  mehercule  effecturum  ne  quid  respondere 
possint  praeter  eum6."  This  too  implies  no  more  than  practical  weight 
and  neither  Seneca  nor  he  distinguishes  between  one  class  of  lawyers 
and  another. 

It  has  been  suggested  that  Augustus  made  responsa  binding  for  the 
actual  case  and  Hadrian  for  future  cases  as  well,  but  there  seems  no 
real  evidence  for  this  half-way  house.  The  better  view  then  seems  to  be 
that  Augustus  did  not  change  the  legal  position  of  responsa,  but  that  a 
license  from  the  Emperor  could  not  fail,  before  long,  to  give  these  privi- 
leged responsa  an  overriding  influence  on  the  mind  of  the  judge,  that 
this  is  the  regime  to  which  the  texts  of  Seneca  and  Suetonius  refer,  and 
that  Hadrian  set  the  matter  oil  a  regular  footing,  using  the  full  legislative 
power  which  he  undoubtedly  had  and  Augustus  had  not7.  It  seems 
clear  that  whatever  the  nature  of  Augustus'  change  it  did  not  bar  un- 
privileged jurists  from  giving  responsa9.  Augustus  is  not  likely  to  have 
given  his  opponent  Labeo  the  ius  respondendi,  but  he  issued  a  volume  of 
responsa.  It  is  most  probable  that  in  later  times  only  the  privileged 
jurists  issued  such  books. 

The  question  remains :  what  were  the  limits  of  Hadrian's  authorisa- 
tion? The  most  probable  answer  is  that  his  authorisation  extended 

legal  purposes  is  the  further  evidence  it  provides  for  the  view  that  the  auctoritas  Augustus 
provided  had  not  so  far  affected  the  position  of  the  jurists,  but  that  error  as  to  its  purport 
was  possible,  and  that  it  shews  that  he  did  not  prevent  unauthorised  jurists  from  giving 
responsa. 

1  Cassius  and  Pegasus  however  had  held  imperial  magistracies.  Roby,  Introd.  to 
Digest,  cxlv,  cli.  2  Coll.  12.  7.  3  (cf.  D.  9.  2.  27.  8  where  the  ref.  to  Labeo  is  omitted. 
The  work  is  not  in  the  Florentine  index).  3  1.  2.  2.  48.  4  See  the  Florentine  index. 
5  See  Cicero,  Topica,  5.  28.  6  Suetonius,  Caligula,  34.  The  words  being  corrupt  have 
been  amended  by  reading  rem  for  eum.  This  is  inconsistent  with  the  rest  of  Suetonius' 
language,  and  it  is  unlikely  that  Suetonius  meant  to  charge  the  emperor  with  such  an 
innocent  remark  as  this.  7  Of  recent  writers  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  1.  660  and  Krueger,  Rom. 
Rechtsq.  121,  hold  that  Augustus  made  them  binding  for  the  case.  Girard,  Man.  79,  inclines 
to  this  view  but  only  as  the  more  probable.  Kipp,  Gesch.  d.  Q.  110  and  Cuq,  Man.  53, 
reject  it.  Jors,  Quellen,  84,  seems  to  leave  the  matter  open.  8  Karlowa,  op.  cit.  659, 

holds  that  others  might  give  responsa  but  these  might  not  be  cited  in  court. 


26  THE  JURISTS  [CH. 

only  to  the  case  for  which  the  responsum  was  obtained1.  But  this  is 
difficult  to  reconcile  with  the  language  of  Gains,  who  speaks  of  sententiae 
et  opiniones  of  those  to  whom  it  has  been  allowed  iura  condere.  Justinian 
says  much  the  same  except  that  he  does  not  mention  the  Emperor  con- 
cerned. This  language  suggests  a  much  wider  authorisation,  and  many 
views  are  held1.  The  words  iura  condere  have  led  some  to  hold  that 
responsa  were  binding  in  future  cases.  The  words  sententiae  et  opiniones 
have  led  to  the  improbable  view  that  all  the  writings  of  privileged 
jurists  were  binding.  But  literary  work  is  a  different  matter  from  advice 
to  clients,  and  it  would  be  impossible  to  give  binding  force  to  the  specu- 
lative opinions  of  any  living  man  however  distinguished.  The  other  view 
has  more  to  be  said  for  it,  but  it  is  unlike  the  Emperors  to  set  up  an 
authority  so  little  under  their  control.  The  text  is  corrupt2:  opinions 
differ  as  to  the  degree  of  corruption,  but  the  only  part  that  can  be 
really  relied  on  is  the  reference  to  Hadrian.  Ancient  works  which  have 
existed  for  generations  in  manuscript,  repeatedly  recopied,  undergo  a 
steady  process  of  corruption  largely  by  the  incorporation  into  the  text 
of  marginal  comments.  Something  of  this  sort  has  happened  here ;  how 
much  is  uncertain,  but  enough  to  disentitle  us  to  draw  inferences  from 
the  wording.  There  is  a  sufficient  cause  in  this  case.  Later  in  the  empire 
there  was  legislation  giving  authority  to  the  writings  of  deceased  jurists3, 
a  very  different  matter.  It  is  easy  to  see  how  in  view  of  this  legislation 
such  glosses  would  creep  into  the  text. 

Whatever  be  the  scope  of  ius  respondendi  it  would  seem  important 
enough  for  the  fact  that  he  had  received  it  to  have  been  recorded  in  the 
information  we  have  as  to  any  jurist.  But,  though  we  may  assume  that 
it  was  not  granted  to  many  at  the  same  time,  it  was  probably  granted 
to  all  who  were  in  the  Emperor's  consilium,  and  yet  we  do  not  know  that 
this  was  so.  Only  of  two  jurists  do  we  know  that  they  had  this  privilege. 
One  is  Sabinus  at  the  beginning,  who  received  it  from  Tiberius4,  the 
other  is  an  otherwise  unknown  man,  Innocentius,  who  received  it  from 
Diocletian5,  so  that  the  grant  of  the  privilege  survived  the  age  of  the 
great  jurists6. 

1  Glasson,  Etude  sur  Gains,  cites  many  opinions,  p.  84-.  Kipp  appears  to  hold  (op.  tit. 
§  17)  that  in  practice  they  were  cited  in  future  cases  and  that  Hadrian  confirmed  this. 
2  For  wholesale  rejection  see  Kniep,  Gai  Comm.  Primus,  3,  105.  3  Post,  §  xu. 
4  1.  2.  2.  48.  5  Krueger,  op.  tit.  296.  6  In  case  of  conflict  was  the  index  absolutely 
free  or  must  he  follow  one  of  the  opinions  expressed  ?  Does  the  omnium  of  Gaius  mean 
all  who  are  cited  or  all  the  patented  jurists  of  the  time  ?  If  the  latter  view  is  correct, 
responsa,  as  decisive,  would  not  play  a  prominent  part  in  legislation.  Neither  Ulpian 
(Regulae)  nor  Paul  (Sententiae)  ever  cites  a  responsum.  Gaius  cites  one  (3.  198),  but  it  is 
clear  from  the  corresponding  text  in  the  Inst.  of  Justinian  that  the  point  was  still  open 
(4.  1.  8).  They  are  a  little  more  freely  cited  in  collections  made  before  Justinian,  but  after 
legislation  giving  authority  to  writings. 


i]  THE  JURISTS  27 

X.  THE  CONFLICTS  OF  THE  SCHOOLS1.  The  jurists  of  the  empire  up  to 
the  time  of  Hadrian  appear  as  sharply  divided  into  two  opposing  groups 
(sclwlae  or  sectae}.  The  two  schools  seem  to  have  originated  in  the  per- 
sonal rivalry  and  political  opposition  between  Antistius  Labeo,  the 
republican,  a  man  of  independent  mind  and  prone  to  innovation,  and 
Ateius  Capito,  the  adherent  of  the  empire,  inclined  to  follow  tradition 
and  to  rest  upon  authority.  The  growth  into  distinct  schools  may  have 
been  gradual,  for  the  schools  derive  their  names  from  later  leaders,  that 
resting  on  Labeo  from  Proculus  who  was  the  follower  of  Labeo's  follower, 
Nerva,  and  the  other  from  Masurius  Sabinus,  who  was  a  follower  of 
Capito,  or  sometimes  from  Cassius,  who  followed  Sabinus.  The  schools 
seem  to  have  had  recognised  leaders  whom  Pomponius  speaks  of2  as 
"succeeding3"  the  one  the  other,  a  form  which  he  never  uses  of  the 
republican  lawyers.  He  gives  lists  of  these  leaders,  perhaps  not  complete, 
down  to  his  own  time,  Julian,  the  Sabinian,  being  the  last.  Of  no  jurist 
later  than  Julian  is  it  certainly  known  that  he  was  attached  to  either 
school,'  except  that  Gains  speaks  of  the  schools  as  still  existing  and  of 
himself  as  a  Sabinian.  It  is  sometimes  said  that  the  schools  lasted  to 
the  time  of  Papinian,  and  were  ended  by  his  greatness,  which  united 
all.  But  there  is  no  evidence  of  their  endurance  to  his  time,  and  if  any 
individual  jurist  ended  the  schools  by  his  ascendency  it  is  far  more  likely 
to  have  been  Julian4.  From  the  fact  that  in  the  lists  given  by  Pomponius 
there  are  towards  the  end  cases  in  which  there  were  two  leaders  on  each 
side  at  the  same  time,  it  has  been  conjectured  that  the  schools  may  have 
perished  from  internal  dissensions,  and  that,  even  in  the  time  of  Gaius, 
the  schools  as  organisations  were  dead,  though  some  jurists  still  attached 
themselves  to  the  doctrines  propounded  by  the  one  or  the  other. 

The  Sources,  especially  Gaius,  record  many  disputes  between  the 
schools  and  others  which  probably  are  such,  though  they  are  stated  as 
disputes  between  individual  jurists.  Many  attempts  have  been  made  to 
determine  what,  if  any,  was  the  difference  of  principle  which  divided 
the  schools.  It  is  not  necessary  to  go  into  them,  for  none  has  any  wide 
acceptance5  or  stands  the  test  of  submission  to  the  actually  recorded 
opinions,  but  two  conclusions  emerge  from  the  discussion.  There  is  no 

1  Roby,  Introd.  to  Dig.  cxxvii  sqq. ;  Krueger,  op.  cit.  160  sqq.  2  No  work  of 

Sabinus  or  of  Cassius  seems  to  have  survived  to  Justinian's  age,  for  though  they  are  very 
frequently  cited  by  other  jurists,  there  is  in  the  Digest  no  direct  quotation  from  them. 
Earlier  jurists  are  directly  represented,  e.g.  Proculus,  Aelius  Callus,  as  well  as  Quintus 
Mucius  and  Alfenus.  3  1.  2.  2.  48.  4  See  Kipp,  op.  cit.  §  18.  5  See  Kipp,  ib. ; 

Krueger,  op.  cit.  §  20,  and  for  a  list  of  the  disputes  and  older  opinions,  Chenon,  Proculeiens 
et  Sabiniens.  See  Huvelin,  Etudes  sur  le  furtum,  1.  764,  for  the  view  that  the  Sabinians 
rested  on  authority  (Anomalisten)  and  the  Proculians  aimed  at  making  the  law  logical 
(Analogisten). 


28  THE  JURISTS  [CH. 

evidence  that  the  characteristics  of  Labeo  and  Capito  were  reflected  in 
their  respective  schools :  it  is  clear  indeed  that  they  were  not.  And 
many  of  the  disputes  were  on  rather  small  points  in  which  it  is  difficult 
to  see  any  principle  at  stake:  those  who  do  find  such  principles  find 
different  and  conflicting  ones  from  the  same  text. 

The  only  other  point  to  be  dealt  with  is  the  exact  meaning  of  the 
terms  scola  and  secta,  which  are  applied  to  these  groups1.  Secta  suggests 
"party,"  groups  of  jurists  attached  to  particular  views  and  leaders, 
analogous  to  the  "High"  and  "Low"  parties  in  the  Church  of  England, 
and  perhaps  this  is  all  that  it  practically  meant  in  the  time  of  Gaius. 
But  there  is  evidence  of  a  more  elaborate  organisation,  such  as  is  sug- 
gested by  the  name  schola.  For  though  we  speak  of  "schools  "  of  opinion 
without  necessarily  implying  an  organisation,  it  is  not  clear  that  this 
word  was  so  used  in  classical  or  silver  Latin.  When  we  remember  how 
great  a  part  in  juristic  activity  was  played  by  instruction,  and  how 
Pomponius  speaks  of  the  leaders  as  "succeeding2"  one  the  other, 
language  which  he  does  not  use  of  the  republican  jurists,  the  suggestion 
is  obvious  that  these  were  real  schools,  of  which  the  jurists  named  as 
leaders  were  the  heads.  It  has  therefore  been  suggested  that  they  were 
modelled  on  the  Greek  schools  of  philosophy,  definite  organisations 
controlled  by  leaders  sometimes  nominated  by  the  retiring  chief,  some- 
times elected.  The  schools  were  held  at  definite  places,  and  we  learn  from 
Aulus  Gellius3  that  in  the  second  century  there  were  such  stationes 
docendi  for  lawyers  at  Rome.  It  may  therefore  be  that  there  was  no 
necessary  opposition  of  principle  at  all,  but  that  the  Proculian  doctrine 
is  only  that  taught  at  a  statio  founded  by  Proculus. 

XL  THE  JURISTIC  LITERATURE.  Literary  production  is  very  active 
among  the  classical  lawyers.  An  attempt  to  classify  its  forms  is  not  very 
helpful,  but  they  may  be  said  to  come  under  five  heads.  (1)  Books  for 
elementary  instruction,  e.g.,  Institutiones,  Regulae,  etc.  (2)  More  ad- 
vanced, somewhat  unsystematic,  treatises,  e.g.,  Quaestiones,  Disputa- 
tiones,  etc.  (3)  Collections  of  Responsa  for  practitioners  which  appear  to 
vary  in  the  degree  of  systematisation  thought  needful.  (4)  Systematic 
general  treatises  on  the  civil  law,  e.g.  Sabini  Libri  iuris  civilis,  or  on 
the  ius  honorarium,  e.g.  Ulpiani  Libri  ad  edictum,  or  on  the  whole,  e.g. 
Juliani  Digesta*,  and  (5)  Monographs  on  particular  laws  or  senatus- 
consults,  or  on  earlier  writers  or  on  special  topics.  Of  this  class  of 
book  Paul  produced  a  great  number5.  The  treatment  is  in  general  more 
systematic  than  that  which  appears  to  have  marked  earlier  writings, 

1   1.  2.  2.  47;  Gai.  1.  196.          2  1.  2.  2.  48  sqq.         3  Noctt.  Att.  13.  13.     Bremer,  Die 

Rechtslchrer  und  Rechtsschulen.  4  As  to  nature  of  a  jurist's  'Digesta?  Mommsen,  Ges.  Schr. 
(Jur.),  2.  90  sqq.,  and  H.  Krueger,  Z.S.S.  37.  311  sqq.  5  See  the  Florentine  index. 


i]  THE  JURISTS  29 

a  change  which  is  the  natural  result  of  the  increased  systematisation  of 
the  law  itself  which  has  already  been  noted. 

It  is  impossible  in  the  available  space  to  give  an  account  of  the  work 
and  characteristics  of  the  jurists  individually1,  but  something  must  be 
said  of  those  who  made  the  greatest  mark  on  the  course  of  the  law. 

Gains2.  He  is  the  most  mysterious  person  who  plays  a  large  part  in  the 
law.  He  seems  to  have  been  born  under  Hadrian  and  to  have  done  most 
of  his  work  in  the  following  reigns.  He  was  evidently  a  teacher  and  the 
Law  of  Citations3  implies  that  he  never  had  the  ius  respondendi.  He 
does  not  seem  to  have  been  of  much  eminence  in  his  own  day,  for  he  is 
never  mentioned  by  any  classical  lawyer,  the  few  allusions  to  a  jurist  by 
the  name  of  Gaius  being  supposed  to  refer  to  Gains  Cassius  Longinus4, 
whom  indeed  it  has  been  attempted,  with  little  justification,  to  identify 
with  him5.  Only  his  praenomen  is  known.  His  reputation  grew  after 
his  death,  and  it  may  be  that  Ulpian  utilised  his  work  for  his  own  ele- 
mentary treatise6.  The  Law  of  Citations  includes  him  in  the  list  of  five 
jurists  who  may  be  cited,  though  he  is  much  earlier  than  any  of  the 
others.  But  though  he  wrote  commentaries  on  the  Edicts  they  are  little 
used  in  the  Digest  of  Justinian,  while  much  use  is  made  of  his  elementary 
books,  and  they  are  expressly  made  the  basis  of  the  Institutes.  He  has 
been  credited  with  the  invention  of  the  division  of  the  law  into  Ius 
Personarum,  rerum,  actionum,  but  it  is  more  probable  that  it  was  already 
traditional7.  He  was  a  Sabinian,  the  last  known  partisan  of  a  school, 
but  he  did  not  always  accept  the  Sabinian  view8.  There  has  been  much 
controversy  as  to  his  origin  and  place  of  work.  The  weight  of  opinion, 
including  the  high  authority  of  Mommsen,  is  that  he  was  a  Greek  pro- 
vincial, but  there  are  not  wanting  dissident  opinions.  The  evidence  is 
really  insufficient  to  justify  a  confident  opinion,  and  much  of  the  argu- 
ment is  of  a  very  flimsy  character9. 


1  See  Roby,  Introd.  xci  sqq. ;  Kipp,  op.  tit.  §  18;  Fitting,  Alter  und  Folge,  for  an  enquiry 
into  the  dates  of  their  various  writings.  2  Roby,  Introd.  clxxiv;  Glasson,  Etude  sur 

Gaius;  Kniep,  Der  Rechtsgelekrter  Gaius.  3  Post,  §  xu.  4  See  Roby,  loc.  cit.  5  See 
Z.S.S.  20,  211.  6  Recent  authority  is  on  the  whole  opposed  to  this  view.  See  Krueger, 
Rom.  Rechtsq.  248,  and  Girard,  Melanges,  325  sq.,  who  thinks  the  opinion  utterly  without 
foundation.  His  opinion  seems  to  rest  on  the  fact  that  no  contemporary  reference  to  Gaiua 
exists,  and  on  the  view  that  no  inference  can  be  drawn  from  similarity  of  plan,  as  it  is 
practically  certain  that  this  was  not  invented  by  Gaius  but  was  traditional  in  works  of 
this  sort.  But  the  resemblances  are  not  merely  in  plan:  they  are  very  close  in  detail, 
even  to  unexpected  omissions  and  insertions.  7  Post,  §  xxi.  8  E.g.  Gai.  3.  98. 

9  See  Roby,  loc.  cit.,  and  Kniep,  op.  cit.  9  sqq.  One  writer,  observing  that  he  names  three 
Eastern  cities  in  a  certain  context  (D.  50.  15.  7),  assumes  that  he  puts  Troas  first  because 
he  was  born  there  and  Berytus  second  because  he  taught  there,  an  argument  adequately 
dealt  with  by  a  French  critic  who  suggests  that  he  no  doubt  put  Dyrrachium  last  because 
he  died  there.  See  Glasson,  Etude  sur  Gaius,  35.  The  latest  writer  (Kroll,  Zur  Gaiusfrage, 


30  THE  JURISTS  [CH. 

Julian1.  Salvius  Julianus  is  a  much  greater  figure.  We  have  already 
noticed  his  ordinatio  of  the  Edict  carried  out  perhaps  while  he  was 
Quaestor  Aitgusti2,  and,  as  we  are  told,  received  twice  the  usual  stipend 
on  account  of  the  great  learning  he  displayed3.  An  honorific  inscription 
which  has  been  found4  shews  that  he  held  all  the  important  senatorian 
offices  from  Quaestor  to  Consul,  and  many  imperial  offices  as  well,  and 
that  he  was  in  the  Consilium  of  Hadrian  and  of  Antoninus  Pius.  He 
seems  to  have  died  in  the  reign  of  M.  Aurelius  and  Verus,  who  describe 
him  in  a  rescript  as  amicus  nosier.  His  fame  did  not  lessen  as  time  went 
on,  for  later  Emperors  speak  of  him  in  the  most  laudatory  terms5.  That 
he  is  not  one  of  the  five  singled  out  for  citation  in  the  Law  of  Citations 
is  no  doubt  due  to  his  early  date,  and  it  is  to  be  noted  that  the  clause 
authorising  citation  of  jurists,  approved  by  any  of  the  five,  instances 
Julian  among  others.  He  was  the  last  recorded  chief  of  the  Sabinians, 
but  he  was  too  strong  to  be  bound  by  the  traditions  of  any  school.  It 
seems  to  be  more  true  of  him  than  it  is  of  Papinian  that  his  greatness 
united  all  schools,  for  though  we  hear  of  one  Sabinian  after  him  (Gains) 
we  hear  of  no  more  Proculians,  and  it  may  fairly  be  presumed  that  the 
undoubted  predominance  of  Sabinian  doctrine  in  the  later  classical  law 
was  in  great  part  due  to  the  ascendency  of  Julian.  No  other  jurist 
exercised  so  great  an  influence  on  the  destinies  of  the  law.  He  issued 
many  responsa,  and  though  no  collected  volume  of  them  is  known,  they 
are  so  often  mentioned  and  discussed  by  Africanus  that  much  of  his 
work  may  be  regarded  as  a  commentary  on  the  responsa  of  Julian.  His 
principal  work  was  his  Digesta,  which  for  the  most  part  followed  the 
order  of  the  Edict,  but  was  a  comprehensive  treatise  on  both  civil  and 
praetorian  law6.  It  has  been  thought  that  Justinian's  compilers  used 
this  book  as  the  basis  of  their  scheme :  in  any  case  nearly  500  passages 
are  quoted  from  it.  The  publication  of  this  comprehensive  work  explains 
the  absence  of  any  volume  of  responsa :  what  would  have  been  its  content 
is  in  some  form  embodied  therein7.  The  principal  characteristics  of 
Julian's  work  seem  to  be  a  very  lucid  style  and  a  clear  recognition  of 

revised  by  Erman  and  H.  Krueger)  makes  him  of  oriental  extraction  but  of  Roman 
origin  and  Latin  speech. 

1  Buhl,  Salvius  lulianus.  2  But  see,  e.g.,  Appleton,  N.R.H.  35.  623.  3  See 

the  inscription  mentioned  in  the  next  note.  4  Quoted  by  Krueger,  op.  cit.  183;  see  also 
Mommsen,  Ges.  Schr.  (Jur.),  2.  1  sqq.  5  In  the  Constitutio  AtSwKev,  18,  Justinian 

speaks  of  him  as  the  most  illustrious  of  the  jurists.  The  parallel  text  in  "Tanta"  uses 
somewhat  less  strong  expressions.  6  Mommsen  (Ges.  Schr.  (Jur.),  2.  8sqq.)  considers 

it  to  have  had  a  theoretical  rather  than  a  practical  aim.  The  answers  to  enquiries  which 
it  contains  he  thinks,  on  internal  evidence,  to  have  been  in  the  main  replies  to  students, 
not  formal  Responsa  to  litigants.  7  At  least  ten  jurists  published  books  of  responsa, 

and  at  least  seven  Digesta.  Only  two  are  known  to  have  published  both,  Marcellua  and 
Scaevola,  both  late. 


i]  THE  JURISTS  31 

the  fact  that  legal  conceptions  must  move  with  the  times.  He  seems  to 
have  played  somewhat  the  part  which  Lord  Mansfield  did  in  English 
Law.  He  did  a  great  work  of  co-ordination  and  generalisation,  sweeping 
away  unreal  and  pedantic  distinctions.  Karlowa  justly  observes  that 
the  appearance  of  Julian  was  epoch  making1. 

Papinian.  Aemilius  Papinianus2  was  Praefectus  Praetorio  under 
Severus  with  whom  he  is  said  to  have  been  connected  by  marriage. 
Under  Caracalla  he  declined  to  make  a  public  declaration  approving  the 
Emperor's  murder  of  his  brother  Geta.  The  result  was  the  immediate 
murder  of  Papinian.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  he  was  Prefect  at 
York,  where  he  may  have  had  as  assessors,  Paul  and  Ulpian,  who  cer- 
tainly at  one  time  acted  in  that  capacity.  As  Roby  says  it  would  be 
difficult  to  form  a  stronger  court3.  He  was  evidently  regarded  by  those 
who  came  after  as  the  greatest  of  all  the  jurists :  we  shall  see  that  he  was 
given  a  special  preponderance  by  the  Law  of  Citations4,  and  though 
Justinian  did  away  with  the  irrational  method  of  assessing  opinion 
directed  in  that  law,  he  speaks  repeatedly  of  Papinian  in  terms  of  such 
laudation  as  to  shew  that  his  ascendency  had  not  diminished5.  Moderns 
do  not  usually  rate  him  so  highly.  Most  put  Julian  before  him  and  some 
Ulpian.  In  any  case  he  was  a  very  great  lawyer,  one  of  whose  signal 
merits  it  wras  that  he  was  never  captious,  as  Paul  often  was.  His  criticism 
is  surefooted  but  moderate  in  tone,  and  he  speaks  always  from  a  lofty 
ethical  point  of  view.  No  chicanery  appealed  to  him,  and  doubtless  part 
of  his  fame  is  due  to  this.  But  his  work  shews  other  merits  than  these. 
As  Bruns  says6,  his  concise  mode  of  statement,  which  brings  out  the 
essential  point  and  only  that,  is  an  indication  of  the  way  in  which  his 
mind  proceeded'  to  fix  the  true  relation  of  the  facts  to  the  general  legal 
principle  which  was  to  govern  them.  But  he  wrote  no  comprehensive 
systematic  treatise  and  his  chief  works,  Quaestiones  and  Responsa, 
which  cover  much  ground,  shew  a  judicial  and  critical  mind  rather  than 
intellectual  fertility.  In  any  case  he  was  a  very  great  figure. 

Paul7.  Julius  Paulus  was  a  contemporary  of  Ulpian  and  a  younger 
contemporary  of  Papinian.  He  held  the  highest  imperial  offices  and  was 
long  a  member  of  the  imperial  council.  He  was  an  extremely  voluminous 
writer :  extracts  from  his  works  fill  one-sixth  of  the  Digest,  being  almost 
as  numerous  as,  though  much  less  bulky  than,  those  from  Ulpian.  He 
enjoyed  a  high  reputation  and  was  one  of  the  favoured  five  in  the  Law 
of  Citations.  He  is  one  of  the  very  few  of  whom  we  possess  a  book 

1  Op.  cit.  1.  709.  2  Roby,  Introd.  cxci;  Fitting,  Alter  und  Folge,  71;  Krueger,  op. 

cit.  220;  Costa,  Papiniano,  1.  3sqq.  3  Op.  cit.  cxciii;  Lampridius,  Vita  Alexandra,  2ti.  ti; 
Vita  Pescennii,  1.  4.  4  Post,  §  xn.  5  See  Roby,  loc.  cit.  6  Cited  by  Karlowa, 
op.  cit.  1.  736.  7  Roby,  Introd.  cci;  Krueger,  op.  cit.  227;  Fitting,  op.  cit.  81. 


32  THE  JURISTS  [CH. 

unhandled  by  Justinian  and  this  we  owe  to  the  fact  that  his  popularity 
led  to  the  insertion  of  his  work  in  the  Code  of  the  Visigoths  for  Roman 
subjects — the  Breviarium  Alaricianum,  and  to  the  adoption  of  extracts 
from  it  in  other  works  older  than  Justinian.  But,  as  the  sources  of  our 
knowledge  would  suggest,  we  have  it  only  in  a  very  imperfect  form. 

There  is  no  other  jurist  about  whom  modern  opinions  differ  so  widely 
as  they  do  about  the  merits  of  Paul.  It  is  difficult  to  understand  these 
extreme  divergences  in  view  of  the  fact  that  we  have  a  great  mass  of 
material  on  which  to  form  a  judgment.  But  he  is  described  in  turn  as 
an  extremely  profound  thinker,  and  original  jurist,  as  an  unoriginal  but 
clear-sighted  critic,  as  a  mere  compiler,  popularising  other  men's  views, 
and  as  a  fanciful  person  of  whom  we  sometimes  doubt  whether  he  is  in 
his  right  mind.  Equally  remarkable  are  the  differences  of  opinion  on  his 
style.  For  some  he  is  a  lucid  writer,  for  others  he  is  obscure,  but  only 
from  compression,  for  others  he  is  simply  obscure,  and  there  is  disagree- 
ment whether  this  is  his  own  fault  or  that  of  Justinian's  compilers1. 

Whatever  his  capacities  may  have  been,  much,  if  not  most,  of  his 
work  is  purely  critical.  He  wrote  many  volumes  of  comment  on  earlier 
writers :  some  of  it  extremely  useful,  some  of  it  captious.  Constantine 
rejects  his  notes  on  Papinian  because,  though  able,  they  aim  rather  at 
depravare  than  corrigere  and  this  seems  even  from  what  is  left  not  too 
severe  a  judgment  of  his  method2.  He  delights  in  sharp  contradiction, 
and  in  general  his  criticism  does  not  give  an  impression  of  urbanity3. 

Ulpian4.  Domitius  Ulpianus5,  like  Paul,  held  all  the  highest  offices. 
He  was  for  a  time  exiled  under  Elagabalus.  He  was  a  member  of  the 
Consilium  under  Severus  Alexander,  to  whom  he  was  related6,  and  under 
Caracalla.  He  was  murdered  by  his  own  praetorians  when  he  was 
Praefectus  Praetorio.  His  works  fill  nearly  a  third  of  the  Digest  and  he 
and  Paul  account  for  nearly  a  half.  He  was  one  of  the  favoured  five  in 
the  Law  of  Citations,  and  later  writers  and  Emperors  speak  of  him  in  the 
most  laudatory  terms7.  Part  at  least  of  the  praise,  and  the  great  use 
made  in  the  Digest  of  his  work  is  not  due  wholly  to  his  personal  merits. 
He  and  Paul  are  the  latest  of  the  great  systematic  writers,  and,  other 
things  being  equal,  the  later  a  lawbook  is  the  better  it  is.  The  writer  has 
the  advantage  of  his  predecessor's  work,  and  an  intelligent  writer  could 
produce  a  great  book  without  contributing  much  of  his  own.  It  is  the 
general  opinion  that  this  is  in  effect  what  Ulpian  did.  The  age  of  progress 

1  For  references  to  these  views,  see  Buckland,  Equity  in  Roman  Law,  120.  2  C.  Th. 

1.  4.  1.  Ulpian  shares  the  condemnation,  with,  so  far  as  appears,  less  reason.  3  See, 
e.g.,  41.  1.  65;  49.  15.  28;  50.  16.  244.  It  is  specially  Labeo  with  whom  he  deals  in  this  way. 
4  Roby,  op.  cit.  cxcvi;  Krueger,  op.  cit.  239;  Fitting,  Alter  und  Folge,  99.  5  Jors,  Pauly- 
Wissowa,  Meal-Encyclopaedic,  s.v.  Domitius.  6  C.  4.  65.  4.  7  Roby,  op.  cit.  cxcix. 


ij  THE  JURISTS  33 

in  legal  thinking  was  ending :  it  fell  to  Ulpian  to  set  forth  the  splendid 
result.  This  view  is  however  modern :  in  the  middle  ages  Ulpian  seems 
to  have  been  almost  another  name  for  Roman  Law. 

Of  him  too  we  possess  a  book  in  something  like  its  original  form. 
His  Regulae  exist  in  ah  imperfect  abridgement1,  made,  probably,  early 
in  the  fourth  century,  to  which  have  been  added  a  few  fragments  found 
in  other  sources.  He  does  not  seem  to  have  written  books  specially 
devoted  to  criticism  of  earlier  writers,  except  the  notes  on  Papinian, 
which  may  not  have  been  an  independent  book.  He  wrote  indeed  Ad 
Sabinum,  but  that  was  a  recognised  title  for  a  comprehensive  work  on 
the  ius  civile,  and  it  is  rather  an  honour  to  Sabinus  than  anything  else. 

XII.  The  line  of  classical  jurists  ends  somewhat  suddenly.  After 
Ulpian  there  are  only  Marcian  and  Modestinus,  of  whom  the  latter  is 
one  of  the  five.  Two  later  still  are  indeed  included  in  the  Digest,  Arcadius 
and  Hermogenianus.  But  these  come  after  a  gap  of  almost  a  century 
and  their  contribution  is  not  important. 

There  is  room  for  doubt  as  to  the  causes  of  the  decay.  It  is  not  enough 
to  say  that  the  principles  were  worked  out  and  had  yielded  all  they 
could :  this  misconceives  the  nature  of  legal  evolution,  which  consists  in 
expansion  of  the  law  to  fit  conditions  constantly  changing,  and  also 
ignores  the  fact  that  just  when  this  cessation  occurred  the  Roman 
system  was  getting  into  touch  with  a  new  ethic,  that  of  Christianity, 
and  was  acquiring  a  set  of  new  ideas  from  increased  contact  with  oriental 
systems  of  thought.  Change  of  law  was  still  rapid:  lawyers  were  still 
plentiful,  but  the  law  ceased  to  attract  the  best  equipped  minds.  There 
were  no  doubt  several  causes  for  this.  The  pax  Romano,  was  ending. 
That  the  growth  of  law  proceeds  best  in  an  age  of  order  and  good 
government  is  illustrated  by  the  history  of  the  empire  in  the  first  and 
second  centuries.  But  the  State  was  now  entering  on  a  period  of  dis- 
order and  bad  government.  Able  men  will  not  devote  themselves  to 
the  severe  study  of  the  law  if  their  labours  are  to  be  stultified  by  dis- 
order and  corrupt  courts.  No  doubt  there  are  men  who  will,  but  that 
sort  does  not  produce  Papinians.  Kipp2  assigns  as  a  cause  the  increasing 
absolutism  of  the  Emperor,  who  no  longer  gives  ius  respondendi,  but 
seeks  to  make  himself  the  source  of  equitable  extension  of  the  law.  He 
adds  as  an  instance  the  Law  of  Citations,  but  this  is  effect  rather  than 
cause,  and  we  have  seen  that  ius  respondendi  outlived  the  great  jurists. 
Krueger  notes  the  introduction  of  Christianity,  which  caused  many 

1  It  is  not  an  epitome.  There  is  no  evidence  that  the  statements  of  law  have 
been  in  any  way  altered,  and  there  is  some  evidence  to  the  contrary.  But  much  matter 
has  been  omitted  altogether,  and  the  MS.  does  not  extend  to  obligations  and  actions. 
2  Op.  cit.  127. 

B.  K.  L.  3 


34  THE  JURISTS  [CH. 

struggles  physical  and  intellectual,  and  diverted  men's  minds  to  a  new 
channel1.  Theology  at  any  rate  soon  became  actively  studied.  Karlowa2, 
besides  these,  associates  it  with  a  general  sinking  of  the  intellectual  level, 
which  is  only  another  name  for  decay  of  the  State. 

The  lack  of  living  great  jurists  increases  the  importance  of  the 
writings  of  the  dead.  In  A.D.  321  Constantine  enacted  that  certain 
notes  of  Ulpian  and  Paul  on  Papinian  were  not  to  be  of  authority3, 
language  which  implies  either  that  the  works  of  the  great  jurists  had 
acquired  de  facto  authority,  or  that  there  had  been  earlier  legislation 
giving  authority  to  some  books4.  There  is  evidence  that  some  notes  of 
Marcian  were  excluded  in  the  same  way5.  In  327 6  a  statute  confirmed 
all  the  writings  of  Paul,  but  it  is  supposed  that  this  did  not  cover  these 
notes.  The  enactment  gives  special  prominence  to  his  Sententiae.  For 
the  next  century  there  is  no  sign  of  further  legislation  of  this  sort.  The 
development  of  the  law  by  the  settlement  of  points  of  detail,  which  had 
hitherto  been  the  work  of  jurists  was  now  done  by  imperial  enactment, 
but  all  seems  to  rest  on  the  earlier  literature  as  a  basis.  In  426  came  the 
famous  lex  de  responsis  prudentium — the  Law  of  Citations7.  Its  pro- 
visions may  be  shortly  stated  as  follows : 

(a)  All  writings  of  Papinian,  Paul,  Gaius,  Ulpian  and  Modestinus  are 
confirmed  and  may  be  cited,  except  notes  of  Paul  and  Ulpian  on  Papin- 
ian.  Gaius  is  to  have  the  same  authority  as  the  others. 

(b)  Any  writers  cited  and  approved  by  any  of  these  may  be  cited, 
such  as  Scaevola,  Sabinus,  Julian  and  Marcellus,  provided  by  reason  of 
the  doubt  due  to  their  antiquity  their  books  are  confirmed  by  com- ). 
parison  of  manuscripts. 

(c)  If  the  jurists  cited  disagree  the  majority  is  to  be  followed:  if 
numbers  are  equal,  Papinian.   If  he  is  silent,  the  index  may  please  him- 
self. 

This  law  lessened  the  difficulties  of  the  courts  in  dealing  with  juristic 
literature.  It  excluded  a  huge  mass  of  conflicting  doctrine,  the  relative 
value  of  which  had  not  been  determined,  and  which  yet  had  to  be  used 
by  the  judges  as  a  source  of  principle  on  which  to  base  their  decisions. 
It  was  even  more  important  than  it  seems,  for  it  is  evident  that  by  this 
time  even  the  old  leges  were  in  effect  looked  for  and  applied  only  as 
they  were  represented  in  juristic  writings.  But  the  enactment  is  not 
clear  and  calls  for  remark  on  other  grounds.  It  is  the  earliest  certain 

1  Op.  cit.  297.    As  to  the  effect  of  Christianity  on  the  law  itself,  Riccobono,  Riv.  di 
dirillo  civile,  1910,  37;  Baviera,  MeT,.  Girard,  1.  67.          2  Op.  cit.  1.  932.  3  C.  Th.  1. 

4.  1.  4  As  the  Codex  Theodosianus  begins  with  Constantine  earlier  legislation  would 

not  appear  hi  it,  and  it  was  obsolete  under  Justinian.  5  Const.  "Deo  auctore,"  6 

=C.  1.  17.  1.  6.         6  C.  Th.  1.  4.  2.         7  C.  Th.  1.  4.  3,  issued  hi  the  West  but  operative 
in  both  empires. 


i]  THE  JURISTS  35 

reference  to  Gaius,  who  must  have  lived  250  years  before.  From  the 
fact  that  his  admissibility  is  emphasised  and  that  no  responsa  of  his  are 
known  it  is  conjectured  that  he  never  had  the  ius  respondendi. 

The  rule  as  to  the  jurists  approved  by  the  five  is  obscure.  Presum- 
ably, but  not  certainly,  the  admissibility  extends  to  all  their  writings 
and  not  merely  the  work  quoted  from.  What  is  meant  by  comparison 
of  manuscripts?  It  is  probable  that  in  some  cases  manuscripts  of  the 
more  ancient  works  were  rare  or  non-existent.  It  is  difficult  to  construe 
the  words  except  to  mean  comparison  of  the  extract  with  the  original, 
or  of  different  copies  of  the  original,  but  it  is  sometimes  held  to  mean 
examination  of  different  manuscripts  of  the  quoting  authority1. 

The  provisions  for  the  case  of  conflict  are  ridiculous :  opinions  should 
be  estimated  by  weight,  not  number2.  Equally  absurd  is  the  rule  that 
Papinian  is  to  be  better  than  any  one  but  not  than  two.  These  provisions 
shew  that  scientific  study  of  law  was  a  thing  of  the  past :  they  mark 
probably  the  lowest  point  reached  by  Roman  jurisprudence.  A  century 
later,  Justinian,  in  that  part  of  his  codification  which  consisted  of  an 
abridgement  of  the  writings  of  the  jurists,  ignored  the  provisions  of  this 
lex  and  directed  his  ministers  not  to  select  any  view  merely  because  it 
had  a  majority  in  its  favour,  and  not  to  take  any  notice  of  the  rule  that 
notes  by  Paul,  Ulpian  and  Marcian  on  Papinian  were  to  be  rejected3. 

Theodosius,  who  is  named  with  Valentinian  as  propounder  of  this  law, 
founded  or  refounded  a  law  school4  and  planned  a  great  scheme  of 
codification5.  In  view  of  the  low  quality  of  the  men  who  were  at  his 
service,  as  shewn  in  this  enactment,  it  is  hardly  to  be  regretted  that 
only  the  earlier  and  simpler  part  of  his  codification  was  carried  out. 

XIII.  REMAINS  OF  THE  JURISTIC  LITERATURE6.  Besides  the  three 
well-known  books  of  Ulpian,  Paul  and  Gaius7,  we  have  not  much  from 
the  classical  age  directly.  Apart  from  a  number  of  small  fragments  we 
have  an  account  by  Volusius  Maecianus  of  the  abbreviations  which  were 

1  Krueger,  op.  cit.  300.  2  A  plural  tribunal  must  decide  by  majority,  but  this  is 
precisely  because  it  is  they  themselves  who  have  to  decide.  If  the  case  is  appealed,  no 
attention  is  paid  to  the  question  which  was  the  majority  view  in  the  lower  court. 
3  There  is  however  in  C.  9.  51.  13  =C.  Th.  9.  43.  1.  (321)  a  passage  excluding  the 
authority  of  the  notes  of  Ulpian  and  Paul  on  Papinian  in  a  certain  question  of  validity 
of  a  will.  This  is  apparently  an  enactment  a  fortnight  earlier  than  the  general  reprobation 
of  these  notes  (C.  Th.  1.  4.  1).  The  point  at  issue  is  made  the  subject  of  an  express  enact- 
ment. 4  C.  Th.  14.  9.  3.  5  C.  Th.  1.  1.  5.  6  Collectio  librorum  iuris  anteiux- 
tiniani;  Girard,  Textes;  Riccobono,  Fontes  Iuris  Romani  anteiust.  7  Besides  the  text 
of  Gaius  discovered  a  century  ago,  we  have  a  very  poor  abridgement  in  the  Breviarium 
Alaricianum,  which  has  long  been  known,  and  the  recently  discovered  Autun  Gaius 
which  looks  like  notes  of  lectures  on  Gaius,  which  is  not  very  useful,  but  has  added  some- 
thing to  our  knowledge.  It  is  supposed  to  be  of  the  fourth  century,  but  may  be  earlier. 
It  is  contained  in  the  collections  cited  in  the  previous  note. 


36  THE  JURISTS  [en. 

usual  in  describing  the  subdivision  of  a  hereditas  and  for  other  purposes 
of  weight  and  measure,  and  a  list  by  Valerius  Probus  of  notae  iuris, 
which  consists  of  the  initial  letters  of  certain  common  forms  with  their 
expansions.  We  have  only  a  part,  and  that  partly  through  mediaeval 
sources,  but  it  has  been  made  to  give  us  a  good  deal  of  information 
about  the  edict  before  Julian's  revision1.  We  have  also  a  fragment  on 
manumissions,  part  of  a  larger  work,  -which  has  received  the  name  of 
the  Fragmentum  Dositkeanum  or  Dositheum. 

Of  original  juristic  literature  after  the  decline  and  before  Justinian 
we  have  practically  nothing,  and  it  may  be  presumed  that  there  was  not 
much  of  value.  We  have  however  some  works  put  together  in  the  later 
empire  which  contain,  together  with  other  matter,  some  juristic  texts 
not  otherwise  extant.  The  most  important  is  the  so-called  Vatican , 
Fragments,  which  though  only  fragmentary  is  fairly  bulky.  It  deals 
with  a  number  of  distinct  topics  in  separate  titles  and  consists  of  extracts 
from  Papinian,  Paul  and  Ulpian,  interwoven  with  a  number  of  imperial 
constitutions  ranging  from  295  to  378,  but  mainly  from  Diocletian.  As 
it  knows  nothing  of  the  Codex  Theodosianus  it  must  date  from  the 
confines  between  the  fourth  and  fifth  centuries.  It  looks  like  a  prac- 
titioner's commonplace  book,  and  it  is  possible  that  it  was  of  earlier 
date,  added  to  from  time  to  time.  There  is  also  the  Collatio  legum 
Romanarum  et  Mosaicarum,  dealing  mainly  with  criminal  laAv.  It  is  of 
about  the  same  date  and  is  of  no  great  value  for  Roman  Law,  though  it 
has  given  us  passages  from  Paul's  Sententiae,  not  otherwise  known.  There 
remains  the  Consultatio  Veteris  jurisconsulti.  It  consists  of  ten  legal 
problems  submitted  to  an  unknown  lawyer  and  answered  by  him  by 
citations  from  Paul's  Sententiae  and  constitutiones  from  the  Gregorian, 
Hermogenian  and  Theodosian  Codes.  The  nature  of  the  authorities 
quoted  suggests  that  it  dates  from  the  later  half  of  the  fifth  century2. 
In  addition  to  these  more  or  less  continuous  and  complete  works  there 
are  a  few  fragments  of  which  the  most  important  are  some  Greek 
scholia  to  Ulpian,  ad  Sabinum,  called  the  Scholia  Sinaitica. 

Apart  from  private  juristic  writings  we  have  several  barbarian 
codes  which  contain  much  Roman  material.  As  the  various  parts  of 
the  Western  Empire  were  overrun  by  barbarian  chiefs,  these  established 
codes  of  law  which  were  in  whole  or  part  designed  for  their  Roman 
subjects3. 

(«)  The  Lex  Romana  Visigothorum*,  or  Breviarium  Alaricianum 
established  in  A.D.  506  by  Alaric  the  second.  It  was  declared  to  be 
intended  to  correct  the  errors  and  elucidate  the  obscurities  of  the  Roman 

1  Girard,  Melanges,  177  sqq.          2  Krueger,  op.  cit.  347.          3  See  as  to  these  Codes, 
Krueger,  op.  cit.  350  sqq.       4  Ed.  Haenel. 


i]  THE  BARBARIAN  CODES  37 

lawyers,  but  it  is  plain  that  the  men  of  that  age  did  not  understand  the 
profound  Roman  lawyers,  and  that  what  they  did  was  to  pick  out  what 
they  more  or  less  understood.  The  result  has  little  scientific  value, 
though  it  has  been  of  the  utmost  service  in  re-establishing  the  text  of 
the  Theodosian  Code.  Its  contents  are  selections  from  the  three  codes 
above  mentioned  and  shortly  to  be  considered,  and  some  later  enact- 
ments, with  inter pretationes  attached  to  them,  a  very  bad  abridgement 
of  Gains,  an  abridgement  of  Paul's  Sententiae,  and  a  scrap  of  Papinian. 
It  is  doubtful  whether  the  inter  pretationes  and  abridgements  were  new 
or  already  in  existence:  the  latter  seems  the  most  general  opinion1. 

(b)  The  Edictum  Theoderici2.  This  was  published  a  few  years  later  by 
Theoderic  for  the  East  Goths.    It  uses  the  same  sources,  but  has  much, 
less  in  it.    It  is  of  little  use  as  it  does  not  usually  even  purport  to  give 
the  original  text,  but  a  brief  statement  of  the  gist  of  it.    It  differs  from 
the  foregoing  also  in  that  it  was  applied  to  both  Romans  and  Goths. 

(c)  The  Lex  Romana  Burgundionum3.  This  is  of  about  the  same  time 
and  uses  the  same  sources.    It  is  of  much  the  same  character,  though 
here  and  there  it  follows  more  closely  the  wording  of  the  lex  recited. 
It  acquired  in  the  middle  ages  the  name  of  the  Papianum,  the  result  it 
seems  of  a  curious  blunder4. 

Much  has  been  added  to  our  knowledge  in  recent  years,  especially  as 
to  the  Eastern  Empire  and  Egypt,  by  the  discovery  and  study  of  num- 
bers of  private  documents.  Even  in  relation  to  classical  law  private  docu- 
ments have  been  of  great  use  but  for  the  later  period  they  are  our  chief 
source.  They  are  mostly  on  papyrus  and  in  Greek5.  They  cover  all  kinds 
of  transactions  and  they  have  in  general  two  striking  characteristics. 
They  testify  to  an  immense  infiltration  of  oriental,  late  Greek,  ideas 
which  had  not  found  their  way  into  earlier  law,  which  indeed  Diocletian 
and  his  successors  are  shewn  by  their  enactments  to  have  taken  some 
trouble  to  keep  out6.  They  testify  also  to  a  very  low  standard  of  legal 
skill.  They  are  longwinded  as  every  document  of  that  age  was.  but  they 
are  also  very  unintelligently  drawn.  They  use  old  Roman  forms  in  trans- 
actions with  which  they  have  no  concern7,  and  the  same  absurdities 

1  Conrat,  however  ("Die  Westgothische  Paulus,"  Abh.  der  K.A.d.W.  (Amsterdam), 
Letterkunde,  1907),  gives  good  reason  for  thinking  the  interpretationes  to  be  the  work  of 
the  compilers  of  the  Breviarium.  But  as  to  use  of  pre-existing  interpretationes,  Kruegcr,  op. 
cit.  353.  2  Riccobono,  Fontes  iurit  r.  antei.  (Baviera)  2.  571  sqq.  3  Ib.  2.  600  sqq. 
4  The  word  Papinian  stood  at  the  beginning  of  an  extract  from  him  at  the  end  of  the  L. 
R.  Visigothorum.  Some  MSS.  contained  the  Burgundian  Code  at  the  end  of  that,  and 
a  scribe  misread  the  word  and  thought  it  was  the  title  of  the  Burgundian  Code.  5  Many 
collections  have  been  and  are  being  published.  A'  list  of  the  chief  will  be  found  at  the 
beginning  of  Mitteis,  Rom.  Privatrecht.  See  also  Grundziige  und  Chrestomathie  der  Papy- 
ruskunde,  Juristischer  Teil,  by  Mitteis.  6  See,  e.g.,  C.  8.  46.  6.  7  Krueger,  op.  cit. 

349,  mentions  a  will,  with  a  stipulation  clause. 


38  CODES  OF  IMPERIAL  LEGISLATION  [CH. 

recur  so  frequently  as  to  make  it  clear  that  the  offenders  are  practitioners 
and  not  private  persons  who  do  their  own  law. 

XIV.  LATE  IMPERIAL  LEGISLATION  BEFORE  JUSTINIAN.  The  Codes. 
One  great  piece  of  work  in  Roman  Law  remained  to  be  done.  The  best 
lawyers  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  centuries  seem  to  have  turned  their 
attention  to  codification,  to  setting  forth  the  law  in  a  systematic  form. 
The  first  steps  were  not  ambitious  and,  as  might  be  expected,  were 
taken  by  private  persons.  The  first  attempt  at  anything  like  a  Code  was 
the  Codex  Gregorianus1.  This  was  a  collection  of  imperial  enactments, 
arranged  in  books  and  titles,  following  fairly  closely  the  order  of  Julian's 
Digesta,  and,  within  the  title,  chronological.  It  was  apparently  published 
about  A.D.  300.  It  is  not  extant :  what  is  known  of  it  comes  from  citations 
in  the  late  literature  and  the  barbarian  codes.  We  have  only  about 
seventy  constitutions,  but  these  are  from  only  a  few  of  its  books  and 
titles,  which  are  numerous.  From  the  fact  that  Justinian  directed  his 
compilers,  in  making  his  Code,  to  compile  it  from  the  three  pre-existing 
codes  eliminating  their  prolixity  and  repetitions2,  it  has  been  inferred 
that  all  the  constitutions  he  gives  of  a  date  earlier  than  Constantine, 
with  whom  Theodosius  begins,  are  from  one  or  other  of  the  two  earlier3. 
But  this  is  unsafe  ground,  for  it  does  not  follow  that  omissions  were  to 
be  left  uncorrected.  And  the  leges  are  much  altered  in  his  Code,  so  that 
the  original  form  would  still  be  uncertain. 

The  Codex  Hermogenianus*  is  a  collection  of  somewhat  similar  type, 
except  that  it  was  not  divided  into  books  but  only  into  titles,  arranged 
in  much  the  same  order.  Still  less  of  it  is  left,  preserved  in  the  same  way. 
It  appears  to  be  later  than  the  other,  but  it  is  said  that  it  cannot  have 
been  much  later,  for  some  constitutions  in  Justinian's  code  are  referred 
to  Constantine  and  Licinius5.  Licinius  was  ejected  in  323,  and  in  the 
Theodosian  his  name  is  struck  out.  It  is  inferred  that  these  came  from 
the  Hermogenian,  and  the  failure  to  make  the  erasure  would  indicate 
that  it  was  put  together  before  323.  This  assumes  however  that  no  other 
sources  were  used  by  Justinian.  There  is  the  further  difficulty  that  this 
Code  is  credited  with  constitutions  of  about  365 6.  This  is  explained  away 
as  being  a  mistake :  the  reference  should  have  been  to  the  Theodosian. 
But  this  is  a  guess  and  another  explanation  is  that  the  Hermogenian 
was  re-edited  from  time  to  time,  and  this  was  in  a  later  issue.  This  is 

1  See  Collectio  libror.  juris  anteiust.  3.  224  and  Riccobono,  Fontes,  cit.  2.  547.  There 
were  earlier  collections,  which  were  of  a  less  comprehensive  character.  Papirius  Justus 
published  a  collection  of  the  rescripts  of  M.  Aurelius  and  Verus  (Lenel,  Paling.  1.  947) 
and  Paul  published  a  collection  (or  two,  Lenel,  Paling.  1.  959)  of  judicial  decisions  with 
notes.  Apparently  they  were  of  cases  in  which  he  had  been  on  the  consilium  at  the  hearing. 
2  Const.  "Haec  quae  necessario,"  pr. ;  Const.  "Summa,"  1.  3  Krueger,  op.  cit.  317. 

4  76.  316  sqq.          5  C.  3.  1.  8;  7.  16.  41;  7.  22.  3.          6  See  Consultatio,  9. 


j]  CODEX  THEODOSIANUS  39 

confirmed  by  a  text  which  tells  us  that  Hermogenianus  edited  his  book 
three  times1.  But  Hermogenianus,  the  same  or  another,  wrote  another 
book  which  is  cited  in  the  Digest,  to  which  this  remark  may  refer2. 

The  Hermogenian  must  have  been  fairly  bulky,  since  we  possess  the 
120th  constitution  of  the  69th  title.  This  raises  the  question  of  its  rela- 
tion to  the  Gregorian.  It  is  sometimes  said  to  be  merely  a  supplement 
to  this,  but  there  is  the  difficulty  that  some  constitutions  appear  in 
both3. 

These  codes  or  collections  were  private  enterprises,  but  it  is  clear 
that  they  soon  became  authoritative  and  they  were  so  regarded  till 
Justinian's  time.  They  were  not  superseded  by  the  Theodosian,  since 
that  did  not  go  behind  Constantine,  while  the  Gregorian  went  back  to 
Hadrian. 

The  Codex  Theodosianus*  is  of  much  greater  importance.  Theodosius 
was  perturbed  at  the  low  state  of  legal  skill  in  his  empire  of  the  East. 
He  founded  or  refounded  a  law  school  at  Constantinople.  We  have 
seen  that,  by  the  Law  of  Citations,  an  attempt  was  made  to  systematise 
the  citation  of  jurists.  We  have  now  to  note  a  greater  undertaking. 
In  429 5  he  appointed  a  commission  to  make  a  collection  of  imperial 
general  constitutions  from  the  time  of  Constantine.  It  was  to  be  in 
books  and  titles,  giving  the  actual  words,  except  that  immaterial  matter 
mig'ht  be  omitted,  and  constitutions  which  dealt  with  several  matters 

o 

were  to  be  split  up  and  the  parts  set  in  their  appropriate  places.  With  a 
view  to  education,  he  directed  that  all  constitutions  were  to  be  set  out, 
even  though  no  longer  law,  to  which  direction  we  owe  most  of  our  know- 
ledge of  the  course  of  change  in  the  later  empire.  He  added,  with  a 
view  to  practice,  that  another  code  was  to  be  prepared  containing  only 
operative  enactments,  with  additional  matter  from  juristic  sources.  This 
work  was  evidently  to  have  served  as  a  general  statement  of  the  whole 
law,  but  it  was  never  prepared,  though  no  doubt  the  plan  gave  a  hint  to 
Justinian.  After  some  years  a  fresh  commission  was  appointed,  mostly 
of  other  men,  with  new  instructions,  but  this  was  a  continuance,  not  a 
supersession,  for  in  438,  when  the  Code  was  completed  and  adopted  also 
for  the  Western  Empire  by  Valentinian  III,  the  proceedings  at  its 
reception  recite  the  instructions  to  the  first  commission6.  Our  knowledge 
of  it  is  derived  from  a  considerable  number  of  manuscripts,  which  give 
various  parts — none  is  even  approximately  complete — and  the  Breviary 

1  Krueger,  op,  cit.  321.  2  luris  Epitomae,  see  Lenel,  Paling.  1.  265.  3  E.g. 

Coll.  6.  5.  1 ;  6.  6.  1.  4  Edited  by  Mommsen,   1905.    Of  earlier  editions  that  by  J. 

Gothofredus  (ed.  Hitter,  1736-^5)  still  remains  valuable  by  reason  of  the  commentary. 
5  C.  Th.  1.  1.  5;  1.  1.  6.  6  Gesta  Senatus  de  Theodosiano  publicando,  Mommsen,  Theodo- 
sianus,  1.  2. 


40  CODIFICATION  UNDER  JUSTINIAN  [CH. 

of  Alaric1,  which  embodied  a  great  part  of  it.  It  is  still  far  from  complete. 
Critics  tell  us  that  the  compilers  altered  much,  and  omitted  much  which 
has  been  found  in  other  sources  and  which  under  their  instructions 
should  have  been  included,  and  that  in  distributing  constitutions  which 
dealt  with  more  than  one  matter  they  shewed  much  activity  but  little 
skill2.  The  work  is  arranged  in  sixteen  books  with  several  titles  in  each, 
and  it  appears  to  follow  roughly  the  order  of  the  classical  writers  of 
Digesta.  Most  of  the  defective  part  is  in  the  first  five  or  six  books,  of 
which  we  have,  it  is  said,  only  about  a  third.  It  was  superseded  by 
Justinian's  codification  in  the  East,  but  appears  to  have  remained 
authoritative  for  a  considerable  time  under  the  barbarians  in  Western 
Europe3. 

Theodosius  and  succeeding  Emperors  of  course  continued  to  legislate, 
and  collections  exist  of  their  Novellae  constitutiones,  usually  edited  with 
the  Theodosian4.  They  come  from  the  East  and  the  West,  but  the  last 
from  the  West  are  of  Majorian,  the  latest  being  of  460.  From  the  East 
they  end  with  Anthemius  in  468,  and  the  later  ones,  from  Majorian,  are 
known  only  from  their  inclusion  in  manuscripts  of  the  Lex  Romana 
Visigothorum.  All  the  manuscripts  are  from  the  West5.  The  Eastern 
Emperors  of  course  continued  to  legislate,  but  we  know  little  of  their 
enactments  except  as  they  are  contained  in  the  Code  of  Justinian. 

XV.  THE  LEGISLATION  OF  JUSTINIAN.  Soon  after  his  accession  in 
527  he  seems  to  have  framed  a  plan  for  going  down  to  posterity  as  a 
great  legislator.  From  the  fact  that  Tribonian  appears  prominently  in 
all  parts  of  the  work,  and  that  Justinian's  legislative  activity  lessens 
and  almost  stops  on  the  death  of  Tribonian,  it  seems  probable  that  he 
was  the  inspirer,  as  he  certainly  was  the  chief  instrument,  of  the  whole 
undertaking.  Justinian's  greatest  legal  work  was  his  codification,  of 
which  the  following  are  the  principal  steps. 

(a)  The  First  Code,  In  528  commissioners  were  appointed  to  prepare 
a  code  of  the  imperial  enactments.  It  was  to  be  a  consolidation  of  the 
existing  codes,  omitting  what  was  out  of  date,  correcting  where  this 
was  necessary,  and  restating  in  clear  language  where  the  old  words  were 
obscure.  Constitutions  were  to  be  divided  where  they  dealt  with  distinct 
matters,  so  that  rules  might  be  in  their  right  place,  and,  conversely,  to 
be  combined  where  this  seemed  convenient6.  The  code  was  published 
in  the  following  year7,  but,  for  reasons  shortly  to  be  stated,  it  had  but  a 
short  life. 

1  Ante,  §  xin.          2  Krueger,  op.  cit.  326  sqq.  3  The  MSS.  are  all  from  the  West. 

There  is  another  small  group  of  constitutions  of  the  fourth  and  (early)  fifth  centuries, 
mainly  on  church  law.  Mommsen,  Theodosianus,  1.  907  sqq.  4  See  Mommsen's  edition, 
vol.  2.  5  Mommsen,  1.  xii.  6  Const.  "Haec  quae  necessario."  7  Const.  "Summa." 


ij  THE  DIGEST  41 

(b)  The  Digest  or  Pandects1.  This  was  the  well-known  codification  of 
the  juristic  writings.  It  was  begun  in  530  and  published  in  533,  an 
extraordinarily  short  time  for  such  a  work,  so  short  indeed  that  the  view 
has  been  maintained  that  there  was  in  existence  already  a  compilation 
of  somewhat  the  same  sort — a  predigest,  and  that  the  compilers  of  the 
Digest  were  really  only  editing  this  and  modifying  it  in  accordance  with 
Justinian's  instructions.  But  though  there  did  no  doubt  exist  com- 
prehensive collections  of  texts — the  so-called  Vatican  Fragments  may 
be  part  of  one — nothing  is  known  which  justifies  the  view  that  anything 
existed  which  could  be  considered  as  a  sort  of  first  edition  of  the  Digest 
which  reduced  the  task  of  the  compilers  in  the  manner  suggested2. 

Justinian  appointed  a  committee  of  sixteen  with  Tribonian  at  the 
head  to  make  the  compilation3.  They  were  to  study  and  abridge  the 
writings  of  all  those  prudentes  to  whom  the  Emperors  at  any  time  had 
given  auctoritas  conscribcndarum  interpretandarumque  legum.  This  would 
appear  to  confine  them  to  those  who  had  the  ius  respondendi,  but  he 
says  further  that  they  are  not  to  use  books  of  writers  whose  works  had 
not  been  received  and  usitatae  by  the  auctores.  This  widens  the  field  and 
implies  that  any,  even  posth\imous,  authorisation  would  suffice,  and  the 
words  recall  the  language  of  the  Law  of  Citations  as  to  those  cited  and 
approved  by  any  of  the  five.  This  would  bring  in  lawyers  of  any  age,  and 
in  fact  the  Digest  contains  quotations  directly  from  three  republican 
jurists,  Q.  M.  Scaevola,  Alfenus  and  Aelius  Gallus.  They  were  to  embody 
the  result  in  fifty  libri  subdivided  into  titles,  the  order  of  which  was  to 
be  based  on  that  of  the  Edict  of  Julian  and  Justinian's  own  Code.  In 
case  of  conflict  they  were  to  eliminate  all  contradictions  and  to  choose 
what  seemed  the  best  view,  not  being  guided  by  the  number  who  held 
any  particular  view,  or  giving  any  particular  writer  a  preference  over 
others.  And  though  certain  notes  of  Ulpian,  Paul  and  Marcellus  on 
Papinian  had  been  barred  by  legislation,  they  were  not  on  that  account 
to  neglect  them.  They  were  to  correct  and  bring  the  matter  up  to  date 
where  this  was  necessary.  They  were  not  to  deal  with  matters  already 
handled  in  the  Code,  except  where  they  called  for  fuller  treatment.  For 
the  sake  of  accuracy  there  were  to  be  no  abbreviations.  The  work  was 

1  Edited  by  Mommsen,  2  vols.,  with  Prolegomena.  Also  stereotype  edit.  (Krueger); 
a  handy  edition  is  in  course  of  publication  in  Italy.  2  Notwithstanding  Justinian's 
statement  that  nothing  of  the  kind  had  been  attempted  before  ("Deo  auctore"  2),  it 
has  been  maintained  by  H.  Peters  (Die  Ostromische  Digestencommentare  und  die  Entslehung 
der  Digesten)  that  there  was  already  in  existence  a  compilation  of  similar  character  used 
for  purposes  of  instruction  and  that  the  work  of  the  compilers  was  in  substance  merely 
a  revised  and  somewhat  amplified  edition  of  this.  But  the  case  set  up  by  Peters  has 
been  destroyed  by  various  critics.  See  Lenel,  Z.S.S.  34.  373  sqq. ;  Mitteis,  ib.  402  sqq. 
As  Mitteis  points  out,  however,  it  is  quite  possible  that  they  were  much  aided  by  existing 
compilations  for  instructional  purposes.  3  Const.  "Tanta."  9. 


42  THE  DIGEST  [CH. 

to  be  the  sole  authority  for  the  ancient  leges  and  the  jurisprudential 
writings,  and  no  one  was  to  raise  objections  on  the  ground  of  differences 
from  the  originals,  which  were  superseded.  There  were  to  be  no  commen- 
taries written  upon  it.  The  book  was  to  be  called  Digesta  or  Pandectae1. 

The  work  was  completed  and  published  in  533  and  confirmed  by  a 
constitutio^  which  gives  an  account  of  the  arrangement  and  of  its  division 
into  seven  parts3  (chiefly  it  seems  for  educational  purposes),  and  restates 
and  emphasises  the  rule  that  the  codification  was  to  be  the  sole  authority 
for  old  law.  It  explains  that  there  may  be  accidental  repetitions  in  the 
codification  but  that  many  such  are  intentional,  by  reason  of  the  im- 
portance of  the  rule,  and  adds  that  any  contradictions  are  only  apparent 
if  the  text  is  properly  looked  at.  The  prohibition  of  commentaries  is 
repeated  (literal  translations  into  Greek  being  allowed)  and  all  future 
copies  are  to  be  written  in  full  with  no  abbreviations. 

Space  does  not  admit  of  details  as  to  the  works  used.  The  great  mass 
is  from  few  writers,  Ulpian  and  Paul  make  up  nearly  a  half  and  Papinian 
and  Julian  are  the  others  most  used.  Of  the  thirty-nine  writers  whose 
works  are  quoted  only  three  are  from  the  republic  and  only  about  the 
same  number  after  A.D.  250.  The  compilers  were  not  successful  in  keeping 
out  all  contradictions  and  there  are  many  repetitions;  but  this  was  in- 
evitable, in  a  work  of  such  magnitude,  carried  out  with  such  rapidity. 
The  title  is  the  real  unit :  the  division  into  books  is  determined  partly  by 
considerations  of  symmetry  and  partly  by  the  requirements  of  education. 
The  order  is  in  the  main  that  of  Julian's  Edict,  but  there  are  diver- 
gencies, into  the  reasons  for  which  it  is  not  necessary  to  go4. 

In  each  title  the  quotations  are  in  separate  extracts  bearing  the 
name  of  the  author,  the  title  of  the  book  and  usually  the  section  or 
liber  of  the  book.  To  these  extracts,  and  in  the  case  of  all  but  the  short- 
est, to  paragraphs  within  the  quotation,  numbers  have  been  prefixed  by 
editors,  for  ease  of  reference.  The  order  of  fragments  within  the  title  is 
at  first  sight  very  puzzling.  The  .same  topic  appears  sometimes  to  be 
discussed  at  two  or  three  points  in  a  title  with  no  obvious  reason  for  the 
separation :  occasionally  the  matter  seems  utterly  disorderly.  About  a 
century  ago  Bluhme  published  an  essay5,  the  conclusions  of  which  have 
been  generally  accepted,  accounting  for  the  arrangement  in  the  following 
way6.  The  commissioners,  to  hasten  the  work  of  dealing  with  the  great 

1  These  instructions  are  contained  in  Const.  "Deo  auctore."  2  Const.  " Tanta,"  Greek 
parallel  text,  MowKtv.  3  On  the  mediaeval  division  into  Diges/um  veins,  Infortiatum  and 
Digestum  novum,  see  Roby,  Introtl.  ccxxxix;  Kantorowicz,  Z.S.S.  31.  40.  4  See  Roby, 
Introduction,  ch.  3.  In  one  case  a  single  title  is  spread  over  three  books,  30-32.  5  Bluhme, 
Zeits.  f.  Geschichtl.  Rechtswissenschafl,  iv.  257  sqq.  6  Some  of  the  apparent  returns 

to  the  same  topic  are  explained,  as  is  shewn  by  Lenel  (E.P.)  in  respect  of  many  passages, 
by  the  fact  that  the  jurist  after  commenting  on  the  Edict  proceeds  to  discuss  the  formula 
of  the  action  based  on  it. 


ij  THE  DIGEST  43 

number  of  treatises,  divided  into  three  committees,  probably  after  the 
order  of  titles  had  been  agreed  on.  The  books  were  divided  into  three 
masses,  one  of  which  was  entrusted  to  each  committee.  One  committee 
had  Ulpian  on  Sabinus  and  the  works  dealing  with  the  topics  on  which 
this  was  a  continuous  exposition :  this  is  called  the  Sabinian  mass. 
Another  had  those  parts  of  Ulpian  on  the  Edict  which  dealt  with  the 
purely  praetorian  part  of  the  Edict,  as  opposed  to  the  civil  law  matters  j 
which  Julian  incorporated  with  it,  and  other  books  dealing  with  the 
same  matters :  this  is  the  Edictal  mass.  The  other  had  the  works  of 
Papinian  and  other  books  dealing  with  the  same  matters — the  Papin- 
ianian  mass.  There  is  another  small  set  of  books  which  do  not  seem  to 
belong  to  an}^  of  the  three.  It  comes  frequently  at  the  end  of  a  title  and 
as  the  Papinianian  mass  is  frequently  the  last  to  be  inserted,  this  group 
is  called  the  Appendix  or  the  Post-Papinianian  mass.  It  usually  follows 
the  Papinianian  mass  even  where  this  is  not  the  last.  It  is  thus  supposed 
that  a  few  books,  overlooked,  were,  on  their  appearance,  handed  over 
to  the  Papinianian  committee  as  having  the  smallest  mass,  and  perhaps 
having  finished  their  work. 

The  three  committees  met  and  incorporated  the  whole  in  the  pre- 
arranged titles,  striking  out  repetitions  and  contradictions  as  they  had 
within  their  own  masses.  That  mass  came  first  in  a  title  which  from  its 
bulk  or  other  considerations  was  the  most  important  in  relation  to  it. 
The  most  common  order  is  SEPA,  but  almost  every  possible  order  is 
found1.  In  some  titles  only  two  masses  occur2,  in  the  short  titles  often 
only  one3,  and  in  some,  where  the  committee  fused  two  or  more  intended 
titles  the  masses  occur  more  than  once4.  An  examination  of  the  books 
assigned  to  each  mass5  will  shew  that  subject  matter  does  not  fully  ex- 
plain the  distribution,  which  may  have  been  done  hastily.  When  the 
principle  is  applied  to  the  different  titles  it  is  seen  to  work  correctly, 
except  that  short  extracts  from  one  mass  are  occasionally  found  inter- 
spersed in  another.  This  is  sometimes  in  order  to  complete  an  account 
which  appeared  defective,  but,  perhaps  more  often,  to  get,  early  in  the 
title,  some  general  definition  or  the  like,  which  the  mass  which  was  to 
come  first  does  not  provide,  or  to  contrive  an  easy  transition  from  one 
mass  to  another6. 

XVI.  The  Digest  is  of  course  our  chief  authority  for  the  Law  of 

1  E.g.  3.  1-3,  EPS;  3.  4,  ESP;  4.  3,  EPAS;  13.  5,  SPEA,  etc.  2  See  for  illustrations 
Krueger,  Rom.  Rechtsq.  381.  3  1.  2  is  fairly  long,  but  it  consists  only  of  two  fragments, 
from  the  Papinianian  mass.  4  The  composition  of  each  title  and  the  arrangement  and 
distribution  of  the  masses  is  indicated  for  each  title  in  the  Berlin  stereotype  edition. 
5  See  Roby,  Introd.  ch.  4.  6  Bluhme's  theory  though  almost  universally  accepted 

was  attacked  by  Schmidt  in  1855  and  by  Hofmann  in  1900.    But  it  is  generally  agreed 
that  in  both  cases  the  criticism  is  ineffective. 


44  THE  DIGEST  [CH. 

Justinian,  but  it  is  also  our  chief  authority  for  much  of  the  earlier  law. 
For  the  purpose,  however,  of  arriving  at  the  classical  law,  the  work 
must  be  used  with  great  caution.  The  compilers  were  directed  to  alter 
the  original  texts  so  as  to  make  them  state  current  law.   It  follows  that, 
in  determining  from  a  text  of  Julian  in  the  Digest,  what  was  the  law  of 
his  time,  we  have  several  difficulties  to  contend  with.  The  literature  was 
already  some  centuries  old  and  no  doubt  many  corruptions  and  glosses 
had  crept  into  it.  Even  the  main  manuscript  which  we  have  of  the  Digest, 
though  it  was  written  not  long  after  the  time  of  Justinian1,  has  no 
doubt  corruptions  of  its  own.  These  difficulties  present  themselves  with 
all  manuscripts.  The  definite  intentional  alterations  of  the  text  are  a 
more  serious  matter.    A  great  deal  of  legal  history  has  been  carefully 
concealed  by  the  compilers  and  is  to  be  found,  if  at  all,  by  reading 
between  the  lines  of  the  Digest.    In  the  last  fifty  years  a  great  deal  of 
study  has  been  devoted  to  these  alterations,  which  have  acquired  the 
name  of  "interpolations2,"  a  word  used  in  a  loose  sense  to  cover  elisions, 
misplacements  and  alterations  as  well  as  actual  additions3.  Very  striking 
results  have  been  obtained  by  this  study.  The  best  known  is  the  case  of 
fiducia,  of  which  not  much  was  known  until  Rudorff  observed  that  a 
text  dealing  with  pignus  incidentally  used  a  feminine  pronoun,  earn 
instead  of  id4.   He  inferred  that  the  text  spoke  originally  of  fiducia,  and, 
consequently,  the  same  would  be  true  of  other  texts  from  the  same 
part  of  the  original  work.    Lenel  carried  the  matter  on  by  ingenious 
work  with  other  texts5  with  the  result  that  this  trifling  slip  of  the  com- 
pilers was  the  starting  point  of  a  brilliant  series  of  researches  into  the 
history  of  the  Roman  Law  of  Pledge 6. 

The  methods  of  detection  of  these  interpolations  are  numerous  and 
fresh  devices  are  constantly  being  found.  The  simplest  is  of  course  com- 
parison with  the  original  text,  but  new  original  texts  are  not  discovered 
very  frequently.  Apart  from  this,  the  methods  may  be  grouped  under 
two  heads :  those  based  on  style,  grammar  and  language,  and  those 
based  on  the  nature  of  the  argument.  Both  have  their  dangers.  Sixth 
century  words  and  grammar  suggest  alteration,  but  we  do  not  always 
know  what  was  possible  to  writers,  many  of  whom  were  of  foreign 
extraction.  Greek  idioms  suggest  Byzantine  work,  but  many  of  the  great, 
lawyers  were  Greeks.  Florid  language  suggests  Justinian,  but  even 

1  Mommsen,  Editio  maior,  1.  xxxx.  2  See  for  a  general  account  of  this  matter,  H. 

Appleton,  Des  Interpolations  et  des  methodes  propres  a  hs  decouvrir.    For  the  present  state 
of  the  question,  Schulz,  Einfuhrung  in  d.  stud.  d.  Digesten.  3  They  were  formerly 

called  Emblemata  Triboniani.  4  13.  7.  8.  3;  h.  t.  34.    See  Lenel,  Z.S.S.  3  (1882),  104. 

5  Lenel,  ib.  6  The  history  of  innominate  contracts,  of  dotis  dictio.  of  the  remedies  in 

sale  for  defect  of  title,  of  security  in  litigation,  etc.,  have  been  illuminated  in  the  same 
way. 


i]  THE  DIGEST  45 

classical  lawyers  could1  be  guilty  of  it.  Highly  involved  sentences  with 
many  parentheses  and  hypotheses  are  characteristic  of  Justinian,  but 
Gains  has  some  specimens2.  Even  obvious  "dog-Latin"  does  not  prove 
material  alteration :  the  scribe  may  have  intended  to  write  what  was 
before  him,  but  slipped  into  the  grammar  of  his  own  time.  Even  in- 
tentional alteration  does  not  always  mean  material  change :  there  are 
many  cases  in  which  comparison  has  shewn  that  small  alterations  in 
wording  were  made  without  any  intention  to  affect  the  meaning  of  the 
text3.  The  same  may  be  said  of  some  of  those  tests  which  turn  on 
matter.  AYhere  a  text  writes  nonsense,  it  may  be  merely  a  word  mis- 
written  which  has  made  the  passage  absurd.  Even  the  compilers  did 
not  intentionally  write  nonsense.  Even  where  one  text  plainly  contra- 
dicts another,  interpolation  is  not  certain.  Classical  disagreements  were 
sometimes  retained  by  oversight4.  No  doubt  wrhere  a  text  plainly 
contradicts  itself  it  is  probably  altered5.  When  an  obviously  poor 
reason  is  given  interpolation  is  likely,  but  even  here  the  rule  may  be 
classical,  the  reason  a  hasty  happy  thought  of  the  compilers.  Even 
bad  reasons  may  be  classical6.  A  sure  indication  of  interpolation  is  an 
allusion  by  a  jurist  to  an  institution  Avhich  did  not  exist  in  his  day. 
Thus  Paul  is  made  to  apply  the  rule,  introduced  by  Justinian,  that  a 
tutor  must  be  25 7.  Ulpian  is  made  to  say  that  legacies  and  fideicommissa 
are  completely  assimilated,  a  step  which  was  not  taken  till  Justinian  8. 

The  systematic  search  for  interpolations  has  been  carried  on  now 
for  more  than  half  a  century.  In  some  hands  it  has  given  excellent 
results9.  In  others  it  has  been  done  with  more  zeal  than  discretion.  It 
is  easy  to  throw  suspicion  on  a  text,  and  those  who  had  theories  which 
the  texts  did  not  suit  Avere  provided  with  a  handy  instrument.  But 
when  some  indications  relied  on  had  been  shewn  to  be  untrustworthy10, 
and  some  texts  held  to  be  interpolated  proved  on  discovery  of  the 
original  to  be  essentially  genuine11,  a  more  careful  method  began  to 

1   15.  1.  32.  pr.    See  Z.S.S.  25,  369.  2  See  H.  Appleton,  op.  at.  p.  47.  3  See 

the  instances  in  Roby,  Introd.  Ixiii  sqq.  4  The  disagreements  as  to  possession  by 

a  hereditas  are  clearly  classical,  post,  §  cvn.  5  13.  6.  22.    See  on  the  point  itself, 

Buckland,  Law  of  Slavery,  p.  126.  6  Paul  says  that  loss  of  a  tooth  is  not  a  redhibitory 

defect  under  the  Edict  of  the  Ediles.  The  real  reason  is  that  it  is  not  a  serious  defect.  But 
he  gives  as  the  reason  that,  if  this  were  a  defect,  all  babies  must  be  defective  as  they  have 
no  teeth  at  all.  This  looks  so  absurd  (for  it  would  be  equally  true  of  inability  to  walk) 
that  it  seems  impossible  that  a  jurist  could  have  said  it.  But  in  fact  it  seems  that  Labeo 
said  it  in  the  course  of  a  discussion  with  Servius  which  Aulus  Gellius  has  preserved,  D.  21. 
1.  11;  Noctes  Att.  4.  2.  9,  10.  7  26.  2.  32.  2;  see  C.  5.  30.  5.  8  D.  30.  1.  Post, 

§  cxxv.  9  See  for  instances,  Gradenwitz,  Interpolationen,  and  Z.S.S.  6  (two  articles), 

and  Eisele,  Z.S.S.  7,  15;  11.  1;  and  13.  118,  and  Beitrdge,  225  sqq.  10  Service  has  been 

rendered  by  Kalb  in  a  series  of  works,  Jurislenlatein,  Roms  Juristen,  Jagd  tuich  1  nterpola 
tionen,  Wegweiser  in  die  Romische  Rechtssprache.  11  Z.S.S.  25.  369. 


46  THE  INSTITUTES  [CH. 

prevail,  and  it  seemed  to  be  an  accepted  canon  that  no  text  was  to  be 
regarded  as  materially  interpolated  on  linguistic  grounds  alone.  But 
the  undoubted  alterations  in  the  Digest  may  be  reckoned,  perhaps,  by 
thousands,  and  there  are  a  vast  number  more  of  doubtful  cases1.  Some 
parts  have  suffered  more  than  others.  Procedure  and  transfer  of  property 
have  been  drastically  handled,  but  the  titles  dealing  with  bonae  fidei 
transactions  are  not  so  much  affected2. 

Thus  this  enormous  book  is  in  effect  a  palimpsest.  Concealed  in  its 
propositions  are  other  propositions  written  by  greater  men,  difficult  to 
find  but  of  supreme  interest  to  the  student  of  legal  history  when  found. 

XVII.  (c)  THE  INSTITUTES.  This  work  was  compiled  in  the  last  year 
of  the  preparation  of  the  Digest  and  published  almost  with  it.  It  was  to 
be,  and  still  is,  a  first  book  for  students.  The  compilers,  of  whom  three 
were  chosen  for  this  work,  were  directed3  to  utilise  the  old  institutional 
writers,  especially  Gains,  and  they  modelled  the  plan  on  that  of  Gaius. 
The  difference  in  the  dividing  line  between  books  3  and  4  is  merely  a 
matter  of  symmetry,  but  the  book  has  a  \vider  scope  than  the  Institutes 
of  Gaius,  since  it  has  titles  on  officium  judicis  and  on  criminal  law,  for 
which  he  has  no  counterpart  and  has  indeed  a  somewhat  different  aim4. 
A  great  part  of  the  matter  comes  from  his  Institutes  and  Res  cottidianae, 
but  it  is  clear  from  internal  evidence  that  the  compilers  also  used  the 
Institutes  of  Florentinus,  Ulpian  and  Marcian,  and  they  probably  used 
those  of  Paul5.  The  book  was  declared  to  have  the  force  of  law6,  an 
unusual  thing  for  a  textbook,  and  inconvenient  in  some  respects,  since 
it  does  not  always  agree  with  the  Digest7.  It  is  a  dogmatic  exposition 
of  the  main  rules  with  little  historical  matter  or  argument,  on  the  whole 
a  rather  mechanical  production,  much  less  interesting  than  Gaius  him- 
self. 

(d)  The  Quinquaginta  Decisiones.  Imperial  legislation  of  the  ordinary 
kind  was  still  going  on,  and  the  Code,  as  we  have  it,  contains  a  great 

1  The  11  th  and  later  editions  of  the  Berlin  stereotype  edition  of  the  Digest  indicate  a 
great  number  of  supposed  interpolations  with  the  name  of  the  writer  who  points  them  out, 
but  not  all  of  these  are  universally  accepted.  (An  index  is  (or  was)  being  prepared  in 
Germany  indicating  with  exact  reference  all  alleged  interpolations  noted  in  any  published 
work,  without  any  critical  matter.)  The  13th  edition  has  an  appendix  supplementing  the 
indications  in  the  text.  In  recent  years  there  has  been  marked  renewal  of  activity  in  the 
pursuit  of  these  interpolations,  but  while  some  of  the  results  may  be  accepted  as  certain 
there  has  been  a  great  deal  published  which,  to  say  the  least,  is  still  sub  iudice.  In  many 
cases  the  material  objection  is  only  the  author's  thesis,  and  reliance  is  placed  on  the  un- 
certain test  of  form.  2  They  provide  however  one  possible  important  case.  It  is  widely 
held  that  the  passages  dealing  with  custodia  are  largely  interpolated.  See  post,  §  cxci. 
3  Const.  " Imperatoriam"  (Preface  to  Instit.);  Const.  "Tanta,"  11.  4  Post,  §  xxi. 

5  Whether  they  used  more  advanced  books,  and  if  so  whether  they  used  the  originals 
or  the  Digest  is  uncertain.  See  Ebrard,  Z.S.S.  38.  327  sqq.  6  Const.  "  Imperatoriam,"  6. 
7  E.g.  In.  2.  1.  21;  D.  41.  1.  7.  2,  and  Inst.  3.  15.  3;  D.  4.  6.  43. 


i]  CODEX  REPETITAE  PRAELECTIONIS  47 

number  of  Constitutions  of  Justinian.  Many  of  these  are  directly  aimed 
at  settling  old  disputes,  no  doubt  in  order  to  simplify  the  task  of  the 
compilers  of  the  Digest.  A  collection  of  these  was  published  under  the 
above  titles,  but  the  book  went  out  of  use  as  soon  as  the  new  Code  was 
in  force.  As  there  are  many  more  than  fifty  enactments  of  this  type, 
while  there  are  few  of  which  there  is  direct  evidence  that  they  were  in 
this  book,  much  controversy  has  arisen  as  to  what  it  did  contain,  but  it 
is  little  more  than  conjecture.  It  has  been  siiggested1  that  as  there  are 
about  fifty  dated  before  the  Digest  was  begun  in  530,  the  collection  was 
issued  then.  The  difficulty  that  there  are  two  from  531  which  are  known 
to  have  been  in  the  book  is  pointed  out  but  not  met. 

(e)  The  CODEX  REPETITAE  PRAELECTIONIS*.  The  mass  of  new 
legislation  had  made  the  first  edition  of  the  Code  obsolete.  Accordingly 
instructions  were  issued  for  a  new  edition3,  which  is  that  we  have.  A 
commission  of  five  of  the  Digest  commissioners  with  Tribonian  at  the 
head  were  to  do  the  work.  The  instructions  were  much  like  those  for  the 
old  edition,  and  it  was  to  be  the  sole  authority  for  imperial  constitutions 
up  to  its  publication.  There  was  a  reservation  for  future  enactments 
if  any  should  be  required4,  and  presumably  the  reservation  of  validity 
for  certain  privilegia  and  regulations  for  officials,  not  in  the  Code,  but 
not  in  conflict  with  it,  which  was  contained  in  the  instructions  for  the 
earlier  Code5,  applied  equally  to  the  new.  There  were  to  be  no  repeti- 
tions or  contradictions,  a  direction  which,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Digest, 
was  not  completely  carried  out,  and  only  operative  law  was  to  be  re- 
tained. The  book  was  published  in  534,  in  twelve  libri,  subdivided  into 
titles.  The  order  is  roughly,  Church  Law,  Sources,  Functions  of  high 
Officials,  Private  Law,  Criminal  Law  and  Details  of  Administrative 
Law6.  The  Digest  and  the  Code  were  to  be  read  together  and  thus  what 

O  <^> 

was  in  one  was  not  to  be  in  the  other,  a  practice  which  so  far  as  it  was 
carried  out  was  rather  inconvenient,  since  what  looks  like  a  complete 
account  in  the  Digest  is  often  much  affected  by  what  is  in  the  Code7. 

(/)  The  Novellae  Constitutiones*.  It  is  evident  that  on  the  comple- 
tion of  the  codification  Justinian  thought  the  system  adequate  and 
supposed  that  new  legislation  would  not  be  a  very  important  factor. 
But,  in  fact,  new  and  important  legislation  began  almost  at  once,  and 
the  new  enactments  acquired  the  name  of  Novellae  Constitutiones, 

1  Krueger,  op.  cit.  369.  2  Edited  by  P.  Krueger,  with  a  smaller  edition  in  the 

Berlin  stereotype  edition  of  the  Corpus  Juris  Civilis.  3  Const.  "Cordi."  4  Const. 
"C&rdi,"  4.  5  Const.  "Summa,"  4.  6  Krueger,  Rom.  Rechtsq.  388.  7  Thus 

the  law  of  theft  from  a  commodatarius  as  stated  in  the  Digest  is  much  altered  by  an 
enactment  of  Justinian  in  the  Code,  C.  6.  2.  22.  8  Edited  by  Schoell  and  Kroll, 

see  the  Berlin  stereotype  edition  of  the  Corpiis  luris  Civilis.  It  gives  the  original  lex, 
the  Authenticum,  and  a  new  Latin  translation. 


48  NOVELLAE  [en. 

which  had  been  applied  to  imperial  enactments  after  the  publication  of 
the  C.  Theodosianus.  They  were  to  have  been  oflicially  collected  from  time 
to  time1,  but  they  never  were,  and  what  we  know  of  them  is  due  to 
private  collections.  They  are  for  the  most  part  in  Greek.  The  majority 
are  concerned  with  public  matters  and  have  little  interest  for  private 
law,  but  some  of  those  which  do  deal  with  private  law  are  of  the  greatest 
importance.  Thus  the  laAv  of  succession  on  intestacy  was  not  only 
reformed,  but  absolutely  changed  in  principle2.  The  rapid  flow  of  novels 
slackens  shortly  before  the  death  of  Tribonian  and  there  are  few  after 
his  death  in  5463.  In  Justinian's  time  an  epitome  of  about  120  Novellae, 
ending  in  555,  was  published,  the  Greek  novels  mostly  in  a  Latin  trans- 
lation and  all  the  novels  abridged.  Another  translated  collection  without 
abridgement  appeared  late  in  the  sixth  century.  It  is  commonly  called 
the  Authenticum.  It  contains  more  leges,  but  goes  no  later.  A  fuller 
collection4  in  the  original  languages  made  about  the  same  time  contains 
165  novels  and  a  few  other  matters.  From  these  and  a  few  minor  collec- 
tions the  modern  editions  are  made  up. 

XVIII.  Justinian's  Codes  were  to  be  the  unvarying  law  for  the  whole 
empire,  but  he  was  to  find  what  other  legislators  have  found,  that 
custom  would  be  too  strong  for  him.  It  is  clear  that  even  in  the  East, 
for  which  his  legislation  was  specially  designed,  it  was  far  from  uni- 
versal in  application.  The  remoter  parts  of  the  empire  were  little  affected 
by  it.  The  Syro-Roman  Lawbook5,  which  was  in  circulation  before 
Justinian  and  contains  besides  old  Roman  Law  many  rules  which  are 
not  Roman  Law  at  all,  continued  in  use  long  after  his  codification6. 
Indeed  there  is  reason  to  think  his  legislation  fell  into  some  neglect 
during  the  seventh  century.  It  was  revived  by  the  publication  in  740, 
under  Leo  the  Isaurian,  of  the  Ekloge,  a  sort  of  collection  from  all  the 
Codes,  and  again  about  the  beginning  of  the  tenth  century  by  the 
Basilica7,  a  Greek  paraphrase  of  the  Books  of  Justinian,  to  which  soon 
came  to  be  appended  a  number  of  scholia,  consisting  mainly  of  extracts 
from  the  commentaries  of  writers  of  the  sixth  and  later  centuries. 

Even  the  partial  success  of  Justinian's  legislation  is  largely  due  to 
the  fact  that  Justinian  was  himself  an  oriental,  served  by  orientals, 
and  thus  the  work  was  much  influenced  by  local  conditions.  A  recent 

1   "Cordi,"  4  in  fin.          2  Now.  118,  127.  There  are  great  changes  in  the  law  of  the  Q. 
inofficiosi  testamenti  (post,  §  cxiv),  surety,  marriage,  procedure,  etc.  3  About  135  up 

to  A.D.  540,  about  30  after.  4  As  to  these   collections,  see  Krueger,  op.  cit.  401. 

Summaries  of  the  Novellae  (authenticae  communes)  are  found,  at  appropriate  points,  in  old 
editions  of  the  Code.  5  Edited  by  Brims  and  Sachau.  See  also  Sachau,  Syriscke 
Rechtsbucher,  containing  more  recently  discovered  versions.  6  Krueger,  op.  cit. 

363.  7  Edited  by  Heimbach,  with  supplements  by  later  editors,  but  it  is  far  from 

complete.    See  Krueger,  op.  cit.  415  sq. 


i[  LEGAL  EDUCATION  49 

work  maintains  the  thesis1  that  Justinian  must  be  regarded  not  as  one 
who  sought  to  revive  the  classical  jurisprudence,  but  as  one  who,  govern- 
ing an  oriental  State,  sought  to  make  the  classical  law  available  for  an 
oriental  people  by  a  steady  and  consistent  remoulding  of  it  under  the 
guidance  of  eastern  traditions.  The  introduction  of  eastern  principles, 
mainly  late  Greek,  is,  on  this  view,  the  keynote  of  his  work,  and  this  is 
supported  by  an  analysis  of  his  various  reforms.  Whether  we  accept  all 
the  demonstrations  or  not,  it  must  be  agreed  that  to  get  a  real  under- 
standing of  Justinian's  influence  on  the  law  we  must  see  him  as  a  Bvzan- 

+> 

tine  potentate,  and  not  a  Roman. 

Justinian  was  a  reformer  not  only  of  law,  but  of  legal  education. 
There  had  been  a  law  school  at  Constantinople  at  any  rate  from  the 
time  of  Theodosius2  and  there  was  a  famous  one  at  Berytus.  These  he 
preserved,  but  he  suppressed  the  schools  at  Athens,  Alexandria  and 
Caesarea3.  In  the  Constitution  "Omwew"  at  the  beginning  of  the  Digest, 
he  tells  us  all  we  know  of  the  existing  system  of  study,  which  he  thought 
defective  in  plan  and  badly  carried  out,  and  goes  into  detail  as  to  his 
reformed  scheme.  The  old  scheme  was  a  four-year  course  to  be  com- 
pleted before  the  age  of  25.  The  student  attended  lectures  for  three 
years  and  gave  the  fourth  to  private  study  of  Paul's  Responsa.  Fresh- 
men were  called  Dupondii*,  second  year  men,  Edictales;  third  year 
men,  Papinianistae,  because  the}^  mainly  studied  Papinian,  and  fourth 
year  men  AiVai,  which  presumably  means  released  from  attendance  at 
lectures5.  He  prescribes  a  five-year  course6.  Freshmen  were  no  longer 
to  be  called  by  the  frivolous  name  of  "Twopennies,"  but  Novi  Justiniani ; 
fifth  year  men  were  to  be  called  Prolytae,  and  the  other  names  remained6. 
Freshmen  were  to  be  lectured  on  the  Institutes  and  .on  the  first  part  of 
the  Digest  (Books  1-4,  "Pro/a"),  second  year  men  on  the  second  part 
(Books  5-11,  de  iudiciis)  or  the  third  (Books  12-19,  de  rebus)  and  Books 
23,  26,  28  and  30.  Third  year  men  had  the  third  or  the  second  part,  and 
Books  20-22.  In  the  fourth  year  there  were  no  lectures,  but  men 
studied  all  the  rest  up  to  Book  36.  In  the  fifth  year  the  Code  was  read. 
The  way  in  which  Justinian  kept  the  needs  of  education  before  him  is 
illustrated  by  the  fact  that  in  Book  20,  which  is  the  first  of  those  specially 

1  Collinet,  fitudes  historiques  sur  le  Droit  de  Justinien.  He  points  out  that  at  the  time 
of  the  compilation  Justinian  had  only  a  shadowy  suzerainty  over  Italy.  It  is  in  virtue 
of  this  that  he  repeatedly  names  Rome  as  part  of  his  territory,  e.g.,  in  regulating  his  law 
schools  there  is  to  be  one  at  Rome  ("Omnem,"  7  "urbes  regias").  No  doubt  he  had  already 
formed  the  idea  of  expelling  the  Goths.  There  was  no  western  jurist  in  his  councils. 
2  Ante,  §  xiv.  3  "Omnem,"  7;  Krueger,  op.  cit.  393.  4  According  to  H.  Pernice 

(cited,  Krueger),  the  name  was  first  applied  to  pupils  in  gladiatorial  schools  (an  allusion 
to  the  small  pay),  then  to  soldiers,  then  to  law  students.  See,  however,  Krueger,  op.  cit. 
398.  5  But  the  form  of  the  word,  if  this  is  its  meaning,  gives  trouble  to  philologists. 

6  "Owme/w,"  2-5;  Roby,  Introd.  xxvii. 

B.  R.  L.  4 


50  ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANISATION  [CH. 

reserved  to  third  year  men,  nearly  all  the  titles  begin  with  an  extract 
from  Papinian,  so  as  to  justify  the  retention  of  the  old  name,  Papinian- 
istae,  for  these  students1.  Every  student  had  to  receive  a  certificate  of 
diligence  and  competence  from  his  professor  before  he  could  practise2. 
The  alternative  in  the  second  and  third  years  was  probably  designed  to 
economise  the  teaching,  so  that  two  years  could  attend  the  same  lectures. 
There  appear  to  have  been  only  four  professors  in  each  school,  and 
apparently  the  students  were  distributed  amongst  them  so  that  each 
man  studied  continuously  under  the  same  professor. 

XIX.  The  administrative  organisation  of  the  empire  does  not  directly 
concern  us,  but  some  general  account  of  it  is  necessary  to  the  proper 
understanding  of  the  legal  texts. 

We  are  accustomed  to  speak  of  the  empire  till  the  time  of  Diocletian 
as  a  Dyarchy,  in  which  the  Senate  and  the  Emperor  divided  the  admin- 
istration.   Formally  this   was   so :   the   Senate   had   a  field   nominally 
reserved  to  it,  e.g.,  the  control  of  the  Senatorian  provinces.    But  the 
reorganisation  under  Diocletian  was  only  the  formal  registration  of  a 
change  which  had  in  fact  long  since  taken  effect,  so  far  as  this  point  is 
concerned.  The  Emperor  had  had,  from  the  beginning,  a  great  power 
over  the  Senate3:  his  grip  steadily  strengthened  and  it  would  be  more 
in  accord  with  fact  to  say  that  the  real  monarchy  began  with  Hadrian^1 
when   the   Emperor's   power  of  legislation   was  fully  recognised,   the 
praetors  lost  the  power  of  legislation  by  edict4,  and  there  remained  no 
republican  magistracy  with  any  real  power  at  all.  The  specially  imperial 
officials  were  at  first  mere  representatives  of  the  Emperor.  Those  who 
governed  the  imperial  provinces,  though  they  had  pro-praetorian  power 
were  officially  Legati  Caesaris5.  The  great  magnates,  the  Praefectus  Urbi 
and  Praetorio,  were  themselves  mere  delegates,  as  were  the  subordinate 
praefecti,  annonae  and  vigilum.    But  their  functions  tended  to  increase 
at  the  expense  of  those  of  republican  magistrates  and  in  course  of 
time  they  came  to  be  regarded  as  great  officers  of  State  rather  than  of 
the  Emperor.   The  Praefectus  Urbi  and   his   subordinates   ousted   the 
aediles  and  praetors  from  their  functions  in  Rome6,  and  the  Praefectus 
Praetorio  gained  control  of  all  military  forces7.  The  rapid  development 
of  cognitio  extraor dinar ia  brought  with  it  a  system  of  appeals  culminating 
in  the  Emperor.  At  first,  if  he  did  not  hear  the  case  himself,  he  delegated 
it  to  the  Urban  Praetor,  but  by  the  third  century  it  was  in  the  hands  of 
the  Praefectus  Urbi,  who  also  exercised  the  imperial  criminal  jurisdiction8. 

• 

1   "Omnem,"  4.    So  does  Book  22.   In  the  first  19  books  only  3  titles  begin  with  an 
extract  from  Papinian.  2  See  the  reff.,  Kraeger,  op.  cit.  394,  n.  9.  3  Ante,  §  v. 

4  Ante,  §  iv.          5  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  244;  D.P.R.  3.  280.          6  Willems,  D.P.R.  470, 
502,  etc.  7  Ib.  430  sqq.  8  76.  502. 


i]  ADMINISTRATIVE  ORGANISATION  51 

Appeals  to  the  Emperor  from  criminal  judgments  of  the  provincial 
magistrates  were  referred  by  him  to  the  Praefectus  Praetorio1,  and  similar 
developments  went  on  steadily  in  all  departments  of  administration. 

The  office  of  Princeps2  was  not  hereditary.  The  Emperor  nominated 
his  successor,  of  course  frequently  from  his  family.  But  the  successor 
had,  at  least  nominally,  to  be  approved  by  the  Senate,  and  conflicts 
arose,  since  the  Senate  might  adopt  one  candidate,  the  army,  growing 
steadily  more  aggressive  in  politics,  might  set  up  another,  and  yet 
others  might  claim  to  have  the  Emperor's  nomination.  Diocletian 
endeavoured  to  systematise  matters,  and  avoid  conflict,  by  associating 
with  himself  another  Augustus,  Maximian,  of  equal  authority,  and  with 
each  a  subordinate  emperor,  with  the  title  of  Caesar,  who  was  to  succeed 
as  Augustus3.  Laws  were  issued  in  the  names  of  the  two  Augusti,  but 
in  administrative  matters  they  governed  distinct  regions  of  the  empire. 
The  name  Caesar  had  been  in  use  before  as  an  honorific  title  to  a  destined 
successor,  but  the  new  Caesares  were  administrative  chiefs  who  acted 
for  the  Emperors  in  many  fields.  There  was  no  guarantee  of  permanence 
in  this,  and  the  fourth  century  gives  a  story  of  constantly  renewed  civil 
wars  in  which  the  nominees  of  the  army  had  usually  the  upper  hand. 
In  364  Valentinian  became  undisputed  Augustus.  He  associated  with 
himself  his  brother  Valens,  and  handed  over  to  him  the  administration 
of  the  East4.  But  Valens  could  not  hold  his  own  and,  after  the  death  of 
Valentinian,  Gratian  became  in  effect  Emperor  of  the  whole.  In  395  a 
more  permanent  division  was  made.  Arcadius  became  Emperor  of  the 
East  and  Honorius  of  the  West  in  succession  to  their  father,  Theo- 
dosius  I,  who  had  governed  the  whole5.  From  that  time  the  distinction 
was  maintained:  the  two  Emperors  were  colleagues  governing  distinct  | 
sections  of  one  great  State.  We  have  already  considered  the  changes  in 
the  rules  as  to  the  validity  in  one  empire  of  laws  made  in  the  other6. 

The  notion  of  a  province  underwent  a  great  change.  In  the  earlier 
empire  a  provincia  had  meant  a  remote  outlying  part  of  the  empire,  a 
dependency,  the  inhabitants  of  which,  though  subjects  of  Rome,  were 
not  in  general  Roman  citizens.  The  extension  of  civitas  under  Caracalla7 
made  the  distinction  rather  unreal  and  paved  the  way  for  a  complete 
reorganisation  of  the  State.  Under  Diocletian 8  the  whole  empire,  except 
the  capitals,  was  divided  into  four  praefecturae,  two  in  the  West  and 
two  in  the  East,  each  under  a  Praefectus  Praetorio.  Each  praefectura 
was  divided  into  a  small  number  of  dioceses,  each  under  a  Vicarius 

1  Ib.          2  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  1132  sqq.;  D.P.R.  5.  444  sqq.          3  Gibbon  (Bury), 
i.  352,  353.  4  Gibbon  (Bury),  3.  10.  5  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.   1145  sqq.;  D.P.R. 

5.  459  sqq.  6  Ante,  §  vi.  7  Post,  §  xxxvn.  8  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  1.  850,  a  gradual 
reform  begun  before,  and  completed  after,  Diocletian. 

4—2 


52  IUS  CIVILE  [CH. 

Praefecti,  appointed  by  the  Emperor1.  Each  diocese  was  divided  into  a 
considerable  number  of  provinces  governed  by  an  officer,  usually  called 
a  Rector,  but  differing  in  rank  and  title  in  different  cases2.  The  Diocese 
of  Italy  had  two  Vicarii,  for  North  and  South  respectively,  the  latter 
being  called  Vicarius  Urbis  Romae,  and  having,  though  the  capitals 
were  excluded  from  the  provinces,  a  certain  concurrent  jurisdiction  in 
civil  and  criminal  matters  with  the  Praefectus  Urbi,  who  was  the  chief 
magistrate  of  Rome3.  A  province  was  now  a  small  territory,  or  might 
be  (Italy  contained  seventeen  provinces),  and  the  name  province  did 
not  now  connote  any  sort  of  inferiority :  it  was  merely  the  name  of  the 
administrative  unit4. 

XX.  CUSTOM.  I  us  CIVILE,  GENTIUM,  NATURALS.  The  sources 
of  law  which  have  been  considered  are  those  of  ius  scriptum,  the 
means  by  which  new  rules  were  expressly  introduced  into  the  system.  But 
many  of  the  older  institutions  had  no  legislative  basis  and  originated  in 
custom5,  as  indeed  did  many  of  the  rules  Avhich  found  expression  in  the 
XII  Tables.  But  long  continued  usage  was  recognised  in  the  republic6 
and  throughout  the  classical  age 7  as  a  kind  of  tacit  consent,  equivalent 
to  legislation  and  thus  capable  not  only  of  creating  new  rules  and 
institutions,  but  of  modifying  and  even  repealing  express  statutes8. 
Constantine  indeed  provided  that  long  continued  usage  was  of  no  force 
against  a  statute9,  but  the  Digest  preserves  the  contrary  rule10.  It  is 
probable  that  Constantine  is  dealing  with  purely  local  usages  as  against 
leges  generates11. 

In  historical  times,  apart  from  adoption  by  express  legislation, 
custom  commonly  achieved  recognition  by  the  activity  of  the  jurists12, 
in  which  case  it  was  hardly  to  be  distinguished  from  the  interpretatio 
prudentium,  the  disputable  fort13,  to  which  as  we  have  seen,  the  name 
ius  civile  was  applied  in  the  republic.  But  for  the  classical  lawyers  the 
expression  ius  civile  had  a  wider  meaning:  it  was  used  sometimes  to 

1  In  one   or  two  eastern  dioceses,  these  officers  have  special  names;  see  for  these 
and  other  exceptional  cases,   Willems,   op.  cit.    602.  2  Two  or  three  ancient  and 

privileged  provinces  (Asia,  Achaia  and  Africa)  continued  to  be  governed  by  proconsuls  hi 
the  old  way  and  were  thus  excluded  from  the  general  scheme.  Willems,  op.  cit.  605. 
3  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  968,  985;  D.P.R.  5.  257,  276.  4  But  certain  rules  in  which 

distinctions  had  been  drawn  between  Italy  and  the  provinces  still  appear  as  survivals 
under  Justinian.  See,  e.g.  Inst.  1.  25.  pr. ;  D.  47.  18.  1.  2;  47.  22.  1,  pr.,  etc.  5  See,  e.g., 
G.  3.  82;  4.  27;  D.  24.  1.  1,  etc.  6  Cicero,  de  legg.  2.  10.  23;  de  inv.  2.  22.  67;  2.  54. 

162;  Appian,  Bell.  C.  1.  54.        7  Ulp.  1.  4.;  D.  1.  3.  32  sqq.  8  Appian,  cit.;  Aul.  Cell. 

2.  24.  3-11;  D.  1.  3.  32.  1  in  f.  9  C.  8.  52.  2.  10  D.  1.  3.  32.  1  in  f.  11  Or,  it 
may  be,  thinking  only  of  imperial  legislation,  or  possibly  of  a  contention  that  new  legisla- 
tion was  not  to  apply  to  provinces  in  which  there  was  a  settled  custom  conflicting  with 
it;  it  is  certain  that  the  Emperors  did  not  always  succeed  in  uprooting  customs.  On  the 
conflict  see  Kipp,  Gesch.  der  Quell.  §4.  12  Ante,  §  ix.  13  See  Jors,  op.  cit.  80  sqq. 


i]  I  US  GENTIUM:  I  US  N  AT  U  RALE  53 

mark  off  the  rest  of  the  law  from  that  made  by  the  magistrates,  ius 
honorarium,  and  sometimes  to  mark  off  the  essentially  Roman  part  of 
the  law  from  that  available  even  to  peregrines,  ius  gentium,  an  ex- 
pression often  found  associated  with  another,  ius  naturale1.  This  last 
notion  originated  in  Greek  philosophy :  it  was  a  system  of  moral  rules 
thought  of  as  implanted  in  man  by  nature— an  intuitionist  morality. 
The  notion  of  ius  gentium  is  a  more  controverted  matter.  The  expression 
appears  first  in  Cicero,  but  in  a  phrase  which  seems  to  imply  that  it  is 
in  fact  older2.  How  old  the  thing  itself  is  we  do  not  know.  Originally  it 
meant  the  rules  which  were  applied  in  dealings  with  aliens,  whether 
originally  imported  from  alien  usage3  or  of  internal  origin4,  the  simpler 
parts  of  the  Roman  Law  applied  to  aliens,  we  need  not  consider.  But  we 
must  say  a  word  or  two  on  the  significance  of  these  terms,  and  especially 
ius  gentium,  among  the  classical  lawyers.  The  jurists  do  not  tell  a  clear 
story.  For  Gains  ius  gentium  and  ius  naturale  are  the  same  thing :  the 
law  which  nature  has  instilled  into  all  nations5.  But  the  other  jurists 
who  mention  the  matter,  who  are  later,  commonly  distinguish,  pointing 
out  that  slavery  is  iuris  gentium,  but  contrary  to  ius  naturale.  Ulpian 
goes  further  and  identifies  ius  naturale  with  instinct6,  and  Justinian 
adopts  the  views  of  Gains  and  Ulpian  as  if  they  were  the  same.  Accord- 
ingly it  has  been  maintained7  that,  for  the  age  of  Hadrian  and  before, 
there  was  no  difference,  but  that  in  the  late  classical  age  the  two  ideas 
began  to  be  distinguished,  and  the  distinction  became  a  standing  part 
of  mediaeval  political  thought.  It  is  pointed  out  that  it  is  a  mistake  to 
regard  the  jurists  as  Stoic  philosophers,  governed  by  the  notion  of  life 
according  to  nature8.  But  it  is  to  be  borne  in  mind  that,  though  not 
philosophers,  they  were  educated  men,  and  Greek  philosophy  played  a 
large  part  in  Roman  education,  and  this  view  of  the  course  of  thought 
seems  a  little  too  simple.  It  is  true  that  Gains  identifies  ius  gentium  and 
ius  naturale,  or,  what  is  the  same  thing,  naturalis  ratio9,  but  no  other 
jurist  of  his  age  or  earlier  has  left  us  his  views  on  the  matter.  The  current 
notions  on  the  relation  of  these  two  conceptions  were  doubtless  derived 
from  the  philosophers,  and  we  can  see  that  Cicero,  who  expresses  their 
views,  uses  the  term  ius  gentium  in  several  senses.  His  best-known 
utterance  speaks  of  it  as  a  branch  of  the  law,  a  part  of  the  law  dis- 

1  See  on  the  whole  matter,  Krueger,  Bom.  Beclttsq.  43  sqq. ;  Mitteis,  B.  Pr.  \.  62  sqq., 
and  as  to  influence  of  local  usage,  Beichsr.  und  Volksr.,  Einleitung.  2  De  off.  3.  17.  69. 

3  A  view  held  with  a  variety  of  differences,  see  Jors,  Bom.  Bechtsw.  1.114  sqq.  4  See 

Clark,  Pract.  Jurisp.  ch.  xiv,  for  the  principal  views  and  criticism.  5  G.  1.  1.  Frag. 

Dos  1.  1.,  as  in  MS.,  distinguishes  them,  but  it  is  very  corrupt  and  as  ordinarily  edited 
it  identifies  them.  6  D.  1.  1.  1.  4;  of.  Inst.  1.  ±  pr.  7  Carlyle,  A.  J.,  and  R.  W., 

Hist,  of  Med.  Pol.  Thought,  1.  36  sqq.  8  So,  also,  Nettleship.  Journ.  of  Phil.  13.  169 

sqq.  9  G.  1.  1;  2.  65-69;  3.  154;  D.  41.  I.  3,  9.  3, 


54  IUS  GENTIUM:  IUS  NATURALS  [CH. 

tinguished  from  the  strictly  Roman  part  by  maiores1.  Elsewhere  he 
treats  it  as  a  code  of  rules  supposed  to  exist  everywhere2.  Again,  he 
infers  from  this  universality  that  it  is  "natural3,"  and  elsewhere  he 
speaks  of  it  simply  as  iuris  naturalis4.  Of  these  various  significations 
Gaius  adopts  the  last,  but  it  is  clear  that  the  philosophic  view  was  not 
the  only  one,  or  itself  absolutely  settled.  If  we  look  at  the  later  jurists 
we  find  of  course  many  texts  in  which  ius  gentium  is  spoken  of  as  a 
branch  of  existing  law  to  which  various  institutions  are  referred5.  But 
we  also  find  the  more  speculative  aspect  of  it  considered6.  Commonly 
the  later  jurists  treating  ius  gentium  as  universal,  nevertheless  distinguish 
between  it  and  ius  naturale,  on  the  ground  that  slavery  is  iuris  gentium, 
but  contra  naturam7.  But  elsewhere  these  same  jurists  seem  to  identify 
them 8.  The  general  conclusion  seems  to  be  that  ius  gentium  in  the  only 
sense  in  which  it  is  of  value  in  legal  discussion  means  certain  rules 
which,  whatever  their  origin,  were  a  part  of  the  law  and  had  been  applied 
in  dealings  with  peregrines,  and  that  the  more  speculative  conception  of 
it  as  universal  was  borrowed  from  the  philosophers,  and,  being  for  legal 
purposes  no  more  than  ornament  to  discussion,  was  not  very  exactly 
formulated.  Sometimes  the  difficulty  created  by  slavery  was  considered 
and  sometimes  it  was  neglected.  It  seems  to  be  never  mentioned  as  the 
basis  of  distinction  except  in  texts  dealing  ex  professo  with  slaves. 

The  expression  ius  naturale  is  also  used  in  more  than  one  sense. 
Sometimes  it  is  an  ideal  to  which  law  ought  to  conform  9,  sometimes  it  is 
<  the  basis  of  all  law  and  is  thus  not  to  be  set  aside  by  the  law  of  the 
State10.  The  notion  is  of  small  importance  in  legal  discussion,  for  though 
various  institutions  are  referred  to  it,  they  are  all  equally  referable,  and 
referred,  to  ius  gentium,  and  in  case  of  conflict  the  latter  prevailed.  But 
while  it  is  obvious  that  the  ius  gentium  steadily  superseded  the  old  ius 
civile,  it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  its  supposed  universality  was  a  < 
great  force  to  this  end,  and  this  was  its  point  of  contact  with  ius  naturale. 
This  name,  ius  naturale,  expresses  a  tendency  in  the  trend  of  legal 
thought,  a  ferment  which  was  operating  all  over  the  law.  The  notion  of 
obligatio  naturalis  was  a  direct  result  of  the  conception  of  ius  naturale. 
But  the  fact  that  ius  naturale  was  not  law  is  brought  out  by  the  gradual 

1  De  off.  3.  17.  69.  2  Part.  or.  37.  130.  3  De  off.  3.  5.  23;  de  rep.  3.  22.  33; 

Tusc.  1.  13.  30.  4  Deharusp.  S.  14.  32.  5  E.g.  41.  1.  1;46.  4.  8.  4;  48.  19.  17.  1;  48. 
22.  15,  etc.,  etc.  6  Pomponius  applies  it  to  the  rules  for  State  intercourse,  the  nearest 
Roman  equivalent  to  Public  International  Law,  50.  7.  18.  7  Inst.  1.  2.  2;  1.  3.  2;  Flor., 
D.  1.  5.  4.  1;  Tryph.  12.  6.  64;  16.  3.  31.  pr.?;  Paul,  18.  1.  34.  1;  Ulp.  1.  1.  4.  pr.  His  con- 
fusion with  instinct  may  be  neglected  (1.  1.  1.  3),  Mitteis,  loc.  cit.,  and  others,  attribute 
it  to  Justinian.  8  Paul,  19.  2.  1;  50.  17.  84.  1;  Ulp.  1.  1.  6.  pr.,  where  "ct"  is  read 

sometimes  "eis"  which  alters  the  sense.  Interpolations  are  sometimes  assumed  to  avoid 
the  differences,  with  little  evidence.  9  Krueger,  op.  cit.  p.  133.  10  Cicero,  de 

invent.  2.  22.  65  sqq.;  de  leg.  2.  5.  11  sqq.;  G.  1.  158;  Inst.  1.  2.  11;  D.  4.  5.  8. 


i]  IUS  GENTIUM  AND  THE  EDICT  55 

and  incomplete  development  of  this  idea.  To  the  end  there  was,  in 
general,  no  naturalis  obligatio  to  keep  an  agreement :  it  seems  to  be 
generally  agreed  that  a  pact  did  not  necessarily  create  a  naturalis 
obligatio1. 

It  should  be  added  that  there  is  no  justification  for  treating  the 
Edict  as  originating  in  the  ius  gentium'2'.  Many  ideas  in  the  Praetor's 
Edict  no  doubt  were  due  to  this  idea,  but  many  had  no  direct  connexion 
with  it.  The  Publician  action  is  not  iuris  gentium,  for  it  is  confined  to 
things  capable  of  usucapio  and  to  persons  with  commercium.  The  traffic 
of  everyday  life  and  the  disputatio  fori  no  doubt  produced  many  new 
ideas,  and  it  may  well  be  that  many  rules  came  to  be  thought  of  as 
iuris  gentium,  though  they  owed  their  appearance  in  the  edict  to  other 
influences.  Conversely,  many  institutions  of  ius  gentium  had  nothing 
to  do  with  the  Edict.  Traditio  and  the  other  iure  gentium  (naturali) 
modes  of  acquisition  were  not  established  by  the  Edict,  nor  were  stipu- 
latio  or  acceptilatio,  both  of  which  were  iuris  gentium3. 

The  word  aequitas  figures  a  good  deal  in  the  juristic  texts4.  It  is 
shewn  by  Krueger5  that  it  is  of  little  use.  He  remarks  that  Cicero  employs 
it  in  varying  and  obscure  senses.  At  times  it  is  the  basis  of  all  law.  At 
times  it  is  the  basis  of  ius  civile,  at  times  contrasted  with  it6.  As  Clark 
says,  it  seems  to  mean  no  more  than  fairness7.  That  notion  underlies 
all  law8,  but  rules  sometimes  work  unfairly  and  relief  is  necessary.  The 
classical  lawyers  applied  the  term  to  that  part  of  the  law  in  which  the 
iudices  had  a  freer  hand,  e.g.  in  bonae  fidei  indicia.  It  was  not  a  fixed 
single  notion.  It  was  a  complex  of  new  ideas  by  which  law  was  changed 
as  conditions  changed.  Its  affinity  with  the  notion  of  ius  naturale  tends 
to  an  identification.  Paul  says  that  aequitas  is  a  characteristic  of  ius 
naturaleB  and  the  expression  naturalis  aequitas  is  not  uncommon9. 

1  Post,  §  CLXXXIX.         2  See  16.  3.  31.  pr.          3  G.  3.  93;  D.  46.  4.  8.  4.         4  Clark, 
Pract.  Jurisp.  365  sqq.;  Hist.  R.  L.  2.  106  sqq.  5  Op.  cit.  p.  135.  6  26.  7.  36. 

7  Locc.  citt.         8  1.  1.  11.         9  Reff.  in  Krueger,  op.  cit.  138. 


CHAPTER  II 
THE  LAW  OF  PERSONS.     LIBERTY  AND  CITIZENSHIP 

XXI.  Jus  quod  ad  personas,  res,  actiones  pertinet,  p.  56;  XXII.  Threefold  classification 
of  the  law  of  persons,  61;  Definition  of  Slavery,  62;  XXIII.  Position  of  Slaves  in  Law,  63; 
as  res,  ib.;  as  man,  64;  XXIV.  Enslavement,  67;  Capture,  ib.;  Birth,  69;  XXV.  'Servi 
poenae,  70;  Sc.  Claudianum,  71 ;  Sale  of  young  children,  ib. ;  Libertus  ingratus,  ib. ;  Fraudulent 
Sale  of  Freeman,  72;  XXVI.  Release  from  Slavery,  73;  Manumission  Censu,  ib.;V indicia, 
74;  XXVII.  Manumission  by  will.  ib. ;  Conditions,  75;  Fideicommissary  Gifts,  77;  Informal 
manumission,  78;  XXVIII.  L.  Fufia  Caninia,  79;  L.  lunia,  ib. ;  L.  Aelia  Sentia,  ib. ;  XXIX. 
Special  restrictions,  81;  Later  Law  of  Manumission,  82;  XXX.  Justinian's  Law,  83: 
XXXI.  Freedom  independent  of  manumission,  84;  Completion  of  inchoate  manumission, 
85;  XXXII.  G'ivitas,  87;  Specially  privileged  Cives,  88;  Classes  with  restricted  rights, 
ib. ;  Libertini,  ib.;  XXXIII.  Coloni adsrriptitii,  91;  Infames,  etc.,  92;  XXXIV.  Latini 
veteres,  93;  Colonarii,  ib.;  luniani,  94;  XXXV.  Means  of  access  to  citizenship,  95;  Iteratio, 
ib.;  Anniculi  Probatio,  96;  Erroris  causae  probatio,  97;  XXXVI.  Peregrini,  ib. ;  Access  to 
citizenship,  98;  XXXVII.  Grant  of  civitas  under  Caracalla,  99;  Justinian's  Law,  100; 
Status  of  children  at  birth,  ib. 

XXI.  The  arrangement  of  the  private  law  adopted  by  Justinian  is 
expressed  in  a  famous  text  in  the  words:  "Omne  ius  quo  utimur  vel 
ad  personas  pertinet  vel  ad  res  vel  ad  actiones*,"  words  borrowed  from 
the  Institutes  of  Gaius  and  found  again  in  the  Digest,  where  they  are 
expressly  quoted  from  that  work2.  This  state  of  the  texts  has  naturally 
led  to  the  view  that  the  classification  is  due  to  Gaius.  But  this  inference 
is  not  inevitable  and  there  are  circumstances  which  tend  to  throw  doubt 
on  it.  The  Institutes  of  Gaius  is  the  only  manual  of  the  classical  age 
which  has  come  down  to  us  in  such  a  form  as  to  shew  clearly  the  plan 
on  which  it  is  designed,  and  in  view  of  the  respect  in  which  Gaius  was 
held  in  Justinian's  time  the  fact  that  the  text  is  cited  from  him  does  not 
prove  that  he  invented  the  scheme.  There  are  other  elementary  books 
of  which  a  considerable  part  has  come  down  to  us,  and  there  are  others 
of  which  the  general  order  can  be  made  ont  from  the  passages  preserved 
in  the  Digest.  The  majority  of  these  have  an  arrangement  similar  to 
that  of  Gaius  and  are  probably  based  on  the  same  scheme.  Nearly  all 
of  them  however  are  as  late  as  Gaius  or  later,  and  may  therefore  have 
copied  him3,  but  there  is  one  case  of  special  interest.  We  have  a  few 
fragments  of  the  Regulae  of  Neratius4,  too  little  indeed  to  enable  us  to 

1  Inst.  1.  2.  12.  2  G.  1.  8;  D.  1.  5.  1.  3  The  works  which  seem  to  have  adopted 
this  order  (see  Lenel,  Paling.)  are  the  Institutes  of  Callistratus,  Ulpian  and  Marcian 
(so  far  as  they  go),  the  Regulae  of  Scaevola,  Ulpian  and  Paul  (but  in  all  these  cases  with 
variations,  and  they  do  not  cover  the  whole  ground)  and  probably  Neratius  and  to  some 
extent  the  Res  cotidianae  of  Gaius.  4  Lenel,  Paling.  1.  774. 


CH.  n]  THREEFOLD  DIVISION  OF  LAW  57 

say  with  confidence  what  his  order  was,  but  such  as  to  suggest  that  it 
was  that  of  Gaius.  Neratius  must  have  died  at  latest  when  Gains  was 
young1.  On  the  whole  the  most  acceptable  view  in  a  very  uncertain 
matter  is  that  Gaius  adopted  a  traditional  order1.  He  may  indeed  have 
popularised  it,  though  even  this  is  hardly  probable,  since  it  is  used  by 
contemporary  or  almost  contemporary  writers  who,  so  far  as  is  known, 
never  refer  to  him,  though  it  is  possible2  that  his  works  were  used  by 
the  great  writers  of  the  age  of  Severus  and  Caracalla3. 

The  more  important  question  remains :  what  do  the  terms  of  the 
classification  mean,  or,  more  exactly,  what  did  they  mean  to  Gaius? 
They  are  so  general  as  to  be  ambiguous,  and  examination  of  the 
various  topics  discussed  under  the  different  heads  has  created  differ- 
ences of  opinion  as  to  the  real  nature  of  the  distinctions  intended. 
The  difficulty  of  the  question  is  increased  by  the  fact  that  the  loose 
logic  usual  with  the  Roman  lawyers  in  matter  of  arrangement  makes 
it  likely  that,  whatever  the  scheme  was,  part  of  the  resulting  dispo- 
sition of  matters  will  be  inconsistent  with  it.  Of  the  interpretations 
which  the  threefold  scheme  has  received  there  are  two  of  which  each 
has  been  so  widely  accepted  that  it  is  desirable  to  state  them  with 
some  fulness  and  to  give  some  of  the  reasons  which  have  been  urged  in 
favour  of  them. 

According  to  one,  which  may  be  called  the  orthodox,  and  is  cer- 
tainly the  most  obvious,  view,  it  is  the  object  of  the  arrangement  to 
divide  the  law  into  three  branches,  the  Law  of  Persons,  the  Law  of 
Res,  the  Law  of  Actions.  This  way  of  looking  at  the  matter  is  supported 
by  the  occurrence  of  such  expressions  as  lus  Personarum*  and  gives  a 
neat  result  acceptable  to  modern  readers.  But  this  explanation  leaves 
open  the  question  what  is  intended  to  come  under  each  head.  No  doubt 
the  law  of  actions  is  in  the  main  the  law  of  procedure,  a  description  of 
the  steps  to  be  taken  in  the  enforcement  of  a  right,  but  the  law  of  res 

1  See  Girard,  Tates,  222.    Kniep,  Der  Bechtsgelehrter  Gaius,  95,  considers  the  phrase 
to  come  from  an  original  dating  back  to  the  republic.  2  See  Fitting,  Alter  und  Folge 

(1908),  52,  116:  see  also  however  Krueger,  Rom.  Rechtsquellen  (1912),  211.  3  Ante, 

§  xi.  Maine  (Early  Law  and  Custom,  367)  thinks  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  the 
Romans  set  much  store  by  this  classification :  it  is  confined  to  institutional  books  and  has 
but  little  legal  importance.  This  is  no  doubt  substantially  true,  though  D.  1.  5,  6,  7,  and 
the  Rubrics  of  D.  44.  7  and  C.  4.  10  seem  to  be  inspired  by  it.  But  this  rather  adds  to  its 
importance  from  a  scientific  point  of  view.  It  is  in  such  books  that  scientific  arrangements 
first  appear,  and  the  remark  is  a  reflection  rather  on  Tribonian  than  on  Gaius.  It  is  in 
works  for  students  that  we  find  the  most  logical  arrangements  of  the  English  Law,  and 
the  modern  Codes  which  have  adopted  a  scientific  order  derive  it  from  books  written  by 
teachers.  The  real  question  however  is  not  of  its  value  to  the  Romans,  but  of  its  value  to 
us.  Nothing  is  more  helpful  to  an  understanding  of  a  system  of  law  than  expositions  of 
t  from  different  points  of  view.  This  we  have  in  the  Institutes  as  contrasted  with  the 
Digest  and  Code.  4  E.g.  G.  1.  9,  48. 


58  THREEFOLD  DIVISION  OF  LAW  [CH. 

and  of  persons  is  a  more  difficult  matter.  There  are  many  opinions  as 
to  what  is  intended  to  be  discussed  in  the  law  of  persons.  According  to 
some1,  but  they  are  now  few,  it  is  the  law  of  the  rights  and  duties  of 
persons  in  specific  or  exceptional  positions.  But,  in  fact,  the  rights  and 
duties  of  such  persons  are  not  considered  under  that  head2,  though  for 
convenience  modern  writers  usually  treat  them  there,  and  they  are  so 
dealt  with,  to  some  extent,  in  this  book.  According  to  others  it  is  the 
Family  Law3,  but  this  is  open  to  the  same  objection  and  to  the  opposite 
objection  that  matters  are  discussed  by  Gains  under  this  head,  such  as 
the  ways  in  which  a  member  of  a  Latin  community  can  acquire  civitas, 
which  can  hardly  be  brought  under  the  notion  of  the  family.  If  we 
treat  it  as  the  law  of  personal  rights  as  opposed  to  property  rights  we 
have  the  difficulty,  amongst  others,  that  Gaius  says  not  a  word  about 
the  content  of  patria  potestas,  except,  quite  incidentally,  as  to  consent 
to  marriage.  Other  explanations  starting  from  the  same  point  of  view 
are  to  be  found4,  but  they  all  fail  to  take  account  of  what  seems  the 
most  striking  characteristic  of  Book  I  of  Gaius,  i.e.  that  it  contains 
scarcely  anything  about  rights  and  duties,  except  as  concerning  changes 
of  status. 

According  to  another  view,  Gaius  does  not  contemplate  a  division 
of  the  law  into  three  branches :  his  proposition  means  that  every  rule 
of  law  has  three  aspects.  It  may  be  regarded  from  the  point  of  view  of 
the  persons  it  affects,  or  from  that  of  the  subject  matter  concerned,  or 
from  that  of  the  remedies5.  This  is  the  view  of  the  text  taken  by  Theo- 
philus,  in  the  sixth  century,  who  understands  the  words  to  mean  that 
every  rule  of  law  has  three  objects6.  It  has  been  said  in  support  of  this 
view7  that  if  Gaius  had  intended  to  divide  the  law  into  three  branches 
he  would  have  used  the  word  aut  and  not  vel,  but  it  appears  to  be  the 
better  opinion  that  the  practice  of  Latin  writers  in  the  second  century 
is  not  such  as  to  justify  us  in  attaching  decisive  weight  to  this  con- 
sideration. It  has  been  objected  to  this  interpretation  that  it  is  too 
abstract8,  but  it  is  not  too  abstract  for  Theophilus,  and  it  seems  possible 
to  reply  that  it  is  the  other  view  which  is  too  abstract  for  the  Romans. 
The  conception  of  a  right  as  used  in  modern  law  is  so  familiar  to  us  as 
to  seem  obvious.  But  it  represents  a  feat  of  abstraction  which  the 
Romans  never  thoroughly  achieved.  Maine  goes  so  far  as  to  say 9 :  "  On 
the  whole,  the  Romans  must  be  considered  to  have  constructed  their 

1  Austin,  Jurisprudence,  2.  709:  "The  Law  of  Unequal  Rights,"  and  Poste's  Gains 
(ed.  Whittuck),  15.  2  Post,  p.  54.  3  Savigny,  System,  1.  400.  4  See  the 

discussion  in   Moyle,   Inst.  Just.  90.  5  Movie,  op.  cit.  92;  Girard,  Manuel,  7. 

6  Paraphr.  ad  In.  1.  3.  pr.  7  Emerton,    The    Threefold   Division   of  Roman   Law. 

8  See,  e.g.,  Moyle,  loc.  cit.          9  Early  Law  and  Custom,  365,  366. 


n]  THREEFOLD  DIVISION  OF  LAW  59 

memorable  system  without  the  help  of  the  conception  of  legal  right." 
Though  this  is  perhaps  an  overstatement,  it  seems  true  that  the  usually 
accepted  view  which  makes  right  and  duty  the  basis  of  the  classification 
would  scarcely  have  been  possible  for  Gains  and  still  less  for  a  repub- 
lican author  of  the  scheme. 

It  is  in  favour  of  the  view  of  Theophilus  that  Justinian  follows  our 
text  with  the  remark  that  as  all  the  law  is  made  for  persons  we  must 
therefore  know  what  these  are1.  This  kind  of  language  suggests  that 
what  is  under  discussion  is  persons,  not  the  law  of  persons,  and  though 
we  do  find  the  expression  ius  personarum2  the  word  ius  is  never  used  in 
the  passages  which  mark  the  transition  from  one  of  these  three  topics 
to  another3. 

It  is  particularly  in  connexion  with  the  law  of  persons  that  this  view 
is  illuminating.  The  topics  which  one  would  expect  to  find  therein  are 
scattered  all  over  the  Institutes.  Book  I  tells  us  little  or  nothing  about 
the  differences  of  right,  duty  or  capacity  which  result  from  differences 
of  status  4.  If  we  desire  to  learn  the  effect  of  a  conveyance  or  acquisition, 
a  contract  or  a  delict,  by  a  slave  orfilius  we  do  not  find  it  in  the  law  of 
persons,  as  stated  by  Gaius,  but  in  different  sections  of  the  law  of  res 
or  of  actions.  What  Gaius  gives  us  in  Book  I  is  an  account  of  the  more 
important  variations  in  status  which  are  legally  material :  we  get  a 
definition  of  the  status,  and  an  account  of  the  ways  in  which  it  is  ac- 
quired or  lost,  and,  practically,  we  get  no  more.  In  very  few  passages 
does  Gaius  depart  from  this  standpoint.  In  discussing  tutela  of  women, 
he  adverts  to  the  marked  difference  which  exists  between  the  powers  of 
a  woman's  tutor  and  those  of  tutor  pupilli5.  This  is  merely  an  interjected 
remark  which  in  a  modern  book  would  have  been  in  a  footnote.  Justinian, 
by  introducing  a  title  on  the  auctoritas  of  tutors6,  plainly  suggested  by 
this  remark,  has  in  fact  obscured  the  whole  plan  of  the  book.  There  are 
similar  remarks  to  distinguish  the  two  classes  of  Latins  and  dediticii7, 
and  there  is  a  phrase  or  two  on  the  position  of  slaves8.  That  seems  to 
be  the  whole  contribution  of  Gaius  at  this  point  to  the  law  of  persons 
in  the  modern  sense.  His  subject  is  not  in  the  least  like  Austin's  Law  of 
Persons  or  Bentham's  Special  Codes.  It  is  in  fact  hardly  possible  to 

1  Inst.  1.  2.  12.  2  G.  1.  9;   Inst.  1.  3.  pr.  3  "Videamus  de  rebus,"   G.  2.  1; 

Inst.  2.  1.  pr. ;  "superest  ut  de  actionibus  loquamur,"  Inst.  4.  6.  pr.  4  The  word  status 
has  no  very  precise  meaning.  In  regard  to  persons,  the  Romans  commonly  use  it  much 
as  we  do  to  denote  rank  or  position,  but  in  general  only  where  legal  rights  are  concerned. 
More  precisely  used  it  seems  to  be  equivalent  to  caput  (post,  §  XLIX),  i.e.,  the  elements  which 
make  up  a  man's  position  as  a  civis,  so  that  status  mutatio  would  mean  much  the  same  as 
capitis  deminutio  (P.  1.  7.  2),  but  status  mutatio  sometimes  means  loss  of  civitas,  so  that 
here  status  means  the  elements  involved  in  ciritas  itself  (38.  17.  1.  8,  salvo  statu),  the  original 
meaning  of  caput.  5  G.  1.  190  sqq.  6  Inst,  1.  21.  7  G.  1.  22-27.  8  G.  1.  53. 


60  THE  LAW  OF  PERSONS  [CH. 

mark  it  off  as  a  branch  of  the  law  having  as  its  subject  matter  any  set 
or  sets  of  rights  and  duties.  The  writer  is  merely  giving  an  account  of 
the  principal  differences  of  status  which  the  student  will  meet. 

It  is  to  be  noted  that  this  characteristic  of  Book  I  is  that  of  the 
whole  of  the  Institutes  of  Gaius.  We  are  told  nothing  of  the  rights  and 
duties  involved  in  ownership  or  usufruct  or  in  servitudes.  So  too,  in 
the  law  of  contract  all  that  we  get  is  a  word  or  two  as  to  the  nature  of 
the  relation,  and  this  not  always,  and  an  account  of  the  way  in  which 
it  is  created  and  how  it  is  dissolved.  Not  a  word  is  said  about  the  duties 
of  the  parties.  The  treatment  of  delict  looks  at  first  sight  different :  in 
the  case  of  theft  for  instance  we  get  the  law  of  the  matter  treated  in 
some  detail.  But  in  fact  the  principle  is  the  same.  Gaius  is  considering 
how  the  obligation  arises  and  for  this  purpose  it  is  essential  to  state  the 
facts  which  give  rise  to  an  obligatio  ex  delicto  for  theft.  An  elementary 
account  of  the  law  of  sale  which  says  nothing  of  the  duties  of  the  parties 
is  an  absurdity,  but  Gaius  is  not  giving  an  elementary  account  of  the 
law.  He  is  stating  the  principal  legal  relations,  their  sources  and  the 
modes  of  determination.  As  in  some  points  in  the  law  of  persons,  so 
noticeably  in  the  law  of  obligation  Justinian  takes  a  different  line.  He 
repeatedly  discusses  the  duties  created  by  the  relation1. 

Not  every  difference  of  status  which  was  legally  material  is  con- 
sidered. We  hear  little  of  Vestal  Virgins,  decuriones,  auctorati,  or  so 
forth,  though  these  have  many  special  capacities  and  incapacities. 
Gaius  gives  us  no  indication  of  his  plan  of  selection,  but  it  is  clear  that 
only  those  of  legal  significance  come  into  account,  and  in  an  elementary 
book  only  those  of  much  importance.  Very  few  classes  are  in  fact  con- 
sidered :  we  have  the  slave,  the  filiusfamilias,  the  person  in  manu  or  in 
mancipio,  the  paterfamilias  with  full  capacity  or  under  control,  the 
tutor  and  the  curator.  Wife  and  husband  are  considered  not  as  part  of 
the  subject  matter,  but  incidentally,  in  explaining  the  "investitive 
facts"  of  the  status  of  filiusfamilias.  So-called  personae  fictae  are  not 
considered  at  all.  Peregrini  are  not  discussed,  perhaps  because  there 
was  nothing  to  say2.  But,  in  fact,  Gaius  is  concerned  only  with  the  every- 
day civis :  the  important  points  of  whose  status  are  libertas,  civitas  and 
familia.  He  is  not  concerned  with  peregrini  as  such :  all  we  hear  of  them 
is  in  connexion  with  access  to  civitas3.  Slaves  and  Latins  are  discussed, 

1  See,  e.g.,  Inst.  3.  14.  2  (commodatum);  3.  17.  2,  etc.  (stipulatio);  3.  23.  3  (sale);  3.  24.  5 
(locatio);  3.  25.  9  (societas).  These  contain  brief  statements  of  the  effects  of  the  relation, 
and  have  no  counterpart  in  the  Inst.  of  Gaius.  He  dealt  with  these  matters  in  his  Res 
cottidianae  (see  44.  7.  1 ;  18.  6.  2, 16;  17.  2.  72,  etc.).  2  Moyle,  op.  cit.  88.  3  G.  1.  14, 
15.  The  remarks  in  1.  25-27  refer  to  the  freed  slaves  in  numero  dediticiorum,  see  1.  27  in  f. 
We  shall  shortly  have  occasion  to  note  that  civitas  itself  ia  not  treated  distinctly. 


ii)  THE  LAW  OF  PERSONS  61 

partly  because  of  their  importance  in  everyday  life,  but  also  because 
they  are  sources  from  which  the  class  of  cives  is  constantly  being  re- 
cruited. Manumission  is  one  of  the  chief  investitive  facts  of  citizenship  ; 
it  is  therefore  necessary  to  consider  when  it  does  and  when  it  does  not 
confer  that  status.  This  it  is  which  leads  to  the  result  that  in  discussing 
those  grades  of  freemen  who  are  not  cives  Gains  appears  to  confine 
himself  almost  entirely  to  those  who  are  libertini.  The  only  topic  in 
connexion  with  Latini  in  which  Gaius  shews  much  interest  is  that  of  their 
means  of  access  to  civitas,  and  these  he  treats  at  considerable  length1. 
Of  dediticii  he  notes  that  they  cannot  attain  civitas  or  Latinity2.  In 
support  of  this  view  of  the  scheme  of  Gaius  it  may  be  worth  observing 
that  in  the  Regulae  of  Ulpian,  a  Avork  the  plan  of  which  is  unmistakeably 
based  on  that  adopted  by  Gaius,  there  is  a  title  on  Latini  which  deals 
exclusively  writh  the  ways  in  which  a  Latin  can  acquire  civitas".  So  too 
in  the  part  of  the  Regulae  which  corresponds  to  Book  I  of  Gaius,  Ulpian 
tells  us  nothing  of  the  position  of  slaves  or  of  filiifamilias  or  of  Latins, 
and  in  relation  to  tutela  he  departs  from  the  plan  supposed  in  the  same 
way,  and  roughly  to  the  same  extent,  as  Gaius  does4.  As  his  language 
and  to  some  extent  his  matter  are  different  from  those  of  Gaius,  the  fact 
that  he  too  abstains  from  dealing  with  the  law  of  rights  and  duties 
seems  not  without  significance.  The  few  cases  in  which  resulting  rights 
and  duties  are  discussed  cannot  be  explained  logically  on  this  view,  but 
they  are  few  and  in  every  case  have  the  air  of  illustrative  matter5. 
Justinian,  indeed,  departs  from  this  point  of  view,  and  repeatedly,  but 
by  no  means  regularly,  gives  some  account  of  the  rights  and  duties 
resulting  from  the  condition  he  is  discussing6. 

XXII.  It  is  convenient  to  base  the  treatment  of  the  law  of  persons 
on  the  threefold  classification  of  capitis  deminutiones  given  by  Gaius, 
i.e.,  maxima,  involving  loss  of  liberty,  media  or  minor,  involving  loss  of 
civitas,  and  minima,  involving  only  loss  of  family  rights7.  This  would 
naturally  result  in  the  treatment  of  it  under  the  three  heads :  Liberty, 
Citizenship  and  Family,  but  that  is  not  quite  what  Gaius  does.  He  treats 
it  from  the  points  of  view  of  liberty  and  family.  This  does  not  mean  that 
the  difference  between  civis  and  peregrine  may  be  neglected  in  private 
law :  on  the  contrary  it  recurs  over  and  over  again  in  his  treatment,  but 

1  G.  1.  28  sqq.         2  We  have  already  noted,  p.  54,  that  here  he  goes  a  little  further. 
3  Ulp.  Keg.  3.  4  Ulp.  Reg.  Titt.  1-15.  5  The  notions  of  ius  rerum  and  ins 

actionum  will  be  considered  later,  §§  LXVI,  ccvi.  6  There  has  been  much  study  of  the 
institutional  scheme.  See,  e.g.,  Affolter's  Das  ram.  Institutionensystem.  Justinian's  main 
classification  is  borrowed  from  Gaius  but  his  method  of  treatment,  the  matter  being  drawn 
from  various  sources,  is  different.  The  method  of  Gaius  is  that  expressed  by  Theophilus. 
That  of  Justinian  tends,  very  incompletely,  to  what  is  above  described  as  the  orthodox 
scheme.  7  G.  1.  159  sqq. 


62  SLAVERY  [CH. 

it  is  considered  only  incidentally.  This  is  probably  due  to  the  treatment 
of  the  matter  in  the  older  book  which  was  his  source,  which  no  doubt 
ignored  the  triple  division  of  deminution.es,  a  notion  which  in  all  prob- 
ability was  of  no  great  antiquity  in  the  time  of  Gaius1.  The  unfortunate 
result  is  that  civitas  is  inadequately  treated.  It  is  not  surprising  that 
the  same  arrangement  recurs  in  Justinian's  Institutes:  he  follows 
Gaius  very  closely,  and  indeed  in  his  day  the  question  of  civitas  is  not 
important,  as  practically  every  freeman  who  need  be  considered  was  a 
civis2. 

SLAVERY.  Roman  legal  definitions  are  not  usually  good.  Liberty  is 
denned  as  the  power  of  doing  what  one  will,  except  so  far  as  prevented  by 
law  or  force3.  Everyone  is  free  under  this  definition,  even  slaves.  We 
can  if  we  like,  credit  Florentinus,  whose  words  these  are,  with  a  refined 
conception  of  liberty,  making  it  depend  on  the  subject's  internal  free- 
dom from  the  restrictions  of  his  lower  nature ;  it  is  possible  that  they 
are  derived  from  a  source  in  philosophy  in  which  they  bear  this  meaning4. 
But,  so  understood,  they  are  useless  as  a  definition  of  legal  liberty,  and 
it  seems  more  likely  that  they  are  in  effect  an  attempt  to  state  what 
liberty  means  in  law,  as  unsuccessful  as  most  such  attempts. 

All  men,  we  are  told,  were  either  slaves  or  free ;  there  was  no  inter- 
mediate position5.  Slavery  is  defined  by  Justinian,  after  Florentinus, 
as  an  institution  of  ius  gentium  by  which  one  man  is  subjected  to  the 
dominion  of  another  contrary  to  nature6,  a  view  made  to  rest  on  the 
propositions  that  slavery  originates  in  war  and  that  war  is  contrary  to 
nature7.  It  has  been  objected  to  this  definition  that  it  is  inaccurate,  as 
some  slaves  (servi  poenae,  hereditarii,  sub  usufructu  manumissis)  had  no 
owners,  and  that  it  is  scientifically  defective  since  it  makes  slavery  a 
relative  status9.  A  definition  is  therefore  substituted  which  makes  it  a 
condition  of  rightlessness  (it  is  to  a  great  extent  dutilessness  also10),  an 
absolute  status  not  depending  on  relation  toothers.  But  Roman  definitions 
however  imperfect  usually  bring  out  the  material  point,  and  their  own 

1  Post,  §  XLIX.  2  Post,  §  xxxvn.  3  Inst.  1.  3.  1;  D.  1.  5.  4.  pr.  4  See, 

e.g.,    Cicero,    Paradoxa,    5.  5  G.  1.  9;    Inst.  1.  3.  pr. ;    D.  1.  5.  3.     Servus    is    a 

slave.  Mancipium  is  a  slave  regarded  as  a  chattel,  D.  21.  1.  51.  pr.  Homo  is  common. 
Famulus  rare  in  legal  texts.  Ancilla  is  a  female  slave,  serva,  rarer.  Puer,  for  adults,  more 
used  in  literary  than  in  legal  texts.  Puella  seems  always  to  mean  a  girl;  see  as  to  the 
terminology,  Desserteaux,  Capitis  Deminutio,  1.  372  sqq.  Coloni  adscriptitii  (post,  §xxxm) 
are  technically  free,  though  practically  serfs.  6  G.  1.  52;  Inst.  1.  3.  2;  D.  1.  5.  4.  1; 

12.  6.  64.  The  only  case  of  conflict  between  a  specific  rule  of  ius  gentium  and  ius  naturale. 
7  Justified  by  the  proposition  that  a  captor  may  kill  prisoners,  and  benefits  them  by 
giving  them  their  lives:  servi  ut  servati!  (1.  5.  4;  50.  16.  239.  1).  8  Post,  §§  xxv,  xxix, 
cvn.  9  Accarias,  Precis,  1.  90;  Moyle,  Inst.  Just,  ad  1.  3.  2.  10  50.  17.  22.  pr. 

A  judgment  against  a  slave  is  a  nullity,  5.  1.  44.  1.  Slavery  is  akin  to  death,  50.  17.  209. 
If  a  man  is  enslaved  his  debts  cease  and  do  not  revive  on  manumission,  44.  7.  30.  As  to 
liabilities  on  delict,  post,  §  ccv. 


n]  SLAVERY  63 

seems  preferable.  In  the  age  of  Florentines  and  later,  a  slave  was  not 
absolutely  rightless ;  he  could  in  some  cases  appeal  to  the  courts  for 
protection1,  and  enemies  under  arms  seem  to  have  been  equally  rightless 
though  they  were  not  slaves.  A  graver  objection  is  that  the  definition 
looks  at  the  matter  from  a  non-Roman  point  of  view.  It  is  not  easy  to 
translate  "a  rightless  man"  accurately,  and  in  language  which  Gaius 
would  have  understood.  Further  the  Roman  definition  does  not  make 
slavery  a  relative  status.  It  does  not  mean  that  every  slave  must  at 
every  moment  be  owned,  but  that  a  slave  is  a  human  being  capable  of 
being  owned — the  one  human  chattel.  Like  other  chattels  he  might 
be  at  a  given  moment  a  res  nullius.  This  seems  to  be  correct  and 

o 

vivid2. 

XXIII.  Slaves  were  both  things  and  men  or  persons.  Considered  as 
res,  they  were  res  mancipi3,  of  such  importance  that  they  figure  largely 
in  the  texts  and  were  the  siibject  of  much  special  legislation,  most  of  the 
special  rules  being  due  to  their  special  character,  as  having  mental  and 
moral  qualities.  Like  other  res,  they  might  be  productive.  There  might 
be  earnings  of  their  labour,  profits  on  their  transactions,  gifts  to  them, 
and  so  forth,  which  are  not  exactly  fructus,  but  loco  fructuum.  It  was 
settled  in  classical  law  that  the  only  true  fructus  a  slave  could  produce, 
i.e.  issue,  were  not  legally  fructus*,  as  they  were  in  lower  animals5,  a 
concession  to  the  dignity  of  humanity,  of  some  practical  importance. 
The  usufructuary  of  an  ancilla  had  no  right  to  her  child6,  nor  was  such 
a  child  an  "accessory7."  Wrongs  could  be  committed  in  respect  of 
slaves  which  could  not  in  respect  of  other  things,  e.g.  insult 8.  Having 
mental  and  moral  qualities  a  slave  could  be  damaged  in  ways  not 
possible  with  other  things9.  Theft  of  slaves  might  beabduction,j9/agmra10. 
For  most  chattels  death  or  destruction  is  the  only  way  of  ceasing  to 
exist,  but,  for  a  slave,  there  was  also  manumission.  When  freed  he  ceased 
to  exist  as  a  slave  so  completely  that  no  rights  in  him  revived  on  re- 

1  Post,  §  xxin.  2  Fuller  discussion,  Buckland,  Slavery,  1  sqq.  The  element  of  truth 
in  the  modern  definition  is  that  in  a  freeman  capacities  are  presumed,  not  in  a  slave.  On 
the  question  whether  a  slave  was  a  person,  post,  §  LXIII.  3  Post,  §  LXXXVI.  4  Inst. 
2.  1.  37;  D.  5.  3.  27.  pr.  5  Inst.  2.  I.  37.  6  P.  3.  6.  19;  D.  7.  1.  68.  7  Thus  the 

rule  that,  in  a  legacy  of  a  thing  and  its  accessories,  the  gift  failed  if  the  principal  thing 
ceased  to  exist  did  not  apply  to  a  legacy  of  an  ancilla  and  child,  30.  62,  63.  The  fact 
that  it  is  not  an  accessory  is  important  in  the  law  of  usucapio.  If  the  child  was  born  after 
possession  of  the  mother  had  begun,  there  was  dispute  whether  it  was  acquired  under  the 
same  "'causa,"  whether  good  faith  was  required  at  the  moment  of  its  birth,  whether  it  was 
a  res  furtiva  if  the  mother  was,  and  so  forth,  Buckland,  Slavery,  24  sqq.  8  G.  3.  222 ; 

D.  47.  10.  15.  44  sqq.  9  Thus  there  was  an  acMo  servi  corrupti  for  harming  a  slave  which 
covered  demoralising  him,  D.  11.  3,  post,  §  com.  10  48.  15.  6.  Killing  a  slave,  while  it 

gave  an  action  for  damages,  like  killing  a  horse  (actio  e  lege  Aquilia,  post,  §  cc),  was  also  the 
crime  of  homicide,  G.  3.  213;  Inst.  4.  3.  11. 


64  SLAVERY  [CH. 

enslavement,  and,  in  general,  manumission  released  from  any  liability 
in  respect  of  the  slave  to  the  same  extent  as  did  his  death1. 

The  special  character  of  the  slave  appears  most  clearly  in  sale.  As 
in  other  cases  the  vendor  must  hand  over  all  acquisitions  through  the 
res  since  the  contract,  which  covered  earnings,  gifts,  etc.2  Slave  dealers 
having  an  evil  reputation,  provision  was  made  against  dishonesty. 
Thus  so  far  as  liability  for  defects  was  concerned,  any  member  of  a  firm 
of  venaliciarii,  if  his  share  was  not  less  than  any  other,  could  be  sued  on 
a  contract  of  any  of  them3.  The  liabilities  themselves  were  greater.  On 
all  sales  of  live  stock  the  vendor  was  bound  by  the  Edict  of  the  Aediles 
to  disclose  any  physical  defects,  morbus  or  vitium,  affecting  the  animal, 
and  was  liable  even  if  ignorant  of  their  existence.  This  applied  to  slaves4, 
and  owing  to  their  human  character  other  types  of  defect  \vere  put  on 
the  same  level5. 

It  was  always  possible  on  the  sale  of  anything  to  impose  restrictions 
on  its  use,  but  these  had  in  general  only  contractual  force.  If  the  for- 
bidden thing  was  done,  an  action  might  lie  against  the  other  party,  but 
the  restriction  had  no  force  against  third  parties.  In  the  case  of  slaves, 
however,  sold  to  be  kept  away  from  Rome,  or  to  be  freed  after  a  certain 
time,  or  not  to  be  freed,  there  were  means  of  enforcing  the  direction 
even  if  the  slave  had  passed  into  other  hands6. 

Of  the  slave  as  man,  we  learn  that  while,  iure  naturali,  he  was  a  man,  like 
any  other,  he  was  pro  nullo  at  civil  and  praetorian  law7.  But  this  gives 
a  false  picture  of  the  law  of  the  Empire.  In  the  Republic  a  slave  had  no 
protection  against  his  master,  supreme  in  his  household,  but  the  Empire 
brought  restrictions.  Criminal  slaves  were  to  be  tried  by  public  courts8. 
A  /.  Petronla  forbade  masters  to  punish  slaves  by  making  them  fight 
with  beasts,  except  by  a  magistrate's  authority9.  Claudius  provided 
that  if  a  master  abandoned  a  sick  slave  the  slave  should  be  free  and  a 
Latin10.  Hadrian,  besides  dealing  with  specific  cases,  by  privUegium, 

1  Assuming  that  the  event  is  not  due  to  the  person  liable.  2  P.  2.  17.  7.  There 

were  perhaps  disputes  as  to  damages  recovered  for  theft  of  the  slave  after  the  sale,  18.  4. 
21;  47.  2.  14.  pr.  3  21.  1.  44.  1.  4  21.  1.  1.  1.  5  E.g.,  that  he  was  given  to 

running  away,  or  had  attempted  suicide,  or  was  under  a  liability  for  wrongdoing,  or  was 
from  any  cause  incapable  of  manumission.  His  nationality  must  be  stated  as  this  affected 
his  suitability  for  certain  employments,  21.  1.  31.  21.  6  On  sale  to  be  kept  away  it 

was  usual  to  agree  for  a  power  of  seizure,  and,  apart  from  other  effects,  this  right  existed 
against  third  party  owners,  18.  7.  7  sq.  If  to  be  freed  at  a  certain  time,  he  became  free 
at  that  time,  by  an  enactment  of  Marcus  Aurelius,  even  in  the  hands  of  a  third  party,  40. 
1.  20.  2.  If  not  to  be  freed  at  all,  manumission  by  a  later  owner  was  void,  18.  7.  6.  pr. 
7  28.  1.  20.  7;  28.  8.  1;  50.  17.  32.  To  the  proposition  that,  iure  naturali.  he  is  a  man  like 
another,  may  be  assigned  the  gradually  evolved  rules  of  personal  protection  and  the 
partial  recognition  of  servile  cognation,  post,  §  cxxxn.  8  48.  2.  12.  3.  9  48.  8.  11.  2. 
Older  than  the  destruction  of  Pompeii  (A.D.  79) — a  record  of  it  was  found  there. 
10  40.8.  2;  C.  7.  6.  3. 


u]  SLAVERY  65 

laid  down  many  restrictions:  in  particular,  he  forbade  masters  to  kill 
slaves  without  magisterial  sanction1.  These  provisions  are  analogous  to 
modern  laws  against  cruelty  to  animals,  but  Pius  took  a  great  step 
forward.  He  allowed  slaves  cruelly  treated  to  take  sanctuary  at  a  temple 
or  the  statue  of  the  P^mperor  and  required  the  magistrate  to  investigate 
the  case,  and,  if  he  found  cruelty  proved,  to  sell  the  slave  on  the  terms 
that  he  was  not  to  return  to  his  old  master2,  a  rule  which  gives  the  slave 
power  to  move  the  law  in  his  own  protection.  To  the  close  of  the  classical 
age  it  was  not  homicide  in  a  master  to  kill  a  slave  by  excessive  punish- 
ment, unless  wilfully,  though  the  same  text  says  that  the  punishment 
must  be  reasonable3.  In  319  Constantine  enacted  that  killing  by  cruel 
forms  of  punishment  should  be  homicide,  and  apparently  went  back  to 
the  old  rule  later4.  There  was  further  legislation  and  it  is  clear  that  under 
Justinian  the  master  might  not  exceed  reasonable  castigation5. 

Although,  from  burial  inscriptions  and  other  evidence,  we  know 
that  male  and  female  slaves  lived  habitually  in  a  relation  similar  to 
marriage,  permanent  and  monogamous,  and  that  family  relations  were 
recognised  among  them6,  they  were  incapable  of  lawful  marriage  and 
the  law  in  general  ignored  these  relationships7.  But  they  were  not  quite 
nullities.  Servile  relationships  were  a  bar  to  marriage  after  freedom8, 
and  there  were  many  other  rules,  most  of  which  were  merely  of  a 
negative  or  restrictive  character9.  Under  Justinian  a  further  logical  and 
important  step  was  taken,  by  the  provision  of  certain  rights  of  succession 
on  intestacy,  after  freedom10. 

Slaves  were  liable  for  crimes  and  delicts.  In  the  last  case  the  personal 
liability  meant  little  so  long  as  they  were  slaves,  but  it  was  reinforced 
by  a  liability  in  the  master  to  surrender  the  slave  to  the  injured  person 
—noxae  deditio— unless  he  was  prepared  to  pay  the  damages11. 

In  commerce  slaves  were  important.  In  the  classical  age  free  hired 
service  was  not  common :  most  of  the  work  now  done  by  clerks  and  ser- 

1  Coll.  3;  D.  1.  6.  2;  48.  8.  4,  5.          2  G.  1.53.         3  Coll.  3.  2.          4  C.  Th.  9.  12.  1,  2. 
5  Tnst.  1.  8.  2.  6  Buckland,   Shivery,   76  and   reff.  7  Ulp.    5.  5;   P.  2.  19.  6. 

8  23.  2.  14.  2.  9  After  freedom  children  could  not  bring  proceedings  against  their 
parents,  2.  4.  4.  3.  Sales  and  legacies  were  to  be  construed,  so  far  as  possible,  so  as  not  to 
involve  separation  of  families,  P.  3.  6.  38;  D.  33.  7.  12.  7.  If  brothers  were  sold  the  sale 
could  not  be  in  part  set  aside  for  defects  of  one:  all  or  none  must  be  returned,  21.  1.  35, 
39.  In  A.D.  334  it  was  enacted  that  in  dividing  a  hereditas  slaves  related  were  to  be  kept 
together,  C.  Th.  2.  25.  1.  Relationship  was  in  effect  recognised  for  the  purposes  of  the  law 
of  parricidium,  48.  2.  12.  4.  See  also  28.  8.  11.  10  Post,  §  cxxxii.  Slaves  shared  to 

some  extent  in  the  domestic  cults,  and  there  were  cults  peculiar  to  them.  Wallon, 
Hisioire  de  rEsclavage,  2.  231  sqq. ;  Warde  Fowler,  Roman  Essays,  56  sqq.  It  was  the  duty 
of  the  master  to  give  them  proper  burial,  and  with  his  consent  they  might  be  members  of 
Collegia  tenuiorum,  essentially  burial  clubs,  11.  7.  31.  1;  47.  22.  3.  2.  11  Post,  §  ccv; 

as  to  crimes,  Buckland,  Slavery,  91. 


B.  R.  L. 


66  SLAVERY  [CH. 

vants  was  done  by  slaves.  Though  they  could  have  no  property,  it  was 
customary  from  early  times  to  entrust  them  with  a  fund,  called  peculium, 
which  sometimes  became  very  large,  in  connexion  with  which  slaves 
appear,  in  the  empire,  almost  as  independent  business  men,  contracting 
with  their  owners  and  others  as  if  free1.  As  they  could  neither  sue  nor 
be  sued,  the  master  intervened  if  any  question  of  enforcement  arose. 
As  a  slave's  acquisitions  were  technically  his  master's2,  the  latter  could 
bring  any  necessary  actions,  but  obligations  contracted  by  a  slave  did 
not  bind  his  owner3,  at  civil  law,  and  a  man  would  not  readily  contract 
with  a  slave  if  he  had  to  rely  on  his  naluralis  obligatio,  useless  while  he 
was  a  slave,  and  only  imperfectly  operative  if  he  was  freed.  The  praetor 
therefore  facilitated  the  employment  of  slaves  in  trade  by  giving  actions 
against  the  master  imposing  a  liability  varying  with  the  circumstances, 
of  which  the  actio  de  peculio  was  the  most  important4.  But  capacity  to 
acquire  for  the  master  and  to  bind  him  within  limits  does  not  suffice; 
to  be  an  effective  instrument  in  commerce  the  slave  must  have  a  power 
of  alienation.  He  could  be  authorised  to  alienate  anything.  In  practice 
it  was  usual  to  give  slaves,  who  traded  with  their  peculium,  administratio 
peculii,  which  might  vary  in  extent,  but  usually  meant  the  right  to 
alienate  in  the  way  of  business,  to  sell  or  pledge,  to  pay  debts,  but  not 
to  make  gifts5. 

Slaves  were  freely  employed  in  the  public  service,  of  the  State  and 
the  municipalities,  those  in  the  State  service  (servi  publici  populi  Romani) 
enjoying  special  privileges,  and  often  reaching  high  positions  in  the  civil 
service6.  But  they  were  gradually  excluded  from  one  function  after 
another,  till  under  Arcadius  it  was  enacted  that  administratio,  which 
had  earlier  been  essentially  servile,  should  be  wholly  closed  to  slaves7. 
The  servus  publicus  to  whom  security  was  given  in  some  cases,  e.g., 
adrogatio  of  an  impubes,  was  replaced  in  the  later  empire  by  a  publica 
persona  who  was  free8.  There  were  many  activities  in  which  slaves  had 

1  2.  13.  4.  3;  17.  2.  18;  h.  t.  63.  2.  The  partnership  of  a  slave  might  in  practice  survive 
a  sale  of  him,  h.  t.  58.  3.  2  G.  2.  86,  87;  Inst.  2.  9.  3;  D.  41.  1.  10.  1.  Where  lesser  rights 
in  him  exist,  the  holder  of  them  may  acquire  to  some  extent  through  him,  post,  §  xcix. 
As  to  bonitary  ownership,  post,  §  LXX.  3  The  traditional  untrustworthiness  of  slaves 
(quot  servi,  tot  hostes)  made  this  inadmissible.  4  This  makes  the  master  liable  so  far  as 
the  peculium  will  go,  post,  §  CLXXXIV  for  this  and  the  other  actions.  5  12.  6.  13; 

13.  7.  18.  4;  20.  6.  8.  5;  46.  4.  22.  Thus  the  rich  Roman  could  invest  his  money  in  trade 
without  engaging  in  it.  It  was  the  only  safe  way.  There  were  no  limited  companies, 
and  State  contracts  which  admitted  of  "sleeping  partners"  would  not  cover  the  ground. 
There  were  great  risks  in  appointing  free  institores  to  manage  businesses  (post,  §  CLXXXTV) 
and  in  sleeping  partnerships  in  private  concerns.  The  actio  de  peculio  created  a  limited 
liability  which  could  be  cut  short  at  any  moment  by  mere  expression  of  intent,  subject 
only  to  the  rights  of  existing  creditors.  6  Buckland,  Slavery,  320.  7  C.  10.  71.  3; 
11.  37.  1.  8  Inst.  1.  11.  3;  D.  1.  7.  18.  The  increasing  use  of  the  free  agent  in  private 


n]  ENSLAVEMENT  67 

no  share.  Not  being  ewes,  they  could  not  serve  in  the  legions.  They 
could  be  parties  to  the  formal  civil  law  transfer,  mancipatio,  having  a 
derivative  capacity  from  their  owner1,  but  they  could  not  be  witnesses 
in  it2.  They  could  not  be  parties  to  any  judicial  proceeding3,  or  to  a 
cessio  in  iure,  a  transfer  which  was  in  form  a  feigned  lawsuit4.  In  general 
they  could  not  be  witnesses  in  civil  suits,  but  convenience  dictated  some 
relaxation  of  this  rule5.  Where  their  evidence  was  admissible  it  was 
normally  taken  by  torture,  as  it  was  in  criminal  cases,  the  torture  being 
allowed  only  where  there  was  some  evidence,  but  not  enough6.  There 
was  an  old  rule  that  they  might  not  give  evidence  against  their  master  : 
in  classical  law  this  was  extended  to  evidence  on  his  behalf7. 

Justinian  describes  all  slaves  as  of  one  condition :  in  conditions  servo- 
rum  nulla  differentia  est 8.  There  were  of  course  wide  differences  de  facto  9, 
but  there  were  also  differences  in  law.  Servi  publici  populi  Romani  had 
rights  of  testation  of  some  of  their  peculium10,  and  there  were  other 
cases.  But  the  cases  were  few  and  the  differences  in  law  slight. 

XXIV.  ENSLAVEMENT.  Justinian  groups  the  causes  of  enslavement 
under  two  heads :  they  are  iure  gentium  or  iure  civili11.  The  former, 
birth  and  capture,  are  the  more  important,  and  birth  is  the  most  import- 
ant of  all12.  It  is  however  only  as  to  general  principle  that  these  are  iure 
gentium:  in  each  case  there  were  many  specially  Roman  rules. 

Capture  in  War.  Prisoners  of  foreign  war  became  slaves,  the  pro- 
perty of  the  State,  commonly  sold  to  private  owners.  The  Roman  law 
applied  the  same  principle  to  Romans  captured  by  the  enemy.  During 
his  slavery  a  captive  did  not  differ  from  other  slaves.  But  difficult 
questions  arose  as  to  the  fate  of  his  acts  and  rights  before  enslavement, 
further  complicated  by  the  law  of  postliminium13,  by  virtue  of  which 

life  is  another  indication  of  the  same  tendency:  in  the  bad  times  freemen  who  found  it 
hard  to  make  a  living  objected  to  the  competition  of  slaves. 

1  G.  2.  87.  2  G.  1.  119.     So  they  could  take  for  their  master  under  a  will,  but 

could  not  make  or  witness  one,  post,  §  cm.  3  Or  the  formal  acts  and  undertakings 
connected  therewith,  2.  8.  8.  2;  2.  11.  9.  4  Post,  §  LXXXIV.  5  They  could  be 

witnesses  in  a  transaction  with  which  they  were  concerned,  if  there  was  no  other  evidence, 
P.  5.  16.  1,  2.  Many  other  exceptions,  Buckland,  Slavery,  86.  6  P.  5.  16.  2;  D.  48. 

18.  1.  1,  9.  pr.  18,  etc.  7  Cicero,  pro  Milone,  22.  59;  P.  1.  12.  3;  D.  1.  12.  1.  8,  etc., 

P.  2.  17.  12;  C.  9.  41.  6,  etc.  There  was  a  tendency  to  extend  the  exclusion:  slaves  of  near 
relatives  were  excluded  and  a  slave  could  not  give  evidence  against  his  bona  fide  possessor, 
48.  18.  1.  3;  h.  t.  1.  8;  h.  t.  10.  2.  There  were  crimes  to  which  the  rule  did  not  apply, 
C.  9.  41.  1;  D.  48.  18.  10.  1,  etc.  8  Inst.  1.  3.  4.  9  Some  had  peculia,  some  not. 

A  labourer  on  a  country  estate  is  in  a  very  different  position  from  a  banker  at  Rome. 

10  Post,  §  en.     Some  slaves  could  never  be  freed,  post,   §  xxix.     Slaves  unowned  had 
no  derivative  capacities.  There  were  special  rules  in   the  case  of  captivi,  post,  §xxiv. 

11  Inst.  1.  3.  4.  12  Justinian  does  not  call  it  i.  gentium,  but  see  G.  1.  82;  D.  1.  5.  5.  1. 
13  The  rules  are  such  that  it  is  widely  held  that  he  was  not  a  slave,  but  servi  loco.  Mommsen, 
Ges.  Schrift.  (Jur.),  3. 3;  Mitteis,  R.  Pr.  1.  128.  It  is  held  by  Desserteaux  (Capitis  Deminutio, 
1.  82,  135  sqq.,  2.  79,  etc.)  that  it  was  de  facto  slavery  in  classical  law,  but  true  slavery 

5—2 


68  ENSLAVEMENT  [CH. 

a  captive  who  returned  might  be  more  or  less  restored  to  his  old 
position1. 

The  general  rule  applied  to  events  during  captivity  was  that  their 
effect  was  in  suspense,  differently  determined  according  as  the  captive 
returned  with  postliminium  or  died  in  captivity.  Acquisitions  by  a  son 
would  belong  to  the  captive  or  the  son,  according  as  he  returned  with 
postliminium  or  did  not2.  So  too  all  property  was  lost,  subject  to 
revival3.  But  possession  or  no  possession  was  a  question  of  fact;  it  did 
not  revive  by  return,  but  only  by  retaking,  when  it  was  a  new  possession4. 
The  position  of  those  who  had  been  in  his  potestas  was  in  suspense,  but 
any  guardianship  he  held  or  was  under  was  ended  but  might  be 
restored,  for  the  future,  by  postliminium5.  In  classical  law  his  marriage 
was  ended  and  did  not  revive,  except  by  consent ;  under  Justinian  the 
marriage  continued  so  long  as  he  was  certainly  alive,  and  if  this  was  not 
certain  the  wife  could  not  remarry  for  five  years6. 

If  he  died  a  captive  the  suspense  was  ended  and  on  the  view  which 
prevailed  he  was  regarded  as  having  died  when  captured 7.  Strictly,  his 
will  was  void,  and  he  could  make  none  while  a  captive.  But  under  a 
provision  of  a  /.  Cornelia,  the  fictio  legis  Corneliae 8,  his  will  took  effect 
as  if  he  had  not  been  captured,  but  had  died  at  the  moment  of  capture  9. 

Postliminium  was  thus  practically  restoration  of  the  captivus  to  his 
rights  on  return.  For  this  to  arise  there  must  have  been  nothing  dis- 
creditable about  his  capture10:  he  must  have  returned  at  the  first  oppor- 
tunity11, and  according  to  some  modern  writers,  this  must  have  been 

later.  See  G.  Ep.  2.  3.  5.  It  is  difficult  to  reconcile  these  views  with  the  texts.  Livy, 
22.  60;  G.  1.  129;  Festus,  s.v.  Deminutus;  Inst.  1.  3.  4;  D.  49.  15.  19.  2;  h.  t,  21.  1,  etc.  Nor 
is  it  easy  to  see  why  de  facto  slavery  should  deprive  him  of  his  property  (see  3.  5.  18.  5; 
9.  2.  43.  But  see  also  41.  2.  23.  1)  or  why  postliminium  was  needed.  A  man  in  servitute 
did  not  need  postliminium.  The  fact  that  slavery  is  iuris  gentium  seems  to  involve  reality 
of  this  slavery. 

1  G.  1.  129;  P.  2.  25.  1 ;  D.  49.  15.  4.  2  9.  2.  43;  45.  1.  73.  1 ;  49.  15.  12.  1 ;  h.  t.  22.  1. 
3  Early  protection  by  a  1.  Hostilia,  later  by  a  curator  bonorum  who  gives  security  to  a 
servus  publicus.  Inst.  4.  10.  pr. ;  C.  8.  50.  3;  D.  4.  6.  15.  pr.,  etc.  4  If  held  by  someone 
for  him  the  view  finally  reached  was  that  of  a  res  peculiar  is  held  by  son  or  slave  possession 
was  retained,  notwithstanding  the  capture,  that  dominium  might  be  acquired  in  the 
meantime  by  lapse  of  time,  for  whose  benefit  would  depend  on  events;  41.  3.  15.  pr. ;  49. 
15.  22.  3,  etc.  So  in  general  time  is  running  for  or  against  him,  though  the  machinery  of 
restitutio  in  integrum  (post,  §  ccxLin)  makes  this  rather  unreal;  4.  6.  1.  1;  h.  t.  15.  pr.  On 
return,  as  his  possessio  is  a  new  one  there  will  not  be  accessio  possessionum  (post, 
§LXXXVII).  5  G.  1.  129,  187;  Inst.  1.  12.  5;  D.  26.  1.  14.  2;  38.  16.  15.  6  Possible 
exception  where  he  was  patron  of  his  wife,  24.  2.  1.  6;  23.  2.  45.  6;  49.  15.  8;  h.  t. 
12.  4;  h.  t.  14.  1;  Nov.  22.  7.  Some  of  the  texts  are  interpolated  and  the  rule  last  stated 
introduced  by  a  Nov.  of  Justinian  is  credited  in  D.  24.  2.  6  (i.e.  before  the  enactment)  to 
Julian.  The  puzzle  thus  created  is  explained  in  many  ways.  7  Succession  determined  as 
if  he  had  died  at  capture,  G.  1.  129;  D.  49.  15.  12.  1.  8  The  identity  of  this  lex,  and 

the  nature  of  the  provision  are  disputed.    Buckland,  Slavery,  299.  9  Ulp.  23.  5;  P.  3. 

4a.  8;  D.  35.  2.  18.  pr.;  49.  15.  22.  1,  etc.  10  49.  15.  17.         11  49.  15.  12.  pr. 


IT]  ENSLAVEMENT  69 

during  the  war1.  If  he  was  redeemed  by  payment  his  ransomer  had  a 
lien  on  him  for  the  money  and  there  was  no  postlirninium  till  this  was  in 
some  way  discharged2. 

Where  he  was  a  slave  before  capture,  the  rules  were  different.  One 
who  voluntarily  went  over  to  the  enemy,  a  transfuga,  had  no  postliminium, 
nor  had  one  who  returned  without  intending  to  stay,  but  a  slave  re- 
verted to  his  owner  in  both  cases3.  A  civis  had  postliminium  as  soon  as 
he  reached  Roman  territory:  a  slave  reverted  only  when  possessed  by 
someone4. 

Birth.  The  general  rule  was  that  the  child  of  an  ancilla  was  a  slave, 
even  if  the  father  was  free,  in  accordance,  says  Gains,  with  the  ius 
gentium,  which  traced  descent  from  the  mother,  contrary  to  the  rule  in 
Roman  marriage  in  which  it  was  traced  from  the  father5.  So,  by  the 
ius  gentium,  the  child  took  her  status  at  the  time  of  the  birth,  and  be- 
longed to  her  owner  at  that  time6.  To  these  principles  Roman  Law 
recognised  two  groups  of  exceptions. 

In  certain  cases  the  child  of  a  freewoman  might  be  a  slave.  The  sc. 
Claudianum  provided  that  if  a  freewoman  lived  with  a  slave,  his  owner 
consenting,  issue  might,  by  agreement  between  the  master  and  the 
woman,  be  born  his  slave.  Hadrian  abolished  this  rule7.  In  the  fifth 
century  it  was  enacted  that  a  woman  who  married  her  own  libertus  was 
liable  to  deportation,  and  her  children  were  slaves  of  the  Fisc8.  The  rule 
had  disappeared  under  Justinian.  In  other,  more  numerous,  cases  the 
child  of  an  ancilla  might  be  born  free.  In  classical  law,  and  later,  a  child 
was  free  if  the  mother  was  free  at  any  time  between  the  conception 
and  the  birth9.  In  several  cases  in  which  the  mother  would  normally 
have  been  free  at  the  birth  but  circumstances  had  barred  this,  the  child 
was  born  free,  e.g.  where  the  mother  was  conditionally  freed,  and  the 
child  was  born  after  the  condition  occurred,  but  owing  to  her  captivity 
or  condemnatio  she  never  became  free10,  or  her  holder  was  under  a  trust 
to  free  her  and,  though  freedom  was  demanded,  delayed  wilfully  to  do 

1  Texts  hardly  bear  this  out.  Reff.  in  Buckland,  Slavery,  305.  2  38.  16.  1.  4;  49.  15. 
12. 14.  Difficulties  as  to  position  in  meantime,  Buckland,  Slavery,  312.  We  know  practically 
nothing  of  the  case  of  one  who  returns  without  postliminium.  He  may  of  course  be  a 
traitor,  48.  19.  38.  1;  49.  15.  12.  17,  19.  4.  His  rights  not  being  restored,  his  liabilities 
cannot  be.  3  41.  1.  51.  pr.;  49.  15.  12.  9,  19.  4.  4  49.  15.  30.  In  later  law  he  belongs 
to  a  ransomer,  but  can  be  claimed  by  old  owner  on  payment,  29.  2.  71.  pr. ;  49.  15.  12.  7, 
8,  obscure.  Buckland,  Slavery,  315.  5  G.  1.  56,  82.  6  Ulp.  5.  9,  10;  P.  2.  24.  1;  D.  13. 
7.  18.  2.  7  G.  1.  84;  P.  4.  10.  2.  Twofold  "inelegantia"  :  freewoman's  child  a  slave, 

pact  varying  status,  40.  12.  37.  8  Nov.  Anthemii,  1.    As  to  the  case  in  G.  1.  85,  86,  it 

is  probably  not  Roman  Law  at  all.  See  Huschke,  ad  loc.  9  P.  2.  24.  2,  3.  Set  down  to 
favor  libertatis,  but  ultimately  applied  to  cases  not  concerned  with  liberty;  1.  5.  7,  26;  see 
1  5.  18.  Possible  exception,  G.  I.  91,  but  rule  perhaps  not  fully  developed.  10  40.  7. 


70  ENSLAVEMENT  [CH. 

it,  and  a  child  was  born  in  the  meantime1,  or  there  had  similarly  been 
wilful  delay  in  entering  under  a  will  by  which  the  woman  was  freed2. 

XXV.  Jure  Civili  modes  of  enslavement.  Some  cases  belonging  to 
early  law  need  no  more  than  mention.  By  the  Twelve  Tables  a  thief 
caught  in  the  act  seems  to  have  been  enslaved,  if  a  freeman.  Those  who 
evaded  the  Census  (thus  evading,  inter  alia,  military  service)  might  be 
sold  by  the  State,  but  this  disappeared  with  the  Census.  Similar  rules 
applied  to  other  attempts  to  evade  military  service3.  One  who  failed  to 
satisfy  a  judgment  might,  in  early  law,  be  sold  into  foreign  slavery. 

Many  modes  of  enslavement  were  abolished  by  Justinian4:  two  are 
important. 

Servitus  poenae.  Those  sentenced  in  certain  ways  for  crime  became 
slaves5.  Not  every  capital  sentence  (i.e.  sentence  involving  destruction 
of  caput,  civil  capacity)  involved  slavery.  A  deportatus  lost  civitas,  but 
was  not  a  slave.  No  temporary  punishment  involved  slavery,  nor  did  all 
perpetual  punishments6.  It  resulted  from  condemnation  in  metallum, 
labour  in  mines  or  quarries,  and  a  death  sentence  made  the  condemned 
a  servus  poenae  till  it  was  carried  out 7. 

The  convict's  marriage  was  dissolved ;  his  family  rights  were  de- 
stroyed8, and  his  property  was  forfeited  subject  to  concessions,  fre- 
quently varied,  in  favour  of  children,  and,  at  one  time,  some  other 
relatives9.  Finally  the  whole  was  given  to  the  children10.  A  servus  poenae 
was  no  one's  property :  he  did  not  vest  in  the  State11.  Thus  he  had  none 
of  the  derivative  capacities  of  a  slave.  A  gift  to  him  was  a  nullity12. 
There  could  be  no  manumission,  but  pardon  was  possible  and  would 
restore  freedom,  but  no  more:  it  did  not  restore  family  or  property 
rights13  and  a  pardoned  slave  did  not  revert  to  his  owner,  the  owner- 
ship being  destroyed14.  But  a  freeman  on  pardon  did  not  apparently 

1  P.  2.  24.  4;  D.  1.  5.  22.  2  40.  5.  55.  1.     So  too  under  the  sc.  Silanianum  (post, 

§cix),  C.  6.  35.  11,  and  in  delayed  manumission  for  cause  approved  by  consilium,  40. 
2.  19.  Other  cases,  Buckland,  Slavery,  400.  3  Mommsen,  Strafr.  561.  4  Dediticil 
returning  to  Rome,  post,  §xxxvi;  Liberi  expositi,  C.  Th.  5.  9.  1,  2;  post,  §xxxi;  Coloni 
fugitivi,  C.  Th.  5.  17.  1,  post,  §  xxxin,  etc.  5  48.  19.  2.  pr.  6  E.g.,  opus  publicum, 

road-making    and    the   like,   48.  19.  10.  pr.;    h.  t.  17;  C.  9.  47.  1.  7  So    also    certain 

forms  of  condemnation  to  the  arena,  not  involving  death,  48.19.8.11,29,36.  The 
punishment  was  more  freely  inflicted  on  slaves  than  on  freemen,  and,  apart  from 
death  sentence,  could  not  in  general  be  inflicted  on  the  higher  orders  at  all,  48.  19. 
9.  11,  etc.  8  48.  19.  2.  9  48.  20.  7.  pr.;  h.  t.  8;  C.  Th.  9.  42.  2;  P.  5.  12.  12; 

D.  48.  20.  1.  pr.  Concessions  not  applicable  in  case  of  maiestas  or  magic,  C.  Th.  9.  42.  2,  6, 
etc.  10  Nov.  17.  12.  Only  a  fortnight  before  penal  slavery  was  abolished.  A  convict 
woman's  children  took  nothing,  the  right  being  primarily  based  on  civil  law  rights 
of  succession,  non-existent  in  their  case,  C.  9.  49.  6 ;  D.  48.  20.  7.  pr.  See  also  Buckland, 
Slavery,  409.  11  34.  8.  3;  49.  14.  12.  12  29.  2.  25.  3.  13  C.  9.  49.  4;  9.  51.  9,  or 
liabilities,  h  t.  4.  14  48.  19.  8.  12.  In  later  classical  law  he  vested  in  thefiscus  (40.  5. 
24.  5).  Earlier  law  obscure. 


n]  ENSLAVEMENT  71 

become  a  libertinus:  he  reverted  to  ingenuitas.  The  pardon  might  how- 
ever be  accompanied  by  a  restoration  of  old  rights,  more  or  less  full, 
according  to  the  terms  of  the  decree  which  gave  it,  such  a  restitutio  being 
necessarily  an  administrative,  not  a  judicial,  act1.  A  man  condemned 
and  subsequently  found  innocent  was  not  pardoned :  he  was  restitutus. 
But  this  idea  was  not  applicable  to  one  who  before  condemnation  was 
a  slave.  Here  there  was  revocatio  of  the  sentence,  and  the  old  ownership 
was  restored2.  In  536  Justinian  abolished  the  rule  that  a  convict  be- 
came a  slave3. 

The  sc.  Claudianum.  This  enactment  (A.D.  52)  provided,  inter  alia, 
that  if  a  freewoman  cohabited  with  the  slave  of  another  person,  after 
notice  that  the  owner  forbade  it,  she  and  the  issue  should  be  his  slaves, 
a  magistrate's  decree  being  necessary4.  If  the  woman  was  afiliafamilias, 
and  her  father  had  not  consented,  the  rule  did  not  apply,  as  it  would 
deprive  him  of  a  daughter5,  and  if  a  libertina,  she  became,  unless  the 
patron  had  consented,  the  slave  of  her  patron6.  If  the  man  was  a  servus 
fisci,  she  became,  not  a  slave,  but  a  liberta  Caesaris,  subject  here  too  to 
the  rights  of  father  and  patron7.  Justinian  abolished  the  rule  of  the 
sc.  retaining  a  punishment  for  the  slave  concerned8. 

There  remained  in  Justinian's  law  several  grounds  of  enslavement, 
three  of  which  need  mention  9, 

Young  children  sold  under  pressure  of  poverty.  From  the  third 
century  onwards10  sale  of  new-born  children  was  allowed,  with  a  right 
of  redemption,  and  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  centuries  this  seems  to  have 
been,  for  a  time,  allowed  with  older  children11.  As  to  new-born  children 
it  continued  under  Justinian12.  On  redemption  the  child  was  ingenuus, 
but  the  intermediate  status  was  true  slavery. 

Libertus  ingratus.  There  was  much  legislation  in  the  empire  dealing 
with  this  case.  The  punishment  varied  with  the  degree  of  misconduct13, 
but  from  the  time  of  Claudius  enslavement  might  be  imposed  in  serious 
cases  and  Justinian  retained  this,  though  it  seems  to  have  been  rarely 
inflicted14.  It  needed  a  decree  of  the  chief  magistrate15,  and  was  allowed 

1  If  it  gave  back  his  property  there  was  legislation  to  deal  with  the  obvious  complica- 
tions, e.g.,  P.  4.  8.  22;  C.  9.  51.  3,  4,  9.  2  So  where  he  had  been  made  heres  by  his  old 
master  before  condemnatio,  this  was  good,  40.  4.  46.  3  Nov.  22.  8,  dealing  primarily 

with  alterations  in  the  law  of  marriage.  4  G.  1.  91,  160;  Ulp.  11.  11;  P.  2.  21a.  1  sqq.; 
C.  Th.  4.  12.  1-5.  Rule,  varied  from  time  to  time,  requiring  notice  three  times  as  evidence 
of  persistence;  rules,  also,  as  to  who  might  denounce.  The  position  of  children  already 
conceived  is  not  clear.  5  P.  2.  21a.  9,  10.  6  Ib.  6,  7.  7  C.  Th.  4.  12.  3;  Fr.  de 
jure  Fisci,  12;  details  and  special  cases,  P.  2.  21a.  11-18,  Buckland,  Slavery,  416.  8  Inst. 
3.  12.  1;  C.  7.  24.  9  Other  cases,  Buckland,  op.  cit.  419.  10  Not  in  classical  law, 

P.  5.  1.1.  11  Vat.  Fr.  34;  C.  Th.  3.  3.  1;  5.  10.  1.  12  C.  4.  43.  2.  13  For  lesser 
cases,  fine,  whipping,  or  even  loss  of  citizenship,  37.  14.  7.  1;  C.  Th.  2.  22.  1.  14  25.  3. 
6.  1 ;  37.  14.  5;  C.  6.  7.  2.  15  1.  16.  9.  3;  C.  6.  7.  1. 


72  ENSLAVEMENT  [CH. 

only  where  the  manumission  was  voluntary,  e.g.  not  where  it  was  under 
a  trust1. 

Fraudulent  sale  of  freeman.  The  general  rule  was  that  any  free  person 
over  20  who  knowingly  allowred  him,  or  her,  self  to  be  sold  as  a  slave  in 
order  to  share  the  price  was  enslaved,  or,  as  it  is  put,  was  forbidden 
proclamare  in  libertatem,  i.e.  to  bring  a  claim  of  liberty2.  It  was  a  capitis 
deminutio  maxima.  He  could  be  manumitted  and  wras  then  a  libertinus. 
The  child  of  a  woman  so  dealt  with,  born  during  her  slavery,  was  a 
slave3.  To  be  liable  he  must  have  received  part  of  the  price  and  the  buyer 
must  have  been  deceived4.  There  was  no  restitutio  in  integrum,  such  as, 
in  certain  cases,  was  enjoyed  by  persons  under  25,  but  Hadrian  allowed 
proclamatio  in  some  cases  if  the  whole  price  was  restored.  This  was  a 
general  rule  of  later  law,  so  that  the  effect  might  be  undone  without 
manumission5. 

Effect  of  enslavement.  We  are  told  that  it  was  like  death6.  Like 
death  it  ended  all  public  and  private  relations,  but  it  did  more,  for  wills 
and  donationes  mortis  causa,  made  operative  by  death,  were  avoided  by 
slavery7.  It  destroyed  cognation,  which  was  not  revived  by  manu- 
mission8. Property  went,  not  to  the  heres,  but  to  the  person  who  ac- 
quired the  slave,  subject  to  debts9,  and  probably  debts  to  him  were  due 
to  his  owner10.  Liability  ex  delicto,  however,  exceptionally,  survived. 
His  owner  might  be  sued  noxally,  and  if  this  was  not  done,  he  might  him- 

1  C.  6.  7.  1.  The  patron's  children  might  accuse,  and  in  later  law  any  heres,  though, 
possibly,  between  417  and  Justinian,  other  heredes  and  perhaps  children  too  were  barred, 
C.  Th.  4.  10.  2;  Nov.  Val.  25.  1;  C.  6.  7.  3;  D.  50.  16.  70.  It  seems  also  that  in  later  law 
children  of  liberti  could  similarly  be  accused.  C.  Th.  4.  10.  3=C.  6.  7.  4.  2  Inst. 

1.  3.  4;  D.  1.  5.  5.  1;  40.  13.  3;  40.  14.  2.  pr.  3  Inst,  1.  3.  4;  1.  16.  1;  D.  1.  5.  21; 

40.  12.  40;  40.  13.  3.  These  rules  seem  to  prove  that  it  was  actual  slavery,  not  as  is 
sometimes  said  a  mere  procedural  rule.  4  40.  12.  7.  2;  40.  13.  1.  pr.  5  40.  14.  2.  pr. 
There  are  difficulties  in  this  institution.  No  classical  text  refers  to  it,  and  Justinian's 
texts  give  a  confused  account  of  its  origin.  Probably  it  is  based  on  sec.  It  is  sometimes 
said  to  be  edictal,  but  there  seems  to  be  no  evidence  of  this.  Marcian  calls  it  iure  civili 
(1.  5.  5.  1),  but  his  language  is  explained  away  (Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  1116).  There  was  a 
praetorian  action  in  factum  giving  an  action  for  damages  wherever  a  freeman  allowed 
himself  to  be  sold  in  fraud  (40.  12.  14—22).  This  seems  to  be  the  oldest  remedy.  The  sec. 
strengthen  it  for  specific  cases  beginning  in  the  Republic.  The  rule  that  he  must  have 
shared  in  the  price  cannot  be  traced  earlier  than  Hadrian  and  may  be  later  (40. 14.  2.  pr. 
Hnterp. ).  But  sale  in  order  to  be  qualified  for  duties  appropriate  to  slaves  seems  to  have 
been  dealt  with  in  classical  law  in  the  same  way  (28.  3.  6.  5).  And  Paul  tells  us  that 
gift  in  dowry  or  donatio  or  pledge  is  on  the  same  footing  as  sale  (40.  12.  23.  pr.).  Thus 
it  is  probable  that  the  rule  was  at  one  time  wider  than  as  we  see  it  under  Justinian. 
Buckland,  Slavery,  427  sqq.  6  50.  17.  209.  7  G.  2.  147;  Inst.  2.  17.  4;  D.  24.  1.  32.  6. 
8  38.  8.  7.  9  4.  5.  7.  2;  4.  5.  2.  pr.  The  owner  is  not  personally  liable,  but  the 

property  is.  10  Arg.  from  the  case  of  adrogatio  (post,  §  cxu).  In  the  case  of  servi  poenae 
there  is  no  owner,  but  the  Fiscns  takes  the  property  subject  to  debts  and  to  the  concessions 
already  dealt  with,  49.  14.  1.  1. 


n]  MANUMISSION  73 

self  be  sued  if  he  was  freed1.  There  could  be  no  noxal  action  in  the  case 
of  a  serous  poenae  as  there  was  no  owner2. 

XXVI.  Determination  of  slavery.  There  was  no  temporary  slavery. 
If  it  was  to  end  otherwise  than  by  death  this  must  be  by  a  juristic  act. 
In  the  case  of  servi  poenae  the  only  such  acts  were  pardon  and  revocatio, 
but  in  other  cases  it  might  end  in  many  ways.  Leaving  out  of  account 
the  cases  of  postliminium,  reversion  on  refund  of  price,  and  redemption 
of  a  child  sold,  the  slavery  of  a  living  man  might  end  by  manumission, 
an  act  of  the  owner,  voluntary  at  least  in  form,  or  by  some  act  or  event 
wholly  or  partly  independent  of  his  intention,  of  which  groups  the  first 
is  much  the  most  important. 

MANUMISSION.  This,  release  from  slavery  by  the  owner,  was  originally 
conceived  of  as  the  creation  of  a  civis3.  It  was  not  a  transfer  of  owner- 
ship, for  a  man  does  not  own  himself.  It  was  not  merely  release  from 
ownership;  that  was  abandonment,  derelictio,  which  did  not  make  the 
man  free4  and  did  destroy  all  rights  in  the  former  master,  which  manu- 
mission did  not.  It  was  the  transfer  of  a  man,  by  an  act  under  State 
control,  from  the  class  of  things  which  can  be  owned  into  the  class  of 
persons  who  are  members  of  the  civil  body. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  empire  the  law  of  manumission  was  simple. 
There  were  three  modes  of  manumission,  all  actually  or  in  origin  subject 
to  State  control,  and  all  making  the  slave  a  Roman  citizen.  These  were 
Entry  on  the  Census  Roll,  Vindicta,  a  fictitious  claim  of  liberty,  and 

wm. 

Census.  The  Census,  taken  normally  every  fifth  year5,  was  a  list  of 
citizens  made  for  fiscal  and  military  purposes.  The  preparation  of  it 
was  conducted  before  the  Censors  at  Rome,  and  it  was  still  doubted 
when  the  institution  fell  into  decay  whether  manumission  operated  at 
once  or  only  at  the  final  formal  act  of  closing  the  Census  (lustrum  condere), 
which  brought  the  new  lists  into  operation6.  The  process  involved  three 
steps :  the  slave  presented  himself  for  entry  like  an  ordinary  civis,  the 
master's  consent  was  shewn  and  the  name  was  entered7,  the  Censor 
probably  having  the  right  to  refuse  the  name  for  unworthiness.  The 
manumitter  must  have  full  civil  law  ownership  and  there  could  be  no 
conditions.  Although  Gaius  speaks  of  it  in  the  present  tense8,  there  does 


1  Inst.  4.  8.  5;  D.  9.  4.  24.  2  Noxal  actions,  giving  the  alternative  of  paying  the 

damages  or  surrendering  the  wrongdoer  might  in  this  case  have  operated  so  as  to  allow 
the  man  to  pass  from  severe  punishment  into  private  ordinary  ownership.  3  Ulp. 

1.  6;  D.  38.  2.  1.  pr.  4  41.  7.  8.  5  Fr.  Dos.   17;  Mommsen,  Siaatsr.  2.  343; 

D.P.R.  4.  15.  6  Fr.  D.  17;  Cicero,  de  Or.  1.  40.  183.          7  Cicero,  loc.  cit.;  Ulp.  1.  8. 

8  G.  1.  17,  44. 


74  MANUMISSION  [CH. 

not  seem  to  have  been  a  real  Census  for  a  long  time1 :  it  is  doubtful 
whether  manumission  by  this  mode  survived  the  republic. 

Vindicta.  Fictitious  claim  of  liberty.  This  was  a  formal  application 
of  the  machinery  by  which  a  man  who  alleged  that  he  was  wrongly  held 
in  slavery  claimed  his  freedom  (causa  liberalis}.  It  was  modelled  on  the 
ancient  process  for  recovery  of  property  (vindicatio),  by  the  legis  actio 
per  sacramentum.  Some  other  person  claimed  on  his  behalf  (adsertor 
libertatis2),  he  being  present.  The  formal  words  were  modelled  on  those 
in  sacramentum3.  The  adsertor  touched  the  slave  with  a  rod  (festuca, 
vindicta)  as  he  would  if  the  claim  was  a  real  one,  from  which  act  the 
process  draws  its  name.  The  master  did  the  same,  but  otherwise  made  no 
reply4.  The  magistrate  formally  declared  the  man  free5.  It  was  in 
form  a  solemn  litigious  process,  and,  as  such,  could  be  carried  out  only 
before  a  magistrate  with  the  right  to  preside  in  a  legis  actio6.  Its  forms 
were  gradually  relaxed  and  in  later  classical  law  its  litigious  character  was 
recognised  as  a  mere  pretence 7.  There  could  not  be  condition  or  dies,  for 
it  was  in  form  a  judgment,  on  which  there  could  be  no  such  restriction8. 

The  manumitter  must  be  full  civil  law  owner,  and,  the  process  being 
a  legis  actio,  it  must  be  done  personally:  no  representative  could  act9. 
As  in  all  essentially  "formal"  acts  form  was  more  important  than  con- 
sent. One  who  had  done  the  act  was  bound  by  it,  whatever  his  state  of 
mind,  e.g.  where  he  did  not  think  he  was  owner,  but  in  fact  was.  Most 
of  the  "formal"  acts  were  gone  by  Justinian's  time,  but  the  rule  remains 
for  this  case10. 

XXVII.  Will,  Testamento11.  This  is  much  the  most  important  case. 

1  Mommsen,  op.  tit.  2.  336  sqq. ;  D.P.R.  4.  7  sqq.  The  last  is  in  A.T>.  74,  and  they  had 
long  been  irregular.  For  Ulpian  (1.  8)  the  whole  thing  was  an  antiquity.  2  G.  4.  14. 
3  Arg.  G.  2.  24.  4  Silence  being  the  sign  of  assent,  a  mutus  or  surdus  could  not  free 

in  this  way;  P.  4.  12.  2.  But  this  is  no  longer  true  in  later  law,  40.  2.  23.  Literary  texts 
speak  of  him  as  slapping  the  slave's  cheek  and  turning  him  round  (Isid.  9.  14;  see  Roby, 
R.P.L.  1.  26).  The  meaning  of  these  symbolic  acts  is  much  disputed,  Roby,  loc.  cit.\ 
Karlowa.  R.Rg.  2.  133.  They  were  probably  not  legally  required  but  served  to  make  clear  the 
fictitious  nature  of  the  transaction.  5  It  is  essentially  a  case  of  cessio  in  iure,  post, 

§  LXXXIV.  6  P.  2.  25.  4;  Ulp.  1.  7 ;  D.  1.  7.  4.  7  It  might  be  done  in  the  street,  without 
lictors,  and  on  days  not  available  for  legal  process,  G.  1.  20;  D.  40.  2.  7.  8;  h.  t.  23.  8  49. 
4.  1.5;  50.  17.  77.  There  might  be  tacit  conditions  in  the  sense  that  it  might  be  in  suspense, 
as  the  owner's  right  might  be.  It  would  operate  only  if  he  proved  to  have  been  then  owner. 
The  question  whether  the  magistrate  could  refuse  is  disputed.  Wlassak,  Z.S.S.  28.  107, 
citing  Livy,  41.  9,  holds  that  he  could.  Contra.  Girard,  Mel.  1.  140.  9  Post,  §  ccxxxix, 
Texts  frequently  state  an  exception:  a  son,  duly  authorised,  could  so  free  for  his  father. 
This  is  clearly  law  for  Justinian.  Mitteis  holds  that  the  numerous  texts  are  interpolated, 
and  that  it  was  not  so  in  classical  law,  Z.S.S.  21.  199;  25.  379;  Rom.  Pr.  1.  211.  Contra, 
Buckland,  N.R.U.  27.  737;  Slavery,  App.  5.  10  40.  2.  4.  1.  The  slave  took  his  peculium 
unless  it  was  reserved,  15.  1.  53.  11  Based  on  XII  Tables,  but  probably  older,  as  the 
Tables  contain  a  rule  about  conditions.  Girard,  Textes,  17;  Bruns,  1.  28.  Manumission 
by  will  does  not  carry  peculium,  33.  8.  8.  7. 


ji]  MANUMISSION  75 

The  Will  of  early  Rome  was  made  before  the  public  assembly,  convoked 
periodically  for  the  purpose,  and  thus  the  element  of  control  is  tradition- 
ally present,  here  as  in  the  other  cases,  though,  the  will  of  historical 
times  being  in  an  entirely  different  form,  the  control  had  disappeared. 
The  full  civil  owner  could  free  his  slave  so  that  the  gift  took  effect  ipso 
facto,  by  the  acceptance  of  the  inheritance  by  the  heres,  provided  that 
the  testator  had  owned  the  slave  both  when  the  will  was  made  and  when 
it  operated1.  The  gift  must  be  in  express  imperative  words,  e.g.,  liber  esto, 
liberum  esse  iubeo2,  and  nominatim,  i.e.  he  must  be  so  described  or  named 
that  his  identity  was  clear3.  It  follows  that  there  could  not  strictly  be  an 
implied  gift,  but  we  are  told,  in  obscura  voluntate  favendum  est  libertati4'. 
Two  such  cases  were  much  discussed,  that  in  which  a  man  made  his 
slave  heres,  with  no  gift  of  freedom,  to  be  dealt  with  later5,  and  that  in 
which  he  simply  appointed  him  tutor.  Justinian  declared  this  good,  the 
needful  gift  of  freedom  being  implied.  On  the  obscure  texts  the  better 
view  seems  to  be  that  in  later  classical  law  it  was  not  directly  good  or 
void,  but  was  a  fideicommissum,  a  direction  to  heres  to  free,  shortly  to 
be  considered6. 

Manumission,  like  a  legacy,  might  be  adeemed,  i.e.  revoked  by  further 
provisions  of  the  will,  or  acts  inconsistent  with  the  gift.  Ademptio 
might  be  express7  or  by  alienation  of  the  slave  or  legacy  of  him,  but  in 
these  cases  if  he  was  again  acquired  or  the  legacy  was  adeemed,  the  gift 
revived  8. 

It  might  be  conditional  or  deferred  to  a  future  time  (ex  die9).  Dies 
might  be  certus  or  incertus.  The  former  is  a  time  so  fixed  that  it  is  clear, 
when  the  will  operates,  when  it  will  be,  e.g.  ten  days  after  my  death. 
The  latter  is  a  day  sure  to  come,  but  uncertain  as  to  date,  e.g.  when  X 
dies  (certus  an,  incertus  quando).  But  there  was  a  rule  that,  in  wills,  dies 
incertus  pro  condicione  habetur10:  it  operated  as  condition,  though  it  did 
not  in  contracts.  Condicio,  properly  so  called,  is  an  event  both  future 
and  uncertain  (incertus  an,  whether  incertus  quando  or  not).  "To  be 
free  if  I  die  this  year,"  or  "To  be  free  if  he  was  born  at  Rome,"  are  not 
conditions.  The  gifts  are  good  or  bad.  There  is  no  uncertainty  or  futurity 

1  G.  2.  267;  Ulp.  1.  23;  D.  40.  4.  35.  Harsh  result,  28.  5.  50.  pr.  Such  a  gift  is  in- 
destructible when  it  has  taken  effect:  though  the  entry  of  heres  be  set  aside  the  gift  of 
liberty  stands;  C.  7.  2.  3.  2  G.  2.  267;  D.  40.  5.  41.  pr.  It  might  not  precede  the 

institutio  heredis  in  classical  law,  G.  2.  230;  Ulp.  1.  20.  Greek  equivalents  served  in  later 
law;  C.  7.  2.  14.  Rules  follow  those  of  legacy  with  differences,  e.g.,  G.  2.  236,  post,  §  cxix. 
3  L.  Fufia  Caninia,  G.  2.  239;  Ulp.  1.  25;  P.  4.  14.  1.  4  50.  17.  179.  5  Post,  §  cvin. 
6  26.  2.  10.  4,  32.  2;  C.  6.  27.  5.  16;  7.  4.  10.  7  Ulp.  2.  12;  D.  28.  5.  6.  4;  40.  4.  10. 

8  40.  4.  58;  40.  5.  50;  34.  4.  27.  Complications  and  difficulties  where  the  conflicting  dis- 
positions were  in  the  same  document,  Buckland,  Slavery,  468;  Desserteaux,  Capitis 
Deminutio,  2.  p.  126,  nn.  2,  3.  9  35.  1.  49;  not,  in  classical  law,  post  mortem  heredis, 

Ulp.  1.  20,  post,  §  cxix.          10  Ulp.  24.  31 ;  D.  35.  1.  75. 


76  MANUMISSION  [CH. 

about  them  when  the  will  operates1.  An  impossible  condition,  one 
"contrary  to  the  nature  of  things,"  e.g.,  if  he  touch  the  sky  with  his 
finger,  was  struck  out,  the  gift  being  construed  as  absolute,  and  the 
same  is  no  doubt  true  of  illegal  and  immoral  conditions2.  Impossibility 
merely  to  the  person  concerned  was  not  so  treated,  and  would  bar  the  gift3. 

Negative  conditions,  e.g.  "if  he  does  not  do  so  and  so,"  were  not 
treated  as  in  legacy.  There  the  gift  was  effective  at  once,  with  some 
restrictions,  but  security  was  taken  for  return  if  the  condition  was 
broken4.  But  a  manumission  which  has  taken  effect  cannot  be  undone. 
The  method  adopted,  since  the  gift  would  be  a  farce,  unless  some  relief 
was  given,  was  to  allow  the  testator  to  impose  a  condition  of  taking 
an  oath,  remitted  in  other  cases5,  not  to  do  the  forbidden  thing — a  poor 
security,  as  there  was  no  way  of  compelling  obedience  to  the  oath. 

Till  the  condition  was  satisfied  the  slave  was  still  a  slave  (statuliber6), 
and  the  child  of  a  statulibera  was  thus  a  slave 7.  But  no  act  of  the  heres 
could  destroy  the  prospect  of  liberty,  and  thus  though  the  statuliber 
could  be  commercially  dealt  with  in  ordinary  ways  any  rights  in  him 
created  by  the  heres  were  destroyed  when  the  condition  was  satisfied8. 
There  were  other  respects  in  which  statuliberi  were  better  off  than  ordinary 
slaves.  They  could  be  sold,  but  not  under  harsh  conditions  which  made 
their  position  worse9.  They  might  not  ordinarily  be  tortured  as  wit- 
nesses10. Where  slaves  and  freemen  were  differently  punished  they  had, 
in  later  law,  the  right  to  be  treated  as  freemen11.  On  satisfaction  of  the 
condition  the  gift  took  effect12.  If  the  condition  was  to  do  an  act  to  or  for 
the  heres  and  before  performance  the  heres  sold  him,  it  must  be  done  to 
or  for  the  acquirer,  unless  it  was  plainly  a  personal  service13.  Super- 
vening impossibility  was  more  favourably  treated  than  in  legacy.  A 
gift  of  liberty  "when  X  is  20"  was  good,  though  X  died  younger14,  as 

1  If  testator  did  not  so  die,  if  donee  was  not  so  born,  the  gift  was  void.  This  is  certain 
at  the  death,  though  in  some  cases  it  might  not  be  known.  When  it  is  known  he  is  shewn 
to  have  been  free  (or  not  free  at  all)  from  the  operation  of  the  will;  40.  4.  7;  40.  5.  18. 
Gifts  "pridie  mortis  heredis"  "post  mortem  heredis,"  were  treated  as  in  legacy,  G.  2.  233, 
post,  §  cxix.  2  Inst.  2.  14.  10;  3.  19.  11;  G.  3.  98.  Rule  the  same  in  institutio  heredis, 
post,  §  cxix.  3  All  this  deals  only  with  initial  impossibility.  Supervening  impossi- 

bility (ca#us)  is  dealt  with  differently,  below  and  post,  §  civ.  4  Cautio  Muciana,  post, 

§  cxix.  5  40.  4.  12.  pr.    In  some  cases  the  gift  was  treated  as  derisory  and  void,  40. 

4.  61.  pr. ;  40.5.4.1.  In  cases  other  than  manumission  a  condicio  iurisiurandi  was 
released  by  the  praetor,  security  being  required,  at  least  in  later  classical  law,  that  the 
thing  should  be  done,  or  not  done.  Post,  §  civ.  6  Ulp.  2.  1-6.  7  40.  5.  45.  2;  40. 

7.  16.  8  Ulp.  2.  3;  D.  20.  1.  13.  1;  30.  81.  9;  40.  7.  6.  3.  Fraud  was  easy,  and  there  is 
much  law  as  to  sales  of  this  kind,  Buckland,  Slavery,  288.  9  40.  7.  25,  33.  10  48.  18.  8. 
1,  9.  3.  11  48.  18.  14;  48.  19.  9.  16.  12  If  it  is  that  he  shall  promise  to  do  an  act, 
the  promise  frees  him,  though  a  slave's  promise  cannot  be  enforced  after  he  is  free,  40. 
7.  13.  3,  24,  41.  1.  13  Payment  of  money  must  be  made  to  alienee,  40.  7.  6.  5;  Ulp.  2.  4; 
condition  to  teach  the  heres  to  read  must  be  satisfied  in  his  person,  40.  7.  6.  7.  14  40.  4. 
16  etc. 


n]  MANUMISSION  77 

was  a  gift  on  the  condition  of  rendering  a  service  to  X,  who  died  before 
it  could  be  done1.  This  is  favore  libertatis;  a  legacy  would  fail2.  In  the 
present  case  the  rule  of  later  law  seems  to  have  been  that  the  condition 
was  satisfied  where  it  was  to  be  done  by  the  donee,  if  it  was  not  his  fault 
that  it  was  not  done.  Thus  if  he  was  prevented  by  anyone  from  fulfilling 
the  condition,  it  was  satisfied3.  But  these  relaxations  applied  only  if 
the  condition  was  one  to  be  fulfilled  by  him :  if  any  other  condition 
failed,  the  gift  failed4. 

Fideicommissary  gifts.  Under  Augustus  certain  stringent  rules  of  the 
law  of  wills  were  relieved  against  by  the  institution  offideicommissa,  trusts 
imposed  on  a  beneficiary  under  the  will,  not  subject  to  all  the  restrictive 
rules5.  Of  these,  fideicommissa  of  liberty  were  a  common  case ;  directions 
to  a  beneficiary  under  a  will  or  codicil  to  free  a  slave,  his  own,  or  one 
coming  to  him  under  the  will,  or  one  to  be  bought  and  freed6.  No 
particular  form  was  needed ;  it  might  be  implied,  and  in  many  cases  a 
gift  not  imperative  enough  to  constitute  a  direct  gift  was  construed  as 
a  direction  to  the  heres  to  free,  an  interpretation  more  readily  adopted 
under  Justinian  than  earlier7.  A  direction  to  the  heres  to  free  a  man  si 
volueris  was  void,  but  very  little  more  was  needed  to  make  it  mean  "if 
he  deserves  it,"  which  was  a  conditional  fideicommissum*.  The  gift 
failed  if  the  will  or  codicil  failed  9. 

The  gift  having  been  accepted,  the  trust  must  be  carried  out,  even 
though  the  amount  was  less  than  the  value  of  the  slave,  except  that,  if 
the  trust  was  to  buy  and  free  a  slave,  no  more  than  the  gift  need  be 
spent  in  buying  him10.  If  the  owner  refused  to  sell,  the  trust  was  void 


1  40.  7.  20.  3.  2  40.  7.  19,  20.  3.  3  40.  5.  55;  40.  7.  3.  pr.;  Ulp.  2.  5.  6.     In 

legacy  this  is  so  only  if  the  prevention  is  by  one  interested  in  failure  of  the  condition, 
28.  7.  3.  11;  30.  92.  1.  4  40.  7.  4.  7.  A  slave  made  heres  might  not  refuse.  Rules 

were  applied  where  there  were  conditions,  to  secure  that  the  gift  should  be  valid  and 
that  he  should  not  get  the  liberty  and  then  refuse  the  heredilas.  Both  under  the  same 
condition  gave  no  difficulty.  If  only  the  liberty  was  conditional,  this  was,  strictly,  bad 
— not  free  till  hzres,  or  heres  till  free.  Condition  read  into  both,  28.  5.  3.  1.  Same  in 
converse  case,  lest  he  be  free  by  entry  of  another  heres  and  then  refuse  the  hereditas.  There 
were  modifications,  favore  libertatis,  if  the  condition  failed  or  if  they  were  under  different 
conditions,  40.  4.  14;  40.  7.  2.  3;  28.  5.  21.  22.  Buckland,  Slavery,  511.  5  Post,§  cxxiv. 

6  Ulp.  2.  9;  25.  18;  G.  2.  263.  7  Ulp.  2.  7;  D.  26.  2.  10.  4;  40.  5.  24.  7.  But  where  there 
was  a  doubt  whether  a  gift  was  direct  or  fideicommissary,  there  was  a  leaning  to  direct 
construction,  40.  4.  9.  pr.,  15,  19,  56.  8  40.  5.  46.  3.  9  40.  5.  24.  11;  C.  7.  2.  12. 

But  see  Buckland,  Slavery,  609,  for  reliefs  against  collusion,  etc.  In  classical  law  liberty 
could  be  given  to  an  unborn  person  by  will,  but  only  by  fideicommissum  (P.  4.  14.  1)  and 
some  jurists  doubted  (C.  7.  4.  14).  If  the  slave  is  regarded  as  the  donee,  it  should  be  void, 
for  in  Paul's  time  fideicommissa  to  incertae  personae  and  postumi  alien!  were  void  (G.  '2. 
238  sqq.).  If  he  is  the  subject-matter,  no  difficulty.  Future  things  could  be  given.  Justinian 
allows  it  even  direct,  so  that  the  child  will  be  bom  free  (C.  7.  4.  14).  10  40.  5.  24. 

12-16. 


78  MANUMISSION  [CH. 

in  the  time  of  Gains,  but  in  later  law  it  was  still  valid  if  the  owner  after- 
wards changed  his  mind1. 

Till  the  trust  was  carried  out,  the  slave  was  still  a  slave.  Thus,  sub- 
ject to  what  has  been  said2,  the  child  of  an  ancilla  in  this  position  was  a 
slave  not  affected  by  the  trust  in  any  way3.  But  the  subject  of  the  trust 
was  treated  like  one  conditionally  freed — he  was  a  quasi  statuliber*.  The 
manumission  not  being  voluntary,  it  might  not  be  made  subject  to  a 
promise  of  services,  and  the  manumitter  had  less  rights  than  an  ordinary 
patron5,  though  he  was  actually  patron,  the  object  being  often  that  the 
man  should  be  the  freedman  of  the  person  directed  to  free,  and  not,  as  he 
would  be  under  a  direct  gift6,  the  freedman  of  the  maker  of  the  gift 
(libertus  orcinus). 

These  formal  modes  were  the  only  modes  of  manumission  in  the 
republic,  and  they  were  available  only  to  the  full  civil  law  owner.  But 
cases  occurred  of  less  formal  manumission  and  of  manumission  by  one 
whose  ownership,  though  effective,  was  not  civil  law  ownership  (qui 
habet  in  bonis7,  bonitary  owner).  In  these  cases,  though  the  manu- 
mission was  in  strictness  void,  the  praetor  intervened  to  protect  the 
man  concerned8,  but  only  where  in  his  judgment  it  was  a  proper  case 
for  protection9,  and  only  where  the  master  was  of  full  age  and  com- 
petence and  acted  quite  freely10. 

Not  every  informal  declaration  was  accepted :  we  are  told  of  only 
two  cases :  per  epistolam,  a  letter  of  enfranchisement,  and  inter  amicos, 
declaration  before  witnesses11.  In  the  later  empire  we  hear  of  a  mode 
in  convivio,  declaration  before  guests  at  a  feast12,  but  this  seems  to  be 
only  a  variant  of  the  last.  It  was  immaterial  that  the  ownership  was 
only  bonitary,  and  conversely  a  bonitary  owner  could  produce  no  better 
effect  even  if  he  freed  by  will13;  he  could  not  do  it  at  all  by  vindicta. 

One  so  freed  was  still  a  slave :  his  peculium  was  his  master's  and  so 
were  his  acquisitions14.  A  child  of  an  ancilla  so  freed  was  an  ordinary 
slave  for  all  purposes15.  The  only  effect  was  that  if  the  master  sought  to 
make  slaves,  so  freed,  work  for  him,  the  Praetor  intervened16.  The  act 
was  not  revocable  and  no  doubt  it  bound  successors  in  title.  The  persons 

1  G.  2.  265;  Ulp.  2.  11 ;  Inst.  2.  24.  2;  C.  7.  4.  6;  perhaps  as  early  as  A.D.  220.  If  the/c. 
was  only  one  of  liberty  he  need  not  take  the  gift,  as  he  must  in  some  other  cases  (36.  1.  54. 
1;  post,  §  cxxiv).  If  it  was  his  own  slave  he  need  not,  though  there  was  a  fc.  of  the 
hereditas,  contra  if  the  slave  were  the  testator's.  36.  1.  23.  1.  2  Ante,  p.  69.  3  35. 
2.24.1;40.5.45.2.  440.5.15,24.21,30.16.  538.1.13.1.  6  G.  2.  266, 267; 
Ulp.  2.  8.  7  G.  1.  54;  post,  §  LXX.  8  G.  3.  56;  Ulp.  1.  16.  9  Fr.  D.  8.  10  Fr.  D.  7. 
It  must  be  clear  that  a  real  gift  of  libertas  was  meant,  not  merely  to  let  the  man  do  as  he 
liked,  to  be  in  libertate  (Wlassak,  Z.S.S.  26.  367).  11  G.  1.  44.  Amici  is  a  common  term 
for  witnesses,  Wlassak,  loc.  cit.  12  G.  Ep.  1.  1.  2.  13  G.  1.  16,  167;  Fr.  Dos.  9; 

Ulp.  1.  16,  22.  8.         14  Fr.  Dos.  4,  5.         15  Ib.,  arg.         16  G.  3.  56;  Fr.  D.  5 


n]  MANUMISSION  79 

affected  were  said  in  libertate  auxilio  (or  tuitione)  praetoris  esse,  in 
libertate  morari,  etc.1 

XXVIII.  The  law  was  profoundly  modified  by  Statutes  of  the  early 
empire  which  must  now  be  considered. 

Lex  Fufia  Caninia,  B.C.  2.  Slaves  were  now  very  numerous  and 
manumissions  so  frequent  that  the  large  number  of  libertini  were  a 
menace  to  the  stability  of  society.  This  statute  imposed  a  limit  on  manu- 
missions by  will,  always  the  commonest  case,  as  it  cost  nothing  and 
provided  a  procession  of  grateful  liberti  for  the  funeral  cortege.  It  en- 
acted that  an  owner  of  not  more  than  two  slaves  might  so  free  all,  of 
from  2  to  10  half,  of  from  10  to  30  one-third,  of  from  30  to  100  one- 
fourth,  of  from  100  to  500  one-fifth,  and  never  more  than  100 2.  An 
increase  in  the  number  of  slaves  was  not  to  involve  a  diminution  in  the 
number  who  could  be  freed3.  The  slaves  must  be  named  or  clearly 
described  4.  If  more  than  the  lawful  number  were  freed  only  the  earliest 
named  were  free5.  A  gift  to  "all  my  slaves"  was  void6.  The  law  did  not, 
as  stated,  refer  in  terms  to  fideicommissary  gifts,  but  it  must  have 
applied  to  them,  otherwise  it  would  not  have  been  worth  while  to  resort 
to  evasions. 

Lex  lunia  (Norband).  This  statute  put  an  end  to  the  equivocal 
position  of  those  in  libertate  tuitione  praetoris.  It  provided  that  they 
should  be  really  free,  but  not  cives,  and  invented  for  them  the  status  of 
Latini  luniani,  i.e.  they  were  to  have  the  same  status  as  existing  Latini, 
subject  to  serious  restrictions7.  The  nature  of  this  status  and  these 
restrictions  will  be  considered  later8.  The  date  of  the  statute  is  uncer- 
tain 9. 

Lex  Aelia  Sentia,  A.D.  4.  This  was  a  comprehensive  enactment,  con- 

1  G.  3.  56;  Fr.  D.  5.  Other  exceptional  forms  were  (a)  manumission  sacrorum  causa 
(Festus,  s.w.  Manumitti,  Puri),  discussed  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  421;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  2; 
Wlassak,  Z.S.S.  28.  22.  It  may  be  only  a  case  of  manumission  vindicta;  (b)  giving  a  slave 
in  adoption  (Aul.  Gell.  5.  19.  13,  14,  post,  §  XLV),  also  may  be  only  a  case  of  vindicta,  in 
effect.  As  to  adoption  of  slave  by  master,  post,  §  XLV.  2  G.  1.  42,  43;  Ulp.  1.  24; 

P.  4.  14.  4.   The  total  included  fugitivi,  P.  4.  14.  3.  3  G.  1.  45;  Ulp.  1.  24.  Thus  one 

with  12  could  free  5,  one  with  32  could  free  10.  4  Ulp.  1.  25;  P.  4.  14.  1.  The  sc. 

Orfitianum  makes  clear  description  suffice.  5  G.  Ep.  1.  2.  2.  There  were  other  pro- 

visions against  fraud  on  the  law,  e.g.,  if  they  were  set  in  a  circle  so  that  it  could  not  be 
said  which  were  first,  all  were  void,  G.  1.  46,  who  speaks  of  sec.  on  the  matter.  A  sc. 
provided  that  manumissions  inter  vivos,  but  on  the  point  of  death,  might  be  treated  as 
frauds  on  the  lex.  6  G.  Ep.  1.  2.  2.  7  G.  1.  16,  22,  23;  3.  56;  Ulp.  1.  10,  16.  8  Post, 
§  xxxrv.  9  There  is  confusion  as  to  what  was  in  this  lex  and  what  in  the  1.  Aelia 

Sentia  (G.  1.  29;  Ulp.  3.  3).  The  name  lunia  Norbana  fits  only  A.D.  19,  but  only  Justinian 
calls  it  Norbana.  It  deals  with  those  freed  under  30  as  well  as  the  informally  freed,  but 
they  were  cives  till  the  1.  Aelia  (arg.,  G.  1.  56).  These  points  would  make  the  /.  lunia  the 
later.  But  Gaius  makes  the  I.  Aelia  refer  to  Junian  Latins  which  would  make  the  I.  lunia 
the  earlier. 


80  MANUMISSION  [CH. 

taining,  inter  alia,  the  following  important  provisions  affecting  manu- 
missions. 

1.  The  manumitter  must  be  20,  otherwise  the  manumission  was  wholly 
void1.    Attempts  to  evade  the  rule,  e.g.  by  transferring  the  man  to  one 
over  20  to  be  freed,  were  stopped  by  a  sc.  which  seems  to  have  nullified 
transactions  tending  to  such  a  result,  and  thus  to  have  been  applicable 
to  any  new  devices  as  they  appeared2.  There  was  however  an  important 
limitation.    If  the  manumission  were  approved  by  a  body  called  the 
Consilium  (which  sat  periodically  for  such  cases),  and  was  afterwards 
completed  vindicta,  the  rule  did  not  apply  and  the  man  became  a  civis3. 
If  it  were  completed  informally  he  became  a  Latinus*.  To  obtain  this 
approval  it  was  necessary  to  shew  causa5.  There  was  no  hard  and  fast 
rule  as  to  what  was  a  sufficient  causa :  it  might  be  merit  or  some  service 
rendered,  or  something  to  be  done  in  the  future  which  he  could  not  do 
as  a  slave6.    It  must  be  a  honesta  causa,  and  if  it  was  with  a  view  to 
marriage  there  were  special  restrictions  and  rules7. 

2.  The  slave  must  be  over  30,  or  he  did  not  become  a  civis,  with  the 
same  exception  for  manumission  vindicta,  on  cause  approved  by  the 
Consilium  8.  Where  no  causa  was  shewn  the  result  is  uncertain,  owing  to 
the  state  of  the  texts.    If  it  was  informal  or  by  will  (in  which  last  case 
there  is  no  question  of  causa],  he  seems  to  have  become  in  libertate 
tuitione  praetoris,  or,  after  the  I.  lunia,  a  Latin9.    No  classical  text 
mentions  Latinity  as  resulting  from  manumission  vindicta,  and  a  corrupt 
text  suggests  that  it  was  simply  void,  but  it  may  be  that  as  it  could 
in  any  case,  on  such  facts,  give  no  more  than  Latinity,  there  was  no 
purpose  in  the  form,  and  the  case  therefore  did  not  occur10  in  practice. 

3.  Manumission  in  fraud  of  creditors  or  patron  of  the  manumitter  was 
void11.    Of  the  case  of  fraud  on  the  patron  we  know  little  and  it  is  not 
mentioned  by  Justinian12.    Fraud  on  creditors  was  committed  if  the 
manumission  was  with  intent  to  injure  them,  i.e.  with  knowledge  that 
it  would  do  so,  and  did  in  fact  harm  them,  when,  in  short,  the  owner  was 
insolvent  or  the  manumission  would  make  him  so13.    If  it  was  on  death, 

1  G.  1.  38.  40;  Ulp.  1.  13;  C.  2.  30.  3.  pr.  2  40.  9.  7.  1 ;  18.  7.  4;  C.  7.  11.  4.    Rule 

did  not  apply  where  he  was  bound  to  free  from  any  cause,  40.  1.  20.  pr.,  etc.  3  G.  1. 
38;  Fr.  D.  13.  At  Rome  the  Consilium  was  five  senators  and  five  equites,  elsewhere,  twenty 
reruperatores  cives,  who  met  on  the  last  day  of  the  Convening,  the  judicial  assize.  4  G.  1. 
41;  Fr.  D.  13,  or  in  libertate  praetoris  tuitione,  according  to  the  view  taken  of  the  date  of 
I.  lunia.  5  Whether  he  was  to  be  freed  formally  or  informally.  6  G.  1.  19,  39;  D. 
40.  2.  9.  pr.,  15.  1.  7  40.  2.  13,  16.  pr.  "To  be  heres  if  he  frees  X"  gave  a  good  causa, 
40.  2.  15.  pr.  8  G.  1.  18;  Fr.  D.  17;  Ulp.  1.  12.  9  Ib.  and  G.  1.  17.  10  Ulp.  1.  12. 
11  G.  1.  37;  Ulp.  1.  15;  Inst.  1.  6.  pr.  12  Presumably  where  a  dying  libertinus  freed 

his  slaves,  who,  if  he  was  a  Latin,  would  go  to  his  patron,  and  if  he  was  a  civis,  would 
do  so  if  he  had  no  children,  post,  §  cxxxrv.  13  G.  1.  47;  Fr.  D.  16;  D.  40.  9.  16.  2< 

Possibly  intent  not  material  in  early  classical  law,  but  it  certainly  was  later,  Inst.  1.  6.  3; 
D.  40.  9.  10. 


n]  MANUMISSION  81 

as  no  doubt  it  usually  would  be,  and  the  heres  was  solvent,  the  creditors 
would  not  suffer,  for,  till  very  late1,  he  was  fully  liable  on  the  ancestor's 
debts.  Some  jurists  thought,  logically,  that  this  saved  the  gift,  but  the 
view  prevailed  that  it  was  immaterial2,  possibly  because  any  other  view 
rendered  refusal  and  intestacy  likely,  and  this  was  avoided  as  far  as 
possible.  But  there  are  difficulties  about  this3. 

The  rule  applied  where  the  manumitter  was  a  peregrinus,  though 

the  other  provisions  did  not4,  and  whether  it  was  done  inter  vivos  or  by 

will,  directly  or  by  fideicommissum,  but  in  this  last  case  eventus  sufficed 

—intent  was  not  material5.   But  it  did  not  apply  where  the  manumitter 

was  bound  to  free,  either  under  a  trust  or  otherwise6. 

Where  the  gift  was  bad  it  was  void  ab  initio,  not  revoked :  there  was 
no  revocation  of  a  manumission7.  Some  time  might  elapse  before  the 
point  was  clear,  and  for  this  time  the  man's  position  was  in  suspense : 
he  was  a  quasi  statuliber6.  It  was  not  void  unless  steps  were  taken,  and 
there  were  provisions,  to  be  stated  later,  protecting  apparent  liberty 
after  a  certain  lapse  of  time9. 

4.  Certain  degraded  slaves,  on  manumission,  did  not  become  cives  or 
Latins,  but  were  put  in  numero  dediticiorum.  They  were  those  who  had 
been  punished  by  branding  or  chains  or  imprisonment  by  their  masters, 
or  condemned  to  fight  with  beasts  or  tortured  and  convicted  of  crime10. 
Their  disabilities  were  severe11 :  inter  alia,  they  could  never  become 
citizens.  The  form  of  the  manumission  was  immaterial12. 

None  of  these  four  restrictions  applied  if  the  manumission  was  by 
will,  and  the  testator  was  insolvent,  and  instituted  and  freed  a  single 
slave  so  as  to  have  a  necessarius  heres,  in  order  to  avoid  the  stigma  of 
intestacy  and  posthumous  insolvency13.  This  did  not  apply  if  any  other 
heres  entered  under  the  will,  and  it  had  no  bearing  on  other  restrictions 
on  manumission14. 

XXIX.  Such  restrictions  were  numerous  and  some  of  them  need 
mention. 

1  Post,  §  ex.  2  40.  4.  57 ;  C.  7. 2.  5.  3  The  heres  could  not  attack  it,  40.  12.  31 ;  C.  7. 
8.  5;  C.  7.  16.  7,  and  if  he  was  solvent  the  creditors  had  no  interest.  Perhaps  he  refused 
to  enter  unless  the  creditors  undertook  to  proceed.  Where  the  liberty  was  conditional  on 
payment  of  money  which  a  third  party  provided  so  that  the  estate  suffered  no  loss,  this 
did  not  save  it  (40.  9.  18.  1)  but  a  gift  "if  my  debts  are  paid"  was  held  valid  (40.  4.  57). 
4  G.  1.  47.  5  40.  5.  4.  19;  C.  7.  11.  7.  6  Fr.  d.  i.  fisci,  19;  D.  28.  5.  56;  40.  1.  10; 

C.  7.  11.  5.  7  G.  1.  37;   Fr.  D.  16;   Ulp.  1.  15.  8  40.  7.  1.  1.  9  Post,  §  xxxi. 

10  G.  1.  13.  15;  Ulp.  1.  5;  1.  1 1 ;  special  cases  and  details,  P.  4.  12.  3-8.  Not  where  tortured 
but  not  convicted,  P.  4.  12.  3.  11  Post,  §  xxxvi.  12  Ulp.  1.  11.  If  vindicta,  possibly 
a  nullity.  If  informally,  it  would  give  the  odd  result  that  if  the  I.  lunia  is  later  than  the 
1.  Aelia  Sentia  he  would  be  technically  better  off  than  an  honest  man,  for  he  would  be 
free,  but  the  other  would  be  technically  a  slave.  13  G.  1.  21;  Ulp.  1.  14;  D.  40.  4.  L'T  ; 
Inst.  1.  6.  1.  14  28.  5.  84.  pr. 

B.  K.  L.  6 


82  MANUMISSION  [CH. 

(a)  A  slave  specially  pledged  could  not  be  freed  unless  the  creditor 
consented,  though  the  owner  was  solvent1.    But  there  is  evidence  that 
in  late  classical  law  such  a  manumission  was  regarded,  if  inter  vivos,  as 
informal  manumission,  conditional  on  release  of  the  pledge,  so  that  if 
the  debt  was  paid,  the  slave  became  a  Latin2.     If  it  was  by  will,  it  was 
void  as  a  direct  gift,  but  came  to  be  construed  as  a  fideicommissary  gift 
on  the  same  condition3. 

(b)  A  slave  owned  by  two  or  more  could  not  be  freed  by  one,  till 
Justinian4. 

(c)  A  slave  in  whom  someone  held  a  life  interest  (usufruct)  could  be 
freed  by  the  owner's  will,  the  gift  being  construed  as  conditional  on  the 
expiry  of  the  usufruct5.  But  there  could  be  no  condition  on  manumission 
vindicta,  and  the  texts  leave  the  classical  law  uncertain6.    Justinian 
confirmed  the  old  rule  that  if  both  owner  and  usufructuary  agreed  the 
man  was  free,  and  made  manumission  by  the  owner  alone  give  freedom, 
without  releasing  the  man  from  his  duty  of  service  to  the  usufructuary7. 

There  were  a  number  of  other  restrictions  8. 

Slaves  of  corporate  bodies  and  public  authorities  were  freed  in  special 
ways :  those  of  a  municipality  by  decretum  of  the  local  senate 9.  We  do 
not  know  the  form  for  those  of  other  corporate  bodies 10.  Servi  populi 
Romani  seem  to  have  been  freed  by  declaration  of  the  magistrate, 
authorised  by  the  Senate,  or  later,  the  Emperor11. 

When  the  State  became  Christian,  a  new  mode  of  manumission  was 
introduced.  So  soon  as  the  church  was  recognised,  it  became  a  common 
practice  for  masters  to  free  slaves  before  the  congregation,  a  form  of 
manumission  inter  amicos,  giving  Latinity.  Constantine  regulated  this, 
requiring  a  writing  signed  by  the  master,  arid  providing,  a  little  later, 

1  40.  1.  3;  40.  8.  6;  C.  7.  8.  4.    The  rule  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  /.  Aelia  Sentia. 
2  FT.  D.  16;  D.  40.  9.  26.  340.5.24.10.  4  Post,  §  xc.  528.5.9.20. 

6  Void,  or  suspended  till  the  usufruct  ended?  (Fr.  D.  11;  Ulp.  1.  19).  The  last  unlikely, 
though  it  may  have  been  so  in  informal  manumission.  But  we  know  that  such  a 
manumission,  vindicta,  made  the  slave  a  servus  sine  domino,  ib.  7  C.  7.  15.  1.  He 

allowed  manumission  by  fructuary,  strictly  a  nullity,  to  protect  him  from  seizure  by 
owner  till  usufruct  would  have  ended.  8  Case  of  sale  with  prohibition  of  manumission 
(ante,  §  xxin).  Prohibition  to  sell  is  prohibition  to  free,  C.  4.  51.  7;  legacy  of  slave,  slave 
freed  by  heres,  Buckland,  Slavery,  581;  manumission  under  threats  or  popular  clamour, 
or,  under  M.  Aurelius,  at  public  games,  Fr.  D.  7 ;  D.  40.  9.  9.  pr.,  17.  pr. ;  Dediticius  enslaved 
for  living  in  prohibited  area,  post,  §  xxxvi;  bonitary  owner,  ante,  §  xxvn;  Latin  or  peregrine 
cannot  give  slave  a  better  status  than  his  own,  Fr.  D.  12;  sc.  Silanianum,  under  Augustus, 
on  suspicion  that  a  man  had  been  killed  by  his  slaves,  will  not  to  be  opened,  and  thus  no 
manumission  operative,  till  slaves  who  might  have  been  concerned  examined  by  torture, 
to  ascertain  who  was  guilty  and  who,  being  able  to  render  help,  had  failed  to  do  so.  Penalties 
for  breach  of  the  rule,  P.  3.  5.  1-12;  D.  29.  5.  For  other  restrictions  on  manumission, 
Buckland,  Slavery,  591  sqq.  9  C.  7.  9.  10  40.  3.  1.  11  C.I.L.  6.  2340;  as  to  these 
and  servi  Caesaris  and  Fiscales,  see  Buckland,  Slavery,  590  and  reff.,  and  post,  §  LXIV. 


n]  MANUMISSION  83 

that  it  should  give  civitas.  The  rule  that  the  slave  must  be  30  does  not 
seem  to  have  applied,  an  accidental  result  of  the  mode  of  development, 
as  Latinity  never  required  this.  The  method  survives  in  Justinian's  law 
but  is  not  prominent1. 

XXX.  The  law  of  manumission  was  simplified  by  Justinian.  Much 
of  it  was  made  obsolete  by  other  changes,  e.g.  abolition  of  the  difference 
between  bonitary  and  civil  ownership2,  and  of  the  inferior  grades, 
Latins  and  dediticii3.  As  to  manumission  itself  he  repealed  the  sc. 
Claudianum*  and  the  I.  Fufia  Caninia5,  and  legislated  sweepingly  on  the 
forms. 

Manumission  vindicta  remained,  in  the  relaxed  form  it  had  taken  in 
the  later  classical  law,  as  did  the  mode  in  ecclesiis.  Will  remained  much 
the  most  important  form.  Place  in  the  will  was  immaterial6,  and  it 
might  be  post  mortem  heredis1.  Implied  gifts  were  allowed,  and  it  was 
clear  that  appointment  of  one  whom  the  testator  knew  to  be  his  slave,  as 
heres  or  tutor,  implied  a  gift  of  liberty 8,  but,  in  all  cases  of  implication, 
the  intent  must  be  clear9.  Fideicommissary  and  direct  gifts  of  liberty 
might  be  made  to  unborn  persons  and  they  would  be  born  free10.  There 
was  much  legislation  both  settling  doubts  in  the  law  and  on  the  informal 
modes11.  Those  that  were  valid  were  to  be  legitimi  modus  having  the 
same  effect  as  manumission  vindicta.  The  modes  per  epistolam  and  inter 
amicos  now  required  writing  and  five  witnesses.  Some  other  informal 
modes  were  recognised12. 

The  main  rules  of  manumission  under  Justinian  are  the  following : 

1.  All  manumission  if  valid  makes  the  slave  a  civis,  whatever  is 
intended13. 

2.  The  master  must  be  20,  unless  (a)  it  is  vindicta  for  cause  approved 
by  the  consilium,  or  (b)  the  slave  was  received,  under  a  trust  to  free, 
from  one  competent  to  free,  or  (c)  it  is  by  will,  when  it  is  allowed  under 
the  Institutes  at  14,  to  provide  a  necessarius  heres,  as  in  earlier  law, 
otherwise  at  1714.   Later  it  is  allowred  at  14,  in  any  case,  the  earliest  age 
for  testation15. 

1  C.  Th.  4.  7.  1;  C.  1.  13.  1,  2.  In  the  same  enactments  are  provisions  allowing  priests 
to  free  without  witnesses  in  any  form  they  like.  2  Post,  §  LXX.  3  Post,  §  xxxvi.  Thus 
repealing  the  rule  of  the  1.  Aelia  Sentia  requiring  the  slave  to  be  30  and  also  its  pro- 
visions as  to  criminal  slaves.  4  Inst.  3.  12.  1;  C.  7.  24.  1.  5  Inst.  1.  7;  C.  7.  3. 
6  Inst.  2.  20.  34.  7  Inst.  2.  20.  35.  8  26.  2.  32.  2;  Inst.  1.  6.  2.  9  Soldier's  will 
more  favourably  construed,  40.  4.  49.  10  C.  7.  4.  14.  11  C.  7.  6.  12  Ib.  Giving  to 
the  slave,  or  destroying,  evidences  of  slavery,  before  five  witnesses;  recording  the  slave 
as  a  son  on  acta  of  court,  which  seems  to  have  given  Latinity  in  post-classical  times ;  giving 
an  ancilla  in  marriage  to  a  freeman  with  a  dos;  order  of  testator  or  heres  to  wear  the  pileua, 
cap  of  liberty,  in  the  funeral  procession.  The  enactment  also  provided  that  in  many  cases 
in  which  Latinity  had  resulted  from  facts  other  than  manumission,  civitas  should  result. 
13  C.  7.  6.  6.  14  Inst.  1.  6.  7.  15  Nov.  119.  2. 

6—2 


84  MANUMISSION  [cu. 

3.  It  must  be  nominatim:  description  is  enough  but  the  donee  must 
be  certainly  identifiable1.     It  may  be  to  an  unborn  person :  qui  ex  ea 
ancilla  nascetur*. 

4.  The  slave  need  not  consent,  except  in  fideicommissary  gifts  where 
the  intent  was  only  a  benefit  to  him:  beneficium  inrito  non  datur3. 

5.  It  must  be  by  the  owner.    One  whose  ownership  is  determinable 
on  some  event  may  free :  the  gift  is  good,  though  he  may  be  liable  to 
someone  for  it4.     It  cannot  be  done  by  representative,  except  that  a 
filiusfamilias  duly  authorised  can  free  on  the  father's  behalf  by  vin- 
dicta.    This  is  clear  for  Justinian's  law,  whatever  the  law  was  before5. 

G.  If  in  fraud  of  creditors  it  is  void.  Justinian  does  not  deal  writh 
fraud  on  the  patron :  the  abolition  of  Latin ity  had  removed  the  chief 
case  of  this6. 

7.  It  must  be  in  perpetuity  and  is  irrevocable7.   Thus  even  a  manu- 
mission inter  vivos  induced  by  fraud  is  good 8.    Freedom  given  under  a 
trust  or  to  satisfy  a  condition  afterwards  shewn  to  be  a  falsum,  or  not 
binding,  is  good9. 

8.  It  may  be  conditional  or  ex  die  (except  vindicta)10. 

XXXI.  The  cases  of  liberty  without  manumission  break  into  two 
groups : 

(A)  Independent  of  voluntary  manumission.  Freedom  was  given 
as  a  reward,  e.g.  for  giving  information  against  certain  criminals11;  or, 
in  the  Byzantine  empire,  on  becoming  a  monk12.  It  might  also  be  given 
as  a  penalty  on  the  master.  A  slave  abandoned  for  sickness  became  a 
Latin  in  classical  law,  a  civis  under  Justinian13.  A  woman  prostituted  in 
violation  of  a  contract  of  sale  was  free14.  In  both  these  groups  of  cases 
there  is  some  obscurity  as  to  the  wray  in  which  liberty  was  conferred. 
In  some  cases  the  master  was  compelled  to  free,  in  others  the  public 
authority  declared  the  man  free,  in  others  he  became  free  by  the  event. 

1  40. 4.  24.  2  "Whichever  the  heres  shall  choose"  is  enough,  C.  7.  4.  16.  pr. ;  C. 

7.  4.  14.  3  40.  5.  32.  1;  50.  17.  69.  4  36.  1.  26.  2.  5  Ante,  §  xxvi. 

Messengers  (nuntii)  might  be  employed  of  course  in  informal  manumission.  6  The 

suggestion  that  he  deals  with  it  under  revocation  of  acts  done  in  fraud  of  patron  is  in- 
consistent with  the  next  rule,  and  the  title  on  these  contains  no  ref.  to  manumission,  D. 
38.  5.  7  40.  4.  33,  34.  8  4.  3.  7.  pr.  9  40.  4.  47.  So  too  where  a  minor  entered 

and  liberties  took  effect  and  he  was  restitutus  in  integrum,  C.  7.  2.  3.  Of  course  the  omni- 
potent Emperor  could  set  aside  even  a  manumission,  4.  4.  10.  There  were  provisions  for 
compensation  in  some  of  these  cases.  10  Ante,  §  xxvi;  40.  7.  1.  11  47.  10.  5.  11;  C. 
7.  13.  One  given  to  the  Emperor's  household  was  free  and  ingenuu-s  whether  the  donor 
so  intended  or  not,  C.  12.  5.  4.  12  C.  1.  3.  37;  Nov.  5.  2.  As  he  is  free,  but  reverts  to 

slavery  if  he  leaves  the  monastery,  there  is  a  breach  with  principle.  Nov.  12.  3.  17  lays 
down  the  same  rule  on  his  becoming  a  priest  non  conlradicente  domino.  13  40.  8.  2. 

14  40.  8.  6.  Numerous  later  cases,  e.g.  heresy  and  Judaic  proselytising  (C.  Th.  16.  9.  4, 
etc.),  fraudulently  marrying  an  ancilla  to  a  freeman,  C.  7.  6.  1.  9;  finally,  any  abandonment 
of  a  slave,  Nov.  22.  12. 


nj  MA: \r.\i  ISSION  *r, 

Besides  prmtliminium,  pardon,  and  lale  '-i  'new-born  r-hildrr-n1,  th- 
were  some  exceptional  case-,.  I'nd'-r  Justinian,  a  slav  noxalJy  sur- 
rend'-red  for  a  wrong  was  fre'-d,  nui'il'm  />rfi>foris,  when  his  service  had 
recouped  the  injured  p<-rson-.  Constantine  allowed  or.'-  who  n-an-d  an 
exposed  child  to  bring  him  up  as  slave  or  fr'-e  whatev-r  he  may  have 
U.-en  by  birth.  Undf-r  Justinian  the  child  was  always  fn-e  and  ingenuu* 
whatever  he  was  by  birth :;. 

No  pact  or  acknowledgnienl  or  laps'-  <>\'  time  in  apparent  slavery 
made  a  freeman  a  slave*.  Xo  pact  or  acknowledgment  made  a  slave  a 
fr'-'-marr'.  Lapse  of  time  was  in  later  law  on  a  different  footing:  apparent 
lib'-rty  b'-^un  in  good  faith  was  confirmed  by  a  lapse  of  tirn'-  which 
Justinian  fixed  at  20  years6.  A  here*  could  not  attack  his  ancestor's 
manumission  on  technical  or  formal  grounds,  but  this  did  not  bar  third 
parties.  Here  too  a  certain  lapse  of  time,  perhaps  five  years  from 
manumission,  protected  the  manumiggtu7.  And  the  status  of  a  man 
who  died  apparently  free  could  not  be  attacked  after  five  years  from 
his  death,  by  those  claiming  property  or  that  his  children  were  slaves'*. 

(B)  Inchoate  manumission,  which  has  failed  to  take  effect. 

1.  Abortive  gift  of  liberty.    Where  an  institutio  heredis  failed  from 
causes  other  than  invalidity  of  the  will  and  injustice  was  done,  reli'-f 
was  given  in  some  cases,  e.g.  the  herex,  also  entitled  °"  intestacy,  took 
in  that  way  so  as  to  defeat  the  gifts  in  the  will9. 

2.  Fideicommissary   liberty   overdue.     By   the    operation    of  three 
.V'C.10  it  was  provided  that  where  the  fiduciary  had  failed  to  carry  out 
the  trust,  the  praetor  would  declare  the  man  free  as  from  the  time 
when  he  should  have  been  freed.    If  the  fiduciary  was  in  fault  arid  the 
slave  belonged  to  the  tiereditas  he  lost  his  patronal  rights11,  the  freedman 
being  the  liberties  of  the  deceased  (r/rcinus). 

3.  Bonorum  addictio  libertatium  eonservtmdarum  causa.    M.  Aurelius 

1  Ante,  §  xxv.         2  Inst.  4.  H.  3.          3  C.  Th.  5.  9.  1,  2;  C.  8.  51.  3.          4  40.  12.  '.',' ; 
C.  7.  14.  15;  C.  7.  10.  5.  1 ;  C.  7.  -i'.  .;.  5  40.  1-'.  87;C.  7.  U.  1.  6  C.  7.  _-.  .' ; 

perhaps  1G  before,  C.  Th.  4.  8.  7.  7  Buoklan'J,  Xfcivery,  0"/>.  8^.15.    Litu/a- 

lion  on  a  man's  liberty  decided  in  his  favour  did  not  bar  others  from  disputing  his  *>" 
(40.  12.  42;.  The  same  would  appear  to  be  true  on  decision  the  other  way.    A.S  to  allusion, 
in  literary  texts  to  a  rule  that  such  cases  should  be  tried  twi  '-n  thrice,  see  Buck 

land,  .S'iavery,  W8  8^4 q.  9  2^.  4.  0.  10;  W.  4.  2.'}.  pr.    Or  is  bribed  not  to  enter,  C.  7. 

4.  1.  1;  or  the  will  is  upset  by  collusion,  ev.,  4'^.  1.  14.  1.    A  hervi  directed  to  choose  and 
free  one  of  the  children  of  an  anciWi  wilfully  refuses,  Justinian  makes  them  all  free.  ' 
7.  4.  10.    Many  other  cases.  10  *c.  Ku^rianum,  A.D.  103,  *c.  Lkuwmianum  a  little  later, 

*c.  /uw^ianwm,  A.D.  137.  11   40.  5.  20.  7sqq.,  2v  4.  :JO.  pr.,  ol.  4,  S,  10;  31.  84.     Much 

discussion,  where  slave  has  been  alienated,  on  the  questions  who  is  liable  and  what  are  the 
patronal  rights,  and  also  where  several  are  bound  to  free.  Buckland,  iS'/ai-*ry.  013.  In 
Nov.  1.  1,  Justinian  framed  a  new  system.  Beneficiaries  under  the  will  might  claim  what 
was  given  to  the  defaulter,  in  a  certain  order,  giving  security  that  they  would  carry 
out  the  gift. 


86  MANUMISSION  [CH. 

provided  that  if  no  heres  entered  and  the  estate  was  likely  to  be  sold 
by  creditors,  so  that  gifts  of  liberty  would  fail,  the  estate  might  be 
assigned  to  one  of  the  slaves  freed,  who  gave  security  for  payment  of 
debts,  and  gifts  of  liberty  would  operate  as  if  the  heres  had  accepted1. 
This  was  soon  extended  to  cases  of  liberty  given  by  codicil  without  a 
will2,  and  to  application  by  an  extraneus3.  The  slaves  need  not  consent. 
The  addictee  became  liable  and  entitled  like  a  praetorian  successor4.  A 
gift  in  fraud  of  creditors  was  good,  as  they  did  not  suffer5.  Justinian 
allowed  assignment  even  to  a  slave  not  freed,  who  thus  got  freedom; 
he  allowed  it  also  within  a  year  after  the  goods  were  sold,  and,  if  the 
creditors  agreed,  on  security  for  less  than  full  payment,  and  so  that 
only  some  of  the  gifts  should  operate6. 

4.  Inheritances  passing  to  the  Fisc.    Where  this  occurred  liberties 
took  effect  as  if  a  heres  had  entered,  so  that  gifts  in  fraud  of  creditors 
failed7. 

5.  Transfer  ut  manumittatur.    M.  Aurelius  (and  Commodus?)  pro- 
vided that  one  sold  or  given  to  be  freed  at  once  or  later  and  not  so  freed, 
should  be  free,  ipso  facto  without  decree,  on  the  failure 8.    The  case  of 
gift  may  be  an  early  extension :  here  there  was  a  right  of  withdrawal, 
before  it  was  effective9. 

6.  Servus  suis  nummis  emptus.    M.  Aurelius  and  Verus  provided 
that  a  slave  suis  nummis  emptus,  which,  as  a  slave  has  none,  means  with 
money  not  provided  by  the  buyer,  could  claim  immediate  manumission. 
The  case  was  dealt  with  like  an  overdue  fideicommissum10.  The  purpose 
must  have  been  declared  at  the  outset11,  and  the  money  might  have 
come  from  the  slave's  peculium,  if  the  master  consented12. 

7.  The  slave  whose  master  has  taken  money  to  free  him.    Here  the 
ownership  wyas  an  existing  one,  not  as  in  the  last  two  cases,  created  ad 
hoc.    It  was  enforcing  a  bargain  between  slave  and  master.  The  texts 

1  Inst.  3.  11.  1.          2  40.  5.  2.          3  40.  4.  50.          4  40.  5.  4.  21.  5  40.  5.  4.  19. 

6  Inst.  3.  11.  7;  C.  7.  2.  15.  7  40.  5.  4.  19;  h.  t.  51.  pr.     There  are  many  such  cases. 

Controversy  as  to  gifts  in  fraud  of  creditors,  Buckland,  Slavery,  626.  8  18.  7.  10;  38.  1. 
13.  pr. ;  40.  8.  1,  9;  C.  4.  57.  1,  2,  6.  The  purpose  might  be  to  make  the  actual  manumitter 
patron  or  to  avoid  the  difficulty  that  the  owner,  as  he  was  physically  incapable  (mutus, 
surdus),  could  himself  have  freed  only  informally,  so  that  the  man  would  not  be  a  civis.  P. 
4.  12.  2.  See  Lotmar,  Marc  Aurels  Erlass  uber  die  Freilassungsauflage.  9  Such  gifts 

were  sometimes  by  mancipatio  cum  fiducia  (post,  §  CLI),  which  gave  a  right  of  revocation 
before  completion.  If  the  gift  were  revoked  before  the  freedom  took  effect  the  constitu- 
tion would  not  apply  and  the  man  could  be  recovered.  Though  this  is  a  characteristic 
due  to  fiducia,  it  was  generalised  in  later  law,  and  there  was  a  condictio  ex  poenitentia, 
whether  it  had  been  done  with  express  fiducia  or  not;  Buckland,  Slavery,  633.  10  5. 
1.  67;  40.  1.  4.  pr.,  5.  pr.,  i.e.  by  decree.  11  40.  1.  4.  2,  4,  6.  12  C.  4.  49.  7.  There 
may  be  a  ius  poenitendi  before  the  actual  transfer  (12.  4.  5.  2)  and  even  after  (40.  1.  4. 
2)  but  it  is  not  clear  that  the  text  covers  this  type  of  case,  where  the  slave  initiates  the 
business. 


,ij  CITIZENSHIP  87 

disagree  on  the  effect.  Some  make  it  operate  ipso  facto  as  in  case  5, 
others  require  a  decree,  as  in  cases  2  and  61.  The  rule  appears  to  come 
from  Greek  law2,  and  to  be  post-classical.  The  agreement  might  be  that 
he  was  to  be  a  Latin3.  There  was  a  ius  poenitentiae  in  the  payer,  till  the 
man  was  free,  which  seems  to  be  due  to  Justinian4. 

The  chief  points  to  notice  as  to  the  effect  of  supervening  freedom  on 
previous  transactions  are  the  following:  Liabilities  for  crime  or  delict 
remained ;  noxa  caput  sequitur5.  Rights  arising  from  such  things  re- 
mained with  the  master,  a  slave  could  have  no  rights6.  But  a  slave  who 
had  committed  a  wrong  against  his  master  could  not  be  sued  after 
freedom  any  more  than  he  could  before7. 

Inheritances  left  to  a  slave  would  go  to  him  personally  if  he  was  free 
before  they  were  accepted8.  In  the  region  of  contract  there  might  be 
naturalis  obligatio  between  a  man  and  his  slave,  but  the  latter  had  no 
rights  after  manumission,  except  that  if  he  took  his  peculium  the  claim 
would  be  reckoned  in  it9,  and  conversely  it  was  only  against  the  peculium 
that  the  master  had  a  right10.  On  contracts  with  extranei,  the  right 
remained  with  the  master11,  and  though  the  contract  might  impose  a 
naturalis  obligatio  on  the  slave,  he  could  not  be  sued  after  he  was  free12. 
But  here  too  if  he  took  his  peculium  he  was  liable  to  an  action,  de  peculio, 
for  one  year13,  as  the  master  would  have  been,  had  he  kept  it14. 

XXXII.  CIVITAS.  From  this  point  of  view  the  main  classification 
is  into  Cives,  Latini  and  Peregrini,  a  classification  more  convenient  than 
exact  since  Latins  are  a  class  of  privileged  Peregrines.  But  their  privi- 
leges are  so  marked  as  to  bring  them  closer  to  Cives  than  to  Peregrini15. 

Cives.  Of  cives  in  general  little  need  be  said,  but  there  were  on  the 

1  40.  1.  19;  40.  12.  38.  1;   C.  4.  6.  9;   C.  4.  57.  4;   C.  7.  16.  8.  2  Dareste,  Recueil 

des  inscriptions  juridiques  grecques,  2.  252  sqq.,  273  sqq.  3  Girard,  Textes,  849. 

4  12.  4.  3.  2,  3.  5  G.  4.  77;  P.  2.  31.  8;  D.  9.  4.  24.    In  minor  wrongs  command  by 

.dominus  was  a  defence  after  manumission,  9.  4.  2.  1 ;  25.  2.  21.  1.  6  An  action  lay  in 

some  circumstances  for  an  insult  to  a  slave.    Even  this  remained  with  the  master,  47.  10. 
30.  pr.;  47.  2.  46.  pr.;  9.  2.  15.  1.  7  47.  2.  17.  1;  C.  3.  41.  1.  8  G.  2.  189;  Ulp.  22. 

12,13.  As  to  legacies,  post,  §  cxx.         9  33.8.6.4.          10  Of  retention  merely;  Buckland, 
Slavery,  690.  11  44.  7.  56,  even  conditional,  45.  1.  75.  12  P.  2.  13.  9;  C.  4.  14.  2. 

13  Post,  §  CLXXXIV.    It  was  disputed.  14  15.  2.  1.  7.  15  The  existence  in  the 

same  community  of  persons  of  similar  race  and  speech  with  widely  different  civil  rights 
caused  great  difficulties  (see  the  story  in  Vita  Alexandra,  27.  1)  and  mistakes,  resulting 
in  great  prominence  of  rules  remedying  evils  due  to  them.  Thus  sale  of  a  freeman 
as  a  slave  is  a  valid  contract,  guia  difficile  dignosci  potest  liber  homo  a  servo  (18.  1.  5) 
though  of  course  it  cannot  be  carried  out.  See  also  rules  as  to  fraudulent  sale  of  freeman 
(ante,  §  xxv),  error  is  causae  probatio  (post,  §  xxxv),  attestation  by  slave  supposed  free 
(post,  §  cm),  institutio  in  same  conditions  (post,  §  cvm),  acquisition  through  liber  homo 
bona  fide  serviens  (post,  §  xcix),  position  of  child  of  ancilla  supposed  to  be  free  (G.  1.  85) , 
persons  de  atatu  suo  incerti  (post,  §  en),  etc.  A  slave  could  not  be  arbiter  but  if  one  thought 
free  was  so  appointed  and  gave  his  decision,  this  was  good  (C.  7.  45.  2).  A  fugitive  slave 
got  himself  appointed  praetor:  his  official  acts  were  valid  (1.  14.  3). 


88  CITIZENSHIP  [CH. 

one  hand  specially  privileged  classes,  and,  on  the  other,  classes  whose 
rights  were  more  or  less  restricted.  The  only  privileged  classes  that  need 
mention  are : 

1 .  Or  do  Senatorius.  This  was  a  sort  of  nobility  founded  by  Augustus, 
based  on  descent  from  a  Senator1,  a  title  which  itself  gradually  became 
more  a  rank  than  an  office.   Membership  of  the  ordo  passed  to  agnatic 
descendants,  but  only  to  the  grandchildren  of  an  actual  senator,  not  in 
perpetuum.  The  privileges  belongmainly  to  public  law :  the  only  important 
special  rules  of  private  law  were  that  these  clarissimi  could  not  take 
the  lucrative  government  contracts2  and  that  a  marriage  between  one 
of  this  class  and  a  libertinus  (a)  was  void3. 

2.  Ordo  Equester*.  This  descends  from  the  equestrian  centuries  in 
the  scheme  of  Servius  Tullius,  but  in  the  empire  it  had  altered  its  char- 
acter.  It  was  an  aristocracy  of  wealth,  not  in  the  sense  that  all  the  rich 
belonged  to  it,  for  membership  was  conferred  by  the  Emperor,  but  in 
the  sense  that  wealth  was  an  essential,  though  birth  and  character  played 
a  part.  The  position  was  held  for  life,  subject  to  removal  or  promotion 
to  the  Senate,  but  was  not  inherited5.     Members  of  this  ordo  formed 
the    chief    element    in    the    album    iudicum6.     They    held    the    chief 
financial    administrative  posts,   and  provided  most  of  the  officers  in 
the  army.     They   tended  to   increase   in    wealth,    as   the   business  of 
contracting  with  the  State  was  mainly  in  their  hands,  but  their  various 
privileges,  apart  from  the  first  mentioned,   had  small  importance   in 
private  law. 

Classes  with  specially  restricted  rights  are  more  important.  Leaving 
out  of  account  the  distinctions  of  the  republic,  and  omitting  for  the 
present  addicti  under  a  judgment7,  and  persons  in  mancipio*,  who  will 
call  for  consideration  in  other  connexions,  there  were  four  classes  who 
appeared  in  the  empire. 

1.  Freedmen,  Gives  Liberti,  Libertini  Gives9.  Many  of  the  disabilities 
of  libertini  belong  to  public  law  and  need  not  be  considered 10,  but  some 
relate  to  private  law.  A  libertinus  could  not  marry  a  person  of  the 
ordo  senatorius11:  he  was  barred  from  taking  State  contracts,  at  any 

1  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  458  sqq. ;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  47  sqq.  2  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  2. 

509;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  109.  3  23.  2.  44.  pr.  4  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  3.  476;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  68. 
5  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  500;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  98.  6  Post,  §  ccxvn.  7  Post,  §§  ccxi,  ccxix. 
8  Post,  §  XLVIII.  As  to  auctorati,  see  Pauly-Wissowa,  s.v.  auctoratus.  9  The  word 

libertinus  denotes  the  freedman  in  relation  to  the  rest  of  the  community,  the  word  libertus 
his  relation  to  his  patron.  See  G.  1.  110,  111.  A  libertinus  freed  by  T.  is  the  libertus  of 
T.  The  name  libertinus  is  applied  to  all  grades  of  freedmen,  the  name  libertus,  apparently, 
in  the  time  of  Gaius,  only  to  cives.  Cp.  G.  1.  12,  with  G.  Ep.  1.  1.  pr.  G.  3.  56,  liberti 
latini  hominis,  is  under  suspicion,  see,  e.g.,  Krueger  und  Stud,  ad  h.  1.  10  E.g.  in- 

ability to  hold  Roman  magistracies  or  vote  in  the  comitia,  under  the  Empire.  See  Mommsen, 
op.  cit.  3.  440;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  25.  11  See  n.  3.  In  the  Republic  he  could  not  marry  any 
free-born  person. 


ii]  LIBERTINI  89 

rate  until,  in  the  second  century,  he  became  admissible  to  equestrian 
rank1.  But  more  important  practically  than  these  points  were  the 
rules  affecting  his  relation  with  his  patronus.  The  main  rules  in  this 
matter  are  the  following : 

The  patron  had  a  right  of  succession — iura  in  bonis:  its  extent 
will  be  considered  later2.  This  right,  established  by  the  XII  Tables, 
carried  with  it  the  right  of  guardianship  over  the  libertus  impubes  or 
Liberia — tutela  legitima3.  It  was  protected  by  rules  annulling  alienations 
which  in  intent  and  effect  were  frauds  on  the  patron's  right4.  It  was 
regarded  as  in  some  sort  compensation  for  loss  of  services,  rendered  by 
the  libertus,  for  it  was  laid  down  that  if  the  heres  instituted  by  the  will 
of  the  freedman  undertook  to  continue  these,  and  the  patron  accepted 
this,  he  could  not  afterwards  attack  the  will5. 

The  patron  was  entitled  to  obsequium.  This  is  not  easily  defined,  but 
the  duty  of  respectful  conduct  which  it  implies  is  expressed  in  a  number 
of  specific  rules.  Obsequium  was  due  even  though  the  liberty  was  the 
result  of  a  bargain6,  and,  to  some  extent,  to  parents  and  children  of  the 
patron7.  The  libertus  might  not,  as  it  seems,  bring  any  action  involving 
discredit  against  the  patron  or  these  relatives,  or,  without  leave  of  a 
magistrate,  any  action  at  all 8.  He  could  not  be  accuser,  or  give  evidence, 
in  a  criminal  case  against  the  patron  9.  Gifts  by  the  patron  were  revocable 
without  proof  of  ingratitude10  and  gifts  to  the  patron  were  not  limited 
in  amount  by  the  /.  Cincian.  A  woman  freed  for  the  purpose  of  marriage 
could  not  refuse  it12.  Apart  from  any  special  obligation  to  operae  and 
munera  undertaken,  a  libertus  was  bound  to  support  his  patron  in  need, 
according  to  his  means13.  The  obligations  were  not  however  all  one  way. 
The  libertus  must  not  be  treated  as  a  slave14.  In  classical  law  the  patron 
could  not  give  evidence  against  him  in  criminal  matters,  and  in  later 


1  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  3.  518;  D.P.B.  6.  2.  118  sq.  Most  of  these  rules  were  applied  in 
the  republic  de  facto,  though  not  in  law,  to  the  child  of  a  libertus — it  took  two  generations 
to  wipe  out  the  stain  of  slavery.  There  is  in  fact  evidence  that  at  one  time  the  name 
libertinus  had  been  applied  only  to  the  children  of  liberti,  Suetonius,  Claudius,  24;  Isidorus, 
9.  4.  47.  See  Bruns,  2.  S3.  2  Post,  §  cxxxiv.  3  Post,  §  LII.  4  Enforced  by 

the  actio  Calvisiana  where  the  libertus  had  died  intestate  (38.  5.  3.  3)  and  the  actio  Fabiana 
where  he  had  made  a  will  (P.  3.  3;  D.  38.  5,  passim),  thus  only  after  death  (post,  §  ccin). 
5  37.  14.  20;  38.  2.  1.  2;  38.  2.  37.  6  37.  15.  3.  7  37.  15.  5.  6.  As  to  machinery  for 
dealing  with  ingratitude,  ante,  §xxv.  8  G.  4.  46;  C.  6.  6.  1;  D.  37.  15.  2;  h.  t.  6;  h.  t.  7. 
9  Coll.  4.  4.  2;  9.  2.  2;  9.  3.  3;  D.  48.  2.  8;  C.  Th.  9.  6.  4  ( =C.  4.  20.  12).  Or  in  some  cases 
children  or  parents  or  patron  of  the  patron.  10  Vat.  Fr.  272.  11  Vat.  Fr.  308,  309. 
12  Post,  §  XLI.  13  P.  2.  32.  1;  C.  6.  3.  1.  Libertus  punishable  for  seeking  to  marry 
patronu  or  patron's  wife  or  daughter  (P.  2.  19.  9),  must  accept  tutela  of  patron's  child  in 
circumstances  which  excuse  him  from  others  (P.  2.  29.  1;  Vat.  Fr.  152,  224).  A  woman's 
power  to  change  tutor  did  not  apply  to  patronus  except  temporarily,  in  case  of  urgency 
(G.  1.  174).  14-  C.  6.  6.  6. 


90  LIBERTINI  [CH. 

law  he  could  not  be  compelled  to  do  so1.    He  must  provide  for  him  in 
need2,  and  there  were  other  protections3. 

If  the  manumission  was  voluntary  and  gratuitous  in  other  respects 
it  was  allowed,  and  usual,  for  the  patron  to  require  services,  operae,  and 
gifts,  munera*.  Munera  seem  to  have  been  gifts  on  special  occasions  of 
no  great  importance,  as  it  was  forbidden  to  exact  money  onerandae 
libertatis  causa5,  though  it  was  permitted  to  agree  for  money  in  lieu  of 
promised  services,  the  choice  being  with  the  libertus*.  Operae  were 
more  serious.  They  might  not  be  excessive  and  must  be  suitable  to  the 
age,  status  and  training  of  the  libertus7.  Sickness  excused  without  com- 
pensation 8.  The  right  to  operae  of  a  liberta  was  lost  by  marriage  or  con- 
cubinage with  her  and  by  her  marriage,  with  the  patron's  consent9,  and 
by  her  reaching  the  age  of  50  or  a  rank  which  made  the  services  unreason- 
able10. In  the  case  of  a  libertus  the  right  was  lost  by  his  having  two 
children  (but  not  by  mere  marriage11,  or,  it  seems,  dignity)  and  by 
redemption  for  money,  which  ended  the  patron's  rights  altogether12.  An 
opera  is  a  day's  work,  conceived  of  as  a  definite  unit  of  value,  a  dandum, 
not  a  faciendum13. 

Other  facts  might  destroy  the  right  to  bona,  i.e.  in  effect,  to  the 
patron's  rights  generally.  Such  were:  reclaiming  him  as  a  slave14;  ex- 
acting an  oath  not  to  marry  or  have  children15;  having  freed  a  woman 
under  a  fideicommissum,  excusing  himself  from  tutela  of  her16;  and 
breaches  of  various  duties  above  enumerated  and  others17.  The  rights 
were  destroyed  by  capitis  deminutio  maxima  or  media  on  either  side,  but 
of  course  the  condemnation  of  the  patron  did  not  destroy  the  independent 
right  of  his  children  to  the  bona18.  Adrogatio  of  the  patron  merely  trans- 

1  Coll.  9.  3.  3;  P.  5.  15.  3;  D.  22.  5.  4.          2  37.  14.  5.  1.  3  Patron  cannot  prevent 

libertus  from  trading  even  in  competition,  but  Justinian  allows  the  patron  to  stop  this  in 
case  of  actual  damage;  37.  14.  2;  h.  t.  18;  37.  15.  11;  38.  1.  45.  Libertus  cannot  be  com- 
pelled to  live  with  patron,  C.  6.  3.  12.  4  38.  1.  7.  4;  C.  6.  3.  3;  h.  t.  5.  5  38.  1.  32; 
h.  t.  36;  h.  t.  39.  6  37.  14.  6.  1 ;  38.  1.  39.  7  38.  1.  2;  h.  t.  16.  1 ;  h.  t.  50.  8  38. 
1.  15.  pr.  9  38.  1. 13.  4;  h.  t.  30.  1 ;  h.  t.  46;  C.  6.  3.  9.  Marriage  of  liberta  did  not  destroy 
the  right  ofapatrona,  38.  1.  48.  2.  10  38.  1.  34,  35.  11  C.-6.  3.  7.  1  (lege  lulia);  38.  1. 
13.  3.  12  38.  2.  37,  expressing  the  fact  that  succession  is  a  replacement  of  right  to 
services.  The  right  to  support  in  need  remained.  P.  2.  32.  13  Thelohan,  fit.  Oirard, 
1.  355  sqq. ;  post,  §§  xcvi,  CLX.  Operae  other  than  personal  services  were  assignable,  38. 
1.  9.  1;  h.  t.  23.  pr.  (interp.  see  Desserteaux,  Capitis  Deminutio,  2.  290,  and  his  reff.). 
Services  the  render  of  which  had  already  been  claimed,  operae  indictae,  were  debts  to 
the  patron  and  so  the  claim  passed  to  his  heres.  Whether  future  services  were  due  to  liber i 
or  heredes  depended  on  the  terms  of  the  undertaking,  38.  1.  5;  h.  t.  22.  1.  14  38.  2.  9. 
15  37.  14.  6-.  16  37.  14.  3.  17  Failure  to  support  in  need  (I.  Aelia  Sentia, 
38.  2.  33),  exacting  money  libertatis  onerandae  causa  (38.  1.  32),  wrongly  bringing  or  sup- 
porting a  capital  charge  against  him,  with  some  exceptions.  If  rightly  the  goods  are 
publicala  (37.  14.  9-11;  38.  2.  14.  5;  h.  t.  3.  9,  etc.).  In  some  of  these  cases  the  same 
effect  is  produced  if  a  child  of  the  patron  does  the  act,  38.  1.  48.  18  Post,  §  cxxxiv 


n]  LIBERTIN1  91 

ferred  the  rights:  that  of  the  libertus,  not  usually  allowed,  did  not 
affect  the  patron's  rights1. 

Not  all  patrons  had  these  rights.  We  have  seen  in  what  case  the 
right  to  operae  arose.  In  some  of  the  cases  in  which  a  slave  was  freed 
for  misconduct  of  the  master  the  latter  was  patron  in  name  without 
the  patronal  rights 2.  One  who  freed  under  a  trust  had  iura  in  bona  and 
tutela,  and  could  not  be  sued,  but  the  other  rules  of  obsequium  did  not 
apply3.  We  have  seen  that  for  default  in  carrying  out  the  trust  he  might 
lose  the  libertus  altogether4.  The  transferee,  ut  manumittatur,  seems  to 
have  been  in  the  position  of  one  who  freed  under  a  trust5.  In  the  case 
of  a  slave  suis  nummis  emptus,  the  manumitter  could  not  be  sued6,  but 
the  other  rules  of  obsequium  did  not  apply,  and  though  he  succeeded  on 
intestacy  like  any  other  patron,  he  could  not  attack  the  freedman's 
will7.  A  libertinus  could  not,  of  course,  ever  come  to  have  been  born 
free,  ingenuus,  but  he  could  be  put  in  the  same  legal  position.  Augustus 
gave  a  certain  freedman  the  rights  of  ingenuitas,  by  allowing  a  collusive 
claim  that  he  was  ingenuus,  known  to  be  merely  a  fiction,  in  order  to 
introduce  him  to  the  equestrian  class  8,  and  soon  there  were  direct  gifts 
of  the  ius  anuli  aurei,  the  mark  of  this  class9.  From  the  second  century 
this  right  marked  only  an  ingenuus,  and  from  Commodus  onwards, 
grants  of  it  to  freedmen  were  common10.  Such  a  grant  made  the  man  an 
ingenuus  for  general  legal  purposes  but  did  not  affect  the  patron's  rights11. 
A  little  later  a  further  step  was  taken.  By  decree  of  the  Emperor  a  freed- 
man might  get  restitutio  natalium12,  which  made  him  an  ingenuus  for  all 
purposes  and  thus  the  consent  of  patron  and  his  children  was  usually 
required,  as  their  rights  were  destroyed13.  In  a  late  novel,  Justinian 
gave  to  all  libertini,  existing  or  future,  the  ius  regenerationis  and  anuli 
aurei.  This  left  the  patron's  rights  unaffected,  but  he  provided  that  these 
were  destroyed  if  the  patron  at  any  time  expressly  waived  them14.  The 
practical  result  was  that  the  general  disabilities  of  alibertinus  disappeared. 

XXXIII.  2.  Coloni  Adscriptitii,  Adscripts  Glebae15.  This  is  a  class  of 
serfs  who  appeared  in  the  empire,  not  certainly  traceable  before  Con- 
stantine,  but  probably  older.  They  were  evidently  a  very  large  class  in 
the  Byzantine  empire,  and  were  the  subject  of  much  legislation16.  They 


1  Post,  §  XLV.  But  as  to  the  effect  of  cap.  dem.  of  patron  on  iusiurandum  operarum, 
post,  §  CLX.  2  See  C.  7.  6.  1.  4.  3  2.  4.  9;  27.  1.  24;  38.  1.  7.  4;  Vat.  Fr.  225.  4  Ante, 
§  xxxi.  5  2.  4.  10.  pr.;  37.  15.  3;  38.  2.  3.  3;  C.  6.  3.  2,  etc.  6  2.  4.  10.  pr. 

7  C.  6.  4.  1.  8  Suetonius,  Augustus,  74.  9  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.893;   D.P.R. 

5.  172.       10  76. ;  Vat.  Fr.  226.  11  Commodus  seems  to  have  required  the  patron's 

consent,  40.  10.  3.          12  Marcian  tells  us  that  the  natalia  restored  are  not  of  course  their 
own  but  those  originally  the  common  right  of  all  men,  40.  11.  2.  13  P.  4.  14  a. 

14  Nov.  78.  15  Heitland,  Agricola,  chh.  50,51;  Seeck,  Pauly-Wissowa,  s.v. 

colonatus;  Girard,  Man.  134.  16  See  for  an  account  of  the  legislation  affecting  them, 


92  COLON  I:  IN  FAMES  [CH. 

were  the  rustic  cultivating  class.  The  colonus  was  free  and  a  citizen1.  He 
could  marry  and  engage  in  ordinary  transactions2  and  he  did  not  owe 
servile  obsequium3.  But  he  could  not  leave  the  land  or  sell  it,  or  his 
other  property.  If  he  deserted  he  could  be  reclaimed  and  those  who 
detained  him  were  liable4.  His  lord  could  not  remove  him  from  the  land 
or  sell  it  away  from  him  or  raise  his  rent,  which  was  paid  in  kind5.  The 
position  was  hereditary6.  There  was  no  enfranchisement  from  this 
status,  and  though  in  419  it  was  provided  that  30  years  apparent 
liberty  from  it  should  release  from  it,  this  had  disappeared  under 
Justinian7.  But  the  colonus  could  be  released  by  an  agreement  under 
which  he  was  to  hold  the  land  free  of  the  burdens  8,  and  under  Justinian 
was  released  by  becoming  a  bishop9.  The  status  arose  by  birth,  by 
voluntary  acceptance,  e.g.  in  distress10,  by  lapse  of  time11,  and  by 
denunciatio,  i.e.  sturdy  vagrants  were  assigned  to  landowners  who 
denounced  them12.  Coloni  could  bring  no  actions  against  their  lord 
except  as  to  his  title  or  on  an  increase  of  rent13.  Most  of  these  rules 
belong  to  the  fifth  century  when  the  institution  was  becoming  more 
important  in  the  growing  distress,  and  as  part  of  the  tendency  to  secure 
the  due  functioning  of  matters  important  to  the  State  by  making  many 
status  hereditary,  thus  holding  the  people  to  the  work  and  status  to 
which  they  had  been  born14. 

3.  Infames15.  These  appear  in  Justinian's  law16  as  a  sharply  defined 
group  who,  by  reason  of  numerous  forms  of  wrongful  or  unseemly  con- 
duct, are  subjected  to  serious  disabilities.  Shameful  trades,  condemna- 
tion in  certain  actions  and  criminal  charges,  dismissal  in  disgrace  from 
the  army,  and  misconduct  in  family  relations  are  the  chief  cases17.  The 
rule  is  essentially  praetorian18,  but,  on  the  one  hand,  some  of  the  praetor's 
cases  have  disappeared  from  the  list  in  the  Digest19,  and,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  praetor  does  not  speak  of  infamia,  but  only  of  prohibition  to 
appear  as  advocate  for  any  one  (postulare20)  or  to  represent  or  be  repre- 

Gothofredus  ad  C.  Th.  5.  9.  The  papyri  are  giving  much  information  and  raising  new 
problems.  There  is  evidence  of  gradual  extension  and  local  variations. 

1  C.  11.  50.  2;  11.  52.  1.        2  C.  11.  48.  8.  2;  h.  t.  24.        3  C.  11.  50.  2;  11.  55.  1.    As 
to  their  power  of  alienation,  Cuq,  Manuel,  90.  4  C.  Th.  5.  17.  1-3;  5.  19.  1,  2;  C.  11. 

48.  6,  12;  11.  50.  2.  5  C.  11.  48.  2,  5,  7,  15.  A  similar  class  called  Inquilini,  of  whom 
little  is  known,  appear  to  be  somewhat  earlier.  They  are  said  to  have  been  barbarians 
settled  on  Roman  territory,  30.  112.  pr.;  C.  11.  48.  12,  13.  6  C.  11.  48.  13,  16. 

7  20  years,  if  a  woman,  C.  Th.  5.  18.  1;  C.  11.  48.  22.  8  C.  11.  48.  21.  9  Nov. 

123.  4.  Not  by  any  other  privilege,  C.  11.  48.  11 ;  can  hold  no  militia,  h.  t.  18.  10  C.  Th. 
5.  6.  3;  Salvianus,  de  gubernatione  dei,  5.  8.  11  C.  11.  48.  19,  20.  12  C.  Th.  14.  18.  1. 
13  C.  11.  48.  20;  11.  50.  1,  2.  14  In  that  age  there  are  many  such  hereditary  positions. 
15  Greenidge,  Infamia  in  Roman  Law.  16  Chief  texts,  Vat.  Fr.  320-324;  D.  3.  1.  1.  5-8; 
3.  2.  passim;  C.  2.  11.  17  Greenidge  gives  a  list  of  about  40  sources  of  infamia. 

18  It  originated   with   the   Censor,   but   this   aspect   of  it  disappears  with  the  census. 

19  E.g.,  auctorati,  Coll.  9.  2.  2,  persons  condemned  in  the  actio  fiduciae  (obsolete,  post, 
§  CLI  .          20  Lenel,  E.  P.  76  sqq.;  D.  3.  1.  1.  5. 


n]  LATINS  93 

sented  by  anyone  in  litigation  (cognitores  dare,  dari1).  This  last  rule, 
which  applied  also  to  the  less  formally  appointed  representatives,  pro- 
cur 'atores,  was  no  longer  expressly  stated  under  Justinian2,  but  that  of 
postulatio  remained3.  Certain  condemnati  could  notpostulare  for  anyone4. 
Infames  in  general  could  act  only  for  connected  persons  and  could  not 
appoint  persons  to  act  for  them5.  They  could  not  accusare  in  criminal 
cases6.  They  could  not  hold  offices  or  dignities7.  They  were  not  neces- 
sarily intestabiles,  though  the  provision  which  made  them  infames  might 
also  provide  this  8.  But  in  fact  we  are  better  informed  as  to  the  cases  of 
infamia  than  as  to  its  effects.  Most  of  the  disabilities  created  by  infamia 
had  no  possible  bearing  on  women,  and  in  fact  the  original  censorian 
conception  of  infamia  did  not  apply  to  them.  The}^  appear,  however,  in 
the  law  of  the  empire :  probably  in  their  case  the  chief  result  was  that 
they  could  not  appoint  representatives9. 

4.  Intestabiles™.  Certain  persons  might  not  be  witnesses,  a  rule  re- 
ferring not  only  to  giving  evidence  in  litigation11,  but  to  acting  as  wit- 
nesses in  formal  transactions,  e.g.,  mancipatio  and  will12.  Gains  tells  us 
that  some  jurists  excluded  them  from  having  witnesses13,  a  rule  which 
bars  them  from  conveying  property  in  civil  form  and  from  making  wills, 
and  is  applied  to  this  last  case  by  Ulpian14.  But  in  addition  to  these 
persons  who  are  declared  intestabiles,  generally,  there  are  others  who 
are  excluded  by  specific  statutes  from  giving  evidence  in  cases  with 
which  it  deals15. 

XXXIV.  Free  subjects  other  than  Gives  are  Latini  or  Peregrini,  and 
each  of  these  groups  has  subdivisions. 

(a)  Latini  Veteres  (nomen  Latinum).  These,  i.e.  the  Italian  communi- 
ties of  Latin  race,  had  been  endowed  with  civitas  long  before  the  empire 
and  do  not  therefore  directly  concern  us16.  But  the  name  of  Latin  had 
been  applied  to 

(b)  Latini  Colonarii.    These  were  communities  on  which,  at  or  after 
their  incorporation  into  the  State,  an  inferior  status  modelled  on  that  of 
the  old  Latins  had  been  conferred,  in  some  cases  on  the  old  inhabitants 
of  the  region,  in  others  on  emigrants  sent  out  from  Rome  to  occupy  the 
territory  or  town17.  Such  colonies  continued  to  be  founded18  till  the  middle 
of  the  second  century,  but,  owing  to  the  progressive  extensions  of  civitas, 

1  G.  4.  82;  Lenel,  op.  tit.  88.  One  who  could  not  postulare  could  not  be  cognitor, 
P.  1.  2.  1.  2  Inst.  4.  13.  11;  post,  §  ccxxxix.  3  3.  3.  1.  5.  4  h.  t.  1.  6.  5  h.  t. 
1.  8.  6  Coll.  4.  4.  7  48.  7.  1.  pr.;  or  to  act  as  indices,  Greenidge,  155.  8  28.  1. 

18.  9  See  Greenidge,  op.  cit.  ch.  VH.         10  This  notion  is  as  old  as  the  XII  Tables, 

8.  22.       11  Coll.  9.  2;  D.  22.  5.  20.       12  22.  5.  15;  28.  1.  18.  1.       13  28.  1.  26.        14  28. 
1.  18.  1.  15  See  Greenidge,  op.  cit.  166.  16  The  name  Latini  was  applied  also 

to  the  inhabitants  of  the  earliest  colonies,  before  the  name  Latini  Colonarii  was  invented. 
See  Girard,  Manuel,  111.  17  Mommsen,  Rom.  Staatsr.  3.  620  sqq.;  D.P.R.  6.  2. 

241  sqq.          18  By  the  Senate  or  the  Emperor,  G.  1.  95;  Vita  Hadriani,  21. 


94  LATINS  [CH. 

the  later  ones  were  in  the  remoter  parts  of  the  empire,  and  the  class 
disappeared  under  Caracalla1.  Latin  colonies  were  of  two  main  types, 
those  with  minus  and  those  with  mains  Latium,  the  difference  being 
that  in  the  first,  the  superior  officials  acquired  Roman  civitas  for  them 
and  their  children,  while,  in  the  other,  decuriones,  i.e.  members  of  the  local 
curia  or  town  council,  shared  the  same  privilege2.  The  general  position 
of  such  Latins  was  as  follows3.  They  might  not  serve  in  the  Roman 
legions.  They  could  not  hold  a  Roman  magistracy  (ius  honorum)  and, 
apart  from  special  provisions4,  a  marriage  between  a  Latin  and  a  Roman 
had  not  the  effects  of  a  Roman  marriage  (ius  connubii).  But  in  the 
ordinary  relations  of  private  law,  they  were  on  a  level  with  Romans 
(ius  commercii)5. 

(c)  Latini  luniani.  These  are  the  inferior  class  of  manumitted  slaves 
already  considered6.  Just  as,  by  an  "economy  of  juristic  conceptions," 
the  nomen  Latinum  was  extended  to  communities  which  had  nothing  to 
do  with  Latium,  so  was  it  here  extended  to  a  class  which  had  no  local 
or  racial  significance  at  all.  Their  position  was  that  of  colonary  Latins, 
except  so  far  as  it  was  restricted  by  the  patron's  rights,  or  by  express 
legislation,  or  by  the  fact  that  they  were  not  members  of  any  Latin 
community.  These  limitations  were  serious.  There  was  no  question  of 
their  acquiring  civitas  by  holding  office  in  their  community  for  they 
were  not  usually  members  of  a  Latin  community  7.  They  owed  obsequium 
to  their  patron,  with  the  resulting  liabilities  already  considered8.  But 
they  were  said  to  become  slaves  at  their  death :  their  property  reverted 
to  their  patron,  as  peculium,  not  as  inheritance,  and  their  children  had 
no  claim9.  They  had  no  capacity  for  civil  marriage10.  They  had  ius 
commercii,  with  the  important  exception  that  by  express  enactment  of 
the  /.  lunia,  they  could  not  make  a  will  or  take  an  inheritance  or 
legacy  under  one,  or  be  made  tutores  by  will11.  As  this  resulted  from 
express  enactment  and  was  not  an  inherent  disability,  they  could  act, 
like  other  Latins,  as  witnesses  in  wills  and  other  formal  acts12.  Having 
commercium  they  had  access  to  the  law  courts13.  After  an  enactment  of 

\  Post,  §  xxxvn.          2  G.  1.  96.  3  Each  had  its  own  statute  (e.g.,  I.  Salpensana, 

Brans,  1.  142;  Girard,  Textes,  108),  and  these  were  not  uniform  but  the  differences  seem  to 
have  been  mainly  in  details  of  local  administration.  4  G.  1.  56;  Ulp.  5.  4.  5  Ulp.  19.  4, 
5.  It  was  possible  for  a  Latin  to  give  his  child  in  adoption  to  a  Roman  (Livy,  41.  8)  and 
by  a  survival  of  the  notions  of  the  old  Latin  league  it  was  open  to  Latins  resident  at  Rome 
to  vote,  at  any  rate  in  the  Tribes  (Livy,  25.  3;  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  3.  643;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  297). 
But  there  is  no  evidence  of  this  in  the  Empire  and  that  for  the  late  Republic  is  not 
good.  6  Ante,  §  xxvm.  7  They  might  be,  if  freed  by  a  member  of  the  community. 
8  Ante,  §  xxxii.  9  Inst.  3.  7.  4;  post,  §  cxxxrv.  10  Ulp.  5.  9.  Special  provisions  of 
1.  Aelia  Sentia,  post,  §  XLI.  11  G.  1.  23,  24;  2.  110,  275;  Ulp.  11.  16.  They  could  take 
fideicommissa.  12  Technically,  they  had  testamenti  factio,  but  not  ius  capiendi. 

Ulp.  20.  8;  22.  3.  13  Ulp.  5.  4;  19.  4. 


n]  LATINS  95 

Caracalla  shortly  to  be  considered1  the  name  iuniani  went  out  of  use, 
as  there  were  no  longer  any  colonary  Latins.  At  the  same  time  there 
was  a  gradual  development  of  new  ways  of  becoming  a  Latin.  Some  of 
them  were  merely  new  modes  of  informal  or  imperfect  manumission2, 
but  some  clearly  were  not,  e.g.  Latinity  given  by  law  to  a  slave  who 
detected  certain  criminals3.  Many  of  the  cases  are  very  late  and  it  is 
impossible  to  say  how  far  the  beneficiaries  were  subject  to  patronal 
rights  and  the  other  disabilities  of  junian  Latins.  The  same  is  true  of 
the  children  of  junian  Latins,  but  for  reasons  now  to  be  stated  the 
class  affected  would  not  be  numerous. 

XXXV.  Access  to  citizenship  was  made  very  easy  by  the  legislation 
of  the  empire4.  Gains  and  Ulpian  enumerate  many  ways,  open  appar- 
ently to  all  Latins,  but,  in  the  case  of  junian  Latins,  not  affecting  the 
patron's  rights.  The  case  of  office  in  a  Latin  colony  has  been  mentioned5. 
Claudius  gave  civitas  to  Latins  who  built  a  ship  of  a  certain  size  and 
carried  grain  to  Rome  for  six  years6.  A  lex  Visellia  (apparently  25  A.D.) 
gave  it  to  those  who  served  in  the  Vigiles  for  six  years7.  Nero  gave  it 
to  any  Latin  who,  being  of  a  certain  wealth,  should  build  a  house  in 
Rome  at  the  cost  of  half  his  patrimony8,  Trajan  to  any  Latin  who 
should  work  a  mill  of  a  certain  capacity  at  Rome  for  three  years 9.  A 
senatusconsult  gave  it  to  Latinae  who  had  three  children,  even  volgo 
concepti10.  It  was  of  course  frequently  given  by  special  decree  of  the 
Emperor,  and  though  in  general  the  patron's  rights  were  unaffected 
there  is  reason  to  think  that  in  this  last  case,  if  the  patron  consented,  the 
man  became  a  civis  libertus  for  all  purposes11. 

There  is  another  group  of  cases  of  more  importance  in  which  the 
Latin  became  a  civis  for  all  purposes. 

Iteratio12.  A  slave  who  on  manumission  became  a  Latin  could  become 
a  civis  by  a  repetition  of  the  manumission  without  the  defect,  and  by  a 
senatusconsult  this  would  affect  his  children  also13.  The  cases  recorded 
seem  to  be :  the  man  informally  freed,  or  freed  under  30,  or  by  a  bonitary 
owner14.  We  are  told  that  he  became  the  libertus  of  the  one  who  iterated. 

1  Post,  §  xxxvn.  2  E.g.,  pledged  slave  freed,  40.  5.  24.  10;  Fr.  Dos.  I6;ancilla 

married  to  freeman  with  dos,  C.  7.  6.  9.  3  C.  Th.  9.  24.  1.  Numerous  cases,  Buckland, 

Slavery,  548  sqq.  4  G.  1.  28.  5  Ante,  §  xxxiv.  6  G.  1.  32;  Ulp.  3.  6. 

7  Shortened  by  sc.  to  three,  G.  1.  32;  Ulp.  3.  5.  8  G.  1.  33.  9  G.  1.  34;  Ulp.  3.  1. 

10  Ulp.  3.  1.  If  of  marriage  with  Latin,  another  rule  applied,  post,  p.  96.  If  of 
marriage  with  peregrine,  to  apply  this  rule  would  put  them  in  a  better  position  than 
Latini.  It  was  not  desirable  to  encourage  marriage  between  cives  and  Latinae,  who  were 
usually  libertinae.  11  See  ante,  §  xxxii.  12  As  to  some  problems  connected  with 
iteratio  and  not  considered  here,  involving  the  fundamental  conception  of  manumission, 
see  Buckland,  Slavery,  Appendix  4.  13  G.  1.  35,  167;  Fr.  D.  14;  Ulp.  3.  4;  Vat.  Fr.  L'I'  1 . 
It  is  not  clear  that  the  children  would  be  in  his  potestas,  but  this  is  probable.  The  whole 
rule  is  to  exclude  the  doubt  whether  as  he  was  not  now  a  slave  any  act  of  manumission 
might  not  be  a  nullity.  14  Pliny,  Ep.  7.  16. 


96  LATINS  [CH. 

Where  this  was  the  original  manumitter  or  his  successor  in  title  there 
was  no  difficulty.  But  if  the  bonitary  owner  freed  and  the  quiritary 
owner  iterated,  we  learn  that  the  bona,  i.e.  right  of  succession,  remained 
with  the  late  bonitary  owner1,  no  doubt  because  the  quiritary  owner 
could  not  acquire  anything  through  him  while  he  was  a  slave  or  Latin. 
And  by  a  rescript  of  M.  Aurelius  rights  to  munera  and  operae  remained 
with  the  bonitary  owner2.  It  might  have  been  thought  that  tutela, 
which  went  with  right  of  succession,  would  also  have  been  with  the 
bonitary  owner,  but  the  quiritary  owner  became  tutor5.  It  may  be  as- 
sumed that  the  ordinary  rules  of  obsequium  applied  to  both.  It  is  thus 
only  in  a  very  restricted  sense  that  the  libertus  was  the  libertus  of  the 
former  quiritary  owner4. 

Anniculi  Probatio.  By  the  /.  Aelia  Sentia5  or  the  /.  lunia*  it  was 
provided  that  a  Latinus  iunianus  who  had  been  freed  under  30  could,  on 
marrying  a  Latino,  colonaria  or  iunia  or  a  civis,  before  seven  witnesses, 
(aware  of  the  purpose  of  the  marriage,)  and  having  a  child  one  year 
old,  go  before  a  magistrate  and  prove  these  facts.  He  would  thus 
acquire  civitas  for  himself,  his  wife  and  child,  and  patria  potestas  over 
the  child,  unless  indeed  the  wife  was  a  civis  already,  in  which  case  the 
child  would  be  a  civis  on  general  principle7.  If  the  man  died  before 
making  the  proof  the  mother  could  do  it  to  get  civitas  for  herself  and  child. 
A  defective  text  of  Gaius  seems  to  say  that,  if  both  were  dead,  then,  if 
the  child  were  a  civis,  through  his  mother,  he  himself  could  proceed,  so 
as  to  become  heres  to  the  father8.  The  limitation  to  those  under  30  is 
not  very  reasonable,  and  a  sc.  Pusio-Pegasianum  of  72  A.D.  gave  the 
same  right  to  all  junian  Latins9. 

The  position  thus  obtained  was  better  than  that  gained  by  acquiring 
civitas  by  the  methods  of  the  first  group,  but  it  applied  in  terms  only  to 
Latins,  and  Trajan  held  that  one  who,  having  obtained  civitas  in  some 
way,  had  ceased  to  be  a  Latin  could  not  afterwards  utilise  anniculi 
probatio,  so  that  his  bona  must  go  to  his  patron  and  his  children  would 
have  no  claim.  Hadrian  however10,  observing  the  unfairness  of  this, 
allowed  those  who  had  gained  civitas  with  this  inferior  result  to  proceed 

1  G.  1.  167.  The  rights  are  no  doubt  those  he  had  in  the  goods,  as  those  of  a  Latin. 
2  Vat.  Fr.  221.  3  Ib.;  G.  167;  Ulp.  11.  19.  The  point  is  that  the  civil  law  right  of 

succession  is  not  divested,  though  emptied  of  content  by  the  praetorian  right,  post, 
§  cxxxv.  4  Where  he  acquires  civitas  by  one  of  the  first  group  of  methods,  he  becomes 
the  libertus  of  his  former  quiritary  owner,  but  the  bona  are  still  with  the  bonitary  owner, 
G.  1.  35.  5  G.  1.  29.  6  Ulp.  3.  3.  The  restriction  to  those  under  30  indicates  the 

1.  Aelia  Sentia,  these  being  the  Latini  specially  created  by  that  lex.  To  give  them  this  special 
privilege  does  not  add  to  the  class  of  cives  those  who  would  not  have  been  such  in  earlier 
law.  7  Post,  §  xxxvn,  and  under  a  sc.  of  Hadrian  which  seems  to  have  dealt  compre- 
hensively with  questions  of  status  on  birth,  not  always  making  new  law.  Ulp.  3.  3.  See 
G.  1.  30,  77,  etc.  8  G.  1.  32;  Coll.  16.  3.  7,  15.  9  G.  1.  31.  10  G.  3.  72,  73. 


n]  LATINS  97 

nevertheless  afterwards  under  the  rules  of  anniculi  probatio,  as  if  they 
were  still  Latins. 

Erroris  Causae  Probatio.  This  is  one  of  the  cases,  so  prominent  in 
Roman  Law,  of  provisions  to  deal  with  the  results  of  error  in  status. 
Gaius,  in  a  mutilated  set  of  texts1,  deals  with  cases  in  which,  a  marriage 
having  been  contracted  under  mistake  of  status,  so  that  the  status  of 
issue  was  not  what  was  expected,  the  effects  of  the  error,  if  it  was  not 
grossly  negligent,  might  be  set  aside  by  decree  so  soon  as  there  was 
issue.  Ulpian  deals  more  shortly  with  the  matter.  The  cases,  all  of  which 
rest  on  senatusconsult,  appear  to  fall  into  three  groups. 

(a)  One  party  intended  to  satisfy  the  rules  of  anniculi  probatio,  but, 
owing  to  mistake  of  status,  did  not,  e.g.  a  Roman  woman  married  a 
peregrine  thinking  him  a  Latin,  or  a  latina  married  a  peregrine  under  a 
similar  error.    As  soon  as  a  child  was  a  year  old,  erroris  causa  could  be 
shewn  and  proceedings  taken  under  the  lex2. 

(b)  There  was  no  reference  to  anniculi  probatio,  but  the  marriage 
was  not  a  civil  marriage  because  one  party,  supposed  to  be  a  civis,  was 
not,  and  had  not  conubium.    Here  it  was  enough  that   a  child  was 
born3. 

(c)  One  who  had  conubium,  mistaking  his  own  status,  married  one 
who  had  not.  The  age  of  the  child  was  immaterial4. 

The  general  result  was  to  give  civitas  to  the  parties  not  cives,  and 
potestas  to  the  father5.  The  primary  matter  in  view  being  civitas,  the  rules 
were  not  applied  except  where  the  effect  was  to  give  someone  civitas, 
and  the  benefits  of  the  rule  were  not  extended  to  any  party  to  the  mar- 
riage who,  being  a  dediticius,  was  incapable  of  civitas6.  • 

Both  parties  need  not  have  been  in  error,  but  only  the  one  who  was 
could  avail  himself  of  the  rules 7.  The  man  could  always  do  so,  if  in  error, 
but  the  woman  only  if  she  was  the  superior,  i.e.  a  civis  or  latina  who  had 
married  a  peregrine8.  But  a  peregrine  who  shewed  cause  under  these 
rules  did  not  get  potestas  over  existing  issue  except  by  special  decree, 
though  he  did  if  the  wife  shewed  cause 9. 

XXXVI.   Of  the  third  class,  peregrini,  there  were  two  types. 

Peregrini  (socii).  With  the  earlier  meaning  of  this  name  we  are  not 
concerned;  in  classical  law  it  may  be  said  to  denote  the  denizens  of 
those  outlying  parts  of  the  empire  which  had  never  been  incorporated 
as  Roman,  or  endowed  with  Latin  rights — the  provinces.  Apart  from 
municipalities  and  the  like  which  here  and  there  received  civil  or  Latin 

1  G.  1.  67-75;  see  also,  G.  1.  87,  2.  142;  Ulp.  7.  4.  2  G.  1.  68-70,  73;  3.  5;  Ulp.  7.  4; 
Coll.  16.  2.  5.  3  G.  1.  67,  68;  Ulp.  7.  4.  4  G.  1.  71.  5  G.  1.  67.  Sex  of  child 
immaterial,  G.  1.  72.  6  G.  1.  68.  7  No  text  mentions  the  other  case.  8  G.  1.  74. 
9  G.  1.  93;  1.  68. 

B.  R.  L.  7 


98  PEREGRINES  [CH. 

rights,  and  thus  constituted  civil  enclaves1,  the  provinces  were  governed 
by  their  own  private  law,  little  altered  by  Roman  authority.  What  we 
have  to  consider  is  therefore  the  relations  between  these  peregrines  and 
Romans  in  civil  life.  They  had  in  general  no  ius  honorum,  suffragii, 
conubii  or  commercii2.  The  exclusion  from  commercium  does  not  mean 
exclusion  from  commerce,  but  only  from  the  specially  Roman  part  of 
the  law.  They  could  not  have  civil  dominium  or  transfer  property  by 
civil  law  methods,  such  as  mancipatio  or  cessio  in  iures.  The  land,  unless 
it  had  received,  by  privilegium,  the  ius  italicum,  was  not  regarded  as 
owned :  the  dominium  was  in  the  populus  or  the  Emperor4,  and  it  paid  a 
tribute ;  methods  being  of  course  devised  by  which  transfers,  creation  of 
servitudes,  and  litigation  affecting  the  land  were  carried  out  effectively5. 
Moreover  the  ius  gentium  was  open  to  them,  and  this,  in  the  empire, 
was  the  most  important  part  of  the  law.  Thus  they  could  transfer 
property  by  traditio,  and  since  stipulatio  was  treated  as  iuris  gentium6, 
it  may  be  said  that  the  law  of  contract  was  in  practice  as  free  to  pere- 
grines as  to  ewes'1.  And  though,  in  principle,  civil  procedure  was 
closed  to  them,  "fictitious"  actions  were  devised  by  which  in  the 
principal  cases  of  dispute  between  them  and  cives,  the  matter  might 
come  before  the  courts  with  a  formal  pretence  that  they  were  cives9. 
There  were  moreover  special  tribunals  (recuperatoria  iudicia)  for  cases, 
at  Rome,  in  which  peregrines  were  concerned,  controlled  by  the  praetor 
peregrinus9,  but  these  grew  less  important  as  the  above  machinery 
developed10. 

Except  so  far  as  they  might  benefit  by  the  rules  of  erroris  causae 
probatio,  there  was  no  standing  rule  by  which  peregrines  could  attain 

1  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  645  sqq.;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  269  sqq.  2  G.  1.  25,  56,  92,  etc.  By 
privilegium,  some  had  conubium  (G.  1.  56,  57,  76,  etc.)  and  commercium,  with  access  to 
Roman  courts  (Ulp.  19.  4).  Thus  some  could  proceed  by  legis  actio  (Girard,  Org.  Jud.  1. 
104,  213  sqq.).  3  G.  1.  119.  4  G.  2.  7.  The  populus  as  a  property  owner  disappears 
soon  after  Gaius.  5  Post,  §§LXJX,  xciv.  6  G.  3.  93,  not  in  the  form  "  Spondes-ne, 
spondeo."  7  Except  perhaps  for  the  decaying  contract  literis,  G.  3.  132-134.  8  G. 
4.  37.  9  Girard,  Org.  Jud.  1.  211  sqq.  10  This  machinery  would  apply  to  some  extent 
to  those  who  had  suffered  deportatio,  a  punishment  introduced  by  Augustus,  and  gradually 
superseding  exile  (aquae  et  ignis  interdictio).  It  could  be  inflicted  only  by  the  Emperor 
orPraefectus  Urbi(l.  12.  1.  3;  48.  19.  2;  48.  22.  6.  1),  must  be  perpetual  (48.  22.  17.  2)  and 
involved  residence  in  a  fixed  place  (Theop.  ad  Inst.  1.  12.  1).  Deportati  lost  their  citizenship 
without  acquiring  another — they  were  "dTriXtSes,"  and  thus  did  not  become  citizens  of 
the  place  to  which  they  were  sent,  or  share  the  special  law  of  that  place.  But  they  had 
the  power  of  ordinary  dealings  involved  in  the  ius  gentium  (48.  19.  17.  1;  48.  22.  15). 
Their  goods  were  usually  forfeited  (P.  5.  23.  11,  13,  etc.),  but  if  they  retained  some  (not 
otherwise,  4.  5.  7.  3)  they  could  be  sued,  pro  parte,  on  their  old  debts,  but  only  by  utiles 
actiones  as  they  had  suffered  capitis  deminutio  (48.  22.  14.  3).  They  could  not  manumit 
slaves  and  they  could  neither  take  under  a  will  nor  make  one;  the  Fiscus  succeeded  to 
them  (48.  22.  2.  15,  16);  they  had  in  no  case  any  rights  against  former  debtors  to  them. 
Mommsen  (Staatsr.  3.  140;  D.P.R.  6.  1.  156)  considers  them  to  be  dediticii. 


n]  ACQUISITION  OF  CITIZENSHIP  99 

civitas.  But,  apart  from  grants  to  communities,  or  in  mass,  the  emperors 
often  gave  it  as  a  reward  after  service  in  the  irregular  and  auxiliary 
forces,  and  as  a  qualification  for  service  in  the  legions,  which  was  con- 
fined to  cives1.  But  where  a  peregrine  obtained  civitas  for  himself  and 
his  wife  and  children,  he  did  not  get  patria  potestas  over  children  already 
born,  unless  he  expressly  petitioned  and  it  was  shewn  to  be  for  the  benefit 
of  the  children2. 

Dediticii.  These  were  primarily  members  of  nations  wrhich  had  sub- 
mitted to  Rome,  but  had,  as  yet,  no  constitution  conferred  on  them, 
and  those  who  by  reason  of  treachery  or  other  discreditable  dealings 
were  permanently  placed  in  the  position3.  There  is  however  little  trace 
of  these  in  the  empire,  and  the  name  is  applied  mainly  to  those  freed 
slaves  who,  by  reason  of  their  personal  degradation,  were  placed  by  the 
/.  Aelia  ''in  numero  dediticiorum*."  They  were  free  butcould  neverbecome 
cives5.  If  they  attempted  to  live  within  100  miles  of  Rome,  they  were 
sold  into  slavery,  with  their  goods,  to  one  who  undertook  to  keep  them 
beyond  that  limit.  If  he  freed  them  they  became  the  property  of  the 
State6.  They  had  the  ordinary  iure  gentium  powers,  but  could  not 
make  wills  even  by  peregrine  law,  as  they  were  not  members  of  any 
community7. 

XXXVII.  The  law  was  profoundly  affected  by  an  enactment  of 
Caracalla8.  We  are  told  by  several  writers,  in  almost  identical  language, 
that  in  212  he  gave  civitas  to  all  (omnes,  Travras)  in  the  Roman  world9. 
It  is  stated  to  have  been  for  fiscal  reasons10.  The  taxes  on  manumissions 
and  successions  were  doubled  and  as  the  latter  fell  only  on  cives,  there 
was  profit  in  increasing  the  class.  A  mutilated  Greek  copy,  recently 
discovered11,  suggests  other  more  creditable  motives;  to  end  a  fruitful 
source  of  disputes,  and  to  encourage  the  cult  of  the  Roman  gods.  It 
also  tells  us  that  the  decree  expressly  excluded  dediticii.  It  has  long 
been  known  that  there  were  large  numbers  without  civitas  after  this 
enactment,  and  it  has  been  suggested  that  it  did  not  apply  to  Junian 
Latins,  but  the  express  exclusion  of  dediticii  seems  clearly  to  negative 
this.  It  is  a  gift  to  specific  classes  of  existing  persons,  not  the  abolition 
of  a  status ;  Junian  Latins  would  continue  to  recur,  by  defective  manu- 
missions, and  there  were  many  ways  of  becoming  Latins.  So  too 
deportatio,  involving  loss  of  civitas,  still  continued,  and  it  is  clear  that 
even  under  Justinian,  barbarian  inhabitants  of  the  confines  of  the 

1  Girard,  Manuel,  118.  2  G.  1.  93,  94;  2.  135  a.  3  G.  1.  14.  4  Ante, 

§  xxvin.  5  A  rule  applied  in  erroris  causae  probatio,  ante,  §  xxxv;  or  Latins,  G.  1.  15. 
6  G.  1.  27,  1.  Aelia  Sentia.  Not  "servi  publici."  7  G.  3.  75;  Ulp.  20.  14.  8  See  Bry, 
fitudes  Girard,  1.  1  sqq.  9  Dio  Cassius,  77.  9;  D.  1.  5.  17;  Vita  Seven,  1  and  others 

cited,  Bry,  p.  5.  10  Dio  Cassius,  cit.  11  Printed  by  Bry,  p.  3;  Pap.  Giessen,  40. 

7—2 


100  ACQUISITION  OF  CITIZENSHIP  [CH. 

empire,  some  originating  there,  some  immigrant,  and  some  settled  by 
compulsion,  were  not  treated  as  cives1.  No  doubt  the  excluded  dediticii 
covered  all  these,  but  it  is  generally  thought  that  they  covered  many 
more.  On  the  conquest  of  Palestine,  the  Jews  were  made  dediticii,  and 
it  is  possible,  though  not  probable,  that  they  were  such  throughout  the 
empire.  But  there  is  evidence  for  a  wider  class  of  dediticii.  It  is  clear 
that  in  Egypt,  after  Caracalla,  only  those  were  cives  who  were  free  of  a 
certain  tribute  and  only  those  were  free  of  this  who  belonged  to  organ- 
ised municipalities.  Thus  it  seems  that  the  rural  inhabitants  came  under 
Caracalla's  conception  of  dediticii.  This  may  have  been  so  all  over  the 
empire,  but  though  there  were  dediticii  elsewhere,  other  than  freedmen, 
there  seems  no  trace  of  this  particular  distinction,  and,  Egypt  being  a 
special  appanage  of  the  Emperor,  governed  on  special  lines,  this  rule 
may  be  peculiar  to  it.  Though  municipal  organisation  was  very  wide- 
spread under  Caracalla,  the  urban  population  was  less  than  the  rural, 
so  that  the  majority  would  still  not  be  cives,  which  is  difficult  to  recon- 
cile with  the  emphatic  language  of  the  texts  and  of  the  decree  itself2. 

Under  Justinian  a  more  decisive  step  was  taken.  In  a  comprehensive 
enactment3,  noting  that  Latins  were  now  few  (which  indicates  that 
some  of  the  rules  of  the  /.  Aelia  were  disused4)  he  reviewed  the  different 
sources  of  Latinity  which  still  existed,  and  either  nullified  them  or  made 
them  give  civitas.  Noting  that  dediticii  had  become  vanum  no-men  he 
abolished  the  class  for  the  future5.  He  made  no  enactment  abolishing 
the  class  of  peregrini,  nor  was  this  needed.  The  gift  of  Caracalla  had 
made  all  the  inhabitants  (subject  to  what  has  been  said)  and  their 
descendants,  cives,  and  this  seems  in  later  times  to  have  been  under- 
stood as  a  gift  to  the  community,  covering  even  immigrants.  In  the 
result  the  only  peregrines  left  were  foreigners  and  the  deportati  and 
barbarians,  already  mentioned,  who  were  in  effect  still  dediticii,  though 
not  so  called6. 

The  topic  of  civitas  may  be  left  with  a  short  statement  of  the  rules 
as  to  the  inheritance  of  civic  status.  The  chief  were  these : 

1 .  The  general  rule  of  ius  gentium  was  that  a  child  took  the  status  of 
its  mother7,  but,  for  Romans,  the  exceptions  ate  away  most  of  the  rule8. 

2.  A  child  born  in  Roman  civil  marriage  took  the  status  of  its 

1  SeeGirard,  Manuel,  119.  2  See  Girard,  Manuel,  119,  n.  1.  3  C.  7.  6.  1. 

4  Perhaps  never  operated  in  the  East.  5  C.  7.  5.  1.    Not  confined  to  those  who  were 

dediticii  by  their  manumission.  If  obsolete,  the  class  had  not  long  been  so.  The  fifth 
century  Epitome  of  Gaius  still  speaks  of  them.  And  the  "Homologoi"  of  this  age  in  the 
Eastern  Empire  have  been  shewn  to  be  dediticii,  Wilcken,  Grundziige  der  Papyruskunde, 
1.  59.  There  were  doubtless  sources  other  than  the  /.  Aelia  Sentia.  6  Justinian 

avoids  the  word  peregrinus.  Compare  C.  Th.  4.  6.  3  with  its  reproduction  in  C.  5.  27> 
1.  pr.  7  G.  1.  78,  82;  Ulp.  5.  8,  9.  8  G.  1.  83. 


n]  ACQUISITION  OF  CITIZENSHIP  101 

father1.  In  general  this  would  be  civitas,  for  civil  marriage  was  usually 
confined  to  rives,  but  there  were  privileged  peregrines  who  had  conu- 
bium,  and  if  a  Roman  woman  married  such  a  person,  the  issue  would  be 
peregrines 2. 

3.  A  /.  Minicia  provided  that  the  issue  of  a  marriage  between  a 
civis  and  aperegrinus  orperegrina  was  always  a  peregrine,  a  rule  operating 
where,  as  was  usual,  there  was  no  conubium  between  them,  and  the 
father  was  a  peregrine;  in  the  other  case  the  result  followed  from  rules 
already  stated3. 

4.  Marriage  under  the  I.  Aelia  Sentia,  though  regulated  by  statute, 
was  not  civil  marriage,  as  some  thought4.   Hadrian  settled  the  matter  by 
senatusconsult ;  any  child  was  born  a  civis  if  the  mother  was  one5. 

5.  Apart  from  a  possible  doubt  in  the  case  of  Junian  Latins,  as  an 
artificial  creation,  Latins  were  in  strictness  peregrines.  Thus  it  might 
be  said  that  in  marriage  between  a  Latin  and  a  peregrine,  either  way, 
issue  would  be  peregrine  by  the  /.  Minicia.   Hadrian  declared  that  the 
general  rule  of  ius  gentium  applied,  and  the  child  took  the  status  of  the 
mother 6. 

6.  The  iure  gentium  rule  applied  where  the  mother  was  a  slave 7,  and 
we  have  noted  the  exceptional  cases  in  which  the  child  of  an  ancilla  was 
free  8. 

7.  Those  conceived  legitime,  which  means  in  civil  marriage  (ex  iustis 
nuptiis),  took  their  status  from  conception;  others  from  the  time  of 
birth 9.  This  in  practice  meant  that  where  they  took  the  father's  status, 
except  e  lege  Minicia,  they  took  his  status  at  the  time  of  conception. 
We  have  already  noted  that  in  later  classical  law  this  rule  was  modified 
in  the  case  of  slave  mothers  by  the  principle  that  the  issue  was  entitled 
to  the  best  status  the  mother  had  had  at  any  time  during  the  pregnancy10. 
It  is  not  unlikely  that  the  same  principle  came  to  be  applied  in  other 
cases,  for  Paul  tells  us  twice  in  the  Digest  that  a  child  in  the  womb  was 
regarded  as  already  born,  so  far  as  this  was  to  his  benefit11. 

1  G.  1.  56,  76;  Ulp.  5.  8.          2  G.  1.  77.  3  G.  1.  77,  78;  Ulp.  5.  8.          4  G.  1.  80. 

5/6.  6  G.  1.  30.  7  Ante,  §  xxiv.  8/6.  9  G.  1.  89;  see  Ulp.  5.  10. 

10  Ante,  §  xxrv.  11  Gaius  in  1.  90,  91  discusses  the  case  of  a  woman  civis  who  during 
pregnancy  loses  citizenship  or  liberty,  and  gives  as  a  probable  opinion  the  rule  that  if 
the  conception  was  in  iustae  nuptiae  the  child  is  a  civis,  but  otherwise  takes  the  inferior 
status.  In  92  he  considers  the  case  of  a  peregrina  who  gets  civitas  during  pregnancy.  If 
the  child  was  volgo  conceptus  he  says  it  is  a  civis  (which  is  general  principle):  if  of  a 
peregrine  marriage  it  is  a  civis  if  the  father  also  got  civitas.  This  he  attributes  to  the  sc 
of  Hadrian. 


CHAPTER  III 
THE  LAW  OF  PERSONS  (eon*.).  THE  LAW  OF  THE  FAMILY 

XXXVIII.  The  Family,  persons  sui  and  alieni  iuris,  p.  102;  filiifamilias,  nature  and  effects 
of  patria  potestas,  103;  XXXIX.  Birth  ex  iustis  nuptiis,  105;  Effects  of  Roman  marriage, 
106;  XL.  Dos,  107;  Dos  at  end  of  marriage,  109;  Donatio  ante  (propter)  nuptias,  111; 
XLI.  Requirements  of  Roman  marriage,  112;  Form,  ib. ;  Consent,  113;  Age,  114;  Conubium, 
115;  XLII.  End  of  marriage,  117;  Divorce,  ib. ;  XLIII.  Manus,  118;  Divorce  from  manus, 
121;  XLIV.  Adoptio  of  person  alieni  iuris,  122;  Effect,  ib. ;  XLV.  Adrogatio  of  person  sui 
iuris,  124;  Effect,  125;  Special  restrictions,  126;  Adoption  by  will,  128;  Adoption  of  slaves, 
ib.;  XLVI.  Legitimation,  etc.  ib. ;  XLVII.  Ending  of  patria  potestas,  131;  Emancipatio, 
132;  XLVIII.  Civil  Bondage,  134;  Contracts  by  persons  alieni  iuris,  135;  XLIX. 
Capitis  deminutio,  136;  L.  Effects  of  capitis  deminutio,  139. 

XXXVIII.  The  Law  of  Family  Relations  is  the  most  important 
branch  of  the  law  of  status.  The  word  Familia  has  many  meanings1, 
but  in  its  strict  sense  it  denotes  a  group  consisting  of  a  paterfamilias 
and  those  under  his  control,  i.e.  his  children,  adoptive  or  natural,  who 
have  not  passed  out  of  the  family  by  emancipation  or  the  like,  remoter 
issue  through  males,  in  the  same  case,  the  wife,  if  the  marriage  was  one 
with  manus,  in  which  case  she  was  loco  filial,  civil  bondsmen  and 
slaves.  If,  as  was  usual  from  the  beginning  of  the  empire,  and  universal 
in  later  law,  the  marriage  was  not  with  manus,  the  wife  was  not  a  mem- 
ber of  the  familia,  but  remained  in  that  to  which  she  had  belonged. 
Conversely,  a  daughter  did  not  leave  the  family  by  marriage  without 
manus,  but  her  children  were  never  in  the  famity.  If  her  marriage  was  a 
fully  valid  civil  marriage  they  belonged  to  her  husband's  family2.  If  it 
was  not,  e.g.  if  she  had  married  a  peregrinus  not  capable  of  civil  marriage, 
or  if  she  was  not  married  at  all,  any  child  would  be  sui  iuris,  i.e.  not  in 
any  family  but  his  own3.  Every  civis  who  was  not  under  a  paterfamilias 
was  himself  a  paterfamilias,  whatever  his  age,  and  conversely,  the 
parental  control  was  not  ended  by  maturity  of  the  son,  but  lasted,  unless 
artificially  determined,  till  the  death  of  the  father.  And  where  the 
paterfamilias  was  the  grandfather,  his  death  would  cause  the  grandson 
to  lapse  into  the  potestas  of  the  father,  if  he  was  still  in  the  family4.  A 
paterfamilias  was  sui  iuris — a  subordinate  member  of  a  family  was 
alieni  iuris5.  A  woman  could  be  sui  iuris  but  could  not  have  patria 

1  Heumann-Seckel,  s.v.  2  G.  1.  55.  3  G.  1.  64;  Ulp.  4.  1,  2.    In  the  former 

case  he  was  a  peregrinus,  ante,  §  xxxvn.         4  G.  1.  127;  D.  50.  16.  195.  2.         5  G.  1.  48, 
124-127. 


CH.  in]  P ATRIA  POTESTAS  103 

potestas,  and  thus  was  said  to  be  caput  et  finis  familiae  suae1.  The  control 
of  a  woman  married  in  manu  to  a  filiusfamilias  was  in  the  paterfamilias, 
to  whom  she  was  loco  neptis2.  It  was  possible  in  classical  law  (though 
the  institution  was  in  decay)  to  sell  a  son  into  a  position,  in  another 
family,  analogous  to  slavery,  and  those  so  sold  were  said  to  be  in  man- 
cipio,  in  mancipii  causa3.  We  have  therefore  to  consider  three  classes 
of  cives  alieni  iuris,  those  in  potestas,  rnanus,  and  civil  bondage. 

FILIIFAMILIAS  and  FILIAEFAMILIAS.  In  early  law  no  question  of  this 
relation  arose  unless  the  father  accepted  the  child — ius  tollendi,  sus- 
cipiendi,  but  this  crude  form  of  arbitrary  judgment  on  legitimacy, 
difficult  to  reconcile  with  the  rights  accorded  to  postumi,  seems  to  have 
been  in  practice  obsolete  in  the  empire  and,  in  law,  was  ended  by  a 
praetorian  procedure  certainly  earlier  than  Julian,  which  made  fathers 
compellable  to  recognise  their  children4.  Exposure  and  sale  are  not  on 
this  footing;  they  both  imply  a  right  to  dispose  of  the  child. 

The  patria  potestas  was  essentially  Roman :  both  in  its  content,  so 
great  that  it  could  be  called  patria  maiestas5,  and  in  its  lifelong  duration, 
it  had  an  intensity  unknown  to  the  paternal  power  in  any  of  the  systems 
with  which  Rome  came  into  contact.  In  early  Rome  the  State  interfered 
little  within  the  family;  the  paterfamilias,  as  domestic  judge,  normally 
with  a  concilium,  exercised  supreme  power  and  any  restraint  was 
indirect,  through  the  Censor6.  But  in  the  empire,  the  powers,  though  still 
great,  were  constantly  diminishing.  The  chief  elements  of  the  potestas 
were: 

1.  Power  of  life  and  death  and  minor  violence7.  The  exposure  of 
infants  was  not  definitely  forbidden  in  classical  law  and  there  was  a 
little  later  legislation  as  to  the  rights  of  one  who  rescued  the  expositus. 
It  was  forbidden  in  A.D.  374,  but  it  still  continued8.    Classical  law  re- 
garded the  killing  of  a  son  except  under  a  formal  domestic  judgment  as 
criminal.    Ulpian  held  it  so  in  any  case :  the  son  should  be  handed  over 
to  the  courts9.    Constantine  made  it  parricide  to  kill  a  son10.    In  later 
law  the  right  of  the  father  was  limited  to  reasonable  castigation11. 

2.  Power  of  Sale.  The  power  to  sell  into  real  slavery,  trans  Tiberim, 

1  50.  16.  195.  5;  Ulp.  (4.  1)  calls  such  a  woman  materfamilias,  and  some  texts  in  the 
Digest  use  this  language  (e.g.,  1.  6.  4,  Ulp.;  24.  3.  34,  Afr.).  The  more  usual  meaning  is 
uxor  iusta,  primarily,  wife  in  manu.  Aul.  Cell.  18.  6.  4  sqq.,  who  makes  matrona  mean  any 
wife  and  gives  other  views;  Boethius,  in  Top.  3.  14;  Nonius.  44 ~1.  2  Coll.  16.  2.  3. 

3  G.  1.  49,  post,  §  XLvm.  4  See  Declareuil,  Md.  Girard,  1.  326,  333.  It  may  be  doubted 
if  in  private  life  it  lasted  as  he  suggests  into  the  second  century :  arbitrary  acts  in  imperial 
households  prove  little.  5  Livy,  8.  7.  6  See  Cuq,  In-st.  Jurid.  1.  154.  7  Coll. 
4.  8.  8  C.  8.  51.  2.  Justinian  legislated  on  the  matter,  C.  8.  51.  3.  9  48.  8.  2. 

Hadrian  had  punished  by  deportation  a  father  who  had  killed  his  son  who  had  wronged 
him,  48.  9.  5.  10  C.  9.  17.  1.  11  C.  9.  15.  1  =C.  Th.  9.  13.  1.  In  the  Empire  there 

was  no  such  right  over  the  wife  in  manu. 


104  PATRIA  POTESTAS  [CH. 

was  obsolete  long  before  the  empire,  and  the  power  to  sell  into  civil 
bondage,  except  that  it  survived  for  formal  sales  in  emancipation  and 
adoption1,  and  for  noxal  surrender  for  wrongs2,  was  no  longer  a  reality 
in  the  time  of  Gaius.  In  that  age  some  parents  did  indeed  sell  children 
into  slavery,  but  Paul  denied  the  validity  of  such  sale  or  even  of  pledge3, 
and,  later,  the  emperors  repeatedly  laid  down  a  prohibition4.  But  by 
the  time  of  Constantine  the  case  of  new-born  children  was  a  permitted 
exception,  and  enactments  regulating  such  sales  and  even  sales  of  older 
children  are  frequent  in  later  times5.  There  was  in  all  cases  a  right  of 
redemption,  and,  for  new-born  children  the  rule  still  existed  under 
Justinian6. 

3.  Right  to  veto  marriage  and  control  divorce7. 

4.  Right  of  action  for  the  recovery  of  the  child  from  anyone  detain- 
ing him8. 

5.  Right  to  all  acquisitions,  either  property  rights  or  obligations, 
resulting  from  transactions  by  the  filiuxfamilias 9.    But  the  rule  that  all 
such  acquisitions  vested  in  the  paterfamilias  was  greatly  cut  down  in  the 
empire,  the  limitations  having  begun  under  Augustus10. 

6.  Right  to  hand  the  child  over  instead  of  paying  the  penalty  for  a 
wrong  done  by  him,  originally  a  right  to  ransom  him  from  the  conse- 
quences of  his  wrongdoing11.     As  to  females  it  was  obsolete  long  before 
the  empire :  as  to  males  it  was  abolished  by  Justinian.    It  probably 
never  applied  to  wife  in  warm12. 

7.  Power  to  appoint  guardians  (tutores)  to  young  children,  by  will13. 

8.  Power  to  appoint  a  heres  to  take  the  property  if  the  child,  surviving 
the  father,  died  too  young  to  make  a  will  for  himself — pupillary  substi- 
tution14. 

9.  Wrongs  to  the  son,  or  to  property  in  his  hands,  were  wrongs  to  the 
father15.  In  the  empire,  when  the  son  began  to  have  separate  proprietary 
interests,   he  had  the  same  remedies  in  respect  of  these  as    a   pater- 
familias16, and,  apart  from  this,  he  became  capable  of  himself  appearing 
as  party  to  litigation,  to  an  extent  and  with  an  effect  too  controverted 
to  be  considered  here17. 

1  Post,  §§  XLIV,  XLvn.        2  Post,  §  ccv.   He  might  transfer  the  son  to  a  Latin  colony, 
G.  1.  131.  3  P.  5.  1.  1.    A  creditor  taking  such  a  pledge  was  deported.  4  E.g., 

C.  7.  6.  1 ;  h.  t.  37.  5  E.g.  C.  Th.  3.  3.  1.  6  C.  4.  42.  2.          7  Post,  §§  XLI  sqq. 

8  G.  3.  199;  D.  6.  1.  1.  2;  43.  30;  C.  8.  8.  In  early  law  his  right  was  probably  not  distin- 
guishable from  ownership.  9  G.  2.  86;  3.  163.  The  right  on  transactions  inter  vivos 
vests  in  the  paterfamilias  at  once.  Thus  if  a  filius  takes  a  promise  for  payment  after  he  is 
emancipated,  the  right  nevertheless  vests  in  the  pater,  45.  3.  40.  So  too  on  a  conditional 
promise,  though  the  condition  is  not  satisfied  till  after  the  emancipation,  45.  1.  78;  50.  17. 
144.  1.  As  to  the  special  rules  affecting  dos,  post,  §  XL.  10  Post,  §  xcix.  11  Post, 
§  ccv.  12  G.  4.  75  sqq.;  Inst.  4.  8.  13  Post,  §  LI.  14  Post,  §  cv.  15  9.  2.  7,  etc. 
16  49.  17.  4.  1,  post,  §xcix.  17  Girard,  Manuel,  145. 


m]  IUSTAE  NUPTIAE  105 

The  restrictions  on  the  power  of  the  father  were  accompanied  by 
recognition  of  rights  of  the  son  against  the  father1.  In  relation  to  the 
funds  independent  of  the  father  he  seems  to  have  been  dealt  with  much 
as  a  libertus  was  with  regard  to  the  patron.  And  conversely,  while  the 
praetorian  liabilities  on  his  contracts  were  substantially  the  same  as  on 
those  of  a  slave,  they  did  not  arise  on  dealings  in  connexion  with  those 
funds2. 

•  XXXIX.  We  have  now  to  consider  how  patria  potestas  was  acquired. 
Anniculi  probatio,  erroris  causa  probatio,  and  imperial  decree  accom- 
panying gifts  of  civitas  have  already  been  considered 3.  There  remain  the 
more  important  cases  of  Birth  ex  iustis  nuptiis,  the  normal  case,  Adop- 
tion, and,  in  later  law,  Legitimation. 

Birth  ex  iustis  nuptiis.  lustae  nuptiae  meant  valid  marriage  between 
two  persons  who  had  "comibium,  the  capacity  of  Roman  marriage4.  If 
this  was  not  present,  but  there  was  no  such  obstacle  as  prevented 
marriage  altogether,  it  was  a  case  of  nuptiae,  but  of  nuptiae  non  iustae, 
matrimonium  non  iustum,  sometimes  called  matrimonium  iuris  gentium, 
valid  iure  gentium,  but  producing  no  specifically  civil  effects.  There 
could  be  no  manus;  the  children  were  not  inpotestas5.  They  were  related 
to  each  other  and  to  their  parents'  relatives  cognatically,  not  by  the 
Roman  tie  of  Agnation6.  This  agnatic  tie  between  two  persons  existed 
only  if  they  traced  connexion  by  civil  descents,  from  a  common  male 
ancestor,  through  males,  unbroken  bycapitis  minutio ;  the  connexion  being 
sometimes  artificial,  e.g.  created  by  adoptio1.  Brothers  and  sisters  by  a 
civil  marriage  were  agnates.  The  brother's  child  was  an  agnate  of  the 
sister,  but  her  child  was  not,  either  of  her  or  her  brother  or  the  paternal 

1  Inter  alia,  a  right  to  alimenta  in  later  classical  law,  D.  25.  3;  C.  5.  25.  4.  2  49.  17. 
18.  5.  3  Ante,  §§  xxxv,  xxxvi.  4  Ulp.  5.  2;  G.  1.  56,  etc.  5  G.  1.  55,  65,  66. 

6  Inst.  1.15.1.  Those  born  out  of  wedlock  are  volgo  concepti  or  spurii  (fanciful  derivations, 
" (TTropaoTji',"  ''sine  patre,"  G.  1.  64)  and  have  for  most  purposes  no  certain  father  (Ulp. 
4.  2).  Those  of  a  forbidden  marriage,  and,  for  classical  law,  those  of  concubines,  are  on  the 
same  footing,  Ulp.  5.  7,  post,  §  XLVI.  They  are  not  related  to  the  father.  They  do  not  excuse 
him  from  tutelae  (27.  1.  2.  3;  Vat.  Fr.  194,  where  iniusti  means  born  of  nuptiae  non  iustae). 
They  do  not  count  for  the  praemia  patrum  (post,  §  cxi).  But,  where  traceable,  the  relation- 
ship is  reckoned  for  the  purpose  of  prohibited  degrees  (23.  2.  14.  2),  and  the  child,  like  a 
legitimate  child,  cannot  initiate  proceedings  against  the  father  (2.  4.  6).  The  child  is  a 
cognate  of  the  mother  (Inst.  3.  5.  4).  He  takes  her  status  at  birth,  and  is  her  child  for  the 
purpose  of  succession  both  ways  (P.  4.  10.  1;  Inst.  3.  4.  3;  D.  38.  17.  2.  1;  post,  §  cxxxi), 
so  that  he  counts  towards  the  ius  liberorum  (post,  §  LX).  He  may  not  initiate  proceedings 
against  her  (2.  4.  4.  3).  In  classical  law  no  rights  of  such  children  arise  if  born  in  slavery 
(P.  4.  10.  2).  As  to  servile  cognatio,  post,  §  cxxxn.  7  Or,  as  the  principle  may  be  stated, 
those  who  would  sacrifice  to  the  same  set  of  ancestors,  or  who  would  be  in  the  same  potestas 
if  the  common  ancestor  were  alive.  Moriaud,  La  simple  famille  paternelle,  finds  difficulty 
in  this  way  of  stating  the  matter,  for  the  case  of  those  who  enter  an  agnatic  group  after 
the  death  of  the  paterfamilias,  e.g.,  postumi,  and  states  three  principles  which  he  considers 
necessary  to  cover  all  the  cases. 


106  IUSTAE  NUPTIAE  [CH. 

relatives.  If  a  member  of  the  family  passed  out  of  it  by  adoption  or 
any  step  involving  capitis  deminutio1,  the  tie  was  destroyed,  though  the 
adoption  would  have  conferred  similar  rights  in  the  new  family.  Cognatio 
was  any  blood  relationship,  and  agnates,  even  by  adoption  so  long  as 
the  artificial  tie  existed,  ranked  as  cognates  also2. 

It  must  be  noted  that  there  is  no  question  of  choice  between  alter- 
native modes  of  marriage;  if  the  parties  had  conubium  it  was  iustae 
nuptiae  or  no  marriage  at  all.  It  was  only  where  either  (or  both)  had  no 
conubium  that  nuptiae  non  iustae  could  occur3,  so  that  the  difference 
was  not  so  much  between  the  marriages  as  between  the  parties4. 

The  chief  effects  of  civil  law  marriage  may  be  shortly  stated.  The 
children  were  liberi  iusti5,  in  the  potestas  of  the  paterfamilias,  and 
agnates  of  his  agnates.  Apart  from  manus6,  unusual  in  the  early  empire 
and  obsolete  in  the  later,  the  wife  did  not  enter  the  familia.  But  the 
husband's  home  was  hers,  and  they  owed  each  other  protection  and 
respect 7.  Apart  from  manus  she  was  not  concerned  with  the  cult  of  the 
manes,  but  apparently  was  with  those  of  the  lares  and  penates8.  The 
wife  did  not  necessarily  take  her  husband's  name,  though  in  the  empire 
she  sometimes  did9.  She  shared  the  honorific  titles  of  her  husband10. 
Their  properties  remained  distinct,  and  gifts  between  them  were  void11. 

It  will  be  seen  that  apart  from  issue,  the  effects  of  marriage  were 
few,  in  law,  a  result  of  the  Roman  conception  of  liberum  matrimonium. 
Thus  it  is  discussed,  by,  e.g.  Gains,  not  as  a  separate  institution  but  as 
a  step  in  the  most  important  way  of  acquiring  patria  potestas.  Whether 
parties  to  a  union  were  married  or  not  was  important  if  there  were  issue, 

1  Post,  §  XLIX.        2  G.  1.  61;  D.  38.  10.  10.  4.          3  A  marriage  between  two  cives  of 
classes  forbidden  to  intermarry  was  a  nullity,  not  nuptiae  non  iustae.  4  Many 

rules  bring  out  this  aspect  of  the  matter.  Marriage  between  two  persons  who  have  not 
conubium  becomes  ipso  facto  civil  marriage  if  the}'  acquire  the  capacity  of  civil  marriage 
while  their  marriage  is  still  subsisting  (G.  1.  95).  A  deportatus  loses  civitas  and  with  it 
his  capacity  for  civil  marriage,  but  his  marriage  is  not  ended  though  it  loses  its  civil 
character  and  effects  for  the  future  (24.  1.  13.  1  ;"24.  3.  56;  48.  20.  5.  1 ;  C.  5.  16.  24.  2;  C.  5. 
17.  1).  One  case  goes  further.  Where  two  slaves  "married"  and  one  was  allowed  by  the 
master  to  give  to  the  other  a  sum  of  money  as  a  dos,  out  of  the  peculium,  this  was  no 
marriage,  as  slaves  were  incapable  of  any  marriage.  But  the  intent  was  clear,  and  when  the 
dominus  freed  them  both,  inter  viros,  not  taking  away  the  peculium,  the  union  automatically 
became  iustae  nuptiae,  and  the  fund  a  dos  (23.  3.  39).  So,  where  two  slaves  were  "  married  " 
and  fideicommissary  liberty  was  given  to  them,  and  its  completion  wrongly  delayed,  a 
child  born  meantime  was,  as  we  have  seen,  ingenuus  (ante,  §  xxiv),  and  Ulpian  says  that 
he  is  a  suus  lieres  to  his  father  (38.  16.  1.1).  Marriage  indeed  consists  in  common  life  with 
the  intent  of  being  married,  having  the  necessary  qualifications.  Whether  the  relation  is  or 
is  not  marriage  and,  in  the  former  case,  of  what  type  it  is,  depends  on  the  qualification 
of  the  parties.  5  G.  1.  77;  Vat.  Fr.  168.  6  Post,  §  XLITI.  7  Inst.  1.  9.  1;  D.  23. 

2.  1;  24.  3.  14.  1;  47.  10.  2.  No  action  involving  infamia  lay  between  them,  25.  2.  1,  2. 
8  See  Wissowa,  Religion  und  Cultus  der  Romer,  §§  26,  27.  9  Marquardt,  Privatleben 

der  Romer,  18.  10  Vat.  Fr.  104,  D.  1.  9.  8.          11  Post,  §  XL. 


in]  DOS  107 

and  thus  full  rules  appear  as  to  the  essentials  of  a  valid  marriage.  Other 
rules  shew  that  the  possibility  of  issue  was  its  main  legal  interest.  Thus 
relief  against  error  of  status  was  given  only  if  there  was  issue1 — if  there 
was  not,  no  relief  was  necessary ;  the  parties  could  end  the  relation  at 
any  time.  The  main  titles  on  marriage  in  the  Digest  and  Code  say  very 
little  about  its  effects2.  The  definition  given  by  Modcstinus3:  "nuptiae 
sunt  coniunctio  maris  et  feminae  et  consortium  omnis  vitae,  divini  et 
humani  iuris  communicatio,"  is,  literally  understood,  so  far  from  exact, 
that  it  is  plain  the  legal  aspect  is  not  the  one  primarily  in  view,  though 
no  doubt  it  contains  a  reminiscence  of  the  old  manus  system.  Its  free- 
dom from  legal  regulation  is  evidenced  by  many  texts4  and  collateral 
rules5. 

XL.  The  independence  of  property,  consistent  as  it  was  with  the 
notion  of  liberum  matrimonium,  would  lead  to  inconvenience  in  relation 
to  the  maintenance  of  the  household.  This  was  lessened  by  the  institution 
of  dos,  a  contribution  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  wife.  Dos,  though  very 
ancient,  was  much  increased  in  importance  when  manus  decayed.  It  was 
technically  the  husband's  property  but  his  dealings  with  it  were  re- 
stricted by  law,  and  it  had  usually  to  be  accounted  for  at  the  end  of  the 
marriage.  Hence  we  are  told  that  "quamvis  in  bonis  mariti  dos  sit,  tctmen 
mulieris  est6." 

Dos  was  not  legally  necessary  to  a  marriage,  but,  in  the  absence  of 
legal  requirements  of  form,  the  existence  of  dos  was  the  best  evidence 
that  marriage  was  intended  and  not  mere  concubinage.  Thus  fathers  at 
times  insisted  on  giving  a  dos1,  while  on  the  other  hand  there  was  legis- 
lation, the  history  of  which  is  debated,  under  which  fathers  were  re- 
quired to  give  dos8.  But  dos  might  come  from  various  sources.  If  pro- 

1  Ante,  §  xxxv.  2  D.  23.  2;  C.  5.  4.  323.2.1.          4  45.  1.  134;  C.  8.  38.  2; 

C.  5.  4.  14.  5  Marriage  is  not  primarily  a  legal  relation.     The  question  whether  two 

persons  are  married  or  not  is  often  material  in  law,  as  is  the  question  whether  a  person 
is  over  14.  But  if  the  vir  did  not  support  his  wife,  or  she  failed  in  reverentia,  it  is  not 
easy  to  see  in  the  time  of  Gaius  any  direct  means  of  enforcing  these  duties.  Divorce  is 
not  the  remedy:  this  was  free  whether  there  was  misconduct  or  not,  and,  in  any  case, 
annulment  alone  is  no  remedy  for  breach  of  contract.  Forfeitures  of  dos  (post,  §  XL)  formed 
an  indirect  check,  and,  if  the  wife  was  alieni  iuris,  the  authority  of  the  paterfamilias  was 
a  real  resource.  The  need  of  appeal  to  these  shews  how  far  we  are  from  contract.  If  we 
treat  it  as  conveyance  it  is  difficult  to  see  what  civil  rights  against  third  parties  either  has 
lost  or  gained,  apart  from  manus.  There  was  no  civil  remedy  for  adultery.  There  was  no 
actio  ulilis  e  lege  Aquilia  to  the  vir  for  bodily  harm  to  the  wife.  There  was  an  actio  iniur la- 
rum  for  insult  to  her,  but  that  is  because  it  was  necessarily  an  insult  to  the  husband.  The 
only  serious  exception  to  this  absence  of  remedy  is  a  rule,  apparently  of  later  law,  that  if 
her  father  or  any  other  person  detained  her,  the  vir  had  an  interdict  for  her  production, 
so  that  she  could  return  if  she  wished  (43.  30.  2;  C.  5.  4.  11;  C.  5.  17.  5.  1).  Remote 
analogies  can  be  made  out,  but  marriage  has  few  useful  affinities  with  the  ius  rerum. 
6  23.  3.  75.  7  See  the  reff.  in  Costa,  'Storia  del  dir.  Rom.  priv.  14.  8  In  23.  2.  lit 

such  a  rule  is  attributed  to  the  I.  lulia,  and  to  Severus  and  Caracalla.    Other  texts  refer 


108  DOS  [CH. 

vided  by  the  father  or  other  paternal  ancestor,  or  by  an  extraneus  by  way 
of  gift  to  the  father,  it  was  called  profectitia1,  if  by  the  wife  herself,  if 
sui  iuris,  or  from  any  other  source,  it  was  adventitia2,  and  if,  when  given 
by  an  extraneus  (and  perhaps  in  other  cases),  there  was  an  express  agree- 
ment for  its  return,  it  was  receptitia,  and  went  back  wholly  to  the  donor 
at  the  end  of  the  marriage3. 

The  provision  of  dos,  which  might  be  after  the  marriage4,  did  not 
necessarily  take  the  form  of  an  immediate  transfer  of  property ;  it  might 
be  a  promise  to  pay  or  a  transfer  of  a  claim  against  a  third  party.  The 
husband  had  all  administrative  powers  over  the  dos,  and  the  right  to  use 
the  fruits5.  As  owner,  he  could  alienate  property  of  the  dos,  except  that 
the  /.  lulia  de  adulteriis  prevented  him  from  alienating  Italic  land  in 
the  dos  without  the  wife's  consent,  or  from  hypothecating  it  even  with 
her  consent,  the  latter  rule  being,  perhaps,  a  juristic  extension6.  Jus- 
tinian extended  the  rule  to  all  land,  and  made  the  wife's  consent  ineffec- 
tive in  both  cases7.  The  prohibition  extended  to  the  releasing  of  any 
praedial  servitudes  attaching  to  a  fundus  dotalis 8.  But  though,  apart 
from  this  restriction  his  transactions  were  valid,  they  might  be  a  breach 
of  his  obligations.  He  was  bound  to  administer  the  dos  like  a  bonus 
paterfamilias9  and  careless  disposals  of  property  would  have  to  be  paid 
for,  like  other  negligent  damage,  when  the  dos  came  to  be  returned.  Thus 
he  could  free  a  dotal  slave,  but  if  the  wife  did  not  consent  he  might  have 
to  account  for  his  value10. 

These  rules  are  subject  to  two  important  modifications.  They  might 
be  varied  by  agreement — pacta  dotalia,  which  were  very  frequent,  and 
usually  dealt  with  return,  but  sometimes  with  the  duties  during  the 
marriage:  for  instance  they  might  vary  the  rules  as  to  the  incidence  of 
risks11.  Again,  they  were  altered  if  the  dos  was  aestimata,  i.e.  taken  by 
the  husband  at  a  valuation.  Here  there  was  no  question  of  liability  for 

to  such  a  duty  (37.  6.  6;  C.  5.  12.  14).  Other  leges  deal  with  special  cases  (C.  1.  5.  19.  3; 
1.  5.  12.  20).  But  23.  2.  19  and  some  other  texts  shew  signs  of  interpolation,  and  the 
general  rule  may  be  due  to  Justinian.  See  Castelli,  Obbligo  di  dotare.  See  also,  however, 
Moriaud,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  291  sqq.  In  any  case  it  is  an  obligation,  not  an  essential  of 
marriage.  P.  2.  21  b.  1;  C.  5.  17.  11.  pr.;  Nov.  22.  3;  Nov.  74.  4. 

1  Dip.  6.  3;  D.  23.  3.  5.  pr.  2  Ulp.  6.  3.  3  Ulp.  6.  5.  4  P.  2.  21  b.  1. 

5  P.  2.  22.  1.  6  G.  2.  63;  P.  2.  21b.  2;    Inst.  2.  8.  pr.;    D.  23.  5.  4;    C.  5.  13.  1.  15 

(Accarias,  precis,  1.  825).  7  Inst.  2.  8.  pr.  The  alienation  is  not  void  ab  initio:  it  is  set 
aside  if  at  end  of  marriage  the  wife  has  a  claim  to  the  dos  (23.  5.  3.  1)  so  that  the  wife  can 
ratify  it  (24.  3.  50).  8  23.  5.  6,  or  creating  servitudes  on  it,  23.  5.  5.  It  did  not  prevent 

such  a  transfer  of  property  per  universitatem  as  would  result  from  adrogation  of  the  vir  (23. 
5.  1 .  1 ),  in  which  case  it  retained  its  inalienability,  or  bar  any  person  who  acquired  rights 
by  the  operation  of  rules  of  law,  e.g.,  damnum  infectum  (23.  5.  1.  pr.;  post,  §  CCXLV). 
9  Perhaps  in  later  law  needing  to  shew  only  the  care  he  did  in  his  own  affairs,  post 
§  cxc.  10  24.  3.  24.  4;  h.  t.  62-64.  11  23.  4.  6;  in  classical  law  formal  stipulatio 

needed,  P.  2.  22.  2;  but,  in  later  law,  actio  pr.  verbis  on  pact,  C.  5.  13.  1.  13;  5.  14.  7. 


in]  DOS  109 

negligence ;  the  husband  must  account  for  the  value  at  the  end  of  the 
marriage,  no  matter  what  had  happened  in  the  meantime.  It  was  as  if 
he  had  bought  it,  and  the  risks  were  entirely  on  him,  though  in  ordinary 
cases  they  would  be  on  the  wife1.  The  aestimatio  released  the  vir  from 
the  restrictions  of  the  /.  lulia,  unless  the  terms  were  that  the  wife  might 
choose  between  the  dos  and  its  value  as  agreed2.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  aestimatio  would  not  affect  later  independent  additions  to  the  dos3. 
The  ultimate  destiny  of  the  dos  depended  on  the  way  in  which  the 
marriage  ended,  and  on  the  nature  of  the  dos,  and  the  classical  law 
differed  from  that  of  Justinian4.  Dos  receptitia  may  be  neglected,  for 
this  went  to  the  donor  in  any  event.  If  the  marriage  ended  by  the 
husband's  death,  the  wife  took  the  dos.  If  by  divorce  the  rule  was  the 
same  except  that  if  this  was  caused  by  the  wife  or  her  father,  without 
justification,  the  husband  kept  one-sixth  for  each  child  up  to  three. 
There  were  other  deductions  in  respect  of  expenses  connected  with  dos, 
of  res  donatae,  of  res  amotae  and  of  misconduct,  mores,  while,  if  the  hus- 
band had  misbehaved,  the  periods  within  which  the  dos  must  be  returned 
were  shortened.  These  deductions,  enforceable  in  the  action  for  recovery 
of  dos,  actio  rei  uxoriae5,  were  probably  regulated  and  defined  by  the 
/.  lulia  de  maritandis  ordinibus,  but  they  were  certainly  to  some  extent 
recognised  before6.  There  were  however  alternative  remedies  in  some 
cases,  actio  rerum  arnotarum1  where  property  had  been  made  away 
with,  actio  de  moribus9,  in  case  of  the  wife's  misconduct,  and,  it  seems  a 
condictio  for  res  donatae  and  impensae  necessariae9 .  Justinian  suppressed 
the  retentiones  in  A.D.  53010,  leaving  the  alternative  remedies,  but  a  little 

1  20.  4.  9.  3;  C.  5.  12.  5,  10.  2  23.  5.  11.  3  Dos  might  be  made  or  increased  after 
marriage,  P.  2.  21  b.  1.  4  Ulp.  6.  6sqq.  5  Ulp.  6.  6.  The  remedy  for  recovery  was  modi- 
fied by  Justinian,  post,  p.  110  and  §  ccxxix.  6  See,  e.g.,  Val.  Max.  8.  2.  3;  Aul.  Cell.  10. 
23.  4;  Cicero,  Top.  4.  7  Post,  §  CLXXXVH.  8  Of  this  action  little  is  known.  It  was 

not  cumulative  with  criminal  proceedings  for  adultery  (C.  Th.  9.  20.  1).  It  was  not  available 
to  or  against  the  heres  (C.  Th.  3.  13.  1;  D.  24.  3.  15.  1).  It  was  not  a  praeiudicium,  for 
security  might  be  required  (G.  4.  102).  It  is  commonly  held  to  have  been  of  praetorian 
origin,  and  to  have  been  limited  to  the  dos.  The  evidence  seems  to  be  that  other  actions 
affecting  property  relations  of  vir  et  uxor  were  praetorian  and  that  it  is  most  commonly 
stated  in  connexion  with  dos.  But  there  seems  no  more  reason  for  this  than  there  would 
be  for  supposing  the  same  limit  for  actio  rerum  arnotarum,  which  also  corresponds  to  a 
retentio,  and  Justinian  in  the  abolishing  enactment  is  dealing  with  feminae  indotatae 
(C.  5.  17.  11).  There  could  be  no  pact  against  liability  under  this  head  (23.  4.  5.  pr.).  The 
passage  is  struck  out  by  the  corrector  of  the  Florentine  MS.  It  was  really  obsolete,  but 
the  abolishing  enactment  is  dated  only  a  few  weeks  before  that  confirming  the  Digest. 
Literary  texts  which  appear  to  deal  with  this  action  are  (see  also  n.  6):  Plut.  Mariiis,  38; 
Pliny,  H.  N.  14.  13  (90).  See  Esmein,  Mil.  78  sqq.;  150  sqq.;  N.R.H.  1893,  149  sqq.; 
Czyhlarz,  Dotalrecht,  337  sqq.  9  On  the  rule:  impensae  necessariae  dotem  ipso  iure 

minuunt,  Schulz,  Z.S.S.  34,  57.  10  C.  5.  13.  1.  5.  This  abolished  any  claim  in  respect  of 
children,  and,  on  the  abolition,  three  years  after,  of  the  actio  de  moribus,  any  claim  on 
mores. 


110  DOS  [CH. 

later  he  abolished  the  actio  de  moribus1.  On  the  other  hand  he  gave  an 
action  for  recovery  of  impensae  utiles2.  There  were  further  provisions 
where  the  wife  was  alieni  iuris  to  secure  that  the  father  should  not 
receive  the  dos  without  her  consent,  the  fund  being  considered  their 
common  property3.  Where  the  marriage  ended  by  the  death  of  the  wife, 
dos  profectitia  went  to  the  donor  if  alive,  if  he  was  not,  the  husband 
took  it  in  classical  law,  as  he  did  dos  adventitia,  on  the  wife's  death4. 
And  where  dos  profectitia  returned  to  the  donor  the  husband  kept  a 
fifth  for  each  child5.  Under  Justinian  the  wife's  heirs  replaced  the 
husband,  who  thus,  apart  from  agreement,  took  nothing  in  any  dos  of 
his  deceased  wife6. 

As  the  dos  was  the  property  of  the  husband  it  did  not  revert  ipso 
facto  on  the  end  of  the  marriage ;  there  was  an  obligation  to  restore.  If 
there  was  an  express  agreement  for  return,  dos  receptitia,  there  was  an 
action  ex  stipulatu;  in  other  cases  an  actio  rei  uxoriae.  The  agreement 
could  be  enforced  at  once,  but  in  the  other  case  there  were  delays. 
Apart  from  the  reduction  of  time  already  mentioned  where  the  husband 
was  in  fault,  he  must,  in  classical  law,  restore  res  fungibiles  (money  and 
the  like)  in  three  annual  instalments,  other  things  at  once7.  Security 
could  be  taken  for  the  return,  and  the  limitation  in  amount  under  the 
/.  Cornelia  did  not  apply  here8.  But  this  was  later  forbidden,  apparently 
on  the  not  very  satisfactory  ground  that  one  who  could  be  trusted  with 
a  daughter  could  be  trusted  with  money,  and  Justinian  maintained  the 
prohibition9.  Under  Justinian  the  system  was  remodelled.  The  actio  rei 
uxoriae  was  abolished  and  an  implied  agreement  substituted10,  so  that 
the  actio  ex  stipulatu,  somewhat  modified  in  its  results11,  was  the  general 
remedy.  Further,  land  had  to  be  returned  at  once  and  moveables 
within  a  year12. 

In  the  case  of  insolvency  the  wife  claiming  her  dos  had  a  priority 
over  other  unsecured  creditors,  though  not  over  those  who  had  taken  a 
valid  security13.  Justinian  went  further,  and  gave  her  a  tacit  hypothec 

1  C.  5.  17.  11.  2  b.  2  See  Schulz,  cit.  71.  3  24.  3.  2.  1.  This  and  following  leges 
bring  out  the  exceptional  character  of  the  claim  to  restoration  of  dos.  Apart  from  express 
promise  of  restoration,  the  wife's  right  to  recover  it  was  not  lost  by  capitis  deminutio.  If, 
when  the  marriage  ended,  she  was  alieni  iuris,  the  claim  did  not  vest  simply  in  the  pater- 
familias, as  would  other  rights  acquired  through  a  filiafamilias.  It  passed  to  her  if  she 
was  emancipated  or  otherwise  became  sui  iuris,  and  if  she  was  still  in  the  family,  neither 
she  nor  the  pater  could  properly  receive  or  recover  it  without  the  consent  of  the  other. 
If  this  was  in  fact  done,  the  other  still  had  the  action  for  recovery,  which  would  however 
be  barred  if  the  situation  was  subsequently  in  any  way  regularised.  See  4.5.9;  24.  3. 
2-4,  22,  33.  6,42;  C.  5.  18.  2,  etc.  4  Ulp.  6. 5.  5  Ulp.  6.  4.  6  C.  5.  13.  1.  6,  13.  This 
is  a  change  of  principle :  the  above  rules  shew  that  return  of  dos  could  be  claimed  only  by 
the  giver,  not  by  his  or  her  representatives.  7  Ulp.  6.  8.  8  G.  3.  125,  post,  §  CLVI. 
9  C.  Th.  3.  15.  1;  C.  5.  14.  8;  C.  5.  20.  10  C.  5.  13.  1;  Inst.  4.  6.  29.  11  Post, 

§  ccxxix.        12  C.  5.  13.  1.  76  a.  13  C.  8. 17. 12. 1. 


mj  DON  AT  10  ANTE  NUPTIAS  111 

over  such  of  the  dos  as  was  still  in  the  hands  of  the  husband  or  his  suc- 
cessors1, a  privileged  hypothec,  taking  priority  over  others  of  earlier 
date2.  But  he  also  gave  her  the  alternative  of  a  real  action,  a  vindicatio 
of  the  property,  a  remedy  which  implies  that  it  is  her  own  and  is  thus 
inconsistent  with  her  hypothec3,  and  also  constitutes  an  ipso  iure 
reversion  of  the  ownership,  contrary  to  classical  principle4. 

In  the  Byzantine  Empire  a  new  institution  appeared  called  Donatio 
ante  nuptias.  It  was  a  sort  of  converse  of  dos,  given  by  the  husband  to 
the  wife,  whose  property  it  was,  but  administered  by  the  husband.  It 
had  its  origin  in  ordinary  gifts  by  the  man  to  his  betrothed,  much 
influenced  by  oriental  notions5,  but  it  assumed  the  character  of  a  special 
institution.  Its  history  and  the  conceptions  underlying  it  are  the  subject 
of  controversy.  The  main  legislation  affecting  it  seems  to  be  the  following : 
There  was  a  little  legislation  in  the  Western  Empire  which  differentiated 
such  gifts  from  ordinary  completed  donationes,  which  became  absolutely 
the  property  of  the  donee6,  but  as  Mitteis  shews,  this  did  not  create  a 
real  new  institution;  that  appeared  in  the  East.  Theodosius  provided 
that  donatio  ante  nuptias  should  go  to  the  survivor  and  on  divorce  to 
the  divorced  party 7.  Leo  enacted  that  on  causeless  divorce  the  divorcer 
lost  all  right  in  dos  or  donatio,  and  in  case  of  death  the  husband  surviving 
took  all  the  donatio  and  half  the  dos,  the  wife  surviving,  all  the  dos  and 
half  the  donatio,  a  rule  which  makes  donatio  a  sort  of  counterpart  of  dos 8. 
He  also  provided  that  if  there  were  agreements  giving  either  a  greater 
share,  they  must  apply  equally  in  proportion  on  both  sides9.  Justin 
allowed  increase  of  such  gifts  after  marriage  if  dos  had  been  increased, 
and  even  creation  where  there  had  been  none,  if  there  had  been  such 
increase  in  dos10.  Justinian  allowed  creation  of  it  in  any  case  after 
marriage  and  therefore  changed  the  name  to  donatio  propter  nuptias*1. 
He  applied  most  of  the  rules  of  dos  to  it  with  the  parts  interchanged. 
In  particular  he  laid  it  down  that  it  was  to  be  of  the  same  amount  as 
the  dos,  and  that  the  special  agreements  to  vary  the  legal  rules  as  to  its 
disposal  after  the  marriage  must  apply  to  both12. 

These  funds,  dos  and  donatio  propter  nuptias,  were  the  chief  exceptions 
to  a  rule  that  gifts  between  husband  and  wife  were  void.  It  was  a  cus- 
tomary rule  based  by  jurists  on  the  considerations  which  led  to  a  some- 

1  C.  5.  13.  Lib.  2  C.  8.  17.  12.  5,  6.  3  He  gives  a  laborious  explanation  of  the 
anomaly  which  however  only  carries  on  the  involved  conception  of  the  ownership  which 
had  been  current  in  classical  law.  C.  5.  12.  30.  1.  4  Post,  §  Lxvm.  If  it  was  land 

alienated  in  violation  of  the  1.  I  alia,  the  alienation  being  void,  the  action  would  be  avail- 
able there  too.  Before  Justinian  she  had  in  such  case  a  vindicatio  but  only  on  cession  of 
the  action  (31.  77.  5).  See  Girard,  Manuel,  977.  5  See  Mitteis,  Reichsr.  uinl  I'ulkxr. 

256  sqq.  and  Collinet,  Eludes  Hist,  1.  145  sqq.  6  C.  Th.  8.  12.  1;  C.  5.  3.  1-5,  15,  16. 

7  Syro-Roman  Law-book,  265.  8  Ibid.  9  C.  5.  14.  9.  10  C.  5.  3.  19.  11  C.  5. 
3.  20.  12  Further  legislation  in  Nov.  97. 


112  FORM  OF  MARRIAGE  [CH. 

what  analogous  rule  in  English  law,  "lest  they  be  kissed  or  cursed  out 
of  their  money1."  Other  exceptions  were  gifts  not  to  operate  till  the 
marriage  ended2,  reasonable  gifts  on  festal  occasions3,  and  gifts  not 
involving  profit  to  the  receiver,  e.g.  gift  of  a  slave  ut  manumittatur*. 
Forbidden  gifts  were  simply  void5,  but  might  be  confirmed  by  will6, 
and  in  the  third  century  it  was  provided  that  they  were  good  if  the 
donor  died  without  having  changed  his  mind7. 

XLI.  The  requirements  of  a  valid  Roman  marriage,  which  was  of 
course  monogamous,  may  be  stated  as  follows8. 

Form.  The  only  form  required  by  law  was  the  placing  of  the  wife  in 
the  control  of  the  husband9,  essentially  a  traditio,  which,  like  traditio 
of  property,  could  be  effected  in  many  ways.  The  normal  method  of  this 
deductio  in  domum  was  for  the  husband  to  receive  the  wife  at  his  domi- 
cile, but  it  might  be  in  his  absence  with  his  consent10.  There  might 
indeed  be  no  change  of  domicile ;  he  might  go  to  live  at  her  house  or 
they  might  have  been  occupying  the  same  house.  But  there  could  be 
no  marriage  in  the  absence  of  the  wife11.  Though  this  was  all  the  law 
required,  elaborate  ceremonial  was  usual12,  in  which  the  nature  of  marri- 
age as  "consortium  omnis  vitae,  divini  et  humani  iuris  communicatio"  was 
expressed.  There  would  be  a  bridal  procession,  epithalamia,  feasting,  and 
when  the  bride  reached  the  house  she  was  lifted  over  the  threshold  and 
offered  fire  and  water,  the  symbols  of  life,  she  uttering  the  declaration 
"ubi  tu  Gains  ego  Gam13."  All  this,  like  the  presence  of  dos,  shewed  that 
marriage  and  not  concubinage  was  intended.  Just  as  traditio  did  not 
transfer  ownership  unless  there  was  evidence  of  intent  that  it  should,  so 

1  24.  1.  1,  2,  3.  pr.  2  24.  1.  9.  2;  h.  t.  10,  13,  61,  62;  P.  2.  23.  3  Ulp.  7.  1 ;  D.  24.  1. 
31.  8,  40,  42.  4  24.  1.  5.  16,  7.  8,  22.  5  24.  1.  3.  10,  36.  6  32.  33.  1.  7  24.  1.  32.  pr.-4. 
8  Marriage  was  usually  preceded  by  contract  of  betrothal,  Sponsalia  (D.  23.  1),  which 
might  be  made  in  absence  or  by  ratification  without  special  form,  but  needed  the  same 
personal  consents  as  marriage  and  so  could  not  be  made  by  tutor  (post,  §  LVI).  As  capacity 
to  contract  was  needed  the  parties  must  not  be  insane  or  infantes  (23.  1.  2;  h.  t.  8).  It  was 
originally  made  by  formal  sponsio.  Those  who  could  not  intermarry  could  not  be  betrothed , 
but,  possibly,  in  classical  law  a  betrothal  in  view  of  expiry  of  a  temporary  obstruction 
was  allowed  (23.  1.  15,  16  seem  to  be  interpolated).  It  could  always  be  renounced  by  notice 
by  the  parties  or  the  paterfamilias,  and  if  the  intended  husband  failed  to  complete  the 
marriage  for  two  years,  without  good  reason,  the  other  party  was  discharged  (23.  1.  17; 
C.  5.  1.  1,  2).  It  gave  rise  to  no  action  for  breach  of  promise,  but  it  was  important,  for 
several  reasons,  to  have  rules  as  to  what  constituted  valid  sponsalia.  Thus  relationship 
b}7  marriage  might  be  a  bar  to  marriage  and  this  was  to  some  extent  applied  to  those  only 
betrothed.  And  the  bar  to  alienation  of  dotal  land  applied  while  the  parties  were  yet  only 
betrothed  (23.  5.  4).  To  be  betrothed  to  two  persons  at  the  same  time  involved  infamy 
(3.  2.  1).  In  late  law  it  was  usual  to  give  arra  on  one  side  or  both,  and  there  was  a  good 
deal  of  legislation  involving  forfeiture,  sometimes  of  a  multiple,  for  causeless  renunciation 
(C.  5.  1.  5;  C.  5.  3.  15;  C.  Th.  3.  6.  1).  As  to  the  history  of  this  legislation,  see  Riccobono, 
Arra  sponsalicia,  secondo  la  C.J.  5.  1.  5.  9  23.  2.  5;  C.  5.  4.  9.  10  23.  2.  5;  P.  2.  19.  8. 
11  Ibid.  12  Marquardt,  Privatleben,  42  sqq.  13  Probably  appropriate  to  manus. 


HI]  CONSENT  TO  MARRIAGE  113 

here  there  was  no  marriage  without  evidence  of  intent  to  marry,  qffectio 
maritalis1.  But  this  was  presumed,  prima  facie,  if  the  parties  were  of 
equal  rank,  and,  under  Justinian,  in  all  cases2,  though  circumstances 
might  rebut  the  presumption,  apart  from  proof,  e.g.  if  the  woman  was 
of  notoriously  bad  character3. 

Consent.  The  consent  of  the  parties  was  needed,  though  for  those  in 
potestas  it  was  probably  not  required  in  early  law.  There  was  one  ex- 
ception. If  a  man  freed  an  ancilla,  specially  for  the  purpose  of  marriage 
(but  not  otherwise),  and  the  manumission  was  in  all  respects  voluntary, 
she  could  not  refuse4.  The  parties  must  be  capable  of  consent,  and  thus 
a  lunatic  could  not  marry5.  Neither  fraud  nor  error,  however  funda- 
mental, of  themselves  vitiated  the  marriage,  in  view  of  the  ease  of 
divorce6. 

Other  consents  might  be  needed.  The  issue  of  the  marriage  would  be 
in  potestas  of  the  father's  paterfamilias.  This  would  be  adding  to  his 
family,  and  thus  his  consent  was  needed 7,  as  also  would  be  that  of  the 
father  if  the  vir  was  a  grandson  whose  father  was  in  the  same  potestas 8. 
The  consent  of  the  wife's  paterfamilias  was  also  needed9,  not  for  that 
reason,  but  as  part  of  his  patria  potestas,  so  that  the  consent  of  any 
intervening  link  was  not  required.  But  the  rule  was  subject  to  many 
limitations.  The  /.  lulia  is  said  to  have  laid  down  a  rule  forbidding 
causeless  refusal10,  and  this  is  the  basis  of  a  rule  of  Severus  and  Caracalla, 
requiring  the  father  to  take  steps  to  secure  a  suitable  marriage  for  his 
child,  on  appeal  to  the  chief  magistrate11.  Though  in  terms  this  deals 
with  general  prohibition,  or  refusal  to  seek  a  marriage,  it  seems  to  imply 
that  he  could  be  compelled  to  assent  to  any  suitable  marriage  if  he  had 
no  other  to  propose.  In  some  cases  the  consent  could  be  dispensed  with. 
The  child  of  a  captivus  could  marry,  but  Justinian  limited  this  to  the 
case  in  which  the  captivity  had  lasted  three  years12.  If  the  father  was 
absent  and  it  was  not  known  whether  he  was  alive  or  where,  if  alive,  he 
was,  the  child  could  marry ;  here  too  Justinian  required  a  delay  of  three 
years13.  Where  the  father  was  insane  there  were  disputes  of  which 

1  24.  1.  3.  1;  h.  t.  32.  13.         2  23.  2.  24;  39.  5.  31.  pr.;  C.  5.  4.  22.        3  C.  5.  4.  23.  7; 
D.  23.  2.  24.  4,  23.  2.  29;   h.  t.  29.  5  P.  2.  19.  7;  D.  23.  2.  16.  2.     No  words  or 

ceremonial  being  needed  deaf,  dumb  or  blind  folk  could  marry.  6  See  the  rules  as 

to  erroris  causae  probatio,  ante  §  xxxv.  7  Inst.  1.  10.  pr. ;  P.  2.  19.  2;  D.  23.  2.  2;  C. 

5.  4.  12.  8  23.  2.  9,  16.  1.  9  23.  2.  16.   In  this  case  it  was  enough  that  he  did  not 

forbid.  C.  5.  4.  25;  D.  23.  1.  7.  1.  The  same  may  be  true  in  the  other  case,  butC.  5.  4.  5  d<»  s 
not  quite  say  so.  10  23.  2.  19.  The  text  is  corrupt  and  probably  interpolated.  Castelli, 
Obbligo  di  dotare,  7sqq.;  Moriaud,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  291,  who  thinks  the  /.applied  only 
to  females,  and  that  Just,  made  it  general  by  altering  filias  vel  neptes  into  liberos. 
11  23.  2.  19.  See  however  Castelli,  loc.  cit.  12  23.  2.  9.  1,  11;  49.  15.  12.  3.  13  23.  '2. 
1 1 .  The  requirement  attributed  to  Julian  that  the  marriage  must  be  such  as  the  paler 
would  have  approved  is  no  doubt  due  to  Justinian. 

B.  R.  L.  8 


114  CONUBIUM  [CH. 

Justinian  gives  an  account1.  There  was  no  difficulty  in  the  case  of 
daughters ;  the  principle  that  here  non-prohibition  sufficed  gives  a 
sophistical  justification  of  a  rational  rule.  But  for  sons  the  leave  of  the 
Emperor  was  needed  till  M.  Aurelius  allowed  it  generally  to  children  of 
mente  capti2.  Whether  this  covered  furiosi,  capable  of  lucid  intervals, 
was  doubted,  till  Justinian  enacted  that  it  should,  and  provided 
machinery  enabling  the  curator  and  relatives,  with  approval  of  the 
magistrates,  to  arrange  for  dos  and  donatio*. 

It  may  be  added  that  where  consent  was  needed  and  was  given  only 
after  cohabitation  had  begun,  this  was  not  ratification;  the  marriage 
dated  only  from  the  consent4. 

Age.  The  male  must  be  14,  the  female  125,  this  being  the  normal 
age  at  which  the  necessary  physical  faculties  are  developed.  Thus  one 
who  could  not  have  the  physical  capacity,  e.g.  a  castratus,  could  not 
marry6,  and,  at  least  in  classical  law,  those  whose  development  was 
retarded  could  not  marry  till  it  was  complete7.  Those  who  lived  together 
before  attaining  the  necessary  age  were  not  married  till  they  reached  it, 
still  living  together  as  man  and  wife 8. 

Conubium.  Capacity  of  civil  marriage9.  A  convenient  modern 
terminology  distinguishes  between  absolute  and  relative  conubium. 
Absolute  conubium  is  the  capacity  to  contract  civil  marriage.  This  was 
possessed  in  general  only  by  cives  and  those  Latini  and  peregrini  to 
whom,  as  members  of  a  community,  or  personally,  it  had  been  granted10. 
But  veterani  who  had  received  civitas  were  sometimes,  but  not  always, 
allowed  by  their  diploma  of  civitas  to  contract  civil  marriage  with  any 
woman  they  first  chose  after  their  discharge11,  so  that  they  could  rnarry 
with  their  own  tribe  without  loss  of  rights,  and  give  to  the  woman 
chosen  a  limited  conubium.  But,  unless  it  was  expressly  so  provided  in 
the  diploma,  this  did  not  confer  civitas  on  her.  The  children  would  be 
cives  and  in  potestas  as  issue  of  a  civil  marriage  whose  father  was  a 
civis12. 

Relative  Conubium.  Those  capable  of  civil  marriage  might  not  be 

1  Inst.  1.  10.  pr.  2  C.  5.  4.  25.  3  Ibid.  4  1.  5.  11;  Vat.  Fr.  102.     Other 

special  cases.  A  liberta  who  had  been  married  to  her  patron  could  never  marry  another 
person  without  his  leave  (23.  2.  45,  51;  C.  5.  5.  1).  The  tutor  and  relatives  of  a  girl  sui 
iuris  had  some  control  over  her  marriage,  and  in  199  it  was  provided  that  if  they  could 
not  agree  on  a  choice,  it  should  go  to  the  praeses  (C.  5.  4.  1).  In  408  precise  rules  were 
laid  down  as  to  consent  of  relatives  in  this  case  (C.  5.  4.  20).  In  371  the  marriage  of  a 
widow  sui  iuris  was  made  subject  to  consent  of  father  (h.  t.  18).  5  Inst.  1.  10.  pr. ; 

C.  5.  4.  24.  6  23.  3.  39.  1.  7  Arg.  G.  1.  196;  Ulp.  11.  28.     School  dispute, 

Proculians  decided  by  age,  Sabinians  by  maturity.  8  23.  2.  4.  9  G.  1.  58  sqq. 

10  Ulp.  5.  4.  Ante,  §§  xxxiv  sqq.  11  See  Girard,  Textes,  125  sqq.;  Bruns,  1.  274  sqq. 
12  There  were  of  course  cives  who  could  not  marry,  castrati,  mente  capti,  divorced 
women  accused  of  adultery,  etc.  (P.  2.  19.  7;  D.  23.  2.  26),  soldiers  in  actual  service,  Dio 
Cass.  60.  24.  See  Meyer,  Das  Konkubinal,  100  sqq. 


in]  CONUBIUM  115 

capable  of  intermarriage.  The  restrictions  were  numerous  and  rested 
on  various  principles. 

(a)  Rank.    In  early  law  freeborn  and  freed  might  not  intermarry1, 
but  in  the  empire  the  prohibition  to  marry  freed  persons  applied  only  to 
those  of  senatorial  rank.  The  I.  Papia  forbade  those  of  this  rank  to  marry 
actors,  actresses  and  some  others  without  the  Emperor's  leave2,  and  the 
Christian  Emperors  legislated  further  on  the  matter3.    Justin,  to  allow 
his  nephew  Justinian  to  marry  Theodora,  allowed  marriage  with  retired 
actresses4,  and  Justinian  abolished  the  rule  altogether5. 

(b)  Moral,  religious  and  political  considerations.  There  might  be  no 
marriage  between  an  adulteress  and  her  paramour6,  or  between  Christian 
and  Jew7.   Two  cases  are  more  important.    It  was  forbidden  to  a  high 
provincial  magistrate  or  his  son  to  marry  a  person  of  the  province 
unless  they  had  been  betrothed  before  he  held  the  office8.    It  was  also 
forbidden,  for  obvious  reasons,  for  a  tutor  or  curator  to  marry  one  who 
was  or  had  been  his  ward.  The  reason  for  the  rule,  which  dates  from  the 
second  century,  accounts  for  some  exceptions.    It  did  not  apply  where 
they  were  betrothed  before  the  office  began,  or  by  her  father,  or  she  was 
26,  or  the  Emperor's  leave  had  been  obtained9.  The  rule  extended  to  sons 
and  grandsons,  natural  or  adoptive,  provided  in  this  last  case  the  tie 
still  existed,  and  whether  legitimate  or  illegitimate,  and  seems  to  have 
been  extended  even  to  liberti  and  extranei  heredes10. 

In  all  these  cases  the  marriage  was  void,  not  merely  at  civil  law;  it 
was  no  marriage  at  all11.  In  some  of  the  cases,  e.g.  tutores  and  Jews,  it 
was  punishable12.  In  some,  e.g.  provincial  magistrates,  the  marriage 
was  validated  for  the  future  if  when  the  prohibition  ceased  to  apply 
the  parties  were  still  living  together13. 

(c)  Relationship  and  connexion  by  marriage. 

1.  Blood  relationship.  The  rule  in  the  empire  is  simple.  Ascendant 
and  descendant  could  never  intermarry14.  Other  relatives  could  not, 
whether  of  the  whole  or  half  blood,  if  either  of  them  was  only  one 
degree  from  the  common  ancestor15.  Uncle  and  niece,  great-uncle  and 
great-niece  could  not  intermarry,  but  cousins  could16.  The  rule  applied 

1  Till  the  I.  Canuleia,  attributed  to  444  B.C.,  patrician  and  plebeian  could  not  inter- 
marry, Livy,  4.  -  2  Ulp.  13.  16.  2;  D.  23.  2.  23;  h.  t.  31,  44.  pr.  3  C.  5.  5.  7;  C.  5. 
27.1.  4  C.  5.  4.  23.  5  Nov.  117.  6.  6  48.  5.  41.  pr.  7  C.  1.  9.  6.  823.2. 
57,  63.  Not  his  daughter,  23.  2.  38.  The  rule  has  the  double  object  of  preventing: 
(1)  abuse  of  power,  and  (2)  relations  which  would  weaken  his  devotion  to  Rome  of  which 
he  was  the  representative.  9  23.  2.  36,  59,  60,  66.  10  23.  2.  59,  60.  6,  64,  66;  C. 
5.  6.  4.  Not  to  daughter  marrying  pupillus,  23.  2.  64.  2.  11  The  prohibitions  of  I. 
lulia  and  1.  Papia,  at  first  mere  prohibitions,  were  interpreted  by  see.  as  nullifying,  23. 
1.  16;  23.  2.  16.  pr.  12  Tutor,  23.  2.  64,  66.  pr.;  C.  5.  6.  7  (infamy  as  well);  Jew,  C.  1. 
9.6.  13  23.  2.65.  1;C.  5.  4.  6.  14  G.  1.  59:  Ulp.  5.  6;  Inst.  1.  10.  1.  15  G.  1. 
60,  61;  Coll.  6.  3.  1;  Inst.  1.  10.  2.  16  Ulp.  5.  6. 

8—2 


116  CONUBIUM  [CH. 

whether  the  relation  was  civil  or  not,  and  even  though  one  or  both  had 
been  born  in  slavery1.  Claudius,  desiring  to  marry  his  niece  Agrippina, 
allowed  marriage  with  a  brother's  daughter,  though  not  with  a  sister's. 
The  sons  of  Constantine  declared  such  a  marriage  incestuous  and  restored 
the  old  rule2. 

2.  Adoptive  relationship.    As   between  ascendant  and   descendant 
the  rule  was  the  same3.    Between  collaterals  there  was  the  modification 
that  the  bar  ceased  if  the  adoptive  tie  ceased.  Thus,  while  a  man  might 
not  marry  his  adoptive  daughter  or  sister,  the  adoptive  father  was  still 
barred  even  though  she  passed  out  of  the  family,  while  the  brother 
could  then  marry  her,  and  so  also  if  it  was  he  who  was  emancipated4. 
The  tie  being  a  purely  artificial  agnation,  the  bar  ceased  when  that 
ceased.     On    the   same   principle   the   adoptive   tie   and   resulting   bar 
applied  only  to  the  person  actually  adopted.  Thus  one  could  marry  his 
adoptive  sister's  daughter,  there  being  no  agnatic  tie  and  no  blood  tie, 
and,  for  the  same  reason,  his  adoptive  father's  half-sister  by  the  same 
mother5.  But  so  long  as  a  man  was  in  the  family  he  could  not  marry  his 
adoptive  lather's  aunt  on  the  mother's  side,  a  rule  which,  as  there  is  no 
blood  or  agnatic  tie,  seems  to  jar  with  the  others6.     Justinian  changed 
the  rules  of  adoption  so  that  an  adoptatus  usually  stayed  in  the  old 
agnatic  group7,  but  these  rules  were  not  modified. 

3.  Relationship  by  marriage.    Affinitas.    Marriage  was  forbidden  in 
classical  law  between  a  party  to  a  marriage  and  an  ascendant  or  descend- 
ant of  the  other,  e.g.  mother-in-law,  step-mother,  daughter-in-law,  step- 
daughter and  remoter  degrees8.    In  the  later  empire  this  was  extended 
to  brothers  and  sisters-in-law9,  but  there  was  no  bar  to  marriage  with 
step-brother  or  sister.  The  bar  extended,  however,  to  some  who  cannot  be 
called  relatives  by  marriage.  It  was  forbidden  to  marry  one  betrothed  to  a 
parent  or  child10,  though  this  did  not  extend  to  brother  and  sister.    There 
might  be  no  marriage  with  a  child  of  a  divorced  wife  by  a  later  husband11. 

In  these  cases  of  relationship,  of  all  three  types,  the  marriage  was 
not  only  void ;  it  was  incestuous  and  penalised.  In  particular,  any  dos 
given  was  forfeited  to  the  State12. 

1  Ante,  §  xxrn.  Justinian's  statement  that  one  who  could  not  marry  a  woman  could 
not  marry  her  daughter  is  too  wide.  Literally  it  would  bar  relatives  however  remote. 
2  Tac.  Ann.  12.  6;  Ulp.  5.  6;  G.  1.  62;  Inst.  1.  10.  3;  C.  Th.  3.  12.  1.  For  the  temporary 
revival  of  the  Republican  rule  forbidding  marriage  between  first  cousins,  see  Ulp.  5.  6; 
C.  5.  4.  19.  In  early  Rome  the  prohibition  was  much  wider.  See  for  an  exceptional 
privilegium,  23.  2.  57 a,  3  G.  1.  59;  Coll.  6.  3.  2;  Inst.  1.  10.  1.  4  G.  1.  60,  61;  Coll. 
6.  3.  2;  Inst.  1.  10.  2.  5  23.  2.  12.  4.  6  23.  2.  55.  7  Post,  §  XLIV.  8  G.  1. 

63;  Coll.  6.  3.  3;  Inst.  1.  10.  6.  9  C.  Th.  3.  12.  2;  C.  5.  5.  5.  10  23.  2.  12.  1,  2. 

11  23.  2.  12.  3.     A  marriage  did  not  become  forbidden  ex  post  facto.     If  my  divorced  wife 
married  and  I  afterwards  adrogated  her  husband,  the  marriage  remained  good.  23.  2.  12.  pr. 

12  Ulp.  5.  7;  C.  5.5.4,6. 


m]  DIVORCE  117 

XLII.  Death  or  slavery  of  either  party  ended  marriage1.  Depor- 
tation, though  it  involved  loss  of  civitas,  did  not  necessarily  end  the 
marriage,  though  it  ceased  to  be  a  civil  marriage,  and  potestas  over 
children  was  destroyed2. 

Divorce  ended  marriage,  and  in  the  relaxed  social  morality  of  the 
empire  this  became  extremely  common3.  In  the  republic  and  in  the 
earlier  classical  law  the  paterfamilias  had  full  power  to  end  by  divorce 
the  marriage  of  his  child.  A  text  of  Paul  which  says  that  Pius  forbade  the 
separation  of  a  bene  concordans  matrimonium  by  the  father4  probably 
refers  to  divorce  (though  another  text  suggests  that  it  merely  means  that, 
though  the  divorce  was  valid,  he  could  not  compel  actual  separation5). 
M.  Aurelius  understood  it  in  the  fuller  sense  and  confirmed  it6.  The  power 
to  divorce  a  son  or  daughter  for  magna  causa  survived  to  Justinian7. 

Divorce  by  the  parties  themselves  is  more  important.  The  conception 
of  liberum  matrimonium,  predominant  in  the  empire,  involved  the  right 
of  the  parties  to  end  a  marriage  at  any  moment  by  agreement8,  but 
the  facility  went  much  further.  It  was  open  to  either  party  to  end  the 
marriage  by  repudium,  involving  a  formal  libellus  repudii  sealed  by 
seven  witnesses9.  There  was  a  partial  exception.  A  liberta  married  to 
her  patron,  though  she  could  technically  divorce  him,  did  not  thereby 
acquire  the  liberty  of  action  which  ordinarily  results  from  divorce. 
She  could  not  marry  another  or  reclaim  her  dos.  But  the  marriage  was, 
apparently,  ended10,  and  presumably  a  child  born  after  the  period  of 
gestation  would  not  be  born  ex  iustis  nuptiis.  Absolute  freedom  re- 
mained the  law,  till  Justinian  forbade  divorce  by  mutual  consent  except 
for  certain  religious  objects,  a  rule  repealed  by  his  successor  immediately 
on  his  death11.  But  divorce,  though  free,  might  involve  penalties.  In 
the  republic  a  causeless  divorce  would  involve  a  nota  censoria,  and  we 
have  seen  that  it  also  involved  penalisation  in  respect  of  dos12.  When 
the  empire  became  Christian  there  was  much  legislation  on  the  matter. 
Constantine  enacted  that  for  repudium  apart  from  certain  specified 
causes,  over  and  above  the  penalties  in  matter  of  dos,  the  woman 
might  be  deported  and  the  man  might  not  marry  again ;  if  he  did,  the 
divorced  wife  might  seize  the  second  wife's  dos13.  Ninety  years  later  the 

1  As  to  effect  of  captivity,  ante,  §  xxiv.  2  G.  1.  128;  Ulp.  10.  3;  Inst.  1.  12.  1; 

D.  24.  1.  13.  1;  24.  3.  56;  48.  20.  5.  1;  etc.  3  The  Laudatio  Turiae  of  the  time  of  Aug. 

records  as  rare  the  fact  of  a  long  marriage  not  interrupted  by  divorce.  See  Girard,  Textes, 
813.  4  P.  5.  6.  15.  5  Vat.  Fr.  116.  6  C.  5.  17.  5;  P.  2.  19.  2.  7  C.  5.  17.  5. 
8  Justinian's  Code  retains  an  enactment  of  Alexander  (C.  8.  38.  2)  which  says  that,  in  view 
of  the  traditional  liberty  of  marriage,  pacts  not  to  divorce  or  for  a  penalty  in  case  of 
divorce  are  void.  It  does  not  appear  that  the  consent  of  the  paterfamilias  of  the  husband 
was  essential  to  divorce.  As  to  the  wife,  24.  2.  5  suggests  the  opposite.  9  24.  1. 

35;  24.  2.  9.  10  23.  2.  45;  24.  2.  11.  11  Nov.  117;  Nov.  140.          12  Ante,  §  XL. 

13  C.  Th.  3.  16.  1. 


118  MANUS  [CH. 

extreme  penalty  was  restricted  to  cases  where  there  was  no  reason  at 
all ;  if  there  was  an  insufficient  reason  the  wife  might  not  remarry  and 
the  husband  not  for  two  years1.  These  rules  were  not  preserved  by 
Justinian2,  but  he  kept  analogous  provisions  of  A.D.  449 3  and  set  up  a 
number  of  other  legitimate  causes  of  divorce4.  Finally  he  provided 
that,  for  divorce  not  for  a  recognised  cause,  the  wife  should  be  confined 
in  a  nunnery  for  life,  her  property  being  forfeited  to  various  uses  in- 
cluding the  nunnery ;  the  husband  was  subject  only  to  money  penalties5. 
In  all  this  it  must  be  noted  that  the  divorce  was  valid. 

There  was  also  legislation  aimed  at  preserving  for  the  children  of 
the  first  marriage  the  dos  and  donatio  connected  with  it,  in  the  event  of 
any  remarriage  of  the  parties6. 

XLIII.  MANUS.  At  a  sacrifice  of  order,  but  for  convenience,  it  is 
best  to  consider  now  the  very  different  relations  set  up  by  a  marriage 
with  manus1.  No  doubt  there  was  a  time  when  all  Roman  marriage 
was  with  manus,  but  so  early  as  the  XII  Tables  there  seem  to  have  been 
devices  for  evading  it8.  At  the  end  of  the  republic  it  was  in  decay  and 
it  seems  to  have  died  out  altogether  not  long  after  Gaius.  Ulpian,  Paul 
and  Papinian  indeed  all  mention  manus9,  but  most  of  the  allusions  are 
not  such  as  to  suggest  that  it  was  still  real.  There  is  at  least  an  allusion 
to  it  even  in  the  Digest10. 

Manus  placed  the  wife  loco  filiae  and  made  her  the  sister  of  her 
own  children.  Her  acquisitions  vested  in  the  paterfamilias,  and  she  had 
the  same  right  of  succession11  as  a  daughter.  But  the  traditions  of  the 
II.  regiae  suggest  that  in  practice  there  were  more  restrictions  on  the 
right  of  the  husband  than  on  those  of  the  father12.  There  is  no  sign  of 
surrender  for  noxa,  or  of  giving  in  adoption,  or  of  the  right  of  transferring 
her  by  mancipatio,  like  a  son.  In  coemptio  fiduciae  causa  the  factitious 
husband  sold  the  woman  into  civil  bondage13,  but  this  shews  only  that 

1  C.  Th.  3.  16.  2.        2  See,  however,  C.  9.  9.  34.        3  C.  5.  17.  8.        40.5.17.10,11. 
5  Nov.  117.  6  C.  5.  9  and  10.  There  are  obvious  reasons  for  forbidding  remarriage 

of  widows  immediately  on  the  husband's  death.  The  marriage  however  was  not  void,  and 
in  classical  law  the  woman  does  not  seem  to  have  incurred  any  penalty,  but  her  father, 
if  he  authorised  it,  and  the  husband  and  his  father  became  in/ames  (see  Greenidge,  Infamia, 
p.  127)  if  the  remarriage  was  within  the  year  of  mourning  (3.  2.  1;  Vat.  Fr.  320).  Asa 
corollary  a  widow  was  for  a  time  after  the  husband's  death  free  from  the  penalties  of 
celibacy.  Ulpian,  14,  gives  the  periods.  In  later  law  the  woman  was  more  directly  reached. 
She  became  in/amis,  which  was  not  a  notion  applicable  to  women  in  earlier  law  (ante, 
§  xxxiu ).  She  forfeited  benefits  from  her  husband's  estate  and  any  honorific  rank  which 
she  held.  (C.  Th.  3.  8.  1;  C.  5.  9.  1,  2.)  7  G.  1.  108  sqq.  8  G.  1.  111.  It  is 

however  probable  that  at  that  time  the  idea  of  Roman  marriage  and  manus  were  inseparable 
and  the  effect  of  the  trinoclium  abesse  was  to  prevent  the  relation  from  being  a  marriage 
at  all.  9  Ulp.  24.  23;  Vat.  Fr.  115;  Coll.  4.  7.  1.  10  32.  41.  7,  " mater  familias 

facto,"  by  the  death  of  her  husband.  11  G.  2.  96,  139;  Coll.  16.  2.  3.  12  Bruns,  1. 
68;  Girard,  Textes,  6.  13  Post,  §  XLVIII. 


m]  MAN  US  119 

a  real  sale  was  not  expressly  forbidden  by  law,  not  that  it  was  ever 
practised1.    According  to   tradition   divorce   from    manus  apart   from 
certain  justifications  was  penalised  by  Romulus2. 
Three  ways  of  acquiring  manus  are  recorded. 

1.  Confarreatio.  This  was  a  religious  ceremony  at  the  altar  of  lupiter 

Farreu-s  before  the  Pontifex  Maximus  and  the  Flamen  Dialis.   As  in  all 

early  ritual  acts  there  must  be  witnesses,  here  ten,  perhaps  representing 

the  ten  curiae.  There  was  a  sacrifice  and  the  consumption  of  a  cake  of 

far,  and  what  Gains  describes  as  complura  ritual  acts  of  which  we  have 

indications  which  need  not  be  stated3.  It  was  essentially  patrician.  It 
was  a  necessary  qualification  for  the  post  of  rex  sacrorum,  or  the  three 
major  flaminates,  to  be  a  party  to,  and  issue  of,  a  confarreate  marriage4. 
When  at  the  end  of  the  republic  manus  was  unpopular,  it  was  difficult 
to  find  persons  so  qualified,  and  Tiberius  therefore  provided  that  one 
who  married  a  flamen  Dialis  should  pass  into  maims  only  quoad  sacra, 
and  in  other  matters  should  be  as  if  not  in  manus5.  This  probably  applied 
to  the  other  flamines  maiores  and  an  imperfect  text  of  Gains  may  mean 
that  it  covered  all  cases  of  confarreatio6.  Indeed  the  story  of  Tacitus 
suggests  that  this  had  gone  out  of  use  except  for  these  cases,  the  office 
of  flamen  thus  tending  to  become  hereditary.  Nothing  is  heard  of  con- 
farreatio after  Ulpian7. 

2.  Coemptio.  This  was  essentially  a  modified  form  of  bride  purchase. 
As  described  by  Gains  it  was  a  sale  of  the  wife  to  the  husband  per  aes  et 
libram8,   i.e.  by  the  formal  method  used  for  the  transfer  of  property  in 
civil  law,  mancipatio9.     But  it  was  not  quite  a  mancipatio.  The  words 
used  were  different  and  so  framed  as  not  to  treat  her  as  a  thing  sold10. 
Further,  she  was  not  sold,  but  sold  herself  with  the  auctoritas  of  her 
father  or  tutor,  according  as  she  was  or  was  not  alieni  iurisn.    Coemptio 
must  have  been  the  usual  mode  of  creation  of  manus  in  the  time  of  Gaius, 
so  far  as  real  manus  still  existed,  but  it  was  by  this  time  more  important 
in  certain  fictitious  applications  of  the  process,  called  coemptio  fiduciae 
causa.    Cicero,  attacking  the  lawyers,  says  they  had  perverted  coemptio 
and  used  it  to  destroy  sacra12.  This  may  be  no  more  than  collusive 

1  Such  a  relatively  late  and  artificial  device  hardly  proves  anything  for  early  law. 
2  See  n.  4.          3  G.  1.  112;  Ulp.  9,  Boethius  in  Top.  3.  14.  4  G.  1.  112.  5  Tac. 

Ann.  4.  16.  Little  is  known  of  the  others,  Quirinalis  and  Martialls,  see  Daremberg  et 
Saglio,  Diet,  des  Ant.  s.v.  Flamen.  6  G.  1.  136.  But  the  enactment  there  referred  to 

seems  to  be  of  11  B.C.,  the  year  in  which  the  flamen  Dialis  was  re-established  (Suet. 
Aug.  31),  i.e.  earlier  than  that  mentioned  by  Tacitus  who  refers  also  to  this  earlier  legis- 
lation. 7  Ulp.  9.  8  G.  1.  113.  9  See  post,  §  LXXXV.  10  G.  1.  123. 

11  G.  1.  115;  Coll.  4.  2.  3;  4.  7.  1.    It  is  possible  that  in  primitive  Rome  she  was  actually 
sold.    Some  late  traditions  (see  Bruns,  2.  74  sqq.)  suggest  that  the  sale  was  mutual  (co- 
emptio),  but  it  is  not  a  necessary  implication  of  the  word  and  is  in  itself  improbable. 

12  Pro  Murena,  12.  27. 


120  MANUS  [CH. 

marriage  with  a  childless  old  man  who  would  acquire  the  woman's 
property,  which  she  would  regain  at  his  death,  while  the  sacra  were 
destroyed  by  the  marriage.  But  it  may  have  been  more  complex,  the 
first  application  of  a  system  fully  developed  later  and  applied  in  two 
other  cases1.  A  woman  sui  iuris,  of  any  age,  was  normally  under 
guardianship.  She  could  do  no  important  act  tending  to  diminish  her 
property  without  the  leave  of  her  tutor,  and  an  ingenua  could  not  make 
a  will  at  all,  even  with  his  leave,  unless  she  had  passed  out  of  her  original 
family  by  coemptio  and  remancipatio2.  These  rules  have  their  origin  in 
the  original  conception  of  tutela.  The  tutor  was  the  person  who  would 
take  the  property  if  the  ward  died,  and  the  tutela  was  in  the  interest  of 
the  tutores  themselves,  or,  rather,  for  the  protection  of  the  family  pro- 
perty. The  present  device  was  a  means  of  transferring  the  woman  to  a 
tutor  whose  control  was  unreal,  since  his  auctoritas  could  be  compelled. 
Gains  tells  us  that  she  gave  herself  by  coemptio  to  anyone,  with  consent 
of  her  original  tutor,  for  the  purpose  of  the  change.  The  coemptio  was 
purely  formal,  dicis  gratia,  provided  she  did  not  choose  her  husband  for 
the  purpose ;  if  she  did  she  would  be  in  loco  filiae3.  The  coemptionator 
must  at  her  request  hand  her  over  by  remancipatio  to  a  person  of  her 
choice,  on  trust  to  manumit  her.  On  manumission  she  passed  Tinder  the 
tutela  of  the  manumitter,  who  could  be  compelled  to  authorise  her  acts, 
and  by  whose  formal  authorisation  she  could  make  a  will.  The  fiducia  or 
trust  was  not  applied  to  the  coemptio,  which  was  purely  formal,  but  to  the 
remancipatio.  Hence  it  was  not  called  coemptio  cum  fiducia,  but  coemptio 
fiduciae  causa  or  coemptio  fiduciaria*.  When  Hadrian  allowed  all  women 
to  make  wills  with  the  consent  of  the  tutor  this  process  ceased  to  be 
necessary  for  the  purpose  of  getting  the  right  of  testation5,  but  Gains 

1  G.  1.  115.    He  does  not  mention  the  case  of  the  sacra.    The  passage  in  Cicero  shews 
however  that  the  powerless  tutor  was  already  in  existence.  2  As  to  tutela  mulierum, 

post,  §  LX.  The  rule  in  wills  was  a  survival  from  the  original  will  before  the  comitia,  which 
a  woman  could  not  have  made.  It  was  not  inevitable  under  the  later  forms.  Its  limited 
survival  as  stated  aimed  at  the  preservation  of  the  family  property.  The  original  tutores 
were  those  who  would  take  her  property  if  she  died,  the  agnates  being  the  chief  and  most 
usual  case.  It  is  possible  that  the  rule  that  even  with  their  consent  she  could  not  make  a 
will  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  present  agnates  might  not  be  those  who  would  be  alive  at 
her  death,  so  that  they  would  be  depriving  other  successors.  3  G.  1.  115  b.  The  tutor 

might  be  willing  to  consent  as  the  right  of  succession  might  not  compensate  for  the  trouble 
of  constant  supervision.  But  the  practice  may  possibly  be  later  than  the  abolition  of 
agnatic  tutela  over  women,  which  disappeared  a  century  before  Gaius  wrote.  The  testa- 
mentary tutores  then  usual  had,  as  such,  no  interest  in  her  property.  Emancipation 
which  left  the  former  paterfamilias  as  legitimus  tutor  presumably  made  it  possible  for  him 
to  authorise  a  will.  4  G.  1.  115,  115  a.  We  are  not  told  how  the  fiducia  was  enforced, 

or  how  the  coemptionator  was  compelled  to  remancipate.  For  the  later  steps  it  is  not 
likely  that  the  actio  fiduciae  was  the  remedy  (post,  §  CLI).  The  matter  is  disputed.  See 
Coll.  2.  3.  1,  and  Jacquelin,  De  la  Fiducie,  103  sqq.  5  G.  1.  115  a. 


m]  MANUS  121 

speaks  of  it  as  still  applied  for  the  purpose  of  change  of  tutores.  In  his 
time  the  tutela  of  a  woman's  agnates  was  gone,  and  the  only  case  in 
which  the  tutor  of  an  ingenua  had  any  real  power  was  that  of  an  emanci- 
pating father.  But  Gaius  speaks  of  her  getting  rid  of  her  tutores  and  in 
his  time  there  could  be  no  plurality  of  tutores  of  an  ingenua  with  this 
oppressive  power1.  Thus  so  far  as  ingenuae  are  concerned,  it  was  now 
merely  one  of  the  many  devices  by  which  in  classical  law  a  woman 
could  change  her  tutors,  not  because  of  their  oppressive  power,  but 
precisely  because  they  had  none  at  all.  It  is  perhaps  in  this  sense  that 
Ulpian  still  mentions  it2. 

3.  Usus.  This  was  presumably  originally  a  rule  that  one  year's  co- 
habitation turned  an  unrecognised  and  informal  union  into  a  marriage. 
As  we  know  it,  it  was  a  rule  that  manus  was  superadded  to  marriage  by 
one  year's  cohabitation.  But  as  early  as  the  XII  Tables3  it  was  provided 
that  this  could  be  avoided  by  trinoctium  abesse,  i.e.  by  the  wife's  ab- 
senting herself  from  the  husband's  house  for  three  nights  in  each  year4, 
the  absence  being  intentional  and  for  this  purpose.  This  was  the  earliest 
mode  of  creation  of  manus  to  disappear.  It  existed  in  the  last  century 
of  the  republic5,  but  Gaius  tells  us  that  in  his  time  it  was  gone, 
partly  by  enactments  (of  which  we  know  nothing),  and  partly  by 
desuetude6. 

Where  there  was  manus,  divorce  would  not  necessarily  be  so  simple. 
It  is  likely  that  at  one  time  there  could  be  no  divorce  from  confarreatio ; 
there  was  none  in  classical  times  for  actual  famines'*.  But  in  other  cases 
there  was  a  process  called  diffarreotio,  a  reversal  of  the  union  carried  out 
by  religious  observances  in  a  similar  way 8.  From  the  language  of  Gaius 
it  seems  probable  that  after  the  change  made  by  Tiberius  in  the  effect 
of  confarreatio  the  wrife  could,  here  too,  divorce  or  be  divorced  by  mere 
repudium9.  In  the  other  two  cases,  divorce  was  effected  by  what  was 
substantially  the  process  for  emancipating  a  daughter10.  On  the  question 
whether  the  wife  could  compel  this  in  real  marriage-manws  Gains,  in  a 
defective  text,  seems  to  contradict  himself.  The  passage  has  been  ex- 
plained as  meaning  that  she  could  destroy  the  marriage  aspect  of  the 
manus  by  a  libellus  repudii,  and  then  compel  remancipatio  as  if  she  had 
not  been  a  wife  at  all11. 

XLIV.  The  next  mode  of  acquisition  of  patria  potestas  is  by  Adoption, 
i.e.  the  acquiring,  by  voluntary  process,  of  potestas  over  persons  not 

1  He  may  be  referring  to  the  case  of  a  libertina  in  tutela  of  liberi  patroni  or  joint 
patrons,  whose  power  was  real,  post,  §  LX.  2  Ulp.  11.  5.  3  G.  1.  Ill;  Aul.  Cell. 
3.  2.  13  sq.  4  Ibid.  5  Aul.  Gell.  mentions  Q.  M.  Scaevola  as  treating  it.  From  the 
expression  "trinoctium"  it  has  been  inferred  that  the  nights  must  be  successive.  6  G.  1. 
110,111.  7  It  needed  an  imperial  dispensation,  Plutarch,  Quaest.  Rom.  50.  8  Festus, 
vo  Diffarreatio.  9  G.  1.  118,  136.  10  G.  1.  137.  11  G.  1.  137  a. 


122  ADOPT  10  [CH. 

born  into  the  family1.  The  adoption  of  a  person  previously  sui  iuris, 
was  adrogatio ;  the  transfer  of  a  person  alieni  iuris  from  one  family  to 
another  was  adoptio2,  though  this  name  was  also  used  in  a  wide  sense  to 
cover  both.  They  differed  greatly  in  their  character  and  forms. 

ADOPTIO,  of  a  person  alieni  iuris.  The  elaborate  form  is  derived  from 
a  rule  of  the  XII  Tables  (aimed  at  checking  the  cruelty  and  avarice  of 
some  fathers),  which  provided  that  if  a  father  sold  a  son  three  times  the 
son  should  be  free  from  potestas3.  The  potestas  being  in  principle  inde- 
structible, the  rule  was  seized  on  as  a  means  of  ending  it  at  will.  The 
process,  as  we  know  it  in  classical  law,  was  as  follows:  The  father,  A, 
sold  X,  the  son,  to  B.  B  freed  him  and  he  reverted  to  A's  potestas. 
This  was  repeated.  There  was  then  a  third  sale  wrhich  destroyed  the 
potestas  and  left  the  son  in  bondage  to  B.  C,  the  intending  adoptor,  now 
brought  a  collusive  action  against  B  claiming  X  as  his  son.  There  was 
no  defence  and  judgment  went  accordingly.  B  and  C  might  be  the  same 
person,  but  in  that  case  X  would  be  sold  back  to  A  after  the  third  sale, 
and  the  claim  made  against  A,  a  method  often  adopted  apart  from  this 
consideration4.  As  the  Tables  speak  of  selling  filium  three  times,  the 
pontifical  lawyers  held,  quite  illogically  (it  is  a  mere  subterfuge),  that 
one  sale  sufficed  for  a  daughter  or  grandchild5.  The  sale  was  by  the  formal 
mancipatio.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  whole  transaction  had  two 
parts,  a  preliminary  sale  or  sales  to  destroy  the  potestas,  and  the  act  of 
adoption,  the  claim  and  declaration  in  court6.  The  vendee  could  be 
compelled  to  carry  out  the  necessary  releases  by  the  magistrate,  the 
mancipatio  being  fiduciary 7. 

In  classical  times  it  was  recognised  that  the  sales  were  empty  forms, 
any  defect  in  them  being  remediable  by  the  Emperor8,  the  appearance  before 
the  magistrate  being  the  essential.  Justinian,  recognising  the  uselessness 
of  the  sales,  dispensed  with  them ;  all  that  was  now  needed  was  for  the 
parties  to  go  before  the  magistrate  and  have  the  transaction  entered  on 
the  acta  of  the  court9.  There  was  no  fictitious  action,  but  the  essence 
was  preserved10. 

The  effect  of  adoptio  in  classical  law  was  to  remove  the  person 
adopted  from  one  potestas  (and  ordinarily  from  one  agnatic  group11)  to 
another.  The  cognatic  tie  was  unaffected12.  The  adoptatus  acquired  the 

1  This  definition  will  however  include  legitimation  (post,  §  XLVI)  which  may  be  thought 
of  as  a  kind  of  adoption  confined  to  a  man's  own  children  by  a  concubina.  2  G.  1.  98, 

99;  Ulp.  8.  12.  3  G.  1.  132;  Ulp.  10.  1.  4  G.  1.  99,  132-134.  The  mancipations  need 
not  be  on  the  same  day  or  with  the  same  witnesses,  P.  2.  25.  2.  5  G.  1.  134.  6  This 
is  essentially  cessio  in  iure,  a  form  of  conveyance,  post,  §  LXXXIV.  7  Post,  §  CLI. 

8  1.  7.  38.    It  might  be  on  a  dies  feriata,  P.  2.  25.  3.  9  Inst.  1.  12.  8;  C.  8.  47.  11. 

10  Gaius,  Ulpian  and  Justinian  all  describe  it  as  done  essentially  by  the  magistrate. 
G.  1.  98;  Ulp.  8.  2;  Inst.  1.  11.  1.  11  Adoption  by  a  paternal  uncle  would  leave  him 

in  the  same  agnatic  group.          12  Post,  §  cxxx. 


in]  ADOPT  10  123 

rights  of  a  natural  son,  but  they  depended  on  the  agnatic  tie,  and  ceased 
absolutely  if  he  passed  out  of  his  new  family  by  emancipation1:  he 
became  an  emancipatus  of  his  real  father2.  But  the  adoption  affected 
only  himself;  if  he  already  had  children  they  remained  in  the  old  family3, 
and,  on  principles  already  stated,  any  child  conceived  while  the  potestas 
was  undestroyed,  i.e.  before  the  third  sale,  was  in  the  same  position. 
Those  conceived  later  were  in  the  new  family.  But  the  father  did  not 
get  all  the  advantages  of  a  natural  son.  Thus  the  possession  of  a  certain 
number  of  children  gave  advantages  in  the  law  of  succession  and 
exemption  from  irksome  duties,  but  adoptive  children  did  not,  and  the 
natural  father  did  not  lose  them4. 

It  was  possible  to  adopt  one's  own  child,  not  in  one's  potestas,  even 
though  he  had  been  given  in  adoption  to  another5,  but  a  son  so  readopted 
was  a  new  person.  He  did  not  again  become  the  father  of  any  children 
he  had  left  in  the  family.  A  grandson  so  readopted  would  not  again  be- 
come the  son  of  his  father  or  his  suus  heres  on  the  death  of  the  grand- 
father6. And  though  an  adoptive  child  might  be  emancipated  or  given 
in  adoption,  he  could  not  be  readopted 7. 

A  person  might  be  adopted  not  as  a  son  but  as  a  grandson,  even  if 
there  were  no  son,  and  might  be  attached  as  a  son  to  any  son,  with  his 
consent 8,  in  which  case  he  would  be  a  suus  heres  of  the  son  but  not  of 
the  adopter. 

Justinian  made  a  sweeping  change  in  the  effect  of  adoption.  Ob- 
serving that  there  had  been  doubts  among  classical  lawyers  as  to  the 
rights  a  child  given  in  adoption  retained  in  the  estate  of  his  natural 
father,  and  that  adoption  lightly  undertaken  might  be  ended  equally 
capriciously,  so  that  the  child  would  be  in  neither  family,  he  provided 
that  for  the  future  the  adoptive  child  should  retain  all  his  rights  of 
succession  in  his  old  family  and  acquire  only  a  right  of  succession  on 
intestacy  in  the  new,  with  no  right  of  complaint  if  he  was  passed  over 
in  the  will,  and  conversely,  such  acquisitions  of  the  child  as  under  his 
law  went  to  the  father  for  life  (bona  adventitia9)  should  go  to  the  natural 
father.  And  the  child  did  not  pass  into  the  potestas  of  the  adoptive 
father10.  To  such  cases  Justinian  gave  the  name  adoptio  minus  plena, 
but  in  two  cases  he  allowed  the  old  law  still  to  apply  and  these  he  called 
adoptio  plena.  These  were  (1)  where  the  adopter  was  a  natural  ascendant, 
in  which  case  there  was  not  the  same  risk  of  caprice11,  and  (2)  where  a 
grandchild  was  given  in  adoption  while  his  father  was  alive12.  Here  he 

11.7.13.  2  G.  2.  137.  3  1.  7.  40.  pr.  4  G.  3.  41,  49;  D.  31.  51.  1;  Inst.  1. 
25.  pr.,  etc.  A  person  of  senatorian  rank  adopted  by  a  phbeius  was  still  a  senatorial.  But  an 
adoptatus  got  the  benefit  of  any  improvement.  1.  7.  35.  5  1.  7.  12.  6  1.  7.  41. 

7  1.  7.  37.  1.  8  Ulp.  8.  7;  Inst.  1.  11.  5;  D.  1.  7.  6,  10,  11,  9  Post,  §  xcix. 

10  Inst.  1.  11.  2;  C.  8.  47.  10.  11  Inst.  1.  11.  2;  C.  8.  47.  10.  1  a.        12  C.  8.  47.  10.  4. 


124  ADOPT  10  [CH. 

was  not  a  suus  heres  and  had  technically  no  rights  to  lose.  But  the 
exception  did  not  apply  if,  in  the  event,  the  father  died  before  the 
grandfather,  so  that,  but  for  the  adoption,  he  would  have  been  a  suus 
heres.  In  that  event  the  adoptio  at  once  became  minus  plena1. 

The  principle  adoptio  naturam  imitatur  was  the  source  of  several 
rules.  Thus,  though  an  adopter  need  not  be  married,  one  who  from 
physical  defect  was  incapable  of  marriage  could  not  adopt2.  The  adopter 
must  be  old  enough  to  be  the  father,  and  Justinian  fixed  the  difference 
at  18  years3,  plena  pubertas,  the  latest  age  at  which  maturity  might  be 
expected,  with  presumably  proportionate  increase  where  the  adoption 
was  in  a  remoter  degree. 

Women  being  incapable  of  patria  potestas  could  not  adopt  in  classical 
law4.  But  Diocletian  in  A.D.  291  allowed  adoption  as  a  consolation  to  a 
woman  who  had  lost  her  children,  and  Justinian  accepted  this  as  a 
general  rule,  requiring  however  the  permission  of  the  Emperor5.  Dio- 
cletian's case  seems  to  have  been  of  a  person  sui  iuris,  but  Justinian's 
rule  was  not  so  limited.  The  effect  of  the  adoption  would  be  to  give  the 
ordinary  right  of  succession,  but,  of  course,  no  potestas. 

Adoption,  being  in  form  a  legis  actio,  could  not  be  subject  to  condicio 
or  dies;  such  a  thing  no  doubt  made  it  void6. 

The  question  whether  the  consent  of  the  adoptatus  was  necessary  for 
classical  law  is  obscure.  We  may  be  certain  that  it  was  not  needed  in 
early  law.  Justinian  says,  once  as  a  rule  of  old  law,  and  once  as  a  rule 
of  his  own,  not  necessarily  new,  that  contradictio  by  the  adoptatus  pre- 
vented the  adoption 7.  Celsus  definitely  says  that  his  state  of  mind  was 
not  material,  but  he  is  made  to  follow  this  with  words  which  say  that 
he  must  consent  or  not  contradicere,  words  probably  added  as  they 
follow  very  closely  Justinian's  own  language8. 

XLV.  ADROGATIO.  Adoption  of  a  person  sui  iuris.  This  is  the 
more  ancient  institution  and  the  more  important  in  its  effects,  since  it 
destroyed  a  family  and  merged  it  in  another.  Though  it  underwent 
certain  changes,  it  retained  its  essential  character  unaltered  throughout 
the  development  of  the  law.  Its  original  form  is  an  expression  of  its 

1  This  seems  rather  a  hidebound  view,  since  he  loses  his  potential  rights  in  his  father's 
family,  and  the  restriction,  though  quite  logical,  leaves  the  evil  untouched  in  the  case  which 
is  most  likely  to  happen.  2  G.  1.  103;  Inst.  1.  11.  9;  D.  1.  7.  16.  3  G.  1.  106;  Inst. 
1.  11.  4;  D.  1.  7.  40.  1.  interp.  4  G.  1.  104;  Ulp.  8.  8  a.  5  Inst.  1.  11.  10;  C.  8.  47.  5. 
6  See  1.  7.  34.  In  50.  17.  77  this  is  said  of  emancipatio,  of  which  the  form  is  essentially 
the  same  but  it  is  probable  that  Papinian  said  mancipatio.  7  C.  8.  47.  10.  pr. ; 

h.  t.  11.  8   1.  7.  5,  there  is  no  reason  to  think  infantes  could  not  be  adopted,  and  it 

is  clear  that  impuberes  could:  the  fact  that  the  requirement  was  "now  contradicere"  will 
save  the  rule  for  infantes,  but  if  the  consent  of  the  impiibes  was  given  we  should  expect 
to  see  cases  of  restitutio  in  integrum,  but  we  do  not,  except  in  adrogatio,  where  his  consent 
was  needed. 


m]  ADROGATIO  125 

importance.  There  was  a  preliminary  investigation  by  the  pontiffs  to 
decide  whether  in  the  actual  case  it  was  admissible1;  they  considered 
the  question  whether  it  satisfied  the  legal  requirements,  but  it  is  hardly 
possible  to  set  limits  to  the  further  factors  which  they  took  into  account. 
It  would  perhaps  be  more  true  to  say  that  they  gradually  created  the 
standing  restrictions  as  we  know  them,  and  considered  also  the  material 
aspects  of  the  individual  case.  If  they  approved,  the  matter  went 
before  the  comitia  curiata,  called  in  this  case  c.  calata,  summoned  in 
a  special  way,  meeting  on  special  days  for  this  and  other  purposes 
affecting  sacra,  and  presided  over  by  the  Pontifex  Maximus2.  The  parties 
were  rogati  whether  they  assented,  and  there  was  a  third  rogatio  of  the 
populus3,  the  vote  being  probably  followed  by  a  solemn  detestatio  sacro- 
rum,  renunciation  by  the  adrogatus  of  the  sacra  of  the  old  family4. 
Nominally  this  continued  to  be  the  form  up  to  the  time  of  Diocletian, 
but  the  comitia  curiata  fell  early  into  decay,  and  the  really  important 
element  was  the  inquisition  by  the  pontiffs,  the  comitia  being  repre- 
sented by  30  lictors5,  as  it  already  was  in  the  time  of  Cicero6.  Dio- 
cletian abolished  the  old  system,  providing  that  it  might  be  done  by 
imperial  rescript,  which  is  in  effect  no  change  of  principle,  the  existing 
legislative  authority  being  substituted  for  the  original 7. 

The  effect  of  adrogatio  was  to  bring  the  adrogatus  completely  into  the 
family.  Like  the  adoptatus  he  became  a  filiusfamilias  therein,  but  he 
brought  with  him  all  those  in  his  potestas8.  The  adrogator  acquired,  in 
principle,  all  his  property,  while,  as  the  adrogatus  was  capite  minutus, 
his  obligations  ex  contractu  and  quasi  ex  contractu  ceased,  at  civil  law, 
to  exist,  an  injustice  remedied  by  the  praetor9.  And  the  acquisition  by 
the  father  was  cut  down  in  the  Empire  in  the  same  way  as  in  the  case 
of  any  other  filiusfamilias10.  The  principle  that  the  adopted  person  got 
the  advantage  of  improvement  in  status  but  did  not  decline  held  good 
with  two  exceptions.  A  libertinus  who  was  adrogated11  did  not  thereby 

1   1.  7.  15.  2;  h.  t  17;  Cicero,  de  domo,  13,  14  (34-38);  Aul.  Gell.  5.  19.          2  Aul.  Cell. 
5.  19;   Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  27;   D.P.R.  3.  41.  3  G.  1.  99.  4  Mommsen, 

Staatsr.  3.  38,  318;  D.P.R.  6.  1.  41,  362.  Detestatio  is  sometimes  differently  explained. 
See  Girard,  Manuel,  175.  The  rogationes  are  submitted  by  the  presiding  pontifex. 
5  Corresponding  to  the  30  curiae.  As  it  is  "auspicatum,"  Cicero,  de  I.  agr.  2.  12.  31,  the 
augurs  are  present.  6  Cicero,  loc.  cit.  7  C.  8.  47.  2,  6.  The  college  of  pontiffs  being 
obsolete,  the  enquiry  was  conducted  by  imperial  officials.  In  D.  1.  7.  20,  21,  mention  is 
made  of  the  adrogatio  of  females  by  rescript.  If  these  texts  are  unaltered,  the  method,  at 
least  exceptionally,  is  as  old  as  Gaius.  8  G.  1.  107;  Inst.  1.  11.  11;  D.  1.  17.  15.  pr. 

Though  primarily  a  method  of  adopting  the  son  of  another  person,  it  might  obviously 
be,  and  frequently  was,  applied  to  the  adoption  of  a  man's  own  children  not  in  the  potestas, 
e.g.,  emancipated  or  born  out  of  wedlock.  A  freedinan  not  infrequently  bought,  freed  and 
adrogated  his  children  born  in  slavery.  But  in  later  law  a  man  might  not  adrogate  his 
child  by  a  concubine,  C.  5.  27.  7.  3.  9  Post,  §  OXLI.  10  Post,  §  xcix.  11  As  to 
this,  post,  p.  127. 


126  ADROGATIO  [CH. 

become  an  ingenuus1,  and  a  patrician  adrogated  by  a  plebeian  did  be- 
come a  plebeian2. 

The  restrictions  stated  in  connexion  with  adoptio  applied  also  here, 
but  there  were  many  more.  Adrogatio  destroyed  a  family  and  thus  was 
allowed  only  to  save  another,  i.e.  to  provide  a  heres.  Hence  the  very 
careful  investigation  into  the  circumstances,  the  character  of  the 
adrogator,  his  motives,  etc.3,  and  hence  also  the  fact  that  it  needed  the 
consent  of  the  legislature.  Nearly  all  the  special  restrictions  are  due  to 
these  characteristics.  The  chief  are  the  following : 

So  long  as  it  was  done  before  the  comitia  it  was  necessarily  at  Rome, 
as  the  comitia  sat  there4.  When  it  was  by  imperial  rescript  it  might  be 
anywhere.  As  a  woman  had  no  standing  before  the  comitia  she  could 
not  be  adrogated5 ;  there  was  no  difficulty  when  it  was  done  by  rescript6, 
but  there  was  small  advantage  in  it,  for  though  she  would  continue  the 
family  for  a  generation,  it  must  necessarily  then  fail,  as  she  would  be 
sole  successor  and  could  have  no  sui  heredes.  An  impubes  could  not  be 
adrogated  in  early  law7,  perhaps  for  the  same  reason,  but  there  was  the 
further  practical  reason  that  to  allow  it  was  to  put  an  easily  abused 
power  into  the  hands  of  his  tutores8.  Antoninus  Pius,  however,  allowed 
it9,  even  under  the  old  system,  subject  to  special  rules.  There  was  a 
careful  investigation  from  the  point  of  view  of  advantage  to  the  child10. 
The  auctoritas  of  tutores  was  required11,  and  the  adrogator  gave  security 
that,  in  the  event  of  death  of  the  adrogatus  still  impubes  his  property 
should  be  restored  to  those  who  would  have  taken  it  if  he  had  not  been 
adrogated12.  There  was  a  difficulty  as  to  the  person  to  whom  this  securitj^ 
had  to  be  given,  for,  though  it  preceded  the  adrogation,  the  rights,  if  it 
had  been  given  to  the  child  himself,  would  have  vested  in  the  adrogator, 
the  person  liable.  The  solution  found  was  to  give  the  security  to  a  public 
slave,  perhaps  with  an  incorrect  idea  that  those  entitled  were  part 
owners  of  the  slave,  as  members  of  the  public13,  the  persons  concerned 

1   1.  5.  27;  1.  7.  46;  23.  2.  32;  38.  2.  49.  2  Cicero,  de  domo,  14  (34-38).    Clodius 

was  thus  adrogated  so  as  to  be  eligible  for  the  tribunate  of  the  plebs.  Cicero  attacks 
the  proceedings,  but  never  makes  the  point  that  it  would  not  make  him  a  plebeian.  But 
by  this  time  plebeians  were  rather  a  different  than  a  lower  order.  3  Cicero,  de  domo, 
14.  36;  D.  1.  7.  15.  2.  17.  4  G.  1.  100;  Ulp.  8.  4.  5  G.  1.  101.  He  says  " magis placuit." 
There  had  been  doubts.  6  1.  7.  20,  21.  7  G.  1.  102.  His  language  seems  to  imply 
that  it  was  occasionally  allowed  before  the  change  made  by  Pius.  8  Aul.  Gell. 

5.  19.  10.          9  G.  1.  102;  Ulp.  8.  5.  10  1.  7.  17.  1,  2.  11   1.  7.  17.  1.    Not  enough 

in  itself:  the  text  notes  that  it  would  enable  the  tutor  to  end  a  pupillary  substitution. 
12  Inst.  1.  11.  3.  13  1.  7.  18  (Utilis  actio  if  security  not  given,  h.  t.  19.  1).  Saleilles 
puts  it  down  (Personnalite  juridique,  89sqq.)  to  a  much  more  subtle  notion.  The  per- 
sonality of  the  universitas,  though  distinct,  subsumed  those  of  the  members,  not  as  titu- 
laries but  as  beneficiaries,  like  our  cestui  que  trust,  which  is  of  course  consistent  with  the 
utiles  actiones.  But  the  notion  of  utiles  actiones  to  third  parties  really  interested  is  a  late 


m]  ADROGATIO  127 

having  utiles  actiones1,  a  rule  which  shews  that  it  was  recognised  that 
there  was  no  real  ownership.  It  is  perhaps  the  public  rather  than  the 
"  common "  quality  of  the  slave  which  accounts  for  his  use,  since  in  a 
parallel  case  we  are  told  that  the  security  could  be  given  to  a  municipal 
magistrate2,  and  it  is  certainly  the  decisive  point  under  Justinian  when 
it  could  be  given  to  a  tabularius  who  was  a  public  official3  and  not  a 
slave.  If  the  adrogator  emancipated  the  adrogatus,  impubcs,  he  had  to 
restore  his  property  at  once.  If  he  disinherited  him,  the  adrogatus  could 
claim  it  at  his  death,  and  in  this  case,  and  where  he  had  emancipated 
without  shewing  cause  to  a  court,  the  adrogatus  might  claim  a  quarter 
of  the  estate  of  the  dead  man  (quarta  antonina),  i.e.  exactly  what  an 
only  child  was  entitled  to  claim  against  a  will,  unless  justly  disinherited4. 
It  is  probable  but  not  certain  that  these  latter  liabilities  were  covered  by 
the  security5.  If  the  adrogatus  reached  the  age  of  puberty  all  these 
securities  and  liabilities  were  ended,  and  he  was  an  ordinary  adrogatus, 
except  that  he  could  have  the  adrogatio  set  aside  by  a  forced  emancipatio, 
at  any  rate  if  he  could  shew  good  cause6. 

Since  it  was  allowed  only  as  a  last  resort,  to  save  a  family,  no  one 
might  adrogate  more  than  one,  or  any,  if  he  had  a  child  already7.  He 
must  be  60  or  from  some  cause  unlikely  to  have  children8.  The  question 
whether  it  would  leave  others  to  attend  to  the  sacra  of  the  ancestors  of 
the  adrogatus  was  also  material9.  One  under  25  could  not  be  adrogated 
by  one  who  had  been  his  tutor  or  curator10,  and  consent  of  his  curator 
was  necessary11.  All  these  restrictions  might  be  overridden  for  sufficient 
cause;  it  was  in  the  discretion  of  the  controlling  authorities,  and  an 
adrogatio  which  broke  these  rules  was  valid  if  actually  carried  out12.  It 
does  not  appear  that  an  adrogator  need  be  married13. 

A  libertinus  could  be  adopted  by  an  ingenuus,  in  early  law,  but  did 
not  thereby  become  an  ingenuus1*.  In  classical  law  he  must  not  be 
adopted  by  any  one  but  his  patron15.  But,  here  too,  if  the  adrogatio  was 
carried  through  per  obreptionem,  it  was  valid16;  non  debet fieri  sedfactum 
valet.  But  his  patron's  rights  were  not  affected. 

As  the  adrogatus  was  an  active  party  in  the  process,  it  is  clear  that  his 

one  and  cannot  be  dated  back  to  the  origin  of  this  method  in  lutela.  And  the  notion 
will  not  explain  the  fact  that  in  tutela  it  could  be  given  to  municipal  magistrates  (27. 
8.  1.  15,  16). 

128.6.40.          227.8.1.15,16.          3  Inst.  1.  11.  3.         4  Inst.  1.  11.  3;  37.  6.  1.  21; 
post,  §  cxrv.  5   1.  7.  20.          6  h.  t.  32.  pr.  33.    He  recovers  pristinum  ius  which  pre- 

sumably means  his  property  as  well.  7  1.  7.  15.  3,  17.  3;  C.  8.  47.  3.  8  1.  7.  15.  2. 
9  Cicero,  de  domo,  14.  10  1.  7.  17,  lest  he  evade  the  responsibility  of  accounting, 

cf.  1.  7.  32.  1.  11  1.  7.  8.  12  Arg.  1.  7.  17;  cf.  38.  2.  49.  13  There  is  no  evidence 
to  the  contrary  in  classical  law,  and  Ulp.  8.  6  and  D.  1.  7.  30  are  not  confined  to  adoptio 
in  the  narrow  sense.  14-  38.  2.  49;  Aul.  Cell.  5.  19.  10,  11.  15  1.  7.  15.  3.  16  2.  4.  10. 
2;  38.  2.  49. 


128  ADOPTION  BY  WILL  [CH. 

assent  was  necessary1,  and  thus,  if  he  was  insane,  he  could  not  be  adro- 
gated  for  lack  of  assent2.  If  deaf  or  dumb  he  could  not  be,  since  he  could 
not  take  part  in  the  formal  act.  This  would  not  be  the  case  in  adoptio*. 

There  were  some  exceptional  forms  of  adoption. 

Adoption  by  will.  At  the  close  of  the  Republic  and  early  in  the  Empire 
there  are  recorded  in  literary  texts  a  number  of  cases  of  adoption  by 
will4.  The  institution  is  not  mentioned  in  legal  texts  and  its  nature  is 
not  clear.  According  to  Mommsen,  it  was  an  institution  as  heres  with  a 
direction  that  the  institutus  was  to  enter  the  family  of  the  testator  and 
was  followed  by  rogationes  in  comitiis  calatis,  being  in  effect  an  adrogatio 
in  a  somewhat  modified  form.  According  to  another  view  it  was  never 
more  than  an  institutio  with  a  direction  to  take  the  name  of  the  testator 
(which  was  common  in  the  Empire),  and  had  no  effect  on  the  family 
relations  of  the  heres,  though  in  one  or  two  exceptional  cases,  for  political 
reasons,  the  institutus  did  subsequently  procure  a  transfer  to  the  testa- 
tor's family  by  rogationes5. 

Adoption  of  slaves.  Justinian  records  a  dictum  of  Cato6  that  owners 
could  adopt  their  slaves.  Whether  this  was  by  collusive  conveyance, 
followed  by  cessio  in  iure,  i.e.  adoptio,  or  by  adrogatio,  is  not  certain ; 
the  latter  is  the  most  accepted  view7.  There  is  no  trace  of  the  institution 
in  the  classical  law.  The  rule  to  which  Justinian  refers  in  the  same  text 
(and  regulates  elsewhere8)  is  merely  that  if  a  master  formally  declares 
that  he  regards  a  certain  slave  as  his  son  (which  he  might  be,  in  fact), 
this,  though  void  as  an  adoption,  might  effect  a  manumission9. 

Aulus  Gellius  speaks  of  masters  giving  their  slaves  in  adoption10  and 
he  says  that  ancient  lawyers  had  held  this  lawful,  though  it  clearly  no 
longer  existed.  This  was  adoptio,  for  it  was  done  apud  praetorem.  It 
would  consist  of  the  claim  (cessio  in  iure}  only,  for  the  triple  sale  would 
not  be  needed  as  there  was  no  patria  potestas  to  destroy.  In  later  law 
the  result  would  be  reached  by  manumission  followed  by  adrogation. 
There  would  be  no  difficulty  if,  as  would  often  be  the  case,  the  adrogator 
was  a  libertinus,  father  of  the  slave.  And  if,  though  an  ingcnuus,  he  was 
actually  the  father,  it  would  no  doubt  be  permitted,  the  son  remaining 
a  libertinus. 

XLVI.  LEGITIMATION.  The  patria  potestas  could  also  be  acquired  by 
legitimation.  Concubinatus  was  a  recognised  connexion  short  of  marri- 

1   1.  7.  24.          2  Arg.  1.  7.  5;  h.  t.  42.         3  As  to  the  effects  of  adrogatio  on  property, 
post,  §  CXLI.  4  This  is  a  much  more  important  institution  in  Greek  law  where  it  was 

in  fact  the  only  way  of  appointing  specially  a  heres.  See  Daremberg  et  Saglio,  Diet,  des 
Antiq.  s.v.  Testament.  5  See  for  a  list  of  the  cases  and  discussion  of  these  views, 

Michel,  Droit  de  CM  Romaine,  240  sqq.  6  Inst.  1.  11.  12.  7  The  fact  that  a  slave 
has  no  standing  in  comitiis  is  more  or  less  met  by  the  fact  that  the  proceeding  makes  him 
capax.  8  C.  7.  6.  1.  10.  9  Ante,  §  xxvu.  10  Aul.  Gell.  5.  19.  13. 


in]  LEGITIMATION  129 

age1,  which  seems  to  owe  its  recognition  as  a  legal  institution  to  the 
restrictive  legislation  of  the  early  empire  on  marriage,  in  particular  the 
rules  forbidding  soldiers  on  service  to  marry  and  restricting  the  marriage 
of  provincial  officials2.  It  seems  to  have  been  encouraged  by  the  im- 
morality of  Roman  women  of  high  rank ;  men  sometimes  preferred  to 
contract  this  union  with  women  of  lower  class  but  higher  character.  It 
was  a  permanent  relation,  free  from  the  stigma  ofstuprum,  but  ordinarily 
involving  a  certain  loss  of  caste  in  the  woman3,  so  that  while  it  did  occur 
between  those  of  equal  rank4,  and  even  rarely  between  women  of  high 
rank  and  men  of  lower5,  there  was  usually  a  marked  difference  of 
rank  the  other  way6.  It  might  be  with  any  woman  capable  of  Roman 
marriage,  and,  after  Severus,  it  might  be  with  a  peregrine.  It  might 
always  have  been  with  a  man's  own  slave7.  Constantine,  however,  for- 
bade it  between  persons  of  senatorian  rank  and  libertinae  and  the  abject 
persons  grouped  with  them8.  It  was  subject  to  many  restrictions  similar 
to  those  of  marriage.  Thus  a  man  might  not  have  a  wife  and  a  concubine 
or  two  concubinae9.  The  parties  must  not  be  so  near  akin  that  marriage 
would  be  barred10.  Like  marriage,  concubinatus  could  not  exist  between 
tutor  and  ward11.  There  must  be  marriageable  age  and  consent12. 
Thus  it  was  not  always  easy  to  tell  concubinage  from  marriage.  Dos 
was  the  best  evidence:  there  was  no  dos  in  concubinage,  and  we  have 
already  mentioned  the  presumptions  in  favour  of  marriage.  In  classical 
law  it  produced  little  legal  effect.  It  was  not  sluprum,  but  the  woman 
did  not  take  the  man's  rank13  and  there  were  no  obstacles  to  gifts 
between  them.  The  children  wrere  not  related  to  the  father  but  he 
could  give  or  leave  property  to  them,  subject  to  the  claims  of  legitimi1*, 
and  if  he  did  leave  them  anything,  he  could  in  effect  appoint  tutores  to 
them15.  They  did  not  count  for  the  praemia  patrum  under  the  leges 
caducariae,  etc.16  On  the  other  hand  they  were  cognates  of  the  mother 
with  cognatic  succession  to  her  and  to  her  relatives  and  they  counted 
towards  the  ius  liberorum17.  Towards  the  end  of  the  classical  period  we 

1  See  on  the  whole  subject,  Meyer,  Der  Romische  Konkubinat.  2  25.  7.  5. 

3  23.  2.  41.  1;    25.  7.  3.  1,  5.  4  25.  7.  3.  pr.;    Meyer,  op.  cit.  46.  5  Meyer,  47c, 

65.  6  In  one  case,  that  of  liberta  and  her  patron  or  his  son,  it  was  honourable 

and  she  was  still  entitled  to  the  name  of  matrona  (25.  7.  1.  pr. ;  48.  5.  14.  pr.),  and,  as  in 
marriage,  she  could  not  end  it  of  her  own  will,  at  any  rate  where  the  manumission  was 
voluntary  (ibid.).  1  Meyer,  63  sqq.,  476,  74.  8  C.  Th.  4.  6.  3;  C.  5.  27.  1.  The 

enactment  deprives  offenders  of  civitas.  Modified  in  Nov.  89.  15.  Some  high  officials  were 
here  ranked  with  senatorii.  9  P.  2.  20.  1;  C.  5.  26.  1.  10  23.  2.  56;  25.  7.  1.  3;  38.  10.  7. 
11  Meyer,  op.  cit.  61.  Not  the  rule  as  to  provincial  governors,  25.  7.  5.  12  25.  7.  1.  4. 
Not,  of  course,  affectio  maritalis.  13  32.  49.  4.  14  Post,  §  cxiv.  The  children  were 
liberi  naturales,  as  opposed  to  iusti  or  legitimi.  The  name  is  also  used  for  actual  children 
as  opposed  to  liberi  adoptivi.  15  Post,  §  LI.  16  Meyer,  op.  cit.  56  sqq.  17  38. 

8.  4;  Inst.  3.  5.  4. 

B.  R.  L.  9 


130  LEGITIMATION  [CH. 

get  a  rule,  applied  ear)ier  in  the  case  of  gentile  marriage,  which  is  the 
germ  of  the  later  legitimation.  The  issue  of  concubinae  of  soldiers  on 
service  acquired,  by  entering  the  army,  rights  of  succession  to  the  father, 
and  civitas  if  they  were  not  cives  already1. 

The  Christian  empire  was  somewhat  hostile  to  concubinage.  The 
right  to  give  or  leave  property  to  the  concubine  or  the  child  was  destroyed 
by  Constantine,  but  restored,  with  limitations  on  amount,  soon  after2, 
and  these  rules  were  varied  by  a  bewildering  mass  of  enactments  till 
post-Roman  times3. 

Subsequent  Marriage.  A  change  directly  affecting  the  family  law  was 
that  Constantine  provided  a  means  of  legitimation.  He  enacted  that, 
for  existing,  but  not  for  future  cases,  marriage  of  the  concubina  should 
legitimate  children  already  born,  provided  she  was  ingenua  and  not  of 
one  of  the  abject  classes,  the  children  consented,  and  there  was  no  wife 
or  legitimate  child.  Zeno  seems  to  have  repeated  this4.  Anastasius,  in 
A.D.  517 5,  laid  down  a  general  rule  for  future  cases  as  well,  and  for  all 
concubines,  capable  of  marriage,  if  the  children  assented,  there  was  no 
legitimate  child,  and  the  marriage  was  attested  by  writing  and  dos. 
Two  years  later,  this  was  repealed6.  Justinian  by  a  series  of  enact- 
ments regulated  the  matter  anew,  allowing  legitimation  by  subsequent 
marriage  even  where  the  concubina  was  a  libertina,  provided  the  marriage 
was  attested  by  instrumentum  dotis  or  other  writing,  the  woman  was 
capable  of  marriage  at  the  conception  or  birth,  and  the  children  con- 
sented. Finally  he  allowed  it  even  if  there  were  legitimate  children7. 

Oblatio  Curiae.  The  office  of  decurio  (member  of  the  local  curia)  was 
avoided  in  later  law,  since  a  decurio  was  personally  liable  for  many 
charges.  As  part  of  a  scheme  to  keep  the  lists  full  it  was  provided  in 
A.D.  443  that  if  a  man  had  no  legitimate  child,  and  made  his  son  by  a 
concubina  a  decurio,  or  married  his  daughter  to  one,  these  children  might 
receive  all  his  property  and  could  succeed  on  intestacy  like  legitimate 
children8.  This  was  not  legitimation;  they  did  not  become  agnates  or 
cognates  of  the  father's  relatives  or  go  into  potestas.  Justinian  allowed 
it  where  there  were  legitimate  children,  provided  no  more  was  taken 
than  by  any  legitimate  child.  Finally  he  allowed  them  to  pass  into 
potestas,  making  it  true  legitimation,  so  far  as  the  father  was  concerned, 
but  not  with  regard  to  his  relatives9. 

Rescriptum  principis.  Justinian  also  provided  that  on  petition  by 
a  father  or  request  in  his  will,  in  which  they  were  instituted,  a  rescript 
of  legitimation  might  issue.  The  petition  must  shew  that  he  had  liberi 

1  Meyer,  op.  cit.  112.  2  C.  Th.  4.  6.  2,  4.  3  Meyer,  op.  cit.  134  sqq.  4  C.  5. 
27.5.  5  C.  5.  27.  6.  6  C.  5.  27.  7.  7  C.  5.  27.  8,  10,  11;  Now.  12.  4,  18.  11,  78.  4. 
8  C.  5.  27.  3.  9  C.  5.  27.  9;  Inst.  1.  10.  13. 


m]  DETERMINATION  OF  POTESTAS  131 

naturales,  but  no  legitimi,  and  that  the  mother  was  dead  or  not  worthy 
of  marriage1. 

REVOCATIO  IN  PATRIAM  POTESTATEM.  Constantine  lays  down,  and 
later  emperors  confirm,  a  rule  that  an  emancipated  son  could  be  recalled 
to  potestas  for  ingratitude,  being  bound  to  restore  also  any  gifts  he  had 
received2.  This  is  therefore  another  way  of  acquiring  patria  potestas. 
It  was  not  exactly  a  revocation,  since  the  gifts  did  not  revert  ipso  facto. 
The  machinery  is  not  recorded.  It  was  presumably  a  capitis  deminutio, 
and  the  father's  liability  on  the  son's  debts  was  probably  as  in  adrogatio*. 

XL VII.   We  have  now  to  consider  how  patria  potestas  would  end. 

It  ended  in  many  cases  by  transfer,  e.g.  where  a  person  alieni  iuris 
passed  into  another  family  by  adoption  or  entry  into  manus,  or  adroga- 
tion  of  a  paterfamilias  who  had  children  in  potestas  (in  all  which  cases 
there  was  a  rupture  of  agnatic  ties),  or  by  death,  deportation  or  enslave- 
ment of  a  grandfather  where  the  father  was  alive  and  in  the  family  (where 
there  was  no  such  rupture)4. 

It  was  destroyed  by  sale  of  a  daughter  or  grandchild  into  civil 
bondage,  involving  rupture  of  agnatic  ties,  and  by  three  such  sales  of  a 
son5.  It  was  destroyed  by  death,  loss  of  civitas  or  loss  of  liberty  by  the 
pater  or  the  films6,  with  rupture  of  the  agnatic  ties  in  the  cases  other 
than  death,  so  far  as  the  person  deported  or  enslaved  was  concerned. 

It  was  also  destroyed  without  effect  on  the  agnatic  ties  by  the 
acquisition  by  the  filiusfamilias  of  certain  dignities.  This  occurred 
where  a  man  became  a  fiamen  dialis  or  a  woman  a  vestal  virgin '.  These 
persons  passed  out  of  potestas  without  capitis  deminutio.  We  do  not 
know  the  machinery,  but  from  the  fact  that  they  did  not  suffer  capitis 
deminutio,  and  the  language  of  Aulus  Gellius  8,  it  seems  likely  that  there 
was  no  act  by  the  paterfamilias.  But,  so  far  as  vestal  virgins  are  con- 
cerned, they  hardly  became  sui  iuris.  They  passed  under  the  control  of 
the  populus,  administered  by  the  pontiffs9.  They  acquired  the  right  of 
testation10,  which  did  not  attach  to  other  ingenuae  who  had  not  suffered 
capitis  deminutio,  till  long  after  these  had  it,  so  that  they  were  thought 
of  as  having  property  of  their  own.  But  their  agnates  did  not  succeed 
to  them  on  intestacy:  their  goods  went  to  the  populus11.  And  they 
could  not  inherit  from  anyone12,  so  that  the  continuance  of  the  agnatic 

1  Nov.  74.  1,  2.         2  Vat.  Fr.  248;  C.  Th.  8.  14.  1;  C.  8.  49.  1;  D.  1.  7.  12.         3  Post, 
§  CXLJ.          4  G.  1.  127;  Ulp.  10.  2.  5  The  two  earlier  sales  merely  suspend  it  in  this 

case.  6  Subject  to  the  possibility  of  postliminium  and  restitutio,  ante,  §§  xxrv,  xxv; 

D.  48.  23.  7  G.  1.  130;  Ulp.  10.  5.  8  G.  3.  114;  Aul.  Gell.  1.  12.  9  Aul.  Cell. 
1.  12.  9;  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  54  sqq.;  D.P.R.  3.  60  sqq.  10  Aul.  Gell.  1.  12.  9. 

11  Ibid.  1.  12.  18.  12  Ibid.,  i.e.  at  civil  law :  it  does  not  follow  that  they  were  excluded 
under  praetorian  law.  But  no  one  succeeded  to  them  under  either  law:  "sed  bona  eius  in 
publicum  redigi  aiunt.  Id  quo  iurefial,  quaeritur,"  Labeo,  quoted  Aul.  Gell.  loc.  cit. 

9—2 


132  EMANCIPATION  [CH. 

tie  was  rather  unreal.   In  later  law  there  were  a  few  other  dignities  which 
released  from  potestas1. 

EMANCIPATION.  Much  more  important  was  voluntary  release2.  The 
form  resembled  that  of  adoption.  There  were  three  sales  (or  one  as  the 
case  might  be)3  to  end  the  potestas.  This  left  the  son  or  daughter  in 
bondage  to  the  vendee.  The  next  step  might  be  a  manumission  from 
bondage  in  the  same  form  as  one  from  slavery,  by  the  vendee,  which 
would  have  the  effect  of  making  the  manumitter  a  quasi  patron,  with 
rights  of  succession  and  tutela.  But  it  was  more  usual  to  sell  back  to 
the  father,  who  in  turn  would  free,  and  acquire  these  rights4.  The  sales 
were  fiduciary  with  the  same  modes  of  enforcement  as  in  adoptio5. 

Anastasius  provided  that  where  ihefilius  was  absent  the  emancipatio 
could  be  effected  by  petition  to  the  Emperor,  a  favourable  reply  com- 
pleting the  emancipatio6.  Justinian  abolished  the  old  forms :  emancipa- 
tion was  effected  by  attendance  of  all  parties  before  a  court,  the  trans- 
action being  entered  on  the  acta,  as  in  adoptio1. 

The  consent  of  the  father  was  not  needed  to  emancipatio  by  the 
grandfather8,  and  though  a  child  could  not  ordinarily  compel  emanci- 
patio9, there  were  a  few  cases  in  which  he  could.  One  of  these  was  that 
of  adrogatus  impubes,  for  cause10.  Where  a  man  had  a  gift  by  will  on 
condition  of  emancipating  his  son  he  could  not  claim  without  doing  it. 
This  is  no  exception11,  but  one  text  seems  to  mean  that  where  there  was 
such  a  gift  with  a  fideicommissum  to  emancipate,  and  the  gift  was 
accepted12,  the  emancipatio  could  be  enforced,  though  the  machinery 
for  enforcing  fideicommissa  of  liberty  did  not  apply  here.  Another  text, 
of  Diocletian,  but  apparently  modified  by  Justinian,  may  mean  that  if 
a  mother  instituted  her  child  with  a  condition  of  emancipatio,  the 
father  could  be  compelled  to  emancipate  him13.  These  seem  to  be  the 
only  exceptions14. 

1  Inst.  1.  12.  4;  C.  12.  3.  5;  Nov.  81.  It  was  also  ended  in  later  law  by  certain  forms 
of  misconduct  of  the  pater;  see  Girard,  Manuel,  192.  2  G.  1.  132  sqq. ;  Inst.  1.  12. 

6  sqq.  3  Where  a  son  was  noxally  surrendered,  Gaius  tells  us  (4.  79)  that  the  Pro- 

culians  held  three  sales  necessary  to  transfer  him,  theSabinians  only  one;  the  requirement 
in  the  XII  Tables  referring  only  to  voluntary  transfers.  4  G.  1.  132;  Ulp.  10.  1.  He 

took  his  peculium  if  it  was  not  expressly  taken  away  (39.  5.  31.  2;  Vat.  Fr.  260),  as  in 
manumissio  servi  inter  vivos  (ante,  §  xxvi).  5  Inst.  3.  2.  8.  In  a  recorded  case,  there 

is  an  express  fiducia  to  remancipate.  Oddly,  though  it  is  a  daughter,  there  are  three  sales, 
Girard,  Textes,  825.  6  C.  8.  48.  5.  '  7  Inst,  1.  12.  6.  81.  7.  28;  Inst.  1.  12.  7. 

9  1.  7.  31 ;  C.  8.  48.  4.  10  Ante,  §  XLV.  11  P.  4.  13.  1.    This  is  all  the  text  seems 

to  mean.  12  35.  1.  92,  93,  cognitio  extraordinaria,  an  inference  of  Paul  from  a  piece  of 

rough  justice  by  Severus,  contrary  to  principle,  35.  1.  92;  30.  114.  8.  13  C.  3.  28.  25. 

The  words  "restituere  debet"  at  the  end  have  no  grammatical  connexion  with  the  rest. 
If  they  are  more  than  a  mere  corruption  they  perhaps  mean  this.  14  The  forfeitures  of 
potestas  for  misconduct  do  not  seem  to  require  emancipatio,  and  a  text  dealing  with 
cruelty  by  the  father  (37.  12.  5)  does  not  seem  to  mean  that  there  was  a  right  to  compel 


in]  EMANCIPATION  133 

The  consent  of  the  person  emancipated  seems  to  have  been  needed. 
Paul  is  clear1,  and  Justinian  adopts  a  lex  of  Anastasius  which  says  much 
the  same2,  while  in  his  enactment  on  adoptio  he  says  what  might  mean 
the  opposite3.  The  rule  no  doubt  was  that,  as  he  must  be  present,  he 
must  at  least  not  contradicere\  and  Anastasius  dispensed  with  consent 
in  the  case  of  an  infans5.  No  doubt  in  the  republic  it  was  not  needed. 
But  there  was  no  need  for  compulsory  powers.  The  case  of  a  bad  son 
could  be  met  by  disinheriting6. 

We  have  already  seen  that  the  emancipation  of  an  adoptive  child 
totally  ended  all  connexion  between  him  and  his  adoptive  family:  he 
was  regarded  as  having  been  directly  emancipated  from  his  original 
family7.  Apart  from  this  point,  the  primary  legal  effect  of  emancipatio 
was  to  destroy  the  potestas,  and  with  it  the  agnatic  tie 8 :  these  effects  it 
always  retained.  But  its  practical  effect  underwent  great  changes.  In 
early  law  as  it  absolutely  destroyed  all  civil  connexion  between  the 
emancipatus  and  his  old  family,  he  lost  all  right  of  maintenance  and  all 
right  of  succession  to  his  father  and  his  agnates.  Rights  of  succession 
the  other  way  were  not  wholly  destroyed,  since  the  emancipating  pater- 
familias was  "quasi  patron,"  and  had  from  very  early  times  the  same 
rights  of  succession  to  the  emancipatus  as  the  patronus  had,  under  the 
XII  Tables,  to  a  freedman9.  But  before  the  end  of  the  republic  an 
emancipatus  had  acquired  at  praetorian  law  a  certain  right  of  succession, 
and  his  rights  in  this  respect  were  progressively  improved10  until  in  the 
time  of  Justinian  there  was  little  practical  difference.  The  ancestral 
sacra,  from  which  he  was  presumably  excluded,  were  obsolete  long 
before  Justinian's"  day.  Where  it  was  an  amicable  transaction  it  was 
often  accompanied  by  a  gift  of  money  and  the  emancipatus  usually  took 
his  peculiumn.  It  might  be  by  way  of  punishment,  for  the  rule  that  he 
must  not  contradicere  means  often  submission  rather  than  consent. 
There  probably  came  to  be  rights  of  maintenance  against  the  quasi 
patron,  like  those  of  libertus  against  his  patron.  An  emancipatus  im- 
pubes,  or  a  woman,  was  under  the  tutela  of  the  quasi  patron12.  In  late 
law  an  emancipatus  might  have  the  tutela  of  his  un emancipated  younger 
brothers,  though  this  went  in  principle  only  to  agnates13. 

emancipatio  in  such  a  case  by  any  established  machinery,  but  that  if  the  Emperor  did  in 
fact  by  his  overriding  authority  order  emancipatio  in  such  a  case,  this  also  involved  for- 
feiture of  any  rights  of  succession. 

1  P.  2.  25.  5.  But  the  text  is  suspected  of  alteration,  and  the  rule  may  be  post-classical. 
See  Beseler,  Beitrage,  4.  116.  2  C.  8.  48.  5.  3  C.  8.  47.  10.  pr.  See  ante,  §  XLIV.  4  See 
C.  8.  47.  11.  5  C.  8.  48.  5.  6  Abdicatio,  repudiation  of  a  son,  an  institution  of  Greek 
law,  is  declared  by  Diocletian  to  have  no  place  in  Roman  law,  though  it  was  clearly 
practised  then  and  later,  C.  8.  46.  6;  Mitteis,  Reichsr.  und  Volkw.  212.  7  Ante, 

§  XLIV;  G.  2.  136,  137.  8  G.  1.  163.  9  Post,  §  cxxxrv.  10  Po.4,  §  cxxx. 

11  Vat.  Fr.  255,  260;  D.  39.  5.  31.  2.         12  Post,  §§  LII.  LX.  13  Post,  §  LIJ. 


134  CIVIL  BONDAGE  [CH. 

It  appears  then  that  in  Justinian's  time  there  was  little  disadvantage 
in  emancipatio.  The  question  arises :  what  evils  had  he  in  view  when  he 
changed  the  law  of  adoptio,  owing  to  the  possibility  of  capricious  adoption 
followed  by  capricious  emancipation?  He  explains  the  risk  as  arising  in 
some  exceptional  cases.  Where  A  gives  his  son  B  in  adoption,  and  dies, 
B,  being  in  another  family,  has  no  claim  on  the  estate.  Some  years  later 
the  adopter  emancipates  him.  He  is  now  an  emancipatus  of  his  original 
father,  but  this  does  not  operate  retrospectively,  and  he  is  thus  ex- 
cluded from  either  estate.  Even  if  it  were  retrospective,  the  estate  may 
long  since  have  been  dissipated1. 

XLVIII.  CIVIL  BONDAGE2.  Thiswasa  relation  setup  by  transfer  by  the 
paterfamilias  to  another  by  sale,  in  the  form  of  mancipatio,  i.e.,  per  aes  et 
libram.  One  so  sold  was  not  a  mancipium,  a  word  wrhich  means  a  slave, 
but  was  in  an  analogous  position  and  was  thus  said  to  be  in  mancipio  or 
in  mancipii  causa3.  Except  for  noxal  surrender  for  delict,  and  the  formal 
sales  in  adoptio  and  emancipatio,  the  institution  was  practically  obsolete 
in  classical  law  and  it  is  not  clear  how  far  the  recorded  rules  applied  to 
it  in  earlier  times.  The  bondsman  was  still  free  and  a  civis.  His  marriage 
was  not  affected4.  His  children  conceived  after  the  sale  were,  in  the  time 
of  Gaius,  in  his  potestas  (in  abeyance  while  he  was  in  mancipio}  or  in 
that  of  his  paterfamilias,  though  it  is  possible  that  before  the  empire 
they  too  were  in  mancipio5.  How  his  political  rights  were  affected  we 
do  not  certainly  know.  But,  though  free,  he  was  servi  loco.  He  acquired 
for  his  holder  as  a  slave  did6.  He  could  take  nothing  by  the  will  of  his 
holder  unless  freed  by  his  will 7.  If  instituted  by  him  he  was  a  necessarius 
heres,  with  however  a  ius  abstinendi,  like  a  suus  heresB.  For  wrongful 
treatment  of  one  in  mancipio  an  actio  iniuriarum  would  lie 9.  Gaius  also 
tells  us  that  an  action  lay  on  his  contracts,  against  his  holder,  on  the 
same  principles  as  in  adrogatio,  so  that  the  holder  was  liable  to  the 
extent  of  the  property  which  would  have  been  the  bondsman's  if  he 
had  not  gone  into  bondage10. 

1  C.  8.  47.  10.  pr.  2  See  Desserteaux,  Capitis  Deminutio,  1.  233  sqq.,  for  a  full 

but  somewhat  conjectural  account  of  this  institution.  3  He  is  not  a  slave  but  is  in 

an  analogous  position.  The  terminology  can  be  compared  with  "in  libertate,"  for  one  not 
really  free  but  in  actual  liberty;  "in  possessione,"  for  one  who  holds  a  thing  but  has  not 
technical  possession  (6.  1.  9);  "in  servitute,"  for  one  wrongly  held  in  apparent  slavery  (4. 
6.  1.  1).  Desserteaux  (op.  cit.  1.245)  considers  that  "in  mancipio"  is  used  where  it  is 
real,  as  in  noxal  surrender  of  a  filius,  and  "in  mancipii  causa"  where  it  is  formal,  as  in 
adoption.  But  see,  e.g.,  G.  1.  135.  4  G.  1.  135.  5  Labeo  held  that  they  were,  if 

conceived  after  poleslas  destroyed  (G.  1.  135).  But  this,  which  was  indeed  rejected,  proves 
nothing  for  the  other  case.  6  G.  2.  86;  Ulp.  24.  23,  24.  7  G.  1.  123.  8  G.  2.  160. 
9  G.  1.  141.  10  G.  4.  80.  But  as  he  was  alieni  iuris  before  he  could  have  nothing 

except  p.  castrense  which  certainly  did  not  go  to  his  holder.  The  passage  may  be  corrupt. 
See  post,  §  CXLI. 


m]  CIVIL   BONDAGE  135 

The  relation  might  be  ended  by  manumission,  like  that  of  a  slave, 
except  that  the  restrictions  of  the  /.  Aelia  Sentia  and  /.  Fufia  Caninia  had 
no  application1,  and  he  was  an  ingenuus,  not  a  liberlinus2.  Where  the 
bondage  resulted  from  surrender  by  the  paterfamilias  in  lieu  of  paying 
damages  for  a  wrong  committed  by  thefilius,  the  bondsman  was  entitled, 
at  least  in  later  classical  law,  to  demand  manumission  as  soon  as,  by  his 
labour,  he  had  repaid  the  damage3.  Further  we  are  told  by  Gaius  that 
at  the  Census  a  bondsman  could  free  himself,  without  consent  of  the 
holder,  by  entering  his  name  on  the  Census  roll4.  Whether  this  is  ancient 
or  not  we  cannot  tell :  it  did  not  apply,  says  Gaius,  in  the  formal  cases 
or  in  noxal  surrender,  and  these  were  the  only  surviving  cases  in  his 
time5,  while  the  Census  also  was  obsolete. 

These  rules  no  doubt  represent  different  stages  in  the  history  of  the 
institution,  but  we  cannot  go  into  the  controversies  as  to  the  source  of 
each  one.  There  are  other  questions,  some  of  which  will  arise  in  con- 
nexion with  capitis  deminutio,  but  some  can  be  taken  here.  Could  a 
bondsman  be  assigned  by  his  holder?  WTe  know  that  he  usually  was 
assigned  back  to  his  father  in  the  process  of  emancipatio6,  and  though 
this  is  an  artificial  proceeding,  there  seems  no  good  reason  to  doubt  that 
he  could  be  transferred  in  the  ordinary  way  of  business.  Could  a  man 
sell  himself  into  bondage?  There  is  nothing  inherently  improbable  in 
the  idea ;  if  he  could  not,  Roman  Law  was  exceptional,  for  such  a  right 
has  existed  in  Jewish,  Germanic,  Greek,  and  many  other  systems7. 
What  is  known  of  nexum  seems  to  shew  that  a  man  could  by  the  process 
per  aes  et  libram  submit  himself  to  the  power  of  another,  but  a  nexus  is 
not  in  mancipio8.  A  woman  could  sell  herself  into  manus  by  a  modified 
form  of  mancipatio,  but  it  was  not  actual  mancipatio  and  she  did  not  go 
into  bondage9.  The  liability  of  the  holder  for  debts  of  the  bondsman  to 
the  extent  of  the  property  he  brought  with  him,  already  noted  and 
considered  later10,  is  unintelligible  unless  he  was  sui  iuris,  and  so  sold 
himself,  for  otherwise  he  could  have  no  property.  But  the  passage  is 
probably  corrupt.  And  there  is  no  direct  evidence  of  the  possibility. 

The  subject  of  persons  alieni  iuris  involves  the  consideration  of 
their  power  to  bind  themselves  by  contract.  We  have  not  considered 
from  this  point  of  view  the  filiafamilias,  the  woman  in  manu  and  the 
bondsman.  Gaius  tells  us  that  they  could  not  so  bind  themselves11 :  it 
is  another  question  how  long  this  state  of  things  lasted.  As  manus  and 

1  G.  1.  138,  139.          2  This  follows  from  the  applications  in  adoptio,  etc.  3  Coll. 

2.  3.  4  G.  1.  140.  5  A  five-year  period  is  common  in  Roman  Law,  e.g.  in  tax- 

farming  contracts  and  in  hiring  of  land.     See  also  5.  2.  9;  40.  12.  29.  1;  40.  15.  1.  pr.; 
C.  Th.  5.  7.  2,  etc.  6  Ante,  §  XLVH.  7  Leviticus,  25.  47;  Pollock  and  Maitland, 

Hist,  of  Eng.  Law,  1.  12;  Daremberg  et  Saglio,  s.v.  Servi.  8  Post,  §  CL.          9  Ante, 

§  XLIII.          10  Post,  §  CXLI;  G.  4.  80.   Lenel,  E.  P.  406.          11  G.  3.  104. 


136  CAPITIS  DEMINUTIO  [CH. 

bondage  disappeared  soon  after,  the  question  arises  practically  only  for 
the  filiafamilias.  The  better  view  seems  to  be  that  of  Girard,  who,  in 
view  of  the  incapacity  of  a  woman  sui  iuris  to  bind  herself  without  the 
auctoritas  of  her  tutor,  concludes  that  the  disability  of  a  woman  alieni 
iuris  lasted  throughout  the  classical  age  and  so  long  as  the  tutela  of 
adult  women  lasted.  But  it  was  gone  in  Justinian's  time1. 

XLIX.  CAPITIS  DEMINUTIO.  Before  passing  to  persons  sui  iuris  we 
have  to  consider  the  principles  of  capitis  deminutio.  In  dealing  with 
the  law  of  persons  we  have  adopted  the  method  indicated  by  this  con- 
ception. Caput  is  civil  capacity.  Capitis  deminutio  is  defined  by  Gaius 
as  prioris  status  permutatio2.  It  has  in  classical  and  later  law  three 
degrees :  maxima,  loss  of  liberty,  i.e.  enslavement  from  any  cause,  in- 
volving loss  of  civitas  and  family  rights ;  media  or  minor,  loss  of  civitas 
without  loss  of  liberty,  as  by  deportatio,  or  (perhaps)  joining  a  Latin3 
colony,  involving  also  loss  of  family  rights ;  and  minima,  change  of  family 
position  (status  hominis  commutatur],  of  which  the  most  salient  character- 
istic, or  requirement,  is  that  it  involves  a  rupture  of  agnatic  ties,  leaving 
liberty  and  civitas  unaffected.  Such  cases  are  adoptio,  adrogatio,  entry 
into  manus,  emancipation  and  entry  into  or  manumission  from  civil 
bondage4. 

This  account  of  the  institution  as  it  stood  in  the  time  of  Gaius  does 
not  tell  us  the  meaning  of  the  term  or  the  history  of  the  notion,  which 
connected  matters  (for  the  conception  of  capitis  deminutio  underwent 
evolution)  have  been  the  subject  of  much  controversy.  The  threefold 
scheme  is  relatively  late :  in  Cicero  we  hear  only  of  capitis  deminutio, 
simply,  and  the  name  is  in  fact  applied  only  to  cases  of  what  were  later 
capitis  deminutio  minima5,  but  his  language  elsewhere  might  be  taken 
to  indicate  that  he  would  have  put  on  one  and  the  same  level  some 
cases  of  what  were  later  maxima  and  media*.  Even  in  the  Digest  we 
get  in  some  texts  a  distinction  into  two  classes,  maior  and  minor,  the 
latter  being  what  was  usually  called  minima1.  It  seems  probable  that 
early  law  knew  of  only  one  capitis  deminutio,  but  whether  that  covered 
all  the  three  types  of  later  law,  or  whether  it  applied  only  to  cases  in- 
volving loss  of  civitas  or  only  to  such  as  left  civitas  intact,  i.e.  the  later 

1  Girard,  Manuel,  475.  He  cites  all  the  material  texts,  and  for  the  later  law  com- 
pares Inst.  4.  7.  7,  and  D.  14.  6.  9.  2.  2  G.  1.  159.  3  G.  1.  131,  "iussu  patris." 
It  is  not  clear  that  it  was  c.  d.  A  Latin  corning  to  Rome  had  a  vote  in  the  Comitia, 
Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  643;  D.P.B.  6.  2.  267.  4  G.  1.  162,  163;  Ulp.  11.  13;  Inst.  1.16.  3. 
The  scheme  in  classical  law  is  not  symmetrical,  Familia  and  Civitas  are  linked.  No  one 
can  have  either  without  both  and  liberty  too.  But  a  man  may  have  liberty  without  the 
others.  Probably  in  early  times,  none  but  cives  were  thought  of  as  free  for  Roman  Law. 
See  for  references  to  principal  literature,  Girard,  Manuel,  195,  n.  3.  5  Topica,  18,  29. 
6  Pro  Caecina,  33,  96;  De  Domo,  29,  30  (77-79).  7  38.  16.  1.  4;  38.  17.  1.  8;  Cuq 
Man.  111.  See  also  Desserteaux,  Capitis  Deminutio,  2.  1. 


m]  CAP  IT  IS  DEMINUTIO  137 

minima,  is  disputed.  Not  all  the  cases  which  were  thought  of  as  capitis 
deminutio  minima  in  classical  law  need  necessarily  have  been  so  regarded 
in  earlier  law,  for  the  conception  of  the  institution  no  doubt  changed. 
Status  permutatio  as  a  definition  is  certainly  not  primitive.  The  only 
institution,  recorded  as  a  case  of  capitis  deminutio  minima,  which  is 
certainly  extremely  ancient,  is  adrogatio1,  and  it  is  not  clear  that  this 
was  early  thought  of  as  capitis  deminutio2. 

There  is  the  same  obscurity  about  the  underlying  conception  of 
capitis  deminutio.  On  one  view  its  essential  is  destruction  of  the  perso- 
nality, a  view  suggested  by  some  texts  which  speak  of  it  as  a  sort  of  civil 
death3,  but  this  does  not  really  fit  the  facts4.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
conception  of  it  as  annihilation  is  consistent  with  the  view5  that  death  is 
mentioned  as  a  mere  loose  comparison.  On  another  view,  which  suits 
the  name  better  (especially  in  the  not  uncommon  form  capitis  minutio6), 
it  is  essentially  a  diminution  of  capacity7.  It  would  follow  that  it  oc- 
curred only  where  the  resulting  position  was  wrorse,  as  in  adrogatio,  or 
where  in  the  process  the  subject  was  sold  into  quasi  slavery.  This  would 
account  for  such  facts  as  the  passage  of  vestal  virgins  from  potestas 
without  capitis  deminutio*.  But  it  conflicts  with  rules  of  classical  law, 
e.g.  that  the  children  of  adrogatus  suffer  capitis  deminutio9,  though  they 
undergo  no  process  and  take  no  worse  position,  which  Savigny  explains 
as  an  error  of  Paul  due  to  a  false  conception  of  capitis  deminutio10,  and 
the  rule  that  a  woman  going  into  manus  suffers  capitis  deminutio,  though 
the  process  does  not  reduce  her  to  quasi  slavery,  a  rule  which  Savigny 
would  restrict  to  women  sui  iuris11.  It  conflicts  also  with  the  rule  that 
enfranchisement  from  civil  bondage  was  a  capitis  deminutio12,  a  rule  not 
known  in  the  time  of  Savigny.  But  these  difficulties  and  others  which 
present  themselves  in  connexion  with  the  various  opinions  may  be  met 
by  the  view  that  development,  actually  traceable  in  the  scheme  of 

1  Its  antiquity  is  vouched  for  by  its  religious  character.  2  Thus  while  Desserteaux 
(op.  cit.  1.  57)  thinks  adrofjatio  not  to  have  been  regarded  as  c.  d.  till  the  empire,  Cohn 
(cited,  Desserteaux,  ib.)  thinks  of  it  as  one  of  the  oldest.  3  G.  3.  101,  153,  etc.  4  It 

destroys  the  will,  which  death  brings  into  operation,  G.  2.  145,  146;  Ulp.  23.  4;  Inst.  2. 
17.  4.  Death  destroys  criminal  and  delictal  liabilities  which  c.  d.  leaves  unaffected  (post, 
§  cxcvi).  5  See  Eisele,  Beitrdge,  167  sqq. ;  Desserteaux,  op.  cit.  2.  1.  129  sqq.  Eisele 

holds  c.  d.  essentially  a  diminution,  Desserteaux  essentially  a  destruction,  but  both  reject 
the  idea  of  death  as  more  than  an  analogy.  6  4.  5.  1,  2;  Ulp.  27.  5,  etc.  7  Savigny, 
System,  2.  §§68  sqq.;  Eisele,  Beitrdge,  160  sqq.  See  D.  4.  5.  3,  Paul.  8  Aul.  Geli. 

1.  12.  9.  9  4.  5.  3.  pr. ;  it  may  indeed  be  said  that  the  children  lose  the  position  of  sui 
heredes.  10  System,  2.  479.  He  thinks  it  an  expression  of  a  later,  not  generally  accepted, 
view  of  c.  d.  as  "familiae  mutatio."  See  Eisele,  Beitrdge,  215,  who,  adopting  in  general 
Savigny's  view,  understands  "placet"  to  express  a  personal  " Belieben"  of  the  jurist,  but 
this  is  hardly  possible.  11  System,  2.  65.  Eisele,  op.  cit.  200,  leaves  open  the  question 
whether  it  applies  to  women  sui  iuris.  Neither  G.  (1.  162)  nor  Ulp.  (11.  13)  expresses  any 
limitation.  12  G.  1.  162,  163. 


138  CAP1T1S  DEMINUTIO  [CH. 

capitis  deminutiones  (for  while  it  may  still  be  doubted  whether  there 
existed  originally  one  or  two  degrees,  there  clearly  were  not  three)  also 
occurred  in  the  fundamental  conception  of  it.  It  may  be  that  at  the 
beginning  it  meant  extinction  of  gentile  and  therefore  of  civil  right, 
and  that,  so  far  as  what  came  to  be  called  capitis  deminutio  minima  was 
concerned,  this  conception  was  replaced  by  the  notion  offamiliae  mutatio. 
The  distinction  between  maxima  and  media,  which  appears  to  be  of  the 
beginning  of  the  empire,  though  the  immediate  effects  of  the  two  are 
the  same,  may  be  accounted  for  by  the  inveterate  tendency  to  threefold 
arrangements1,  assisted  by  the  separation  of  the  conception  of  libertas 
from  that  of  civitas,  and  the  obvious  fact  that  the  man  enslaved  is  really 
extinct,  while  the  other  may  still  exist,  as  a  Latin  or  peregrine,  and  be 
a  factor  in  commercial  relations2. 

These  considerations  may  explain  the  peculiarities  of  the  capitis 
deminutio  resulting  from  the  first  or  second  sale  of  a  filiusfamilias.  It  is 
clear  that  it  is  a  deminutio3,  but  its  characteristics  are  exceptional,  ac- 
cording to  Gaius.  On  manumission  the  subject  reverts  to  potestas :  the 
minutio  and  its  effects  are  wiped  out.  Thus  it  is  provisional.  Again  he 
tells  us  that  each  sale  and  each  manumission  is  a  capitis  deminutio*, 
but  he  says  also  that  the  whole  process  is  a  capitis  deminutio5.  He  tells 
us  that  children  conceived  during  the  bondage  are  in  the  potestas  of  the 
old  paterfamilias*  and  also  that  all  capitis  deminutio  destroys  the 
agnatic  tie7.  Either  this  is  incorrect  for  that  case,  which  is  however 
that  in  connexion  with  which  the  statement  is  made,  or  children  may 
be  born  into  an  agnatic  group  to  which  the  father  may  not  have  belonged 
at  any  time  between  the  conception  and  the  birth.  If  the  holder  freed 
the  bondsman  after  the  third  sale,  the  manumitter  succeeded  at  civil 
law  to  the  exclusion  of  the  father8,  whose  rights  were  destroyed.  If, 
after  the  first  sale,  the  father  died,  and  the  holder  then  freed  him,  he 
succeeded,  as  a  postumus,  to  his  own  father9.  The  manumitter  having  no 
right  to  succeed  to  him,  the  rights  of  the  quasi  patron  were  thus  non- 
existent10. These  conflicting  rules  do  not  represent  any  coherent  concep- 

1  Goudy,  Trichotomy  in  Roman  Law,  50  sqq.  2  Eisele,  accepting  the  view  that  c.  d, 
is  essentially  diminution  (pp.  163  sqq.),  accepts  also  in  general  the  notion  of  incompati- 
bility (derived  from  Cohn,  Zur  Lehre  von  der  C.  D.),  i.e.  the  effects  of  c.  d.  are  in  general 
due  to  the  incompatibility  of  the  old  right  or  liability  with  the  new  position  (op.  cit.  185 
sqq.).  3  G.  1.  162.  4  Ibid.  5  Ibid,  "quod  accidit  in  his  qui  adoptantur." 

6  G.  1.  135.  7  G.  1.  163.  8  G.  Ep.  1.  163;  Inst.  3.  9.  3.  9  G.  3.  6;  Ulp. 

23.  3;  Coll.  16.  3.  7.  10  Even  the  view  of  Kniep  (Der  Bechtsgelekrte  Gains,  48;  Gai 

Comm.  Prim.  270)  that  the  statement  of  Gaius  (1.  162)  that  each  sale  and  manumissio  is 
a  c.  d.  is  a  later  addition,  that  the  sale  and  manumission  together  constitute  a  c.  d.,  and 
that  in  the  case  of  a  son  Gaius  does  not  mean  each  sale  but  only  the  third,  does  not  mend 
the  matter.  The  son  released  would  not  be,  in  effect,  a  postumus  as  he  was  (n.  9),  but  would 
have  been  a  suus  all  the  time.  And  one  sold  a  third  time  but  not  yet  released  would  not 
have  suffered  c.  d.  at  all,  though  potestas  was  destroyed. 


m]  CAP1T1S  DEM IX  UT 10  139 

tion,  and  it  may  be  supposed  that  they  represent  a  state  of  things  in 
which  the  old  conception  of  capitis  deminutio,  whatever  it  was,  is  breaking 
down  and  rules  belonging  to  the  older  ideas  are  retained  side  by  side 
with  others  which  belong  to  the  conception  of  it  as  (at  least  in  the  case 
of  minima)  a  familiae  mutatio  simply,  a  conception  not  fully  reached 
till  the  later  classical  age1. 

The  obscurity  of  the  early  conceptions  gives  rise  to  the  question 
whether  a  Latin  suffered  capitis  deminutio  on  attaining  Roman  citizen- 
ship. The  only  evidence  seems  to  be  a  passage  quoted  by  Girard2  from 
the  I.  Salpensana,  which  provides  that  those  who  became  Roman  cives 
in  the  colony,  e.g.  through  magistracy,  should  remain  in  the  manus, 
potestas  or  bondage  in  which  they  were,  if  their  holder  also  acquired 
civitas  and  should  not  lose  any  rights  they  had  as  patrons  or  patroni 
liberi3.  These  are  express  provisions  to  avoid  results  which  are  exactly 
those  of  a  capitis  deminutio.  One  of  the  provisions  seems  to  be  corrupt, 
but  they  testify  to  a  close  similarity  between  the  institutions  of  the 
colony  and  those  of  Rome4  (apart  from  express  adoption  of  Roman 
rules,  also  evidenced).  The  accounts  of  capitis  deminutio  do  not  mention 
this  case5,  nor  do  those  dealing  with  attainment  of  civitas  by  Latins, 
which  are  fairly  full6,  say  anything  about  capitis  deminutio.  In  any 
case  certain  results  of  capitis  deminutio  did  not  occur7. 

L.  In  considering  the  effects  of  capitis  deminutio  it  is  necessary  to 
distinguish  between  those  which  are  really  the  effect  of  the  deminutio, 
however  conceived,  and  those  which  are  merely  accompaniments,  but 
result  not  from  the  deminutio  but  from  the  juristic  event  of  which  it 
also  is  a  result.  It  may  be  doubted  indeed  whether  the  distinction  can 
be  clearly  made  out8.  The  following  however  are  indicated  in  the  texts 
as  results  of  the  capitis  deminutio  itself. 

(i)  Destruction  of  agnatic  ties  and  potestas9.  This  is  the  most  striking 
result,  and  might,  in  classical  law,  almost  serve  for  a  definition,  but 
for  the  fact  that  vestal  virgins  and  flamines  diales  passed  out  of  the 

1  So  Desserteaux,  Capitis  Dem.  1.  37,  239,  etc.,  but  his  argument,  in  attempting  to 
shew  that  with  his  view  of  the  evolution  the  doctrines  can  be  made  wholly  coherent,  seems 
to  require  that  Gaius  shall  have  laid  down  rules  which  had  ceased  to  be  true  a  century 
earlier.  2  Manuel,  197,  n.  1.  3  Lex  Salpensana,  xxn,  xxm,  Girard,  Textes,  109, 110. 
4  The  text  seems  to  attribute  tutoris  optio  to  males — if  this  is  so  it  is  an  error  or  a  rule 
different  from  that  of  Rome.  5  G.  1.  153-163;  Ulp.  11.  9-13.  6  G.  1.  28-35;  1. 

67  sqq. ;  Ulp.  3.  1-6.  7  The  magistrate  cannot  have  dropped  his  assets  and  liabilities, 

any  more  than  a  Roman  would  who  passed  voluntarily  to  a  Latin  colony.  8  It  is 

indeed  maintained  by  Desserteaux  (op.  tit.)  that  the  effects  are  never  those  of  the  c.  d. 
but  of  the  juristic  act  concerned.  The  c.  d.  is  a  mere  descriptive  term  (2.  1.  60,  93,  97,  etc.), 
but  when  in  the  empire  certain  juristic  acts  lost  characteristics  which  had  produced 
these  effects,  while  the  effects  remained,  it  became  the  custom  to  attribute  these  effects 
to  the  c.  d.  as  their  cause  (ib.  98,  301,  etc.).  The  greater  part  of  2.  1  aims  at  demonstrating 
this  thesis.  9  G.  1.  163;  3.  21,  etc.;  Inst.  3.  5.  1,  etc. 


140  CAPIT1S  DEMINUTIO  [en. 

potestas  without  capitis  deminutio1.  Cognatic  ties  were  not  affected. 
In  practice  this  affected  only  capitis  deminutio  minima,  for  enslavement, 
being  iuris  gentium,  destroyed  cognation,  and  a  deportatus,  being  a 
peregrine,  sine  civitate  certa,  could  not  take  under  a  will  or  on  intestacy 2, 
Though  potestas  and  manus  were  destroyed,  marriage,  being  iuris 
gentium,  was  not  ended  except  by  maxima  capitis  deminutio,  though 
media  converted  it  to  nuptiae  non  iustae3.  Ordinary  marriage  was  in  no 
way  affected  by  capitis  deminutio  minima,  but,  if  the  wife  was  in  manu, 
adrogation  would  transfer  the  manus  to  the  new  paterfamilias,  while 
emancipation  and  adoptio  would  apparently  leave  the  wife  in  the  old 
familia. 

(ii)  Destruction  of  life  interests  (ususfructus,  usus)*.  The  effect  of 
this,  for  capitis  deminutio  minima,  was  evaded  in  classical  law  by  devices 
for  renewal  of  the  right  so  destroyed,  and  in  Justinian's  law  the  rule  no 
longer  applied  to  this  case5. 

(iii)  Avoidance  of  a  will  previously  made.  This  is  laid  down  gener- 
ally6, but  the  existence  of  peculium  castrense,  in  regard  to  which  afilius 
was  regarded  as  a  paterfamilias  and  had  the  power  of  testation,  caused 
some  difficulty.  It  was  clear  in  later  classical  law  that  his  will  dealing 
with  this  remained  valid7.  The  effect  of  the  general  rule  was  modified 
by  the  praetor  who  gave  bonorum  possessio  notwithstanding  the  capitis 
deminutio,  if  the  testator  was  capax  when  he  made  the  will  and  at 
death,  provided  the  deminutio  was  not  the  effect  of  his  own  voluntary 
act8. 

(iv)  Transfer  of  the  assets  of  the  minutus.  All  passed  from  him,  but 
the  ultimate  destination  of  those  not  destroyed  depended  on  the  rules 
of  each  case,  which  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  minutio*.  There  were 
however  exceptions.  A  civis  passing  to  a  Latin  colony  may  have 
suffered  capitis  deminutio.  If  this  was  iussu  patris  he  had  indeed  no 
assets  to  lose10,  but  a  paterfamilias  who  so  passed  over  did  not  lose  them : 
he  sometimes  did  it  so  as  to  avoid  a  fine.  Where  a  filiusfamilias  was 
emancipated  or  adopted,  his  peculium  castrense  and  quasi  castrense  went 

1  Ante,  §  XLVII.  2  G.  2.  110;  Inst.  1.  16.  6;  D.  38.  10.  4.  11.  3  Ante,  §  xxxix.  See 
G.  1.  128.  4  7.  4.  1.  pr.  Not  the  later  developed  habitatio  and  operae  servorum,  post,  §  xcvi. 
5  Inst.  2.  4.  3;  C.  3.  33.  16.  2.  6  G.  2.  145,  146;  Ulp.  23.  4;  Inst.  2.  17.  4.  7  28.  3- 
6.  13;  37.  11.  1.  8.  Eisele  however,  Beitrage,  195  sqq.,  attributes  this  to  Justinian.  No 
difficulty  in  case  of  an  actual  miles:  his  will  needs  no  form  (post,  §  cxxvi),  and  is  therefore 
valid  ex  nova  voluntate,  29.  1.  22;  Inst.  2.  11.  5.  8  37.  11.  11.  2.  Testator  was  adrogated 

and  later  again  became  sui  iuris.  (Other  reliefs  in  case  of  maior  capitis  deminutio,  post, 
§  en.)  In  the  time  of  Gaius  the  bonorum  possessio  was  sine  re,  later  it  became  cum  re, 
post,  §  cxxxix.  9  As  to  adrogatio,  post,  §  CXLI;  adoptio,  ante,  §  XLIV;  enslavement, 
ante,  §  xxrv.  On  deportatio  the  property  went  to  the  State  as  part  of  the  condemnatio, 
and,  though  something  might  be  left  to  him  in  compassion,  he  had  no  rights  against  his 
old  debtors,  ante,  §  xxxvi.  10  G.  1.  131. 


nr]  CAPIT1S  DEMINUTIO  141 

with  him:  the  capitis  deminutio  did  not  affect  them1.  The  right  of  an 
adstipulator,  by  reason  of  its  intensely  personal  nature2,  was  extinguished 
by  a  capitis  deminutio,  and  the  same  is  true  of  rights  under  a  pending 
indicium  legitimum3.  On  the  dominant  view  of  classical  lawyers  partner- 
ship was  ordinarily  ended  by  capitis  deminutio  minima,  but  at  some  time, 
probably  before  Justinian,  it  was  treated  as  continuing  and  not  a  new 
partnership4.  Patronal  rights  were  in  general  ended.  In  maxima  or 
media  the  rights  of  liberi  patroni  appear  to  have  taken  their  place5,  but 
these  rights  being  independent  this  is  rather  extinction  than  transfer. 
On  adrogation  they  passed  to  the  new  paterfamilias,  except  that  any 
operae,  due  under  iusiurandum  tiberti,  ceased,  and  reverentia  was 
still  due  to  the  adrogatus6.  If  the  libertus  suffered  capitis  deminutio 
maxima  or  media  the  patronal  relation  was  destroyed,  if  minima,  the 
patron's  right  was  not  affected,  subject  to  restitutio  natalium7.  Tutela 
was  of  course  ended  if  the  ward  suffered  capitis  deminutio,  but  was  not 
affected  by  capitis  deminutio  minima  of  the  tutor  except  in  two  cases. 
Tutela  legitima  was  ended  as  it  was  based  on  a  right  of  succession,  itself 
destroyed 8,  and  tutela  cessicia  was  also  destroyed 9.  Against  destruction 
of  rights  of  succession  by  capitis  deminutio  maxima  or  media  there 
might  be  relief  in  case  of  restoration10,  and  minima  had  little  effect  in 
the  praetorian  scheme  of  succession,  except  where  the  minutus  was 
transferred  to,  and  was  still  in,  another  family11.  The  rule  itself  did  not 
apply  to  the  reciprocal  rights  of  succession  between  mother  and  child 
introduced  in  the  empire12.  Further,  a  woman's  claim  for  the  recovery 
of  her  dos  was  not  affected  by  her  capitis  deminutio,  e.g.  if  she  was 
emancipated  by  her  paterfamilias13. 

(v)   Destruction  of  liabilities,  other  than  criminal  or  delictal14.  This 

1  Post,  §  xcix.  The  bona  adventicia  of  late  law  were  regulated  by  legislation  which 
did  not  give  any  operation  to  capitis  deminutio  as  such.  2  G.  3.  114,  post,  §§  cxxm,  CLV. 
3  G.  3.  83.  As  to  the  nature  of  indicia  legitima,  post,  §  ccxxxu.  4  G.  3.  153;  D.  17.  2. 
58.2;  h.  t.  65.  11,  12.  See  Eisele,  Beitrdge,  171,  190  sqq.;  Desserteaux,  op.  cit.  2.  169  sqq. 
5  37.  14.  4,  21.  6  G.  3.  83;  D.  2.  4.  10.  2.  7  Ante,  §  xxxn.  8  G.  1.  158; 

post,  §  cxxix.  Tutela  is  a  publicum  munus  and  like  other  such  is  not  affected,  4.  5.  6,  7. 
9  G.  1.  170.  10  As  to  restoration  from  slavery,  see  Buckland,  Slavery,  410  sqq. 

11  Post,  §  cxxx.  12  4.  5.  7.  pr. ;  38.  17.  1.  8.  A  wife  emancipated  did  not  lose  her  claim 

for  dos,  4.  5.  8,  9.  13  4.  5.  8,  9 ;  ante,  §  XL.  14  4.  5.  2.  3.  The  discharge  from  other  obliga- 
tions left  a  naturalis  obligatio,  post,  §  CLXXXIX.  It  has  been  said  (Senn,  N.R.H.  37.  191)  that 
there  was  a  further  exception.  In  a  group  of  actions,  all  bonaefidei  and  all  infaming  (pro  socio, 
depositi,  mandati,  tutelae)  the  claim  survived  capitis  deminutio  minima.  The  texts  cited 
are  17.  1.  61;  17.  2.  58.  2;  16.  3.  21.  pr.;  27.  3.  4.  1;  h.  t.  11.  These  scarcely  establish  the 
proposition.  All  are  cases  in  which  the  minutus  continues  performance  of  the  contract, 
etc.,  after  the  minutio,  and  they  shew  merely  that  in  such  a  case  the  thing  must  be  treated 
as  a  whole.  They  are  closely  analogous  to  the  case  of  continued  administration  by  a 
manumitted  slave  in  which  a  similar  rule  is  laid  down  by  some  jurists  (3.  5.  16-17),  though 
it  is  admitted  that  a  slave  cannot  be  sued  after  freedom  on  transactions  during  slavery 
(3.  5.  16;  C.  4.  14,  passim).  This  is  clearly  brought  out  in  16.  3.  21  where  the  cases  of  the 


142  CAP1TIS  DEMINUTIO  [CH.  m 

exception,  retained  as  being  necessary,  has  its  origin  in  the  fact  that 
these  remedies  are  substitutes  for  revenge1,  the  desire  for  which  is  not 
affected  by  the  minutio.  The  extinction  of  other  liabilities,  whatever  its 
origin,  obviously  produced  very  unfair  results  and  was  relieved  against 
in  many  ways.  In  the  case  of  penal  slavery  or  forfeiture  the  fiscus  took 
only  the  nett  balance:  it  was  liable  to  creditors  and  could  sue  debtors2. 
The  praetor  applied  similar  rules,  giving  utiles  actiones  at  least  against 
the  holder  where  on  capitis  deminutio  maxima  or  media,  the  property 
passed  into  private  hands3. 

In  the  case  of  adrogatio  and  manus  there  were  remedies  which  can 
best  be  considered  in  dealing  with  universal  succession4.  In  that  of 
emancipatio,  liabilities  in  respect  ofpeculium  castrense  and  quasi  castrense 
were  not  affected.  Apart  from  these  there  was  a  difficulty.  A  filius- 
familias  of  full  age  was  capable  of  civil  obligatio,  but  this  was  extin- 
guished by  the  capitis  deminutio.  The  praetor  gave  an  action,  but  as  the 
transaction  may  have  concerned  the  father's  affairs  only,  and,  in  any 
case,  the  assets  in  connexion  with  which  it  was  gone  through  did  not 
ordinarily  pass,  it  was  given  only  causa  cognita5,  and  subject  to  bene- 
ficium  competentiae6. 

slave  and  son  are  treated  side  by  side.  In  the  case  of  deposit  it  is  simply  for  return  of  the 
thing,  which  the  depositee  still  holds.  So  in  17.  1.  61,  what  the  suggested  doctrine  requires 
is  that  if  performance  under  the  mandate  is  not  continued  the  mandatarius  can  be  sued 
for  what  was  done  before  the  minutio;  but  this  is  not  shewn. 

1  Post,  §  cxcvi.  2  48.  20.  4;  h.  t.  10.  pr.;  49.  14.  6;  h.  t.  21.  3  4.  5.  2.  pr. 

If  a  man  enslaved  was  afterwards  released  by  the  State  he  did  not  revert  to  his  old 
rights  and  liabilities,  apart  from  express  restitutio,  which  might  be  more  or  less  complete, 
44.  7.  30;  C.  9.  51.  4;  h.  t.  5.  In  the  case  of  deportatio,  if  the  estate  was  insufficient  the 
creditors  had  utiles  aciiones  against  the  deportatus  by  which  later  acquired  property  could 
be  made  available,  ante,  §  xxxvi.  4  Post,  §  cxii.  5  14.  5.  2.  6  14.  5.  2.  pr. 

See  Lenel,  E.  P.  269.  If  the  son  had  inherited,  the  action  was  in  solidum,  and  the  creditor 
might  choose  between  this  action  and  an  action  against  him  for  his  share  of  the  debt  as 
heres,  14.  5.  4.  pr.  Against  the  heres  of  the  minutus  it  was  always  in  solidum,  h.  t.  4.  3.  But 
in  both  these  cases  it  would  seem  to  be  still  given  only  causa  cognita. 


CHAPTER  IV 

THE  LAW  OF  PERSONS  (con*.).    THE  LAW  OF  THE 
FAMILY  (eon*.).    PERSONS  SUI  IURIS 

LI.  Persons  sui  iuris,  Tutela  Impuberum,  p.  143;  Tutela  testamentaria,  144;  LII.  Tutela 
Legitima,  145;  Tutela  Fiduciaria,  147;  LIII.  Tutela  a  magistrate  dativa,  148;  LIV.  Nature 
of  Tutela,  150;  Exemptions,  151;  Restrictions  on  Appointment,  152;  LV.  Functions  of 
Tutor,  154;  Administratio,  155;  LVI.  Auctoritatis  interpositio,  158;  LVII.Closeof  Tutela,  160; 
Removal  for  misconduct,  crimen  suspecti  tutoris,  161;  LVIII.  Plurality  of  tutores,  162; 
LIX.  Remedies,  Actio  de  rationibus  distrahendis,  164;  Actio  tutelae,  ib. ;  LX.  Tutela  perpetua 
mulierum,  166;  Devices  for  change  of  tutor,  168;  Difference  of  functions,  ib. ;  LXI.  Cura, 
169;  Cura  fur iosi,  ib.;  Prodigi,  170;  LXI1.  Cura  minoris,  171;  Other  cases  of  cura,  174; 
LXIII.  Juristic  Persons,  ib. ;  LXIV.  The  State  and  the  Emperor,  the  Fiscus,  176; 
Municipalities.  177;  Private  corporations,  178;  LXV.  The  Church  and  Piae  Causae,  179. 

LI.  In  dealing  with  persons  sui  iuris  we  have  to  consider  them  only 
so  far  as  they  were  subject  to  disabilities.  Owing  to  defects  of  various 
kinds  they  might  be  under  guardianship,  and  this  might  be  either 
tutela  or  cura  (curatio).  Tutela,  which  is  the  more  important,  might  be 
over  males  or  females  on  account  of  their  youth,  or,  in  classical  law, 
over  women  of  any  age  on  account  of  their  sex1. 

TUTELA  O^IMPUBERES.  The  governing  principle  was  that  every  person 
sui  iuris  under  puberty  must  have  a  tutor,  at  least  if  he  had  property  or 
expectations2.  Though  guardianship  is  no  doubt  a  universal  notion,  it 
had  in  Rome  forms  and  technicalities  not  found  elsewhere,  and  as  it 
was  provided  for  in  the  XII  Tables  it  was  regarded  as  a  civil  law  institu- 
tion3. It  seems  to  have  been  originally  conceived  of  as  an  artificial  ex- 
tension of  the  potestas  till  the  child  was  capable  of  founding  a  potestas 
for  himself,  a  notion  which  led  to  perpetual  tutela  in  the  case  of  women, 
since  they  could  never  have  potestas  or  sui  heredes.  There  was  a  very 
practical  reason  for  this  way  of  regulating  the  matter.  It  is  clear  that 
originally  tutela  was  not  so  much  in  the  interest  of  the  child  as  in  that 
of  the  guardian.  The  tutor  was  the  person  who  would  take  the  property 
if  the  child  died  impubes :  ubi  emolumentum  successionis  ibi  onus  tutelae*, 
in  which  expression  the  word  onus  would  have  been  represented  in  early 
law  by  ius.  So  soon  as  a  child  reached  the  age  of  puberty  he  might  have 

1  G.  1.  142-144;  Inst.  1.  13.  pr.        2  See  C.  5.  31.  2.       3  Inst.  1.  13.  1;  D.  26.  1.  1.  pr. 

The  institution  existed  in  Latin  colonies.  The  1.  Salpensana,  c.  xxix(Bruns,  1.  146;  Girard, 
Textes,  112),  contains  provisions  as  to  their  appointment  by  local  magistrates  to  Latin 
members  of  the  community,  and  c.  xxn  contains  provisions  as  to  tutoris  optio  (post,  §  LX). 
Schol.  Sin.  16  (Girard,  Textes,  614)  speaks  of  a  brother  as  tutor  of  an  irnpaben  who  ha.s 
been  made  a  member  of  a  Latin  colony.  4  Inst.  1.  17.  pr. ;  C.  5.  30.  5.  3. 


144  TUTELA   TESTAMENT  ARIA  [CH. 

children :  the  interest  of  his  relatives  in  the  property  would  cease,  and 
accordingly  the  tutela  ceased.  By  the  close  of  the  republic  this  view  of 
tutela  had  been  superseded  by  the  more  modern  conception  of  guardian- 
ship1. But  the  old  view  remains  reflected  in  the  fundamental  rules  of 
the  institution.  The  rule,  out  of  harmony  with  the  new  conception,  that 
tutela  of  children  ended  at  puberty,  was  retained  but  supplemented  by 
such  devices  as  restitutio  in  integrum  and  curatio2,  which  gave  similar 
but  less  effective  protection.  The  perpetual  tutela  of  women  was  not 
abolished  when  its  absurdity  became  apparent,  but  types  of  tutor 
were  invented  who  could  not  refuse  their  auctoritas3. 

Justinian,  following  Gains,  classifies  tutores  according  to  the 
mode  of  appointment :  testamentarii,  legitimi,  fiduciarii,  a  magistratu 
dativi.  The  order  is  not  historical,  for  legitimi  were  certainly  the 
oldest,  but  tutela  by  will  is  given  priority  as  being  the  most  usual  and 
important4. 

TUTELA  TESTAMENTAPJA.  The  XII  Tables  authorised  &  paterfamilias 
to  appoint  tutors  by  his  will  to  sui  heredes  impuberes,  i.e.  those  impuberes 
who  become  sui  iuris  by  his  death5.  The  practice  of  the  jurists  extended 
this  topostumi,  i.e.  those  who  were  not  sui  heredes  when  the  will  was  made 
but  became  such  afterwards,  e.g.  a  child  born  after  the  will  was  made,  or 
even  after  the  testator's  death,  or  grandchildren  who  became  sui  heredes 
by  the  death  of  the  father  after  the  grandfather's  will  was  made.  Jus- 
tinian defines  these  as  those  who  are  in  such  a  position  that  if  they  were 
born  in  the  lifetime  of  the  testator  they  would  be  sui  heredes6.  This  is, 
as  the  text  says,  only  one  of  the  many  cases  in  which  postumi  are  treated 
as  already  born.  When,  at  the  beginning  of  the  empire,  codicils  were 
admitted,  the  rule  appeared  that  a  tutor  could  be  appointed  by  codicil 
if  the  codicil  was  confirmed,  actually  or  by  anticipation,  by  a  will7. 
Classical  law  required  formal  words,  e.g.,  Titium  tutorem  do,  or  T.  tutor 
esto8.  In  later  law  the  appointment  might  be  in  Greek  and  under 

1  "Ad  tuendum  eum,"  Inst.  1.  13.  1.  It  is  as  old  as  Servius,  D.  26.  1.  1.  pr.  2  Post, 
§  LXII.  3  Post,  §  LX.  4  G.  1.  188,  notes  disagreements  on  classification.  Fiduciarii 
(for  whom  the  Digest  has  no  separate  title)  seem  to  have  been,  for  some  jurists,  a  mere 
variety  of  legitimi.  G.  classifies  tutores  by  the  immediate  appointing  authority.  Ulp. 
(I'l.  2)  classifies  by  the  ultimate  legislative  authority  on  which  the  appointment  rests: 
legitimi,  senatusconsultis  constituti,  moribus  introducti.  The  first  group  covers  all  the 
ordinary  types,  all  of  which  rest  ultimately  on  lex.  The  second  consists  of  special  cases 
provided  by  sc.,  e.g.  substitute  tutor  for  a  woman  in  case  of  emergency.  The  third  deals 
with  special  tutores  praetoriae  appointed  where  litigation  arose  between  tutor  and  ward, 
a  practice  which  seems  to  have  grown  up  without  legislative  sanction:  it  does  not  appear 
in  the  Edict.  5  Ulp.  11.  14,  15.  6  Inst.  1.  13.  4;  G.  1.  146.  This  way  of  stating  the 
matter  is  more  satisfactory  than  that  of  Gaius  in  1.  147  (26.  2.  1.  1),  and  Q.  Mucius  (50.  17. 
73.  1 ).  Strictly  these  would  validate  appointment  by  avus  where  pater  survived  him.  They 
are  stating  cases  in  which  the  appointment  may  be  effective.  The  Inst.  state  the  case  in 
which  it  will  be  effective.  7  26.  2.  3.  pr.;  post,  §  cxxvi.  8  G.  1.  149;  Vat.  Fr.  229. 


iv]  TUTELA   TESTAMENTARIA  145 

Justinian  there  were  no  rules  of  form1.  The  tutor  must  be  a  persona 
certa2,  and  it  must  be  clear  to  which  child  or  children  he  was  appointed3. 
The  appointment  might  be  conditional  or  from  or  to  a  certain  time-. 
Any  one  might  be  appointed  with  whom  there  was  testamenti  factio. 
except  that  the  I.  Junia  expressly  excluded  Junian  Latins5.  Thus  a 
man  might  appoint  his  slave,  and,  at  least  in  later  law,  this  implied  a 
gift  of  freedom6.  He  might  appoint  another  man's  slave,  cum  liber  erit, 
and  if  these  words  were  omitted  they  would  be  implied 7.  The  appoint- 
ment might  be  to  any  child,  even  though  he  was  disinherited8. 

In  the  foregoing  cases  the  appointment  was  valid  at  civil  law,  but 
there  were  others  in  which,  though  the  appointment  was  in  some  way 
defective,  it  would  be  confirmed  by  the  praetor  as  a  matter  of  course  and 
the  tutor  considered  as  a  testamentary  tutor,  the  so-called  tutela  testa- 
mentaria  imperfecta,  e.g.  where  the  appointment  was  in  an  unconfirmed 
codicil  or  informal  writing9,  or  in  a  will  which  did  not  take  effect10,  or 
informal  words  were  used,  or  he  was  called  curator11,  or  where  the  appoint- 
ment was  to  a  son  not  in  potestas  (emancipated  or  by  a  concubina)12, 
provided  in  these  last  cases  that  property  was  left  to  him.  If  the  praetor 
was  satisfied  that  the  father  had  died  without  changing  his  mind  the 
confirmation  went  with  no  enquiry  as  to  fitness13.  In  other  cases  the 
appointment  might  be  confirmed  after  enquiry,  e.g.  where  an  extraneus 
appointed,  or  a  patron  to  his  libertus1*,  provided  in  both  cases  that  the 
impubes  wTas  instituted  and  had  no  other  provision.  But  these  were 
really  appointments  by  the  magistrate15. 

LII.  TUTELA  LEGIT  IMA.  Though  this  was  said  to  be  based  on  the  XII 
Tables16,  and  therefore  called  legitima,  it  was  probably  much  older:  it 
represented  the  primitive  notion  of  tutela,  as  a  right  in  potential  suc- 
cessors to  look  after  the  estate.  The  cases  of  legitima  tutela  were  the 
following. 

1  C.  5.  28.  8.  In  classical  law  it  was  doubted  if  it  could  be  "post  mortem  heredis"  or 
before  the  institutio  heredi-s,  G.  2.  234,  post,  §  civ.  2  26.  2.  20;  G.  2.  240.  3  Vat.  Fr. 
229;  D.  26.  2.  23,  30.  4  26.  2.  8.  2.  5  26.  2.  21 ;  Ulp.  11.16.  6  Ante,  §  xxvn. 

7  It  might  even  imply  a  fideicommissary  gift,  C.  7.  4.  10;  see  26.  2.  10.  4,  32.  2.  But  this 
may  be  due  to  Justinian,  Eisele,  Z.S.S.  11.  27.  It  is  possible  that  appointment  of  a  servus 
alienus  "cum  liber  erit"  needed  magisterial  confirmation,  as  did  the  appointment  of  one 
freed  by  fideicommissum,  26.  2.  28.  1.  It  is  likely  that  similar  rules  applied  in  the  case  of 
other  temporary  disabilities,  26.  2.  10.  3;  as  to  captivus,  G.  1.  187.  8  26.  2.  4.  9  26. 
3.1.1,10.  10  h.  t.  3.  11  h.  t.  1.  1,  6.  12  26.  3.  7;  C.  5.  29.  4.  13  26.  3.  8.  No 
doubt  a  praetorian  will  was  in  the  same  position.  14  26.  2.  28.  2;  26.  3.  5.  15  Thus 
there  might  be  need  for  security  (post,  §  LV).  The  texts  on  appointment  by  the  mother 
are  not  clear  (see  26.  2.  4;  26.  3.  2;  31.  69.  2;  C.  5.  28.  4;  C.  5.  29.  1).  Apparently  there 
was  always  an  enquiry  as  to  fitness.  If  this  was  clear  and  the  mother  had  instituted  the 
child  the  tutela  was  in  effect,  as  it  seems,  testamentary.  But  if  there  was  no  institution 
of  the  child,  it  was  in  effect  an  appointment  by  the  magistrate.  16  26.  4.  1.  pr.,  5. 

pr.;  G.  1.  155. 

B.  E.  L.  10 


146  TUTELA   LEGITIMA  [CH. 

Agnates.  The  XII  Tables  expressly  provided  that  impuberes  sui 
iuris  were  in  the  tutela  of  their  agnates  if  there  was  no  testamentary 
tutor.  As  this  was  in  view  of  the  right  of  succession,  the  tutores  were 
those  who  would  succeed,  the  proximi1.  If  however  the  nearest  agnate 
was  a  woman,  e.g.  a  sister,  incapable  of  tutela,  the  tutela  was  in  the  next2, 
who  would  normally  be  the  tutor  of  the  woman  also.  If  the  nearest 
agnate  died,  or  was  capite  minutus,  the  tutela  passed  to  the  next3.  If 
there  were  several  qualified  agnates  in  the  same  degree,  e.g.  brothers, 
or  even  an  uncle  and  nephew,  of  the  ward,  they  shared  the  tutela4. 
Changes  in  the  law  of  succession  led,  but  only  in  the  later  empire,  to 
corresponding  extensions  of  legitima  tutela.  In  A.D.  498  emancipated 
brothers  shared  in  the  tutela,  though  no  longer  agnates5.  Justinian  in  a 
novel6  gave  the  tutela  to  the  next  of  kin  whether  agnatic  or  cognatic. 
It  should  be  added  that  in  default  of  agnates  there  was  a  gentile  tutela 
in  early  law,  but  it  cannot  be  traced  beyond  the  beginning  of  the  empire, 
when  gentile  succession  had  already  disappeared7. 

Legitima  tutela  arose  only  if  there  was  no  testamentary  tutor8,  a  rule 
construed  widely,  with  a  tendency  to  exclusion  of  the  legitimus.  Thus  the 
legitimus  was  not  admitted  if  there  was  a  possibility  of  a  testamentary 
tutor,  e.g.  one  was  appointed  conditionally  or  ex  die9,  or  by  a  will  not  yet 
certain  to  operate10,  or  the  tutor  appointed  was  under  age,  or  captive  or 
insane  or  deaf  or  dumbu,  or  was  excused  from  serving,  or  removed  for 
misconduct12.  But  if  the  testamentary  tutor  died  or  lost  citizenship,  this 
admitted  the  legitimus  tutor13. 

Patronus.  The  patron  had  legitima  tutela  not  by  express  provision  of 
the  XII  Tables,  but  by  juristic  inference  from  the  right  of  succession 
given  to  him  by  the  statute14.  Here  too  the  tutela  in  general  followed 
the  succession.  Of  several  patrons,  as  all  succeeded,  all  were  tutores15, 
and  if  some  were  dead  or  capite  minuti  the  others  as  they  took  the  whole 
succession  took  the  tutela16.  If  there  had  been  manumission  by  a  boni- 
tary  owner,  and  iteratio  by  the  quiritary  owner  the  latter  was  tutor, 
though  the  former  took  the  bona17.  A  patron  was  tutor  even  though  the 

1  26.  4.  1;  h.  t.  9;  G.  1.  164;  Inst.  1.  16.  7.  2  26.  4.  1.  1,  and  the  same  is  no 

doubt  true  if  for  any  other  reason  the  nearest  agnate  is  incapable  of  tutela.  Inst.  3.  2.  7. 
But  this  would  be  important  only  in  later  law.  3  26.  4.  2,  3.  9.  4  26.  4.  8,  9. 

5  C.  5.  30.  4.  6  Nov.  118.  5.  The  tutela  given  to  mothers  in  certain  cases  in  later  law 
(post,  §  LIV)  does  not  seem  to  have  been  legitima  till  very  late.  7  See  the  Laudatio 

Turiae,  Girard,  Texles,  814.  8  G.  1.  155;  Inst.  1.  15.  pr.  9  26.  2.  10.  pr.,  11.  pr. 

10  Inst.  1.  20.  1.  11  26.  1.  17;  Inst.  1.  20.  2.         12  26.  2.  11.  1,  2.    Where  a  woman 

frees  there  is  no  legitima  tutela,  for  the  patrona  cannot  act  and  liberi  patronae  are  not 
1.  patroni.  G.  1.  195.  In  26.  4.  1.  1  the  woman  was  a  joint  patron.  13  All,  if  there 

were  several,  not  if  merely  some  of  them  did,  26.  2.  11.  4.  14  G.  1.  165;  D.  26.  4.  3.  pr.; 
Inst.  1.  17.  pr.  15  26.  4.  3,  4.  16  h.  t.  3.  5.  If  one  is  a  woman  the  others  are  the 
tutors,  h.  t.  3.  4.  17  One  freed  by  his  bonitary  owner  was  a  Latin.  The  right  to  bona 


iv]  TUT  EL  A   LEGIT  IMA  147 

manumission  was  under  a  trust,  for  he  had  the  succession1,  but  if 
deprived  of  the  libertus  for  wrongly  impeding  the  freedom  he  was,  of 
course,  not  tutor2.  In  this  case  of  tutela  there  is  no  question  of  exclusion 
by  a  testamentary  tutor. 

Liberi  patroni.  Here  too  the  tutela  was  a  juristic  construction  from 
the  independent  right  of  succession.  The  principles  are  as  in  the  last 
case3.  Thus  the  children  shared  it4  and  survivors  held  it  to  the  exclusion 
of  the  children  of  deceased  liberi5. 

Par  ens  manumissor.  Where  an  emancipating  father  received  back 
the  son  in  bondage,  and  then  freed  him,  he  was  in  a  position  very  like 
that  of  patron.  He  was  a  quasi-patron,  with  the  same  right  of  suc- 
cession. Accordingly  Justinian  mentions  him  in  stating  the  different 
cases  of  legitima  tutela6.  But  neither  Gains  nor  Ulpian  does  so  in  the 
enumeration7,  though  the  former  calls  him  legitimus  in  one  passage8  and 
in  another  says  that  he  is  a  fiduciary  tutor  who  "et  legitimus  habeatur9," 
and  Ulpian  in  the  Digest  says  that  he  "vicem  legitimi  tutoris  obtinet10." 
He  was  essentially  a  fiduciary  tutor  since  he  derived  his  right  from  the 
pater  fiduciarius  to  whom  the  son  was  sold  and  from  whom  he  was 
reacquired  for  the  purpose  of  manumission.  But,  as  Gains  says,  he  was 
like  a  patron  and  was  to  be  honoured  in  the  same  way11.  Thus  the 
classical  lawyers  gave  him  honorary  rank  as  a  legitimus  tutor  distinct 
from  patron,  one  practical  result  being  that  he  did  not  necessarily  give 
security12.  In  this  case  there  could  be  no  joint  tutor. 

TUTELA  FIDUCIARIA.  As  the  name  shews  this  was  tutela  arising 
from  a  trust.  There  were  two  types. 

Extraneus  manumissor.  If,  in  the  process  of  emancipation,  the 
purchaser  in  the  third  sale  freed  the  son,  instead  of,  as  was  usually 
arranged,  selling  him  back  to  the  par  ens  to  free13,  the  manumitter 
became  his  quasi-patron  and  had  at  civil  law  the  same  right  of  succession 
as  the  par  ens  (though  the  praetor  postponed  him  to  near  relatives14). 
Accordingly  he  had  tutela,  but  he  \vas  always  regarded  as  fiduciary 
tutor,  not  as  legitimus'15.  Justinian's  change  in  the  form  of  emancipation 
prevented  this  case  from  arising16. 

was  with  the  manumitter,  but  not  at  civil  law.  By  an  express  provision  of  the  1.  lunia, 
the  tutela  was  in  any  case  with  the  quiritary  owner,  G.  1.  167;  Ulp.  11.  19. 

1  26.  4.  3.  1,  2.  2  26.  4.  3.  3,  ante,  §  xxxi.  3  Arg.  26.  4.  3.  pr.  4  h.  t.  3.  6. 
5  h.  t.  3.  7.  A  woman  was  excluded:  if  the  only  living  child  was  a  daughter,  the  tutela 
went  to  nepotes,  26.  4.  1.  1.  If  the  patron  had  "assigned"  the  libertus  to  a  daughter  (post, 
§  CXLI)  though  she  took  the  whole  succession  her  brothers  who  took  nothing  were  tutores, 
26.  4.  1.  3.  6  Inst.  1.  18.  7  Ulp.  11.  3;  G.  1.  166.  Modern  editors  usually  insert  a 

long  passage  making  Gaius  mention  him,  but  this  does  not  seem  justified.          8  G.  1.  175. 
9  G.  1.  172,  cf.  1.  168.        10  26.  4.  3.  10.        11  G.  1.  172.        12  Post,  §  LV.        13  A 
§  XLVH.  14  Coll.  16.  9.  2;  post,  §  cxxxv.  15  G.  1.  166,  Inst,  1.  19.    It  was  of 

course  possible  to  employ  a  woman  or  two  persons  for  the  purpose  of  the  sale  but  it  is 
unlikely  that  this  would  happen.  16  Ante,  §  XLVII. 

10—2 


148  TUTELA  FIDUCIARIA  [CH. 

Children  of  the  parens  manumissor.  This  case  would  not  arise  where 
the  final  manumission  had  not  been  by  the  father.    It  is  always  called 
fiduciary1.     Justinian,  noticing  that  the  tutela  of  patron  and  pater  is 
legitima  and  that  of  liberi  patroni  also  is,  while  that  of  liberi  patris  manu- 
missoris  is  not,  explains  this  by  the  proposition  that  whereas  in  the  case 
of  liberi  patroni  the  slave,  if  the  manumission  had  not  occurred,  would 
have  been  in  the  control  of  the  liberi  and  therefore  falls  into  their  tutela, 
the  brother  if  he  had  not  been  emancipated  would  not  have  passed  into 
the  control  of  his  brothers  and  thus  not  into  their  tutela,  which  is  thus 
not  legitima  but  fiduciary.  The  reasoning  is  very  defective,  and  the 
premises  are  not  correct.    A  grandson  would  have  fallen  into  the  son's 
potestas  and  yet  the  tutela  was  fiduciary.   A  slave  would  not  have  fallen 
into  the  control  of  a  son  who  had  been  disinherited,  but  did  fall  into  his 
legitima  tutela,  as  the  disherison  did  not  affect  his  potential  right  of 
succession  to  the  libertus,  which  was  independently  provided  for  by  the 
XII  Tables  and  not  simply  inherited  from  the  father2.   And  the  tutela  is 
made  to  rest  on  control,  which  is  not  its  basis :  it  rests  on  right  of  suc- 
cession.   Agnates  could  never  have  had  control,  but  they  were  legitimi 
tutores.  The  argument  does  not  shew  why  it  was  fiduciary:  there  is  no 
fiducia,  and  the  liberi  do  not  take  it  voluntarily  as  Gaius  says  fiduciary 
tutors  do3.  The  true  explanation  seems  to  lie  in  the  equivocal  nature  of 
the  tutela  of  the  parens :  this  was  primarily  fiduciary  and  is  in  some  sort 
inherited  by  his  children.    We  do  not  indeed  know  that  disinherited 
children  were  excluded.  The  case  is  rarely  mentioned  and  was  probably 
not  common4.    It  was  confined  to  males,  and  from  the  language  of 
Justinian  it  is  likely  that  surviving  children  held  it  to  the  exclusion  of 
grandchildren,  as  in  the  case  of  liberi  patroni5,  though  the  analogy  may 
be  a  false  one,  as  there  seems  to  be  no  evidence  of  any  civil  law  right  of 
succession6. 

LIII.  TUTELA  A  MAGISTRATU  DATIVA.  If  there  was  no  tutor  under 
any  of  the  earlier  provisions,  one  was  appointed  by  the  magistrate7.  Such 
an  appointment  was,  however,  not  an  exercise  of  imperium  or  of  juris- 
dictio :  it  was  not  a  normal  magisterial  function  at  all,  and  existed  only 
so  far  as  it  was  expressly  created  by  legislation8.  It  involved  the  recog- 
nition of  a  change  in  the  conception  of  tutela,  and  it  appeared  early.  A 
lex  Atilia,  of  unknown  but  early  date9,  provided  for  the  appointment  of 

1  G.  1.  175;  Inst,  1.  19.  2  Post,  §  cxxxiv.  3  G.  1.  172.  4  A  text  attri- 

buted to  Gaius  (26.  1.  16.  1)  says  that  tutela  never  passes  by  inheritance  to  another  and 
adds,  "sedad  liberos  virilis  sexus  perfectae  aetalis  descendunt  legitimae,  ceterae  non  descen- 
dunt." The  words  perfectae  aetatis  are  certainly  due  to  Justinian  and  it  is  possible  that  the 
whole  clause  is.  5  Inst.  1.  19;  see  also  G.  1.  175.  6  The  name  fiduciaria  survives 

in  Justinian's  law  though  there  is  now  nofiducia,  even  inherited.  7  G.  1.  185;  Ulp.  11. 
18;  Inst.  1.  20.  pr.  8  26.  1.  6.  2.  9  See  Girard,  Manuel,  210. 


iv]  TUTELA  A  MAGISTRATU  DATIVA  149 

tutores  in  Rome  by  the  praetor  and  the  majority  of  the  tribunes,  and  a 
lex  Titia,  or  lulia  et  Titia,  perhaps  two  laws,  of  the  end  of  the  republic, 
provided  for  the  appointment  in  the  provinces  by  the  praeses.  Gaius 
and  Ulpian1  both  speak  of  this  as  the  existing  system,  but  literary 
evidence  shews  that  Claudius2  allowed  it  to  be  done  by  the  Consul 
extra  ordinem,  and  it  seems  that  this  became  the  usual  method3. 
M.  Aurelius  and  Verus  transferred  it  to  a  new  official,  the  praetor  tute- 
laris^. There  was  other  change  and  there  is  some  obscurity,  especially 
as  to  Italy  outside  Rome5.  In  later  law  it  was  the  duty  of  the  praefectus 
urbis  or  the  praetor  tutelaris,  at  Rome,  secundum  suain  jurisdictionem6, 
which  presumably  means  that  the  former  dealt  with  cases  from  the 
higher  classes.  In  the  provinces,  which  now  included  all  the  territory 
but  the  capitals,  appointments  were  by  the  praeses7,  or,  where  the  estate 
was  small  (under  Justinian,  under  500  solidi),  by  local  magistrates, 
needing  however,  till  Justinian,  authorisation  by  the  praeses6.  In  all 
these  cases  except  that  of  appointment  by  local  authorities  there  was 
an  enquiry  as  to  fitness,  replaced  in  the  last  case  by  the  taking  of 
security9. 

The  cases  of  application  of  this  tutela  follow  from  what  has  been 
said.  There  might  be  none  of  the  other  tutores,  or  those  that  existed 
might  be  disqualified  or  excused  or  removed10.  A  testamentary  tutor 
might  be  appointed  conditionally  or  ex  die  or  might  at  the  moment  be 
a  captivusn.  In  the  case  of  temporary  excuse  a  tut  or  might  be  appointed, 
but  in  later  law  it  seems  to  have  been  usual  to  appoint  a  curator  in  such 
cases,  and  a  tutor  only  if  actual  auctoritas  to  some  formal  act  was  wanted. 
Many  texts  in  the  Digest  seem  to  have  been  altered  to  express  the  new 
system12. 

Ulpian  tells  us  that  such  an  appointment  could  not  be  conditional13, 
and  Papinian  that  it  could  not  be  in  diemu,  restrictions  which  seem  to  be 
due  to  the  fact  that  it  was  done  in  court,  pro  tribunali,  and  not  de  piano15. 

1  G.  1.  183,  185,  195;   Ulp.  11.  18.  2   Suetonius,  Claudius,  23.  3  See  Inst,  1. 

20.  3.  4   Vita  M.  Aurelii,  10.  5  It  is  usually  held  that  the  I.  Atilia  applied  to 

Italy  as  well  as  Rome,  and  the  language  of  Ulpian  (11.  18)  seems  to  imply  that  though 
"Rornae  tantum  locum  habet"  it  left  only  the  provinces  to  be  provided  for.  But  see 
Karlowa,  RRg.  2.  285  sqq.  As  to  the  rules  in  the  early  Empire,  for  Italy,  see  Girard, 
Manuel,  211.  6  Inst.  1.  20.  4.  7  It  seems  that  persons  interested  might  nominate 

fit  persons  to  be  appointed  and  the  praeses  might  receive  names  from  the  municipal 
magistrates  in  cases  where  these  could  not  themselves  appoint  (27.  7.  rub. ;  27.  8.  1.  3,  10). 
8  Inst.  1.  20.  4,5.  9  Post,  §LV.  10  G.  1.  182,  186;  Ulp.  11.  23.  11  26.  1.  17;  Inst.  1.  20.  2. 
12  E.g.,  26.  5.  7,  15;  27.  1.  28.  2;  where  litigation  arose,  by  legis  actio,  between  ward  and 
tutor,  a  special  tutor  was  appointed,  called  tutor  praeforius,  and  when  legis  actio  disappeared 
the  same  rule  was  applied  in  all  legitima  indicia  (post,  §  ccxxxn),  the  tutor  being  appointed 
by  the  urban  praetor,  not  the  praetor  tutelaris.  Under  Justinian  it  is  a  curator,  G.  1.  184; 
Inst.  1.  21.  3.  Post,  §  i.xi.  13  26.  1.  6.  1;  50.  17.  77.  14  50.  17.  77.  15  26.  3.  7.  1. 


150  TUTELA:  EXEMPTIONS  [CH. 

Any  relative  or  friend  could  take  steps  to  have  a  tutor  appointed1, 
and  if  these  failed  to  do  so,  it  was  open  to  creditors  and  others  interested 
to  give  them  notice  to  apply  and,  in  default,  themselves  to  apply  to 
the  magistrate2.  In  some  cases  there  was  a  duty  to  apply.  Thus  liberti, 
if  they  did  not  apply  for  a  tutor  to  be  appointed  to  their  patron's  child, 
were  punishable  as  for  failure  in  obsequium3.  Mothers  were  bound  to 
apply  if  necessary,  and  to  take  pains  to  offer  suitable  tutores  on  penalty 
of  being  struck  out  of  the  list  of  successors  on  intestacy,  unless  they 
had  some  grounds  of  excuse4. 

LIV.  Tutela  was  a  publicum  munus5  and  therefore  anyone  duly 
appointed  was  bound  to  serve  unless  disqualified  or  excused.  To  this 
there  were  in  earlier  law  two  exceptions  which  had  disappeared  under 
Justinian.  Ulpian  says  that  a  testamentary  tutor  who  "abdicates," 
which  he  explains  as  meaning  "  dicere  nolle  se  tutorem  esse"  ceases  to  hold 
the  office6.  But  there  are  texts  of  Ulpian  himself,  in  the  Vatican  Frag- 
ments7, and  thus  not  altered  by  Justinian,  which  shew  the  testamentary 
tutor  as  bound,  subject  to  excuse  like  others,  and  the  same  rule  appears 
in  the  Digest8.  It  may  be  that  the  rule  was  changed  in  Ulpian's  time, 
or  that  the  right  to  abdicate  was  not  absolute,  or,  more  probably,  that 
it  applied  only  to  tutela  of  adult  women,  since  it  is  mentioned  in  close 
connexion  with  cessio  tutelae  which  applied  only  there9.  In  any  case  it 
had  disappeared  in  later  law.  The  other  exception  is  that  of  potioris 
nominatio,  applying  only  to  those  appointed  by  the  magistrate.  This 
was  the  right  to  name  a  person  more  nearly  connected  and  therefore 
more  appropriate10.  This  might  not  be  done  by  one  himself  closely  con- 
nected11, but  a  libertus  could  so  act  in  the  case  of  his  patron's  child12.  The 
namer  must  shew  in  detail  the  grounds  of  the  nominatio™,  and  the 
person  nominated  might  himself  nominate  over14.  There  were  elaborate 
rules  as  to  forms  and  the  time  within  which  the  nominatio  must  be 
made.  This  might  be  regarded  as  a  form  of  excusatiolb  but  it  is  clearly 

1  26.  6.  2.  pr. ;  C.  5.  31.  5.  2  26.  6.  2.  3.  3  26.  6.  2.  1 ;  C.  5.  31.2.         4  26.  6. 

2.  1;  C.  5.  31.  6  sqq.;  Inst.  3.  3.  6;  D.  38.  17.  2.  28  (which  may  be  interpolated)  applies 
the  same  rule  to  grandmothers  and  an  enactment  of  A.D.  357  (C.  Th.  3.  18.  1)  which  does 
not  appear  in  Justinian's  Code  applies  it  to  all  grandparents.  5  26.  6.  2.  2;  4.  5.  6,  7; 

Inst.  1.  25.  pr.  6  Ulp.  11.  17.    Cicero  (ad  Alt.  6.  1.  4)  seems  to  refer  to  the  same  rule. 

7  Vat.  Fr.  156,  173  a,  202.  8  27.  1.  6.  17,  13.  pr.,  etc.  9  Post,  §  LX.  It  occurs  in  the 
same  connexion  in  Sch.  Sin.  18.  10  P.  2.  28;  Vat.  Fr.  157-167;  206-220.  11  A  fellow- 
decurio,  or  member  of  same  gild,  or  one  of  the  excepted  personae  under  the  /.  Papia 
Poppaea,  Vat.  Fr.  158,  210-214.  Relative  wealth  might  come  into  account,  P.  2.  28.  2,  3; 
Vat.  Fr.  157,  166.  12  Vat.  Fr.  160,  211.  13  P.  2.  28.  1;  Vat.  Fr.  166,  210.  One  who 
has  pleaded  an  excuse  and  failed  can  still  nominate  another,  but  not  vice  versa — his  act 
admits  that  he  has  no  excuse,  Vat.  Fr.  206,  207.  14  Vat.  Fr.  206.  See  also  ib.  164,  208. 
It  is  an  admission  that  he  is  potior,  and  has  no  excuse.  15  See  Vat.  Fr.  157.  The  time 
allowed  is  the  same,  Vat.  Fr.  164,  207.  But  one  who  has  pleaded  an  excuse  and  failed 
can  plead  another,  but  potioris  nominatio  bars  excuse. 


iv]  TUTELA:  EXEMPTIONS  151 

distinguished  in  the  texts.  There  seems  to  be  no  trace  of  it  under  Jus- 
tinian. 

The  law  as  to  exemptions  or  excuses  is  a  great  mass  of  detail1. 
Modestinus  applies  the  rules  in  general  words  to  all  tutores2,  but  there 
is  little  other  evidence  that  they  applied  to  legitimi  or  fiduciarii3.  The 
excuse  must  be  pleaded  before  the  officer  charged  with  the  appointment 
of  tutores*  and  within  limits  of  time  dependent  on  distance  from  the 
place  of  the  court5.  The  grounds  of  excuse  were  very  numerous  and 
various,  some  available  against  any  tutela,  some  of  only  special  applica- 
tion, some  permanent,  some  temporary.  Among  general  grounds  were 
age,  permanent  ill-health,  ignorance,  poverty,  exile,  high  office6,  a 
certain  number  of  natural  born  children7,  holding  already  three  sub- 
stantially independent  guardianships8,  and  many  others.  Of  special 
application  were,  e.g.  litigation  or  hostility  between  the  parties,  remote- 
ness of  residence,  etc.9  Some  might  be  temporary,  e.g.  absence  on  public 
affairs,  illness,  etc.10 

Certain  cases  of  partial  exemption  will  recur  in  the  discussion  of 
restrictions  on  the  appointment  of  tutor. 

It  may  be  added  that  these  excuses  were  not  available  to  one  who 
had  promised  the  father  that  he  would  serve11,  and  that  in  general  a 
libertus  who  was  appointed  by  a  magistrate  to  his  patron's  child  could 
not  plead  them,  though,  if  appointed  by  the  patron's  will  to  a  collibertus, 
he  could  urge  them  to  prevent  the  confirmation  of  the  appointment  by 
the  magistrate12.  Any  person  appointed  by  the  father,  whether  subject 
to  confirmation  or  not,  if  he  claimed  excuse,  lost  any  benefit  under  the 
father's  will,  apart  from  evidence  of  the  testator's  intent  to  the  con- 
trary13. 

1  Vat.  Fr.  123-247;  D.  27.  1.  Fully  organised  under  M.  Aurelius,  27.  1.  13.  2.         2  27. 
1.  2.  5.  3  27.  1.  13.  pr.    See  however  the  general  language  of  h.  t.  2.  5.  4  See, 

e.g.,  Vat.  Fr.  166.  5  Vat.  Fr.  154-156;  D.  27.  1.  13.  1  sqq.     In  general  it  must  be  an 

excuse  existing  at  the  time  of  appointment,  but  supervening  matters  might  sometimes  be 
pleaded  after  tutela  had  begun.    Inst.  1.  25.  3;  Vat.  Fr.  184,  238,  etc.;  D.  27.  1.  12.  1,  40. 

6  27.  1.  2.  pr.,  6.  1  sqq.;  6.  19,  7,  40,  etc.;  Vat.  Fr.  129  sqq.;  151,  182-184,  223,  238-243,  etc. 

7  3  in  Rome,  4  in  Italy,  5  in  a  province,  those  given  in  adoption  or  killed  in  battle  count- 
ing, Inst.  1.  25.  pr.;  D.  27.  1.  2.  3  sqq.,  18;  Vat.  Fr.  168,  169,  191  sqq.         8  Inst.  1.  25.  5; 
D.  27.  1.  2.  9  sqq.,  15.  5,  16,  31;  Vat.  Fr.  125  sqq.,  186  sqq.    Held  by  himself  or  his  pater- 
familias or  filiusfamilias,  but  not  such  as  he  could  have  refused.       9  P.  2.  27.  1 ;  Vat.  Fr. 
203,241;  Inst.  1.25.  4,9-12;  D. 27. 1.  15 sqq., 21. pr., 46.  2.       10  27.1.10.2,3,22.  1,41;  C. 
5.  62.  10.     In  some  cases  the  exemption  lasted  a  year  after.    In  some  cases  exemptions, 
though  of  the  general  type,  might  not  be  pleaded  in  all  cases;  thus  veterani  could  not 
plead  them  in  the  case  of  children  of  veterani  of  the  same  legion,  members  of  certain  trade 
gilds  in  the  case  of  children  of  other  members.    Vat.  Fr.  142,  175-180,  233-237;  D.  27.  1. 
8,  eto.    Inhabitants  of  the  historic  region  of  Ilium  were  excused  from  tutela  of  any  but 
Ilienses,  h.  t.  17.  1.  11  Vat.  Fr.  153.          12  P.  2.  29;  Vat.  Fr.  152,  160;  D.  27.  1.  14. 
24,  30.  3.    Must  be  a  patron  with  full  right.         13  27.  1.  28.  1,  32. 


152  TUTELA:  RESTRICTIONS  ON  APPOINTMENT          [CH. 

RESTRICTIONS  ox  APPOINTMENT  OF  TUTORES.  As  tutela  was  a 
publicum  munus  a  filiusfamilias  could  serve1,  his  disabilities  being 
essentially  of  private  law.  But  there  were  many  persons  who  could 
not  be  tutores,  e.g.  slaves,  peregrines  and  Junian  Latins2,  this  last  being 
an  express  provision  of  the  /.  lunia:  colonary  Latins  could  serve. 

Sex.  A  woman  could  not  be  tutor3.  In  classical  law  there  was  no 
exception,  but  in  A.D.  390  it  was  provided  that  if  there  was  no  legitimus 
or  testamentarius  tutor,  a  mother,  so  desiring,  the  father  being  dead, 
might  be  appointed  by  the  magistrate,  on  her  undertaking  (by  oath, 
under  Justinian)  not  to  marry  again.  If  she  did,  the  tutela  ended  and 
the  husband  might  be  sued  on  liabilities  already  accrued4.  In  530 
Justinian  extended  this  to  mothers  of  natural  children,  on  their  re- 
nouncing the  privilege  of  the  Sc.  Velleianum5.  By  a  novel  the  oath  was 
remitted  and  the  renunciation  required  in  both  cases6.  By  another 
novel  mothers  and  grandmothers  were  legitimi  tutores  if  they  made  the 
above  renunciation7. 

Age.  To  be  under  25  was  a  ground  of  excuse  in  classical  law,  a  dis- 
qualification under  Justinian8.  The  fact  of  being  under  puberty  was 
always  a  disqualification  except  in  legitimae  tutelae,  and  Justinian  made 
it  one  for  ah1  cases9.  We  are  expressly  told  of  the  classical  rule  for 
legitima  tutela  only  in  the  case  of  women,  and,  after  the  abolition  of 
agnatic  tutela  of  women  early  in  the  empire10, these  must  belibertinae:  the 
texts  deal  with  the  only  probable  case,  that  of  patroni  filii11.  Such  a 
tutor  could  not  give  auctoritas,  and  a  tutor  praetorius  was  appointed  where 
this  became  necessary12. 

Defect,  physical  or  mental.  Deaf  or  dumb  persons  could  not  be 
tutores,  except  legitimi  in  classical  Jaw,  and  Justinian  excluded  them 
altogether13.  Here  too  we  learn  of  their  capacity  only  in  tutela  of  women14: 
a  text  of  Hermogenianus  denies  it  for  legitima  tutela15,  but  this  has  prob- 
ably been  altered.  Lunacy  (furor)  seems  to  have  been  always  regarded 
as  curable,  and  thus  was  not  a  disqualification  but  a  ground  of 
temporary  excuse16.  In  classical  law  it  was  no  bar  at  all  in  legitima 
tutela11. 

Privilege.    Some  persons  by  reason  of  station  or  function  were  ex- 

1  Inst.  1.  14.  pr.  2  Ulp.  11.  16;    Inst.  1.  14.  1.  3  26.  1.  16.  pr.,  26.  2.  26.  pr. ; 

C.  5.  35.  1.    See  the  interpolated  26.  1.  18.         4  C.  Th.  3.  17.  4;  C.  5.  35.  2.         5  C.  5.  35. 
3.  As  to  this  privilege,  post,  §  CLVI.  6  Nov.  94.  7  Nov.  118.  5.  8  Inst.  1. 

25.  13.          9  /&. ;  C.  5.  30.  5  points  out  the  absurd  effect  of  the  old  rule  which  indeed 
gave  the  result  that  of  two  brothers,  each  might  be  the  other's  tutor.  10  Post, 

§  LX.  11  G.  1.  177-179;   Ulp.  11.  20,  22.  12  Ulp.,  ib.  13  26.  1.  1.  2,  3. 

14  G.  1.  180;  Ulp.  11.  21.  15  26.  4.  10.  1.   In  Vat.  Fr.  238  it  is  said  to  be  a  ground 

of  excuse.  16  27.  1.  10.  8;  h.  t.  12;  Vat.  Fr.  184  (in  Vat.  Fr.  238  it  is  perpetual).    A 

curator  is  appointed  meanwhile  (Vat.  Fr.  184;  D.  26.  1.  17).  17  G.  1.  180. 


iv]  TUTELA:   RESTRICTIONS  ON  APPOINTMENT          153 

eluded  from  tutela.  Thus  niilites  and  certain  officials  might  not  be 
tutores  even  if  willing  to  serve1,  and  there  were  cases  in  which  a  person 
of  one  class  might  not  be  appointed  tutor  to  one  of  another2. 

Misconduct.  This  does  not  seem  to  have  been  an  absolute  dis- 
qualification, but  would  have  its  effect  in  the  magistrates'  enquiry  before 
appointment.  If  a  paterfamilias  appointed  an  unworthy  person,  this 
would  apparently  be  valid,  and  as  legitima  tutela,  in  basis,  was  to  safe- 
guard the  property  rights  of  the  tutor,  misconduct  would,  here  too,  be 
immaterial. 

Appointment  ad  certain  rem.  The  tutor  was  appointed  to  the  persona 
of  the  pupil  rather  than  to  his  res,  and  the  rule  "tutor  ad  certain  rem  dari 
non  potest"  is  a  natural  corollary.  So  Justinian  treats  the  matter.  He 
appears  to  regard  the  rule  as  absolute3.  It  seems  indeed  to  have  been 
absolute  so  far  as  testamentary  tutores  were  concerned.  Ulpian  and 
others  express  it  very  strongly4,  and  though  Ulpian  adds  the  remark 
that  in  practice  the  appointment  by  will  of  one  tutor  to  the  African 
property  and  another  to  the  Asiatic,  is  good5,  the  meaning  no  doubt  is 
that  each  is  in  strictness  appointed  to  the  whole  tutela,  the  words  being 
a  direction  as  to  the  distribution  of  actual  administration  according  to 
the  usual  plan,  shortly  to  be  considered.  But  where  this  interpretation 
was  impossible,  e.g.  where  one  tutor  was  appointed  alone,  and  there 
was  a  limitation  to  specific  properties,  the  whole  appointment  was  bad6. 
It  seems  to  have  been  equally  absolute  in  all  normal  appointments  to 
impuberes  by  a  magistrate,  but  there  were  a  few  exceptions  where  a  tutor 
was  temporarily  replaced7.  There  was  the  tutor  praetorius  (in  classical  law, 
under  Justinian,  a  curator),  to  act  for  the  ward  in  litigation  (in  classical 
law  a  iudicium  legitimum)  between  him  and  the  tutor6.  So  too  in  the  case 
of  impubes  legitimus  tutor  who  could  not  give  auctoritas,  and  was  replaced 
by  another9,  e.g.  to  authorise  entry  on  a  hereditas,  a  case  which  could 
not  occur  under  Justinian,  or  of  a  furiosus  tutor  or  the  like10.  There  was 
also  a  rule  that  a  tutor  could  not  be  compelled  to  administer  property  in 
a  region  remote  from  his  residence11,  the  difficulty  being  met  by  the 
appointment  of  a  tutor  to  manage  those  properties,  and  we  are  told  that 
he  was  appointed  only  to  those,  so  that  it  is  no  mere  question  of  dis- 
tribution of  administration12. 

1  26.  5.  21.  3;  Inst.  1.  25.  14;  Nov.  123.  5;  D.  27. 1.  23.  1,  which  speaks  of  castris  merentes 
as  excused,  is  dealing  with  veterani.  In  Nov.  72  Justinian  forbids  debtors  or  creditors  to 
be  tutores,  and  requires  such  persons  appointed  to  declare  the  fact  at  once,  subject  to 
heavy  penalties.  2  E.g.,  ingenui  to  libertini  (by  magistrates)  if  libertiai  were  avail- 

able, 27.  1.  1.  4.  3  Inst.  1.  14.  4.          4  26.  2.  12-14.          5  h.  t.  15.  6  26.  2.  13. 

7  The  temporary  substitute  for  a  tutor  absent  or  excused  (ante,  §  Lrv)  is  not  an  instance: 
such  a  substitute  is  tutor  over  all  affairs.  8  G.  1.  184;  Inst.  1.  21.  3;  Ulp.  11.  24. 

9  G.  1.  178,  179.         10  Ulp.  11.  21.  22;  G.  1.  180.         11  27.  1.  19.         12  27.  1.  21.  2,  4. 


154  FUNCTIONS  OF  TUTOR  [CH. 

LV.  FUNCTIONS  AND  DUTIES  OF  THE  TUTOR.  The  first  duty  of  the 
tutor,  in  certain  cases,  was  to  give  security  rent  salvam  pupillo  fore1. 
This  was  not  required  of  a  testamentary  tutor2,  or  of  one  confirmed  or 
appointed  by  the  superior  magistrates  after  enquiry3,  but  was  in  all 
other  cases,  i.e.  legitimi*,  fiduciarii5  and  those  appointed  by  the  local 
magistrates6.  We  are  however  told  that  if  the  tutor  was  a  patron  or 
patroni  filius,  the  estate  small,  and  the  tutor  a  man  of  substance  and 
probity,  the  security  might  be  remitted7.  It  was  the  duty  of  the  local 
magistrates  to  see  that  proper  security  was  given8.  We  are  not  told 
how  they  were  informed  of  the  matter,  in  the  case,  e.g.,  of  legitimi, 
but  as  there  was  a  rule  that  in  cases  where  security  \vas  required  the 
acts  of  the  tutor  did  not  bind  the  pupil  until  this  had  been  provided9, 
those  who  had,  or  wished  to  have,  dealings  would  apply  the  necessary 
pressure.  The  security  was  by  personal  surety  to  the  ward,  or,  if  he  was 
infans,  to  a  slave  of  his,  or  if  he  had  none,  to  a  servus  publicus,  or  even  to 
the  magistrate  or  a  third  party  nominated  by  him10.  In  the  latter  cases, 
as  in  adrogatio,  the  ward  had  only  utiles  actiones11.  Ulpian  in  the  Digest 
says  that  the  actual  verbal  contract  need  not  have  been  made12:  the 
sureties  were  liable  if  in  their  presence  and  without  contradiction  their 
names  were  submitted  by  the  tutores  and  entered  on  the  acta. 

The  first  step  in  the  actual  administration  was  to  make  an  inventory 
of  the  estate,  unless,  under  Justinian,  the  tutor  w^as  expressly  released 
from  this  obligation  by  the  testator  from  whom  the  property  came13. 
It  was  done  with  the  co-operation  of  publicae  personae,  and  failure  to  do 
it  involved  heavy  liabilities14. 

Though  the  tutor  was  appointed  to  the  persona,  he  was  not  in  classical 
or  later  law  the  custodian  of  the  child.  If  there  was  difficulty  as  to  the 
care  of  him  the  magistrate  decided15  and  w^as  not  necessarily  bound  by 

1  G.  1.  199;  Inst.  1.  24.  pr. ;  D.  26.  4.  5.  1.  The  question  whether  this  was  expressly 
provided  in  the  edict  is  disputed.  The  texts  cited  point  in  different  directions,  but  none 
is  conclusive.  The  security  dates  from  Trajan  at  latest,  C.  5.  75.  5.  See  the  reff.  in  Cuq, 
Manuel,  214,  n.  2.  It  was  no  doubt  applied  at  first  only  to  dativi  but  extended  to  the 
others  by  the  time  of  Hadrian.  2  G.  L  200;  Inst.  1.  24.  pr.;  D.  26.  2.  17.  3  Ib.;  D.  26. 
3.  2,  3.  4  26.  4.  5.  1.  5  If  the  very  general  language  of  G.  and  J.  (n.  1 )  is  to  be 

accepted.  But  as  he  was  chosen  by  the  father  it  may  be  that  the  rule  was  not  applied  in  his 
case.  6  26.  3.  5;  27.  8.  1.  7  26.  5.  13.  1.  In  these  cases  it  was  exacted  only  if,  causa 
cognita,  it  seemed  to  be  desirable  (26  4.  5.  1),  and  it  may  be  presumed  that  it  was  not  re- 
quired of  the  parens  manumissor.  8  27.  8.  1.  11.  9  C.  5.  42.  1  sqq. ;  C.  2.  40.  4.  There 
was  a  machinery,  imperfectly  known,  for  compelling  the  giving  of  security  by  seizure  of 
pledges,  probably  only  in  later  law,  Inst.  1.  24.  3.  10  27.  8.  1.  15,  16;  46.  6.  2,  3.  In 

h.  t.  6  we  are  told  that,  propter  utilitatem,  the  pupil  may  stipulate  if  he  can  speak,  though 
he  has  not  intellectus.  The  tabularius  is  not  mentioned  in  this  connexion.  11  27.  8. 

1.  16;  46.  6.  4.  pr.  12  27.  7.  4.  3.  13  26.  7.  7.  pr.;  C.  5.  37.  24;  5.  51.  13.  2,  where 
it  seems  to  be  implied  that  a  fresh  inventory  must  be  made  of  each  new  succession. 
14  76.,  etc.  15  27.  2.  1. 


iv]  ADM  IN  1ST  RAT  10  155 

any  directions  in  the  will1.  The  tutor  must  however  provide  out  of  the 
estate  an  appropriate  sum  for  the  maintenance  of  the  child2:  here,  too, 
the  magistrate  might  intervene  and  say  how  much  might  be  so  spent, 
and  the  tutor  would  not  get  credit,  in  accounting,  for  more  than  this,  or,  in 
any  case,  for  more  than  in  the  circumstances  was  a  reasonable  amount3. 

The  real  business  of  the  tutor  was  with  the  patrimonium,  and  his 
functions  may  be  divided  into  two  branches:  administratio,  negotiorum 
gestio,  the  management  of  the  pupil's  affairs,  and  auctoritatis  interpositio, 
the  authorisation  of  "acts  in  the  law"  by  the  pupillus.  So  long  as  the 
child  was  infans  he  could  do  no  legal  acts,  and  there  was  no  room  for 
authorisation4,  but  as  he  grew  older  this  became  more  and  more  im- 
portant5. Except  in  form  the  distinction  is  not  of  first  rate  importance, 
since  the  responsibility  of  the  tutor  was  the  same  in  both  cases,  and  to 
some  extent  the  rights  and  liabilities  created  by  the  tutor  took  effect  in 
the  ward6.  What  would  be  an  improper  act  of  administration  it  would 
be  equally  improper  to  authorise. 

Administratio.  In  general  he  must  do  the  business  in  a  businesslike 
way,  but  there  were  some  respects  in  which  he  was  bound  to  act  in  a 
way  in  which  a  man  acting  carefully  in  his  own  interest  would  not 
necessarily  act.  At  the  end  of  the  second  century  Severus  forbade 
tutores  to  sell  lands,  rustic  or  suburban  (i.e.  unbuilt  but  in  an  urban 
area),  except  under  directions  in  the  will,  or,  in  case  of  urgency,  under 
authorisation  of  the  magistrate7.  The  enactment  adds  that  even  this 
authority  would  not  save  the  tutor  from  liability  if,  as  events  shewed, 
he  did  not  properly  inform  the  magistrate  as  to  the  facts8.  By  an  enact- 
ment of  unknown  date  a  contrary  direction  was  given  as  to  unproductive 
or  perishable  moveables,  or  urban  property  (i.e.  houses)  or  urban  slaves9. 
Here,  even  though  the  alienation  was  forbidden  by  the  will,  the  tutor 
was  still  entitled  to  sell,  though  not  bound,  unless  the  interests  of  the 
ward  required  it10.  The  system  did  not  work  well  and  Constantineu  for- 
bade the  tutor  to  sell  urban  or  suburban  property  or  valuable  moveables 
except  in  circumstances  which  would  justify  the  sale  of  rustica  praedia. 

1  27.  2.  1.1.  The  mother  is  the  natural  person,  C.  5.  49.  1.  2  27.  2.  3.  3  27.  2.  2,  3. 
4  As  to  infantia,  and  exceptional  rules,  post,  §  LVI.  5  See  36.  1.  38.  1.  6  Post, 

p.  157.  7  An  Oratio,  see  27.  9.  1.  A  transactio,  compromise  of  a  dispute  (post,  §  CLXXXI), 
was  a  conveyance  for  this  purpose,  C.  5.  71.  4  (260).  So  too  a  pupil  could  not  repudiate 
a  legacy  of  land  without  authorisation  by  the  magistrate,  for  as  it  had  vested  in  him 
(post,  §  cxvn)  this  was  an  alienation,  27.  9.  5.  8.  The  texts  shew  that  the  prohibition  was 
extended  in  practice  to  curatores.  8  27.  9.  1;  C.  5.  71.  5.  9  See  C.  5.  37.  22.  pr. 

It  may  possibly  have  been  in  the  Oratio  of  Severus.  10  26.  7.  5.  9.    But  this  may 

have  been  written  before  the  enactment.  See  also  26.  7.  7.  1;  50.  16.  198;  C.  5.  38.  3. 
11  C.  o.  37.  22.  1  sqq.  Under  Justinian,  in  case  of  praedia  rustica  or  suburbana,  though 
the  conveyance  was  void  it  was  validated  by  lapse  of  five  years  from  full  age,  C.  5.  74.  3. 
Constantine  had  allowed  one  year  to  suffice.  C.  Th.  3.  32.  1. 


156  ADMINISTRATE  [CH. 

The  tutor  must  take  steps  to  recover  debts  due  to  the  ward  at  once1. 
He  could  bring  and  defend  actions  on  behalf  of  the  pupil2,  or,  (if  the  pupil 
was  old  enough  and  the  proceedings  were  in  his  name,  as,  in  that  case, 
and  if  he  was  available,  they  should  be,)  represent  him  in  the  litigation3. 
He  must  invest  moneys  within  a  certain  time,  being  liable  for  interest 
if  he  delayed  without  good  reason,  at  the  maximum  rate  if  he  used  it 
for  his  own  purposes4.  These  rules,  and  others  similar5,  express  the 
change  in  the  conception  of  tutela :  the  interests  of  the  pupillus  were  in 
the  foreground  and  were  safeguarded  to  an  almost  unreasonable  extent. 

It  was  not  in  all  fields  that  the  tutor  could  act  alone :  shortly,  it  may 
be  said  that  he  could  act  on  the  ward's  behalf  in  all  acts  iuris  gentium, 
but  not  in  acts  iuris  civilis.  He  could  not  alienate  or  acquire  for  him  by 
mancipatio6:  whether  he  could  do  so  by  cessio  in  iure  depends  on  the 
interpretation  of  the  rule  allowing  representation  in  the  legis  actio  "pro 
tutela7.'"  He  could  acquire  bonorum  possessio,  i.e.  a  praetorian  succession, 
for  the  child8,  but  not  civil  law  succession  till  the  later  empire,  when 
this  was  allowed  if  the  child  was  infans9.  He  could  acquire  and  alienate 
by  traditio  by  the  time  of  Hadrian  or  earlier.  Some  of  the  restrictions 
could  be  evaded  by  using  a  slave  of  the  ward  who  could  acquire  and 
probably  alienate  for  him  by  mancipatio10,  and  accept  a  civil  succession 
for  him11.  If  the  ward  had  none,  one  could  be  bought12. 

Contract  was  a  more  personal  matter.  In  early  classical  law  the 
tutor's  contract  was  his  own:  the  ward  took  no  right  and  incurred  no 
liability,  though  of  course  the  matter  would  come  into  account.  But, 
here  too,  a  remedy  was  found  before  the  close  of  the  classical  age.  The 
texts  are  much  interpolated,  and  there  has  been  much  discussion13.  The 
course  of  the  evolution  may  have  been  somewhat  as  follows.  Where  the 
tutor  had  defended  an  action  for  the  ward,  or  had  sued  on  his  behalf, 
the  pupil  being  absent  or  infans,  so  that  it  was  reasonable  for  the  tutor 
to  act  personally  instead  of  giving  auctoritas,  the  actio  iudicati  lay 
directly  against  or  to  the  pupil,  from,  at  latest,  the  time  of  Antoninus 

1  He  must  not  allow  time,  even  though  this  be  to  the  advantage  of  both  sides,  26.  7. 
15.  2  12.  2.  17.  2;  26.  7.  1.  2,  2,  15,  22,  23,  etc.  3  26.  7.  I.  2,  2.  But  one  of  active 
contutores  cannot  sue  another,  pupilli  nomine,  26.  7.  12.  pr.  4  26.  7.  7.  4.  5  E.g. 

26.  7.  5.  8,  7.  1,  7.  8,  7.  14,  etc.  6  Mitteis,  Rom.  Pr.  1.  208.    But  the  matter  is  not 

wholly  clear.  7  Inst.  4.  10.  pr.  The  power  under  1.  Hostilia  applies  only  tofurtum. 

From  the  fact  that  special  machinery  was  devised  to  enable  an  infans  to  free  vindicta 
(40.  5.  30)  it  seems  that  tutor  could  not  lege  agere  for  the  ward.  There  is  however  another 
reason  for  this.  Manumissio  is  not  administration,  40.  1.  13;  40.  9.  22.  8  37.  1.  7.  1, 

but  not  repudiate  it,  h.  t.  8;  38.  9.  1.  4.  9  C.  Th.  8.  18.  8;  C.  6.  30.  18.  10  Post, 
§  LXXXV;  G.  2.  87.  11  Post,  §  cix.  12  Though,  if  he  was  infans,  civil  ownership 
could  not  be  acquired,  bonitary  could,  and  a  slave  acquired  for  this  bonitary  owner, 
G.  2.  88;  P.  1.  7.  6.  13  See,  e.g.,  Wenger,  Actio  Iudicati,  193  sqq. ;  Solazzi,  four  articles 
in  Butt.  vols.  22-25. 


iv]  ADM1N1STRAT10  157 

Pius.  There  was  nothing  utilis  about  the  action,  nor  was  it  postponed  to 
the  end  of  the  tutela1.  It  was  as  if  he  had  been  a  cognitor2.  By  the  time 
of  Justinian  the  limitation  to  cases  of  absence,  etc.,  had  disappeared3. 
But  contract  was  a  personal  matter,  in  which  there  was  no  representa- 
tion, and  thus  a  contract  by  the  tutor  was  enforceable  only  by  or  against 
him4.  But  as  early  as  Aristo  there  was  a  rule  that  the  ward  was  liable 
to  the  extent  of  his  enrichment  for  any  fraud  of  the  tutor  in  his  affairs,  in 
a  special  action  described  as  tributoria5.  When  the  tutela  ended  the  tutor 
was  no  longer  concerned,  and  a  rule  appeared  that  where  he  had  himself 
reasonably  contracted  on  behalf  of  the  ward,  he  could  not  then  be  sued 
on  the  contract  and  an  actio  utilis  lay  against  the  ward6.  Some  such 
rule  was  necessary,  for  he  could  not  assign  his  liabilities  to  the  ward  so 
as  to  bind  creditors  from  proceeding  against  him,  and  the  rule  seems  to 
be  quite  general  under  Justinian,  i.e.  not  limited  to  cases  of  infantia7, 
etc.  But  the  same  difficulty  did  not  arise  the  other  way :  the  tutor  could 
transfer  his  rights  of  action  (procuratio  in  rem  suam)  to  the  ward8,  and 
cease  to  be  concerned  in  the  matter.  It  is  however  generally  held  that 
the  same  rule  applied:  the  ward  could  bring  a  utilis  actio9.  But  this  is 
doubtful.  The  texts,  above  cited,  laying  down  the  general  rule,  deal 
only  with  the  other  case.  Ulpian  says  that  obligations  are  not  acquired 
for  the  pupil  by  the  tutor,  but  remain  with  him10,  and  Diocletian  says 
that  the  ward  cannot  acquire  an  action  through  the  tutor,  "nisi  ex  certis 
causisn."  Two  such  certae  causae  are  recorded.  If  A  lent  l?'s  money, 
B  acquired  a  condictio,  though  not  any  subsidiary  obligations  which 
might  have  been  created12.  This  was  equally  true  if  A  was  B's  tutor,  and 
there  was  nothing  utilis13  about  it.  But  if,  as  was  usual,  the  loan  was 
accompanied  by  a  stipulatio,  this  superseded  the  mutuum,  and  thus 
barred  the  condictio1*.  Relief  was  given  against  this  purely  technical 
obstacle,  by  an  actio  utilis,  where  the  tutor's  act  was  reasonable.  This 
limit,  and  the  utilis  character  of  the  action,  were  gone  under  Justinian, 
and  there  was  never  any  question  of  postponement  to  the  end  of  the 
tutela15.  Again,  if  a  tutor  made  a  constitutum  for  payment  to  the  ward, 

1  26.  7.  2.  pr.  (interp.);26.  9.  5(ref.  to  tator  is  interp. ) ;  26.  9.  6;  26.  9.  7;  42.  1.  4.  1.  D.  26. 
7.  39.  12  deals  with  cognitio  extraordinaria  and  the  facts  are  not  clear.  2  Post,  §ccxxxix. 
3  It  has  thus  disappeared  from  some  of  the  texts  in  n.  1.  4  26.  7.  39.  4;  C.  2.  24.  4. 

5  26.  9.  1.  3,  4.    In  1  the  extension  to  culpa,  and  other  provisions,  are  due  to  Justinian. 

6  2.  11.  15;  4.  4.  27.  1  (interp.  Solazzi,  Bull.  25.  90);  26.  9.  5.  1;  h.  t.  8=36.  3.  18.  2;  C.  5. 
37.  26.  3  (Bas.  38.  9.  39);  C.  5.  39.  1.   See  also,  21.  2.  4.  1.         7  C.  5.  39.  3  does  not  speak 
of  the  action  as  utilis,  and  the  expression  actio  personalis  suggests  Justinian.          8  Post, 
§  qcxxxix.  9  Girard,  Manuel,  217;  Mitteis,  Bom.  Pr.  1.  222;  Duquesne,  Translatio 
ludicii,  47,  153.          10  13.  7.  11.  6.          11  C.  5.  39.  5.          12  C.  4.  27.  3.          13  26.  7. 
47.  5.               14,  See  the  discussion  in  26.  7.  16;  45.  1.  126.  2,  and  post,  §§  CLXII,  cxciv. 
15  12.  1.  26;  26.  7.  9.  pr.;  26.  9.  2;  C.  5.  39.  2.     Similar  concession  where  the  lender  was 
procurator  of  a  miles.    12.  1.  26. 


158  AUCTORITATIS  INTERPOSITIO  [CH. 

the  ward  could  sue  utilitatis  gratia.  But  this  rule,  which  the  text1  applies 
to  other  cases,  was  an  exception  to  the  rule  that  there  could  not  be  a 
valid  promise  of  payment  to  a  third  person2:  there  was  no  question  of 
the  end  of  the  tutela. 

The  tutor  must  shew  a  certain  care  in  his  administration,  but  the 
degree  seems  to  have  varied  historically.  The  better  view  seems  to  be 
that  here3,  as  in  all  infaming  actions,  the  liability  was  originally  only 
for  dolus,  a  restriction  consistent  with  the  original  conception  of  tutela. 
This  would  in  practice  cover  liability  for  gross  negligence4,  difficult  as 
a  matter  of  evidence  to  disentangle  from  dolus.  But,  at  some  time, 
possibly  as  early  as  Celsus,  an  increased  liability  appeared:  the  tutor 
must  shew  the  same  care  that  he  did  in  his  own  affairs5,  a  notion  also 
perhaps  influenced  by  the  conception  of  dolus.  Some  texts  make  him 
liable  for  all  negligence,  culpa  levis6.  But  there  were  disputes  among 
the  lawyers,  and  the  whole  story  of  culpa  is  much  disputed7. 

It  must  further  be  noticed  that  all  this  was  administratio  and 
was  governed  by  that  notion.  A  tutor  could  not  by  act  or  authori- 
sation, make  gifts  of  the  property8.  Acts  of  spoliation  were  not 
administratio,  and  thus  not  merely  gave  an  action  for  damages  but  were 
void9. 

LVI.  Auctoritatis  interpositio.  The  expression  denotes  co-operation 
of  the  tutor  with  the  ward :  the  act  was  formally  done  by  the  ward  with 
auctoritas  of  the  tutor.  This  auctoritas  was  itself  a  somewhat  formal  act. 
It  involved  presence:  it  could  not  be  given  by  letter  or  ratification10.  It 
could  not  be  conditional11  and  could  be  given  only  by  oral  declaration12, 
and  there  is  evidence  that  it  was  commonly  in  answer  to  an  interrogation 
by  the  other  party13.  But  in  later  law  actual  presence  of  the  other  part}'' 
was  not  necessary14. 

The  possibility  of  auctoritatis  interpositio  did  not  in  strictness  arise 
till  the  child  had  reached  a  certain  development.  He  could  not  be  author- 
ised to  act  till  he  was  capable  of  conscious  action.  He  must  have 
intellectus15 :  what  the  tutor  provided  was  judgment  whether  it  was  wise 
to  do  the  act  or  not.  Hence  arose  the  rule  that  there  could  be  no  auctoritas 

1   13.  5.  5.  9.     Curator  furiosi   or  minoris,    actor   municipii.     As   to   this   rule,   post, 
§  CXLIX.  2  Post,  §§  CXLIX,  CLIV.          3  Mitteis,  Bom.  Pr.  1.  324  sqq.          4  Culpa  lata. 

See  26.  7.  7.  2,  "lata  neglegentia."  See  also  26.  10.  7.  1;  C.  2.  18.  20;  C.  5.  51.  2;  C.  5.  55.  2. 
5  16.  3.  32,  written  of  tutela,  see  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  326;  27.  3.  1.  pr.  "  Diligentia  quam  suis 
rebus"  called  by  moderns  "culpa  levis  in  concrete."  6  Coll.  10.  2.  3;  D.  26.  7.  10,  etc. 

Dolus  only,  26.  7.  7.  pr.  etc.    Mitteis,  op.  cit.  327.  7  Post,  §  cxc.  8  26.  7.  22; 

C.  5.  37.  16.  In  the  same  way  a  slave  with  administratio  peculii  cannot  make  gifts  out  of 
it,  20.  3.  1.  1;  20.  6.  8.  5.  9  41.  4.  7.  3.  For  similar  reasons  a  tutor  could  not  act  in 

matters  between  himself  and  the  ward.    Inst.  1.  21.  3;  G.  1.  184.  10  26.  8.  9.  5,  10; 

Inst,  1.  21.  2.  11  26.  8.  8.  12  26.  8.  3.  If  not  in  proper  form  it  was  void,  h.  t.  2. 
13  26.  8.  3.  14  26.  8.  9.  6.  15  G.  3.  109. 


iv]  AUCTORITATIS  INTERPOSIT1O  159 

while  he  was  infans  or  infantiae  proximus1.  But  the  strict  principle  was 
departed  from  and  the  terms  used  need  explanation.  Till  the  fifth  century 
infantia  was  used  in  its  literal  sense:  it  meant  incapacity  to  speak2. 
But  in  A.D.  407  or  a  little  later  the  limit  of  infantia  was  fixed  at  seven 
years3.  Though  some  texts  link  infantia  and  lack  of  intellectus*,  these 
are  not  the  same  thing.  A  child  too  young  to  speak  cannot  well  have 
intellect™,  but  he  is  also  barred  from  many  transactions,  all  those  in 
which  speech  is  needed,  by  the  fact  of  being  unable  to  speak5.  And  a 
child  may  be  able  to  speak  and  yet  not  have  intellectus6.  Such  a  child 
was  said  to  be  infantiae  proximus  and  when  past  that  stage  pubertati 
proximus,  but  there  was  no  question  of  a  fixed  age  in  this  matter.  On 
grounds  of  utility  however,  and  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  tutor  could 
really  supply  the  necessary  mental  element,  those  infantiae  proximi 
were  allowed  to  contract  with  the  auctoritas  of  the  tutor  as  early  as  the 
time  of  Gains7,  and  the  same  was  allowed,  then  or  a  little  later,  to 
infantes,  in  matters  which  did  not  involve  speech,  though  it  is  clear  that 
such  children  could  have  no  real  understanding  of  the  matter8. 

As  the  judgment  of  the  tutor  was  the  foundation  of  the  whole  institu- 
tion his  auctoritas  could  not  be  compelled,  though  there  were  of  course 
remedies  for  improper  refusal 9. 

The  tutor  could  not  validly  authorise  acts  in  which  he  himself  had 
an  interest.  Thus  a  loan  to  the  pupil  by  him  with  his  auctoritas  was 
invalid  and  created  only  a  naturalis  obligatio  to  the  extent  of  enrich- 
ment10. If  he  was  sole  tutor  no  such  transaction  was  possible,  unless  a 
tutor  praetorius  was  appointed  for  the  purpose  of  authorising  it11.  If 
there  were  other  tutores  one  of  these  could  authorise  it,  if  the  tutela  was 
such,  and  the  transaction  such,  that  the  auctoritas  of  one  tutor  sufficed12. 

Not   every  transaction    needed    auctoritas:   the   ward   could   carry 
through  transactions   which  could   only  benefit   him,   not    bind    him, 

1  G.  3.  109.  For  the  distinction  between  infantiae  proximus  and  pubertati  proximus, 
and  refutation  of  the  older  opinion  that  this  corresponded  to  some  definite  age  limit, 
see  Dirksen,  Verm.  Schriften,  1.  180  sqq.  2  Varro,  L.  L.  6.  52;  D.  27.  8.  1.  15; 

40.  5.  30;  45.  1.  70,  etc.    See  also  Inst.  3.  19.  10  and  Theophilus  thereon.  3  C.  Th. 

8.  18.  8;  C.  6.  30.  18.     D.  23.  1.  14;  26.  7.  1.  2  are  interpolated.    See  Girard,  Manuel,  203, 
n.  4.  4  41.  2.  32.  2;  47.  2.  23;  50.  17.  5,  etc.  5  26.  7.  9.  pr.,  etc.   Cf.  45.  1.  1.  pr. 

A  dumb  man  is  excluded  for  the  same  reason  though  he  may  be  of  perfectly  sound  mind. 
6  29.  2.  9;  44.  7.  1.  13.  7  G.  3.  109;  Theoph.  ad  Inst.  3.  19.  10;  D.  29.  2*  9.  8  36. 

1.  67.  3;  C.  7.  32.  3.  In  41.  2.  32.  2,  where  it  is  a  question  of  acquiring  possession  there  is 
a  double  illogicality,  for,  as  we  shall  see,  auctoritas  was  not  in  principle  needed  for  acts 
which  involved  no  assumption  of  liability  or  possible  loss,  like  possessio,  41.  2.  1.  3.  The 
point  of  intellectus  was  however  still  material  in  respect  of  liability  for  wrongdoing.  See, 
.g.,  G.  3.  208;  Inst.  4.  1.  18;  D.  4.  3.  13.  1;  9.  2.  5.  2;  C.  9.  47.  7,  etc.  9  26.  8.  17. 

10  Inst.  1.  21.  3;  D.  26.  8.  1.  pr.  11  This  was  the  method  where  litigation  arose 

between  them,  ante,  §  LV  :  a  curator  under  Justinian.  12  As  to  this  case,  post, 

§  Lvin. 


160  AUCTOE1TATIS  1NTEEPOSITIO  [CH. 

without  auctoritas1.  Informal  acts  of  acquisition  could  be  done  for  an 
infans  by  the  tutor,  and  by  the  impubes  capable  of  acting  at  all,  and 
the  formal  acts  which  had  created  difficulty  during  infantia  could  now 
be  done  by  him,  or,  if  they  involved  liability,  by  co-operation,  though  the 
tutor  could  not  perform  them  on  behalf  of  the  ward2.  Thus  in  unilateral 
transactions  the  matter  was  simple:  if  it  was  one  which  bound  the  other 
party  it  was  valid ;  if  it  purported  to  bind  the  pupillus  it  was  void  unless 
there  was  auctoritas.  But  the  most  common  transactions  are  bilateral; 
they  impose  duties  on  both  sides,  and  here  the  matter  was  not  so  simple. 
To  treat  the  other  party  as  bound  and  the  ward  as  not  bound  would  be 
unjust,  and  the  matter  was  otherwise  dealt  with.  If  a  pupil  had  pur- 
ported to  go  through  such  a  transaction  he  could  not  cry  off  without 
returning  any  benefits  he  had  received,  and  he  could  not  enforce  the 
contract  without  doing  his  part3.  If  he  had  done  his  part  he  could 
recover  what  he  had  handed  over  or  sue  on  the  contract4.  If  the  trans- 
action had  been  carried  out  on  both  sides  without  auctoritas  the  pupil 
could,  e.g.  in  sale,  recover  his  property  but  must  refund  to  the  extent 
of  enrichment  or,  conversely,  could  recover  the  price  on  returning  the 
goods5.  The  case  of  payment  to  a  pupil  was  specially  dealt  with.  A  receipt 
by  the  pupil  was  not  valid,  but  if  he  sued  again  for  the  money  he  must 
account  for  what  he  still  had  or  had  advantageously  expended6.  A 
receipt  by  the  tutor  was  not  quite  safe,  as  the  pupil-  might  get  restitutio  in 
integrum  and  fraud  of  the  tutor  would  suffice  for  this7.  The  safe  way 
was  to  pay  it  to  the  wrard  with  presence  and  auctoritas  of  the  tutor. 
This  created  difficulties,  as  the  ward  was  not  in  the  charge  of  the  tutor, 
and  might  be  far  away.  Justinian  therefore  provided  that  payment 
might  be  validly  made  to  the  tutor  under  sanction  of  a  index8. 

LVII.    CLOSE  OF  TUTELA.  The  tutela  might  end  in  many  ways,  e.g.  by 
death  or  capitis  deminutio9,  or  puberty,  of  the  ward10,  by  occurrence  of 

1  G.  2.  83;  3.  107;  Inst.  1.  21.  pr.;  D.  26.  8.  9.  2  Formal  acceptance  of  a  hereditas 

(cretio,  post,  §  cix),  formal  conveyance  of  property,  mancipatio;  formal  manumission, 
vindicta ;  acceptilatio,  and  formal  surrender  of  rights  or  property,  cessio  in  iure.  G.  2.  80 ; 
D.  40.  5.  30.  1-4;  46.  4.  13.  10.  3  If  he  had  agreed  to  sell  he  could  not  sue  for  the 

price  without  delivering  the  goods  (and  conversely  he  could  not  claim  the  goods  without 
payment),  18.  5.  7.  1;  44.  4.  8.  pr.  4  G.  2.  82.  5  26.  8.  5.  pr.  1.  As  he  had  only 

to  restore  enrichment,  there  might  be  loss  to  the  other  side :  who  thus  bore  the  risk.  See 
Inst.  2.  8.  2.  6  G.  2.  84;  Inst.  2.  8.  2.  The  rule  applies  only  to  voluntarily  undertaken 
obligations.  Those  which  result  incidentally  from  ownership  of  property  (quasi-contract , 
post,  §  CLXXXV)  bind  a  pupillus  like  anybody  else,  44.  7.  46.  7  It  is  clear  that  the 

payment  could  be  validly  made  to  a  tutor,  even  one  tutor  of  several,  if  he  was  an  acting 
tutor  (post,  §  Lvm),  46.  3.  14,  100.  8  C.  5.  37.  25,  27.  This  applies  to  capital  payments 
and  to  rents,  interest  and  the  like  above  a  certain  limit.  Below  this  limit  they  can  be  paid 
to  the  tutor,  as  before.  9  Sch.  Sin.  xvi  (42)  shews  a  man  tutor  to  his  impubes  brother 
who  has  been  sent  to  a  Latin  colony.  The  allusion  may  be  to  a  case  in  which  the  tutela 
was  expressly  preserved  (see  1.  Salpensana,  cc.  xxn,  xxix;  Girard,  Textes,  109),  but  see 
ante,  §  XLIX.  See  also  Sch.  Sin.  xx  (54).  10  As  to  this,  ante,  §  XLI. 


iv]  CLOSE  OF  TUTELA  161 

the  date  or  event  till  which  the  tutor  had  been  appointed1,  completion 
of  the  purpose  for  which  a  temporary  tutor  had  been  appointed  (such  as 
temporary  excuse  of  the  ordinary  tutor),  death  or  capitis  deminutio 
maxima  or  media  of  the  tutor,  or  supervening  ground  of  exemption.  In 
several  of  these  cases  there  was  only  a  transfer  of  tutela  and,  apart  from 
this,  which  does  not  need  discussion,  the  only  thing  that  need  be  said 
is  that  in  later  law  puberty  was  fixed  at  14  for  males,  12  for  females, 
while  in  the  time  of  Gains  it  was  still  disputed  whether  in  the  case  of 
males  it  was  determined  by  age  or  by  actual  physical  development2. 
There  are  two  cases  of  more  importance. 

Capitis  deminutio  minima  of  the  tutor3.  This  operated  only  in  the 
case  of  tutores  legitimi.  In  this  case  the  tutela  was  ended  and  passed 
to  the  next  person  with  a  civil  law  right  of  succession.  Capitis 
deminutio  minima  of  one  of  two  patrons  left  the  tutela  wholly  with 
the  other4.  That  of  a  sole  patron  would  normally  transfer  it  to  his 
adrogator5,  and  the  same  is  presumably  true  in  the  case  of  parens 
manumissor6. 

Removal  for  misconduct.  If  a  tutor  wronged  the  pupil  this  would 
have  to  be  accounted  for  when  the  tutela  ended7.  If  he  committed  an 
actual  delict  an  ordinary  delictal  action  would  lie,  and  there  were  special 
remedies  for  certain  cases8.  But  apart  from  this  there  was  a  machinery 
for  removing  him  in  case  of  misconduct,  called  the  Crimen  Suspecti 
Tutoris9.  This  was  a  petition  for  his  removal,  based  on  the  XII  Tables10 
and  tried  before  the  chief  magistrate  of  the  district11.  Tutela  being  a 
publicum  munus,  any  one  might  bring  the  accusation  (postulatio)  except 
the  impubes  himself,  e.g.  a  fellow  tutor,  or  even  a  woman  if  a  near  relative, 
or  the  magistrate  was  satisfied  of  the  purity  of  her  motives12.  Immedi- 
ately on  the  accusation  the  tutor  was  suspended  from  acting13.  It  was 
available  against  any  tutor,  even  a  patron14.  There  was  no  definite  list 
of  grounds  of  removal :  it  was  at  the  discretion  of  the  Court.  It  might 
be  fraud  or  incompetence  or  gross  negligence15,  but  mere  poverty  was 
not  sufficient16.  The  effect  was  not  in  all  cases  the  same.  If  the  evidence 
shewred  dolus  the  tutor  became  infamis,  but  not  for  mere  incompetence 

1  Inst.  1.  14.  3.  2  G.  1.  196.  The  latter  was  the  Proculian  view.  Javolenus  required 
both,  Ulp.  11.  28.  3  Ulp.  11.  9,  17.  As  to  effect  of  c.  d.  on  previous  rights,  etc.,  27.  3.  11. 
4  G.  1.  165;  3.  60.  5  Post,  §  cxu.  6  Children  pass  with  them.  7  Post,  §LIX.  8  Inst. 
1.  26.  11;  D.  26.  10.  1.  8,  2.  9  Inst.  1.  26;  D.  26.  10;  C.  5.  43.  10  Inst.  1.  26.  pr.; 
D.  26.  10.  1.  2.  11  Inst,  1.  26.  1;  D.  26.  10.  1.  3.  12  Inst.  1.  26.  3;  D.  26.  10.  1.  7. 
13  Inst.  1.  26.  7;  C.  5.  43.  7.  14  Inst.  1.  26.  3;  D.  26.  10.  1.  5;  h.  t.  5;  C.  5.  43.  4.  It  is 
probable  however  that  it  applied  originally  only  to  testamentary  tutores,  that  it  was 
extended  to  dativi  (Atiliani,  Titiani)  when  they  appeared,  and  that  its  application  to 
legitimi  is  Byzantine.  See  Solazzi,  Bull.  28.  131  sqq.  15  Failure  to  provide  maintenance, 
evil  life,  etc.,  26.  10.  3.  5  sqq.,  5,  6,  7.  1,  7.  2,  8;  Inst.  1.  26.  5,  9-13;  C.  5.  43.  1-3,  5,  9. 
16  26.  10.  8;  Inst.  1.  26.  13;  C.  5.  43.  6.  2. 

B.  K.  L.  11 


162  CONTUTORES  [CH. 

or  negligence1.  The  purpose  being  removal,  the  proceeding  ended  if  the 
tutor  died  or  the  tutela  ended  otherwise2.  The  misconduct  must  have  been 
during  the  tutela,  though,  at  least  in  later  law,  it  might  be  before  actual 
administration3.  Although  a  patron  could  be  removed,  there  were 
special  rules  in  his  case.  The  grounds  of  his  removal  were  not  stated,  so 
that  he  never  became  famosus*.  His  own  libertus  might  not  accuse  him5, 
and  it  was  usual,  as  it  was  in  the  case  of  patres  and  other  relatives,  not 
to  remove  him  but  to  appoint  a  curator  to  act  with  him6.  This  was  also 
usual  in  case  of  poverty7. 

The  foregoing  is  the  institution  as  presented  by  the  Sources.  But 
many  of  the  texts  shew  signs  of  interpolation  and  there  are  divergent 
views  as  to  its  history.  It  has  recently  been  maintained,  not  without 
support  from  the  texts,  that  besides  this  postulatio  suspecti  there  was 
also  a  power  of  remotio  by  the  magistrate  mero  rnotu,  later  in  origin  and 
applicable  to  cases  not  attainable  by  the  crimen.  The  crime n,  it  is  said, 
was  applicable  only  in  case  of  dolus  and  only  to  tutores  testamentarii  and 
dativi.  The  power  of  remotio  was  applied  to  cases  of  neglect  to  act  or 
negligent  administration  and  to  legitimi  tutores.  It  is  only,  it  is  said,  by 
the  compilers  that  the  two  institutions  were  fused.  Thus  Ulpian  seems 
to  hold  that  all  removal  by  the  crimen  involves  infamia8.  On  the  other 
hand  neither  Gaius  nor  Ulpian9  seems  to  know  of  any  mode  of  removal 
except  as  suspectus10. 

LVIII.  Plurality  of  tutores11.  Where  there  were  several  tutores  it 
was  possible,  though  usually  not  the  most  convenient  course,  for  all  of 
them  to  administer  in  common.  In  this  case  any  one  of  them  was  com- 
petent to  administer  in  any  matter,  but  the  question  arises  how  far  the 
auctoritas  of  one  would  suffice.  The  rule  of  classical  law  seems  to  have 
been  that  of  testamentary  tutores  the  auctoritas  of  one  sufficed,  except, 
no  doubt,  for  a  matter  which  would  end  the  tutela,  such  as  adrogatio, 
and  thus  if  a  question  arose  between  a  tutor  and  the  ward,  no  temporary 
tutor  was  needed — another  could  act12.  Some  jurists  held  that  the  same 
was  true  of  dativi  appointed  after  enquiry,  but  in  all  other  cases  all  must 
authorise13.  Justinian  provided  however  that  in  all  cases  of  undivided 

1  Inst.  1. 26.  6;  D.  26.  10.  3.  18;  C.  5. 43.  9.  2  Inst.  1.  26.  8;  D.  26.  10.  11.  3  26.  10. 
3.  5;  4.  4,  6  sqq. ;  C.  5.  43.  2;  Inst.  1.  26.  5.  Thus  if  a  man  was  excused  and  afterwards 
reappointed,  no  crimen  would  lie  under  the  second  tutela  for  wrong  during  the  first,  26.  10. 
3.  7.  4  26.  10.  1.  5,  4.  2.  5  26.  10.  3.  1.  6  26.  10.  9.  7  C.  5.  43.  6.  8  Vat. 
Fr.  3406.  See  also  26.  10.  4.  4.  9  G.  1.  182;  Ulp.  11.  23.  10  See  Taubenschlag, 

Vormund-schaftsrechtl.  Studien,  27  sqq. ;  Solazzi,  Minore  Eta,  259  sqq. ;  Bull.  28.  131  sqq., 
contra,  Berger,  Z.8.S.  35.  39  sqq.  11  The  texts  dealing  with  contutores  have  been 

much  altered  and  there  is  acute  controversy  on  the  evolution  of  the  rules.  See  Levy, 
Z.8.S.  37.  14  sqq.,  andreff.;  Beseler,  Beitrdge,  1.  92;  post,  §  LIX.  12  26.  2.  24.  As  to 
limitations  on  the  rule  that  actions  against  one  tutor  could  be  brought  by  or  with  the 
auctoritas  of  another,  see  Peters,  Z.S.S.  32.  218  sqq.  13  Ulp.  11.  26;  C.  5.  59.  5. 


iv]  CONTUTORES  163 

tutela  the  auctoritas  of  one  would  suffice,  except  in  a  matter  which  would 
end  the  tutela1. 

It  was  possible  for  the  tutores  to  make  a  private  arrangement  to  dis- 
tribute the  administration2,  or  one  or  more  might  give  the  other  or  others 
a  mandate  to  act,  or  might  simply  permit  him  to  act,  taking  security. 
But  all  this  made  no  difference  to  their  capacity  in  law  or  to  their  ulti- 
mate responsibility  in  solidum  for  breaches  of  duty3.  But  the  case  was 
different  if  these  arrangements  were  made  under  the  provisions  of  an 
edict  dealing  with  this  matter4.  This  edict  dealt  in  its  terms  only  with 
testamentary  tutores.  The  Praetor  summoned  the  tutores  to  arrange  how 
the  work  was  to  be  done5.  It  might  be  all  assigned  to  one,  either  to  one 
named  in  the  will,  or  if  there  was  none  or  the  Praetor  did  not  approve 
him,  to  one  whom  the  Praetor  allowed  them  to  elect6.  Or  one  might  offer 
security  and  it  might  be  assigned  to  him  unless  another  offered  equal 
security,  when  he  might  be  preferred,  or  the  Praetor  might  choose  the 
idoneor.  which  seems  to  mean  the  most  substantial  man,  otherwise 
desirable7.  Or  it  might  be  given  to  all  who  offered  security,  in  common, 
or  with  divided  administration8.  If  none  of  these  plans  was  adopted  it 
might  be  distributed  either  as  directed  by  the  will,  or  bv  the  Praetor9 

if  V 

at  the  wish  of  the  tutores,  either  in  paries  or  in  regiones,  i.e.  according  to 
the  nature  of  the  property  or  the  place  of  the  interests10.  But  if  the  tutores 
insisted  on  acting  in  common,  this  must  be  allowed11.  A  rescript  of 
M.  Aurelius  and  Verus  applied  the  same  system  to  those  appointed  ex 
inquisitione*2,  as  to  whom  in  the  opinion  of  some  jurists  the  auctoritas  of 
one  sufficed,  and  later  still,  probably  not  till  Justinian,  it  was  applied 
to  legitimi,  though  not  to  patroni  or  probably  liberi  patroni13. 

Thus,  according  to  the  texts,  all  the  tutores  might  administer  in 
common,  or  they  might  privately  arrange  a  distribution,  in  which  case 
those  not  acting14,  or  not  acting  in  the  particular  field,  were  liable  only 
in  the  last  resort.  Or  they  might  do  so  under  the  Edict,  in  which  case 
those  not  acting,  or  not  acting  in  the  particular  field,  were  liable  only  in 
the  last  resort,  and  only  in  respect  of  failure  in  supervision,  e.g.  for  not 
getting  the  acting  tutor  removed  if  necessary,  or  leaving  large  sums  of 

1  C.  5.  59.  5.  Here  he  says  all  must  authorise:  "ut  quod  omne-s  similiter  tanqit  ab  omni- 
bus comprobetur,"  a  proposition  destined  to  a  much  wider  application.  See  Figgis,  Fiom 
Gerson  to  Grotius,  11.  2  C.  5.  52.  2.  3.  3  26.  7.  55.  2;  C.  5.  52.  2.  3,  3.  4  Lenel, 
E.P.  306.  5  26.  7.  3.  7;  Inst.  1.  24.  1  suggests  a  certain  order  of  preference  among 

possible  courses,  but  it  is  clear  that  all  was  in  the  discretion  of  the  praetor,  26.  2.  17. 
pr.;  26.  7.  3.  3,  6.  6  26.  2.  19;  26.  7.  3.  7.  7  26.  2.  17.  pr.;  h.  t,  18.  8  26.  2. 

17.  pr.  9  26.  7.  3.  9.  10  2G.  7.  4.  11  26.  7.  3.  8.  12  26.  2.  19.  13  2f>.  4.  5. 
2.  As  security  was  always  needed  in  case  of  agnates,  the  edictal  proceedings  must  have 
been  to  some  extent  modified.  14  Sometimes  called  honorarii,  but  this  seems  to  be  late 
and  to  confuse  them  with  tutores  expressly  appointed  by  will  honoris  causi  with  no 
duties  and  no  liabilities,  23.  2.  60.  2;  46.  3.  14.  1;  Levy,  Z.S.S.  37.  71  sqq. 

11— 2 


164  CONTUTORES  [CH. 

money  in  his  hands  uninvested1.  It  seems  to  have  been  possible  to 
appoint  tutores  with  a  general  duty  of  supervision,  but  the  same  responsi- 
bility as  if  they  were  gerentes.  This  might  be  by  the  will  or  ex  in- 
quisitione2,  and  the  appointee  would  usually  be  a  libertus  chosen  for  his 
knowledge  of  the  business3.  But  it  is  very  uncertain  how  far  all  this 
represents  classical  law4. 

As  this  scheme  of  distribution  was  praetorian  it  might  seem  that  it 
did  not  affect  civil  law  rights  and  there  are  texts  which  suggest  that 
action  or  authorisation  by  a  non-acting  tutor  was  met  by  praetorian 
defences5.  But  it  seems  clear  that,  at  any  rate  in  all  iure  gentium  matters, 
his  intervention  was  void,  if  the  other  party  knew  the  facts.  Thus  in 
such  a  case  ownership  did  not  pass6.  But  we  are  told  that  if  a  pupil 
accepted  a  hereditas  with  the  auctoritas  of  a  tutor  who  was  not  acting, 
he  was  bound  (a  text  written  no  doubt  of  formal  acceptance,  cretio), 
and  the  same  may  have  been  true  of  mancipatio  or  cessio  in  iure7.  We 
are  told  that  payment  might  be  made  to  a  non-acting  tutor.  The  text8 
has  been  so  mutilated  by  Justinian  that  its  sense  is  not  clear:  it  probably 
applies  only  to  a  de  facto  arrangement,  for  the  text  adds  that  this  is  not 
so  if  the  praetor  has  forbidden  the  tutor  to  administer. 

LIX.  We  have  now  to  consider  the  remedies  against  a  tutor  who 
fails  in  his  duty,  removal  not  being  a  remedy  but  a  preventive  of  future 
damage. 

The  two  primary  remedies  are: 

Actio  de  rationibus  distrahendis.  This  action  lay  against  any  tutor 
when  the  tutela  ended  9.  It  lay  only  for  actual  embezzlement  of  the  ward's 
property10.  It  was  essentially  delictal,  giving  double  damages11,  and 
available  to,  but  not  against,  heretics™.  It  dates  from  the  XII  Tables13 
and  was  by  itself  a  crude  and  insufficient  remedy. 

Actio  tutelae.  This  action,  later  in  origin,  butdatingfrom  the  republic14, 
gave  a  remedy  for  any  breach  of  duty  by  a  tutor.  It  was  available  only 
at  the  end  of  the  tutela15,  and  condemnation  involved  infamy16.  It 
originally  lay  only  for  maladministration  and  thus  was  not  available 
where  a  tutor  refused  to  act  at  all,  however  detrimental  to  the  Avard  his 
inaction  was.  But  from  the  first  century  of  the  empire17  the  rule  was 

1  26.  7.  3.  2;  h.  t.  14;  C.  5.  52.  2.  1.  2  26.  2.  32.  1;  27.  3.  1.  7;  46.  3.  14.  1;  h.  t. 

14.  6.  3  C.  5.  38.  1.  In  this  case  an  allowance  might  be  made  to  the  tutor,  at  any 

rate  under  Justinian,  26.  7.  33.  3,  interp.  ?  4  See  post,  p.  166,  n.  6.  5  26.  7.  4, 

"exceptione  summovebitur" ;  26.  8.  4,  "wee  enim  id  ratum  haberi."  6  26.  8.  4.  7  29.  2. 
49.  See  however  Peters,  Z.S.S.  32.  232,  and  reS.  See  also  Levy,  Z.S.S.  37.  73,  who  gives 
many  instances  of  the  invalidity  of  the  action  of  such  a  tutor.  8  46.  2.  14.  1. 

9  27.  3.  1.  19;  h.  t.  1.  24.  10  27.  3.  2.  pr.  11  P.  2.  30;  D.  26.  7.  55.  1.  12  27.  3. 
1.  23.  13  26.  7.  55.  1.  14  Cicero,  de  Off.  3.  17.  70.  15  27.  3.  1.  24.  It  is  a  bonae 
fidei  indicium,  Cicero,  loc.  cit.;  G.  4.  62.  16  G.  4.  182.  17  Inst.  1.  20.  3;  D.  46.  6. 

4.  3.    As  to  this  evolution,  see  Girard,  Manuel,  222. 


rv]  MALADMINISTRATION  165 

that  if,  on  application,  the  magistrate  ordered  him  to  act,  he  at  once 
became  responsible,  and  in  the  second  century,  without  any  such  steps, 
inaction  was  put  practically  on  a  level  with  maladministration1.  The 
ward's  claim  was  privileged  in thesensethatittookprecedenceof other  un- 
secured debts  of  the  tutor2,  and  in  later  law  there  was  a  tacit  hypothec3, 
dating  presumably  from  the  time  when  the  liability  first  accrued,  with 
priority  over  debts  secured  by  pledge  of  a  later  date.  The  action,  being 
quasicontractual,  was  available  to  and  against  heredes*.  As  it  was  for 
settlement  of  accounts  the  tutor  could  deduct  what  had  been  properly 
expended  out  of  his  own  funds5.  This  right  of  retention  was  all  he  had 
at  first :  to  give  him  a  right  of  action  was  to  bind  the  pupillus.  But  as 
the  funds  in  his  hands  might  be  less  than  was  due  to  him  the  praetor 
introduced  an  actio  contraria  tutelae6  by  which  he  could  claim  reimburse- 
ment. It  was  perpetua  and  available  to  and  against  the  heres7. 

Besides  these  primary  remedies  there  were  others.  For  any  delict 
committed  by  the  tutor  the  ordinary  action  lay,  when  the  tutela  ended8. 
So,  where  security  had  been  given,  actions  lay  on  this,  on  the  promise 
of  the  tutor  and  those  of  his  sureties,  on  ordinary  principles,  but  not  till 
the  end  of  the  tutela,  for  the  account  was  not  due  till  then9.  Further 
there  was  an  action,  sometimes  called  subsidiaria,  against  the  inferior 
magistrates  who  were  required  to  exact  security,  if  they  had  not  ade- 
quately provided  for  this,  or,  in  cases  where  they  did  not  appoint  but 
nominated  for  appointment  by  the  superior  magistrates,  had  nominated 
carelessly10.  They  were  liable  only  in  the  last  resort  when  all  the  other 
resources  had  failed11.  They  were  not  absolutely  liable  for  any  deficit, 
but  only  if  they  did  not  take  such  security  and  precaution  as  were 
reasonably  adequate  at  the  time,  not,  e.g.,  if  a  surety  afterwards  lost 

1  Vat.  Fr.  155;  D.  26.  7.  1.   The  action  is   however  utilis,  46.  6.  4.  3.  2  26.  7. 

42,  44.  1 ;  27.  3.  22.  All  sorts  of  claims  of  the  ward  against  his  tutor  could  be  brought  into 
this  action  instead  of  being  enforced  by  the  action  appropriate  to  them,  with  the  ad- 
vantage of  giving  this  privilege,  and  also,  of  perpetuating  them  where  the  action  was 
temporaria,  since  actio  tutelae  was  perpetua.  The  principle  was  that  it  was  his  duty  as 
tutor  to  collect  these  debts  from  himself — a  semetipso  exigere.  27.  3.  5;  26.  7.  9.  2-5;  46. 
1.  69,  etc.  See  hereon,  and  on  the  extent  to  which  action  could  be  brought,  pendente  tutela, 
Peters,  Z.S.S.  32.  190  sqq.  3  C.  5.  37.  20;  C.  Th.  3.  30.  1.  4  27.  3.  1.  16,  17.  Heres 

liable  only  where  there  was  dolus  or  gross  negligence,  27.  7.  4.  5  27.  3.  1.  4—9;  27.  4. 

1.4.  6  27.  4.  1.  See  however  Partsch,  Neg.  Gestio,  40  sqq.,  who  holds  that  till  Justinian 
he  had  only  n.  g.  utilis.  The  actio  tutelae  being  bonae  fidei  the  tutor's  counter-claims 
would  come  in,  and  it  is  at  least  possible  (see  Partsch,  Neg.  Gestio,  55  sqq.)  that  the 
formula  was  so  expressed  as  to  permit  of  judgment  against  the  pupil  for  them  where  they 
exceeded  what  was  due  to  him.  As  to  "contraria  indicia"  of  this  type,  post,  §§  ccxvni, 
ccxxxiv.  7  27.  4.  3.  9.  It  may  lie  even  where  expense  greater  than  estate  (h.  t.  3. 

pr.),  but  only  lies  at  end  of  tutela,  h.  t.  1.  3.  8  27.  3.  1.  22;  h.  t.  2.  1;  47.  2.  33. 

9  As  to  difficulties  and  changes  in  the  rules  on  the  availability  during  tutela  of  other 
actions  between  tutor  and  ward,  Peters,  Z.S.S.  32.  218.  10  C.  5.  75.  5;  cf.  D.  27.  8.  I. 
11  C.  5.  75.  3. 


166  MALADMINISTRATION  [CH. 

his  money1.  If  they  had  been  guilty  of  dolus  in  the  matter,  their  heirs 
were  equally  liable2. 

If  there  were  several  tutores  each  was  liable  in  the  actio  de  rationibus 
distrahendis  only  for  his  own  malversation3.  But  in  the  actio  tutelae,  if 
they  acted  in  common  all  were  liable.  If  they  made  a  private  division 
those  not  acting  were  liable  last4.  If  the  administration  had  been 
formally  divided,  or  wholly  vested  in  one,  none  was  liable  beyond  his 
own  sphere,  unless,  at  least  in  later  law,  he  had  failed  in  the  duty  of 
supervision5.  He  was  not  then  responsible  unless  the  persons  directly 
liable  had  proved  insufficient6. 

There  was  other  machinery  which  needs  mention.  There  was  an 
actio  protutelae  where  a  person  acted  as  tutor,  but  was  not  validly  in  that 
position7,  and  similarly  there  were  remedies  to  third  persons  who  had 
suffered  loss  owing  to  the  intervention  of  such  a  person  or  of  one  not 
qualified  to  give  auctoritas  in  that  particular  matter8.  A  tutor  who  con- 
tinued to  act  after  the  tutela  had  expired  was  liable  as  a  negotiorum  gestor9. 

LX.  TUTELA  PERPETUA  MULIERVM.  This  institution  was  plainly  in 
the  interest  of  the  tutor.  Gains  indeed  says  that  it  was  due  to  the  light- 
mindedness  of  women,  but  elsewhere  observes  that  this  is  "  magis speciosa 

\  27.  8.  1.  11,  12.  2  27.  8.  4.  In  addition  to  these,  in  later  classical  law,  a  pupil, 
like  a  minor,  could  get  rest,  in  integrum,  though  the  tutor  had  authorised  the  transaction, 
but,  as  it  seems,  only  exceptionally,  causa  cognita,  post,  §  CCXLIV.  3  27.  3.  2.  pr. 

4  26.  7.  38;  h.  t.  55.  2;  C.  5.  52.  2.  3,  ante,  §  LVIII.  A  surety  for  one  is  liable  like  his  prin- 
cipal, and  other  tutores  are  treated  like  sureties  for  the  one  in  fault,  can  claim  beneficium 
divisionis  (post,  §  CLVII),  27.  3.  1.  11;  C.  5.  52.  1,  and  can  claim  to  have  the  creditor's 
action  transferred,  in  fact,  buying  the  debt,  27.  3.  1.  18;  h.  t.  21;  C.  5.  52.  2.  If  one  tutor 
paid  a  debt  this  transfer  implied  after  Pius,  27.  3.  1.  13.  5  C.  5.  52.  2.  1.  6  46.  6.  12. 
See  27.  3.  1.  15;  26.  7.  3.  2;  h.  t.  39.  11;  27.  3.  1.  15  (corrupt);  C.  5.  52.  3;  C.  5.  55.  1.  There 
is  much  difficulty  as  to  the  rules  in  case  of  contutores  and  no  doubt  much  change.  Levy, 
Z.S.S.  37.  14  sqq.,  suggests  the  following  evolution.  No  non-acting  tutor  is  liable  to  the  actio 
tutelae.  One  totally  freed  from  gestio  by  the  praetor  or  the  will,  or  limited  to  a  particular 
field,  is  not  liable  at  all  outside  the  field  assigned  to  him.  One  merely  not  acting  or  not 
acting  by  agreement  with  the  others  is  at  first  not  liable  at  all  (see  Vat.  Fr.  228),  later 
by  utilis  actio.  But  because  of  this  the  conception  of  gestio  is  wide :  one  who  gets  another 
to  act  for  him  is  acting.  Tutela  is  thought  of  as  a  whole :  it  is  not  a  question  of  individual 
transactions.  No  man  can  be  both  gerens  and  cessans.  All  gerentes  are  equally  liable  for 
the  acts  of  any.  All  cessantes  are  equally  liable  for  damage  from  inaction  of  other  cessantes. 
Cessantes  are  liable  only  subsidiarily,  if  gerentes  cannot  satisfy,  but  before  the  magistrates. 
All  much  changed  by  the  Byzantines.  They  look  at  the  individual  transaction  and  hold 
that  a  man  can  be  gerens  as  to  one  transaction  and  cessans  as  to  another,  apart  from 
exclusion,  so  that  he  may  be  primarily  liable  on  one  transaction  and  secondarily  on 
another.  This  leads  to  a  general  duty  of  supervision  in  cessantes,  even  in  those  excluded 
from  gestio.  All  tutores  are  now  primarily  responsible  for  their  own  acts  and  negligences 
and  subsidiarily  for  all  others.  Hence  the  joint  liability  of  all  is  limited  to  what  they  have 
done  or  neglected  in  common,  and  this  is  subject  finally  to  b.  divisionis.  The  author  makes 
the  fact  of  change  clear,  but  his  main  thesis  requires  a  great  number  of  uncertain  inter- 
polations. 7  As  to  this  action,  post,  §  CLXXXV.  8  D.  27.  6.  Edictal,  h.  t.  1.  pr. 
9  P.  1.  4.  2;  D.  27.  3.  13  As  to  transfer  of  actions  on  puberty,  ante,  §  LV. 


iv]  TUTELA  MULIERUM  107 

quam  vera1."  Its  real  origin  was  in  the  fact  that  a  woman  could  have  no 
sui  heredes  to  exclude  the  agnates  or  the  patron:  the  expectation  of 
succession  being  lifelong,  so  also  was  the  tutela.  It  was  discredited  in 
classical  law  but  it  lasted  at  any  rate  to  Diocletian2. 

Most  of  the  rules  being  the  same  as  those  of  tutela  impuberum,  it 
will  suffice  to  state  the  points  of  difference. 

Modes  of  appointment : 

Tutores  testamentarii.  Here  the  chief  difference  was  that  the  husband 
of  a  woman  in  manu,  as  paterfamilias,  could  not  only  appoint  a  tutor, 
but  could  give  the  wife  a  choice  of  tutores,  a  rule  inconsistent  with  the 
principle  that  the  tutor  must  be  a  certa  persona3.  A  tutor  so  chosen  was 
called  tutor  optivus*.  The  choice  allowed  might  be  general  or  limited.  Optio 
tutoris  in  general  terms  gave  the  right  to  change  as  often  as  she  chose — 
tutoris  optio  plena,  but  it  might  be  tutoris  optio  duntaxat  semel,  bis, 
etc.5 

Legitimi  tutores.  The  chief  point  is  that  a  lex  Claudia  abolished  the 
agnatic  tutela  of  women,  apparently  even  if  they  were  under  age6. 
Constantine  so  far  abolished  this  rule  that  for  young  girls  the  tutela  was 
restored7,  the  perpetual  tutela  being  practically  obsolete.  One  result  of 
the  /.  Claudia  was  that  tutela  legitima,  the  only  serious  one,  could  not 
arise  in  the  case  of  an  ingenua,  except  in  her  paterfamilias,  who  emanci- 
pated her8. 

Tutores  fiduciarii.  There  was  a  case  of  this  tutela  which  could  not 
occur  with  males,  i.e.  the  tutor  obtained  by  coemptio  fiduciae  causa  for 
the  purpose  of  change  of  tutor3.  He  was  in  the  same  position  as  the 
extraneus  manumissor  of  an  impubes:  the  only  difference  is  that  here  he 
was  produced  by  the  activity  of  the  woman  herself,  with  the  consent  of 
her  existing  tutor. 

Tutores  a  magistratu  dati.  Here  the  only  thing  to  note  is  that  in  the 
absence  of  agnatic  tutela  there  was  more  occasion  for  these10. 

1  G.  1.  144,  190;  Ulp.  11.  1  says:  " infirmitas  sexu,t  et  ignorantia  rerum  forensium." 
2  Vat.  Fr.  325.  An  Egyptian  case  of  A.D.  350  or  later  (Arch,  fur  Papyrus/.  1.  293)  shews 
women  with  tutores.  One  has  none  and  says  nothing  about  release.  One  is  in  tutela  of  her 
husband.  But  the  law  in  Egypt  was  largely  Greek.  See  G.  1.  193.  Or  it  may  be  under 
the  enactment  of  Constantine  abolished  in  362  (C.  Th.  3.  1.  3)  by  which  a  minor  wife  was 
in  tutela  of  the  husband,  who  had  more  power  than  an  ordinary  tutor:  he  could  sell  her 
praedia  without  a  decretum,  ante,  §  LV.  One  of  the  women  is  stated  to  have  the  ius 
liberorum.  Girard  notes  that,  as  ius  liberorum  releases,  the  system  cannot  have  lasted 
after  410  when  all  women  received  this  right  (Man.  227);  C.  Th.  8.  17.  3.  See,  however, 
Cnq,  Manuel,  222.  3  G.  1.  148,  150  sqq.,  ante,  §  LI.  4  G.  1.  154.  5  G.  1. 

152,  153.    As  to  abdicatio.  ante,  §  LIV.  6  G.  1.  157,  171;  Ulp.  11.  8.          7  C.  Th.  3.  17. 

2;  C.  5.  30.  3.  In  terms  Constantine's  enactment  (C.  Th.  3.  17.  2)  reintroduces  agnatic 
tutela  simply:  the  enactment  of  his  in  C.  5.  30.  3  confines  it  to  pupillae.  8  Tims 

Ulpian  speaking  of  cessio  tutelae  treats  tutela  libertae  as  the  typical  case,  Ulp.  19.  11. 
9  Ante,  8  XLIII;  G.  1.  115.  10  See  G.  1.  195. 


168  TUTELA  MULIERUM  [CH. 

Tutores  cessicii.  These  existed  only  in  the  case  of  women.  It  was 
permitted  to  legitimi  tutor -es,  in  the  strict  sense1,  to  make  formal  cessio 
or  surrender  of  the  tutela  to  another2.  It  is  in  connexion  with  this  case 
that  Gains  tells  us  that  parens  manumissor  is  treated  as  alegitimus  tutors. 
The  reason  he  assigns  for  the  privilege  is  that  the  tutela  is  burdensome4, 
but  this  would  apply  to  other  cases  than  legitima,  and  the  real  reason  is 
that  the  tutela  was  in  the  interest  of  the  tutor  who  was  thus  merely 
allowed  to  waive  his  rights.  The  tutor  cessicius  was  a  sort  of  representa- 
tive. If  he  died  or  was  capite  minutus,  or  purported  to  cede  it  again, 
the  tutela  reverted  to  the  cedens  and  if  the  cedens  died  or  was  capite 
minutus  the  tutela  cessicia  ended5. 

The  unreality  of  the  tutela  of  adult  women  in  classical  law  is  shewn 
by  the  number  of  devices  for  change  of  tutor.  Besides  tutoris  optio, 
tutela  cessicia  and  coernptio  fiduciae  causa,  which  involved  consent  or 
co-operation  of  someone  else,  there  was  a  rule  that  a  woman  inconveni- 
enced by  absence  of  her  tutor  might  apply  to  a  magistrate  to  have 
another  appointed,  which  done,  the  former  ceased  to  serve6.  In  the 
case  of  a  legitimus  tutor,  the  only  one  who  had  real  control,  this  was  not 
allowed,  though  here  too,  if  the  tutor  was  away  and  there  was  temporary 
urgency,  e.g.  need  to  arrange  for  dos,  or  an  inheritance  to  be  accepted,  a 
tutor  praetorius  would  be  appointed  who  ceased  to  serve  as  soon  as  the 
urgency  was  over7.  There  was  a  similar  relief  where  a  legitimus  tutor 
was  deaf  or  dumb  or  mad  or  a  pupillus,  and  apparently  the  tutor  so 
appointed  was  not  permanent  but  created  for  each  occurrence  of  the 
need8.  Thus  the  rule  tutor  ad  certain  rem  dari  nonpotest  has  its  application 
much  cut  down  in  this  case. 

There  were  great  differences  in  function.  The  tutor  of  an  adult 
woman  did  not  administer:  his  only  function  was  auctoritatis  inter- 
positio9.  Further,  a  woman  could  do,  without  auctoritas,  many  things 
which  a  pupillus  could  not.  She  could  alienate  her  less  important  pro- 
perty, res  nee  mancipi10.  She  could  give  a  valid  receipt11.  She  could  be 
party  to  the  less  formal  modes  of  litigation,  iudicia  imperio  continentia12, 
and  appoint  a  procurator  to  act  for  her  in  others13.  But,  with  out  auctoritas, 
she  could  not  contract  an  obligation  or  take  part  in  a  iure  civili  trans- 
action14, which  includes  testation,  formal  manumission,  formal  convey- 

1  G.  1.  168-172;  Ulp.  11.  6-8.  Doubts  in  the  case  of  parens  manumissor  and 
extraneus  manumissor.  2  Not  to  another  legitimus  tutor,  Sch.  Sin.  51.  3  G.  1.  172. 
4  G.  1.  168.  5  G.  1.  170;  Ulp.  11.  7.  It  would  probably  be  most  frequent  in  the 

case  of  a  liberta.    See  Ulp.  19.  11.      6  G.  1.  173.     7  G.  1.  174-178,  181;  Ulp.  11.  20-22. 
8  G.  1.  179,  180;  Ulp.  11.  21.  9  G.  1.  190,  191;  Ulp.  11.  25.  10  G.  2.  80,  and 

so  make  a  valid  loan  by  mutuum,  G.  2.  81.          11  G.  2.  85,  as  early  as  Cicero,  Top.  11.  46. 
12  Ulp.  11.  27.          13  Vat.  Fr.  325,  327.  14  G.  1.  190  sqq.;  Ulp.  11.  27.    OUigatio 

in  strictness  meant  civil  obligation  and  perhaps  so  here. 


iv]  CURA   FURIOSI  169 

ance  of  property,  creation  of  servitudes,  creation  of  dos  (except  by 
datio  where  the  dos  contained  no  res  mancipi1),  acceptance  of  a  hereditas 
or  giving  a  fictitious  release  (acceptilatio2).  But  though  auctoritas  was 
thus  often  needed,  it  was  usually  unreal,  for  all  tutores  except  legitimi 
could  be  compelled  to  give  it3,  the  tutela  being  in  such  cases  no  protection 
but  merely  a  nuisance.  But  legitimi  tutores  could  not  be  compelled  to 
authorise  the  making  of  a  will  or  a  contract  to  bind  the  ward,  or  alienation 
of  res  mancipi,  for  which  Gains  gives  the  honest  reason  that  it  might 
be  against  their  interests4.  No  doubt  the  same  rule  applied  to  her 
passing  into  manus.  The  rule  meant  more  than  the  same  rule  did  in  the 
case  of  impuberes,  for  there  the  tutor  might  in  the  long  run  have  to  pay 
damages  for  refusal,  but  that  was  not  so  here.  Accordingly  there  was 
an  exception :  if  the  case  was  very  urgent  and  clear,  the  praetor  would 
compel  even  these  to  authorise5. 

The  tutela  was  perpetua:  maturity  did  not  end  it6.  All  the  other 
modes  of  ending  applied  and  there  was  from  the  beginning  of  the  empire 
a  mode  peculiar  to  this  case.  A  woman  with  the  ius  liberorum  (three 
children,  or  four  if  a  liberta  in  the  patron's  tutela}  was  free  of  tutela, 
a  right  sometimes  given  without  actual  satisfaction  of  the  requirement7. 

As  the  tutor  did  not  administer  he  had  no  accounts  to  render :  there 
was  no  actio  tutelae  against  him8,  or  any  other  of  the  remedies  for  mal- 
administration. It  does  not  appear  that  he  ever  had  to  give  security  in 
the  case  of  an  adult. 

LXI.  CURA,  CURATIO.  This  name  is  applied  to  several  cases  of 
guardianship  which  have  little  in  common  except  the  fact  that  they 
cannot  be  contemplated  as  a  substitute  for,  or  artificial  extension  of, 
potestas  till  the  subject  is  able  to  found  one,  the  original  conception  of 
tutela.  Even  in  the  oldest  cases,  in  which  the  interest  of  the  guardian  is 
certainly  in  view,  the  curatio  may  supervene  after  the  subject  of  it  has 
been  in  enjoyment  of  full  rights  as  a  civis  sui  iuris. 

Cura  furiosi.  By  the  XII  Tables,  furiosi,  lunatics  conceived  of  as 
capable  of  lucid  intervals,  were  placed  in  the  cura  of  their  agnates,  or, 
failing  these,  gentiles9.  The  praetors  extended  similar  protection  to  all 
cases  of  mental  incapacitation  (insani,  mente  capti}  and  even  permanently 
incapacitating  disease10.  In  cases  clearly  not  within  the  XII  Tables  the 
magistrate  appointed  the  curator,  accepting  and  confirming  a  testa- 

1  G.  1.  178,  2.  118,  3.  176;  Fr.  D.  15;  Ulp.  1.  17;  Vat.  Fr.  45.  2  G.  1.  176;  Ulp. 
11.  27.  3  G.  1.  190.  4  G.  1.  192.  5  G.  1.  191,  192.  6  G.  1.  190;  Ulp.  11.  1. 
7  G.  1.  145,  194,  3.  44;  Ulp.  29.  3;  P.  4.  9.  Women  were  released  from  tutela  by  becoming 
Vestal  virgins,  G.  1.  145.  8  G.  1.  191.  The  tutor  of  a  girl  under  12  had  the  same 

responsibility  as  the  tutor  of  a  male  impubes.     Thus  at  12  the  actio  tutelae  lay  for  an 
account  though  the  tutela  was  not  ended.  9  See  Bruns,  1.  23;  Girard,  Textes    14. 

10  50.  16.  53.  pr.;  Inst.  1.  23.  4.    Not  coed,  P.  4.  12.  9. 


170  CURA  PRODIGI  [CH. 

mentary  nomination  by  the  paterfamilias1.  As  to  cases  within  the  XII 
Tables  the  better  view  seems  to  be  that,  in  strictness,  the  praetor 
appointed  only  if  there  were  no  agnates2,  but  that  there  was  a  tendency 
to  depart  from  this,  notably  to  the  exclusion  of  unworthy  relatives3  and 
more  generally  in  later  law.  The  curator  had  the  care  of  the  person  of 
the  furiosus4,  but  apart  from  this  his  functions  were  similar  to  those  of 
tutor  infantis.  The  XII  Tables  gave  the  curator  the  power  of  alienation 
of  the  lunatic's  property,  presumably  even  by  formal  modes5.  The 
furiosus  regained  capacity  in  a  lucid  interval  and  the  curator  ceased  to 
act,  but  though  there  had  been  doubts,  it  is  clear  that  at  least  in  later 
law,  he  needed  no  reappointment  on  relapse6.  The  law  as  to  excuses  and 
security  (elaborately  regulated  by  Justinian7)  was  similar  to  that  in 
tutela.  The  remedy  for  maladministration  was  an  actio  negotiorum 
gestonim,  available  at  any  time  and  privileged  like  the  similar  claims 
under  tutela*. 

Cura  prodigi.  By  the  XII  Tables,  following  older  custom,  persons 
who  wasted  property  received  on  intestacy  from  their  ancestors  were 
placed  under  the  cura  of  their  agnates.  As  prodigality  is  not  an  exact 
notion,  a  magisterial  interdiction  was  provided  for  by  the  XII  Tables9. 
The  rule  did  not  apply  to  what  came  from  other  sources,  or  even  to 
what  came  from  the  ancestors  by  will10.  The  praetor  however  extended 
the  interdiction  and  the  resulting  cura  to  all  cases  of  prodigality11.  The 
evolution  as  to  modes  of  appointment,  security,  excuses  and  remedies, 
seems  to  have  been  as  in  the  last  case12.  There  was  however  no  question 
of  intermission:  the  cura  was  continuous  till  the  interdiction  was  re- 
moved. The  functions  were  different.  The  prodigus  was  much  in  the 
position  of  a  pupillus  pubertati  proximus.  He  could  do  acts  which  could 
not  harm  the  estate13.  We  have  little  information  as  to  the  powers  of  the 
curator.  According  to  one  view  the  rules  were  as  in  the  last  case,  except 

1  27.  10.  16.  pr. ;  Inst.  1   23.  3.  Those  appointed  under  the  XII  Tables  are  legitimi, 
those  by  the  praetor,  honorarii;  Ulp.  12.  1.  2  C.  5.  70.  5.  3  27.  10   1.1;  h.  t.  13; 

C.  5.  70.  7.  6.  4  27.  10.  7.  pr.  5  G.  2.  64.    As  to  formal  modes,  see  the  texts 

cited,  Mitteis,  Rom.  Pr.  1.  210  and  Girard,  Manuel,  229.  The  texts  tell  us  nothing  as 
to  power  of  acquisition  by  formal  modes  inter  vivos,  and  we  learn  that  the  curator  could 
not  accept  a  heredita~s  for  the  furiosus  (C.  5.  70.  7.  3)  till  Justinian.  6  27.  10.  1.  pr. ; 

C.  5.  70.  6.  7  27.  10.  7.  1,2;  C.  5.  70.  7.4  sqq.  8  27. 10.  15. 1;  27.  3.  4.  3.  9  Ulp. 
12.  2;  D.  27.  10.  1.  pr.  10  Ulp.  12.  2,  3.  It  might  be  a  woman,  P.  3.  4a.  6;  D.  27.  10.  15. 
The  reason  or  cause  of  the  limitation  may  be  that  the  rule  was  introduced  before  the 
institutio  of  sui  heredes  was  in  practice.  The  old  form  of  interdictio  continued  to  be  used 
though  it  was  too  narrow,  P.  3.  4 a.  7.  11  Ulp.  12.  3.  12  27.  10.  1.  pr.;  h.  t.  13,  15.  1, 
16.  1;  27.  3.  4.  3;  C.  5.  70.  1.  If  the  father  nominated,  the  praetor  must  usually  appoint 
the  nominee  (27.  10.  16.  1)  if  the  case  was  clearly  one  of  prodigality.  The  following  passages, 
no  doubt  due  to  Justinian,  consider  how  the  father  could  have  avoided  the  need  of  a 
curator.  13  12.  1.  9.  7;  27.  10.  10.  pr.;  45.  1.  6. 


iv]  CURA  MINORIS  171 

that  the  prodigus  could  enter  on  a  hereditas1.  According  to  another, 
suggested  by  this  last  rule,  which  involved  the  possibility  of  loss,  the 
prodigus  could  go  through  ordinary  transactions  with  the  consent  of 
the  curator,  though  he  could  make  no  will2.  But  in  fact  no  sufficient 
evidence  is  available3.  The  restrictions  on  alienation  which  were  imposed 
in  tutela  apply  here  as  in  cura  furiosi*.  The  action  is  actio  negotiorum 
gestorum. 

LXII.  Cura  minoris.  This  is  the  guardianship  of  persons  sui  iuris 
between  12  and  25.  It  is  much  later:  as  a  system  it  is  almost  post- 
classical.  The  development  begins,  so  far  as  we  know,  with  a  /.  Plaetoria, 
dating  probably  from  the  latter  part  of  the  third  century  B.C.  The 
machinery  set  up  by  this  lex,  which  is  mentioned  in  many  literary  texts, 
but  little  in  legal  sources,  is  imperfectly  known5.  An  action  based  on 
fraud  on  minors  seems  to  have  been  set  up  by  it,  and  another,  based  on 
acts  contrary  to  the  lex,  to  have  been  introduced  not  much  later.  One 
of  these,  probably  the  first,  is  described  by  Cicero  as  a  iudicium  publicum 
rei  privatae  6.  Both  of  them  appear  to  have  been  noxal.  They  leave  but 
little  trace  in  later  law.  There  was  also,  though  no  doubt  of  somewhat 
later  development,  an  exceptio  legis  Plaetoriae,  a  defence  if  an  action 
was  brought  to  enforce  the  impeached  transaction.  Further  we  are  told 
by  a  non-legal  writer  of  the  fourth  century  that  curatores  were  appointed 
e  lege  Plaetoria  for  specific  causes.  This  seems  to  mean  not  that  the  lex 
provided  for  these,  but  that  persons  dealing  with  minors  took  the  pre- 
caution of  seeing  that  the  minor  had  an  adviser.  This  was  probably  a 
mere  de  facto  guarantee  of  good  faith.  The  curator  probably  acted  only  in 
the  specific  transaction  and  it  may  be  doubted  if  he  had  any  legal  status". 

The  praetor  carried  the  matter  further.  He  supplemented  the  pro- 
visions of  the  lex  by  a  machinery  for  setting  the  transaction  aside— 
restitutio  in  integrum8.  Not  every  unprofitable  transaction  could  be  set 
aside  but  only  one  in  which  either  the  minor  was  tricked  or  he  made  a 
bad  bargain  owing  to  inexperience,  what  Ulpian  calls  inconsulta  facilitas9. 
It  was  in  the  hands  of  the  praetor,  decided  causa  cognita  and  on  the 
merits  of  each  case10. 

1  29.  2.  5.  1;  Girard,  Manuel,  231.  2  Ulp.  20.  13;  P.  3.  4 a.  12.  3  2.  14.  28.  1 
and  G.  1.  53  seem  to  make  in  opposite  directions.  4  C.  5.  70.  2.  5  The  chief  texts 
are  Plautus,  Pseud,  1.  3.  69;  Rudens,  5.  3.  24;  Cicero,  de  nat.  deor.  3.  30.  74;  de  off.  3.  15.  61 ; 
Vita  Marci  (Capitolinus),  10;  Suetonius,  ap.  Priscian,  8.  4.  21;  18.  19.  149;  Tab.  Heracl. 
1.  112  (Bruns,  1.  108;  Girard,  Textes,  87);  Fr.  de  form.  Fab.  4;  C.  Th.  8.  12.2;  Berl 
Gr.  Urk.  no.  611.  1.  6.  It  appears  to  be  referred  to  in  4.  4.  24.  3;  44.  1.  7.  1;  46.  2.  19; 
sometimes  called  Laetoria,  Vita  Marci,  cit.;  C.  Th.  8.  12.  2.  6  De  nat.  deor.  3.  30.  74. 

7  See  for  various  views,  Girard,  Manuel,  233;  Cuq,  Manuel,  227;  Debray,  Mel.  Girard, 

I.  265  sqq.;  Roby,  R.P.L.  1.  123.         8  P.  1.  7.  2;  D.  4.  4.         9  4.  4.  1,  7.  1,  7.  5,  7.  7,  9.  2, 

II.  3-5,  24.  1,  24.  2,  44;  C.  2.  21.  5;  post,  §  CCXLIV.         10  4.  4.  11.  3,  16.  pr.;  no  restitutio 
where  the  act  of  the  minor  was  a  delict  or  offence,  P.  1.  9.  1;  D.  4.  4.  9.  2,  37. 


172  CURA   MINORIS  [CH. 

Here  too  the  presence  of  an  adviser  was  a  protection:  it  was 
prima  facie  evidence  that  the  transaction  was  fair.  But  it  was  not  con- 
clusive: there  might  still  be  restitutio  if  the  adviser  was  careless  or 
fraudulent1,  but  not  otherwise.  If  competent  persons  acting  carefully 
and  honestly  thought  it  a  fair  bargain  there  was  no  restitutio  however 
badly  it  turned  out. 

The  first  appearance  of  anything  like  an  official  curator  of  minors  was 
the  right  of  persons  who  had  certain  dealings  with  a  minor  to  require 
that  he  should  have  a  curator  for  the  transaction,  e.g.  for  the  settlement 
of  the  accounts  of  a  tutor  at  the  end  of  the  tutelaz,  for  the  payment  of 
a  debt3,  and  where  an  action  was  to  be  brought  against  the  minor4. 
These  were  only  temporary.  But  in  the  second  century  a  change  occurred 
which  is  attributed  to  M.  Aurelius5.  Any  minor  might  apply  to  have  a 
curator  appointed,  who,  once  appointed,  acted  for  the  whole  minority6. 
An  appointment  by  the  father's  will  was  confirmed  without  enquiry, 
but,  in  general,  the  magistrate  appointed7.  The  function  of  the  curator 
differed  somewhat  from  that  of  the  tutor,  and  the  remedy  against  him 
was  the  actio  negotiorum  gestorum8.  But  the  rules  as  to  the  magistrate 
who  appointed,  security,  excuses,  removal  for  misconduct,  restrictions 
on  alienation,  termination,  etc.,  were,  in  later  law,  in  the  main  the  same9. 
The  age  of  termination  was  25,  subject  to  venia  aetatis,  i.e.  Severus  and 
Caracalla  allowed  the  privilege  of  full  age  in  exceptional  cases,  by  im- 
perial decree,  before  it  was  actually  attained10,  and  Constantine  provided 
that  this  might  be  applied  for  only  by  a  man  of  20  or  a  woman  of  1811. 

As  to  function  and  capacity  two  periods  must  be  distinguished,  in 
both  of  which  however  the  rule  seems  to  have  been  that  no  one  need 
have  a  curator  unless  he  so  wished,  though  it  was  usual,  and,  under 
Justinian,  almost  a  matter  of  course.  One  with  no  curator  was  under  the 
regime  of  restitutio  in  integrum.  One  with  a  curator  was  not  in  classical 

1  4.  4.  39.  1 ;  C.  2.  24.  2-5.  2  C.  5.  31.  7.  3  4.  4.  7.  2.  4  Inst.  1.  23.  2;  C.  5. 
31.  1.  5  Vita  Marci,  10.  Gaius  speaks  of  cura  minorum  in  the  imperfect,  1.  197  sqq. 
(which  is  older  than  M.  Aurelius;  Fitting,  Alter  und  Folge,  56).  Accordingly  it  is  only 
in  certain  cases,  "ex  iisdem  causis."  6  4.  4.  1.  3.  7  26.  3.  6;  26.  5.  12.  pr.  A 

furiosus  minor  had  a  curator,  qua  minor,  26.  1.  3.  1.  8  Lenel,  E.P.  309.  Available 
during  the  cura,  26.  7.  26;  27.  3.  16.  See  on  the  nature  of  the  remedy,  post,  §  CLXXXV. 
9  There  are  differences  in  detail.  A  man  need  not  be  curator  to  one  whose  tutor  he  had 
been,  C.  5.  62.  20;  Inst.  1.  25.  18;  P.  2.  27.  2;  Vat.  Fr.  200  (except  libertus  to  patron's  child. 
C.  5.  62.5);  or  to  his  wife  or  sponsa  or  daughter-in-law,  27.  1.  1.5;  C.  5.  34.  2;  C.  5.  62.  17; 
Vat.  Fr.  201.  Many  texts  dealing  with  curator  are  interpolated  and  refer  to  the  system 
established  about  the  time  of  Diocletian  (post,  p.  173).  Thus  the  curator  is  often 
introduced  into  texts  which  originally  dealt  only  with  tutor,  by  Justinian  (see  e.g., 
Albertario,  Z.S.S.  33.  240).  The  rules  were  not  necessarily  then  new:  the  Vat.  FIT.  shew 
the  assimilation  with  tutela  in  progress.  10  4.  4.  3.  pr. ;  C.  2.  44.  1.  11  C.  2.  44.  2. 
As  to  the  machinery  of  the  application,  C.  2.  44.  2;  D.  4.  4.  3.  pr.  Justinian  holds  such 
persons  still  bound  by  the  restrictions  on  alienation,  C.  2.  44.  3,  ante,  §  LV. 


iv]  CURA  MINORIS  173 

law  deprived  of  powers:  he  could  act  as  if  he  had  none  and  was  then 
under  the  old  regime1.  But  it  was  safer  to  act  with  the  consensus  of  the 
curator,  which  unlike  the  auctoritas  of  the  tutor  was  quite  informal2.  It 
was  not  indeed  a  complete  protection  against  restitutio3,  but  made  it 
much  less  likely.  The  curator  could  act  alone,  and  did  so  to  an  increasing 
extent  (as  also  did  the  tutor),  though  here  too  there  might  be  restitutio*. 
As  a  result  of  this  tendency  there  occurred  before  the  time  of  Diocletian 
a  change5,  the  nature  of  which  is  not  undisputed,  but  which  seems  to 
mean  that,  while  it  was  still  possible  to  act  without  a  curator*,  a  minor 
who  had  one  lost  his  power  of  independent  action  and  was  almost  in 
the  same  position  as  a  pupillus :  he  could  do  no  act  which  would  make 
his  position  worse  without  the  consent  of  his  curator7,  a  rule  which 
gives  the  strange  result  that  a  minor  sui  iuris  had  less  civil  capacity 
than  one  alieni  iuris9. 

There  were  obviously  in  later  law  two  tendencies,  first,  to  an  assimila- 
tion of  tutor  and  curator  minoris  and,  with  this,  the  practice  of  giving  a 
curator  as  a  matter  of  course,  and  secondly  to  independent  action  of 
these  guardians9  as  opposed  to  giving  auctoritas  or  consensus.  Only  a 
small  proportion  of  the  texts  which  deal  with  cur  a  speak  of  co-operation10. 
Of  these  many  spoke  originally  of  tutor  or  of  cur  a  pupilli11,  and  most  of 
the  rest  are  about  litigation12.  The  rubric  of  the  relevant  title  of  the 
Digest13  speaks  of  consensus  curatoris,  but  the  title  gives  no  instance, 
even  by  interpolation.  It  seems  plain  that  the  curator  usually  carried 

1  Thus  he  could  litigate  on  his  own  behalf.  It  is  said  indeed  that  the  powers  of  the 
curator  did  not  extend  in  classical  law  to  representation  in  litigation.  Lenel,  Z.S.S.  35. 
197  sqq.  2  There  is  no  authority  for  the  view  that  consent  could  be  given  by  letter 
or  ratification.  No  text  speaks  of  consent  in  absence,  and  most  of  them  emphasise  the  need 
of  presence  (Vat.  Fr.  110;  D.  4.  4.  7.  2;  26.1.3.2;  42.2.6.3;  C.  2.  24.  2;  C.  2.  26.  4; 

C.  5.  59.  1;  C.  8.  37.  7).   In  4.  8.  49.  pr.  and  26.  7.  25  the  wards  are/wnosits  and  pupillus. 
The  consensus  of  curator  is  distinguished  from  auctoritas  of  tutor  in  the  rubric  of  D.  26.  8, 
and  consensus  occurs  in  C.  3.  6.  2  and  D.  23.  3.  60.   Auctoritas  is  more  common  (1.  7.  8;  23. 
3.  61.  pr.;  49.  1.  17.  1 ;  C.  5.  4.  8;  C.  5.  59.  rubr.).  Some  of  these  texts  are  interpolated  :  it 
is  not  evident  that  all  are.  And  we  find  consensus  used  of  a  tutor  (26.  7.  1.  4).         3  C.  2.  24. 
2,  ante,  p.  171.  4  C.  2.  24.  3,  5.  5  C.  2.  21.  3.    It  is  known  to  Dio  Cassius.    See 
Partsch,  Neg.  Gest.  87.          6  For  the  view  that  in  all  cases  a  minor  had  a  curator  after 
this  change  see  Cuq,  Manuel,  230,  but  the  texts  cited  hardly  bear  out  the  contention. 
There  seems  no  reason  to  think  the  change  was  a  direct  result  of  legislation.  7  The 

D.  still  contains  an  expression  of  the  old  view,  45.  1.  101.  8  See  Accarias,  Precis, 
!•  451.                  9  Thus  the  legislation  and  comment  on  restrictions  on  sales  of  property 
speak  of  the  act  as  done  by  the  tutor  (27.  9  passim),  and  the  same  is  true  of  the  more 
concrete  cases  discussed  in  C.  5.  71.  The  relatively  short  title  on  auctoritas  tutoris  suggests 
that  this  was  mainly  used  in  formal  transactions  "quae  sollennitatem  iuris  desiderant," 
26.  8.  19.               10  See  the  expressive  language  in  4.  4.  1.  3  and  h.  t.  2  and  C.  2.  21.  3. 
11  Inst.  1.  21.  3;  D.  1.  7.  8(?);  23.  3.  60;  h.  t.  61.  pr.;  26.  1.  3.  2;  26.  7.  25;  h.  t.  43.  1;  49. 
1.  17.  1.          12  4.  4.  7.  2;  26.  7.  1.  4;  42.  2.  6.  3;  C.  2.  26.  4;  3.  6.  2;  5.  59.  4.    One  at  least 
deals  with  stipulatio,   C.  5.  59.  1=C.  8.  37.  7,  and  Justinian  lays  down  a  general  rule, 
C.  5.  59.  5.         13  D.  26.  8. 


174  CURA  PUPILLI  [CH. 

on  the  business  himself,  and  that  consensus  was  subordinate:  it  would 
be  needed  where  the  curator  could  not  do  the  act,  e.g.,  aditio  hereditatis1, 
or  where  the  minor  had  been  made  a  party  to  litigation2. 

Cura  pupilli.  There  were  several  cases  in  which  a  person  normally 
under  tutela  might  have  a  curator. 

(a)  In  the  cases  of  temporary  absence  or  excuse  in  which  a  tutor  had 
been  appointed  in  classical  law  a  curator  was  appointed  in  later  times3. 
In  view  of  the  similarity  of  powers  at  this  time  the  change  means  little 
more  than  recognition  of  the   fact  that  tutor  ad   certam    rem   is   an 
anomaly. 

(b)  Where  any  tutor  was  incapable,  or  a  patron  or  par  ens  manu- 
missor  unworthy,  it  was  usual  not  to  remove  him,  but  to  appoint  a 
curator  to  act  with  him4.  This  is  a  different  case  from  that  of  adiutor 
tutoris.   If  a  tutor  was  for  some  temporary  reason  unable  to  act  in  some 
business  he  might  if  the  pupil  was  absent  or  infans  or  infantiae  proximus 
either  appoint  with  leave  of  the  praetor,  or  ask  the  praetor  to  appoint, 
an  adiutor  who  was  merely  an  agent  and  acted  at  the  risk  of  the  tutor*.  It 
was   not   necessary   with   an   older   pupil   who   could   appoint  a  pro- 
curator6. 

(c)  Where  legal  proceedings  arose  between  a  tutor  and  his  ward  a 
curator  was  appointed  in  later  law7. 

(d)  A  woman  over  12  but  still  a  child  could  not  manage  her  own 
affairs  and  her  tutor  had  no  administratio.    A  curator  was  perhaps  ap- 
pointed to  act  for  her8. 

There  are  other  forms  of  cura,  such  as  cur  a  ventris9.  which  have  some 
relation  to  the  law  of  persons,  and  others  such  as  the  various  curationes 
bonorum10  which  have  hardly  any. 

LXIII.   PERSONALITY  IN  ROMAN  LAW.    JURISTIC  PERSONS. 

The  word  persona  has  not  always  meant  the  same  thing.  Primarily 
signifying  a  mask  it  comes  to  mean  the  part  played  in  life  by  a  man  and 
hence  the  man  who  plays  it.  It  is  in  this  untechnical  sense  that  the 
Roman  lawyers  seem  to  use  the  word  persona.  Every  man,  slave  or 
free,  is  a  person,  and  has  a  persona^-;  and  nothing  else,  no  group  or  other 

1  29.  2.  90.  2  See  P.  1.  4.  2,  and  p.  173,  n.  1.    On  the  opinion  of  Partsch  and 

Solazzi  that  these  curaiores  did  not  "administer"  in  classical  law,  see  Lenel,  Z.S.S.  35. 
129  sqq.  See  also  Beseler,  Beitrdge,  4.  88.  3  26.  5.  7,  15;  Inst.  1.  21.  3;  Ulp.  11.  20; 

G.  1.  178;  ante,  §  LIV.  On  the  evolution  of  cura  pupilli,  Taubenschlag,  Vormundschaft.fr. 
Studien,  §  3.  47  sqq.  4  26.  1.  13.  pr.;  Inst.  1.  23.  5;  P.  2.  29.  5  26.  1.  13.  1 ; 

26.  7.  24;  Inst.  1.  23.  6.  626.7.24;    C.  2.  12.  11.  7  Inst.  1.  21.  3;    cf.  G.  1.  184; 

Ulp.  11.  24.  Ante,  §  LTV.  8  See  G.  1.  190;  Inst.  1.  23.  pr.;  C.  5.  37.  12.  9  D.  37.  9, 
post,  §  CCXLV.  The  crimen  suspecti  applies,  26.  10.  3.  3.  10  See  Lenel,  E.P.  418  sqq. 
11  See,  e.g.,  G.  1.  120;  3.  189;  Vat.  Fr.  82;  Inst.  3.  17,  2,  etc.  Desserteaux,  Capitis  Demi- 
nutio,  2.  99,  etc.,  holding  that  a  slave  is  a  persona,  thinks  that  this  is  due  to  his  being  "doue 


iv]  PERSONALITY  175 

conception,  has  the  name.  The  first  sign  of  a  more  technical  meaning 
appears  in  texts  which  speak  of  a  more  or  less  complete  persona,  the 
word  beginning  to  bear  a  meaning  akin  to  that  of  caput.  Slaves  and 
young  persons  incapable  of  taking  part  in  legal  proceedings  are  regarded 
as  having  an  imperfect  persona1.  Late  in  the  Byzantine  age,  but  not 
represented  in  the  Corpus  luris,  there  appears  a  technical  sense  for  the 
word  in  which  it  has  come  to  mean  a  being  capable  of  legal  rights  and 
duties2.  We  can  indeed  frame  two  meanings  for  the  expression,  besides 
that  of  "man":  the  "legal,"  i.e.  that  which  is  capable  of  rights  and 
liabilities  in  law,  and  the  "philosophical,"  any  unity  possessed  of  self- 
consciousness  and  will3. 

Units  other  than  individual  men  can  be  thought  of  as  capable  of 
rights  and  liabilities,  and  even  of  acts  and  volitions.  This  is  true  of 
corporate  bodies  and,  so  far  as  rights  and  duties  are  concerned,  of  such 
a  notion  as  the  hereditas  iacens,  an  inheritance  on  which  the  heres  has 
not  yet  entered.  For  such  groups  and  conceptions  the  name  juristic 
persons  is  convenient,  though  neither  this  nor  the  mediaeval  name, 
persona  ficta*,  was  used  by  the  Romans. 

It  is  important  to  grasp  the  distinction  between  common  and  cor- 
porate rights.  If  several  persons  agree  to  carry  out  a  business  under- 
taking together  or  to  buy,  e.g.,  a  yacht  for  their  common  use,  they 
become  in  the  ordinary  way  common  owners  of  the  assets  of  the  business 
or  of  the  yacht  in  undivided  shares.  Each  owns  his  proper  proportion. 
There  is  nothing  corporate  about  this,  no  artificial  person  to  whom  the 
property  belongs.  But  the  position  is  quite  different  in  the  case  of  a 
corporate  body,  a  municipality  or  a  railway  company.  Here  the  property 
belongs  to  the  corporate  body  and  not  to  the  individuals.  A  share- 
holder who  walks  on  the  railway  is  just  as  much  a  trespasser  as 
any  other  person.  The  inhabitants  of  the  town  do  not  own  undivided 
shares  in  the  guildhall5.  In  Roman  Law  this  group  personality 
could  not  arise  of  itself:  it  was  always  the  creation  of  the  State6. 
Hence  arose  the  question,  put  in  the  middle  ages  and  still  de- 
bated, whether  this  group  personality  is  real  or  fictitious.  It  always 
had  been  created  by  the  State,  and  when  it  was  once  conceived  of 

d'une  fonction  juridique."  This  half-way  house  between  the  view  that  he  was  not  a  persona 
and  the  language  of  the  texts  implies  that  a  servus  sine  domino  not  held  by  any  one  would 
not  be  a  persona.  It  is  difficult  to  reconcile  with  the  language  of  Gaius  (1.  120,  121), 
where  the  servilis  persona  is  being  mancipated  as  a  chattel,  or  with  30.  86.  2.  It  is  un- 
likely that  the  expression  would  have  been  used  in  these  texts  if  any  such  distinction  had 
been  in  the  writer's  mind. 

1  C.  Th.  3.  17.  1;  C.  5.  34.  11.  2  Nov.  Theod.   17.    1.  2.  3  See  Kuhlenbeck, 

Entwickluncjsgeschichte  des  R.  Rechts,  2.  10  sqq.  4  See  Maitland,  Coll.  Pap.  3.  304  sqq. 
5  The  recognition  of  this  distinction  does  not  come  by  nature,  see  Maitland,  Township 
and  Borough,  12  sqq.  6  3.  4.  1.  pr. 


176  CORPORATIONS  [CH. 

as  fictitious  it  followed  that  it  must  be  so  created1.  But  into  these 
questions  we  cannot  go2. 

If  we  accept  the  "legal"  definition,  capacity  for  rights  and  duties3, 
then  while  it  is  clear  that  personality  can  attach  to  groups,  it  is  possible 
to  regard  it  as  attached  to  conceptions  which  are  not  groups  at  all, 
e.g.  the  hereditas  iacens.  German  Law  has  gone  far  in  this  direction:  it 
recognises  as  juristic  persons  Foundations  (Stiftungen),  i.e.  Funds  con- 
sisting of  property  earmarked  for  certain  purposes,  usually  charitable, 
the  ownership  being  vested,  not  in  the  administrators,  who  are  mere 
agents,  but  in  the  Fund  itself4. 

Roman  Law  recognised  right-holding  units  other  than  individual5 
men,  though  it  did  not  apply  the  word  persona  (or  even  caput,  which 
corresponds  with  persona  in  its  modern  legal  sense)  to  them.  Ulpian 
indeed  speaks  of  individuals  as  personae  singular es*,  which  suggests  the 
extension,  and  these  group  persons  were  said  to  have  corpus1. 

LXIV.  In  the  republic  there  were  three  types  of  corporate  body: 
the  State  (populus  Romanus),  the  municipality,  and  private  corporations 
of  various  kinds.  The  populus  is  in  a  sense  the  most  important  of  all 
corporations8,  but  it  makes  little  appearance  as  a  factor  in  private  law, 
its  rights  and  obligations  being  regulated  not  by  the  ordinary  courts 
but  by  administrative  machinery:  it  was  essentially  a  " publicistic " 
entity.  As  the  Emperor  increased  in  power  the  importance  of  the 
populus  lessened.  In  the  third  century  the  popular  treasury,  the 
aerarium,  almost  disappeared,  and  the  Imperial  treasury,  the  Fiscus,took 
its  place.  The  right  conception  of  fiscal  property,  i.e.  of  the  juristic 
nature  of  the  Fiscus,  has  been  the  subject  of  much  discussion9.  It  is 
bound  up  with  other  obscure  questions,  e.g.  with  the  relation  of  the 
so-called  privata  res  Caesaris  with  the  patrimonium,  and  of  both  these 

1  Maitland,  Introduction  to  Political  Theories  of  the  Middle  Age,  xviii  sqq.  The  fiction 
theory  necessarily  involves  the  concession  theory.  The  converse  is  not  true.  The  State 
could  confer  "legal"  personality  on  a  slave,  indeed  in  Rome  all  manumission  was  in 
theory  controlled  by  the  magistrates  or  the  populus,  but  there  was  nothing  fictitious 
about  a  freedman's  personality.  See  also  Maitland,  Coll.  Papers,  3.  314.  2  The 

matter  has  attracted  much  more  attention  on  the  Continent,  where  indeed  it  has  been  of 
much  more  political  and  practical  importance.  See  for  an  exhaustive  discussion  and  a 
statement  of  many  shades  of  opinion,  Saleilles,  La  Personnalite  Juridique.  3  See,  e.g., 

Girard,  Manuel,  p.  93.  4  The  ultimate  beneficiaries  are  a  quite  unknown  quantity. 

For  the  Stiftung  see  Windscheld,  Lehrbuch,  1.  Sec.  57;  Schuster,  Princ.  of  Germ.  Civ. 
Law,  37  sqq.  5  See  Mitteis,  Rom.  Pr.  1.  339  sqq.;  Saleilles,  La  Personnalite  Juridique, 
45  sqq.  6  4.  2.  9.  1;  50.  16.  195.  1.  The  hereditas  sustinet  personam,  but  it  is  that  of 

deceased  or  heres.  Post,  §  CVTI.  See  46.  1.  22  where  similar  language  is  applied  to  "'mitni- 
cipium,  decuria,  societas."  7  3.  4.  1.  pr.  8  Attribution  of  property  to  populus  does 
not  connote  common  ownership,  any  more  than  does  our  word  Commonwealth.  9  See 
Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  998;  D.P.B.  5.  290;  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  350;  Koschaker,  Z.S.S.  32. 
407. 


iv]  CORPORATIONS  177 

to  the  Fiscus.  The  privata  res  and  patrimonium  need  not  here  be  con- 
sidered, but  the  Fiscus  plays  a  large  part  in  the  Corpus  Juris.  It  ac- 
quired property  under  private  law  in  many  circumstances,  e.g.  bona 
vacantia.  It  sued  and  could  be  sued  before  the  ordinary  courts  in  rela- 
tion to  the  transactions  of  its  officials1.  Its  property  is  described  some- 
times as  that  of  the  Fiscus2,  but  often  as  that  of  Caesar3.  But  there  was 
nothing  corporate  about  the  Emperor4.  His  own  really  private  property 
he  could  dispose  of,  e.g.,  by  his  will,  like  any  other  citizen5.  But  fiscal 
property  went  to  his  successor.  It  appears  certainly  to  have  been 
thought  of  in  the  early  empire  as  the  property  of  the  Emperor,  while  as 
yet  the  imperial  officials  were  mere  agents  of  his,  and  the  populus, 
represented  by  the  Senate,  shared  the  sovereignty  with  him.  There  is 
no  difficulty  in  the  fact  that  he  was  a  private  man:  this  particular 
property  was  dealt  with  under  special  "  publicistic "  rules6.  But  when 
the  populus  and  the  aerarium  had  lost  all  importance  and  the  imperial 
officials  were  the  real  State  officers,  though  the  attribution  to  Caesar 
still  persisted,  the  property  was  in  fact  contemplated  as  that  of  the 
State,  the  attribution  meaning  no  more  than  does  the  appearance  of 
Rex  as  plaintiff  in  our  courts  when  claims  of  the  State  are  in  question. 
High  modern  authority7  however  goes  further,  and  holds  that  the 
Fiscus  itself,  as  an  independent  Anstalt,  was  really  the  owner  of  the 
property.  Whether  the  ownership  is  here  contemplated  as  in  the  group 
of  officials,  or  the  case  is  one  of  a  true  Stiftung  and  the  ownership  in  the 
Fund  or  Z-uceck  itself,  is  not  altogether  clear.  But  the  author  cited  recog- 
nises that  for  practical  purposes  it  was  the  property  of  the  State8. 

Municipalities9  were  of  many  types.  During  the  republic  they  seem  to 
have  been  mainly  the  subjugated,  incorporated,  communities  which 
received,  or  were  not  deprived  of,  corporate  character,  but  early  in  the 
Empire  similar  rights  were  conferred  on  local  communities  of  all  kinds10, 
the  foundation,  however,  of  such  a  community  being  always  an  act  of 
State.  Their  power  of  acting  as  legal  persons  was  restricted  in  various 

1  Bethmann-Hollweg,  Rom.  Civilproc.  3.  78.  But  there  were  for  the  most  part  special 
tribunals  in  later  law.  See  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  364  sqq.  2  E.g.  49.  \&  passim.  3  E.g.  Fr.  de 
iure  Fisci,  passim.  4  The  Romans  approach  this  notion  here  and  there.  By  a  rescript  of 
Pius  a  legacy  to  the  Emperor  takes  effect  in  his  successor  if  a  change  occurs  before  the  will 
operates,  even  though  it  is  a  question  of  his  really  private  property,  and  the  same  rule  is  not 
extended  to  the  Empress,  31.  56,  57.  5  See  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  999,  n.  1 ;  D.P.R.  5. 

293,  n.  l;Mitteis,  Rom.  Pr.  1.  354  sqq.  The  whole  question  of  the  legal  conception  of  the 
Emperor's  property  is  obscure.  6  The  Prince  of  Wales  is  a  private  man,  but  his 

Duchy  of  Cornwall  passes  under  rules  unknown  in  other  cases.  7  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  350. 
8  The  Stiftung  idea  would  have  been  unintelligible  to  the  Romans,  and  if  the  conception 
of  ownership  in  the  Anntalt  had  given  any  practical  result  differing  from  that  of  State 
ownership,  it  would  no  doubt  have  been  repudiated  by  the  Emperor.  9  See  Mitteia, 
op.  cit.  376  sqq.  10  46.  1.  22.  Mitteis,  loc.  cit. 

B.  B.  L.  12 


178  COLLEGIA  [CH. 

ways.  Nerva  authorised  all  civitates  to  receive  legacies  and  Hadrian 
regulated  this1,  but  they  could  not  in  general  be  instituted  heredes  till 
the  later  empire2.  Italian  communities  could  free  their  slaves  from 
early  times,  but  the  right  was  extended  to  the  provinces  only  in  A.D.  1293. 
As  a  community  could  not  act  for  itself,  persons  were  appointed  to  act 
for  it,  permanently  in  later  law,  but  apparently  only  ad  hoc  in  classical 
law4. 

Of  private  associations5  Rome  knew  many  kinds.  There  were  the 
sodalicia,  devoted  to  particular  cults,  some  very  ancient,  others  ex- 
pressly founded  by  the  State.  There  were  numerous  gilds  or  societies 
with  diverse  objects,  trade  gilds,  friendly  societies,  burial  clubs,  etc. 
Many  had  corporate  character,  many  had  not,  and  it  is  not  easy  to  say, 
for  early  law,  which  had  and  which  had  not.  The  sodalicia  had.  Many 
gilds  had.  But  nothing  can  be  inferred  from  the  name  collegium.  The 
College  of  Pontiffs  was  merely  a  group  of  officials  and  the  same  is  true 
of  the  other  old  official  "colleges."  Whether  private  collegia  needed 
authorisation  under  the  republic  is  uncertain,  but  it  does  not  appear,  in 
any  case,  that  they  had  corporate  character.  They  had  certainly  no 
power  of  litigation  under  the  legis  actio  system,  since  they  could  not 
themselves  appear  and  there  was  no  representation.  In  the  Empire  no 
collegium  could  be  founded  without  authority  of  the  State,  either  ex- 
press or  by  a  general  enactment,  such  as  the  senatusconsult  of  uncertain 
date  which  gave  a  general  authority  to  found  collegia  tenuiorum,  in 
essence,  burial  clubs6.  The  change  dates  from  a  certain  I.  lulia,  probably 
of  7  B.C.,  which  while  confirming  many  existing  collegia  required  State 
authority  for  new  ones7.  It  is  widely  held,  on  the  authority  of  an  obscure 
text,  attributed  to  Gains8,  that  every  collegium,  founded  on  authority 
had  corporate  capacity.  But  the  text  does  not  say  this,  and  Mitteis 
remarks  that  while  we  know  that  collegia  were  very  numerous  in  the 
empire  the  same  text  says  that  the  power  to  have  a  corpus  was  given 
very  sparingly,  and  he  points  out  that  it  was  not  till  M.  Aurelius  that  all 
collegia  acquired  such  normal  attributes  of  personality  as  the  right  to 
free  slaves  and  receive  legacies.  He  concludes  that  the  right  to  form  a 
collegium  and  grant  of  corporate  capacity  were  distinct  and  given 
separately  till  the  time  of  M.  Aurelius9.  When  corporate  they  could  be 

1  Ulp.  24.  28.  The  earlier  instances  cited  by  Mitteis,  loc.  cit.,  may  well  be  privilegia. 
See  30.  73.  1.  2  C.  6.  24.  12.    Post,  §  cm.  3  C.  7.  9.  3.  The  manumission  was 

effected  by  a  vote  of  the  curia,  C.  7.  9.  1-3;  C.  11.  37.  1.  4  Liebenam,  Stddteverwaltung, 
301.  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  342  sqq.,  observes  that  in  the  republic  there  are  still  traces 
in  corporate  municipalities,  of  common  ownership,  as  opposed  to  corporate,  but  that  it 
all  disappears  under  the  organising  hand  of  the  Emperor.  The  rules  as  to  the  giving 
of  security  to  public  slaves  contain  a  trace  of  the  same  thing,  ante,  §§  XLV,  LV. 
5  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  390  sqq.  6  47.  22.  1.  pr.,  1.  7  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  395.  8  3.  4. 

1.  pr.  9  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  399  sqq.,  40.  3.  1;  34.  5.  20. 


iv]  PIAE  CAUSAE  179 

instituted  by  their  liberti1,  but  so  far  as  is  known  not  by  other  people2. 
And  they  had  the  patron's  right  of  succession3. 

LXV.  In  the  early  empire,  certain  deities,  but  not  all4,  could  be 
instituted  heredes,  but  it  is  far  from  clear  who  was  thought  of  as  the 
actual  owner  of  the  property.  Probably,  as  Mommsen  held,  it  was  the 
State,  for  even  the  administration  was  by  the  magistrates  and  not  by 
the  temple  priests6.  Soon  after  the  recognition  of  the  Christian  church 
by  the  State,  Constantine  authorised  gifts  by  will  to  Christian  churches6. 
All  church  property  was  contemplated  as,  in  a  sense,  that  of  the  church  as 
a  whole,  but  this  is  a  sort  of  eminent  domain,  and  it  is  fairly  clear  that 
in  each  community  the  church  property  was  regarded  as  a  separate 
patrimony.  It  was  administered  by  the  bishop  and  the  Oeconomus,  but 
the  ownership  seems  to  have  been  thought  of  as  in  the  religious  group 
as  a  body,  though  it  is  not  clear  whether  in  the  clergy  or  the  whole  of 
the  members,  the  latter  being  the  more  probable.  The  administration 
was  not  free:  there  were  elaborate  rules  regulating  the  application  of 
the  various  parts  of  the  revenues,  and  restricting  alienations  of  property7. 
This  notion  of  funds  earmarked  for  certain  purposes  was  utilised  by 
those  desirous  of  founding  charities,  a  thing  difficult  to  do  with  any 
guarantee  of  permanence  in  the  classical  law8.  Property  was  given  or 
left  to  a  church  to  be  applied  to  the  charitable  purpose9,  and  if  it  was 
to  be  permanent  the  bishop  set  up  an  establishment  managed  by  his 
nominee  and  staffed  by  clergy.  There  were  many  kinds,  hospitals,  alms- 
houses  for  the  old,  poorhouses,  orphanages,  etc.10  In  such  cases  the 
better  view  seems  to  be,  though  the  matter  is  disputed11,  that  the  church 
of  the  place  was  the  owner  of  the  property.  A  further  step  was  taken 
when  men  began  to  found  such  charities  without  express  reference  to  the 
church.  Gifts  for  these  purposes  to  the  church  or  to  existing  institutions 
raised  no  new  questions,  and  if  the  founder  did  not  specify  the  mode  of 
execution  it  was  in  practice  treated  as  one  of  these12.  Thus  the  institution 
of  pauper es  or  captivos  generally,  as  heredes,  was  not  to  be  objected  to 
on  account  of  the  rules  as  to  incertae  personae,  but  was  interpreted  as 
institution  of  the  local  establishment  for  such  purposes  (or,  if  there  was 

1  37.  1.  3,  4;  40.  3.  2.  2  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  402,  who  mentions  certain  exceptions 

resting  on  privilegia.  3  40.  3.  2.    As  to  societates  publicanorum,  post,  §  CLXXVIII. 

4  Post,  §  cm.  5  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  59  sqq.;  D.P.R.  3.  67.  6  C.  1.  2.  1.  7  E.g. 
C.  1.  2.  12.  2,  h.  t.  17,  etc.  8  To  give  it  to  a  civitas  was  the  safest  plan.  For  the 

various  experiments  see  Pernice,  Labeo,  3.  1.56  sqq.  ;post,  §  LXVIII.  9  E.g.  C.  1.  2.  19. 

They  are  called  Piae  causae.  The  expression  or  its  Greek  equivalent  is  common  in 
the  Code  and  Novels,  but  it  is  disputed  whether  till  later  it  denoted  the  foundation  or 
merely  the  intention.  Later  it  is  the  general  name  for  such '"foundations."  10  Enumera- 
tions, C.  1.  2.  15,  19,  23,  etc.  11  See  Saleilles,  Mdl.  Gdrardin,  513  sqq.,  who  has  an 
elaborate  discussion  of  the  whole  topic,  with  many  reff.  to  earlier  literature.  12  C.  1.  3. 
28,48;  Nov.  131.  11. 

12—2 


180  PIAE  CAUSAE  [CH. 

none,  the  bishop,  who  would  set  up  the  necessary  domus)  with  directions 
as  to  application1.  If  the  founder  gave  full  directions  as  to  the  establish- 
ment, the  heres,  or  other  person  charged,  must  set  it  up  and  only  if  he 
failed  had  the  church  any  part.  Even  then  the  bishop  must  appoint 
to  the  control  any  person  nominated  by  the  founder2.  These  might  still 
be  called  ecclesiastical  because  they  were  usually  staffed  by  priests  and 
there  \vas  a  general  right  of  supervision  in  the  bishop,  as  a  sort  of  state 
commissioner.  It  is  clear  that  there  were  two  classes  of  these  establish- 
ments, those  directly  under  the  bishop  and  those  of  which  the  admini- 
stration was  independent3.  Indeed  it  is  clear  that  some  founders  sought 
to  exclude  the  church  from  any  interference  with  the  charity,  and 
Justinian  enacted  that  such  a  direction  should  not  exclude  the  bishop's 
general  right  of  supervision4.  These  relatively  independent  domus  seem 
to  belong  to  the  age  of  Justinian. 

This  state  of  the  texts  raises  three  questions.  Are  these  establish- 
ments to  be  regarded  as  juristic  persons  or  merely  as  church  depart- 
ments? The  language  of  the  texts  from  which  any  conclusion  must  be 
drawn,  which  are  mostly  in  Greek,  is  so  diffuse  and  lacking  in  juristic 
precision  that  no  deduction  from  the  exact  wording  is  justifiable.  But 
the  texts  so  constantly  treat  them  as  on  the  same  footing  as  churches, 
monasteries  and  civitates5  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  come  to  any 
conclusion  but  that  they  had  personality,  and  this  is  in  fact  almost 
universally  held.  The  question  then  arises  how  this  comes  to  be  attri- 
buted to  them,  since  corpus  habere  required  a  state  concession.  It  might 
be  said  that  by  reason  of  their  ecclesiastical  character  they  were  thought 
of  as  covered  by  the  concession  to  churches6,  but  this  hardly  seems 
sufficient  for  those  specially  independent  domus,  in  which  the  church 
had  so  little  official  part.  Or  it  may  be  said  that  the  authorisation  of 
gifts  to  such  bodies  was  in  itself  an  implicit  gift  of  personality.  But  it 
may  well  be  that  it  is  merely  a  gradual  tacit  extension  from  the  recogni- 
tion of  those  which  were  essentially  under  the  bishop.  The  question 
remains:  who  or  what  constituted  the  person?  According  to  one  view 
it  is  the  foundation  itself,  the  Fund  earmarked  for  certain  purposes 
owns  itself7.  But  this  is  of  course  not  the  Roman  view :  it  is  merely  a 

1  C.  1.  2.  15;  1.  3.  28,  48.  The  texts  construe  such  a  gift  as  a  gift  to  an  establish- 
ment (C.  1.  3.  48).  2  C.  1.3.  45.  3.  3  Nov.  120.  6.  1.  4  Nov.  131.  11;  C.  1.  3.  45.  pr. 
5  C.  1.  2.  13,  15,  19,  22,  etc.,  esp.  C.  1.  2.  23.  3.  6  See  Saleilles,  Mel.  Gerardin,  p.  547. 

7  Girard,  Manuel,  242,  holds  that  some  were  Stiflungen  in  the  strict  sense,  but  it  is  difficult 
to  identify  the  type  he  has  in  mind  The  obvious  illustration  of  "masses  de  biens  affectes 
a  un  office  determine  sans  etablissement  greve  quelconque"  would  be  funds  for  redemption 
of  captives.  But  the  texts,  apart  from  the  cases  in  which  it  is  a  legatum  or  the  like,  sub  modo 
(C.  1.  3.  28.  1),  seem  usually  to  attribute  this  to  the  bishop,  precisely  because  there  is  no 
establishment  (C.  1.  3.  28.  2,48.  2;  Nov.  131.  11),  and  it  seems  rather  an  improbable 
refinement  to  separate  this  from  the  rest  of  the  property  the  bishop  held  for  the  church. 


iv]  PIAE  CAUSAE  181 

description  of  the  thing  in  terms  of  the  rules  of  certain  modern  systems 
which  give  a  similar  practical  result:  it  is  no  explanation  at  all  for  an 
English  lawyer  whose  system  recognises  no  such  conception.  The  texts 
shew  that  the  property  is  attributed  to  men.  When  we  ask  what  men, 
there  are  two  alternatives.  For  M.  Saleilles1,  they  are  the  indeterminate 
ultimate  beneficiaries,  all  corporate  idea  being  really  gone,  surviving 
only  in  a  few  chance  descriptions  of  them  as  corpora  and  the  like2.  The 
other  alternative,  and  it  seems  more  in  accord  with  the  texts,  is  to 
regard  them  as  true  corporations3.  It  is  even  arguable  on  the  texts  that 
where  the  purpose  was  the  dispensation  of  funds  or  temporary  relief 
the  ownership  was  in  the  administrators,  the  trustees  of  the  charity  as 
we  should  say,  and  where  it  was  a  permanent  asylum  in  the  residents 
therein4. 

1  Mel.  Oerardin,  538  sqq.  2  76.  541.  3  The  allusions  to  them  as  corpora,  domus, 
consortia,  collegia  or  Greek  equivalents  are  too  frequent  to  be  looked  on  as  mere  survivals 
of  a  terminology  that  was  never  appropriate  to  them.  And  the  frequent  assimilation  to 
bodies  which  were  certainly  corporate  makes  in  the  same  direction  (see  p.  180,  n.  5). 
4  See  e.g.  C.  1.  3.  45.  10. 


CHAPTER  V 

THE  LAW  OF  THINGS.    RES.    PROPERTY.    POSSESSION. 
JURE  GENTIUM  MODES  OF  ACQUISITION  OF  PROPERTY 

LXVI.  Subject  of  lus  Rerum,  p.  182;  LXVII.  Classification  of  Res,  184;  Res  corporales, 
incorporates,  187;  LXVIII.  Order  of  the  Institutes,  188;  Nature  of  dominium,  ib.;  Restric- 
tions, 189;  LXIX.  Ownership  of  provincial  land,  191;  Ownership  by  peregrines,  192; 
LXX.  Bonitary  ownership,  ib. ;  Exceptio  rei  vendible  et  traditae,  193;  Actio  Publiciana, 
ib.;  LXXI.  Actio  Publiciana,  cont.,  195;  LXXII.  Possession,  198;  LXXIII.  Acquisition 
of  possession,  201;  LXXIV.  Loss  of  Possession,  204;  Possession  as  a  right,  205;  LXXV. 
Acquisition  of  Dominium,  206;  LXXVI.  Occupatio,  207;  LXXVII.  Accessio,  210;  LXXVIII. 
Accessio  to  buildings,  213;  LXXIX.  Specificatio,  216;  LXXX.  Thesauri  Inventio,  219; 
LXXXI.  Acquisition  of  fruits  by  non-owner,  222;  Fructuum  Perceptio;  Conductor,  ib.; 
Usufructuary,  223;  LXXXII.  Fructuum  Separatio,  Emphyteuta,  225;  Bona  fide  possessor 
ib.;  LXXXIII.  Traditio,  228;  causa,  229;  Modalities,  231;  Forms  in  late  law,  232. 

LXVI.  The  second  and  the  largest  of  the  three  divisions  of  the 
Private  Law  is  that  concerned  with  Res1.  It  differs  essentially  from 
Austin's  Law  of  Things  since  the  classification  itself  starts  from  a  different 
point  of  view.  The  special  effects  of  transactions  by  persons  in  excep- 
tional positions,  e.g.  slaves,  are  considered  under  this  head,  so  far  as 
they  create  assets  for  the  paterfamilias2,  while,  for  Austin,  these  are 
matter  for  the  Law  of  Persons3.  The  lus  Rerum  of  Justinian  is  not  the 
general  part  of  the  law  as  opposed  to  that  which  can  be  most  con- 
veniently discussed  in  detached  provisions:  it  is  the  law  of  patrimonial 
rights,  the  discussion  of  all  those  rights  known  to  the  law  which  are 
looked  on  as  having  a  value  capable  of  being  estimated  in  money4.  The 
rights  incidentally  mentioned  under  the  law  of  persons  do  not  constitute 
a  difficulty,  since  they  do  not  in  general  admit  of  valuation.  A  man 
may  bring  an  action  claiming  liberty,  a  father  may  "vindicate"  a  son5, 
but  there  is  no  question  of  damages  in  either  case.  Liberty,  we  are  told, 
is  inestimable6.  The  rights  which  the  owner  or  others  may  have  in  a 
slave  are  dominium,  usufruct,  etc.,  and  form  part  of  the  ius  rerum. 

1  General  discussion  of  the  threefold  scheme,  ante,  §  xxi.  2  G.  2.  86  sqq. ;  3.  163  sqq. ; 
Inst.  2.  9;  3.  28.  3  Jurisprudence,  2.  708  sqq.  4  Anything  by  which  one  is  "actually 
or  prospectively  better  off,"  Movie,  Inst.  Just.  187.  The  word  "property"  is  similarly 
used  in  the  expression — a  man  of  property.  A  man  with  a  million  in  government  securities 
would  be  called  a  man  of  property,  though  he  had  nothing  else,  but  a  mere  claim  on  the 
State.  5  6.  1.  1.  2.  6  50.  17.  106.  In  Ulpian,  19.  11,  tutela  legitima  libertae  appears 
as  a  res  incorporalis.  This  might  be  justified  by  the  fact  that  the  patron  has  an  indefeasible 
right  of  succession  to  such  a  woman  and  he  loses  the  certainty  of  this  if  he  transfers  the 
control.  (Ante,  §  LX;  G.  3.  43  sqq.)  But  the  word  res  is  not  always  used  in  the  technical 
sense,  see  p.  183. 


CH.  v]  RES  183 

There  is  more  difficulty  however  with  respect  to  the  rights  incident- 
ally discussed  in  the  ius  actionum.  Besides  pure  procedure  this  branch 
of  the  law  contains  discussion  of  some  obligations,  of  some  rights  of 
action,  as  well  as  the  rules  of  procedure.  Most  of  these  are  introduced 
merely  incidentally  as  illustrating  the  form  of  action  at  the  moment 
under  discussion.  This  is  plainly  the  case  with  those  which  are  men- 
tioned in  the  course  of  the  explanation  by  Gaius  of  actiones  ficticiae1 
and  of  the  praetorian  actions  against  an  owner  on  the  contracts  of  his 
slave2,  as  to  which  Gaius  expressly  says3  that  he  is  compelled  to  discuss 
them  as  he  has  just  spoken  of  the  actio  de  peculio*.  The  discussion  of 
this  first  type  of  accessory  actions  suggests  that  of  the  others,  the  noxal 
actions.  But  they  are  all  considered  systematically,  not  merely  allusively. 
The  question  why  it  seemed  more  appropriate  to  discuss  them  there 
than  in  the  ius  rerum  will  be  considered  later5. 

For  the  purpose  of  the  institutional  scheme  a  res  was  an  element  in 
wealth,  an  asset.  This  is  an  economic  conception,  essentially  different 
from  the  Austinian  thing,  a  permanent  external  object  of  sensation6, 
which  is  a  physical  conception.  It  may  be  supposed  that  Austin  is 
really  thinking  of  objects  over  which  there  may  be  ownership,  a  notion 
useless  for  our  present  purpose7.  We  shall  shortly  see  that  the  sea  and 
air  were  res.  But  they  were  res  communes:  they  had  a  potential  value, 
but  it  could  not  be  appropriated  to  any  individual.  The  important 
point  for  us  is  that  what  was  present  to  the  mind  of  the  author  of  the 
Roman  classification  was  legally  guaranteeable  value. 

The  subject  of  res  (or  ius  rerum)  is  treated  under  two  main  heads, 
i.e.,  what  are  now  called  iura  in  rem  (including  universitates  iuris),  rights 
available  against  all,  and  iura  in  personam,  obligationes,  available  only 
against  specific  persons,  the  names  being  derived  from  the  Roman 
actio  in  rem,  in  personam,  which  express  the  same  distinction.  But  such 
a  division  cannot  be  quite  exact.  Hereditas  included  rights  both  in  rem 
and  in  personam8,  and  so,  in  a  less  complex  way,  did  a  pledge  of  property 9 

1  G.  4.  34  sqq.  2  G.  4.  69  sqq.  3  Ib.  4  The  earlier  mention  is  lost :  it 

may  have  been  in  the  two  illegible  pages  which  occur  just  before.  5  Post,  §  ccvi. 

6  Jurisprudence,  1.  368.  7  Res  is  a  word  with  as  many  meanings  as  "thing,"  but 

when  used  technically  it  always  connotes  a  right,  though  not  necessarily  all  rights,  or  in 
early  law  all  rights  having  a  money  value  came  within  the  notion.  In  the  famous  "Uti 
legassit  super. . .  .suae  rei"  (XII  T.  5.  3)  it  probably  means  nothing  but  physical  things 
the  subject  of  ownership,  and  rustic  servitudes  of  the  primitive  kind.  8  In  the  XII 

Tables  such  debts  as  existed  were  not  treated  as  part  of  the  hereditas  and  were  specially 
dealt  with  (see  C.  2.  3.  26;  3.  36.  6).  So  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  907,  though  his  reasons  are 
not  quite  conclusive.  But  it  is  clear  that  they  were  included,  in  the  classical  law,  for 
hereditatis  petitio  lay  against  one  who  held  no  part  of  the  property  but  owed  money  to 
the  estate  and  refused  to  pay,  claiming  to  be  htres  (5.  3.  13.  15).  Normal  debtors  must  of 
course  be  sued  by  separate  actions  for  the  debts.  9  But  there  were  pledges  such  as 

pledges  of  a  debt  to  which  the  notion  of  ius  in  rem  cannot  possibly  be  applied.  Po-ft,  §  CLXVII. 


184  CLASSIFICATION  OF  RES  [CH. 

(though  in  fact  pledge  was  never  expressly  treated  as  a  ius  in  rent). 
When  we  remember  that  even  an  ordinary  contract,  which  is  essentially 
a  relation  in  personam,  might  nevertheless,  in  some  cases,  give  rights 
against  third  parties,  and  so  operate  in  rem1,  it  is  clear  that  no  exact 
division  of  the  law  under  these  two  rubrics  can  be  expected. 

LXVII.  The  treatment  of  the  subject  opens  with  classifications  of 
res.  Justinian's  main  classification2  groups  them  according  to  the 
rights  existing  over  them,  a  matter  in  some  cases  affected  by  the  nature 
of  the  thing.  Res  were  either  in  patrimonio3,  i.e.  belonging  to  some  one, 
or  extra  patrimonium.  These  last  were  of  various  kinds. 

(a)  Res  communes.  The  common  property  of  every  one:  the  air, 
running  water,  the  sea,  and,  in  later  law,  the  seashore  to  the  highest 
winter  floods4.    Access  to  the  shore  was  open  to  all,  but  no  one  might 
erect  buildings  on  it,  since  it  was  not  iuris  gentium  like  the  sea  itself. 
But  its  use  was,  and  therefore  one  might  build  shelters  and  the  like,  under 
license  from  the  authorities,  presumably  for  purposes  connected  with 
the  use  of  the  sea.  These  shelters  appear  to  have  been  owned,  but  as 
shelters  only,  giving  no  right  to  the  soil,  and  thus,  if  the  shelter  fell  or 
was  taken  down,  the  shore  was  again  common5. 

(b)  Res  publicae.   Property  of  the  State.   Such  were  highways,  rivers 
and  harbours,  so  that  all  might  navigate  and  fish  and  make  fast  at  the 
ports,  etc.,  the  use  of  the  banks  being  public  for  this  purpose6. 

(c)  Res  universitatis.    Property  of  a  corporation,  of  which  Justinian 
takes  the  civitas  as  the  type,  mentioning  theatra,  stadia  and  the  like7, 
but  the  property  of  the  corporate  collegia  would  come  under  the  same 
class. 

(d)  Res  nullius.    Property  belonging  to  no  one.    Such  things  might 
be  either  divini  or  humani  iuris.    Divini  iuris  were  res  sacrae,  religiosae 
and  sanctae.    Res  sacrae  were  those  which  had  been  formally  accepted 
and  consecrated  by  the  priests,  with  statutory  authorisation8,  as  well  as 

1  Apart  from  the  case  of  pledge.  Thus  an  actio  doli  lay  against  a  third  party  who 
wilfully  made  performance  impossible  and  so  released  a  party,  43.  18.  5.  2  Inst.  2. 

1.  pr.  sqq.  3  Patrimonium  means  properly  the  same  thing  as  "property"  in  the  wide 
sense,  or  res.  When  Paul  says  (50.  16.  5)  that  res  includes  what  is  not  in  the  patrimonium  he 
is  not  discussing  this  classification,  but  perhaps  limitation  of  jurisdiction  in  certain  cases 
to  res  not  above  a  certain  value,  and  means  that,  in  fixing  this,  all  assets  are  included 
whether  heritable  or  not,  patrimonium  being  used  in  a  narrow  sense  to  mean  heritable 
rights.  See  Lenel,  Z.S.S.  2.  43.  4  See  post,  p.  186.  5  By  a  sort  of  postliminium, 

1.  8.  6.  pr.;  43.  8.  3.  1,  etc.  6  See  post,  p.  186.  7  It  is  to  be  noted  that  property  of 
the  State  and  universitates  is  of  two  types.  The  things  above  mentioned  are  not  only  the 
property  of  the  body  but  are  open  to  the  use  of  its  members,  but  public  slaves  or  land, 
or  money  in  the  treasury,  differ  from  the  same  things  in  private  hands  only  in  having  a 
different  kind  of  owner.  They  are  in  patrimonio  universitatis.  No  classical  text  calls 
public  slaves  res  publicae.  See  1.  8.  6.  1;  18.  1.  72.  1.  8  G.  2.  5;  D.  1.  8.  9.  1,  a  re- 

quirement confined  to  land  under  Justinian. 


v]  CLASSIFICATION  OF  RES  185 

dedication.  Such  were  churches,  and  their  contents  and  sites1.  Res 
sacrae  could  not  be  commercially  dealt  with,  and  could  always  be  re- 
claimed, except  that  Justinian  allowed  them  to  be  sold  for  redemption 
of  captives,  and  similar  purposes2.  Res  religiosae  were  tombs  and  burial 
grounds.  Like  res  sacrae  they  could  not  be  commercially  dealt  with. 
But  the  rules  under  which  land  became  religiosum  were  carefully  laid 
down.  The  burial  must  be  in  all  respects  lawful3.  The  corpse  must  be 
one  the  buryer  was  entitled  to  bury4,  and  the  land  must  be  such  that  he 
had  a  right  to  bury  in  it.  If  another  had  any  proprietary  right  in  the 
land  it  was  not  religiosum  unless  he  consented5,  but  with  the  necessary 
consent  another's  land  might  be  made  religiosum.  Only  the  space 
occupied  by  the  body  was  religiosum,  except  that  the  character  affected 
in  practice  a  whole  space  set  apart  as  a  sepulchre6. 

Res  sanctae  were  the  gates  and  walls  of  a  city,  but  that  conception  is 
of  little  importance  in  private  law.  It  was  a  capital  offence  to  commit 
any  outrage  on  them,  e.g.  scaling  them,  but  no  plain  reason  appears 
why  the  ownership  might  not  have  been  regarded  as  vested  in  the  city7. 

Res  nullius,  humani  iuris,  were  those  which  belonged  to  no  one. 
They  are  not  mentioned  in  the  classification  at  this  point,  but  appear 
later  in  the  treatment  of  modes  of  acquisition,  in  which  the  acquisition 
of  these  res  nullius  is  the  first  point  considered.  Wild  animals  and 
abandoned  property  were  the  most  important  examples8. 

The  classification  differs  from  that  of  Gains9  in  arrangement  rather 
than  in  principle.  After  stating  the  distinction  between  res  in  patri- 
monio  and  extra  patrimonium,  Gaius  gives  a  main  division  into  res 
divini  and  humani  iuris.  The  former  were  the  res  sacrae,  religiosae  and 
sanctae.  Speaking  from  the  pagan  point  of  view  he  makes  res  sacrae 
devoted  to  the  di  superi  and  religiosae  to  di  inferi,  manes.  He  tells  us 
that  as  no  civis  really  owned  provincial  land  it  could  not  in  strictness  be 
made  religiosum,  but  might  be  treated  as  pro  religioso,  and  he  makes  a 
corresponding  remark  for  things  made  pro  sacris  in  the  provinces  by 

1  The  soil  is  sacrum  though  the  church  be  pulled  down.  As  the  contents  belong  to  no  one 
there  can  be  nofurtum  of  them:  it  is  treated  as  a  form  of  sacrilege,  Mommsen,  Strafr.  762. 
They  cannot  be  usucapted  (post,  §  LXXXVII),  but  as  they  belong  to  none  there  is  a  difficulty 
about  reclaim.  Justinian  allows  the  administrators  of  the  church  to  "vindicate"  (C.  1.  2. 
21):  in  classical  law  probably  by  administrative  machinery  as  in  charities,  Pernice, 
Labeo,  3.  1.  150.  2  Inst.  2.  1.  8;  C.  1.  2.  21.  3  G.  2.  6;  Inst.  2.  1.  9.  Thus  burial 

in  urbe  where  it  is  forbidden  does  not  suffice,  P.  1.  21.  2;  D.  47.  12.  3.  5.  4  G.  2.  6. 

5  Or  ratified,  D.  1.  8.  6.  4.  6  Inst.  2.  1.  9;  D.  1.  8.  6.  4.    As  it  was  incapable  of 

being  commercially  dealt  with,  a  tomb  included  in  land  sold  was  ipso  facto  excluded  from 
the  sale,  P.  1.  21.  7.  There  would  be  a  claim  for  reduction  of  price,  if  buyer  was  in  good 
faith.  18.  1.  22-24.  7  The  city  walls  cannot  well  be  carried  off  and  there  was  adequate 
protection  for  them  without  appealing  to  the  law  of  property.  See  D.  1.8.  8,  9.  8  There 
are  things  unowned  but  not  susceptible  of  occupatio,  apart  from  res  s.  r.  and  s.  See  post, 
§§  cvn,  cxvn.  9  G.  2.  1  sqq. 


186  CLASSIFICATION  OF  RES  [CH. 

authority,  probably,  of  the  praeses.  He  divides  res  humani  iuris  into 
public  and  private  (the  subject  of  private  ownership),  the  former 
covering  res  publicae  and  res  universitatis.  He  says  of  these  that  they 
are  nullius  in  bonis.  He  does  not  here  expressly  mention  either  res 
communes  or  things  wholly  unowned,  such  as  wild  animals. 

Some  of  the  distinctions  involved  in  this  classification  were  evidently 
rather  fluid  in  classical  law.  Gaius  had  a  leaning  to  inclusion  under  the 
class  res  nullius  of  everything  which  had  not  an  individual  owner  or 
owners.  For  him  the  property  of  a  universitas  was  nullius  in  bonis,  but 
he  went  on  at  once  to  say  that  it  belonged  to  the  corporation1:  he 
could  admit  that  a  corporation  could  have  rights  but  was  not  quite 
able  to  contemplate  it  as  a  person,  an  owner  like  a  man.  So  too  while 
Marcian  and  Justinian  made  the  seashore  common2,  Celsus  made3  it 
public,  at  any  rate  where  the  land  behind  was  Roman.  Paul4  avoided  either 
expression  and  said:  "nullius  sunt,  sect  iure  gentium  omnibus  vacant." 
Neratius5  treated  it  similarly  as  a  sort  of  res  nullius,  though  he  admitted 
that  if  a  building  erected  thereon  came  down  the  acquisition  was  at  an 
end.  For  Marcian,  while  the  litus  was  common,  it  was  not  iuris  gentium 
like  the  sea  itself6.  The  better  view  is  perhaps  that  also  stated  in  the 
Institutes,  i.e.  that  only  the  use  was  public,  as  is  clearly  the  case  with 
the  banks  of  rivers7.  As  to  rivers  themselves  the  texts  leave  room  for, 
and  indeed  contain,  differences  of  opinion  as  to  the  sense  in  which  they 
were  public8.  According  to  one  view  they  were  public,  soil  and  all,  but 
this  can  hardly  be  reconciled  with  the  rules  of  alluvio,  insula  nata9,  etc. 
Accordingly  it  has  been  held  that  what  was  public  was  the  river  as 
such,  not  the  water,  which  was  common,  or  the  soil  of  the  bed  which 
belonged  to  the  riparians10.  Others  have  held  that  the  river  was  public 
only  quoad  usum.  The  more  probable  view  seems  to  be  that  the  earlier 
lawyers  merely  held  that  a  river  was  public,  without  refinements.  As 
early  as  Cicero11  rules  arose  giving  riparian  owners  rights,  and  there  was 

1  G.  2.  11.  2  Inst.  2.  1.  1 ;  D.  1.  8.  2.  3  43.  8.  3.  4  18.  1.  51.  5  41.  1.  14. 
Costa,  Le  Acque  nel  dir.  Rom.  93  sqq.,  observes  that  the  texts  in  n.  2  and  the  interpolated 
47.  10.  13.  7  are  the  only  texts  which  make  litus  "commune"  while  many  make  it  public 
and  infers  that  it  is  the  compiler's  doctrine,  the  classics  making  it  public,  Cic.  Top.  1.  32; 
D.  41.  1.  14;  h.  t.  50,  65.  1;  43.  8.  3;  50.  16.  112.  But  Marcian  is  very  late  and  may  be  the 
author  of  the  doctrine.  Costa  also  holds  that  the  State  claimed  ownership  over  the  adjacent 
seas,  arguing  from  1.  8.  10  and  the  leases  of  fishing  rights,  47.  10.  13.  7,  and  the  fact 
that  buildings  in  the  sea  were  on  the  same  footing  as  those  on  the  litus.  But  no  text  calls 
this  public  and  a  great  number  make  the  sea  commune  with  no  reservation.  The  rule  as 
to  fisheries  may  be  construed  as  matter  of  pure  jurisdiction.  6  1.  8.  4.  pr.  7  1.  8. 

5;  Inst.  2.  1.  4.  8  See.  e.g.,  1.  8.  4,  5;  43.  12.  1.  3;  Inst.  2.  1.  2.  9  Post,  §  LXXVII. 
10  See  Pernice,  Labeo,  1.  273.  Costa  (Le  Acque  nel  dir.  Romano)  has  a  full  discussion  of 
the  distinction  between  public  and  private  waters,  rivi,  lacus,  stagna,  etc.,  and  of  the 
various  rights  which  could  be  created  in  them.  11  De  or.  1.  38.  173. 


v]        RES  CORPORALES,  INCORPORALES         187 

a  tendency  among  classical  lawyers  to  regard  them  as  owners  of  the  soil, 
the  public  rights  being  merely  of  use1. 

We  have  from  Justinian  another  classification  of  things  from  a 
different  point  of  view.  Res  were  either  corporales  or  incorporates2.  The 
former  were  quae  tangi  possunt,  the  latter,  quae  tangi  non  possunt.  So 
stated  the  distinction  is  simple.  Physical  objects  were  res  corporales  and 
these  are  given  as  illustrations.  Res  incorporales  were  abstract  con- 
ceptions, notional  things,  and,  as  res  meant  assets,  res  incorporales  were 
rights.  The  illustrations  given  by  Justinian  and  Gaius  are  rights  of  various 
kinds3.  When  these  are  examined  the  fact  emerges  that  the  most  im- 
portant of  all  rights  in  the  ius  rerum  is  not  there.  Dominium  was  not 
a  res  incorporalis.  It  was  in  fact  treated  as  a  res  corporalis,  indeed  the 
only  res  corporalis.  The  thing  was  spoken  of  when  the  ownership  was 
meant,  as  it  is  in  ordinary  speech  and  indeed  in  our  Real  Property  Law 
in  the  distinction  between  Corporeal  and  Incorporeal  hereditaments4. 
Throughout  the  treatment  of  the  acquisition  of  dominium  both  Gaius 
and  Justinian  speak  of  acquisition  of  res  corporales. 

Res  incorporales  were  however  res  and  thus  did  not  include  matters 
belonging  to  the  law  of  persons :  liberty,  patria  potestas,  etc.,  were  in- 
tangible, but  were  not  res5.  We  have  seen  that  the  ius  rerum  distin- 
guished between  iura  in  rein  available  against  all,  and  iura  in  personam, 
obligationes,  available  only  against  a  specific  person  or  group.  Both 
Gaius  and  Justinian,  after  him,  speak  of  obligations  as  res  incorporales6, 
but  elsewhere  they  sharply  distinguish  them 7,  and  in  fact  most  texts  do 
not  so  include  them8.  It  seems  then  that  the  use  of  the  name  res  to 
include  such  rights  in  personam  was  not  usual :  obligations  were  more 
commonly  coupled  with  actions9. 

1  41.  1.  65.  2.  In  view  of  the  water  rights  which  existed,  it  has  been  said  that  the  main 
importance  of  the  fact  that  rivers  were  public  is  that  there  could  be  no  theft  of  the  water. 
2  G.  2.  12,  13;  Inst.  2.  2.  pr.  1.  These  words  are  post-Augustan,  and  though  Cicero  uses  the 
idea  (Affolter,  Inst.  Syst.  vm  b),  he  is  philosophising,  merely  restating  Greek  notions, 
not  talking  law.  There  is  no  evidence  that  notional  things  were  dealt  with  in  law  as  such 
for  a  century  after.  3  G.  2.  14;  Inst.  2.  2.  2.  4  With  an  oddly  different  result.  Where 
property  is  given  by  will  to  A  with  a  life  estate  reserved  to  B,  B  has  the  corporeal  heredita 
ment  in  English  Law,  A  has  the  res  corporalis  in  Roman  Law.  5  As  to  tutela,  ante, 

§  LXVI.  A  more  notable  omission  is  Possession.  As  to  the  reasons  for  this,  post,  §  LXXIV. 
6  G.  2.  14 =D.  1.  8.  1.  1;  Inst.  2.  2.  2.  7  G.  3.  83;  Inst.  3.  10.  1.  8  See  Ulp.  19. 

11;  D.  41.  1.  43.  1;  8.  1.  14.  pr.;  C.  7.  33.  12.  4.  There  are  a  few  texts  dealing  with  iura 
incorporalia,  which  are  all  iura  in  rem,  C.  7.  33.  12;  C.  7.  37.  3;  D.  41.  3.  4.  26.  But  these 
are  of  little  significance  since  the  name  ius  is  ordinarily  confined  to  iura  in  rem.  9  Post, 

§  cxxni.  Kniep,  Gai.  Inst.  Comm.  2,  ad  2.  14  (p.  121),  is  of  opinion  that  the  passage  including 
obligations  is  Gaian,  and  indeed  from  an  original  which  he  dates  back  into  the  republic, 
and  the  text  which  excludes  them  an  addition.  There  is  no  obvious  reason  for  this  alternative 
rather  than  the  other.  And  that  the  republican  lawyers  used  the  expression  res  incorporalis 
at  all  seems  improbable.  A  post-classical  evolution  in  the  opposite  direction  is  far  more 


188  DOMINIUM  [CH. 

The  distinction  between  land  and  moveables,  fundamentally  im- 
portant in  modern  law,  was  of  only  subordinate  interest  in  Roman  Law. 
It  was,  however,  material  in  the  law  ofusucapio1,  of  mancipatio2,  ofdos3, 
of  tutela*,  of  theft5,  and  to  some  extent  in  procedure6.  In  classical  law, 
land  itself  was  of  two  varieties,  the  distinction  being  of  great  importance, 
solum  italicum  and  solum  provinciate7 .  But  this  distinction  had  dis- 
appeared under  Justinian,  as  also  had  the  important  distinction  between 
res  mancipi  and  nee  mancipi8. 

LXVIII.  DOMIXIUM.  Before  entering  on  the  ius  rerum  itself  it  is 
necessary  to  say  something  of  the  order  in  which  it  is  treated  by  Jus- 
tinian (and,  in  the  main,  in  these  pages).  Jura  in  rem  are  treated  first, 
beginning  with  the  modes  of  acquisition  of  dominium,  iure  gentium.  Then 
follow  the  modes  of  acquisition  of  res  incorporates,  which  are  iura  in  rem, 
i.e.  practically  servitudes.  Then  follows  the  discussion  of  such  civil  law 
methods  as  existed  in  his  day.  It  is  however  more  convenient  to  con- 
sider all  modes  of  acquisition  of  dominium  before  passing  to  servitudes, 
Justinian's  order,  suggested  on  this  point  by  that  of  Gaius,  being  due 
to  the  fact  that  the  discussion  is  in  the  form  of  a  commentary  on  the 
proposition  that  all  things  are  either  corporeal  or  incorporeal.  Then 
follows  agency  in  acquisition  and  alienation,  and  then  acquisition  of 
res,  per  universitatem,  of  which  hereditas  is  the  most  important  case.  He 
then  proceeds  to  obligation.  It  is  in  the  main  the  order  of  Gaius  except 
that  Gaius  treats  the  iure  civili  methods  before  the  iure  gentium.  They 
were  the  most  important  in  his  day,  but  mancipatio  and  cessio  in  iure 
have  disappeared  under  Justinian.  A  text  in  the  Digest  from  another 
work  of  Gaius  declares  that  it  is  desirable  to  treat  the  iure  gentium 
methods  first,  as  being  the  most  ancient9.  But  this  piece  of  history 
may  be  due  to  the  compilers,  as  the  order  suggested  is,  as  we  see,  not 
the  order  of  the  Institutes  of  Gaius. 

We  have  now  to  consider  what  is  meant  by  dominium,  which  the 
existence  of  inferior  modes  of  ownership  makes  it  impossible  to  define  as 
Ownership.  Ownership  is  described  as  ius  utendi  fruendi  abutendi.  But 
whether  the  right  concerned  is  dominium  or  one  of  the  inferior  modes 
it  is  practically  never  so  unrestricted  as  this  description  would  make  it. 
All  civilisations  have  found  it  necessary  to  lay  down  restrictions  on  what 
a  man  may  do  with  his  own.  An  owner  might  not  cruelly  treat  his  slaves. 
He  might  not  so  use  his  house  as  to  make  it  a  nuisance  to  his  neighbours. 

likely.    As  to  the  position  of  the  inferior  modes  of  ownership  in  the  scheme  of  things 
corporeal  and  incorporeal,  see  post,  §  LXXI. 

1  Post,  §  LXXXVII.         2  Post,  §  LXXXV.       3  Ante,  §  XL.          4  Ante,  §  LV.        5  Post, 
§  cxcvi.          6  Post,  §§  ccvm,  CCXLIX.          7  Post,  §  LXIX.  8  Post,  §§  LXX,  LXXXVI. 

9  41.  1.  1.  pr.;  Inst.  2.  1.  11.    See  the  Berlin  stereotype  edition. 


v]  DOMINIUM:  RESTRICTIONS  189 

The  law  might  forbid  him  to  build  above  a  certain  height,  or  within  a 
certain  distance  of  his  boundary1.  He  might  not  pull  down  his  house2. 
Thus  the  general  principle  is  subject  to  such  restrictions  as  the  State 
may  impose3.  And  the  owner  may  have  restricted  his  right  by  conferring 
rights  on  others,  such  as  servitudes,  e.g.  a  right  of  way,  without  ceasing 
to  be  owner. 

All  this  is  true  of  every  form  of  ownership :  it  does  not  help  to  establish 
the  essential  characteristic  of  dominium.  To  reach  this  we  must  abandon 
the  conception  of  ius  utendi  fruendi  abutendi,  which  is  not  Roman.  If, 
in  the  time  of  Gains,  a  dominus  of  land  sold  it  and  made  traditio  of  it, 
i.e.  transferred  it  informally,  he  lost  all  practical  interest  in  the  land, 
but  as  he  had  not  formally  transferred  the  dominium  he  remained 
dominus,  till,  by  lapse  of  time,  the  dominium  had  passed  to  the  purchaser. 
Conversely,  the  buyer  had  all  practical  rights  in  the  land  but  was  not 
dominus:  he  had  not  the  ius  Quiritium.  Our  early  land  law  provided  a 
close  analogy  to  this  state  of  things  in  the  right  of  a  lord  of  the  fee  who 
had  granted  the  land  to  a  freehold  tenant,  except  that  there  the  relation 
was  permanent:  in  Roman  Law  it  was,  in  the  case  stated,  temporary4. 
Dominium  was  the  ultimate  right  to  the  thing,  the  right  which  had  no 
right  behind  it.  It  might  be  a  mere  nudum  ius  with  no  practical  content, 
but  it  was  still  dominium  ex  iure  Quiritium5. 

The  question  arises  whether  it  was  possible  to  attach  incidents  to 
the  ownership  of  a  transferee,  which  were  not  servitudes,  but  should 
be  binding  on  future  holders.  It  was  of  course  possible  to  contract  for 
such  restrictions  but  this  would  bind  only  the  other  party  and  his  heirs. 
This  is  the  meaning  of  a  text  attributed  to  Gaius6:  "in  traditionibus  rerum 
quodcumque  pactum  sit  id  valere  manifestissimum  est."  As  this  is  from  a 
treatise  on  the  XII  Tables  it  no  doubt  referred  originally  to  mancipatio 
and  the  allusion  is  to  such  things  as  the  pactum  fiduciae'' '.  If  the  restric- 
tion were  disregarded  by  the  other  party,  this  would  be  a  breach  of 
contract  but  no  more:  if  by  a  subsequent  holder  there  would  be  in 
general  no  remedy  against  him.  There  were  however  certain  cases  in 
which  such  an  incident  attached  to  a  conveyance  had  an  effect  in  rem, 
and  not  merely  against  the  other  party.  There  were  several  such  cases 
in  the  law  of  slavery8.  There  are  some  slight  signs  of  a  similar  tendency 

1  C.  8.  10.  12.  2;  C.  h.  t.  4;  D.  8.  2.  14.  2  See,  e.g.,  18.  1.  52.  3  See  for  accounts 
of  these  restrictions,  Girard,  Manuel,  261  sqq.,  Cuq,  Manuel,  246.  4  Ownership  of 

provincial  lands  gives  a  closer  analogy,  post,  §  LXIX.  5  If  a  thing  which  can  be  the 
subject  of  dominium  is  abandoned  by  the  holder,  and  no  one  has  now  a  claim  to  it,  the 
late  holder  was  dominus.  6  2.  14.  48.  7  Post,  §  CLI.  8  Conditions  that  the  slave 
should  not  be  sold  or  prostituted  or  freed,  or  should  be  freed.  They  differed  in  their  effect 
in  rem:  the  most  straightforward  case  is  that  of  a  slave  sold  not  to  be  freed.  Manumis- 
sion by  any  later  holder  was  void.  18.  7,  6;  40.  1.  20.  2.  Buckland,  Slavery,  68  sqq. 


190  DOMINIUM :  RESTRICTIONS  [CH. 

in  the  case  of  pacta  adiecta  in  ordinary  sales1.  But  they  do  not  go  far: 
there  is  no  such  rule  as  that  restrictive  covenants  bind  future  holders 
if  they  had  notice  of  them.  The  cases  seem  to  be  merely  sporadic  and 
to  express  no  general  principle. 

There  was  nothing  to  prevent  the  creation  of  an  ownership  to  begin 
in  the  future  or  on  a  certain  event,  but  this  possibility  was  much  cut 
down,  for  classical  law,  by  the  fact  that  the  most  important  forms  of 
conveyance  of  property  were  actus  legitimi  which  did  not  admit  of  any 
express  suspension  or  condition2.  It  could  be  done  freely  by  traditio3. 
But  a  determinable  ownership  could  not  be  expressly  created  in  classical 
law4:  it  might  indeed  arise  by  operation  of  law,  e.g.  where  a  heres 
created  rights  in  a  thing  which  was  left  to  someone  else  conditionally. 
The  right  of  the  heres  was  determined  by  the  occurrence  of  the  condition, 
and  the  rights  created  by  him  would  then  fail  also5.  Apart  from  cases 
of  this  sort  a  man  could  not  be  made  owner  for  a  time.  An  agreement 
to  such  an  effect  might  impose  an  obligation  to  retransfer  the  property, 
but  it  did  not  revert  ipso  iure6.  Dos  was  no  exception:  the  husband  is 
spoken  of  as  owner  during  the  marriage,  but  he  was  owner  in  perpetuity 
like  any  other  owner,  though  he  was  under  a  duty  to  reconvey  the 
property  in  certain  events7. 

Under  Justinian  the  general  rule  no  longer  held:  it  was  possible  to 
convey  dominium  on  the  terms  that  it  should  revert  ipso  facto  on  a 
certain  event.  Donatio  mortis  causa  is  a  well-known  instance8. 

It  was  impossible  in  classical  law  to  convey  property  with  a  restric- 
tion against  alienation,  operative  in  rem :  an  alienation,  though  a  breach 
of  contract,  would  be  valid.  This  rule  may  have  disappeared  under 
Justinian.  Two  texts  say  that  the  restriction  avoids  any  alienation9. 
Others  deny  this10,  and  as  they  are  more  numerous  it  is  usual  to  explain 
away  the  contrary  texts11. 

1  In  a  case  where  a  man  bought  part  of  an  estate  under  restrictions  which  could  not 
be  servitudes  the  rights  and  liabilities  extended  to  subsequent  assignees  if  they  had  notice. 
But  the  facts  were  very  like  a  praedial  servitude,  8.  4.  13.  pr.  Where  a  man  acquired  a 
usufruct  by  will  and  knew  the  testator  had  been  under  restrictions,  he  was  bound,  since 
a  fructuary  must  act  like  a  bonus  paterfamilias,  to  respect  them,  7.  1.  27.  5.  2  Manci- 
patio  and  Cessio  in  iure,  post,  §§  LXXXIV,  LXXXV.  3  41.  2.  38.  1.  As  to  the  nature  of 
a  conditional  right  see  Vassali,  Bull.  27.  192  sqq.  4  See  Girard,  Manuel,  341. 

5  Girard,  loc.  cit.,  adverts  to  the  case  of  postliminium.  6  Slave  law  provides  as  usual 
an  exception.  If  a  slave  was  sold  on  condition  that  he  was  kept  abroad  and  this  was 
broken,  he  vested  in  the  Fiscus,  unless  the  vendor  had  reserved  a  right  of  seizure  in  such 
event,  in  which  case  his  ownership  revived,  Vat.  Fr.  6.  7  Ante,  §  XL.  As  to  the  case 
of  revocatio  of  a  donatio  inter  vivos,  post,  §  xcr.  8  Post,  §  xci.  The  new  principle 

can  be  seen  by  comparing  Vat.  Fr.  283  with  its  revision,  C.  8.  55.  2.  Dos  provides 
another  case  under  Justinian,  ante,  §  XL.  See  in  connexion  with  vindicatio  utilis,  post, 
§  ccxxvm.  9  20.  5.  7.  2;  C.  4.  51.  7.  10  18.  1.  75;  45.  1.  135.  3,  etc.  As  to  "real"  effect 
of  restrictive  and  resolutive  conditions,  see  Senn,  fitudes  Girard,  1.  283,  who  considers  that 
the  classical  rule  still  held  good  under  Justinian.  Post,  §  CLXXIII.  11  It  is  clear  that 


v]  OWNERSHIP  OF  PROVINCIAL  LAND  191 

The  desire  to  keep  property  together  in  the  family,  one  of  the  main 
causes  of  such  restrictions,  had  little  encouragement  in  Roman  Law  so 
far  as  conveyance  inter  vivos  was  concerned.  Beyond  creating  a  usufruct, 
a  life  interest,  essentially  inalienable,  there  was  little  that  a  settlor  could 
do1.  In  the  classical  age  it  was,  however,  a  very  common  thing  to  estab- 
lish a  fund  for  charitable  or  other  public  purposes,  and  it  is  clear  that 
some  of  these  had  considerable  permanence.  But  the  devices  employed 
for  this  purpose  were  precarious  and  usually  depended  on  the  voluntary 
conduct  of  the  holder  for  the  time  being2.  The  most  effective  way  seems 
to  have  been  to  give  the  property  to  a  civitas  with  directions  as  to  the 
disposal  of  the  income,  and  in  some  cases  a  gift  over  to  some  other  body 
if  the  directions  were  not  obeyed.  Neither  the  gifts  over  nor  the  direc- 
tions were  binding  in  law,  but  the  taking  of  security  might  give  some 
protection.  It  is,  however,  probable  that,  on  an  appeal  to  the  public 
authorities,  administrative  machinery  would  be  set  at  work  to  enforce 
the  proper  application  of  the  funds.  So  far  as  such  public  trusts  were 
concerned  the  difficulty  disappeared  when  these  received  legal  per- 
sonality3. 

LXIX.  Apart  from  the  dominium  ex  iure  Quiritium  which  we  have 
considered,  there  were  in  classical  law  inferior  modes  of  holding  which 
may  be  called  Ownership.  Such  are: 

1.  Ownership  of  provincial  land4.  The  dominium  of  this  was  in  Caesar 
or  the  populus  according  as  it  was  in  an  imperial  or  a  senatorian  pro- 
vince. The  exploitation  was  largely  in  private  hands  under  arrangements 
with  the  authority  concerned,  of  which  the  most  important  is  the 
system  of  Agri  Tributarii,  in  imperial  provinces,  and  Stipendiarii,  in 
the  others,  both  of  which  were  permanent  holdings  at  a  fixed  rent  or 
tribute.  The  holders  were  for  practical  purposes  owners,  but  as  they 
were  not  domini  the  formal  methods  of  transfer  were  not  applicable. 
The  holdings  were  however  transferable  informally5.  Of  course  a 
holder  who  lost  possession  could  not  recover  by  the  action  appropriate 
to  the  recovery  of  Italic  land,  vindicatio,  since  this  involved  an  assertion 
of  dominium.  We  are  not  fully  informed  as  to  the  nature  of  his  remedy. 
WTe  know  that  he  had  a  modified  vindicatio  as  early  as  Trajan6,  but  can 
only  guess  at  its  form.  The  most  probable  view  is  that  his  action  instead 
of  dominium  asserted  a  right  "-haberefrui  possidere  licere,"  which  is  found 
as  the  technical  description  of  his  right7.  The  case  disappeared  when 

under  Justinian,  a  thing  left  by  fideicommissum  was  not  alienable  by  the  heres,  post, 
§  cxxv. 

1  As  to  family  settlements  in  wills,  post,  §  cxxvii.  2  Pernice,  Labeo,  3.  1.  150  sqq. 

3  Ante,  §  LXV.          4  Mommsen,  Staatsrecht,  3.  730  sqq.;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  366.  5  G.  2.  21. 

6  Frontinus,  de  controv.  (ed.  Lachmann),  p.  36,  cited  Lenel,  E.  P.,  184.  7  Lex  agraria, 

50,  81,  etc.,  Girard,  Textes,  46  sqq.  See,  however,  Partsch,  Schriftformel,  105  sqq.  It  is  not 
impossible  that  he  had  a  vindicatio  with  a  fiction  that  the  land  was  Italic.  But  there  i3 
no  evidence  of  this. 


192  BONITARY  OWNERSHIP  [CH. 

Justinian  abolished  the  distinction  between  Italic  and  provincial  land1. 
It  must  be  noted  that  not  all  land  in  the  provinces  was  solum  provinciate : 
many  provincial  communities  were  given  ius  italicum,  of  which  the  chief 
element  was  that  the  land  was  in  the  dominium  of  the  holder  and  not 
of  the  State,  so  that  it  could  be  transferred  and  claimed  at  law  by  civil 
law  methods2. 

2.  Ownership  by  peregrines.  As  in  general  these  had  not  commercium* 
they  were  incapable  of  dominium.  They  could  not  transfer  or  acquire 
or  claim  by  civil  law  methods.  Informal  methods  of  transfer  were  open 
to  them,  but  we  have  practically  no  knowledge  of  their  proprietary 
remedies.  They  may  have  had  an  actio  fictitia,  such  as  we  know  to  have 
been  used  in  some  branches  of  the  law4,  or  more  probably  one  alleging 
"  habere  frui possidere  licere."  The  case  disappears  in  Justinian's  law,  and 
any  difficulty  as  to  remedies  probably  ceased5  with  the  generalisation 
of  cognitiones  extraordinariae6. 

LXX.  3.  Bonitary  ownership.  This  is  for  our  purposes  much  the 
most  important  of  the  inferior  modes  of  ownership.  It  arose  where  a 
person  received  a  res  mancipi  from  the  dominus  by  mere  traditio,  with- 
out the  formal  mancipatio  (or  cessio  in  iure)  which  was  needed  for  the 
transfer  of  dominium  in  such  things.  The  Romans  had  no  substantive 
descriptive  of  the  holder:  the  res  was  said  to  be  in  bonis*,  from  which 
early  commentators  formed  the  name  dominium  bonitarium8.  It  is  a 
commonplace  that  he  was  as  well  protected  as  a  dominus,  and  that  a 
main  part  of  his  protection  was  the  actio  Publiciana,  but  we  are  nowhere 
expressly  told  in  any  surviving  classical  text  that  this  was  available  to 
him,  and,  the  case  being  obsolete  under  Justinian,  we  could  not  learn  it 
from  him.  But  there  are  texts  from  which  this  application  of  the  action 
may  be  inferred,  and  it  may  be  said  that  there  is  now  almost  complete 
unanimitv  in  favour  of  the  view  that  the  holder  in  bonis  could  use  this 

*/ 

action,  though  opinions  differ  as  to  the  identity  of  the  formula  with 
that  used  by  the  bonafide  possessor9. 

1  Inst.  2.  1.  40;  C.  7.  31.  2  Mommsen,  Staatsrecht,  3.  807  sqq.;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  456. 

3  Ante,  §  xxxvi.  4  G.  4.  37.  5  Girard,  Manuel,  269.  6  For  an  alleged  vindicatio, 
"meum  esse  aio,  '  with  no  reference  to  ius  Quiritium  there  seems  to  be  no  evidence.  A 
few  texts  use  the  word  dominus  for  others  than  a  civil  law  owner.  So  Gaius  (1.  54;  2. 
40),  but  he  does  not  call  the  holder  in  bonis,  dominus.  When  he  says  of  peregrines  that 
they  have  one  kind  of  dominium  (2.  40,  41)  it  is  straining  his  meaning  to  imply  that 
inferior  holdings  in  Rome  were  dominium.  Enactments  of  Diocletian  apply  the  name 
dominus  to  holders  of  provincial  lands  (Vat.  Fr.  315,  316)  and  Justinian  speaks  of  differentiae 
inter  dominos  (C.  7.  25).  But  these  texts  are  few  and  do  not  indicate  that  the  name  domi- 
nium was  applied  technically  to  inferior  modes  of  ownership.  Gaius  also  speaks  of  possessio 
and  ususfrucius  (G.  2.  7).  7  E.g.,  G.  1.  54.  It  is  the  substantial  ownership.  Thus  a 

slave  acquired  for  his  bonitary  owner,  not  the  quiritary.  G.  2.  88;  Ulp.  19.  20.  8  There 
is  no  authority  for  the  name  possessio  in  bonis.  For  the  Greek  original  of  bonitarium 
dominium  see  Theophilus,  ad  Inst.  1.  5.  3.  9  See  Lenel,  E.  P.  164  sqq.;  Appleton, 

Propriete  Pret.  1.  54  sqq. 


v]  EXCEPT  10  REI   VENDITAE  ET  TRAD1TAE  193 

The  statement  that  the  bonitary  owner  was  protected  involves  two 
main  points.  If  the  dominus  attempted  to  recover  the  thing  he  would 
be  met  by  the  exceptio  rei  venditae  et  traditae.  If  the  holder  lost  possession 
he  could  recover  by  the  actio  Publiciana1. 

Exceptio  rei  venditae  et  traditae.  A  bonitary  owner  in  actual  enjoy- 
ment could  not  be  effectively  attacked  by  anyone  but  the  dominus, 
these  expressions  covering  also  persons  holding  or  claiming  under  the 
original  bonitary  owner  or  dominus  respectively2.  If  indeed  there  were 
an  outstanding  usufruct  or  pledge,  created  by  the  vendor  or  a  previous 
owner,  this  could  be  enforced  against  the  bonitary  owner3,  but  neither 
more  nor  less  than  it  could  even  if  the  conveyance  had  been  formal. 
The  old  owner  was  still  technically  dominus  and  could  thus  prove  what 
the  plaintiff  in  a  vindicatio  rei  had  to  prove,  i.e.  that  the  thing  was  his 
ex  iure  quiritium.  This  would  be  conclusive  at  civil  law,  but  the  praetor's 
edict  came  to  the  relief  of  the  bonitary  owner  and  gave  him  the  above 
exceptio.  That  is,  he  was  allowed  to  plead  that  the  plaintiff,  or  one 
through  whom  the  plaintiff  claimed,  sold  and  delivered  the  thing  to 
the  defendant,  or  one  through  whom  he  claimed,  and  proof  of  this  was 
a  complete  defence4.  The  exact  form  of  the  exceptio  is  not  known,  but 
the  name  probably  followed  it  closely5.  This  was  complete  defensive 
protection,  but  its  form  shews  that  it  was  of  no  effect  against  one  who 
did  not  claim  under  the  vendor6.  It  was  therefore  useless  to  a  mere 
bona  fide  possessor.  For  it  was  not  good  against  the  true  owner,  who,  in 
such  a  case,  was  not  the  person  from  whom  he  acquired 7,  and  it  was  not 
necessary  against  any  other  person,  since  a  claimant  must  prove  his 
title8. 

Actio  Publiciana.  It  might  however  happen  that,  from  some  cause, 
the  holder  lost  actual  possession.  Some  other  person  might  during  his 
absence,  enter  on  the  property,  and  refuse  to  give  up  possession.  How 
was  the  bonitary  o\vner  to  recover  it?  In  some  cases  one  or  other  of  the 
possessory  interdicts  by  which  peaceful  possession  was  protected,  apart 
from  title,  might  serve  his  turn8,  but  many  cases  of  adverse  possession 
would  not  be  within  the  terms  of  these  interdicts.  Not  being  dominus 

\  Other  protection  is  necessary  and  exists,  e.g.  the  various  remedies  for  interferences 
not  amounting  to  ousting,  and  the  possessory  interdicts.  2  If  an  owner  sells,  delivers 
and  dies,  and  the  buyer  resells  and  delivers,  the  heres  replaces  the  vendor,  the  second  buyer 
the  first  buyer.  3  See  D.  21.  3.  4  At  first  probably  applicable  only  to  sale,  in 

classical  law  it  applied  mutatis  mutandis  to  any  case  of  transfer  ex  iusta  causa,  e.g.'gitt,  44. 
4.  4.  31.  5  21.  3.  3.  6  Except  in  the  possible  case  of  a  non-owner  who  after  the  sale 
and  delivery  acquired  the  dominium  and  sued  the  holder  under  his  new  right,  21.  3.  1. 
7  If  the  right  alleged  by  the  claimant  is  not  ownership,  but,  e.g.,  usufruct,  the  action 
will  not  be  vindicatio  rei,  but  the  appropriate  action,  in  this  case  actio  confessoria.  If 
the  usufruct  was  created  after  the  delivery,  as  it  might  be,  the  exceptio  was  available  in 
an  appropriate  form.  8  Post,  §§  Lxxn;  CCXLIX. 

B.  K.  L.  13 


194  ACT10  PUBLICIANA  [CH. 

he  could  not  claim  that  the  thing  was  his,  ex  iure  quiritium,  and  thus  he 
could  not  vindicate.  The  praetor  came  to  his  relief  by  providing  an 
actio  fictitia,  called  the  actio  Publiciana1.  This  action  was  based  on  the 
fact  that  the  bonitary  owner  would  in  the  ordinary  course  of  things 
become  dominus  in  course  of  time  by  what  was  called  usucapio2,  of 
which  he  satisfied  all  the  requirements,  as  he  held  the  thing  bona  fide 
and  ex  iusta  causa.  The  action  was  a  vindicatio  so  far  modified  in  form 
that  its  formula  directed  the  index  to  give  judgment  in  favour  of  the 
plaintiff,  if  he  would  have  been  dominus  had  he  held  the  thing  for  the 
period  of  usucapio.  It  was  thus  presumed  in  his  favour  that  the  period 
of  usucapio  had  run.  This  is  all  that  was  presumed :  it  was  still  for  him 
to  shew  that  he  was  in  via  usucapiendi.  This  he  could,  on  the  facts, 
readily  do  if,  as  would  usually  be  the  case,  the  thing  was  free  from  any 
vitium  which  made  it  incapable  of  usucapion3.  Technically  it  was  an 
actio  fictitia,  in  which  the  plaintiff  was  feigned  anno  or  biennio  possedisse*. 
All  that  was  presumed  was  lapse  of  time,  and  this  was  conclusively 
presumed,  and  bona  fides,  which  was  always  presumed,  though 
this  presumption  could  be  rebutted.  In  the  case  we  are  supposing 
there  is  no  question  of  this,  since  good  faith  is  clear  on  the  facts. 
The  other  requirements  of  usucapio  he  must  prove.  It  is  clear  that 
the  bonitary  owner  was  well  enough  protected  by  the  exceptio  and  the 
actio. 

The  actio  Publiciana  was  also  available,  even,  perhaps,  primarily 
available,  to  an  ordinary  bona  fide  possessor,  one  who  has  received  the 
property  in  good  faith  from  one  whom  he  supposed  to  be  capable  of 
transferring  the  ownership  to  him,  but  who,  in  fact,  was  not  so  capable, 
e.g.  a  non-owner.  It  is  clear  that  his  protection  must  be  less  complete, 
since  it  was  not  the  object  of  the  praetor  to  destroy  the  law  of  usucapio, 
or  to  bar  an  owner  from  recovering  his  property5.  Such  a  possessor  was 
not  protected  against  the  true  owner,  but  only  against  third  parties. 
Thus  the  exceptio  rei  venditae  et  traditae  had  in  general,  for  reasons  al- 
ready stated,  no  application  here.  The  bona  fide  possessor  had  the  actio 
Publiciana  against  all  but  the  true  dominus :  in  a  sense  even  against  him. 

The  facts  alleged  in  his  claim  were  true  in  that  case  also,  but  the  owner 

• 

1  G.  4.  36;  Inst.  4.  6.  4;  D.  6.  2.    Introduced  presumably  by  an  urban  praetor  called 
Publicius,  probably  not  long  before  the  time  of  Augustus.  2  Post,  §  LXXXVII. 

3  I.e.  was  a  res  habilis  and  not  privileged  against  usucapio,  or  res  furtiva,  etc.,  post, 
§  LXXXVII.  .4  This  is  not  the  same  as  a  presumption  that  he  has  acquired  by 

usucapio.  G.  does  indeed  say  "fingitur  usucepisse"  (G.  4.  36;  see  also  Inst.  4.  6.  4)  but 
the  formula  which  he  gives  at  the  same  point  is  more  exact.  A  fiction  that  he  had 
acquired  would  leave  the  index  nothing  to  try :  if  in  a  real  action  we  begin  by  presuming  that 
the  thing  belongs  to  the  plaintiff,  all  that  is  left  is  to  give  judgment  in  his  favour. 
5  6.  2.  16;  h.  t.  17. 


v]  ACTIO  PUBLICIANA  195 

was  allowed  to  plead  in  reply  the  exceptio  iusti  dominii,  an  allegation 
that  he  was  the  true  owner  of  the  thing1.  In  strictness  a  bona  fide 
possessor  cannot  know  that  he  is  one;  he  thinks  he  is  substantially 
entitled:  as  used  here,  however,  the  expression  means  one  whose  pos- 
session began  in  good  faith,  one  who  is  in  via  usucapiendi.  It  was 
immaterial  that  he  had  discovered  his  mistake2. 

When  the  parties  came  into  court  the  praetor,  who  might  never 
have  heard  of  any  of  them  before,  could  not  know,  though  he  had  to 
issue  the  formula,  whether  the  claimant  was  bonitary  owner  or  bona  fide 
possessor,  or  whether  the  defendant  was  owner  or  not.  To  settle  these 
points  would  be  to  try  the  case,  which  was  not  his  business3.  He  could 
not  take  their  words  for  it,  unless  they  were  agreed:  cases  maybe  imagined 
in  which  the  parties  themselves  did  not  know  the  real  state  of  affairs 
till  the  matter  was  thrashed  out.  Some  facts  might  be  admitted,  e.g. 
that  the  holder  was  only  a  bona  fide  possessor  in  the  above  sense,  while 
the  plaintiff's  claim  that  he  was  owner  might  be  disputed.  The  essential 
elements  of  the  formula  would  then  run  somewhat  as  follows:  "If  it 
appears  that  A  would  be  owner  of  this  thing  which  has  been  sold  and 
delivered  to  him  if  he  had  held  it  for  a  year,  then  unless  N  (defendant) 
is  dominus  condemn  him,  unless  at  your  discretion  he  restores ;  if  it  does 
not  so  appear,  absolve  him."  We  are  told  that  the  exceptio  iusti  dominii 
was  allowed  only  after  enquiry  (causa  cognita*),  and  thus  the  praetor  would 
refuse  it  if  it  was  clear  that  the  defendant  had  sold  and  delivered  the 
thing. 

If  all  material  facts  were  disputed  the  formula  would  run  somewhat 
as  follows:  "If  A  would  be  owner  of  the  thing,  which  was  sold  and 
delivered  to  him,  if  he  had  held  it  for  a  year  (or  two  years,  for  land) 
then,  unless  it  appears  that  N  is  owner,  and  even  then  if  it  appears 
that  N  or  his  predecessor  in  title  sold  and  delivered  to  A,  condemn  N 
to  pay  the  value  unless  he  restores  at  your  direction.  If  it  does  not  so 
appear,  absolve  N5."  This  submits  the  whole  issue  to  the  iudex,  and  if 
he  decides  correctly  the  result  will  be  what  is  laid  down  above6. 

LXXI.   One  or  two  possible  complications  must  be  considered. 

It  might  happen  that  a  bonitary  owner  or  bona  fide  possessor  lost 
possession  and  the  new  possessor  acquired  the  res  by  lapse  of  time, 

1  6.  2.  16,  17.  2  So  long  as  he  thought  he  was  dominus  he  would  not  bring  the 

Publician  but  a  vindicatio.  3  In  the  classical  and  earlier  law  the  magistrate  does  not 
normally  try  cases:  he  approves  a  "formula,"  in  which  the  issue  is  stated,  to  be  submitted 
to  a  iudex  to  decide;  post,  §  ccvn.  4  17.  1.  57.  5  See  G.  4.  36.  6  Some  details 
are  doubtful:  it  is  not  clear,  e.g.,  that  all  texts  dealing  with  exceptio  iusti  dominii  are  in 
accord — it  may  be  that  there  were  different  views  as  to  formulation.  See  Appleton, 
Propriety  pretorienne,  ch.  xvi;  Lenel,  E.P.  §60.  It  is  disputed  whether  the  price  must 
have  been  paid.  This  is  bound  up  with  the  question  whether  payment  was  essential  to 
transfer  of  ownership  by  traditio,  post,  §  Lxxxm. 

13—2 


196  ACTIO  PUBL1CIANA  [CH. 

usucapio.  Was  the  actio  Publiciana  still  available?  It  is  clear  that  on 
the  formula  stated  above  it  might  be,  for  it  would  still  be  true  that  if 
the  dispossessed  holder  had  possessed  the  thing  for  a  year  (or  two)  he 
would  be  dominus.  But  to  allow  it  on  such  facts  would  plainly  be  con- 
trary to  the  whole  purpose  of  the  law  of  usucapio  and  even  to  those  of 
the  Publician  itself.  There  is  little  authority  on  the  point,  and  much 
diversity  of  opinion1,  not  so  much  on  the  practical  outcome,  for  it  is 
usually  held  that  the  Publician  was  barred,  but,  in  most  cases,  on  the 
way  in  which  this  result  was  arrived  at.  On  one  view  it  was  barred 
because  even  if  he  had  possessed  for  the  necessary  time  he  would  not  be 
owner,  as  there  had  been  a  transfer  to  someone  else.  On  another  the 
action  was  available  in  principle,  but  was  barred  by  the  exceptio  iusti 
dominii2.  On  another  this  exceptio  was  not  available  where  the  aliena- 
tion was  by  operation  of  law,  e.g.,  usucapio,  or  accessio3,  so  that  in 
this  case  the  Publician  would  still  be  available. 

A  point  to  be  decided  before  forming  an  opinion  on  these  questions 
is  whether  the  possession  feigned  for  the  purpose  of  the  action  is  to  be 
dated  forward  from  the  date  of  the  traditio,  or  backward  from  that  of 
the  action.  This  is  material  also  in  connexion  with  another  point.  If  a 
bonitary  owner  brought  his  action  successfully  and  again  lost  possession 
before  usucapio  was  completed,  there  was  nothing  to  bar  him  from 
bringing  his  action  again  if  he  needed  it.  But  how  if  a  bonafide  possessor 
had  need  of  the  action  a  second  time?  If  his  feigned  possession  dated 
back  from  the  time  of  the  action  it  was  a  new  possession.  But 
if  when  he  brought  the  first  action  he  knew  that  he  was  not  owner 
it  might  be  argued  that  his  possession  was  now  a  new  posses- 
sion, and  did  not  begin  in  good  faith,  so  that  he  was  not  in  via 
usucapiendi,  for  the  texts  are  clear  that  a  second  possession  begun  in 
bad  faith  cannot  be  added  to  the  earlier  for  the  purpose  of  usucapio*. 
But  the  better  view  appears  to  be  that  it  is  a  continuation  of  the  actual 
possession5. 

It  may  be  that  two  persons  were  each  entitled  to  the  Publician,  e.g. 
where  a  bonitary  owner  lent  the  thing  to  the  dominus,  who  died  and 
whose  heres  sold  and  delivered  the  thing  in  good  faith  to  a  third  person. 
Which  of  these  was  entitled  against  the  other?  If  one  was  a  bonitary 
owner  and  the  other  a  mere  bona  fide  possessor  the  law  is  clear,  the 
former  would  win  whether  defendant  or  plaintiff,  though  the  form  of  his 
defence  is  not  known.  If  both  were  bona  fide  possessores  the  texts  are 
not  quite  clear,  but  it  seems  that  if  they  had  received  the  res  from  the 

1  Girard,  Manuel,  358,  n.  4;  Appleton,  op.  cit.  chh.  XX,  xxi.  2  See  17.  1.  57. 

3  Appleton,  op.  cit.  ch.  xx.          4  41.  3.  15.  2;  41.  4.  7.  4.  5  Girard,  Manuel,  loc.  cit. 

See  however  Appleton,  op.  cit.  ch.  xv,  §  xiv. 


v]  ACTIO  PUBL1CIANA  197 

same  non-owner,  the  first  deliveree  would  prevail,  but  if  from  different, 
then  the  actual  possessor1. 

There  was  in  the  formula  nothing  to  prevent  its  use  by  the  actual 
dominus,  and  it  has  been  said  that  in  the  later  Empire  it  practically 
superseded  vindicatio2.  But  the  evidence  is  against  this.  In  all  the  texts 
in  which  its  use  is  noted  the  time  of  usucapio  has  not  run,  and  the 
absence  of  reference  to  it  in  the  Code,  the  prominence  of  vindicatio,  and 
the  language  of  some  of  the  texts,  suggest  that  it  was  used  in  practice 
only  where  usucapio  was  not  complete,  and  thus  only  in  a  small  percent- 
age of  cases3.  Its  chief  advantages  would  be  that  there  was  no  need  to 
prove  that  time  had  run,  and  that  evidence  that  a  conveyance  relied  on 
was  not  by  the  true  owner  would  not  be  fatal,  as  it  would  in  vindicatio, 
apart  from  usucapio.  This  would  not  often  be  material,  and  thus  the 
jurists  have  little  to  say  about  the  action4. 

There  are  other  cases  than  that  of  traditio  of  a  res  mancipi  in  which 
a  holder  under  praetorian  title  will  become  dominus  by  usucapio.  The 
formula  of  the  Publician  would  be  applicable  at  least  with  slight  modi- 
fications in  many  such  cases,  and  is  actually  recorded  in  the  cases  of 
adiudicatio  in  a  indicium  non  legitimum5,  a  slave  noxally  liable  seized 
iussu  praetoris  for  lack  of  defence6,  a  plaintiff  in  \vhose  favour  judgment 
was  given  under  iusiurandi  delatio 7,  a  missio  in  possessionem  in  damnum 
infectum8,  and  iura  in  re  aliena  created  by  informal  methods9.  It  may 
have  been  available  in  other  cases10. 


1  6.  2.  9. '4;  19.  1.  31.  2.  Appleton,  op.  cit.  ch.  xvn.  In  the  case  given  above  both  are 
bonitary  owners,  for  the  heres,  being  dominus,  could  make  a  good  conveyance.  Here  it 
was  held  that  the  first  vendee  could  recover  from  the  other.  2  Appleton,  ib.  But 

see  Girard,  Manuel,  361,  n.  1.  3  I.e.  only  in  those  cases  in  which  the  disturbance 

complained  of  had  occurred  within  a  relatively  short  time  after  the  possession  had  begun. 
4  The  words  "e<  nondum  usucaptum"  which  appear  in  the  Edict  (6.  2.  1)  would  appear 
to  negative  the  view  altogether,  but  they  are  not  conclusive  as,  according  to  Lenel,  E.P. 
§  60,  there  is  no  trace  of  them  in  the  formula.  5  6.  2.  7.  pr. ;  post,  §  ccxxxn.  6  6.  2.  6; 
post,  §  ccv.  7  6.  2.  7.  7;  post,  §§  xc,  ccxv.  But  here,  owing  to  the  purely  relative 

effect  of  a  judgment,  only  against  the  other  party.  8  39.  2.  18.  15;  post,  §  CCXLV. 

9  6.  2.  11.  1;  see,  however,  post,  §  xciv.  10  See  Appleton,  op.  cit.  1.  4  sqq.,  who  gives 
a  list  of  the  possible  cases.  As  to  the  possible  extension  in  the  case  of  longi  temporis  prae- 
scriptio,  see  post,  §  LXXXIX.  Upon  the  unimportant  question  how  these  inferior  modes 
of  ownership  were  contemplated  from  the  point  of  view  of  classification  of  res  as  corporales 
or  incorporates,  which  the  texts  do  not  consider,  we  may  suppose  that  in  the  cases  such  as 
that  of  the  Publician,  which  are  protected  by  fictitious  actions,  the  answer  would  have 
been  that  whether  the  right  was  or  was  not  a  res  corporalis  it  was  treated  by  the  help  of 
fictions  as  if  it  was.  As  to  the  ownership  of  provincial  land  the  dominium  of  which  was  in 
Caesar  or  the  populus,  the  answer  depends  on  the  form  of  the  remedy,  which  is  not  certainly 
known  (ante,  §  LXIX).  As  to  peregrine  ownership  so  far  as  this  was  protected  by  fictitious 
actions,  the  answer  would  be  as  in  the  first  case.  But  it  may  well  have  been  held  that  the 
classification  was  part  of  the  Roman  Law  and  had  nothing  to  do  with  relations  outside 
the  commercium. 


198  POSSESS  10  [CH. 

LXXII.  POSSESSIO.  Before  entering  on  the  modes  of  acquisition  of 
dominium  it  is  necessary  to  consider  the  notion  of  possession.  No  other 
topic  in  the  Roman  Law  has  been  the  subject  of  so  much  discussion1. 
It  is  easy  to  describe  possession  roughly.  A  man  "possesses"  a  thing  if 
he  has  control  of  it — if  he  "has"  it,  whether  with  title  or  not.  A  man 
possesses  his  watch  in  his  pocket,  but  if  he  drops  it,  and  someone  else 
picks  it  up  and  keeps  it,  it  is  he  who  now  possesses  it,  though  it  is  still 
the  property  of  the  loser — it  still  "belongs"  to  him.  From  rough  de- 
scription to  exact  definition  is  a  long  step,  and,  before  attempting  to 
bridge  it,  it  seems  best  to  consider  its  legal  importance.  In  this  con- 
nexion the  main  point  is  that  one  who  had  possession,  whether  he  had  a 
legal  title  or  not,  and  subject  to  reservations  for  the  case  of  one  whose 
possession  was  tainted  by  certain  forms  of  wrongdoing,  had  the  protec- 
tion of  what  are  called  Possessory  Interdicts. 

Apart  from  these  reservations,  the  general  principle  of  these  remedies 
was  that  one  who  had  actual  possession  had  a  right  not  to  be  disturbed 
therein,  whether  he  had  a  title  or  not,  except  by  legal  process.  If  the 
owner  wished  to  recover  it,  he  must  bring  an  action — a  vindicatio.  If, 
instead  of  doing  this,  he  ejected  the  occupier,  a  possessory  interdict 
would  compel  him  to  restore  possession,  and  he  would  not  be  allowed 
to  plead  his  ownership  in  reply  to  the  claim  of  the  possessor2.  He  could 
however  now  do  what  he  should  have  done  at  first,  i.e.  bring  his  vindi- 
catio, and,  if  he  proved  his  title,  the  wrongful  possessor  would  be  com- 
pelled to  give  up  possession. 

Not  every  one  whose  position  agreed  with  the  rough  description 
above  set  out  had  possession  for  these  purposes.  It  is  easy  to  see  that 
my  guest  at  my  table  and  my  servants  at  their  work  have  not  possession 
of  the  implements  they  are  using.  But  the  Roman  Law  went  further. 
A  borrower  (commodatarius),  a  depositee,  a  tradesman  working  on  the 
thing,  none  of  these  had  possession.  And  as  there  could  be  no  possession 
of  a  res  incorporalis3,  and  interests  less  than  ownership  (ususfructus, 
etc.)  were  incorporeal,  persons  holding  such  rights  were  not  said  to  have 
possession.  But  this  last  restriction  is  rather  unreal,  for,  though  they 
had  not  possessio*,  they  had  interdictal  protection,  in  a  slightly  modified 
form5. 

Apart  from  these  cases  of  iura  in  rem,  those  who  hold  the  thing,  but 

1  See  for  an  indication  of  the  wealth  of  literature,  Windscheid,  Lehrbuch,  §  148,  n,  *. 
2  As  to  the  reasons  for  this  see  post,  §  CCLII.  3  43.  3.  1.  8,  etc.  4  Many  texts 

speak  of  him  as  having  "quasi  possessio"  or  "  possessio  iuris."  There  is  however  some  reason 
to  think  this  terminology  is  post-classical,  on  which  view  "out  quasi  possessione"  in 
G.  4.  139  is  a  gloss.  See  Albertario,  Bull.  25.  1  sqq.  and  27.  275,  citing  and  developing 
Perozzi,  who  lays  down  this  proposition  as  to  the  analogous  case  of  praedial  servitudes. 
See  Vat.  Fr.  90-93.  5  Vat.  Fr.  90;  D.  43.  16.  3.  13,  17;  43.  17.  4. 


v]  POSSESS10  199 

have  not  possessio  for  the  present  purpose,  are  said  to  have  possessio 
naturalis1  (detentio  is  a  modern  equivalent),  the  proper  name  for  such 
possession  as  gives  the  interdictal  protection  being  possessio  or  possessio 

civilis2. 

The  exact  definition  of  possessio  to  give  the  results  here  outlined  is  a 
matter  of  great  difficulty.  It  may  be  that  no  perfectly  correct  solution 
is  possible.  Among  the  jurists,  in  whose  writings,  if  anywhere,  the 
answer  is  to  be  found,  there  were  differences  of  opinion  on  many  funda- 
mental points,  and  there  is  none  on  which  such  differences  are  more 
easily  conceivable  than  on  this  of  the  exact  definition  of  possession.  The 
texts  suggest  that,  apart  from  interpolation,  the  same  man  does  not 
always  speak  with  the  same  voice  on  this  matter,  a  thing  readily  under- 
stood when  we  remember  that  lawyers  do  not  in  every  case  go  back  to 
first  principles  and  that  it  is  much  more  important  to  have  a  good 
practical  set  of  rules  than  one  logically  impeccable.  Many  attempts 
have  however  been  made  to  answer  the  question,  and  of  these  two  have 
received  so  much  more  attention  than  any  others  that  some  account  of 
them  must  be  given3. 

Of  these  opinions  that  of  Savigny4  was  the  earlier,  and  was  long 
accepted  almost  universally,  indeed  it  may  still  be  the  most  widely 
accepted.  On  his  view,  which  rests  mainly  on  texts  of  Paul  in  which  he 
alludes  to,  and  argues  from,  animus  possidentis5,  possession  consists  of 
physical  control,  (corpus)  with  the  intention  to  hold  as  one's  own- 
detention  with  animus  habendi  or  domini.  This  last  is  lacking  in  the 
cases  of  possessio  naturalis  which  we  mentioned  and  in  such  cases  as 
usufruct.  If  we  find  nevertheless  that  possession  is  attributed  to 
emphyteuta  and  pledgee  who  clearly  do  not  hold  the  thing  as  their  own, 
this,  says  Savigny6,  is  a  case  of  derivative  possession.  Later  writers 
have  sought  to  avoid  this  expedient,  by  adhering  to  the  expression 
animus  possidendi,  and  speaking  of  intention  to  hold  the  thing  to  the 
exclusion  of  anyone  else,  a  way  of  putting  the  matter  which  enables 
them  to  retain  Savigny's  doctrine  in  essentials.  The  fact  that  a  depositee 
did  not  possess  even  where  he  determined  to  keep  the  thing,  is  explained 
on  textual  authority  as  resting  on  the  principle:  nemo  potest  causam 
possessionis  mutare"7.  The  original  animus  was  decisive. 

These  views  were  strongly  attacked  by  Ihering8.  Without  going  into 
detail  of  his  criticism,  it  may  be  said  that  while  he  draws  attention  to 

1  Sometimes  used  in  a  looser  sense,  41.  2.  1.  1.  2  Sometimes  used  to  denote 

usucapion  possession,  i.e.  possession  with  bona  fides  and  iusta  causa  which  may  ripen 
into  ownership.  Post,  §  LXXXVTI.  See  however  Albertario,  Butt.  27.  275  sqq.;  43.  16.  1.  9, 10. 
3  See  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §§  148  sqq. ;  Girard,  Manuel,  275  sqq. ;  Vermond,  Possession 
en  Droit  Romain.  4  Recht  des  Besitzes,  tr.  Perry.  5  13.  7.  37;  41.  2.  1.  20.  6  Op. 
cit.  §  25.  7  E.g.  41.  2.  3.  19.  8  Besitzioille  (French  tr.  by  Meulenaere). 


200  POSSESSIO  [CH. 

the  fact  that  the  theory  does  not  explain  some  concrete  cases,  e.g.  the 
continued  possession  of  a  fugitive  slave,  and  the  case  of  derivative 
possession,  his  main  attack  is  on  the  conception  of  animus  domini.  He 
considers  that  the  texts  of  Paul  on  which  this  rests  present  an  opinion 
peculiar  to  him,  and  maintains  that  no  other  jurist  gives  support  to 
this  "subjective"  theory  which  makes  possession  or  non-possession 
depend  on  the  intention  of  the  holder.  He  shews  the  unpractical  nature 
of  the  idea,  and  the  impossibility  of  proof,  and  points  out  that  this 
impossibility,  coupled  with  the  rule  that  a  man  cannot  change  his 
causa  possessionis,  has  led  later  supporters  of  the  subjective  theory  to 
look  at  the  causa  for  proof  of  the  intention1,  in  such  a  way  as  to  give  a 
result  similar  to  that  arrived  at  by  those  who  find  the  test  in  external 
circumstances.  But  their  false  theory  leads  them,  he  holds,  to  false 
conclusions  on  points  of  detail. 

Ihering's  own  theory2,  treating  animus  domini  as  an  error  based  on 
a  doctrine  peculiar  to  Paul,  much  given  to  subjective  tests,  defines 
possession  as  the  externals  of  ownership.  A  man  possesses  who  is  in 
relation  to  the  thing  in  the  position  in  which  an  owner  of  such  things 
ordinarily  is,  the  animus  needed  being  merely  an  intelligent  conscious- 
ness of  the  fact,  so  that  a  furiosus  cannot  acquire  possession:  he  has 
not  intellectus  (or  affectio)  possidentis3.  This  is  in  effect  an  external  fact, 
for  this  sort  of  animus  proves  itself.  The  physical  relation  is  not  absolutely 
decisive:  possession  or  no  possession  may  depend  on  the  nature  of  the 
thing4.  A  slave  who  has  run  away  is  in  the  same  position  to  an  observer 
as  one  sent  on  an  errand.  A  man  at  his  home  still  possesses  the  things 
at  his  office,  and  vice  versa,  though  it  is  easy  to  formulate  cases  in  which 
it  is  hard  to  say  whether  possession  continues  or  not.  Every  conscious 
holder,  whether  for  himself  or  another,  satisfies  the  requirements  of 
possession.  For  Ihering  every  case  of  detention,  possessio  naturalis,  not 
giving  the  interdicts,  is  one,  in  which  the  law,  for  reasons  differing  in 
the  different  cases,  has  expressly  taken  away  possession  from  persons, 
who,  apart  from  this  express  provision,  satisfy  its  requirements. 

It  is  widely  held  that  Ihering's  criticism  is  sound,  and,  less  widely, 
but  still  very  commonly,  that  his  constructive  doctrine  is  also  sound. 
It  has  however  some  difficulties5,  and  the  texts  shew  that  animus 
played  a  more  important  part,  according  to  some  jurists,  than  Ihering's 
theory  allows.  The  difficulties  are  almost  entirely  in  connexion  with 
acquisition  or  loss  of  possession  through  the  act  of  third  parties,  in 

1  Op.  cit.  §§  n,  xii.          2  Op.  cit.  and  Grund  des  Besitzesschutzes,  also  tr.  Meulenaere. 
See  Lightwood,  L.Q.R.  1887,  32  sqq.;  Bond,  L.Q.R.  1890,  259  sqq.  3  41.  2.  1.  3; 

h.  t.  1.  9,  10.          4  I  possess  my  carriage  in  the  roadway  in  front  of  my  house:  I  should 
not  possess  my  watch  lying  in  the  same  place.  5  Girard,  Manuel,  279,  n.  6,  cites 

one.  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  Sect.  148,  n.  4  a,  gives  a  number  of  objections  of  varying  weight. 


v]  ACQUISITION  OF  POSSESSIO  201 

connexion  with  which  we  shall  meet  them  again.  It  may  be  that  some 
jurists  hesitated  to  hold  that  even  the  physical  part  of  possession  (corpus) 
exists  where  the  thing  is  held  by  a  person  who  has  announced  that  he 
is  not  holding  it  for  me.  For  it  is  clear  that  the  animus  in  question  must 
have  been  in  some  way  made  known.  The  theory  of  the  Romans  was 
probably  not  completely  coherent1. 

The  question  why  it  was  thought  necessary  to  protect  possession 
without  title  has  had  a  good  deal  of  attention.  Savigny  maintained2 
that  it  was  to  protect  those  who  had  no  title,  not  in  their  private  interest, 
but  for  the  preservation  of  the  public  peace.  It  would  not  make  for 
order  if  even  one  without  title  could  be  ejected  by  one  who,  perhaps, 
had  no  more.  Ihering's  view,  now  more  widely  accepted,  is  that  posses- 
sion is  protected  as  an  outwork  of  ownership3.  The  law  assumes  that  a 
peaceful  possessor  is  more  often  than  not  the  person  entitled,  and  that 
to  enable  him  to  recover  his  possession,  as  such,  without  proof  of  right, 
is,  in  most  cases,  to  restore  an  owner  without  requiring  him  to  prove 
his  title.  It  is  only  accidentally,  and  in  a  minority  of  cases,  that  it  works 
to  protect  a  wrongful  holder,  not,  as  Savigny  holds,  as  the  intended 
result  of  the  system4. 

LXXIII.  Acquisition  of  possession  by  one's  own  act  is  a  fairly 
simple  matter.  It  involves  animus  and  corpus5.  The  thing  must  be  placed 
in  our  control,  which  does  not  necessarily  mean  about  our  person: 
effective  control  will  vary  with  the  nature  of  the  thing.  The  animus  is 
no  more  than  consciousness  and  willingness.  Thus,  where  a  thing  has 
been  placed  by  our  direction  in  a  certain  place  for  us,  we  possess  without 
knowing  that  the  act  has  been  completed:  previous  authorisation  is  as 
good  as  knowledge6.  But,  as  animus  is  necessary,  the  acquirer  must  be 
capable  of  this — a  furiosus  cannot  acquire  possession 7.  And  in  things 
\  extra  commercium  there  can  be  no  juristic  possession  any  more  than 
there  can  be  ownership. 

Acquisition  through  an  extraneus  presents  more  difficulty.  One 
group  of  cases  may  be  excluded.  If  I  buy  a  thing  and  at  my  direction 
it  is  given  to  you,  my  procurator,  for  me,  I  possess,  but  it  is  not  so  clear 
that  I  am  technically  acquiring  possession  through  you,  any  more  than, 
if  it  is  put  in  my  house  at  my  orders,  I  acquire  possession  through 

1  Girard,  Manuel,  274:   "discordances  dont  le  germe  remonte,  peut-etre,  en  partie, 
4.  des  hesitations  ou  des  dissentiments  des  jurisconsultes."  2  Recht  des  Bes. 

§§  n,  vi.  3  Besitze-sschutze-*,  §  vr.  4  It  has  been  said  (Holmes,  Common  Law, 

208,  from  Bruns)  that  the  view  that  the  possessor  is  more  likely  to  be  entitled  than  the 
ejector  is  not  necessarily  true.  This  cannot  well  be  tested,  and  even  though  it  may  be 
an  objection  to  the  theory,  as  a  philosophic  truth,  it  is  no  answer  to  the  view  that  it  was  the 
Roman  doctrine.  5  41.  2.  3.  1.  A  pupillus  if  he  has  intellectus  can  acquire  possessio 

without  his  tutor's  auctoritat,  41.  2.  1.  3;  h.  t.  32.  2.  6  41.  2.  18.  2.  7  41.  2.  1.  3. 


202  ACQUISITION  OF  POSSESSIO  [CH. 

my  house1.  Leaving  this  case  out  of  account,  the  rules  shew  a  gradual 
change.  For  Gains  it  was  uncertain  if  possession  could  be  acquired 
through  free  persons  not  possessed2.  Neratius  had  already  held  that  it 
could  be  acquired  through  a  procurator — a  general  agent3.  Severus  and 
Caracalla  declared  it  settled  law  that  it  might  be  acquired  per  liberam 
personam*,  and  Ulpian  cites  this5  as  meaning  any  liber  a  persona.  This 
text  has  been  suspected  of  interpolation6,  but  since  by  his  time  the  name 
procurator  was  applied  even  to  a  mandatarlus  employed  only  for  a 
single  transaction,  and  in  mandate  ratification  sufficed,  and  Paul,  who 
tells  us  of  the  extended  meaning  of  procurator  tells  also  that  possession 
can  be  acquired  through  a  procurator,  utilitatis  causa1,  interpolation 
is  doubtful8.  In  any  case  acquisition  through  any  libera  persona  was 
the  rule  of  later  law9.  But  this  refers  to  the  corpus.  As  to  animus, 
previous  authorisation  sufficed,  even  general10,  but  apart  from  this 
there  must  be  knowledge  by  the  principal11.  For  usucapio,  indeed, 
knowledge  was  required  in  any  case,  not  from  principle,  but  because  of 
the  danger  of  the  other  rule,  "quia  contra  statui  captiosum  eritlz." 

In  the  case  of  a  slave  (and  in  that  of  a  filiusfamilias,  apart 
from  peculium  castrense,  etc.)  the  main  rules  were  simple.  A 
slave  could  acquire  the  corpus,  but  the  master's  possession  was  not 
complete  till  he  assented13.  But  on  this  there  are  some  remarks  to  be 
made. 

(i)  The  peculium  was  the  master's  and  acquisition  for  it  was  acquisi- 
tion for  him.  But  the  purpose  of  peculium  would  be  defeated  if  the  master 
had  to  intervene  in  its  dealings.  Hence  an  illogical  rule,  based  on  con- 
venience, not  on  principle,  that  the  master  need  not  know;  the  slave 
could  supply  animus  here14. 

(ii)  If  the  master  was  a  lunatic  or  infans,  and  so  incapable  of  animus, 
there  was  logically  no  acquisition  of  possession.  One  text  gets  over  the 
difficulty  in  the  case  of  infans  by  saying  that  he  could  assent  by  auctoritas 

1  41.  2.  18.  2.  In  41.  2.  42.  1  the  procurator  is  the  negotiating  party.  In  39.  5.  13  and 
41.  1.  37.  6  a  thing  is  given  to  my  procurator  for  me  and  he  takes  it  for  himself.  Ulpian 
says  I  acquire,  Julian  says  I  do  not.  The  former  may  be  interpolated  but,  if  it  is  not,  the 
dispute  may  turn  on  the  question,  already  adverted  to,  whether  I  can  be  said  to  have  the 
corpus  if  the  thing  is  held  by  one  who  renounces  my  right.  2  G.  2.  95,  probably  the 
word  is  procurator.  3  41.  1.  13;  41.  3.  41.  4  C.  7.  32.  1.  5  13.  7.  11.  6. 

6  Mitteis,  Rom.  Prr.  1.  212  sqq.  He  holds  that  every  text  declaring  for  acquisition  "per 
liberam  personam"  is  interpolated,  and  cites  41.  1.  20.  2;  h.  t.  53;  13.  7.  11.  6;  47.  2.  14. 
17;  C.  7.  32.  1.  He  regards  P.  5.  2.  2,  with  its  distinction  between  libera  persona  and 
procurator,  as  decisive,  but  in  view  of  the  wide  meaning  the  word  procurator  had  acquired 
by  this  time  (ib.  1.  3.  2)  it  seems  more  probable  that  the  text  is  not  comparing  procurators 
and  others,  but  possessio  and  other  rights.  7  P.  1.  3.  2;  5.  2.  2.  8  See  Peters, 

Z.S.S.  32.  205  sqq.,  for  other  suggested  emendations.  9  Inst.  2.  9.  5.  10  41.  2.  1.  13; 
41.  2.  42.  1;  41.  3.  41.  11  P.  5.  2.  2.  12  41.  3.  41;  C.  7.  32.  1.  13  G.  2.  89; 

P.  5.  2.  1;  41.  2.  1.  5;  h.  t.  48.     14  41.  2.  44.  1.  See,  however,  Beseler,  BeitrdgR,  4.  61  sqq. 


v]  ACQUISITION  OF  POSSESSIO  203 

of  his  tutor1.  But  in  general,  it  was  not  till  infantia  was  over  that  there 
was  any  question  of  auctoritas2,  and  then  it  would  not  be  needed  for 
possession  which  does  not  impose  an  obligation3.  Pomponius  lays 
down  the  more  reasonable  rule,  no  doubt  on  grounds  of  convenience, 
that  a  slave  can  acquire  possession  for  a  lunatic  or  infant  master4. 

(iii)  A  hereditas  had  no  animus,  and  there  were  difficulties  as  to 
acquisition  of  possession  for  it.  A  serous  hereditarius  could  complete 
usucapio  already  begun5.  It  is  probable  for  classical,  and  certain  for 
later,  law  that  such  a  slave  could  acquire  possession  for  his  peculium6. 
It  is  not  clear  that  even  under  Justinian  he  could  so  acquire  it  apart 
from  peculium7. 

(iv)  Although  the  animus  came  from  the  master,  the  slave  contributed 
something  to  it.  A  man  without  consciousness  cannot  have  control: 
thus  possession  could  not  be  acquired  through  an  insane  slave8. 

(v)  The  slave's  intent  ought  not  to  be  material,  but  Paul  says  that 
if  he  takes  not  intending  to  acquire  for  his  master,  there  is  no  acquisition 
by  his  master9.  It  is  generally  held  that  this  text  is  either  an  error  or 
an  interpolation:  perhaps  it  is  not  law  even  for  Justinian's  time.  It  is 
not  however  clear  that  the  rule  has  anything  to  do  with  animus.  The 
intent  must  be  proveable,  i.e.  in  some  way  declared,  and  it  may  be  that 
Paul  held  that  I  could  not  be  said  to  have  the  corpus  if  the  res  was  in 
the  hands  of  one,  even  my  slave,  who  shewed  that  he  was  not  holding 
it  for  me,  just  as  I  ceased  to  possess  a  fugitive  slave,  so  soon  as  he 
formally  claimed  to  be  a  freeman10. 

(vi)  Though,  at  any  rate  from  the  time  of  Xerva^/ms,  a  master  con- 
tinued to  possess  a  fugitive  slave11,  it  was  not  till  later  that  it  was  agreed 
that  the  master  could  acquire  possession  through  such  a  slave.  Nerva 
and  Pomponius  deny  it12.  But  it  was  clearly  admitted  by  the  later 
classical  jurists13. 

(vii)  There  was  an  old  notion  that  a  man  could  not  acquire  possession 
through  one  he  did  not  possess14.  Accordingly  some  jurists  doubted 
whether  a  usufructuary  of  a  slave  could  acquire  possession  through 

1  41.  2.  32.  2.  See  also  Papinian,  C.  7.  32.  3,  in  fin.  As  to  "per"  tutorem,  Peters, 
Z.S.S.  32.  205.  As  to  acquisition  by  the  tutor  acting  by  himself,  see  the  general  discus- 
sion, Lewald,  Z.S.S.  34.  452.  2  Ante,  §  LVI.  3  41.  2.  32.  2.  The  contradiction  in 
h.  t.  1.  3  is  no  doubt  due  to  interpolation,  as  also  in  h.  t.  1.  11.  1.  13;  41.  3.  4.  2,  etc.  See 
Lewald,  Z.S.S.  34.  450,  reviewing  Solazzi.  4  41.  3.  28.  5  41.  3.  20;  h.  t.  31.  5; 
h.  t.  40.  6  6.  2.  9.  6;  h.  t.  10;  41.  2.  1.  5;  44.  7.  16.  7  6.  2.  9.  6;  h.  t.  10;  41.  3.  44. 
3;  h.  t.  45.  1.  8  41.  2.  1.  9,  10.  9  41.  2.  1.  19.  Two  texts,  in  conflict  already  noted, 
39.  5.  13;  41.  1.  37.  6,  conflict  as  to  effect  of  slave's  intent  where  delivery  is  to  a  common 
slave  of  intended  deliveree  and  another.  The  ambiguous  position  of  such  a  slave,  who 
could  acquire  for  the  other  master,  may  account  for  a  difference  of  opinion.  10  41.  3. 
15.  1.  Paul.  11  41.  2.  1.  1;  h.  t.  3.  10;  h.  t.  47.  12  6.  2.  15;  41.  2.  1.  14. 
13  41.  2.  1.  14;  44.  3.  8.  14  G.  2.  94;  see  41.  3.  21. 


204  LOSS  OF  POSSESSIO  [CH. 

him,  but  the  difficulty  was  disregarded  in  classical  law1.  For  the  same 
reason  Gaius  records  a  doubt  whether  possession  could  be  acquired 
through  women  in  manu  and  persons  in  mancipio2.  As  these  soon 
became  obsolete,  we  have  no  later  information,  but  Gaius  finds  no 
difficulty  in  the  case  of  a.  filiusfamilias3  though  he  too  was  not  possessed 
in  classical  law4,  whatever  may  have  been  the  original  state  of 
things. 

LXXIV.  In  general,  possessio,  once  acquired,  continued  normally, 
animo  et  corpore.  If  it  needs  both  elements  it  ought  to  cease  if  either 
ceases,  but  this  is  obviously  not  so,  as  a  general  principle.  A  man  does 
not  lose  possession  of  his  goods  if  he  goes  mad  or  asleep5.  But  there 
were  cases  in  which  possession  was  said  to  be  retained  animo  solo,  e.g., 
saltus  hiberni,  aestivi6,  which  were  abandoned  for  half  the  year.  During 
this  period  possession  would  be  lost  by  mere  intent  not  to  possess7. 
But  there  are  texts  which  seem  to  say  that  what  was  possessed  in  both 
ways  could  be  lost  animo  solo.  Two  of  these  illustrate  the  rule  by  facts 
which  shew  their  meaning  to  be  only  that  a  handing  over  which,  on  the 
face  of  it,  was  consistent  with  retaining  actual  possessio  would  be  a 
transfer  of  possession  if  the  necessary  animus  was  present8.  Paul  how- 
ever says:  "si  in  f  undo  sis  et  tamen  nolis  eum  possidere,  protinus  amities 
possessionem9."  But  this  is  merely  constitutum  possessorium.  If  a  vendor 
of  land  arranged  to  hold  it  as  tenant,  the  full  process  would  involve 
handing  it  over  and  taking  it  back  as  tenant,  and  a  tenant  had  only 
possessio  naturalis.  For  simplicity,  the  process  was  taken  for  granted, 
so  that  the  possession  shifted  without  any  actual  transfer10. 

Death  ended  possession,  and  the  fiction  by  which  the  hereditas  was 
considered  as  continuing  the  possession  did  not  benefit  the  heres,  who, 
at  least  if  there  was  no  holding  by  a  slave  or  colonus,  did  not  possess 
until  he  had  actually  taken  possession,  this  being  a  matter  of  fact11.  If 
at  the  time  of  the  owner's  death,  a  colonus  was  in  occupation,  Cicero 
tells  us  that  the  heres  had  possession  by  the  colonus  with  no  act  of  his, 
but  this  is  in  an  advocate's  speech12  and  is  in  plain  contradiction  with  a 

1  G.  2.  94;  D.  7.  1.  21;  41.  2.  1.  8,  etc.  In  general,  b.  f.  possessor  was,  as  to  acquisition, 
in  the  same  position  as  fructuary,  but  in  his  case  this  particular  difficulty  did  not  arise. 
G.  2.  94;  D.  41.  2.  1.  5.  2  G.  2.  90.  3  G.  2.  89.  4  Thus  the  ordinary 

possessory  interdicts  were  not  available:  special  ones  were  needed,  Lenel,  E.P.  468. 
5  41.  3.  31.  3.  6  41.  2.  3.  11;  C.  7.  32.  4.  7  41.  2.  25.  2.  But  a  furiosus  cannot 

lose  possessio,  animo  solo,  h.  t.  27.  Paul  says  that  as  animus  and  corpus  are  both  essential 
to  acquisition  of  possessio,  this  cannot  be  lost  till  both  cease,  41.  2.  3.  So  stated  this  is 
absurd.  Elsewhere  (50.  17.  153)  stating  the  same  rule,  he  says  that  it  is  analogous  to  the 
rule  in  obligations,  that  they  are  to  be  dissolved  in  the  way  in  which  they  were  created. 
But  one  who  has  dropped  a  shilling  in  the  street  has  lost  possession  even  though  he 
knows  nothing  about  it.  Papinian  (41.  2.  46)  lays  down  the  similar  but  more  rational 
rule  that  what  is  held  animo  solo  can  be  lost  animo  solo.  8  41.  2.  17.  1;  h.  t.  44.  2. 

9  41.  2.  3.  6.  10  41.  2.  18.  pr.  11  41.  2.  23.  pr.  12  Pro  Caecina,  32.  94. 


v]  POSSESSIO  AS  A  RIGHT  205 

text  of  Paul  which  no  doubt  states  the  classical  law1,  and  says  that  the 
heres  did  not  possess  in  such  a  case,  till  he  had  actually  taken  possession. 

There  is  some  difficulty  as  to  loss  of  possession  by  an  act  of  the 
subordinate.  It  might  be  said  that,  as  a  slave  could  not  make  his  master's 
position  worse,  he  could  not  deprive  him  of  possession.  But  when  once 
possessio  was  acquired  the  slave's  personality  was  immaterial :  he  was  a 
mere  receptacle.  If  a  thing  fell  from  the  slave's  hand,  it  was  much  the 
same  as  if  it  had  fallen  from  the  master's  pocket.  And  po.wxxio  or  no 
possessio  was  a  question  of  fact.  But  if  my  slave  refused  to  let  me  have 
the  thing,  did  I  still  possess?  Yes,  if  it  was  land2,  but,  in  case  of  move- 
ables,  Paul  and  others  said  the  possessio  was  lost3.  If  a  slave  or  colonus 
wilfully  abandoned  land  the  classics  disagreed  as  to  loss  of  possession, 
till  a  third  party  had  taken  it4,  on  which  event  they  held  it  lost5.  Jus- 
tinian in  an  obscure  and  much  discussed  enactment  seems  to  have  pro- 
vided that  it  was  not  lost  in  either  case6. 

The  question  whether  possessio  was  or  was  not  a  right  is  somewhat 
empty.  The  answer  seems  to  be  that  the  question  whether  it  existed  or 
not  was  one  of  fact,  but  that,  if  it  existed,  it  conferred  rights.  It  was  not 
called  a  res,  nor  was  it  apparently  thought  of  as  a  ius  in  rent  analogous 
to  ownership  or  usufruct.  This  seems  to  rest  on  the  fact  that  it  had  no 
economic  content,  or  rather  no  assignable  money  value.  A  pledge 
creditor,  though  he  had  more  than  possession,  since  he  had  an  action 
and  could  resist  vindicatio,  was  rarely  spoken  of  as  having  a  ius7.  And 
acquisition  of  a  notnen  carried  with  it  the  securities  by  way  of  pledge8 
with  no  thought  of  the  principle  that  iura  in  rem  are  not  transferred  by 
mere  agreement.  The  wealth  of  pledgee  is  not  increased  by  a  pledge, 
though  his  security  is9.  The  distinction  is  clearly  brought  out  in  a  text 
which  says  that  a  captive  retains  his  iura  but  loses  bis  possessio10. 

1  41.  2.  30.  5.     A  transfer  may  involve  loss  of  possessio  without  acquisition  by  the 
transferee,  e.g.,  transfer  to  a  furiosus,  h.  t.  1.  11.  2  41.  2.  40.  pr.  3  41.  3.  4.  8,  9. 

4  41.  2.  3.  8;  h.  t.  31 ;  h.  t.  40.  1 ;  h.  t.  44.  2.  5  41.  2.  40.  1 ;  h.  t.  44.  2.    Not  of  saltus 

hiberni  or  aestivi,  which  are  possessed  animo  solo,  till  the  owner  knows,  h.  t.  3.  7,  25.  2,  46. 
6  C.  7.  32.  12.  7  E.g.  9.  4.  30;  39.  2.  19.  pr.,  where  the  decisive  words  look  like  a 

gloss.  8  C.  4.  10.  6,  7.  9  In  a  text  dealing  with  another  matter  we  are  told  that 
a  usufruct,  the  claim  for  which  is  barred  by  certain  facts,  still  exists  till  it  is  lost  by  non- 
user,  while  a  pignus  is  simply  destroyed  by  such  facts:  nullum  eniin  est  pignus  cuius 
perxecutio  denegatur  (9.  4.  27.  pr.).  This  seems  to  turn  wholly  on  the  fact  that  pledge  has 
no  content  but  its  enforceability :  it  is  matter  for  the  law  of  actions.  This  is  not  to  say 
that  it  has  no  value:  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  from  a  procedural  point  of  view  and 
there  are  many  texts  which  shew  that  the  lawyers  were  alive  to  its  economic  importance 
(e.g.  13.  5.  14.  1;  18.  4.  6;  50.  17.  72,  etc.).  What  it  means  is  that  notwithstanding  its 
economic  importance  the  considerations  mentioned  prevented  the  lawyers  from  regarding 
it  as  a  res.  10  41.  2.  23.  1.  A  release  of  pledge  from  husband  to  wife  was  not  a  donatio 
(42.  8.  18;  cf.  D.  24.  1.  5.  16).  We  are  however  told  that  there  could  not  be  a  donatio  of 
possession  between  them  (24.  1.  46),  which  probably  means  that  there  could  be  no  usucapio. 


206  ACQUISITION  OF  DOMINIUM  [en. 

It  is  the  notion  of  possession  as  a  right  which  leads  to  its  treatment 
in  our  modern  books  in  close  connexion  with  dominium.  But  the  Roman 
institutional  writers  did  not  so  treat  this  merely  provisional  and  pro- 
cedural right :  it  came  in,  so  far  as  it  was  treated  at  all,  under  interdictal 
procedure.  Bona  fide  possessio  was  mentioned,  because  it  gave  a  right 
to  fruits.  And  this  explains  what  looks  like  a  sharp  contrast  in  the  method 
of  the  Digest.  The  title  dealing  with  acquisition  of  dominium  is  followed 
by  one  dealing  with  that  of  possession1.  But  the  next  following  titles 
shew  that  this  is  because  possession  was  an  important  factor  in  the  law 
of  acquisition  of  dominium  by  usucapio,  and  is  discussed  as  an  intro- 
duction to  the  treatment  of  that  subject. 

LXXV.  ACQUISITION  OF  DOMINIUM.  The  modes  of  acquisition  of 
res  corporales,  i.e.  of  dominium,  can  be  classified  in  various  ways.  They 
were  Formal  or  Informal,  a  distinction  which  turns  not  on  the  degree  of 
ceremonial  involved  but  on  the  point  that  in  formal  transactions,  e.g., 
mancipatio,  the  form  sufficed  apart  from  intent  or  causa,  while  in  such 
cases  as  traditio  the  intent  and  the  causa  were  material.  They  were 
Original,  e.g.,  occupatio,  or  Derivative,  e.g.,  traditio,  a  distinction  different 
from  that  between  bilateral  and  unilateral,  though  all  original  methods 
were  unilateral.  But  the  institutional  treatment,  which  will  be  followed, 
classifies  them  as  iuris  civilis  or  iuris  naturalis  (or  gentium2),  by  which 
Gaius  seems  to  mean  that  some  were  thought  of  as  peculiar  to  Rome, 
while  the  others  were  universal.  In  looking  at  the  concrete  cases  we 
see  what  at  least  look  like  inconsistencies.  Acquisition  by  long  possession 
(usucapio)  and  treasure  trove  are  both  known  to  other  systems  and  in 
both  the  details  were  regulated  by  statute.  But  usucapio  was  iuris 
civilis  and  inventio  was  iuris  gentium.  Usucapio  is  treated  in  the  XII 
Tables,  and  no  doubt  the  civil  law  methods  are  so  called  as  belonging  to 
the  early  formal  law. 

ACQUISITION  FROM  THE  STATE.  This  is  hardly  part  of  the  private  law 
and  is  not  expressly  treated  in  the  Institutes.  There  were  many  cases: 
distribution  of  booty,  allocation  of  public  lands,  bonorum  sectio,  and, 
generally,  sales  by  the  Fiscus3.  The  State  was  not  bound  by  rules  of 
form.  All  that  seems  to  have  been  needed  was  a  declaration  by  the 
official  charged  with  the  business,  sometimes  called  addictio*.  This 

A  possessor  as  such  can  draw  no  advantage  from  the  thing :  all  he  has  is  a  right  to  resist  if 
his  possession  is  interfered  with  except  by  legal  process.  The  case  is  different  with  those 
inferior  modes  of  ownership,  of  provincial  lands,  and  by  peregrines,  which  if  they  have 
a  substantival  name  at  all  must  be  called  possessiones.  But  they  are  substantive  rights 
giving  enjoyment  of  the  property  and  not  defeasible  by  legal  process. 

1  41.  1;  41.  2.  2  G.  2.  65;  Inst.  2.  1.  11.    See  also  41.  1.  1.  pr.  where  the 

"gentium"  is  probably  due  to  the  compilers,  not  to  Gaius.  3  Details,  Cuq,  Manuel, 

258.  4  See  Girard,  Manuel,  289. 


v]  OCCUPATIO  207 

ignores  the  principle,  involved  in  the  modes  of  acquisition  set  out  in  the 
Institutes,  that  transfer  of  property  inter  vivos  always  required,  not 
necessarily  delivery,  but  some  act  or  circumstance  shewing  an  assertion 
of  control  of  the  thing  acquired :  traditionibus  et  usucapionibus  dominia 
rerum,  non  nudis  pactis,  transferuntur1.  There  were  indeed  exceptions, 
e.g.  the  rule  in  societas  omnium  bonorum,  that  the  mere  agreement 
vested  in  the  partners  in  common  the  ownership  of  what  had  belonged 
"to  each2,  the  method  of  creation  of  servitudes  by  pact  and  stipulation3, 
and,  in  later  law,  some  rules  of  donatio  and  dos*.  The  vesting  of  the 
owner's  share  in  treasure  is  difficult  to  reconcile  with  it5.  The  rules  of 
traditio  brevi  manu  and  constitutum  possessorium  were  only  apparent 
exceptions 6,  and  the  creditor's  right  in  hypothec  was  not  thought  of  as 
a  ius  in  rein1.  With  the  exception  of  traditio,  which  is  for  practical  pur- 
poses the  most  important  of  all  modes  of  acquisition,  and  the  special 
cases  of  acquisition  offructus,  the  iure  naturali  methods  are  of  secondary 
importance  in  actual  life.  Occupatio,  as  being  original  and  not  derivative, 
is  treated  as  the  primary  mode,  and,  as  we  shall  see,  most  of  the  others 
have  a  close  affinity  with  it. 

LXXVI.  OCCUPATIO*.  This  was  simply  acquisition  by  taking.  It 
was  not  in  practice  of  great  significance,  its  chief  importance  being  in 
relation  to  wild  animals  captured  for  food  or  other  purposes.  These  wild 
animals  were  acquired  only  when  they  were  effectively  seized,  which  was 
true  of  all  occupatio 9,  but  there  was  in  their  case  the  further  rule  that  the 
ownership  lasted  only  so  long  as  they  were  effectively  held,  subject  to 
the  modification  that  in  the  case  of  certain  things,  e.g.  bees  and  pigeons, 
the  ownership  lasted  so  long  as  they  retained  the  habit  of  returning  to 
their  quarters — animus  revertendi10.  The  question  what  amounted  to 
such  a  capture  as  gave  effect  to  the  intent  to  acquire  is,  in  effect,  what 
amounts  to  gaining  possession  in  such  a  case.  It  was  agreed  after  dis- 
putes that  a  wounded  animal  was  not  "occupied"  till  it  was  seized11. 
We  are  nowhere  told  whether  killing  was  itself  enough  and,  as  to  trapping, 
the  matter  seems  to  have  depended  somewhat  on  the  position  of  the 
trap,  but  the  question  is  of  no  great  legal  interest12. 

What  amounted  to  loss  of  control  is  again  a  question  of  fact13  .-clearly 
it  was  not  lost  while  the  old  owner  was  in  close  pursuit,  and  perhaps  the 
best  way  of  stating  the  matter  is  that  the  beast  ceased  to  be  owned 
when  the  chance  of  recovering  him  was  not  materially  greater  than  that 

1  C.  2.  3.  20.               2  Post,  §CLXXvm.               3  Post,  §  xciv.  4  Post,  §  xci; 

ante,  §  XL.          5  Post,  §  LXXX.          6  Ante,  §  LXXIV;  post,  §  Lxxxm.  7  Anter§  LXXIV; 

post,  §  CLXVI.  The  rule  has  no  application  to  acquisition  by  legacy.  8  G.  2.  66-69; 

Inst.  2.  1.  12  sqq.            9  Inst.  ib.           10  41.  1.  3,  4;   Inst.  2.  1.  14,  15.  11   Inst.  2.  1. 
13;  D.  41.  1.  5.  1.         1241.1.55.         1341.1.5. 


208  OCCUP  AT  10  [CH. 

of  capturing  any  other  wild  animal1.  To  the  question  why  ownership 
was,  in  this  case  and  no  other,  limited  by  possession,  the  answer  may  be 
that  the  whole  institution  antedates  law:  it  comes  from  a  time  when 
the  strong  man  armed,  and  he  alone,  held  his  goods  in  peace.  Whatever 
its  origin  it  had  a  curious  result.  If  the  beast  escaped,  and,  when  free 
from  control,  did  damage,  the  old  owner  was  not  responsible :  it  was  not 
his  beast.  He  need  not  therefore  keep  it  securely  however  dangerous  it 
was2.  The  aediles  met  the  case  by  a  provision  that  one  who  kept  wild 
beasts  of  certain  kinds  near  a  way  was  responsible  for  damages'  if  they 
escaped.  In  later  law  this  was  extended  to  any  wild  animal3.  And 
Justinian4  allowed  the  actio  de  pauperie  in  respect  of  wild  animals, 
though  this  is  contrary  to  the  principles  of  the  action :  that  depended  on 
ownership5,  which  was  here  lost,  and  required  that  the  damage  be  con- 
trary to  the  nature  of  the  animal6,  which  was  not  here  the  case. 

Occupatio  is  also  said  to  be  applicable  to  res  derelictae,  abandoned 
property.  The  principle  is  simple.  If  a  thing  was  intentionally  abandoned 
by  its  owner,  without  the  desire  of  recovery  (such  as  existed  where 
things  were  thrown  overboard  to  lighten  a  ship7),  it  could  be  occupied 
by  anyone.  But  there  are  difficulties.  If  I  picked  up  an  article  which 
had  been  abandoned  but  which  I  supposed  to  have  been  accidentally 
dropped,  and  decided  to  keep  it,  had  I  acquired  it?  The  difficulty  is 
that  I  could  hardly  be  said  to  intend  to  acquire  what  I  did  not  think  to 
be  susceptible  of  acquisition.  The  only  text  on  the  matter  requires 
knowledge  on  the  part  of  the  occupanss. 

Some  writers  hold  that  an  owner  not  in  actual  possession  could  not 
make  derelictio,  which  required  a  cesser  of  possession9.  But  it  would 
seem  that  any  declaration  by  the  owner  that  he  had  done  with  the  thing 
would  suffice  in  this  case.  Again,  the  Proculians  held  that  a  thing  was 
not  derelict  till  some  other  person  actually  possessed  it,  though  this 
opinion  did  not  prevail  against  Julian's  contrary  view10.  The  Proculian 
doctrine  has  been  explained  as  meaning  that  derelictio  was  not  complete 
till  it  was  too  late  for  a  change  of  mind11,  and  this  is  more  or  less  borne 
out  by  the  fact  that  the  Proculians  do  not  say  that  the  adverse  taking 
must  have  been  with  a  view  to  acquisition:  any  possession  would,  it 
seems,  suffice.  But  there  is  a  very  different  explanation.  Many  modern 
writers,  treating  the  Proculian  view  as  the  logical  doctrine,  hold  that 
occupatio  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  matter,  and  regard  the  case  as  one 
of  traditio  incertae  personae12.  Neither  Gains  nor  Justinian  mentions  this 

1  See  Czyhlarz,  Eigentumserwerbsarten,  46.  2  Inst.  4.  9.  pr.        3  21.  1.  40-42;  Inst. 

4.  9.  1.         4  Inst.  4.  9.  1.          5  Inst.  4.  9.  pr.  6  Ib.;  post,   §  ccv.          7  Inst.  2.  1.  48. 

8  41.  7.  2.  pr.         9  Czyhlarz,  op.  tit.  90.         10  41.  7.  2.  1.         11  See  Czyhlarz,  op.  cit. 
114.           12  Post,  §Lxxxni. 


v]  OCCUPATIO  209 

among  the  cases  of  occupatio,  and  there  is  no  unequivocal  text  in  the 
Digest  which  does  so,  while  there  are  texts  which  put  this  case  side  by 
side  with  others  which  are  treated  as  traditio1.  The  difficulty  of  this  is 
however  that,  when  the  view-  prevailed  that  derelictio  was  complete  by 
the  mere  abandonment,  it  followed  that  it  became  a  res  nullius,  and 
there  could  be  no  traditio  of  such  a  res. 

This  point  apart,  derelictio  of  moveables  was  completed  by  throwing 
them  away.  In  land,  this  was  impossible :  the  owner  must,  so  to  speak, 
remove  himself  from  the  land.  But  people  leave  their  land  for  long 
periods  for  many  reasons  other  than  intention  not  to  own  it2,  and  as 
land  usually  has  some  value,  it  does  not  seem  that  derelictio  often 
happened  in  that  case3. 

We  are  told  that  among  things  capable  of  occupatio  wrere  those 
captured  from  the  enemy4.  In  general  however  praeda  did  not  go  to  the 
captor,  but  to  the  State.  It  was  at  the  disposal  of  the  general,  who 
might  give  or  sell  it5,  but,  if  this  happened, .there  was  not  occupatio  but 
acquisition  from  the  State.  What  is  here  referred  to  is  enemy  property 
in  the  State  territory  in  time  of  war,  and  property  belonging  to  members 
of  a  State  with  which  Rome  had  no  friendly  relations 6. 

Occupatio  was  a  iure  gentium  mode  of  acquisition,  and  it  has  been 
contended  that  it  therefore  gave  only  iure  gentium  ownership.  But  the 
name  refers  to  origin,  not  to  effect7.  The  more  probable  suggestion  has 
also  been  made  that  in  classical  law  it  gave  only  iure  gentium  ownership 
of  res  mancipi8.  This  is  certainly  true  of  the  most  important  iure  gentium 
mode:  traditio,  and  might  therefore  be  true  of  occupatio.  If  it  did  give 
civil  ownership  it  would  provide  an  easy  way  of  evading  the  form  of 
mancipatio.  A  could  abandon  the  slave  and  B  then  "occupy"  him,  and 
it  would  be  easy  to  create  by  agreement  the  same  obligations  as  would' 
have  existed  if  he  had  been  mancipated.  The  case  is,  as  we  have  seen, 
closely  associated  with  traditio  incertae  personae,  and  if  so  interpreted, 
it  could  not  give  more  than  iure  gentium  ownership.  Classical  texts 
give  indeed  no  hint  of  anything  of  the  kind,  but  there  are  very  few  refer- 

1  Inst.  2.  1.  46,  47  directly  associate  it  with  a  clear  case  of  traditio  incertae  personae, 
using  the  word  "occttpare,"  but  in  a  context  which  shews  that  it  means  no  more  than 
seizing  and  does  not  imply  any  particular  juristic  construction  of  the  facts.  D.  41.  7 
which  deals  with  usucapio  "pro  derelicto"  uses  the  word  " accupanti.s"  in  h.  t.  1.  But  here 
too  the  word  need  not  be  technical.  Even  P.  2.  31.  27  is  not  conclusive.  2  E.g.,  saltus 
hiberni,  aesiivi.  3  Derelictio  of  land  is  often  mentioned  in  the  sources  (see  reff.  in 

Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  93)  but  usually  in  the  sense  of  leaving  it  uncared  for,  without  necessary 
implication  of  intent  to  abandon.  Arrears  of  tax  might  make  it  dangerous  to  "occupy" 
in  any  case.  4  In  G.  2.  69  the  acquisition  contemplated  is  no  doubt  to  the  State. 

5  Mommsen,  Slrafrecht,  765.  6  41.  1.  51.  1.    Girard,  Manuel,  323,  limits  this  to 

"expedition  de  partisans,"  no  doubt  the  usual  case.  7  Cf.  the  case  of  traditio. 

8  Girard,  Manuel,  322. 

B.  R.  L.  14 


210  ACCESSIO  [CH. 

ences  to  occupatio  of  res  derelictae  and  res  hostis1,  and  these  are  the  only 
cases  in  which  the  point  could  arise2. 

LXXVII.  ACCESSIO.  This  may  be  denned  as  the  acquisition  of 
property  by  its  incorporation  in  what  already  belonged  to  the  acquirer. 
The  rules  are  somewhat  complex  and  there  are  several  distinct  cases 
to  consider.  Before  discussing  them  it  may  be  noted  that  the  question 
whether  it  created  civil  or  merely  bonitary  ownership  in  classical  law  can- 
not arise  here,  for  what  was  acquired  merged  in  the  old  thing  and  was 
necessarily  held  as  that  was  held. 

The  simplest  case  of  accessio,  that  of  moveables  to  moveables,  was  of 
rather  rare  occurrence.  If  two  things  of  different  owners  were  mixed  in 
such  a  way  as  to  be  readily  separable  (commixtio),  and  not  by  consent, 
they  were  merely  separated  again :  there  was  no  change  of  ownership3. 
If  it  was  by  consent,  ownership  was  presumably  common:  in  neither 
case  was  there  any  question  of  accessio.  If  they  were  so  joined  as  not 
to  be  readily  separable  (confusio),  whether  by  consent  or  not,  ownership 
was  common:  there  was  no  accessio4.  These  rules  seem  to  exclude 
accessio  altogether,  but  there  was  an  important  exception.  If,  of  the  two 
things  so  united  by  confusio,  one  was  merely  an  accessory  to  the  other, 
its  identity  was  merged  in  that  other:  there  was  accessio  and  the  whole 
belonged  to  the  owner  of  the  principal  thing5.  Whether  it  was  or  was 
not  an  accessory  was  a  question  of  fact,  not  always  easy.  In  some  cases 
it  seems  obvious,  as  where  A's  wool  was  woven  into  jB's  coat6,  but  in 
some  cases  there  were  disagreements,  not  only  whether,  in  a  given  case, 
the  thing  was  an  accessory,  but  on  the  tests  to  be  applied  in  determining 
the  point. 

The  test  sometimes  applied,  and,  as  it  seems,  the  best,  is  whether  the 
total  thing  would  retain  its  identity  as  the  same  thing,  if  the  added 
element  were  removed,  whether  this  is  the  thing  which  gives  the  object 
its  essence  and  its  name7.  Another  test  applied  was  that  of  relative 

1  And,  as  we  have  seen,  most  of  these  are  doubtful.  2  Not  all  res  nullius  could 

be  "occupied,"  e.g.,  divini  iuris.  See,  too,  G.  2.  200  as  to  the  Proculian  view  of  property 
subject  to  a  conditional  legacy  per  vindicntionem.  The  property  in  a  kereditas  iacens 
did  not  belong  to  any  one.  None  of  these  could  be  occupied  and  the  interests  of  those 
really  concerned  were  provided  for,  as  we  have  seen  for  res  divini  iuris  and  shall  see 
later  for  other  cases,  by  a  variety  of  expedients.  341.1.  12.  1.  4  Tnst.  2.  1.  27. 

Simple  soldering  is  commixtio,  for  it  can  be  melted  off  (plumbatura)  but  welding  (ferrumi- 
natio)  is  confusio.  6.  I.  23.  5.  A  mixture  of  "ae.f "  and  silver  was  thought  of  as  separable, 
commixtio,  41.  1.  12.  1,  one  of  gold  and  silver  was  not  so  thought  of,  confusio,  h.  t.  7.  8. 
5  Inst.  2.  1.  26.  6  Arno  (Mel.  Girard,  1.  27)  argues  that  textura  is  not  a  true  case 

of  accessio,  but  is  on  an  equality  with  plumbatura.  He  cites  10.  4.  7.  2  and  contrasts 
G.  2.  79  and  Inst.  2.  1.  25,  26.  7  See  Girard,  Manuel,  335,  who  cites  34.  2.  29.  1;  41. 
1.  26.  pr. ;  Inst.  2.  1.  33.  A  diamond  ring  may,  it  should  seem,  be  regarded  as  a  jewel 
in  its  setting  rather  than  a  ring  with  its  ornament. 


v]  ACCESS  10  211 

value1,  but  this  was  ignored  in  the  case  of  writing  on  parchment,  which 
ceded  to  the  parchment  even  though  the  lettering  were  of  gold.  Here 
the  test  applied  was  that  the  writing  could  not  exist  without  the  parch- 
ment, while  the  converse  is  not  true2.  In  the  case  of  painting  on  a  tablet, 
there  was  a  difference  of  opinion.  On  the  view  which  prevailed  the  tablet 
ceded  to  the  picture,  since,  says  Justinian,  the  picture  has  the  greater 
value.  This  is  not  always  true,  and  is  not  alleged  by  Gains  (from  whom 
Justinian  adopts  the  opinion),  who  observes  that  there  is  no  good  reason 
for  it3.  Paul  adverts  to  this  reason  but  rejects  both  it  and  the  rule4  and 
makes  the  painting  cede  to  the  tablet  as  not  capable  of  existing  without  it. 

It  was  indifferent  whether  the  absorption  was  bonafide  or  not,  or  by 
whom  it  was  done,  or  whether  there  was  consent,  though  all  these 
points  were  material  on  the  question  of  compensation,  on  which  the  chief 
rules  were  these5: 

(i)  If  the  loser  himself  effected  the  fusion  voluntarily  in  knowledge 
of  the  facts,  he  was  regarded  as  having  made  a  gift  and  had  no  claim6, 
subject  to  the  limitation  that,  if  he  did  it  as  a  reasonable  act  of  administra- 
tion on  behalf  of  the  other  party,  he  would  have  an  actio  negotiorum 
gestorum  contraria1, 

(ii)  If  he  did  it  thinking  the  thing  was  his,  then,  if  still  in  possession, 
he  could  resist  vindicatio  by  an  exceptio  doli  unless  he  received  compensa- 
tion for  his  loss,  not  the  added  value8.  If  the  other  party  had  acquired 
possession  of  the  thing,  he  had,  it  seems,  no  remedy  at  all 9. 

(iii)  If  it  was  done  in  bad  faith  by  the  acquirer  and  he  had  possession, 
the  loser  could  proceed  for  theft10.  If  on  such  facts  the  loser  was  still  in 
possession,  the  owner  could  no  doubt  vindicate  subject  to  payment  for 
the  added  value,  but  would  still  be  liable  to  the  actio  furti. 

(iv)  If  it  was  done  by  the  acquirer  in  good  faith  and  he  had  possession, 
he  was  liable,  at  least  in  later  law,  to  an  actio  infactum  for  the  loss11.  If 
the  other  had  possession  he  could  vindicate,  subject  to  payment  for  the 
added  value12. 

(v)  In  the  case  of  the  picture  the  point  of  compensation  was  dealt 
with  on  peculiar  lines.  The  three  texts  are  all  substantially  the  same 
and  due  to  Gains13.  They  tell  us  that,  the  tablet  being  still  in  the  possession 
of  the  old  owner,  the  painter  could  vindicate,  subject  to  exceptio  doli  if 

1  Inst.  2.  1.  34.  Another  test  (41.  1.  27.  1)  is,  on  whose  account  the  addition  was  made, 
but  this  is  not  helpful.  2  G.  2.  77;  Inst.  2.  1.  33;  D.  6.  1.  23.  3.  The  case  is  rather  like 
specificatio,  post,  §  LXXIX.  3  G.  2.  78;  Inst.  2.  1.  34;  D.  41.  1.  9.  2.  4  6.  1.  23.  3.  5  This 
is  matter  for  the  law  of  obligations,  but  is  discussed  here  in  the  Institutes.  6  Arg.  41.1. 
7.  12.  7  3.  5.  44.  pr.  8  G.  2.  77;  Inst.  2.  1.  33.  9  12.  6.  33;  41.  1.  7.  12;  h.  t.  9.  pr. 
10  Inst.  2.  1.  26.  11  6.  1.  23.  5,  interp.  12  6.  1.  23.  4.  It  is  said  on  the  strength  of 
6.  1.  23.  5  that  there  was  an  actio  ad  exhibendum  in  some  of  these  cases.  13  G.  2.  78; 
Inst.  2.  1.  34;  D.  41.  1  9.  2. 

14—2 


212  ACCESS10  [CH. 

he  did  not  pay  the  value  of  the  tablet.  This  no  doubt  means,  though  it 
is  not  said,  if  he  was  in  good  faith.  If  the  painter  possessed,  the  old 
owner  had  an  actio  utilis  for  the  tablet  subject  to  his  paying  impensam 
(or  pretium)  picturae,  whatever  that  means,  if  the  maker  was  in  good 
faith.  If  not  he  had  an  actio  furti.  This  actio  utilis  was  presumably  a 
vindicatio  utilis  and  it  was  odd  enough.  If  impensa  means  the  value  of 
the  picture  he  had  no  remedy  except  on  purchase  of  the  picture  which 
he  might  not  want.  If  it  means  merely  the  cost  of  the  materials,  then 
he  got  what  might  be  a  valuable  picture  for  practically  nothing.  And, 
on  the  rules  as  stated,  each  could  recover  it  from  the  other1. 

The  next  case  of  accessio  to  consider  is  to  land  apart  from  buildings. 
The  rules  can  be  briefly  stated.  Imperceptible  deposit  of  soil  on  a  man's 
boundaries  by  the  action,  e.g.  of  a  river,  belonged  to  him2.  An  island 
arising  in  the  middle  of  a  river  belonged  to  the  owners  on  each  side,  to 
the  middle  line3.  Apart  from  temporary  inundation,  if  a  river  changed 
its  bed,  the  old  bed  belonged  to  the  owners  on  each  side  and  the  new  bed 
became  public,  reverting  if  the  river  reverted4.  If  a  solid  identifiable 
piece  of  land  was  carried  on  to  A's  borders  by  the  force  of  the  river,  the 
ownership  was  unchanged,  until  trees  rooted  in  it  struck  root  in  A's 
land,  when  it  became  his5.  In  the  same  way  anything  sown  or  planted 
in  a  man's  land  was  his6. 

In  the  case  of  alluvio  we  hear  nothing  of  compensation,  for  obvious 
reasons.  In  the  case  of  plants  rooted  in  land,  the  little  we  are  told7 
suggests  that,  as  we  should  expect,  the  rules  were  as  in  the  case  of 
moveables.' 

The  rules  of  alluvio,  etc.,  harmonise  with  the  doctrine  that  the 
owners  of  land  on  the  banks  owned  the  soil  to  the  middle  line,  and  this 
is  strengthened  by  the  fact  that  they  did  not  apply  if  the  land  concerned 
was  ager  limitatus,  i.e.  defined  by  straight  lines  by  authority,  having  no 
necessary  relation  to  natural  features,  as  was  commonly  the  case  with 
lands  granted  by  the  State 8.  The  same  is  true  of  the  rule  as  to  insula 
nata,  which  was  on  the  same  level  as  alluvio  (while  an  island  in  the  sea, 
the  bottom  of  which  certainly  belonged  to  no  one,  was  res  nullius9}  and 
cannot  be  thought  of  as  accessory  to  the  land  or  ceding  to  it,  unless  the 
right  extended  to  the  middle  line.  It  was  laid  down  by  Celsus  that  the 

1  These  rules  do  not  deal  with  the  possible  case  in  which  the  fusion  is  effected  by 
one  who  owned  neither  the  principal  thing  nor  the  accessory.  This  case  might  easily  be 
very  complicated.  2  G.  2.  70;  Inst.  2.  1.  20;  D.  41.  1.  7.  1.  3  G.  2.  72;  Inst.  2.  1. 

22:  D.  41.  1.  7.  3,  4.  4  41.  1.  7.  5;  Inst.  2.  1.  23.  5  G.  2.  71;  Inst.  2.  1.  21;  D.  41. 

1.  7.  1,  2.  The  Institutes  speak  of  the  tree  only.  See  also  6.  1.  5.  3.  6  Common,  if  rooted 
in  two  estates,  G.  2.  74,  75;  Inst.  2.  1.  31,  32;  D.  41. 1.  7.  13.  7  G.  2.  76;  Greg.  Wis.  6.  1 ; 
Inst.  2.  1.  32.  8  41.  1.  16.  As  to  practical  difficulties  and  temporary  departure  from 

these  principles,  see  Cuq,  Manuel,  261,  and  literature  there  cited.  See  also  Costa,  Le  Acque 
nel  dir.  M.  4  sqq.  9  Inst.  2.  1.  22. 


v]  ACCESSIO  213 

soil  belonged  to  owners  on  each  side  and  was  public  only  quoad  usum1. 
On  the  other  hand  there  are  texts  which  make  the  bed  public2,  and 
Girard  points  out  that  even  so  late  as  Labeo  there  were  controversies 
as  to  riparian  owners'  rights  to  islands3.  There  are,  as  we  have  seen, 
other  traces  of  differences  of  opinion  on  many  of  these  points4.  The 
better  opinion  seems  to  be  that  the  classical  lawyers  were  reaching  the 
doctrine  that  the  bed  belonged  to  the  riparians5. 

LXXVIII.  Passing  to  the  case  of  buildings,  the  texts  discuss  two 
hypotheses  : 

(a)  A  built  on  his  own  land  with  fi's  materials.  The  house  belonged 
to  the  builder:  superficies  solo  cedit6.  But  the  Romans  were  here 
capable  of  a  rather  metaphysical  distinction.  Though  the  house  was 
A's,  B's  materials  were  still  his7,  subject  to  the  limitation,  based  on 
the  XII  Tables,  that  so  long  as  they  were  absorbed  into  the  house,  even 
though  separable,  he  could  not  reclaim  them8.  His  ownership  was 
inoperative,  but  capable  of  renewed  effect.  If,  however,  they  had  been 
used  in  bad  faith,  the  old  owner  had  an  actio  de  tigno  iniuncto,  also  based 
on  the  XII  Tables,  for  double  their  value9,  and  even  after  bringing  this 
action  he  could  still  recover  the  materials  if  the  house  fell  or  was  pulled 
down10.  The  act  would  seem  to  be  furtum,  but  if  the  actio  furti  were 
brought,  no  doubt  that  de  tigno  iniuncto  was  barred.  If,  though  the 
builder  was  in  good  faith,  the  materials  had  been  actually  stolen  by 
someone,  the  old  owner  could  either  bring  the  actio  de  tigno  iniuncto  or 
reclaim  the  materials  when  the  house  came  down,  but  not  bothu.  If 
there  was  no  theft,  but  all  was  in  good  faith,  he  had  the  same  right  to 
reclaim  when  the  house  was  pulled  down.  The  Institutes,  and  an  inter- 
polated text  in  the  Digest12,  give  him  the  alternative  of  de  tigno  iniuncto, 
but  most  of  the  texts,  the  nature  of  the  action  itself,  and  the  language 
of  the  relevant  title  in  the  Digest13  leave  little  doubt  that,  at  least  for 
classical  law14,  this  action  never  lay  unless  the  materials  had  been  stolen 
by  someone.  This  leaves  no  remedy,  in  case  of  good  faith,  beyond  the 
very  poor  one  of  eventual  reclaim.  It  has  therefore  been  suggested,  on 

1  41.  1.  30.  1.  2  See  p.  212,  n.  4.  3  Manuel,  332;  D.  41.  1.  65.  4.  4  41.  1.  7.  5; 
In  7.  1.  9.  4  Ulp.  gives  usufructuary  the  usufruct  of  alluvio,  but  denies  him  any  right 
in  insula  nata,  though  he  agrees  that  it  belonged  to  the  owner  of  the  land.  He  rests  his 
view  on  Pegasus  but  seems  to  give  his  own  reason  which  is  that  such  a  thing  is  not  within 
the  intention  of  the  original  grant.  5  The  rule  stated  by  Paul  (41.  1.  65.  3)  is  somewhat 
adverse.  6  G.  2.  73;  Inst.  2. 1.  29.  7  Thus  usucapio  of  the  house  was  not  usucapio 
of  the  materials,  6.  1.  23.  7;  41.  1.  7.  11.  8  41.  1.  7.  10;  Inst.  2.  1.  29.  9  47.  3; 

24.  1.  63.  10  41.  1.  7.  10.  11  24.  1.  63;  47.  3.  1.  pr.,  h.  t.  2.  12  Inst.  2.  1.  29;  D. 
6.  1.  23.  6.  13  D.  47.  3.  14  It  may  be  doubted,  in  view  of  the  other  texts,  whether 
the  two  texts  (see  n.  12)  which  can  be  so  interpreted  really  intend  to  extend  the  actio  de  tigno 
iniuncto  to  cases  of  good  faith,  throughout.  In  46.  3.  98.  8  Paul  says  (there  is  nothing 
about  theft)  that  the  pretium  can  be  recovered;  cf.  47.  3.  1.  1. 


214  ACCESSIO  [CH. 

the  authority  of  a  text  which  appears  to  be  interpolated1,  that,  as  in 
the  corresponding  case  in  moveables,  there  was  an  actio  in  factum  for 
the  value  of  the  materials2. 

The  possible  case  in  which  the  building  passed  into  the  possession  of 
the  owner  of  the  materials  before  any  of  these  proceedings  were  taken 
is  not  discussed.  Presumably  the  builder  (owner  of  the  land)  could 
recover  only  on  paying  for  the  materials,  without  prejudice  to  his 
liability  for  theft  in  case  of  bad  faith. 

(b)  B  built  with  his  own  materials  on  A's  land.  There  are  many 
difficulties  in  this  case.  There  are  indeed  several  possible  cases,  but  no 
analysis  of  them  will  provide  a  coherent  story  from  the  texts.  There  was 
evidently  evolution  and  difference  of  opinion  among  the  jurists  them- 
selves. 

(i)  B  still  in  possession  was  in  good  faith,  i.e.  reasonable  error,  all 
through.  If  the  owner  vindicated,  B  could  by  an  exceptio  doli  get  reim- 
bursement of  his  expenses3.  If  the  place  came  down  while  still  in  fi's 
possession  the  materials  reverted4.  But  here  difficulties  begin.  Celsus 
says  that  if  the  work  was  what  the  owner  would  have  done,  he  must 
refund  either  cost  or  value,  whichever  was  the  less5.  This  is  rather 
favourable  to  him,  though  it  is  stated  as  a  concession  to  the  builder. 
Celsus  adds  that  if  he  was  too  poor  to  pay  this,  he  might  let  the  builder 
take  away  the  material,  so  far  as  this  could  be  done  without  damage. 
To  this  is  added  a  clause,  certainly  of  Justinian,  that  he  might  instead  pay 
what  the  matter  would  be  worth  to  the  builder  when  removed,  so  that 
the  latter  was  prevented  from  destroying  for  mere  malice,  e.g.  by 
erasing  frescoes.  Words  are  added  which  seem  to  mean  that  these 
various  alternatives  did  not  apply  if  the  owner  had  a  customer  for  the 
house:  here  he  must  pay  the  added  value.  This  ius  lollendi  has  caused 
much  difficulty.  Three  other  texts  mention  it,  but  they  look  interpolated6. 
It  is  in  conflict  with  the  principle  so  often  laid  down  that  it  was  forbidden 
to  pull  down  houses.  But  it  looks  genuine  in  this  text  and  it  occurs  in 
other  branches  of  the  law7.  In  any  case  it  was  clearly  law  under  Justinian8. 
1  Arg.  6.  1.  23.  5.  2  Under  Justinian  the  owner  of  the  materials  seems  to  have 

been  allowed  to  bring  vindicatio  and  ad  exhibendum  at  once.  But  the  texts  are  in  conflict 
(47.  3.  1.  2,  2;  6.  1.  23.  6;  41.  1.  7.  10;  Inst.  2.  1.  29)  and  the  rule,  which  conflicts  with 
the  principle  laid  down  by  the  XII  Tables,  can  hardly  be  classical.  3  41.  1.  7.  12;  44.  4. 

14;  Inst.  2.  1.  30;  ius  retentionis.  4  C.  3.  32.  2.  5  6.  1.  38.  6  6.  1.  27.  5;  h.  t. 

37;  C.  3.  32.  5.  7  See  Pernice,  Labeo,  2.  1.  384.  8  Celsus  tells  us,  or  is  made  to 

tell  us,  that  "without  damage"  means  that  the  premises  are  left  no  worse  than  they 
were  before  the  matter  was  added.  Some  writers  harmonise  the  texts  by  holding  that, 
in  classical  law,  the  ius  tollendi  applied  only  to  additions  to  a  house,  not  to  complete 
buildings;  see  Pernice,  Labeo,  2.  1.  386.  It  is  sometimes  held  that  the  whole  notion  of 
ius  tollendi  is  Byzantine.  See  Beseler,  Beitrage,  2.  39  and  reff.  One  text  says  that  any 
fruits  received  while  the  builder  was  in  bona  fide  are  set  off  against  the  ius  retentionis, 
6.  1.  48. 


v]  ACCESS1O  215 

(ii)  B,  still  in  possession,  was  in  bad  faith.  There  was  no  question  of 
furtum,  for  there  is  nofurtum  of  land.  Here  we  are  told  that  he  had  no 
ius  retentionis,  for  which  the  reason  is  assigned  that  he  was  construed  as 
having  given  it1.  And  he  had  no  ius  tollendi  in  classical  law,  though  two 
interpolated  texts  give  this  right2.  The  same  principle  would  exclude 
any  right  in  him  if  the  place  fell  down.  But  it  must  be  supposed  that 
though  he  built  knowingly  on  another's  land,  if  he  did  it  as  an  act  of 
gestio  for  the  owner,  reasonably,  this  would  be  a  case  of  negotiorum 
gestio3. 

(iii)  The  owner  of  the  land  has  recovered  possession.  Here,  in  no 
case,  apart  from  negotiorum  gestio,  had  the  builder  any  action,  a  rule  set 
down  to  the  fact  that  there  had  been  no  negotium*.  From  this  point  of 
view  good  or  bad  faith  was  immaterial,  though  we  are  told  that  if  he 
had  bought  the  land  in  good  faith  these  expenses  would  come  into 
account  in  his  claim  on  eviction5.  Nor  had  he,  as  it  seems,  any  ius 
tollendi,  even  under  Justinian.  If  however  he  was  in  good  faith,  since 
he  could  not  be  supposed  to  have  intended  a  gift,  the  materials  reverted 
when  the  house  came  down6.  If  he  built  in  knowledge  that  the  land 
was  not  his,  the  Institutes  and  Digest  say  that  it  was  construed  as  a 
gift  and  he  had  no  such  claim 7.  But  a  text  in  the  Code  modifies  this  by 
saying  that,  whether  it  was  in  good  or  in  bad  faith,  the  materials  re- 
verted if  the  house  came  down,  unless  it  appeared  that  the  erection  was 
donandi  animo8.  That  is  a  very  different  proposition:  in  general  he  did 
not  intend  a  gift,  and  the  rule  about  donandi  animus  was  a  legal  fiction 
to  penalise  a  wilful  wrongdoer.  The  form  of  the  provision  in  the  Code 
suggests  interpolation. 

The  texts  do  not  consider  the  very  possible  case  of  a  building  by  A 
on  B's  land  with  C's  materials 9.  If  the  house  was  still  in  the  builder's 
possession  it  was,  as  between  him  and  the  owner  of  the  materials,  as  if 
it  were  his  own  land,  and,  as  between  him  and  the  owner  of  the  land, 
as  if  they  were  his  own  materials.  If  the  land  was  in  its  owner's  posses- 
sion, the  owner  of  the  materials  was  not  affected  by  the  good  or  bad 

1  Greg.  Wis.  6.  2;  Inst.  2.  1.  30;  C.  8.  10.  5.  2  C.  3.  32.  5,  if  impensae  were  utiles. 
Another  text  of  Ulpian  (6.  1.  37),  but  probably  interpolated,  gives  him  the  ius  tollendi 
if  he  acquired  possession  in  good  faith,  but  built  after  he  knew  the  truth.  3  Post, 
§  CLXXXV.  4  12.  6.  33.  5  C.  8.  44.  9.  But  19.  1.  45.  1  says  that  as  he  need  not 
have  given  up  possession  without  receiving  "impensam  aedificiorum"  he  has  no  claim 
in  respect  of  this  against  his  vendor.  6  C.  3.  32.  2.  7  41.  1.  7.  12;  Inst.  2.  1.  30. 

8  C.  3.  32.  2.  9  The  case  occurs.    The  squatters  in  Epping  Forest  built  huts  on  land 

not  their  own  out  of  materials  taken  from  the  forest,  the  property  of  the  Lord  of  the 
Manor.  A  builder  erecting  a  stable  in  his  yard  builds  the  back  wall  by  accident  or  design 
beyond  his  proper  boundary.  In  taking  materials  from  his  yard  he  used  some  which 
were  in  fact  the  property  of  a  customer.  Such  facts  as  these  might  give  rise  to  difficulty 
in  applying  the  rules.  If  the  owner  of  the  land  on  which  the  back  wall  is  built  uses  it  to 
support  a  roof,  which  of  the  parties  is  in  possession  of  the  wall  ? 


216  SPECIFICATIO  [CH. 

faith  of  the  builder,  but  was  bound  by  the  rule  that  the  house  might  not 
be  pulled  down.  His  only  right  against  the  landowner  was,  apparently, 
to  vindicate  if  the  house  came  down.  If  the  builder  had  used  them  in 
bad  faith  there  would  be  de  tigno  iniuncto  against  him  (for  possession  is 
not  necessary,  so  far  as  appears),  as  an  alternative  to  actio  furti,  and 
condictio  furtiva  if  there  had  been  no  vindicatio.  If  the  builder  had  used 
them  innocently,  there  was  no  remedy  against  him,  any  more  than  in 
the  case  of  any  other  bona  fide  possessor  who  had  ceased  to  possess,  sine 
dolo  malo.  But  if,  on  handing  over,  he  exercised  his  ius  retentionis  there 
are  indications  that  an  actio  negotiorum  gestorum  utilis  would  lie,  for  in 
claiming  the  ius  retentionis  he  managed  the  owner's  affair  thinking  it 
his1.  If  he  did  not  claim  it,  and  was  in  good  faith,  there  was  no  claim 
against  him. 

LXXIX.  SPECIFICATIO.  This  can  be  described  as  the  acquisition 
of  a  new  thing  by  making  it  out  of  materials  wholly  or  partly  another's. 
The  name  is  a  medieval  invention,  and,  as  we  shall  see  the  institution 
had  close  affinities  with  accessio,  with  which  it  is  very  much  entangled 
in  the  Sources.  The  general  notion  is  simple.  Where  A  made  a  definitely 
new  thing  out  of  material  of  B's  the  Sabinians  held  that  there  was  no 
change  of  ownership :  the  ownership  of  the  materials  was  decisive.  The 
Proculians  held  that  a  new  thing,  having  come  into  existence,  had  a 
distinct  identity  and  belonged  to  the  maker2.  But  Justinian  tells  us 
that  there  had  been  many  opinions  and  that  he  adopts  the  media 
sententia  of  those  who  had  held  that  the  nova  species  (where  species 
means  specific  thing)  should  belong  to  the  maker  if  not  capable  of 
reduction  to  its  original  form,  but,  if  so  capable,  should  still  belong  to 
the  owner  of  the  materials.  It  is  clear  that  this  media  sententia  is  not 
due  to  the  compilers  themselves3. 

The  first  question  is:  what  is  a  nova  species'!  This  is  independent  of 
the  question  whether  it  can  be  restored :  a  statuette  cast  out  of  another's 
bronze  was  a  nova  species,  but  being  reducible,  did  not  go  to  the 
maker4.  A  nova  species  is  nowhere  defined,  but  instances  are  given  from 
which  modern  definitions  have  been  framed.  There  were  cases  in  which 
the  Romans  had  difficulties.  Some  imported  the  idea  of  irreducibility. 
Ears  of  corn,  they  said,  could  not  be  restored  after  threshing,  and  thus 
grain  was  a  nova  species.  But  the  view  which  prevailed,  according  to 
the  Digest,  though  the  Institutes  give  the  other,  is  the  rational  one  that 
it  was  the  same  thing  taken  out  of  its  wrappings5.  Grapes  plucked  were 
not  new  things,  but  wine  was.  To  kill  a  pig,  and  even  to  cut  him  into 
joints,  does  not  make  a  nova  species.  But  sausage  would  be  a  nova 

1  See  3.  5.  48,  post,  §  CLXXXV.  2  G.  2.  79.  3  Inst.  2.  1.  25;  D.  41.  1.  7.  7. 

4  Ibid.        5  Inst.  2.  1.  25;  D.  41.  1.  7.  7  in  f. 


v]  SPECIFICATIO  217 

species.  A  broken  egg  would  not,  an  omelette  would,  be  a  nova  species. 
What  then  is  the  test?  The  matter  is  discussed  at  length  by  Czyhlarz1 
and  Windscheid2,  who  cite  various  opinions3.  Perhaps  it  is  best  to 
accept  Windscheid's  view  that  there  is  no  juristic  answer:  it  would 
never  give  great  difficulty  in  practice. 

There  is  difference  of  opinion  on  another  requirement.  It  is  some- 
times said  that  there  was  no  acquisition  unless  the  act  of  manufacture 
was  done  in  good  faith.  No  text  expressly  concerned  with  the  law  of 
this  topic  says  anything  to  suggest  this.  There  was  no  such  requirement 
in  accessio,  where  good  faith  was  material  only  on  the  question  of  com- 
pensation. Specificatio  has  close  affinity  with  accessio.  Where  the  maker 
used  his  own  and  another's  materials  it  might  be  difficult  to  say  which 
it  was.  If,  as  some  hold,  it  was  essentially  a  case  of  occupatio  (a  point 
discussed  below),  good  faith  ought  to  have  been  immaterial,  since  it 
was  none  the  less  a  res  nullius.  And  though  no  text  says  that  good  faith 
was  not  necessary,  the  concluding  words  of  the  principal  text  in  Gaius* 
allow  of  specificatio,  where  the  matter  was  stolen,  but  are  not  conclusive, 
as  it  is  not  said  that  the  maker  was  the  thief.  What  the  view  of  Gaius 
himself  was  does  not  appear.  On  the  whole  the  better  view  seems  to  be 
that  bona  fides  was  not  needed,  though  modern  opinion  is  much  divided5. 

What  was  the  basis  of  this  right  of  acquisition?   According  to  a  view 

1  Op.  tit.  248  sqq.  2  Lehrbuch,  §  187.  3  Fitting  (Archivf.  c.  Pr.  48.  6)  holds 

that  the  question  is  whether  the  product  is  of  a  new  kind,  conies  under  a  new  "begriff." 
C.  rightly  rejects  this,  as,  if  I  take  your  vase  and  melt  it  and  cast  it  into  a  new  one  exactly 
similar,  it  is  yet  a  nova  species.  He.  himself,  holds  that  the  test  is  whether  the  work  has 
resulted  in  a  new  creation  which  did  not  before  exist,  but  this  seems  little  more  than 
saying  that  a  new  thing  is  a  new  thing.  Fischer  says  (Bresl.  Festg.  fur  I  her  ing,  2.  70,  cited 
Windscheid,  loc.  cit.)  that  the  labour  expended  on  the  thing  must  be  economically  more  im- 
portant than  the  material  since  the  whole  rule  is  intended  as  a  reward  for  labour.  Platinum 
worked  from  the  form  of  a  dipping  rod  to  a  spatula  is  unquestionably  a  new  thing  but  the 
material  is  worth  tenfold  the  labour.  And  this  view  confuses  nova  species  and  acquisition, 
which  are  distinct  points.  And  a  nova  species  is  not  necessarily  the  reward  of  labour. 
Vinegar  from  wine  is  a  nova  species  and  the  acetic  fermentation  often  occurs  without  any 
labour.  4  G.  2.  79.  5  The  chief  texts  cited  in  favour  of  the  view  that  bona  fides  was 
needed  are  the  following:  13.  1.  13  (but  here  there  is  no  specificatio  on  the  media  sententia. 
the  condictio  furtiva  would  be  available  in  any  case,  and  the  inclusion  of  the  added  value  is 
only  the  usual  rule  against  a  thief.  The  position  of  Paul  and  his  authority  Fulcinius  on 
the  subject  of  specificatio  is  not  clear);  13.  1.  14.  3  (where  there  is  no  nova  species,  and  the 
author  is  a  Sabinian):  47.  2.  52.  14  (same  case,  the  old  owner  has  condictio  furtiva,  but  that 
he  would  have  in  any  case.  No  doubt  "soli  domino  competit,"  but  that  is  the  old  ownership. 
He  would  still  have  it  if  the  thing  had  ceased  to  exist):  10.  4.  12.  3  (Paul,  who  may  be  a 
Sabinian  on  the  matter.  The  text  has  been  suspected  of  interpolation,  and  apart  from  this 
the  language  is  such  as  to  shew  disputes  and  as  stated  is  much  too  wide  for  the  truth. 
Windscheid,  a  supporter  of  this  view,  says  (Lehrb.  Sec.  187,  n.  3)  that  it  gives  no  certain 
result);  41.  3.  4.  20  (Paul  again,  and  it  really  makes  against  this  view,  for  in  order  to  give 
condictio  furtira  where  the  thing  has  been  made  into  a  new  species,  he  says:  verius  ext  ut 
substantiam  spectemus  et  idea  vestis  furtiva  erit). 


218  SPECIF1CAT1O  |CH. 

widely  held,  it  was  occupatio1.  A  new  thing  which  had  no  owner  was 
"occupied  "  by  the  maker.  This  is  more  or  less  supported  by  the  language 
of  the  Digest  in  expressing  the  Proculian  view:  "quia  quod  factum  est 
antea  nullius  fuit2."  There  is  also  the  fact  that,  both  in  the  Digest  and  the 
Institutes,  the  case  of  occupatio  is  followed  by  the  cases  of  alluvia  and 
the  like  and  then  by  this  topic.  Czyhlarz3,  with  others,  rejects  this  view. 
He  says  that,  though  the  Proculian  view  speaks  of  res  nullius,  it  says 
nothing  of  occupatio,  but  as  the  fact  is  given  as  the  reason  of  the  ac- 
quisition, the  inference  to  occupatio  is  the  only  one  which  suggests  itself4. 
On  any  other  basis  the  absence  of  ownership  would  be  not  the  reason 
but  the  occasion.  He  adds  that,  if  it  were  open  to  occupatio,  someone 
else  could  so  acquire  it  and  the  maker  would  not  get  it,  and  that  is  not 
so.  But  the  creation  and  the  occupatio  occurred  at  the  same  moment. 
There  was  no  measureable  time  in  which  it  was  a  res  nullius:  even  if 
the  maker  was  not  on  the  spot  at  the  moment  of  completion,  he  was  in 
possession  and  became  owner.  If  he  waived  his  right  shortly  before 
completion,  no  doubt,  any  one  could  "occupy"  it.  The  competing  view 
is  that  the  act  of  making  sufficed:  the  acquisition  was  by  creatio.  This 
is  held  by  most  of  those  who  require  good  faith.  The  distinction  is  not 
unimportant.  If  the  acquisition  rested  on  the  fact  that  it  was  a  res 
nullius,  this  must  be  equally  true  even  if  the  material  was  the  maker's. 
But  creatio  is  an  arbitrary  notion  on  which  it  is  possible  to  set  limits,  as 
Czyhlarz  does,  and  to  say  that  acquisition  by  creatio  did  not  apply  if  the 
material  was  the  maker's5. 

On  the  question  of  compensation  we  have  little  information.  Gains 
says  that  if  the  thing  had  been  stolen,  there  was  condictio  furtiva  against 
the  thief  and  some  others6.  As  this  could  not  lie  against  an  innocent 
maker  it  has  been  suggested  that  in  this  case  there  was  condictio  sine 
causa7,  but  this  is  without  textual  support.  Another  text  gives  a  vin- 
dicatio  utilis,  like  that  in  the  case  of  the  picture,  where  a  woman  made 
clothes  out  of  wool  which  her  husband  had  given  her8.  But  gifts  between 
husband  and  wife  being  void,  this,  even  if  genuine,  may  be  no  more  than 
a  means  of  enforcing  that  special  rule 9.  That  the  old  owner  should  have 
no  remedy  seems  so  unfair  that  many  writers  appeal  to  the  general 

1  See  Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  315.  2  41.  1.  7.  7.  3  Op.  cit.  314  sqq.  4  Express 

reference  to  occupatio  as  such  is  unusual.  We  get  "  occupantis  fit "  and  the  like  sometimes 
(41.  1.  .3.  pr. ;  43.  12.  1.  6,  etc.).  Most  of  the  texts  actually  dealing  with  occupatio  do  not 
use  this  word,  or  occupare.  5  Fitting,  cited  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  187,  n.  2,  holds 

the  singular  view  that  it  was  occupatio  in  classical  law  but  creatio  under  Justinian.  It  is 
difficult  to  see  in  creatio,  which  cannot  be  extended  to  other  cases,  anything  more  than 
a  label.  6  G.  2.  79.  He  may  mean  only  the  heredes.  1  Witte,  Bereicherungsklage, 

329,  cited  Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  380.  8  24.  1.  30;  it  is  probably  interpolated.  9  Girard, 
Manuel,  32G. 


vj  TREASURE  TROVE  219 

notion  of  enrichment  and  condictio  for  the  remedy.  But  there  is  no 
evidence  for  this  application  of  that  principle.  In  a  case  of  bad  faith 
there  were  the  actio  furti  and  condictio  furtiva,  but  it  may  be  that  in 
cases  of  good  faith  there  was  no  more  remedy  than  where  a  bona  fide 
possessor  had  ceased  to  possess,  sine  dolo  malo. 

The  ownership  of  the  new  thing  in  a  new  person  must  be  a  new 
ownership.  How  far  was  it  affected  by  rights  in  third  persons  which 
attached  to  the  material  in  the  hands  of  the  old  owner?  It  is  clear  that 
a  usufruct  of  the  material  was  destroyed1,  and  we  have  no  evidence  as 
to  the  position  of  the  usufructuary  in  matter  of  compensation.  We 
know  however  that  he  had  no  condicto  furtiva,  though  he  could  sue  for 
the  theft2.  A  legacy  of  the  material  was  not  a  legacy  of  the  thing,  but  this 
does  not  turn  on  the  rules  of  specificatio,  but  on  construction  of  the  prob- 
able intent  of  the  testator3.  We  are  told4  that  a  pledge  of  the  material 
was  ended  by  specificatio5. 

LXXX.  THESAURI  IXVENTIO.  This  is  a  principle  under  which 
treasure  found  by  anyone  goes  to  him  in  whole  or  part  under  a  number  of 
conditions.  Treasure  means  valuables  that  have  been  deposited  for  so  long 
that  all  trace  of  their  present  ownership  is  lost.  As  to  what  are  valuables, 
Paul  speaks  merely  of  pecunia6.  The  C.  Theodosianus  calls  them  monilia, 
which  is  understood  to  mean  precious  metals  and  stones  and  the  like7. 
Justinian  incorporating  the  enactment  calls  them  mobilia8,  which  may 
be  a  mere  slip  or  may  be  intended  to  widen  the  class:  in  any  case  it 
means  things  of  very  special  value.  Deposited  seems  to  mean  intention- 
ally placed  there,  which  would  exclude  an  ornament  accidentally 
dropped  and  dug  up  long  after9.  The  purpose  of  the  deposit  is  immaterial. 
Concealment  was  a  common  case,  but  a  pious  offering  may  have  been  on 
the  same  footing.  HOWT  ancient  it  must  be  cannot  be  said:  what  was 
needed  was  that  there  should  be  no  means  of  determining  to  whom  it 
now  belonged.  It  was  none  the  less  treasure  because,  in  the  deposit,  the 
name  of  the  depositor  was  found,  if  it  could  not  be  said  who  represented 
him  to-day.  Most  of  the  texts  speak  of  it  as  found  in  land10,  and  none 
suggests  that  there  could  be  a  right,  as  treasure,  to  what  was  found  in  a 
moveable11. 

There  is  much  controversy  as  to  the  juristic  ground  of  the  acquisition. 
A  thing  which  has  no  traceable  owner  is  much  like  one  which  has  none, 

1  7.  4.  10.  5,  6.        2  47.  2.  46.  1,  etc.;  13.  1.  1.         3  32.  88.  pr.;  cf.  h.  t,  5.         4  13.  7. 
18.  3.  5  There  are  many  other  questions  arising  out  of  specificatio,  especially  where 

the  material  was  that  of  the  maker.   See  Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  266  sqq.  6  41.  1.  31.  1. 

7  C.  Th.  10.  18.  2.  8  C.  10.  15.  1,  included  in  another  statute.  9  The  whole  point  was 
elaborately  discussed  from  the  point  of  view  of  modern  law  in  the  case  of  Attorney 
General  v.  British  Museum  Trustees  (1903),  2.  Ch.  598.  10  See  the  reff.  in  Czyhlarz,  op. 
cit.  212.  11  Some  writers  hold  that  the  rule  applied  there. 


220  TREASURE  TROVE  [CH. 

and  this  suggests  occupatio.  It  was  certainly  acquisition  by  taking,  and 
it  can  hardly  be  doubted  that  the  notion  of  occupatio  played  some  part 
in  it.  But  if  it  is  occupatio  it  is  occupatio  with  special  characteristics.  It 
is  confined  to  one  person  (the  finder)  like  specificatio.  The  share  that  the 
landowner  took  cannot  have  been  acquired  by  occupatio,  for  he  acquired 
though  he  knew  nothing  about  it.  His  share  vested  in  him  at  once:  it 
was  not  a  case  of  a  duty  in  the  finder  to  hand  over  a  share  to  the  owner1. 
It  rested  entirely  on  imperial  enactment,  based  we  are  told  on  natural 
equity2,  where  it  is  difficult  to  believe  but  that  occupatio  was  present  to 
the  mind  of  the  legislator.  It  hardly  seems  worth  while  to  seek  a  juristic 
idea  behind  that,  but  Czyhlarz  holds  that  as  to  the  finder's  half  it  rested 
on  inventio,  just  as  in  specificatio  he  makes  the  acquisition  rest  on 
creatio3.  The  landowner's  half  was  acquired,  he  holds  by  accessio*,  but 
as  he  was  regarded  as  acquiring  only  at  the  moment  of  finding,  it  was  a 
peculiar  case  of  accessio.  Accessio  rested  on  the  addition  of  something 
to  a  unit  of  property:  its  basis  was  merger  or  absorption.  But  this 
acquisition  occurred  at,  and  by  the  act  of,  separation.  As  to  what  was 
meant  by  finding,  the  general  effect  of  the  texts  is  that  the  acquirer  was 
not  the  person  who  first  saw  it,  but  he  who  first  got  effective  control5, 
which  recalls  occupatio.  But  it  does  not  seem  necessary  that  he  should 
intend  to  acquire  it,  which  differs  from  the  rule  in  that  case6. 

Justinian's  history  of  the  matter  begins  with  Hadrian,  and  the  earlier 
state  of  things  is  uncertain.  A  text  in  the  Digest7  suggests  that  in  the 
republic  treasure  belonged  to  the  owner  of  the  land,  not  as  treasure,  but 
as  part  of  the  land,  and  a  passage  in  Plautus8  makes  slightly  in  the  same 
direction,  but  other  views  are  held.  A  story  about  Nero  is  supposed  to 
shew  that  in  principle  all  treasure  was  the  property  of  the  Fiscus,  but 
it  really  proves  nothing9,  though  such  a  rule  would  be  quite  in  accordance 
with  the  financial  policy  of  the  time.  Finally,  we  are  told  that  the 
Emperor  Nerva  decreed  that  treasure  should  in  all  cases  go  to  the  owner 
of  the  land10. 

1  41.  1.  63.  pr.,  Inst.  2.  1.  39.    See  Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  221  sqq.  2  Inst.  2.  1.  39. 

3  These  are  of  course  reasons  which  led  to  the  introduction  of  the  rule,  but  there  seems 
little  purpose  in  erecting  them  into  juristic  bases  unless  there  is  evidence  that  the  Romans 
so  conceived  the  matter,  and  that  they  can  be  utilised  to  explain  any  other  institution: 
neither  appears  to  be  the  case.  4  Loc.  cit.  5  Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  229  sqq.  6  The 
placing  of  this  method  under  those  iure  naturali,  though  it  rests  on  enactment,  is  justified 
by  the  repeated  allusion  to  naturalis  aequitas  (C.  Th.  10.  18.  2.  1;  Inst.  2.  1.  39)  coupled 
with  the  fact  that  it  is  not  part  of  the  ancient  formal  law.  7  41.  2.  3.  3.  8  Plautus, 
Trin.  150  (Goetz  and  Schoell),  see  Girard,  Manuel,  324.  9  Sueton.  Nero,  31;  Tacit. 

Ann.  16.  1.  The  story  involves  the  assignment  of  the  treasure  to  a  known  past  owner, 
whose  rights  had  vested  in  the  Roman  State.  The  present  owner  was  therefore  known. 
Bonfante  shews  (Mel.  Girard,  1.  123)  that  the  claim  of  the  fiscus  is  not  due  to  Nero,  but 
is  older,  and  suggests  that  the  finder's  half  is  a  bribe  to  informers.  10  Zonaras,  440, 
cited  Gothofredus  ad  C.  Th.  10.  18.  1. 


v]  TREASURE  TROVE  221 

Hadrian  legislated  comprehensively.  According  to  the  Institutes1 
he  provided  that  if  a  man  found  treasure  on  his  own  land  it  was  his. 
So  too  if  he  found  it,  by  chance,  on  solum  sacrum  or  religiosum.  If  he 
found  it  on  another's  land,  by  chance,  he  shared  with  the  owner,  with 
Caesar  if  the  land  were  Caesar's.  And  Justinian  continues  that  it  is 
consistent  with  this  that  if  he  found  it  on  land  of  a  city  or  the  fiscus, 
half  should  go  in  the  same  way  to  these2.  We  learn  from  other  sources 
that  if  the  finding  was  the  result  of  search  the  finder  had  no  right,  but 
the  owner  of  the  land  took  all3,  and,  presumably  in  such  a  case,  if  the 
land  had  no  owner,  the  fiscus  took  all.  M.  Aurelius  and  Verus  provided 
that  where  treasure  was  found  on  public  or  religious  or  Caesar's  land,  or 
in  monumentis,  half  should  go  to  the  fiscus,  half  to  the  finder,  provided 
he  duly  reported  it,  otherwise  all  to  the  fiscus.  But  there  wras  no  duty  to 
report  where  the  fiscus  would  not  have  any  claim4. 

An  enactment  of  Constantine5  lays  down  the  same  rule  as  that  of 
M.  Aurelius  and  Verus,  but  does  not  expressly  say  anything  about  the 
place  of  discovery.  Presumably  it  means  any  land  in  respect  of  dis- 
covery on  which  the  fiscus  had  a  claim  under  existing  legislation.  Late 
in  the  fourth  century  there  was  further  legislation  apparently  lessening 
the  rights  both  of  the  fiscus  and  of  the  landowner,  but  Justinian  does 
not  preserve  this6. 

A  constitution  of  A.D.  480  (Leo)  preserved  in  Justinian's  Code7, 
dealing  only  with  private  lands,  allows  a  finder  to  keep  all  he  finds  on 
his  own  lands,  even  on  search,  provided  he  used  no  sacrifices  or  forbidden 
arts,  and  a  half  of  what  he  finds,  by  chance,  on  another's  land.  What 
he  finds  there  on  search  goes  wholly  to  the  landowner.  This  agrees  with 
Hadrian's  rule,  stated  in  the  Institutes,  so  that,  as  to  private  lands, 
Justinian's  rule  is  that  of  Hadrian.  But  as  to  what  may  be  loosely 
called  public  land,  he  preserves  both  Hadrian's  rule  and  that  of  M. 
Aurelius  and  Verus8,  and  they  do  not  agree.  Where  the  discovery  is  on 
land  which  has  no  owner,  Hadrian  gives  all  to  the  finder,  while  the 
other  rule  gives  half  to  the  fiscus,  and  where  it  is  on  land  belonging  to 
cities  (publica  loca)  Hadrian  gives  half  to  the  city,  as  to  other  owners, 

1  Inst.  2.  1.  39.  2  This  does  not  seem  to  have  been  expressly  stated  in  the  enact- 

ment. Spartian,  Hadr.  18,  gives  a  slightly  different  account.  3  C.  10.  15.  1.  3.  4  49. 
14.  3.  11.  Alexander  Severus  made  an  enactment  (vita  Alexandri,  46)  which  is  hardly 
intelligible,  but  seems  to  have  benefited  the  finder  at  the  expense  of  the  fisc.  At  some 
unknown  time  in  the  third  century  this  was  reversed  (Gothofredus,  loc.  cit.)  and  towards 
the  end  of  the  century  it  was  restored:  the  finder  kept  the  treasure  (Arg.  C.  Th.  10.  18. 
1,  Gothof.).  But  these  vague  literary  allusions  do  not  tell  us  whether  he  took  it  all,  and 
whether  the  rights  of  private  landowners  were  affected.  5  C.  Th.  10.  18.  1.  Not 

preserved  by  Justinian.  6  C.  Th.  10.  18.  2,  3.  The  owner  has  only  a  quarter,  and 

apparently  the  fiscus  has  no  claim  where  treasure  is  found  by  chance  on  fiscal  lands. 
7  C.  10.  15.  1.  8  49.  14.  3.  10;  Inst.  2.  1.  39. 


222  ACQUISITION  OF  FRUITS  [CH. 

while  the  other  rule  suppresses  the  right  of  the  city  and  gives  half  to 
thefiscus1. 

A  usufructuary  was  not  owner,  and  thus  if  he  found  treasure  on  the 
land  he  got  only  the  finder's  half  and  had  not  even  a  usufruct  in  the 
other  half2,  as  it  was  not  part  of  the  land.  So  also  a  pledge  creditor  in 
possession  had  only  the  finder's  half.  But  if  he  had,  before  the  finding, 
taken  the  proceedings  established  by  Severus  for  having  the  property 
declared  his,  (foreclosure)3,  the  rule  was  that  if  the  property  had  been 
definitely  assigned  to  him,  and  the  time  within  which  the  debtor  could 
get  the  foreclosure  set  aside  had  elapsed,  he  was  owner  and  took  the 
whole.  If  it  was  after  he  had  begun  to  hold  as  owner,  but  while  the 
debtor  had  still  a  right  to  redeem,  he  would  have  only  the  finder's  half 
if  the  debtor  ultimately  did  redeem,  otherwise  the  whole4. 

LXXXI.  ACQUISITION  or  FRUITS  BY  ONE  NOT  OWNER  OF  THE  THING. 

These  cases  break  into  two  groups.  In  one  the  acquisition  was  by 
gaining  actual  control  of  the  fruits,  fructuum  perceptio.  In  the  other  it 
was  by  the  separation  of  them  from  the  fruit-bearing  thing,  no  matter 
by  whom  effected,  fructuum  separatio.  The  most  likely  explanation  of 
the  distinction  is  that  in  the  two  cases  of  perceptio  (conductor  and  usu- 
fructuary) the  person  who  was  to  acquire  had  not  possessio  of  the  thing 
itself,  while  in  the  cases  of  separatio  (emphyteuta  and  bona  fide  possessor) 
he  had. 

Fructuum  perceptio.  The  conductor.  The  exact  moment  at  which 
fruits  were  "gathered"  was  a  question  of  fact:  reaping  without  stacking 
was  enough5.  The  principle  was  that  the  acquisition  rested  on  the  assent 
of  the  dominus6.  By  their  separation,  which  first  gave  them  a  separate 
existence,  they  vested  in  the  owner  of  the  soil.  He  allowed  the  tenant 
to  take  them — in  effect  a  case  of  traditio  brevi  manu}.  As  assent  was  the 
essence  of  the  matter,  if  the  landlord  revoked  his  assent,  the  property 
would  not  vest  in  the  tenant8,  though  the  revocation  might  be  a  breach 
of  contract,  e.g.  where  the  land  was  let  for  a  certain  time.  It  was  the 
consent  of  the  person  entitled  which  was  material,  so  that,  if  the  land 
was  sold,  the  new  owner  must  assent,  either  tacitly  or  by  an  express 
relocatio9.  The  assent  must  have  existed  at  the  time  of  the  perceptio, 

1  It  is  to  be  noted  that  one  account  of  Hadrian's  legislation  in  a  non -legal  work 
(Spartian,  Vita  Hadriani,  18)  says  that  if  treasure  is  found  in  any  public  place  (which  seems 
by  the  context  to  mean  any  place  not  privately  owned)  half  goes  to  the  Fiscus,  i.e.,  the 
owner's  half,  agreeing  on  this  point  with  the  rule  of  M.  Aurelius  and  Verus,  but  not  with 
the  Institutes.  Spartian's  account  is  however  inaccurate :  he  speaks  of  a  duty  in  the  finder 
to  give  a  share  to  the  landowner,  but,  as  we  have  seen,  the  share  vests  in  the  landowner 
by  the  finding.  In  systems  of  law  which  have  had  to  apply  these  rules  in  practice,  it  seems 
to  have  been  generally  held  that  the  rule  of  M.  Aurelius  and  Verus,  being  the  later,  must 
be  applied.  2  Arg.  41.  1.  63.  3.  3  Post,  §  CLXVII.  4  41.  1.  63.  4.  5  7.  4.  13. 
6  47.  2.  62.  8.  7  Post,  §  LXXXIII.  8  39.  5.  6.  9  Arg.  19.  2.  32. 


v]  FRUCTUUM  PERCEPT  1O  223 

which  logically  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  if  the  locator  became  insane, 
or  died,  there  could  be  no  such  acquisition1.  The  texts  do  not  say  this, 
or  the  contrary,  but  convenience  seems  to  require  that,  where  the 
tenancy  continued,  the  assent  should  be  held  to  continue  till  there  was 
someone  who  could  give  or  revoke  it2. 

As  to  what  are  fruits  for  this  purpose,  there  is  no  great  difficulty  in 
the  case  of  land:  they  would  be  the  ordinary  agricultural  produce3.  If 
the  tenant  sublet  the  land  the  rent  was  his:  there  was  no  question  of 
perceptio*.  Where  slaves  were  hired  there  would  usually  be  no  question. 
Their  children  were  not  fructus5.  If  the  hirer  sublet,  any  money  he  received 
was  his  but  was  not  fructus,  and  if  the  slave  sublet  himself  and  received 
the  wage,  it  may  be  that  a  kind  offructuum  perceptio  would  apply6. 

The  usufructuary.  He  too  acquired  fructus  only  by  perceptio 7.  But 
there  is  much  difference  between  this  case  and  the  last.  Here  the  right 
did  not  rest  in  any  way  on  the  assent  of  the  owner,  and  there  was  thus 
no  question  of  a  traditio  brevi  manu.  It  rested  on  his  ius  in  rem. 
If  the  fruits  were  separated  by  someone  else,  and  carried  off,  the 
fructuary,  not  being  owner,  could  not  vindicate  or  bring  condictiofurtiva*. 

What  amounted  to  perceptio  was,  here  too,  a  question  of  fact :  it  was 
some  act  amounting  to  exercise  of  the  right  of  ownership.  Gathering 
them  is  the  typical  case9.  It  is  a  disputed  question  whether  any  such 
act  was  needed  in  the  case  of  young  of  animals10. 

As  to  what  were  fruits,  this  is  matter  for  the  law7  of  usufruct:  a  few 
words  here  will  suffice.  The  young  of  animals  were  fruits:  the  children 

1  So  Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  462.  2  Other  cases  in  which  the  principle  of  continuance  of 

assent  is  applied,  and  acquisition  based  on  a  sort  of  tradiiio  brevi  manu,  e.g.,  digging  from 
a  chalkpit,  39.  5.  6.        3  As  all  depends  on  agreement  there  may  be  variations,  a  question 
of  fact  in  each  case.  There  may  be  agreement  that  the  tenant  will  not  remove  the  straw, 
or  some  of  the  crop  may  be  reserved  as  rent,  47.  2.  83.  1 ;  19.  2.  19.  3.      4  19  2-  7.   Owner- 
ship will  depend  on  delivery.  5  6.  1.  16.  pr. ;   7.  1.  68.    Disputes.          6  If  subletting 
was  forbidden  in  the  original  agreement  the  crops  would  not  go  to  the  subtenant,  and  any 
fructus  civiles  through  the  slave  would  go  to  his  owner,  Arg.  C.  4.  65.  6.  7  7.  4. 
13;  Inst.  2.  1.  36.                   8  7.  1.  12.  5;  13.  1.  1;  probably  he  had  actio  furti,  for  what 
was   stolen   was   part  of   the   thing  in  usufruct.    Why  perceplio  is  needed  is  disputed. 
What  the  rule  expresses  is  a  need  for  reduction  into  possession,  as  fructuary  does  not 
possess,  but  this  does  not  seem  to  be  logically  required,  as  there  is  no  question  of  assent 
or  traditio.  Girard  (Man.  328)  treats  it  as  a  sort  of  occupatio,  but  as,  between  separatio 
and  percfptio,  it  is  the  property  of  the  dominus  (1.  1.  12.  5),  not  a  res  nullius,  it  is  not 
easy  to  apply  this  notion.    Czyhlarz  (op.  cit.  423).  holds  that  as  the  right  rests  on  his  ius, 
it  accrues  only  by  an  exercise  of  it,  but  this  would  be  equally  true  of  emphyteuta  or  of 
owner  himself.  The  point  does  not  seem  to  be  proved  by  shewing  that  usufruztus  infruendo 
consistit  (7.  3.  1.  pr.).    It  is  not  a  usufruct  that  he  is  acquiring.          9  Reaping  is  enough, 
7.4.  13.         10  The  material  texts  seem  to  be  Inst.  2.  1.37  and  the  slightly  different 
rendering  in  22.  1 .  28  which  puts  bona  fide  possessor  and  usufructuary  together  as  acquiring 
"tftah'ra."    As  the  former  variant  does  not  mention  fructuary,  the  text  is  not  conclusive 
for  classical  law.    Czyhlarz  holds  (op.  cit.  42)  that  no  act  is  necessary. 


224  FRUCTUUM  PERCEPT1O  [CH. 

of  ancillae  were  not1.  One  ordinarily  thinks  of  fruits  as  taken  in  kind, 
and  if  the  fructuary  sold  the  crops,  in  the  land,  these  still  were  the 
fruits  and  would  or  would  not  be  available  for  the  buyer  according  as 
they  were  or  were  not  percepti  when  the  usufruct  ended.  But  if  he 
leased  the  usufruct  then  we  get  what  are  sometimes  called  fructus 
civiles,  the  rent,  and  there  were  special  rules,  which  have  nothing  to  do 
with  fructuum  perceptio.  If  all  the  crops  of  the  year  had  been  gathered, 
the  fructuary  was  entitled  to  all  the  rent,  though  the  year  might  not 
have  ended.  If  none,  then  he  got  nothing:  if  part,  then  proportionately2. 
If  it  was  a  slave  whom  he  had  let  out  on  hire,  he  was  entitled  to  the 
hire  for  so  many  days  as  had  expired  when  the  usufruct  ended3.  All 
this  has  nothing  to  do  with  acquisition  of  ownership.  The  money  was 
due  under  contract,  and  if  he  or  his  heres  received  more  than  he  ought, 
it  was  none  the  less  acquired,  by  traditio,  not  by  perceptio,  and  the  rights 
of  those  to  whom  it  ought  to  go  must  be  enforced  by  actio  in  personam. 
The  rule  that  the  young  of  animals  were  fruits  and  went  to  the 
fructuary  was  modified  in  one  common  case.  Where  a  usufruct  was  of 
a  universitas,  e.g.  a  flock  of  sheep,  the  fructuary  must  keep  up  its  num- 
bers, so  as  to  be  able  to  hand  over  the  flock  undiminished  at  the  expiry 
of  the  usufruct.  He  was  bound  to  replace  those  which  died,  from  the 
young  or  otherwise — the  usual  course  was  to  do  it  from  the  young4. 
This  obligation  summittere  might  be  construed  in  either  of  two  ways. 
It  might  have  been  looked  at  as  matter  of  obligation :  the  young  were 
his,  and  if  he  did  not  use  them  to  replace  the  missing,  this  was  merely  a 
breach  of  his  duty  as  a  usufructuary,  against  which  the  owner  normally 
held  security 5.  This  view  is  indeed  taken  in  one  text,  which  says  that  if 
there  was  a  case  for  summissio,  the  lambs  from  which  the  substitutes 
were  to  be  taken  were  the  fructuary's,  but  when  he  had  effected  the 
summissio ,  the  lambs  concerned  ceased  to  be  his  and  vested  in  the 
dominus6.  This  may  be  regarded  as  a  traditio,  the  summissio  being  some 
act  of  incorporation  into  the  flock.  But  according  to  another  rule  else- 
where laid  down  and  declared  to  be  the  correct  rule,  if  there  was  a 
shortage  in  the  flock,  and  there  were  lambs,  the  ownership  of  these 
lambs  was  in  suspense  till  it  was  certain  which  were  summissi.  The  act 
would  determine  the  ownership  of  these  and  of  the  others 7.  The  rule, 
which  does  not  look  convenient,  gives  the  duty  of  summissio  a  real  and 

1  7.  1.  68;  P.  3.  6.  19.         2  7.  1.  58.  pr.  3  7.  1.  25.  2;  h.  t.  26;  45.  3.  18.  3.    Here 

the  slave  made  the  contract:  it  was  acquired  pro  rata  by  fructuary  and  dominus.  If  fruc- 
tuary had  made  it,  the  right,  so  far  as  he  was  concerned,  would  be  the  same.  But,  apart  from 
relocatio,  nothing  would  vest  in  the  dominus.  4  P.  3.  6.  20;  D.  7.  1.  68.  2,  69.  Those 

members  of  the  flock  which  die  are  thus  at  the  risk  of  the  fructuary  and  become  his 
property,  though  of  course  they  are  not  fruits,  ih.  1.  1.  18.  5  Post,  §  xcv.  6  7.  1. 
69.  7  7.  1.  70.  1. 


v]  FRUCTUUM  SEPARATIO  225 

not  merely  obligatory  effect.  There  was  however  a  limitation.  A  lamb 
born  before  the  vacancy  occurred  was  not  subject  to  the  rule:  it  was 
only  those  born  after  of  which  the  ownership  was  in  suspense1. 

If  the  fructuary  gathered  fruits  before  they  ought  to  be  gathered, 
which  does  not  mean  before  they  were  ripe,  since  some  fruits  ought  to 
be  gathered  unripe,  they  were  none  the  less  fruits  and  they  were  his2. 
But  this  was  not  acting  like  a  bonus  paterfamilias  and,  presumably,  if 
the  usufruct  ended  before  the  proper  time  of  plucking,  the  owner  would 
have  a  claim  for  damages,  though  no  text  says  this3. 

LXXXII.  Fructuum  separatio.  Emphyteuta.  Of  this  case  we  are 
merely  told  that  a  holder  of  agri  vectigales,  which  in  Justinian's  time  is 
understood  to  cover  emphyteusis*,  acquired  fruits  by  separatio5.  The 
acquisition  rested  on  his  ius,  but  here  he  had  possession,  and  was  much 
like  an  owner,  since  he  commonly  held  in  perpetuity6. 

Bona  fide  possessor.  This  is  the  most  important  case,  and  the  most 
discussed.  The  general  rule  is  simple:  a  bona  fide  possessor  of  property 
became  entitled  to  the  fruits,  by  separatio,  by  whomsoever  effected7. 
Apart  from  theory,  a  practical  reason  why,  if  he  was  to  have  the  fruits, 
he  should  have  them  by  separatio,  is  that,  the  owner  not  being  known, 
any  other  rule  would  benefit  a  malefactor  who  knew  that  the  possessor 
was  not  owner. 

It  is  not  so  obvious  why  he  should  have  them  at  all,  and  it  was 
indeed  formerly  held  that  he  acquired  not  dominium  but  usucapion 
possession,  the  same  "right"  in  fact  that  he  had  in  the  thing  itself. 
But  the  texts  are  clear  that  he  acquired  ownership8,  and  it  has  been 
sought  to  make  this  a  legal  consequence,  on  the  view  that  he  was  a 
kind  of  bonitary  owner  and  took  the  fruits  accordingly9.  But  no  text 
so  states  the  matter  or  equalises  him  with  the  bonitary  owner.  His 
right  to  the  fruits  was  of  a  different  kind10;  he  acquired  in  certain  events, 
but  he  could  not  complain  if  the  owner  prevented  him  from  having 
them.  Moreover  he  would  have  them  in  some  cases  in  which  he 
could  not  usucapt,  and  thus  would  not  have  the  actio  Publiciana,  e.g. 

1  7.  1.  70.  4.  If  none  are  born  afterwards  the  gaps  will  of  course  have  to  be  filled  up 
either  from  earlier  lambs  or  from  outside  sources  (Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  442),  but  we  a.re 
dealing  only  with  ownership.  2  7.  1.  48.  1.  See  Roby,  De.  Usufructu,  98,  216. 

3  See  7.  1.  62.          4  See  Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  613.  As  to  emphytensis,  post,  §  xcvii.  5  22. 

1.  25.  1  in  fin.  6  And  thus,  like  owner,  acquires  the  fruits  as  soon  as  they  come  into 

existence  separately.  Though  possession  and  no  possession  is  probably  the  deciding  point 
in  the  distinction,  it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  this  is  not  logically  pushed  home.  The 
owner  acquires  the  fruits,  even  though  at  the  moment  he  is  not  in  possession,  unless 
there  is  some  adverse  claim  such  as  that  of  a  bona  fide  possessor.  7  41.  1.  48.  One 

who  receives  a  res  mancipi  from  a  woman  without  tutor's  auctorltas  is  a  b.  f.  p.  as  she 
can  alienate  possession  without  auctoritas.  Vat.  Fr.  1.  8  E.g.  Inst.  2.  1.  35,  etc. 

9  Brinz,  B.  F.  Possessio,  1.  548,  cit.  Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  506.         10  Czyhlarz,  ib. 

B.  R.  L.  15 


226  FRUCTUUM  SEPARATIO  [CH. 

where  the  res  was  incapable  of  being  usucapted1.  The  Institutes  suggest 
a  better  explanation2:  the  fruits  went  to  him  because  they  were  the 
result  of  his  labour.  This  is  true  in  general,  though  not  of  those  which 
were  maturing  when  his  possession  began  or  of  those,  fructus  naturales, 
grass  as  opposed  to  corn,  which  need  little  cultivation,  and  there  is 
indeed  a  text  of  Pomponius  which  limits  the  acquisition  to  those  fruits 
which  were  the  result  of  labour3.  That  view  did  not  prevail,  but  its 
existence  is  confirmation  of  this  opinion  as  to  the  origin  of  the  rule4. 

Fructus  properly  so  called  are  the  natural,  and,  usually,  periodic 
products  of  the  thing.  But  property  is  capable  of  giving  other  forms  of 
profit,  and  these  are  sometimes  described  as  fructus  civiles.  We  have 
had  occasion  to  mention  these  in  connexion  with  usufruct.  The  same 
questions  arise  in  the  present  case.  If  the  bonafide  possessor  let  the  land, 
or  e.g.  a  horse,  and  received  hire,  there  was  no  question  of  fructuum 
separatio:  if  he  received  the  rents  it  was  by  way  of  traditio.  They  were 
his,  and  it  may  be  added  that  he  was  under  no  obligation  to  account  for 
them:  the  owner  was  entitled,  in  general,  to  what  he  would  have  had  if 
the  thing  had  been  handed  over  at  the  moment  of  joinder  of  issue5. 
These  points  and  others  of  a  similar  type  arose  especially  in  the  case  of 
bonafide  possessio  of  a  slave  and  will  be  considered  later6. 

A  person  who  obtained  possession  in  good  faith  would  ordinarily 
acquire  the  thing  by  usucapio,  even  though  he  learnt  that  he  was  not 
entitled7.  The  question  arises  whether  he  still  acquired  the  fructus 

1  Post,  §  LXXXV;  41.  1.48.  1.  2  Inst.  2.  1.  35.  3  22.  1.  45.    See  however 

for  a  narrower  interpretation  of  this  lex,  Pernice,  Labeo,  2.  1.  358,  n.  2.  4  This  opinion 
is  cited  from  Ferrini  (Bull.  2.  218)  by  Girard  (Manuel,  329)  who  however  adds  another 
possible  explanation.  He  suggests  that  the  possessor  has  naturally  been  living  as  if  these 
things  were  among  his  resources,  and  that  it  would  be  a  hardship  to  make  him  account 
for  them.  But  this  is  rather  like  robbing  Peter  to  pay  Paul,  and  it  is  noteworthy  that,  where 
a  similar  point  arose  in  connexion  with  b.  f.  possessio  of  a  hereditas,  this  view  was  expressly 
rejected.  5.  3.  25.  12.  Czyhlarz  (loc.  cit.}  cites  other  utilitarian  explanations.  Forlhering 
(Jahrb.  12.  320)  it  is  with  a  view  to  trade:  men  can  buy  fruits  with  the  same  confidence 
that  their  title  will  not  be  disturbed  as  they  feel  when  they  buy  ordinary  manufactured 
goods.  It  is  pointed  out  by  Czyhlarz  that  this  is  inconsistent  with  the  emphasis  laid  on 
good  faith.  From  the  point  of  view  of  the  purchaser  from  him,  whom,  on  this  hypothesis, 
the  rule  is  intended  to  protect,  the  state  of  knowledge  of  the  vendor  is  immaterial.  In 
modern  systems,  specially  protected  market  purchases  do  not  depend  in  general  on  the 
good  faith  of  the  vendor.  It  has  also  been  said  that  it  is  to  protect  the  possessor  who  has 
sold  the  fruits  in  good  faith,  and  there  are  texts  which  limit  his  acquisition  to  fructus 
consumpti.  But,  as  we  shall  shortly  see,  classical  law  gave  him  all,  and  it  is  objected  by 
Czyhlarz  that  such  a  rule  is  too  wide  for  the  purpose.  This  is  perhaps  hardly  conclusive: 
a  rule  making  his  ownership  begin  only  at  the  moment  when  it  also  ceased  is  extremely 
artificial ;  indeed  the  whole  conception  is  rather  artificial  and  there  is  no  textual  evidence  in 
its  favour,  for  classical  law,  in  which  the  principle  of  the  rule  must  be  sought.  As  to  a 
later  view  of  Ihering,  see  Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  509.  5  6.  1.  20.  6  Post,  §  xci. 

7  Post,  §  LXXXVII. 


v]  FRUCTUUM  SEPARATIO  227 

received  after  he  knew  that  he  was  not  entitled.  Julian  held  that  he 
did,  not  only  from  the  point  of  view  of  fructus  properly  so  called,  but 
also  with  regard  to  acquisitions  ex  re  et  operis  of  a  slave  so  possessed1. 
Ulpian  denied  this,  with  special  reference  to  the  latter  case2,  and  Paul, 
citing  Pomponius,  denied  it  for  fructus3.  This  was  therefore,  presumably, 
the  doctrine  of  later  law4. 

The  acquisition  of  fruits  is  complicated  by  another  point.  Some 
texts  speak  of  the  acquisition  to  the  bonafide  possessor  as  definitive :  they 
were  his  and  there  the  matter  ended5.  Others  say  that  though  they 
were  his  he  must  account  for  them  to  the  dominus,  so  far  as  they  were 
unconsumed,  or,  what  seems  to  mean  the  same  thing,  say  that  "fructus 
consumptos  suos  facit6."  Strictly  it  is  absurd  to  say  they  became  his  by 
ceasing  to  exist:  the  meaning  is  that  the  economic  advantage  was  his 
only  on  consumption,  as,  till  then,  he  might  be  called  on  to  account  for 
them.  The  effect  was  not  to  make  an  exception  to  the  rule  of  acquisition, 
but  to  create  an  obligation  to  restore,  or  compensate  for,  those  still 
existing7.  The  fact,  that  some  of  the  texts  which  mention  this  duty  of 
restoration  have  clearly  been  altered,  long  since  caused  the  general 
adoption  of  the  view  that  the  rule  was  not  classical,  but  it  was  still 
supposed  to  be  not  much  later,  since  an  enactment  of  Diocletian8,  in 
the  Code,  which  has  no  sign  of  alteration,  states  it  as  settled  law.  But 
it  has  been  shewn9  that  an  enactment  of  366,  in  the  Theodosian  Code, 
explicitly  gives  the  bona  fide  possessor  all  fruits  received  before  litis 
contestatio,  in  the  vindicatio  by  the  owner10,  and  that  there  is  a  text  in 
the  Digest  which  states  explicitly  the  same  doctrine11.  The  result  is 
that  the  rule  requiring  restoration  of  unconsumed  fruits  was  very  late, 
possibly  as  late  as  Justinian12.  It  may  be  that  it  was  an  extension  to 
rei  vindicatio  of  a  rule  already  existing  in  the  hereditatis  petitio13. 

The  question  then  arises:  what  is  consumption  If  the  corn  was  eaten, 

1  22.  1.  25.  2.  2  41.  1.  23.  1.  3  41.  1.  48.  1.  4  It  gives  however  a  very  re- 

markable result.  If  the  knowledge  supervened  soon  after  the  taking,  and  the  period  of 
imucapio  elapsed,  the  old  owner  will  have  no  claim  to  the  property  itself  but  will  be 
entitled  to  claim  compensation  in  respect  of  fruits  accrued  after  the  date  at  which  the 
possessor  knew  he  was  not  entitled.  This  does  not  look  very  practical.  It  would  pre- 
sumably be  a  condictio,  and  the  plaintiff  would  have  to  prove  the  date  of  supervening 
knowledge.  5  22.  1.  25;  22.  1.  28,  etc.  6  41.  1.  40;  41.  3.  4.  19,  etc.  7  These  are 
the  texts  which  led  to  the  old  view,  already  mentioned,  according  to  which  there  was  no 
real  acquisition  of  fructus,  but  only  bona  fide  possessio  with  a  resulting  right  of  usucapio. 
8  C.  3.  32.  22.  9  Alibrandi,  cited  Herzen,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  523;  see  also  O.yhlarz, 

op.  cit.  559  sqq.  10  C.  Th.  4.  18.  1.  11  6.  1.  48.  12  Albertario  (Bull.  26.  250  sqq.) 
treats  the  new  rule  as  an  expression  of  the  tendency  of  Justinian  to  legislate  against  causeless 
enrichment.  13  See  post,  §cx.  It  is  generally  held  that  under  the  sc.  luventianum  the 

bona  fide  possessor  of  a  hereditas  had  to  restore  all  existing  fruits.  It  has  however  recently 
been  maintained  by  Albertario  (toe.  cit.  p.  275)  that  in  this  case  also  the  possessor  was  not 
bound  in  classical  law  to  restore  fruits  received  before  litis  contestatio. 

15—2 


228  TRADITIO  [CH. 

that  was  of  course  consumptio.  But,  if  it  was  sold,  was  the  price  the 
fruits  in  a  new  form  or  was  sale  consumption  The  question  is  not  directly 
answered1.  The  little  evidence  which  exists  is  in  favour  of  the  view 
that  sale  was  consumptio,  and  that  even  under  Justinian  the  owner 
could  not  claim  the  proceeds2.  Any  other  view  leads  indeed  to  inextric- 
able difficulties,  since  the  fate  of  the  price  would  have  to  be  investi- 
gated3. 

LXXXIII.  TRADITIO.  This  is  the  only  mode  of  the  iure  naturali  class 
which  is  clearly  derivative  and  voluntary.  It  is  described  as  the  proper 
method  of  transfer  for  res  nee  mancipi*,  but  as  it  is  definitely  assigned 
to  the  ius  naturale  or  gentium  by  the  texts5,  it  is  said  by  some  writers 
that  it  did  not  give  civil  law  ownership,  even  in  res  nee  mancipi,  till  the 
recognition  of  ius  gentium.  On  the  question  how,  if  at  all,  civil  ownership 
was  acquired  in  such  things  in  early  days  various  answers  have  been 
given6. 

Traditio  was  the  transfer  of  ownership  by  transfer  of  the  thing 
itself7.  In  general  it  may  be  said  to  be  transfer  of  possession,  but  there 
were  cases  in  which  the  ownership  was  transferred  though  the  trans- 
feree had  not  yet  technically  acquired  possession.  Thus  a  man  acquired 
ownership  of  a  thing  given  to  his  slave  for  him,  at  once,  though  he  did 
not  possess  till  he  knew  the  fact8.  Where,  as  might  be  the  case  in  later 
law,  the  acquisition  was  through  an  extraneus9,  the  texts  appear  to 
presuppose  either  authorisation  or  knowledge10. 

Since  traditio  was,  in  effect,  the  giving  of  control,  it  might  take  other 
forms  than  that  of  simple  delivery.  Other  acts  had  the  same  effect,  e.g. 
putting  the  thing  in  the  transferee's  house  or  a  place  indicated  by 
him,  or  handing  it  to  his  nominee11.  Traditio  longa  manu  was  pointing 
out  the  thing  to  the  transferee,  and  authorising  him  to  take  it,  in  such 
conditions  that  it  was  in  his  immediate  power  to  do  so12.  Traditio  brevi 

1  This  itself  is  strong  evidence  that  the  rule  of  restitution  did  not  exist  in  the  classical 
law.          2  See  Czyhlarz,  op.  cit.  565.  3  Texts  dealing  with  hereditatis  petitio  do  face  a 

similar  difficulty,  but  do  not  surmount  it  very  satisfactorily,  5.  3.  23  and  25.  4  G.  2. 

19;  Ulp.  19.  7.  5  G.  2.  65;  Inst.  2.  1.  40;  D.  41.  1.  9.  3.  6  Cessio  in  iure  has  been 

suggested  (so  Poste,  in  earlier  editions  of  his  Gaius).  But  this  was  still  more  formal  than 
mancipatio  and  cannot  have  been  applied  to  small  matters.  Nor  is  there  evidence  of  its 
extreme  antiquity  as  a  mode  of  conveyance  of  property.  It  is  also  said  that  there  was 
no  civil  ownership,  but  such  things  were  vindicated  in  a  form  without  the  words:  "e.r  iure 
quiritium."  This  is  not  evidenced.  On  another  view  the  only  protection  was  the  law  of 
theft,  this  being  then  wide  enough  to  cover  the  case  of  one  who  refused  to  return  a  thing 
when  it  was  shewn  that  he  had  no  right  to  it  (Poste,  Gaius,  ed.  Whittuck,  137;  Muirhead, 
Roman  Law,  §  10).  This  is  the  primitive  state  of  things  in  many  systems,  but  it  belongs 
to  a  stage  much  earlier  than  any  possible  date  for  the  recognition  of  ius  gentium  in  Rome. 
See  Clark,  Hist,  of  Rom.  Law,  iii.  p.  547.  7  Delivery  of  the  thing  by  one  who  had 

only  an  undivided  share  was  delivery  of  his  share,  21.  2.  64.  4.  8  Inst.  2.  9.  3;  ante. 

§  LXXHI.  9  Post,  §  xcix.          10  Ib.          11  41.  2.  1.  21.          12  Ib. 


v]  TR  ADIT  10  229 

manu  was  effected  by  a  declaration  allowing  the  transferee  to  hold  as 
his  own  a  thing  which  was  already  physically  in  his  control1.  Con- 
stitutum  possessorium  was  the  converse  of  this.  Where  the  vendor  was, 
as  part  of  the  bargain,  to  retain  the  thing,  e.g.  as  a  hirer,  it  might  be 
agreed  that  in  future  he  was  to  hold  it  as  a  mere  detentor,  avoiding  the 
absurdity  of  handing  the  thing  over  and  taking  it  back  again2.  Approxi- 
mate delivery  was  giving  the  transferee  the  means  of  control,  e.g.  the 
key  of  the  place  where  the  thing  was.  This  was  formerly  called  symbolic 
delivery,  but  the  key  was  more  than  a  symbol :  it  was  the  actual  means 
of  control.  It  was  not  a  real  means  of  control,  if  the  act  was  in  one  place 
and  the  store  in  another,  and  some  texts  say  that  it  must  be  on  the  spot3. 
Probably  the  rule  was  that  the  circumstances  must  be  such  that  the 
key  did  give  actual  and  practically  immediate  control.  The  common 
element  in  all  these  cases  was  the  actual  putting  of  the  transferee  in 
control  of  the  thing. 

Since  mere  delivery  may  mean  many  things,  there  was  no  transfer 
of  dominium  unless  there  was  on  both  sides  the  intent  that  it  should 
have  that  effect.  This  might  present  itself  at  a  different  time  from  that 
of  delivery,  as  in  the  case  of  traditio  brevi  manu.  Intent  being  a 
mental  matter,  a  furiosus  could  neither  make  nor  take  a  traditio*, 
and  there  could  be  no  acquisition  by  a  traditio  either  by  or  to  an  insane 
slave5. 

There  must  also  be  iusta  causa*.  This  however  was  not  a  requirement 
independent  of  intent :  it  was  the  motive  or  the  evidence  which  accounted 
for  the  intent.  It  was  the  external  fact  shewing  the  existence  of  the 
intent.  To  describe  the  iusta  causa  as  the  primary  notion,  and  as  covering 
the  conception  of  intent  is  to  reverse  the  order  of  significance.  What 
was  material  was  the  intent :  the  causa  was  the  only  evidence  of  it  which 
was  wanted  or  indeed  could  ordinarily  be  had.  Hence  it  is  that  a 
putative  or  imaginary  iusta  causa  was  enough.  If  the  parties  thought 
the  thing  was  due  on  a  sale,  and  so  made  traditio,  this  was  valid:  the 
ownership  passed,  even  though  there  was  no  such  sale  and  the  value 
could  therefore  be  recovered  by  condictio  indebiti7.  The  belief  that  there 
was  a  sale  accounted  for,  and  indicated,  intent  to  transfer  ownership. 
So  too  if  one  handed  over  the  thing  as  a  gift,  the  other  taking  it  under  the 
impression  that  he  was  to  give  something  in  return,  the  traditio  was 
valid,  though  there  was  no  real  transaction  at  all8.  Ulpian  indeed  ex- 

1  41.  1.  9.  5.  2  41.  2.  18.  pr.  3  18.  1.  74;  41.  1.  9.  6.  Cf.  Inst.  2.  1.  45.  4  G.  3. 
106.  5  41.  2.  1.  9,  10.  No  doubt  if  the  slave  were  merely  a  messenger  his  insanity 

would  be  immaterial.  6  G.  2.  20;  Ulp.  19.  7.  7  41.  1.  36.  8  Ib.    If  A 

hands  B  a  book  and  a  guinea,  intending  a  gift  and  B  takes  them  as  a  loan,  the  owner- 
ship of  the  guinea  passes,  since  in  loan  of  money  the  property  passes,  and  thus  B  in- 
tended to  acquire.  But  that  in  the  book  does  not,  for  in  such  loans  ownership  does  not 


230  TRADITIO  [CH. 

presses  a  contrary  view  in  cases  where  the  parties  had  different  causae 
in  view1.  He  seems  to  regard  it  as  material  that  the  iusta  causa,  con- 
sidered as  the  basis,  should  really  exist,  whereas,  on  the  view  which 
clearly  prevailed,  it  was  just  as  good  evidence  of  intent,  whether  it 
really  existed  or  not2. 

Intent  to  transfer  ownership  being  enough,  the  question  arises  what 
was  to  happen  if,  while  A  did  in  fact  intend  to  transfer  ownership  to  C, 
and  was  acting  as  representative  of  B,  the  state  of  facts  was  such  that 
the  alienation  if  valid  would  transfer  the  ownership  of  A  and  not  of  B. 
For  instance,  B  authorised  A  to  transfer  a  thing  for  him:  A  delivered 
it:  it  was  in  fact  A's.  Did  ownership  pass?  A  tutor  delivered,  thinking  it 
the  ward's,  what  was  really  his  own.  It  is  said  in  two  texts  of  Ulpian 
and  of  Paul,  citing  Pomponius,  that  on  such  facts  the  ownership  did 
not  pass3.  The  contradiction  in  a  text  attributed  to  Marcellus  may  be 
only  apparent4,  but  Africanus  seems  to  declare  such  an  alienation 
valid5. 

There  must  be  intention  to  transfer  dominium  in  the  actual  thing 
handed  over.  If  our  respective  agents  had  agreed  for  the  sale  of  a  certain 
thing,  and  we  met  and  I  handed  over  to  you  a  thing  which  we  wrongly 
supposed  to  be  what  was  sold,  the  ownership  passed:  it  was  a  case  of 
putative  causa.  But  it  is  different  if  there  was  error  as  to  the  identity  of 
what  was  delivered.  Where  A  agreed  to  sell  Stichus  to  B  and  by  mistake 
delivered  Eros,  if  this  was  in  the  wrong  belief  that  he  had  sold  Eros,  the 
traditio  was  good.  But  if  A  thought  Eros  was  Stichus,  it  would  appear 

pass,  and  thus  B  did  not  intend  to  acquire  ownership.  The  same  would  be  true  if  the  error 
was  the  other  way,  but  there  would  be  a  condiclio  for  recovery  of  the  money. 

1   12.  1.  18.  pr.    The  texts  are  suspected  of  interpolation,  see,  e.g.,  Beseler,  Beitrage* 
3.  56,  57.  2  The  same  is  true  even  if  the  transaction  were  not  merely  void  or  non- 

existent, but  for  an  illegal  purpose.  If  A  gives  B  money  to  commit  a  crime,  the 
ownership  passes.  D.  12.  5  passim.  Not  if  the  act  of  transfer  itself  is  forbidden.  24. 
1.  3.  10.  3  41.  1.  35;  18.  1.  15.  2;  cf.  12.  4.  3.  8.  4  17.  1.  49.  If  acting  as  procurator 
for  A,  B  sells  a  thing  which  is  in  fact  his  own  and  delivers  it,  he  cannot  afterwards  vindicate 
it.  The  most  generally  accepted  view  of  the  matter  is  that  the  rule  is  as  stated  by  Paul 
and  Ulpian.  It  does  not  in  strictness  turn  on  error,  but  on  the  fact  that  a  person,  acting 
under  authority  to  transfer  the  property  of  A,  cannot  transfer  the  property  of  B  and  that 
this  is  not  less  true  if  he  himself  happens  to  be  B.  If  he  knew  the  facts,  he  would  not  be 
acting  under  the  authority  and  the  property  would  pass.  The  text  of  Marcellus  does  not 
say  that  the  ownership  passes,  but  that  the  selling  procurator,  whose  property  it  in  fact 
was,  cannot  vindicate  it.  The  point  of  this  is  that  in  contract  there  was  no  agency.  In 
conveyance  one  could  act  for  another,  but  his  contract  was  his  own,  and  therefore  bound 
him  personally.  He  cannot  therefore  be  allowed  to  recover  the  thing  in  defiance  of  his  own 
obligation  to  deliver  the  thing  under  his  contract  of  sale,  and  therefore  the  vindicatio  will 
be  refused  to  him,  no  doubt  by  an  exceptio  rei  renditae  et  traditae.  If  in  handing  it  over 
he  had  not  been  under  any  such  contractual  liability  he  could  have  recovered  it  by 
vindicatio.  But  the  text  has  been  much  altered.  See  Schulz,  Z.S.3.  38.  137  sqq.  5  12. 
1.  41  med.  See  Ulp.  in  12.  4.  3.  8  fin.,  which  may  not  be  genuine.  Cf.  22.  6.  8. 


v]  TRADITIO  231 

to  be  bad.  But  on  these  questions  of  error  the  texts  are  far  from 
clear1. 

There  might  be  error  as  to  the  identity  of  the  other  party.  There 
might  indeed  be  no  specific  person  at  all :  traditio  to  an  incerta  persona 
was  valid,  as  in  the  case  of  coins  thrown  to  a  mob2.  But  the  case  is 
different  if  a  specific  person  was  intended  and  another  received.  If, 
having  sold  to  A  by  correspondence,  I  handed  the  thing  to  B,  thinking 
he  was  A,  there  was  no  traditio3. 

As  traditio  was  an  informal  transaction,  and  not  an  actus  legitimus, 
it  might  be  subject  to  condition  and  dies*,  and  in  that  case  the  ownership 
would  not  pass  till  the  condition  was  satisfied,  or  the  day  had  arrived. 
If  the  traditio  was  the  result  of  a  sale,  ownership  did  not,  at  least  in 
later  law,  pass  on  delivery,  unless  the  price  was  paid  or  credit  agreed  on, 
or  security  given5.  This  rule  is  declared  to  rest  on  the  XII  Tables6,  but 
if  so  it  must  have  originally  referred  only  to  mancipatio,  and  its  wider 
application  must  be  a  juristic  extension,  a  view  which  is  suggested  by 
the  fact  that  Justinian,  after  stating  the  origin  of  the  rule  in  the  XII 
Tables,  adds  that  it  is  a  rule  of  the  ius  gentium  or  naturale7. 

If  the  thing  sold  was  a  res  mancipi,  traditio  did  not  pass  dominium 
in  classical  law,  but  only  bonitary  ownership8.  Although  in  general 
this  was  effective,  there  were  disadvantages.  The  bonitary  owner  of  a 
slave  could  not  free  him  so  as  to  make  him  a  civis9,  till  usucapio  had 
ripened  his  ownership.  It  was  only  if  there  was  mancipatio  that  the 
actio  auctoritatis  lay  for  a  defect  in  title10.  It  was  not  possible  to 
attach  a  fiducia  to  a  conveyance  by  traditio11.  It  was  not  possible  to 
create  a  usufruct  by  deductio  in  a  conveyance  by  traditio12  in  classical 
law. 

1  See  41.  2.  34.  pr.  2  41.  1.  9.  7;  Inst.  2.  1.  46.  We  have  seen  that  derelictio  was 

sometimes  explained  in  the  same  way.  3  Arg.  47.  2.  52.  21,  67.  4.    As  we  have  seen, 

if  a  thing  is  handed  to  a  procurator  for  his  principal,  or  to  a  common  slave  for  one  owner  and 
he  takes  it  for  another,  there  is  no  traditio.  41.  1.  37.  6.  The  contrary  text,  39.  5.  13,  is 
probably  interpolated.  Ante,  §  Lxxni.  4  7.  9.  9.  2;  41.  2.  38.  1.  But  not,  at  least  in 
classical  law,  what  are  called  resolutive  conditions,  under  which  the  dominium  was  to 
revert  in  certain  events,  ante,  §  Lxvm.  5  Inst.  2.  1.  41 ;  D.  18.  1.  19;  h.  t.  53;  C.  4.  54.  3. 
It  does  not  seem  to  be  stated  that  part  payment  transferred  ownership  in  an  undivided 
part.  It  has  recently  been  maintained  (Pringsheim,  Z.S.S.  35.  328  sqq. ;  Kauf  mil  fremdem 
Geld,  1916,  see  the  review  by  Mitteis,  Z.S.S.  37.  369  sqq.)  that,  so  far  as  traditio  is  con- 
cerned, the  notion  is  post-classical,  that  payment  of  price  was  first  made  a  condition  at 
some  post-classical  time,  and  that  Justinian  puts  surety,  agreement  for  credit,  etc.,  on 
the  same  footing.  The  language  of  Gaius  is  inconsistent  with  the  rule  (G.  2.  19-20)  and  the 
author  shews  that  many  rules  inconsistent  with  it  are  retained  in  the  Digest.  Others 
consistent  with  it,  he  shews  to  be  interpolated.  As  to  P.  2.  17.  1,  post,  §  LXXXVI.  6  Inst. 
2.  1.  41.  7  The  rule  is  not  applied,  even  in  the  Digest,  to  cases  under  the  Publician. 
6.  2.  8.  As  to  mancipatio,  post,  §  LXXXVI.  8  G.  2.  41;  Ulp.  1.  16;  19.  7;  ante,  §  LXX. 
9  Ante,  §  xxvu.  10  Girard,  Manuel,  565;  post,  §  CLXXI.  11  G.  2.  59.  12  Vat. 

Fr.  47.    Some  of  these  points  could  not  arise  under  Justinian.    The  actio  auctoritatis  was 


232  TRADITIO  [CH.  v 

On  the  other  hand,  traditio,  being  informal,  could  be  carried  out  by 
representative.  That  possession  could  be  acquired  through  authorised 
persons  was  recognised  in  classical  law,  and  the  inference  that  if  possession 
could  be  so  acquired,  ownership  would  pass  also,  if  the  necessary  intents 
were  present,  was  soon  drawn1. 

When  traditio  superseded  mancipatio  in  the  sale  of  lands,  the  absence 
of  any  requirement  of  witnesses  seems  to  have  led  to  frauds.  Con- 
stantine  required  a  public  announcement  to  the  neighbours,  and  later 
there  appears,  whether  legally  necessary  or  not,  an  introductio,  a  solemn 
perambulatio  of  the  bounds  in  the  presence  of  witnesses,  all  this  and  the 
fact  of  delivery  being  recorded  in  the  acta2. 

These  written  evidences  of  transactions  served  another  purpose.  A 
sale  of  land  is  not  usually  quite  a  simple  matter.  Besides  the  well-known 
warranties,  it  would  often  be  necessary  to  embody  all  sorts  of  subsidiary 
arrangements,  restrictions  on  user,  reservation  of  servitudes  and  so 
forth,  which  it  would  not  be  safe  to  trust  to  memory. 

It  must,  finally,  be  noted  that  in  the  Byzantine  empire  the  use  of 
written  documents  led  to  a  further  development.  Delivery  of  the  docu- 
ment tended  to  replace  physical  transfer  of  the  property,  and  we  get 
conveyance  by  epistola  traditionis,  traditio  cartae,  etc.  How  far  it  pro- 
ceeded is  not  clear  but  it  seems  to  have  applied  to  dotiatio3. 

obsolete  (post,  §  CLXXI).  Fiducia  also  had  gone  (post,  §  CLI).  As  to  deductio,  the  rule  ex- 
cluding it  in  traditio  no  longer  existed,  7.  1.  32;  8.  4.  3. 

1  See  post,  §  xcix.  2  Vat.  Fr.  35;  C.  Th.  3.  1.  2;  Costa,  Storia  del  Dir.  priv.  Bom. 

226.    As  to  special  rules  in  cases  of  donatio,  see  post,  §§  LXXXVI,  xci.  3  The  matter  is 

discussed  by  Riccobono,  Z.S.8.  33.  259;  34.  159.  The  history  of  the  limitation  may  be  that 
mancipatio  was  compulsory  for  donatio  of  land,  after  355  (post,  §  LXXXVI),  that  mancipatio 
degenerated  to  a  written  form  and  that  thus  there  was  no  great  change  in  the  new  rule. 
Riccobono's  thesis  is  that  in  Justinian's  Law,  but  not  before,  tacit  or  fictitious  traditio 
replaces  the  actual  traditio  of  the  older  law  in  many  cases.  Besides  delivery  of  title- 
deeds  he  cites,  e.g.,  traditio  clavium,  not  on  the  spot,  instrumentum  dotis,  the  transfer  of 
the  property  of  the  socii  in  societas  omn.  bon.,  etc.,  and  he  adverts  to  other  cases  such 
as  appositio  custodis  (41.  2.  51)  in  which  though  the  rule  is  classical  the  point  of  view  is 
altered,  and  it  is  valid  not  because  it  is  in  effect  taking  control,  but  as  a  symbol  of 
delivery — traditio  ficta. 


CHAPTER  VI 

THE  LAW  OF  PROPERTY  (cont.).    IURE  CIV  I  LI  MODES  OF 
ACQUISITION.    SERVITUDES.    AGENCY 

LXXXIV.  Cessio  in  iure,  p.  233;  LXXXV.  Mancipatio,  236;  LXXXVI.  Res  Mancipi, 
239;  Later  history  of  Mancipatio,  240;  LXXXVII.  Usucapio,  242;  usurpatio,  243;  bona 
fides,  ib.;  LXXXVIII.  iusta  causa,  246;  Non-usucaptible  property,  248;  LXXXIX. 
Longi  temporis  praescriptio,  249;  XC.  Adiudicatio,  252;  lus  accrescendi,  ib.;  XCI.  Donatio 
inter  vivos,  253;  Lex  Cincia,  254;  Donatio  mortis  causa,  256;  XCII.  Servitudes,  258;  XCIII. 
Praedial  servitudes,  260;  XCIV.  Acquisition  and  Loss,  264;  XCV.  Personal  servitudes, 
267;  Usufruct,  ib. ;  XCVI.  Acquisition  and  Loss,  271 ;  Usus,  etc.,  272;  XCVII.  Emphyteusis 
and  Superficies,  274;  XCVIII.  Restrictions  on  alienation,  276;  Alienation  by  non-owner, 
ib. ;  XCIX.  Acquisition  through  the  act  of  another,  277;  Peculium  castrense,  quasi- 
castrense,  bona  adventitia,  279. 

LXXXIV.  The  iure  civili  modes  of  acquisition,  as  stated  by  Gaius, 
were  all  part  of  the  ancient  law,  and  are,  indeed,  more  or  less  directly 
referred  to  the  XII  Tables1.  The  two  most  important  voluntary  modes 
were  intensely  formal,  not  only  in  the  sense  that  their  ceremonial  was 
elaborate,  but  in  the  sense  that  form  was  the  essential  binding  element  : 
consent  (and  therefore  error)  was  in  strictness  not  material,  a  principle 
of  which,  as  might  be  expected,  the  praetorian  law  destroyed  most  of 
the  significance2. 

CESSIO  IN  IURE.  The  form  of  this  transaction  was  modelled  on 
that  of  a  "real  action  "  (vindicatio) under  the  ancient  system  of  legis  actio, 
i.e.  sacramentum.  The  intended  transferee  claimed  the  thing,  using  the 
words  which  would  be  employed  in  an  actual  vindicatio:  "I  declare  this 
thing  to  be  mine  by  Quiritian  Law."  In  an  actual  claim  the  other  party 
would  now  make  a  contravindicatio,  but,  here,  on  the  praetor's  enquiry 
whether  he  made  any  claim,  he  said,  "No,"  or  was  silent.  If  he  did  this 
in  a  vindicatio,  there  would  be  no  judgment:  the  plaintiff  would  take 
the  thing,  but  there  would  be  no  res  iudicata  to  bar  a  later  claim  by  the 
defendant:  it  was  essential  to  the  effective  legis  actio  that  both  parties 
should  claim.  But  in  cessio  in  iure  a  step  now  occurred  which  was  not 
found  in  a  vindicatio.  The  praetor  "addicted"  the  thing  to  the  claimant3. 
We  are  not  told  that  there  was  an  actual  touching  of  the  thing  with  a 
wand4  (festuca,  vindicta)  as  there  would  be  in  an  actual  claim.  Thus 
there  are  essential  differences,  and  though  we  speak  of  the  proceeding  as 
a  case  of  fictitious  litigation,  it  has  been  contended5  with  some  force 

1  As  to  donatio,  post,  §  xci.  2  See  P.  1.  7.  6-9.  The  essence  of  a  "formal"  transac- 
tion is  stated  by  Leist  (Mancipatio,  p.  25)  as  being  that  it  operates  without  reference  to 
any  causa.  3  G.  2.  24;  Ulp.  19.9-11.  4  It  appeared  however  in  manumission 

vindicta.          5  Wlassak,  Z.S.S.  25.  102. 


234  CESSIO  IN  IURE  [en. 

that  these  variations  have  precisely  the  purpose  of  shewing  that  it  is 
not  litigation.    On  that  view  it  may  be  construed  as  conveyance  by 
State  authority,  using  the  machinery  of  the  court,  or  possibly,  as  a  con- 
firmation by  the  court  of  a  conveyance  by  the  parties,  the  addictio 
being  an  official  confirmation  of  the  conveyance,  and  not  itself  the 
operative  act.    But  the  actual  rules  of  cessio  in  iure  cannot  well  be 
harmonised  with  any  single  conception  of  the  nature  of  the  transaction. 
Manumission  vindicta1  was  a  case  of  cessio  in  iure,  but  it  was  not  a  con- 
veyance: what  the  owner  had  was  dominium,what  the  slave  acquired  was 
civitos.  The  forfeiture  of  tutela  cessicia2,  from  an  attempt  to  cede  it  again, 
gave  the  attempted  cessio  an  effect  different  from  that  of  a  mere  void 
conveyance.    Cessio  in  iure  had  effects  which  a  judgment  would  not 
have.    If  an  agnate  ceded  the  inheritance,  after  acceptance,  he  lost, 
inter  alia,  his  rights  against  debtors  to  the  estate3,  but  these  were  not 
parties  to  the  judgment  and  a  judgment  had  no  force  with  regard  to 
third  parties4.   It  was  not  an  abandonment,  for  manumission  vindicta  left 
rights  in  the  manumitter,  and  the  Proculians,  who  held  that  all  rights 
were  lost  in  some  cases  of  cessio  to  which  the  Sabinians  did  not  apply 
the  rule5,  held  that  derelictio  was  not  complete  till  a  third  person  had 
taken  possession6.  These  and  other  cases  of  difference  of  view  as  to  the 
effect  of  cessio  in  iure  indicate  differences  of  view  and  probably  changes 
of  view,  as  to  the  nature  of  the  transaction,  with  a  tendency,  on  the 
whole,  to  treat  the  matter  more  and  more  as  one  of  conveyance.    But, 
especially  in  the  matter  of  capacity,  the  fact  that  it  was  done  before 
the  court  led  to  the  retention  of  rules  belonging  to  the  conception  of  it 
as  litigation.  Thus  it  was  open  only  to  those  who  could  be  parties  to  a 
legis  actio,  not,  e.g.,  to  slaves  OTfiliifamilias7. 

As  to  its  antiquity  we  know  little.  We  are  told  indeed  that  it  is 
confirmed  by  the  XII  Tables,  but  this  need  mean  no  more  than  that  the 
legis  actio  is  there  dealt  with8.  Apart  from  this,  we  hear  nothing  of  it 
till  the  last  century  of  the  republic 9,  but  it  must  be  much  older.  Manu- 
mission vindicta,  a  case  of  cessio  in  iure,  is  unquestionably  a  very  ancient 
institution10. 

Ulpian  tells  us  that  cessio  in  iure  could  be  used  for  both  res  mancipi 
and  res  nee  mancipi11.  But  except  for  this  general  proposition  there  is 
little  indication  of  its  use  for  single  things.  Gaius  tells  us  that  it  was 
very  rarely  used  for  res  mancipi12,  in  view  of  the  more  convenient 

1  Ante,  §  xxvi.  2  Ante,  §  LX.  3  G.  2.  35.  4  44.  1.  10;  C.  7,  60.  1.    It 

does  not  however  follow  that  this  had  always  been  so,  see  Esmein,  Mel.  Gerardin,  229. 
5  Post,  §CXLI.  6  Ante,  §LXXVI;  D.  41.  7.  2.  1.  7  G.  2.  96;  Schol.  Sin.  49. 

8  Vat.  Fr.  50.    Late  and  corrupt.  9  Varro,  R.R.  2.  10.  4,  which  may  refer  to  cessio 

in  iure  hereditatis,  and  does  not  prove  its  use  for  single  things  so  early.          10  Livy,  2.  5, 
traces  it  to  the  beginning  of  the  republic.  11  Ulp.  19.  9.  12  G.  2.  24,  25. 


vi]  CESS  10  IN  IV RE  235 

mancipatio,  and  this  applies  with  still  more  force  to  res  nee  mancipi,  in 
view  of  traditio.  In  fact  it  can  have  been  but  little  used  for  transfer  of 
property.  Its  field  of  usefulness  was  clearly  for  transfers  which  could 
not  be  effected  by  direct  means,  of  res  incorporates1,  of  hereditates2,  of 
tutelae3,  of  children  in  the  case  of  adoption4,  etc.  The  form  of  the  cessio 
cannot  have  been  the  same  in  all  cases.  No  doubt  the  words  of  the 
claimant  would  be  modelled  on  those  used  in  the  claim  which  was 
simulated. 

A  cessio  in  iure  could  not  be  conditional,  not  merely  because  it  was  an 
actus  legitimus,  but  because  a  vindicatio  necessarily  asserted  a  present 
right5.  On  the  other  hand  it  was  possible  to  introduce  a  deductio6. 
Since  it  was  possible  to  vindicate  dominium  without  the  usufruct  it  was 
possible  to  make  this  fictitious  claim,  deducto  tisufructu:  the  effect  would 
be  a  transfer  of  the  proprietor  leaving  a  usufruct  to  the  other  party. 
Whether  the  deductio  itself  could  be  conditional  was  debated7.  It  is 
also  clear  that  there  might  be  a  fiducia8,  but  this  was  no  part  of  the 
transaction.  It  was  a  separate  agreement9.  It  does  not  seem  that  any 
special  terms  (leges)  could  be  embodied  in  the  transfer10. 

Like  vindicatio  per  sacramentum,  cessio  in  iure  of  ownership  required 
presence  of  the  thing11,  but  probably  here  too  it  became  sufficient  in 
the  case  of  land  to  have  a  symbolic  turf  instead  of  going  to  the  spot. 
There  was  probably  some  of  the  progressive  simplification  which  we 
find  in  manumissio  vindicta.  We  do  not  know  how  tutela  was  represented. 

We  are  told  nothing  of  the  effect  of  error,  but  the  probability  is  that 
the  form  was  everything,  and  that,  so  far  as  the  transfer  of  the  right 
was  concerned,  error  was  immaterial12. 

Cessio  in  iure  seems  to  have  been  quite  obsolete  as  a  mode  of  transfer 
of  property  or  other  res  under  Justinian:  it  was  not  abolished,  but 
simply  ignored,  and  it  cannot  be  surely  traced  later  than  the  end  of  the 
third  century13.  But  the  fate  of  some  of  its  applications  in  the  law  of 
persons  is  different.  Manumission  vindicta  continued  in  a  much  simpli- 

1  G.  2.  29;  Ulp.  19.  11.          2  G.  2.  34.    Here  it  operates  in  certain  cases  as  a  release 
of  debts.    Post,  §  CXLI.  3  Ante,  §  LXXVI.  4  Ante,  §  xuv.  5  It  might  be 

ad  tempus,  Vat.  Fr.  48.  We  are  told  in  50.  17.  77  that  there  might  be  implicit  conditions 
in  such  a  case.  It  might  be  suggested  that  a  cessio  in  iure  made  by  a  non-owner  would 
be  operative  if  he  became  owner.  But  a  number  of  texts  originally  written  of  mancipatio 
shew  that  in  that  case  this  was  not  so.  6.  1.  72;  21.  3.  2;  44.  4.  4.  32  (see  also  21.  2.  17). 
Bonitary  ownership  would  pass  if  the  res  had  been  delivered  but  no  more.  Mere  c.  i.  i. 
must  have  been  on  such  facts  a  nullity.  But  as  in  case  of  acceptilatio  (50.  17.  77)  it  may 
have  been  operative  if  the  transferor  had  received  a  conveyance  under  a  still  pending 
condition.  6  Vat.  Fr.  47.  7  Vat.  Fr.  50.  8  G.  2.  59.  9  Post,  §  CLI. 

10  Even  if  the  uti  lingua  nuncupassit  clause  of  the  XII  Tables  had  this  effect  in  mancipatio, 
which  is  unlikely,  there  is  no  ground  for  extending  the  notion  to  c.  t.  i.  See  Girard, 
Manuel,  295.  11  G.  4.  16.  12  40.  2.  4.  1.  13  Cons.  6.  10. 


236  MANCIPATIO  [CH. 

fied  form1.  And  in  adoptio  and  emancipatio  the  old  form  was  only 
abolished  by  Justinian2.  It  is  to  be  noted  however  that  the  constitutio 
in  which  he  abolishes  the  old  form,  while  speaking  contemptuously  of 
the  sales,  etc.,  does  not  mention  the  final  cessio  in  iure3. 

LXXXV.  MANCIPATIO.  This  was  the  most  important  of  the 
direct  modes  of  transfer  of  property  in  classical  law.  It  is  older  than  the 
XII  Tables4,  and  it  was  the  appropriate  mode  of  transfer  for  precisely  those 
things  which  are  the  chief  belongings  of  a  pastoral  and  agricultural 
people  such  as  were  the  Romans  of  the  republic.  The  form  of  it  is 
described  by  Gains5.  There  were  present  not  less  than  five  adult  cives  as 
witnesses6,  and  a  sixth,  a  libripens  carrying  a  balance.  The  transferee, 
e.g.  of  a  slave,  holding  a  piece  of  metal  (aes),  said:  "Hunc  ego  hominem  ex 
iure  Quiritium  meum  esse  aio,  isque  mihi  emptus  esto  hoc  aere  aeneaque 
libra."  Then  he  struck  the  aes  on  the  balance  and  gave  it  to  the  trans- 
feror by  way  of  price. 

The  declaration  was  in  two  separable  parts,  first,  an  assertion  of 
ownership,  and  then  one  of  purchase  by  copper  and  scales,  the  assertion 
of  ownership  being  identical  in  form  with  that  used  in  vindicatio  and 
cessio  in  iure. 

The  form  would  not  be  quite  the  same  in  all  cases.  It  was  varied 
for  the  purpose  of  coemptio,  and,  in  the  familiae  emptio  for  the  purpose 
of  testation,  it  did  not,  as  recorded  by  Gaius,  contain  the  first  member7. 

So  far  as  Gaius  tells  us  the  transferor  said  nothing,  but  there  is 
literary  evidence  that  he  did  say  something8.  We  know,  however,  that 
a  mancipatio  was  formally  valid  even  though  effected  by  force9,  which 
suggests  that  the  transferor  took  only  a  passive  part.  In  a  release  of 
debt  per  aes  et  libram,it  does  not  appear  that  the  creditor  said  anything10. 
In  fact  in  nearly  every  case  of  formal  transaction  it  was  the  person 
benefiting  who  took  the  prominent  part.  In  stipulatio  the  promisor 
need  only  assent  with  a  word.  In  the  contract  literis  it  was  in  the  credi- 
tor's book  that  the  entry  was  made11.  From  the  recorded  instances  of 
mancipatio  it  would  seem  that  the  actual  price  was  mentioned  (no  doubt 

\  Ante,  §  xxvi.  2  Ante,  §§  XLIV,  XLVII.  3  C.  8.  47.  11.  This  had  probably  long 
since  taken  the  form  which  he  prescribes  for  the  whole  process,  entry  on  the  acta. 
4  Bruns,  1.  25;  Girard,  Textes,  15.  5  G.  1.  119;  see  G.  2.  22,  23;  Ulp.  19.  3.  6  The 

antestatus  occasionally  mentioned  is  merely  the  first  witness  (Will  of  Longinus  Castor, 
Girard,  Textes,  804).  See  Mitteis,  Rom.  Prr.  1.  295.  He  figures  however  as  a  separate 
person  on  some  late  texts  in  which  the  practice  of  using  seven  witnesses  is  illustrated. 
Gai.  Ep.  1.  6.  3.  7  Most  modern  editors  however  reconstruct  the  text  so  as  to  introduce 
such  a  clause.  8  Varro,  L.L.  5.  163,  and  Festus  s.v.  Rodus  attribute  to  the  vendor 

the  words  "  Raudusculo  libram  ferito."  Some  legal  texts  dealing  with  deductio  say  that 
the  vendor  "dicit"  the  deductio,  e.g.  19.  1.  7.  In  the  emptio  familiae  he  makes  a  nuncupatio, 
but  this  is  no  part  of  the  mancipatio,  Ulp.  20.  9.  See  however  Pernice,  Labeo,  3.  97  sqq. 
9  P.  1.  7.  6,  8.  10  G.  3.  174.  11  Dictio  dotis  seems  to  be  an  exception. 


vi]  MANC1PAT1O  237 

in  view  of  the  actio  auctoritatis  in  case  of  sale)1,  though  Gains  does  not 
mention  it2 . 

The  purpose  of  the  first  phrase  has  been  variously  explained.  On 
one  view  it  was  the  essential  part,  the  other  being  a  later  accretion3. 
But  this  is  not  easy  to  reconcile  with  the  facts  that  it  did  not  occur  in 
emptio  familiae  as  recorded  by  Gains4,  that  the  Vatican  Fragments5 
omit  it  in  an  ordinary  mancipatio,  and  that,  where  this  was  subject  to  a 
deductio,  that  appeared  in  the  emptio  clause6.  The  more  probable  view 
seems  to  be  that  the  purpose  of  the  first  clause  was  to  attach  the  liability 
for  double  damages  under  the  actio  auctoritatis1. 

There  is  some,  at  least  apparent,  illogicality  in  the  form.  The  assertion 
of  ownership  is  made  at  a  time  when  it  is  not  true,  and  never  may  be 
true,  for  the  price  may  not  be  paid8.  This  is  met  by  the  argument  that 
the  form  must  be  treated  as  a  whole  not  separating  its  parts9.  Further 
there  is  late  authority  for  reading  est  instead  of  estow,  which  however 
contradicts  our  MS.  of  Gains,  and  introduces  a  new  illogicality.  The 
striking  of  the  balance  comes  after  the  words,  an  order  which  suits 
esto,  but  is  wholly  irreconcileable  with  emptus  est. 

The  form  as  recorded11  calls  for  the  presence  of  the  res,  but  there  might 
be  mancipatio  of  land  not  on  the  spot  and  even,  it  seems,  of  land  not 
in  the  possession  of  the  mancipio  dans12.  Traditio  is  nopartof  mancipatio: 
the  conveyance  is  complete  whether  the  thing  is  handed  over  or  not13, 
though  the  vendor  is  of  course  bound  to  deliver — tradere  possessionem. 

It  has  been  suggested14  that  even  in  classical  law  the  mancipatio  had 
ceased  to  be  real,  and  was  practically  replaced  by  the  written  document 
of  which  we  have  instances15.  It  is  said  that  by  the  time  of  Gaius  the 
mancipatory  will  was  merely  a  written  instrument,  and  the  case  of  the 
written  stipulation  is  cited  in  support.  Bvit  for  stipulation  we  have  an 
express  text  and  an  express  enactment16.  Gaius  tells  us  the  form  of  the 
mancipatory  will17  and  sharply  differentiates  the  praetorian  will  as  less 
effective18:  it  is  unlikely  that  if  so  great  effect  resulted  from  a 

1  Post,   §CLXXI.  2  Girard,    Textes,   819  sqq.;  Bruns,   1.  329  sqq.;  Vat.  Fr.  50. 

3  See,  e.g.,  Ihering,  Evolution  of  the  Aryan,  transl.  Drucker,  p.  204.  4  G.  2.  104. 

5  Vat,  Fr.  50.  6  Vat.  Fr.  50.  7  Post,  §  CLXXI.    It  may  be  said  that  the  pre- 

caution of  selling  nummo  uno,  where  the  sale  was  fictitious  or  gratuitous,  so  that  the 
guarantee  would  not  be  needed,  would  not  have  been  required  if  this  clause  could  be 
omitted.  But  forms  become  stereotyped  and  the  simple  precaution  would  be  very  natural. 
8  But  see  post,  p.  240.  9  See  for  discussion,  Schlossmann,  In  iure  cessio  and  man- 

cipatio, 13,  and  Stintzing,  Mancipatio,  10.  10  Boethius,  ad  Top.  5.  28.  11  G.  1. 
121;  Ulp.  19.  6  (whether  in  1.  119  G.  says  aes  ie.ne.ns  or  rem  tenens),  12  Ib. ;  arg.  G.  4. 
117  a,  where  the  action  must  be  an  actio  in  rem.  13  G.  2.  204;  Vat.  Fr.  311. 

14  Collinet,  iStudes  Historiques  sur  le  Droit  de  Justinien,  1.  257.  15  Bruns,  1.  329 

sqq.;  Girard,  Textes,  819  sqq.          16  P.  5.  7.  2;  C.  8.  37.  1,  post,  §  c.  17  G.  2.  104. 

18  G.  2.  119. 


238  MANCIPATIO  [CH. 

mere  difference  of  wording  praetorian  wills  would  have  been  important 
in  practice.  There  seems  no  reason  to  doubt  that  throughout  the 
classical  age  mancipatio  retained  its  ceremonial,  though  it  is  possible  that 
this  was  at  times  neglected  and  people  were  content  not  to  go  behind 
the  written  document1. 

Before  leaving  the  form  we  must  speak  of  the  clause  in  the  XII 
Tables:  "cum  nexumfaciet  mancipiumque,  uti  lingua  nuncupasset,  ita  ius 
esto2."  It  has  been  generally  held  that  they  authorise  the  insertion  of 
subordinate  clauses  in  the  mancipatio,  to  which  the  name  leges  mancipii 
was  given.  Thus  Gains,  speaking  of  civil  bondage,  says:  "quern  pater  ea 
lege  mancipio  dedit  ut  sibi  remancipetur3."  But  there  is  no  reason  for 
holding  that  this  agreement  was  part  of  the  mancipatio :  it  was  an  agree- 
ment under  which  the  mancipatio  was  made.  There  is  no  sign  of  sub- 
ordinate clauses  except  such  as  defined  what  was  conveyed,  e.g.  the 
deductio4.  The  pactum  fiduciae  affords  a  strong  argument  against  this 
view :  it  is  an  agreement  as  to  what  is  to  be  done  with  the  res  in  certain 
events,  an  exact  parallel  to  the  lex  in  Gaius,  and  it  is  clear  that  the 
fiducia  was  not  a  part  of  the  mancipatio,  but  a  separate  transaction5. 
And  we  know  that  there  could  be  no  express  conditions  in  mancipatio6. 
It  is  not  clear  that  the  words  of  the  XII  Tables  mean  more  than  that 
servitudes,  etc.,  could  be  validly  created  for  and  over  the  land  sold,  by 
inclusion  in  the  statement7. 

The  witnesses  (whom,  in  the  mancipatory  will,  the  testator's  nun- 
cupatio  describes  as  Quirites)8  no  doubt  in  some  sense  represent  the 
people.  It  is  sometimes  said  that  the  number  5  shews  that  they  represent 
the  five  Servian  classes,  since  the  mancipatio,  altering  the  wealth  of 
the  parties,  might  affect  their  class.  But  there  is  very  small  evidence 
for  or  against  this  view  9.  In  later  law,  in  the  decay  of  mancipatio,  there 

1  The  ritual  in  a  copyhold  admission  is  probably  sometimes  neglected,  though  legally 
necessary.  2  Bruns,  1.  25;  Girard,  Textes,  15.  3  G.  1.  140.  4  Girard,  Man. 

295.          5  Bruns,  1.  332;  Girard,  Textes,  821.  6  Vat.  Fr.  329;    D.  50.  17.  77.    As    to 

error,  ante,  §LXXXIV;  Wlassak,  Z.S.S.  26.  403.  7  Girard,  Man.  293,  suggests  that  they 
recognise  mancipatio  in  the  fictitious  form  in  which  alone  we  know  it,  i.e.  with  a  pre- 
tended weighing.  But,  unless  details  of  legis  actio  are  so  regarded,  the  XII  Tables  do  not 
deal  with  forms.  8  G.  2.  104.  9  Apart  from  the  above  "quirites"  the  only  evidence 
for  it  is  that  Festus  calls  them  classici  testes  (s.v.)  in  the  mancipatory  will.  Girard  sug- 
gests (Man.  293)  that  the  unit  would  have  been  the  century,  the  voting  unit.  But  that 
is  derivative:  the  census  is  not  primarily  concerned  with  voting,  but  with  wealth,  the 
classes.  He  also  says  that  it  would  have  been  a  fixed  number,  not  a  minimum  "non  minus 
quam  quinque."  So  G.  elsewhere  describes  it  (e.g.  2.  104).  The  other  form  means  that 
surplusage  is  no  error.  The  objection  would  indeed  apply  to  any  basis.  The  source  of  the 
seven  testes  of  the  praetorian  will  is  clear.  Gaius  (2.  14)  speaks  of  them  as  seven,  Ulp.  as 
"  non  minusquam  septem"  (28. 6).  Girard  also  suggests  that  it  was  known  to  communities  with 
Latin  right  who  had  not  this  division  of  the  people  (/.  Salpensana  xxn).  But  a  lex  in  the 
time  of  Domitian  no  doubt  contained  many  long  since  borrowed  notions.  The  lex  is. 


vi]  MANCIPATLO  239 

seem  to  have  been  sometimes  seven  witnesses1,  this  being  the  number 
required  in  many  transactions.  The  additional  two  were  the  libripens  and 
an  extra  person  to  whom  the  name  antestator  was  transferred2.  But 
there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  seven  were  legally  required. 

As  being  within  commercium,  mancipatio  was  open  only  to  those 
who  shared  in  this.  Filiifamilias  and  slave  could  thus  acquire  for  the 
paterfamilias3,  and,  with  authority,  a  filiusfamilias  could  so  alienate. 
On  what  appears  to  be  the  better  view  a  slave  could  also,  but  this  is 
disputed4. 

LXXXVI.  Mancipatio  was  the  appropriate  mode  of  conveyance 
for  the  most  important  elements  of  wealth  in  early  Rome— res  mancipi  5. 
If  moveable  they  must  be  on  the  spot  and  only  so  much  could  be  man- 
cipated  at  once  as  could  be  held  or  grasped6.  On  the  question  whether 
the  process  could  be  used  for  res  nee  mancipi  it  is  generally  held  on  the 
authority  of  Cicero7  that  it  could  not  be  so  applied.  Literary  texts 
shew  it  so  employed,  but  it  is  likely  that  there  was  delivery  as  well  and 
the  form  was  mere  surplusage8.  We  know  that  it  was  used  for  transfer 
of  the  familia  in  the  mancipatory  will,  and  a  hereditas  would  ordinarily 
include  res  nee  mancipi,  and  is  not  itself  given  under  the  list  of  res  man- 
cipi 9.  But  this  is  an  exceptional  institution  from  which  it  is  not  possible 
to  argue.  It  could  be  used  for  transfer  of  rights  other  than  ownership, 
e.g.  for  transfers  of  persons  in  potestas.  But  these  were  treated  as 
servorum  loco,  and  slaves  were  res  mancipi.  Rustic  praedial  servitudes 
could  be  so  created  but  these  are  expressly  stated  to  be  res  mancipi10, 
and  we  know  the  urban  servitudes  could  not  be  so  created11.  A  woman 
sui  iuris  cannot  be  a  res,  but  coemptio,  in  which  she  sold  herself,  was  a 
much  modified  form,  and  throw's  no  light  on  the  question.  On  the  whole 
the  better  view  seems  to  be  that  res  nee  mancipi  could  not  be  mancipated. 

Res  mancipi,  as  we  know  them,  were  solum  italicum,  slaves,  beasts 
of  draught  and  burden  and  rustic  servitudes12.  This  did  not  cover  ele- 

moreover,  far  from  shewing  that  the  civil  bondage  was  in  fact  created  in  the  same  way, 
and  we  do  not  really  know  how  widespread  was  the  notion  of  classification  by  wealth. 
1  Ep.  Gai.  1.  6.  3.         2  Kniep,  Gai.  Inst.  1.  p.  207.  3  Ulp.  19.  4.  18.  4  See 

for  discussion  and  reff.  Buckland,  L.Q.R.  34.  372;  Mitteis,  B.Pr.  1.  208.  He  holds  that 
a  slave  could  not  mancipate  even  with  authority,  but  he  does  not  appear  to  lay  this  down 
for  a  filiutfamilias.  5  G.  2.  14 a,  22;  Ulp.  19.  1.  6  G.  1.  121;  Ulp.  19.  6.  Of 

land,  several  pieces  in  different  places  could  be  mancipated  at  once.  7  Top.  10.  45; 

Ulp.  19.  3  is  hardly  conclusive.  8  Pliny  gives  a  mancipatio  of  pearls  (H.  N.  69.  9. 

35).  The  apparent  case  in  Bruns,  1.  335;  Girard,  Textes,  825,  seems  rather  to  be  a  gift  of 
right  of  access  to,  and  use  of,  what  is  contemplated  as  part  of  the  land.  9  In  the  case 
of  transfer  of  the  hzreditas  to  Jideicommissarius  G.  says  nothing  of  mancipatio,  though 
the  Autun  Gaius  does  (67).  See  Consult.  6.  11  which  shews  that  in  the  time  of  Diocletian 
there  was  no  way  of  transferring  a  mass  as  a  unit.  10  G.  2.  17.  11  G.  2.  29. 

12  G.  2.  14  a,  17;  Ulp.  19.  1. 


240  MANCIPAT10  [CH. 

phants  and  camels,  which  were  not  in  use  when  this  list  was  first 
drawn  up1.  But  the  list  given  is  not  as  it  stood  at  first.  There  was  no 
separate  property  in  land  in  early  Rome  except  for  the  heredium,  or 
houseplace,  which  was  not  alienable2.  And  it  is  probable  that  till  the 
Empire,  only  the  four  primitive  rustic  servitudes  were  res  mancipi,  i.e., 
iter,  actus,  via  and  aquaeductus3.  There  was  dispute  between  the  schools 
on  the  question  when  a  farm  beast  became  a  res  mancipi,  the  Proculians 
holding  that  it  became  such  only  when  trained  or  in  training,  the 
Sabinians  holding  that  it  was  such  from  birth4.  We  do  not  know  which 
view  prevailed.  As  to  the  reason  why  these  things  and  no  others  were 
included,  it  is  generally  held5  that  they  were  the  things  essential  to 
the  maintenance  of  the  household  in  a  regime  passing  from  the  pastoral 
to  the  agricultural  stage6. 

The  rule  that,  in  case  of  sale,  ownership  passed  only  when  the  price 
was  paid  or  security  taken  or  credit  given,  which  is  stated  by  Justinian, 
no  doubt  with  accretions,  as  a  rule  of  the  XII  Tables7,  is  applied  in 
later  law  to  traditio,  but  is  commonly  thought  to  have  applied  primarily 
to  mancipatio:  it  would  constitute  one  of  those  tacit  conditions  which 
can  exist  in  actus  legitimi6. 

The  later  history  of  mancipatio  is  obscure.  The  distinction  between 
res  mancipi  and  nee  mancipi  was  formally  abolished  by  Justinian9,  but, 

1  G.  2.  16;  Ulp.  19.  1.  2  Girard,  Manuel,  292,  n.  2.  3  Post,  §  xcra.      4  See 

n.  1.  5  Cuq,  op.  cit.  1.  92;  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  354;  Maine,  Anc.  Law,  211,  etc.  6  The  fact 
that  a  peregrinus  can  have  only  one  kind  of  ownership  raises  difficulties  where  a  res  mancipi 
is  delivered  to  him.  If,  after  holding  it  some  years,  he  alienates  it  to  a  civis,  is  the  latter 
dominus  or  is  the  old  owner?  If  accessio  possessionum  applies  (post,  §  LXXXVII)  the  new 
owner  is  at  once  dominus.  Apart  from  the  question  of  usucapio  an  acquirer  of  a  res  mancipi 
from  a  peregrine  could  not  become  dominus.  This  kind  of  difficulty  has  suggested  the  view 
that  a.  res  mancipi  loses  its  special  character  in  the  hands  of  a  peregrine.  Two  texts  indeed 
suggest  this  (Ulp.  1.  16;  Vat.  Fr.  47  a),  but  they  are  not  conclusive,  and  the  rule  would  give 
the  unlikely  result  that  the  forms  of  mancipatio  could  be  evaded  by  using  a  peregrine 
as  an  interposita  persona.  There  would  be  no  difficulty  in  arranging,  by  stipulatio,  for  the 
same  obligations  a.s  to  defect  of  title,  and  so  on,  as  would  have  arisen  automatically 
if  there  had  been  a  mancipatio.  7  Inst.  2.  1.  41;  D.  18.  1.  19,  53.  8  50.  17. 

77.  It  seems  reasonable  to  accept  so  much  of  Justinian's  statement  as  indicates 
that  there  was  some  rule  about  payment  in  the  XII  Tables.  Its  content  is  a  different 
matter.  As  the  process  involves  a  (fictitious)  payment  it  has  been  said  that  the  rule 
had  no  real  operation,  and  that  this  accounts  for  the  fact  that  Gains  does  not  mention 
it.  But  it  is  difficult  to  reconcile  this  with  P.  2.  17.  1.  The  text  dealt  with  mancipatio  and 
the  allusion  to  price  may  be  compared  with  the  next  passage  where  the  contrast  with  res 
simpliciter  traditae  is  obvious,  and  there  price  is  not  mentioned.  In  P.  2.  17.  7  (as  to  which 
see  Schulz,  Z.S.S.  38.  123)  the  allusion  is  probably  to  sale  of  a  fundus  instructus,  a  res 
mancipi.  It  is  said  by  Pringsheim  (ante,  p.  231,  n.  5)  that  "pretio  accepto"  is  interpolated 
by  a  later  hand.  The  Sententiae  nowhere  apply  the  notion  to  traditio — the  interpretatio 
does,  but  that  is  a  different  matter  (1.  13.  4;  2.  17.  14).  It  may  be  that  the  rule  of  the 
XII  Tables  was  that  the  actio  auctoritatis  did  not  lie  unless  the  price  was  paid.  Gaius  does 
not  discuss  this  action.  9  C.  7.  31.  1.  5. 


vi]  MANCIPATIO  241 

for  moveables,  mancipatio  seems  to  have  been  out  of  use  in  the  fourth 
century1.  The  relevant  texts  deal  with  donatio,  and  may  mean  only  that 
delivery  is  needed  without  implying  that  it  is  always  enough,  but  the 
most  obvious  interpretation  is  that  traditio  is  as  good  as  mancipatio.  The 
survival  of  mancipatio  for  adoption  and  emancipation,  till  Justinian, 
means  nothing  for  the  ius  rerum — cessio  in  iure  continued  even  under 
Justinian  for  manumission  vindicta2.   But  the  Epitome  of  Gains  says  of 
emancipatio :  "mancipat — hoc  est  manu  tradit3."  For  Italic  \andmancipatio 
had  the  advantage  that  it  need  not  be  on  the  spot.    It  existed  in  A.D. 
355*,  but  it  probably  was  not  usual  even  then.  The  provisions  of  Con- 
stantine,  for  traditio,  seem  designed  to  meet  the  fact  that  land  was 
commonly  conveyed  by  this  method5.    As  fiducia  is  mentioned  later 
and,  so  far  as  our  traditions  go,  this  involved  cessio  in  iure  or  mancipatio, 
this  may  seem  to  imply  the  survival  of  one  and  more  probably  the  latter. 
But  in  most ,  if  not  in  all ,  of  these  texts ,  fiducia  means  no  more  than  pledge 6, 
and  it  is  not  certain  that  it  remained  impossible  to  attach  a  fiducia  to 
traditio7.     On  the  whole  the  better  view  seems  to  be  that  mancipatio 
had  practically  disappeared  from  commercial  dealings  even  before  355 8. 
But  in  the  West  at  least  the  enactment  of  355  seems  to  have  been 
treated  as  creating  a  special  need  of  mancipatio  in  donatio  of  land,  and 
the  documents  collected  by  Marini9,    even  from  the  sixth  and  seventh 
centuries,  shew  a  simulacrum  of  mancipatio,  but  only  in  donatio10.    In 
any  case  there  is  no  real  mancipatio :  the  word  is  put  in  the  present  tense, 
mancipo,  mancipamus,  not  as  in  genuine  forms  "mancipio  accepit11." 

1  Vat.  Fr.  263;  C.  Th.  8.  12.  1;  C.  8.  53.  25.  Naber,  Mnemosyne,  1889,  394  sqq.,  shews 
that  mancipatio  was  still  the  proper  form  of  conveyance  for  res  mancipi  in  the  time  of 
Diocletian.  2  Ante,  §§  xxvi,  xxx.  3  Ep.  Gai.  1.  6.  3.  4  C.  Th.  8.  12.  7.  5  Vat. 
Fr.  35;  C.  Th.  3.  1.  2.  6  See  the  reff.  in  Girard,  Manuel,  535,  n.  4.  7  Girard  holds 
(op.  cit.  531)  that,  if  it  had  been  possible  in  traditio,  fiducia  would  have  been  retained 
by  Justinian.  But  it  had  long  been  used  only  in  mortgage  and  perhaps  in  gifts  ut 
manumittatur.  In  his  desire  for  simplicity  and  solicitude  for  debtors  he  would  hardly 
retain  what,  so  far  as  it  differed  from  pledge,  was  severer,  and  the  other  institution 
is  provided  for  by  the  actio  praescriptis  verbis  and  the  condictio  ex  poenitentia  (post, 
§  CLXXXVII).  See  besides  the  above  texts  (n.  6)  C.  Th.  2.  29.  2;  C.  4.  3.  1;  Naber,  Mnemos. 
17.  349;  Collinet,  Etudes  Historiques,  1.  225;  Girard,  Manuel,  298.  8  C.  Th.  8.  12.  7. 

The  enactment  of  394  (C.  Th.  2.  29.  2)  has  on  the  face  of  it  nothing  to  do  with  mancipaiio. 
In  saying  that  delivery  is  essential  it  is  adding  to  its  rule  that  in  a  gift  of  the  kind  it 
mentions,  suffragium  (Dirksen,  Manuale,  s.v.),  traditio  does  for  moveables,  but  a  writing 
is  necessary  for  land,  a  warning  that  it  must  not  be  supposed  that  writing  alone  will  do. 
Justinian's  lex,  cited  by  Collinet  (C.  8.  53.  37)  to  shew  the  survival  of  mancipatio,  shews 
only,  as  indeed  it  says,  that  old  forms  of  words  were  still  in  use  in  documents  in  which 
they  had  no  meaning.  9  See  Collinet,  254,  255.  10  Marini 's  collection  contains  many 
conveyances  on  sale  in  sixth  and  seventh  centuries.  These  are  always  by  traditio  or  epistola 
traditionis  (ante,  §  LXXXUI).  Two  of  them  mention  mancipatio  (120,  123?)  but  only  in  the 
traditional  clause  against  dolus,  a  survival  of  common  form.  Thus  two  of  the  sales  ( 1 14, 1 18) 
record  the  payment  of  "nummus  unus,"  quite  out  of  place  in  a  sale.  11  Collinet  (-' 

B.  R.  L.  16 


242  USUCAPIO  [CH. 

LXXXVII.  USUCAPIO.  Usucapio  was  the  acquisition  of  dominium 
by  possession  for  a  certain  time1.  As  we  know  it,  it  was  based  on  a  rule 
of  the  XII  Tables:  "usus  auctoritas  fundi  biennium  est. .  .ceterarum  rerum 
omnium. .  .annuus  est  usus2,"  in  which  expression  usus  means  acquisition 
by  use,  and  auctoritas  no  doubt  means  liability  to  the  actio  auctoritatis  on 
eviction  in  case  of  sale,  a  liability  which  would  end  at  the  moment  of 
usucapio3.  The  rules  as  we  know  them  were  no  doubt  gradually  evolved 
on  the  basis  of  this  general  proposition.  It  was  a  civil  law  mode  of 
acquisition  and  of  course  gave  dominium*.  The  acquisition  rested  on 
mere  lapse  of  time,  not  on  the  fiction  which  appears  in  some  systems, 
under  which  time  is  evidence  of  a  lost  grant5.  Gaius  tells  us  that  its 
purpose  was  to  enable  us  to  acquire  what  had  been  transferred  by  a 
non-owner6,  but  it  had  other  applications,  e.g.  where  a  res  mancipi  had 
been  transferred  by  mere  traditio"7,  and  in  some  cases  of  missio  in  pos- 
sessionem  under  praetorian  law8. 

The  first  requirement  was  uninterrupted  possession  for  two  years  of 
land,  one  year  of  moveables9.  The  brevity  of  the  time  is  explained  by 
the  fact  that  when  it  was  introduced  the  whole  State  was  very  small, 
and  the  control  of  property  therefore  much  closer  than  it  would  be  in 
modern  conditions10.  The  possession  required  is  in  general  the  technical 
possession  which  is  needed  for  interdictal  protection11.  The  exact  mean- 
ing of  usus,  the  form  employed  in  the  XII  Tables,  is  not  known,  but  it 
was  probably  much  the  same.  As  the  acquisition  depended  on  actual 
possession,  and  not  on  mere  non-possession  by  the  owner,  it  must  have 
continued  through  the  whole  period12,  and  it  must  be  one  uninterrupted 
continuous  possession.  Thus  if  a  man  lost  possession  and  regained  it 
later  he  could  not  add  the  two  durations  together:  he  must  begin  afresh13. 
This  point  is  illustrated  by  .the  rules  of  accessio  possessionum.  If  one  in 
via  usucapiendi  died,  and  his  heres  entered  in  the  ordinary  way,  he 

cites  a  Lombard  sale  of  later  date  with  the  old  words,  "emit,  mancipio  accepit."  But  it 
is  the  word,  not  the  thing:  it  must  be  read  in  the  light  of  G.  Ep.  1.  6.  3,  mancipat,  hoc 
est  manu  tradit. 

1  This  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  barring  of  action  for  recovery:  it  is  a  definite  mode 
of  acquisition.  The  acquirer  becomes  dominus,  and  though  his  right  may  in  some  cases 
be  set  aside,  there  is  no  question  of  his  having  become  owner  against  A  and  not  against  B. 
2  Cicero,  Top.  4.  23.  Probably  only  an  approximation  to  the  original.  3  Post,  §  CLXXI. 
See  Girard,  Manuel,  305.  4  Not  identical  propositions:  iure  gentium  modes  may  do 

this.  5  Faint  suggestion  of  a  lost  grant  in  39.  3.  1.  23  which,  however,  is  concerned 

with    1.    temp,   praescriptio.  6  G.  2.  43.  7  Ante,    §  LXX.  8  Post,    §  CCXLV. 

9  G.  2.  42;  Ulp.  19.  8.  Land  in  the  XII  Tables,  buildings  by  interpretation.  10  G.  2. 44. 
11  Thus  if  I  rented  land,  I  did  not  possess  and  could  not  usucapt  though  I  thought 
privately  that  it  was  my  own.  We  have  seen  however  that  if  a  procurator  has  taken 
possession  the  principal  may  have  interdict  possession  before  he  has  usucapion  possession 
(ante,  §  LXXin).  And,  conversely,  the  heres  will  be  usucapting  before  he  has  interdict 
possession  (post,  p.  243,  n.  1).  12  41.  3.  3;  h.  t.  25.  13  41.  3.  15.  2. 


vi]  USUCAPIO  243 

stepped  into  the  legal  shoes  of  the  deceased  and  could  complete  the 
usucapio1.  It  was  regarded  as  one  continuous  possession.  There  was 
no  new  initium  and  thus  the  bona  fides  of  the  heres  was  immaterial.  But 
if  one  in  via  usucapiendi  sold  or  gave  the  res,  the  receiver  did  not  repre- 
sent the  old  holder  as  a  heres  did,  and  thus  the  possession  was  a  new 
one.  But  there  had  been  no  interruption  (usurpatio}  or  interference 
with  possession,  and  thus  the  two  possessions  could  be  added  together, 
if  the  new  holder  himself  satisfied  the  other  conditions  of  usucapio2. 
But  if  the  second  holder  came  into  possession  without  the  consent  of 
the  first,  either  by  ejecting  him,  or  taking  possession  without  his  consent, 
then  there  had  been  interruption,  and  even  if  the  new  holder  was 
capable  of  usucapting,  he  could  not  count  the  earlier  time3.  This  accessio 
possessionum,  for  buyers  and  the  like,  is  not  found  till  late  in  the  classical 
age.  It  applied  at  first  to  praescriptio*,  was  extended  to  usucapio  by  a 
buyer  by  Severus  and  Caracalla5,  and  was  perhaps  not  generalised  till 
Justinian 6. 

Usurpatio  might  be  either  natural,  mere  loss  of  possession,  or  civil, 
a  claim  at  law.  It  is  not  always  easy  to  say  what  amounts  to  loss  of 
possession,  e.g.  where  physical  possession  was  held  by  a  subordinate 
holder7,  e.g.  a  colonus,  and  where  a  holder  in  good  faith  leased  the  res  to 
the  true  owner.  In  this  last  case  it  was  held  that  the  possession 
was  lost,  on  the  ground  that  the  contract  was  a  nullity8.  In  the  case  of 
usurpatio  civilis,  the  difficulty  on  the  texts  is  to  say  at  what  moment 
the  usurpatio  occurred.  Apparently  in  the  republic  any  formal  claim, 
even  short  of  litigation,  was  usurpatio9.  But  in  classical  law,  even 
joinder  of  issue  (litis  contestatio)  was  not,  for  we  are  told  that  usucapio 
might  still  be  completed  between  this  and  judgment10.  But  this  meant 
little.  The  index  decided  by  the  state  of  things  at  litis  contestatio11.  He 
would  therefore  give  judgment  for  the  plaintiff,  and  the  defendant  must 
transfer  or  pay  the  value12.  Civil  usurpatio  did  not  need  actual  dis- 
turbance of  possession.  If  a  possessor  was  sued  and  judgment  given 
against  him,  but  his  de  facto  possession  was  undisturbed,  he  could  not 
now  usucapt,  for  it  was  a  new  possession,  and  it  did  not  begin  in  good 
faith13. 

The  next  requirement  is  bona  fides1*,  difficult  to  define.    It  did  not 

1  4.  6.  30.  pr. ;  41.  2.  23.  pr. ;  41.  3.  40;  41.  4.  2.  19.  2  41.  3.  14;  41.  4.  2.  17.  341. 
3.  5;  44.  3.  14,  15.  4  C.  7.  31.  1.  3;  see  P.  5.  2.  5.  5  Inst.  2.  6.  13.  6  In  one  way  the 
buyer  is  better  off  than  heres,  who  is  barred  by  defect  in  the  possessio  of  the  ancestor, 
immaterial  to  buyer.  44.  3.  11;  C.  3.  32.  4.  7  Ante,  §  LXXIV.  8  41.  3.  21.  See 

also  h.  t.  33.  5.         9  Cicero,  de  Or.  3.  28.  110.         10  6.  1.  17-21.  11  The  rule  omnia 

indicia  absolutoria  (post,  §  ccxvn)  does  not  apply.  G.  4.  114.  12  6.  1.  18.  The  rule 

may  have  been  otherwise  in  1.  t.  praescriptio,  post,  §  LXXXIX.  13  Arg.  C.  7.  33.  1.  I. 

As  to  Justinian,  post,  §  LXXXIX.          14  G.  2.  43,  93 ;  Inst.  2.  6.  pr. 

16—2 


244  USUCAPIO  [CH. 

consist  in  thinking  one  was  dominus,  for  one  who  received  a  res  mancipi 
by  traditio  knew  he  was  not  this.  It  was  not  enough  to  think  he  was  in 
rightful  possession:  a  pledge  creditor  thought  that.  It  was  not  neces- 
sarily a  belief  that  no  one  had  a  right  to  take  it  from  him,  for  a  missus 
in  possessionem  for  damnum  infectum  could  usucapt  though  he  knew  the 
owner  could  redeem  on  putting  matters  right1.  Most  of  the  difficult 
cases  are  disposed  of  by  the  maxim:  "gui  auctore  Praetore  possidet,  iuste 
possidet2."  Subject  to  this,  bona  fides  may  be  described  as  belief  that  the 
holder  had  a  right  to  hold  it  as  his3.  Apart  from  the  praetorian  cases 
and  that  of  the  bonitary  owner,  it  is  at  bottom  a  case  of  mistake.  The 
error  must  be  reasonable  and  of  fact4.  Indeed,  in  many  cases,  where 
there  was  an  error  of  law,  the  transaction  was  void,  and  usucapio  was 
excluded  for  absence  of  iusta  causa,  e.g.  where  one  bought  from  a  pupillus 
thinking  that  auctoritas  was  not  necessary,  or  could  be  by  ratification5. 
Here  the  transaction  was  void  and  there  was  only  a  putative  causa, 
which  fact  barred  usucapio6. 

Where  the  acquisition  was  through  a  slave  (or  procurator7),  the  rule, 
apart  from  peculiumB,  seems  to  have  been  that  both  must  have  been  in 
good  faith,  the  slave  when  he  took,  the  master  when  he  knew.  Pom- 
ponius  indeed  says  that,  where  the  acquisition  was  domini  nomine,  the 
master's  state  of  mind  was  the  material  one 9.  This  may  refer  to  acquisi- 
tion under  express  instructions,  for  the  other  rule  is  laid  down  for  sons10, 
and  bona  fide  servientes11. 

In  classical  law  bona  fides  must  exist  at  the  initium,  the  moment 
when  possession  began,  but  there  were  some  exceptional  cases. 

(i)  In  sale,  bona  fides  was  needed  at  the  time  of  the  contract  and  at 
that  of  delivery12.  This  probably  dates  from  the  time  when  the  two 
were  contemporaneous  and  was  carried  over  to  the  new  state  of  things 
owing  to  the  double  meaning  of  the  word  emere,  which  means  both  to 
buy  and  to  acquire.  The  Digest,  purporting  to  give  the  edict  on  the  Pub- 
lician,  says:  "gui  bona  fide  emit13.'''  The  rule  remained  in  Justinian's  law. 

(ii)  In  the  case  of  lucrativa  usucapio,  resulting  from  gift  of  a  res 
aliena,  there  are  three  texts  which  shew  that  here  bona  fides  must 
persist  throughout  the  possession,  and  that  Justinian  abolished  this 
rule14. 

1  39.  2.  5.  pr.  2  41.  2.  11;  50.  17.  137.  3  Some  texts  shew  a  wider  concep- 

tion. Where  a  man  in  collusion  with  an  authorised  procurator  buys  at  an  absurdly  low 
price  he  is  not  a  buyer  in  good  faith.  41.  4.  7.  6;  h.  t.  8;  C.  7.  33.  6  (praescriptio).  It  is  of 
course  not  necessarily  bad  faith  to  buy  through  a  nominee.  See  Greg.  Wis.  7.  4  22. 

6.  4,  6;  41.  3.  31.  pr.  5  41.  3.  31;  41.  4.  2.  15.  6  So  the  matter  is  stated  in  an 

adjoining  t«xt  by  the  same  writer.  41.  4.  2.  16.  7  Arg.  41.  4.  7.  2.  8  Here,  utilitatis 
causa,  the  slave  can  usucapt  without  the  master's  knowledge,  41.  2.  1.  5;  h.  t.  44.  1; 
6.2.7.10.  941.4.2.11,12.  1041.3.43.  1141.4.7.8.  1241.4. 

2.  pr.      13  6.  2.  2.  7.  11.       14  6.  2.  11.  3;  C.  7.  31.  1.  3;  Bas.  15.  2.  11  (Heimbach,  2.  171). 


vi]  U  SUC  API  O  245 

Gains  gives  several  cases  in  which  bona  fides  was  not  needed.  The 
case  of  usucapio  lucrativa  pro  herede  is  ancient,  no  doubt  older  than  the 
rule  requiring  bona  fides.  Where  the  content  of  a  hereditas  was  not  yet 
actually  held  by  the  heres  (there  being  no  heres  suus  or  necessarius,  who 
was  in  without  acceptance),  anyone  might,  by  taking  the  property  or 
part  of  it  not  yet  possessed  by  the  heres,  become  owner  by  holding  it 
(even  land)  for  one  year  without  good  faith1.  The  rule  that  one  year 
sufficed  even  for  land  was  a  perversion  of  the  rule  of  the  Tables  that  for 
"ceterae  res"  one  year  sufficed.  A  hereditas  was  cetera  res,  and  therefore, 
said  the  Pontiffs,  a  part  of  it  was,  even  if  it  were  land.  According  to 
Gaius  the  reason  for  this  "tarn  improba  usucapio"  was  that  it  compelled 
the  heres  to  enter  promptly  so  that  debts  and  sacra  might  be  attended  to. 
He  says  also  that  originally  the  usucapio  was  of  the  hereditas  itself, 
though  in  historic  times  it  was  only  of  the  specific  things2.  But  the  real 
reason  and  early  history  of  the  institution  are  obscure  and  disputed3. 
Hadrian  destroyed  the  importance  of  the  rule  by  providing  that  the 
heres  could  set  aside  the  usucapio.  It  was  treated  as  extinct  in  the  time 
of  Caracalla,  and  probably  earlier4. 

Another  case  was  usureceptio  ex  fiducia5.  A  res  conveyed  subject  to 
fiducia  could  be  reacquired  by  getting  possession  without  good  faith  and 
holding  for  a  year.  Where  this  was  cum  amico,  e.g.  a  res  was  handed  over 
to  be  looked  after  (superseded  in  classical  law  by  depositum],  this  is 
reasonable.  So  too,  where  it  was  cum  creditore,  by  way  of  mortgage6,  if 
the  debt  had  been  paid.  Where  it  had  not,  the  rule  applied  only  if  it 
was  held  otherwise  than  by  hiring  or  precarium  from  the  creditor,  but 
it  is  difficult  to  see  why  it  was  allowed  at  all,  or  rather,  as  no  doubt  it 
antedates  the  rule  of  bona  fides,  why  it  was  allowed  to  survive  in  a  time 
when,  unlike  usucapio  pro  herede,  it  served  no  useful  purpose,  but  was 
a  mere  injustice.  Presumably  the  rule  was  originally  general  and  the 
limitation  in  mortgage  is  an  equitable  restriction. 

There  is  the  same  difficulty  about  usureceptio  ex  praediatura'1 '.  Where 
property  had  been  lawfully  seized  and  sold  by  the  State  to  a  praediator, 
the  old  owner  could  reacquire,  without  good  faith,  but  here  the  ordinary 
times  of  usucapio  must  have  expired.  Unless  the  praediator  must  have 
been  recouped,  which  is  not  said,  the  rule  seems  a  gross  injustice8. 

Another  case,  usucapio  ex  Rutiliana  constitutiane9,  where  a  man 
bought  res  mancipi  of  a  woman  without  auctoritas  tutoris  (to  which  the 
ordinary  times  applied),  did  no  injustice,  for  he  had  paid,  and  the 
usucapion  could  be  rescinded  on  repayment. 

1  G.  2.  52  sqq.  2  Cicero,  ad  Alt.  1.  5.  6,  probably  does  not  mean  hereditas  in  a  strict 
sense,  but  res  hereditariae.  3  See  Sohra  (Ledlie),  §  1 10.  4  C.  7.  29, 1.  5  G.  2.  59,  60. 
6  Post,  §  CLXVI.  7  G.  2.  61.  8  Perhaps  merely  to  compel  the  buyer  to  take 

possession  promptly,  Poste,  ad  O  2.  61.          9  Vat.  Fr.  1.    See  G.  2.  47  for  the  older  law. 


246  VSVCAP1O  [CH. 

Bona  fides  was  presumed,  i.e.  need  not  be  proved1,  but  could  of  course 
be  disproved2.  The  rule  means  less  than  it  seems  to,  for  iusta  causa 
must  be  proved,  and  a  valid  form  of  conveyance  is  all  that  could  ordin- 
arily be  given  as  proof  of  bona  fides.  To  prove  bona  fides  is  to  prove  that 
certain  facts  were  not  known,  and  a  negative  can  hardly  be  proved3. 

LXXXVIII.  Iusta  causa.  This  means  that  the  taking  must  have 
been  based  on  some  fact  which  is  ordinarily  a  basis  of  acquisition.  In 
general  this  is  a  fact  having  legal  effect,  e.g.  legacy  or  sale,  but  it  need 
not  be — a  pact  to  give  sufficed4.  The  iussum  of  the  praetor  was  enough. 
This  iusta  causa,  or  iustus  titulus  must  be  proved.  The  chief  rule,  over 
and  over  again  laid  down,  is  that  the  causa  must  be  real5:  a  putative 
causa  did  not  serve.  This  distinguishes  it  from  the  iusta  causa  of  traditio. 
If  a  thing  was  handed  to  one  in  the  belief  that  there  was  a  legacy  to  him, 
but  there  was  none  in  fact,  the  property  passed  if  it  belonged  to  the 
transferor6,  but  if  it  did  not  he  would  not  usucapt,  for  there  was  no 
iusta  causa7.  There  are  however  evident  signs  of  either  differences  of 
opinion  or  exceptions.  Neratius  is  quoted  as  saying  that  putative  causa 
should  suffice,  because  it  did  in  traditio,  and  Pomponius  approves  this8, 
thus  identifying  the  two  cases  of  causa.  No  other  text  goes  so  far,  and 
there  are  many  inconsistent  with  it.  Each  causa  may  have  had  its  own 
rules,  but  it  is  probable  that  these  writers  are  here  expressing  a  personal 
view,  based  on  a  false  analogy,  and  that,  in  general,  a  real  causa  was 
needed,  but  that  in  sale,  on  grounds  of  commercial  convenience,  some  held 
that  putative  causa  served,  and  that  the  ultimate  rule  was  that,  in  sale, 
it  sufficed  if  there  were  reasonable  grounds  for  the  belief9.  It  is  not  quite 
easy  to  say  what  is  a  putative  causa.  There  might  have  been  a  sale,  but 
it  did  not  cover  this  thing.  There  might  have  been  a  legacy,  revoked  by 

1  C.  8.  44.  30.    Mala  fides  never  presumed.  2/6.  3  A  buyer  from  a  pupillus 

without  auctoritas,  in  knowledge  of  the  facts,  is  not  a  6.  /.  emptor  (18.  1.  27).  But  in  what 
may  be  the  original  of  this  text  we  learn  that,  if  it  was  a  woman,  he  is  a  b.f.  emptor  even 
though  it  is  a  res  mancipi,  as  a  woman  can  alienate  possession  without  auctoritas,  and  if  he 
has  paid  he  will  usucapt  (Vat.  Fr.  1).  This  raises  the  question  whether,  in  general,  good  faith 
required  payment.  If  the  traditio  was  conditional  on  payment  before  a  certain  day,  and  it 
was  not  so  paid,  there  was  no  sale  and  thus  no  iusta  causa,  but  if  credit  was  agreed  on, 
usucapio  might  proceed:  this  was  not  a  conditional  sale,  though  it  might  be  a  resoluble 
one  (41.  4.  2.  3.  Post,  §  CLXXITI).  But  this  says  nothing  about  bona  fides,  or  about  a  sale 
in  which  nothing  was  said  about  credit,  but  the  price  was  simply  unpaid.  The  praetor  did 
not  name  payment  of  the  price  as  a  requirement  of  the  actio  Publiciana  (6.  2.  7.  16,  h.  t. 
8).  And  Vat.  Fr.  12  clearly  contemplates  usucapio  though  the  price  is  due.  This  seems 
to  imply  that  it  was  not  essential.  But  other  views  are  held.  See  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2. 
396,7.*  441.6.1.  5  41.  3.  27;  Inst.  2.  6.  11.  6  12.  6.  3;  h.  t.  46.  741.8.2. 
8  41.  10.  3.  Esmein  (Melanges,  204)  adds  41.  3.  48,  and  41.  4.  2.  pr.,  in  both  of  which 
there  may  have  been  a  causa,  not  referable  to  that  res.  His  other  text,  41.3.  46,  is  not 
in  point.  9  41.  3.  33.  1;  41.  4.  11;  41.  10.  5.  1.  A  purchase  from  a  furiosus  was  void, 
but  usucapio  was  allowed,  utilitatis  causa,  41.  3.  13.  1;  41.  4.  2.  16. 


vi]  USUCAPIO  247 

a  codicil  unknown  at  the  time.    Some  of  these  cases  are  actually  dis- 
cussed1. 

Justinian  discusses  some  of  the  causae  under  separate  titles :  his  list 
is  not  complete,  but  on  some  of  them  there  is  something  to  be  said. 

U.  pro  derelicto.  This  would  occur  where  a  thing  was  abandoned, 
but  by  one  not  in  fact  owner.  If  only  supposed  to  be  abandoned  there 
was  no  usucapio  for  lack  of  causa'2'.  This  differs  from  other  cases  in  that 
there  is  no  mutual  act3. 

U.  pro  emptore  was  subject  to  special  rules  as  to  bona  fides  and  iusta 
causa.  It  included  at  least  one  case  which  was  not  sale:  payment  of 
damages  in  an  action  for  the  thing4.  There  was  some  difference  of  opinion 
whether  it  covered  anything  but  what  was  actually  bought,  e.g.  the  child 
of  an  ancilla  born  after  the  sale5. 

U.  pro  donato  had  special  rules  as  to  bona  fides  till  Justinian6.  There 
must  have  been  a  real  donatio.  If  a  father  gave  to  his  son  in  potestas 
there  was  no  usucapio:  if  after  the  father's  death  the  heredes  assented, 
time  would  then  run 7.  A  gift  to  the  donor's  wife  was  null :  there  was  no 
usucapio,  unless,  it  was  suggested,  on  the  facts  the  donor  was  not  im- 
poverished8. 

U.  pro  herede  was  unimportant  in  later  law:  it  applied  only  where  a 
true  heres  took  possession  of  what  did  not  in  fact  belong  to  the  deceased : 
it  did  not  apply  to  one  who  thought  he  was  heres  but  was  not9. 

U.  pro  soluto  does  not  mean  merely  what  was  handed  over  in  dis- 
charge of  an  obligatio,  which  would  be,  e.g.,  pro  empto.  It  would  apply 
where  a  thing  was  handed  over  in  lieu  of  the  price,  or  under  a  stipulatio10. 
But  in  fact  it  overlaps  the  other  causae. 

U.  pro  suo  has  two  senses.  In  one  sense  it  covered  nearly  all11.  But 
it  had  a  narrower  sense.  If  dos  was  handed  over  before  the  marriage 
there  was  no  usucapio  pro  dote,  till  the  marriage,  but  Ulpian  says  there 
could  be  usucapio  in  the  meantime,  pro  suo12.  If  an  ancilla  furtiv a  had 
a  child,  apud  bona  fide  possessorem,  some  texts  make  this  pro  empto, 
others  pro  suo13.  If  the  father  divided  his  property  inter  vivos,  and  on  his 
death  the  heirs  agreed  to  abide  by  the  division,  any  usucapio  would  be 
pro  suo1*. 

As  usucapio  was  a  civil  institution,  it  did  not  exist  in  favour  of 

1  41.  2.  34.  pr.;  41.  4.  2.  6;  41.  5.  3:  41.  8.  2-4;  41.  10.  4.  2;  41.  3.  27.  2  41.  7.  2. 

pr.,  h.  t.  6.  3  If  it  be  regarded  as  traditio  to  an  incerta  persona,  it  would  be  pro 

donate.  There  is  of  course  no  pro  occupato;  that  is  not  the  titulus,  but  the  act  of  acquisition. 
4  41.  4.  3.  5  Buckland,  Slavery,  25.  6  Ante,  §  LXXXVH.  7  41.  6.  1.  1;  h.  t.  4. 

8  41.  6.  1.  2;  h.  t.  3.  9  41.  5.  3.  10  41.  3.  46.    It  is  not  expressly  included  in 

Justinian's  series,  41.  4-10.    But  in  early  editions  of  the  Digest  the  last  four  leges  of  41. 
3  are  treated  as  a  separate  title  pro  soluto.  11  41.  10.  1.  pr.    It  would  not  cover 

praetorian  inissio  in  possessionem.       12  41.  9.  1,  2;  cf.  h.  t.  2,  "aestimata  res."1        13  6.  2. 
11.  4;  41.  3.  33.  pr.;  41.  10.  2;  h.  t.  4.          14  41.  10.  4.  1. 


248  USUCAPIO  [CH. 

peregrines,  or  over  provincial  land,  or  things  not  capable  of  private 
ownership  (res  sacrae,  sanctae,  religiosae1).  But  it  applied  to  everything 
else,  unless  it  had  a  vitium  or  defect  which  barred  usucapio,  or  the 
owner  was  specially  protected  by  law.  The  vitia  were  few.  The  most 
important  was  that  res  furtivae  or  v i  possessae  could  not  be  usucapted 
till  they  had  returned  to  the  owner  with  his  knowledge2.  The  XII 
Tables  and  an  early  I,  Atinia  forbid  it  in  the  case  of  res  furtivae^,  and 
the  I.  lulia  et  Plautia  in  that  of  res  vi  possessae*,  the  last  piece  of  legisla- 
tion reflecting  the  fact  that  there  was  no  theft  of  land.  The  return  which 
purged  the  vitium,  was  complete  if  the  owner  knew  where  the  thing  was 
and  there  was  no  obstacle  to  his  vindication  of  it5.  But  he  must  know. 
To  put  it  secretly  in  his  house  was  not  enough,  unless  he  had  never 
known  of  the  theft6.  It  must  be  to  the  dominus,  who  is  not  necessarily  the 
person  from  whom  it  was  stolen7,  though  there  were  complications  if  it 
was  stolen  from  a  slave  or  a  conductor  or  a  pledge  creditor8.  Restoration 
to  a  vendee  of  the  dominus,  or  payment  of  the  value  would  equally 
purge  the  vitium9.  The  child  of  an  ancilla  furtiva  \\asfurtivus  if  conceived 
apudfurem10,  and,  notwithstanding  the  rules  of  specificatio,  it  seems  that 
not  only  wool  of  a  stolen  sheep  was  furtiva,  but  also  a  garment  made  of 
it11.  As  land  could  not  be  furtiva,  usucapio  of  land  was  more  common 
than  that  of  moveables,  for  if  moveables  are  in  the  wrong  hands  there 
will  frequently  be  a  theft  in  the  background.  But  Gaius  gives  as  in- 
stances, in  moveables,  the  heres  dealing  with  things  he  wrongly  believes 
to  be  part  of  the  estate,  or  sale  by  a  man  who  by  error  of  law  thinks  a 

1   G.  2.  46,  48.          2  G.  2.  45,  49;  D.  41.  3.  41.  3  Ib.;  Inst.  2.  6.  2.    See,  however, 

Huvelin,  Etudes  sur  le  Furtum,  1.  ch.  vi,  who  holds  that  the  XII  Tables  contained  no 
such  rule  and  that  the  /.  Atinia  dealt  only  with  cases  of  " .<iubreptio,"  i.e.  actual  direct 
taking  by  the  thief,  the  application  of  the  rule  to  all  forms  of  theft  being  a  later  de- 
velopment. 4  Inst.  2.  6.  2.  5  41.  3.  4.  6;  h.  t.  33.  2;  47.  2.  57.  4;  50.  16.  215.  Or 
his  tutor  unless  the  tutor  was  the  thief,  41.  4.  7.  3.  It  is  not  enough  that  it  gets  back  to  a 
procurator,  41.  3.  41.  6  41.3.  4.  7sqq.  7  41.3.4.6.  8  If  my  slave  steals  and  replaces 
my  article,  I  knowing  nothing  of  the  matter,  the  vitium  is  purged  (41.  3.  4.  7),  but  it  is  not 
enough  if  he  holds  it  as  peculium,  unless  it  was  before,  or  I  assent  (h.  1.  9).  Paul  seems  to 
add  that  vitium  is  purged  even  if  I  knew  of  the  theft,  if  the  res  was  peculiaris  with  my 
consent,  but  the  text  is  confused  (h.  1.  7).  See  also  Julian  (47.  2.  57.  2).  Same  rule  applies 
where  depositee  sells  and  gets  it  back:  whether  owner  knew  or  not  the  vitium  is  purged 
(41.  3.  4.  10).  Where  stolen  from  pledgee  or  commodatarius,  it  must  return  to  dominus  if 
thief  a  third  party  (41.  3.  4.  6).  The  case  of  theft  by  debtor  from  pledgee  was  one  of 
difficulty:  the  texts  record  doubts.  The  rule  reached  is,  probably  because  the  rule  is 
statutory,  and  the  statute  speaks  of  return  to  dominus,  that  where  a  res  is  stolen  by  the 
owner  from  a  bona  fide  buyer  or  usufructuary,  or  a  pledge  creditor,  it  does  not  become 
furtiva  (41.  4.  5;  47.  2.  20.  1,  Paul).  But  41.  3.  49,  also  Paul,  says  that  it  is  a  res  furtiva 
and  the  vitium  is  purged  by  return  to  creditor.  Vangerow  holds  (Pand.  1.  586)  that 
here  the  debtor  was  a  non-owner:  in  the  others  owner.  This  does  not  shew  why  return 
to  creditor  purges  the  vitium,  nor  is  it  indicated.  In  C.  7.  26.  6  the  debtor  sells  a  res 
hypothecate:  this  is  furtiva.  9  41.  3.  32;  h.  t.  4.  13,  14;  47.  2.  86.  10  41.  3.  10.  2;  47. 
2.  48.  5.  Buckland,  Slavery,  26.  11  41.  3.  4.  20. 


vi]  LONGI  TEMPORIS  PRAESCRIPTIO  249 

thing  is  his1.  Another  case  of  vitium  is  that  of  a  gift  to  a  praetor  or 
proconsul,  these  being  forbidden.  There  was  no  usucapio  till  the  gift 
returned  to  the  donor2. 

The  chief  cases  of  specially  protected  property  were : 

(a)  The  property  of  the  fisc  or  the  Emperor,  but  this  did  not  apply 
to  the  property  of  a  vacant  hereditas  not  yet  reported  to  the  authorities3. 

(b)  Res  mancipi  of  a  woman  in  agnatic  tutela,  subject  to  the  Rutilian 
rule4. 

(c)  Land  of  a  pupil  or  (later)  one  under  euro:  perhaps  in  later  law 
any  property  of  a  pupillus5. 

(d)  Dotal  land,  a  result  of  the  /.  lulia  which  made  it  inalienable6 

(e)  In  late  law,  land  devoted  to  religious  or  charitable  purposes7. 
Probably  anything  inalienable  was  incapable  of  usucapio9,  but  it  is 

impossible  to  be  sure  that  the  rules  covered  usucapio  or  only  prae- 
scriptio. 

A  completed  usucapio  could,  in  certain  circumstances,  be  rescinded, 
by  a  rescissory  action  brought  within  one  year  of  the  time  when  it  was 
first  possible,  i.e.  where  the  usucapio  had  run  against  one  who,  from 
absence  on  State  service,  imprisonment  or  the  like,  could  not  sue,  or  in 
favour  of  one  who,  from  some  similar  cause,  could  not  be  sued 9. 

LXXXIX.  LOXGI  TEMPORIS  PRAESCRIPTIO10.  Usucapio  was 
essentially  iuris  civilis,  Longi  temporis  praescriptio  wras  a  system 
based,  not  on  the  Edict,  but  on  imperial  enactments,  to  give  protection 
in  cases  which  usucapio  did  not  cover,  especially,  and  at  first  probably 
exclusively,  the  holding  of  provincial  lands11.  The  principles  were  to  a 
great  extent  the  same,  but  there  are  differences  to  be  noted. 

(a)  The  method  of  protection  was  different,  and  less  effective. 
Usucapio  was  a  mode  of  acquisition :  it  was  not  merely  a  bar,  but  made 
the  usucaptor  owner.  It  was  positive  or  acquisitive.  Praescriptio  was 
in  principle  merely  negative  or  extinctive12.  It  gave  the  holder  a  defence 

1  G.  2.  50,  51;  Inst.  2.  6.  3-6.  248.11.8.  341.3.18.  4  G.  2.  47. 

5  41.  1.  48;  usucapio  of  res  mobiles  pupilli,  27.  5.  2;  no  usucapio  of  res  pupilli  (?  im- 
mobiles},  41.  1.  48.  pr.  A  minor  could  get  restitutio  in  integrum.  C.  7.  35.  3.  C.  2.  40. 
5.  1.  Restrictions  on  alienation  of  res  pupilli  (ante,  §  LV),  and  probably  nothing 
inalienable  was  usucaptible.  6  23.  5.  16;  see  50.  16.  28.  pr.  7  Nov.  111.  1;  131.  6; 

Girard,  Manuel,  314.  8  See  50.  16.  28.  pr.  9  Inst.  4.  6.  5;  D.  4.  6.  21  sqq.    The 

edictal  grounds  seem  to  have  been  (Lenel,  E.P.  116)  absence  compelled  by  metu*, 
or  in  good  faith  on  public  service,  vincula,  including  imprisonment,  lawful  or  unlawful 
(4.  6.  9),  apparent  slavery  and  captivity  (4.  6.  1)  and  such  absence  of  defendant  as  made 
action  against  him  impossible.  10  Partsch,  Longi  Temporis  praescriptio.  11  Intro- 
duced it  seems  about  the  end  of  the  second  century.  See  C.  7.  33.  1,  and  the  rescript  of 
which  two  copies  are  given  in  Girard,  Textes,  201,  901.  Partsch,  cit.  105  sqq.  12  Partsch, 

cit.  100,  considers  that  it  is,  properly,  not  a  mere  bar,  but  positive  evidence  of  title, 
though  available  only  in  defence  (see  39.3.1.23,  "veluti  iure  imposita"),  based  on 
Greek  practice  in  which  such  facts  were  persuasive  but  not  conclusive  evidence. 


250  LONGI  TEMPORIS  PRAESCRIPTIO  [CH 

if  sued  for  the  res,  but  did  not  make  him  owner,  though  no  doubt  there 
was,  besides  the  defence,  the  not  very  effective  protection  of  the  posses- 
sory interdicts1.  At  some  time  before  Justinian,  however,  probably 
long  before,  it  became  acquisitive2. 

(b)  The    time   was    much    longer:    ten    years    if  the    parties    were 
"present"  in  the  same  district,  twenty  if  they   were  not3.   Presence 
is    explained    by    Justinian    to    mean    being   domiciled    in    the   same 
province,  but  he  does  not  discuss  the  effect  of  change  of  domicile.    In 
the  longer  period  there  was   of  course  much  more  likelihood  of  the 
thing  being  temporarily  incapable  of  such  acquisition,  e.g.  belonging  to 
a  pupillus  *. 

(c)  Its  field  was  different:  it  applied  primarily  to  things  capable  of 
hire  gentium,  but  not  of  iure  civili,  ownership,  though  the  rules  as  to 
vitium,  etc.,  seem  to  have  been  the  same5.   As  its  effects  were  not  quite 
the  same  as  those  of  usucapio,  it  might  be  useful  in  iure  civili  cases,  e.g. 
it  barred  pledge,  which  usucapio  did  not,  and  there  is  evidence  of  its 
application  before  Justinian  to  Italic  land6,  and  to  moveables  from  the 
time  of  Caracalla7,  though  most  of  these  latter  texts  may  have  applied 
originally  to  peregrines  and  res  mancipi. 

(d)  The  better  view  seems  to  be,  though  the  matter  is  disputed,  that 
litis  contestatio  interrupted  praescriptio8. 

(e)  The  rules  as  to  accessio  possessionum   in  the  case   of  buyers, 
etc.,   were  applied   first  to   praescriptio,    and    gradually    extended   to 
usucapio  9. 

(/)  Usucapio  did  not  destroy  servitudes  over  the  land,  except  so  far 
as  they  expired  from  non-use10,  and  did  not  affect  hypothecs11.  Prae- 
scriptio had  the  same  rule  as  to  servitudes,  but  a  hypothec  might  be 
destroyed  by  lapse  of  time,  if,  when  possession  began,  the  possessor  did 
not  know  of  its  existence12. 

1  Ante,  §  LXXII;  post.  §  CCXLIX.  2  Justinian  says  (C.  7.  39.  8)  that  "veteres  leges" 

if  properly  looked  into  gave  a  vindicalio,  which  looks  like  a  juristic  perversion  of  a  lex, 
perhaps  an  actio  ficlitia.  We  are  told  that  there  was  a  modified  Publician  (6.  2.  12.  2),  but 
the  text  is  thought  to  be  interpolated.  On  the  face  of  it  this  would  refer  to  interim  pro- 
tection, which  would  indicate,  a  fortiori,  protection  after  the  time  had  expired.  No 
difficulty  under  Justinian:  all  ownership  is  alike.  3  P.  5.  2.  3;  C.  7.  33.  9;  C.  7.  33.  12, 
which  settles  other  points:  domicile  is  matter  of  province,  not  of  town:  the  position  of 
the  property  is  not  material.  For  presence,  the  document  cited  p.  249,  n.  11,  uses  the  indefi- 
nite word  "  Siarpe^ocras."  4  On  these  cases  of  suspended  praescriplio,  post,  §  cxcn.  As 
to  res  becoming  dotales,  23.  5.  16.  5  C.  7.  33.  2,  4.  6  Partsch,  cit.  151.  7  44. 

3.  3;  h.  t.  9;  C.  7.  36.  1.  8  P.  5.  2.  4,  5;  C.  3.  19.  2;  C.  7.  33.  10.    Partsch,  cit.  32  sqq. 

Cuq,  Manuel,  288,  holds  that  it  was  interrupted  by  mere  protest,  citing  C.  7.  33.  2;  C. 
7.  35.  4,  but  they  are  far  from  conclusive.  Under  Justinian,  protest  to  the  praeses  or 
certain  other  public  authorities  sufficed.  See  C.  7.  40.  2.  9  See  Krueger,  Z.S.S.  26.  144. 
10  41.  3.  44.  5;  7.  4.  19.  11  41.  3.  44.  5.  12  44.  3.  5.  1.  It  would  be  useful  for  move- 
ables in  this  case,  for  usucapio  did  not  bar  pledges. 


vi]  LONGI  TEMPORIS  PRAESCRIPT1O  251 

(g)  Bona  fides  (as  opposed  to  iusta  causa)  is  not  mentioned  in  the 
earliest  evidence  we  have,  but  seems  soon  to  have  been  required1. 

Under  Justinian  the  two  systems  were  more  or  less  fused,  an  obvious 
result  of  the  abolition  of  differences  in  ownership  and  civil  status.  The 
new  system  appears  to  have  followed  the  rules  of  praescriptio,  but  the 
period  for  moveables  was  fixed  at  three  years,  it  was  directly  acquisitive2, 
and  probably,  though  this  is  disputed,  it  was  interrupted  by  litis  con- 
test atios. 

Apart  from  this  regular  system  there  was  introduced  in  the  later 
empire  a  system  which  acquired  the  name  of  longissimi  temporis 
praescriptio.  Two  unsatisfactory  texts4  tell  us  that  in  the  reign  of 
Constantine,  or  his  sons,  it  was  enacted  that  40  years'  possession  should 
give  extinctive  protection,  whatever  the  origin  of  the  possession.  The 
enactment  of  Theodosius5,  which  cut  down  actiones  perpetuae  to  30 
years,  gave,  in  effect,  an  extinctive  protection  after  30  years,  and  ex- 
pressly said  that  there  was  no  further  protection  for  women  or  absentes, 
but  only  for  impuberes.  There  was  no  question  of  fides  or  causa  or  vitium. 
It  is  clear  that  in  some  cases6  40  years  were  required,  but  not  what 
these  were.  Justinian  further  provided  that  if  the  possession  had  been 
bona  fide,  the  protection  was  acquisitive  and  gave  a  vindicatio,  what- 
ever defects  or  vitia  there  might  be7. 

In  A.D.  544  Justinian  laid  down  a  new  rule8.  If  a  bona  fide  buyer 
from  a  mala  fide  holder  held  the  res  for  10  (or  20)  years,  and  the 
person  who  thought  he  was  entitled  took  no  steps,  the  thing  was  ac- 
quired by  usucapio.  It  is  not  clear  what  is  new  here,  for  if  he  knew  and 
could  vindicate,  this  would  have  purged  the  furtivity  in  older  law9.  He 
adds  that  if  the  old  owner  did  not  know,  it  would  be  acquired  only  by 
30  years,  which  was  the  existing  law  for  moveables,  but  new  for  land, 
which  could  not  befurtiva10. 

There  were  special  rules  as  to  sales  by  the  fiscus11.  Where  the  fiscus 
lawfully  sold  an  estate,  but  wrongly  included  property  not  part  of  it, 

1  The  rescriptof  Severus  and  Caracalla,  ante,  p.  249,  n.  11,  speaks  only  of  iustum  initium, 
but  a  document  of  a  few  years  later  uses  words  which,  though  obscure,  are  supposed  to 
shew  that  bona  fides  was  needed  (Girard,  Textes,  901).  In  any  case  a  rescript  of  not  much 
later  requires  it.  C.  5.  73.  1.  2  Inst.  2.  6.  pr. ;  C.  7.  31.  1.  3  It  is  less  probable  for  the 
praetorian  scheme.  Inst.  4.  17.  3.  In  the  fusing  enactment  he  retains  the  name  usucapio 
for  moveables,  and  does  not  say  that  the  rules  are  to  be  the  same  (C.  7.  33.  1).  In  the 
Inst.  (4.  17.  3)  his  language  suggests  that  in  usucapio,  litis  contestatio  was  still  not  a 
usurpatio.  This  may  be  a  survival  from  the  original  source,  but  may  indicate  a  difference 
between  moveables  and  land.  C.  7.  40.  2  seems  to  put  both  cases  on  the  same  footing. 
4  C.  Th.  4.  11.  2;  C.  7.  39.  2.  5  C.  Th.  4.  14.  1 ;  C.  7.  39.  3.  6  C.  7.  39;  Rubr.  5.  ti. 

7.  7,  etc.  7  C.  7.  39.  8.  Very  little  is  known  of  the  details  of  these  schemes.    There 

were  exceptions  which  may  have  been  numerous.  8  Nov.  119.7.  9  Ante,  §  LXXXVIII. 
10  It  might  mean  that,  now,  mere  knowledge  where  the  thing  was,  purged  the  vitium,  but 
this  is  unlikely.  11  Inst.  2.  6.  14;  C.  7.  37.  2,  3. 


252  ADIUDICATIO  [CH. 

M.  Aurelius  provided  that  if  the  buyer  held  for  five  years  he  should  have 
an  exceptio  against  a  claim  by  the  owner.  This  is  longer  than  the  period 
of  usucapio,  and  thus  seems  to  apply  only  where  there  was  vitium,  or 
bad  faith  in  the  buyer.  It  left  the  fiscus  still  liable  for  five  years  to 
claims  for  defect  in  title.  Zeno  provided  that  any  acquirer,  by  sale  or 
otherwise,  from  the  fisc,  should  have  a  good  title  at  once,  free  of  all 
charges,  but  owners  or  pledgees  who  suffered  might  claim  from  the  fisc 
for  four  years.  Justinian  applied  this  to  all  alienations  by  officials  of 
his,  or  the  Empress's,  household. 

XC.  ADIUDICATIO1.  In  three  actions  (commonly  called  divisory 
actions),  communi  dividundo,  for  dividing  property  held  in  common: 
familiae  erciscundae,  for  dividing  a  hereditas :  and  finium  regundorum,  for 
regulating  boundaries,  the  index  had  a  function  beyond  giving  a  judg- 
ment. He  had  to  make  an  adiudicatio.  In  the  first  two  he  had  to  dis- 
tribute what  was  held  in  common  among  the  claimants,  in  proportion 
to  their  rights,  so  that  each  would  now  own  a  part  separately,  instead 
of  an  undivided  share.  His  decree  vested  the  property  and  was  thus  a 
mode  of  acquisition.  He  might  have  to  do  more.  It  might  be  necessary 
to  create  easements,  e.g.  rights  of  way  over  one  part,  in  favour  of  another, 
or  to  give  one  a  life  interest  over  a  part  and  another  the  dominium 
subject  to  it,  but  he  could  not  create  such  rights  except  over  the  property 
submitted  to  him2.  It  might  be  impossible  to  make  a  completely  fair 
adjustment  by  division,  and  thus  he  might  have  to  order  equalising 
payments.  This  was  no  part  of  the  adiudicatio :  it  was  a  condemnatio  and 
created  only  obligations3.  In  the  third  case  he  might  have  to  shift  some 
boundaries  from  the  present  position,  where  the  object  was  to  make 
them  more  convenient,  giving  here  and  taking  there,  with  the  same 
need  of  adiudicatio*.  As  an  adiudicatio  could  not  affect  those  not  parties 
to  it,  if  one  of  the  common  owners  had  given  a  pledge  of  his  undivided 
share,  this  would  still  burden  every  part  of  the  property5.  If  the  action 
was  a  indicium  legitimum6,  the  adiudicatio  created  civil  ownership 7,  other- 
wise it  gave  only  praetorian  ownership  which  would  ripen  by  usucapio*. 

I  US  ACCRESCENDi.  This  expression,  found  in  many  connexions, 
here  refers  to  a  rule,  obsolete  under  Justinian,  to  the  effect  that  where  a 
slave  was  owned  in  common  by  two  or  more,  an  act  of  formal  manu- 
mission, by  one,  merely  destroyed  his  right  and  increased  that  of  his 
co-owners,  without  making  the  man  free9.  If  it  was  done  informally  the 

1  Inst.  4.  17.  6,  7;   Ulp.  19.  16.  2  10.  3.  7.  1;   h.  t.  18.  3  Post,  §  CLXXXVI. 

4  10.  1.  2.  1.  5  10.  3.  6.  8.  6  Post,  §  ccxxxn.  7  Vat.  Fr.  47  a.  8  See  10.  2. 
44.  1.  9  Fr.  Dos.  10;  Ulp.  1.  18;  P.  4.  12.  1.  If  a  common  owner  makes  a/c.  of  liberty 
to  the  slave,  the  co-owner  is  compelled  by  the  praetor  to  sell  his  share  to  the  fiduciary. 
C.  7.  7.  1.  1  a;  D.  40.  5.  47.  1.  As  to  the  difficulties  where  it  is  a  direct  gift,  see  Buckland, 
Slavery,  575  sqq. 


vi]  DON  AT  10  253 

act  was  a  nullity,  because  the  accrual  was  a  civil  law  mode  of  acquisition 
and  thus  did  not  occur  unless  all  the  civil  law  requirements  of  manu- 
mission were  satisfied. 

LEX.  This  is  a  general  term  used  by  commentators  to  group  together 
a  number  of  cases  in  the  sources,  which  are  not  expressly  classed.  We 
even  find  accessio  placed  here,  though  it  is  certainly  not  the  creation  of 
any  express  enactment.  More  reasonably  the  conception  is  applied  to  a 
number  of  cases  in  which  a  statute  has  regulated  the  matter1.  But  even 
this  is  not  the  language  of  the  Sources2.  In  fact  lex  as  an  express  mode 
of  acquisition  plays  a  very  small  part  in  the  texts.  It  seems  to  be  given 
only  by  Ulpian.  He  mentions  legacy,  as  based  on  the  XII  Tables,  and 
"caducum  vel  ereptorium"  under  the  /.  Papia  Poppaea3.  He  is  dealing  ex 
professo  with  acquisition  of  single  things,  and  seems  to  be  finding  a 
basis  for  dealing  with  those  cases  of  acquisition  of  single  things  which 
are  illogically  but  conveniently  treated  under  acquisition  per  univer- 
sitatem,  and  there  seems  no  purpose  in  giving  it  a  wider  scope.  In  the 
Digest  he  carries,  or  is  made  to  carry,  the  matter  a  little  further,  but  in 
the  same  field,  where  he  says  that  hereditas  itself  may  be  said  "non  im- 
proprie"  to  be  acquired  lege*. 

XCI.  DONATIO.  This  is  in  general  not  a  mode  of  acquisition :  it  is  a 
iusta  causa.  If  A  gives  B  a  book  it  becomes  his  by  traditio :  if  he  promises 
a  book,  there  may  be  a  "right"  to  it,  but  ownership  will  not  pass  without 
delivery5.  It  is  not  certain  why  Justinian  treats  it  as  a  mode  of  acquisi- 
tion6. It  may  be  because  in  certain  cases  in  later  law  property  did  pass, 
as  we  shall  see,  without  delivery,  but  it  is  probable  that  he  had  no 
logical  reason,  but  found  it  a  convenient  way  for  grouping  the  special 
rules  affecting  gratuitous  transfers7.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  a  donatio  was 
not  necessarily  a  transfer  of  a  ius  in  rem.  It  might  be  a  promise,  or  a 
release  (acceptilatio)8,  or  a  delegatio,  i.e.  the  acceptance  by  the  donor,  by 
formal  agreement  between  all  parties,  of  a  liability  of  the  donee  to  a 
third  party,  or  a  similar  undertaking  by  a  third  party  to  pay  to  donee 
instead  of  donor9. 

Donatio  inter  vivos10.  The  first  point  to  notice  is  revocation.  Where 
a  gift  was  made  sub  modo,  i.e.  to  be  applied  in  certain  ways,  and 
was  not  so  applied,  it  could  be  recovered  by  condictio,  on  ordinary 

1  Girard,  Manuel,  321;  Cuq,  Manuel,  279.  2  Cuq  includes  Thesauri  inventio,  which 
is  a  statutory  creation.  But  this  is  to  make  it  a  civil  mode  of  acquisition,  while  Justinian 
(Inst.  2.  1.  39)  treats  it  as  iure  gentium.  3  Ulp.  19.  17.  4  50.  16.  130.  5  He  is 
not  under  the  same  obligations  as  one  delivering  under  a  sale.  He  need  give  no  warranty 
against  eviction.  If  he-does,  Paul  says  it  is  not  binding  (P.  5.  11.  5),  C.  8.  44.  2  says  it 
is.  Some  correct  P. ;  some  limit  the  lex.  6  Inst.  2.  7.  pr.  7  He  does  not  treat  it 
with  modes  of  acquisition  in  the  Code.  8  Post,  §  cxcv.  9  Post,  §  cxciv.  10  As  to 
the  special  rules  affecting  gifts  between  husband  and  wife,  Ulp.  7;  P.  2.  23,  and  ante,  §  XL. 


254  DONATIO  INTER   FIFOS  [CH. 

principles1,  but  from  the  third  century  on  wards  it  seems  to  become  possible 
to  recover  it  by  a  vindicatio  utilis,  which  looks  very  like  a  revocable 
ownership  but  does  not  go  quite  so  far2.  From  the  third  century  onwards 
there  is  much  legislation  dealing  with  revocation  of  gifts  for  ingratitude. 
Till  Justinian,  these  rules  appear  to  have  been  limited  to  cases  of  gift  to 
children  or  grandchildren  or  liberti3.  The  revocation  was  allowed  to  the 
donor,  but  not  to  his  successors,  or  against  successors  of  the  donee4.  There 
was  a  judicial  enquiry  into  the  allegation  of  ingratitude5,  and  it  is  not  quite 
clear  whether  the  effect  was  to  revoke  the  gift  in  rem  or  to  give  a  remedy 
in  personam.  The  former  is  perhaps  the  more  probable,  but  this  is  for- 
feiture, not  ipso  iure  termination.  Under  Justinian  the  rules  applied  to 
gifts  in  favour  of  anyone6.  An  enactment  of  A.D.  355  introduces  the 
remarkable  rule  that  if  a  patron  having  no  child  made  gifts  to  liberti, 
and  afterwards  had  a  child,  these  gifts  were  ipso  facto  revoked,  and 
apparently,  though  the  law  is  very  vaguely  expressed,  the  revocation 
directly  restored  the  dominium7. 

Restrictions  on  the  amount  of  donationes  were  imposed  by  the 
/.  Cincia  of  about  200  B.C.8,  certain  near  relatives  being  exempted  from 
its  operation9.  The  rules  under  it  were  a  creation  of  the  jurists  and  gave 
a  somewhat  complicated  result.  There  was  a  general  overriding  rule, 
perhaps  a  later  growth,  not  in  the  lex,  that  only  the  donor  himself,  not 
his  successors,  could  take  advantage  of  the  statute,  Cincia  morte  re- 
movetur10.  The  governing  principle  was  that  the  provision  could  be 
enforced  only  by  way  of  defence.  This  was  an  exceptio  legis  Cinciaen. 
Broadly  it  was  only  where  the  claimant  must  come  into  court,  if  he 
wanted  his  gift,  that  the  lex  was  effective.  If  it  was  a  gift  of  land  and  it 
had  been  mancipated  and  handed  over,  there  was  no  more  to  be  said, 

1  In  a  promise,  revocation  would  be  by  exceptio  doli.  In  other  cases  it  would  presumably 
be  rest,  in  inleg.  from  a  release,  and  condictio  for  payment  or  release  where  there  had  been 
acceptance  of  liability  to  a  third  person.  Similar  machinery,  Inst.  2.  20.  13;  D.  17.  1.  45. 
2;  C.  8.  55.  7.  Where  it  was  sub  modo,  and  the  application  was  stipulated  for,  there  was 
no  need  for  revocation:  it  could  be  enforced.  If  not,  there  was  a  condictio,  C.  4.  6.  3,  8 
(but  its  classicality  is  disputed),  and  if  the  ultimate  purpose  was  in  any  way  for  the  benefit 
of  the  donor  it  was,  in  later  law,  an  innominate  contract  (C.  8.  53.  9,  22.  1).  2  Making 
it  utilis  is  a  formal  reservation  of  the  principle.  In  the  actual  case  the  purpose  was 
alimenta  to  donor  (C.  8.  54.  1)  and  the  rule  is  declared  to  have  been  laid  down  by  earlier 
Emperors.  See  however  Pringsheim,  Kauf  mil  fremdem  Geld,  123  sqq.,  who  holds  all 
vindicatio  utilis  to  be  Byzantine.  3  Vat.  Fr.  272;  C.  Th.  8.  13  and  C.  8.  55  pass. ; 

the  Vat.  text  though  it  speaks  of  ingratitude  does  not  make  this  essential,  in  terms,  but 
the  later  legislation  does,  and  so  does  its  reproduction  in  C.  8.  55.  1.  4  C.  8.  55.  1.  3, 
7.  3.  5  In  the  action  for  revocation.  6  C.  8.  55.  10.  7  C.  8.  55.  8:  as  to  revoca- 
tion of  excessive  gifts  in  fraud  of  querela  inoff.  testam.,  post,  §  cxv.  8  Girard,  Man.  951. 
9  Cognates  to  first  cousins,  any  female  cognate  for  dos,  affines,  and  acting  tutores,  Vat.  Fr. 
298—305,  310;  other  cases  Vat.  Fr.  307-9;  it  did  not  apply  to  rewards  for  service  gratuit- 
ously rendered  in  emergency,  P.  5.  11.  6.  10  Vat.  Fr.  259.  Perhaps  Caracalla,  Vat.  Fr. 
266.  11  Vat.  Fr.  266. 


vi]  DONATIO  INTER   V1VOS  255 

but  if,  though  mancipated,  it  was  still  in  the  possession  of  the  donor, 
and  the  donee  vindicated,  he  could  be  met  by  the  exceptio1.  If  land  had 
been  handed  over  without  mancipatio,  as  the  ownership  had  not  passed, 
the  donor  could  vindicate,  and  if  met  with  exceptio  rei  donatae  et  traditae 
would  have  replicatio  legis  Cinciae2.  The  donee  being  compelled  to 
come  into  court  to  protect  his  interest  the  lex  was  available.  If  it  was 
a  gift  of  land,  deducto  tisufructu,  then,  if  there  had  been  a  mancipatio  or 
cessio  in  iure,  the  conveyance  was  complete  and  no  question  arose.  If 
there  was  even  a  valid  contract  this  could  be  enforced  against  the  heres, 
for  he  had  not  the  exceptio3.  If  the  thing  given  were  a  res  mobilis,  duly 
conveyed  and  handed  over,  the  possibility  of  the  exceptio  was  not  ex- 
tinct. For,  by  the  interdict  utrubi,  a  possessor  could  get  the  thing  back 
if  he  had  held  it  for  a  greater  part  of  the  last  year  than  that  for  which 
the  donee  had  held  it.  In  such  a  case  the  donor  could  regain  possession 
by  the  interdict,  and  meet  the  donee's  vindicatio  by  the  exceptio  legis 
Cinciae*. 

These  rules  disappeared  in  the  later  Empire5,  having  been  replaced 
by  a  system  of  registration  (insinuatio)  for  all  gifts.  Under  Justinian  a 
gift  exceeding  a  certain  amount,  ultimately  fixed  at  500  solidi,  was  void, 
if  unregistered,  as  to  the  excess6,  apart  from  certain  excepted  cases7.  If 
the  thing  had  been  transferred  the  ownership  passed  only  pro  parte,  the 
larger  interest,  whichever  it  was,  having  the  right  to  buy  out  the  other. 

1  Vat.  Fr.  311.  2  Vat.  Fr.  313.  C.  Th.  8.  12.  7.  3  In  Vat.  Fr.  313  the  case  is  coin- 
plicated  by  the  fact  that  donee  is  a  libertus.  4  G.  4.  160;  Vat.  Fr.  293,  311.  If  the  gift 
is  perfect  the  /.  Cincia  does  not  affect  it,  and  thus  if  it  has  been  completed  the  fact  that 
it  has  got  back  to  the  donor  does  not  entitle  him  to  use  the  exceptio  1.  Cinciae  (arg.  P.  5. 

11.  2,  4).    Presumably  if  it  was  a  usufruct  which  was  given  and  duly  conveyed,  and 
the  donor  then  vindicated  the  thing,  he  could  not  reply  to  the  exceptio  ususfructus  by 
a  replicatio  legis  Cinciae.    If  the  gift  was   a   promise   the  exceptio  would  be  available. 
A  gift  by  way  of  acceptilatio  is  perfect,  and  the  exceptio  is  barred  (C.  8.  43.  2).    But  a 
mere  informal  release,  enforceable  only  by  an  exceptio,  could  be  met  by  a  replicatio  legis 
Cinciae  (20.  6.  1.  1.  interp.).    Formal  taking  over  of  a  debt  is  a  completed  gift  (delegatio, 
39.  5.  21.  pr.).     So  too  if  in  the  same  way  a  debt  to  donor  is  transferred  to  donee  (h.  t. 
33.  3).     But  cases  of  this  type  create  a  difficulty.     In  44.  4.  5.  5  a  donor  whose  gift  was 
the  taking  over  of  a  liability  has  a  condictio  for  return  or  release  according  as  he  has  paid 
or  not.     In  39.  5.  21.  1  a  similar  right  is  given  where  the  gift  was  the  transfer  of  a  claim 
against  a  third  person.  These  texts  are  variously  explained  as  a  survival,  on  the  assump- 
tion that  the  original  remedy  under  the  lex  was  an  action,  as  an  interpolation,  and  as  a 
special  remedy  for  these  cases,  rendered  necessary  by  the  fact  that,  though  the  gift  is  still 
in  the  stage  of  promise  and  therefore  the  lex  ought  to  be  applicable,  it  is  in  fact  barred 
because  in  each  case  the  promise  by  the  delegatus  is  one  of  an  existing  debt  (Gide, 
adopted  by  Duquesiie,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  389,  who  discusses  the  various  views).          5  The 
lex  may  have  been  in  force  in  355;  C.  Th.  8.  12.  7.  6  There  was  much  legislation 
requiring  registration,  with  variations  as  to  conditions  and  effect;  Vat.  Fr.  249;  C.  Th.  8. 

12.  1  sqq. ;  C.  Th.  3.  5.  1 ;  C.  8.  53.  34,  36;  Nov.  162.  1,  etc.          7  The  excepted  cases  under 
Justinian  seem  to  be  piae  causae  up  to  a  specially  high  limit,  donationes  ante  tiitptiaa,  or 
for  dos,  gift  by  the  Emperor  (C.  8.  53.  34,  36),  and  some  others. 


256  DONATIO  INTER   V1VOS  [CH. 

Where  the  gift  took  an  indirect  form  (delegatio)  there  was  condictio  for 
the  excess1. 

Donatio  inter  vivos  afforded  some  exceptions  to  the  rule  that  owner- 
ship passed  only  by  traditio  or  formal  conveyance.  A  gift  by  pater- 
familias to  one  in  his  potestas  was  a  nullity2.  But  if  he  died  in  the  same 
mind,  without  revoking  the  gift  it  was  confirmed  and  operated  as 
donatio  mortis  causa*.  From  Diocletian  onwards  the  texts  mostly 
require  express  confirmation  on  the  will4.  Justinian  allowed  non-re- 
vocation to  suffice  if  the  gift  was  below  the  amount  requiring  insinuatio, 
or  was  duly  registered,  in  other  cases  he  required  express  confirmation, 
with  some  further  distinctions5. 

Gifts  between  parent  and  child,  where  there  was  no  potestas,  were  in 
earlier  classical  law  like  other  gifts.  But  there  was  confusing  legislation 
about  them  of  which  the  story  may  be  as  follows.  From  the  time  of 
Pius  they  were  valid  and  enforceable  however  informally  expressed6, 
though,  of  course,  mere  declaration  did  not  transfer  ownership7.  This 
remained  in  strictness  the  law  even  under  Justinian.  But  he,  perhaps 
following  predecessors,  made  such  informal  pacta  donationis  binding 
even  between  extranei8.  In  both  cases  traditio  remained  necessary9.  But 
by  an  evolution  which  may  have  begun  under  Constantine10  for  gifts 
between  parents  and  children  not  in  potestas,  but  was  not  generalised 
till  Justinian,  the  delivery  of  instrumenta  came  to  be  regarded  as  a  valid 
traditio  of  the  thing  itself,  in  cases  of  donatio11. 

Gifts  for  charity  (piae  causae)  and  to  the  church  were  the  object  of 
special  provision  under  Justinian12.  In  one  enactment13  he  laid  down 
a  rule  which  may  mean  that  the  mere  promise  to  give  gave  a  real  action, 
indeed  this  is  its  most  obvious  meaning.  But  the  enactment  does  not  in 
fact  say  anything  of  the  formalities  needed,  and  its  main  purpose  was 
the  extension  of  the  period  of  limitation.  Its  meaning  has  been  disputed 
for  centuries14. 

Donatio  mortis  causa.  This  was  a  gift  made  in  expectation  of  death, 
either  general  or  on  a  certain  event15,  to  be  absolute  only  if  and  when 

1  See  p.  255,  n.  4.  2  Vat.  Fr.  295,  6;  Greg.  Wis.  8.  2,  not  a  basis  of  usucapio  (41.  5.  2.  2; 
41.  6.  1.  1).  It  is  confirmed  by  emancipatio  without  ademption  of  peculium.  39.  5.  31.  2;  C. 
8.  53.  17.  3  P.  5.  11.  3;  Greg.  Wis.  8;  Vat.  Fr.  274,  277,  278,  281.  etc.,  subject  therefore  to 
/.  Falcidia  and  quereln  inofficiosi  (post,  §§  cxrv,  cxix).  4  Vat.  Fr.  292-296.  But  one  of  Pap. 
requires  confirmation  (Vat,  Fr.  294;  but  see  Vat.  Fr.  250),  one  of  315  (Vat.  Fr.  274)  seems  to 
treat  non-revocation  as  enough.  5  C.  5.  16.  25.  6  P.  4.  1.  11;  cf.  C.  Th.  8.  12.  4. 

7  Vat.  Fr.  263, 266  a,  268,  285,  287;  cf.  Vat.  Fr.  265.  8  Post,  §  CLXXXIH.  9  C.  8.  53.  6. 
10  C.  Th.  8.  12.  4,  5.  11  See  Riccobono,  Z.S.S.  33.  259;  34.  159;  M&.  Girard,  2.  415. 

C.  3.  29.  2  is  in  part  Justinian.  The  development  is  probably  connected  with  the  fact  that 
mancipatio  was  necessary  for  donatio  of  land  and  gradually  degenerated  into  a  mere 
memorandum.  Thus  no  actual  delivery  was  needed.  Ante,  §  LXXXVI.  12  Ante,  §  LXV. 
13  C.  1.  2.  23;  cf.  C.  8.  53.  36.  14  See  Riccobono,  Z.S.S.  34.  195.  15  39.  6.  1-6. 


vi]  DON  ATI  O  MORTIS  CAUSA  257 

the  expected  death  occurred.  It  might  be  a  gift  of  property,  a  promise,  a 
release  or  adelegatio1.  It  was  essentially  revocable,  and  was  revoked  ipso 
facto  by  insolvency  of  the  donor,  or  predecease  of  the  donee 2.  This  revoca- 
tion would  operate  differently  in  the  two  types  of  such  gift,  which  are : 

(i)  Under  a  suspensive  condition.  Here  in  a  gift  of  property  the  res 
was  handed  over  but  the  ownership  was  not  to  pass  unless  and  until  the 
expected  death  occurred3.  Here  no  difficulty  arose.  Whether  the 
revocation  was  express  or  by  insolvency,  death  of  donee,  or  non-occur- 
rence of  the  expected  death,  the  ownership  not  having  passed,  the  thing 
could  be  vindicated. 

(ii)  Under  a  resolutive  condition.  The  property  passed  on  delivery 
but  on  failure  of  the  gift  it  was  to  be  restored.  The  ownership  did  not 
revert  ipso  facto,  in  classical  law,  but  there  was  an  obligation  to  restore. 
Under  Justinian  the  reversion  operated  ipso  facto*  and  the  thing  could 
presumably  be  vindicated5.  It  is  not  clear  that  this  was  absolutely  new, 
though  it  is  post-classical6. 

The  I.  Cincia  had  no  bearing  on  these  gifts  and,  owing  to  their  opera- 
tion only  on  death,  they  were  free  from  some  of  the  restrictions  on  gifts 
inter  vivos.  Thus  they  could  be  made  from  father  to  son,  between  parties 
to  a  marriage,  indeed  to  any  person  to  whom  it  was  lawful  to  give  a 
legacy7.  As  to  form  we  have  no  direct  information  for  classical  law,  but 
an  enactment  of  Constantine  suggests  that,  then  and  later,  the  rules 
were  the  same  as  for  gifts  inter  vivoss.  Justinian  however  laid  down  a 
remarkable  rule.  He  prescribed  a  certain  form,  with  five  witnesses,  in 
fact  the  form  he  required  for  codicils9,  and  provided  that  where  such  a 
gift  was  so  made  it  should  have  the  same  effect  as  legacy,  the  point 
being  that  it  would  transfer  property  on  the  death,  but  not  till  then, 
without  any  transfer  of  possession10.  It  was  transfer  by  mere  agreement. 
This  does  not  mean  that  such  gifts  were  void  unless  made  in  this  form : 
if  the  thing  was  actually  handed  over  or  created  in  the  way  appropriate 
to  its  nature  the  old  rules  would  presumably  apply. 

This  was  a  part  of  his  general  policy  of  bringing  together  legacy  and 

They  probably  originated  in  mancipatio  cum  fiducia.  See  Senn>  N.R.H.  1913,  pp.  169 
sqq.  He  draws  from  this  origin  and  from  a  distinction  between  gifts  to  be  returned  if 
the  expected  death  does  not  occur,  and  gifts  not  to  be  returned  unless  the  donee  dies 
before  the  donor,  some  conjectural  conclusions  as  to  the  evolution  of  the  institution. 

1  See  for  indirect  forms,  39.  6.  18.  2,  24,  28,  34.  2  It  has  been  suggested  that  the 

texts  making  it  revocable  at  will  are  interpolated ;  see  Cuq,  Manuel,  800.  There  could 
be  no  difficulty  in  gifts  of  the  first  class.  P.  3.  7.  1,  2;  Inst.  2.  7.  1;  D.  39.  6.  1,  13,  16,  17. 
3  39.  6.  2.  4  39.  6.  18.  1;  h.  t.  37;  C.  6.  37.  26.  1.  5  The  point  did  not  arise  in 

"indirect"  gifts,  by  acceptilatio  or  delegatio.  The  special  remedy  here,  where  one  was 
necessary,  was  condictio.  39.  6.  18.  1;  h.  t.  24,  etc.  6  See  discussion,  Girard,  Manuel, 

963.         7  39.  6.  9.  8  Vat.  Fr.  249.  3.          9  C.  8.  56.  4.          10  L>.  6.  2.  2  puts  dunatio 

on  a  level  with  legacy  in  this  respect. 

B.  H.  L.  17 


258  JURA  IN  RE  ALIEN  A  [CH. 

donatio  mortis  causa,  of  which  we  are  told  several  times  that  it  is  similar 
to  legacy1.  The  assimilation  was  no  doubt  progressive.  A  senatusconsult 
made  such  gifts  subject  to  the  II.  caducariae2.  Severus  made  them  sub- 
ject to  the  /.  Falcidia3.  But  even  under  Justinian  there  were  many 
respects  in  which  they  differed  from  legacy.  Thus  they  did  not  depend 
on  a  will4,  a  filiusfamilias  could  make  them,  consentiente  patre5,  the 
regula  Catoniana  did  not  bear  on  them6,  and  they  were  not  lost  by  un- 
successfully7 attacking  the  will8. 

XCII.  JURA  IN  REM,  LESS  THAN  OWNERSHIP.  Of  these  by  far 
the  most  important  class  were  servitudes. 

A  servitude 9  was  essentially  a  right  or  group  of  rights  forming  part 
of  dominium,  but  separated  from  it  and  vested  in  some  person  other  than 
the  dominus.  From  another  point  of  view  it  was  a  burden  on  ownership, 
a  ius  in  rerfi  in  another  person,  to  which  the  owner  must  submit.  This 
point  of  view  suggests  itself  in  connexion  with  praedial  servitudes  which 
are  rights  over  one  piece  of  land  vested  in  one,  not  owner  of  that  land, 
but  of  other  adjacent  land  to  which,  rather  than  to  him,  it  is  attached,  so 
that  if  he  alienates  the  land  the  servitude  goes  with  it 10.  The  conception 
is  reflected  in  the  terminology.  The  land  under  servitude  is  spoken  of  as 


\  Inst.  2.7.1;  D.  39.  6.  17,  37,  etc.        2  39.  6.  35.  pr.        3  C.  6.  50.  5.  4  39.  6.  25 

and  thus  did  not  wait  for  entry  of  heres.        5  39.  6.  25.  1.       6  Arg.  39.  6.  22;  post,  §  cxxi. 
7  34.  9.  5.  17,  post,  §  cxxi.  8  As  has  been  assumed  in  the  course  of  the  discussion 

of  modes  of  acquisition,  the  action  for  the  enforcement  of  the  right  is  the  vindicatio. 
The  various  forms  and  main  characteristics  of  this  action  will  be  considered  under  the  law 
of  procedure  (post,  §  ccxxvm),  but  some  points  should  be  mentioned  here.  The  plaintiff's 
claim  is  always  that  he  is  the  dominus,  the  Quiritian  owner,  and  in  early  law  the  defendant 
made  a  similar  claim.  This  last  point  leaves  a  trace  in  the  early  classical  law.  The  action 
does  not  in  early  classical  law  lie  against  a  mere  detentor:  it  should  be  brought  against 
the  person  under  whom  he  holds — the  possessor,  and  if  this  is  the  plaintiff  himself  an 
action  in  personam  based  on  the  negotium  between  them  is  the  proper  remedy.  Ulpian  allows 
the  real  action  (6.  1.  9).  The  detentor  could  avoid  liability,  under  Constan tine,  by  declaring 
of  whom  he  held  (C.  3.  19.  2).  In  later  law,  but  probably  not  till  Justinian  (see  Girard, 
Manuel,  348,  and  generally  on  the  action,  342  sqq.),  it  lay  against  one  who  had  fraudu- 
lently parted  with  possession  (an  extension  from  hereditaiis  petitio),  and  against  one  who 
falsely  alleged  that  he  possessed.  The  defendant,  if  defeated,  must  restore  the  thing, 
its  accessories  (causa)  and  the  fruits  received  since  litis  contestatio :  his  further  liabilities 
varied  according  as  he  was  in  good  or  bad  faith  and  historically,  post,  §  ccxxxvi. 
Vindicatio  utilis,  or  actio  in  rem  utilis  is  occasionally  found.  It  is  not  an  extension  of 
the  remedy  to  cases  of  inferior  forms  of  ownership,  but  to  cases  in  which  a  change  of 
ownership  which  has  taken  effect  is  rescinded,  and  in  most  cases  it  appears  to  be  due  to 
Justinian,  outside  slave  law  (lust.  4.  6.  6;  D.  6.  1.  5.  3;  24.  1.  30,  55;  26.  9.  2;  39.  6.  30; 
41.  1.  9.  2;  C.  3.  32.  8;  C.  8.  54.  1,  etc.).  9  This  name  is  probably  not  very  ancient,  even 
Gaius  uses  it  (2.  14,  17)  as  a  secondary  name.  Cicero  uses  it  in  this  sense  (Ad  Quint, 
fr.  3.  1.  2  (3)).  Primarily  it  is  a  ius.  For  early  lawyers  it  is  a  right  existing  independently 
of  ownership,  with  its  own  remedies.  The  analysis  is  the  work  of  the  classical  lawyers. 
This  old  view  led  to  the  rule  that  it  could  be  acquired  by  usucapio,  and  the  I.  Scribonia 
(post,  §  xciv)  which  abolished  this  may  mark  the  change  of  view.  10  8.  4.  12. 


vi]  SERVITUDES  259 

praedium  quod  servit1  and  hence  have  been  formed  the  expressions 
praedium  dominans  and  serviens.  It  is  indeed  more  correct  to  speak  of 
it  as  a  burden  on  the  land  than  on  the  ownership,  for  a  servitude  might 
exist  over  land  which  had  no  owner.  If  a  praedium  dominans  was 
abandoned  by  its  owner,  a  right  of  way  over  it  did  not  cease  to  exist2. 
But  there  could  be  no  servitude  on  res  sacrae  or  religiosae — that  was 
inconsistent  with  religion3. 

The  chief  general  principles  of  servitudes  are  these : 
(i)  Servitus  infaciendo  consistere  non  potest.  It  could  not  impose  an 
active  duty4.  This  results  inevitably  from  its  nature.  It  was  a  right  in 
rem  and  all  such  rights  are  negative :  there  cannot  be  a  right  that  every- 
one shall  do  something.  There  can  only  be  a  right  that  everyone  shall  ab- 
stain from  doing  something.  It  might  be  a  right  to  prevent  anyone  from 
doing  something — ius  prohibendi5—-a  negative  servitude,  such  as  a  right 
to  ancient  lights,  or  a  right  to  do  something  without  being  interfered 
with — ius  faciendi — a  positive  servitude,  such  as  a  right  of  way6.  There 
was  however  one  remarkable  exception.  The  servitude  oneris  ferendi 
was  a  right  to  have  one's  wall  supported  by  a  neighbour's,  and  it  im- 
posed on  him  the  duty  of  keeping  the  support  in  repair7.  This  is  an 
active  duty8.  But  it  can  hardly  have  been  a  part  of  the  servitude,  for  it 
was  not  available  against  all :  a  third  party  could  not  be  made  to  repair 
the  wall.  It  is  therefore  sometimes  explained  as  having  originated  in  an 
agreement,  at  first  express,  and  later  implied9.  But  this  agreement 
would  bind  only  the  promisor  and  his  heres,  while  this  duty  lay  on  any 
owner  for  the  time  being.  And  it  was  enforced  by  the  ordinary  actio 
confessoria  for  enforcing  a  servitude10.  And  Labeo  says  that  the  servient 
owner  could  avoid  the  liability  by  abandoning  the  wall,  as  it  was  a  duty 
on  the  land  rather  than  on  him11.  It  is  in  fact  an  anomaly,  of  which  the 
explanation  must  be  historical.  It  may  conceivably  have  been  an  old 
customary  institution,  the  lines  of  which  were  settled  before  the  con- 
ception of  servitude  was  fixed12,  but  its  existence  was  still  matter  of  doubt 
at  the  end  of  the  republic13.  It  may  have  been  recognised  on  grounds  of 
convenience:  it  was  better  that  the  owner  should  do  it  than  that  he 
should  have  to  submit  to  entry  of  an  outsider  to  do  it14. 

(ii)  Nulli  res  sua  servit15 — a  man  could  not  have  a  servitude  on  his 

1  8.  2.  30,  32.  2  Arg.  Ulp.  1.  19.     A  servus  sine  domino  may  be  subject  to 

usufruct.    Fr.  Dos.  10.  3  A  res  cannot  be  religiosa  without  consent  of  all  having 

iura  in  rem,  but  there  are  difficulties  in  res  sacrae,  as  to  which  we  are  not  informed ;  see  8. 
1.  14.  2.  4  8.  1.  15.  1.  5  8.  2.  15.  6  Active  duties  could  of  course  be  imposed 
on  a  transferee,  but  this  is  contract  and  would  not  bind  third  parties.  7  8.  5.  6.  2. 

8  8.  5.  8.  2.  9  See  Elvers,  Servitutenlehre,  56.  10  8.  5.  6.  3.  11  8.  5.  6.  2. 

12  Girard,  Manuel,  365.  13  8.  5.  6.  2.  14  See  also,  Elvers,  op.  cit.  62.  15  8.  2.  26; 
8.  6.  1. 

17—2 


260  SERVITUDES  [CH. 

own  land.  This  is  plain — servitude  is  essentially  a  right  in  a  non-owner. 
A  result  was  that  if  the  two  ownerships  came  together,  the  servitude 
was  merged  and  did  not,  in  general,  revive  if  the  ownerships  again  be- 
came separate1.  There  were  apparent  exceptions  to  the  principle.  If 
having  two  adjoining  properties  A  gave  B  a  usufruct  over  one,  reserving 
a  right  of  way,  this  was  not  really  a  servitude  over  A's  own  property:  it 
was  part  of  his  ownership,  and  the  usufruct  he  had  given  was  less  than 
the  normal  to  the  extent  of  that  right2. 

(iii)  Servitus  servitutis  esse  non  palest.  There  could  be  no  servitude 
on  a  servitude.    Any  servitude  was  a  burden  on  the  ownership.  There 
might  be  two  servitudes  over  the  same  land3,  and  there  was  the  same 
apparent  exception  as  in  the  last  case. 

(iv)  Servitus  civiliter  exercenda  est — it  must  be  so  used  as  to  cause  as 
little  inconvenience  as  possible4.  Hence  there  was  no  servitude  unless 
it  was  advantageous  to  the  property.  There  could  not  be  a  servitude 
merely  to  annoy  a  neighbour,  or  for  a  personal  advantage  not  affecting 
the  land5. 

(v)  A  servitus  was  a  res  incorporalis  and  thus  could  not  be  possessed. 
This  means  less  than  it  seems  to,  for  enjoyment  was  much  the  same  as 
possession  and  was  protected  by  similar  interdicts6.  In  later  law  it 
was  "quasi-possessed7."  The  fact  that  some  servitudes  could  originally 
be  acquired  by  usucapio  is  not  an  application  of  the  notion  of  quasi- 
possession.  It  is  a  rule  framed  on  the  notion  of  use,  before  the  theory 
of  possession  had  been  evolved,  and  it  disappeared  before  the  classical 
age.  And  the  references  to  quasi-possession  of  praedial  servitudes  are 
probably  all  interpolations8. 

Servitudes  were  divided  into  two  broad  classes:  Praedial  and  Per- 
sonal, so  distinct  in  character  that  they  scarcely  seem  to  belong  to  the 
same  branch  of  the  law.  Praedial  servitudes  applied  only  to  land,  were 
perpetual,  were  almost  innumerable  and  gave  only  limited  definite 
rights.  Personal  applied  also  to  moveables,  were  limited  in  duration, 
were  very  few,  and  gave  indefinite  rights  including  physical  possession 
of  the  property  concerned.  But  the  characteristic  difference  was  that 

1  8.  6.  1.  As  to  exceptions  in  practice  to  this  last  rule,  see  Elvers,  op.  cit.  126; 
Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  215,  n.  10;  D.  8.  1.  18,  etc.  2  The  distinction  is  not  meaningless. 
It  could  not  for  instance  be  lost  by  non-use  unless  the  land  itself  was  lost  by  usucapio. 
3  We  are  told  that  there  cannot  be  a  usufruct  of  a  right  of  way,  for  the  reason,  probably  due 
to  Justinian,  that  there  cannot  be  a  servitude  on  a  servitude.  The  text  adds  that  effect 
can  be  given  to  it  by  praetorian  remedies  (33.  2.  1).  See  post,  §  xcvi.  4  8.  1.  9;  8.  5.  8. 

6;  8.  1.  15.  pr.      The  servitude  in  8.  1.  19  (Labeo)  may  be  a  survival,  or  may  be  allowed 
as  being  of  potential  value  to  the  land  though  useless  for  the  time  being.  5  8.  1.  8.  1 ; 

h.  t.  9;  h.  t.  15,  etc.    Its  enjoyment  may  be  limited  to  certain  times,  8.  1.  5.  1.        6  E.g. 
43.  19.  7  See  Albertario,  Bull.  27.  275  sqq.  8  See  Albertario,  loc.  cit.    The  quasi- 

possession  of  G.  4.  139  can  hardly  stand,  on  linguistic  grounds. 


vi]  PRAEDIAL  SERVITUDES  261 

praedial  servitudes  belonged  to  a  man,  only  as  owner  of  a  praedium  to 
which  they  attached,  so  that  they  were  spoken  of  as  belonging  to  the 
praedium :  personal  servitudes  attached  to  a  man  personally. 

XCIII.  PRAEDIAL  SERVITUDES.  These  then  were  rights  vested  in  a 
person  as  owner  of  one  piece  of  land  over  another  piece,  effective  not  only 
against  its  owner,  but  against  all:  they  were  iura  in  rem.  Land  subject 
to  such  a  servitude  was  said  servire,  a  terminology  which  treats  them  as 
burdens.  But  in  speaking  of  the  servitudes  themselves  the  other  aspect 
was  commonly  looked  at:  they  were  called  iura  praediorum1.  Their 
nature,  coupled  with  the  general  principles  of  servitudes,  accounts  for 
most  of  their  special  rules.  They  were  perpetual  and  could  therefore  exist 
only  over  what  was  capable  of  perpetual  duration2.  There  was  some 
discussion  as  to  what  was  so  capable,  but  it  seems  that  if  a  thing  was 
practically  such,  but  not  technically,  the  classical  law  admitted  the 
servitude3.  The  principle  of  perpetuity  had  one  modification.  If  the 
ownership  was  liable  to  resolution  by  law,  any  servitude  imposed  by 
the  interim  owner  ceased  when  the  ownership  ended.  The  only  recorded 
case  is  that  of  a  heres  where  property  had  been  left  by  a  conditional 
legacy.  If  the  condition  occurred  any  servitude  created  by  him  was 
destroyed4.  But  it  is  to  be  noted  that  there  were  in  this  case  doubts  as 
to  the  interim  ownership5.  Dos  affords  a  contrast.  We  are  told  that 
where  a  husband  sought  to  create  a  servitude  on  dotal  land,  this  was 
void,  as,  under  the  /.  lulia,  he  could  alienate  no  interest  in  it6.  If  a 
vendor  before  delivery  created  a  servitude  it  was  good,  but  he  was 
liable  to  his  buyer7.  On  the  other  hand,  a  servitude  could  not  be  created 
conditionally  or  ex  die8,  nor  was  it  possible  to  create  one,  ab  initio,  to 
end  at  a  certain  time  or  in  a  certain  event,  at  least  in  classical  law.  But 
if  such  an  agreement  were  made,  effect  could  be  given  to  it,  in  praetorian 
law,  by  an  exceptio  doli  or  pacti  conventi.  Even  in  Justinian's  law  the 
principle  was  so  far  preserved  that  the  servitude  was  not  ipso  facto 
ended  by  the  arrival  of  the  time  or  occurrence  of  the  condition,  but  only 
by  way  of  equitable  defence  9. 

From  the  principle  that  servitudes  were  allowed  only  so  far  as 
advantageous  to  the  tenement  came  the  rules  that  the  praedia  must  be 
near  together,  though  not  necessarily  adjoining10,  and  that  they  must  be 

1  G.  2.  29.  2  8.  2.  28.    See  Perozzi,  Riv.  It.  p.  I.  Sc.  Giur.  14.  175.          3  8.  2. 

28;  8.  3.  9;  8.  4.  2.  4  8.  6.  11.  1.  5  G.  2.  200.  6  23.  5.  5;  C.  4.  51.  7;  ante, 

§  XL.  7  He  must  deliver  it  as  it  was  at  the  time  of  the  contract.  18.  1.  59.  8  Cessio 
in  iure  and  mancipatio,  the  ordinary  civil  methods,  could  not  be  suspended,  and  the  same 
is  true  of  adiudicatio,  Vat.  Fr.  49.  There  might  of  course  be  modus  in  the  sense  of  any 
limitation  on  the  right.  8.  1.4.  2,  etc.  As  to  creation  by  pact  and  stipulation,  and  quasi 
traditio,  post,  §  xciv.  9  8.  1.  4.  10  There  must  not  be  intervening  a  piece  of 

land  over  which  there  could  not  be  such  a  servitude,  8.  1.  14.  2;  39.  3.  17.  4.;  h.  1.  3; 
a  right  of  way  blocked  by  an  intervening  praedium  is  null,  8.  3.  7.  1. 


262  PRAEDIAL  SERVITUDES  [CH. 

used  only  with  that  tenement1.  Thus  water  drawn  under  a  ius  aquae- 
haustus  might  not  be  sold2. 

Praedial  servitudes  were  indivisible.  The  chief  results  of  this  arose  in 
connexion  with  loss  of  servitudes  by  confusio3,  but  there  were  others. 
Thus  if  it  extended  over  two  fundi  it  was  not  lost  by  non-use  over  one, 
if  it  had  been  used  over  the  other4.  If  one,  of  several  persons  entitled, 
sued  in  respect  of  it,  he  claimed  the  whole5.  If,  having afundus,  A  assigned 
an  undivided  part,  he  could  not  deduct  a  servitude6.  Many  consequences 
followed  from  the  fact  that  of  common  owners  of  a  fundus  all  must 
assent,  to  produce  any  change  in  acquisition,  abandonment,  imposition 
or  release  of  a  servitude7. 

There  were  a  great  number  of  these  servitudes.  The  oldest  are  the 
four  rights,  iter,  via,  actus  and  aquaeductus,  which  probably  go  back  to 
the  XII  Tables8.    Others  were  added  from  time  to  time,  till  in  later  law 
they  were  almost  innumerable.    Not  everything  could  be  a  servitude9. 
It  must  be  in  the  interest  of  the  fundus,  and  actually  beneficial  to  it. 

Praedial  servitudes  were  of  two  varieties,  Rustic  and  Urban10.  There 
is  no  certainty  as  to  the  exact  principle  of  distinction.  But  as  in  Roman 
usage  the  epithet  was  attached  to  the  praedium  dominans  and  not  to 
the  servitude  (ius  rustici  praedii11)  it  seems  that  the  distinction  turned  on 
a  characteristic  of  the  dominant  tenement.  It  is  therefore  commonly 
held  that  urban  servitudes  were  those  which  primarily  contemplated  a 
building  on  the  dominant  land,  while  the  others  were  rustic.  But  there 
are  odd  texts  which  raise  difficulties.  Aquaeductus,  usually  called  rustic, 
is  once  called  urban12.  Ius  altius  tollendi,  usually  called  urban,  is  called 
rustic  byNeratius13.  This  has  led  to  the  view  that  a  servitude,  irrespective 
of  its  nature,  was  urban  if  it  was  in  connexion  with  a  building,  and  rustic 
if  it  was  not14.  But  the  general  language  of  the  texts  is  against  this. 

1  8.  4.  7.  1;  8.  1.  15;  8.  3.  5.  1;  h.  t.  24.  2  8.  3.  5.  1.  3  Post,  §  xciv.  4  8.  3.  18: 
8.5.9.1.  5  8.  1.  17;  8.  5.  4.  3,  4.  68.4.5,6.1.  7  8.  2.  30.  1 ;  8.  3.  34.  8  See 
Bruns,  1.  27;  Girard,  Textes,  16,  17;  D.  8.  3.  1.  pr.;  cf.  h.  t.  1.  1.  Aquaeductus  originally 
only  from  the  source,  but  later  from  any  point  in  the  stream.  43.  20.  1.  7,  8;  h.  1.  38;  8. 
3.  9.  9  Not  for  mere  personal  enjoyment  8.  1.  8.  pr.  10  Inst.  2.  2.  3.  11  Ib.; 
Inst.  2.  3.  pr.;  D.  8.  2.  2.  12  6.  2.  11.  1;  cf.  8.  2.  18.  13  8.  3.  2,  with  others  that 

look  urban.  14  See  Girard,  Manuel,  369;  Cuq,  Manuel,  329.  But  it  is  difficult  so  to 
understand  such  texts  as  8.  2.  2  and  8.  3.  1.  The  difficulties  are  plain.  If  I  acquire  a  right 
of  way  to  land,  and  then  build  a  house,  does  the  servitude  cease  to  be  rustic  and  become 
urban?  If  1  had  previously  pledged  it,  would  the  pledge  cease  to  exist ?  The  well-known 
text  of  Neratius  (8.  3.  2)  which  is  the  main  stumbling-block  does  not  expressly  suggest  this 
view,  nor  apparently  does  any  other  text.  For  if  43.  19.  1.  1  is  so  interpreted  it  conflicts 
with  the  rubric  and  leaves  no  interdictal  protection  to  a  right  of  way  leading  to  a  house. 
And  Ulpian,  twice  in  the  title,  refers  to  use  of  the  easement  by  a  "hospes"  (43.  19.  1.  7; 
h.  t.  3.  4).  Indeed  the  explanation  does  not  account  for  the  text  of  Neratius,  who  gives 
as  other  instances  of  rustic  servitudes,  protectum  kabere,  and  doacam  habere,  which  seem 
to  assume  buildings  on  the  dominant  tenement.  Indeed  his  list  is  much  more  like  a  list 
of  urban  servitudes. 


vi]  PRAEDIAL  SERVITUDES  263 

(There  are  indeed  texts  which  raise  a  similar  suggestion  with  regard  to 
the  relation  between  praedial  and  personal  servitudes1.) 

It  should  be  observed  that  the  distinction  already  noted  between 
positive  and  negative  servitudes  agrees  nearly  with  that  between  rustic 
and  urban,  and  that  to  some  jurists  the  distinctions  were  apparently 
identical2.  Servitudes  have  also  been  classed  as  continuous  and  discon- 
tinuous, those  which  do  not,  and  those  which  do,  require  an  act  for 
their  enjoyment,  a  distinction  which  also  agrees  somewhat  nearly  with 
those  just  mentioned. 

The  four  original  rustic  servitudes  were  iter,  actus,  via  and  aquae- 
ductus,  the  many  others,  e.g.  the  right  to  draw  water,  the  right  to  burn 
lime,  to  dig  sand,  to  pasture  cattle,  or  to  take  cattle  to  water,  were  later 
additions3,  differing  fundamentally  in  character.  The  original  four  were 
easements :  they  gave  mere  use  of  the  land  for  specific  purposes,  taking 
nothing  from  it.  Most  of  the  rest  were  "commons"  or  "profits":  they 
involved  taking  some  of  the  produce  of  the  land.  Since  a  usufruct  might 
be  limited  in  extent  it  is  easy  to  see  that  such  a  right  as  pecoris  pascendi 
was  very  like  usufruct,  a  point  to  which  we  shall  recur4.  All  rustic 
servitudes  seem  to  have  been  positive.  They  were  res  mancipi5,  which, 
as  they  could  not  be  alienated,  seems  to  mean  that  they  could  be  created 
by  mancipatio.  It  is  possible  that  only  the  original  four  were  res  mancipi : 
indeed  there  is  reason  to  think  that,  for  the  Sabinians,  only  the  original 
four  were  rustic  servitudes  at  all6.  We  learn  also  that  they  could  be 
pledged7,  which  no  doubt  originally  meant  that  they  could  be  manci- 
pated  cum  fiducia8  with  the  land  to  which  they  were  attached.  In 
classical  law  it  meant  more :  it  was  possible  to  give  a  rustic  servitude  to 
a  creditor  who  had  a  near  praedium,  on  the  terms  that  he  was  to  enjoy 
it  till  the  money  was  paid,  and  if  it  was  not,  might  sell  it  to  some  other 
neighbouring  owner9.  Thus  it  ceased  when  the  debt  was  paid,  and  was 
transferable,  both,  as  Paul  notes,  anomalies.  The  text  has  been  the  sub- 
ject of  much  discussion10.  All  that  need  be  said  now  is  that  its  express 
limitation  to  the  four  old  rights  is  confirmation  of  the  view  that  only 
these  four  were  res  mancipi,  for  some  jurists. 

The  urban  servitudes  were  even  more  numerous.  Most  of  them  were 
negative  but  a  few  look  positive :  all  were  apparently  continuous.  Some 
of  them  were  much  alike11,  and  there  is  uncertainty  in  the  texts,  in 
some  cases,  as  to  their  exact  definitions  and  distinctions,  into  which  it 

1  Post,  §  xcvi.  2  Post,  §  xciv.  3  8.  3.  1.  pr.,  1.  Iter  is  footway;  uctus,  a  right 
of  way  for  animals  and  vehicles;  via,  a  right  to  a  made  roadway.  Inst.  2.  3.  pr. ;  D.  8. 
3.  8.  4  Post,  §  xcvi.  5  G.  2.  17.  6  8.  3.  1.  pr.;  Inst.  2.  3.  pr.,  2;  Karlowa,  R.Rg. 
2.357.  7  20.1.12.  Only  the  original  four  are  mentioned.  Urban  could  not.  8  Post, 
§  CLI.  9  Ib.  10  Post,  §  CLXVUI.  11  Lumen  and  ne  luminibus  ojficiatur  (8.2. 
4).  See  Elvers,  Servitutenlehre.  444.  Tigni  immittendi  and  oneris  ferendi. 


264  PRAEDIAL  SERVITUDES  [CH. 

is  not  necessary  to  go1.  There  is  no  authority  for  holding  that  they 
could  be  pledged.  Some  of  them  present  peculiarities.  Of  oneris  ferendl 
mention  has  been  made2.  Altius  non  tollendi,  obligation  not  to  build 
higher,  ne  luminibus  qfficiatur,  not  to  obstruct  your  neighbour's  light, 
and  stillicidium,  to  receive  your  neighbour's  drip,  are  all  simple,  but 
each  of  them  had  a  peculiar  looking  counterservitude,  altius  tollendi3, 
luminibus  qfficiendi*,  and  stillicidii  non  recipiendi5.  All  these  seem  to 
be  rights  which  would  exist  apart  from  servitude.  They  have  been  ex- 
plained in  many  ways.  On  one  view  they  were  modes  of  release  from 
an  existing  servitude,  but  they  were  unnecessary  for  that6.  Another  is 
that  they  were  releases  from  local  laws  concerning  constructions7,  but 
the  evidence  for  such  laws  in  the  three  cases  is  slight,  and  that  a  private 
person  should  have  a  right  to  release  from  a  law  is  unusual.  There  is 
evidence  for  such  laws  as  to  altius  tollendi9,  and  for  such  agreements. 
But  it  is  post-classical  and  altius  tollendi  was  known  to  Gaius  9.  Another 
view  is  that  it  was  a  partial  release,  e.g.  a  counterservitude  to  build  five 
feet  higher.  For  this  too  there  is  some  evidence10.  As  servitudes  were 
indivisible  it  is  not  easy  to  see  how  they  could  be  partially  released 
except  by  counterservitude11. 

XCIV.  Acquisition  of  servitudes.  Rustic,  or  some  of  them,  could  be 
created  by  mancipatio^,  and  all  praedial  servitudes  by  cessio  in  iure13, 
both  of  which  were  gone  under  Justinian,  by  adiudicatio1*,  by  legacy  or 
the  like15,  and  they  were  acquired  by  acquisition  of  the  praedium  to 
which  they  attached.  On  alienation  of  the  land,  the  servitudes  must 
pass,  or  they  would  be  extinct16.  To  this  extent  even  urban  servitudes 
could  be  acquired  by  mancipatio.  Servitudes  could  also  be  acquired  by 
reservation  in  mancipatio  or  cessio  in  iure  of  the  land17  to  be  servient, 
and,  in  Justinian's  time,  even  in  traditio18.  They  could  be  acquired  by 
usucapio  till  a  I.  Scribonia,  probably  late  in  the  republic,  which  forbade 
this19.  Finally  there  were  under  Justinian  certain  other  methods  of  the 
history  of  which  something  must  be  said. 

1  The  chief  urban  servitudes  are  set  out  in  8. 2.  2  and  the  neighbouring  leges. 
2  Ante,  §  xcn.  3  G.  2.  31;  4.  3;  D.  8.  3.  2.  4  8.  2.  2.  5  Ib.  6  All  are  urban 
and  release  by  cessio  in  iure  is  as  simple  as  creation  of  a  counterservitude  in  the  same 
way.  7  Girard,  Manuel,  367.  8  C.  8.  10.  12.  See  Accarias,  Precis,  1.  676. 

9  See  n.  3.          10  44.  2.  26;  8.  2.  11.  1.  11  Cuq,  Man.  330,  citing  8.  2.  11.  pr.  and  C. 

34.  1,  holds  them  to  be  releases  by  way  of  counterservitude  from  the  rule  requiring  new 
buildings  to  conform  to  the  ancient  state  of  things,  as  to  lights,  etc.  But  the  first  text  has 
been  held  to  be  due  to  Justinian  and  the  other  merely  says  that  a  servitude  of  light  may  be 
acquired  by  lapse  of  time.  12  G.  2.  29.  13  G.  2.  29,  31.  14  Arg.  Vat.  Fr.  47. 

15  8.  2.  31.          16  41.  1.  20.  1.  17  8.  4.  3,  6.  pr.   Not  called  deductio.         18  8.  4.  3. 

Even  before  Justinian  deduct-to  of  a  usufruct  might  effect  a  traditio  of  the  land.  C.  Th. 
8.  12.  9  =  C.  8.  53. 28.  19  Some  texts  suggest  (P.  1.  17.  2;  D.  8.  1.  14.  pr.;  41.  3.  4.  28)  that 
only  the  four  original  were  usucaptible  and  that  the  lex  did  not  destroy  this  for  water  rights. 
But  the  text  (P.  1.  17.  2)  does  not  shew  that  such  a  right  could  be  so  acquired  de  novo. 


vi]  PRAEDIAL  SERVITUDES  265 

There  were  some  servitudes  or  quasi-servitudes  which  were  not  ad- 
mitted at  civil  law  but  yet  existed.  Such  were  the  rights  to  water  not 
from  the  caput  aquae,  but  from  an  intermediate  point1,  and  also  similar 
rights  in  public  lands  and  rivers2:  indeed  these  may  be  the  only  cases. 
Clearly  they  could  not  be  created  by  civil  law  methods,  and  the  question 
therefore  arises  by  what  methods  they  were  created,  and  how  far  and 
with  what  effect  these  methods  were  applied  to  other  servitudes  in 
classical  law.  The  relevant  texts  are  largely  interpolated  and  the  matter 
is  one  on  which  there  is  a  "  chaos  of  opinions3."  It  must  suffice  to  indicate 
the  modes  recorded  in  the  Sources  and  to  state  what  seem  the  more 
probable  conclusions. 

Quasi  Traditio.  There  seems  to  be  no  evidence  that  deductio  in 
traditions  was  available  before  the  later  empire,  or  that,  conversely,  a  lex 
could  be  attached  to  a  traditio,  for  the  creation  of  a  servitude  over  other 
land  of  the  vendor,  with  praetorian  remedies4.  But  several  texts,  taken 
at  their  face  value,  suggest  that  traditio  and  patientia  of,  e.g.,  a  right  of 
way,  did  in  fact  give  rise  to  praetorian  protection.  In  classical  law  res 
incorporales  were  incapable  of  traditio5  and  the  texts  all  shew  signs  of 
interpolation  or  have  to  do,  not  with  the  question  of  creation,  but 
with  the  distinct  question  of  enjoyment  necessary  to  the  interdicts6.  But 
it  is  at  least  not  impossible,  and  it  is  in  the  line  of  natural  evolution 
that,  as  seems  to  have  been  the  case  in  usufruct7,  the  praetor  did  give  a 
remedy  in  such  cases,  perhaps  an  actio  infactum8. 

Pact  and  stipulatio.  On  a  fair  reading  of  Gains9,  it  is  to  be  con- 
cluded that  this  method  (which  was  presumably  the  Greek  method  of 
agreement,  reinforced  for  Roman  practice  by  stipulatio10)  was  applied 
only  in  provincial  land,  in  his  time.  It  does  not  follow  that  no  change 
occurred  before  the  end  of  the  classical  age,  and  though  the  texts  which 
mention  this  method  are  disposed  of  as  either  interpolated  or  referring 
to  provincial  land,  this  is  hardly  proved  in  all  cases11.  It  is  however 
possible  that  it  did  not  give  a  ius  in  rem,  even  praetorian,  in  classical 
law,  since,  on  the  view  suggested  above,  quasi  traditio  sufficed.  In  the 
normal  case  the  two  would  be  combined,  in  positive  servitudes.  But  it 

1  8.  3.  9  (interp.);  43.  20.  1.  7;  cf.  8.  4.  4.  2  (interp.).  2  43.  13.  1.  1;  h.  1.  9;  Costa, 
LeAcque,  24  sqq.,  Elvers,  Servitutenlehre,  267  sqq.  3  See  especially  Rabel,  Mil.  Girard, 
2.  387  sqq.;  Peters,  Z.S.S.  33,  595.  4  See,  however,  Collinet,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  185  sqq. 
5  G.  2.  28.  6  Chief  texts:  6.  2.  11.  1;  7.  1.  3;  h.  t.  25.  7;  7.  6.  3;  8.  1.  20;  8.  3.  1.  2; 

43.  19.  3.  8.  Interdictal  protection  is  usually  admitted.  7  Post,  §  xcvr.  8  Girard, 
Manuel,  383.  In  Vat.  Fr.  61  "tuitione  praetoris"  can  hardly  apply,  as  Rabel  holds,  to 
provincial  lands.  9  G.  2.  31.  10  Probably  originally  a  stipulatio  for  a  penalty. 

11  The  texts  are  7.  1.  3.  pr.;  h.  t.  25.  7;  h.  t.  27.  4;  8.  3.  33.  D.  7.  1.  27.  4  is  not  discussed 
by  Rabel  or  by  Collinet  (&t.  Hist.  1.  161  sqq.)  and  is  said  by  Peters  to  refer  to  provincial 
land.  He  gives  no  reason.  It  seems  to  give  the  slip,  an  effect  in  rem.  But  it  is  not  con- 
clusive: it  may  turn,  like  the  text  which  follows  it,  on  the  duties  of  fructuary. 


266  PRAEDIAL  SERVITUDES  [CH. 

is  difficult  to  apply  the  notion  oftraditio  to  negative  servitudes,  and  there 
is  nothing  in  the  texts  to  exclude  the  possibility  that  in  this  case  the 
stipulatio  operated  in  rem.  Pact  and  stipulatio  were  in  any  case  recog- 
nised by  Zeno  in  terms  which  imply  that  it  was  a  known  institution 
before  the  time  of  his  predecessor  Leo1. 

Longi  temporis  praescriptio.  The  notion  of  long  enjoyment  as  a  root 
of  title  to  a  servitude  seems  to  have  its  basis  in  an  old  rule  that  no  further 
proof  of  title  was  wanted  than  an  immemorial  enjoyment2.  Ulpian 
supposes  aquaeductus  to  be  acquired  by  long  continued  enjoyment3. 
He  does  not  specify  the  term,  but  the  ordinary  ten  or  twenty  years  term 
was  applied  by  analogy,  then  or  soon  after4.  From  the  fact  that  he 
merely  requires  that  the  enjoyment  shall  not  have  been  clam  vi  aut 
precario,  it  is  to  be  inferred5  that  the  requirements  of  iusta  causa  and 
bona  fides  did  not  exist.  It  gave  a  utilis  actio6. 

All  these  methods  seem  to  have  given  full  title  in  the  law  of  Justinian 
and  probably  did  before. 

The  ways  in  which  a  servitude  could  cease  to  exist  were  numerous. 
Cessio  in  iure  extinguished  it  in  classical  law7.  Renunciation,  either 
express  or  by  authorising  acts  inconsistent  with  it,  did  the  same  under 
Justinian8. 

It  would  end  by  confusio.  But  here  there  are  distinctions  to  be 
drawn.  If  the  confusio  was  itself  set  aside,  by  operation  of  law,  the 
servitude  might  revive  in  practice,  e.g.  where  the  fieres  conveyed  the 
dominant  property  to  the  owner  of  the  servient,  in  the  belief  that  there 
was  a  fideicommissum  of  it,  or  the  transaction  which  caused  the  confusio 
was  set  aside  by  restitutio  in  integrum9.  But  a  mere  voluntary  recon- 
veyance did  not  revive  it.  And,  as  the  servitude  attached  to  the  whole 
praedium,  the  acquisition  of  a  particular  part  of  the  dominant  by  the 
owner  of  the  servient  did  not  affect  it10.  Where  the  dominant  owner 
acquired  part  of  the  servient,  if  it  was  a  defined  right  of  way.  the  effect 
would  depend  on  the  question  whether  the  whole  of  the  way  was  included 
or  not11.  The  acquisition  of  an  undivided  share  in  either,  by  the  owner  of 
the  other,  did  not,  it  seems,  affect  the  servitude12. 

It  ended  by  the  destruction  of  either  praedium,  or  by  such  an  altera- 
tion of  the  conditions  of  the  servient  that  there  could  be  no  servitude 

1  C.  8.  10.  12.  1,  4.  2  39.  3.  1.  23.  3  8.  5.  10.     Rabel  suggests  that  the  rule 

may  apply  only  to  aquaeductus,  but  this  seems  arbitrary.  4  C.  3.  34.  2.  5  Girard, 
Manuel,  384.  See  also  Partsch,  Longi  temporis  praescriptio,  96.  6  8.  5.  10.  pr. ;  39.  3. 
1.  23.  7  Arg.  G.  2.  30.  A  rustic  servitude  might  no  doubt  be  released  by  remancipatio. 

8  8.  2. 21;    8.  3.  20.     Before    him    it    would    have    given    an    exceptio    pacti    conventi. 

9  8.  1.  18;  8.  4.  9;  21.  1.  31.  3;  23.  5.  7.  1;  30.  116.  4.  10  8.  2.  30.  1;  8.  6.  15,  or  the 
acquisition  of  a  usufruct.          11  See  8.  6.  6.          12  Ib.  and  8.  3.  31.  The  point  is  however 
disputed. 


vi]  PRAEDIAL  SERVITUDES  267 

on  it,  or  by  the  disappearance  of  the  subject  of  the  servitude1.  Thus 
aquaehaustus  ceased  if  the  stream  permanently  dried  up2.  But  in  this 
case,  if  the  original  state  of  things  was  restored  before  expiry  of  the 
period  of  non-use,  the  right  revived3. 

It  was  lost  by  non-use  for  two  years  before  Justinian,  ten  or  twenty 
under  him4.  For  rustic  servitudes,  mere  abstention  from  exercise  of  the 
servitude  was  enough,  but  for  urban  there  must  also  have  been  something 
done  (by  the  servient  owner5)  inconsistent  with  the  servitude6.  In 
purely  negative  servitudes  there  was  in  fact  no  non-use  till  something 
inconsistent  was  done.  A  right  to  light  was  not  lost  by  not  looking  out 
of  window.  This  is  the  main  illustration  of  the  point  that  for  some 
purposes,  and  for  some  jurists,  negative  and  urban  meant  the  same 
thing.  It  is  difficult  to  reconcile  this  with  the  view  already  mentioned 
that  any  servitude  might,  in  appropriate  circumstances,  be  rustic  or 
urban7.  The  distinction,  between  those  lost  by  non-use  and  those  lost 
only  by  a  contrary  act,  was  expressed  by  the  proposition  that  the 
former  were  lost  by  non-use,  the  latter  by  usucapio  libertatis.  This  last 
name  looks  at  the  matter  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  servient  tene- 
ment: a  right  detached  had  returned,  a  burden  had  been  released8.  As 
it  was  a  case  of  usucapio,  it  had  the  characteristics  of  usucapio.  Thus  if 
the  owrner  of  the  servient  land  ceased  to  possess  it,  time  ceased  to  run  in 
his  favour9.  Bona  fides  was  not  needed,  not  having  been  an  original 
element  in  usucapio10,  but,  if  the  adverse  act  was  done  precario,  time 
did  not  run  against  the  holder  of  the  servitude11.  The  rule  as  to  possession 
had  no  application  to  the  case  of  non-use.  It  is  a  singular  result  of  the 
rules  as  stated  that  a  ius  tigni  immittendi  was  not  lost  by  removing  the 
beam.  Time  did  not  run  till  the  servient  owner  plugged  the  hole  in  which 
it  rested12.  The  same  was  no  doubt  true  of  the  other  similar 
servitudes. 

XCV.  PERSONAL  SERVITUDES.  These  were  servitudes  belonging  to  a 
man  personally,  not  as  owner  of  anything  else,  applying  to  moveables 
as  well  as  land,  limited  in  duration,  few  in  number,  and  giving  indefinite 
rights,  including  physical  possession  of  the  property  subject  to  the 
servitude'.  They  were  usufruct  and  two  or  three  others  derived  from  it. 
They  did  not  originate  in  the  needs  of  agricultural  life,  but  in  the  much 
more  advanced  idea  of  provision  for  dependents,  and  the  introduction 
of  usufruct,  the  earliest,  was  probably  associated  with  prevalence  of 

1  E.g.  7.  4.  24.  2  8.  3.  35.         3  8.  6.  14.  Imperial  relief  if  too  late,  8.  3.  35.    This 

seems  to  be  the  practical  effect  of  the  texts.  4  P.  1.  17.  1;  C.  3.  34.  13.  5  So  the 

texts  say,  but  if  done  by  a  third  party  the  effect  would  presumably  be  the  same.  If 
by  the  dominant  it  would  presumably  be  abandonment.  6  8.  2.  6;  h.  t.  32.  7  Ante, 
§  xcin.  8  P.  1.  17.  1;  D.  8.  2.  6;  8.  6.  18.  2,  etc.  9  8.  2.  32.  1.  10  Ante,  §  LXXXVII. 
11  8.  2.  32.  pr.  12  8.  2.  6. 


268  USUFRUCT  [CH. 

marriage  without  manus.  It  was  well  recognised  in  the  time  of  Cicero1 
and  even  earlier2,  but  is  not  to  be  found  in  Plautus3:  the  others  seem 
to  be  later.  Much  later  than  the  introduction  of  these  rights  was  their 
recognition  as  a  class  of  servitudes.  No  legal  text  independent  of 
Justinian  calls  them  servitudes.  Gaius  sharply  distinguishes  them4,  and 
Justinian  in  the  Institutes,  following  him,  does  the  same5.  So  do  the 
rubrics  in  the  Digest6.  The  expression  personal  servitude  is  rare7,  and 
usufruct  is  called  a  servitude  only  about  six  times8,  and  most  of  these 
texts  are  under  suspicion  of  interpolation.  It  is  therefore  possible  that 
the  conception  of  usufruct  as  a  servitude  is  due  to  Justinian 9.  But  the 
texts  which  use  the  notion  seem  to  be  all  from  late  jurists  and  it  may  be 
that  the  idea  appeared  late  in  the  classical  age.  In  any  case  the  remedies 
for  usufruct  were  the  same  in  character.  It  was  a  ius  and  was  claimed 
by  actio  confessoria10. 

Usufructus  was  the  right  to  enjoy  the  property  of  another  and  to  take 
the  fruits,  but  not  to  destroy  itu.  or  fundamentally  alter  its  character12. 
It  was  usually  for  life,  never  more,  and,  sometimes,  for  a  fixed  term13. 
Where  it  was  given  to  a  corporation  its  limit  under  Justinian  was  100 
years14.  Even  if  a  term  was  fixed,  death  of  the  holder  ended  it15. 

The  fruits  were  the  ordinary  organic  produce  of  the  thing  and  did 
not  include  accidental  acquisitions  through  it.  The  young  of  animals 
were  fruits  but,  by  an  exception  set  down  to  respect  for  human  dignity, 
the  children  of  ancillae  were  not16.  An  insula  nata  was  not  fructus  and 
the  fructuary  had  not  even  a  usufruct  in  it17.  As  to  what  were  fruits, 
something  depended  on  the  nature  of  the  estate.  Trees  were  not  ordinarily 
fruits,  but  they  were  in  a  "timber  estate"  where  timber  was  the  normal 
source  of  profit.  The  same  was  true  of  minerals,  but  new  mines  might  be 
opened  up,  if  this  did  not  alter  the  character  of  the  property18.  The 
fructuary's  right  to  rents,  etc.,  the  so-called  fructus  civiles,  has  already 
been  considered19.  He  had  the  use  of  all  tools,  accessories,  etc.20.  He 
might  improve  the  property,  provided  he  did  not  alter  its  character21,  but 

1   Top.  3.  15;  pro  Caec.  1.  19,  etc.  2  Cicero,  de  fin.  1.  4.  12.  3  For  various 

opinions  as  to  its  antiquity,  see  Costa,  Storia,  264.  4  G.  2.  14;  see  G.  Ep.  2.  1.  3. 

5  Inst.  2.  2.  3.  6  D.  7  and  8.  7  8.  1.  1;  34.  3.  8.  3.  See  also,  8.  1.  15.  pr.  8  See 
Longo,  Bull.  11.  281.  The  fragment  supposed  to  be  of  the  Regulae  of  Pomponius  (Coll. 
Lib.  iur.  2.  148;  Girard,  Textes,  220)  uses  servitus  generally  in  a  way  which  clearly  excludes 
usufruct.  9  See  Girard,  Manuel,  363.  10  Post,  §  ccxxvm.  D.  7.  6.  5.  6.  Vat.  Fr.  47, 
55,  56,  etc.,  shew  that  at  least  the  affinity  with  servitudes  was  recognised.  11  7.  1.  1. 
12  P.  3.  6.  21.  13  7.  14.  3.  pr.  3.  14  7.  1.  56.  15  Arg.  7.  4.  3.  pr.,  3;  7.  1.  51. 
16  5.  3.  27.  pr.;  P.  3.  6.  19;  D.  22.  1.  28.  17  7.  1.  9.  4.  Alluvio  is  not  fructus,  but  the 

usufruct  applies  to  it.  P.  3.  6.  22.  The  difference  is  a  question  of  probable  intent.  As 
to  acquisitions  through  slaves,  post,  §  xcix.  As  to  lambs  in  a  flock,  summissio,  ante 
§  LXXXI.  18  7.  1.  9.  2,  13.  5,  13.  6.  He  must  maintain  woods  and  nursery  gardens,  7. 
1.  9.  6,  10.  19  Ante,  §  LXXXI.  20  7.  1.  9.  7,  15.  6.  21  7.  1.  13.  7. 


vi]  USUFRUCT  269 

he  might  not  remove  what  he  had  erected1.  He  must  keep  the  premises 
in  repair2:  he  must  cultivate  the  land  and  keep  it  in  proper  heart  and 
condition3.  As  he  took  the  profits  he  must  pay  the  outgoings4.  All 
these  and  similar  requirements  were  summed  up  in  the  proposition  that 
he  must  deal  with  the  land  as  a  bonus  paterfamilias  wrould.  The  praetor's 
edict  required  him  to  give  security  for  this  and  for  return  on  expiration  of 
the  right5,  a  rule  first  established  for  the  case  of  legacy,  always  the 
commonest  type,  but  later  applied  to  all  cases6.  It  is  disputed  whether 
the  obligations  as  specific  duties  of  a  fructuary  were  themselves  created 
by  the  praetor,  or  existed  at  civil  law  and  were  merely  better  protected 
by  him7. 

Usufruct  was  inalienable,  but  the  effect  of  an  attempted  cessio  in 
iure  by  the  fructuary  to  a  third  party  was  disputed.  On  one  view  it 
was  an  admission  that  he  had  no  right :  it  worked  a  forfeiture  and  the 
right  lapsed  to  the  dominus.  On  the  other  it  was  a  nullity8.  But 
though  the  right  itself  could  not  be  transferred,  there  was  no  objec- 
tion, in  classical  or  later  law,  to  letting  or  selling  the  actual  enjoyment, 
the  position  and  responsibilities  of  the  usufructuary9  being,  however, 
retained. 

Usufruct  being,  at  least  in  appearance,  limited  ownership,  there  was 
room  for  differences  of  theory  as  to  the  true  conception  of  its  relation 
to  dominium.  The  question  was  discussed  whether  it  was  a  separate  right, 
contrasted  with  ownership,  or  a  fraction  of  ownership — a  pars  dominii. 
The  point  was  of  practical  importance  and  was  not  always  decided  in 
the  same  way.  A  pact  not  to  sue  for  an  estate  could  be  used  in  defence 
to  a  claim  for  the  usufruct,  as  usufruct  was  pars  dominii10.  If  an  estate 
Avas  due  to  me  on  contract  and  I  released  a  claim  to  the  usufruct  this 
was  a  nullity  as  usufruct  was  not  a  part11.  To  some  extent  the  divergence 
merely  shews  that  words  are  being  used  in  different  senses.  To  say  that 
it  is  pars  dominii  is  to  say  that  it  is  a  group  of  rights  which,  \vith  others, 
make  up  the  bundle  of  rights  constituting  dominium.  To  say  that  it  is 
not  a  pars  dominii  means  that  dominium  is  none  the  less  dominium 
because  rights  are  cut  out  of  it.  But  there  are  real  conflicts.  Julian  says 
that  one  who  stipulated  for  land  and  then  for  a  usufruct  in  it,  or  vice 
versa,  was  like  one  who  stipulated  for  a  whole  and  then  for  a  part  or 

1  7.  1.  15.  pr.  2  7.  1.  7.  2.     But  need  not  rebuild  old  buildings  which  fall.    For 

repairs  he  may  use  materials  from  the  estate,  7.  1.  12.  pr.         3  7.  1.  13.  2.   As  to  his  right 
to  punish  slaves,  Vat.  Fr.  72.          4  7.  1.  7.  2.  5  P.  3.  6.  27;  D.  7.  9.  1.  pr.  6  7.  9. 

1.2.  7  Praetorian  origin.  Girard,  Manuel,  376;  civil  origin,  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  539. 

The  distinction  is  less  important  than  it  might  appear.    Doing  what  he  was  not  entitled 
to  do  with  the  property  would  usually  be  a  delict.   See  Girard,  loc.  tit.  8  See  ante, 

§  LXXXIV.  9  7.  1.  12.  2;  Vat.  Fr.  41.  10  2.  14.  27.  8.  11  46.  4.  13.  2.    For  the 

principal  texts,  see  Roby,  De  usufructu,  42. 


270  USUFRUCT  [CH. 

vice  versa,  and  holds  the  stipulatio  for  the  usufruct  to  be  void1.  Ulpian 
says  that  one  who,  having  stipulated  for  land,  gave  a  release  of  the  claim 
to  usufruct  produced  no  effect  since  the  usufruct  was  not  a  part2. 
Julian  could  hardly  have  so  held.  If  the  stipulation  for  the  usufruct 
was  void  because  the  usufruct  was  a  part,  the  release  must  have  been 
good  for  the  same  reason3. 

Usufruct  being  an  incorporeal  ius  in  rem  could  not  be  possessed.   In 

later  law  the  notion  of  quasi-possession  was  applied  to  it4.  There  was  no 

.special  interdict  for  protection  of  enjoyment  as  there  was  in  the  cases 

of  rights  of  way  and  water,  but  we  are  told  that  the  interdict  uti  possi- 

detis  was  available  with  the  necessary  modifications5. 

Unlike  praedial  servitudes,  usufruct  was  divisible6  (though  the  other 
personal  servitudes  were  not),  a  rule  with  important  results.  There  could 
be  common  ownership  of  a  usufruct.  A  usufruct  might  be  granted  in  an 
undivided  share  of  property7.  It  might  fail  pro  partes.  Where  several 
held  a  usufruct  in  common  there  might  be  ius  accrescendi,  but  not  where 
two  held  each  a  usufruct  of  half  by  independent  gifts 9.  This  ius  accre- 
scendi was  subject  to  special  rules  based  on  the  proposition  that  in  usu- 
fruct accrual  was  to  the  person,  not  to  the  portio10. 

As  one  of  the  obligations  of  the  usufructuary  was  to  return  the  thing 
in  good  condition,  it  follows  that  there  was  no  usufruct  of  perishables11. 
The  earliest  usufructs  were  commonly  over  all  a  man's  goods,  which 
would  usually  include  perishables,  but  as  to  these  the  gift  seems  to  have 
been  void12  till  early  in  the  Empire,  when  a  senatusconsult13  provided 
that,  where  a  usufruct  created  by  will  covered  such  things,  they  should 
belong  absolutely  to  the  legatee,  who  must  give  security  for  return  of 
their  value  at  the  expiry  of  the  usufruct14.  Usufruct  of  money  could  be 
so  left  and  by  the  end  of  the  first  century  there  might  be  quasi-usufruct 
even  in  a  ius  in  personam.  It  was  possible  to  leave  a  life  interest  in  a 
debt  due  to  the  testator,  to  the  debtor  or  to  a  third  person,  in  effect,  a 
loan  for  life  of  the  money  without  interest15. 

1  45.  1.  58.  2  46.  4.  13.  2.  3  Paul  says  a  pact  not  to  sue  for  land  bars  action 
for  usufruct,  and  his  comparisons  shew  that  for  him  it  is  a  part.  2.  14.  27.  8.  4  Ante, 
§  xciv.  In  classical  law  fructuary  was  "in  possessione,"  cf.  41.  2.  12.  pr.  5  43.  17.  4; 
Vat.  Fr.  90,  91;  G.  4.  139.  6  7. 1.  50.  7  Ulp.  24.  26.  8  7.  1.  49,  50;  7.  4.  14;  Elvers, 
Servitutenkhre,  542.  9  For  accrual  there  must  be  a  joint  gift.  A  legacy  of  usufruct 

had  many  special  rules,  post,  §  cxxrn.  10  See  7.  2  passim;  7.  3.  1;  7.  4.  18;  33.  2.  13; 

45.  3.  26;   Vat.  Fr.  75  sqq.,  and  post,  §  cxxm.  11  Ulp.  24.  26.  12  Arg.  Cicero, 

Top.  3.  17.  The  text  is  however  consistent  with  a  right  in  the  legatee  to  detain,  e.g.  the 
contents  of  a  cellar  of  wine,  though  not  to  consume  them.  13  Ulp.  24.  27.  14  Inst. 
2.  4.  2;  D.  7.  5  passim.  15  7.  5.  3.  In  the  first  case  it  is  a  defence:  in  the  second  the 
heres  must  authorise  the  legatee  to  claim  the  debt  or  interest;  procuratio  in  rem  suam. 
It  is  only  because  these  are  in  wills  that  they  are  thought  of  as  quasi-usufruct.  If  I  make 
a  pact  that  I  will  not  sue  my  debtor  for  interest  or  till  his  death,  no  one  would  call  this  a 


vi]  USUFRUCT  271 

XCVI.  Originally  usufruct  was  always  by  legacy,  and  this  remained 
much  the  most  usual  mode,  but,  subject  to  some  limitations,  the  methods 
for  urban  servitude  were  applicable.  It  could  not  be  acquired  by 
acquisition  of  the  praedium  to  which  it  was  attached,  for  it  was  not  so 
attached.  Longi  temporis  praescriptio  was  applicable  to  it  under  Justin- 
ian1, and  he  is  clearly  regulating  an  existing  institution.  But  we  have 
no  earlier  evidence2,  and  we  do  not  know  whether,  like  praescriptio  for 
ownership,  it  required  bona  fides  and  iusta  causa,  or,  like  praedial 
servitudes,  was  free  from  these  requirements3.  There  were  also  cases  in 
which  usufruct  arose  by  law  without  express  creation,  e.g.  the  usufruct 
of  the  paterfamilias,  in  later  law,  in  bona  adventitia*,  the  usufruct  of  the 
emancipating  father  under  Justinian5,  and  various  cases  in  late  law  in 
connexion  with  second  marriages6. 

It  ended  by  cessio  in  iure  to  the  owner7,  but  not,  though  some  lawyers 
disagreed,  by  attempted  cessio  to  a  third  person8.  In  later  law  any 
voluntary  release  sufficed.  It  ended  if  the  two  interests  came  together 
in  the  same  hands,  here  called  consolidatio9,  not  as  in  praedial  servi- 
tudes, confusio.  It  ended  by  death  or  capitis  deminutio  of  the  holder, 
limited  by  Justinian  to  maxima  or  media10,  and  by  the  expiry  of  time, 
where  it  was  for  a  fixed  period11.  It  was  lost  by  non-use  for  the  period 
of  usucapio12.  It  was  of  course  lost  if  the  title  of  the  owner  who  created 
it  was  invalidated  in  any  way13.  And,  finally,  it  ended  if  the  property 
was  fundamentally  altered14.  On  non-use  and  capitis  deminutio,  there  is 
something  to  be  said.  It  is  sometimes  said  that  for  loss  by  non-use  the 
owner  must  have  been  in  possession,  at  least  under  Justinian,  but  the 
evidence  is  on  the  whole  against  this15.  But  non-use  is  not  here  quite  a 
simple  idea.  If  a  third  party  had  taken  profit  or  done  any  act  in  relation 
to  the  thing,  in  the  fructuary's  name,  this  was  use  even  though  it  was 
not  authorised  by  him16.  If  the  enjoyment  of  the  right  had  been  sold 

quasi-usufruct,  though  the  effect  is  the  same.  There  is  of  course  no  question  of  actio  con- 
fessoria,  or  care  of  bonus  paterfamilias. 

1  C.  7.  33.  12.  4.          2  The  history  is  probably  as  in  praedial  servitudes.  3  Ante, 

§  xciv.  Did  usucapio  apply  to  it  in  classical  law?  See  Beseler,  Beitrdge,  3.  171,  4.  78. 
4  C.  Th.  8.  18.  1  =C.  6.  60.  1,  see  post,  §  xcix.  5  Inst.  2.  9.  2;  post,  §  xcix.  6  E.g. 
C.  6.  61.  4.  7  P.  3.  6.  28  sqq.  8  G.  2.  30;  Inst.  2.  4.  3;  D.  2.  3.  3.  66.  9  P.  3.  6. 
28;  Vat.  Fr.  83;  D.  7.  2.  3.  2;  h.  t.  6.  pr.  (In  7.  4.  27  the  word  confusa  is  used.)  The 
difference  of  terminology  suggests  that  when  it  was  framed,  usufruct  was  not  thought  of 
as  a  servitude.  10  Vat.  Fr.  61,  62;  C.  3.  33.  16.  2.  11  7.  4.  3;  Vat.  Fr.  52,  by  lapse 
of  100  years  if  to  a  corporate  body,  7.  1.  56.  12  P.  3.  6.  30;  under  Justinian  only  by 

such  lapse  of  time  as  would  bar  a  claim  to  dominium;  C.  3.  33.  16.  1.  13  35.  1.  105. 

14  P.  3.  6.  28  sqq.  Where  land  was  in  usufruct  and  the  dominus  built  a  house  on  it,  the 
usufruct  ended,  but  he  was  liable  to  the  fructuary,  7.  4.  5.  3;  h.  t.  10.  15  It  is  suggested 
by  the  term  of  two  years,  which  hints  at  usucapio  libertatis.  But  that  notion  does  not 
seem  to  be  applied:  it  is  always  non-use.  See  n.  12  and  D.  7.  4.  25;  C.  3.  34.  13;  Inst.  2. 
4.  3.  But  C.  3.  33.  16.  1  suggests  the  other  view.  16  7.  1.  12.  2  sqq.;  7.  4.  29. 


272  US  US  [en. 

for  cash  it  was  now  impossible  for  it  to  be  lost  by  non-use1.  Destruction 
by  capitis  deminutio,  especially  minima,  caused  much  inconvenience, 
and  the  lawyers  found  ways  of  evading  it.  One  method  was  to  give  the 
usufruct  with  a  provision  for  another  gift  to  take  effect  if  the  first  failed 
by  capitis  deminutio,  and  so  on  whenever  it  should  happen2.  Another 
was,  since  usufruct  could  be  for  a  term,  to  give  it  "in  singulos  annos,"  i.e. 
a  new  one  for  each  year,  so  that  the  deminutio  would  affect  only  the 
current  year3.  Traces  of  these  safeguards  appear  in  the  Digest4,  but 
capitis  deminutio  minima  no  longer  affected  usufruct. 

Usufruct  could  be  acquired  through  a  slave  or  afiliusfamilias:  if  inter 
vivos,  there  were  in  classical  law  no  special  rules,  but  if  by  legacy, 
though  it  was  of  course  acquired  by  the  paterfamilias  and  failed  on  his 
death,  it  failed  also  on  the  death,  sale  or  manumission  of  the  slave,  death 
or  capitis  minutio  of  the  filius*.  This  special  rule  is  laid  down  only  for 
legatum  per  vindicationem6 :  it  would  not  cover  legatum  per  damnatio- 
nem  or  fideicommissum,  as  these  were  completed  inter  vivos.  The  rule 
was  gone  under  Justinian,  but  he  provided  that  a  usufruct  acquired 
through  a  filius  who  survived  the  father,  should  go  to  the  son  till  his 
death7.  These  rules  are  applications  of  the  principle  of  which  there  are 
many  other  traces,  that,  in  gifts  by  wTill  to  a  subordinate,  his  personality 
was  primarily  considered  though  the  gift  went  to  the  paterfamilias*. 

Usus  was  essentially  a  fraction  of  usufruct.  The  rules  as  to  modes  of 
acquisition,  destruction,  security  and  remedies  were  the  same,  but  the 
rights  were  less.  It  seems  to  have  been  of  recent  introduction  in  the  time 
of  Labeo9.  It  was  looked  at  as  usufruct  without  fructus.  There  could  be 
no  right  of  fructus  without  usus,  so  that,  if  usus  was  left  to  one  and 
fructus  to  another,  the  latter  shared  the  usus  and  had  the  fructus10.  It 
was  indivisible,  so  that  it  could  not  be  created  in  undivided  shares,  or  fail 
pro  parte11.  Its  main  rules  express  the  principle  that  the  right  was  to 
use,  but  not  to  take  fruits,  relaxed  in  various  ways,  starting  from  the 
proposition  that  there  are  things  of  which  there  is  no  use  but  by  taking 
fruits.  The  usuary  of  a  house  might  live  in  it,  with  his  household  and 
guests,  but  might  not  sell  or  let  it,  as  this  was  in  the  nature  of  taking 

1  7.  1.  12.  2.          2  Vat.  Fr.  64.          3  Vat.  Fr.  63.  This  led  to  very  puzzling  questions 
of  accrual  where  there  were  joint  fructuaries.  Post,  §  cxxm.  4  7.  4.  1.  3;  h.  t.  3.  pr. 

(  =Vat.  Fr.  63);  33.  2.  23.  5  Vat.  Fr.  57.  6  Post,  §  cxvii.  7  C.  3.  33.  17.  At  this 
time  the  paterfamilias  had  the  usufruct  in  what  the  son  acquired  from  outside,  post.  §  xcix. 
8  31.  82.  2.  In  all  legacy  of  usufruct,  whether  to  a  paterfamilias  or  subordinate,  dies 
cedit  only  on  entry  of  the  heres  (post,  §  oxx),  so  that  if  the  actual  donee  is  then  dead  the 
gift  fails.  9  Its  content  was  still  matter  of  controversy.  See  7.  8.  '2;  h.  t.  4.  1. 

Q.  Mucius  is  mentioned:  he  "primus  admisit"  a  certain  rule.  10  P.  3.  6.  24,  25;  D. 
7.  8.  14.  2.  But  see  as  to  fructus  without  usus,  Accarias,  Precis,  1.  693.  11  7.  8.  19. 

It  is  difficult  to  reconcile  the  rule  that  usus  cannot  be  created  pro  parte  indivisa  with  that 
stated  in  the  texts  cited  n.  10. 


vi]  USUFRUCT  AND   US  US  273 

fruits,  but  from  early  times  he  might  take  paying  guests,  provided  he 
did  not  himself  vacate  the  house1.  Of  the  produce  of  an  estate  he  might 
sell  nothing.  At  first  he  could  take  nothing,  but  this  was  gradually 
relaxed2,  and  the  rule  of  the  Digest  was  that  he  could  take  produce  for 
the  needs  of  his  household  but  no  more3.  Usus  seems  commonly  to 
have  been  created  by  legacy4. 

The  rights  of  usufructuary  or  usuary  were  not  necessarily  so  wide  as 
those  stated:  they  might  be  limited  by  the  instrument  of  creation5.  If 
the  right  were  very  limited  it  might  not  be  easy  to  say  whether  it  was  a 
personal  servitude,  extinguished  by  the  death  of  the  holder,  or,  if  it 
was  given  to  the  owner  of  an  adjoining  praedium,  a  praedial  servitude, 
extinguishable  only  ope  exceptionis  (doli)6.  There  is  a  group  of  texts  all 
dealing  with  gifts  by  will  which  contemplate  rights  of  this  kind.  Paul 
says  there  cannot  be  usus  or  usufruct  of  a  praedial  servitude,  and  adds 
that  such  a  legacy  will  give  an  action  to  the  legatee  to  compel  the  heres 
either  to  allow  the  enjoyment,  which  makes  it  a  mere  ius  in  personam, 
or  to  create  the  servitude,  with  security  for  surrender  at  death,  making 
it  a  praedial  servitude7.  The  first  method  is  probably  what  is  con- 
templated in  another  text  of  his,  in  which  he  says  that  where  a  man  left 
the  use  of  wrater  to  his  brother,  by  name,  this  was  personal  and  would 
not  go  to  his  heir8.  This  is  probably  the  meaning  of  Papinian,  who  says 
that  rights  of  pasture  and  watering  were  prima  facie  praedial,  but  if 
the  beneficiary  was  named  personally,  they  would  not  go  to  a  heres  or 
buyer9.  If  Paul  is  correct,  Papinian  cannot  mean  that  it  was  usus  of 
pasture  or  watering,  nor  is  it  easy  to  regard  it  as  a  very  limited  usu^s  of 
the  land.  It  was  presumably  a  mere  ius  in  personam.  A  text  of  Pom- 
ponius  cites  Proculus  as  saying  that  a  building  may  be  left  in  usufruct 
with  a  servitus  ne  altius  tollatur  imposed  on  it,  for  the  benefit  of  another 
property  in  the  heredita-s10.  Elvers  offers  much  the  same  explanation 
of  this11,  but  the  text  makes  it  an  actual  servitude,  and,  apparently,  over 
res  sua12.  Ulpian  carries  the  matter  further  in  a  text  which  is  self-contra- 
dictory, but  is  usually  understood  to  mean  that  a  fideicommissum  may 
be  made  of  a  right  to  water,  to  one  who  has  no  praedium  dominans,  and 
that  this  will  be  a  servitude13,  which  must  therefore  be  usus  of  a  right 
of  water.  But  the  latter  part  of  the  text  is  supposed  to  be  a  gloss :  if 
that  is  so,  Ulpian  makes  it  only  a  ius  in  personam1*. 

\  7.  8.  2  sqq.;  h.  t.  8;  10.  3.  10.  1.  2  7.  8.  12.  2.  3  7.  8.  12;  h.  t.  15.  We  are 

told  in  an  interpolated  text  (7.  8.  12.  1)  that  one  could  take  the  fruits  of  a  villa  of  which 
he  had  ILSUS  for  supply  of  his  house  in  town.  4  All  the  instances  are,  but  it  need  not 

be.   7.  8.  1.  5  7.  1.  15.  6.  6  Ante,  §  xcm.  7  33.  2.  1.  8  8.  3.  37. 

9  8.  3.  4.  10  7.  1.  19.  pr.  11  Serritutenlehre,  704.  12  Roby,  de  usufrurtu, 

144,  is  inclined  to  accept  Elvers'  view.  The  transaction  is  plain  and  rational:  it  is  only 
the  word  servitus  which  makes  difficulty.         13  34.  1.  14.  3.        14  In  43.  20.  1.  43,  Ulpian 
B.  B.  L.  18 


274  HABITATIO:  OPERAE  SERVORUM  [en. 

Habitatio  was  a  modification  of  usus  of  a  house  or  lodging,  probably 
only  temporary  at  first,  and  given  with  no  intention  to  create  a  ius  in 
rem,  as  where  habitatio  was  given  to  a  liberties  by  his  patron's  will.  It 
dates  from  the  republic:  there  was  an  old  question  whether  it  was  for 
a  year  or  for  life1.  It  was  gradually  differentiated  from  usus  and  it  may 
be  that  its  recognition  as  a  distinct  servitude  was  due  to  Justinian.  It 
could  apparently  be  created  only  by  will  or  codicil2,  and  had  more 
liberal  rules,  based  on  presumed  intent  of  the  testator.  It  was  for  life3. 
It  was  not  lost  by  non-use  or  capitis  minutio*.  Justinian  provided  that 
the  right  might  be  let,  but  not  sold  or  given  away5.  It  is  not  clear  how 
these  rather  unreasonable  distinctions  can  be  inferred,  as  the  testator's 
intentions,  from  his  saying  habitatio  rather  than  usus6. 

Operae  servorum  vel  animalium  had  the  same  relation  to  usus  of 
these  as  habitatio  had  to  usus  of  a  house.  But  there  was  a  special  reason 
why  the  right  was  not  lost  by  capitis  deminutio,  or  non-use7.  An  opera 
is  a  "daywork,"  and  such  a  legacy  can  be  regarded  as  a  series  of  legacies 
of  dayworks8.  Thus  these  events  would  affect  only  the  current  day.  The 
text  tells  us  that  it  did  not  fail  by  death  of  legatee,  as  it  was  not  usufruct, 
the  later  legacies  being  thus  ex  die.  The  whole  interpretation  is  one  of 
intent.  The  text  adds  9  that  it  was  destroyed  by  usucapio  of  the  slave  (or 
animal10). 

XCVII.  Of  three  rights  usually  treated  as  an  appendix  to  the  law  of 
servitudes,  pignus  will  be  considered  under  the  law  of  contract.  It  was 
logically  a  ius  in  rem,  as  it  gave  possessory  rights,  but  the  Romans  did 
not  so  treat  possession  and  the  texts  point  out  the  importance  of  keeping- 
distinct  the  notions  of  possession  and  property11.  The  others  are  emphy- 
teusis  and  superficies.  They  resembled  servitudes,  as  they  were  rights  in 
rem  over  property  of  another,  analogous  to  personal  servitudes,  but  they 
differed  in  that  while  of  unlimited  duration,  like  praedial  servitudes, 
they  gave  indefinite  rights  like  personal  servitudes.  But  the  real  reason 
why  they  were  not  treated  as  servitudes  is  probably  that  they  belonged 
only  to  late  law:  they  were  not  known  to  the  civil  law. 

discusses  a  grant,  by  the  Emperor,  of  right  of  water.  It  may  be,  he  says,  to  a  praedium  or 
a  person :  in  the  latter  case  it  dies  with  him.  But  such  a  grant  is  not  a  servitude. 

1  7.  8.  10.  3.  2  Justinian  says  (Inst.  2.  5.  5):  "si  habitatio  legata  she  aliquoalio  modo 
constituta  est,"  which  may  refer  tofideicommissum  or  the  divisory  actions.  3  Vat.  Fr.  43. 
4  7.  8.  10.  pr.  5  Inst.  2.  5.  5;  D.  7.  8.  10.  pr.  6  The  classics  were  doubtful  about 

these  distinctions;  Inst.  2.  5.  5;  D.  7.  8.  10;  C.  3.  33.  13.  7  33.  2.  2.  8  Ante,  §  xxxn; 
post,  §  CLX.  9  A  rule  which  probably  applies,  mutatis  mutandis,  to  habitatio  of  a  house. 
10  As  to  the  remedies  in  connexion  with  servitudes,  by  action  and  interdict,  post, 
§§  ccxxvm,  ccxLvm.  11  41.  2.  12.  1,  "nihil  commune  habet  proprieias  cum  posses- 
sione";  41.  2.  52.  pr.,  "nee  possessio  ac  proprietas  misceri  debent";  43.  17.  1.  2,  "separata 
esse  debet  possessio  a  proprietate."  Ihering  (Grund  d.  Besitzessch.  §  vi)  discusses  these  texts 
from  the  point  of  view  of  his  theory  of  possession. 


vi]  EMPHYTEUSIS:  SUPERFICIES  275 

Emphyteusis  originated  in  ager  vectigalis,  which,  in  the  early  Empire, 
meant  land  of  the  State  or  a  city  granted  either  in  perpetuity  or  for  a 
long  term  at  a  rent  fixed  in  kind.  It  was  thought  of  as  locatio,  but, 
before  Hadrian,  its  long  duration  caused  it  to  acquire  the  characteristics 
of  a  praetorian  ius  in  rem,  very  like  ownership,  transferable  by  traditio, 
and  protected  by  interdicts  and  actiones  fictitiae.  In  the  fcrurth  century 
the  name  emphyteusis  was  applied  to  grants  of  imperial  domains  for  long 
terms  on  like  conditions.  In  the  fifth  century  these  institutions  were 
fused  and  by  its  end  the  method  was  adopted  by  private  owners.  Zeno 
found  it  necessary  to  settle  a  dispute  by  deciding  that  it  was  not  locatio 
or  emptio  but  a  contract  sui  generis1.  Justinian  settled  its  rules,  largely 
by  interpolations. 

It  could  be  created  by  any  form  of  agreement  (followed  by  entry), 
or  by  will.  The  holder  (emphyteuta)  might  deal  freely  with  the  land  pro- 
vided it  could  be  returned  unimpaired  if  the  interest  ended.  An  existing 
emphyteusis  could  be  left  by  will  or  sold,  subject  in  Justinian's  time  to 
a  right  of  pre-emption  in  the  dominus,  and  a  fine  or  premium  of  2  per 
cent,  on  the  price,  if  the  option  was  not  exercised2.  It  might  end  by 
agreement,  lapse  of  term,  destruction  of  the  land,  death  of  holder,  with- 
out successors,  and  forfeiture,  which  might  be  for  irretrievable  damage, 
non-payment  of  rent  for  (usually)  three  years,  or  failure  for  the  same 
period  to  pay  the  taxes3. 

Superficies  originated  in  building  leases  by  the  State  and  cities.  In 
the  Empire  it  was  not  always  locatio:  it  might  arise  by  emptio  or  even 
donatio  mortis  causa.  Before  Hadrian  it  had  come  to  be  granted  by 
private  persons4  and  there  were  edictal  remedies,  in  rem.  Besides  giving 
an  interdict  de  superficiebus5,  the  Edict  provided  that  the  praetor  would 
give  any  action  which  might  be  necessary6,  but,  at  least  in  later  law, 
such  an  action  was  not  available  unless  the  right  was  perpetual7.  Else- 
where we  hear  of  other  special  actiones  utiles,  hypothecaria,  confessoria, 
communi  dividundos:  in  fact  all  the  ordinary  relations  could  arise  in 
connexion  with  these  interests  and  would  give  the  appropriate  remedy 
in  utilis  form.  No  surviving  classical  text  refers  to  a  case  between  private 
parties9.  It  seems  to  have  undergone  little  change  in  later  law10. 

XCVIII.  The  Institutes  close  the  discussion  of  dominium  and 
servitudes  with  a  statement  of  cases  in  which  the  maxim  "dat  qui  habet " 

1  C.  4.  66.  1.  2  H.  t.  3.  3  The  chief  legal  sources  on  this  topic  are  C.  4.  66; 
C.  5.  17.  13;  C.  11.  63.  1;  C.  Th.  5.  15;  D.  27.  9.  3.  4;  Inst.  3.  24.  3.  See  Girard,  Manuel, 
392  sqq.;  Costa,  Storia,  281.  4  The  provisions  of  the  Edict  shew  this.  5  Lenel, 

E.P.  459;  D.  43.  18.  6  43.  18.  1.  pr.    Lenel  thinks  this  an  actio  in  fact um.  7  43. 

18.  1.  3.  8  Lenel,  op.  cit.  460.  9  Vat.  Fr.  61  is  apparently  a  public  case. 

10  Doubts  have,  however,  been  thrown  on  the  classicality  of  other  than  purely  con- 
tractual effects.   See,  e.y.,  Beseler,  Beitrdye,  1.  100;  2.  99;  3.  169. 

18—2 


276  ALIENATION  BY  NON-OWNER  [CH. 

did  not  hold,  cases  in  which  an  owner  could  not  alienate  and  cases  in 
which  a  non-owner  could.  The  chief  cases  in  which  an  owner  could  not 
alienate  were  the  following: 

(a)  A  husband,  though  technically  owner,  could  not  alienate  dotal 
land1. 

(b)  Pupilli,  women  in  tutela,  as  to  res  mancipi,  furiosi  and  prodigi 
inter  dicti,  could  not  alienate2. 

(c)  Persons  who  were  owners  for  the  time  being,  but  in  such  circum- 
stances that  their  right  might  determine  by  operation  of  law  (e.g.  a 
heres  where  a  res  was  the  subject  of  a  conditional  legacy,  or  the  owner 
of  a  statuliber),  could  alienate  only  subject  to  the  rule  that  any  right 
created  by  them  would  determine  by  the  legal  determination  of  their 
ownership3.   But  a  mere  restitutio  in  integrum  would  not  end  an  owner- 
ship which  had  become  vested  in  persons  not  parties  to  it4. 

(d)  Res  litigiosae.    Property   the   subject   of  litigation   was   under 
special  rules  to  be  considered  in  connexion  with  the  law  of  actions5. 

(e)  It  was  not  in  general  possible  to  convey  property  to  a  man  on  the 
terms  that  it  should  not  be  alienable.    Such  an  arrangement  would  be 
a  mere  contract  and  would  not  nullify  an  alienation6.   But  in  the  Empire 
there  was  legislation  on  the  matter,  affecting  fideicommissa,  associated 
with  a  considerable  development  of  family  settlements  by  will,  which 
will   be   considered   later7.    And   Justinian   made   any  prohibition  on 
alienation  in  a  will  or  by  agreement  operative  to  annul  transfers8. 

The  chief  cases  in  which  a  non-owner  could  alienate  were  these : 

(a)  Guardians  of  various  types  had  powers  of  alienation,  differing 
in  different  cases,  already  considered9.    In  general  this  must  be  by  lure 
gentium  modes,  but  curator  furiosi  could  alienate  by  mancipatio10. 

(b)  Filiifamilias  could  alienate  for  the  paterfamilias  if  authorised11, 
but  not  by  cessio  in  iure,  as  they  could  not  take  part  in  a  legis  actio12. 

(c)  Slaves,  duly  authorised,  could  alienate  for  their  owners,  but  not 
by  cessio  in  iure  or  adiudicatio,  as  they  could  take  no  part  in  legal  pro- 
ceedings13.   Similarly  a  slave  in  usufruct  could  alienate  for  his  holder14. 

(d)  A  pledgee  could  alienate  the  res  if  the  debt  was  not  paid,  when 
due,  at  first  only  where  an  express  agreement  to  that  effect  had  been 
made  (but  even  where  the  debtor  revoked  his  authority15),  but  later  as 
an  implied  incident  of  the  transaction16.    It  could  not  be  by  a  civil  law 

1  Ante,  §  XL.        2  Ante,  §§  LVI,  LX,  LXI,  LXII.         3  Ante,  §§  xxvn,  Lxvrn.         4  Post, 
§  ccxiiv.  5  Post,   §  CCXLTV.  6  Exception   (ante,   §  Lxvm)  in   case   of   slavery. 

7  Post,  §§  cxxv,  cxxvn.  8  C.  4.  51.  7.  9  See  n.  2.  10  See  Mitteis,  R.Pr.  1.  208, 
who  considers  also  the  case  of  other  guardians.  11  See  e.g.  6.  1.  41.  1.  12  Schol. 

Sin.  xvm  (49);  see  G.  2.  96.  13  50.  17.  107.  14  7.  1.  25.  1.;  24.  1.  3.  8.   Mitteis 

holds  that  a  slave  could  not  alienate  by  mancipatio.   Ante,  §  LXXXV.  15  G.  2.  64. 

16  I'O.  5.  4.    Details  and  restrictions,  post,  §  CLXVI. 


vi]  REPRESENTATION  IN  ACQUISITION  277 

method.  The  agreed  power  of  sale  appeared  early1,  the  implied  power  may 
be  a  transfer  from  mancipatiocumfiducia,  in  which  the  creditor  was  owner. 

(e)  Alienation  by  a  third  party  agent.  Possession  was  lost  even  if  a 
third  party  handed  over  the  thing.  It  is  therefore  held  by  many  authori- 
ties that  even  in  the  republic,  if  the  necessary  intents  existed,  a  third 
party  could  alienate  for  the  owner2.  This  is  logical,  but  it  means  less 
than  might  appear.  If  the  owner  intended  to  transfer  ownership  to  X 
and  told  me  to  deliver  it,  the  ownership  would  pass,  but  I  was  a  mere 
nuntius.  The  difficult  case  would  be  where  the  authorisation  was,  e.g., 
to  sell  to  whom  the  agent  liked,  on  what  terms  he  liked,  subject  to 
liability  for  a  careless  bargain.  It  does  not  seem  likely  that  if  there  had 
been  such  a  possibility  and  practice  as  is  supposed,  Gaius  wrould  have 
spoken  of  alienation  by  procurator  (i.e.  general  agent)  as  one  of  the  few 
cases3.  It  is  clear  that  in  later  classical  law  a  man  with  general  authority 
could  alienate,  and  sale4  and  delivery  within  a  mandate  transferred 
ownership5.  But  there  seems  little  evidence  of  an  earlier  development 
than  in  case  of  acquisition. 

XCIX.  The  cases  in  which  a  man  acquired  through  the  act  of  another 
were  these : 

(a)  Free  persons  not  in  his  possession.  The  gradual  development  of 
the  rule  that  possession  could  be  acquired  by  the  act  of  an  extraneus  has 
already  been  considered6,  and  it  seems  clear  that,  in  the  later  classical 
law,  ownership  would  be  acquired  if  the  necessary  intents  were  present. 
No  classical  texts  mention  such  a  rule,  though  they  speak  of  possession7. 
But  Diocletian  speaks  of  it  as  an  existing  institution8,  and  it  is  of  course 
clear  for  later  law9.  Delivery  at  the  buyer's  request  to  a  third  person 
is  not  however  acquisition  through  him.  It  does  not  appear  how  far, 
under  a  general  authorisation  to  acquire,  there  would  be  acquisition 
through  &  procurator,  by  occupatio  or  the  analogous  iure  naturali  modes. 
Servitudes  could  not  be  acquired  through  a  procurator  in  classical  law, 
since  the  modes  of  acquisition  were  primarily  civil.  As  to  the  informal 
methods,  quasi  traditio  and  praescriptio  would  presumably  be  possible, 
but  even  if  pact  and  stipulation  gave  the  right10,  it  would  not  be  avail- 
able, for  there  was  no  agency  in  contract11. 

1  20.  1.  35.        2  See  e.g.  Mitteis,  R.Pr.  1.  213.  3  G.  2.  64.  4  41.  1.  9.  4;  Inst. 

2.  1.  42.  5   17.  1.  5.  3.    This  is  Paul,  who  in  Sent.  2.  15.  3  appears  as  saying  that,  even 

though  the  mandate  is  not  followed,  the  alienation  is  good.  Though  it  is  the  earlier 
authority  it  can  hardly  be  correct.  As  our  MS.  is  only  the  /.  Romano,  Wifigothorum,  it 
is  likely  that  this  is  a  fourth  or  fifth  century  addition.  If  I  send  a  man  to  sell  articles  in  the 
street  at  a  certain  price  with  no  power  to  give  undertakings,  and  he  so  sells,  the  alien  - 
ation  is  not,  properly  speaking,  by  an  agent,  any  more  than  it  would  be  if  the  thing  were 
done,  as  it  constantly  now  is,  by  a  slot  machine.  6  Ante,  §  Lxxin.  7  G.  '2.  95;  P. 

5.  2.  2.  8  C.  7.  32.  8,  "  utilitatis  causa."  9   Inst.  2.  9.  5.  10  Ante,  §  xciv. 

11  Mitteis,  R.Pr.  1.  213. 


278  ACQUISITION  THROUGH  SLAVES  [CH. 

In  acquisition  by  a  representative,  if  the  state  of  mind  is  material, 
the  question  would  arise  whether  the  agent's  or  the  principal's  must  be 
considered.  The  texts  are  contradictory  and  are  certainly  to  some 
extent  interpolated.  The  most  probable  view  in  an  uncertain  matter 
seems  to  be  that  in  classical  law  where  the  property  passed  directly, 
even  though  the  mandate  was  general,  only  the  state  of  mind  of  the 
principal  (scientia,  etc.)  was  material,  but  the  compilers  tend,  incom- 
pletely, to  make  the  state  of  mind  of  principal  and  agent  material1. 

(b)  Slaves  possessed  by  their  domini.    What  they  acquired  went  to 
the  owner,  but  a  slave,  as  he  was  incapable  of  taking  part  in  a  judicial 
process,  could  not  acquire  by  cessio  in  iure  or  adiudicatio2.   He  acquired 
for  the  bonitary,  not  for  a  merely  quiritary  owner3.  If  owned  in  common 
he  acquired  pro  rota  though  it  were  in  the  affairs  of  one  owner4,  but  if 
expressly  in  the  name  of  one  owner  this  barred  acquisition  by  an}*1  other5. 
This  was  not  representation,  for  it  operated  invito  domino6. 

(c)  Slaves  in  usufruct,  the  rules  being  in  general  the  same  for  persons 
bona  fide  possessed.  They  could  acquire  possession  and  ownership  for 
the  fructuary7  subject  to  the  limitation  that  it  must  be  ex  operis  or  ex  re 
fructuarii.  and  that  what  the  holder  did  not  acquire  went  to  the  owner8. 
"Ex  operis"  covers  only  the  case  of  a  slave  hiring  out  his  services  to  a 
third  person9.  The  hire  was  acquired  by  the  fructuary,  ex  operis.  "Ex  re" 
is  more  important.    It  covers  all  property  received  in  the  affairs  of  the 
holder,  buying  with  his  money,  borrowing  for  a  purpose  of  his  estate10, 
etc.    Inheritances  and  legacies  given  to  the  slave  did  not  concern  the 
fructuary.  They  were  clearly  not  ex  operis11,  and  though  some  texts 
suggest  that  intent  to  benefit  the  holder  made  them  ex  re12,  this  was  not 
the  view  which  prevailed13.    Many  texts  say  also  that  the  fructuary 

1  Schulz,  Z.S.S.  33.  37;  see  also  Debray,  X.R.H.  1914,  396,  reviewing  Solazzi,  Errore 
e  Rappresentanza.  2  G.  2.  96.  3  G.  2.  88.  4  G.  3.  167.   (As  to  effect  of 

nominatio  or  iussum,  see  Buckland,  Slavery,  392.)  The  matters  will  be  adjusted  in  communi 
dividundo.  5  41.  1.  37.  3;  Inst.  3.  28.  3.  Gifts  to  slave  by  one  owner  vest  in  the  other 
pro  parte  (45.  3.  7.  1)  apart  from  nominatio.  If  one  of  common  owners  leaves  the  slave  a 
legacy,  it  is  wholly  valid  for  the  other  (33.  5.  11 ;  35.  2.  49.  pr.  As  to  reason  see  Buckland, 
loc.  cit.).  The  rule  applies  equally  in  classical  law  whether  there  is  a  manumission  or  not, 
for  that  is  void,  P.  3.  6.  4.  As  to  effect  under  Justinian,  ante,  §  xc.  6  41.  1.  32. 

7  G.  2.  86;   Vat,  Fr.  51.  8  G.  2.  91,  92;    Ulp.  19.  21;  P.  5.  7.  3;  Vat.  Fr.  71  b;  Inst.  2. 

9.  4.  9  Salkowski,  Sklavenerwerb,  118.   It  has  nothing  to  do  with  results  of  labour  on 
property  of  the  holder.  This  belongs  to  holder  but  is  not  acquired  through  the  slave.    It 
does  not  cover  earnings  where  the  fructuary  made  the  contract.        10  E.g.  41.  1.  23.  3; 
2.  14.  19;  46.  4.  11.  pr.        11  41.  1.  19;  29.  2.  45.  pr.        12  7.  1.  21;  29.  2.  45.  4;   41.  1.  19 
(interp.).          13  G.  2.  92;   Inst.  2.  9.  4;   C.  Th.  4.  8.  6.  6;    D.  6.  1.  20;  28.  5.  60.  pr.;  41.  1. 

10.  3,4;  h.  t.  19;  h.  t.  54,  etc.  It  is  maintained  by  Herzen,  Mel.  Oirard,  1.  523  sqq., 
that  the  fructuary  could  not  acquire  such  things,  but  that  in  the  case  of  bona  fide 
possessor  the  expression  "ex  re"  was  differently  construed,  and  that  intent  to  benefit  b. 

f.  p.  made  it  ex  re.    But  his  definition  of  "ex  re  domini"  in  this  case  would  make  all 

•hereditotes  go  to  6.  /.  p. 


vil  ACQUISITION  THROUGH  FILIIFAM1LIAS  279 

could  not  acquire  a  donatio1,  but  several  say  that  intention  to  benefit 
the  holder  made  it  ex  re2. 

These  rules  were  much  modified  where  there  was  nominatio  or  iussum. 
If  there  was  nominatio  of  anyone,  no  other  could  acquire.  If  it  was  ex  re 
fructuarii,  but  nominatim  domino,  the  owner  acquired :  he  could  acquire 
anything3.  In  the  converse  case,  i.e.,  ex  re  domini,  but  nominatim 
fructuario,  it  was  void :  nominatio  excluded  the  dominus,  and  it  was  not 
ex  re  fructuarii,  or  ex  operis*.  If  it  was  iussu  domini,  ex  re  fructuarii,  the 
dominus  acquired5.  If  it  was  iussu  fructuarii  ex  re  domini,  the  dominus 
acquired,  since  it  was  not  ex  re  fructuarii  or  ex  operis  and  iussum  had 
not  the  privative  effect  of  nominatio*. 

(d)  For  persons  in  manus  or  bondage  the  rule  was  as  in  case  of  slaves 7. 

(e)  It  is   commonly   held,    though  the  evidence  is  defective,  that 
guardians  could  acquire  by  traditio  for  their  wards,  from  early  times. 

(/)  In  the  case  of  the  filiusfamilias8  there  is  a  long  history.  In  the 
republic  the  position  of  a  son  in  this  matter  was  the  same  as  that  of  a 
slave.  He  could  have  a  peculium,  like  a  slave,  but  when,  under  Augustus, 
a  new  kind  of  peculium  appeared  this  old  peculium  was  distinguished : 
peculium  profectitium  is  a  convenient,  though  apparently  unauthorised, 
name.  The  new  institution  was  the  peculium  castrense9,  a  fund 
which  consisted  of  what  was  given  to  the  man  for  the  purpose 
of  military  service  or  had  been  acquired  by  him  as  a  result  of  it10. 
While  the  son  lived,  the  father  had  no  interest  in  itu.  The  son  could 
alienate  it  freely  even  by  will  (though,  till  Hadrian,  he  must,  for  this,  be 
still  on  service12,  in  which  case  a  military  will  sufficed13).  For  the  pro- 
tection of  it  he  had  the  rights  of  action  of  a  paterfamilias1*.  If  he  sur- 
vived the  father,  he  kept  it.  If  he  was  emancipated  or  adopted,  he  took 
it  with  him15.  If  he  made  a  will  of  it,  it  was  an  inheritance,  but  if  he  did 
not,  and  died  in  the  family,  it  reverted  to  the  father  as  peculium16. 
Under  Justinian,  even  if  the  son  died  intestate,  his  issue  and  his  brothers 
and  sisters  were  preferred  to  the  father17,  and  this  was  real  succession, 
the  property  being  bona  adventicia  in  their  hands.  If  it  went  to  the  father, 
it  is  not  quite  clear  whether  he  took  it  as  hereditas  or  as  peculium,  a 
point  of  some  practical  importance18. 

1  41.  1.  10.  3,  4.  2  41.  1.  19  (interp.  passage);  7.  1.  22,  25;  41.  1.  49.  The  interpo- 
lations shew  that  this  was  the  rule  of  later  law.  3  41.  1.  37.  5.  4  45.  3.  1.  1; 
h.  t.  22.  5  7.  1.  25.  3.  6  45.  3.  31.  As  to  condictio  for  adjustment,  45.  3.  39. 
Further  texts  and  details,  Buckland,  Slavery,  349,  363.  Where  the  slave  made  a  purchase 
the  ownership  might  be  in  suspense  till  it  was  clear  out  of  whose  money  it  was  paid  for. 
See  Buckland,  cit.  for  this  and  analogous  cases  of  suspense.  7  G.  2.  86,  90;  UIp.  19.  18. 
8  As  to  peculiar  rules  in  the  case  of  dos  of  a  filiafamilias,  ante,  §  XL.  9  Its  rules 
were  a  gradual  development.  Fitting,  Das  peculium  castrense.  1049.17.11.  11  14. 
6.2.  12  Tnst.  2.  12.  pr.  13  Inst,  2.  11.  3.  1449.17.4.  1549.17.12 
16  49.  17.  2.  17  Inst.  2.  12.  pr.  18  Post,  §  cxxxit- 


280  ACQUISITION  THROUGH  FILHFAMILIAS        [CH.  vi 

The  peculium  quasi  castrense  was  an  extension  of  the  same  idea, 
beginning  under  Constantine1  and  applied  to  earnings  in  certain  public 
services.  It  was  extended  from  time  to  time  to  new  posts  and  professions : 
it  is  not  certain  that  the  rules  were  in  all  the  cases  identical,  as  the  legisla- 
tion is  only  imperfectly  known2.  The  two  funds  were  clearly  similar  and 
the  only  known  difference  between  these  rules  and  those  of  peculium 
castrense  is  that  in  general  no  will  could  be  made  of  peculium  quasi 
castrense.  In  the  privileged  cases  in  which  it  was  devisable  the  will 
must  be  in  ordinary  form3.  Under  Justinian  it  was  freely  devisable  in 
this  form4. 

Bona  materna.  Bona  adventitia.  Constantine  provided  that  what  a 
child  inherited  from  its  mother  should  belong  to  it,  and  not  be  merged 
in  the  father's  estate,  though  he  had  a  usufruct5  of  it.  Successive  Em- 
perors extended  this  to  other  acquisitions6,  and  under  Justinian  the 
rule  was  that  all  acquisitions  of  a  child  which  were  not  from  the  father, 
or  under  the  preceding  heads,  were  to  belong  to  this  class  of  bona  ad- 
ventitia7. While  the  son  was  in  the  family  the  father  had  the  usufruct 
with  no  power  of  alienation8,  and  the  son  had  no  special  capacities  in 
regard  to  it  as  he  had  in  castrense  and  quasi  castrense9.  He  could  make 
no  will  of  it :  on  his  death  it  went  to  his  father,  at  first  no  doubt  as  pecu- 
lium, but,  later,  in  some  cases  at  least,  as  hereditas10.  Justinian  provided 
that  it  should  be  an  inheritance  for  his  issue  and  brothers  and  sisters, 
and,  failing  these,  for  his  paternal  ancestors11.  If  he  was  emancipated 
(and  probably  if  adopted)  Constantine  gave  him  two-thirds,  the  father 
keeping  the  rest.  Justinian  gave  the  father  the  usufruct  of  half,  all 
going  ultimately  to  the  son12. 

1  C.  12.  30.  1=C.  Th.  6.  35.  15.  Name  not  found  till  Justinian;  see  for  full  account 
Fitting,  op.  cit.  388  sqq.  2  See  the  principal  texts,  Accarias,  Precis,  1.  772.  3  Inst. 
2.  11.  6.  Consuls,  praefecti  legionum,  praesides  provinciarum  and  some  others.  C.  3.  28.  37. 
1  a.  Under  Justinian  this,  like  the  soldier's  will,  was  not  subject  to  the  querela  inofficiosi 
testamenti,  h.  t.  37.  If.  4  Inst.  2.  11.  6.  The  father  was  not  liable  de  peculio  on  contracts 
connected  with  these  funds,  49.  17.  18.  5.  Post,  §  CLXXXIV.  5  C.  6.  60.  1  =C.  Th.  8. 

18.  1.  6  See  C.  Th.  8.  18  passim.  7  C.  6.  61.  6.    In  a  few  cases,  the  so-called 

botm  adventitia  irregularia,  it  was  provided  that  the  father  had  no  rights  of  enjoyment. 
See  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  517,  nn.  17  sqq.  8  C.  6.  61.  4.  pr.;  h.  t.  6.  2.  9  Nor 

the  father  any  exemption  from  actio  de  peculio.  10  Inst.  2.  12.  pr. ;  Nov.  Theod.  14. 

1.  8;  C.  6.  61.  4;  h.  t.  7,  which  lays  down  elaborate  rules  as  to  what  is  to  be  done  in  case 
of  inheritance  and  legacy  where  one  of  them  wishes  to  take  it  and  the  other  does 
not.  11  C.  6.  61.  6.  1  c.  12  C.  6.  61.  6.  3.  See  further,  post,  §  cxxxin. 


CHAPTER  VII 
ACQUISITION  PER  UNIVERSITATEM.  SUCCESSION  BY  WILL 

C.  Nature  of  Will,  p.  281;  Forms  of  Will,  282;  Early  forms,  ib. ;  Testamentum  per  aes 
et  libram,  ib.;  CI.  The  Praetorian  Will,  284;  Later  forms,  285;  Special  cases,  286;  CII. 
Testamenti  factio,  287;  Capacity  of  testation,  ib. ;  Capacity  to  have  a  will,  but  not  to  make, 
288;  CIII.  Capacity  to  be  instituted,  289;  lus  capiendi,  291;  Capacity  to  witness,  292; 
CIV.  Institutio  heredis,  293;  ad  certam  rem,  294;  dies,  295;  condition,  ib.;  shares,  297; 
CV.  Substitutio  Vulgaris,  298;  Subs,  pupillaris,  300;  Subs,  quasi  pupittaris,  302;  CVI. 
Classification  of  heredes,  ib.;  necessarii,  ib.;  sui  et  necessarii,  303;  CVII.  Extranei,  304; 
Hereditas  iacens,  ib.;  CVIII.  Capacity  of  heres  extraneus,  307;  Institutio  of  slaves,  308; 
CIX.  Entry,  309;  Cretio,  310;  Informal  entry,  311;  CX.  Legal  position  of  heres,  312; 
Bonorum  separatio,  314;  Indicium  familiae  erciscundae,  315;  Hereditatis  petitio,  ib.; 
CXI.  Lapsed  shares,  ib. ;  Leges  caducariae,  316;  Transmissio  hereditatis,  317;  CXII. 
Exheredatio,  318;  Civil  law  rules,  ib. ;  postumi,  319;  CXIII.  Praetorian  rules,  321;  Collatio 
bonorum,  ib.;  exheredatio  in  later  law,  322;  CXIV.  Material  restrictions  on  power  of 
devise,  323;  minor  cases,  ib. ;  Querela  inofficiosi  testamenti,  324;  CXV.  Effect  of  Querela. 
327;  System  of  the  Novels,  328;  Querela  inofficiosi  donationis,  dotis,  329;  CXVI.  Causes 
of  failure  of  validly  made  Will,  ib. 

C.  The  will  of  Roman  Law  had  for  its  primary  purpose  in  historical 
times1  the  appointment  of  a  heres  or  heredes,  a  successor  or  successors  in 
whom  the  rights  and  liabilities  of  the  deceased  should  vest  as  a  whole. 
No  doubt  it  might  and  usually  did  contain  a  number  of  other  matters, 
appointment  of  tutor es,  legacies,  fideicommissa,  manumissions,  directions 
as  to  the  application  of  particular  funds,  and  so  forth,  but  its  essence 
was  the  appointment  of  a  heres:  testamenta  vim  ex  institutione  heredis 
accipiunt,  et  ob  id  velut  caput  et  fundamentum  intelligitur  totius  testamenti 
heredis  institutio2.  How  ancient  this  principle  is  we  need  not  here  con- 
sider, but  it  represents  the  law  for  historical  times.  Two  further  pro- 
positions almost  equally  fundamental  are  (i)  semel  heres,  semper  heres: 
a  person  who  has  once  assumed  or  been  invested  with  the  position  of 
heres  cannot  divest  himself  of  it,  a  rule  which,  e.g.,  greatly  affected  the 
construction  of  an  institutio  ad  tempus,  and  (ii)  nemo  pro  parte  testatus: 
a  will  must  cover  the  whole  estate :  a  man  cannot  deal  with  part  of  his 
property,  leaving  the  rest  to  pass  on  intestacy.  These  principles  were  in 
full  force  at  the  beginning  of  the  Empire  though  there  has  been  con- 
troversy as  to  their  actual  antiquity3.  It  should  be  added  that  to  all 

1  For  discussion  of  the  original  priority  of  succession  by  will  or  on  intestacy,  Scialoja, 
Dir.  Ereditario,  45  sqq.  For  the  view  that  the  original  conception  on  death  was  devolution 
of  a  chieftaincy  of  the  corporate  family,  Maine,  Ancient  Law,  182  sqq.;  Scialoja,  op.  cit. 
25  sqq.  2  G.  2.  229.  3  For  very  divergent  views  see  Lenel,  Essays  in  Legal  History, 
ed.  Vinogradoff,  120  sqq.  and  Ehrlich,  Zeits.  f.  verg.  Rechtsw.  17,  pp.  99  sqq.  See  also 
Appleton,  Le  testament  Romain,  p.  57,  n.  5,  and  literature  there  cited. 


282  FORMS  OF  WILL  [CH. 

these  principles  practical  needs  led  to  the  admission  at  various  times  of 
real  or  apparent  exceptions1,  but  they  are  in  no  case  such  as  to  create 
any  doubt  whatever  about  the  principles  themselves2. 

FORMS  OF  WILL.  Gaius3  gives  us  a  brief  account  of  two  ancient 
forms  of  will  obsolete  long  before  the  beginning  of  the  Empire,  and 
therefore  needing  for  present  purposes  no  full  discussion. 

Testamentum  in  comitiis  calatis*.  The  close  connexion  of  the  familia 
with  the  religious  law  made  the  transfer  of  the  rights  and  duties  to  a 
successor  a  matter  of  public  interest.  Any  variation  of  the  established 
order  of  succession  was  therefore  subject  to  the  supervision  of  the 
public  authority.  The  comitia  curiata,  the  assembly  of  the  people, 
curiatim,  met  twice  a  year  for  this  purpose,  summoned  by  a  lictor  and 
apparently  presided  over  by  a  pontiff,  being  called  when  meeting  in  this 
way,  for  this  and  some  other  purposes  affecting  religion  (inauguratio  of 
the  rex  or  a  flamen,  adrogatio,  detestatio  sacrorum),  comitia  calata5.  The 
will  was  presumably  approved  by  the  pontiffs  before  its  submission  to 
the  comitia.  Whether  the  comitia  actually  voted  on  the  proposed  will 
or  merely  gave  its  solemn  attestation  is  much  disputed6.  The  will  was 
obsolete  very  early:  there  is  no  trace  of  it  as  existing  in  historic 
times7. 

Testamentum  in  procinctu8.  This  was  a  will  made  before  his  comrades 
by  a  soldier,  when  a  campaign  was  under  way  and  no  sitting  of  the 
comitia  was  imminent.  Whether  this  was  contemplated  as  an  assembly, 
the  centuriata,  analogous  to  the  comitia  (curiata)  calata,  as  is  rather  sug- 
gested by  the  language  of  Aulus  Gellius,  or  was  an  informal  declaration 
before  his  immediate  comrades  is  uncertain,  the  former  being  the  more 
probable  view,  as  the  auspices  were  necessary9.  It  seems  to  have  lasted 
into  the  seventh  century10,  but  Cicero  describes  it  as  obsolete11,  though 
having  coexisted  with  the  mancipatory  will12. 

Testamentum  per  aes  et  libram.  Of  these  earlier  forms  of  will,  one  could 

1  Post,  §  cxv.  The  rule  that  sui,  other  than  sons,  omitted,  can  come  in  and  claim 
by  ius  accrescendi  (§  cxn)  is  sometimes  regarded  as  an  exception,  Scialoja,  Diritto 
Ereditario,  55.  2  As  to  relief  against  acceptance,  post,  §  cix;  as  to  a  will  operating  only 
on  part  of  the  estate,  post,  §  cxv;  as  to  a  will  in  which  all  the  institutiones  are  invalid 
but  the  other  provisions  remain,  in  the  latest  law,  post,  §cxv.  3  G.  2.  101.  4  G.  loc. 
oil.;  Aul.  Gell.  15.  27.  1-5;  Ulp.  20.  2.  5  Aul.  Gell.  loc.  cit.  6  All  sorts  of  views 

are  held,  that  the  comitia  voted  the  will,  that  they  merely  witnessed  it,  that  the  XII 
Tables  substituted  witnessing  for  voting,  that  it  did  this  and  also  destroyed  the  control 
of  the  pontiffs,  and  so  forth.  See  Appleton,  Le  Testament  Romain;  Greiff,  De  Vorigine 
du  testament  Romain,  and  for  a  very  instructive  discussion,  Girard,  Manuel,  813  sqq. 
7  It  has  been  doubted  whether  it  dealt  with  the  inheritance  at  all  (Lenel,  Essays  in  Legal 
History,  ed.  Vinogradoff,  120  sqq.).  In  reply  see  Girard,  loc.  cit.,  and  lit.  there  cited. 
See  also  Buckland,  Law  Quarterly  Review,  32.  97  sqq.  8  G.  2.  101;  Aul.  Gell.  15. 

27.   3.  9  Cicero,  de  nat.  de.orum,  2.  3.  9.          10  Veil.  Paterc.  2.  5.  3.  11  Cicero. 

loc.  cit.          12  Cicero,  de  or.  1.  53.  228. 


vii]  MANCIPATORY  WILL  283 

be  made  only  on  two  days  in  the  year,  and  perhaps  only  by  patricians, 
the  other  only  in  wartime.  The  inconvenience  was  met  by  the  device  of 
mancipatio  familiae :  the  whole  property  was  mancipated  to  a  familiae 
emptor  who,  according  to  Gains,  was  in  loco  heredis1.  Whether  this 
means  that  he  took  the  property,  subject  to  any  instructions,  not  at 
first  binding,  or  whether,  as  is  sometimes  held,  he  was  never  more  than 
a  sort  of  trustee,  is  much  disputed2.  At  this  stage  the  transaction  did 
not  closely  resemble  a  will.  It  was  no  doubt  oral,  made  only  at  the  point 
of  death,  open,  irrevocable,  and  perhaps  taking  effect  at  once.  But  its 
character  gradually  changed.  It  became  usual  to  write  down  the  in- 
structions, thus  securing  secrecy;  they  became  enforceable,  and  variable. 
The  final  stage  is  that  which  Gaius  speaks  of  as  existing  in  his  day3, 
though  it  was  of  course  much  older4.  The  familiae  emptor  was  now  a 
mere  formality.  The  contents  of  the  document  were  the  true  will :  they 
were  no  longer  directions  to  be  carried  out  by  the  familiae  emptor,  the 
gifts  took  effect  of  their  own  force5.  This  was  the  important  will  of  the 
classical  law,  the  testamentum  per  aes  et  libram.  Gaius  tells  us  that6 
there  were  present  the  testator,  the  familiae  emptor,  the  libripens  and 
not  less  than  five  witnesses  (as  for  an  ordinary  mancipatio).  The  actual 
document  had  been  previously  prepared.  The  familiae  emptor  took  a 
formal  mancipatio  in  words  which  may  be  thus  translated:  "Let  your 
familia  and  pecunia  be  bought  into  my  mandate  and  custody  by  this 
copper"  ("and  scale"  according  to  some  authorities,  says  Gaius)  "in 
order  that  you  may  be  able  to  make  a  will  in  accordance  with  the  public 
statute."  He  struck  the  scale  with  the  copper  and  handed  it  over  by 
way  of  price.  The  testator  holding  the  written  will  said:  "As  these  pro- 
visions are  written  in  these  tablets  so  do  I  give  and  bequeath  and  make 
my  will,  and  so  do  you  Quirites  bear  me  witness." 

The  mancipatio,  as  thus  stated,  differs  from  the  ordinary  form.  It 
does  not  contain  the  usual  first  member  declaring  the  right,  though 
many  editors,  observing  corruptions  in  the  text,  emend  it  so  as  to  intro- 
duce such  a  clause7.  Again,  what. is  said  to  be  bought  or  acquired  is  not 
the  property  but  the  guardianship  of  it,  and  the  declaration  of  the  pur- 
pose "in  order  that  you  may  make  your  will"  is  quite  unlike  anything 
in  the  ordinary  form.  The  words  "secundum  legem  publicam  "  are  obscure 

1  G.  2.  103,  "heredis  locum  obtinebat."  2  See,  for  diverse  views,   Lenel,  Essays, 

cit.,  and  Ehrlich,  cit.  3  G.  2.  103  sqq.  4  It  is  the  usual  will  in  the  time  of  Cicero, 
de  or.  (cit.).  5  It  is  impossible  to  fix  dates  for  this  evolution.  The  most  diverse  views 
are  held.  For  Lambert,  Fonction  du  droit  civil  compare',  1.  496,  the  true  mancipatory 
will  dates  from  about  150  B.C.  For  Mommsen  it  seems  to  be  much  older  (Staatsr.  3.  319, 
n.  2;  D.P.R.  6.  1.  364,  n.  1).  See  Girard,  Manuel,  819  sqq.;  Lenel,  Essays,  cit.  134;  Grieff, 
Origine  du  testament,  101  sqq.;  Appleton,  Le  Testament  Romain,  103  sqq.;  Cuq,  Recherches 
historiques  sur  le  testament  per  aes  et  libram;  N.R.H.  10.  533  sqq.  6  G.  2.  104.  7  See 
Krueger,  ad  G.  2.  104  in  Coll.  librorum  jurisp.  antei. 


284  PRAETORIAN   WILL  [CH. 

but  may  mean  that  the  power  of  testation  was  regarded  as  based  on 
the  XII  Tables.  The  nuncupatio  by  the  testator  was  not  regarded  as  a 
part  of  the  mancipatio1.  This  was  a  true  will,  not  necessarily  open,  am- 
bulatory, i.e.  not  operating  in  any  way  till  the  death,  and  capable  if  not 
of  revocation,  simply,  of  variation  in  any  degree. 

In  practice  it  seems  to  have  been  almost  always  in  writing,  but  there 
is  no  evidence  that  this  ever  became  legally  necessary,  though  it  would 
seem  that  the  various  praetorian  remedies  were  not  in  classical  law 
available  except  where  the  will  was  written,  a  fact  which  would  ensure 
the  use  of  writing2.  It  has  however  been  contended  that  if  there  was  a 
writing  in  due  form  the  actual  mancipatio  was  no  longer  in  use  in  the 
time  of  Gaius3,  and  it  is  at  least  quite  probable  that  in  a  somewhat 
later  age,  the  parties  were  content  not  to  go  behind  the  formal  document 
alleging  the  mancipatio :  it  is  another  thing  to  say  that  they  were  com- 
pelled by  law  to  accept  this4. 

Like  other  formal  acts  the  will  must  be  in  Latin5,  till  439  when  it 
was  provided  that  it  might  be  in  Greek6. 

CI.  The  praetorian  will.  This  is  spoken  of  by  Gaius  as  a  testamentum1 , 
though  hardly  in  strictness  entitled  to  that  name.  The  praetor,  recognis- 
ing that  the  formality  of  the  mancipatory  will  was  useless,  provided  by 
his  edict  that  a  will  sealed  by  seven  witnesses  (i.e.  having  all  the  substan- 
tial safeguard  of  the  mancipatory  will)  should  be  operative  to  entitle  the 
heres  under  it  to  obtain  bonorum  possessio,  if  the  testator  died  a  civis  sui 
iuriss.  It  did  not  make  a  heres,  for,  even  though  the  testator  used  this 
form,  what  the  beneficiary  got  was  not  hereditas  but  bonorum  possessio. 
Moreover  it  was  not  till  late  in  the  classical  law  that  this  became  cum  re, 
i.e.  effective  against  the  heres  entitled  in  the  absence  of  a  will9.  And  a 
will  might  do  many  things  other  than  the  appointment  of  a  heres,  which, 
so  far  as  we  know,  this  instrument  could  not  do.  There  is  no  evidence 
that  a  tutor  could  be  appointed  by  it,  though  one  so  appointed  would 
probably  be  confirmed  in  his  office  by  the  praetor.  There  is  no  trace  of 
manumission  by  it10.  It  operated  under  certain  edicts  which,  so  far  as 
appears,  dealt  only  with  giving  possession  of  property  to  persons  who 

1  Ulp.  20.  9.  2  In  C.  6.  11.  2  (A.D.  242)  we  are  told  that  bonorum  possessio  can 

be  claimed  under  a  nuncupatio.  But  this,  even  if  genuine  (see  next  page),  is  post-classical. 
3  Collinet,  Et.  Hist,  du  Droit  de  Just.  1.  257  sqq.  But  Ulpian  a  generation  later  treats  the 
mancipatio  as  necessary  (Fitting,  Alter  und  Folge,  117;  Ulp.  20.  9).  On  this  point  see  the 
remarks,  ante,  pp.  238  sq.  4  Cf.  the  English  law  of  Surrender  in  Copyhold.  5  Except 
for  miles,  post,  §  cxxvi.  6  C.  6.  23.  21.  6.  7  G.  2.  119,  147,  and,  according  to 

Lenel,  in  the  edict  (E.P.  336).  8  G.  2.  147;  Ulp.  23.  6;  28.  5,  6.  The  simplification 

is  not  great;  only  the  formal  acts  are  dispensed  with.  9  Post,  §  cxxxix ;    G.  2.  120. 

10  It  probably  would  not  make  the  slave  tuitiom  praetaris  liber  (ante,  §  xxvn).  It  is  not 
clear  that  a  testator  would  be  able  to  despoil  his  heres  and  not  himself -without  full  form. 
Cf.  15.  1.  53;  33.  8.  8.  7.  The  Fr.  Dos.  which  deals  with  the  matter  mentions  no  case 


vii]  LATE  FORMS  OF  WILL  285 

could  shew  gifts  to  them  in  a  document  authenticated  by  seven  witnesses. 
It  was  not  only  in  case  of  defect  of  form  that  the  praetor's  intervention 
was  important.  Where  the  consent  of  tutor  to  a  woman's  will  had  not 
been  obtained  bonorum  possessio  was  given  without  it.  Bonorum  pos- 
sessio  could  be  obtained  where  a  suus  omissus  died  before  the  testator, 
where  the  will  was  irritum  by  capitis  deminutio  or  non-entry,  or  ruptum 
by  agnatio  of  a  postumus  or  by  the  making  of  a  valid  second  will  which 
failed  to  take  effect  or  was  revoked  with  intent  to  revive  the  first1, 
and  other  cases2.  The  circumstances  in  which  this  was  cum  re  will  be 
considered  later3.  It  may  be  noted  here  however  that  the  bonorum 
possessor  must  carry  out  the  provisions  of  the  will4,  and  that  if,  being  also 
entitled  on  intestacy  he  neglected  the  will,  he  would  come  within  the 
provisions  of  the  edict,  "si  qui  omissa  causa  testamenti5."  It  will  be  ob- 
served that  this  bonorum  possessio,  at  least  so  far  as  it  was  cum  re, 
prevented  the  application  of  the  //.  caducariae.  But  the  bonorum  possessio 
could  not  be  claimed  if  the  testator  had  not  testamenti  factio6  or,  it 
seems,  if  the  words  of  the  institutio  were  looser  than  those  necessary 
for  a  true  heres 7. 

Later  forms  of  will.  In  413  two  public  forms  were  provided,  one 
apud  acta,  i.e.  entered  on  the  rolls  of  a  court,  the  other  deposited  in  the 
State  archives8.  There  was  no  need  of  further  attestation.  Soon  after 
this  there  was  obscure  legislation  authorising  a  civil  will  without  manci- 
patio  familiae,  but  with  seven,  sometimes  five,  witnesses9.  An  enact- 
ment of  439  definitely  settled  the  law  by  introducing  the  tripartite  will10, 
so  called  as  deriving  its  rules  from  three  sources.  It  must  be  made  in 
one  operation,  uno  contextu11,  with  seven  witnesses,  both  civil  law  re- 
quirements12. The  witnesses  must  seal,  which  was  praetorian.  They  and 

in  a  will.  Such  texts  as  29.  4.  6.  10,  12,  17,  28  prove  nothing  for  the  purely  praetorian 
will. 

1  G.  2.  118  sqq.;  2.  147  sqq.;  Inst.  2.  17.  6  sqq.;  3.  9.  pr.;  D.  28.  3.  12.  pr.;  37.  11.  3; 
h.  t.  11.  2;  Ulp.  23.  6.  2  If  testator  lost  and  regained  capacity  before  death,  G.  2.  147. 
It  could  not  be  given  under  the  will  of  a  woman  in  legitima  tutela,  before  Hadrian,  Cic. 
Top.  4.  18.  3  Post,  §  cxxxix.  4  28.  3.  12.  pr.,  legacies  and  fideicommissa.  5  28.  3. 
12.  pr.;  post,  §  cxxi.  6  G.  2.  147;  Cicero,  Ad  fam.  7.  21;  Top.  4.  18.  7  37.  11.  6; 

post,  §  civ.  B.  p.  secundum  tabulas  exists  in  the  time  of  Cicero  (Verr.  2.  1.  45.  117).  Its 
original  aim  seems  to  have  been  to  give  possession  to  the  person  entitled  at  civil  law,  its 
reforming  effect  being  a  later  product,  Girard,  Manuel,  809,  and  the  literature  there  cited. 
8  C.  6.  23.  19.  9  C.  Th.  4.  4.  3,  7;  Lex  Rom.  Burg.  45.  1.  There  is  an  enactment  of 

A.D.  242  which  speaks  of  a  will  with  seven  witnesses  as  fully  valid  without  mancipatio 
familiae,  but  it  has  in  all  probability  been  altered.  C.  6.  11.  2.  10  C.  6.  23.  21. 

11  The  documents   may   be   prepared   before,   but   the  witnesses   must  do    their   part 
on  one  day,  nullo  actu  inter  veniente.         12  Seven  becomes  the  normal  number  of  witnesses 
for  most  transactions;  repudium  in  divorce,  24.  2.  9;  grants  of  civitas  to  soldiers,  ante 
Sxxxvi;  Girard,  Textes,   124;  Brims,   1.275;  in  many  cases  even  in  mancipatio  itself 
ante,  §  LXXXV.    See  for  further  illustrations,  Levy-Bruhl,  Le  Temoignage  instmmentaire 


286  SPECIAL  FORMS  OF  WILL  [CH. 

the  testator  must  "  subscribere1,"  a  new  imperial  requirement.  This  is  the 
important  will  of  later  law  and  after  its  introduction  we  hear  little  of  the 
praetorian  will2. 

There  were  under  Justinian  less  important  forms  of  general  applica- 
tion. The  public  wills  survived,  and  there  was  an  oral  will  with  seven 
witnesses,  mentioned  in  an  enactment  of  242  A.D.,  which  however  has 
probably  been  altered3.  It  existed  in  and  before  the  time  of  Theodosius, 
and  survived  under  Justinian,  but  was  probably  used  only  in  cases  of 
extreme  urgency4. 

There  were  also  a  number  of  special  forms  of  will.  Thus  in  time  of 
pestilence  the  witnesses  need  not  be  in  the  same  room  with  a  testator 
suffering  from  contagious  disease5.  In  remote  districts,  where  ewes 
were  rare,  five,  or  even  fewer,  witnesses  would  suffice6.  There  were  pro- 
visions by  which  blind  men  could  dictate  their  wills  before  seven  wit- 
nesses and  a  tabularius  or,  having  had  it  written  out  before,  have  it 
read  to  them  before  the  witnesses  by  a  tabularius  (an  eighth  witness 
being  used  if  no  tabularius  was  procurable),  acknowledge  it  and  have 
it  duty  sealed  by  the  witnesses  and  the  tabularius7.  There  were  also 
special  provisions  for  deaf  mutes  and  other  cases8,  and  a  great  number 
of  special  rules  for  soldiers'  wills9. 

There  was  a  general  holograph  will  the  history  of  which  is  bound  up 
with  that  of  informal  wills  in  favour  of  issue.  Constantine  provided 
in  A.D.  321  that  males  could  devise  their  estate  among  liberi  by  an  un- 
attested  will,  and  in  A.D.  327  that  a  mother's  informal  division  among 
her  issue  should  be  valid10.  In  439  Theodosius  II  provided  that  such  an 
imperfect  will  was  to  be  good  only  among  liberi,  which  suggests  that  it 
had  been  used  in  a  wider  field11.  Justinian  recites  these  provisions, 
treating  the  extension  to  women  as  being  due  to  Theodosius,  Con- 
stantine's  provision  having  been  for  arrangements  inter  vivos,  which  were 
to  be  binding  on  the  death12.  In  446  it  was  provided  by  Valentinian  that 
a  holograph  will,  i.e.  written  entirely  by  the  testator,  was  to  be  valid  for 
all  pvirposes  without  witnesses 13.  Justinian  adopted  the  enactment  of 
Theodosius  with  some  corrections  in  statement14,  but  not  that  of 

148  sqq.  In  our  case  the  seven  are  the  five  witnesses,  the  libripens  and  thefamiliae  emptor 
of  the  mancipatory  will. 

1  Subscriptio  is  the  writing  of  the  name  by  the  seal,  with  (usually)  the  word  "sw&- 
scripsi."  If  the  will  was  in  the  testator's  own  hand  and  so  stated,  he  need  not  subscribere. 
Justinian  added,  and  afterwards  removed,  some  other  formalities,  C.  6.  23.  29;  Nov.  119.  9. 
2  C.  Th.  4.  4.  7.  2  (see  also  the  interpretatio  of  C.  Th.  4.  4.  3)  is  earlier  than  the  tripartite 
will,  but  the  praetorian  will  is  mentioned  in  C.  6.  11.  2,  which  is  probably  altered  by 
Justinian.  3  C.  6.  11.  2.  4  Recorded  cases  of  oral  mancipatory  will  are  cases  of 

urgency,  Girard,  Manuel,  823,  n.  2.  5  C.  6.  23.  8.  6  C.  6.  23.  31,  ruri  conditum. 

7  C.  6.  22.  8;  P.  3.  4  a.  4.  8  C.  6.  22.  10.  9  Post,  §  cxxvi.  10  C.  Th.  2.  24.  1,  2. 
11  Nov.  Theod.  16.  5.  12  Nov.  107.  pr.  13  Nov.  Val.  21.  2. 1.  14  C.  6.  23.  21.  3. 


vii]  CAPACITY  OF  TESTATION  287 

Valentinian.  But,  in  a  novel1,  he  regulated  the  divisions  among  children, 
providing  that  the  essential  parts  must  be  in  the  testator's  writing  and 
in  full.  Provision  for  others  could  be  made,  if  declared  before  witnesses 
(number  not  stated),  without  other  formality,  and  any  arrangement 
inter  vivos  between  father  and  children  for  division  among  them,  sub- 
scribed by  all  parties,  was  valid2. 

CII.  CAPACITY.  Testamenti  factio.  W e  are  told  that  "  testamenti  factio 
publici  iuris  est13,"  which  seems  to  mean  that  the  rules  of  wills,  as  to  form, 
capacity  and  effect,  were  governed  by  law  and  not  variable  by  the 
testator.  It  is  clear  that  the  will  was  contemplated  as  one  of  the  greatest 
elements  in  the  commercium.  The  first  question  is  of  capacity  of  testation 
(active  testamenti  factio}.  In  general  any  civis  sui  iuris  over  puberty 
could  make  a  will4,  but  there  were  several  exceptions,  the  chief  being: 

(a)  Those  declared  intestabiles  as  a  punishment5. 

(b)  Deaf  mutes  from  birth.  This  is  Justinian's  rule6.    No  deaf  mute 
could  have  made  a  mancipatory  will,  and  perhaps  before  Justinian  no 
such  person  could  make  a  will  without  imperial  permission7. 

(c)  Those  de  statu  suo  incerti.  The  instances  given  are  those  of  a 
slave  freed  by  will,  or  a  films,  who  was  not  aware  that  the  paterfamilias 
was  dead,  but  we  are  told  that  the  rule  applies  to  those  who  are  dubi- 
tantes  vel  err  antes  as  to  their  status8.  The  rule  seems  to  rest  on  a  rescript 
of  Pius.  The  principle  is  usually  held  to  be  that,  as  testation  is  an  act 
involving  intent  as  to  patrimonium,  one  who  is  not  certain  that  he  has  a 
patrimonium  cannot  have  this  intent.    Such  a  person,  says  Paul,  "certain 
legem  testamento  dicere  non  potest9." 

(d)  In  early  law  a  woman  could  not  make  a  will :  she  could  not  appear 
before  the  comitia.  Libertinae  could  make  mancipatory  wills  with  consent 
of  the  patron  as  tutor10,  but  ingenuae,  except  vestal  virgins,  could  not, 
unless  they  had  suffered  capitis  deminutio  and  so  passed  under  a  tutor 
fiduciarius12.  The  practical  reason  probably  is  that  the  tutor  whose  con- 
sent was  needed  might  not  be  the  relative  who  would  suffer  by  the  will. 
Though  he  were  the  nearest  agnate  at  the  time  of  testation,  he  might  be 
dead  and  those  in  another  line  the  nearest  at  her  death.   And  he  might 
be  a  testamentary  tutor.   The  rule  disappeared   under  Hadrian,   who 
allowed  women  to  devise,  with  consent  of  their  tutores13. 

1  Nov.  107.  2  A  will  not  satisfying  the  rules  of  form  is  t.  imperfectum,  Inst. 

2.  17.  7.  There  is  a  great  deal  of  legislation  under  J.  as  to  details  of  form.  3  28. 

1.  3.  4  G.  2.  113;  Ulp.  20.  12;  P.  3.  4  a.  2.  Even  though  under  punishment  for  crime, 

P.  3.  4  a.  9.  5  28.  1.  18.  1;  28.  1.  26,  which  however  had  when  written  probably  no  appli- 
cation to  this  matter.  As  to  intestabiles,  ante,  §  xxxm.  6  C.  6.  22.  10.  pr. ;  cf.  D.  _v 
1.  7;  Inst.  2.  12.  3.  7  Ulp.  20.  13.  8  Ulp.  20.  11;  D.  28.  1.  14  and  15.  9  28.  1. 

14.  10  G.  3.  43.  11  Aul.  Gell.  1.  12.  9.  12  G.  1.  115  a;  not  even  b.  p.  secundum 
tabulas  was  possible.  Cicero,  Top.  4.  18.  13  G.  2.  112,  113,  so  that  they  could  make 

wills  at  twelve  while  males   must   be   fourteen,   P.  3.  4  a.  1;    Ulp.  20.  15;    G.  2.  118.    It 


288  CAPACITY  OF  TESTATION  [CH. 

There  are  cases  in  which  a  man's  will  might  be  valid,  though  he  was 
at  the  moment  incapable  of  making  one.  A  lunatic  could  not  "test" 
except  in  a  lucid  interval,  but  a  wrill  made  before  he  was  insane  was 
good1.  The  same  rule  applied  to  a  prodigus  inter  dictus.  The  mancipatory 
will  was  barred  as  being  an  act  in  the  commercium,  and  the  rule  remained 
in  later  law,  for  obvious  practical  reasons2.  A  captivus,  being  a  slave, 
could  not  make  a  will3,  but  one  previously  made  was  good  by  post- 
liminium  if  he  returned,  and,  if  he  died  in  captivity,  it  was  good  as  the 
result  of  a  /.  Cornelia,  probably  of  the  time  of  Sulla4.  There  seems  to  have 
been  an  express  provision,  but  there  is  endless  controversy  as  to  what 
this  fictio  legis  Corneliae  exactly  was5.  Probably  the  lex  did  not  declare 
the  will  good,  but  provided  that  his  estate  was  to  be  dealt  with  as  if 
he  had  never  been  captured,  and  on  this  the  lawyers  built  the  further 
rule  that  the  case  was  to  be  handled  as  if  he  had  died  at  capture. 

Some  persons  not  cives  sui  iuris  could  make  wills.  On  principle  it 
would  seem  that  colonary  Latins,  having  commercium,  could  do  so,  and 
this  is  confirmed  by  the  wray  in  which  the  exclusion  of  Junian  Latins  is 
stated6,  and,  at  least  for  some  coloniae,  by  Cicero7.  As  each  colonia  had 
its  separate  statute,  it  is  possible  that  in  some  the  power  did  not  exist, 
and  it  may  be  that  the  express  exclusion  of  Junian  Latins  is  to  exclude 
them  from  the  rights  of  peregrines  in  their  locality,  for  these  could  of 
course  make  wills  (though  not  Roman  wills),  if  their  local  laws  allowed 
this8.  Servi  publici  populi  Romani  could  make  wills  of  half  their  pecu- 
lium9.  Filiifamilias  milites  could  devise  freely  their  peculiurn  castrense, 
as,  after  Hadrian,  could  those  who  had  been  milites10:  this  case  and 
that  of  peculium  quasi  castrense  have  already  been  considered11. 

The  capacity  of  testation  must  have  existed  when  the  will  was  made12, 
and  capacity  to  have  a  will,  at  the  death13.  If,  in  the  meantime,  thepowrer 
was  lost  and  regained,  the  will  was  in  general  destroyed  at  civil  law. 
The  furiosus  was  no  exception,  for  he  had  not  lost  the  capacity  to  have 
a  will,  but  the  captivus  was,  and  if  a  man  condemned  for  crime  was  after- 
wards pardoned  and  completely  restored,  his  will  was  revalidated14,  but 
not  if,  as  was  most  usual,  he  was  merely  pardoned15.  But  where 
capacity  was  reacquired  the  praetor  gave  bonorum  possessio.  This 
was  sine  re  in  classical  law16. 

may  be  that,  since  the  process  of  emancipation  involved  sale  and  manumission  from 
bondage  this  was  treated  as  making  them,  pro  tanto,  libertae.    Cuq,  Manuel,  690. 

1  P.  3.  4  a.  5,  11;  Ulp.  20.  13;  Inst.  2.  12.  1.  2  Ulp.  20.  13;  Inst.  2.  12.  2;   P.  3. 

4  a.  12.  3  P.  3.  4  a.  8;  Inst.  2.  12.  5;  D.  49.  15.  12.  5.          4  Ulp.  23.  5;  Inst.  2.  12.  5; 

D.  28.  1.  12.  5  For  various  opinions  see  Buckland,  Slavery,  299,  308.  6  G.  2. 

110;  Ulp.  20.  14.          7  Pro  Caecina,  35.  102.  8  Ulp.  20.  14.  9  Ulp.  20.  16.    This 

does  not  seem  to  have  extended  to  servi  publici  of  municipalities.  10  G.  2.  109;  Ulp. 

20.  10;  P.  3.  4  a.  3.  11  Ante,  §  xcix.  12  28.  1.  2,  4.  13  28.  1.  6.  1,  8.  1,  18. 

14  28.  3.  6.  12.  15  C.  9.  49.  4.  16  G.  2.  147-149;  Ulp.  23.  6;  D.  28.  3.  12.  pr. 


vn]  CAPACITY  TO  BE  HERES  289 

CIII.  Capacity  to  take  under  a  will  (passive  testamenti  factio).  The 
class  of  those  who  can  take  is  wider,  since  it  covers  children  and  so 
forth.  In  general  anyone  may  be  instituted  who  has  commercium,  but 
there  are  so  many  special  cases  that  it  is  simpler  to  enumerate  the  chief 
classes  who  were  at  various  times  and  for  various  reasons  excluded. 

(a)  Peregrini  and  dediticii,  not  having  commercium1.  Unimportant 
under  Justinian. 

(6)  The  Gods,  in  general.  Exceptions  were  made  from  time  to  time, 
but  it  is  not  certain  why  particular  gods  were  favoured2.  It  is  probable 
that,  so  far  as  Roman  Law  is  concerned,  none  of  these  exceptions  much 
preceded  the  Empire,  for  the  formalities  of  cretio  could  hardly  have  been 
complied  with.  The  practical  question  in  whom  the  hereditas  vested  is 
answered  by  Mommsen3  in  favour  of  the  State,  by  whose  officers  it  was 
administered,  though  it  was  paid  into  the  Temple  treasury :  the  Temple 
priests  were  not  a  corporate  body.  Constantine  allowed  the  institution 
of  the  Catholic  Church4,  and  a  little  later  we  get  institutions  of  particular 
churches5.  Under  Justinian  an  institutio  of  Christ  went  to  the  church  of 
the  district6. 

(c)  Women.    By  the  Z.  Voconia,  of  168  B.C.,  women  could  not  be 
instituted  heredes  by  a  testator  placed  in  the  first  class  of  the  census  by 
wyealth7.  The  rule  died  out  early  in  the  Empire,  probably  because  the 
census  itself  was  out  of  use  and  the  lex  applied  only  to  those  actually 
censi8. 

(d)  Natural  children  and  their  mother.   Legislation,  beginning  with 
Constantine,  prohibited,  or  restricted,  the  institution  of  such  children, 
if  not  legitimated,  or  their  mother,  the  rules  differing  according  as  there 
were  or  were  not  legitimate  children.    Justinian  provided  that  in  the 
former  case  the  naturales  and  their  mother  might  not  take  more  than 
one-twelfth,  or  a  concubina  without  children  more  than  half  this.    In 
other  cases  they  might  take  all9,  subject  to  the  querela  inqfficiosi  testa- 
menti10. 

(e)  Incertae  personae.  This  expression  would  cover  persons  ambigu- 
ously described,  but  its  important  application  is  to  those  whose  identity 
cannot  be  ascertained.  The  exclusion  seems  to  have  been,  so  far  as  the 
illustrations  shew,  of  those  of  whose  identity  the  testator  could  have 
formed  no  certain  idea11,  persons  so  defined  that  anyone  might  chance 

1  Ulp.  22.  2.  2  Ulp.  22.  6.  Girard  observes  (Manuel,  834)  that  they  are  nearly  all 
peregrine  deities,  and  supposes  this  to  mean  merely  that  the  national  gods  were  provided 
for.  Perhaps  it  is  merely  the  recognition  for  Roman  Law  of  an  existing  practice.  3  Staatsr. 
2.  60;  D.P.R.  3.  68.  4  C.  1.  2.  1.  5  C.  1.  2.  15.  6  C.  1.  2.  25.  7  G.  2. 

274.  8  Perhaps  not  originally  confined  to  classici.    Cicero  applies  it  to  all  on  the 

census  in  any  class,  excluding  only  the  poor  and  women  testators.  Verr.  2.  1.  36-44  (90- 
114).         9  C.  5.  27,  passim;  Nov.  89.  12  sqq.         10  Post,  §  cxiv.        11  Cf.  28.  1.  14. 

B.  B.  L.  19 


290  CAPACITY  TO   BE  HERES  [CH. 

to  come  within  the  terms,  e.g.  "whoever  shall  be  first  at  my  funeral." 
The  fact  that  the  individual  person  who  might  benefit  was  uncertain 
was  no  objection  if  he  was  of  a  class  clearly  defined,  e.g.  "whoever  of 
my  cognates  shall  be  first  at  my  funeral1."  Justinian  allowed  institutio 
of  incertae  personae  already  conceived 2. 

(/)  Postumi.  These  are  described  by  Gains  as  incertae  personae*,  but 
are  sometimes  treated  as  a  distinct  class4,  as  in  fact  they  are.  There  is 
nothing  uncertain  about  "the  next  child  of  such  and  such  parents." 
The  real  objection  to  them  was  that  they  were  essentially  persons  not 
existing  when  the  will  was  made,  so  that  they  could  not  then  be  capaces5. 
Postumi  sui  were  dealt  with  by  jurisprudence  and  legislation,  to  be  con- 
sidered later6.  Postumi  extranei  could  not  be  validly  instituted  before 
Justinian,  though  the  praetor  would  give  bonorum  possessio  secundum 
tabulas  in  such  cases7. 

(g)  Corporate  bodies.  These  seem  to  be  excluded  as  incertae  per- 
sonae6, no  distinction  being  drawn  between  the  corporation  and  its 
members.  Other  reasons  are  assigned  from  the  same  point  of  view.  Thus 
Ulpian,  who  says  that  universi  cannot  cern  or  pro  herede  gerere9,  must 
have  been  familiar  with  acts  of  administration  in  respect  of  property 
conceived  of  as  binding  on  the  whole  body  though  everybody  had  not 
joined  in  it10.  And  legacies  to  municipia  are  found  from  the  beginning 
of  the  Empire11.  From  whatever  cause,  municipia  could  not  be  instituted, 
apart  from  privilegia12,  in  classical  law,  except  that  sec.  allowed  them  to 
be  instituted  by  their  liberti13.  In  469  it  was  provided  that  all  "civitates" 
could  be  instituted,  and  this  is  the  law  of  Justinian's  time14.  No  doubt 


1  G.  2.  238;  Ulp.  22.  4;  Inst.  2.  20.  25.  2  C.  6.  48.    It  seems  to  have  been  in  the 

first  Code,  Inst.  2.  20.  27.  3  G.  2.  242.  4  G.  2.  241,  287  and  the  corresponding 

passages  in  the  Institutes  of  Justinian.  5  Even  if  already  conceived,  the  rule,  perhaps 
rather  late,  that  one  conceived  was  treated  as  already  born  would  not  cover  the  case,  for 
that  rule  applies  only  so  far  as  it  benefits  him  alone,  and  this  would  benefit  the  testator 
by  validating  his  will,  1.  5.  7;  50.  16.  231.  6  Post,  §  cxn.  7  Inst.  3.  9.  pr.  In 

another  text  (Inst.  2.  20,  28)  he  says  that  they  could  be  instituted  in  earlier  law,  and 
this  is  commonly  explained  as  a  loose  reference  to  bonorum  jwssessio.  But  the  closing 
words  of  the  two  texts  cited  suggest  an  entirely  different  explanation.  The  institutio 
of  a  postumus  extraneus  though  it  could  not  take  effect,  as  such,  might  nevertheless  be 
so  far  valid  as  to  revoke  an  earlier  will,  though,  for  the  reason  stated,  it  did  not  itself 
take  effect.  See  post,  §  cvin.,  and  Buckland,  N.S.H.,  1920,  560.  8  Ulp.  22.  5. 

9  76.  10  Mitteis  attributes  it  to  a  difficulty  in  admitting  vote  of  the  body  for 

private  law,  though  it  was  familiar  in  public  (Rom.  Prr.  1.  379).  Ulpian's  difficulty  in 
cretio  seems  to  be  the  practical  one  that  "universi"  could  not  do  it — there  would  be 
some  who  could  not  and  in  any  case  it  would  not  be  practicable.  But  the  difficulty  goes 
really  further.  Cretio  as  an  actus  legitimus  could  not  be  done  by  representative  and  a 
corporation  is  incapable  of  acting  except  by  representative.  11  See  the  reff.  in 

Mitteis,  op.  cit.  377,  n.  7;  Ulp.  24.  28.  12  See  Accarias,  Precis,  1.  890.  13  Ulp.  22.  5; 
of.  D.  36.  1.  27.  14  C.  6.  24.  12.  ?  all  municipia. 


vn]  IUS  CAPIENDI  291 

for  similar  reasons  other  corporate  bodies  could  not  be  instituted,  except 
under  privilegia  or  by  their  liberti1  (though  they  could  receive  legacies2). 
It  does  not  appear  that  there  was  a  general  power  till  the  time  of  Justin- 
ian3. The  State,  which  does  not  differ  in  conception  from  a  magnified 
municipium,  could  not  be  instituted4  and,  by  the  time  municipia  could 
be,  the  State  as  an  owner  of  property  was  superseded  by  the  Emperor, 
who  was  an  individual  man  and  could  of  course  be  instituted.  As  to  the 
case  of  piae-causae,  the  way  in  which  these  were  treated  in  later  law  has 
already  been  considered5. 

There  were  other  exclusions  of  less  importance  introduced  at  various 
times.  Such  are  those  ofintestabiles6,  heretics,  children  of  traitors,  women 
remarrying  within  the  year,  etc.7 

There  were  some  persons  who  could  be  validly  instituted,  but  were 
disqualified  from  taking  unless  they  satisfied  certain  requirements  before 
it  was  too  late  to  claim.  They  had  testamenti  factio  (passive),  but  not  ius 
caplendi. 

(a)  Junian  Latins.  By  an  express  provision  of  the  I.  lunia  they  were 
barred  from  taking  anything  under  an  inheritance  unless  they  had 
qualified  by  becoming  cives  before  the  time  of  claim  had  expired:  in 
that  case  they  could  enter8.  This  case  lasted  till  Justinian  abolished  the 
class 9. 

(b)  Coelibes,  orbi,  etc.  The  rules  as  to  these  are  a  creation  of  the 
/.  lulia  and  the  1.  Papia  Poppaea,  designed  to  encourage  marriage  and 
improve  the  birth-rate:  it  is  hardly  possible  to  distinguish,  in  this  con- 
nexion, what  was  done  by  each  statute.    A  coelebs  was  an  unmarried 
person,   male  over  25,   female  over  20 10.    Such   persons   could   claim 
nothing  under  a  will11.   Orbi  were  childless  married  persons.  These  could 
take  only  half  of  any  gift  to  them12.    Pater  solitarius  seems  to  mean  a 
widower  with  children13:  he  was  penalised  to  an  extent  which  is  unknown14. 
As  in  the  case  of  Junian  Latins,  those  concerned  could  avoid  the  pro- 
hibition and  gain  ius  capiendi  by  satisfying  the  leges  before  it  was  too 
late  to  claim15.  There  were  some  exceptions.  Ascendants  and  descendants 

1  C.  6.  24.  8;  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  402.  2  34.  5.  20.  3  C.  6.  48.  1.  10.  4  Such 

texts  as  Livy,  Epit.  Bk.  58;  Aul.  Cell.  7.  7.  6;  Cicero,  de  I.  agr.  2.  16.  41,  prove  nothing  for 
Roman  law.  5  Ante,  §  LXV.  6  Possibly,  but  see  ante,  §  xxxm.  7  C.  1.  5.  4.  2; 

C.  5.  9.  1;  C.  9.  8.  5.  1,  etc.  8  G.  2.  110;  Ulp.  22.  3.  9  Ante,  §  xxxiv.  10  Ulp. 
16.  1.  Not  applicable  to  men  over  60  or  women  over  50  unless  they  were  not  satisfying 
the  law  when  they  reached  that  age.  Ulp.  16.  3.  11  G.  2.  111.  12  G.  2. 286  a.  The 
rest  governed  by  II.  caducariae.  A  text  of  Ulpian  rather  suggests  that  women  must  satisfy 
the  requirement  of  ius  liberorum  to  avoid  this  penalty;  Ulp.  16.  1  a.  But  see  G.  2.  Ill,  286, 
and  D.  50.  16.  148.  13  Ulp.  13.  rubr.  14  Vir  et  uxor  inter  se  are  under  special 

disadvantage.  They  can  take  from  each  other  only  one -tenth  if  they  have  no  children, — 
relaxations  in  respect  of  children  of  an  earlier  marriage  or  deceased  children  of  the  present 
marriage,  Ulp.  15,  16.  15  Ulp.  17.  1. 

19—2 


292  CAPACITY  TO  WITNESS  A  WILL  [CH. 

to  three  degrees  were  said  to  have  ius  antiquum,  and,  even  though  caelibes 
or  orbi,  could  take  anything  left  to  them,  and  their  share  of  any  lapsed 
gift1.  Relatives  to  six  degrees  could  take  anything  expressly  left  to 
them,  and  were  said  to  have  solidi  capacitas2.  Some  relatives  by  marriage 
were  similarly  exempted 3,  as  were  women,  who  had  been  married,  for  a 
certain  time  after  the  marriage  ended4.  The  destination  of  gifts  which 
thus  failed  will  be  considered  later5.  There  is  controversy  about  details 
and,  from  a  comparison  of  the  statements  by  Gaius  and  Ulpian6,  it 
seems  likely  that  the  rules  were  changed  from  time  to  time.  In  any 
case  the  adoption  of  the  Christian  religion,  which  from  very  early  times 
regarded  celibacy  as  a  chief  virtue,  made  it  impossible  to  retain  these 
rules.  It  is  clear  from  the  devices  framed  for  their  evasion  that  they 

•/ 

had  always  been  unpopular,  and,  under  Constantine  all  disabilities 
attaching  to  celibacy  or  orbitas  were  abolished,  at  any  rate  as  far  as 
express  gifts  were  concerned7. 

Capacity  to  witness  a  will.  Ulpian  lays  down  the  principle  that 
anyone  might  be  a  witness  with  whom  there  was  testamenti  factio8,  but, 
as  there  were  many  exceptions  not  reducible  to  any  one  principle,  it 
would  be  more  exact  to  say  that  no  one  could  be  a  witness  unless  he 
had  testamenti  factio.  Gaius  seems  to  limit  the  right  to  cives9,  but  Latins, 
even  Junian,  could  be  witnesses10.  Women  were  excluded11:  they  could 
not  be  instituted  in  early  law12  and  apparently  could  not  be  witnesses  to 
mancipatio.  For  this  reason  deaf  or  dumb  people  were  excluded,  the 
rule  surviving,  as  often,  the  reason  for  it13.  Prodigi  interdicti  were 
excluded,  apparently  as  an  inference  from  their  incapacity  to  make  a 
will14.  Slaves,  though  there  was  testamenti  factio  with  them,  were  ex- 
cluded15, but  if  at  the  time  supposed  by  all  parties  to  be  qualified  their 
attestation  was  good — error  communis  facit  ius16.  Lunatics  and  impuberes 
were  excluded  for  obvious  reasons17  as  also  were  intestabiles18.  Apart 
from  these  general  exclusions  there  were  cases  in  which  one  was  excluded 
because  of  his  relation  to  the  particular  will.  No  one  could  witness  a 
will  who  was  in  the  same  family  group  as  the  testator  or  the  familiae 
emptor19.  Gaius  thinks  it  unwise,  though  not  unlawful,  to  have  as  witness 
the  heres  or  one  in  his  family  group20.  Justinian  definitely  excludes 

1  Ulp.  1.  21;  17.  2.  2  Vat.  Fr.  216,  217.  3  Ib.  218,  219.  4  Ulp.  14.  5  Post, 
§  cxi.  6  Ulp.  13-18;  G.  2.  Ill,  144,  286  a;  see  also  Vat.  Fr.  cit.  7  The  expression 
ius  capiendi  occurs  under  Justinian  (e.g.  49.  14.  2.  2)  but  it  now  meant  only  testamenti 
factio,  C.  8.  58.  1.  8  Ulp.  20.  2;  Inst.  2.  10.  6.  9  G.  2.  104.  10  There  was 

testamenti  factio  with  them.  11  Inst.  2.  10.  6.  12  They  could  not  have  appeared 

before  the  comitia.  13  Ulp.  20.  7;  Inst.  2.  10.  6.  14  Inst.  2.  10.  6;  D.  28.  1.  18.  pr. 
15  Inst.  2.  10.  6;  D.  28.  1.  20.  7.  16  Inst.  2.  10.  7;  C.  6.  23.  1.  Probably  of  wider 

application.  17  Inst.  2.  10.  6;  D.  28.  1.  20.  pr.  and  4,  except  furiosus  in  a  lucid  interval. 
18  Inst.  2.  10.  6;  D.  28.  1.  18.  1,  26.  19  G.  2.  105,  106;  Inst.  2.  10.  9.  Or  be  libripens, 

G.  2.  107;  Ulp.  20.  3-5:  domestici  testes  adhibendi  non  sunt.          20  G.  2.  108. 


vii]  INSTITUTIO  HEREDIS  293 

these1.  But  there  was  nothing  to  prevent  legatees  from  witnessing2,  and 
all  the  witnesses  might  be  of  one  family  group3. 

It  is  clear  that  the  exclusion  of  various  witnesses  in  the  classical  law 
rested  in  general,  not  on  considerations  of  prudence,  but  on  formal 
grounds.  The  familiae  emptor  and  his  family  were  excluded  because  they 
could  not  have  been  witnesses  in  a  mancipatio.  The  heres,  the  person 
most  interested  in  setting  up  a  false  will,  could  be  a  witness,  though 
Gains  shews  that  the  prudential  point  was  beginning  to  be  made,  by 
advising  against  this,  but  it  was  not  till  Justinian's  time  that  the 
exclusion  was  law.  Even  then  any  other  beneficiary  was  a  good  witness. 

The  witness  must  have  been  capable  when  the  will  was  made:  the 
fact  that  he  afterwards  became  disqualified  was  immaterial4.  The  func- 
tion of  the  witness  must  be  noticed.  With  us  he  merely  witnesses  the 
signature:  he  need  not  know  that  the  document  is  a  will.  In  Rome  he 
witnessed  the  transaction:  he  must  know  it  was  a  will  though  he  need 
not  know  its  contents5.  The  surviving  witnesses  would  be  wanted  again 
at  the  formal  opening  of  the  will,  which  was  done  before  an  official  as 
soon  as  possible  after  the  death.  Each  witness  acknowledged  his  seal 
and  said,  "in  hoc  testamento  interfui,"  shewing  that  he  attested  not 
merely  the  sealing  but  the  transaction6. 

A  will  which  broke  the  rules  of  testamenti  factio  or  did  not  appoint  a 
heres  was  said  to  be  iniustum  or  non  iurefactum7. 

CIV.  Institutio  heredis.  This  was  the  principal,  perhaps  at  one  time 
the  only,  function  of  the  will8;  in  classical  law  there  could  be  no  will 
without  an  effective  institutio  heredis9.  The  will  must  cover  the  whole 
property:  nemo  pro  parte  testatus10.  We  shall  see  that  the  law  of  the 
querela  provided  exceptions  to  this  rule11.  And  where  the  praetor  upset 
a  will  by  giving  bonorum  possessio  contra  tabulas,  the  institutio  ties  failed, 
but  some  other  provisions  remained  good.  This,  however,  is  not  a  real 
exception,  for  the  will  was  still  valid  at  civil  law12. 

In  classical  law  the  institutio  must  be  at  the  beginning,  not  in  the 
sense  that  otherwise  it  was  void — the  desire  to  avoid  intestacy  led  to  a 
different  interpretation  of  this  and  other  rules.  The  principle  is  ex- 
plained by  the  exceptions.  Nothing  could  come  before  the  institutio 

1  Inst.  2.  10.  10.         2  Inst.  2.  10.  11.       3  Ulp.  20.  6;  Inst.  2.  10.  8.         4  28.  1.  22.  1. 

5  P.  3.  4  a.  13;  D.  28.  1.  20.  9.  Descends  from  mancipatio.  The  whole  system  is  coloured 
by  reminiscence  of  mancipatio.  The  principle  is  shewn  by  the  exclusion  even  in  late  law 
of  surdi  and  muti.  Nov.  Th.  16.  1  in  laying  down  that  witnesses  need  not  know  the  content 
of  the  will  is  enacting  nothing  new.  6  Girard,  Textes,  811,  Bruns,  1.  317.  P.  4.  6 

describes  the  process.  It  is  clear  that  it  was  designed  to  facilitate  the  collection  of  duties. 
7  29.  2.  22;  28.  3.  1.  8  G.  2.  116.  9  G.  2.  229,  248.  But  we  shall  see  (post, 

§  cxxvi)  that  some  things  ordinarily  in  a  will  could  be  done  by  codicil  without  a  will. 
The  rule  remains  in  principle  in  later  law.  10  Inst.  2.  14.  5.  11  Post,  §  cxv. 

12  Post,  §  cxni. 


294  INSTITUTIO  HEREDIS  [CH. 

which  could  lessen  the  share  taken  by  the  heres,  and  any  provision  so 
placed  was  void.  Thus  disherisons  might  precede  the  institutiones1,  but 
not  legacies  or  manumissions2.  As  to  appointments  of  tutores  the  Pro- 
culians  held  that  they  might  precede  as  they  took  nothing  from  the 
heres,  the  Sabinians  taking  the  other  view,  though  their  reason  is  not 
recorded3.  The  whole  rule  seems  a  reminiscence  of  mancipatio  familiae 
in  which  the  transaction  necessarily  began  with  the  mancipatio  of  the 
familia  and,  more  remotely,  of  the  comitial  will.  Under  Justinian  the 
place  of  the  various  provisions  was  immaterial4. 

In  classical  law  imperative  words  were  needed :  " T.  heres  esto"  or  " T. 
heredem  esse  iubeo"  or  the  like.  Even  "T.  heredem  facio"  or  "heredem  in- 
stituo"  was  not  enough  and,a/orta*on',precative  forms  such  as  "T.  heredem 
esse  volo"  were  excluded5.  In  339  it  was  provided  that  any  form  sufficed 
if  the  intent  \vas  clear6.  And,  a  century  later,  it  was  provided  that  a  will 
might  be  made  in  Greek7.  The  institutio  must  make  it  clear  who  was  to 
be  heres,  but  even  in  classical  law  any  description  sufficient  for  identi- 
fication sufficed8. 

As  the  heres  was  universal  successor  an  institutio  ex  certa  re  was 
inadmissible.  It  was  not  void,  but,  in  order  to  preserve  the  will,  the 
limitation  was  ignored  in  the  case  of  a  sole  heres9.  But  the  case  might 
be  more  complicated  and  the  main  rules  appear  to  have  been  the 
following10. 

Where  there  were  two  heredes  each  instituted  to  specific  things  only, 
so  expressed  as  to  cover  the  whole,  Ulpian,  in  the  Digest,  says  that 
nominally  they  shared  equally  so  that  each  was  liable  for  half  the  debts, 
but  the  index  in  the  action  for  division,  familiae  erciscundae,  confined 
each  heres  to  what  was  expressly  given  to  him,  so  that,  if  debts  were 
heavy,  one  might  get  nothing  at  all.  This  was  to  give  them  each  a  half 
subject  to  a  praelegatum  to  each  of  what  is  expressly  left  to  him,  and  we 
may  suppose  the  same  rule  to  apply  where  the  things  stated  were  not 
the  whole11. 

Where  one  was  instituted  for  a  certain  fraction  of  a  fundus  and  the 
other  for  a  fraction  of  the  same  or  another  fundus,  the  fundus  and  the 
shares  were  ignored  and  the  case  was  dealt  with  on  the  lines  of  Ulpian's 

\  28.  5.  1  (Trajan);  .28.  3.  3.  2.  2  G.  2.  229,  230;  Ulp.  1.  20;  24.  15,  but  the  rule 

did  not  apply  to  fideicommissa,  Ulp.  25.  8.  3  G.  2.  231.  Perhaps  because  tutela  originally 
conceived  of  as  a  right,  of  which  heres  is  thus  deprived.  4  Inst.  2.  20.  34;  C.  6.  23.  24. 
5  G,  2.  117;  Ulp.  21.  6  C.  6.  23.  15.  Even  in  (later)  classical  law  defective  words  were 
sometimes  treated  as  mere  error  of  scribe,  28.  5.  1.  7  C.  6.  23.  21;  as  to  miles,  post, 
§  cxxvi.  8  P.  3.  4  b.  3.  9  28.  5.  1.  4.  Exceptional  rule  of  Severus,  post,  §  cxvi. 

10  The  texts  are  from  the  Digest:  it  is  uncertain  how  far  they  represent  classical  law. 

11  28.  5.  35.   As  these  gifts  are  praelegata,  they  will  however  be  subject,  so  the  text  seems 
to  say,  to  the  1.  Falcidia.  The  text  is  corrupt  and  probably  largely  due  to  Justinian. 


vn]  MODALITIES  IN  INSTITUTIO  295 

rule  above  stated1.  Where  some  were  appointed  ex  certa  re,  and  others  to 
shares  in  the  hereditas,  Justinian  declares  the  former  mere  legatees2. 
The  language  indicates  that  the  rule  was  not  essentially  new,  though  in 
classical  law  they  may  have  taken  shares,  being  under  a  fideicommissum 
to  hand  over  to  the  others  all  but  the  specific  things3. 

A  heres  might  not  be  instituted  from  a  certain  day — the  day  was 
struck  out4.  It  may  have  been  regarded  as  too  definite  a  breach  of  the 
continuity  between  deceased  and  heres.  It  could  have  served  little 
purpose — the  result  would  be  a  mere  wanton  postponement  of  other 
claims  under  the  will5.  For  other  reasons  a  heres  could  not  be  appointed 
till  a  certain  day — the  limit  was  struck  out  as  an  infringement  of  the 
rule:  semel  heres  semper  heres6. 

Dies  incertus,  i.e.  a  time  certain  to  come  but  uncertain  as  to  date 
(certus  an,  incertus  quando}  had  in  wills  the  effect  of  a  condition.  This 
does  not  involve  a  necessary  breach  of  continuity.  Thus  the  ordinary 
illustration  taken,  cum  T.  moreretur,  might  happen  at  once7. 

A  heres  might  be  appointed  conditionally,  i.e.  subject  to  an  event 
both  future  and  uncertain8.  A  gift  to  X  "if  St  Paul's  is  400  feet  high" 
was  not  conditional:  it  was  either  valid  or  not  according  to  the  facts. 
A  gift  "if  X  becomes  Consul"  was  conditional  and  there  could  be  no 
acceptance  of  it,  aditio,  till  X  was  consul,  which  might  never  happen. 
Conditional  institutions  were  subject  to  many  restrictions.  An  impossible 
condition  was  bad  and  was  struck  out,  the  institutio  being  treated  as 
absolute,  on  the  principle  of  maintaining  institutiones9.  An  impossible 
condition  is  one  not  in  the  nature  of  things,  clearly  not  a  very  exact 
idea,  but  shifting  from  time  to  time  with  the  advance  of  scientific 
knowledge:  many  of  the  modern  achievements  of  science  would  have 
been  set  down  as  not  in  the  nature  of  things  by  the  Romans10.  Im- 
possibility to  the  person  concerned  was  immaterial  if  the  thing  could 
conceivably  happen.  "If  he  becomes  Consul"  was  not  an  impossible 
condition,  though  it  might  in  the  given  case  be  most  unlikely.  Im- 

1  28.  5.  9.  13;  h.  t.  10.  2  C.  6.  24.  13.  3  Cf.   the  rule  in  Inst.  2.  17.  3,  post, 

§  cxvi.  4  28.  5.  34.  5  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  555,  n.  3.  6  28.  5.  89;  h.  t.  34; 

Inst.  2.  14.  9.  7  35.  1.  75;  C.  6.  24.  9.    Dies  certus  quando  incertus  an,  e.g.  if  or  when 

he  shall  reach  the  age  of  fourteen,  is  a  condition,  28.  6.  33.  pr.  But  see  post,  §  cxix.  As  to 
institutio  "  cum  ipse  morietur, "  see  Brunetti,  Dies  incertus,  130-143,  with  special  reference 
to  C.  6.  24.  9.  He  holds  that  this  was  not  treated  as  condition,  but,  exceptionally,  allowed 
to  be  valid  as  dies.  His  point  is  that  otherwise  it  must  fail  in  the  case  of  an  extraneus 
as  he  could  not  possibly  enter.  8  Inst.  2.  14.  9;  D.  28.  7  passim.  9  28.  7.  1; 

Inst.  2.  14.  10;  in  contract  a  different  rule  is  applied:  there  the  impossible  condition 
vitiates  the  transaction,  post,  §  cxLvm.  As  to  history  of  word  "impossibilis"  and  the 
conception  of  impossibility  see  Rabel,  Mel.  Ge"rardin,  473  sqq.  10  The  common 

instance  is  "to  touch  the  sky  with  one's  finger."  In  one  case  it  is  said,  after  hesitation, 
that  a  condition  "if  be  build  a  tomb  within  three  days"  must  be  treated  as  impossible, 
28.  7.  6. 


296  CONDITIONS  ON  INSTITUTIO  [CH. 

possibility  is  initial  impossibility1.  Supervening  impossibility  (casus) 
was  on  a  different  footing,  and  was  treated  in  institutiones  as  failure  of 
the  condition2.  Immoral  or  illegal  conditions  also  were  struck  out3. 
This  is  a  very  strong  illustration  of  the  desire  to  save  institutiones,  for 
one  might  have  said  that  a  testator  who  imposed  such  a  condition 
deserved  that  his  will  should  fail4. 

To  the  rule,  that  impossibility  to  the  person  concerned  did  not  cause 
the  condition  to  be  struck  out,  there  was  an  important  exception.  If 
a  paterfamilias  instituted  a  son  whom  he  wished  to  exclude,  on  a  con- 
dition not  technically  impossible,  but  one  that  in  practice  the  son  could 
not  satisfy,  e.g.  "if  he  is  praetor  at  the  earliest  possible  age,"  this  was 
not  an  omissio  (which  would  upset  the  will5)  or  an  exheredatio  (which,  if 
unjust,  gave  the  querela6),  but  the  son  would  be  excluded.  The  rule  was 
modified  in  the  sense  that  a  son  in  potestas  could  be  instituted  condition- 
ally only  on  a  condition  in  his  power.  Other  conditions  were  treated  as 
omissions,  and  even  one  in  his  power  was  so  treated  if  it  outraged  natural 
affection.  If  it  was  in  his  power  and  he  neglected  it,  he  was  excluded. 
The  question  of  fact,  what  is  or  is  not  in  his  power,  gave  difficulties  in 
some  cases7. 

Where  an  institutio  was  under  a  resolutive  condition  the  latter  was 
struck  out,  as  conflicting  with  the  rule:  semel  heres  semper  heres  (e.g. 
"until  he  goes  to  Capua8").  This  applied  equally  whether  it  was  an  event 
or  some  act  to  be  done  by  him,  but,  at  least  under  Justinian,  a  way  was 
found  by  which  the  testator  in  this  last  case  could  achieve  much  the 
same  result.  Where  he  was  instituted  "if  he  does  not  do  so  and  so"  the 
institutus  took  the  estate  at  once,  giving  security  that  he  would  return 
it  if  he  did  the  act  barred.  He  would  not  cease  to  be  heres,  and,  no  doubt, 
what  he  had  to  restore  was  the  nett  assets,  as  he  was  liable  for  the 
debts 9.  This  was  the  cautio  Muciana,  probably  due  to  Q.  M.  Scaevola  of 
Cicero's  time10,  but,  as  it  seems,  originally  applicable  only  to  legacies  and 
extended  to  institutiones  only  under  Justinian,  or  at  any  rate  in  post- 

1  Difficulties  where  the  condicio  assumes  a  non-existing  state  of  facts,  28.  5.  46;  40.  4. 
16;  40.  7.  19;  h.  t.  28.  pr.,  Buckland,  Slavery,  490.  2  9.  2.  23.  2.  As  to  some  apparent 
exceptions  (29.  7.  3;  h.  t.  4),  post,  p.  297.  3  28.  7.  14;  P.  3.  4  b.  2.  4  It  was  suggested 
that  such  a  thing  was  evidence  of  insanity  which  would  upset  the  will.  28.  7.  27.  5  Post, 
§  cxn.  6  Post,  §  cxiv.  7  28.  2.  28.  pr. ;  28.  5.  4.  pr. ;  28.  7.  15.  Not  applied  to  other 
sui  heredes.  Perhaps  at  one  time  no  condition  could  be  imposed  on  institutio  of  a  son. 
It  was  permissible  in  classical  law  to  impose  any  condition,  such  that  it  must  be  determined 
in  his  life,  provided  there  was  an  exheredatio  in  the  contrary  event,  28.  2.  28.  pr.  The  rule 
in  the  text  (above)  may  have  applied  to  all  postumi  who,  in  classical  law,  upset  the  will 
if  not  provided  for.  Post,  §  cxn.  8  28.  5.  89;  Inst.  2.  14.  9;  D.  28.  5.  34.  9  35.  1. 
7.  pr.  10  See  Girard,  Man.  839.  It  seems  to  serve  little  purpose  in  institutiones,  for  one 
conditionally  instituted  could  get  bonorum  possessio  in  any  case  on  giving  security,  37. 
11.  6.  Post,  §  cxxxv.  37.  11.  6;  2.  8.  12;  28.  5.  23.  pr.  As  to  a  possible  difference  in 
effect,  Girard,  Manuel,  cited. 


vii]  CONDITIONS  ON  INSTITUTIO  297 

classical  times1.  There  are  difficulties  as  to  the  exact  limitation  of  its 
application,  i.e.  to  what  kinds  of  negative  conditions  it  was  applied, 
but  these  will  best  be  considered  under  legacy2. 

Some  conditions  vitiated  the  institutio.  Such  were  institutiones 
captatoriae,  institution  of  A  on  condition  that  he  instituted  the  testator, 
or  likely  so  to  operate3,  and  conditiones  perplexae,  self-contradictory 
conditions.  The  instance  given  is :  "  Let  T  be  heres  if  X  is  and  let  X  be 
heres  if  T  is4."  Technically  this  must  be  impossible,  for  neither  can  take 
till  the  other  has,  and  they  cannot  accept  together,  for  aditio  cannot 
be  made  while  a  condition  is  outstanding5.  Why  it  was  so  harshly 
treated  is  not  clear6. 

The  condition,  "heres  esto,  si  volet,"  is  null;  it  adds  nothing7.  An 
institutio  in  the  terms  "quos  T.  volet"  or  "si  T.  volet"  is  void ;  an  institutio 
may  not  be  at  the  absolute  discretion  of  a  third  party.  But  the  result 
might  be  reached  by  making  the  institutio  depend  on  a  trifling  act  of  a 
third  party,  e.g.  si  T.  capitolium  ascendent,  which  was  quite  valid8. 

The  condition  must  be  satisfied  before  entry,  but  it  was  usually 
indifferent  how  or  when.  If  however  it  was  an  act  to  be  done,  of  such  a 
nature  that  it  could  be  done  many  times,  it  was  inferred  to  be  the 
testator's  intent  that  it  be  done  after  the  death9.  But  circumstances 
might  release  the  heres  from  the  obligation  to  satisfy  the  condition. 
Where  a  man  was  instituted  under  a  condition  of  swearing  to  do  some- 
thing, the  praetor  remitted  the  condition,  but,  at  least  in  Ulpian's  time, 
refused  the  hereditary  actions  till  the  thing  had  been  done10,  which  is 
nearly  the  same  as  substituting  the  act  for  the  oath11.  So  too  if  a  con- 
dition required  the  co-operation  of  a  third  party  and  he  would  not  act, 
the  condition  was  regarded  as  satisfied12.  And  if  the  heres  was  pre- 
vented from  satisfying  it  by  one  who  had  an  interest  in  his  not  doing  so, 
the  condition  was  treated  as  satisfied13.  But  there  was  no  relief  where 
the  act  was  to  be  done  by  some  third  party  independently  of  him14. 

A  man  might  institute  as  many  heredes  as  he  liked,  and  vary  the 

1  H.  Krueger,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  1 ,  shews  that  most  of  the  texts  applying  it  to  institutiones 
were  written  of  legacy  (35.  1.  7.  pr.,  1 ;  h.  t.  18),  and  shew  signs  of  interpolation.  28.  7. 4.  1 
does  not  appear  to  have  been  so  written,  but  it  is  not  clear  that  it  refers  to  c.  Muciana.  See 
35.  1.  7.  1.  2  Post,  §  cxix.  3  28.  5.  72.  4  28.  7.  16.  5  28.  7.  13,  14;  29.  2. 
18;  h.  t.  21.  2;  h.  t.  32.  1;  as  to  b.  p.,  post,  §  cxxxv.  6  Bufnoir,  Conditions,  31,  says  it 
is  as  not  seriously  meant,  but  there  seems  no  ground  for  this.  7  28.  7.  12.  8  28.  5.  32; 
h.  t.  69.  9  35.  1.  2;  h.  t.  11.  10  28.  7.  8.  The  remission  operates  ipso  iure  (h.  1.  8). 
It  produces  full  civil  law  effect,  Pernice,  Labeo,  3.  1.  54.  11  Not  identical:  he  is  heres 
at  once  and  can  enter  before  doing  the  act.  12  28.  7.  3;  h.  t.  11;  35.  1.  14.  Must  be 

distinguished  from  the  case  of  supervening  impossibility,  ante,  p.  296,  and  from  the  case 
(n.  8)  in  which  the  condition  is  an  act  to  be  done  independently  by  a  third  person. 
13  50.  17.  161.  It  must  have  been  intended  to  prevent.  See  40.  7.  38.  Prevention  is 
essentially  interference  with  the  action  of  donee.  14  40.  7.  4.  7.  See  n.  8.  As  to 

evolution  in  the  conception  of  conditional  gifts,  see  Vassali,  Bull.  27.  192. 


298  SHARES  IN  THE  HEREDITAS  [CH. 

shares  as  he  would,  subject  to  the  claims  of  sui  heredes.  It  was  the  usual 
practice,  borrowed  from  the  system  of  weights,  to  regard  the  whole  as 
an  as,  of  which  one  or  more  unciae  (twelfths),  called  uncia,  sextans  (2 
unciae),  quadrans  (3),  triens  (4),  quincunx  (5),  semis  (6),  septunx  (7), 
bes  (8)  (two-thirds1),  dodrans  (9),  dextans  (10),  deunx  (11),  as  (12)2, 
were  assigned  to  each  heres.  They  might  be  subdivided,  the  smallest 
name  recorded  being  scriptula,  the  twenty-fourth  part  of  an  uncia3. 

There  was  no  rule  requiring  division  into  12:  the  testator  might 
make  his  testamentary  as  of  as  many  unciae  as  he  pleased.  As  he  could 
not  be  partly  testate,  if  he  gave  only  nine  shares  there  would  be  nine 
unciae.  And  if  12  were  allotted  and  a  heres  having  one  uncia  refused  or 
was  disqualified,  there  would  be  only  11  unciae  covering  the  whole,  or, 
what  is  the  same  thing,  his  uncia  would  accrue  to  the  others4. 

If  nothing  was  said  of  shares,  the  heredes  took  equally.  If  some  had 
shares  allotted  and  others  had  not,  those  to  whom  no  share  was  named 
took  all  unallotted  out  of  125,  but  in  this  case  if  12  or  more  were 
allotted,  the  as  was  doubled  and  assumed  to  have  24  unciae  (dupondius), 
and  they  took  all  unallotted  out  of  246.  This  gave  an  odd  result,  for  if  five 
were  allotted  to  A,  six  to  B  and  C  was  merely  instituted,  C  took  one 
uncia,  but  if  six  had  been  given  to  A.  C  would  have  taken  12,  i.e. 
a  half. 

CV.  SUBSTITUTIO  (subinstitutio).  One  of  the  many  safeguards  against 
intestacy  was  the  rule  that  a  testator  might  institute  others  to  take  if 
the  institutio  did  not  take  effect.  This  at  least  was  the  purpose  of  the 
most  usual,  though  possibly  not  the  oldest,  form  of  substitutio,  substitutio 
vulgaris.  In  its  simplest  form  this  would  run  "T.  heres  esto,  si  heres  nan 
eris  C.  heres  esto7.'"  Technically,  T.  was  said  to  be  heres  in  the  first  grade, 
and  C.  heres  in  the  second8.  It  might  be  more  complex,  e.g.  there  might 
be  a  further  substitutio,  tertius  gradus9.  Heredes  might  be  reciprocally 
substituted,  the  purpose  being  not  to  avoid  intestacy,  which  this  would 
not  do,  but  to  avoid  the  operation  of  the  II.  caducariae10.  The  substitute 
might  have  a  different  share,  or  two  might  be  substituted  to  one11.  In 
general,  as  appears  from  the  form,  if  the  institutus  took,  the  substitute 

1  Duae  (paries')  assis,  but  see  Varro,  L.L.  5.  172.  2  The  names  for  9,  10  and  1 1  are 
derived  from  dempto(a)  quadrante,  sextante,  uncia.  3  Semuncia  (£),  binae  sextulae  (J), 
sicilicus  ($),  sextula  (£),  dimidia  sextula  (^),  sescwnx  (1£  unciae  =%  as),  uncia  duae  sextulae 
(£  as}.  Symbols  for  these  fractions,  see  Volusius  Maecianus  (Huschke,  Jurisp.  Anteiust. 
(5),  411).  4  Inst.  2.  14.  5,  7.  5  Inst.  2.  14.  6.  6  Ibid.  7  Inst.  2.  15.  pr. 

The  institutio  in  the  first  grade  would  often  be  conditional.  As  to  the  security  which 
substitutus  could  claim  from  such  a  heres  who  had  obtained  bonorum  possessio  (post, 
§  cxxxv)  see  P.  5.  9.  1.  8  G.  2.  154;  P.  3.  4  b.  4.  9  G.  2.  174;  Ulp.  22.  33;  D.  28.  5. 
54;  28.  6.  1.  10  Post,  §  cxi.  11  Inst.  2.  15.  1,  2.  There  are  difficult  questions  on 

the  point  whether  if  a  suus  is  disinherited  in  an  institutio,  this  must  be  repeated  in  the 
subslitutio,  28.  2.  8.  The  text  is  corrupt.  See  post,  §  cxrr. 


vii]  SUBSTITUTIO   VULGARIS  299 

was  excluded.  But  there  were  exceptions.  If  a  man  instituted  a  slave 
thinking  him  a  freeman,  and  substituted  X  to  him,  Tiberius  decided  in 
the  case  of  his  own  slave,  Parthenius,  that  the  slave's  owner  and  the 
substitute  divided1.  And  where  an  insolvent  instituted  a  heres  neces- 
sarius,  a  slave,  and  substituted  to  him,  the  substitute  was  preferred  if 
he  was  willing  to  take,  for  it  was  only  where  no  other  heres  would  take 
that  an  insolvent  might  free  a  slave  by  will  to  the  detriment  of  his 
creditors2.  If  a  common  slave  was  instituted  and  one  owner  refused, 
that  share  would  go  to  a  substitute  if  there  was  one3,  so  that  the  slave 
and  he  would  both  take.  But  another  text  denies  this ;  there  is  some 
difficulty  on  the  question  whether  the  institutio  of  a  common  slave  is  one 
institutio  or  two4. 

The  chief  rules  of  substituted  vulgaris  were  these : 

(i)  The  testator,  in  substituting,  might  vary  shares,  conditions  and 
charges  as  he  liked,  but  in  general  the  substitute  took  the  share  with  its 
burdens5. 

(ii)  It  was  in  effect  a  conditional  institutio;  thus  the  hereditas  was 
delata  to  the  substitute  only  when  the  condition  was  satisfied  by  failure 
of  the  institutio,  so  that  the  substitutio  would  fail  if  the  substitutus  was 
not  then  alive  and  capax6. 

(iii)  As  the  institutio  might  be  simple  and  the  substitutio  was  neces- 
sarily conditional,  and  might  have  a  further  condition,  the  two  gifts  are 
distinct  institutions .  The  question  arose  whether  an  institutus,  also 
substituted  to  another  heres,  could  accept  one  share  and  refuse  the  other. 
It  is  clear  that  one  instituted  for  two  separate  shares  accepted  both  by 
accepting  one7.  The  same  rule  applied  here8,  though  one  text,  plainly 
corrupt9,  seems  to  deny  it.  One  who  had  entered  under  an  institutio 
could  not  refuse  a  share  to  which  he  was  substituted  and  the  one  entry 
sufficed.  So  also  if  he  entered  under  the  substitutio  first10. 

(iv)  Substitutus  substituti  instituto  substituitur11,  i.e.  where  B  was 
substituted  to  A  and  C  to  B,  C  was  also  substituted  to  A  if  B  should 
fail,  whether  they  were  also  coheredes  or  not.  If  B  was  dead,  or  refused 
before  ^4's  share  fell  in,  C  would  not  get  this,  apart  from  the  present 
rule.  If  the  events  happened  in  the  other  order  the  rule  would  pre- 
sumably not  be  wanted12. 

1  Inst.  2.  15.  4;  28.  5.  41,  where  a  theoretical  justification  is  attempted.  2  Ulp. 

1.  14.  3  28.  6.  48.  pr.  4  29.  2.  65.    Buckland,  Slavery,  384.    The  law  of  cretio  im- 

perfecta  provides  further  apparent  exception,  but  it  really  illustrates  a  different  principle, 
post,  §  cix.  5  31.  61.  1.  6  29.  2.  69;  38.  16.  9.  7  29.  2.  80.  8  29.  2.  35,  76. 

9  29.  2.  80.  1:  "si  tamen  delatae  sint."  10  29.  2.  76.  The  difficulty  which  would  result 
in  this  case  if  the  spatium  deliberandi  of  the  institutio  had  expired  is  not  discussed. 
11  Inst.  2.  15.  3.  The  rule  is  here  attributed  to  Severus  and  Caracalla,  but  else  where  it 
is  laid  down  by  Julian,  28.  6.  27.  It  is  based  on  presumed  intent  of  the  testator:  hence  a 
limitation  mentioned  and  rejected  by  Papinian,  h.  t.  41.  pr.  12  See  Papinian,  lac.  cit. 


300  SUBSTITUTIO  PUPILLARIS  [CH. 

(v)  Coheredes  might  be  substituted  to  each  other1.  The  effect  of  this 
was  that  if  one  refused,  his  share  passed  to  the  other.  This  was  much 
what  would  have  happened  in  early  law  even  if  they  were  not  reciprocally 
substituted.  But  the  substitutio  was  material  in  several  ways. 

(a)  The  testator  could  vary  the  shares,  conditions  and  charges. 

(b)  Substitution,  being  express  institutio,  was  subject  to  all  its  rules. 
It  follows  that,  as  the  delatio  did  not  occur  till  the  institutio  had  failed, 
the  substitute  must  still  be  alive  and  capax,  or  he  could  not  take  it; 
institutio  failed  if  heres  died  before  delatio.  Thus  the  benefit  was  personal. 
If,  having  entered  for  his  own  share  he  died  before  the  other  institutio 
failed,  the  substitutio  failed  and  the  share  would  be  divided  among  the 
other  heredes2.    If  there  had  been  no  substitutio  his  representatives  would 
take  the  part  of  the  lapsed  share  which  would  have  come  to  him  had  he 
still  been  alive3. 

(c)  The    //.    caducariae,    which    excluded    coelibes,    etc.,    exempted 
relatives4  so  that  they  could  take  in  solidum,  but,  except  as  to  ascendants 
and  descendants,  this  applied  only  to  what  was  expressly  given  to  them. 
Thus  if  heredes  were  reciprocally  substituted,  and  one  was  a  bachelor 
brother,  he  would  take  his  share  of  a  gift  which  fell  in,  as  there  was  an 
express  gift  of  it.   But  if  there  were  no  substitution,  and  a  share  fell  in, 
the  //.  caducariae  excluded  him  from  any  share  in  it5. 

Substitutio  pupillaris.  This  was  of  narrower  application  and  different 
purpose.  Where  a  man  had  a  suus  heres,  born  or  unborn,  he  was  allowed 
to  provide  in  his  will  for  the  case  in  which  this  suus  survived  him,  and 
so  inherited,  but  died  under  puberty,  and  thus  unable  to  make  a  will. 
The  father  might,  in  his  will,  substitute  a  person  to  take  the  inheritance 
of  the  child  in  that  event6.  This  was  in  effect  making  a  will  for  the  child7. 
It  is  an  ancient  institution;  at  first  it  seems  to  have  required  that  the 
child  should  have  been  instituted,  and  to  have  covered  only  what  came 
from  the  father.  But  in  the  Empire  it  covered  the  child's  whole  estate, 
and  it  was  allowed  even  though  the  child  was  disinherited8.  It  had  a 
practical  purpose,  besides  avoidance  of  the  child's  intestacy.  If  a  father 
had  disinherited  a  suus  for  misconduct,  and  an  instituted  son  survived 
him,  and  died  impubes,  the  property  might,  but  for  this  provision,  go 
to  that  disinherited  suus.  It  was  usually  coupled  with  a  substitutio 
vulgaris  in  favour  of  the  same  person,  either  or  neither  operating,  ac- 
cording to  the  event9.  The  substitutio  vulgaris  was  usually  in  the  will,  but 
the  pupillaris  was  preferably  put  in  a  separate  document,  not  to  be 

1  Inst.  2.  15.  3,  etc.  2  28.  6.  23.  3  Subject  to  the  II.  caducariae.,  post,  §  cxi. 

4  Ante,  §  cni;  post,  §  ex.  5  Though  solidi  capaces  they  had  not  the  ius  antiquum 

or  praemia  patrum.    See  G.  2.  207;   Ulp.  17.  2.  6  G.  2.  179;   Ulp.  23.  7;   Inst.  2.  16. 

Not  possible  in  any  other  case,  G.  2.  184.  7  Cicero,  de  inv.  2.  21.  62;  G.  2.  180. 

8  Cicero,  loc.  cit.;  G.  2.  182;  Ulp.  23.  8;  Inst.  2.  16.  4.  9  See  Inst.  2.  16.  pr.;  G.  2.  179. 


vii]  SUBSTITUTIO  PUPILLARIS  301 

opened  unless  the  child  died  under  puberty,  to  avoid  the  risk  that,  for 
what  might  be  many  years,  someone  would  have  an  interest  in  making 
away  with  the  child1.  But  it  was  so  usual  to  make  both  institutions  in 
favour  of  the  same  person  that,  from  the  time  of  M.  Aurelius  onwards, 
one  kind  of  substitutio  implied  the  other  unless  the  contrary  appeared2. 

The  person  so  substituted  might  also  be  an  institutus  in  the  father's 
will.  Hence  the  question  arose  whether,  as  the  substitutio  might  cover 
property  not  in  the  father's  hereditas,  the  case  was  to  be  treated  as  two 
wills  or  one,  i.e.  whether  one  who  had  accepted  the  institutio,  was 
bound  to  accept  the  substitutio  as  no  more  than  a  further  share,  which 
he  could  not  refuse,  or  whether  it  was  a  distinct  will  under  which  he 
might  refuse  if  he  liked. 

The  view  which  prevailed,  a  survival  on  this  point  of  the  original 
notion,  was  that  it  was  one  will,  so  that  having  accepted  the  institutio 
he  could  not  refuse  the  substitutio3.  Ulpian  went  so  far  as  to  say  that  a 
slave  made  heres  necessarius  of  the  father  and  substituted  to  the  impubes 
was  heres  necessarius  of  the  latter  also4.  The  older  lawyers  held  indeed 
that  even  if  the  institutus,  also  substitutus,  died  before  the  pupil,  but 
after  accepting  the  institutio,  his  representatives  took  under  the  sub- 
stitutio5, but  Ulpian  laid  down  the  ride  that  it  was  a  distinct  institutio, 
in  so  far  that  it  failed  if  he  was  not  alive  when  the  impubes  died6.  There 
were  other  difficulties  of  the  same  kind  resulting  from  the  notion  that 
it  was  one  will  and  two  hereditates.  The  language  of  Justinian  shews  the 
confusion 7.  Finally  he  decides  that  acceptance  or  repudiation  as  to  one 
binds  as  to  the  other8. 

The  chief  rules  of  substitutio  pupillaris  were  these  : 

(i)  Its  validity  depended  on  that  of  the  father's  will.  If  that  totally 
failed  the  substitutio  failed  9.  But  if  any  validity  was  left  to  any  of  the 
institutiones,  this  saved  the  pupillary  substitution,  e.g.  if  the  will  was 
only  partially  upset  by  the  querela10,  or  was  upset  by  bonorum possessio 
contra  tabulas,  which  left  it  valid  at  civil  law11.  An  inference  drawn 
from  its  dependence  was  that,  if  in  a  separate  document,  it  must  be  made 
after  the  will 12. 

(ii)  It  must  be  in  favour  of  a  certa  persona,  except  that  it  might  be 

1  G.  2.  181;  Inst.  2.  16.  3.  Safer  still  to  put  both  in  the  separate  document.  2  28. 
6.  4.  pr.  The  case  of  Curius  seems  to  have  raised  the  question :  it  is  frequently  discussed 
by  Cicero  and  others.  For  the  texts,  Meyer,  Oral.  Horn  Fragg.  304,  318.  3  29.  2.  59; 
28.6.10.3.  4  28.  6.  2.  4  inf.;  h.  t.  10.  1.  529.2.59.  628.6.8.1.  There  was 
the  same  illogicality  in  s.  vulgaris.  No  new  entry  was  needed  for  the  substitutio,  for 
it  was  no  more  than  another  share.  But  if  the  substitutus  was  dead  when  the  subslitutio 
was  delata  his  representatives  had  no  claim,  28.  6.  23.  7  Inst.  2.  16.  2.  8  C.  6. 

30.  20.  9  Ulp.  23.  9;  D.  28.  6.  1.  3;  h.  t.  2.  1.  10  28.  6.  31.  pr.  11  28.  6.  34.  2. 
Other  cases,  h.  t.  2.  1,  2.  3,  38.  3.  This  last  passage  is  corrupt.  12  28.  6.  16.  1. 


302  NECESSARII  HEREDES  [CH. 

"whoever  shall  be  my  heres,"  which  was  understood  to  mean  heres 
under  the  will,  entering  and  surviving  the  impubes1. 

(iii)  It  might  be  to  a  disinherited  suus,  but  not  to  an  emancipatus. 
Thus  it  failed  if  the  child  was  emancipated  or  given  in  adoption,  or  pre- 
deceased the  testator2. 

(iv)  It  could  not  last  beyond  puberty,  but  it  might  be  for  less,  and 
different  substitutes  might  be  appointed  according  to  the  age  at  which 
the  child  died3. 

(v)  It  might  be  under  condition,  like  any  other  institutio*. 

(vi)  If  the  substitute,  knowing  his  position,  neglected  for  a  year  to 
get  a  tutor  appointed,  the  substitutio  failed,  at  least  in  later  law5. 

Substitutio  exemplaris  or  quasi  pupillaris.  This  is  an  extension  of  the 
foregoing,  for  the  case  of  insane  descendants,  not  necessarily  sui  or 
impuberes.  The  Emperors  allowed  testators,  on  petition,  to  substitute 
heredes  for  descendants  incapable  of  testation  from  insanity  or  other 
defect.  If  the  incapax  died,  still  afflicted,  the  substitute  took,  but,  if 
he  recovered,  the  substitutio  was  void  and  did  not  revive  on  relapse6. 
Justinian,  leaving  other  cases  unaffected,  allowed  it  without  special 
petition  in  the  case  of  the  insane.  Any  ascendant  might  appoint  such  a 
substitute  for  anything  to  which  he  instituted  the  defective.  The  sub- 
stitute must  be  a  certa  persona,  a  sane  descendant  of  thefuriosus,  if  any, 
if  none  some  other  sane  issue  of  the  testator.  Failing  these,  anyone.  If 
several  were  so  appointed  it  seems  that  each  substitute  would  take 
what  came  from  his  appointor,  but  the  substitutio  does  not  appear  to 
have  affected  what  came  from  none  of  them.  It  is  laid  down  as  in 
earlier  practice  that  the  defect  must  be  perpetuum,  and  that  the 
substitutio  is  void  altogether  on  recovery7. 

CVI.   CLASSIFICATION  OF  HEREDES.  These  are  in  three  classes8: 

Necessarii  heredes.  These  are  slaves  of  the  testator  freed  and  insti- 
tuted by  his  will,  so  called  because  they  are  heredes  with  no  power  of 
refusal9.  The  name  applied  to  all  slaves  so  freed  and  instituted,  but  its 
most  important  application  was  to  the  case  of  an  insolvent.  Such  a 
man  might  name  a  slave  as  one  of  his  heredes,  so  that,  if  the  others 
refused,  the  slave  would  be  heres,  and  the  disgrace  of  insolvency  would 

1  Inst.  2.  16.  7.  2  28.  6.  41.  2.  So  in  strictness  if  he  was  adrogated  after  the  death 
of  the  father,  though  here  there  would  be  the  Antonine  security  for  restoration  to  the 
substitute,  as  in  all  adrogatio  of  an  impubes,  ante,  §  XLV,  and  the  substitutus  had  actiones 
utiles,  28.  6.  40.  3  28.  6.  14;  h.  t.  38.  1.  2.  4  28.  6.  8.  5  C.  6.  58.  10,  extracted 

from  Nov.  Theod.  11  (A.D.  439).  6  28.  6.  43.  7  Inst.  2.  16.  1;  C.  6.  26.  9.  8  G. 
2.  152  sqq. ;  Ulp.  22.  24,  25.  9  G.  2.  153;  Ulp.  22.  24;  Inst.  2.  19.  1.  Those  in  mancipio 
were  also  necessarii  (G.  2.  160).  One  of  whom  testator  had  only  bonitary  ownership  could 
not  be  so  utilised;  he  could  not  be  heres  as  he  would  be  only  a  Latin.  Ulp.  22.  8.  Where 
a  testator  instituted  a  servus  alienus  with  a  gift  of  liberty  and  afterwards  acquired  the 
slave  the  two  gifts  were  void,  liberty  to  a  servus  alienus  being  a  nullity,  28.  5.  50.  pr. 


vii]  SUI  ET  NECESSARII  HE  RE  DBS  303 

fall  on  him  and  not  on  the  deceased1.  The  slave  had  indeed  a  certain 
protection.  The  edict  provided  that  he  could  apply  for  bonorum  separatio, 
so  that  anything  acquired  by  him,  either  before  or  after  the  sale  of  the 
estate  by  the  creditors,  would  not  be  liable  to  the  creditors2,  who  thus 
took  no  more  than  if  there  had  been  no  heres.  And  as  the  creditors  suffered 
to  the  extent  of  his  value,  no  more  than  one  could  be  so  freed ;  only  the 
first  named  was  free.  The  rules  under  the  I.  Aelia  Sentia  did  not  apply 
in  this  case3,  but  if  the  slave  was  incapable  of  freedom  under  any  other 
rule  he  could  not  be  so  utilised4.  It  must  be  a  voluntary  manumission.  If, 
e.g.,  the  dominus  held  a  slave  under  a  fideicommissum  to  free  him,  the 
slave  was  not  necessarius  and  could  be  free  without  taking  the  in- 
heritance5. 

Sui  et  necessarii  heredes.  These  were  those  in  the  potestas  of  the 
deceased  who  became  sui  iuris  at  his  death,  and  postumi  who  would 
have  been  in  that  position  if  born  soon  enough6.  The  name  sui  is  ex- 
plained to  mean  that  they  were,  in  a  sense,  heredes  to  themselves,  and 
they  were  necessarii  as  being  heredes  without  any  question  of  refusal7. 
But  though  this  was  the  civil  law,  it  was  unfair  that  they  should  be 
disgraced  by  their  father's  insolvency,  and  the  Edict  allowed  them  the 
ius  abstinendi,  if  they  stood  aloof,  did  not  intermeddle,  and  shewed 
that  they  did  not  mean  to  be  heredes*.  In  that  case  the  bonorum  venditio 
would  proceed  in  the  name  of  the  deceased,  and  though  the  will  was 
technically  valid  the  praetor  refused  any  action  against  the  suus9. 
Pupillary  substitutions  were  good10,  as  were  manumissions11,  and,  if  the 
estate  proved  solvent,  presumably  legacies  must  be  paid.  Any  surplus 
belonged  to  the  heres  and  not  to  the  creditors12.  In  classical  law  the 
suus  could  alter  his  mind  and  take  the  hereditas  at  any  time  before  the 
goods  were  actually  sold,  but  Justinian  limited  this  to  three  years, 

•   1  Inst.  2.  19.  1.          2  42.  6.  1.  18;  G.  2.  155.    As  to  another  case  of  bonorum  separatio, 
post,  §  ex.  3  G.  1.  21;  Ulp.  1.  14.  4  28.  5.  84.  pr.    If  alienated  or  freed,  post 

testamentum  factum,  he  is  not  necessarius,  but  acquires  for  his  new  master  or  himself. 
Ulp.  22.  11,  12;  G.  2.  188;  Inst.  2.  14.  1.  5  28.  5.  3.  3.  6  G.  2.  156  sqq.,  183;  Inst.  2. 
19.  2.  Ulp.  22.  14  and  G.  1.  159  include  a  nurus  in  manu  filii,  but  she  will  be  a  sua  only  if 
the  son  dies  vivopatre.  7  28.  2.  11;  38.  16.  14;  G.  locc.  citt.;  Inst.  2.  19.  2.  It  is  objected 
(Strahan  Davidson,  Problems  in  Rom.  Crim.  Law,  1.  86  sqq.)  that  this  idea  of  condomi- 
nium cannot  be  the  ancient  one.  The  absolute  dominium  of  the  paterf.  over  his  family  is 
inconsistent  with  condominium  of  these  in  the  family  property.  He  adopts  the  suggestion 
that  it  is  a  late  piece  of  idealism.  But  it  is  implied  in  the  language  of  the  XII  Tables  (5.  4) 
and  in  the  ancient  inalienability  of  the  heredium.  See  Cuq,  Inst.  Jurid.  1.  287,  n.  3. 
8  29.  2.  71.  9;  G.  2.  158;  Inst.  2.  19.  2.  G.  gives  ius  abstinendi  also  to  one  ire  manci- 
pio,  though  he  is  not  a  suus  but  merely  a  necessarius  (G.  2.  160).  The  right  being  lost 
if  the  heres  intermeddles  (G.  2.  163),  it  was  provided  that  one  who  did  acts  of  piety  or 
urgent  necessity  might  guard  himself  by  declaring  that  he  did  not  do  them  as  heres.  29. 
2.  20.  pr.  9  29.  2.  57.  pr.  10  29.  2.  42.  pr.  11  40.  4.  32,  if  not  in  fraud  of 

creditors.          12  36.  1.  69.  2. 


304  EXTRANEI  HEREDES  [CH. 

even  though  the  estate  had  not  yet  been  realised1.  If  the  attitude  of 
the  heres  was  obscure,  a  creditor  could  sue  him,  when  he  would  have  to 
take  one  position  or  the  other.  In  the  later  classical  law  the  beneficium 
deliberandi  seems  to  have  been  extended  to  him,  i.e.  he  could,  like  an 
extraneus,  apply  to  have  a  time  fixed  within  which  to  make  up  his  mind2. 

CVII.  Extranei  heredes.  All  other  heredes  could  refuse.  Some  time 
would  elapse  before  they  decided,  and  in  that  time  the  hereditas  was  said 
to  be  iacens3,  and  to  be  offered  to  them  (delata).  Rules  had  to  be 
evolved  to  deal  with  the  difficulties  which  resulted  from  the  fact  that 
in  the  meantime  the  goods  belonged  to  none,  and  yet  must  be  protected, 
and  the  business  must  be  carried  on.  The  immunity  with  which  they 
could  be  stolen  or  damaged  would  naturally  strike  the  imagination 
sooner  than  mere  commercial  inconvenience,  and  was  provided  against 
in  many  ways.  The  remedy  found  was  usually  independent  of  any 
notion  of  personality  or  ownership  in  the  hereditas  itself.  There  could  be 
no  theft  of  res  hereditariae,  but  a  special  machinery  was  invented,  the 
cnmen  expilatae  hereditatis*.  On  the  other  hand  for  damage  to  the 
hereditas  the  heres  was  allowed  to  proceed  by  the  Aquilian  action,  on  the 
ground,  not  elsewhere  supported,  that  the  word  "owner"  does  not  neces- 
sarily mean  owner  at  the  time  of  the  wrong5.  There  was  a  special 
machinery  for  dealing  with  freed  slaves  who  pillaged  the  hereditas  before 
their  liberty  took  effect6.  These  various  proceedings  shew  no  coherence 
among  themselves,  and  express  an  evolution  which  had  not  yet  reached 
the  point  of  vesting  rights  in  the  hereditas.  One  case  is  striking.  Under 
the  interdict  vi  aut  clam,  the  question  whether  the  heres  could  proceed 
in  respect  of  acts  done  before  acceptance  is  discussed  in  a  long  text7. 
Early  jurists  are  cited,  and  the  rule  arrived  at  is  that  he  could.  The  reasons 
assigned  are  independent  of  the  personification  of  the  hereditas ;  it  was 
admitted  that  liereditas  could  not  be  owner.  Then  comes  the  remark  that 
besides  all  this,  there  is  the  fact  that  the  hereditas  could  be  considered 
as  the  owner,  no  doubt  an  addition. 

The  conception  of  the  hereditas  iacens  thus  reached  was  of  great 
importance  in  the  private  law.  It  was  an  incomplete  personification  of 
the  hereditas,  arising  only  in  cases  in  which  there  was  no  heres  necessarius, 
and  thus  there  would  be  an  interval  of  time  between  the  death  and  the 

1  28.  8.  8;  C.  6.  31.  6.  2  28.  8.  8.    One  not  within  either  definition  may  be  a 

necessarius,  i.e.  a  grandchild  instituted  by  a  grandfather  who  disinherited  the  lather. 
He  cannot  refuse,  but  he  is  not  a  suus,  as  he  would  have  no  ground  of  complaint  if 
omitted  (28.  3.  6.  pr.)  and  he  is  not  a  slave.  The  cause  of  the  defective  terminology  is  no 
doubt  that  the  idea  of  disherison  is  not  primitive,  but  is  superimposed  on  the  existing 
classification.  In  classical  law  such  an  institution  would  simply  benefit  the  father,  but 
probably  under  Justinian  the  property  would  be  bona  adventitia,  ante,  §  xcix.  3  43. 

24.  13.  5.  4  47.  19;  C.  9.  32.  5  9.  2.  43.  6  47.  4.  1.  pr.   Other  illustrations, 

Pernice,  Labeo,  1.  360  sqq.          7  43.  24.  13.  5. 


vii]  HER  EDIT  AS  I  AC  ENS  305 

entry  of  the  heres1.  During  this  interval  the  hereditas  was  offered  (defero) 
to  the  person  entitled,  hereditatis  delatio.  If  he  decided  to  accept,  his 
acceptance  was  aditio,  and,  as  we  shall  see,  it  was  sometimes  declared 
in  a  formal  manner,  called  cretio2. 

This  quasipersonification  gave  rise  to  interesting  questions.  The 
jurists  did  not  go  so  far  as  to  call  the  hereditas  "persona  ficta" ;  that 
expression  is  mediaeval.  They  said  that  the  hereditas  "personae  vicem 
sustinet "  or  the  like.  The  compilers  of  the  Digest  were  not  very  particular 
on  this  point,  and  in  fact  the  modern  technical  meaning  of  persona  was 
developing  in  their  age.  There  are  at  least  two  texts  in  which  the 
hereditas  is  spoken  of  as  dominus  of  res  hereditariae3.  These  texts  shew 
clear  signs  of  alteration,  and,  even  so,  there  is  none  that  goes  the  length 
of  calling  the  hereditas  a  person.  Justinian  in  the  Institutes  makes  it 
clear  that  it  is  not4. 

The  hereditas  represented  a  persona,  but  whose?  On  this  point  there 
was  disagreement  among  the  classical  lawyers.  It  is  laid  down  by  some 
jurists,  not  exclusively  representing  either  school,  that  it  represented 
the  person  of  the  future  heres,  and  thus  that  the  entry  of  the  heres  was 
retrospective  so  as  to  date  from  the  opening  of  the  succession.  The  view 
which  prevailed,  however,  was  that  the  hereditas  represented  the  per- 
sona of  the  deceased.  But  though  this  view  is  dominant  in  the  Digest5, 
there  are  texts  which  express  the  opposite  view.  Thus,  on  the  question 
whether  a  servus  hereditarius  could  stipulate  in  the  name  of  the  future 
fieres,  both  opinions  are  several  times  expressed6,  and  it  is  now  generally 
held  that  for  most  purposes  the  later  jurists  accepted  the  view  that 
entry  was  retrospective7,  on  grounds  of  convenience,  however  difficult  it 
might  be  to  reconcile  this  with  the  view,  also  dominant,  that  the  hereditas 
represented  the  person  of  the  deceased. 

But  the  hereditas  did  not  represent  the  persona  of  the  deceased  for 
all  purposes.  The  Institutes  express  a  limitation  in  the  words  :  inplerisque 
personam  defuncti  sustinet8.  This  might  merely  mean  that  the  hereditas 
did  not  take  up  the  political,  social  and  family  rights  of  the  dead  man, 
but  the  restriction  is  much  more  significant.  Its  practical  application 
was  mainly  in  limitations  on  the  activity  of  servi  hereditarily  who  were 
the  only  people  capable  of  acting  on  behalf  of  the  hereditas  (and  were  so 

1  Where  a  suus  is  yet  unborn,  or  a  necessarius  is  instituted  conditionally,  the  position 
is  much  the  same,  and  no  doubt  the  rules  were  the  same,  but  no  text  applies  the  theory 
of  hereditas  iacens  to  this  case.  We  have  little  discussion  of  the  questions  which  must  have 
arisen,  but  on  the  texts  hereditas  iacens  and  heres  extraneus  are  inseparable  ideas.  See, 
e.g.,  43.  24.  13.  5.  2  See  G.  2.  162  sqq.,  and  post,  §  cix.  3  9.  2.  13.  2;  28.  5.  31.  1. 
4  Inst.  3.  17.  pr.  As  to  the  general  conception  of  personality  in  Roman  Law,  see  ante, 
§  LXIU.  5  41.  1.  33.  2,  34.  6  2.  14.  27.  10;  45.  3.  16;  h.  t.  18.  2;  h.  t.  28.  4;  h.  t.  35. 

7  46.  2.  24;  50.  17.  138.          8  Inst.  3.  17.  pr. 

B.  B.  L.  20 


306  HERE  BIT  AS  I  AC  ENS  [CH. 

capable  only  through  the  principle  we  are  considering),  since  ordinary 
mandates  were  ended  by  death1.  These  limitations  all  express  the  fact 
that  the  representation  was  not  complete,  but  they  do  not  all  turn  on 
one  principle ;  there  is  usually  a  good  reason  for  them,  apart  from  any 
theoretical  one,  a  reason  which  is  no  doubt  the  real  cause  of  the  existence 
of  the  limitation.  A  serous  hereditarius  could  not  acquire,  for  the  hereditas 
to  which  he  belonged,  another  to  which  he  had  been  instituted,  as  there 
could  be  no  authorisation2.  If  he  was  allowed  to  accept  without  authori- 
sation the  heres  to  whom  he  would  ultimately  go  might  find  himself 
saddled  with  a  hereditas  damnosa3.  The  slave  could  not  stipulate  for  a 
usufruct  for  the  hereditas;  there  was  in  fact  no  life  to  which  it  could 
attach4.  He  could  not  stipulate  in  the  name  of  his  late  master,  there 
being  no  such  person5,  or  as  most  jurists  thought,  but  not  all,  in  that  of 
the  future  heres,  who  was,  as  yet,  an  extranea  persona6.  But  he  could 
stipulate  in  the  name  of  himself  or  a  fellow  slave,  or  in  no  name  at  all 7. 
On  the  other  hand  he  could  be  examined  as  a  witness  in  litigation 
affecting  the  hereditas,  though  a  slave  could  not  ordinarily  be  heard 
where  his  master  was  concerned;  the  hereditas  was  not  his  master,  it 
'  only  represented  him8.  In  all  these  matters  there  was  no  strict  adherence 
to  a  theory.  The  rules  were  based  on  considerations  of  convenience; 
logical  justification  is,  at  least  for  later  law,  little  more  than  excuse. 

However  far  we  might  wish  to  go,  in  endowing  a  hereditas  with  the 
attributes  of  personality,  there  were  inevitable  limits.  It  could  do 
nothing  involving  a  conscious  act.  It  could  not  commit  delict  or  crime, 
or  be  privy  to  it.  It  could  not  authorise  a  contract,  appoint  an  institor, 
or  grant  a  peculium.  In  strictness  an  institor  would  cease  to  serve  and  a 
peculium  to  exist,  but  in  practice  this  was  not  so.  It  is  clear  that  peculia 
continued,  and  that  a  contract  with  institor,  even  by  one  who  knew  of  his 
principal's  death,  bound  the  heres9.  The  continuance  of  peculium  is  im- 
portant in  the  story  of  the  changes  of  the  law  as  to  acquisition  of 
possessio.  Animus  being  necessary  to  possession,  a  hereditas,  having 
none,  could  not  possess10,  and  it  could  not  acquire  possessio  through  a 
slave,  for  even  where  a  slave  took  possessio  for  a  living  owner,  the  master 
had  not  ordinarily  possessio  unless  he  knew  the  fact11  or  had  authorised. 
These  rules,  however  logical,  were  too  inconvenient  to  stand.  The 

1  See,  however,  14.  3.  17.  3  and  post,  §  CLXXIX.  2  41.  1.  61.  pr.  3  A  legacy  could 
be  left  to  a  servus  hereditarius  and  would  vest  in  the  hereditas  (31.  55.  1 ;  30.  1 16.  3)  but  the 
slave  could  not  accept  it,  so  as  to  bar  repudiation  by  the  person  in  whom  it  would 
ultimately  vest  under  the  gift,  since  this  would  bar  him  from  attacking  the  will  under 
which  the  legacy  was  made,  as  having  accepted  a  benefit  under  it.  4  Vat.  Fr.  55,  56; 
D.  45.  3.  26.  5  12.  1.  41;  45.  3.  18.  2.  6  See  p.  305,  n.  6.  7  Inst.  3.  17.  1.  8  1.  8. 
1.  pr. ;  48.  18.  2.  9  14.  3.  17.  3  (but  the  words  referring  to  knowledge  may  be  corrupt); 
1;~  1.  o.  pr.  10  Ante,  §  LXXIT.  11  Ante,  §  LXXIII. 


vii]  HER  ED  IT  AS  1  AC  ENS  307 

first  inroad  on  principle  was  in  the  field  of  peculium,  naturally,  as  it  had 
been  in  the  case  of  a  living  owner.  The  texts  give  evidence  of  dispute 
and  change  of  rule1.  It  is  clear  that  a  servus  hereditarius  could,  in 

o 

classical  law,  continue  an  existing  possession,  and  even  complete  it  for 
the  purpose  of  usucapio.  But  as  to  beginning  possessio,  the  law  is  not 
clear  even  in  the  case  of  peculium.  Papinian  is  made  to  express  con- 
flicting views  on  the  question  whether  a  servus  hereditarius  could  acquire 
usucapion  possession,  even  in  re  peculiari.  The  view  most  generally  held, 
and  supported  by  various  emendations,  is  that  classical  law  allowed  him 
to  begin  usucapion  possession  for  the  peculium,  but  that  Justinian  first 
allowed  it  in  a  wider  field2.  Probably,  apart  from  peculium,  even 
interdict  possession  could  not  be  acquired  by  him  till  the  time  of  Jus- 
tinian3. 

Although  servus  hereditarius  played  for  the  moment  an  important 
economic  part,  the  facts  did  not  alter  his  essential  character,  or  increase 
his  faculties.  His  powers  were  still  dependent  and  derivative.  This 
became  important  if  the  hereditas  was  not  accepted.  If  no  heres  entered 
under  a  will  or  on  intestacy,  all  that  the  slave  had  done  was  void.  Thus 
the  fiscus  which  took  the  property,  subject  to  the  rights  of  creditors, 
would  ignore  obligations  incurred  since  the  death4.  Further,  since  such 
a  slave  could  not  bring  any  actions,  any  remedies  that  there  were  in 
the  region  of  civil,  as  opposed  to  criminal,  law,  must  stand  over  till  a 
heres  entered.  Thus  the  discussions  in  the  Digest  take  the  form  of  enquiry 
how  far  the  heres  could  sue  or  be  sued  for  what  was  done  when  the 
hereditas  was  iacens. 

CVIII.  It  is  in  relation  to  Jieredes  extranei  that  the  question  of 
testamenti  factio  arose.  The  institutus  must  have  been  capable  of  being 
instituted  at  the  time  when  the  will  was  made,  at  the  death  (or  in  con- 
ditional institutions,  when  the  condition  was  satisfied),  and  thencefor- 
ward till  actual  entry5.  Loss  of  testamenti  factio  between  these  last  dates 
was  fatal  even  though  it  was  regained ;  if  delatio  became  impossible 
while  it  was  running,  the  delatio  was  destroyed.  But  it  was  immaterial 
between  the  two  earlier  dates,  if  regained  before  the  later  of  them — 
media  temp  or  a  non  nocent6,  the  rule  as  to  capacity  at  the  time  of  testation 
being  merely  a  survival  from  the  mancipatio  familiae. 

1  41.  2.  1.  5;  41.  3.  45.  1;  44.  7.  16.  2  The  chief  texts  are  6.  2.  9.  6;  41.  3.  20;  h.  t. 

31.  5;  h.  t.  40:  h.  t.  44.  3;  h.  t.  45.  1.  3  The  texts  on  the  possessory  interdicts  do  not 
give  any  cases  of  dispossessed  servi  hereditarii,  or  discuss  any  cases  in  which  they  began 
possession.  But  in  43.  24.  13.  5  already  noted,  it  is  said  that  the  heres  has  "quod  vi 
ut  clam"  in  respect  of  acts  done  while  the  hereditas  was  iacens,  but  this  text  does  not 
deal  with  the  case  in  which  a  s.  hereditarius  had  taken  possession.  On  the  position 
generally,  see  Pernice,  Labeo,  1.  360  sqq.  4  45.  1.  73.  1.  5  28.  5.  50.  1;  Inst,  ± 

19.  4,  etc.    See  however  Schulz,  Z.S.S.  35.  112  sqq.  6  28.  5.  60.  4;  h.  t.  6.  2,  etc. 

20- -2 


308  INSTITUTIO  OF  POSTUMI  [CH. 

The  cases  in  which  testamenti  factio  did  not  exist  have  already  been 
considered1,  but  some  remarks  are  needed  as  to  postumi.  At  strict  civil 
law  no  postumi  could  be  instituted.  The  extent  to  which  this  was  relaxed 
in  the  case  of  postumi  sui  will  be  considered  later2.  A  postumus  suus 
was  a  person  who  would  be  a  suus  heres  if  born  in  the  lifetime  of  the 
testator3.  But  as  he  need  not  be  even  conceived  when  the  will  was  made, 
it  was  impossible  to  tell  beforehand  who  might  or  might  not  be  a  suus 
heres.  It  was  therefore  allowed  to  institute  a  future  child  of  any  woman, 
not  at  present  married  to  anyone  else,  who  could  afterwards  lawfully 
be  the  testator's  wife.  Such  an  institution  was  in  any  case  so  far  valid 
as  to  constitute  the  document  a  will  which  would  revoke  one  previously 
made4,  but  it  did  not  operate  positively  if,  in  the  event,  the  child  born 
was  not  such  as  to  satisfy  the  definition  of  a  suus  heres,  e.g.  the  child  of 
another  marriage  altogether.  In  that  case  he  was  a  mere  postumus 
extraneus ;  the  institutio  was  not  valid,  but  as  we  have  said,  he  could 
get  bonorum  possessio  secundum  tabulas5.  But  here,  as  in  all  cases  of 
succession,  it  was  necessary  that  he  be  actually  conceived  at  the  time 
of  delatio6.  Under  Justinian7  any  such  postumus  could  be  instituted. 

Slaves  had  testamenti  factio  for  this  purpose,  of  course  derivative. 
Where  a  man  appointed  his  own  slave,  the  man  was,  as  we  have  seen, 
heres  necessarius.  In  the  classical  law,  notwithstanding  the  general 
favour  both  of  institutiones  and  gifts  of  liberty,  the  dominant  view  was 
that  the  institutio  was  void  unless  accompanied  by  an  express  gift  of 
liberty8.  It  is  clear  that  some  jurists  held  a  different  opinion9,  and 
Justinian  enacted  that  institutio  should  imply  manumissio10.  If  sold 
or  freed  before  the  will  operated,  the  man  was  not  a  necessarius,  but 
might  acquire  iussu  (novi)  domini  or  for  himself,  as  the  case  might 
be11.  We  have  seen  that  in  classical  law,  if  an  owner  freed  a  man  in  whom 
another  had  a  usufruct,  he  became  a  servus  sine  domino,  at  least  for  a 
time,  and  it  may  be  that  the  institutio  was  void.  Under  Justinian  he 
became  free  and  no  doubt,  if  instituted,  took  the  hereditas12.  The  case 

1  Ante,  §  cm.  2  In  connexion  with  exkeredatio,  post,   §  cxn.  3  G.  1.  147; 

Inst.  1.  13.  4;  cf.  D.  50.  17.  73.  1.  It  will  be  observed  that  these  statements  differ  in 
form.  Justinian  defines  one  who  is  a  suus;  Gaius  and  Q.  Mucius  define  one  who  can  be 
such.  4  28.  2.  9;  h.  t.  4;  h.  t.  28.  3.  5  D.  37.  1 1.  3.  6  Ib.  1  C.  6.  48.  1; 

Inst.  3.  9.  pr.  8  G.  1.  21;  2.  186.  Thus  if  I  institute  my  slave  with  no  gift  of  liberty 
and  later  free  or  sell  him,  he  cannot  acquire  the  hereditas  for  himself  or  his  master.  G.  2. 
187;  Ulp.  22.  12.  9  See  C.  6.  27.  5.  1;  Inst.  2.  14.  pr.  10  C.  6.  27.  5.  1  b.  sqq. 

11  G.  2.  188;  Ulp.  22.  12;  D.  28.  5.  7.  1,  9.  16.  12  Ante,  §  xxix;  Ulp.  1.  19;  C.  7.  15.  1.  pr. 
Esmein  holds  (Mel.  Gerardin,  233  sqq.)  that  this  is  an  extension  of  a  rule  originally  applying 
only  to  vindicta,  dependent  on  the  (supposed)  absolute  effect  of  a  judgment  in  early  law. 
There  are  elaborate  rules  for  the  case  where  a  master  frees  and  institutes,  but  one  or  both 
of  the  gifts  is  or  are  conditional :  they  were  in  general  so  interpreted  as  to  secure  that  the 
slave  should  not  get  liberty  without  the  hereditas,  Buckland,  Slavery,  510  sqq. 


vn]  INSTITUTIO  OF  SERVUS  ALIENUS  309 

of  a  servus  communis  presents  some  difficulties.  If  simply  freed,  in 
classical  law  he  vested  wholly  in  the  other  owner1,  but  under  Justinian 
was  free,  subject  to  rules  already  discussed2.  If  instituted  with  no  gift 
of  liberty,  this  was  said  to  be  "ut  alienus"  and  the  right  to  take  vested  in 
the  other  owner3,  who  might  even  be  made  coheres  with  him4.  If  there 
was  also  a  gift  of  liberty,  this  was  "utproprius,"  but  we  are  not  told  what 
happened  in  the  classical  law.  It  is  generally  held  that  the  slave  entered 
for,  and  at  the  command  of,  the  other  owner.  There  are  logical  diffi- 
culties5, but  the  upshot  seems  to  be  that  the  institutio  took  effect,  and 
the  manumission  did  not.  It  is  not  however  clear  why  Ulpian  should 
distinguish  the  two  cases,  if  their  effect  was  the  same.  Whatever  the 
classical  law  may  have  been,  Justinian  provided  that  the  slave  was  free 
and  took  the  hereditas,  the  other  master  being  compensated6. 

Institutio  of  a  servus  alienus  was,  in  general,  institutio  of  the  master, 
with  whom  there  must  be  testamenti  factio 7 .  The  owner  took,  not  one 
with  lesser  rights,  whatever  the  testator's  intent8.  If  the  slave  changed 
hands  before  entry,  his  new  master  acquired9.  He  must  then  have 
testamenti  factio,  but  it  is  not  clear  that  he  must  have  had  it  when  the 
will  was  made,  if  he  acquired  the  slave  later.  There  could  be  no  entry 
without  the  master's  authority.  If  there  were  several  owners  they  ac- 
quired pro  rota,  and  there  might  be  several  entries,  or,  if  all  approved, 
one  entry  for  all10.  But  though  in  general  the  institutio  was  equivalent  to 
that  of  the  master,  this  was  true  only  in  relation  to  testamenti  factio  and 
other  broad  principles ;  the  personality  of  the  slave  counted  in  many 
ways.  Thus  the  time  allowed  for  claim  (under  cretio  vulgaris)  ran  from 
that  of  the  slave's  knowledge.  And  the  slave  himself  must  enter11. 

CIX.  ADITIO.  ENTRY12.  As  entry  could  not  be  made  by  representative13, 

1  P.  4.  12.  1;  Ulp.  1.  18.  2  Ante,  §  xxix.  3  Ulp.  22.  7,  10.  4  28.  5.  90.  5  Salkow- 
ski,  Sklavenerwerb,  18  sqq.  6  C.  7.  7.  1.  1.  For  the  case  of  one  supposed  to  be  free,  ante, 
§  cv.  7  Thus  fideicommissa  can  be  imposed  on  him.  Ulp.  22.  9;  D.  28.  5.  31;  36.  1. 

26.  1.  A  gift  of  liberty  accompanying  an  institutio  of  a  ssrwis  alienus  was  ignored.  P.  3.  4  b. 
7.  If  testator  afterwards  acquires  the  slave,  the  gift  of  liberty  being  a  nullity  the  whole 
gift  is  void.  The  rule  is  stated  by  Justinian  from  Florentinus  (28.  5.  50.  pr.),  but  it  seems 
out  of  place  in  Justinian's  law.  8  29.  2.  45.  3,  etc.  There  were  doubts  and  conflicts, 

7.  1.  21;seeawte,§xcix.  9  Inst.  2.  14.  1;  D.  37.  11.  2.  9.  Or  himself  if  freed,  G.  2.  1 89 ; 

Ulp.  22.  13.  10  29.  2.  68;  Inst.  2.  14.  3.  11  G.  2.  190;  29.  2.  26;  h.  t.  30.  7;  h.  t.  36; 
31.  82.  2,  etc.  12  In  general  the  will  may  be  opened  and  entry  made  at  once.  But,  under 
Augustus,  the  sc.  Silanianum  provided  that,  if  there  was  suspicion  that  the  deceased  had 
been  killed  by  his  slaves,  there  might  be  no  opening  or  acceptance  until  there  had  been 
enquiry  and  torture  of  slaves  who  might  have  been  concerned — pain  of  forfeiture.  P. 
3.  5;  D.  29.  5.  As  to  state  of  knowledge  essential  to  entry,  see  29.  2.  17-19,  23,  etc.  The 
II.  caducariae  did  not  allow  rights  to  vest  till  the  will  was  opened.  Thus  there  could  be 
no  entry  till  then  and  the  gift  might  fail  by  death  of  institutus  between  death  of  testator 
and  opening  of  the  will.  Ulp.  17.  1.  13  29.  2.  36.  It  is  an  actus  legit  imus.  But  a 

slave  or  son  could  enter  if  authorised,  h.  t.  26.  Direction  to  him  to  enter  for  his  share 
could  hardly  be  pro  herede  geslio  for  another  share. 


310  ADIT1O:   CRETIO  [CH. 

it  follows  that  if  the  heres  was  infans  or  furiosus  the  hereditas  would  be 
lost  at  civil  law,  unless  the  infans  attained  intellectus  or  the  furiosus  re- 
covered his  wits.  The  difficulty  was  lessened  by  the  fact  that  in  classical 
law  the  curator  of  a,  furiosus  could  get  bonorum  possessio  decretalis1  and 
the  tutor  (or  father)  could,  it  seems,  obtain  actual  bonorum  possessio 
secundum  tabulas2. 

Acceptance  is  called  aditio.  Gaius  tells  us  that  this  might  be  either 
by  a  formal  act  of  acceptance  called  cretio  (cernere)  or  by  acting  as  heres, 
pro  herede  gestio,  or  by  mere  expression  of  intent,  nuda  voluntas3.  In 
the  Empire  cretio  was  not  necessary  unless  expressly  required  by  the 
will,  but  this  was  probably  not  the  case  in  the  time  of  Cicero4.  Nuda 
voluntas  is  not  mentioned  by  any  jurist  but  Gaius5.  The  formal  declara- 
tion, cretio,  was  made  in  a  traditional  form  of  words  of  which  the  essential 
part  appears  to  be  "adeo  cernoque6."  It  was  usual  to  have  witnesses,  though 
there  is  no  evidence  that  they  were  required  by  law7.  Like  all  formal 
declarations  it  was  required  to  be  in  Latin8. 

The  name  cretio  is  also  applied  to  the  clause,  sometimes  inserted  in 
the  will,  by  which  the  heres  was  required  to  accept  in  this  manner.  The 
purpose  of  this  was  not  primarily  to  secure  an  unequivocal  acceptance, 
but  to  make  good  a  defect  in  the  civil  law,  which  set  no  limit  of  time 
within  which  a  heres  must  accept9.  Thus  it  invariably  set  a  limit  of  time 
within  which  the  cretio  must  be  made10,  and  it  might  of  course  impose 
other  directions  as  wellu.  The  time  was  commonly  100  days,  though 
other  times  might  be  fixed12.  The  days  ordinarily  ran  from  the  time 
when  the  heres  had  notice  and  was  able  to  enter;  in  this  case  it  was 
called  cretio  vulgaris.  But  the  days  were  sometimes  made  to  run  from 
the  opening  of  the  will ;  here  it  was  called  cretio  continua13.  The  form  of 
the  requirement  must  be  carefully  looked  at.  It  did  not  make  cretio  a 
condition,  but  merely  directed  the  heres  to  make  cretio.  As  it  stands  this 
would  be  empty  in  classical  law,  for  if  he  did  not  "cern"  there  was 
nothing  to  prevent  informal  acceptance.  Thus  it  was  reinforced  by  such 
words  as  "si  non  ita  creveris,  exheres  estou,"  so  as  to  exclude  him  altogether 
if  he  did  not  "cern."  The  exheredatio  negatives  the  institutio  altogether 
in  that  event,  and  we  may  gather,  from  the  way  in  which  Gaius  puts  the 

1  Post,  §  CXL.  2  37.  1.  7.  2  perhaps  only  decretalis.  3  G.  2.  167;  Ulp.  22.  25. 

4  Cicero  never  mentions  pro  herede  gestio.  D.  29.  2.  62  shews  that  nuda  voluntas  was  not 
known  to  Javolenus,  but  pro  herede  gestio  was  to  Labeo.  5  It  is  copied  into  the 

Institutes,  2.  19.  7,  and  it  appears  in  C.  Th.  5.  1.  1.  6  G.  2.  164-66;  Ulp.  22. 28.    The 

forms  differ  only  in  the  omission  by  U.  of  the  useless  words,  "testamento  suo."  7  See 

Autun  Gaius,  42.  8  Cp.  Cretiones  of  Sarapias;  Girard,  Textes,  806.  9  G.  2.  164, 

167.  10  G.  2.  170.  11  See  Cicero,  Ad  Ait.  11.  12.  12  G.  2.  170.  See  for  an  actual 
example  of  60  days,  Cic.  Ad  Alt.  13.  46.  3.  If  too  much  time  was  given  the  praetor  might 
shorten  it,  G.  2.  170.  13  In  vulgaris,  "  quibus  scieris  poterisque,"  in  the  other  these 

words  do  not  appear.  G.  2.  165,  171-73;  Ulp.  22.  31,  32.  14  G.  2.  165;  Ulp.  22.  27. 


vn]  CRET1O  311 

case,  that  these  words  were  a  matter  of  course.  But,  if  there  was  a 
ubstitutio,  we  lear  n  that  there  were  two  forms  of  cretio,  perfecta  and 
simp  erf ecta1.  In  theperfect  form  the  words  were,  after  the  direction :  "si 
non  ita  creveris  exheres  esto  et  C.  heres  esto."  Here  even  if  the  institutus  (T.) 
acted  as  heres,  he  was  excluded,  unless  he  made  cretio,  and  the  substitute 
took.  But  if  the  words  "exheres  esto"  were  omitted,  there  were  no  words  to 
excludehim  even  if  he  did  not  "cern."  But  this  was  the  condition  on  which 
C.  was  to  be  heres.  If  T.  made  cretio  he  was  sole  heres ;  if  he  did  not,  but 
accepted  informally,  he  and  C.  shared.  This  was  the  logical  rule  of  earlier 
classical  law-2,  but  M.  Aurelius  provided  that  even  if,  in  cretio  imperfecta. 
T.  did  not  "cern,"  he  would  exclude  C.  if  he  accepted  in  any  way3.  He 
seems  to  mean,  within  the  fixed  time,  his  point  being  that  the  practical 
aim  of  the  testator,  to  secure  acceptance  within  a  certain  time,  has  been 
realised. 

Gaius  notes  a  difference  of  opinion  on  another  point.  Some  lawyers 
had  held  that,  in  the  imperfect  form,  if  T.,  while  the  time  was  running, 
acted  as  heres  without  formal  cretio,  he  admitted  C.  to  a  share  and  could 
not  afterwards  fall  back  on  cretio  and  exclude  him4.  The  logic  of  this 
seems  to  be  that  the  words  "si  non  ita  creveris"  are  understood  to  mean 
"if  you  do  not  become  heres  by  cretio,"  and  he  had  made  this  impossible 
by  becoming  heres  otherwise,  so  that  the  condition  on  C.'s  institution  was 
satisfied.  But  this  is  not  the  prima  facie  meaning  of  the  words,  and  the 
view  of  Sabinus,  which  was,  probably,  the  accepted  one,  was  that  at 
any  time  before  the  time  limit  had  expired  he  could  fall  back  on  cretio 
and  exclude  C.  The  point  was  rendered  obsolete  by  the  rule  of  Marcus 
Aurelius. 

How  late  the  rules  of  cretio  existed  it  is  hard  to  say.  A  law  of  339 
may  perhaps  allow  in  its  stead  any  declaration  before  certain  officials5. 
An  enactment  of  407  abolished  it  altogether,  in  terms,  and  is  so  stated 
in  Justinian's  Code6.  But  in  its  original  form  it  was  part  of  an  enactment 
which  dealt  with  inheritances  coming  to  a  child  in  potestas,  and  did  not 
necessarily  apply  to  any  other  case7.  But  it  is  also  possible  that  at  this 
date  cretio  was  not  in  use  except  in  cases  of  this  kind,  in  which  there  is 
evidence  of  a  special  requirement  of  it8.  On  any  view  it  was  gone 
under  Justinian. 

If  the  will  contained  no  cretio  clause,  any  recognised  form  of  entry 

1  G.  2.  174  sqq.;  Ulp.  22.  32-34.  2  G.  2.  177.  3  Ulp.  22.  34.  4  G.  2 

178.  5  C.  6.  9.  9.  Justinian  refers  it  to  B. P.,  cf.  C.  5.  70.  7.  30  in  f.,  but  for  earlier 

law  its  language  seems  to  exclude  this,  especially  when  it  is  compared  with  C.  Th.  8. 
18.  8,  where  closely  similar  language  is  used  to  denote  entry  as  distinguished  from  claim 
of  B.P.  In  its  present  form  it  can  refer  only  to  B.P.  Originally  it  may  have  dealt  with 
both.  6  C.  Th.  8.  18.  8;  C.  6.  30.  17.  7  Or  even  probably,  Girard,  Manuel,  885. 

8  See  C.  Th.  4.  1.  1  and  C.  Th.  8.  18.  1-8. 


312  PRO  HEREDE  GESTIO  [CH. 

sufficed.  Pro  herede  gestio  means  doing  some  act  as  Jieres,  a  conception 
perhaps  not  at  first  clearly  defined1,  but,  in  classical  law,  meaning  some 
act  of  administration.  It  was  however  permissible  to  carry  out  an  act 
of  piety  or  urgency  without  being  bound,  by  making  it  clear  that  it 
was  not  done  animo  heredis2.  But  since  apart  from  the  cretio  clause 
there  was  no  limit  of  time,  the  heres  might  delay  as  he  would,  with 
resulting  inconvenience  to  creditors  and  substitutes.  The  remedy  was 
found  in  the  spatium  deliberandi.  The  heres  might  himself  apply  to  have 
a  time  fixed,  which  might  not  be  less  than  100  days  or,  apart  from 
imperial  sanction,  more  than  nine  months3.  If  he  did  not  apply,  a  creditor 
might  sue  him  and,  in  court,  submit  an  interrogatio  "an  heres  sit."  If 
the  heres  was  silent,  this  was  a  refusal.  If  he  asked  for  a  spatium,  this 
was  given  to  him.  If  at  the  end  of  the  time  he  had  riot  accepted,  this 
was  refusal.  If  he  accepted,  the  matter  was  clear4.  It  is  to  be 
noted  that  if  he  did  not  answer,  or  allowed  the  time  to  pass,  he  was 
excluded  by  praetorian  law,  but  not  by  civil.  But  it  would  mean  denial 
of  the  actiones  hereditariae,  which  comes,  practically,  to  much  the  same 
thing5. 

If  at  any  time  within  the  spatium,  if  one  was  fixed,  the  heres  expressly 
repudiated  the  hereditas,  by  word  or  deed,  not  having  intermeddled,  he 
was  at  once  excluded6.  But  if  there  was  a  cretio  clause,  mere  repudia- 
tion within  the  time  did  not  bar ;  he  could  still  fall  back  on  the  cretio 7. 
The  reason  was  probably  that,  as  the  substitute  was  admitted  only  "si  T. 
non  creverit,"  his  admission  was  not  effective  till  this  was  impossible8. 

Acceptance  was  in  general  irrevocable,  but  there  were  exceptions. 
A  minor  could  get  restitutio9.  Hadrian,  by  privilegium,  relieved  one  who 
had  accepted  in  ignorance  of  heavy  debt  which  afterwards  came  to  light, 
and  this  was  made  a  ground  of  relief  for  milites,  but  not  for  others10. 
And  if  a  man  was  compelled  by  threats  to  accept  or  refuse  a  hereditas,  the 
praetor  gave  him  restitutio  in  integrum11.  In  the  case  of  dolus  the 
remedy  in  both  cases  was  the  actio  doll ;  the  acceptance  or  repudiation 
was  not  undone12. 

CX.  LEGAL  POSITION  OF  THE  HERES.  The  heres  stepped,  roughly 
speaking,  into  the  shoes  of  the  deceased,  so  far  as  what  may  be  called 
property  rights  were  concerned.  There  were  of  course  many  limitations. 
1  In  29.  2.  62  there  are  traces  of  a  view  that  any  act  shewing  intention  to  be  heres 
was  gestio.  2  29.  2.  20.  pr.  3  28.  8.  1  sqq.;  G.  2.  167;  C.  6.  30.  22.  13  a.  4  C.  6. 
30.  9;  D.  39.  2.  69.  5  It  does  not  appear  that  a  substitute  has  the  same  means  of 

putting  pressure.  6  P.  4.  4.  1;  G.  2.  169;  Ulp.  22.  29.  7  G.  2.  168;  Ulp.  22.  30. 

8  We  have  already  noted  that  this  spatium  deliberandi  was  extended  to  sui  in  the  later 
classical  law.  9  G.  2.  163;  Inst.  2.  19.  5.  10  G.  2.  163;  Inst.  2.  19.  6.  Justinian 

points  out  that  the  beneftcium  inventarii  (n.  9)  makes  this  unnecessary.  11  4.  2.  21. 
5,  6.  But  Celsus  quoted  by  Ulp.  in  a  text  which  is  rather  corrupt  says  that  acceptance 
under  metus  is  void,  29.  2.  6,  7.  12  4.  3.  9.  1;  h.  t.  40. 


viij  LEGAL  POSITION  OF  THE   HERES  313 

Some  rights,  e.g.  usufruct,  were  extinguished.  Some  rights  of  action  were 
destroyed,  e.g.  the  actio  iniuriarum,  if  it  had  not  reached  litis  con- 
testatio1.  The  exceptio  legis  Cinciae  was  not  available  to  the  heres2.  A 
few  contractual  liabilities  were  ended,  e.g.  those  as  sponsor  or  fide- 
promissor3,  and  such  obligations  as  involved  personal  service.  The  heres 
of  a  person  entrusted  with  a  mandate  did  not  succeed  him,  though  he 
would  be  liable  for  any  breaches  of  contract  committed  before  the 
death4.  Delictal  obligations  did  not  pass  at  all,  except  so  far  as  the 
heres  had  benefited  by  the  proceeds5.  And,  conversely,  he  had,  or  might 
have,  obligations  that  the  testator  had  not ;  the  legacies  and  so  forth 
were  clearly  not  binding  on  the  testator.  These  he  must  carry  out,  sub- 
ject to  the  /.  Falcidia,  etc.,  so  far  as  the  estate  would  go.  But  debts  he 
must  pay  in  full,  whatever  the  state  of  the  finances6.  Hence  the  power 
of  repudiation. 

The  situation  in  this  respect  was  profoundly  altered  by  an  innovation 
of  Justinian,  the  beneficium  inventarii.  He  provided  that  the  heres  must 
make  an  inventory  of  the  estate,  to  be  begun  within  30  days  of  his 
knowing  of  his  right  and  finished  within  90.  If  he  did  this,  he  was  not 
to  be  liable  beyond  the  assets 7.  The  spatium  deliberandi  was  not  abolished, 
but  the  heres  who  preferred  to  rely  on  this  was  penalised ;  he  was  to  be 
liable  for  all  debts,  and  not  to  have  the  benefit  of  the  /.  Falcidia  in  rela- 
tion to  legacies,  and  if  he  let  the  time  elapse  he  was  regarded  as  accept- 
ing8. It  would  be  only  in  a  minority  of  cases  that  this  would  be  material, 
for  probably  most  testators  were  solvent,  and  few  left  away  more  than 
three-quarters  of  the  estate  in  legacies. 

As  the  heres  represented  the  deceased,  it  might  be  supposed  that 
each  heres  was  liable  for  the  whole.  The  XII  Tables  however  provided 
that  each  heres  could  sue  and  be  sued  only  in  proportion  to  his  share9. 
It  was  possible  for  the  testator  to  vary  this  by  charging  specific  debts  or 

1  Post,  §  cxxxv.  2  Ante,  §  xci.  3  Post,  §  CLVI.  4  17.  1.  27.  3.  5  G.  4.  112;  D. 
50.  17.  38.  As  to  this,  post,  §  ccxxxin.  Things  left  per  vindicationem  belong  to  legatee  on 
acceptance  of  hereditas;  as  to  this  and  the  case  where  the  legacy  is  conditional,  post, 
§  cxvii.  The  right  of  action  for  interference  with  the  family  sepulchre  is  available  not 
only  to  a  heres  who  has  accepted,  but  to  sui  who  abstain,  who  are  not  heredes  except  in 
form,  i.e.  not  for  any  other  practical  purpose.  Damages  recovered  by  such  a  person  were 
not  part  of  deceased's  estate,  47.  12.  6,  10.  6  29.  2.  8.  pr.  7  The  mode  of 

administration  seems  crude.  Apparently  the  heres  pays  creditors  on  the  principle,  ''first 
come,  first  served."  When  no  more  creditors  present  themselves  he  may  realise  what  is 
left  and  pay  legacies.  If  a  belated  creditor  now  appears  he  has  no  claim  against  here*  or 
a  vendee,  but  can  enforce  hypothecs  against  legatees,  and  even  bring  condictio  indebiti 
against  them.  C.  6.  30.  22.  5.  8  C.  6.  30.  22.^12,  14,  14  b,  14  c.  In  earlier  law  one  who 

let  the  time  pass  was  treated  as  refusing.   G.  2.  167.  9  Debts,  D.  10.  2.  25.  13  (Paul); 

C.  2.  3.  26  (Diocl.);  C.  4.  16.  7  (Diocl.).  Claims,  D.  10.  2.  25.  9  (Paul);  C.  3.  36.  6  (Gord.).  In 
C.  4.  2.  1  Caracalla  describes  the  rule  as  to  debts  as  "explorati  iuris."  In  C.  8.  35.  1  he 
bases  the  rule  as  to  claims  on  "antiqua  lex." 


314  LEGAL  POSITION  OF  THE  HERBS  [CH. 

any  fraction  of  the  debts  on  any  particular  heres  to  the  benefit  of  the 
others,  but  Papinian  states  the  rule  that  this  must  not  be  done  to  the 
practical  exclusion  of  that  heres1.  A  restriction  was  reached  by  treating 
the  charge  as  a  kind  of  legacy.  It  must  be  found  what  would  be  the 
share  of  that  heres  in  the  nett  estate,  if  debts  were  distributed  pro- 
portionally and  the  total  amount  of  debt  imposed  on  him  must  not 
exceed  three-quarters  of  that.  Thus  where  A,  B  and  C  were  heredes  in 
equal  shares  and  all  debts  were  charged  on  A,  the  assets  being  1000,  the 
debts  400,  the  nett  value  being  600,  each  share  would  be  200.  Not  more 
than  150  could  be  charged  on  A  so  that  he  would  get  50  and  the  others 
275  each2. 

The  debts  due  to  or  by  the  deceased  were  now  due,  to  the  extent 
stated,  to  or  by  the  heredes  personally.  There  was  no  fiction  or  other  device, 
and  the  name  of  the  dead  man  would  not  ordinarily  appear  in  the  action 
at  all.  If  the  heres  was  insolvent,  the  confusion  of  the  two  estates  might 
injure  the  creditors  of  the  deceased,  but  the  praetor  gave  relief  by 
bonorum  separatio.  The  creditors,  or  any  of  them  (even  conditional),  might 
apply  to  have  the  estates  kept  distinct  till  the  debts  were  paid.  This 
must  be  done  within  a  reasonable  time  and  before  actual  mingling  of 
the  estates.  The  Digest,  probably  by  interpolation,  fixes  a  limit  of  five 
years3.  No  creditor,  who  had  in  any  way  accepted  the  personal  liability 
of  the  heres,  could  claim  separatio*,  but  if  it  was  validly  claimed,  no 
pledge  created  by  the  heres  was  good  against  the  creditors5.  The  heres 
was  not  barred  from  claiming  any  surplus,  as  he  did  not  claim  the 
separatio6.  On  the  question  whether  the  creditors  who  had  claimed  it 
could  come  on  the  heres  for  any  deficit,  the  texts  disagree.  Paul  and 
Ulpian  exclude  them,  as  they  have  made  their  election7.  Papinian  allows 
them  to  come  in,  but  only  after  the  creditors  of  the  heres  are 
satisfied8. 

If  a  heres,  to  damage  his  own  creditors,  accepted  an  insolvent  estate, 
there  was  no  corresponding  right,  but,  at  least  under  Justinian,  there 
might  in  an  extreme  case  be  restitutio  in  integrum9. 

The  heredes  owned  the  property  in  common  and  might  of  course  go 

1  10.  2.  20.  5.     The   limitation   is   sometimes   said   to   be    due    to   an   interpolation. 

2  Same  result  reached  in  a  different  way.    Each  share  of  gross  is  333-j.    Each  normal  share 
of  debt  133£.     Nett  for  each,  200.     But  A  being  charged  with  all  debts  must  pay  the 
others  so  much  as  the  I.  Fakidia  allows,  as  if  it  were  a  legacy.  This  is  150,  making  75  each. 
Thus  A  gets  50,  the  others  275  each.  The  case  might  of  course  be  much  more  complicated. 

3  42.  6.  1.  12,  13.  4  h.  t.  1.  10,  11.          5  42.  6.  1.  3.    But  a  sale  of  the  hereditas,  bona- 
fide,  before  the  claim,  was  not  affected,  h.  t.  2.     As  to  missio  in  possessionem  of  a  heres 
suspcctus  who  does  not  give  security,  post,  §  CCXLV.   We  have  already  seen  (ante,  §  cvi) 
another  case  of  bonorum  separatio  oi  a  different  type.         6  42.  (5.  1.  17.         7  Ib. ;  h.  t.  5. 
8  h.  t.  3.  2.         9  42.  6.  1.  2,  5. 


vii]  HEREDITAT1S  PET1T10  315 

on  doing  so,  but  this  "  consortium1'1''  would  occur  only  where  the  heredes 
were  close  relatives,  and  was  almost  out  of  use  in  the  classical  law.  In 
default  of  division  by  friendly  arrangement2,  the  machinery  was  the 
indicium  familiae  erciscundae3.  Its  primary  purpose  was  the  distribution 
of  iura  in  rem ;  it  was  not  concerned  with  debts  either  way.  But  the  index 
in  adjudicating  the  various  properties  and  issuing,  if  necessary,  condem- 
nations for  equalising  payments,  took  into  account  payments  made  or 
undertaken  by  one  of  the  heredes  by  agreement,  and  might  himself  assign 
particular  claims  and  liabilities  to  particular  heredes^.  This  did  not  bind 
the  creditors,  who,  if  they  liked,  could  still  sue  the  heredes  separately. 
But  one  action  is  more  convenient  than  many,  and  it  was  the  practice 
for  the  heredes  under  such  an  arrangement,  of  their  own  or  the  judge's 
making,  to  give  the  heres  to  whom  a  claim  of  debt  was  assigned 
authority  to  act  as  procurator  (in  rem  suam5). 

Apart  from  claims  against  actual  coheirs,  the  primary  remedy  of  the 
heres  was  the  hereditatis  petitio6,  a  general  real  action  for  the  recovery 
of  all  or  any  part  of  the  hereditas  held  by  one  who  claimed  adversely  to 
be  heres,  or,  setting  up  no  title  at  all,  held  merely  " pro  possessor e."  It 
was  indeed  extended  as  an  actio  utilis  against  one  who  had  bought  the 
hereditas  or  a  fraction  of  it  from  a  holder  pro  herede7,  but  apart  from 
this  it  did  not  lie  against  those  claiming  to  hold  under  any  other  title. 
Nor  was  it  available  for  recovery  of  debts,  except  where  these  were  due 
from  a  holder  pro  herede  or  pro  possessore,  and  of  course  he  must  restore 
things  in  the  hereditas,  but  not  of  it,  e.g.  things  lent  to  the  deceased,  in 
which  there  could  be  no  question  of  a  ius  in  rem8.  Apart  from  this,  the 
heres  must  bring  the  ordinary  actions.  Hereditatis  petitio  thus  differed 
from  an  ordinary  real  action  in  scope.  It  differed  also  in  its  rules  as  to 
damages.  Before  the  sc.  luventianum  (129  A.D.)  the  possessor  was 
treated  as  having  been  administering  for  the  true  heres,  bound  there- 
fore to  account  for  any  profits  and  damage  caused  by  bad  administra- 
tion, and  entitled  to  claim  expenses  reasonably  incurred.  It  was  hardly 
possible  to  distinguish  between  mala  and  bonafide  holder  while  usucapio 
lucrativa  existed.  But  the  luventianum  distinguished.  Bonafide  possessor 
need  account  only  for  his  enrichment,  mala  fide  possessor  must  restore 
all  loss  which  his  intervention  had  caused  to  the  heres.  And  it  allowed 
the  action  against  one  who  had  dolo  malo  ceased  to  possess9. 

CXI.    Lapsed  shares.     If  one  institutio  was  void  ab  initio,  e.g.  a 

1  17.  2.  52.  8.  2  See  e.g.  Cicero,  ad  Alt.  11.  13.  3;  11.  15.  4;  12.  38  a.  2;  13.  12.  4; 
13.  13.  4;  13.  46.  3;  16.  6.  3,  etc.  3  D.  10.  2.  4  10.  2.  2.  5-4.  5  10.  2.  2.  5,  post, 
§  CLXXXIX.  6  D.  5.  3.  The  action  was  tried  before  the  centumviri  in  the  late  Republic 
and  early  Empire.  7  5.  3.  13.  4,  5.  8  5.  3.  19.  9  5.  3.  20.  6  sqq.  See  on  these 
points,  Girard,  Manuel,  914  sqq.  The  case  was  of  claim  by  facus,  but  5.  3.  20.  9  applies 
the  rules  to  private  cases.  Sceptical  view,  Beseler,  Be.itra.ge,,  4.  4. 


316  LAPSED  SHARES  [CH. 

peregrine  was  instituted,  the  will  was  simply  construed  without1  it. 
This  rule  was  never  altered.  But  where  a  valid  institutio  lapsed  from 
any  cause,  there  were  great  historical  changes.  In  early  law  the  will 
was  construed  without  it ;  the  shares  of  the  other  heredes  were  increased, 
and  they  could  not  refuse  this.  Any  legacies  specially  charged  on  that 
institutio  fell  with  it2,  till  Severus  made  such  a  lapse  carry  its  burdens 
with  it,  as  a  substitutio  then  did3.  But  the  II.  caducarioe,  the  I.  lulia 
and  the  /.  Papia  Poppaea  had  made  a  profound  change.  It  will  be 
remembered  that  these  laws  introduced  some  cases  of  complete  or  partial 
incapacity,  and  that  the  1.  lunia  at  about  the  same  time  introduced 
another.  The  II.  went  further ;  they  set  up  a  new  destination  for  lapsed 
gifts,  whether  the  lapse  was  due  to  their  provisions  or  not.  Lapsed  gifts 
were  divided  into  two  classes,  caduca,  those  which  failed  after  the  death, 
and  gifts  in  causa  caduci,  those  which  failed  before  the  death4,  though 
both  classes  seem  to  have  been  treated  alike.  They  wrent  to  other  heredes 
with  children,  failing  these  to  legatarii  with  children,  and  failing  these 
to  the  Aerarium,  the  popular  treasury5.  Ascendants  and  descendants  to 
three  generations  were  however  entitled  to  ius  antiquum,  and  could  take 
these  lapses  whether  they  had  children  or  not6.  Where  they  went  to 
coheredes,  it  may  have  been  in  proportion  to  their  shares ;  perhaps  in  case 
of  legatees  it  was  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  legacy,  but  it  is  more 
probable  that  legatees  took  equally,  and  the  same  may  be  true  of 
heredes,  the  acquisition  being  a  new  gift,  not  a  lapse. 

At  some  time,  not  later  than  Caracalla  and  probably  earlier,  the 
Aerarium  was  replaced  by  the  imperial  treasury,  the  Fiscus.  According 
to  Ulpian,  Caracalla  suppressed  the  rights  of  heredes  and  legatees  in 
such  windfalls,  reserving  those  of  ascendants  and  descendants  with  ius 
antiquum.  Failing  these  all  went  to  the  Fisc7.  But  this  is  doubtful, 
since  he  elsewhere  in  the  same  book  speaks  of  the  "praemia  patrum"  as 
still  existing8.  They  were  only  completely  abolished  by  Justinian9. 
Caduca,  etc.,  took  their  burdens  with  them ;  he  who  benefited  by  them 
must  carry  out  the  legacies  and  manumissions  charged  on  them,  and 

1  It  is  pro  non  scripio,  not  a  case  of  lapse.  C.  6.  24.  1.  2  31.  29.  1,  '2.  3  31.  61.  1. 
4  C.  6.  51.  2  a,  4.  It  is  not  easy  to  see  why  they  are  distinguished,  for  though  all  the  lapses 
caused  by  the  II.  are  in  the  first  class,  so  are  many  others  and  they  were  treated  alike. 
Ulpian  does  not  distinguish,  17.  1.  5  G.  2.  150,  207.  6  Ulp.  17.  2,  18.  7  Ulp. 

17.  2.  8  Ulp.  25.  17.  See  also  Ulp.  1.  21 ;  Fr.  de  iurefisci,  3  cited  by  Accarias,  1.  1012. 
Girard  suggests  (Man.  896;  Textes,  495)  that  the  praemia  patrum  were  soon  after  reintro- 
duced  by  Macrinus.  Vita  Macrini,  13,  says  that  he  deprived  all  the  rescripts  of  his  pre- 
decessors of  authority,  and  Dio  Cassius  (78.  12)  says  that  he  abolished  the  laws  of  Caracalla 
on  inheritances  and  manumissions  (both  cited  by  Girard).  But  our  law  can  hardly  have 
been  a  rescript  (apart  from  the  badness  of  the  authority),  and  the  legislation  mentioned 
by  Dio  would  seem  to  be  that  on  taxes,  and  the  Regulae  appear  to  have  been  written 
before  the  time  of  Macrinus  (Fitting,  Alter  und  Folge,  116).  9  C.  8.  51.  1.  4. 


vn]  TRANSM1SSIO  HEREDITATIS  317 

thus  they  might  be  refused1.  It  is  important  to  note  that,  for  these  laws 
to  apply,  the  will  must  retain  some  validity ;  if  all  institutiones  failed 
there  was  intestacy2.  There  were  various  ways  of  evading  these  laws. 
Thus  adoptive  children  sufficed  till  Nero3.  The  restrictions  did  not  apply 
to  fideicommissa  till  the  sc.  Pegasianum,  A.D.  714.  A  little  later  tacit 
trusts  not  expressed  in  the  will  were  forbidden  and  penalised5.  And  it 
was  always  possible  to  avoid  the  leges  by  substitutions,  and  by  making 
the  institutio  of  a  coelebs  conditional  on  his  having  qualified. 

When  the  State  adopted  Christianity,  \vhich  regarded  celibacy  as  a 
virtue,  it  was  impossible  to  maintain  these  severe  penalties  on  it,  and 
Constantine  abolished  the  incapacitation  of  coelibes  and  orbi  so  far  as 
direct  gifts  to  them  were  concerned6.  But  he  left  the  praemia  patrum  in 
the  case  of  lapse7,  and  the  special  rules  between  husband  and  wife. 
These  last  were  abolished  in  410 8,  and  Justinian  swept  away  the  praemia 
patrum9.  Under  him  the  old  ius  accrescendi  was  restored,  but  the  rule 
was  maintained  that  such  a  lapse  carried  its  burdens  with  it10. 

There  were  however  two  sets  of  circumstances  which  would  prevent 
the  operation  of  these  rules  :  indignitas  and  transmissio  hereditatis. 

In  some  cases  the  law  deprived  a  beneficiary  of  the  advantage,  on 
the  ground  of  indignitas.  The  gift  was  not  treated  as  void,  giving  rise 
to  lapse  or  caducum,  but  as  effective  but  forfeited.  A  tutor  by  will  who 
excused  himself  lost  any  benefit  under  the  will11,  as  did  anyone  who 
attacked  the  will  unsuccessfully12,  and  one  who  accepted  a  legacy  under 
a  secret  trust  in  favour  of  one  who  could  not  take13.  There  are  many 
other  cases.  These  forfeits  were  not  all  dealt  with  alike.  Thus  in  the  case 
of  the  tutor  the  gift  went  to  the  child  concerned,  but  usually  it  went  to 
the  Fisc14. 

There  were  some  cases  in  which,  though  the  person  entitled  died 
without  claiming,  his  rights  passed  to  a  successor.  Most  of  them  were 
late,  but  even  in  classical  law  if  a  minor  had  failed  to  accept  and  died, 
his  heres  was  sometimes  allowed  to  claim15.  Pius  applied  a  similar  rule 
where  a  father,  whose  son  was  instituted,  had  been  entitled  to  restitutio 
in  integrum  for  absence16,  the  son  having  died  meanwhile,  and  there 
were  other  cases17.  Later  law  carried  the  matter  further.  In  426  it  was 
provided  that  where  a  hereditas  was  delata  to  a  child  under  seven,  from 

1  Ulp.  17.  3.  They  are  claimed,  "caduci  vindication  and  do  not  accrue  ipso  iure.  G.  2. 
207;  Vat.  Fr.  195;  Ulp.  25.  17.  2  Arg.  G.  2.  144;  Accarias,  1.  1013.  3  Tac.  Ann.  15. 
19.  4  G.  2.  286.  5  Ulp.  25.  17.  6  C.  8.  57.  1.  7  See  e.g.  C.  Th.  13.  5.  7. 

8  C.  8.  57.  2.  9  C.  6.  51.  1.  10  h.  1.  4.  The  enactment  is  very  complex  and 

verbose.  11  34.  9.  5.  2.  12  34.  9.  5.  1,  3  sqq.  13  34.  9.  10.  14  See  D.  34.  9 
passim;  C.  6.  35.  15  4.  4.  18.  5.  16  28.  2.  30.  pr.  17  Where  e.g.  the  delay  was 
caused  by  sc.  Silanianum  (ante,  §  cix),  29.  5.  3.  30,  or  incertitude  as  to  status  or  absence 
on  public  service.  See  Cuq,  Manuel,  785,  n.  4,  for  a  list  of  cases. 


318  EXHEREDATIO  [CH. 

his  mother,  and  he  died  before  the  paterfamilias  could  enter  for  him,  the 
latter  could  still  claim  the  hereditas1.  In  450  it  was  provided  that  if 
issue  were  instituted  and  died  before  the  will  was  opened,  their  rights 
passed  to  their  issue,  so  that  there  was  no  lapse2.  In  529  Justinian  laid 
down  a  general  rule.  If  anyone  to  whom  a  hereditas  was  delata  died 
within  one  year  not  having  made  up  his  mind,  his  own  successors  could 
come  in  and  claim  provided  they  did  so  before  the  expiration  of  that  year3. 

CXII.  Restrictions  on  the  power  of  devise.  These  were  of  two  kinds. 
There  were  rules  requiring  the  testator,  if  he  wished  to  exclude  his  issue, 
to  do  so  in  express  terms.  This  was  the  law  of  exheredatio,  of  formal  re- 
striction. There  were  other  rules,  not  so  ancient,  the  aim  of  which  was  to 
prevent  exclusions  which  satisfied  the  forms,  but  were  essentially  unjust. 
These  may  be  called  material  restrictions,  and  the  most  important  case 
was  that  of  the  querela  inqfficiosi  testamenti. 

EXHEREDATIO.  The  original  principle  of  these  rules  was  that 
the  sui  heredes  were  so  closely  connected  with  the  hereditas  that  any  ex- 
clusion must  be  express ;  it  was  an  outcome  of  the  omnipotence  of  the 
paterfamilias  that  he  could  do  this.  It  was  not  always  with  a  view  to 
practical  exclusion.  Fathers  disinherited  young  children  and  provided 
for  them  by  fideicommissum  "ut  eis  consulant*."  The  rules  changed 
greatly  under  the  influence  of  the  tendency  to  diminish  the  importance 
of  agnation5. 

Civil  law  rules6.  Sons  in  potestas,  if  not  instituted,  must  be  disin- 
herited nominatim,  otherwise  the  will  was  void.  Nomination  does  not 
necessarily  mean  "by  name";  "That  thief,  my  wife's  son,"  was  enough 
if  there  was  only  one7.  The  form  was  "exheres  esto,"  but  under  Justinian 
any  other  clear  words  sufficed8.  If  this  exheredatio  was  before  any 
institutio  there  was  no  need  to  repeat  it  in  other  institutions  and  sub- 
stitutions, nor  was  it  necessary,  if  the  son  was  instituted  in  the  first 
place,  to  disinherit  him  for  the  case  of  his  abstention.  And  the  will  did 
not  fail  if  the  son  was  not  duly  disinherited  in  each  successive  class  of 
institutions  and  substitutions,  but  those  in  respect  of  which  he  was  not 
disinherited  were  void9.  Exheredatio  of  a  son  might  not  be  conditional, 
unless  he  was  instituted  on  the  contrary  condition10.  Other  existing  sui 

1   C.  6.  30.  18.  1.  2  C.  6.  52.  1.  3  C.  6.  30.  19.  1.    He  says  that  Paul  had  laid 

down  this  doctrine.  4  28.  2.  18.  5  A  will  which  breaks  these  rules  is  testamentum 
nullius  momenti,  28.  5.  69.  6  Antiquity  doubtful.  The  case  of  a  miles  omitted  in  the  false 
belief  that  he  was  dead  gave  rise  to  litigation  in  the  late  republic  (Cicero,  de  or.  1. 
38.  175,  57)  which  looks  as  if  the  rule  existed,  but  was  not  settled.  But  Girard  points  out 
that  the  question  may  have  been  whether  the  ceteri  clause  was  enough  for  a  son,  and  the 
centumviri  ruled  that  it  must  be  nominatim;  Manuel,  867,  citing  Holder  and  C.  6.  28.  4. 
2.  7  28.  2.  1-3.  8  G.  2.  127;  C.  6.  28.  3.  9  28.  2.  3.  3  sqq.;  h.  t.  8;  h.  t.  14. 

Some  of  the  texts  are  corrupt.  10  28.  2.  3.  1.    A  postumus,  even  a  son,  may  be 

disinherited  conditionally,  37.  9.  1.  5. 


vn]  EXHEREDATIO  319 

heredes  might  be  disinherited  by  a  general  clause,  "ceteri  exheredes  sunto," 
and  if  this  was  not  inserted  the  will  was  not  void,  but  the  omissi  came 
in  by  a  ius  accrescendi1,  which  seems  to  mean  increasing  the  number  of 
the  heredes.  The  share  they  took  is  oddly  stated.  If  the  instituti  were 
sui,  the  omissi  took  equally  with  them  (pars  virilis);  if  extranei,  the 
omissi  took  half  the  hereditas.  If  there  were  both  the  omissi  took  pars 
virilis  as  against  sui  and  half  as  against  extranei2.  This  way  of  calculating 
would  sometimes  give  an  omissus  more  than  the  share  of  the  instituted 
suus  and  more  than  he  would  have  obtained  on  intestacy3.  There  was 
a  dispute  as  to  the  effect  where  a  suus  filius  omissus  ultimately  died 
before  the  testator.  The  Proculians  held  that  the  will  was  saved;  the 
Sabinians  that  it  was  void,  and  this  view  prevailed4. 

Difficulty  arose  if,  after  the  will  was  made,  a  person  came  into  existence 
of  the  class  requiring  exheredatio  or  institutio5.  This  would  upset  the  will, 
since,  as  incapaces  and  regarded  as  incertae  personae,  they  could  not  be 
instituted  or  disinherited  by  anticipation6.  It  seems  that  whether  male 
or  female,  child  or  grandchild,  the  will  was  void 7,  except  that,  probably 
quite  early,  the  rule  developed  that,  if  such  a  person  died  before  the 
will  operated,  he  was  ignored8. 

Relief  from  the  destructive  effect  of  these  rules  was  given  partly  by 
juristic  interpretation  and  partly  by  legislation.  These  postumi  were 
those  who  would  have  been  sui  heredes  if  they  had  existed  when  the  will 
was  made.  The  same  difficulty  arose  with  those  who  became  sui  of  their 
grandfather  by  the  death  of  their  father  between  the  making  of  the  will 
and  the  grandfather's  death.  The  first  class  provided  for,  late  in  the 
republic,  were  postumi  legitimi.  These  were  children  and  grandchildren 
born  after  the  testator's  death,  if,  in  the  latter  case,  the  father  was 
dead  when  the  will  was  made.  They  might  be  instituted  or  disinherited 

1  G.  2.  124,  128;  Ulp.  22.  17;  P.  3.  4b.  8.  2  G.  2.  124;  Ulp.  22.  17.  3  Two  sons 
and  an  extraneus  instituted  equally,  a  daughter  omitted.  Sharing  with  her  brothers  she  gets 
two-ninths  with  them  and  one-half  the  third  of  the  extraneus.  This  gives  her  seven- 
eighteenths,  more  than  either  brother  gets  and  more  than  she  would  get  on  intestacy.  If 
there  were  several  omissi,  it  is  not  clear  whether  they  took  a  pars  virilis  each  or  between 
them,  as  against  sui  instituti.  See  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  890,  for  the  latter  view.  But  the 
language  of  C.  6.  28.  4,  which  emphasises  the  point  that  under  this  system  legacies  were 
wholly  valid,  while  under  the  praetorian  scheme  (post,  §  cxni)  some  failed,  and  appears 
to  treat  this  as  the  main  distinction  in  effect  between  the  two  systems  as  against  sui, 
hardly  favours  the  view  that  there  was  this  other  great  difference.  And  it  is  difficult 
to  reconcile  with  the  not  very  high  authority  of  L.  R.  Burg,  45,  who  says  that  they  took 
"in  aequalem"  with  sui.  4  G.  2.  123;  Inst.  2.  13.  pr.;  D.  28.  2.  7.  5  G.  2.  130-134 

(defective);  Ulp.  22.  18  sqq.;  P.  3.  4b.  10.  6  Ante,  §  cm.  7  Ulp.  22.  18;  Inst.  2. 

13.  1.  This  exceptionally  harsh  rule  may  not  be  ancient.  Cicero  speaking  of  it  applies 
it  only  to  sons,  de  or.  1.  57.  241;  pro  Caec.  25.  72.  It  can  hardly  be  an  application  of  the 
praetorian  rule,  for  Ulp.  uses  the  word  "ruptum."  The  fact  that  they  are  likely  to  have 
been  forgotten  hardly  accounts  for  it.  8  At  praetorian  law,  28.  2.  12.  pr. 


320  EXHEREDATIO  [CH. 

by  anticipation1.  To  be  quite  safe  there  should  be  express  disherison  of 
''what  issue  may  be  born  of  my  wife  (etc.-).''  but.  if  it  proved  to  be  a 
girl  or  a  nepos,  the  general  ceteri  clause  sufficed,  provided,  says  Ulpian, 
something  was  left  to  them  to  shew  they  were  not  forgotten3.  The  next 
class  were  postumi  Aquiliani.  Aquilius  Callus  devised  a  form  for  insti- 
tuting or  disinheriting  grandchildren  born  after  the  grandfather's  death, 
whose  father  died  after  the  will  but  before  the  grandfather,  and  this 
was  gradually  extended  to  all  remoter  issue  born  after  the  death  who 
would  have  been  sui  if  then  alive4,  e.g.  great-grandchildren  or  grand- 
children whose  father  had  been  emancipated. 

The  next  step  was  a  statute,  the  /.  lunia  Velkia.  probably  of  A.D.  265. 
It  dealt  with  two  cases  :  first,  anyone  born  a  suns  between  the  making  of 
the  will  and  the  death  (post urn i  Velleioni.  primi  capitis).  and.  secondly, 
grandchildren  born  before  the  will  was  made,  becoming  s-ui  later,  their 
father  passing  from  the  family,  in  the  grandfather's  life,  by  death  or 
capitis  deminutio  (secundi  capitis6).  These  are  sometimes  called  quasi 
postumi.  They  were  not  incerti.  and  could  have  been  instituted,  but 
previous  institution  would  not.  apart  from  the  statute,  have  saved  the 
will.  The  next  to  be  provided  for  were  the  postumi  luliani.  Julian  held 
that  on  the  combined  effect  of  the  two  provisions  of  the  lex,  it  was 
possible  to  provide  for  grandchildren  born  after  the  will  was  made,  but 
before  their  father's  death7.  These  covered  most  cases,  and  Tryphoninus 
laid  down  the  general  rule  that  it  was  possible  to  provide  by  anticipatory 
institutio  or  exheredatio  for  anyone  who  became  a  suus  after  the  will  was 
made,  in  the  natural  course  of  things  so  far  as  he  was  concerned8.  If  he 
became  a  suus  by  his  father's  emancipatio.  this  was  within  the  rule; 
there  had  been  no  juristic  event  touching  him.  But  if  he  became  a 
suus  by  himself  being  adopted,  this  would  not  be9. 

In  this  case.  i.e.  of  persons  voluntarily  introduced  into  the  family  by 
adoption,  anniculi  probatio  or  similar  act  of  the  paterfamilias,  there  was 
no  relief  in  earlier  classical  law10.  Previous  exheredatio  of  such  a  person 
would  be  a  nullity,  and  it  seems  to  have  been  held,  without  any  obvious 
logical  necessity,  that  previous  institutio  did  not  save  the  will11.  Hadrian, 
in  an  exceptional  case  of  erroris  causae  probatio,  allowed  previous 
institutio  to  save  the  will12,  and  the  jurists  generalised  this,  so  that  the 
rule  of  later  classical  law,  and  after,  was  that  such  persons  would  not 

1  Ulp.  2-2.  19.         2  Up.  -22.  22;  D.  28.  2.  28.  3.        3  lip.  22.  21.       4  28.  2.  29.  pr.-o. 
5  Girard,  Manuel,  870.  6  Ulp.  22.  19:  D.  28.  2.  29.  15.  7  28.  2.  29.  15.          8  28. 

2.  28.  1.  It  was  important  so  to  frame  the  in-ititutio,  etc.  as  to  cover  all  cases,  P.  3.  4  b. 
9;  28.  2.  28.  2;  Accarias,  Pre'ci-i,  1.  907.  9  Inst.  2.  17.  1:  as  to  mi&sio  in  po^sessionem 
for  the  protection  of  the  interest  of  nnbom  heirs — mi-**io  rentris  (D.  37.  9),  and  for  the  case 
of  children  whose  legitimacy  is  doubted  (ed.  Carbonianum,  D.  37.  10),  post,  §  ccxi/v. 
10  See  the  instances  in  G.  2.  138  sqq.;  Ulp.  23.  3.  11  G.  2.  142.  12  G.  2.  143. 


TII]  EXHEREDATIO:  PRAETORIAN  RULES  321 

upset  the  will  if  previously  instituted,  but  that  previous  exheredatio, 
being  a  nullity,  would  not  save  the  will1.  But  there  was  no  particular 
hardship  in  requiring  a  man,  who  did  such  an  act  as  adoption,  to  recon- 
sider his  will. 

CXIII.  Praetorian  changes.  The  praetor  could  not  affect  the  civil 
law  validity  of  a  will ;  he  could  not  make  or  unmake  a  litres2.  What  he 
could  do  was  to  give  bonorum  possessio  to  a  person,  heres  or  not  at  civil 
law3,  which  gave  him  the  poAver  to  take  possession  of  the  goods  by  appro- 
priate steps.  Here  it  was  bonorum  possessio  contra  tabulas,  and  its 
effects  will  shortly  be  stated.  The  tendency  of  his  changes  was  two-fold, 
to  put  women  claimants  on  the  same  level  as  men,  which  he  did  only 
imperfectly,  and  to  ignore  the  strict  civil  conception  of  the  family,  by 
admitting  emancipate  and  some  others.  His  rules,  which  applied  only 
to  male  testators,  were,  shortly,  as  follows  : 

1.  Male  sui,  sons  or  remoter  issue,  must  be  instituted  nominatim— 
the  ceteri  clause  still  sufficed  for  women5. 

2.  In  either  case,  if  this  was  not  done,  the  will  was  upset.  The 
omitted  person  could  get  bonorum  possessio  contra  tabulas6. 

3.  Persons  other  than  sui  admitted  to  the  same  right  were,  mainly, 
those  who  would  be  sui  but  for  a  capitis  deminutio  and  were  not  in 
another  family,  with  some  others.    Such  were  emancipate,  children  left 
in  the  grandfather's  family  by  the  deceased  when  he  was  emancipated, 
his  children  emancipated  by  the  grandfather  while  he,  the  father,  was 
in  potestas1*,  or  after,  those  not  put  under  potestas  when  the  father  ob- 
tained civitas8,  and  perhaps  vestal  virgins  and  famines,  who  passed  out 
of  potestas  without  capitis  deminutio9.   If  a  father  with  an  emancipated 
son  was  adrogated,  the  son  could  not  claim  till  later  classical  law10. 
Adoptive  children,  emancipated,  had  no  claim,  as  they  were  in  their 
original  group11,  but  a  child  given  in  adoption  to  his  father  by  the  grand- 
father could  claim  in  the  grandfather's  estate,  as  not  in  another  family12 
from  the  praetor's  point  of  view.    Any  liberi  instituted,  even  a  child 
given  in  adoption  into  another  family,  could,  by  a  special  provision  of 
the  edict,  claim  if  there  was  some  other  person  who  had  a  claim,  and 
brought  the  edict  into  operation13,  the  point  being  that  they  might  thus 
increase  their  share. 

The  rules  of  collatio  bonorum  created  an  important  restriction  of  this 
right.  Any  of  these  persons  who  were  sui  iuris  might  have  received 

1  28.  2.  23.  1;  G.  2.  140.  2  Inst.  3.  9.  2.  3  Inst.  2.  13.  3.  4  Ulp.  22.  23. 

5  lb.;   G.  2.  129.  6  G.  2.  125;   Inst.  2.  13.  3;   D.  37.  4.  3.  10.          7  Ulp.  :?2.  23;  G. 

2.  135;  Inst.  2.  13.  3;  D.  37.  4.  3.  9;  h.  t.  6,  7,  17.  8  Ante,  §§  xxxv,  xxxvi;  G.  3.  20, 

25,  26;  Coll.  16.  7.  2.  9  Arg.  37.  4.  1.  6.  10  37.  4.  17.  11  G.  2.  136,  137. 

12  37.  4.  21.  1.  13  37.  4.  3.  11;  h.  t.  8.  11;  h.  t.  10.  6.  The  title  contains  other 

analogous  cases. 

B.  R.  L  21 


322  COLL  AT  10  BONORUM  [CH. 

property  when  emancipated1,  and  had,  in  any  case,  had  means  of 
acquiring  property  since  then,  such  as  a  filiusfamilias  had  not.  The 
unfairness  was  met  by  the  rule  that  if  such  persons  claimed  to  share 
with  sui,  but  only  in  that  case2,  they  must  bring  in  for  division  what 
they  possessed,  subject  to  the  provision,  indicated  by  the  purpose  of  the 
rule,  that  the  collatio  could  be  demanded  only  if  the  institutus  was  a 
suus,  and  the  coming  in  of  the  emancipatus  benefited  him  and  injured 
the  suus3.  If  a  suus  was  instituted  for  a  quarter  and  an  extraneus  for 
three  quarters,  an  emancipatus  who  upset  the  will  benefited  the  suus, 
who  now  got  half4.  There  would  be  no  collatio,  but  there  would  be  if  the 
figures  were  reversed.  If  an  emancipatus  upset  a  will  and  lost  legacies  as 
large  as  his  share  there  was  no  collatio,  as  he  had  gained  nothing5.  There 
might  be  liability  to  collatio  in  favour  of  one  suus  and  not  another.  Where 
a  son  in  potestas  was  given  half,  and  two  children  of  the  emancipatus,  left 
in  the  family,  the  other  half,  and  the  emancipatus  upset  the  will,  the  son 
was  not  affected  as  he  took  the  same  amount,  but  as  the  emancipatus  took 
half  of  what  his  children  would  have  taken,  they  could  claim  collatio6. 

There  was  another  case  of  collatio — collatio  dotis.  A  daughter  who  had 
received  a  dos  might,  if  the  dos  was  to  revert  to  her,  have  to  make 
collatio  of  it  if  she  in  any  way  claimed7  to  succeed  except  ab  intestato9. 
As  the  dos  was  not  directly  available  while  the  marriage  lasted  it  was 
allowed  for  in  that  case  in  arriving  at  her  share9.  The  principles  seem  to 
have  been  much  the  same,  but  the  rule  applied  essentially  to  a  daughter 
in  potestas,  since  in  any  other  case  the  dos  would  come  in  under  the 
other  rule. 

The  rule  of  collatio  did  not  apply  to  what  even  a  filiusfamilias 
could  acquire,  e.g.,  peculium  castrense.  The  change  in  the  economic 
position  of  Jiliifamilias  greatly  lessened  the  importance  of  this  form  of 
collatio,  which  had  indeed  almost  disappeared  in  the  time  of  Justinian 10. 

4.  Bonorum  possessio  contra  tabulas  did  not  completely  upset  the 
will ;  this  was  still  valid  at  civil  law,  but  that  meant  little,  as  the  bonorum 
possessio  became  cum  re  soon  after  its  introduction11.  But  some  pro- 
visions were  unaffected;  exheredationes,  pupillary  substitutions  and 
legacies  to  parents,  children,  wife  and  son's  wife12.  Manumissions  failed, 
apart  from  some  exceptional  cases 13.  As  to  tutelae  it  appears  that  the 
appointments  needed  confirmation14. 

1  See  39.  5.  31.  2.  2  C.  6.  20.  9;  D.  37.  6.  1.  5.  3  37.  6.  1.  4  sqq.  Security  may 
be  required,  P.  5.  9.  4.  4  37.  4.  8.  14.  5  37.  6.  1.  4-7.  6  37.  6.  3.  6;  37.  8.  1. 

17.  Probably,  though  the  texts  are  not  conclusive,  he  need  bring  in  no  more  than 
would  balance  the  loss,  37.  6.  1.  3,  8.  7  37.  7.  1.  Difference  in  later  law  between 

profectilia  and  adventitia,  C.  6.  20.  4.  8  37.  1.  3.  9  C.  6.  20.  5.  10  37.  7.  1.  7;  C.  6. 
20.  4;  h.  t.  19.  1.  A  new  kind  of  collatio,  extended  by  Justinian  to  wills,  will  be  more 
conveniently  considered  under  intestacy,  post,  §  cxxvin.  11  Pott,  §  cxxxix.  12  37.  4. 
10.  5;  37.  5  passim.  13  40.  4.  29.  14  26.  3.  3. 


vii]  RESTRICTIONS  ON  EXHEREDATIO  323 

In  the  course  of  the  Empire,  before  Justinian,  the  chief  changes  were 
two ;  Antoninus  Pius  provided  that  women  sui  heredes  were  not  to  have 
more  under  the  praetor's  rides  than  they  would  have  had  under  ius 
accrescendi,  which  still  existed.  One  entitled  at  civil  law  could  proceed 
under  those  rules,  if  he  or  she  preferred.  The  rule  of  Pius  was  understood 
to  apply  to  emancipatae,  in  whose  case  it  meant  that  they  were  not  to 
get  more  than  they  would  had  they  been  entitled  to  claim  ius  accre- 
scendi1. The  chief  point  seems  to  have  been  that  under  ius  accrescendi 
all  legacies  were  due,  while  under  the  praetor's  rule  some  were  destroyed2. 

The  rules  of  exheredatio,  under  Justinian,  may  be  shortly  stated  as 
follows  : 

All  exheredatio,  of  existing  sui  or  postumi,  must  be  nominatim,  i.e. 
express;  the  ceteri  clause  being  abolished.  If  this  was  not  duly  done 
the  will  failed,  in  the  case  of  a  suus  omissus,  altogether,  in  other  cases 
except  as  to  certain  provisions  already  mentioned.  The  principles  of 
collatio  still  applied  but  were  of  small  importance3. 

CXIV.  Material  restrictions.  The  power  of  exheredatio  was  not  un- 
limited. The  general  provisions  for  the  case  of  unjust  exclusion  will  be 
stated  shortly,  but  there  are  some  minor  provisions  first  to  be  dealt 
with. 

By  a  sc.  Afinianum,  of  unknown  date4,  it  was  provided  that  one  who 
adopted  one  of  three  brothers  was  bound  to  leave  him  a  quarter  in  any 
event.  This  probably  means  a  quarter  of  what  he  would  get  on  intestacy, 
though  Theophilus  makes  it  a  quarter  of  the  estate5.  Failure  to  do  this 
did  not  upset  the  will  (unless  some  other  rule  was  broken,  e.g.  he  was 
omitted),  but  he  had  an  action  against  the  heres  for  the  quarter.  The 
purpose  of  the  rule  is  controverted6.  Justinian  abolished  it  in  recasting 
the  law  of  adoptio7. 

The  adrogatus  impubes  had  a  right  to  the  quarta  Antonina8. 

The  patron  had  indefeasible  rights,  to  be  discussed  under  the  law  of 
intestacy9,  and  the  par  ens  manumissor  seems  to  have  been  in  the  same 
position.  A  widow  without  dos  was  entitled,  under  a  novel  of  A.D.  537 10, 
to  one-fourth  of  the  husband's  estate,  however  many  children  there 
were,  subject  to  diminution  in  respect  of  her  other  means,  and  there 

1  G.  2.  126;  C.  6.  28.  4.  1  which  puts  it  down  to  Caracalla.  Kniep  (Gains,  ad  2.  126) 
accepts  this,  holding  the  passage  in  G.  a  later  addition,  and  P.  and  U.  know  nothing  of 
it.  But  it  is  clear  that  Pius  did  in  fact  legislate  on  legacies  in  b.  p.  c.  t.  37.  5.  5.  6;  h.  t.  23. 
2  Gains  does  not  say  what  becomes  of  what  she  cannot  take,  accrual?,  caducum'i  He 
does  not  tell  us  whether  of  two  emancipatae,  one  omitted  and  the  other  instituted, 
the  institute,  ranks  as  a  sua  or  an  extranea  for  the  purpose  of  applying  the  rules  of  ius 
accrescendi.  3  Inst.  2.  13.  5;  C.  6.  28.  4.  6-8.  4  Inst.  3.  1.  14.  5  Ad  Inst.  3.  1.  14. 
6  For  various  opinions  see  Girard,  Manuel,  183;  Cuq,  Manuel,  201.  7  C.  8.  47.  10.  3. 

8  Ante,  §  XLV.          9  Post,  §  cxxxiv.          10  Nov.  53.  6. 

21—2 


324  QUERELA  IN  OFF  1C  10  SI  TESTAMENTI  [CH 

was  a  converse  rule  for  husbands  without  donatio.  There  seems  to 
have  been  a  maximum  limit  of  100  aurei.  In  542  it  was  provided 
that  the  share  should  be  a  pars  virilis  if  there  were  more  than  three 
children1. 

The  remaining  rule  is  much  more  important. 

QUERELA  INOFFICIOSI  TESTAMENTI2.  However  formally  exheredatio 
was  carried  out,  it  might  be  unjust,  and  there  were  other  cases  in  which 
the  law  recognised  a  moral  duty  to  make  provision  unless  there  was  plain 
reason  for  exclusion.  The  remedy  devised  was  this  guerela,  a  complaint 
that  the  will  was  inofficiosum.  It  was  nominally  rested  on  the  notion 
that  the  testator  must  have  been  insane3,  which  would  involve  com- 
plete nullity  of  the  will,  but  the  notion  was  not  logically  applied,  for 
there  were  cases  in  which  the  will  was  left  partly  effective.  In  classical 
law  the  proceedings  were  before  the  centumviri*.  The  burden  of  proof 
that  the  exclusion  was  unjust  was  on  the  claimant5.  There  is  controversy 
as  to  the  exact  nature  of  the  proceeding.  It  seems  to  have  been  a  basis 
for  hereditatis  petitio  rather  than  an  independent  procedure,  but  it 
clearly  involved  a  special  preliminary  enquiry,  so  that  it  can  be  treated 
as  a  separate  matter.  It  is  not  clear  whether  there  was  a  separate 
judgment  or  whether  judgment  in  the  hereditatis  petitio  followed  directly 
on  the  enquiry,  but  the  better  view  seems  to  be  that  there  was  a  separate 
judgment6.  As  it  involved  some  reflection  on  the  testator,  it  was  allowed 
only  as  a  last  resort ;  no  one  might  use  it  if  he  had  any  other  remedy. 

1  Nov.  117.  5.  2  P.  4.  5;  Inst,  2.  18;  D.  5.  2.  Neither  Gaius  in  the  Institutes 

nor  Ulpian  in  the  Regulae  has  anything  to  say  about  the  querela.  There  is  a  good  deal 
from  Ulpian  in  D.  5.  2.  3  Inst.  2.  18.  pr. ;  D.  5.  2.  2;  h.  -t.  5.  It  is  only  "color  insaniae." 
4  5.  2.  17.  pr.  See  as  to  an  extension  for  the  case  of  bonorum  possessores  and  others, 
not  tried  before  the  centumviri,  Eisele,  Z.S.S.  15.  256  sqq.  5  See  5.  2.  3.  Not  excluded 
by  pact  inter  vivos,  P.  4.  5.  8.  6  Girard,  Manuel,  874  and  the  literature  there 

cited.  For  the  sixth  century  commentators  it  is  not  a  distinct  action,  but  a  ground  on 
which  hereditatis  petitio  can  be  brought,  having  its  special  rules  and  restrictions.  The 
aim  being  to  make  the  case  one  of  intestacy,  it  is  like  any  other  claim  of  the  hereditas 
against  the  institutus,  and  it  may  be  that  this  is  only  the  result  of  the  disappearance 
of  the  old  classifications  of  actions  and  substitution  of  new  arrangements.  (See  Collinet, 
fitudes  Historiques,  1,  192  and  reff.)  The  question  remains  whether  it  ever  was  a  distinct 
action.  The  materials  are  scanty,  as  we  have  little  information  independent  of  the  sixth 
century  writers.  According  to  one  view  the  Byzantine  sj'stem  represents  no  essential 
change.  It  was  never  more  than  a  particular  basis  for  the  hereditatis  petitio.  Querela  is 
unique  for  the  name  of  an  action,  and  there  are  other  points  in  favour  of  this  view.  Others 
hold  that,  though  it  was  no  more  than  a  basis  for  the  hereditatis  petitio  there  were  a  separate 
hearing  and  decision  on  which  that  of  the  hereditatis  petitio  would  follow,  since  to  bring 
the  querela  is  to  shew  that  there  is  no  other  basis.  Paul  in  the  only  classical  text  which 
throws  light  on  the  matter  (P.  4.  5.  8-10)  seems  to  treat  it  as  an  independent  procedure. 
It  cannot  be  extremely  ancient.  The  equitable  idea  it  expresses  is  not  primitive,  nor  are 
the  centumviri.  It  is  possible  that,  even  if  it  was  a  distinct  thing  in  classical  law,  it  began 
in  the  admission  of  unfairness  in  reply  to  or  in  support  of  hereditatis  petitio.  See  Jobbe- 
Duval,  Mel.  Gerardin,  355  and  Mel.  Fitting,  1.  437,  where  the  literature  is  fulJy  examined. 


vn]  QUERELA  INOFFICIOSI  TESTAMENT  I  325 

Thus  a  suus  omissus,  as  he  could  proceed  under  the  rules  of  exheredatio, 
could  not  bring  the  querela1. 

The  querela  might  be  brought  by  various  persons,  subject  to  the 
principle  which  results  from  its  relation  to  hereditatis  petitio,  that  no 
one  might  bring  it  who  was  not  entitled  on  intestacy2.  If  a  person  not 
really  entitled  brought  it,  and  got  judgment,  either  through  judicial 
error  or  because  the  defendant  made  no  defence  (e.g.  knowing  that  though 
this  case  was  unfounded,  there  were  others  which  would  succeed),  the 
successful  litigant  benefited  not  himself,  but  the  person  really  entitled3. 
There  were  however  exceptional  cases  in  which  one  not  heres  on  intestacy 
could  bring  it  for  his  own  benefit.  Thus,  if  the  nearest  heres  failed  because 
he  was  justly  excluded,  the  next  could  bring  it,  if  he  was  within  the  classes 
to  whom  it  applied.  The  same  was  true  if  the  nearer  person  refused  to 
claim.  But  these  cases  may  be  post-classical4. 

The  rules  determining  the  classes  who  could  claim,  not  all  recognised 
at  the  same  time,  express  two  distinct  ideas,  the  old  idea  of  common 
property  in  the  family  estate  and  the  later  one  of  duty  to  consider 
claims  of  near  relatives. 

The  classes  are5 : 

1.  Descendants,  i.e.,  sui  and  other  liberi,  of  a  man,  unjustly  disin- 
herited6,   and   descendants   of  a   woman,   unjustly  omitted,  including 
postumi7. 

2.  Ascendants  unjustly  omitted8. 

3.  Brothers  and  sisters  unjustly  omitted,  if  some  base  person  was 
instituted 9.  This  is  an  early  case.   It  was  confined  till  Justinian  to  those 
having  both  parents  in  common  and  still  agnatically  connected.   Under 
him  it  extended  to  all  consanguineous  brothers  and  sisters  (i.e.  of  the 
same   father)    whether   the   agnatic  tie  existed  or  not.    But  uterines 
(i.e.   having  only   the   same   mother)   were   always    excluded.    Turpes 
personae  are  defined  in  the  Codex  Theodosianus  in  rather  vague  terms ; 
they  included  infames  and  all  who  earned  their  livings  in  disreputable 
ways10.   Justinian  is  a  little  more  precise:  in  particular,  he  adds  liberti11. 

The  classical  rule  was  that  the  persons  entitled  might  bring  the 
querela  not  merely  if  wholly  neglected,  but  if  they  took  less  than  a  fourth 
of  what  they  would  have  on  intestacy,  pars  legitima.  (This  was  sometimes 
called  the  quarta  Falcidia12,  which  has  led  to  the  view  that  the  ride  itself 

1  5.  2.  23.  pr.;  Inst.  2.  18.  2.  2  5.  2.  6.    But  in  that  case— even  against  the 

emperor  heres.    P.  4.  5.  3.  3  5.  2.  6.  1.  4  5.  2.  14;  h.  t.  31.  5  Querela  trans- 

missible  in   later  law  if   proceedings   actually   started,   though   Us  not  yet  contestatd. 
Earlier  law  uncertain.   5.  2.  6.  2.  7  interp.  6  As  to  express  exheredatio  of  emancipate, 

see  5.  2.  23.  pr.  7  Inst.  2.  18.  pr. — 2;  P.  4.  5.  2;    D.  5.  2.  1,  5,  etc.     Even   spurii, 

h.  t.  29.  1.         8  h.  t.  15.  pr.         9  C.  Th.  2.  19.  1;  C.  3.  28.  27.    Restriction  probably  post- 
classical.          10  C.  Th.  2.  19.  1,  interpretatio.  11  C.  3.  28.  27.  12  C.  3.  28.  31. 


326  QUERELA  INQFFICIOSI  TESTAMENTI  [CH. 

was  based  on  the  I.  Falcidia1.}  If  however  the  will,  containing  an 
insufficient  gift,  contained  also  a  direction  that  the  amount  was  to  be 
made  up,  there  was,  from  the  fourth  century,  no  case  for  the  querela, 
but  an  action  lay  against  the  heres  to  have  the  due  amount  made  up— 
actio  ad  supplendam  legitimam2.  There  was  a  good  deal  of  law  as  to 
what  sort  of  gift  counted  for  the  exclusion  of  the  querela.  All  gifts  under 
the  will  and  all  donationes  mortis  causae  counted3,  but  not,  in  general, 
donationes  inter  vivos.  Ulpian  held  indeed  that  such  a  donatio  would 
count  if  it  had  been  expressly  given  with  that  aim,  but  this  view  was 
not  accepted,  and  was  directly  negatived  by  Justinian4.  Zeno  allowed 
dos  and  donatio  ante  nuptias  to  count5,  and  Justinian  added  gifts  to 
defray  the  expense  of  obtaining  a  militia*. 

Apart  from  the  reorganisation  in  the  Novels  Justinian  made  several 
changes  in  detail.  He  provided  that  any  benefit  under  the  will  excluded 
the  querela,  the  aggrieved  person  being  confined  to  the  actio  ad  supplen- 
dam legitimam,  which  did  not  affect  the  will ;  in  fact  implying  the  direction 
to  make  up  the  amount  wherever  it  was  needed 7.  Soon  after  the  pub- 
lication of  the  Institutes  he  established  a  fresh  minimum  in  the  case  of 
children.  They  were  to  be  entitled  to  one-third  if  there  were  four  or  less, 
and  one-half  if  more 8. 

CXV.  If  the  court  held  the  exclusion  just,  the  querela  failed9,  and 
there  were  other  circumstances  which  would  exclude  it.  The  chief 
were : 

(i)  At  first  two  years  delay,  later  five,  to  run,  not,  as  Modestinus 
held,  from  the  death,  but,  as  Ulpian  held,  and  Justinian  enacted,  from 
entry  of  the  heres10.  The  Emperor  might  extend  it  for  good  reason ;  if  he 
did,  any  manumissions  which  had  taken  effect  were  good,  the  libertus 
being  bound,  at  least  in  later  law,  to  pay  20  aurei  to  the  successful 
claimant11. 

(ii)  Any  recognition  of  the  validity  of  the  will,  as  by  accepting  a 
benefit  under  it12.  A  tutor  was  not  personally  barred  by  accepting  a 
legacy  for  his  ward,  nor  did  he  bar  the  ward  by  accepting  one  for  him- 
self13. But  one  who  volunteered  to  act  as  procurator  to  accept  for  another 
was  barred14. 

1  The  querela  is  older,  but  it  is  suggested  that  it  was  not  till  after  the  I.  Falcidia 
that  an  exact  quota  bound  the  court.  As  in  the  Falcidia,  debts,  funeral  expenses  and 
value  of  freed  slaves  are  deducted  in  arriving  at  the  value  of  the  estate,  P.  4.  5.  6. 
2  C.  Th.  2.  19.  4;  C.  3.  28.  36.  pr.  3  Inst.  2.  18.  6.  4  5.  2.  25.  pr.;  38.  16. 16;  C.  3.  28.  35. 
5  C.  3.  28.  29;  cf.  Greg.  Wis.  4.  2.  6  C.  3.  28.  30.  2.  In  later  law,  militia  includes  certain 
heritable  and  transferable  offices  about  the  court.  See  Brissonius,  de  verb,  signif.  s.v. 
7  Inst.  2.  18.  3.  8  Nov.  18.  1.  A  hasty  enactment:  if  there  were  four  their  legitim  was 
one-twelfth  each:  if  five,  one-tenth.  9  C.  3.  28.  11.  10  Pliny,  Ep.  5.  1.  C.  3.  28.  36.  2. 
Pliny's  language  suggests  that  the  two  years  were  based  on  the  period  of  usucapio.  11  5. 
2.  8.  17;  h.  t.  9.  12  5.  2.  12.  pr.  13  Inst.  2.  18.  4;  D.  5.  2.  22.  1,  3.  14  5.  2.  32.  pr. 


vn]  QUERELA  INOFFICIOSI  TESTAMENTI  327 

(iii)  Transactio.  If  the  claimant  made  a  valid  compromise  with  the 
scriptus  heres  and  it  was  carried  out,  the  querela  was  barred,  and  the  will 
valid1. 

(iv)  Death  of  the  claimant  without  taking  steps.  But,  at  least  in 
later  law,  if  he  had  taken  steps  clearly  shewing  intent  to  bring  the 
querela,  and  died  without  evidence  of  changed  intentions,  the  claim 
survived  to  his  heres2.  It  is  likely  that  in  classical  law  he  must  have 
definitely  begun  the  action3. 

(v)  Abandoning  the  querela  after  beginning  it,  i.e.  after  definite 
joinder  of  issue,  but  not  where  the  withdrawal  was  due  to  fraud  of  the 
scriptus  heres4. 

The  question  remains :  What  was  the  effect  of  the  querelal  This 
varied  with  the  facts,  and  only  a  few  typical  cases  can  be  dealt  with. 

Where  there  was  only  one  claimant  and  he  succeeded  against  all 
the  instituti,  the  will  was  void ;  manumissions  and  other  gifts  failed  and 
legacies  already  paid  could  be  recovered  as  indebita,  unless  the  scriptus 
heres,  when  he  paid,  knew  of  the  querela,  in  which  case  he  was  liable  to 
the  successful  claimant5.  If  however  the  decision  was  arrived  at  by 
default,  then,  as  in  case  of  proved  collusion,  legacies  and  manumissions 
were  valid6.  If  he  failed  he  lost  all  benefits  under  the  will,  and  they 
went,  not  to  the  heres,  but,  in  general,  for  indignitas,  to  the  fisc7.  But  he 
did  not  suffer  this  penalty  unless  the  matter  went  to  judgment.  If  he 
died  or  withdrew  or  compromised  he  did  not  lose  his  gift8.  Nor  did 
he  lose  it  if  he  was  not  acting  on  his  own  behalf.  Thus,  where  a  tutor  was 
acting  on  his  ward's  behalf,  neither  he  nor  the  ward  suffered9. 

Where  a  claimant  succeeded  against  one  heres  and  failed  against 
another,  we  get  the  fact  brought  out  that  the  querela  was  not  necessarily 
an  arraignment  of  the  whole  will,  but  litigation  inter  paries,  and  a 
decision  against  one  did  not  affect  others.  The  event  might  happen  in 
several  ways.  A  brother  might  bring  it  against  two  heredes  of  whom 
only  one  was  a  base  person10.  A  claimant  might  bring  it  against  different 
heredes  in  different  actions  and  the  iudices  decide  differently  (or  one  of 
the  instituti  might  have  by  the  will  only  what  he  would  have  on  intes- 
tacy). Or  he  might  withdraw  it  against  one.  The  result  would  be  that 
the  will  stood  partly  good,  so  that,  in  effect,  a  man  was  pro  parte  testatus11. 

1  5.  2.  27.  pr.  2  5.  2.  6.  2;  h.  t.  7.          3  Paul  in  Cons.  6.  5.  4  5.  2.  8.  1 ;  h.  t. 

21.  pr.  5  5.  2.  8.  16.  6  5.  2.  17.  1;  h.  t.  29.  pr.  7  5.  2.  8.  14.  But  fideicommissa 
charged  on  him  are  unaffected,  P.  4.  5.  9;  D.  5.  2.  8.  14,  and,  in  classical  law,  a  substitute 
of  an  institutus  who  failed  in  the  querela  would  take  in  preference  to  the  fiscus,  P.  4.  5. 
10.  As  this  involved  his  institutio  the  case  could  not  arise  under  Justinian.  8  5.  2. 

8.14.  9  5.  2.  30.  1;  34.  9.  5.9;  h.  t.  22.  10  5.  2.  15.  2;  h.  t.  24.  11/6.    He 

did  not  in  strictness  die  intestate;  his  will  was  not  pro  parte  void,  it  was  set  aside  pro 
parte. 


328       QUERELA  UNDER  THE  NOVELLAE         [CH. 

Except  so  far  as  they  were  charged  solely  on  the  institutio  which  was 
upset,  legacies  were  good  pro  rata,  and  manumissions,  which  of  course 
could  not  be  reduced,  altogether1.  Similarly,  if  he  brought  it  only  against 
one  of  several  heredes,  the  will  was  valid  pro  parte2. 

The  texts,  on  the  case  in  which  there  were  two  or  more  prima  facie 
entitled,  but  only  one  acted,  are  obscure  and  to  some  extent  in  conflict3. 
If  the  one  who  did  not  act  was  justly  excluded  or  renounced  his  claim 
or  withdrew,  the  better  view  seems  to  be  that  the  will  was  valid  pro 
parte,  as  in  the  last  case.  But  what  happened  if  one  had  simply  not  acted 
is  not  clear.  According  to  one  view  the  will  was  void;  on  another  it 
was  pro  parte  valid.  In  any  case  if  the  claimant  failed  he  alone  lost  his 
benefit;  the  other  was  unaffected.  If  two  claimed  and  one  succeeded 
while  the  other  failed,  there  is  the  same  conflict  in  modern  opinion4. 

In  5425  Justinian  made  sweeping  changes.  In  estimating  the  pars 
nothing  was  to  count  unless  the  claimant  was  actually  institutus  for  a 
share,  but  if  he  was,  all  mortis  causa  capiones  counted.  In  the  case  of 
children  the  exclusion  would  be  treated  as  unjust,  and  the  will  as 
inofficiosum,  unless  it  was  on  one  of  fourteen  grounds,  set  out  in  the 
Novel,  and  the  ground  was  stated  in  the  will.  If  the  rule  was  broken, 
the  institutiones  were  void,  but  the  minor  provisions  stood  good,  so  that 
there  would  be  a  will  with  no  heres.  There  were  corresponding  provisions 
for  ascendants,  eight  grounds  being  stated,  but  brothers  and  sisters 
were  left  under  the  old  law. 

The  rule  requiring  exclusion  to  be  express  clearly  tends  to  assimilate 
omission  and  exheredatio,  and  there  is  some  doubt  as  to  the  effect  of  the 
change.  Some  writers  hold  that  after  this  novel,  the  rules  of  querela  and 
exheredatio  were  fused,  the  new  system  superseding  them  both.  But 
those  who  take  this  view  are  not  agreed  as  to  the  proper  way  in  which 
to  state  the  result.  On  one  opinion  the  real  result  was  the  survival  of  a 
system  based  on  the  principles  of  querela,  and  substantial  disappearance 
of  the  law  of  exheredatio.  Another  opinion  exactly  reverses  this.  The 
new  rules  supersede  the  querela,  and  are  a  remodelled  set  of  rules  of 
exheredatio.  The  main  practical  difference  would  be  that,  if  the  rules  are 
those  of  querela,  the  proceedings  would  have  to  be  brought  ordinarily 
within  five  years,  while  on  the  other  view  the  claim  would  be  barred 
only  by  the  ordinary  period  of  limitations,  then  30  years.  But  the  lan- 
guage of  the  novel  itself  seems  in  favour  of  the  view  that  both  sets  of 
rules  survived,  that  omission  of  suus  or  emancipatus  was  still  remedied 

1  31.  76.  pr.;  C.  3.  28.  13.  2  5.  2.  19;  h.  t.  25.  The  former  is  one  of  the  famous  leges 
damnatae  and  almost  any  conclusion  can  be  drawn  from  one  or  other  of  the  various  proposi- 
tions contained  in  it.  3  The  chief  texts  are  5.  2.  8.  8,  16,  17,  pr.,  23.  2,  25.  4  See 
for  various  views,  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  584,  nn.  24-26,  and  literature  there  cited.  Accarias, 
Prdcis,  1.963.  5  Nov.  115. 


vii]  FAILURE  OF  WILL  329 

by  ordinary  hereditatis  petitio  or  bonorum  possessio  contra  tabulas,  the 
new  rules  applying  only  in  cases  which  in  earlier  days  would  have 
given  rise  to  the  querela1. 

Querela  inofficiosi  donationis,  dotis.  As  donatio  mortis  causa  might 
be  cut  down  like  legacy  under  the  /.  Falcidia,  it  may  be  that  the  amount 
of  such  gifts  was  taken  into  account  in  arriving  at  the  value  of  the  estate 
for  the  purpose  of  estimating  the  pars.  It  is  clear  that  donationes  inter 
vivos  were  not.  But  Severus  Alexander,  in  a  case  in  which  such  gifts  had 
been  made  on  a  large  scale  in  order  to  defeat  the  claim  under  the  querela, 
ordered  the  gifts  to  be  cut  down  by  half2.  Legislation,  beginning  in  245, 
but  mainly  under  Diocletian,  laid  down  general  rules  for  such  cases3. 
The  effect  was  that  in  cases  both  of  wills  and  of  intestacy4  there  was  a 
machinery  similar  to  the  querela5,  by  which  immoderate  donationes  and 
dotes  might  be  set  aside.  As  it  was  all  post-classical,  we  have  no  juristic 
discussion  and  the  texts  leave  some  questions  uncertain.  Some  texts 
require,  as  in  the  querela,  only  eventus,  i.e.  that  successors  in  fact  suffer, 
others  require  intent  as  well6.  It  was  the  gift  which  was  attacked,  not 
the  will,  and  the  texts  are  not  in  agreement  whether  the  gift  was  wholly 
revoked  or  only  pro  tanto — probably  the  real  rule  was  the  latter.  It  was 
presumably  under  the  same  time-limit  and  general  conditions  as  the 
querela1.  Justinian8  established  a  system,  applicable  only  where  the 
donee  was  afilius,  in  which  it  is  clear  that  the  effect  was  to  cut  down  the 
gift,  but  it  is  expressed  as  a  new  system  and  throws  little  light  on  the 
earlier  rules. 

CXVI.  FAILURE  OF  WILL.  A  will  validly  made  might  nevertheless  fail 
to  operate.  We  have  just  considered  one  case,  that  of  the  querela.  The 
expression,  testamentum  irritum,  might  be  used  to  cover  any  of  the  cases, 
but,  in  practice,  it  was  confined  to  two,  that  of  a  testator  who  suffered 
capitis  deminutio,  and  that  of  a  will  under  which  no  heres  entered, 
which  was  also  called  testamentum  destitutum  or  desertum  9.  Where  a  will 
failed  in  consequence  of  the  appearance  of  postumi  or  the  like,  it  was 
called  testamentum  ruptum,  and  this  name  was  also  applied  to  a  revoked 
will10.  This  case  must  be  considered.  Mancipatio  was  essentially  irre- 
vocable, but  there  was  nothing  in  this  to  prevent  the  testator  from 
altering  the  written  instructions  which  he  had  given  to  the  familiae  emptor. 

1  For  some  account  of  the  controversy  see  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  591.  It  is  an  old  quarrel, 
see  Haenel,  Dissensiones  dominorum,  454.  2  31.  87.  3.  3  Chief  texts:  C.  3.  29.  1, 
2,  3,  4  (  =Vat.  Fr.  282),  5,  6,  7  (  =Vat.  Fr.  280),  8,  9  (  -C.  Th.  2.  20.  1);  C.  Th.  2.  21.  I 
( =C.  3.  30.  1);  Vat.  Fr.  270,  271;  D.  31.  87.  3;  Nov.  92.  As  to  revocation  by  donor  where 
it  appeared  that  legitim  would  be  interfered  with,  see  C.  3.  29.  5.  4  C.  3.  29.  3. 

5  "luzta,"  "ad  instar,"   "ad  similitudinem,"   "ad  exemplum,"  etc.  6  C.  3.  29.  1,8; 

Vat.  Fr.  270.         7  C.  3.  29.  6.        8  Nov.  92.         9  C.  2.  145-147;  Ulp.  23.  1,  4;  Inst.  3.  1. 
7,  8.  10  Ulp.  23.  2.    See  as  to  the  possibility  of  validity  for  certain  purposes  in  a 

testamentum  irritum  or  ruptum,  ante,  §  cxir  and  below,  p.  330,  nn.  2,  6. 


330  REVOCATION  OF  WILL  [CH.  viz 

Hence  arose  the  rule  of  classical  law  that  a  will  could  not  be  revoked 
at  civil  law  except  by  making  another1.  Failure  of  the  second,  if  it  was 
validly  made,  did  not  revive  the  first,  except  by  special  imperial  relief2.  If, 
however,  in  the  second  will,  the  institutio  was  ad  certam  rem3,  the  rule 
that  the  restriction  was  ignored  was,  in  this  case,  set  aside,  in  effect,  by 
Severus,  who  provided  that  though  the  old  will  was  revoked,  the  heres 
under  the  second  was  under  a  trust,  fideicommissum,  to  give  to  those 
interested  under  the  first  will  all  but  the  things  mentioned,  with  enough 
added,  if  necessary,  to  make  up  a  quarter  of  the  hereditas*. 

The  praetor  took  a  different  line.  If  a  will  or  its  material  parts  had 
been  destroyed  by  the  testator,  he  would  refuse  bonorum  possessio  under 
it5,  and  if  a  second  will  had  been  so  revoked,  he  would  give  bonorum 
possessio  under  the  will  which  this  second  will  had  revoked,  at  least 
if  the  revocation  was  with  intent  to  revive  the  old  will6.  After  the  manci- 
patory  will  was  gone  there  was  a  change.  Honorius  laid  down  the  strange 
rule  that  a  will  should  be  revoked,  ipso  facto,  by  the  lapse  of  ten  years. 
His  reasoning  is  not  clear  but  apparently  he  held  that  a  man  must  have 
changed  his  mind  by  that  time7.  A  little  later  Theodosius  provided  that 
a  will  would  be  revoked  by  a  second  will,  even  if,  in  this,  the  proper 
formalities  were  not  complied  with,  provided  five  witnesses  were 
prepared  to  attest  its  genuineness,  but  this  applied  only  where  the 
instituti  in  the  first  will  were  not  entitled  on  intestacy,  while  those  in 
the  second  will  were 8.  But  it  was  only  a  revocation ;  the  new  document 
was  not  a  will  but  was  regarded  as  expressing  the  wishes  of  an  intestate, 
which  no  doubt  means  that  its  main  provisions  were  treated  as  fideicom- 
missa.  Justinian  adopted  this,  but  for  the  rule  of  Honorius  he  sub- 
stituted the  more  rational  enactment  that  a  will  could  be  revoked 
after  ten  years  by  a  declaration,  in  court,  or  before  three  witnesses  9.  The 
praetorian  rules  were  still  operative. 

1  G.  2.  144,  151 ;  Ulp.  23.  2.  2  G.  2.  144.  Any  institutio  which  could  possibly  take 
effect  would  upset  the  earlier  will.  Thus  the  institutio  of  a  postumus,  which  failed  because 
in  the  event  he  proved  to  be  an  extraneus,  would  upset  an  earlier  will,  if  he  could  have 
been  a  suus.  See  28.  2.  9.  4.  3  See  ante,  §  civ.  4  Inst.  2.  17.  3.  In  28.  5.  93 

where  a  man,  thinking  his  heres  was  dead,  made  another  will,  and  gave  this  reason,  and 
the  heres  was  not  dead,  Severus  and  Caracalla  declared  the  first  will  good,  but  the  heres 
thereunder  must  pay  the  legacies  in  the  second  will.  5  G.  2.  151  a;  D.  38.  6.  1.  8.  A 

hiatus  in  the  text  of  G.  is  supposed  to  have  laid  down  that  if  under  such  a  will  the 
scriptus  claimed,  and  no  one  was  entitled  on  intestacy,  it  went  to  the  fiscus.  6  37.  11. 
11.2.  7  C.  Th.  4.  4.  6.  8  Nov.  Theod.  16.  7;  C.  6.  23.  21.  5.  9  C.  6.  23.  27.  2. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

THE  LAW  OF  WILLS  (eon*.).    LEGACY,  FIDEICOMMISSUM. 
SOLDIER'S  WILL.    SETTLEMENTS 

CXVII.  Nature  of  legacy,  p.  331;  Forms  of  legacy,  ib. ;  Sc.  Neronianum,  333;  CXVIII. 
Joint  legacies  and  lapsed  shares,  334;  Leges  caducariae,  335;  CXIX.  Principal  rules  of 
legacy,  ib. ;  Cautio  Muciana,  336;  personal  capacity,  337;  Restrictions  on  amount, 
I.  Falcidia,  338;  CXX.  Vesting  of  legacy,  dies  cedit,  venit,  339;  CXXI.  Failure  of  legacy, 
Regula  Catoniana,  341;  Ademptio,  etc.,  342;  Failure  of  the  will,  343;  CXXII.  Remedies 
of  legatee,  security,  344;  Actions  in  classical  law,  345;  under  Justinian,  ib.;  CXXIII. 
Special  types  of  legacy,  346 ;  Legacy  of  usufruct,  348 ;  Praelegatum,  349 ;  Legatum  partitionis, 
ib.;  CXXIV.  Fideicommissa,  ib.;  Restrictions,  350;  fideicommissa  hereditatis,  351;  Sc. 
Trebellianum,  ib.;  Sc.  Pegasianum,  352;  Justinian's  rules,  353;  CXXV.  Fideicommissa 
of  singulae  res,  ib. ;  Justinian's  assimilation  of  legatum  and  fideicommissum,  354 ;  Falcidian 
and  Pegasian  deductions  by  fideicommissarius,  ib.;  Cases  of  alimenta,  356;  CXXVI. 
Codicilli,  ib.;  Soldiers'  wills,  357;  CXXVII.  Creation  of  limited  interests  by  will,  358; 
Family  Trusts,  359;  Justinian's  restrictions,  360. 

CXVII.  The  will,  as  we  have  hitherto  been  considering  it,  was  a 
document  (or  declaration)  by  which  the  hereditas  of  a  deceased  person 
was  transferred  to  a  successor,  who  stepped  into  the  shoes  of  the  de- 
ceased. But  it  served  other  purposes.  Some  of  these,  manumissions, 
and  appointments  of  tutors,  have  already  been  dealt  with.  We  have 
now  to  consider  gifts  of  property  (in  the  widest  sense)  by  way  of  "singu- 
lar," not  "universal"  succession1,  legacies,  together  with  fideicommissa, 
which  last  however  will  be  found  to  present  in  one,  indeed  the  most 
important,  case,  the  characteristics  of  universal  succession. 

A  legacy  is  a  gift,  chargeable  only  on  a  heres2,  usually  of  res  singulae, 
having  an  assignable  money  value3.  It  must  be  in  Latin,  if  contained 
in  the  will  itself,  as  opposed  to  a  confirmed  codicil4,  till,  in  439,  it  was 
allowed  to  make  wills  in  Greek5.  Even  where  it  took  the  form  of  a  gift 
of  an  aliquot  part  of  the  estate,  it  had  nothing  to  do  with  universal 
succession ;  the  legatee  could  not  sue  or  be  sued  in  respect  of  rights  and 
liabilities  of  the  estate.  As  \ve  have  seen,  a  legacy  was  void,  in  classical 
law,  if  it  preceded  the  institutiones6. 

FORMS  OF  LEGACY.    In  the  classical  law  there  were  four  forms7. 

1.  Per  vindicationem.  "  I  give  the  thing  to  X."  The  proper  words  were 
"Do,  lego,"  but  Gaius  says  that  in  his  time  it  was  agreed  that  "sumito" 

1  Treating  it  here  is  illogical  but  convenient,  avoiding  repetition,  see  G.  2.  191. 
2  So  that  if  son  or  slave  is  made  heres  it  cannot  be  charged  on  the  paterfamilias,  as  a 
fc.  can.  Ulp.  24.  21.  3  Thus  manumissio  is  not  legacy.  4  Post,  §  cxxvi.  5  C.  6. 
23.  21.  6  Ante,  §  civ.  7  Antiquity  disputed:  nothing  learnt  from  Cicero.  The  first 
two  are  no  doubt  much  older  than  the  others.  The  differences  of  opinion  among  the  classical 
lawyers  as  to  the  effect  of  the  others  suggest  that  they  were  recent.  The  /.  Falcidia,  as 
cited  by  Paul  in  D.  35.  2.  1,  seems  to  recognise  only  the  two  main  forms. 


332  FORMS  OF  LEGACY  [CH. 

or  "sibi  habeto"  or  "capita"  served  as  well1  and  produced  the  same  effect, 
which  was  to  vest  the  thing  in  the  legatee,  so  that  he  could  "vindicate" 
it,  to  which  fact,  he  says,  it  owes  its  name2.  The  legatee  could  bring  a 
real  action  against  anyone  who  held  the  thing,  but,  conversely,  only 
the  quiritarian  property  of  the  testator  could  be  so  left,  and,  except 
in  the  case  of  fungibles,  the  thing  must  have  been  his  at  the  time 
of  testation3.  There  were  school  dissensions  as  to  this  form  of  legacy. 
The  Proculians  held  that  the  thing  was  a  res  nullius  (not  of  course  open 
to  occupatio),  till  the  legatee  accepted  or  refused.  But  the  Sabinian 
view  prevailed,  that  it  vested  in  the  legatee  on  the  entry  of  the  heres 
and  devested  if  he  refused4.  Thus,  at  least  in  the  law  as  finally  settled, 
he  was  entitled  tofructus  from  dies  cedens5.  A  more  important  divergence 
arose  in  the  case  of  a  conditional  legacy.  This  could  not  vest  in  the  legatee 
till  the  condition  was  satisfied.  Meanwhile  the  Proculians  held  it  a  res 
nullius,  the  Sabinians  holding  that  it  belonged  to  the  heres,  who  would 
thus  get  the  fruits6.  Apparently  the  Sabinian  view  prevailed,  the 
acceptance  being  only  so  far  retrospective  as  to  annul  alienations  and 
charges  created  by  the  heres7. 

2.  Per  damnationem.  The  strict  form  was  "heres  meus  damnas  esto 
dare,"  but  in  classical  law,  "dato,"  "dare  iubeo,"  "facito,"  "facere  iubeo," 
or  probably  any  other  explicit  command  would  serve8.  This  is  in  classical 
law  the  most  important  of  the  forms,  since  anything  could  be  left  by  it, 
services,  third  persons'  property,  and  res  futurae9.  It  gave  only  a  ius  in 
personam  against  the  heres10.  Like  most  other  obligations  which  rested  on 
the  words  "damnas  esto11,"  it  had  given  a  right,  where  it  was  for  a  cerium, 
to  manus  iniectio,  with  double  damages  in  case  of  denial,  and  though  in 
classical  law  manus  iniectio  was  gone,  the  double  liability  remained, 
whether  the  exact  form  "damnas  esto"  was  used  or  not12. 

1  G.  2.  193;  Ulp.  24.  3.         2  G.  2.  194;  Ulp.  24.  7.  3  G.  2.  196;  Ulp.  24.  7.    Hence 

a  modern  controversy:  was  a  legacy  of  pecuiium  in  this  form  valid  if,  as  would  usually  be 
the  case,  its  content  had  changed?  Probably,  for  this  purpose  only,  it  was  treated  as  a 
universilas.  4  G.  2.  195,  200;  P.  3.  6.  7;  D.  12.  1.  8;  34.  5.  15.  5  30.  36.  2. 

6  G.  2.  200.  7  10.  2.  12.  2;   35.  1.  105;   C.  6.  43.  3.  3.  8  G.  2.  201;  Ulp.  24.  4. 

9  G.  2.  197,  202,  203;  Ulp.  24.  8;  24.  9;  P.  3.  6.  10.  10  G.  2.  204;  P.  3.  6.  17.  11  Post, 
§  ccxii.  12  G.  4.  9.  The  forms  make  a  difference  on  the  question  of  position  of  the 

gift.  If  it  is  between  two  institutiones  which  operate,  Paul  says  (P.  3.  6.  2)  that  it  is  good, 
if  per  damnationem  (it  is  a  direction  to  the  first  institutus),  but  only  in  proportion  to  the 
share  of  the  first  heres  if  it  is  per  vindicationem.  It  is  effectively  charged  only  pro  parte.  If 
the  first  fails,  the  legacy  fails :  if  the  second,  the  legacy  is  good.  But  this  seems  to  express 
republican  law.  The  II.  caducariae  provide  (ante,  §cxi;  post,  §  cxvui)  that  gifts  which 
become  caduca  go  to  certain  beneficiaries  as  heredes.  Hence  Ulp.  says  (Ulp.  1.  21)  that 
if  the  second  fails  and  the  lapse  goes  to  the  first,  the  legacy  is  good,  but  if  it  goes  to 
legatarii  patres,  they  take  as  heredes  and  it  will  be  as  if  both  had  operated.  If  the  first 
failed  the  legacy  would  fail  as  in  old  law.  He  adds  that  some  ignored  this  point  and  applied 
the  old  law.  But  the  II.  caducariae  and  the  rules  of  position  are  gone  in  later  law. 


vm]  FORMS  OF  LEGACY  333 

3.  Sinendi  modo.  "Heres  meus  damnas  esto  Lucium  sinere  rent  capere." 
This  too  gave  only  a  ius  in  person-am1.    It  does  not  seem  to  have  been 
of  great  importance.    Anything  could  be  left  by  it  which  belonged  to 
the  testator  or  the  lieres  at  the  time  of  death,  as  its  words  indicate,  but 
Gains  says  that  the  dominant  view  was  that  it  could  not  apply  to  any- 
thing acquired  by  the  heres  after  the  death2.     It  gave  only  a  personal 
action  and,  though  the  word  damnas  was  used,  we  are  not  told  that  it 
was  ever  in  duplum,  perhaps  because  it  was  first  used  in  matters  for 
which  there  could  be  no  manus  iniectio.    Gains  also  speaks  of  a  doubt, 
also  due  to  the  form,  whether  the  heres  was  bound  to  make  a  formal 
conveyance,  or  it  sufficed,  even  for  a  res  mancipi,  to  let  the  legatee  take 
it.  The  latter  view  prevailed3. 

4.  Per  praeceptionem.    "Titius  rem  praecipito*"  As  the  form  shews, 
the  legatee  W7as  entitled  to  the  legacy  before  the  estate  was  divided5. 
The  schools  disagreed  as  to  the  nature  of  this  legacy6.   The  Sabinians, 
arguing  from  the  name,  held  that  it  could  only  be  to  a  heres,  so  that  the 
mode  of  enforcement  would  be  the  indicium  familiae  erciscimdae.    It 
must  therefore  be  a  thing  in  the  hereditas,  but  it  need  not  have  been  so 
when  the  will  was  made  and  it  might  be  merely  in  bonis.  The  Proculians 
held  that  praecipito  meant  merely  capita,  and  that  it  was  a  case  of 
vindicatio  and  might  be  made  to  anyone.    Gains  says,  doubtfully,  that 
Hadrian  confirmed  this  doctrine.    On  the  Proculian  view,  if  it  was  to 
the  heres,  and  had  been  quiritary  property  of  the  testator,  it  could  be 
vindicated.    If  only  in  bonis,  familiae  erciscundae  wras  applicable.    If  it 
was  to  an  extraneus,  only  the  testator's  quiritary  property  could  be  so 
left,  and  it  gave  a  ius  in  rem.  Thus  it  still  differed  from  the  first  form,  in 
that  the  res  might  have  been  acquired  after  testation,  and,  if  to  the 
heres,  in  that  it  need  not  have  been  in  quiritarian  ownership  at  all. 

The  rule  was  simplified  by  the  time  of  Ulpian  who  lays  it  down  that 
only  what  could  be  left  by  vindicatio  could  be  left  in  this  way7. 

These  rules  were  greatly  modified  by  the  $c.  Neronianum8  (A.D.  64). 
It  provided  that,  wiiere  a  gift  was  made  in  a  form  not  suited  to  it  (minus 
aptis  verbis],  it  should  be  construed,  if  that  would  make  it  valid,  as  in 
the  most  favourable  form,  i.e.,  damnatio,  by  which  anything  could  be 
left.  There  were  disagreements  as  to  the  scope  of  the  enactment.  Some 
held  that  it  applied  only  to  defects  of  form  and  not  of  capacity9.  Some 
of  the  Sabinians,  who  held  that  praeceptio  could  be  only  to  a  heres,  thought 
the  sc.  would  not  save  such  a  legacy  to  an  extraneus,  but  the  wider 

1  G.  2.  209,  213;  Ulp.  24.  5.  2  G.  2.  210,  211,  212;  Ulp.  24.  10.   Not  necessarily 

property  at  all.    P.  3.  6.  11.  3  G.  2.  214;  G.  Ep.  256.  4  G.  2.  216;  Ulp.  24.  6. 

5  This  form  is  the  precursor  of  the  praelegatum  of  later  law,  post,  §  cxxm.         6  G.  217- 
223;  Ulp.  24.  11;  P.  3.  6.  1.         7  Ulp.  24.  11.  8  G.  2.  197;  Ulp.  24.  11  a.          9  G.  2. 

218. 


334  JOINT  LEGACY:  LAPSES  [CH. 

interpretation  prevailed1.  The  forms  did  not  however  lose  their  im- 
portance ;  each  had  its  own  rules,  e.g.  in  case  of  lapse,  and  these  still 
existed.  In  339  it  was  enacted2  that  no  importance  was  to  attach  to 
the  exact  use  of  words,  which  is  understood  to  mean  that,  in  deciding 
which  type  of  legacy  was  meant,  the  intent  was  to  be  followed  whatever 
the  words  used.  Justinian  provided  that  all  legacies  were  to  be  of  one 
nature  and  enforceable  by  the  same  remedies3. 

CXVIII.  JOINT  LEGACIES  AND  LAPSES.  Legacies  to  two  or  more 
may  be  joint  in  two  ways.  They  may  be  : 

(i)  Re  et  verbis  coniuncti  (coniunctim).   "I  give  Stichus  to  X  and  F." 

(ii)  Re  coniuncti  (disiunctim).  "I  give  Stichus  to  X.  I  give  Stichus 
to  F."  A  gift  in  the  form  :  "  I  give  Stichus  to  X  and  Y  in  equal  shares  " 
wras  really  two  distinct  gifts  and  is  not  here  material,  though  the  donees 
are  sometimes  said  to  be  "verbis  tantum  coniuncti*." 

If  a  legacy  to  a  single  legatee  failed  from  any  cause  the  heres  bene- 
fited (apart  from  the  II.  caducariae),  but  in  the  case  of  joint  gifts  there 
were  complications,  due  to  the  different  rules,  in  the  different  forms,  as 
to  sharing  among  joint  legatees.  Thus  the  two  sets  of  rules,  i.e.  as  to 
shares  and  as  to  the  effect  of  lapse,  must  be  taken  together. 

In  vindicatio  and  praeceptio,  whether  coniunctim  or  disiunctim,  "iure 
civili  concur su  paries  fiunt."  Each  had  a  right  to  all,  cut  down  by  the 
other's  right,  so  that  if  one  failed  the  other  benefited,  not  the  heres5. 
On  the  same  principle  if  a  res  was  left  to  A  and  B  coniunctim,  and  also 
to  C  disiunctim,  if  A  or  B  failed  B  or  A  benefited,  not  C.  If  C  failed, 
A  and  B  benefited,  taking  the  lapse  as  disiunctim6.  If  A  and  B  failed, 
C  benefited,  if  all  three,  the  heres. 

In  damnatio,  coniunctim,  they  shared,  on  presumed  intent,  but 
lapses  went  to  the  heres,  his  obligation  being  treated  as  separate,  not 
solidary.  In  damnatio,  disiunctim,  each  was  entitled  to  all  or  its  value ; 
failure  of  one  made  no  lapse7.  In  sinendi  modo,  the  rules  were  the  same 
except  that  some  held  that  if  it  were  disiunctim,  the  heres  was  released 

1  G.  2.  218.  Where  a  man  left  a  res,  per  vindicalionem,  and  sold  it,  this  was  not  relieved 
against  under  the  sc.,  since  if  it  had  been  originally  left  per  damnationem  and  alienated 
there  would  be  an  exceptio  doli  against  the  legatee,  G.  2.  198.  There  is  some  evidence  that 
after  this  sc.  the  legatee  per  vindicationem  had  the  same  choice  by  juristic  interpretatio, 
and  could  bring  either  a  real  or  a  personal  action.  30.  84.  13;  h.  t.  95.  But  it  is  probable 
that  these  texts  are  interpolated  and  express  the  alternative  given  by  Justinian.  It  is  also 
possible  that  the  texts  originally  referred  to  what  seems  to  have  been  a  common  case,  a 
gift  made  in  both  forms  so  as  to  avoid  any  difficulty.  See  the  wills  of  Dasumius  and  C. 
Longinus  Castor  (Girard,  Textes,  798  sqq.).  In  any  case  only  the  nature  of  the  remedy 
was  affected,  not  the  extent  of  the  right.  2  C.  6.  37.  21.  3  C.  6.  43.  1.  As  the 

forms  had  different  rules  in  various  matters,  he  had  to  choose  between  them.  He  adopts 
usually,  but  far  from  always,  the  rules  of  vindicatio.  4  D.  32.  89;  50.  16.  142.  5  G. 
2.  199,  223;  Ulp.  24.  12;  P.  3.  6.  26.  6  30.  34.  pr.;  33.  2.  26.  1.  7  G.  2.  205;  Ulp.  24.  13. 
It  would  benefit  the  heres,  since  he  would  only  have  one  legacy  to  pay. 


viii]  LEGES  CADUCARIAE  335 

by  letting  one  legatee  have  the  res,  as  his  only  duty  was  not  to  prevent 
his  having  it1.  The  point  could  not  arise  if  the  gift  was  coniunctim. 

Except  in  the  case  of  gifts  void  ab  initio,  as  to  a  peregrine  or  person 
already  dead,  which  continued  to  be  treated  as  pro  non  scriptis  the  law 
was  profoundly  modified  by  the  //.  caducariae.  All  lapsed  gifts,  caduca 
or  in  causa  caduci2,  went  to  those  who  would  have  had  them  in  earlier 
law,  if  they  had  the  ius  antiquum  ;  failing  these,  to  collegatarii  patres  con- 
iunctim; failing  these,  to  heredes  patres;  failing  these,  to  other  legatarii 
patres;  and  failing  these  to  the  Treasury3.  Such  windfalls  need  not  be 
accepted,  but  carried  their  burdens4.  Apparently  a  colegatee  disiunctim 
did  not  count  as  a  colegatee  for  this  purpose5.  The  form  was  immaterial, 
so  far  as  the  leges  applied.  But  if  there  were  joint  legacies  disiunctim 
by  damnatio,  as  each  was  entitled  to  all,  there  was  no  caducum.  There  are 
difficulties  and  obscurities  about  these  rules.  The  changes  made  about 
the  time  of  Caracalla,  and  when  the  empire  adopted  Christianity  have 
already  been  considered6.  Under  Justinian  the  forms  and  the  leges  were 
gone.  He  restored  the  old  ius  accrescendi  with  some  modifications7. 
Apart  from  joint  gifts,  a  lapsed  legacy  went  to  the  heredes,  carrying  its 
burdens  with  it,  but  if  the  legacy  had  been  solely  charged  on  a  particular 
heres,  the  lapse  went  to  him.  All  joint  legatees  took  in  shares.  Lapses 
went,  in  first  instance,  to  colegatees.  If  the  gift  was  coniunctim  they 
might  refuse,  but  if  they  accepted  they  took  also  the  burdens.  If  dis- 
iunctim, they  must  take,  but  the  burdens  failed.  This  rather  strange 
distinction  is  rested  on  the  view  that  the  testator  by  making  them  dis- 
iunctim meant  that  no  one  was  to  be  liable  for  more  than  his  own  burden8. 
In  the  case  of  pro  non  scriptis  the  old  law  remained ;  accrual  was  com- 
pulsory but,  in  general,  burdens  failed9. 

CXIX.  PRINCIPAL  RULES  OF  LEGACY.  In  Justinian's  law  there  was 
no  longer  need  of  formal  words  (legis  modo10) ;  so  long  as  it  was  unam- 
biguous the  form  of  words  and  the  place  in  the  will  were  immaterial11. 
The  law  of  conditions  was  much  the  same  as  in  institutiones,  and  the 
preference  for  maintaining  the  gift  and  annulling  the  offending  modality 
existed  here  also,  though  it  had  not  the  same  justification,  since 
failure  of  the  gift  would  not  imperil  the  will.  The  principle  may  be  that  it 
is  reasonable  to  apply  the  same  canons  of  interpretation  to  different  parts 

1  G.  2.  215.  2  As  to  this  distinction,  ante,  §  cxi.   A  conditional  legacy  was  a 

caducum  if  the  condition  failed  after  testator's  death,    35.  1.  31,  altered.  3  G.  2. 

20&-208;  Ulp.  24.  12,  13.  As  we  have  seen  the  windfall  is  treated  as  hereditas.  4  Ulp. 
17.  3.  5  Modern  opinions  differ.  This  seems  however  to  be  what  Gains  means,  2. 

207,  208,  and  Paul,  D.  32.  89,  says  the  same.  6  Ante,  §  cxi.  7  C.  6.  51.  1. 

8  h.  t.  1.  llg.  9  h.  t.  1.  3,  3  a.    As  to  merely  verbis  coniuncti,  the  express  statement 

of  Paul  (D.  32.  89)  and  the  general  language  of  G.  2.  207  suggest  that,  under  the  II.  cadu- 
cariae, they  were  treated  as  coniunctim.  10  Ulp.  24.  1;  G.  2.  193.  11  P.  3.  6.  13; 
Inst.  2.  20.  34. 


336  CONDITIONS  ON  LEGACY  [CH. 

of  the  same  instrument1.  But  though  in  general  any  condition  which 
would  avoid  an  institutio  would  avoid  a  legacy,  the  rule  that  a  son  coiild 
not  be  instituted  on  a  condition  not  in  his  own  power  had  no  application 
to  legacy.  And  though  by  Ulpian's  time  it  was  clear  that  impossible  con- 
ditions and  those  grouped  with  them  were  struck  out2,  the  Proculians 
had  held  that  they  ought  to  vitiate  the  gift  as  in  contract,  and  Gains, 
himself  a  Sabinian,  admits  the  distinction  to  be  unreasonable3.  Causa  is 
not  condition ;  a  gift  to  a  man  for  a  stated  reason  which  was  not  true 
would  not  avoid  the  gift,  unless  the  court  thought  that  it  was  intended  as 
a  condition ;  falsa  causa  non  nocet4.  And  misdescription  did  not  avoid  the 
gift  if  it  was  clear  who  was  to  have  it  and  what  it  was — falsa  demonstratio 
non  nocet5.  The  law  as  to  what  amounted  to  fulfilment,  and  what  pre- 
vention excused  non-fulfilment,  was  as  in  institutiones,  but  gifts  of  liberty 
were  more  favourably  construed.  In  legacy  if  impossibility  supervened 
after  aditio,  the  gift  failed ;  a  manumission  took  effect6.  In  legacy  pre- 
vention excused  fulfilment  only  if  it  was  by  one  interested  in  non-fulfil- 
ment. In  manumission,  prevention  by  anyone  excused7. 

A  negative  condition,  dependent  on  the  act  of  the  beneficiary,  might 
if  strictly  construed  make  the  gift  nugatory,  for  it  might  not  be  certain 
till  he  died  that  he  wrould  not  do  the  act.  The  cautio  Muciana,  introduced 
probably  by  Q.  Mucius  Scaevola,  gave  some  relief.  The  arrangement 
was  that  the  legatee  took  the  gift  at  once,  giving  security  for  return  if 
he  broke  the  condition8.  It  applied  in  classical  law  only  in  legacy,  and 
only  to  such  negative  conditions  as  were  in  the  power  of  the  legatee, 
and,  probably,  among  these,  only  to  such  as  must  otherwise  remain 
open  for  the  legatee's  life.  In  the  Digest  there  are  texts  applying  it  to 
all  negative  potestative  conditions,  and  others  confining  it  to  the  class 
last  mentioned9.  Whether  this  represents  a  variable  practice  or  the 
wider  application  is  due  to  Justinian,  as  is  the  extension  to  institutiones, 
is  matter  of  dispute10.  In  gifts  of  liberty  there  could  be  no  cautio  Muciana, 
for  the  manumission  could  not  be  undone.  Where  the  act  was  indifferent 
in  itself,  there  was  a  forced  construction  favor e  libertatis;  "si  Capitolium 
non  ascendent"  was  understood  to  mean  "cumprimumpotuerit11."  Where 

1  As  to  reasons  for  extending  the  "favor  testamenti"  to  legacies,  see  Hoffmann, 
Kritische  Studien,  158.  Conditions  existed  in  legacies  before  they  did  in  institvtiones, 
but  it  is  difficult  to  see  why  this  rule  should  have  developed  for  legacy.  The  language 
of  Gaius  shews  that  its  application  to  them  was  still  disputed  (G.  3.  98).  From  D.  28.  7.  1 
(where,  though  the  passage  is  from  Ulpian,  it  is  probably  Sabinus  who  is  speaking) 
it  seems  to  have  been  long  settled  in  the  case  of  institutiones.  2  28.  7.  14;  35.  1.  3. 

3  G.  3.  98.  4  Ulp.  24.  19;  Inst.  2.  20.  31.  5  Ulp.  24.  19;  Inst.  2.  20.  29,  30. 

6  35.  1.  94.  pr.;  40.  7.  20.  3.  7  28.  7.  3;  h.  t.  11;  40.  7.  3.  pr.  835.1.7.  9/6.; 
h.  t.  72.  pr.,  2;  h.  t.  106.  10  See  H.  Krueger,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  1,  for  a  hypothesis  as  to 
its  origin  and  evolution.  11  40.  4.  17.  pr.  But  the  same  writer,  Julian,  elsewhere  (40. 
4.  61.  pr. ;  40.  7.  4.  1)  says  that  such  gifts  are  derisory  and  void.  It  is  no  doubt  a 
question  of  intent. 


vin]  CONDITIONS  ON   LEGACY  337 

it  was  not  indifferent,  there  was  no  relief,  and  it  may  be  for  this  reason 
that  conditio  iurisiurandi,  remitted  in  other  cases,  was  allowed  in  manu- 


mission 


i 


Under  Justinian  much  of  the  utility  of  the  cautio  Muciana  was  gone, 
in  legacy,  since  he  allowed  resolutive  conditions  with  somewhat  similar 
security,  and  covering  a  wider  field2. 

Dies  incertus  was  treated  as  a  condition,  as  in  institutiones,  but  the 
extension  of  this  principle  to  legacy  seems  rather  late3.  It  may  be  noted 
that  dies  incertus  an,  certus  quando,  which  is  properly  a  condition  and 
was  so  treated  in  institutio  and  legacy,  was  treated  as  dies  in  manu- 
mission4. Dies  certus  was  allowed  in  legacy5,  and  an  uncertain  day 
(certus  an,  incertus  quando},  certain  to  arrive  within  the  lifetime  of  the 
donee,  was  treated  here  as  dies  certus*.  Thus  the  result  was  reached 
that  a  legacy  payable  at  death  of  legatee  was  valid,  while  one  payable 
after  the  death  of  heres  or  legatee  was  void,  "ne  ab  heredis  herede  legari 
videatur,  quod  iuris  civilis  ratio  non  patitur1 '." 

There  is  not  much  difference,  and  Gains  says  the  distinction  is  un- 
reasonable. The  truth  is  that  the  Romans  solved  the  puzzling  logical 
question  whether,  at  the  moment  of  death,  a  man  is  alive  or  dead  in 
the  sense  that  he  is  alive.  A  legacy  payable  so  many  days  before  the 
death  was  void8,  probably  as  being  "praepostere  conceptum."  Justinian 
legalised  all  these,  as  he  did  resolutive  conditions  and  gifts  ad  diem9. 

Modus  is  distinct  from  condition.  A  gift  sub  modo  was  an  absolute 
gift  with  a  direction  as  to  its  application,  but,  if  the  direction  was  positive, 
the  legatee  could  not  compel  delivery  till  he  had  given  security  for  its 
application10.  If  negative,  it  might  be  treated  as  a  case  for  the  cautio 
Muciana11. 

The  rules  of  personal  capacity  were  in  general  as  in  institutio12,  but  it 
may  be  remembered  that  some  types  of  beneficiary,  e.g.  municipalities, 
could  receive  legacies  before  they  could  be  instituted13,  and  the  /.  Voconia 
forbidding  the  institutio  of  women  by  classici,  had  no  application  to 
legacies.  The  case  of  legacy  to  one  in  the  potestas  of  the  heres  created  a 
difference  of  opinion.  As  a  gift  of  his  own  property  to  a  man  was  void, 
and  a  gift  to  a  slave  was  practically  one  to  his  master,  the  difficulty  is 
plain.  Servius,  ignoring  the  regula  Catoniana1*,  saw  no  objection  to 
such  a  gift,  but  held  that  it  failed  if  at  the  time  when  it  vested  the 

1  28.  7.  8.  6,  7;  40.  4.  12.  pr.  2  C.  6.  37.  26.  3  There  is  much  controversy 

on  this  matter.    See  Brunetti,  Dies  incertus.  4  40.  4.  16;  40.  7.  19.  5  36.  2.  5.  1. 

6  36.  2.  4.  7  G.  2.  232;  Ulp.  1.  20;  24.  16;  P.  3.  6.  5,  6;  Inst.  2.  20.  35;  see  post,  §  CXLix. 
8  G.  2.  232;  cf.  Inst.  3.  19.  14.  9  Inst.  2.  20.  35;  C.  6.  23.  25;  C.  6.  37.  26;  C.  8.  37.  11. 
Post,  §CLIV.  Legacy  "si  legatarius  volet"  30.  65.  1;  "si  heres  volet,"  32.  11.  7  (interp.). 
10  32.19.  11  At  any  rate  under  Just.  Nov.  22.  43.  12  No  legacy  to  po.itumus  extraneus, 
G.  2.  240,  till  Justinian,  Inst.  2.  20.  28.  13  Ante,  §  cm.  14  G.  2.  244;  post,  §  cxxi. 

B  R.  L.  22 


338  LEX  FALCIDIA  [en. 

"honoratus"  was  still  in  the  potestas  of  the  heres.  The  Sabinians  held,  on 
the  principles  of  the  regulaCatoniana,  that  the  gift  was  good  if  conditional, 
bad  if  simple.  The  Procnlians  held  it  bad  in  both  cases,  because,  says 
Gains,  we  can  no  more  owe  to  one  in  our  potestas  conditionally  than  we 
can  absolutely,  which  is  giving  the  rule  as  a  reason  for  itself,  and  ignores 
the  distinction  taken  under  the  regula  Catoniana.  Justinian  adopts  the 
Sabinian  view,  adding  the  restriction,  attributed  to  Servius,  where  the 
honor atus  was  still  in  the  potestas  when  the  right  vested,  which  was 
probably  also  part  of  the  Sabinian  view1. 

But  the  fact  that  a  slave  is  not  the  same  person  as  his  master  led  to 
some  unexpected  rules  in  this  connexion.  Thus  a  legacy  of  the  property 
of  X  to  the  slave  of  X  was  absolutely  good2.  And  no  legacy  to  a  slave 
was  good  unless  it  was  of  a  thing  which  he  could  take  if  he  was  free.  Thus 
a  legacy  to  him  of  a  right  of  way  was  void,  for  the  land  to  which  it  must 
attach  would  not  be  his  if  he  was  freed3.  The  rule  expressed  by  Paul 
that  "cum  servo  alieno  aliquid  testamento  damns  domini  persona  ad  hoc 
tantum  inspicitur  ut  sit  cum  eo  testamenti  factio,  ceterum  ex  persona  servi 
constitit  legatum*"  had  other  applications.  The  ride  as  to  duae  lucrativae 
causae  did  not  apply  where  A  left  a  thing  to  B,  and  C  made  a  donatio 
of  it  to  Z?'s  slave5.  A  legacy  to  a  slave  post  mortem  domini  was  good6. 
Where  a  will  was  upset  by  bonorum  possessio  contra  tabulas,  a  legacy  to 
a  slave  failed,  though  his  dominus  was  a  person  legacies  to  whom  would 
be  saved 7. 

Excessive  legacies  would  tend  to  cause  refusal  of  the  hereditas  and 
intestacy.  After  ineffective  legislation  in  the  republic8,  the  problem 
was  solved  by  the  I.  Falcidia,  of  40  B.C.9  Its  main  rule  was  that  if 
legacies  exceeded  three-quarters  of  the  estate  they  might  be  cut  down 
pro  rataw.  The  calculation  was  made  as  at  the  death,  debts,  funeral 
expenses,  and  the  value  of  slaves  freed,  being  deducted11.  If  a  legacy 
was  such  as  to  be  incapable  of  division,  the  legatee  must  refund  pro- 
portionately12. If  there  were  several  heredes  and  legacies  were  specially 

1  Inst.  2.  20.  32;  Ulp.  24.  23.  The  converse  case  of  legacy  to  one  whose  slave  was  heres 
gave  no  difficulty:  it  was  valid  whether  simple  or  conditional,  but  failed  if  at  dies  cedens 
he  was  still  in  potestas.  G.  2.  245;  Inst.  2.  20.  23.  The  difference  is  that  in  the  first  case 
the  legacy  cedes  at  once  on  opening  of  will  and  the  inheritance  is  also  fixed  on  the  master, 
so  that  he  is  inevitably  the  person  entitled  to  the  legacy.  In  the  second  case  the  identity 
is  not  inevitable,  as  the  slave  can  be  alienated  before  entry.  In  Ulp.  24.  24  it  is  supposed 
that  the  "non"  is  an  error.  2  31.  82.  2.  It  is  treated  as  not  affected  by  the  Catonian  in 
anyway.  3  Ib. ;  33.  3.  5.  The  contradictory  32.17.1  is  probably  corrupt.  4  31. 
82.  2.  5  Post,  §  cxcn;  30.  108.  1.  6  30.  68.  1.  7  37.  5.  3.  2.  8  L.  Furia, 

date  uncertain,  forbade  legacies  of  more  than  1000  asses,  with  some  exemptions,  with 
manus  iniectio  (G.  4.  23)  and  fourfold  penalty  (Ulp.  1.  2).  L.  Voconia  (168  B.C.)  forbade 
any  legacy  to  exceed  what  the  heredes  took,  sanction  unknown,  probably  nullity.  Gaius 
(2.  225,  226)  points  out  the  defects  of  these  laws.  9  35.  2.  1.  pr.  10  G.  2.  227; 

Inst.  2.  22;  P.  3.  8;  Ulp.  24.  32.  11  P.  4.  3.  3;  I).  35.  2.  81.         12  D.  35.  2.  80.  1. 


vin]  DIES  CEBIT:  DIES   VENIT  339 

charged  on  particular  heredes,  the  calculation  was  separately  made  for 
each,  so  that  even  where  some  legacies  were  cut  down,  more  than  one- 
quarter  might  remain  with  the  heredes1.  Conversely,  the  testator  might 
direct  that  any  particular  legacy  should  or  should  not  bear  the  loss, 
thus  relieving  or  burdening  the  others2.  The  rule  applied,  at  any  rate 
in  later  classical  law,  to  donatio  mortis  causa3.  In  classical  law  the  testa- 
tor might  not  forbid  the  heres  to  keep  this  quarter ;  a  private  agreement 
with  that  aim  was  void4.  Apart  from  the  military  will,  the  only  cases 
privileged  from  this  reduction  were  one  of  a  legacy  of  debt  to  the  creditor, 
not  exceeding  the  debt5,  and  one  of  a  slave,  with  nothing  else,  with  a 
trust  to  free6.  There  were  controversies  as  to  the  mode  of  computation 
of  conditional  debts,  limited  interests  and  so  forth7,  complicated  by 
the  various  types  of  legacy8.  The  heres  was  charged,  in  general,  only 
with  what  he  got  as  heres,  not,  e.g.,  with  a  praelegatum9.  The  reduction 
was  ipso  iure,  so  that  a  legatee  per  vindicationem,  where  a  case  for  the 
Falcidia  arose,  would  be  able  to  vindicate  only  a  proportionate  part  of 
the  thing10. 

It  might  happen  that  it  was  uncertain  if,  or  to  what  extent,  a  deduc- 
tion would  be  necessary.  In  that  case  the  practice  was  to  pay  the 
legacy,  taking  security  from  the  legatee  for  the  proper  refund  in  case  the 
payment  proved  excessive11. 

The  chief  changes  made  by  Justinian  were  that  he  allowed  the  test- 
ator to  forbid  the  retention  of  a  quarter12,  and  excluded  it  altogether 
if  the  heres  had  not  made  an  inventory13. 

CXX.  VESTING  OF  LEGACIES.  The  expressions  dies  cedit  and  dies 
venit  were  used,  in  connexion  with  legacies,  to  express  two  critical  points 
of  time  in  the  acquisition  of  the  legacy.  The  opposition  is  one  of  tense. 
Dies  cedit  means  "the  day  is  coming,"  dies  venit,  "the  day  has  come." 
The  use  of  different  verbs  makes  a  third  term  possible.  The  expression 
dies  cessit,  cessisset,  cesseritu  means  that  dies  cedens  is  past,  but  not  that 
dies  venit. 

At  dies  cedens  the  legacy  "vested"  with  three  principal  effects.  The 
gift  became  transmissible,  so  that,  if  it  was  of  more  than  a  life  interest, 
the  representatives  of  the  legatee  could  claim  the  gift,  though  he  had 

1  35.  2.  77.  2  35.  2.  64;  h.  t.  88.  2.  3  C.  6.  50.  5.  4  35.  2.  27.  5  35.  2.  5. 
6  35.  2.  33-35.  7  35.  2.  73.  1  speaks  of  alternative  modes  of  calculation.  It  might 

be  estimated,  market  value  of  the  gift  as  it  is,  or  taken  at  value  of  the  res,  security 
being  given  for  either  event  by  heres  or  legatee.  See  Vassali  (Bull.  26.  52  sqq.)  who  holds 
that  the  former  system  is  due  to  Justinian ;  see  35.  2.  45.  1,  66.  pr.,  73.  2,  88.  3.  8  See, 
e.g.,  35.  2.  30,  36-38,  45,  66,  68,  73,  1  sqq.,  82,  etc.  9  35.  2.  4.  Some  exceptions. 

10  See  35.  2.  73.  5.  Difficulties  where  a  share  lapses  and  its  burden  is  carried  over,  35. 
2.  1.  13,  14;  h.  t.  78,  etc.  See  Vangerow,  Pandekten,  §  535.  11  D.  35.  3.  See  Lenel,  Mel. 
Girard,  2.  79,  as  to  the  working  of  this.  12  Now.  1,2.  13  Ante,  §  ex.  14  E.g.  36. 
2.31;  33.5.  10. 

>•>••> 2 


340  DIES  CEDIT:  DIES  VEN1T  [CH. 

not  yet  accepted1.  It  might  determine  the  destination  of  the  gift,  for  if 
the  legatee  was  a  slave  it  was  his  owner  at  dies  cedens  who  could  claim2. 
And  it  failed  if  the  legatee  was  incapax  on  that  day3.  It  determined 
what  was  left.  If  a  flock  or  a  universitas  rerum  of  that  type  was  left,  the 
legatee  was  entitled  to  it,  in  general,  as  it  was  on  that  day4.  So  too,  if 
two  things  were  left  together,  of  which  one  was  clearly  an  accessory 
to  the  other,  and  the  principal  thing  had  ceased  to  exist  on  that  day, 
the  gift  failed5. 

When  dies  venit,  the  legacy  was  recoverable  by  action,  unless  it  was 
repudiated.  It  should  be  added  that,  at  any  rate  in  later  law,  dies  cedit 
and,  a  fortiori,  dies  venit  without  the  knowledge  of  the  legatee6.  It  is 
noticeable  that  no  time  was  fixed  within  which  to  claim.  This  is  because 
in  the  view  which  prevailed,  an  inchoate  right  to  the  legacy  was  acquired 
by  the  legatee  at  dies  cedens,  though  it  devested,  e.g.  on  repudiation. 
But  actual  acceptance  had  some  importance ;  it  was  e.g.  only  this  which 
prevented  a  legatee  from  attacking  the  will 7. 

There  were  elaborate  rules  as  to  the  occurrence  of  these  days.  In 
legata  pura  or  sub  modo,  dies  cedit  on  the  death  (or  opening  of  the  will), 
dies  venit  on  the  entry  of  the  heres.  In  legata  ex  die,  dies  cedit  at  the  death, 
dies  venit  at  entry  of  heres  or  occurrence  of  the  day,  whichever  was  the 
later.  In  conditional  legacy,  dies  cedit  on  occurrence  of  the  condition, 
dies  venit  then  or  at  entry  of  the  heres,  whichever  was  the  later8.  But 
certain  legacies  were  under  special  rules.  Thus  legacy  of  a  life  interest 
(personal  servitude),  in  which  there  was  no  question  of  transmission, 
ceded  only  at  entry  of  the  heres,  and  if  there  was  dies  only  from  the  dies9. 
The  same  was  true  in  legatum,  with  liberty,  to  a  slave  of  the  testator10, 
as  he  could  not  be  free,  and  thus  no  right  could  vest  in  him,  till  the 
heres  had  entered.  In  the  case  of  personal  servitude,  the  rule  had  the 

1  Ulp.  24.  30;  P.  3.  6.  7.  Sommer,  Z.S.S.  34,  394,  arguing  from  31.  45.  1  holds  that 
dies  cedens  did  not  involve  the  existence  of  the  liability.  His  explanation  of  7.  3.  1.4  seems 
inadmissible.  In  any  case  there  is  no  doubt  about  the  rules  stated  above  in  the  text. 
2  30.  91.  6.  In  institutio  the  slave  carries  the  gift  with  him  to  the  moment  of  acceptance 
(ante,  §  cvm).  Both  this  and  the  distinction  last  above  mentioned  turn  on  the  fact  that 
legacy  is  acquired  without  any  act  of  acceptance,  while  hereditas,  apart  from  necessarii,  is 
not  (37.  11.  2.  9;  ante,  §  cix).  3  Ulp.  24.  30.  4  Inst.  2.  20.  20.  5  Inst.  2.  20.  17. 
But  a  good  deal  depends  here  on  intent,  which  is  the  governing  factor  in  these  questions 
under  wills.  See  33.  7.  5.  6  See  36.  2  passim.  "Vesting"  does  not  imply  that  owner- 

ship passes  to  legatee — this  cannot  occur  till  the  heres  has  accepted.  G.  2.  195.  7  34. 
9.  5.  pr.  8  Ulp.  24.  31.  9  7.  3.  1.  2;  Vat.  Fr.  60;  D.  36.  2.  2,  3.  Hence  the  unfair 

result  that  fruits  between  death  and  entry  go  to  heres.  The  non-transmissibility  stated 
as  the  reason  of  the  rule  is  hardly  adequate  for  this  (36.  2.  3).  Elsewhere  the  same  writer, 
(Ulp.  D.  7.  3.  1.  2)  explains  it  on  the  ground  that  usufruct,  which  consists  in  use,  cannot  exist 
till  it  can  be  enjoyed.  Elvers  (Servitutenl.  726)  explains  it  on  the  ground  that  it  is 
essentially  conditional  on  the  giving  of  security.  But  dies  cedens  does  not  await  the 
giving  of  security.  10  Or  if  he  himself  is  left  per  vind.  35.  2.  1.4;  36.  2.  7.  6.  8. 


vin]  REGULA   CATONIANA  341 

practical  effect  that,  even  under  Justinian,  if  it  was  to  a  slave  the  master 
could  claim  nothing  if  the  slave  died  before  aditio  of  the  heres. 

By  the  //.  caducariae,  dies  cedit  not  at  the  death,  but  only  at  the 
opening  of  the  will1.  The  purpose  of  the  rule,  which  Ulpian  attributes  to 
the  I.  Papia2,  Justinian  to  see.  based  thereon,  is  obscure3.  As  it  was 
also  provided  that  wills  should  be  opened  as  soon  as  possible  after  the 
death,  it  had  little  effect4.  Justinian  restored  the  old  rule5. 

CXXI.  FAILURE  OF  LEGACY.  The  requirements  of  a  valid  legacy 
have  already  been  stated.  The  only  point  still  to  be  mentioned  in  con- 
nexion with  them  is  the  regula  Catoniana6,  to  the  effect  that  a  gift 
which  would  have  been  inutilis  if  the  testator  had  died  at  the  moment 
of  testation  could  not  be  validated  by  subsequent  events.  This  is  not 
identical  with,  or  a  mere  application  of,  the  wider  rule  that  "quod  ab 
initio  vitiosum  est  non  potest  tractu  temporis  convalescere7,"  which  avoids, 
e.g.,  institutions  of,  or  legacies  to,  a  peregrinus 8.  Though  in  one  sense 
wider,  since  it  would  avoid  gifts  which  in  classical  law  might  in  the 
opinion  of  some  jurists  eventually  be  valid,  if  they  had  been  institu- 
tiones9,  it  was  in  application  very  narrow.  It  did  not  apply  to  funda- 
mental defects,  but  only  to  those  of  a  less  basic  type.  Of  the  few  cases 
in  which  it  is  found  applied,  all  but  one  were  cases  in  which  the  gift 
would  be  quite  valid  but  for  some  relation  of  the  parties  concerned 
(legacy  to  slave  of  testator  or  heres,  legacy  to  a  man  of  what  was  his10). 
But  one  text  puts  on  the  same  level  a  legacy  of  materials  of  a  house, 
which  could  not  be  left11,  so  that  it  is  difficult  to  specify  the  exact  limits 
of  application  of  the  rule12.  It  did  not  apply  to  institutiones  or  to  any 
legacy  which  "ceded"  only  on  aditio,  of  which  conditional  legacies  were 
the  chief  case13,  or  to  the  disabilities  created  by  the  /.  lunia  and  the  II. 
caducariae1*. 

If  a  legacy  was  given  pure  and  was  such  that  the  regula  avoided  it, 

1  Ulp.  24.  31.  2  Ib.          3  C.  6.  51.  Lie.  4  P.  4.  6.  3.  5  C.  6.  51.  1.  1  c. 

It  is  possible  that  the  postponement  under  the  1.  Papia  did  not  apply  where  there  was. 
one  heres  only.  So  Pothier,  ad  22.  6.  1.  4.  See  also  Sommer,  Z.8.S.  34.  394.  6  D.  34.  7 

7  50.  17.  29.  8  Ulp.  22.  2;  see  ante,  §  cm.    For  these  rules  it  was  indifferent  whether 

the  gift  was  simple  or  conditional.  See  also  32.  1.  1,  1.  5,  7.  pr.,  8.  1.  In  alternative 
legacies,  where  one  of  the  two  is  in  any  way  conditional,  dies  cedit  only  on  arrival  of  the 
condition,  or  failure  of  it.  36.  2.  2.  14,  16,  25.  etc.  9  G.  2.  123.  See  for  this  and 

similar  cases,  Machelard,  Regie  Catonienne,  §§  25-27.  10  Inst.  2.  20.  32.  11  30. 

41.  2.  12  Machelard  says  that  the  rule  applied  (op.  cit.  §  33)  where  "il  n'y  a  qu'une 

incapacite  transitoire  de  nature  a  s'evanouir  d'un  jour  a  1'autre."  But  a  peregriniis  is 
as  likely  to  become  a  civis,  vivo  leslatore,  as  a  house  is  to  be  pulled  down.  Sommer  (Z.8.S. 
34.  396)  holds  that  the  rule  assumes  a  gift  "objectively  and  subjectively  valid."  It 
seems  most  probable  that  the  proper  application  of  the  rule  is  to  relative  obstructions, 
due  to  the  relation  of  the  parties,  and  that  the  application  to  inateria  aedibus  iuncta  is  an 
extension,  late,  like  the  prohibition  itself,  but  out  of  keeping  with  the  original  principle. 
13  34.  7.  3,  4.  14.  34.  7.  5. 


342  FAILURE  OF  LEGACY  [CH. 

an  ademptio  of  it  under  a  condition  which  had  the  effect  of  making  it 
subject  to  the  contrary  condition,  did  not  remove  it  from  the  operation 
of  the  regula — an  ademptio,  being  designed  to  lessen  a  legatee's  right, 
was  not  to  be  so  construed  as  to  increase  it1.  But  if  a  legacy  originally 
conditional  became  purum  by  satisfaction  of  the  condition,  vivo  testatore, 
the  effect  would  apparently  be  to  bring  it  within  the  rule.  This  gave 
rise  to  difficulties.  Three  cases  are  put;  a  legacy  "if  the  legatee  marry 
X,"  who  at  the  time  of  testation  was  under  the  age  of  marriage,  and  he 
married  her,  vivo  testatore;  a  legacy  "if  I  die  after  such  a  date,"  and  the 
testator  did  so  die ;  a  legacy  to  X  of  land  which  was  his  "if  he  alienates 
it  in  my  life,"  and  he  did  so  alienate2.  In  all  these  cases  it  had  become 
purum  and,  in  strictness,  if  the  testator  had  died  when  he  made  the  will 
the  gift  could  not  have  operated ;  in  each  case  there  was  an  obstruction. 
In  all  the  cases  the  gift  was  valid ;  we  are  told  that  the  rule  is  inaccurately 
expressed3,  but  not  how  it  should  have  been  expressed.  To  make  such 
gifts  void  would  be  to  make  all  gifts  under  condition  void,  if  the  con- 
dition could  not  be  satisfied  at  once,  and  was  in  fact  satisfied  vivo 
testatore*.  The  regula  existed  under  Justinian5,  and  applied  then  to 
fideicommissa ;  whether  it  did  before  Justinian  is  disputed6. 

A  legacy  validly  given  might  fail  owing  to  later  events,  the  chief 
being : 

(a)  Ademptio.  The  proper  method  was  an  express  statement  in  the 
will  or  a  codicil,  following  the  form  of  the  gift,  which  destroyed  it  ipso 
iure7.   But  other  causes  adeemed  it  in  effect  by  giving  an  exceptio  doli, 
and  in  most  of  these  cases  the  ademptio  seems  to  have  been  ipso  iure 
under  Justinian.  Such  were  extreme  hostility  arising  between  the  parties, 
erasure  of  the  gift,  informal  ademption  in  the  will,  alienation,  unless,  in 
later  classical  law,  the  circumstances  shewed  that  there  was  no  intent 
to  adeem8.    But  in  these  tacit  cases  the  revocation  was  ambulatory; 
if,  e.g..  the  hostility  ceased,  the  gift  revived9,  though  mere  repurchase 
would  not  revive  a  gift10.    It  may  be  added  that  giving  the  value  of  the 
thing  to  the  legatee,  inter  vivos,  was  in  general  in  substitution  for  the 
legacy11,  and  that  ademptio  might  be  conditional  or  partial12. 

(b)  Translatio,  which  is  in  effect  ademptio.  This  is  a  change  in  the 
thing  left,  or  a  transfer  to  another  legatee,  expressed  to  be  in  substitu- 
tion. The  first  gift  was  destroyed,  even  though  the  second  gift  failed13. 

1  34.  4.  14.         2  34.  7.  1.  1,  1.  2,  2.  3  h.  t.  1.  pr.          4  This  does  not  negative 

the  rule  that  it  became  subject  to  the  regula  if  it  became  purum.  5  D.  34.  7. 

6  Machelard,  op.  cit.  §§  81  sqq.  The  rule  is  not  referred  to  in  the  surviving  texts  of  the 
classical  lawyers.  7  Ulp.  24.  29;  D.  34.  4.  2.  8  34.  4.  3.  11;   h.  t.  16;   h.  t.  18; 

Inst.  2.  20.  12;   G.  2.  198;  P.  4.  1.  9.    Pledging  does  not  destroy  it.    P.  3.  6.  16.          9  34. 
4.  4.  10  h.  t.  15.  11  31.  22.  12  34.  4.  2;  h.  t.  11 ;  h.  t.  32;  C.  6.  37.  17. 

13  30.  34.  pr.;  34.  4.  6;  h.  t.  20. 


vin]  FAILURE  OF  LEGACY  .343 

But  if  the  second  gift  was  conditional,  this  was  conditional  ademptio,  so 
that  if  the  condition  failed  the  old  gift  stood,  unless  a  contrary  intent 
appeared1. 

(c)  Death  of  legatee  before  dies  cedit,  or  incapacity  at  that  time2. 

(d)  Debts,  subject  to  the  power  of  the  testator  to  charge  particular 
debts  on  particular  beneficiaries3. 

(e)  Operation  of  the  /.  Falcidia. 

(/)  Ereptio.  The  gift  might  be  forfeited  for  indignitas.  It  went 
usually  to  thejiscus,  but  there  were  exceptions4. 

(g)  Destruction  of  the  thing.  If  this  was  not  due  to  the  heres,  the 
legatee  got  nothing5,  as  where  a  serrus  alienus  left  as  a  legacy  was 
freed  by  his  master6.  But  if  the  destruction  was  by  the  heres  he  must 
give  the  value  whether  he  knew  of  the  legacy  or  not7.  If  several  things 
were  left,  destruction  of  one  did  not  bar  claim  to  the  rest,  unless  they 
were  principal  and  accessory,  and  the  principal  thing  was  destroyed 
before  dies  cedit8. 

(h)  Acquisition  of  the  thing  ex  lucrative,  causa.  If,  after  the  will  was 
made,  the  legatee  acquired  the  thing  by  purchase,  he  could  still  claim  its 
value,  but  not  if  he  had  it  by  donatio  or  under  another  will 9.  Thus  where 
land  was  left  to  X,  and  after  the  making  of  the  will  he  bought  the  nuda 
proprietas  and  received  a  gift  of  the  usufruct,  he  could  claim  the  value 
of  the  land,  deducto  usufructu10.  If  a  thing  was  left  to  him  under  two 
wills,  and  he  received  its  value  under  one,  he  could  claim  the  thing 
under  the  other,  but  if  he  received  the  thing  under  the  first,  he  had  no 
claim  under  the  second11. 

(i)  Failure  of  the  will.  To  this  there  were  exceptions.  If  an  institutus 
refused,  in  order  to  take  on  intestacy,  or  abstained  for  a  price,  legacies, 
etc.,  were  good12,  as  also  if  the  will  was  upset  by  collusion13,  and  appar- 
ently in  all  cases  in  which  the  hereditas  passed  to  the  fisc14.  In  case  of 
partial  failure,  gifts,  specially  charged  on  the  institutio  which  failed, 
were  destroyed  under  the  old  ius  accrescendi,  but  preserved  under  the 
//.  caducariae  and  Justinian15,  and  it  seems  that,  in  later  classical  law, 
this  was  applied  also  in  the  cases  to  which  ius  accrescendi  still  applied, 
the  accrual  being  regarded  as  a  sort  of  substitution16.  This  wrould  occur 
if  the  lapse  went  to  one  with  ius  antiquum17,  and  in  a  legacy  of  usufruct, 

1  34.  4.  7.          2  Ante,  §  cxx.          3  Ante,  §  ex.          4  Ante,  §  cxi.  5  30.  47.  4,  5; 

Inst.  2.  20.  16.  6  30.  35.  7  31.  63.  The  rule  that  he  is  liable  even  in  ignorance 

may  be  due  to  Justinian.  8  33.  8.  12.  This  is  a  matter  of  interpretation  and  very 

fine  lines  are  drawn.  Where  the  gift  was  of  fundus  cum  instruments,  the  inxtruminta  were 
accessories,  but  not  where  it  was  fundus  et  instrumenta.  But  the  child  of  an  ancilla  was 
never  an  accessory.  33.  7.  1;  h.  t.  5;  Inst.  2.  20.  17.  9  Inst.  2.  20.  6.  Post,  §  cxcn. 

10  Inst,  2  20.  9.  11  Post,  §  cxcn.  12  29.  4.  1;   C.  6.  39.  1.  13  49.  1.  14. 

14  30.  96.  1.  15  Ante,  §  cxi.  16  A>ite,  §  cv.  17  Ante,  §  cxi.    If  all  entitled 


344  REMEDIES  OF  LEGATEE  [en. 

since  it  could  not  go  to  anyone  but  the  person  named1.  If  the  gift  which 
failed  was  pro  non  scripto,  it  did  not  ordinarily  carry  its  burdens  at  any 
time2.  It  must  however  be  remembered  that  all  this  depended  on  the 
intent  of  the  testator ;  it  was  open  to  him  to  use  words  which  shewed 
that  the  legacy  was  not  to  be  payable  unless  it  fell  on  one  particular 
heres. 

A  second  will  revoked  the  first  if  it  was  validly  made,  even  though 
it  never  in  fact  operated3.  If  invalid  ab  initio,  it  did  not,  and  although 
legacies  could  be  adeemed  informally,  a  second  testamentum  which  was 
non  iure  factum,  though  it  omitted  or  altered  the  earlier  gift,  did  not 
affect  it4. 

(k)  Repudiation  by  the  legatee,  which  might  not  be  pro  parte  and 
was  irrevocable5. 

CXXII.  REMEDIES  OF  LEGATEE.  Apart  from  his  rights  of  action,  a 
legatee  could  claim,  whether  the  legacy  was  immediate  or  deferred  or 
conditional,  that  the  person  liable  should  give  him  security  for  due  per- 
formance, unless  the  testator  had  prohibited  this6.  The  security  was  not 
mere  cautio,  but  satisdatio,  which  in  general  means  personal  surety7. 
If  it  wras  refused,  the  legatee  could  get  missio  in  possessionem  of  the 
goods  of  the  hereditas  for  custody8.  He  could  not  realise  the  estate 
except  to  sell  what  must  be  dealt  with  at  once,  or  turn  out  the  heres; 
the  object,  as  we  are  unaffectedly  told,  was  that  he  might  so  incommode 
the  heres  as  to  force  him  to  give  security9.  If,  whether  security  had  been 
given  or  not,  there  was  six  months'  delay  in  payment,  Caracalla  pro- 
vided that  a  fideicommissarius  might  get  missio  in  possessionem  of  the 
property  of  the  person  liable,  in  which  case  he  might  use  and  enjoy  the 
property  till  he  had  satisfied  his  claim  out  of  the  fruits10.  Justinian  ex- 
tended this  to  legatees11.  In  an  early  novel  Justinian12  gave  legatees  and 
others  a  still  more  drastic  remedy.  On  application  a  index  would  decree 
fulfilment  within  a  year.  On  failure  the  heres  wras  excluded,  except  to 
the  extent  of  a  pars  legitima  to  which  he  might  be  entitled,  his  rights 
passing  to  other  beneficiaries  who  must  give  security.  The  order  was, 
generally,  first,  substitutes,  then  coheredes,  then  fideicommissarii  here- 
to caduca  refused  them,  i.e.  failed  to  vindicate  them,  they  went  to  the  fisc,  who  on  general 
principles  would  carry  out  the  charges. 

1  Post,  §cxxra.  2  C.  6.  51.  1.3,  "nisi  perraro."  3  Ante,  §  cxvi.  4  32. 

18.  See  for  a  suggestion  of  interpolation.  Di  Marzo,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  145.  He  holds  that 
in  the  original  form  the  rule  was  that  if  it  was  not  in  the  second  will  it  was  adeemed 
"nuda  voluntate,"  but  if  there  was  a  change  this  was  ignored,  the  revocation  being  con- 
ditional on  the  validity  of  the  new  gift:  this  being  void  the  old  gift  stood.  5  P.  3.  6.  12. 
There  can  be  no  repudiation  so  long  as  the  legacy  is  still  conditional  or  sub  die.  31.  45.  1. 
6  Or  the  person  liable  is  the  fiscus;  36.  3.  1.  pr.;  h.  t.  1.  18;  h.  t.  14.  7  36.  3.  1.  pr. 

8  36.  3.  1.  2;  h.  t.  1.  4;  36.  Ipassim.  9  36.  4.  5.  pr.  10  h.  1.  16,  17.  11  " Legatarios " 
in  the  text  is  interpolated.  See  Mitteis,  Z.S.S.  33.  206.  12  Nov.  1.1. 


vmj  REMEDIES  UNDER  JUSTINIAN  345 

ditatis,  then  other  legatees,  etc.,  then  any  freed  slaves,  then  the  heres 
ab  intestato,  not  expressly  disinherited,  and  then  the  fisc. 

We  have  seen  that  in  classical  law  the  legatee  had  either  an  action 
in  rein  or  one  in  personam  according  to  the  form  of  the  legacy1.  The 
action  in  personam  was  the  actio  ex  testa mento,  a  strictum  indicium,  and 
we  are  told  that  it  was  for  double  damages  contra  infitiantem,  at  least 
if  what  was  left  was  a  cerium2.  If  there  were  several  heredes,  and  the 
legacy  was  charged  on  them  generally,  the  legatee  could  bring  his  actio 
ex  testamento  (or  his  vindicatio)  against  each  in  proportion  to  his  share. 
If  the  legacy  was  charged  on  some,  but  not  all,  the  heredes,  these  were 
liable  in  the  proportion  of  their  shares  inter  se3.  But  if  some  of  the 
heredes  made  liable  were  named  personally,  it  appears  that  they  were 
liable  equally4,  though  older  lawyers  took  the  view  that  they  were 
liable  pro  rata5,  and  the  rule  in  the  real  action  may  have  been  either  this, 
or  that,  if  charged  only  on  some  of  the  heredes,  the  gift  failed  pro  parte6. 

Justinian,  by  a  sweeping  piece  of  legislation7,  provided  that  all 
legacies  were  to  have  one  and  the  same  nature,  and  to  be  enforceable 

o 

by  the  same  remedies,  as  to  which  he  established  a  new  scheme.  Every 
legatee  was  to  be  entitled  to  three  distinct  actions,  between  which  it 
seems  he  must  elect.  These  were  the  actio  in  rem  (vindicatio,  if  it  was  a 
gift  of  property,  confessoria,  if  it  was  a  servitude),  a  personal  action, 
actio  ex  testamento,  against  the  person  liable,  and  an  actio  hypothecaria, 
of  which  it  was  a  new  application.  He  provided  that  all  the  estate  should 
be  under  a  hypothec  for  each  legacy,  and  that  no  heres  should  be  liable 
for  more  than  his  share 8.  If,  as  may  be  the  case,  this  restriction  did  not 
apply  after  partition,  this  gave  the  best  remedy,  for  any  given  heres 
might  not  have  the  thing  or  part  of  it,  so  that  vindicatio  was  not  available 
against  him,  and  by  the  personal  action  he  would  be  liable  only  to  his 
share.  By  this  action  the  whole  could  be  recovered  from  one.  There 
were  of  course  cases  in  which  no  real  action  was  conceivable,  e.g.  a 
legacy  of  a  res  aliena,  or  of  a  service  to  be  rendered,  or  a  legatum  nominis 
or  liberationism,  or  of  fungibles  of  which  there  were  none  in  the  hereditas. 

1  Ante,  §  cxvu.  2  G.  2.  282;  4.  9;  4.  171;   P.  1.  19.  1;  lust.  3.  27.  7,  probably 

replacing  an  earlier  liability  to  manus  iniectio.  Ulpian  says  (24.  33)  that  a  legacy 
wrongly  paid  cannot  be  recovered.  Gaius,  more  in  accordance  with  principle,  confines  this 
to  cases  in  which  it  is  duplex  contra  infitiantem  (2.  283).  If  there  was  no  legacy  at  all,  owing 
to  ademption,  Paul  says  it  could  always  be  recovered,  P.  3.  6.  92.  Cf.  P.  1.  19.  1;  Inst. 
3.  27.  7.  The  allusion  in  Inst.  2.  20.  25  is  to  J.'s  new  rules.  3  31.  33;  45.  2.  17. 

4  30.  54.  3.  124.  5  45.  2.  17.  6  The  texts  cited  to  prove  this  are  not  conclusive,  see, 
e.g.,  Pothier,  ad  30.  81.  4  and  Pampaloni,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  348.  In  this  text,  if  it  is  so  under- 
stood, there  must  be  anachronism  for  Justinian,  and  there  may  be  a  point  of  construction 
involved:  the  words  about  value  are  usually  omitted  by  commentators  on  the  text,  see 
Vangerow,  §  52.  7  C.  6.  43.  1.  As  to  the  possible  right  of  legatee  per  viiidiuitionem 

to  use  the  personal  action;  see  ante,  §  cxvii.  8  G.  6.  43.  1.  5.  9  Post,  §  cxxm. 


346  SPECIAL  TYPES  OF  LEGACY          [CH. 

It  should  be  added  that  legatees  could  claim  bonorum  separatio  in 
much  the  same  way  as  creditors1,  and  that  Justinian,  nominally  general- 
ising the  double  liability  on  denial,  practically  nearly  abolished  it,  for 
while  extending  it  to  all  kinds  of  legacy  and  fideicommissum,  he  enacted 
thatit  was  to  apply  only  where  the  beneficiary  was  the  Church  or  a  charity2. 

CXXIII.  SPECIAL  TYPES  OF  LEGACY.  Certain  types  of  legacy  had 
special  characteristics  which  need  discussion. 

Penal  legacies.  In  classical  law  a  legacy  to  X  if  the  heres  did  a  certain 
thing  (a  penalty  for  doing  it)  was  void3.  Justinian  abolished  the  rule4, 
and  allowed  the  condition  unless  it  was  unlawful  or  immoral,  when,  on 
ordinary  principles,  it  was  struck  out. 

Legatum  rei  alienae.  Anyone's  property  might  be  left,  except  the 
legatee's,  and  even  his,  if  the  legacy  was  conditional,  so  that  the  regula 
Catoniana  did  not  apply,  and  it  had  ceased  to  be  his  at  dies  cedens5.  The 
fact  that  the  testator  thought  it  was  the  legatee's  would  not  avoid  the 
gift,  if  it  was  really  his  own6,  but  in  any  case  if  it  was  a  res  aliena,  the 
legatee  must  shew  that  the  testator  knew  it  was  not  his  own7.  In  that 
case  the  heres  must  buy  it  or  give  its  value8.  But  a  legacy  of  a  thing 
incapable  of  ownership,  extra  commercium,  was  void  9. 

Legatum  generis  and  legatum  optionis.  The  former  was  a  gift  of  a 
thing  of  a  particular  kind,  e.g.  a  horse,  but  not  any  particular  horse. 
The  legatee  might  choose,  if  there  were  things  of  the  kind  in  the  hereditas, 
but  might  not  choose  the  best10.  If  there  were  none  in  the  hereditas,  the 
heres  might  choose  one,  but  it  must  not  be  of  the  worst  quality11.  If  a 
choice  was  expressly  given,  this  was  legatum  optionis,  and  the  legatee 
had  free  choice.  If,  however,  the  choice  was  to  be  by  a  third  person 
and  he  failed  to  act,  the  legatee  might  choose,  but  might  not,  under 
Justinian,  choose  the  best12.  Till  Justinian  a  legatum  optionis  was 
conditional  on  personal  choice,  at  least  to  the  extent  that  it  failed  if 
the  legatee  died  without  choosing.  There  are  signs  of  dispute,  and  it  is 
not  clear  that  it  was  conditional  for  all  purposes13.  Justinian  allowed 
successors  to  choose,  and,  if  they  disagreed,  lot  decided14. 

\  42.  6.  6.  pr.  2  Inst.  3.  27.  7;  C.  1.  3.  45.  7.  3  G.  2.  235;  Ulp.  24.  17.  The 

rule,  attributed  to  Pius,  seems  to  rest  on  the  notion  that  benefits  must  not  also  be 
punishments.  The  conception  has  no  application  to  appointments  of  tutores,  and  favor 
libertatis  caused  doubts  in  case  of  manumissions  (G.  2.  236,  237).  4  Inst.  2.  20.  36; 

C.  6.  41.  1.  5  Inst.  2.  20.  4,  10;  D.  30.  41.  2.  6  Inst.  2.  20.  11.  7  22.  3.  21;  P.  4. 
1.  8;  Inst.  2.  20.  4  (exception,  C.  6.  37.  10).  8  Ib.  9  Inst.  2.  20.  4;  D.  30.  39.  10. 

10  30.  37.  pr.;  h.  t.  110;  Inst.  2.  20.  22.  This  is  Justinian's  law,  but  from  Ulp.  24.  14  it 
appears  that  in  classical  law,  if  it  was  per  damnationem,  the  heres  chose,  just  as,  in  the  case 
of  an  alternative  obligatio,  inter  vivos,  the  person  liable  had  the  choice  (post,  §  cxcui).  The 
rule  as  to  quality  is  probably  not  classical.  11  30.  110.  12  Ulp.  24.  14;  C.  6.  43. 

3.  1  b.  13  33.  5.  9;  h.  t.  19;  35.  1.  69;  Inst.  2.  20.  23.  The  form  of  words  might  differ 
and  it  may  be  that  the  disputes  turned  on  this.  14  C.  6.  43.  3.  1.  Same  rule  where 

the  legatum  optionis  was  joint. 


vin]  SPECIAL  TYPES  OF  LEGACY  347 

Legatum  rei  obligatae.  A  legacy  of  a  thing  pledged  by  the  testator,  or 
held  by  him  subject  to  a  charge  or  usufruct,  was  construed  according  to 
his  knowledge.  If  the  testator  knew  of  the  charge  the  heres  must  free 
it1.  If  he  did  not,  the  thing  passed  subject  to  the  charge,  but,  in  later 
law,  the  legatee  when  sued  on  the  charge  could  claim  cession  of  actions2. 

Legatum  debiti.  A  legacy  of  the  testator's  debt,  to  the  creditor,  was 
void  unless  it,  in  some  way,  increased  his  right,  e.g.  was  absolute,  while 
the  debt  was  conditional.  If  valid,  it  superseded  the  debt,  but  questions 
of  intent  were  material3.  It  was  not  subject  to  the  I.  Falcldia,  nor  could 
a  fideicommissum  be  imposed  on  it,  except  as  to  its  excess  value4. 

Legatum  nominis  was  a  legacy  of  debt  due  to  the  testator.  If  due 
from  a  third  person,  the  legatee  could  require  the  heres  to  transfer  his 
rights  of  action5.  It  failed  if  there  was  no  debt  or  it  was  paid  vivo 
testatore6.  If  it  was  due  from  the  legatee  (legatum  liberationis),  it  was  a 
defence  to  any  action  and  entitled  the  legatee  to  a  formal  release7.  A 
legatum  liberationis  might  also  be  from  a  debt  of  the  legatee  to  a  third 
person ;  here  the  legatee  could  require  the  heres  to  procure  his  discharge8. 

Legatum  dotis  to  the  wife  was  valid,  though  it  would  usually  be  hers 
in  any  case.  The  point  was  that  the  legacy  could  be  recovered  at  once, 
while  recovery  of  dos  involved  delays  9.  A  legacy  of  dos,  simply,  where 
there  was  none,  was  void,  but  a  legacy  of  any  property  was  not  avoided, 
so  decided  Severus  and  Caracalla,  merely  because  it  was  wrongly  described 
as  dos10. 

Legacy  of  an  annuity  for  life  was  treated  as  a  series  of  annual 
legacies  of  which  the  first  was  purum,  the  others  were  conditional  on  the 
legatee's  living  into  that  year.  If  the  limitation  to  life  was  not  expressed, 
the  words  si  vivat  were  implied11. 

Legatum  peculii,  to  an  extraneus,  entitled  the  legatee  to  it  as  it  was 
at  the  death  apart  from  the  II.  caducariae,  i.e.,  dies  cedens.  He  would  get 
nothing  but  ordinary  accretions  after  that.  If  the  legatee  was  the  slave, 
he  took  all  additions  of  any  kind,  up  to  the  time  of  entry,  when  he  was 
free12.  This  also  was  dies  cedens,  but  the  rule  did  not  depend  on  this,  but 
on  presumed  intent.  It  indicates  that  in  Julian's  view13  the  peculium  was 
an  artificial  unity,  retaining  that  character  in  the  case  of  the  slave,  but 
losing  it  at  the  death  in  the  case  of  extraneus1*. 

\  P.  3.  6.  8;  Inst.  2.  20.  5.  2  C.  6.  42.  6.  This  has  no  application  to  the  cause  of 

legacy  of  a  thing  subject  to  usufruct,  31.  66.  6.  3  30.  28.  pr.;  Inst.  2.  20.  14.  4  32. 
7.  2;  35.  2.  1.  10.  A  legacy  to  one  who  is  in  fact  a  creditor  is  not  of  course  necessarily  a 
legacy  of  the  debt.  5  30.  105,  and,  if  this  is  not  done,  an  actio  utilis  in  later  law. 

C.  6.  37.  18.  6  30.  75.  1;  34.  3.  31.  pr.  7  Inst,  2.  20.  13.  8  Inst.  2.  20.  21. 

9  Ante,  §  XL.  10  Inst.  2.  20.  15.  Falsa  -demonstratio  non  nocet,  ante,  §  cxix.  11  33. 
1.  4,  5.  8.  Death  would  end  it  though  it  was  for  a  term  not  yet  expired.  A  promise  of  an 
annuity  was  differently  handled,  post,  §  CLIV.  12  Inst.  2.  20.  20.  13  15.  1.  57.  1. 

14  We  are  not  informed  as  to  the  case  of  conditional  legacy. 


348  LEGACY  OF   USUFRUCT  [CH. 

Legatum  ususfructus  had  many  peculiarities.  It  did  not  cede  before 
entry1.  When  acquired  through  a  son  or  slave  it  failed,  in  classical  law, 
on  his  death  or,  in  the  case  of  a  son.  capitis  deminutio2,  provided  this 
occurred  after  dies  cedens3.  As  a  gift  of  land  included  a  gift  of  the 
usufruct,  it  follows  that,  if  the  land  was  given  to  A  and  a  usufruct  to  B, 
A  and  B  shared  the  usufruct,  of  which  there  were  in  fact  two  gifts4.  We 
have  also  noted  the  practice  of  repetitio,  to  avoid  loss  by  capitis  minutio 
or 'non-use5.  But  the  most  striking  peculiarities  were  in  the  law  of 
accrual.  It  does  not  seem  to  have  been  affected  by  the  II.  caducariae* ; 
the  classical  texts  treat  the  old  law  of  accrual  as  still  operating  in  this 
case7,  and  it  was  substantially  unchanged  under  Justinian8.  There 
were  other  exceptional  rules.  In  general  the  rules  of  lapse  applied  only 
where  the  gift  failed  altogether,  but  in  usufruct  (left  per  vindicationem) 
there  was  accrual  between  joint  usufructuaries,  even  where  the  lapse 
occurred  after  enjoyment  had  begun9.  Further,  it  was  said  "personae 
adcrescere,  non  poriioni,"  the  chief  effect  of  which  was  that,  if  one  of  joint 
fructuaries  had  lost  his  share  by  non-use,  and  another  share  fell  in,  he 
could  still  claim  accrual  out  of  that.  This  accrual  however  would  not 
cover  any  part  of  that  which  he  had  lost,  though  that  or  some  of  it  would 
be  vested  in  the  man  whose  share  had  now  fallen  in10.  These  rules  are 
no  doubt  connected.  The  rationale  given  by  Ulpian11  for  the  first  is  that 
each  is  on  the  gift  entitled  to  the  whole  (concursu  paries  fiunt),  so  that  if 
one  disappeared,  the  other  had  all.  He  notes  that  the  rule  would  apply 
in  any  other  case  in  which  "concursu  paries  fiunt"  and  that  there  were 
cases  in  usufruct  in  which  there  was  no  such  accrual,  as  there  were  dis- 
tinct gifts  of  parts12.  For  the  second  rule  he  gives  the  reason  of  Celsus 
and  Julian  that  "ususfructus  cottidie  constituitur  et  legatur,  non  ut  pro- 
prietas  eo  solo  tempore  quo  vindicatur13."  This  hardly  agrees  with  the  rule 
that,  in  legatum  ususfructus,  dies  cedit  once  for  all,  as  Ulpian  himself 
seems  to  note,  and  it  would  seem  to  make  unnecessary  the  precaution 
of  repetition  already  adverted  to14.  The  underlying  notion  seems  to  be 
that,  not  being  a  res  corporalis,  usufruct  had  no  real  existence  till  it  was 
enjoyed — exfruendo  consistit — what  was  lost  by  non-use  was  only  what 
had  been  acquired  by  enjoyment,  not  all  rights  under  the  legacy, 
from  which  the  loser  was  only  excluded  by  the  existence  of  the  other. 


1  Ante,  §  cxx.  2  Ante,  §  L;  Vat.  Fr.  57.  3  Vat.  Fr.  62.  4  33.  2.  19.  Similarly 
as  fructus  cannot  exist  without  usus,  if  there  is  a  legacy  of  fructus  to  A  and  of  usus  to  B, 
A  shares  in  the  usus,  of  which  there  are  two  gifts.  P.  3.  6.  24,  25.  5  Ante,  §  cvi. 

6  Ante,  §  cxvin.  7  Vat.  Fr.  75  sqq.  8  D.  7.  2.    No  doubt  due  to  its  personal 

character:  a  life  estate  could  not  vest  in  any  but  the  named  person.  9  7.  2.  1.  3; 

Vat.  Fr.  77.  10  7.  1.  32.  1;   7.  2.  10,  etc.  11  Vat.   Fr.  78,  quoting  Neratius  and 

Celsus.  12  Vat.  Fr.  78,  82;  D.  7.  2.  1.  pr.          13  7.  2.  1.  3.          14  Ante,  §  cvi. 


viii]  FIDEICOMMISSA  349 

If  that  other  ceased,  the  loser  could  claim  his  share  by  accrual,  though 
not  what  he  had  once  lost1. 

Praelegatum  was  legacy  to  a  heres,  meaningless  if  there  was  but  one. 
It  was  the  old  legatum  per  praeceptionetn  freed  of  its  doubts.  As  the  res 
was  in  part  his,  as  heres,  the  legacy  was  void,  so  far  as  it  was  charged 
on  his  share2.  Thus  where  A  was  heres  to  one  twelfth  and  B  to  the  rest, 
and  a  praelegatum  was  left  to  them  equally,  B  would  get  only  one- 
twelfth  of  it  and  A  the  rest3.  Where  a  praelegatee  was  also  under  a 
fideicommissum  hereditatis,  he  could  keep  only  that  part  of  the  legacy 
which  was  not  void4. 

Legatum  partitionis.  Legacy  of  an  aliquot  part  of  the  hereditas*.  The 
legatee  was  called  legatarius  partiarius.  The  purpose  of  this  ancient 
institution  is  not  certainly  known ;  it  may  have  been  to  evade  the  rule 
of  the  /.  Voconia  against  institutio  of  women6.  The  legatee  was  in  no 
sense  heres.  He  did  not  represent  the  deceased ;  he  could  not  bring 
hereditatis  petitio  orfamiliae  erciscundae,  or  sue  or  be  sued  as  heres.  But 
as  he  was  entitled  to  a  part  of  each  claim,  and  liable  to  a  part  of  each 
debt,  it  was  usual  to  enter  into  agreements  (stipulationes  partis  et  pro 
parte}  with  the  heres  that  the  heres  should  hand  over  the  right  part  of 
what  came  in,  and  that  the  legatee  would  refund  the  right  part  of  what 
creditors  recovered  from  the  heres1. 

CXXIV.  FIDEICOMMISSA.  The  primary  purpose  of  these  was  to  evade 
the  restrictions  on  institutio*.  In  the  republic  they  were  not  enforceable, 
but  rested  on  the  good  faith  of  the  heres9.  Augustus  ordered  them  to 
be  carried  out  in  a  few  cases,  not  by  the  ordinary  courts,  but  by  the 
administrative  authority  of  the  consuls,  in  some  cases  because  the 
testator  had  asked  the  beneficiary  to  carry  them  out  "per  salutem  prin- 
cipis,"  in  others  because  of  glaring  perfidy.  They  were  soon  recognised  as 
legal  institutions  and  a  special  praetor,  praetor  fideicommissarius,  was 

1  There  was  evidently  much  controversy  among  the  classical  lawyers,  to  some  extent 
on  the  general  rules,  but  mainly  on  their  application  to  a  number  of  complex  cases,  see 
Vat.  Fr.  75  sqq.  Naturally  there  has  also  been  much  controversy  among  modern  commen- 
tators. See  Elvers,  Servitutenlehre,  727-734;  Vangerow,  Pandekten,  §554;  Windscheid, 
Lehrbuch,  §  645  (who  refers  to  earlier  literature).  Aa  to  the  effect  of  a  legatum  of  nuda 
proprietas,  the  usufruct  remaining  with  the  heres,  see  Pampaloni,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  331 
sqq.  2  Ulp.  24.  22.  3  30.  34.  12.  4  36.  1.  19.  3.  Where  one  of  two  heredes  has  a 
joint  legacy  with  two  others,  not  heredes,  he  can  claim  only  one-half  of  his  third,  so  that 
the  two  others  will  share  five-sixths.  30.  34.  11;  h.  t,  116.  5  Ulp.  24.  25.  6  Girard, 
Manuel,  946.  7  G.  2.  254,  257;  Ulp.  25.  15.  School  dispute  on  the  question  whether 

he  was  entitled  to  the  things  themselves  or  only  to  their  value,  30.  26.  2.  When  Justinian 
fused  legacy  and  fideicommissum  (post,  §  cxxv)  it  seems  that  I.  partitionis  would  be 
merged  in  fideicommissum  hereditatis.  But  it  is  still  treated  in  the  Digest  as  a  distinct 
institution,  though  the  stipulationes  partis  et  pro  parte  do  not  appear.  8  See  the 

cases  in  Cicero,  de  fin.  2.  17.  55;  2.  18.  58.  9  The  cases  enforced  rightly  or  wrongly 

by  Verres  seem  to  have  been  all  with  public  objects  with  provision  for  forfeiture  on  failure 
to  perform..  Cicero,  Verr.  2.  1.  10;  2.  2.  14;  2.  2.  25. 


350  FIDEICOMMISSA  [CH. 

appointed  to  deal  with  them1.  They  are  not  necessarily  connected  with 
codicils,  but  one  Lentnlus,  having  made  Augustus  his  heres,  with  others, 
imposed  fideicommissa  on  him  and  others,  by  codicil.  Augustus  ordered 
them  to  be  carried  out  and  then  asked  the  opinion  of  lawyers  whether 
codicils  ought  to  be  legally  recognised.  Opinion  was  in  favour,  and  when 
Labeo  made  them,  they  were  definitely  recognised  as  legal2.  Fideicom- 
missa thus  were  not  a  praetorian  institution;  they  were  iuris  civilis, 
juristic  creations.  The  relations  between  heres  and  fideicommissarius 
were  handled  by  the  praetor  fideicommissarius.  But  the  case  was  different 
as  between  fideicommissarius  and  debtors  and  creditors  of  the  estate. 
He  was  not  heres,  and  here  occurred  intervention  of  the  ordinary  praetor. 
At  first,  fideicommissa  could  be  created  by  codicil,  only  if  there  was  a 
will3,  but,  before  Gaius,  the  further  step  had  been  taken  of  allowing 
codicils  in  which  they  were  imposed  on  the  heres  ab  intestato*.  But  it 
was  still  held  that  if  there  was  a  will,  codicils  failed,  if  the  will  failed5, 
but  Severus  and  Caracalla  provided  that,  even  where  there  was  a  will,  an 
unconfirmed  codicil  could  create  fideicommissa6.  There  were  no  rules  of 
form,  and  thus  they  might  be  oral7. 

At  first  there  were  few  restraints,  but  these  were  gradually  imposed. 
Peregrines,  for  whom  they  seem  to  have  been  introduced,  were  early 
excluded,  and  Hadrian  forfeited  to  the  fisc  anything  so  given  to  them8. 
The  sc.  Pegasianum  subjected  them  to  the  //.  caducariae9,  and  Hadrian 
forbade  fideicommissa  in  favour  of  postumi  extranei  or  personae  incertae10. 
But  Gaius  gives  a  formidable  list  of  distinctions  which  still  existed11. 
They  might  benefit  a  wider  class,  e.g.  Junian  Latins  and  women  barred 
by  the  /.  Voconia12.  Freedom  could  be  given  to  servi  alieni  in  this  way, 
and  a  direction  could  be  given  that  slaves  under  30  should  be  freed  at 
that  age13.  They  might  be  in  Greek14,  in  an  unconfirmed  codicil,  at  any 
point  in  the  will15,  and  post  mortem  heredis1*.  Where  a  son  or  slave  was 
made  heres,  a  fideicommissum  could  be  charged  on  the  paterfamilias, 
though  a  legacy  could  not17.  No  technical  words  were  needed.  Any 
direction  or  words  would  suffice — volo,  rogo,  te  daturum  scio,  etc. — but 
there  was  no  fideicommissum  if  it  was  clear  that  the  testator  meant  it  to 
be  quite  discretionary,  e.g.,  si  volueris18.  A  fideicommissum  might  not, 

1  Inst.  2.  23.  1.  2  Inst.  2.  25.  pr.  3  Arg.  the  language  of  Inst.  2.  25.  pr.,  1. 

4  G.  2.  273;  Ulp.  25.  4;  P.  4.  1.  4.  5  29.  7.  16;  h.  t.  3.  2.    A/c.  in  a  will  which  did  not 

appoint  a  heres  was  bad  as  the  document  was  a  nullity.  G.  2.  243;  Inst.  2.  23.  2.  See  how- 
ever, as  to  claus^ila  codicillaris,  post,  §  cxxvi.  6  P.  4.  1.  10;  Inst.  2.  25.  1.  7  P.  4.  1. 
5,  6;  Ulp.  25.  3.  8  G.  2.  285.  Probably  as  they  had  been  used  to  benefit  departati, 

Huschke,  ad  1.  9  G.  2.  286.  10  G.  2.  287;  Ulp.  25.  13.  11  G.  2.  268-283;  Ulp.  25 
passim.  12  G.  2.  274,  275.  13  G.  2.  272,  276;  Ulp.  2.  10.  14  G.  2.  281;  Ulp. 

25.  9.  15  G.  2.  270  a;  Ulp.  25.  8  16  76.  17  Ulp.  25.  10.  18  G.  2.  249;  Ulp. 
25.  1,  3;  P.  4.  1.  5,  6;  D.  30.  115;  32.  11.  2,  7.  It  might  be  conditional,  G.  2.  250. 


vin]  FIDEICOMMISSUM  HEREDITATIS  351 

however,  be  given  poenae  causa,  in  classical  law1,  nor  could  anyone 
make  a  fideicommissum  who  had  not  testamenti  factio2. 

It  might  be  charged  on  any  person  who  took  a  benefit  by  will  or  on 
intestacy,  not  merely  the  heres,  even  on  a  fideicommissarius3,  and,  as  it 
might  be  post  mortem*,  even  on  the  heres  of  the  heres,  thus  providing  a 
means  of  making  successive  gifts  of  the  property. 

The  action  was  always  in  simplum,  not  as  in  some  cases  of  legacy, 
in  duplum,  and  if  it  was  not  due,  condictio  indebiti  always  lay  for  re- 
covery5. Interest  was  due  from  mora,  which  was  not  the  case  in  legacy, 
except  sinendi  modo6.  As  the  case  was  tried  by  cognitio  before  the 
praetor  fideicommissarius,  an  administrative  procedure,  not  by  formula7, 
it  could  be  heard  at  any  time,  even  when  the  ordinary  courts  were  not 
sitting. 

Fideicommissum  of  the  hereditas  was  the  most  important  case.  It 
might  be  charged  on  a  heres  (heres  fiduciarius)  or  on  a  prior  fideicommis- 
sarius*, but  of  course  not  on  a  mere  legatee.  It  might  be  of  the  whole 
or  of  a  part9.  In  the  former  case,  the  heres  being  technically  still  heres,  and 
liable  for  the  debts,  it  was  at  first  usual  for  him  to  make  a  formal  sale 
of  the  hereditas  to  the  fideicommissary  at  a  nominal  price.  This  was 
followed  by  stipulations,  emptae  et  venditae  hereditatis,  the  heres  under- 
taking to  hand  over  all  assets,  and  to  allow  the  fideicommissary  to  sue 
in  any  actions,  as  procurator  (or  cognitor)  in  rein  suam,  the  fideicom- 
missarius undertaking  to  recoup  anything  the  heres  was  compelled  to 
pay,  and  to  undertake  any  necessary  defence10.  If  the  fideicommissum 
covered  only  a  part,  the  stipulations  were  made  partis  et  pro  parte  as  in 
legatum  partitionis,  but  there  was  no  question  of  procuratio  to  sue,  or 
be  suedu.  This  system  was  unsatisfactory,  since  the  heres,  if  he  was  to 
get  no  benefit,  might  refuse  to  take,  and  so  destroy  the  fideicommissum, 
and  if  either  was  insolvent,  the  stipulationes  would  be  poor  protection. 

A  first  attempt  at  a  better  system  was  the  sc.  Trebellianum,  of  prob- 
ably A.D.  5612,  which  provided  that  the  agreements  should  not  be 
necessary ;  the  handing  over  of  the  hereditas,  effected  by  any  expression 

1  Ulp.  25.  13.  2  Ulp.  25.  4;  D.  30.  2.  3  G.  2.  271.  4  Post,  §  cxxvu. 

5  G.  2.  282,  283.          6  G.  2.  280.  7  G.  2.  278,  279;  Ulp.  25.  12.          8  G.  2.  270,  277. 

It  must  be  on  an  actual  beneficiary.  A  legacy  of  dos  to  wife  could  not  be  subject  to  any 
fc.  P.  4.  1.  1.  It  might  be  imposed  on  a  postumus,  P.  4.  1.  2.  A  man  gave  all  his  property 
to  an  emancipatus  by  don.  int.  viv.  stipulating  that  the  son  would  restore  on  demand  or 
at  his  death  to  the  father  if  alive  or  to  his  nominee.  The  father,  moriens,  sent  an  "epistula 
fideicommissaria"  to  the  son  telling  him  to  give  a  sum  to  X  and  to  free  Y.  The  son  was 
neither  heres  nor  bonorum  possessor.  The  fee.  are  binding.  This  is  based  on  a  rescript  of 
Pius  (32.  37.  3).  The  principle  appears  in  39.  77.  The  fc.  is  binding  on  the  heres.  It  is 
thus  pro  tanto  a  release  of  the  obligation  to  restore.  The  son  is  thus  a  beneficiary  and 
fee.  can  be  imposed  on  any  beneficiary  on  the  death.  9  G.  2.  250.  10  G.  2.  251,  252. 
11  Arg.  G.  2.  254  in  fin.  12  See  Girard,  Manuel,  947. 


352  F1DEICOMMISSUM  HEREDITATIS  [CH. 

of  intent,  should  vest  the  property  in  the  fideicommissarius,  as  prae- 
torian owner,  and  the  actions  available  at  civil  law,  to  or  against  the 
heres,  should  pass  to  and  against  the  fideicommissarius,  the  heres  having 
an  exceptio  restitutae  hereditatis  if  he  was  sued,  and  being  met  by  one  if 
he  sued1.  If  only  part  was  transferred,  the  actions  passed  pro  rata2. 
The  fideicommissarius  had  also  a  hereditatis  petitio  utilis3.  The  sc.  did 
not  affect  the  civil  law  liability;  like  many  sec.  it  was  a  direction  to 
the  magistrate4.  He  was  to  give  the  necessary  actions  and  defences. 
Thus  the  heres  was  still  technically  liable,  and  entitled,  subject  to 
exceptio,  and  the  actions  of  and  against  fideicommissarius  were  utiles. 
The  sc.  speaks  only  of  the  actions  available  at  civil  law ;  those  conferred 
by  the  praetor  he  could  deal  with,  without  authority,  and  we  are  told 
that  they  too  passed,  and  all  obligations,  natural  and  civil5. 

This  did  not  work  well.  Heredes  seem  to  have  still  refused  and 
destroyed  the  fideicommissum ;  possibly  they  demanded  payment  for 
complaisance.  At  any  rate  a  further  remedy  was  found  in  the  sc. 
Pegasianum  of  about  A.D.  73  6.  It  provided  that  the  heres  rogatus  could 
keep  a  quarter,  as  in  legacy,  under  the  I.  Falcidia.  If  he  refused  to  enter 
he  could  be  compelled,  taking  no  benefit  and  incurring  no  liability, 
actions  passing  as  under  the  Trebellian.  The  entry  was  not  dispensed 
with,  but  compelled,  no  doubt  by  magisterial  coercitio7.  If  the  heres 
entered  voluntarily  and  there  was  no  case  for  deduction,  the  Trebellian 
applied.  If  he  entered  and  deducted,  the  Trebellian  did  not  apply  and 
stipulations  partis  et  pro  parte  were  needed8.  If  there  was  a  right  to 
deduct,  but  it  was  not  exercised,  the  texts  conflict  on  the  question 
whether  the  stipulations  were  needed  or  not9.  It  should  be  added  that 
the  rules  applied  separately  to  heredes  pro  parte,  as  under  the  /.  Falcidia10. 

It  was  usual,  perhaps  necessary,  to  declare  under  which  sc.  the  sur- 
render was  made11.  This  is  the  basis  of  Paul's  view,  with  which  others 
disagreed,  that  if  more  than  three-quarters  were  left,  but  the  heres  did 
not  mean  to  deduct,  he  could  make  his  surrender  under  the  Trebellian, 
so  that  actions  would  pass  ipso  facto12.  The  contrary  view  presumably 
rests  on  the  proposition  of  the  Pegasian,  which  can  be  gathered  from 

1  G.  2.  253.         2  G.  2.  255;  P.  4.  2.          3  G.  2.  253.          4  See  G.  2.  253;  D.  36.  1.  1, 
2.  Ante,  §  v.  5  36.  1.  41.  pr.  6  G.  2.  254,  256;  Ulp.  25.  14  sqq.;  P.  4.  3;  on  the 

lines  of  the  Falcidia,  P.  4.  3.  3.  7  G.  2.  258;  Ulp.  25.  16;  P.  4.  4.  2,  4.    Missio  in 

possessionem  by  decree  if  heres  failed  to  appear,  P.  4.  4.  3.  8  G.  2.  257;  Ulp.  25.  14, 

15;  P.  4.  3.  2.  This  curious  rule  seems  to  rest  not  on  a  rational  basis,  but,  as  Paul  and 
Ulpian  suggest,  on  something  in  the  Pegasian  itself.  Probably  the  language  of  Gains 
reflects  that  of  the  sc.  which  may  have  provided  that  fee.  should  be  cut  down  "as  in 
legacies."  In  that  case  there  could  be  no  question  of  actions  passing.  9  G.  2.  257; 

Ulp.  25.  14;  P.  4.  3.  2.  If  he  paid  when  he  might  have  deducted  there  was  no  condictio 
indebiti:  it  could  not  be  said  not  to  be  due,  P.  4.  3.  4.  10  G.  2.  259.  11  See,  e.g., 
Ulp.  25.  14.  12  P.  4.  3.  2. 


vin]  FIDEICOMMISSA  353 

Gaius1,  that  the  Trebellian  was  to  apply  only  if  the  fideicommissa 
covered  less  than  three-quarters. 

Justinian  simplified  the  system,  repealing  the  Pegasian,  and  grafting 
its  rules  of  compulsory  aditio  and  right  to  cut  down  on  to  the  Trebellian, 
of  which  he  declares  his  rules  to  be  a  recast2.  He  thus  got  rid  of  the 
notion  that  the  case  was  to  be  dealt  with  as  one  of  legacy,  and  actions 
now  passed  wholly  or  pro  rata,  as  the  case  might  be,  with  no  need  for 
stipulations.  In  a  Novel  he  allowed  the  testator  to  forbid  the  retention 
of  a  quarter3. 

Where  the  testator,  in  directing  transfer,  reserved  to  the  heres  a 
thing  worth  one-fourth  or  more,  instead  of  a  share,  the  heres  kept  it 
and  was  treated  as  a  legatee,  all  actions  passing.  If  it  was  worth  less,  he 
could  have  it  made  up.  Before  Justinian  this  was  a  case  for  the  Pegasian, 
and  stipulations  would  be  needed.  Under  him  the  actions  passed  in 
proportion  to  the  necessary  supplement4. 

CXXV.  Fideicommissa  of  single  things  were  less  important.  They 
could  be  charged  on  any  beneficiary5.  If  charged  on  a  heres  they  were 
liable  to  be  cut  dowrn  under  the  Pegasian6,  but  presumably  not  if  charged 
on  a  legatee,  there  being  no  question  of  avoiding  intestacy.  There  was 
no  question  of  compulsion  to  enter  on  account  of  such  fideicommissa,  or 
of  transfer  of  actions.  Anything  could  be  so  left  which  could  be  left  by 
damnatio1.  If  there  was  a  fideicommissum  to  buy  a  res  aliena  and  give 
it,  the  thing  must,  according  to  Gaius,  be  bought  or  its  value  given, 
as  in  legatum  per  damnationem,  but  he  remarks  that  some  held  that,  if 
the  owner  refused  to  sell,  the  gift  failed8.  Freedom  might  be  thus  given 
to  a  servus  alienus,  either  by  directing  the  heres  to  buy  and  free,  or  by 
giving  the  owner  something  and  directing  him  to  free.  In  the  latter  case 
he  was  bound  if  he  accepted.  In  the  former  the  gift  failed  if  the  owner 
refused  to  sell9,  till  Justinian  provided  that  it  should  still  operate  if  it 
ever  became  possible  to  buy  the  man10.  Gaius  says  that  if  a  legacy  was 
given  and  a  fidzicommissum  imposed,  this  was  void  as  to  any  excess 
over  what  the  legatee  took11.  But  this  was  true  only  where  they  were 
commensurable  quantities.  A  man  who  received  a  gift  of  money  with  a 
fideicommissum  to  hand  over  a  fundus  could  not,  after  acceptance, 
refuse  to  carry  out  the  trust  because  the  land  was  worth  more12.  Finally, 
it  is  to  be  noted  that  fideicommissa  of  singulae  res  gave  only  a  ius  in 
personam13. 

1  Locc.  citt.         2  Inst.  2.  23.  7,  "exploso  sc.  Pegasiano"  to  get  rid  altogether  of  the 
irrational  interpretations  of  the  wording.    See  p.  352,  n.  8.  3  Arg.  Nov.  1.  2.  2  in  f. 

4  Inst.  2.  23.  9.  5  G.  2.  260;  Inst.  2.  24.  1.          6  G.  2.  254;  Inst.  2.  23.  5.          7  Ulp. 

25.  5.  8  G.  2.  262;  ante,  §  cxxn.  9  G.  2.  263,  265.    In  the  case  of  manumission 

there  could  be  no  question  of  giving  the  value.  10  Inst.  2.  24.  2.  11  G.  2.  261. 

12  D.  31.  70.  1;  35.  2.  36.  pr.  13  P.  4.  1.  18. 

B.  P.  L.  23 


354        FUSION  OF  FIDEICOMMISSUM  AND   LEGACY        [CH. 

Justinian,  by  a  sweeping  enactment1,  declared  that  for  the  future 
there  should  be  no  difference  between  legacies  and  fideicommissa  of 
single  things,  but  each  kind  of  gift  was  to  have  all  the  advantages  of 
the  other.  In  discussing  the  regula  Catoniana*  we  saw  that  this  is  not 
easy  to  interpret.  In  legatum  per  vindicationem  the  legatee  was  entitled 
to  fructus  from  aditio,  as  the  thing  was  then  his ;  in  fideicommissa,  from 
mora;  in  legacy  by  damnatio  only  from  litis  contestatio3.  The  first  and 
most  favourable  of  these  rules  was  never  applied  under  Justinian, 
though  ownership  passed  at  once.  Again,  till  Justinian,  fideicommissum 
had  in  the  main  been  construed  like  legacy  by  damnatio.  Thus  if  it  had 
been  made  to  two,  disiunctim,  each  was  entitled  to  the  whole4,  but  under 
Justinian  the  rule  of  vindicatio  was  applied  and  they  shared5.  In  his 
new  system  Justinian  had  a  general  leaning  to  the  rules  of  vindicatio, 
but  he  often  departed  from  them  and  adopted  the  rule  he  thought  most 
rational,  whether  it  tallied  or  not  with  the  notion  of  giving  both  forms 
the  advantages  of  each.  There  were  some  respects  in  which  legacies  had 
an  advantage  which  was  extended  to  fideicommissa.  Thus  ownership 
now  passed  at  once,  apart  from  modalities.  And  the  rule  giving  double 
damages  for  denial,  and  refusing  condictio  indebiti,  in  gifts  to  the  Church 
and  charities,  applied  both  to  legacy  and  to  fideicommissum6. 

But  there  remained  an  ineffaceable  difference  in  the  case  of  gifts  of 
freedom.  A  servus  alienus  could  be  freed  by  fideicommissum  but  not  by 
direct  gift,  and  fideicommissa  of  liberty  to  slaves  of  the  testator  were 
preserved7,  though  logically  these  ought  to  have  been  construed  as 
direct  gifts.  The  point  was  that  one  freed  directly  was  a  libertus  orcinus, 
having  no  living  patron — one  freed  by  fideicommissum  was  the  libertus 
of  the  person  who  carried  it  out8. 

There  remain  one  or  two  difficult  points,  postponed  for  convenience. 

If  a  fideicommissarius  was  himself  subject  to  a  fideicommissum  the 
question  arises  how  far  he  could  deduct  the  quarta  Pegasiana  or  Falcidia. 
The  texts  in  the  Digest  have  been  so  altered  that  it  is  difficult  to  say 
what  the  answer  is.  On  the  whole  the  rules  seem  to  be  as  follows.  If 
the  heres  could  not  have  deducted  anything,  the  fideicommissarius 
could  deduct  nothing.  If  the  heres  might,  but  did  not,  the  fideicommis- 
sarius might,  at  least  if  the  heres  refrained  in  order  that  he  might.  If 
the  heres  had  deducted,  so  could  he,  unless  he  was  a  freedman  of  the 
deceased,  or  there  was  evidence  that  the  testator  did  not  mean  him  to 
have  such  a  right.  The  principle  seems  to  be  that  as  the  right  of  the 

1  C.  6.  43.  1;  h.  t.  2;  Inst.  2.  20.  3.  2  Ante,  §  cxxi.  3  G.  2.  280; 

C.  6.  47.  4  (interp.).   Damnatio  gives  a  strictum  indicium,  G.  2.  204;  see  post,  §  ccxxix. 
4  Vat.  Fr.  85.  5  C.  6.  51.  1.  11.  6  Inst.  4.  6.  19,  26.  7  Inst.  2.  24.  2. 

8  G.  2.  266,  267;  Ulp.  2.  8. 


mi]  FIDEICOMMISSA   AND  LEX  FALCIDIA  355 

fideicommissarius  was  derived  from  the  heres,  he  could  have  no  right 
which  the  heres  had  not1. 

If  there  were  legacies  and  the  heres  had  handed  over  the  whole 
estate,  could  the  fideicommissarius  deduct  the  Falcidian  quarter?    The 
relative  titles  shew  the  difficulty  of  this  question2.  It  must  first  be  deter- 
mined whether  the  testator  meant  legacies  to  be  charged  on  heres  or  on 
fideicommissarius,  the  presumption  being  in  favour  of  the  latter  rule,  if 
the  transfer  was  to  be  immediate.   If  they  were  to  be  chargeable  on  the 
heres,  legacies  andfideicommissa  were  treated  as  a  whole  and,  if  necessary, 
cut  down  pro  rota,  the  heres  keeping  a  quarter  and  there  being  no  ques- 
tion of  further  deduction.    If  the  heres  entered  under  compulsion  a 
fideicommissarius  of  the  whole  might  cut  down  legacies  to  three-quarters. 
If  they  were  to  be  chargeable  on  fideicommissarius,  his  fideicommissum 
was  regarded  as  being  of  the  whole,  less  the  legacies.  The  heres  kept  one- 
quarter — the  rest  was  distributed  pro  rata.  Thus  if  the  estate  were  4, 
legacies  were  3,  and  there  was  a  fideicommissum  of  the  whole,  the  heres 
kept  one-quarter  and  of  the  rest  the  legatees  took  three-quarters,  the 
fideicommissarius  the  rest.    If  the  heres  entered  only  under  compulsion 
(coactus),  the  fideicommissarius  would  also  get  the  one-quarter  the  heres 
would  have  had.  There  was  a  governing  rule  that  the  fact  that  heres 
entered  under  compulsion  would  not  entitle  legatees  to  more  than  they 
would  have  had  if  he  had  entered  voluntarily.    If  heres,  entering  volun- 
tarily, refused  the  one-quarter,  the  fideicommissarius  would  not  benefit 
at  cost  of  legatees,  unless  there  was  evidence  that  he  refrained  in  order 
to  benefit  the  fideicommissarius3.    Where  it  was  a  fideicommissum  of 
part  there  were  very  complex  cases. 

Paul  tells  us4  that  in  any  case  of  fideicommissum,  if  the  heres  sold  the 
property,  the  fideicommissarius  could  get  missio  in  possessionem  against 
a  buyer  who  had  notice  of  the  trust,  and  the  possessio  would  actually  be 
given  to  him,  potestate  praetoris5.  Justinian  abolishes  this  system  as 
ineffective  and  obscure,  substituting  a  general  hypothec  in  all  cases  of 
legacy  or  fideicommissum6,  and,  as  we  have  seen,  making  the  fideicommis- 
sum vest  the  ownership  in  the  beneficiary  so  that  the  heres  had  no  right 
in  the  thing.  If  the  fideicommissum  was  conditional  or  ex  die,  satis- 

1  Chief  texts,  35.  1.  43.  3;  35.  2.  25.  1,  32.  4  and  5,  47.  1;  36.  1.  1.  17,  1.  19,  57.  2,  65.  11 
and  12,  80.  11.  2  D.  35.  2;  36.  1;  C.  6.  49,  59.  3  For  discussion  and  reference  to 
chief  texts,  Poste's  Gaius,  ed.  Whittuck,  256  sqq.  Refusal  of  heres  to  enter  even  under 
Justinian's  scheme  may  be  a  rational  act.  If  the  estate  is  insolvent  and  the  fact  is  discovered 
only  after  entry,  the  fideicommissarius  may  refuse  the  gift  and  the  heres  will  he  liable — 
semel  heres  semper  heres.  His  remedy  against  fideicommissafy,  even  though  the  latter  had 
previously  agreed  to  accept,  may  be  illusory.  The  inventory  will  protect  the  heres,  but 
if  he  is  to  get  nothing  it  is  not  worth  while,  as  he  will  have  to  deal  with  all  the  claims. 
4  P.  4.  1.  15.  5  43.  4.  3.  pr.,  giving  usucapion  possession.  6  C.  6.  43.  3;  Nov. 

39.  pr. 

23—2 


356  CODICILS  [CH. 

faction  of  the  condition  or  arrival  of  the  dies  avoided  any  alienation  or 
charge  which  the  heres  might  have  effected. 

In  the  classical  law  it  \vas  common  to  leave  lands  as  security  for 
legacies  of  alimenta  and  the  like.  Papinian  says  that  this  is  in  effect  a 
fideicommissum  of  the  land,  entitling  the  beneficiaries  to  the  above 
missio  in  possessionem1.  Modestinus  construes  in  the  same  way  a  simple 
gift  of  land  to  provide  alimenta2.  But  by  his  time  a  better  security  had 
appeared.  Severus  and  Caracalla  recognised,  as  an  existing  institution, 
an  actual  pledge  of  property  for  this  purpose,  probably  confined  to  this 
kind  of  provision3,  and  this  would  be  valid  as  against  any  buyer,  with 
notice  or  not.  If  the  land  was  not  enough  there  was  a  claim  against  the 
heres  to  make  up  the  deficit4,  and  presumably  any  surplus  would 
go  to  him5.  Justinian  allowed  such  a  pledge  for  any  legacy  over 
all  or  part  of  the  hereditas,  but  it  was  of  little  importance,  in  view 
of  his  more  general  provision  in  the  same  enactment6  in  which  this  is 
mentioned. 

CXXVI.  Codieilli.  In  this  connexion,  these  are  informal  documents 
dealing  with  disposal  of  the  estate  on  death.  Their  early  history  has  been 
considered7.  The  main  point  to  notice  here  is  the  distinction  between  con- 
firmed and  unconfirmed  codicils.  Even  in  the  latest  law  the  latter  could 
do  nothing  but  create  fideicommissa8,  while  a  codicil  confirmed  by  will, 
even  by  anticipation,  could  do  anything  that  a  will  could,  except  dispose 
of  the  hereditas 9.  Under  Justinian  confirmation  need  not  be  in  express 
words,  but  might  be  implied10.  A  codicil  was  for  most  purposes  treated 
as  forming  one  document  with  the  will11.  It  could  be  made  by  anyone 
with  testamentifactio,  andpostliminium  validated  one  made  in  captivity12. 
At  first  no  form  was  needed.  Constantine  required  the  same  number  of 
witnesses  as  for  a  will,  where  it  imposed  a  fideicommissum  on  the  heres 
ob  intestato13.  Theodosius  laid  down  the  same  for  all  codicils14.  Jus- 
tinian required  five15,  but  provided  that,  though  there  were  no,  or  not 
enough,  witnesses,  the  fideicommissarius  having  first  sworn  to  the  good 
faith  of  his  claim  (iusiurandum  calumniae)  might  put  the  person,  sup- 
posed to  be  charged,  to  his  oath  that  the  deceased  had  never  mentioned 
such  a  thing  to  him.  If  he  would  not  take  it  he  must  carry  out  the 
fideicom  missum 16. 

A  will  which  failed,  as  such,  could  not  be  interpreted  as  a  codicil. 

1  33.  1.  9.   Paul's  final  remark  refers  to  refusal  of  heres  to  give  security.         2  34. 
1.4.  3  13.  7.26.  pr.;   34.  1.  12.  434.1.12.  5  Arg.  34.  1.  4.  pr.  med.    The 

contrary  decision  here  is  due  to  the  fact  that  it  is  construed  as  a  gift  of  the  property. 
6  C.  6.  43.  1,  2.  7  Ante,  §  cxxiv.  8  Ulp.  25.  11;  29.  7.  3.  2.  9  Inst.  2.  25.  1,  2; 
Ulp.  25.  8.  10  29.  7.  5.  11  29.  7.  2.  12  49.  15.  12.  5;  29.  7.  6.  3;  and  at  death, 

29.  7.  7.  pr.  13  C.  Th.  4.  4.  1.  14  C.  Th.  4.  4.  7.  2.  15  C.  6.  36.  8.  3,  interp. 

16  Inst.  2.  23.  12;  C.  6.  42.  32.    A  man  might  make  more  than  one  codicil,  Inst.  2.  25.  3. 


viii]  MILITARY  WILL  357 

A  text  of  Ulpian  leaves  it  uncertain  whether  this  rule  could  be  dis- 
placed by  general  evidence  of  intention1,  but  other  texts  and  an  enact- 
ment of  Theodosius  suggest  that  it  had  been  allowed  to  evade  it  by  a 
direct  expression  in  the  will  of  a  wish  that  if  it  failed  as  a  will  it  should 
be  good  as  a  codicil.  He  provided  that  if  there  was  such  a  clause  (clausula 
codicillaris},  the  institutus  might  choose  whether  he  would  take  it  as  a 
will  or  as  a  codicil,  but,  except  in  the  case  of  certain  relatives,  he  might 
not  change  his  mind2. 

The  difference  between  a  confirmed  and  an  unconfirmed  codicil 
means  little  under  Justinian,  legacies  and  fideicommissa  being  assimi- 
lated. Direct  gifts  of  liberty  could  not  be  given  by  unconfirmed  codicil, 
and  it  is  not  clear  that  tutores  could  thus  be  fully  appointed. 

MILITARY  WILL.  The  privileges  attaching  to  the  will  of  a  soldier  or 
naval  seaman3  are  a  growth  of  the  first  century  of  the  Empire,  their 
scope  being  settled  by  the  earlier  classical  lawyers,  building  on  vague 
rescripts  of  several  emperors4.  The  privilege  lasted  all  the  time  of 
military  or  naval  service,  till  Justinian  limited  it  to  the  period  of  actual 
service  with  the  colours5.  It  confirmed,  subject  to  intent,  wills  made 
before  the  service  began6,  and  a  will  validly  made  during  service  re- 
mained valid  for  a  year  after  discharge  unless  this  was  for  misconduct7. 
All  privilege  then  ended,  except  that  the  fact  that  a  condition  could 
not  be  satisfied  within  the  year  did  not  affect  the  validity  of  the  will 8. 

The  chief  privileges  are  these.  No  form  was  needed,  but  Trajan 
provided  that  there  must  be  some  evidence  other  than  the  word  of  the 
claimant9.  A  miles  could  "test,"  even  though  deaf  and  dumb10.  He 
could  institute  from  or  to  a  certain  day,  and  the  clausula  codicillaris  was 
implied11.  He  was  not  bound  by  the  rules  of  testamenti  factio12,  or 
exheredatio13,  or  the  querelau,  or  the  Falcidia15,  or  the  Pegasiana16,  and 
the  restrictions,  on  institutio,  of  the  II.  caducariae  and  the  I.  lunia  did  not 
apply  to  his  will17.  He  could  revoke  his  will,  at  civil  law,  by  any  ex- 
pression18. He  could  substitute  without  a  will19,  and  even  make  a 
pupillary  substitutio  to  an  emancipatus  or  a  pubes,  but  in  such  cases  the 
substitutio  covered  only  what  came  from  him20.  He  could  be  partly 
testate21.  Capitis  deminutio  minima  did  not  affect  his  will  (even,  in  later 

1  29.  7.  1.       2  C.  Th.  4.  4.  7  =  C.  6.  36.  8;  D.  29.  1.  3;  28.  3.  12.  1 ;  C.  7.  2.  11.       3  37.  13. 

I.  1.  This  title  specifies  precisely  the  persons  to  whom  the  privilege  applies.    It  includes 
alJ  persons  officially  present  in  the  camp,  whether  soldiers  or  not.         4  29.  1.  1;  Inst.  2. 

II.  1.          5  G.  2.  106;  C.  6.  21.  17.          6  Inst.  2.  11.  4.          7  29.  1.  25,  26;  Ulp.  23.  10. 
8  29.  1.  38.  9  G.  2.  114;  Inst.  2.  11.  1.          10  29.  1.  4;  Inst.  2.  11.  2.         11  29.  1.  3 
(corrupt);  h.  t.  15.  4.          12  G.  2.  109,  114;  29.  1.  13.  2.  13  29.  1.  7,  8,  33.  2;  37.  12. 
1.  4.          14  5.  2.  27.  2;  C.  3.  28.  37.          15  29.  1.  17.  4.          16  C.  6.  21.  12.          17  G.  2. 
110,111.         18  29.  1.  15.  1,  and  see  h.  t.  19.  pr.          1929.1.15.5.         20  29.  1.  5;  h.  t. 
41.  4.          21  29.  1.  6. 


358  SETTLEMENTS  [CH. 

classical  law,  if  it  occurred  in  the  year  after  service  ceased),  nor  did 
media  or  maxima,  where  it  was  a  military  punishment1.  There  were 
however  some  respects  in  which  his  will  was  subject  to  ordinary  law. 
He  could  not  institute  an  incerta  persona,  till  others  could2.  He  was  bound 
by  the  II.  Aelia  Sentia  and  Fufia  Caninia3.  An  institutio  coptatoria  was 
void4.  A  captivus  miles  could  not  make  a  will5. 

If  the  miles  was  a  filiusfamilia-s,  the  power  applied,  even  under 
Justinian,  only  to  bona  castrensia  and  quasicastrensia,  not  to  adventitia6. 

CXXVII.  LIMITED  INTERESTS  AND  SETTLEMENTS'.  The  desire  to 
"found  a  family,"  to  secure  that  the  "family  property"  should  remain 
in  the  hands  of  descendants  in  perpetuity,  existed  in  Rome  as  else- 
where. The  question  thus  arises  how  far  this  was  possible— how  far  a 
testator  could  "settle"  his  property  so  as  to  determine  its  devolution 
in  the  future.  Apart  from  fideicommissa  the  power  seems  to  have  been 
little  in  the  time  of  Gains.  No  incerta  persona  could  be  instituted  heres 
or  receive  a  legacy  and  thus,  though  a  testator  could  create  a  series  of 
usufructs,  they  must  all  be  to  existing  persons,  or  at  least  to  persons 
already  conceived,  so  that  property  could  not  be  effectively  settled  in 
this  way  for  more  than  existing  lives  and  the  period  of  gestation.  The 
right  to  institute  postumi  was  not  a  real  extension  of  this  power.  All 
postumi  instituted,  whether  sui,  who  could  be  instituted  at  civil  law,  or 
extranei,  who  could  get  bonorum  possessio,  must  have  been  born  or  con- 
ceived at  the  time  of  the  testator's  death8.  The  power  to  institute  them 
was  not  primarily  intended  to  increase  the  power  of  testation  and  settle- 
ment, but  to  prevent  the  intestacy  which  would  otherwise  result  from 
the  agnation  of  a  postumus.  The  rule  as  to  postumi  extranei,  an  analogous 
extension,  carries  the  matter  no  further  for  the  present  purpose9,  the 
possibility  of  holding  over  delatio  for  more  than  the  period  of  gestation 
does  not  seem  to  have  been  contemplated. 

Fideicommissa  however  afforded  a  means  of  going  further  in  this 
direction.  They  could  at  first  be  made  in  favour  of  incertae  personae, 

1  29.  1.  11,  22,  23;  28.  3.  6.  13;  Inst.  2.  11.  5.  There  were  many  other  privileges. 
2  Inst.  2.  20.  25.  3  29.  1.  29.  1.  4  C.  6.  21.  11.  5  29.  1.  10.  They  were  subject 
to  other  ordinary  rules.  6  Inst.  2.  11.  6.  7  The  practice  of  requiring  the  devisee, 

where  he  was  not  a  descendant,  to  take  the  name  of  the  testator,  is  ancient.  See  Cicero, 
ad  Alt.  1.  8.  3.  For  some  account  of  these  family  settlements,  Buckland,  Equity  in  R.L., 
83  sqq.  8  37.  9.  10;  38.  7.  5.  1.  9  The  primary  purpose  of  this  praetorian 

extension  is  not  quite  clear.  It  may  have  been  in  order  to  provide  for  the  posthumous 
children  of  emancipati,  or  a  mere  development  from  the  rule,  recognised  at  civil  law,  that 
the  slave  of  a  postumus  extraneus  might  be  instituted,  for  this  is  involved  in  the  institutio  of 
servi  hereditarii,  and  is  clearly  recognised  by  Labeo  for  the  similar  case  of  the  institutio  by 
a  third  party  of  a  slave  forming  part  of  the  hereditas  the  person  entitled  to  which  is  a  suus 
heres  yet  unborn,  28.  5.  65.  But  it  is  more  probable  that  it  rests  on  the  fact  that  it  was 
not  always  possible  to  say  beforehand  whether  a  child  of  a  certain  woman  would  be  a  suua 
or  an  extraneus  of  the  testator.  See  the  cases  discussed  in  28.  2.  9. 


vin]  SETTLEMENTS  359 

and,  as  there  ccmld  be  fideicommissa  on  fideicommissa,  it  was  possible  to 
burden  each  successive  beneficiary  with  a  trust  to  hand  over  the  pro- 
perty at  his  death  to  his  son,  and  so  on  in  perpetuity1.  We  know  indeed 
that  such  things  were  done.  The  will  of  Dasumius,  made  in  A.D.  108,  is 
still  in  existence2.  It  gives  lands  to  liberti,  with  no  power  to  sell  or 
pledge  them,  with  a  right  of  accrual  or  survivorship,  and  a  direction 
that  on  the  death  of  the  last  survivor  the  lands  are  to  go  to  posteri  on 
the  same  terms.  The  last  of  these  is  to  have  the  power  of  alienation. 
This  is  substantially  a  complete  perpetuity.  It  is  not  possible  to  say 
whether  such  things  were  usual  or  not.  The  will,  or  the  copy  which  we 
possess,  is  inscribed  on  marble,  a  permanent  record  made  perhaps  on 
account  of  the  permanent  nature  of  the  relations  set  up.  In  any  case 
Hadrian  forbade  fideicommissa  in  favour  of  incertae  personae3,  so  that 
the  power  ceased. 

Thereafter  testators  inserted  in  their  wills  directions  not  to  alienate, 
usually  referring  to  specific  properties4.  If  these  were  valid  they  would 
produce  much  the  same  result,  but  Severus  and  Caracalla  provided 
that  any  such  direction  was  a  nullity,  unless  it  was  combined  with  a 
fideicommissum5.  Such  a  fideicommissum  would  usually  be  for  members 
of  the  family,  and  the  Digest  gives6  many  illustrations  of  such  family 
trusts.  They  could  not  however  be  perpetual:  they  were  not,  it  would 
seem,  binding  in  classical  law  except  on  donees  alive  at  the  testator's 
death  and  their  immediate  issue7.  Such  restrictions  seem  to  have  had 
a  certain  operation  in  rem,  i.e.  they  not  merely  imposed  a  duty  on  the 
heres  and  his  successors,  but  they  vitiated  any  sale  by  the  fiduciary,  at 
any  rate  if  there  was  an  express  prohibition  of  sale 8.  In  the  absence  of 
such  a  prohibition,  there  was  the  missio  in  possessionem  against  a  buyer 
with  notice  already  dealt  with,  abolished  by  Justinian  as  ineffective 
and  obscure9.  Under  Justinian,  as  we  have  seen,  all  property  subject 
to  a,  fideicommissum  was  by  that  fact  rendered  inalienable10. 

But  there  was  another  change  under  Justinian,  of  much  greater 
importance.   Gifts  of  all  kinds  could  now  be  made  to  incertae  personae11, 

\  Fideicommissa  for  transference  to  other  than  issue  at  death  were  usually  in  absence 
of  issue,  and  if  this  limitation  was  not  expressed,  it  was  implied  in  later  classical  law. 
35.  1.  102;  C.  6.  42.  30.  2  Girard,  Textes,  798;  Bruns,  1.  304.  3  Ante,  §  cxxrv. 

4  See  Declareuil,  Mel.  Gerardin,  135  sqq.  for  a  study  of  the  social  conditions  which  produced 
these  trusts.  He  thinks  they  originated  in  arrangements  for  tombs  and  the  like  enforced 
usually  by  multae.  5  30/114.  14.  6  30.  114.  15;  31.  67.  3;  h.  t.  88.  16;  36.  1.  76,  etc. 
7  31.  32.  6;  32.  5.  1;  h.  t.  6.  pr.,  etc.  8  31.  69.  1;  32.  38.  3,  etc.  But  see  Beseler, 

Beitrdge,  2.  77  on  30.  114.  14.  Security  could  be  required  from  any  person  taking  under 
such  a  fideicommis&um,  to  carry  out  its  further  purpose,  31.  67.  6;  32.  36.  7.  9  Ante, 

§cxxv;  P.  4.  1.  15;  C.  6.  43.  3.  2.  This  missio  was  not  apparently  available  against 
devisees,  who  indeed,  as  Declareuil  points  out  (p.  142),  were  subject  to  the  trust. 
10  Ante,  §  cxxv;  C.  6.  43.  3.  2a.  At  about  the  same  time  he  made  the  testator's  prohibition 
of  alienation  operative  in  rem,  C.  4.  51.  7.  11  Ante,  §  cm;  C.  6.  48.  1 


360  SETTLEMENTS  [CH.  vm 

but  as  institutiones  were  still  confined  to  persons  conceived  at  the  time 
of  the  death1,  and  ususfructus  sine  persona  esse  non  potest2,  neither  of 
these  could  well  be  used  to  establish  perpetuities.  But,  as  in  the  time 
before  Hadrian,  fideicommissa  were  available  and  were  used  for  the 
purpose.  It  was  possible  to  direct  the  heres  to  hand  over  the  property 
on  his  death  to  his  son,  to  direct  the  latter  to  do  the  same  and  so  on  for 
ever.  The  only  difficulty  was  the  quarter  which  the  heres  might  keep. 
But  it  was  easy  to  reserve  enough  for  this,  and  in  any  case  Justinian 
allowed  the  testator  to  override  this3.  In  a  Novel4,  Justinian  states  and 
decides  a  case  of  this  kind.  Hierius  had  given  specific  estates,  each  to  a 
different  son,  on  the  terms  that  he  was  not  to  alienate  it  away  from  his 
name  and  family.  Those  who  had  issue  were  to  leave  it  to  them,  the 
shares  of  those  without  issue  going  to  the  survivors  on  the  same  terms. 
In  a  codicil5  he  gave  land  to  a  grandson,  on  similar  terms,  but  adding  a 
direction  that  it  was  to  remain  for  ever  in  the  family,  thus,  unlike  the 
will,  creating  a  perpetuity.  The  grandson  obeyed  the  directions,  but  his 
son  left  the  property,  under  conditions  which  occurred,  to  his  wife  and 
mother  jointly.  A  surviving  heres  of  the  original  testator  claimed  the 
property  on  the  ground  that  the  wife  and  mother  were  not  of  the  family. 
The  decision  was  that,  for  the  purpose,  they  were,  so  that  there  had 
been  no  breach.  Justinian  then  decided,  or  rather  enacted,  that  it  had 
been  going  on  long  enough,  that  the  present  holders  might  do  as  they 
liked  with  the  property,  and  that  for  the  future  no  such  prohibition  was 
to  hold  good  for  more  than  four  generations6. 

1  C.  6.  48.  1.  2.  2  Vat.  Fr.  55;  45.  3.  26.  3  Ante,  §  cxxiv.  4  Nov.  159. 

5  It  is  not  improbable  that  Hierius'  will  was  made  before  the  enactment  authorising  gifts 
to  incertae  personae  (p.  359,  n.  1 1 )  and  the  codicil  after.  6  This  became  the  common 

law  of  " fideicommissary  substitutions"  in  the  countries  governed  by  Roman  Law.  See 
Strickland  v.  Strickland,  1908,  App.  Ca.  551. 


CHAPTER  IX 

THE  LAW  OF  SUCCESSION.    INTESTACY.    BONORUM 
POSSESSIO.  SUCCESSION  NOT  ON  DEATH 

CXXVIII.  Intestacy,  general  notions,  p.  361;CXXIX.  Succession  under  the  XII  Tables,  363; 
CXXX.  The  Praetorian  Scheme,  366;  CXXXI.  Imperial  changes  before  Justinian,  368; 
Sc.  Tertullianum,  ib.;  Sc.  Orphitianum,  369;  Further  changes,  370;  CXXXII.  The  Scheme 
of  the  Institutes,  371 ;  The  system  of  the  Novels,  ib. ;  CXXXIII.  Succession  of  the  father, 
372;  Distinction  between  reversion  of  peculium  and  hereditas,  375;  CXXXIV.  Succession 
to  cives  liberti,  ib.;  L.  Papia  Poppaea,  376;  Justinian,  ib.;  Property  of  Junian  Latins,  377; 
Property  of  those  in  numero  dediticiorum,  ib.;  further  effects  of  distinction  between  re- 
version of  peculium  and  hereditas,  378;  CXXXV.  Account  of  working  of  Bonorum  possessio, 
ib.;  B.  P.  contra  Tabulas,  379;  secundum  tabulas,  380;  Unde  liberi,  ib.;  unde  legitimi,  ib.; 
unde  X  personae,  381;  unde  cognati,  ib. ;  other  cases,  ib. ;  under  Justinian,  382 ;  CXXXVI. 
Machinery  of  scheme,  ib.;  Ex  edicto  and  not  ex  edicto,  385;  CXXXVII.  Remedies  of 
'honor urn  possessor  cum  re,  386;  CXXXVIII.  Remedies  of  bonorum  possessor  sine  re,  389; 
CXXXIX.  Bonorum  Possessio,  when  cum  re,  391;  authority  which  makes  it  cum  re,  393; 
CXL.  Advantage  of  bonorum  possessio  sine  re,  394;  reason  for  granting  B.  P.  sine  re,  ib.; 
Bonorum  Possessio  Decretalis,  395;  CXLI.  Universal  succession  not  on  death,  396 ;  Adrogaiio, 
ib.;  Manus,  397;  Cessio  in  iure  hereditatis,  398;  Adsignatio  liberti,  ib.;  CXLII.  Addictio 
bonorum  libertatis  causa,  399;  Publicatio,  ib.;  Sc.  Claudianum,  400;  Bonorum  Venditio,  ib. 

CXXVIII.  The  subject  of  Intestacy  is,  in  one  sense,  or  everi  two 
senses,  of  minor  importance.  Long  before  classical  times  intestacy  had 
become  unusual,  indeed  a  misfortune,  and  as  early  as  Plautus1  a  feeling 
had  developed  which  has  been  called  a  horror  of  intestacy.  The  very 
artificial  state  of  the  law  of  succession  on  intestacy  may  account  for  the 
desire  to  make  a  will,  but  hardly  for  the  intensity  of  this  feeling.  There 
have  been  many  attempts  to  explain  it,  but  they  are  little  more  than 
conjectures:  here  as  elsewhere  it  is  difficult  to  be  sure  of  the  historical 
origin  of  a  social  sentiment.  Maine2  suggests  that  emancipatio  is  really 
a  reward,  but  has  the  unfortunate  effect  of  excluding  the  son  from  the 
succession,  for  which  the  will  provides  a  remedy.  Another  explanation 
is  that  the  stern  Roman  mind  saw  a  duty  and  a  responsibility  involved 
in  the  right  of  testation.  It  is  said  also  that  the  plebeians  prized  the  right 
of  testation  as  their  most  striking  triumph  over  the  patricians,  and  that 
what  had  been  a  plebeian  became,  with  plebeian  domination,  a  Roman 
sentiment.  But  none  of  these  explanations  seems  enough  to  explain  the 
intensity  of  the  feeling,  and  it  may  be  that,  as  has  also  been  said,  the 
feeling  is  at  bottom  religious:  a  heres  ab  intestato  could,  by  cessio  heredi- 
tatis, shift  the  sacra  to  the  care  of  another,  uninterested  person,  a  heres  ex 
testamento  could  not3. 

1  Curculio,  5.  2.  24.  2  Ancient  Law,  222.  3  See  e.g.  Accarias,  Precis,  I.  840. 

The  fact  that  the  will  can  do  many  things  besides  appoint  a  heres  is  also  cited,  but,  like  the 
other  explanations,  is  not  adequate. 


362  SUCCESSION  ON   INTESTACY  [CH. 

A  second  point  of  view  from  which  the  subject  can  be  regarded  as 
unimportant  is  that  of  its  juristic  value.  Apart  from  a  few  main  principles, 
it  is  a  mass  of  detail,  throwing  little  light  on  other  parts  of  the  law,  and 
for  this  reason  it  will  be  treated  briefly. 

Many  of  the  subsidiary  rules  of  succession  applied  to  succession  on 
intestacy  as  well  as  to  succession  by  will,  e.g.  the  rules  as  to  beneficium 
abstinendi,  spatium  deliberandi,  inventory,  fideicommissa,  hereditas  iacens, 
ius  accrescendi,  sc.  Pegasianum,  and  so  forth1.  But  the  rules  of  the  //. 
caducariae  had  here  no  application2.  Even  if  they  had  applied,  they 
would  have  been  of  less  importance,  since  almost  all  relatives  were  so 
far  excepted  that  they  could  take  their  share,  and,  at  least  in  the  case 
of  ingenui,  the  heres  on  intestacy  was  a  relative.  But  they  did  not  apply; 
thus,  where  an  agnate  refused,  accrual  existed  in  favour  of  the  others  in 
the  same  degree,  whether  they  were  married  or  not3,  while  under  a  will 
they  would  have  been  excluded  from  sharing  in  caduca  or  the  like.  And, 
in  a  case  of  intestacy,  there  could  be  no  question  of  a  servus  heres  neces- 
sarius. 

In  relation  to  collatio  bonorum  it  is  to  be  observed  that,  while  the  old 
system  applied  in  intestacy,  it  had,  as  has  been  said,  lost  most  of  its 
importance  in  later  law.  But  a  new  kind  of  collatio  appeared.  The  old 
collatio  had  turned  on  the  notion  that  the  emancipatus  had  means  of 
acquiring  property,  denied  to  the  filiusfamilias,  but  collatio  dotis,  which 
might  be  required  from  a  daughter  in  potestas*,  introduced  two  new 
ideas:  the  person  making  collatio  might  be  in  the  family,  and  the  fund 
out  of  which  it  was  made  commonly  came  from  the  father.  Hence  the 
new  form  of  collatio.  It  was  a  gradual  growth:  as  we  find  it  under 
Justinian  it  was  a  rule  that  any  descendant  claiming  in  succession  to 
any  ascendant  must  bring  in  for  division  (conferre)  anything  which  had 
been  received  from  the  father  by  way  of  dos  or  donatio  propter  nuptias, 
or  with  a  view  to  setting  him  up  in  life5.  Till  Justinian  it  had  applied 
only  on  intestacy,  but  in  a  novel  he  extended  it  to  wills:  the  descendant 
could  not  claim  the  gift  without  bringing  in  these  previous  benefits6. 

The  succession  might  not  be  immediate  on  the  death.  The  significant 
date  was  not  the  death,  but  that  on  which  the  succession  "opened," 
the  date  on  which  it  was  clear  that  there  would  not  be  any  heres  under 
any  will7.  It  is  plain  that  this  might  not  be  till  long  after  the  death.  A 
heres  institutus  might  refuse  only  at  the  end  of  the  spatium  deliberandi, 
or  it  might  be  long  before  it  was  clear  that  the  condition  on  an  institutio 

\   G.  2.  157,  158;  Inst.  3.  2.  7;  C.  6.  30.  22.  pr.,  1  a;  Ulp.  26.  5;  D.  36.  1.  1.  5.          2  Ulp. 
17.  1.  3  P.  4.  8.  24;  Ulp.  26.  5.  4  D.  37.  7;  C.  6.  20.  5  C.  6.  20.  17. 

6  Nov.  18.  6.  The  unsatisfactory  reason  for  the  extension  is  assigned  that  the  testator  in 
the  hurry  of  making  his  will  may  have  forgotten  these  gifts.  For  the  earlier  legislation  on 
this  form  of  collatio,  C.  6.  20.  17-21.  7  Inst.  3.  1.  7;  Coll.  16.  3.  1-3;  D,  38.  16  2.  6. 


ix]  SUCCESSION  ON  INTESTACY  363 

would  not  be  fulfilled.  The  importance  of  the  opening  of  the  succession 
was  that  the  person  entitled  at  that  date  took,  though  he  may  not  have 
been  the  nearest  at  the  time  of  death1.  If  A's  brother  survived  him,  but 
died  before  the  heres  institutus  had  refused,  his  cousin  might  be  A's 
nearest  agnate,  though  he  was  not  when  A  died.  But  the  date  of  death 
was  material  in  another  way:  no  one  could  succeed  on  intestacy  unless 
he  was  born  or  conceived  at  the  time  of  the  death2.  Postumi  could  claim, 
as  under  wills,  and  we  are  told  that  one,  in  respect  of  whom  anniculi 
probatio  or  erroris  causae  probatio  was  made  or  completed  after  the  death, 
had  the  same  right3.  A  child  given  in  adoption  might  be  emancipated 
and  so  become  an  emancipatus  of  the  deceased  after  the  critical  day.  It 
does  not  appear  that  he  had  any  claim4. 

The  rules  of  succession  on  intestacy  provide  a  mass  of  detail,  under- 
going constant  change,  the  changes  being  nearly  all  in  one  direction. 
A  system  resting  absolutely  on  agnation  was  gradually  superseded,  at 
first  under  the  praetor's  edict,  but,  at  least  as  early  as  Hadrian,  through 
express  legislation,  by  one  in  which  natural  blood  relationship  was  more 
and  more  regarded,  till  in  Justinian's  final  legislation,  in  the  Novels5, 
there  was  no  longer  any  trace  of  the  old  civil  law  notions. 

The  earliest  rules  we  know  are  those  of  the  XII  Tables,  and  though 
in  the  Empire  these  were  largely  superseded,  the  later  changes  are 
scarcely  to  be  understood  without  knowledge  of  them  as  a  starting- 
point.  Indeed  it  was  not  till  Justinian's  final  legislation  that  all  trace  of 
them  disappeared. 

In  the  Institutes  the  order  established  by  the  XII  Tables  is  adopted 
as  the  basis  of  treatment,  and  an  attempt  is  made  to  state  the  develop- 
ment of  the  law  by  discussing  the  changes  made  in  each  class  in  turn, 
with  the  substitution  of  cognatic  succession  for  that  of  the  gentiles.  But 
for  brevity  and  clearness  it  seems  better  to  take  the  law  in  periods,  a 
method  which  coincides  closely  in  effect  with  that  of  treatment  of  the 
changes  in  relation  to  the  agency  by  which  they  were  effected,  for  the 
praetorian  changes  were  almost  over  when  imperial  changes  began6. 

CXXIX.  SUCCESSION  TO  INGENUI  UNDER  THE  XII  TABLES.  The 
order  of  succession  is: 

1.  Sui  heredes1.  These  were  such  persons  as,  having  been  in  the 
potestas  of  the  deceased,  became  sui  iuris  by  his  death.  It  was  immaterial 
whether  they  were  natural  or  adoptive  8.  Grandchildren  by  a  son,  and 

1  G.  3.  11;  Inst.  3.  1.  7.  2  37.  9.  7.  pr.;  37.  11.  3.  3  G.  3.  5;  Coll.  16.  2.  5. 

4  I.e.  under  the  classical  law  of  adoptio.  If  the  nearest  agnate  adopted  between  the  death 
and  the  opening  of  the  succession  and  then  refused,  it  does  not  appear  that  the  adoptatus 
had  any  claim,  even  under  the  praetor's  rules,  either  in  classical  law  when  it  would  have 
benefited  the  adopter,  or  later.  5  Now.  118,  127.  6  Of  course,  the  praetorian  changes 
were  not  all  made  at  one  time.  7  Inst.  3.  1.  1.  8  G.  3.  2;  Coll.  16.  2.  2. 


364  SUCCESSION  UNDER  THE  XII  TABLES  [CH. 

remoter  issue  generally,  through  males,  were  sui  heredes  if  the  intervening 
links  were  dead  or  out  of  the  family,  and  they  took  the  share  that  their 
father  would  have  taken1.  Postumi  were  included  and,  as  we  have  just 
seen,  there  were  other  cases  of  a  similar  type,  e.g.  children  in  respect  of 
whom  there  had  been  anniculi  or  erroris  causae  probatio,  since  the  death 2. 
On  the  same  footing  was  a  son,  who  having  been  in  mancipio  to  a  third 
person,  after  a  first  or  second  sale,  was  released  from  it  after  the  father's 
death3.  If  it  had  been  after  the  third  sale,  the  agnatic  tie  being  destroyed, 
there  would  be  no  claim4.  As  we  have  already  seen,  sui  heredes  were 
necessarii:  they  were  heredes  without  any  question  of  acceptance,  and 
they  could  not  refuse.  They  were  indeed  not  so  much  acquiring  a  new 
property  as  succeeding  to  the  administration  of  what  was  in  a  sense 
theirs  already.  This  is  indeed,  we  are  told,  the  import  of  the  name  suus 
heres5.  It  is  noticeable  that  the  XII  Tables  do  not  expressly  lay  down 
the  right  of  succession  of  sui  heredes:  it  is  assumed  in  the  famous 
text:  "si  intestato  moritur  cui  suus  heres  nee  escit,  agnatus  proxi- 
mus  familiam  habeto6."  The  fact  that  they  were  called  sui  heredes 
implies  that  there  were  other  heredes  who  were  not  sui.  These  were 
probably  the  heredes  scripti  under  the  Comitial  will,  though  this  is  con- 
troverted7. 

2.  Proximus  Agnatus.  This  right  is  expressed  in  the  text  above 
printed.  We  have  considered  the  definition  of  agnation:  it  will  be  recalled 
that  it  is  the  tie  connecting  those  related  to  each  other,  naturally  or 
by  adoption,  by  legitimate  descents  from  a  male  through  males,  un- 
broken by  capitis  derninutio*,  including  postumi.  The  nearest  agnates,  if 
more  than  one,  took  equally  (per  capita):  there  was  no  representation9. 
Unlike  the  sui,  agnates  had  discretion  to  accept  or  refuse10.  They 
were  not  heredes  till  actual  acceptance,  which  was  no  doubt  in 
early  law  by  formal  cretio,  but  in  the  law  of  the  Empire  it  is  clear 
that  informal  pro  herede  gestio  did  as  well,  and  probable  that  cretio  was 
unusual. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  agnati  are  not  described  as  heredes:  the  words 
are  not  "heres  esto,"  but  "familiam  habeto"  This  is  usually  interpreted 
to  mean  that  the  agnate  did  not  at  first  become  heres:  he  was  not  per- 
sonally liable  for  debts  or  sacra,  and  when  in  course  of  time  he  did  so 
become  liable  he  came  to  be  considered  as  heres.  This  view  is  indeed 

1  G.  3.  8,  by  iuris  interpretatio,  G.  3.  15.  2  G.  3.  5;  Coll.  16.  2.  3  G.  3. 

6;  Coll.  16.  2.  6.          4  As  to  some  other  cases  see  Accarias,  Precis,  1.  1158.  5  G.  2. 

157;  Inst.  2.  19.  2.   See  as  to  this,  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  880.  6  XII   Tables,  5.  4. 

Bruns,  1.  23;  Girard,  Textes,  14.  7  Ante,  §  c.  8  It  may  be  created  by  capitis 

deminutio,  e.g.,  adrogatio,  adoptio  and  even  legitimatio.  For  the  case  of  captivi,  restituti,  etc., 
Accarias,  op.  cit.  1.  1165  9  G.  3.  15;  Inst.  3.  2.  5.  10  Inst.  2.  19.  5;  3.  2.  7;  G. 

3.  12. 


ixj  SUCCESSION  UNDER  THE  XII  TABLES  365 

controverted1,  but  in  any  case  the  agnatus  proximus  was  heres  long 
before  the  time  with  which  we  are  concerned. 

The  word  "proximus"  had  a  limiting  effect:  it  was  only  the  nearest 
agnate  who  had  any  right  under  the  XII  Tables.  If  he  refused,  the  right 
to  claim  did  not  pass  to  the  next2.  On  the  other  hand,  the  nearest  took, 
however  remote:  there  was  no  arbitrary  limit  of  remoteness  such  as  we 
shall  see  in  the  praetorian  scheme.  But,  late  in  the  republic,  a  remarkable 
restriction  appeared;  the  rule  that  no  woman  could  succeed  as  an  agnate 
except  a  consanguinea,  a  sister,  a  rule  which  had  the  effect  of  keeping 
the  property  on  the  male  side  of  the  family3  and  was,  so  far,  an  expression 
of  the  agnatic  idea,  and  an  exception  to  the  general  tendency  of  change. 
The  rule  was  said  to  be  based  on  "Voconiana  ratio"  and  is  obviously 
similar  in  principle  to  the  rule  of  the  /.  Voconia  (B.C.  168)  by  which  a 
person  in  the  first  class  of  the  census  was  forbidden  to  institute  a  woman 
as  his  heres4.  It  is  a  civil  law  rule,  but  nothing  is  known  as  to  the  date 
of  its  appearance.  The  earliest  reference  we  have  is  by  Gains,  but  it  was 
clearly  no  novelty5.  It  is  Paul  who  attributes  it  to  Voconiana  ratio6,  and 
his  language  suggests,  but  does  not  prove,  that  it  was  subsequent  to  the 
I.  Voconia7. 

3.  Gentiles.  The  XII  Tables,  after  dealing  with  proximus  agnatus, 
said:  "si  agnatus  nee  escit,  gentiles  familiam  habento3."  This  rule  was  so 
early  obsolete — there  is  no  trace  of  it  in  classical  law — that  we  need  say 
little  of  it.  We  need  not  therefore  discuss  the  nature  of  a  gens,  or  the 
question  whether  the  gentiles  took  in  common  or  as  individuals9.  All 
that  we  need  say  is  that  from  the  language  of  the  text  it  seems  that  it 
was  only  in  the  total  absence  of  agnates  that  the  gentiles  took,  not  in 
case  of  their  refusal,  and  that  it  is  not  quite  clear  that  they  were  regarded 
in  strictness  as  heredes.  There  is  evidence  from  Cicero 10  that  the  case  was 
rather  looked  at  as  one  of  return  to  a  common  stock,  a  conception  which 
also  colours  some  of  the  texts  which  deal  with  agnatic  succession11. 

The  language  of  the  XII  Tables  is  interesting  from  another  point  of 

1  Lenel,  Essays  in  Legal  History,  ed.  Vinogradoff,  120  sqq.,  holds  that  the  words  heres 
esto  were  avoided  lest  they  should  make  the  agnate  a  necessarius,  that  he  was  a  true  heres, 
but  became  so  only  when  he  had  actually  taken  possession  of  the  property.  See,  however, 
Bonfante,  Bull.  27.  97  sqq.;  Buckland,  L.Q.R.  32.  97  sqq.  2  Inst.  3.  2.  7.  3  The 

rule  might  seem  to  exclude  agnates  altogether  where  it  applied,  for  a  remoter  male  would 
not  be  proximus  agnatus.  But  in  fact  the  point  of  view  is  that  women  agnates  are  excluded 
altogether:  consanguine*  are  by  the  lawyers  treated  as  a  distinct  and  prior  class  (see  e.g. 
38.  16.  2.  pr.,  1)  so  that  agnate  means  male  agnate.  4  Ante,  §  cm.  5  G.  3.  14. 

See  also  Inst.  3.  2.  3  a  "media  iurisprudentia . .  .imperiali  sanctione  anterior.'"  6  P.  4.  8.  20. 
7  See  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  883.  8  XII  Tables,  5.  5;  Girard,  Textes,  14;  Bruns,  1.  23. 

9  See  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  884;  Cuq,  Manuel,  111.  10  De  Or.  1.  39.  176.  11  Cuq, 

Institutions  juridique-s,  1.  390,  who  besides  literary  texts  cites  31.  69.  pr.;  38.  10. 
10.  pr. 


366  PRAETORIAN  SCHEME  OF  SUCCESSION  [CH. 

view:  it  expresses  a  striking  principle  of  the  old  law  of  succession.  It 
admits  neither  successio  graduum  nor  successio  ordinum.  If  the  nearest 
in  a  class  did  not  take  (a  point  which  could  arise  only  in  connexion  with 
agnates,  for  there  was  no  question  of  refusal  among  sui  heredes)  the  text 
expressly  excludes  the  next:  proximus  agnatus  familiam  habeto.  These 
words  give  no  right  to  any  but  the  proximus,  and  whether,  as  some  hold 1, 
the  agnatic  succession  was  introduced  by  the  XII  Tables,  or  not,  that 
enactment  was  always  regarded  as  expressing  the  fundamental  law  of 
the  matter.  Thus  there  was  no  successio  graduum.  So  also,  if  we  are  to 
follow  the  text,  a  refusal  by  the  agnates  did  not  let  in  the  gentiles:  it  was 
only  if  there  were  none  that  the  gentiles  came  in:  si  agnatus  nee  escit. 
There  was  no  successio  ordinum.  As  we  shall  see,  the  methods  of  later 
law  were  different. 

CXXX.  THE  PRAETORIAN  SCHEME  OF  SUCCESSION.  It  must  be  borne 
in  mind  that  the  praetor  could  not  give  the  hereditas.  What  he  gave  was 
bonorum  possessio:  his  edict  declared  that  in  the  absence  of  a  will  he 
would  give  bonorurn  possessio  to  claimants  under  certain  rules  and  in  a 
certain  order.  The  nature  and  efficacy  of  this  bonorum  possessio  will  be 
considered  later2.  For  the  present  we  are  concerned  only  with  the  order. 
This  is: 

1.  Liberi.  These  included  sui  heredes,  emancipati,  children  of  de- 
ceased emancipati,  children  left  in  a  family  from  which  the  deceased  had 
passed  by  emancipatio3,  in  fact,  substantially,  those  persons  who  could 
claim  bonorum  possessio  contra  tabulas  if  a  will  failed  to  provide  for  them4. 
It  did  not  cover  children  given  in  adoption  and  still  in  the  adoptive 
family.  In  the  praetorian  scheme  the  distribution  among  liberi  was 
necessarily  a  more  complex  matter  than  that  among  sui  at  civil  law. 
When  the  praetor  admitted  emancipati,  it  is  obvious  that  their  claims 
and  those  of  any  children  they  had  left  in  the  family  would  clash. 
Logically  it  would  seem  that  the  rule  should  have  been  that  if  the 
emancipated  son  claimed,  his  children  should  be  excluded.  But  they 
were  sui,  and  a  special  edict  so  far  respected  their  right  as  to  make  them 
share  with  their  father5.  It  is  a  remarkable  fact  that  this  rule  was  not 
laid  down  till  the  time  of  Julian:  it  is  the  only  clause  which  he  is  known 
to  have  added  to  the  edict6.  The  rule  had  the  result  that,  as  the  coming 
in  of  the  father  injured  no  heres  except  his  own  children,  since  he  merely 
took  part  of  their  share,  he  had  no  collatio  to  make  in  respect  of  other 
sui,  but  only  as  against  these  children7. 

1  E.g.   Muirhead,  Roman  Law,   §  32.  2  Post,  §§  cxxxv  sqq.  3  Ulp.  28.  7, 

8;  Inat.  3.  1.  9  sqq.  4  Not  exactly  the  same  class.  It  did  not  cover  children  given 

in  adoption  and  still  in  another  family,  though  these  under  certain  conditions  could  get 
the  benefit  of  bonorum  possessio  contra  tabulas,  37.  4.  8.  11;  ante,  §  cxm.  5  37.  8.  1. 

pr.;  h.  t.  3.  6  37.  8.  3.  7  37.  8.  1.  pr.  in  f. 


ix]  PRAETORIAN   SCHEME  OF  SUCCESSION  367 

2.  Legitimi.    As  its  name  shews,  this  class  covered  those  only  who 
had  a  statutory  claim.  The  main  case  was  the  agnate,  but  there  were 
many  others,  details  of  which  will  be  considered  later1.   As  in  this  class 
only  those  with  a  civil  claim  were  admitted,  there  was  no  question  of 
successio  graduum:  refusal  by  the  nearest  agnate  did  not  let  in  the  next, 
though,  according  to  Gaius2,  some  jurists,  inspired  no  doubt  by  the 
praetor's  practice  in  cognatio,  took  the  contrary  view.    But  it  was  no 
part  of  the  praetor's  policy  to  extend  the  operation  of  the  agnatic  idea3. 

3.  Cognati.    In  the  absence  of  claimants  under  earlier  heads  the 
praetor  gave  bonorum  possessio  to  the  nearest  cognates4,  ignoring  the 
gentiles.    Cognation  was,  broadly  speaking,  any  kind  of  blood  relation- 
ship.   It  covered  therefore  relatives  through  females,  agnates  who  had 
not  claimed  as  such,  those  who  would  have  been  agnates,  but  for  an 
emancipatio  or  the  like,  children  given  in  adoption,  female  agnates  re- 
moter than  sisters,  and  even  illegitimate  children,  in  succession  to  the 
mother  or  her  cognates,  or  vice  versa,  or  to  each  other5.    Although 
cognatio  was  a  natural  tie,  it  covered  even  adoptive  relatives  so  long  as 
the  artificial  agnatic  tie  existed,  but,  if  that  was  broken  by  emancipatio 
or  the  like,  the  cognatic  tie  also  was  destroyed6,  even  where  the  breach 
occurred  after  the  death,  but  before  the  claim7. 

The  nearest  cognate  was  entitled,  and  if  there  were  more  than  one 
they  shared  per  capita8:  there  was  no  question  of  representation  of  de- 
ceased cognati  by  their  children.  But  there  was  an  arbitrary  limitation 
of  remoteness,  based  no  doubt  on  the  principle  of  the  excepted  cases 
under  the  I.  Furia  testamentaria9 ,  and  the  I.  Cincia10.  No  one  could 
succeed  as  a  cognate  who  was  beyond  the  sixth  degree  of  relationship, 
or,  in  one  case,  the  seventh,  that  of  second  cousins  once  removed,  i.e. 
the  child  of  a  second  cousin11. 

In  this  case  the  praetor  allowed  full  play  to  successio  graduum  and 
ordinum.  If  the  legitimi  refused,  the  cognates  might  claim,  successio 
ordinum12.  It  might  well  happen  that  those  included  in  one  class  might 
also  be  covered  by  another,  so  that  they  had  two  chances  to  claim.  Thus, 
sui  who  had  failed  to  claim  as  liberi  might  still  be  entitled  as  legitimi  or 

1  Post,  §  cxxxv.  2  G.  3.  28.  3  As  to  b.  p.  unde  decem  personae,  post,  §  cxxxv. 
4  38.  8.  1.  pr.  The  somewhat  confusing  language  of  Inst.  3.  6.  11,  12  appears  merely 
to  mean  that  some  persons  who  are  cognates,  but  not  the  nearest,  may  nevertheless  be 
entitled  in  preference  to  the  nearest  cognates,  e.g.  remote  descendants,  unde  liberi, 
cousins,  unde  legitimi.  If,  however,  they  fail  to  claim  under  these  heads  within  the  time 
allowed,  the  priorities  of  cognatio  will  apply.  5  38.  8.  2;  h.  t.  5.  Milites  could  not 

marry  while  on  service :  if  they  purported  to  do  so,  children  had  no  right  of  succession  to 
the  father.  But  Hadrian  allowed  them  to  claim  as  cognati.  See  the  rescript  in  Girard, 
Textes,  195.  6  38.  8.  1.4.  7  38.  8.  1.  6,  7;  h.  t.  3.  8  38.  8.  1.  10.  9  G.  2. 
225;  Vat.  Fr.  298  sqq.  10  Ante,  §  xci.  11  38.  8.  1.  3;  h.  t.  9;  Inst.  3.  5.  5. 

12  38.  9.  1.  pr. 


S68  SENATUSCONSULTUM  TERTULLIANUM  [en. 

cognati1.  As  to  successio  graduum  he  applied  in  general,  apart  from  the 
case  of  legitimi,  the  same  principle.  If  the  nearest  cognati  allowed  the 
time  to  pass,  or  if  they  refused,  the  next  cognati  might  claim2. 

4.  Vir  et  uxor3.  In  the  absence  of  claims  of  blood  relatives  the  praetor 
gave  bonorum  possessio  to  husband  and  wife  reciprocally.  This  applied 
essentially  to  civil  marriage  without  manus,  since  a  wife  in  manu  came 
under  the  head  of  liberi.  But  the  law  of  succession  before  Justinian 
went  no  further.  Dos,  and  donatio  ante  nuptias,  frequently  supplemented 
or  replaced  by  a  legacy  of  usufruct4,  no  doubt  did  what  was  necessary. 
We  have  already  considered  Justinian's  rules  as  to  widows  without  dos5. 

It  must  be  noted  that  the  foregoing  is  merely  an  outline  of  that  part 
of  the  praetor's  scheme  which  dealt  with  ingenui,  and,  even  so,  it  is 
incomplete.  The  actual  order,  later  to  be  considered6,  is  much  more 
complex. 

CXXXI.  IMPERIAL  CHANGES  BEFORE  JUSTINIAN.  Apart  from  privi- 
legia  such  as  that  by  which  Claudius  gave  a  mother  who  had  lost  her 
children  their  property7,  the  enactments  as  to  causae  probatio,  etc.8, 
creating  fresh  classes  of  sui,  and  the  legislation  affecting  succession  to 
liberti,  to  be  considered  later,  there  was  no  intervention  by  legislation 
till  the  second  century. 

The  earlier  law  of  succession  on  intestacy  is  stated  almost  entirely 
from  the  point  of  view  of  the  paterfamilias,  the  rules  of  succession  to  a 
woman  being,  in  fact,  implicit  in  what  is  said.  The  results  arrived  at 
were  so  unjust  that  it  is  not  surprising  to  find  that  the  legislation  which 
now  began  was  largely  concerned  with  the  case  of  claims  of,  or  to  the 
property  of,  women.  The  earliest  of  this  legislation  dealt  with  succession 
between  mother  and  child. 

Sc.  Tertullianum.  At  civil  law  a  mother,  if  not  in  manu  of  her  hus- 
band, had  no  claim,  and,  even  at  praetorian  law,  she  was  only  a  cognate. 
This  enactment,  under  Hadrian9,  dealing  however  only  with  mothers 
who  had  the  ius  liberorum,  much  improved  her  position.  The  ius  liber- 
orum  rests  on  her  having  had  three  children  (in  the  case  of  a  libertina, 
four)  by  separate  births,  it  being  immaterial  whether  they  survived  or 
not10.  The  order  of  succession  established  by  the  senatusconsult11  was 
(1)  sui  heredes,  and  those  grouped  with  them,  i.e.  liberi;  (2)  the  father, 
whether  parens  manumissor  or  not,  provided  he  was  not  in  another 
family;  (3)  consanguineous  brothers  and  sisters,  taking  together;  (4) 
mother  and  sisters,  the  mother  taking  half.  The  deceased  child  need  not 

1  38.  9.  1.  11.  2  38.  9.  1.  6;  h.  1.  10.  Not  where  a  prior  cognate  had  accepted,  and 
received  restitutio  in  integrum,  h.  t.  2.  In  such  a  case  there  was  a  caducum.  3  38.  11.  1. 
4  See,  e.g.,  Vat.  Fr.  58,  69,  86-88.  5  Ante,  §  cxiv.  6  Post,  §  cxxxv.  7  Inst.  3. 
3.  1.  8  Ante,  §  xxxv.  9  Inst.  3.  3.  2.  10  P.  4.  9.  1;  4.  9.  9.  11  Ulp. 

26.  8. 


ix]  SENATUSCONSULTUM  TERTULLIANUM  369 

have  been  legitimate1,  and  the  mother  did  not  lose  her  right  by  a  capitis 
deminutio2.  These  rules  were  changed  from  time  to  time3.  Constantine 
improved  the  mother's  position;  in  particular  he  gave  her  a  reduced 
share  even  if  she  had  not  the  ius  liber  orum*,  and  there  was  further 
legislation  of  similar  tendency  in  A.D.  369  and  4265. 

While  the  order  under  the  sc.  differed  widely  from  that  under  the 
earlier  rules,  it  left  these  unaffected.  The  sc.  in  no  way  superseded  the 
older  law,  on  which  the  rules,  a  direct  creation  of  the  enactment,  in  no 
way  depended.  There  were  near  relatives  who  had  rights  of  succession 
who  were  not  mentioned  in  the  sc.  What  rule  was  to  be  applied  if,  in 
the  given  case,  there  were  such  persons?  The  answer  to  questions  of  this 
kind  is  to  be  found  in  two  governing  principles  \vhich  controlled  the 
operation  of  the  enactment.  The  first  was  that  it  was  to  be  applied  only 
wrhere  the  claimants  were  those  whom  it  mentioned,  i.e.  not  if  there 
existed  a  claimant  not  mentioned  in  its  order,  who  would,  apart  from  it, 
take  before  any  person  entitled  under  its  provisions6.  The  second,  even 
more  important,  principle  was  that  the  enactment  was  not  meant  to 
give  any  person  other  than  the  mother  any  greater  rights  than  he  or 
she  had  under  earlier  law7.  If  in  the  given  case  there  were  persons  who, 
on  the  terms  of  the  sc.,  would  be  preferred  to  the  mother,  the  enactment 
was  not  applied:  the  earlier  law  governed. 

These  principles  are  freely  illustrated  in  the  texts,  but  the  cases  must 
be  handled  cautiously,  because  of  the  uncertainty  whether  the  decision 
is  that  of  the  original  author  or  has  been  edited  by  Justinian  in  view 
of  his  changes.  In  one  case  a  grandfather  emancipated  a  grandson,  who 
died,  leaving  surviving  his  father  and  mother  and  this  grandfather.  The 
grandfather  as  parens  manumissor  had  the  prior  claim  apart  from  the 
sc.,  and  even  under  it  the  father  excluded  the  mother,  so  that  the  common 
law  applied  and  the  grandfather  took,  as  parens  manumissor — quasi 
patron8.  A  man  died  leaving  a  mother,  an  agnatic  cousin,  and  a  father 
who  had  been  given  in  adoption  in  another  family.  Agnates  were  not 
mentioned  in  the  enactment,  as  recorded,  but  the  reference  to  brothers 
and  sisters  was  understood  as  amounting  to  exclusion  of  remoter  agnates9. 

o  o 

It  follows  that  the  mother  excluded  both  the  agnates  and  the  father, 
who,  being  in  another  family,  was  not  preferred  in  the  sc.10 

Sc.  Orphitianumu.  Children  had  no  civil  law  right  of  succession  to 
their  mother  and  were  only  cognates  under  praetorian  law.  This  enact- 

1  Inst.  3.  3.  7.  2  Inst.  3.  4.  2.  3  Inst.  3.  3.  3.  4  C.  Th.  o.  1.  1. 

5  C.  Th.  5.  1.  2;  h.  t.  7.  For  Justinian's  changes,  post,  §  cxxxn.  6  Inst.  3.  3.  3, 

"scilicet  cum  inter  eos  solos  de  hereditate  agitur."  7  See,  e.g.,  38.  17.  2.  20.  8  38. 

17.  5.  2.  9  See  Inst,  3.  3.  5,  "legitimae  personae."  10  38.  17.  2.  17.  11  Ulp. 
26.  7;  Inst.  3.  4. 

B.  R.  L.  24 


370  SEN  ATU  SCON  SULTUM  ORPHITIANUM  [CH. 

ment,  of  A.D.  1781,  gave  them  the  first  claim  in  succession  to  the  mother. 
It  was  indifferent  whether  they  were  legitimate  or  not,  provided  they 
were  freeborn2,  and  the  right  was  not  lost  by  capitis  deminutio3. 

Where  a  woman  died  leaving  both  mother  and  children  there  might 
be  difficulties  in  applying  these  two  sec.  If  there  was  a  person  with  a 
claim  which,  under  the  original  scheme  of  the  Tertullian,  was  preferred 
to  that  of  the  mother,  e.g.  a  brother,  the  children  took  the  property  as 
of  course,  for,  as  brothers  excluded  the  mother,  the  Tertullian  did  not 
apply  and  the  Orphitian  gave  the  succession  to  the  children.  But  if 
there  was  no  other  claim  than  those  of  mother  and  child,  their  rights 
were  equal  under  praetorian  law,  both  being  cognates,  and  neither  had 
any  right  at  civil  law.  The  Tertullian  standing  alone  would  give  the 
property  to  the  mother  (for  the  children  of  a  woman  were  not  liberi  in 
the  technical  sense),  while  the  Orphitian  standing  alone  would  give  it  to 
the  children.  Accordingly  they  shared,  until,  in  the  later  Empire,  it  was 
provided  that  children  should  succeed  to  the  mother  notwithstanding 
anything  in  the  sc.  Tertullianum*. 

It  is  at  first  sight  surprising  that  the  simple  rule  that  children  can 
succeed  in  first  instance  to  the  mother  comes  historically  later  than  the 
provision  for  what  must  have  been  a  rarer  case,  that  of  the  mother  suc- 
ceeding to  her  children.  The  explanation  is  that  the  two  pieces  of  legis- 
lation rest  on  quite  different  ideas.  The  Tertullian  is  a  late  part  of  the 
elaborate  legislation  for  the  encouragement  of  marriage  of  which  the 
II.  caducariae  are  the  best  known  part.  The  Orphitian,  on  the  other  hand, 
is  an  early  part  of  that  legislation  which  ultimately  superseded  the 
agnatic  idea  altogether,  so  far  as  intestacy  wras  concerned. 

The  sc.  Orphitianum  gave  no  rights  to  remoter  issue.  This  was 
remedied  by  legislation  of  A.D.  389,  which  provided,  on  the  one  hand, 
for  grandchildren  of  a  man  through  a  deceased  daughter,  and  on  the 
other,  for  grandchildren  of  a  woman  through  a  son  or  a  daughter.  In 
the  first  case  they  were  to  take  two-thirds  of  the  share  their  mother 
would  have  taken,  as  against  surviving  sui  heredes,  and  three-quarters 
of  the  estate  as  against  agnates.  The  rule  was  similar  in  the  second  case, 
except  that  it  is  not  clear  that  there  was  any  deduction  for  surviving 
children  of  the  grandmother,  though  there  was  for  agnates5. 

The  law  of  agnation  underwent  a  change  consistent  with  the  course 
of  earlier  legislation,  though  not  with  the  true  principle  of  agnation. 
Anastasius  (A.D.  491-518)  allowed  emancipated  brothers  and  sisters  to 
succeed  as  agnates,  subject  to  a  deduction  if  there  were  unemancipated 
persons  of  the  same  class6.  The  terms  in  which  Theophilus  tells  us  of  this 

1  Inst.  3.  4.  pr.        2  Inst.  3.  4.  3.        3  Inst.  3.  4.  2.       4  C.  6.  55.  11.        5  C.  Th. 
5.  1.  4.  6  Inst.  3.  5.  1. 


ix]  SUCCESSION  UNDER  JUSTINIAN  371 

deduction  are  obscure1,  but  it  seems  to  have  been  of  one-third.  The  rule 
applied  of  course  only  to  brothers  and  sisters  by  the  same  father,  and  it 
did  not  benefit  children  of  deceased  brothers  and  sisters2. 

CXXXII.  THE  RULES  OF  THE  INSTITUTES.  The  changes  made  by 
Justinian,  before  the  great  reform  in  the  Novels,  can  hardly  be  called  a 
system.  A  number  of  small  changes  were  made,  always  in  the  direction 
of  rationalisation,  but  they  were  unsystematic  and  tentative  and  may 
well  have  rendered  the  law  even  more  confusing  and  complicated  than 
it  was  before.  The  chief  changes  were  the  following: 

Grandchildren  of  or  through  a  woman  now  took  the  whole  estate  as 
against  agnates,  and  the  rule  was  extended  to  great-grandchildren. 
There  was  still  a  deduction  of  one-third  in  favour  of  sui  heredes3. 

The  sc.  Tertullianum  was  remodelled.  The  ius  liberorum  was  dis- 
pensed with  and  the  mother  shared  with  the  brothers,  taking  a  pars 
virilis,  instead  of  being  excluded  by  them4. 

The  exclusion  of  female  agnates  beyond  sisters  was  abolished5,  and 
in  this  class  successio  graduum  was  introduced — if  the  proximus  refused, 
the  next  could  take 6.  The  deduction  in  the  case  of  emancipated  brothers 
and  sisters  claiming  with  agnates  was  removed7  and  the  right  extended  to 
their  children,  to  brothers,  and  sisters  by  the  same  mother,  arid  to  their 
children  8. 

The  most  significant  change  was  the  recognition  of  cognatio  servilis. 
Even  in  classical  law,  in  interpreting  wills,  the  word  "filius"  had  been 
held  to  cover  a  son  now  free  but  born  in  slavery,  where  this  seemed  to 
be  the  testator's  intent9,  but  such  persons  had  no  right  of  succession  on 
intestacy.  Justinian  however  provided  that  a  freedman's  children  were 
to  exclude  the  patron,  whether  they  were  freed  before  or  after  or  with 
the  father,  or  born  free,  and  similar  rights  of  succession  were  given  to 
them10  inter  se,  and  to  the  parents  to  them,  but  no  further. 

THE  SYSTEM  OF  THE  NovELS11.  About  ten  years  after  the  publication 
of  the  Institutes,  a  completely  new  system  of  rules  was  introduced,  with 
the  definite  aim,  as  Justinian  tells  us,  of  doing  away  with  the  unfair 
distinctions  between  male  and  female  which  filled  the  old  law  of  suc- 
cession. The  rules  shew  a  complete  breach  with  old  notions:  there  is  no 
word  of  sui  or  agnati  or  cognati.  The  rules  look  modern  and  have  indeed 
found  their  way,  of  course  much  modified,  into  many  modern  legisla- 
tions12. The  order  of  succession  may  be  shortly  stated  as  follows: 

1  Ad  Inst.   3.   5.    1.  2  Inst.   ib.  3  Inst.  3.  4.  1;  C.  6.  55.  12.  4  Inst. 

3.  3.  4;h.  t.  5;C.  8.  58.  2.  5  Inst.  3.  2.  3;  C.  6.  58.  14.  6  Inat.  3.  2.  7.  7  C.  6.  58. 
15.  1.  8  h.  1.  2.  9  28.  8.  11.  10  Inst.  3.  6.  10;  C.  6.  4.  4.  See  Nov.  18. 

5  as  to  a  limited  right  of  succession  to  children  by  a  concubina.  11  Now.  118, 

127.  12  The  English  rules  of  distribution  of  personalty,  though  statutory,  are  based 
on  these  rules,  through  the  ecclesiastical  law. 

24—2 


372  SUCCESSION  UNDER  JUSTINIAN  |CH. 

1.  Descendants,   without  distinction  of  sex,   remoter  issue  taking 
their  deceased  parents'  share. 

2.  Ascendants,  the  nearer  excluding  the  more  remote.   If  there  were 
several  in  the  same  degree,  but  in  different  lines,  each  line  took  half, 
irrespective  of  number.    Brothers  and  sisters  of  the  whole  blood  shared 
with  ascendants,  and  it  seems  that  in  this  case  all  took  equally.  Children 
of  deceased  brothers  and  sisters  represented  their  parents  if  there  sur- 
vived a  brother  or  sister  writh  whom  to  take,  i.e.  the  right  of  representa- 
tion was  allowed  if  there  was  some  existing  person  who  kept  the  class 
alive.   Thus  if  X  left  a  father1,  a  brother,  and  a  nephew  by  a  deceased 
brother,  each  took  a  third.    If  X  left  a  father  and  a  nephew,  the  father 
took  all.  If  he  left  only  a  number  of  nephews  by  different  brothers  and 
sisters,  all  dead,  the  nephews  took  equally:  if  a  brother  survived,  what 
did  not  go  to  him  was  divided  per  stirpes. 

3.  Brothers  and  sisters,  with  the  same  rule  of  representation. 

4.  Half  brothers  and  sisters,  with  the  same  rule.    But  if  there  were 
half  brothers  or  sisters  and  also  children  of  deceased  brothers  or  sisters, 
the  latter  took. 

5.  The  nearest  relatives,  whoever  they  were,  per  capita,  with  no 
question  of  representation. 

6.  Husband  or  wife  reciprocally2. 

If  there  was  no  claim,  the  property  passed  to  the  Fiscus,  subject  to 
the  claims  of  creditors,  but  this  is  not  a  case  of  succession. 

CXXXIII.  It  will  be  convenient  to  place  here,  by  way  of  appendix, 
some  account  of  the  rights  of  succession  of  the  father,  or  paterfamilias, 
in  the  various  possible  circumstances. 

1.  The  father  of  one  who  died  in  potestas.  Apart  from  the  cases  of 
the  adrogatus  impubes,  and  the  adoptatus  under  Justinian,  already  suffici- 
ently stated3,  there  are  only  the  cases  of  peculia  castrense  and  quasi- 
castrense  and  bona  adventitia  to  be  considered.  The  actual  destination  of 
the  peculia  castrense  and  quasi  has  been  considered4,  and  the  only  point 
we  need  touch  on  is  the  question  whether,  under  Justinian,  the  father,  if 
he  took  them,  took  them  as  peculium  or  as  hereditas.  Justinian  says  that 
it  was  "iurc  communi"  Does  this  mean  as  inheritance,  which,  it  is  said, 
had  before  Justinian's  time  become  the  method  of  treating  bona  adven- 
titia5, or  does  it  mean  that,  in  absence  of  preferred  claims,  they  reverted 
as  peculium'i  The  main  arguments  in  favour  of  the  former  view  are  the 
fact,  if  it  be  a  fact,  that  bona  adventitia  were  already  so  treated,  that  the 

1  Nov.  127.  1.      2  Not  stated  in  the  Novel,  but  dealt  with  in  Bas.  45.  5.      3  Ante, 
§§  XLIV,  XLV.  4  Ante,  §  xcix.  5  This  appears  to  be  inferred  from  Nov.  Theod. 

14.  8=C.  6.  61.  3,  which  can  be  interpreted  the  other  way,  indeed  that  is  the  most 
natural  interpretation.  C.  Th.  8.  18.  4  says  that  the  father  takes  them  iure  palrio  (339). 
In  C.  Th.  8.  18.  10  (426)  the  attitude  is  the  same. 


ix]  FATHER'S   RIGHT  OF  SUCCESSION  373 

words  do  not  suggest  that  the  father  was  to  take  in  any  way  different 
from  that  in  which  the  children  took,  and  that  the  beneficiaries  are 
called  parentes,  and  not  patresfamilias.  In  favour  of  the  other  view  are 
the  texts  in  the  Digest,  which  treat  it  as  reversion  of  peculium1,  and  the 
fact  that  Theophilus  in  his  commentary  on  the  Institutes  so  regards  it2. 
But  both  these  may  possibly  be  mere  survivals  of  obsolete  doctrine,  and 
neither  view  can  be  considered  certain. 

In  relation  to  bona  adventitia  there  was  no  question  of  succession  till 
the  fifth  century.  If  the  child  died  they  reverted  to  the  pater  as  peculium, 
and  perhaps  continued  to  do  so  in  absence  of  preferred  claims  till 
Justinian.  But  by  the  time  of  Theodosius  the  fund  covered  all  successions 
from  the  mother,  all  successions  and  gifts  from  a  maternal  ascendant, 
and  gifts  from  husband  and  wife  of  the  child3.  There  were  provisions 
reserving  to  children  of  any  marriage  on  death  of  either  parent  what  had 
come  from  the  other  parent  by  way  of  dos,  donatio,  or  other  gratuitous 
acquisition4.  Theodosius  provided  that  all  these  were  to  go  to  the  children 
of  the  deceased  child  as  hereditas  and  not  to  pater  or  avus  as  peculium5. 
In  472  brothers  and  sisters  were  also  preferred,  with  distinctions  as  to 
whole  and  half  blood6.  Justinian  extended  the  rule  to  all  acquisitions 
other  than  those  from  the  pater,  and  in  his  time  it  is  clear  that  it  was 
succession,  for  he  provided  that  if  the  father  was  himself  in  potestas,  it 
was  he  who  took  it,  and  not  the  avus:  in  the  hands  of  the  father  it  was 
bona  adventitia7. 

2.  The  case  of  an  emancipatus.  If  the  father  manumitted  him,  he 
had  the  rights  of  patron  (quasi-patron),  if  there  were  no  children,  till 
Justinian  also  preferred  brothers  and  sisters  to  him8,  while  also  providing 
that  all  emaneipating  fathers  should  have  the  rights  of  par  ens  manu- 
missor9. If  there  were  children  but  they  were  disinherited,  he  had,  like 
the  patron,  bonorum  possessio  of  the  whole  (or  half  if  there  was  a  will), 
but  this  right  did  not  extend  to  his  liberi10.  If  there  was  an  extraneus 
manumissor,  the  father  had  no  civil  claim,  but  in  the  absence  of  children 
he  had  the  first  claim,  unde  decern  personae11,  at  praetorian  law. 

If  the  grandfather  was  parens  manumissor  the  quasi-patronal  right 
was  with  him,  so  long  as  he  lived.  The  father's  position  if  the  emancipatus 
survived  the  grandfather  is  not  clear.  Analogy  suggests  that  there  was 
no  question  of  the  rights  of  liberi  patroni.  He  was  not  tutor  legitimus  as 
they  were,  and  the  right  above  mentioned  to  B.P.  of  a  half,  in  certain 

1  30.  44.  pr.;  41.  1.  33.  pr.,  1.   See  Monro,  De  furtis,  65.  2  Ad  Inst.  2.  12.  pr. 

3  Gifts  from  a  betrothed  put  on  same  level  later,  C.  6.  61.  5.  4  C.  Th.  3.  8.  2;  C. 

5.  9.  3.  In  339  it  was  provided  (C.  Th.  8.  18.  4)  that  if  the  child  died  under  6,  the  suc- 
cessions were  to  go  back  to  the  line  from  which  they  came.  5  Nov.  Theod.  14. 
6  C.  6.  61.  4.  7  C.  6.  60.  3.  1  (interp.).  8  C.  6.  56.  2  (interp.).  9  Inst.  3.  9.  5. 
10  37.  12.  1.  pr.,  5;  h.  t.  3;  post,  §  cxxxiv.  11  Post,  §  cxxxv. 


374  FATHER'S  RIGHT  OF  SUCCESSION  [CH. 

events,  did  not  apply  to  him1.  As  an  emancipatus  had  no  agnates, 
the  father  would  be  the  nearest  cognate,  so  that,  on  principle,  in  the 
absence  of  children  he  would  share  with  the  mother,  but  there  is  evidence 
that  the  Edict  preferred  him,  as  pater,  to  the  mother,  in  this  case2.  This 
may  have  been  • '  unde  decent  personae,"  which  on  that  view  applied  wherever 
the  father  was  not  parens  manumissor,  and  preferred  father  to  mother. 
This  is  more  or  less  confirmed  by  the  fact  that,  as,  under  Justinian,  all 
emancipatio  by  the  father  was  held  to  be  done  in  such  a  way  as  to  give 
civil  succession3,  the  only  case  in  which,  in  the  absence  of  children,  the 
father  would  have  bonorum  possessio  as  opposed  to  hereditas  would  be 
where  the  grandfather  had  emancipated4. 

3.  Where  the  grandfather  had  emancipated  the  father,  but  not  the 
son,  his  nepos.   Here  the  father  had  only  cognatic  right  and  was  excluded 
by  agnates.  The  same  seems  to  be  true  if  he  had  been  given  in  adoption5, 
or  both  had  been  emancipated. 

4.  Where  either  was  emancipated  by  the  avus  and  afterwards  re- 
adopted6.    If  the  father  was  emancipated  and,  later,  readopted,  the 
nepos,  having  become  a  suits  heres  of  the  avus,  did  not  lose  the  position, 
and  thus,  on  the  death  of  avus,  he  was  not  in  his  father's  potestas7.  The 
father  re-entered  the  family  as  an  adoptive  son8.  The  nepos  was  not  a 
suus  of  his  father,  but  if  the  nepos  died  after  the  death  of  avus  we  are 
not  told  the  father's  right  of  succession9.  At  the  worst  he  was  an  agnatic 
brother10,  but  most  probably,  though  no  longer  father  for  the  purpose  of 
potestas,  he  was  still  the  nearest  agnate11.  The  case  of  the  nepos  emanci- 
pated and  readopted  does  not  seem  to  be  dealt  with.    If  adopted  as 
nepos,  and  son  of  his  father,  which  needed  the  father's  consent,  the  civil 
relation  was  no  doubt  re-established  for  all  purposes.   But  if  readopted 
as  a  son,  his  successoral  relations  to  his  own  father  are  obscure12. 

The  readopted  father  or  son  might  die  still  in  potestas  of  the  avus.  If 
the  son  died  leaving  p.  castrense,  etc.,  this  went  to  the  avus  as  peculium 
before  Justinian:  under  him,  its  destination  depends  on  the  meaning  of 
iure  communi  above  discussed.  As  peculium  the  avus  would  take  it.  As 
hereditas  it  seems  probable  that  it  would  go  to  the  father  notwithstanding 
the  emancipation  and  readoption,  and  would  be  bona  adventitia  of  his, 
whichever  of  them  had  passed  out  and  back13.  Bona  adventitia,  on  the 

1  37.  12.  1.  pr.,  5;  h.  t.  3;  post,  §  cxxxrv.  2  37.  12.  1.  6;  38.  17.  2.  15  aqq.,  not 

an  adoptive  father,  38.  17.  2.  17.  3  Inst.  3.  9.  5.  4  See  38.  17.  5.  2  and  especially 

38.  16.  10.  5  38.  17.  2.  17;  h.  t.  18.  6  It  was  only  adoptive  children  who  might 

not  be  readopted,  1.  7.  12;  h.  t.  37.  1.         7  1.  7.  41.          8  38.  6.  1.  7.    Not  quite  for  all 
purposes,  h.  t.  4.  9  Nepos  could  claim  unde  liberi,  arg.  38.  6.  4.  10  Unless 

readopted  as  a  nepos,  38.  6.  1.  7.  11  Arg.  38.  16.  12.  12  They  were  agnates, 

probably  the  nearest,  but  the  son  could  probably  claim,  unde  liberi.  13  If  the  father 

died  the  son  would  presumably  take,  unde  liberi. 


ixj  SUCCESSION  TO  FREEDMEN  375 

views  adopted  above,  would  go  to  the  avus  before  Justinian,  apart  from 
prior  claims  of  children;  under  Justinian  to  the  father1. 

The  distinction  between  reversion  as  peculium  and  hereditas  was  of 
considerable  importance,  in  the  following,  and  other,  ways: 

(a)  As  peculium  there  was  no  question  of  aditio:  it  belonged  to  the  pater- 
familias, though  of  course  he  could  abandon  it,  as  he  could  any  property. 

(b)  As  peculium  it  would  not  render  him  liable  for  debts,  except 
within  the  limits  of  the  edicts   de  peculio2,  etc.    As  hereditas  it  would 
render  him  absolutely  liable  on  acceptance. 

(c)  As  peculium  there  was  no  general  action  for  recovery  of  it  from 
holders  without  title:  the  peculium  was  not  a  universitas  for  this  purpose. 
Each  thing  must  be  vindicated  specially.    As  hereditas  there  would  be 
hereditatis  petitio  to  recover  it  as  a  whole3. 

(d)  As  peculium  theft  of  it  after  the  death  would  be  ordinary  furtum: 
as  hereditas,  wrongful  taking  before  acceptance  was  not  furtum*. 

(e)  If  the  father  was  under  potestas,  as  peculium  it  would  go  to  the 
grandfather,  as  hereditas  it  would  go  to  the  father,  in  whose  hands  it 
would  be  bona  adventitia,  as  it  did  not  come  from  the  paterfamilias. 

CXXXIV.  SUCCESSION  TO  FREEDMEN.  A.  Gives  Liberti.  As,  at  any 
rate  till  Justinian,  such  persons  could  have  no  relatives  but  children, 
the  early  law  is  simply  stated.  The  order  established  by  the  XII  Tables 
was  (1)  Sui  Heredes,  (2)  Patronus,  (3)  Liberi  patroni5.  A  liberta  could  of 
course  have  no  sui  heredes.  The  right  of  the  liberi  patroni  was  not  in- 
herited from  the  patron:  it  was  an  independent  right,  expressly  created 
by  the  Statute,  so  that  the  fact  that  a  child  was  disinherited  or  had 
refused  his  father's  succession  did  not  bar  him6.  For  the  same  reason 
extranet  heredes  of  the  patron  had  no  claim7.  The  libertus  could  make  any 
will  he  liked  as  against  the  patron8,  but  the  will  of  a  liberta  needed  his 
consent,  so  that  as  she  could  have  no  sui,  he  could  not  be  excluded  save 
by  his  own  act9. 

The  praetor,  in  giving  bonorum  possessio,  somewhat  improved  the 
patron's  position.  Born  sui  and  emancipati  excluded  him  (if  the  libertus 
had  not  disinherited  them,  in  which  case  they  were  wholly  excluded), 
but  not  adoptivi:  against  these  and  a  wife  in  manu  the  patron  was  en- 
titled to  one-half,  as  he  was  against  any  outside  claimant  under  a  will10. 

1  Nov.  Theod.  14,  where  the  word  used  is  liberi.  If  it  was  the  father  who  died,  lucra 
nuptialia  went  to  the  nepos  (with  other  liberi)  after  439  and  all  the  bona  adventitia  did 
under  Justinian.  2  Ante,  §  xxm;  post,  §  CLXXXIV.  3  Ante,  §  ex.  4  Ante, 

§cvn;post,  §  cxcvi.          5  G.  3.  40;  Ulp.  29.  1,  4;  Inst,  3.  7.  6  G.  3.  58;  D.  37.  14. 

9.  pr.    See  post,  §  CXLI,  for  another  effect  in  the  case  of  Assignatio  libertorum.         7  G.  3. 
58.  8  G.  3.  40;  Ulp.  29.  1.  9  G.  3.  43.    It  will  be  remembered  that  libertae 

could  make  wills  with  consent  of  tutor,  at  a  time  when  an  ingcnua  in  leyitima  tutela  could 
not.  10  G.  3.  41;  Ulp.  29.  1. 


376  SUCCESSION  TO  FREEDMEN  [CH. 

Sons  of  the  patron  had  the  same  right,  but  not  a  patrona  or  a  filia 
patroni1. 

The  /.  Papia  Poppaea  (A.D.  9)  established,  as  part  of  the  machinery 
for  encouraging  marriage  and  increasing  the  birth-rate,  a  very  elaborate 
scheme,  of  which  it  is  not  necessary  to  state  the  details2.  The  rights 
varied  according  as  the  claimant  was  a  patron,  patroness,  or  son  or 
daughter  of  a  patron.  In  the  case  of  patron  and  his  son  the  rights  varied 
according  to  the  wealth  of  the  libertus,  in  the  other  cases  according  as 
the  patrona,  etc.,  were  themselves  ingenuae  or  libertinae,  and  according 
to  the  number  of  their  children,  the  rights  of  a  patrona  being  greater 
than  those  of  patroni  filia  with  the  same  number  of  children.  They 
varied  also  according  as  the  deceased  was  a  man  or  a  woman  with 
similar  subordinate  variations.  A  notable  characteristic  of  this  legisla- 
tion was  that  it  gave  what  were,  on  the  face  of  them,  praetorian  rights. 
It  declared,  for  instance,  that  an  ingenua  patrona,  mother  of  two  children, 
was  to  have  the  edictal  rights  of  a  patron3.  It  is  surprising  to  find  express 
legislation  dealing  in  praetorian  conceptions  in  this  way4,  a  state  of 
things  which  leaves  no  doubt  that  bonorum  possessio  on  intestacy  was  at 
this  time  ordinarily  cum  re.  Notwithstanding  the  disappearance  of 
other  penalties  on  childlessness,  this  legislation  seems  to  have  survived 
till  Justinian  substituted  a  simpler  scheme. 

The  order  laid  down  by  Justinian  in  a  verbose  enactment5  is  (1)  Liberi, 
whether  sui  or  emancipati,  but  not  adoptivi;  (2)  Pair  onus  or  patrona6; 
(3)  Liberi  patroni,  not  adoptivi,  but  including  those  emancipated  or  given 
in  adoption;  (4)  Cognati  of  the  patron  to  the  fifth  degree,  per  capita, 
with  successio  graduum.  If  the  libertus  possessed  less  than  100  aurei  his 
will  was  good  against  the  patron,  but  if  he  had  that  sum  then,  unless  he 
had  children,  and  left  the  hereditas  to  them,  or  they  could  upset  the  will, 
the  patron  could  claim  a  clear  third,  free  of  charges,  and  issue  of  the 
patron,  so  far  as  great-grandchildren,  had  the  same  right. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  Justinian  admitted  servilis  cognatio,  so 
that  the  liberi  of  the  libertus  would  include  those  born  in  slavery,  if  now 
free7.  The  succession  of  liberi  patroni  was  still  independent  of  the  patron's 
right.  Thus  if  there  were  two  patrons,  both  dead,  leaving  children,  the 

1  G.  3.  46.    As  to  the  case  of  Bonorum  possessio  turn  quern  ex  familia  patroni,  post, 
§cxxxv.  2  Chief  texts,  G.  3.  42-53;  Ulp.  29.  3-7;  Inst.  3.  7.  2.  3  G.  3.  50; 

Ulp.  29.  6;  see  also  G.  3.  47,  52.  4  It  may  he  due  to  the  notion  that  direct  alteration 

of  the  legislation  of  the  XII  Tables  was  not  permissible.  There  is  no  trace  till  long  after  the 
1.  Papia  of  direct  legislation  modifying  the  law  of  succession  on  intestacy.  The  I.  Voconia 
did  not  affect  intestacy.  The  rule  excluding  women  agnates  (ante,  §  cxxix)  was  not  legis- 
lation but  interprefatio :  from  Inst.  3.  2.  3  it  seems  to  be  older  than  bonorum  possessio 
unde  cognati.  5  Inst.  3.  7.  3;  C.  6.  4.  4,  reconstructed  from  the  Basilica.  6  The 
patron's  right  may  be  renounced  and  is  subject  to  the  mutual  rights  of  succession  of 
paren  ts  and  children  noted  ante,  §cxxxii;  C.  6.  4.  4.  1, 11.  7  C.  6.  4.  4.  11;  Inst.  3.  6.  10. 


ex]  BON  A  LATINORUM  377 

children  would  all  take  equally,  not  per  stirpes1.  And,  if  one  of  the 
patrons  had  left  only  grandchildren,  the  surviving  children  of  the  other 
would  take  all2. 

B.  Junian  Latins.   Here  there  was  no  question  of  succession:  on  the 
death  of  the  Latin  he  became  a  slave,  and  his  goods,  by  an  express  pro- 
vision of  the  Z.  lunia,  reverted  to  the  patron3,  or,  if  he  was  dead,  to  his 
heredes  whoever  they  were.  Thus  a  disinherited  child  took  nothing,  and 
of  course  the  Latin's  children  had  no  claim.   It  must  however  be  remem- 
bered that  it  was  so  easy  for  a  Latin  so  to  arrange  his  marriage  that  he 
and  his  family  should  all  be  cives  that  the  case  would  not  be  common. 

The  sc.  Largianum  (A.D.  42)  modified  this  system  without  benefiting 
the  child  of  the  Latin.  It  provided  that,  if  the  patron  were  dead,  any 
issue  of  his  not  disinherited  nominatim  might  take  to  the  exclusion  of  the 
extranei  heredes*,  with  the  practical  effect  of  giving  a  claim  to  those  dis- 
inherited by  the  ceteri  clause  and  to  issue  who  had  refused  their  share  in 
the  patron's  estate5.  It  is  difficult  to  see  the  reason  of  the  change,  and 
as  these  persons  could  have  had  no  claim  to  peculium,  the  case  looks 
rather  like  inheritance.  Gains  repudiates  this,  but  shews  that  there 
were  disputes  on  some  points6.  Liberi  patroni  took  in  proportion  to 
their  shares  in  the  patron's  hereditas,  under  the  /.  lunia.  What  they  took 
by  virtue  of  the  sc.  they  took  equally,  and  some  held  that  where  it  came 
into  operation  all  was  divided  equally7.  On  the  dominant,  though  not 
undisputed,  view,  grandchildren  through  a  daughter,  and  children  of  a 
patrona,  could  not  claim  under  the  senatusconsult8. 

Trajan  enacted  that  if  a  Latin  acquired  civitas  by  imperial  rescript, 
without  the  patron's  assent,  the  latter's  rights  remained9.  The  man's 
civitas  was  so  far  recognised  that  he  might  make  a  will:  he  must  indeed 
institute  the  patron  for  the  whole,  but  might  substitute  for  the  case  of 
his  refusal10,  but  the  will  was  probably  not  good  against  liberi  patroni, 
if  the  patron  died  before  the  testator.  Hadrian  excepted  the  case  in 
which,  having  so  acquired  civitas,  he  afterwards  underwent  a  process 
which  would  have  made  him  a  civis  for  all  purposes,  e.g.,  anniculi  pro- 
batio.  The  rule  did  not  strictly  apply  to  him  as  he  was  no  longer  a  Latin, 
but  Hadrian  ruled  that  gaining  the  inferior  status  should  not  bar  him 
from  obtaining  the  better.  The  whole  institution  was  obsolete  under 
Justinian11. 

C.  Persons  in  numero  dediticiorum.  Their  children  could  have  no 
claim.  The  property  went  to  the  patron,  and  there  was  no  power  of 

1  C.  6.  4.  4.  19  b.  2  h.  1.  19  a.  This  enactment  retains  the  language  of  the  old 

system:  the  case  is  not  handled  in  any  extant  Novel.  3  G.  3.  56;  Inst.  3.  7.  4. 

4  G.  3.  63.  5  G.  3.  65-67.  6  G.  3.  64  sqq.  7  G.  3.  70.  8  G.  3.  71.  The 

argument  is  that  the  sc.  talks  about  children  not  disinherited,  which  is  inappropriate  to 
such  cases.  9  G.  3.  72.  10  Ib.  in  f.  11  See  Inst.  3.  7.  4. 


378  BON  A   DEDITICIORUM  |CH. 

testation1.  Subject  to  this  it  may  be  said  that  there  were  no  special 
rules.  If  the  manumission  would  have  made  him  a  civis,  but  for  the  mis- 
conduct which  caused  him  to  be  a  dediticius,  the  property  went  to  the 
patron,  as  that  of  a  civis  libertus.  If  it  would  otherwise  have  made  him 
a  Latin,  the  property  went  to  the  patron  as  that  of  a  Latin,  i.e.  as 
peculium  reverting2.  Presumably  claims  posterior  to  those  of  the  patron 
himself  were  admitted  in  this  case  as  in  that  of  an  actual  Latin. 

Some  practical  effects  of  the  distinction  between  succession  and 
reversion  of  peculium  have  been  considered  in  the  case  of  a  son's  peculia3. 
Of  others  which  could  occur  only  in  the  case  of  a  freedman,  Gaius*  cites 
several,  of  which  a  few  may  be  mentioned  here  by  way  of  illustration. 
The  patron's  extranei  heredes  might  have  a  claim  if  it  were  reversion,  but 
not  if  it  were  hereditas:  the  patron's  heredes  had,  as  such,  no  claim  if  the 
freedman  outlived  the  patron.  If  there  were  two  patrons  taking  as 
heredes,  they  shared  equally,  taking  it  as  peculium  they  took  in  propor- 
tion to  their  shares  in  the  man,  which  might  not  be  equal.  If  one  of  two 
patrons  were  dead,  the  other  took  all,  in  hereditas:  in  the  other  case  he 
shared  with  representatives  of  the  dead  patron.  If  both  were  dead, 
leaving  children,  all  would  take  per  capita,  if  it  was  succession:  each 
patron's  share  would  go  to  his  children  in  the  other  case.  If  one  had  left 
children  and  the  other  only  grandchildren,  Justinian  says  the  surviving 
children  would  take  all  if  it  were  succession5.  This  would  not  be  so  in 
case  of  reversion  of  peculium.  These  dediticii  no  longer  existed  under 
Justinian. 

CXXXV.  THE  SYSTEM  OF  BONORUM  POSSESSIO*.  The  working  of  an 
ordinary  case  of  succession  at  civil  law,  the  remedies  of  the  heres,  the 
steps  to  be  taken,  and  so  forth,  are  in  the  main  simple,  but  the  corre- 
sponding rules  in  a  case  of  praetorian  succession  were  of  such  a  special 
kind  that  a  general  account  of  the  system  must  be  given.  It  is  not  within 
the  present  purpose  to  consider  the  origin  of  bonorum  possessio7,  and  many 
other  controversial  topics  can  only  be  lightly  touched  on.  The  subject  of 
discussion  is  the  ordinary  praetorian  succession,  bonorum  possessio 
edictalis,  not  b.  p.  decretalis8. 

The  praetor  granted  bonorum  possessio  to  claimants  in  an  order 
which  was  not  that  of  the  civil  law.  If,  as  it  happened,  the  receiver  of  a 
grant  of  bonorum  possessio  was  also  entitled  at  civil  law,  his  possessio 
would  be  effective  succession — bonorum  possessio  cum  re.  If,  however, 
he  was  not  entitled  at  civil  law,  it  might  be  effective  against  the  heres  or 

1  G.  3.  75.  2  G.  3.  76.  3  Ante,  §  cxxxm.  4  G.  3.  57  sqq.  5  Inst. 

3.  7.  3;  see  also  G.  3.  60.  6  See  Leist  in  Gltick's  Erldutcrung,  Serie  der  Biicher  37,  38. 

7  See  Moyle,  In*t.  Just,  'ill  sqq.;  Danz,  Geschichte  des  R.  R.  §  176;  Costa,  Sloria,  468; 
Girard,  Manuel,  809.  8  As  to  this  latter,  post,  §  CXL. 


ix]  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  379 

not,  cum  re  or  sine  re.  The  circumstances  in  which  it  was  one  or  the  other 
will  be  considered  later. 

Where  bonorum  possessio  was  given  to  one  also  entitled  at  civil  law 
it  was  said  to  be  given  iuris  civilis  confirmandi  (or  adiuvandi)  gratia.  If 
given  to  others  with  the  heres,  it  was  supplendi  iuris  civilis  gratia,  e.g. 
where  an  emancipatus  came  in  with  sui.  If  given  in  disregard  of  a  civil 
law  claim,  it  was  said  to  be  corrigendi  (or  emendandi  or  impugnandi)  iuris 
civilis  gratia,  e.g.  where  it  was  given  to  cognates  to  the  exclusion  of  the 
gentiles1. 

There  was  a  system  of  priority  or  order  of  claims,  and  a  certain  time 
was  allowed  within  which  each  of  these  claims  might  be  made.  If  a 
person  had  not  claimed  within  the  right  time  he  was  excluded,  and  if 
there  were  no  others  in  the  class  who  could  still  claim,  the  next  claim 
could  come  in:  but  as  we  have  seen,  a  person  might  conceivably  have  a 
claim  under  more  than  one  head,  so  that  though  he  had  failed  to  claim 
in  the  first  place  he  might  still  have  an  opportunity  of  coming  in.  This 
was  governed  by  the  edictum  successorium,  which  laid  down  the  principle 
that  where  one  class  was  barred  by  time  or  repudiation,  the  next  could 
claim,  and  fixed  the  time  for  each  class2.  It  might,  however,  chance 
that  he  would  have  stood  alone  under  the  first  head,  but  would  now 
have  to  share  with  others,  e.g.  a  suus  who  had  not  claimed,  unde  liberi, 
coming  in,  unde  legitimi3. 

In  administering  the  estate  the  first  question  to  be  asked  was  whether 
there  was  or  was  not  a  will.  And  if  a  will  was  produced,  it  could  not  be 
acted  on,  under  a  system  which  imposed  restrictions  on  testation,  unless 
it  was  clear  that  there  was  no  one  entitled  to  object  to  its  provisions. 
Accordingly  the  first  bonorum  possessio  was 

A.  Bonorum  possessio  contra  tabulas.  We  have  seen  where  this  was 
available  among  ingenui  in  general,  and  have  noted  cases  in  which  the 
omission  of  one  of  the  liberi,  admitted,  to  share  with  him,  any  children 
given  in  adoption,  and  thus  not  entitled  to  claim  on  their  own  account4, 
and  the  case  of  those  who,  having  obtained  their  "legitim"  under 
the  will,  could  not  complain,  but  would  get  their  full  share  under 
bonorum  possessio  contra  tabulas5  if  someone  else  effectively  claimed  it. 
It  was  also  available  to  patron  or  liberi  patroni  whose  rights  were  dis- 

1  Inst.  3.  9.  pr.,  1;G.  3.  41  ;D.  1.  1.7.  1;37.  1.6.  1.  2  D.  38.  9.    See  h.  t.  1.  11. 

3  A  grandson  would  in  that  case  have  to  share  with  brothers  and  sisters.  There  are  how- 
ever difficulties  and  it  is  contended  by  Beseler,  Beilrage,  4.  158,  that  classical  law  did  not 
admit  this  further  claim.  4  Ante,  §  cxni;  37.  4.  8.  11,  possibly  a  rule  of  late  law. 

5  37.  4.  3.  11.  If  a  child  given  in  adoption  is  instituted  and  accepts,  iussu  patris  adoptivi, 
and  is  afterwards  emancipated,  he  can  claim  contra  tabulas,  as  he  has  not  had  the  benefit, 
h.  t.  10.  2,  3.  Conversely  an  emancipatus  praeteritus  who  is  adrogated  before  claiming, 
loses  the  right,  h.  t.  3.  6.  Cf.  38.  6.  9. 


380  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  [CH 

regarded1.  The  resulting  state  of  things  was  not  quite  intestacy.  Some 
parts  of  the  will  were  good,  e.g.,  exheredationes  and  legacies  to  near 
relatives2,  so  that  this  bonorum  possessio  must  be  stated  as  a  distinct  case 
and  cannot  be  fused  with  unde  liberi.  If  there  was  no  one  who  could 
thus  attack  the  will,  there  was 

B.  Bonorum  possessio  secundum  tabulas*.  This  involved  the  produc- 
tion  of  a  will  which   satisfied  the   praetorian  requirements   of  form, 
whether  it  satisfied  those  of  civil  law  or  not4.   Here  two  things  must  be 
noted.  This  bonorum  possessio  could  be  claimed  notwithstanding  the 
existence  of  an  outstanding  condition  on  the  institutio  of  the  claimant 
(on  his  giving  security  to  those  entitled  in  his  default),  who  would  thus 
not  be  entitled  to  make  aditio  on  the  hereditas,  as  such5.    And  this 
bonorum  possessio  required  a  written  and  sealed  document,  while  the 
mancipatory  will  might  conceivably  be  oral6.    But  in  later  law  this 
bonorum  possessio  could  be  claimed  under  an  oral7  will.    If  there  was  no 
such  will  or  none  claimed  under  one,  the  case  was  one  for: 

C.  Bonorum  possessio  ab  intestato.    Here  there  was  a  lengthy  list  of 
cases  set  out  in  order  of  priority. 

(i)  B.  p.  unde  liberi.  The  word  "unde"  here  as  in  other  cases  is  not 
part  of  the  Edict.  It  is  used  by  the  jurists  in  referring  to  "that  part  of 
the  Edict  in  which"  liberi  (etc.)  are  entitled  to  claim8.  We  have  already 
considered  what  persons  can  succeed  under  this  head9.  The  only  things 
that  need  be  observed  are  that  a  child  who  was  entitled  to  upset  a  will, 
but  failed  to  claim  b.  p.  contra  tabulas,  and  had  thus  let  in  claimants 
under  the  will,  coiild  not  afterwards  obtain  a  valid  grant  unde  liberi, 
and  that  if  no  one  had  claimed  under  the  will,  so  that  he  could  still  come 
in,  unde  liberi,  he  must  make  good  all  gifts  which  would  have  been  good 
if  he  had  claimed  contra  tabulas™. 

(ii)  B.  p.  unde  legitimi.  This  applied  to  all  cases  of  statutory  claim, 
e.g.  to  agnates  and  those  entitled  in  later  law  to  claim  with  them,  to  the 
patron  and  his  children,  the  parens  or  extraneus  manumissor,  and  to 
cases  under  the  Tertullian  and  Orphitian,  and  their  later  extensions11. 
As  it  covered  all  who  were  heredes  at  civil  law,  it  availed  to  sui  as  well 
as  remoter  claimants,  so  that  if  a  suus  had  not  claimed  b.  p. 
unde  liberi  and  no  others  had  claimed  it,  he  might  still  be  entitled  to 
come  in  under  this  head  to  the  exclusion  of  agnates,  if  he  was  nearer  in 


1  37.  14.  10.  2  Ante,  §  oxm.  3  As  to  the  many  cases  in  which  this  was 

available,  ante,  §  Cl.  4  G.  2.  119  sqq.  5  37.  11.  6;  ante,  §  CIV;  post,  §  cxxxvi. 

6  Ante,  §  c.  7  Ante,  §  c  in  f .  8  Lenel,  E.P.  343;  D.  38.  6.  2.  9  Ante, 

§  cxxx.  10  29.  4.  6.  9;  38.  6.  2.    So  where  one  entitled  by  will  and  on  intestacy 

claims  only  in  intestacy,  29.  4.  1.  pr.  And  he  must  make  collatio  (37.  6.  9),  which  he  would 
not  have  had  to  do  if  he  had  taken  under  the  will.  11  38.  7.  2,  3. 


ix]  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  381 

degree1.  This  he  would  not  necessarily  be:  a  son  is  nearer  than  a 
brother,  a  great-grandson  is  more  remote. 

(iii)  B.  p.  unde  decem  personae.  This  was  a  special  case.  Where  an 
ingenuus  in  being  emancipated  had  been  finally  manumitted  by  the 
extraneus  without  remancipation  to  the  father,  the  extraneus  was  heres, 
and  therefore,  prima  facie,  entitled  to  b.  p.  unde  legitimi.  But  the  praetor 
by  a  special  clause  in  the  Edict  preferred  certain  near  relatives  to  him. 
The  list  and  order,  inter  se,  are  given  twice,  not  quite  identically2.  They 
are  roughly  descendants,  ascendants,  and  brothers  and  sisters  of  the 
whole  or  half  blood.  As  this  mode  of  emancipatio  could  not  occur  under 
Justinian,  the  institution  was  extinct3. 

(iv)  B.  p.  unde  cognati.  This  was  a  purely  praetorian4  creation:  we 
have  already  considered  what  persons  it  covered5.  It  need  only  be  noted 
that  those  entitled  to  claim  as  legitimi  who  had  failed  to  do  so,  might 
still  be,  alone  or  with  others,  the  nearest  cognati6. 

(v)  B.  p.  unde  familia  patroni  (turn  quern  ex  familia7).  The  purpose 
of  this  is  not  certainly  known.  It  appears  at  first  sight  to  give  rights  only 
to  persons  who  might  have  come  in  earlier,  which  is  of  so  little  use  that 
it  can  hardly  be  the  right  explanation.  Of  the  various  explanations,  that 
of  Lenel8  is  supported  by  some  textual  authority.  It  is  that  the  class 
includes  a  patronus  who  has  been  capite  deminutus,  emancipated  children 
of  the  patron,  and  perhaps  the  par  ens  manumissor  of  the  patron.  The 
praetor  did  give  these  a  right9  (they  had  none  at  civil  law),  and  there  is 
no  other  obvious  place  for  them.  But  there  is  the  difficulty  that  such 
texts  as  certainly  refer  to  this  case  do  not  hint  at  any  but  the  civil  law 
meaning  of  "familia."  It  is  therefore  also  held  that  it  refers  to 
agnates  of  the  patron,  who  have  no  civil  law  claim,  and  of  whom 
Theophilus  says  that  they  come  in  here10.  A  long  text  discussing 
the  word  "familia,"  from  a  work  commenting  on  these  edicts,  says 
"communi  iure  familiam  dicimus  omnium  agnatorum11."  But  there 
is  no  direct  reference  to  the  case  of  libertus:  it  is  not  clear  why  the 
praetor  should  have  admitted  agnates  of  the  patron,  and  neither 


1  38.  7.  2.  pr.;  38.  16.  12.  2  Coll.  16.  9.  2;  Inst.  3.  9.  3.  3  It  is  strange  that 

this  6.  p.  is  stated  after  unde  legitimi,  of  which  in  the  only  case  in  which  it  could  occur 
it  takes  precedence.  It  is  therefore  supposed  by  Lenel,  E.P.  343,  arguing  from  Ulp.  28.  7, 
that  it  was  not  an  independent  clause  in  the  Edict  giving  a  definite  class  of  6.  p.,  as  Jus- 
tinian states  it,  but  a  proviso  in  unde  legitimi.  4  38.  8.  1.  5  Ante,  §  cxxx. 
6  But  as  agnation  was  recognised  however  remote,  and  cognation  was  limited,  an  agnate 
might  be  too  remote  to  claim  as  a  cognate,  38.  8.  9.  pr.  And  where  the  agnation  was  adoptive 
and  had  ceased  there  was  no  cognatio.  7  "turn  quam,"  "tamquam,"  etc.  As  to  the 
proper  reading  Lenel,  E.P.  344.  8  E.P.  345.  9  38.  2.  2.  2;  h.  t.  23.  pr.  10  See 
Roby,  Rom.  Priv.  Law,  1.  278.  11  50.  16.  195.  2.  For  this  view  and  some  suggestions, 
Accarias,  Precis,  1.  1222. 


382  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  [CH. 

Gaius  nor  the  historical  part  of  Justinian's  enactment1  refers  to  any 
such  right. 

(vi)  B.  p.  unde  patronus  patrona  liberi  et  parentes  eorum.  There  is 
some  evidence  that  this  obscure  case  refers  to  manumission  by  one  who 
is  himself  a  freedman2,  and  on  that  view  this  clause  gives  a  right  of 
succession  to  the  patron's  patron,  and  the  issue  and  ascendants  of  the 
latter.  This  interpretation  is  supported  by  the  language  of  Justinian's 
reorganising  enactment3,  but  it  is  not  free  from  difficulties4. 

(vii)  B.  p.  unde  vir  et  uxor.  In  the  absence  of  relatives  the  praetor 
gave  bonorum  possessio  to  the  husband  or  wife  of  the  deceased,  as  the 
case  might  be5.  This  applied  (like  unde  liberi  and  unde  legitimi}  to  ingenui 
and  libertini  alike6,  but  it  is  strange  in  view  of  this  that  the  right  of 
cognates  of  the  patron  was  postponed  to  it. 

(viii)  B.  p.  unde  cognati  manumissoris.  In  this  last  grade  the  praetor 
gave  bonorum  possessio  to  cognati  of  the  patron7  to  the  fifth  degree. 

There  was  another  case  of  edictal  b.  p,  which  cannot  be  placed  in 
this  scheme,  as  it  was  a  single  provision  of  the  Edict  applying  to  diverse 
cases.  This  was  bonorum  possessio  uti  ex  legibus9.  There  were  cases  in 
which  b.  p.  was  given  by  statute:  we  have  adverted  to  this  peculiarity  in 
dealing  with  succession  to  freedmen  under  the  1.  Papia  Poppaea9,  the 
best  known  case.  It  was  placed  in  the  Edict  after  the  others,  but  detached, 
some  subsidiary  provisions  being  interposed.  Not  much  is  known  of  it, 
but  we  are  told  that  no  previous  grant  of  b.  p.  prevented  a  grant  under 
this  head10. 

Under  Justinian  the  order  was  simplified.  Unde  decem  personae  was 
obsolete.  Unde  familia  pat roni,  unde  patronus  patrona,  and  unde  cognati 
manumissoris  were  brought  under  unde  cognati,  so  that  on  intestacy  there 
were  left  only  unde  liberi,  unde  legitimi,  unde  cognati  and  unde  vir  et  uxor, 
with  the  exceptional  uti  ex  legibus11.  The  change  would  seem  to  have  had 
the  effect  of  changing  the  relative  positions  of  unde  vir  et  uxor  and  unde 
cognati  manumissoris.  Apart  from  this  the  placing  of  several  degrees 
under  one  head  was  of  small  importance.  They  were  still  in  the  same  order: 
the  claim  of  a  later,  if  an  earlier  refused,  was  presumably  now  successio 
.gradus,  not  ordinis.  The  claims  of  cognates  of  the  patron  were  still  con- 
fined to  five  degrees12. 

CXXXVI.  Before  entering  on  the  actual  working  of  this  system  it  is 

1  C.  6.  4.  4.  2  Coll.  16.  9.  1.  3  C.  6.  4.  4.  23.  4  Lenel,  E.P.  346. 

5  D.  38.  11;  Inst.  3.  9.  3,  7.  6  As  did  unde  cognati  under  Justinian,  Inst.  3.  6.  10; 

C.  6.  4.  4.  7  Inst.  3.  9.  3,  6;  Coll.  16.  9.  1.  8  38.  14;  37.  1.  6.  1,  in  f.;  Inst. 

3.  9.  8.    As  to  the  application  of  this  to  municipia  succeeding  to  their  freedmen,  Lenel, 
op.  cit.  348.  9  Ante,  §  cxxxiv.  10  38.  14.  1.  1.    One  who  could  claim  under 
this  head  could  also  claim  unde  legitimi,  38.  7.  3.  11  Inst.  3.  9.  8.  12  C.  6.  4. 

4.  14  e,  f. 


ix]  BO  NO  RUM  POSSESSIO  383 

convenient  to  recall  certain  matters  already  mentioned.  Though  the 
praetor's  order  was  not  that  of  the  civil  law  there  were  points  of  agree- 
ment. In  some  cases  he  admitted  only  those  with  a  civil  law  claim  (e.g., 
legitimi).  In  others  he  admitted  those  who  had  no  such  claim,  to  share 
with  those  who  had  (e.g.,  undeliberi).  In  others  he  excluded  those  with 
a  civil  law  claim  (e.g.,  gentiles}.  It  must  be  remembered  also  that  it  did 
not  follow  that  a  person  who  had  obtained  a  valid  grant  of  b.  p.  would 
in  the  long  run  be  entitled  to  keep  the  property:  there  was  such  a  thing 
as  bonorum  possessio  sine  re.  What  this  meant  and  how  it  came  about 
we  shall  consider  later. 

Bonorum  possessio  was  granted  by  the  praetor  to  claimants  in  a  cer- 
tain order,  and  a  fixed  number  of  days  was  allowed  within  which  the 
claimant  in  any  class  must  apply.  In  general  the  time  allowed  was  100 
days,  but  in  the  case  of  ascendants  and  issue,  whether  claiming  under 
a  will  or  on  intestacy,  a  year  was  allowed1.  The  days  were  dies  utiles2, 
and  in  each  bonorum  possessio  the  time  ran  only  from  the  expiration  of 
that  allowed  for  the  previous  claim3.  These  facts  had  important  results. 

(i)  Only  those  days  counted  on  which  a  demand  for  b.  p.  could  law- 
fully be  made.  This  does  not  mean  much,  for  the  praetor  heard  and 
granted  such  applications  de  piano,  and  without  the  use  of  the 
formal  words,  do,  dico,  addico,  which  involved  an  actual  sitting  of  the 
court4. 

(ii)  The  days  ran  only  from  the  time  when  the  claimant  was  certus 
of  his  right,  i.e.  on  matters  of  fact5,  and  was  able  to  take  the  necessary 
steps. 

(iii)  If,  after  time  had  begun  to  run,  he  became  incertus  of  his  right, 
in  the  same  sense,  or  became  incapable  of  acting,  the  running  of  the 
time  was  suspended6. 

(iv)  As  a  corollary,  the  times  for  different  members  of  the  same  class 
might  expire  at  very  different  times7. 

It  appears  therefore  that  in  a  case  in  which  there  was  no  will,  and 
there  were  no  near  relatives,  who  claimed,  it  might  be  a  long  time  before 
remoter  claims,  e.g.  vir  et  uxor,  could  be  put  in.  This  might  indeed  be  so, 
and  the  resulting  inconvenience  led  to  the  adoption  of  a  number  of 
devices  for  shortening  the  time.  Thus  if  a  particular  class  was  non-ex- 
istent, the  time  for  that  class  would  be  disregarded,  so  that  if,  for 
example,  a  man  had  died  intestate  and  unmarried,  a  b.  p.  unde  legitimi, 

1  Inst.  3.  9.  9;  D.  38.  15.  2.  4;  h.  t.  4.  1;  38.  9.  1.  11,  under  whatever  class  they  are 
actually  claiming.  2  38.  15.  2.  pr.;  Inst.  3.  9.  11.  3  37.  1.  9;  Inst.  3.  9.  10. 

4  38.  15.  2.  1.  5  37.  1.  10.   As  to  children  and/unost,  see  Accarias,  Precis,  I.  1259, 

n.  3.  6  37.  1.  10;  38.  15.  2.  pr.   See  Roby,  Rom.  Priv.  Law,  1.  265.  7  Inst.  3. 

9.  11. 


384  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  [CH 

given  at  once,  would  be  valid1.  Again,  if  all  the  members  of  any  class 
repudiated  the  right,  the  time  for  that  class  stopped  at  once,  and  claims 
by  the  next  class  became  admissible,  the  repudiation  being  irrevocable2. 
In  the  case  of  those  who  had  an  annus  utilis,  the  person  entitled  in  the 
next  place  could,  urgentibus  creditor ibu.s,  ask  them  in  court  if  they  re- 
pudiated. They  need  not  answer,  but  if  they  did,  and  repudiated,  and 
there  were  no  others  of  the  class3,  the  next  in  order  could  claim.  So  too 
if  a  whole  class  died  out  while  its  time  was  running,  or  was  excluded 
from  any  cause,  the  same  effect  followed4.  But  if  any  single  member  of 
a  class  died  or  repudiated,  the  effect  in  intestacy,  and,  apart  from  the 
II.  caducariae,  under  wills,  was  to  cause  accrual  in  favour  of  other  mem- 
bers of  the  class5.  The  general  result  is  that  in  an  ordinary  case  no  very 
long  time  would  elapse  before  the  claim,  however  remote,  could  come  in. 

It  must  however  be  remembered  that  any  bonorum  possessio  could 
in  fact  be  given  at  any  time.  The  praetor  gave  it  on  application,  without 
serious  enquiry,  to  anyone  who  set  up  a  prima  facie  claim,  on  ex  parte 
evidence.  The  praetor  knewr  nothing  about  the  facts.  But  such  a  grant 
would  be  a  mere  nullity,  for  all  purposes,  unless  the  person  to  whom  it 
was  made  was  the  person  or  one  of  the  persons  entitled  to  it  at  that 
time,  i.e.  as  the  technical  expression  ran,  unless  he  had  it  ex  edicto,  in 
accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  edict. 

The  demand  for  bonorum  possessio  would  be  made  to  the  magistrate 
and  granted  by  him.  It  is  sometimes  spoken  of  as  a  judicial  proceeding, 
but  in  classical  law,  though  there  may  possibly  have  been  formal  terms 
in  which  the  application  must  be  made6,  there  is  little  of  the  judicial 
about  it,  whatever  may  have  been  the  case  in  earlier  days.  Even  a 
slave  could  obtain  a  grant7  for  his  master,  though  it  is  a  commonplace 
that  he  could  take  no  part  in  judicial  proceedings.  In  later  law,  though 
not  in  classical  law,  the  magistrate  might  grant  it  without  any  formal 
application  at  all,  any  evidence  of  intent  being  enough,  and  the  class  of 
magistrates  who  might  grant  it  extended  as  time  went  on8.  On  another 
point  of  detail  in  Justinian's  law,  there  is  dispute.  He  tells  us  that  there 
was  no  longer  any  need  to  demand  bonorum  possessio;  it  could  be  ob- 
tained by  any  expression  of  wish9.  The  question  is  whether  this  means 
that  there  was  now  no  need  to  go  before  the  magistrate.  That  is  the 

1  38.  7.  2.  pp.;  38.  9.  1.  6.  2  38.  9.  1.  6.  3  38.  9.  1.  12.  4  38.  9.  1.  8. 

5  38.  9.  1.  10.  6  The  view  that  there  was  a  form  rests  on  Theoph.,  ad  hist.  3.  9.  10 

(which  only  shews  that  there  must  have  been  express  claim),  C.  6.  59.  1,2  (which  say  the 
claim  was  made  sollenniter)  and  C.  6.  9.  9  (which  though  in  its  present  form  it  refers  to 
this  may  originally  have  had  to  do  with  cretio).  7  37.  1.  7,  which  also  says  that  it 

may  be  given  without  demand.  See  also  the  demand  by  messenger,  Girard,  Textes,  809. 
It  may  be  that  in  Justinian's  law  there  was  no  difference  between  obtaining  b.  p.  and 
aditio  hereditatis.  See  Biondi,  Legitimazione  proce-ssuale  nelle  azioni  divisorie,  39  sqq. 
8  Inst.  3.  9.  10.  See  Accarias,  Precis,  1.  1258.  9  Inst,  3.  9.  12. 


ix]  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  385 

natural  meaning  of  his  words  and  would  put  the  matter  on  the  same 

footing  as  aditio.   But  as  he  says  that  the  rule  was  laid  down  by  earlier 

Emperors,  and  such  a  rule  certainly  was  not,  it  is  usually  held  that  all 

he  means  is  that,  as  was  already  the  law,  no  particular  words  were 

needed,  and  the  grant  might  be  made  by  any  magistrate1.   The  truth  is 

that  while  the  grant  was  essential  to  further  proceedings,  it  had  no  other 

significance.   The  real  question  at  later  stages  would  not  be  merely 

whether  there  was  a  grant,  but  whether  the  grant  was  ex  edicto.  Usually 

there  was  no  enquiry:  it  sufficed  that  the  claimant  shewed  a  prima  facie 

case,  or  even  less.  Thus  on  proof  that  there  was  a  will,  b.  p.  secundum 

tabulas  could  be  given  without  opening  it2,  though  it  was  impossible  to 

know  that  the  claimant  was  entitled  under  it.    It  follows  that  it  might 

often  be  given  to  a  person  not  entitled  to  it  and  such  cases  are  recorded3. 

Thus  it  might  be  given  under  a  forged  will  or  one  that  had  been  revoked, 

or  on  intestacy  where  there  really  was  a  will,  the  praetor  being  told  that 

there  was  none.  Legitimi  might,  innocently  or  wilfully,  allege  falsely  that 

there  were  no  liberi,  or  that  their  time  had  expired,  or  that  they  had 

repudiated.   In  all  these  cases  the  bonorum  possessio  obtained,  not  being 

ex  edicto,  granted,  that  is,  to  one  not  at  the  time  entitled  to  it  under  the 

Edict,  was  worthless:   it  did  not  enable  the  grantee  to  go  any  further. 

It  was  merely  like  the  issue  of  a  writ  to  one  who  had  no  sort  of  claim. 

The  grantee  would  not  succeed  in  the  interdict  quorum  bonorum,  or  be 

able  to  use  effectively  any  of  the  edictal  remedies4. 

It  is  plain  that  as  bonorum  possessio  was  granted  without  serious 
enquiry,  a  grant  to  one  not  entitled  to  it,  a  grant  not  ex  edicto,  did  not 
bar  a  grant  to  one  entitled  to  it,  in  the  same  or  any  other  class,  and, 
presumably,  one  who  had  a  grant  made  out  of  due  season  was  not 
thereby  barred  from  applying  later  for  a  valid  one.  As  these  later  grants 
would  also  be  without  enquiry,  the  rule  practically  was  that  no  grant 
was  a  bar  to  another  grant,  though  we  shall  see  shortly  that  this  meant 
little.  It  should  be  added  that  a  grant  to  one  of  a  class  was  not  a  grant 
to  all.  Each  person  who  wanted  b.  p.  must  ask  for  it5.  Hence  arose 
cases  of  accrual.  If,  e.g.,  one  of  several  liberi  had  received  a  grant,  and 
the  others  allowed  the  time  to  expire  without  taking  steps,  he  would 
have  bonorum  possessio  of  the  whole6. 

1  See  37.  1.  7.  pr.;  C.  6.  9.  8;  C.  6.  9.  9.  For  different  opinions,  Girard,  Manuel,  SS6, 
Moyle,  Instt.  Just,  ad  Inst.  3.  9.  3;  Leist,  in  Gliick's  Erlauterung,  38.  2.  314;  Accarias, 
Precis,  1.  1279.  2  37.  11.  1.  2.  A  conditionally  institutus  can  get  b.  p.  sec.  tab.  This 
of  course  may  be  valid,  ex  edicto,  but  as  it  may  not  be  cum  re  as  the  condition  may  fail, 
a  substitute  may  require  security.  P.  5.  9.  1;  D.  2.  8.  12;  37.  11.  6;  46.  5.  8.  3  E.g.  C. 

8.  2.  1,  2.  4  See  37.  5.  5.  3.  5  The  application  need  not  be  made  personally. 

Paterf.  can  apply  for  infans  child  (at  least  in  later  law),  a  tutor  for  his  ward  (though  he 
cannot  repudiate),  an  "actor"  for  a  municipality,  and  a  representative  duly  appointed 
for  anyone.  37.  1.  3.  4;  h.  t,  7,  8,  16;  38.  9.  1.  4.  6  37.  1.  3.  9;  h.  t.  5 

B.  R.  L.  25 


386  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  [en. 

Where  bonorum  possessio  had  been  granted  to  anyone  in  accordance 
with  the  terms  of  the  Edict,  ex  edicto,  it  could  not  be  validly  granted  to 
anyone  else,  adversely  to  him  (which  means,  practically,  to  anyone  in  a 
different  group),  while  the  grant  stood1.  Such  a  second  grant  might  be 
made,  but  it  was  a  nullity :  it  could  not  be  ex  edicto.  A  valid  grant  unde 
liberi  did  not  bar  other  liberi  from  getting  a  grant,  but  it  rendered 
nugatory  any  grant  unde  legitimi,  unless  and  until  all  valid  grants  unde 
liberi  were  revoked.  Thus  it  may  be  said,  with  truth,  but  in  different 
senses,  that  one  grant  of  bonorum  possessio  barred  another,  and  that  it 
did  not. 

CXXXVII.  The  claim  and  grant  of  bonorum  possessio  operated  some- 
what like  aditio  at  civil  law:  they  entitled  the  beneficiary  to  take  steps 
to  recover  the  property,  but  did  not  of  themselves  give  him  possession 
of  it.  This  is  a  question  of,  inter  alia,  physical  control,  and  the  grant 
could  not  give  him  this ;  there  was  no  magic  in  it.  Thus  we  have  now  to 
consider  in  what  ways  it  was  made  effective.  We  must  remember  that 
there  were  two  kinds  of  valid  bonorum  possessio,  cum  re  and  sine  re.  We 
shall  deal  first  with  bonorum  possessor  cum  re,  the  true  praetorian  suc- 
cessor. His  remedies  and  liabilities  were  as  follows: 

1.  He  might  proceed  by  the  interdict  quorum  bonorum2,  of  which 
it  is  important  to  note  the  exact  effect.  It  was  by  no  means  a  universal 
remedy.  It  applied  only  to  matters  of  which  possession  was  possible,  or 
at  least,  possessio  iuris,  as  in  usufruct3,  and  thus  it  was  not  a  means  of 
recovery  of  debts.  But  it  has  a  still  more  important  and  less  obvious 
limitation.  It  was  available  only  against  those  who  held  pro  herede,  i.e. 
who  claimed  to  be  heredes,  or  who  refused  to  state  any  title  at  all4.  Thus 
it  was  of  no  use  against  a  holder  who  claimed  to  have  bought  the  thing5, 
and  thus  to  hold  it  pro  emptore.  On  the  other  hand  as  against  a  holder 
pro  herede,  or  pro  possessore,  it  was  available  not  only  as  to  what  he 
possessed,  but  as  to  things  which  he  had  fraudulently  ceased  to  possess, 
and  even  things  he  had  usucapted6.  It  must  be  remembered  that  under 
Hadrian  usucapio  pro  herede  was  made  ineffective  against  claimants  of 
the  hereditas  whether  it  had  been  in  good  or  in  bad  faith. 

To  recover  under  the  interdict,  the  mere  issue  of  which,  like  a  grant 
of  bonorum  possessio,  was  made  as  of  course,  without  real  enquiry,  the 
bonorum  possessor  must  shew  that  he  was  entitled  to  it,  and  it  was  at 
this  point  that  the  validity  of  the  grant  of  b.  p.  to  him  would  be  con- 

i  The  case  of  uti  ex  legibus  is  no  exception :  if  this  is  valid,  the  other  one  is  not.       2  43.  2 ; 
C.  8.  2;  G.  3.  34;  4.  144;  Inst.  4.  15.  3.  3  See  43.  3.  1.  8,  which  gives  quod  legatorum. 

4  43.  2.  1.  pr.  5  See  ante,  §  ex,  in  heredi tatis  petitio  where  a  similar  rule  held.         6  43. 

'2    1.  pr. :  C.  8.  2.  2.  But  it  was  not  available  if  he  had  had  possessio  before,  since  the  grant, 
G.  4.  144. 


ix]  BONORUM  POSSESS  10  387 

sidered.  The  wording  of  the  interdict  brings  this  out.  It  orders  that  the 
goods  be  handed  over  to  the  claimant  who  has  a  grant  of  bonorum 
possessio  ex  edicto1,  i.e.  in  accordance  with  the  Edict.  If  for  instance  the 
grant  was  unde  liberi,  then  it  must  appear  that  he  was  one  of  that  class, 
that  the  grant  was  made  within  the  proper  limits  of  time,  that  there 
was  no  previous  valid  grant  to  one  or  more  of  another  group,  still  in 
force,  that  the  goods  formed  part  of  the  estate  of  the  deceased,  and  that 
the  defendant  set  up  no  title  otherwise  than  as  heres. 

This  interdict,  like  all  possessory  interdicts,  was  merely  provisional2. 
If  the  claimant  proved  his  right  to  the  interdict  against  the  defendant, 
the  goods  were,  as  the  result  of  procedure  which  does  not  here  concern 
us,  handed  over  to  him.  No  question  of  title  was  thereby  determined. 
It  did  not  follow  that  he  would  be  able  to  keep  the  property  in  the  long 
run.  The  whole  legal  effect  was  that  anyone  who  wished  to  recover  the 
property  from  him  must  bring  the  appropriate  action  against  him  and 
prove  his  case. 

Before  leaving  this  interdict  reference  must  be  made  to  another 
interdict  of  similar  type,  but  less  importance,  called  quod  legatorum3, 
available  to  the  bonorum  possessor  against  one  who  had  taken  possession 
of  property,  alleging  a  legacy  of  it  to  him,  without  the  consent  of  the 
bonorum  possessor.  The  bonorum  possessor  must,  under  this  interdict, 
give  security  for  the  restoration  of  the  legacy  if  it  should  prove  to  be 
due4. 

2.  He  was  entitled  to  the  hereditatis  petilio  possessoria5.  This  was  a 
praetorian  extension  of  the  hereditatis  petitio  of  the  heres.  Like  the  inter- 
dict it  was  available  only  against  holders  pro  herede  or  pro  possessors, 
and  it  covered  the  various  iura  in  rent  of  the  estate,  of  which  the  defend- 
ant had  possession  (or  possessio  iuris),  and,  to  a  limited  extent,  debts6. 
The  action  had  the  same  general  rules  as  the  hereditatis  petitio,  which  has 
already  been  considered7.  To  recover  under  it  the  plaintiff  must  shew 
that  he  had  a  grant  of  bonorum  possessio,  and  that  it  was  a  valid  grant, 
but  he  need  not  shew  that  it  was  cum  re,  though,  if  it  was  not  cum  re,  he 
would  fail  if  the  defendant  was  the  heres*.  The  judgment  in  this  action 
differed  in  force  from  that  on  the  interdict.  It  was  not  merely  provisional  ; 
like  that  on  the  actual  hereditatis  petitio  it  was  final,  dealing  not  merely 
with  the  question  of  possession,  but  also  with  that  of  substantive  here- 
ditary right.  As  it  called  for  the  same  proof  as  the  interdict,  covered 

1  43.  2.  1.  pr.  2  See  Ubbelohde,  Die  erbrechtlichen  Interdicte,  8  sqq.  3  As  to 

alleged  availability  of  this  remedy  to  heres,  as  such,  post,  §  CCXLIX.  4  Lenel,  E.P.  436 ; 

5  D.  5.  5.    As  to  difficulties  of  formulation,  Lenel,  op.  cit.  177.  6  Ante,  §  ex. 

7  Ante,  §  ex;  D.  5.  5.  2,  "tantundem  consequitur  bonorum  possessor  quantum  superior ib a* 
civilibus  actionibus  heres  consequi  potent" ;  37.  4.  13.  pr.  8  This  is  not  expressly  stated 

but  may  be  inferred  from  37.  10.  3.  13. 

25—2 


388  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  [CH. 

the  same  property,  and  more,  for  the  interdict  dealt  only  with  what 
could  be  in  some  sense  possessed,  lay  against  the  same  persons  and 
gave  a  definitive  result,  it  is  not  easy  to  see,  at  first  sight,  why  a  bonorum 
possessor  cum  re  ever  preferred  the  interdict.  The  following  considerations 
will  explain  the  matter. 

(a)  A  bonorum  possessor  did  not  always  know  whether  he  was  cum 
or  sine  re.  The  texts  speak  of  b.  p.  as  being  granted  cum  or  sine  re1,  but 
it  was  not  so  stated  in  the  grant,  and  it  was  possible  that  no  party  con- 
cerned might  know  which  it  was.   As,  in  the  case  of  b.  p.  sine  re,  if  the 
opponent  was  the  heres  the  possessor  would  fail  in  the  hereditatis  petitio 
possessoria,  but  win  on  the  interdict,  he  would,  if  there  was  any  doubt, 
bring  the  interdict,  leaving  the  heres  to  proceed  against  him  afterwards 
by  hereditatis  petitio.    If,  for  instance,  an  extraneus  was  claiming  under 
a  praetorian  will,  he  might  know  that  in  fact  no  one  had  claimed  bonorum 
possessio  contra  tabulas,  but  this  did  not  prove  that  there  was  no  child; 
there  might  well  be  one  who  was  content  to  rest  on  his  civil  law  claim. 
The  bonorum  possessio  would  be  no  answer  to  hereditatis  petitio  brought 
by  such  a  child,  but  it  would  give  the  bonorum  possessor  the  advantage 
of  the  position  of  defendant.    So  also,  he  might  not  know  whether  the 
opponent  was  actually  the  heres  or  not ;  this  was  indifferent  in  the  inter- 
dict.  Similar  doubts  might  arise  in  a  number  of  ways. 

(b)  Till  Hadrian,  hereditatis  petitio  was  not  available  against  one  who 
had  fraudulently  ceased  to  possess.  The  interdict  was.    Nor  does  here- 
ditatis petitio  seem  to  have  applied  to  things  of  which  the  holder  had 
completed  usucapio2. 

(c)  The  interdict  being  prohibitory,  the  procedure  involved  spon- 
siones.  The  payments  under  these  were  actually  enforced;  they  were  not 
merely  formal3.  Thus  success  in  the  interdict  might  involve  a  profit. 

(d)  Even  in  later  law,  the  interdict  had  the  advantage  of  being  sub- 
ject to  restrictions  in  the  matter  of  appeal4. 

3.  If,  having  obtained  the  possession,  he  was  now  sued  by  the  heres 
by  hereditatis  petitio,  he  had  of  course  no  defence  at  civil  law,  but  he 
had  an  exceptio  doli5. 

4.  He  could  recover  property  of  the  estate  held  by  persons  claiming 
by  some  title  other  than  inheritance,  who  were  thus  not  to  be  reached 
by  the  interdict  or  the  hereditatis  petitio  possessoria.   His  remedy  in  this 
case  was  an  actio  fictitia  in  which  the  fiction  was  that  he  was  heres;  the 
index  was  directed  to  condemn,  if  the  plaintiff  would  be  entitled  "si 
heres  esset6." 

5.  He  could  sue  and  be  sued  on  account  of  debts  by  actions  with  a 

i  E.g.  Ulp.  28.  13.  2  The  heres  might  have  completed  usucapio  since  the  death, 

see  5.  3.  19.  1.         3  Post,  §  CCL.        4  C.  Th.  11.  36.  22.        5  G.  2.  120.         6  G.  4.  34. 


ix]  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  389 

similar  fiction1.  These  would  cover  the  cases  in  which  the  heres  himself 
could  sue  or  be  sued  in  respect  of  events  since  the  death,  so  that  they 
formed  a  complete  scheme. 

Here  however  there  is  a  difficulty.  Gains  gives  us  the  intentio  of  the 
actions  under  this  and  the  last  head,  and  this  says  nothing  about  the  fact 
that  the  plaintiff  is  a  bonorum  possessor.  What  then  was  there  to  prevent 
anyone  from  bringing  such  actions  against  a  debtor,  since  the  question 
whether  the  plaintiff  was  bonorum  possessor  or  not  was  not  put  in  issue? 
The  fact  of  the  grant  would  no  doubt  be  on  record,  and  the  formula 
would  not  be  issued  except  where  there  was  one.  But  it  might  not  be 
ex  edicto,  and  the  fact  that  the  grantee  was  not  really  entitled  to  it 
would  not  be  brought  out  till  the  interdict  or  the  petitio  had  been  tried, 
while  there  is  nothing  to  shew  that  these  actiones  fictitiae  could  not  be 
brought  in  the  first  instance.  The  way  in  which  this  very  material  point 
was  raised  is  not  certainly  known.  Lenel  holds2  that  it  was  by  means 
of  an  exceptio  bonorum  possessions  non  datae,  mentioned  by  Paul,  which 
though  he  does  not  state  its  application  seems  suitable  for  the  present 
case3. 

6.  The  acquisition  of  possession  under  the  interdict  or  the  petitio  did 
not  of  itself  confer  dominium,  though  Ulpian,  in  the  Digest4,  uses  lan- 
guage inconsistent  with  this.  The  bonorum  possessor  would  become 
dominus  by  usucapio ;  in  the  meantime  he  had  the  protection  available 
to  other  praetorian  owners.  Under  Justinian,  bonorum  possessio  and 
hereditas  were  almost  fused,  and  the  two  systems  of  remedies  coexisted 
almost  as  alternative  remedies  for  the  same  end.  There  was  no  longer 
such  a  thing  as  praetorian  ownership,  so  that  these  distinctions  ceased 
to  exist5. 

CXXXVIII.  We  can  now  turn  to  the  bonorum  possessor  sine  re,  one 
who  had  a  valid  grant,  i.e.,  ex  edicto,  but  who  was  not  one  of  those  whom 
the  praetor  would,  in  the  long  run,  protect  against  the  civil  law  heres. 
His  rights  and  liabilities  can  be  scheduled  as  in  the  other  case. 

1.  He  had  the  interdicts  quorum  bonorum  and  quod  legatorum,  and, 
so  far  as  these  are  concerned,  he  was  in  the  same  position  as  the  bonorum 
possessor  cum  re.  The  interdicts  were  effective  as  against  even  a  true 
heres  or  legatee6. 

2.  He  had  hereditatis  petitio  possessoria  against  anyone  who  held 

1  G.  4.  34;  3.  81  (imperfect).  2  E.P.  178.  3  44.  1.  20.  It  seems  surprising 
that  if,  e.g.,  a  creditor  of  the  estate  brings  action  against  a  person  entirely  unconnected 
with  the  matter,  his  only  answer  should  be  an  exceptio.  In  practice  the  formula  would  be 
issued  only  where  there  had  been  an  apparent  grant,  and  the  exceptio  would  raise  the 
question  whether  the  grant  was  valid.  4  37.  1.  1.  See  also  50.  16.  70  (Paul). 

5  Thus  texts  in  the  Digest  give  Quod  legatorum  to  the  heres  as  such.   See  post,  §  ccxux. 
As  to  the  possibility  of  b.  p.  nine  re  even  under  Justinian,  post,  §  cxxxix.       6  G.  4.  144. 


390  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  [CH. 

pro  herede  or  pro  possessore,  except  the  true  heres.  The  intentio  indeed 
did  not  in  terms  exclude  the  latter,  for  we  have  seen  that  where  the  b.  p. 
was  cum  re  this  action  was  effective  against  the  heres,  and  at  the  time  of 
issue  cf  the  formula  the  praetor  would  not  ordinarily  know  which  it 
was.  Though  we  have  not  the  actual  formula  it  seems  fairly  clear  that 
the  heres  met  the  claim  by  an  exceptio,  which  is  thought  by  some  writers 
to  have  been  an  exceptio  doli1. 

3.  If  the  heres  sued  him  by  hereditatis  petitio,  he  had  no  reply,  and 
the  action  would  cover  all  the  property  he  had  recovered  by  any  of  his 
various  remedies  or  without  litigation — in  fact  everything  which  he 
held  as  bonorum  possessor,  and,  in  some  cases,  what  he  had  made  away 
with2. 

4.  He  had  the  same  actiones  fictitiae  against  debtors  and  detainers  of 
property  as  if  his  b.  p.  were  cum  re,  being  of  course  liable  to  be  called  on 
by  the  heres  to  restore  what  he  had  received,  as  just  stated.  This  situation 
raises  a  curious  question.    If  a  bonorum  possessor  had  thus  handed  over 
what  he  had  received,  he  was  still  a  bonorum  possessor,  ex  edicto,  since 
the  grant  was  valid  and  had  not  been  revoked.   Logically  he  might  still 
sue  debtors.  There  is  no  authority,  but  analogy  suggests  that  he  would 
be  met  by  an  exceptio  doli. 

5.  He  might  be  sued  by  creditors  as  if  cum  re.  If,  having  paid  debts, 
he  was  ejected  by  the  heres  he  could  deduct  from  what  he  handed  over  the 
amount  of  these  payments3.  If  he  was  sued  after  the  heres  had  recovered 
from  him,  he  had,  presumably,  an  exceptio.   Here  too  a  difficulty  might 
arise.   If,  having  a  grant  of  bonorum  possessio,  he  paid  debts  out  of  his 
own  pocket,  intending  to  recoup  himself  when  he  got  in  the  estate,  his 
expectation  might  be  disappointed:  the  heres  might  step  in  and  recover 
the  assets  from  those  who  were  holding  them,  so  that  nothing  reached 
the  hands  of  the  bonorum  possessor.   Could  he  claim  an  indemnity  from 
the  herest    It  was  not  a  case  of  negotiorum  gestio,  for  he  was  acting  on 
his  own  account4.    It  may  be  that  as  he  was  still  bonorum  possessor,  he 
could  put  pressure  on  the  heres  by  recovering  the  property  from  him  by 
the  interdict,  and  then,  when  sued  by  him  by  the  hereditatis  petitio  or 
any  proprietary  action,  could  set  off  the  amount  of  the  debts  paid. 

6.  He  could  usucapt  in  the  same  way  as  the  bonorum  possessor  cum 

\  Accarias,  Precis,  1.  1269,  citing  37.  11.  11.  2,  where  however  it  was  not  a  valid 
6.  p.  See  as  to  formulation  of  the  action,  Lenel,  E.P.  177  sq.  2  Like  any  other  posses- 
sor of  res  hereditariae,  ante,  §  ex.  3  5.  3.  31.  4  Post,  §  CLXXXV.  (The  texts  are 
however  not  quite  clear  on  the  actio  negotiorum  gestorum  where  A  manages  E's  affair 
thinking  it  his  own.)  Some  texts  suggest,  but  do  not  prove,  that  he  had  condictio  indebiti 
(12.  6.  2).  There  is  however  the  difficulty  that  a  bonorum  possessor  ex  edicto  is  liable  for  debts, 
so  that  it  is  not  an  indebitum.  The  fact  that  in  the  long  run  he  gets  no  benefit  out  of  it 
does  not  alter  that  and  make  his  act  a  payment  in  error  of  what  was  not  due. 


ix]  BONORUM  POSSESS  10  391 

re,  but  was  liable  to  have  his  usucapio  interrupted  by  the  intervention 
of  the  heres. 

CXXXIX.  We  have  now  to  consider  when  bonorum  possessio  was 
cum  re  and  when  sine  re.  The  heres  and  the  bonorum  possessor  might  of 
course  be  the  same  person.  A  suus  Jieres  was  entitled  to  bonorum  possessio 
unde  liberi.  A  claimant  under  a  formal  mancipatory  will  was  commonly 
entitled,  since  sealing  was  usual,  to  b.  p.  secundum  tabulas.  An  omitted 
suus  could  proceed  either  by  hereditatis  petitio  or  by  b.  p.  contra  tabulas1. 
An  agnate  had  hereditatis  petitio  or  b.  p.  unde  legitimi. 

In  Justinian's  time  every  bonorum-possessio  was  normally  cum  re,  a 
fact  which  explains  the  existence  of  doubts  on  some  points  in  b.  p.  sine 
re.  The  heres  was  usually  the  person  entitled  to  bonorum  possessio,  and 
he  might  proceed  either  by  aditio  and  hereditatis  petitio,  or  by  demand 
of  bonorum  possessio  and  the  foregoing  remedies.  The  difference  was 
chiefly  one  of  form.  The  Digest,  though  it  gives  titles  to  quorum  bonorum 
and  hereditatis  petitio  possessoria,  says,  in  these  titles2,  only  a  word  or 
two  about  each,  which  indicates  that  they  still  existed  but  had  lost 
their  importance.  But  some  cases  might  give  difficulty  even  under 
Justinian's  law. 

(i)  For  those  entitled  in  both  ways  it  mattered  little  in  which  form 
they  cast  their  claim.  Though  the  limits  of  time  were  not  the  same,  if 
too  late  for  one,  they  could  fall  back  on  the  other.  But  there  were  still 
cases  in  which  bonorum  possessio  was  the  only  course,  and  here,  if  the 
time  had  gone  by,  total  exclusion  would  result  even  under  Justinian. 
Such  cases  were  few.  The  praetorian  will  was  in  effect  obsolete.  The 
enactments  extending  the  class  of  legitimi  expressly  gave  all  the  rights 
of  agnates,  i.e.,  hereditas  as  well  as  bonorum  possessio3.  On  the  other  hand 
Justinian  expressly  confined  emancipati  and  emancipatae,  who  attacked 
a  will,  to  bonorum  possessio  contra  tabulas4,  and  unde  cognati  and  unde 
vir  et  uxor  remained,  it  seems,  purely  edictal5. 

(ii)  If  one  entitled  to  bonorum  possessio  let  his  time  pass  (at  least  if 
he  was  the  whole  of  a  class)  it  is  clear  that  the  person  next  entitled 
could  come  in6.  On  intestacy,  the  sui  relying  on  their  civil  law  right, 
might  not  claim  bonorum  possessio  unde  liberi.  When  their  time  had 
expired,  could  the  agnates,  etc.,  claim,  unde  legitimi!  They  could  under 
the  old  law,  though  of  course  it  would  be  sine  re,  and  there  seems  to  be 

1  The  hereditatis  petitio  would  be  better,  for  b.  p.  contra  tabulas  left  some  of  the  pro- 
visions of  the  will  standing,  ante,  §  cxm.  2  D.  5.  5;  D.  43.  2.  3  See  Inst.  3. 
2.  4;  C.  6.  58.  14.  6,  etc.  4~  C.  6.  28.  4.  6;  Vangerow,  Pand.  §  515.  The  reason  probably 
is  the  existence  of  the  obligation  of  collatio.  5  No  alteration  is  made  in  the  position 
of  these  by  any  legislation  of  Justinian,  before  Nov.  118.  After  this,  cognati  were  heredes, 
but  vir  et  uxor  are  not  mentioned  and  presumably  remain  on  the  old  footing.  6  38. 
9.  1;  38.  15.  1.  1. 


392  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  [CH. 

nothing  in  the  Digest  or  Code  to  prevent  their  still  doing  so.  But  if  they 
could  there  would  still  be  cases  of  bonorum  possessio  sine  re1,  though  the 
Digest  expressly  says  that  bonorum  possessio  is  the  right  of  getting  and 
retaining  the  goods2.  In  view  of  this,  and  as  the  Corpus  iuris  nowhere 
says,  even  where  such  a  statement  might  have  been  expected  if  it  was 
true,  that  quorum  bonorum  was  available  against  the  heres,  it  is  generally 
held  that  the  interdict  was  now  in  such  a  form  that  it  was  ineffective 
against  the  heres3.  It  seems  more  probable  however  that  while  the  inter- 
dict, or  rather  the  possessory  action  which  has  taken  its  place4,  was 
still  formally  available,  it  would  be  paralysed  by  an  exceptio  doli,  so  that 
practically  this  was  not  bonorum  possessio  at  all.  This  would  explain  the 
fact  that  Justinian,  in  discussing  the  interdict  quorum  bonorum,  omits 
the  words  "qui  heres  est,"  which  are  in  Gains5,  leaving  the  words  "qui 
putat  se  heredem  esse." 

In  classical  times  every  bonorum  possessio  was  cum  re  if  the  claimant 
was  heres  or  there  was  no  heres,  and  thus  any  bonorum  possessio  might 
be  cum  re  in  some  circumstances.  In  other  cases  various  bonorum 
possessiones  were  cum  or  sine  re  according  to  epoch  (for  there  is  much 
historical  change)  and  circumstances,  of  which  circumstances  the  praetor 
would  not,  and  the  parties  might  not,  be  informed  when  the  grant  was 
made. 

Bonorum  possessio6  contra  tabulas  was,  no  doubt,  cum  re  in  the  time 
of  Gaius  though  this  is  not  expressly  stated:  the  language  of  many  texts 
could  not  possibly  have  been  used  if  there  were  normal  cases  in  which  it 
was  sine  re.  The  system  of  collatio  bonorum  would  be  unintelligible  if  the 
bonorum  possessio  of  emancipatus  omissus  was  sine  re,  liable  to  be  de- 
feated by  the  institutus.  And  the  restriction  laid  down  by  Pius7  on  what 
a  woman  might  take  would  not  have  been  necessary,  if  she  did  not  keep 
what  she  took.  It  seems  clear  that  it  was  cum  re  when  Julian  revised 
the  Edict,  since  the  bonorum  possessor  was  liable  for  some  legacies  under 
that  system8.  Collatio  was  discussed  by  Cassius,  a  century  before 
Hadrian9.  There  is  evidence  that  it  was  cum  re  when  obtained  by  a 
patron  or  his  issue  in  the  time  of  Cicero,  in  a  case  in  which  it  was  not 
based  on  a  civil  law  claim10.  On  the  whole  it  seems  that  this  bonorum 
possessio  was  cum  re  by  the  beginning  of  the  Empire. 

Of  bonorum  possessio  secundum  tabulas  there  were  many  cases.  If 
the  will  was  valid  at  civil  law  the  bonorum  possessio  would  of  course  be 

1  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  532,  n.  6,  cites  37.  4.  14.  pr.;  37.  5.  15.  2;  37.  6.  10.       2  37.  1. 
3.  2.    Put  down  to  Ulp.  but  no  doubt  altered.    Cf.  Ulp.  28.  13.  3  Accarias,  Precis, 

1.  1280;  he  compares  Inst.  4.  15.  3  with  G.  4.  144  and  Inst.  2.  17.  6  with  G.  2.  148,  149. 
4  Post,  §  CCLII.  5  G.  4.  144;  Inst.  4.  15.  3.  6  As  to  all  these  cases,  see  Girard, 

Manuel,  901.  7  Ante,  §  cxra.  8  37.  5.  2,  ante,  §  cxm.  9  37.  6.  2.  5. 

10  In  Verr.  2.  1.  48,  Girard,  op.  tit.  882,  n.  2. 


ix]  BONORUM  POSSESS  10  393 

cum  re.  Under  an  ordinary  praetorian  will,  the  bonorum  possessio  would 
be  cum  re  if  the  instituti  were  the  heredes  or  there  were  no  sui  or  legitimi1. 
If  there  were  adverse  claims  of  agnates,  it  seems  to  have  been  sine  re 
till  Pius  made  it  cum  re  against  them,  though  it  is  possible  on  the  texts2 
that  it  may  have  already  been  cum  re  as  against  agnates  remoter  than 
J 'rater  et  patruus.  Hadrian  made  it  cum  re  where  the  only  defect  was  that 
there  was  a  postumus  praeteritus  who  had  died  before  the  testator3. 
Where  the  defect  was  that  it  was  a  woman's  will  made  without  consent 
of  her  tutor  fiduciarius  the  enactment  of  Pius  made  it  cum  re  whether  it 
satisfied  civil  law  rules  of  form  or  not,  but  if  the  tutor  was  legitimus,  it 
was  still  sine  re*.  Other  cases  of  this  bonorum  possessio  are  discussed5, 
but  enough  has  been  said  to  shew  that  there  were  many  factors  to  be 
considered,  of  which  the  praetor  could  not  be  informed  when  he  issued 
the  interdict,  and  that  up  to  the  end  of  the  classical  age  this  bonorum 
possessio  was  often  sine  re. 

Unde  legitimi,  unde  cognati,  and  unde  vir  et  uxor  were  at  all  times 
normally  cum  re.  They  excluded  none  but  the  gentiles,  who  were  disre- 
garded. If,  however,  these  bonorum  possessiones  took  effect  merely  be- 
cause earlier  claimants,  entitled  at  civil  law  as  well,  had  not  troubled  to 
claim  bonorum  possessio,  the  bonorum  possessio  would  be  sine  re,  if  the 
other  claimants  had  made,  or,  having  still  time,  afterwards  made, 
aditio.  If  however  they  had  renounced  or  were  excluded  by  lapse  of  the 
spatium  deliberandi,  the  bonorum  possessio  would  be  cum  re6.  Similar 
distinctions  must  be  taken  in  regard  to  the  bonorum  possessio  of  the 
patron  and  his  relatives,  in  succession  to  a  freedman.  We  know  that  the 
I.  Papia  Poppaea7  gave  statutory  basis  to  some  of  them,  which  indicates 
that  they  were  normally  cum  re. 

We  are  not  told  that  unde  liberi  was  cum  re,  but  as  contra  tabulas  was, 
from  early  times,  and  this  case  affects  nearly  the  same  persons,  is  also 
subject  to  collatio,  and  is  older,  it  may  be  assumed  that  this  too  was 
cum  re.  It  is,  a  priori,  probable  that  unde  decem  personae  was  cum  re, 
and  this  view  is  confirmed  by  the  language  of  Ulpian,  to  the  effect  that 
the  XII  Tables  gave  the  hereditas  to  the  extraneus  rnanumissor,  but  the 
praetor,  on  grounds  of  equity,  preferred  the  decem  personae  to  him8. 

It  was  not  always  the  praetor  who  made  a  particular  bonorum 
possessio  cum  re.  In  the  case  of  the  postumus  praeteritus  who  was  in 
fact  dead,  it  was  Hadrian9.  In  bonorum  possessio  secundum  tabulas, 

1  Ulp.  23.  6;  G.  2.  119.  2  G.  2.  120;  Coll.  16.  3.  1.  3  28.  3.  12.  pr.  4  G.  2.  122. 
5  Ante,  §  ci.  A  will  was  destroyed  by  the  testator  but  no  other  made.  Pius  provided 
that  bonorum  possessio  under  it  should  be  sine  re.  If  a  testator  lost  capacity  after  legislation 
but  regained  it  before  he  died,  his  will  failed  at  civil  law  though  b.  p.  could  be  obtained 
under  it,  but  was  sine  re  in  classical  law,  ante,  §  en.  6  G.  3.  37;  2.  149;  Ulp.  26.  8; 

28.  11.  7  Ante,  §  cxxxiv.  8  Coll.  16.  9.  2.  9  28.  3.  12.  pr. 


394  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  [CH. 

against  agnates,  and  where  a  testatrix  had  acted  without  consent  of  her 
tutor  fiduciarius,  it  was  Pius1.  The  cases  of  the  /.  Papia  Poppaea  and 
Justinian's  changes  speak  for  themselves.  It  may  be  that  even  in  the 
older  cases,  before  the  Empire,  the  praetor  never  of  his  own  authority 
made  a  bonorum  possessio  cum  re  except  where  there  was  no  adverse 
civil  claim,  but  no  such  general  statement  is  warranted;  unde  liberi  and 
unde  decem  personae  are  probably  both  republican,  and  may  both  owe 
their  efficacy  to  the  praetor.  The  language  of  Cicero2  certainly  implies 
that  the  Edict  could  give  an  effective  right  as  against  civil  law  claims. 
It  must  be  remembered  that  a  bonorum  possessio  not  ex  edicto  was 
neither  cum  nor  sine  re;  it  was  a  mere  nullity,  not  for  practical  purposes 
bonorum  possessio  at  all3. 

CXL.  The  foregoing  statement  raises  two  questions: 
(i)  What  was  the  advantage  of  obtaining  bonorum.  possessio  sine  ret 
There  are  obvious  answers.  One  who  was,  or  thought  he  was,  entitled 
to  bonorum  possessio  might  not  know,  on  the  facts,  whether  it  would 
prove  to  be  cum  or  sine  re,  since  this  depended  on  circumstances  which 
might  not,  and  in  some  cases  could  not,  be  within  his  knowledge.  And 
though  he  might  know  that  it  was  technically  sine  re,  it  might  yet  be 
effective  because  the  person  really  entitled  abstained,  from  whatever 
cause,  from  taking  steps  against  him.  And  a  bonorum  possessor  who  had 
obtained  actual  possession  under  the  interdict  quorum  bonorum,  for 
which  result  it  was  indifferent  whether  his  bonorum  possessio  was  cum 
or  sine  re,  had  the  advantage  of  being  defendant  if  the  property  was 
claimed  from  him  by  the  heres,  no  small  matter,  as  the  burden  of  proof 
was  on  the  plaintiff. 

(ii)  Why  did  the  praetor  give  bonorum  possessio  sine  re,  i.e.  to  one  to 
whom  on  his  own  principles  the  property  was  not  ultimately  to  belong? 
The  final  answer  to  this  is  no  doubt  to  be  found  in  the  answer  to  the 
other  and  unsolved  question  of  the  origin  of  bonorum  possessio.  But 
apart  from  this  there  are  several  answers.  So  far  as  the  original  grant 
was  concerned  the  praetor  could  not  know  whether  the  possessio  would 
be  cum  or  sine  re;  in  appropriate  circumstances  any  bonorum  possessio 
might  be  cum  re,  and  the  praetor  had  ordinarily  never  heard  of  the  case 
till  the  demand  was  made.  Again,  the  fact  that  a  bonorum  possessio  was 
sine  re  is  no  evidence  that  the  praetor  wished  it  to  be  so.  No  doubt 
every  grant  was  originally  sine  re,  if  there  was  an  adverse  civil  law  claim. 
The  first  step  in  the  evolution  of  a  new  praetorian  right  of  succession 
would  be  to  grant  bonorum  possessio  and  no  more.  Later,  the  praetor  or 
some  other  agency4  might  make  it  cum  re,  by  giving  an  exceptio  doli  if 

1  G.  2.  120-22.      2  In  Verr.  2.  1.  48.      3  The  exceptio  bonorum  possessions  non  datae, 
44.  1.  20,  ante,  §  cxxxvii,  must  mean  "non  ex  edicto  datae."  4  Ante,  §  cxxxix. 


ix]  BONORUM  POSSESSIO  395 

the  bonorum  possessor  was  sued  by  the  heres,  and,  in  due  course,  the 
hereditatis  petitio  possessoria  against  the  heres,  that  is,  by  excluding 
his  exceptio  doli.  Again  when  the  bonorum  possessor  brought  the 
interdict  quorum  bonorum,  even  if  the  b.  p.  was  sine  re,  the  heres  was  not 
permitted  to  prove  that  fact  in  the  interdictal  procedure,  but  must 
yield  to  the  bonorum  possessor,  and,  if  he  thought  fit,  bring  hereditatis 
petitio  later,  though  the  facts  which  he  would  then  have  to  prove  might 
conceivably  have  been  admitted,  under  an  appropriate  exceptio,  in  the 
interdictal  procedure  itself.  The  plea  of  title  was  not  admitted  in  that 
procedure.  This  restriction  is  not  peculiar  to  this  case ;  it  runs  through 
all  the  possessory  system.  Taking  this  principle  as  a  starting-point,  it  is 
clear  that  bonorum  possessio  was  necessarily  granted  without  reference 
to  the  question  whether  it  would  ultimately  prove  to  be  cum  re. 

If  we  go  further  and  ask  why  title  might  not  be  pleaded  in  reply  to  a 
possessory  claim,  we  may  find  ourselves  in  difficulties.  The  most  funda- 
mental answer  will  have  nothing  to  do  with  succession,  probably  it  will 
have  nothing  to  do  with  Roman  law  specially1,  for  the  same  principle 
is  to  be  found  in  the  ancient  system  of  possessory  remedies  in  English 
law2,  which  do  not  seem  to  be  connected  with  Roman  law  or  to  owe 
anything  to  that  system.  It  may  however  be  suggested,  that  if  bonorum 
possessio  sine  re  was  only  a  first  step  towards  bonorum  possessio  cum  re, 
there  was  an  obvious  reason  for  not  facilitating  proof  of  title.  But  the 
praetor's  aims  in  originating  the  system  of  bonorum  possessio  we  have 
not  considered. 

We  have  seen  that  the  demand  of  bonorum  possessio  was  analogous 
in  nature  and  effect  to  aditio.  The  time  limits  for  claim,  though  not  the 
same,  are  similar.  A  hundred  days,  or  even  a  year,  seems  very  short  as 
a  period  of  limitation,  but  one  who  had  let  these  times  pass  could  never 
claim  either  as  heres  or  as  bonorum  possessor.  It  is  however  to  be  observed 
that  in  all  cases  of  bonorum  possessio,  and  where  the  praetor  fixes  a 
spatium  deliberandi,  and,  usually,  where  a  will  fixes  the  time,  this  runs 
only  from  the  date  at  which  the  party  has  notice  of  his  right,  and  that 
all  he  need  do  is  to  make  a  certain  formal,  or,  in  some  cases  (and  always 
in  later  law),  informal,  declaration  or  claim.  When  once  he  has  done 
that  his  right  is  an  ordinary  right  of  action,  subject  to  none  but  the 
ordinary  rules  of  limitation  or  adverse  prescription. 

Bonorum  possessio  decretalis.  The  foregoing  is  an  account  of  what 
may  be  called  routine  bonorum  possessio,  bonorum  possessio  edictalis. 
There  was  another  form  called  bonorum  possessio  decretalis.    In  a  few 
\  See,  however,  post,  §  CCLII.  2  The  remark  of  0.  W.  Holmes  (Common  Law 

210)  that  "  English  law  has  always  had  the  good  sense  to  allow  title  to  be  set  up  in  defence 
to  a  possessory  action"  pays  the  common  law  an  undeserved  compliment.  See  Pollock 
and  Maitland,  Hist,  of  English  Law,  2.  57  sqq. 


396  ADROGATIO  [CH. 

cases,  probably  survivals  of  a  much  larger  number,  possibly  representing 
the  original  form  of  bonorum  possessio,  it  was  not  given  as  a  matter  of 
course,  but  only  by  a  decretum  of  the  magistrate  given  after  investiga- 
tion. It  was  given  pro  tribunali,  in  court,  and  not  de  piano,  as  in  the 
other  case1.  The  applications  of  it  were,  in  general,  cases  in  which,  for 
some  reason,  ordinary  bonorum  possessio  could  not  be  given  to  the  person 
entitled,  e.g.  that  of  a  lunatic,  whose  curator  could  get  this  bonorum 
possessio  for  him,  but  not  edictalis2,  that  of  an  unborn  person,  who  would 
be  entitled  to  bonorum  possessio  if  he  came  into  existence3,  and  whose 
mother  could  claim  this  for  him,  and  that  of  a  child  whose  legitimacy 
was  contested4.  The  purpose  in  all  these  cases  was  to  provide  for  the 
administration  of  the  estate  till  the  difficulty  was  out  of  the  way.  It 
was  essentially  provisional  in  nature,  and  did  not  necessarily  put  the 
holder  into  the  position  of  a  praetorian  owner,  but  gave  him  usually  only 
such  rights  as  were  essential  to  administration,  the  extent  of  the  rights 
differing  somewhat  in  the  different  cases5. 

CXLI.  Death  created  by  far  the  most  important  case  of  universal 
succession,  but  there  were  other  occasions  on  which  a  man's  universitas 
was  transferred.  Each  of  them  had  its  own  special  rules,  which  renders 
it  necessary  to  consider  them  separately. 

ADROGATIO.  The  forms  and  restrictions  ofadrogatio  have  already  been 
considered6,  but  only  general  notions  as  to  its  results  have  been  men- 
tioned and  these  must  now  be  considered.  Gains  tells  us  that  all  the 
res,  corporales  and  incorporates,  of  the  adrogatus  passed  to  the  adrogator, 
so  far  as  they  were  not  destroyed  by  the  capitis  minutio7.  But  more  than 
this  passed;  rights  which  were  not  res  passed  also.  Those  persons  in 
his  potestas  and  manus  passed  into  thefamilia  of  the  adrogator8.  This  of 
itself  shews  that  it  is  not  to  be  thought  of  as  a  case  of  quasi-inheritance, 
for  such  rights  as  this  did  not  pass  to  a  heres.  And  in  that  case  the 
obligations  would  have  passed  too  but  this  is  not  what  happened.  The 
iura  in  rem  could  be  vindicated  by  the  adrogator,  as  his  own,  and  all 
rights  of  action  passed  to  him  without  need  of  any  fiction9,  while  the 

1  38.  9.  1.  7;  37.  1.  3.  8.  Thus  the  same  number  of  dies  utiles  covered  a  longer  time, 
for  only  days  available  for  judicial  proceedings  counted.  2  38.  17.  2.  1 1.  As  to  doubts 

in  classical  law,  C.  5.  70.  7.  3.  3  37.  9/1.  pr.,  1.  14.  4  37.  10.  1.  pr.;  h.  t.  3.  pr. 

Tutor  or  pater  for  an  infans  are  other  possible  cases,  ante,  §  cix.  5  See  Accariaa, 

Precis,  1.  1274.  6  Ante,  §  XLV.  7  G.  3.  83.    He  states,  as  destroyed,  usufruct, 

operarum  obligatio  created  by  iusiurandum  liberti  and  Us  contestata  iudicio  legitimo. 
8  Ante,  §  XLV.  9  G.  3.  83.  The  changes  in  capacity  of  a  filmsfamilias  to  own 

property  make  the  acquisition  somewhat  unreal  in  later  law.  Seelnst.  3.  10.  2.  The  state- 
ment sometimes  made  that  Justinian  reduced  the  right  of  the  adrogator  to  a  usufruct, 
while  it  states  the  practical  result,  is  a  little  misleading.  It  is  '"ad  similitudinem  natura- 
lium  parentum."  The  acquisitions,  not  being  from  the  property  of  the  adrogator,  are 
adventitia,  castrensia  or  quasi-castrensia,  as  the  case  may  be. 


ix]  MAN  US  397 

obligations  were,  at  civil  law,  extinct.  The  civil  law  principle  applied, 
more  or  less  exactly,  was  that  the  adrogatus  was  regarded  as  always 
having  been  under  the  potestas,  and  such  praetorian  modifications  as  were 
applied  were  correctives.  The  contractual  and  quasi-contractual  obliga- 
tions did  not  bind  the  adrogator1;  they  would  not  have  bound  him  as 
paterfamilias  at  civil  law.  Delicts  of  the  adrogatus  continued  to  bind  him 
personally ;  they  would  have  bound  him  had  he  been  a  filiusfamilias, 
and  the  obligation  was  not  destroyed  by  capitis  deminutio2.  And  they 
bound  the  adrogator,  noxally,  as  they  would  have  bound  him  as  pater- 
familias, when  they  were  committed3.  Contractual  obligations  which 
adrogatus  had  inherited  bound  the  adrogator  fully  at  civil  law,  not  as 
being  heres  to  the  adrogatus,  but  as  having  acquired  the  hereditas  through 
him,  being  heres  to  the  person  from  whom  he  had  inherited,  as  a  pater- 
familias acquires  inheritances  through  his  son4.  The  acquisition  of  the 
hereditas  involved  acquisition  of  the  liabilities. 

So  far  as  ordinary  contractual  debts  are  concerned,  this  civil  system 
gave  an  unfair  result,  since  the  adrogator  acquired  the  property  and  was 
not  liable  for  debts.  The  praetor  provided  a  remedy,  not  by  extending 
the  fiction  that  there  had  always  been  potestas  to  the  applicability  of  the 
praetorian  liabilities,  de  peculio,  etc.,  which  might  not  have  served  the 
purpose,  since  the  adrogator  by  not  creating  a  peculium  might  have 
evaded  this,  but  by  allowing  an  action  against  the  adrogatus,  with  the 
fiction  that  there  had  been  no  capitis  deminutio.  This  of  itself  would  be 
of  little  use,  for  the  adrogatus  had  no  property,  but  the  edict  went  on 
to  provide  that,  unless  the  action  was  defended5,  the  creditor  might 
enter  into  possession  of  the  property  which  would  have  belonged  to  him 
if  there  had  been  no  adrogatio,  and  sell  it  to  satisfy  his  claim6. 

PASSING  INTO  MANUS.  Where  a  woman  sui  iuris  went  into  manus  the 
resulting  position  was,  mutatis  mutandis,  much  the  same  as  in  adrogatio. 
There  was  the  same  praetorian  action  on  previous  contracts7,  and  the 
same  rule  of  absolute  liability  for  inherited  debts8.  But  it  is  not  clear 
that  there  was  at  any  time  a  power  of  noxal  surrender  in  this  case; 
certainly  there  was  none  in  classical  law9. 

1  G.  3.  84.  24.5.2.3.  3  G.  4.  77.  4  G.  3.  84.  5  Lenel,  E.P.  114. 

6  G.  3.  84  in  f.;  4.  80.  7  76.  8  G.  3.  84.  9  Inst.  4.  8.  7.    In  G.  4.  80, 

one  passing  into  civil  bondage  is  put  on  the  same  level  as  a  woman  going  into  manus,  for 
the  purpose  of  these  rules  of  liability.  But  such  a  person  could  have  had  no  property.  The 
case  seems  unintelligible.  For  various  interpretations  see  Lenel,  E.P.  406,  Girard,  Manuel, 
134.  The  suggestion  has  been  made  (Desserteaux,  Capitis  Deminutio,  1.  276;  2.  1.  360  sqq. ; 
N.R.H.  36.  460)  that  the  goods  affected  will  be  those  which  he  has  acquired  for  the  piiti  r- 
familias  since  the  entry  into  bondage.  But  see  D.  4.  5.  2.  2,  and  it  is  difficult  to  bring  these 
goods  within  the  definition  of  "what  would  have  been  his  if  he  had  not  entered  into 
bondage,"  and  it  is  a  heavy  and  unreasonable  fine  on  one  who  has  received  the  Jili  «.•*- 
familias  by  noxal  surrender,  and  has  employed  him  in  his  business.  The  text  is  defective 


398  CESSIO  IN  IV RE  HEREDITATIS  [CH. 

CESSIO  IN  IURE  HEREDITA  Tis1.  If  a  legitimus  heres,  before  acceptance, 
made  cessio  in  iure  of  the  hereditas  to  another  person  that  other  became 
heres  for  all  purposes.  If  he  purported  to  do  it  after  entry,  semel  heres 
semper  heres,  he  remained  liable.  But  the  cessio  transferred  the  goods 
of  the  hereditas,  and  debtors  to  it  were  released.  If  a  testamentary  heres 
attempted  to  cede  before  entry,  his  act  was  a  mere  nullity.  If  after,  it 
was  as  in  the  case  of  legitimus.  If  a  suus  attempted  to  cede,  the  Sabinians 
held  the  act  a  mere  nullity;  the  Proculians  held  that  it  produced  the 
same  effect  as  attempted  cessio  by  legitimus  after  entry.  The  whole 
notion  was  obsolete  in  later  law ;  it  was  possible  of  course  to  transfer  the 
various  properties,  and  make  agreements  as  to  liabilities,  but  there  was 
no  question  of  transfer  of  the  hereditas. 

There  are  several  points  of  interest  in  this  matter.  It  will  be  noticed 
that  the  universitas  transferred  was  not  that  of  the  party,  but  that  of 
someone  else  in  which  he  had  an  inchoate  interest.  We  are  not  told  the 
reason  of  the  difference  of  treatment  between  the  cases  of  testamentary 
and  le'gitimi  heredes,  which  look  much  alike,  but  from  Ulpian's  way  of 
stating  the  case  it  would  appear  to  be  matter  of  principle.  It  may  be  that 
scriptus  heres  was  not  thought  of  as  having  a  right  at  all,  till  entry,  while 
legitimus  had  an  inchoate  right  under  the  statute.  But  it  is  also  possible 
to  hold  the  opposite  view,  that  heres  scriptus  being  specially  appointed 
by  the  testator  could  not  be  allowed,  in  effect,  to  accept  so  far  as  to 
exclude  intestacy,  and  at  the  same  time  evade  personal  responsibility. 
As  to  the  case  of  the  suus,  the  Proculian  view  seems  the  more  logical, 
but  from  the  fact  that  Ulpian  does  not  mention  the  case  it  seems  prob- 
able that  the  Sabinian  view  prevailed. 

It  is  not  obvious  why  debtors  were  released.  If  cessio  was  a  mere  act 
of  conveyance2,  they  ought  not  to  be  in  any  way  affected;  debts  were 
not  assignable,  but  that  is  no  reason  why  they  should  be  annulled.  If 
it  is  thought  of  as  a  judgment,  this  ought  not  to  affect  them  as  they 
were  not  parties,  and  a  judgment,  in  general,  affected  only  parties  to 
it3.  It  is  hardly  likely  that  it  was  contemplated  as  a  kind  of  derelictio. 

ADSIGNATIO  LIBERT  I.  This  was  the  right  of  a  patron  to  assign  the 
succession  of  a  living  libertus  to  one  or  more  among  his  issue,  under  a 
senatusconsult  of  about  A.D.  454.  The  assignee  must  be  in  thepotestas,  and  if 

and  it  may  be  that  the  missing  part  excluded  the  person  in  mancipio.  See  Krueger,  ad 
G.  4.  80. 

1  G.  2.  35-37;  3.  85-87;  Ulp.  19.  12-15.          2  As  to  the  nature  of  cessio  in  iure,  ante, 
§  LXXXIV.  3  Esmein  (Mel.  Gerardin,  229)  in  a  study  of  c.  i.  i.  accounts  for  the  rules 

in  this  and  other  cases  by  the  view  that  it  is  litigation,  and  that  in  early  law  res  iudicata 
pro  veritate  est.  That  is :  the  effect  is  absolute,  not  merely  relative  to  the  parties,  not  in 
the  sense  that  the  fact  is  proved,  but  that  the  parties  are  not  allowed  to  dispute  it  even 
against  outsiders.  4-  Inst.  3.  8;  D.  38.  4. 1.  pr. 


ix]         ADSIGNATIO  LIBERTI :  ADDICTIO  BONORUM         399 

he  passed  from  it,  or  died  without  issue  while  the  patron  was  alive,  the  ad- 
signatio  failed1.  It  might  be  by  will  or  otherwise2.  It  was  revocable  and  it 
might  be  conditional  or  ex  die,  but  there  might  be  no  charge  on  it3.  The 
sc.  was  needed  to  make  this  adsignatio  possible  since  there  is  no  such  thing 
as  the  succession  to  a  living  man4,  and,  moreover,  if  the  libertus  outlived 
the  patron  the  succession  to  him  when  he  died  was  no  part  of  the  patron's 
estate.  The  right  of  succession  was  in  the  liberi  patroni,  not  by  way  of 
succession  to  him,  but  as  an  independent  right  conferred  by  the  XII 
Tables5.  This  was  a  power  therefore  in  the  patron  to  transfer  a  uni- 
versitas  in  which  he  had  not  even  an  inchoate  interest,  a  universitas 
which  was  not  his  own.  Thus  it  needed  express  authorisation  by  statute; 
hence  the  senatusconsult,  and  hence  also  the  rule  that  he  could  impose 
no  charge  on  it.  All  he  could  do  was  to  exclude  some  liberi ;  he  could  not 
benefit  anyone  else6. 

CXLII.  ADDICTIO  BONORUM  LIBERTATIS  CONSERVANDAE  CAUSA. 
This  was  a  rule,  introduced  by  M.  Aurelius7  and  modified  from  time  to 
time,  under  which  if  liberty  had  been  given  by  will  or  codicil,  and  no  heres 
entered,  so  that  the  creditors  were  about  to  sell  the  estate  and  the  gifts 
would  fail,  the  estate  might  be  assigned  to  any  one  of  the  freed  slaves,  or 
(later8)  any  outsider,  who  gave  security  to  the  creditors9.  The  effect  was 
that  the  estate  vested  in  him  "as  if  he  were  bonorum  possessor";  the 
liberties  directly  given  thereupon  took  effect  and  he  must  carry  out  the 
others10.  It  was  in  effect  a  transfer  of  the  hereditas,  as  in  cessio  in  iure 
hereditatis.  Ulpian  speaks  of  the  addictee  as  acquiring  the  property  like 
a  bonorum  possessor11,  but  that  would  give  him  only  a  praetorian  title, 
and,  in  classical  law,  would  not  have  enabled  him  to  free  slaves  in  whose 
favour  there  was  a  fideicommissum  of  liberty  so  as  to  make  them  cives. 
His  title,  resting  on  imperial  rescript  and  addictio,  was  civil,  but,  debts 
not  being  transferable,  he  had  only  the  same  rights  against  debtors  to 
the  estate  as  a  bonorum  possessor  had.  As  to  his  liability  to  creditors, 
the  better  view  on  confused  texts12  is  that  at  first  he  could  be  sued  only 
by  the  person  or  persons  to  whom  he  had  given  security,  but  that,  later, 
creditors  could  sue  him  by  utiles  actiones. 

PUBLIC ATIO.  In  various  cases  of  condemnation  for  crime,  in  fact  in  all 
cases  of  capital  sentence,  i.e.  involving  loss  of  citizenship,  the  property 

1  Inst.  3.  8.  2;  D.  38.  4.  1.  pr.   Modestinus  (D.  38.  4.  9)  lays  down  the  contrary  view 
that  there  may  be  adsignatio  to  an  emancipatus.  2  Inst.  3.  8.  3;  D.  38.  4.  1.  3. 

3  38.  4.  7;  h.  t.  13.  3.  4  There  could  be  no  sale  of  such  a  thing,  post,  §  CLXIX. 

5  Ante,  §  cxxxiv.  6  There  was  no  such  difficulty  in  the  case  of  Latins.  Their  pro- 

perty on  their  death  was  treated  as  if  it  had  been  peculium  all  the  time,  see  G.  3.  56  in  f. 
7  40.  4.  50.  8  As  to  this  and  other  details  not  affecting  the  present  point,  see  ante, 

§xxxi.  9  Inst.  3.    11.   1.  10  40.  5.  4.  5;  Inst.  3.   11.   1.  11  40.  5.  4.  21. 

12  40.  5.  4.  22;  h.  t.  3. 


400  PUBLIC AT10.     SC.   CLAUDIANUM  [en. 

of  the  criminal  vested  in  the  State,  with  limitations  and  exemptions  in 
favour  of  children  and  others,  into  which  we  need  not  go1.  Apparently 
there  was  an  administrative  enquiry,  and  only  if  the  estate  proved  to  be 
solvent  did  it  vest  in  the  fisc.  If  it  was  insolvent  it  was  sold  by  the 
creditors  and  the  fiscus  took  no  account  of  the  matter.  If  it  was  solvent 
it  vested  in  the  fiscus,  which  paid  off  the  creditors  and  could  claim  from 
debtors  to  the  estate2.  It  is  not  clear  whether  the  creditors  could  sue 
the  fiscus  in  the  ordinary  way  or  whether  the  matter  was  dealt  with 
by  administrative  methods.  When  the  matters  had  been  adjusted, 
it  was  usual  to  sell  the  property  en  bloc  to  a  buyer  who  resold  in 
detail,  bonorum  sector3.  He  had  an  interdictum  sectorium  to  obtain 
possession  of  the  property4,  but  there  is  not  usually  any  question  of 
universitas5.  Our  information  as  to  bonorum  sectio  is  however  very 
scanty. 

If  the  forfeiture  was  total  the  publicatus  was  free  of  his  old  debts, 
but  if  he  was  allowed  to  retain  some  of  his  property  he  remained  pro 
rata  liable6.  But  in  any  case,  if  he  was  free,  he  was  liable  for  his  old 
delicts7. 

SUCCESSION  UNDER  THE  So.  CLAUDIANUM.  In  certain  circumstances 
women  who  cohabited  with  slaves  were  themselves  enslaved  and  lost 
their  property  with  their  liberty8 — successio  miser abilis.  We  are  nowhere 
told  what  became  of  the  property.  The  expression  successio  miserabilis 
suggests  that  it  went  to  children,  and  this  would  more  or  less  agree  with 
the  concessions  made  to  children  in  later  law  where  a  criminal's  property 
was  forfeited,  but  the  sc.  is  older  than  the  earliest  known  of  these  con- 
cessions9. On  the  other  hand  the  ordinary  forfeiture  for  crime  is  to  the 
State.  But  as  in  this  case  the  woman  herself  passed  into  private  hands, 
it  is  commonly  held  that  her  property  went  to  the  person  to  whom  she 
was  enslaved,  and  that  he  was  liable  and  entitled  by  means  of  actiones 
utiles  in  respect  of  her  estate,  and  no  doubt  also  to  noxal  actions.  The 
whole  institution  was  abolished  by  Justinian10. 

BONORUM  VENLITIO^.  The  details  of  this  system  will  be  most  con- 
veniently considered  in  connexion  with  its  most  important  application, 
execution  of  a  judgment12.  Here  it  is  enough  to  say  that  in  cases  of 
insolvency  either  inter  vivos  or  at  death,  with  rules  varying  somewhat  in 
the  two  cases,  the  estate  was  sold  under  the  authority  of  the  praetor  by 

i  See  Buckland,  Law  of  Slavery,  406  sqq.     See   also   as   to  sc.   Claudianum,   below. 
2  48.  20.  4;  h.  t.  10.  pr.;  49.  14.  1.  1;  h.  t.  6;  h.  t.  11;  h.  t.  17.  3  G.  4.  146.  4  Ib. 

5  It  is  possible  that  at  one  time  the  bonorum  sector  bought  the  universitas  and  was  liable 
and  entitled  to  utiles  actiones,  but  there  seems  no  clear  evidence  of  this.  6  Ante, 

§  xxxvi.  7  Post,  §  cxcvi.  8  Ante,  §  xxv.  9  See  48.  20.  7.  pr.    The  sc. 

is  of  A.D.  52.  10  See  Inst.  3.  12.  1.  11  See  a  recent  study  by  Kniep,  Mel.  Girard, 

1.  623  sqq.  12  Post,  §  ccxix. 


ix J  BONORUM   VEND1TIO  401 

a  magister  bonorum  acting  on  behalf  of  the  creditors.    He  sold  it  en  bloc 
to  a  person  called  bonorum  emptor,  the  sale  being  usually  by  a  sort  of 
auction,  the  goods  being  "  addicta"  to  the  person  who  bid,  not  the  highest 
sum,  but  the  highest  dividend  on  the  debts1.   Our  concern  here  is  with 
the  position  of  this  bonorum  emptor  regarded  as  universal  successor. 
Both  Gains  and  Justinian  so  describe  him2,  but  the  case  differs  notably 
from  those  already  considered.  These  were  civil  in  character,  but  here 
the   succession   was   purely   praetorian,    like   bonorum  possessio3.   The 
emptor  had  the  goods  in  bonis,  and  he  or  his  transferee  would  become 
dominus  only  by  usucapio.  But  there  are  other  and  more  striking  points 
of  difference.    Properly  speaking  it  was  not  universal  succession  at  all. 
The  debtor  underwent  no  capitis  deminutio;  he  remained  liable  for  his 
old  debts,  since  he  could  still  be  sued  for  the  unpaid  fraction4,  under 
restrictions  which  do  not  here  concern  us5.    Indeed  it  seems  probable 
that  if  any  creditor  had  not  put  in  a  claim  under  the  venditio  he  could 
sue  for  the  whole  debt,  though  he  would  not  stand  to  gain  anything  by 
his  abstention.   But,  on  such  a  state  of  the  law,  it  is  difficult  to  see  that 
the  universitas  passed.  What  passed  were  the  debtor's  commercial  assets, 
and  these  were  technically  still  his,  till  the  period  of  usucapio  had  run. 
Thus  the  debtor's  universitas  did  not  vest  in  the  bonorum  emptor. 
He  became  bonitary  owner  of  the  goods,  having  also  an  inter  dictum 
possessorium  to  get  possession  of  them6.    He  could  sue  debtors  to  the 
estate  by  praetorian  actions,  with  the  Rutilian  formula,  in  which  the 
bankrupt's  name  was  in  the  intentio,  but  the  condemnatio  was  to  pay  to 
the  bonorum  emptor,  in  an  ordinary  case  of  bankruptcy7,  and  by  another 
praetorian  type  of  action,  formula  Serviana,  with  a  fiction  "  si  heres  esset " 
if  the  insolvent  was  dead8.   He  did  not  become  liable  for  the  debts,  but 
only  for  the  proportion  of  them  that  he  had  promised,  and  this  liability 
did  not  rest  on  succession;  it  was  a  result  of  his  contract  with  the 
magister  bonorum.    It  would  be  the  logical  result  that  he  could  not  be 
sued  by  the  creditors  at  all,  but  was  liable  only  to  the  magister  bonorum 
with  whom  he  contracted.   It  is  indeed  observable  that  Gains  in  describ- 
ing the  actions  deals  only  with  those  brought  by  him9,  his  other  text, 
very  imperfect,  carrying  the  matter  no  further10.    But  Theophilus  says 
he  could  sue  and  be  sued  by  utiles  actiones11,  and  Lenel  cites  several 
texts  which  in  their  original  form  seem  to  have  dealt  with  action  against 
the  bonorum  emptor,  but  are  not  quite  conclusive  on  the  point  against 

1  G.  3.  78  sqq. ;  post,  §  ccxix.         2  G.  ib. ;  lust.  3.  12.  pr.         3  G.  3.  80.         4  G.  2.  155 
and  see  Lenel,  E.P.  415.  5  See  post,  §  ccxix,  and  Inst.  4.  6.  40.  6  G.  4.  145. 

7  G.  4.  35,  86.   As  to  his  obligation  of  deductio,  post,  §  ccxxxvm.  8  G.  4.  35.   It  is, 

however,  nowhere  expressly  stated  that  the  field  of  these  formulae  was  so  divided.       9  G.  4. 
35,  66.  10  G.  3.  81.  "          11  Ad  Inst.  3.  12.  pr. 

B.  K.  L.  26 


402  BONORUM  VEND1T10  [CH.  ix 

whom  the  action  was  brought1.  There  seems  however  no  sufficient 
reason  to  reject  the  statement  of  Theophilus  and  the  argument  from 
analogous  cases. 

It  is  clear  however  that  the  notion  of  universal  succession  is  of  little 
use  in  this  case,  or  in  the  connected  system  of  bonorum  cessio,  which  is 
identical  in  principle,  though  the  debtor  who  had  voluntarily  surrendered 
his  estate  to  his  creditors  had  some  special  protection  in  the  case  of 
subsequent  proceedings  against  him2. 

1  Lenel,  E.P.  412.  2  Post,  §  ccxix. 


CHAPTER  X 

THE  LAW  OF  OBLIGATIONS.    GENERAL  NOTIONS. 
VERBAL  CONTRACTS.    CONTRACTS  LITERIS. 

CXLIII.  Nature  of  Obligation,  p.  403;  Personal  nature  of  obligation,  404;  CXLIV.  Classifica- 
tion of  obligations,  406;  CXLV.  Contract,  409;  consensus,  410;  interpretation,  411; 
CXLVI.  Fraud,  412;  Metus,  413;  Error,  415;  CXLVII.  Capacity,  416;  possibility,  417; 
CXLVIII.  Dies,  419;  condicio,  ib.;  resolutive  conditions,  422;  CXLIX.  Contract  for 
heres,  423;  for  third  persons,  ib. ;  causa  as  basis  of  contract,  425;  CL.  Nexum,  426;  CLI. 
Fiducia,  427;  CLII.  Classification  of  contracts,  430;  Verbal  Contracts,  431;  Stipulatio, 
ib.;  Form,  432;  CLIII.  Capacity,  434;  Stipulatio  by  slave,  435;  CLIV.  Content  of  stipu- 
latio,  436 ;  ad  diem  deberi  non  posse,  437 ;  Exceptio  non  numeratae  pecuniae,  438 ;  CLV.  Ad- 
stipulatio,  440;  CLVI.  Adpromissio,  441;  Sponsio,  ib.;  Legislation  affecting  adpromissores, 
442;  CLVII.  Beneficium  cedendarum  actionum,  445;  Beneficium  divisionis,  446;  Beneficium 
ordinis,  447;  Release  of  surety,  ib. ;  CLVIII.  Plurality  of  principals,  ib. ;  Solidarity, 
varieties,  449;  Correality,  450;  Regress,  451;  CLIX.  Simple  solidarity,  452;  Basis  of 
distinction,  453;  CLX.  Dictio  dotis,  454;  lusiurandum  liberti,  455;  CLXI.  Contract  literis, 
expensilafio,  456;  Varieties,  ib. ;  Form  of  the  contract,  457;  Written  contract  under 
Justinian,  458. 

CXLIII.  The  Law  of  Obligations  is  the  law  of  iura  in  personam,  of 
rights  and  duties  existing  between  two  or  more  persons  but  having,  in 
general,  and  prima  facie,  no  bearing  on  their  relations  to  other  people. 
It  has  already  been  pointed  out1  that,  while  obligatio  is  classed  as  a  res 
incorporalis,  and  so  forms  part  of  the  ius  rerum,  there  are  not  wanting 
signs  of  a  view  according  to  which  it  was  not  a  res  but  a  conception  with 
a  close  affinity  to  the  notion  of  actio.  Such  a  notion  makes  it  a  con- 
necting link  between  the  two  topics.  Apart  from  the  texts  already  cited 
it  may  be  noted  that  Ulpian's  Regulae,  in  the  form  in  which  we  have 
them 2,  stop  at  intestate  succession,  that  both  the  Digest  and  the  Code 
contain  the  rubric,  De  obligationibus  et  actionibus3,  and  that  the  associa- 
tion is  helped  by  the  use  of  the  word  "actio"  to  mean  "right  of  action" 
as  in  the  maxim:  minus  est  actionem  habere  quam  rem*. 

Justinian's  definition  of  obligatio  is:  '''Obligatio  est  iuris  vinculum 
quo  necessitate  adstringimur  alicuius  solvendae  rei  secundum  iura  nostrae 
civitatis5."  The  word  "vinculum"  expresses  the  tie  between  the  creditor, 
reus  credendi,  and  the  debitor,  reus  debendi.  "Alicuius  solvendae  rei"  must 
be  understood  in  a  wide  sense  as  covering  any  render  or  service  which 
could  have  a  money  value.  The  words  "secundum  iura,"  etc.,  mean 
merely  that  it  must  be  such  an  obligation  as  the  law  would  enforce6. 

1  Ante,  §  LXVU.  2  The  original  work  covered  the  whole  field;  D.  44.  7.  25. 

3  D.  44.  7;  C.  4.  10.  4  50.  17.  204.  5  Inst.  3.  13.  pr. 

6  It  is  suggested  that  obligation  in  early  law  rested  on  transfer  of  property.  Debere,  on 
this  vie\v=de  habere,  and  in  credere  the  dare  is  obvious.  Debitum  and  obligatio  appear  to 

26—2 


404  OBLIGAT1O  |CH. 

Obligatio^,  like  vinculum,  implies  a  tying  together,  and  the  same 
point  of  view  appears  in  other  terms,  e.g.,  nexum,  one  of  the  oldest  forms 
of  obligation,  and  contractus,  an  expression  which,  as  a  noun,  denoted 
only  certain  forms  of  binding  agreement,  but,  in  the  form  of  a  verb, 
was  wider:  there  were  many  ways  other  than  contract  in  which  a  man 
could  contract  an  obligation2.  It  does  not  follow  that  both  parties  must 
be  alike  bound.  Thus  in  delict  and  in  stricti  iuris  contracts  only  one  was 
obligatus.  In  such  cases,  indeed  in  all  cases,  an  obligatio  had  two  sides: 
the  right  and  the  duty.  Conceived  of  as  a  right,  it  was  a  res,  and  that  is 
the  aspect  of  it  which  is  considered  when  obligatio  is  mentioned  among 
the  cases  of  res.  As  it  was  treated  as  a  part  of  the  ius  rerum,  we  should 
expect  this  aspect  to  be  brought  out  in  the  definition,  but  that  emphasises 
only  the  duty.  In  the  actual  treatment  of  the  subject  it  is  primarily  re- 
garded as  a  right,  and  though  this  might  make  little  difference,  since 
the  right  of  A  is  the  duty  of  B  stated  in  another  way,  still  this  conception 
of  obligatio  as  a  res  did  in  fact  affect  the  discussion.  We  are  told  how  we 
could  acquire  an  obligation,  the  right,  by  the  act  of  a  subordinate,  but 
not,  in  the  treatment  of  obligations,  how  such  a  person's  act  could  im- 
pose an  obligation,  the  duty,  on  us.  In  contract  the  omission  is  not 
surprising,  as,  at  civil  law,  no  such  thing  could  happen3,  but  that  is  not 
so  in  delict;  noxal  liability  was  recognised  by  the  XII  Tables.  But 
these  matters  and  contractual  liabilities  of  this  type  are  discussed  in 
the  law  of  actions,  in  the  course  of  the  explanation  of  special  types  of 
action. 

The  intensely  personal  nature  of  obligatio  was  one  of  its  most  marked 
characteristics.  It  was  evidenced  to  some  extent  by  the  fact  that  it 
could  not  be  assigned,  but  few  rights  were  assignable.  More  significant 
is  the  fact  that  it  was,  in  general,  impossible  at  any  stage  in  Roman  Law 
to  acquire,  directly,  a  right  of  this  character  through  a  transaction  by  a 
third  party4.  The  same  rule  had  held  at  one  time  in  iura  in  rem,  but  it 

express  one  and  the  same  idea,  and  are  so  used  by  the  jurists.  But  it  has  been  suggested 
that  the  ideas  are  properly  distinguishable,  debitum  (Schuld)  signifying  that  a  relation 
exists  under  which  one  "ought"  to  pay,  and  the  other  receive,  and  obligatio  (Haftung) 
signifying  that  the  liability  can  be  enforced.  See,  for  a  recent  statement  of  this  view, 
and  some  suggested  applications,  Cornil,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  199  sqq.  Contra,  at  least  as  to 
Roman  Law,  Duquesne,  N.E.H.  37.  125  sqq.  See  also  Koschaker,  Z.S.S.  37.  348  sqq., 
reviewing  Steiner,  Datio  in  solutum. 

1s  The  notion  of  obligatio  as  a  bond  is  too  abstract  to  be  very  ancient.  The  word  is  rare 
before  Gaius.  Cicero  uses  it,  but  hardly  in  a  juristic  sense  (e.g.,  Ep.  ad  Brut.  1.  18. 
3).  Obligare,  as  old  as  Plautus,  is  used  by  Cicero  in  a  juristic  sense  (see,  e.g.,  pro  Caec.  3. 
7;  pro  Mur.  2.  3).  It  is  not  till  later  that  the  notion  of  obligatio  as  such  is  disentangled 
from  actio,  and  the  classifications  of  obligationes  are  later  still.  2  See  G.  3.  91,  and  cp. 
Inst.  3.  14.  1.  As  to  this  notion  of  binding,  in  terminology,  and  its  possible  history,  see 
Beseler,  Beitrdge,  4.  92  sqq.  3  Obligatio  is  essentially  a  civil  conception  in  classical 

law.   Post,  §  CXLIV.  4  As  to  limitations  and  modifications,  post,  §  CXLJX. 


x]  PERSONAL  NATURE  OF  OBLIGATIO  405 

had  disappeared,  as  to  iure  gentium  transactions,  in  later  classical  law1. 
In  contract  it  never  did.  If  a  man's  procurator  bought  a  horse  for  him, 
the  transfer  to  the  agent  vested  the  horse  in  the  principal,  in  later  law, 
but  rights  and  liabilities  under  the  contract  were  in  the  agent,  and  would 
have  to  be  transferred  by  the  device  which  evaded  the  difficulty  that 
such  things  could  not  be  assigned2. 

Obligatio  was  so  intensely  personal  that  it  seems  that,  at  one  time,  it 
died  with  the  party  liable.  This  indeed  was  always  so  in  delict,  but  in 
very  early  law  it  seems  to  have  been  not  less  true  in  contract3.  The 
earliest  forms  of  stipulatio  that  we  know  anything  about  are  sponsio 
and  fidepromissio  and  neither  of  these  bound  the  heres.  Long  before  the 
Empire,  however,  ordinary  promises  of  res,  certain  or  uncertain,  bound 
or  benefited  the  heres.  An  essentially  personal  service,  e.g.  to  paint  a 
portrait,  could  not  be  understood  of  the  heres  either  way  (apart  from 
action  on  a  breach  committed  before  the  death).  Some  jurists  seem, 
however,  to  have  carried  the  matter  further  and  to  have  held  that  a 
promise  of  service  of  any  kind  was  essentially  personal  and  did  not  pass 
either  way,  but  there  is  little  trace  of  this  in  the  texts4.  Justinian  ad- 
verting to  the  dispute,  provided  th&tfacere  and  dare  were  equally  trans- 
missible both  ways5,  and  no  surviving  prae-justinianian  text  adverts 
to  a  contrary  rule6. 

Another  kind  of  question  brings  out  the  personal  character  of 
obligatio.  If  a  slave  made  a  contract,  e.g.  of  hire,  and  the  master  dealt 
negligently  with  the  property,  or  vice  versa,  what  were  the  resulting 
liabilities?  Obligatio  being  personal,  could  the  act  of  A  be  breach  of  a 
contract  made  by  Bl  In  the  first  case  put  the  rule  seems  to  have  been 
that  the  master's  culpa  could  not  make  him  liable  on  the  contract7, 
though  if  he  had  damaged  the  thing  he  might  be  liable  in  delict,  under 
the  /.  Aquilia.  Any  dolus  would  subject  him  to  the  actio  doli,  and  here 
the  law  went  further  and  allowed  this  dolus  to  come  into  account  in  any 
bonae  fidei  transaction,  under  the  "ex  fide  bona"  clause  in  the  formula9. 

In  stricti  iuris  contracts  earlier  law  knew  no  remedy  but  the  actio 
doli,  but  later  law,  perhaps  later  classical  law,  gave  an  actio  utilis  on  the 
contract  itself9,  this  way  of  dealing  with  it  shewing  that  it  was  outside 

1  Ante,  §  xcix.  2  Post,  §  CLXXXIX.  3  We  hear  at  a  relatively  early  date  of 

sons  seized  under  a  liability  of  their  father  (Livy,  2.  24).  but  the  father  is  alive.  See  post, 
§  CL.  4  22.  3.  9;  45.  1.  133;  46.  3.  31  have  been  cited  in  this  connexion  from  the  time 
of  the  Gloss.  5  C.  8.  37.  13.  There  was  of  course  no  difficulty  about  liability  for 

breaches  before  the  death.  6  See  G.  4.  113.    Contracts  were  of  course  often  made 

so  as  not  to  include  the  heres,  e.g.  45.  1.  56.  4.  7  No  text  states  such  a  liability. 

8  13.  6.  3.  5;  15.  1.  36.  In  fiducia  there  was  a  special  clause  in  the  Edict,  bringing  into 
account  dolus  by  the  paterfamilias  of  the  actual  fiduciary,  Lenel,  E.P.  234.  9  45.  1. 

49.  pr.  It  is  not  good  authority.  Demand  seems  to  have  been  made  under  the  liability  de 
peculio,  putting  the  master  in  personal  "raora." 


406  CLASSIFICATION   OF  OBLIGATIONS  [CH. 

the  true  scope  of  the  contract.  The  case  of  negligence  of  the  slave  under 
the  master's  contract  was  the  subject  of  much  discussion.  The  earlier 
view  was  that  this  gave  no  action  on  the  contract,  but  only,  in  appro- 
priate cases,  a  noxal  action  for  delict,  but  there  were  early  supporters 
of  another  view,  i.e.  that  action  on  the  contract  would  lie,  but  that  the 
master  could  avoid  liability  by  handing  over  the  slave1.  This  was  not 
noxal  surrender,  since  the  action  was  not  in  delict,  but  it  gave  a  similar 
result.  This  view  prevailed  in  the  time  of  Justinian2;  it  recognises  the 
principle  that  in  strictness  the  master  is  not  liable. 

CXLIV.  CLASSIFICATION  OF  OBLIGATIONS.  In  his  treatment  of 
obligatio  Justinian  follows,  in  the  main,  the  order  and  treatment  of 
Gaius.  But  while  Gaius  has  little  to  say  of  obligationes  honorariae3, 
Justinian  at  the  beginning  of  his  discussion  states  his  "summa  divisio" 
as  into  two  classes,  civil  and  praetorian,  the  former  created  by  statute 
or  recognised  by  civil  law,  the  latter  by  the  praetor,  "ex  sua  iurisdic- 
tione*."  He  then  states  what  he  calls  a  " sequens  divisio"  which  is  in 
fact  that  of  Gaius,  based  on  the  nature  of  the  fact  creating  the  obligatio, 
amplified  by  the  addition  of  the  heads  of  quasi-contract  and  quasi- 
delict.  This  is  the  division  followed  in  his  treatment,  and  though  he  does 
deal  with  important  praetorian  obligations  in  delict,  he  says  little  of 
them  in  contract,  and  nowhere  marks  them  off  as  a  class  under  the  head 
of  obligatio5.  Thus,  for  the  purpose  of  statement  of  the  law,  the  important 
division  is  into  four  classes. 

1.  Contract,  which  can  be  loosely  defined  as  actionable  agreement. 
This  is  not  exact,  as  certain  pacts  gave  actions  but  were  not  called 
contractus.    What  Gaius  means  is  those  agreements  which  in  classical 
law  gave  a  civil  law  action6.   Justinian  merely  follows  Gaius. 

2.  Quasi-Contract.  This  may  be  defined  as  an  obligation  which  arises 
without  agreement  or  wrong  done,  but  it  is  much  more  analogous  to 


1  Coll.  12.  7.  9;  D.  19.  2.  25.  7;  47.  1.  2.  3;  cp.  47.  2.  62.  5.  The  case  is  different  if  the 
master  had  been  negligent  in  choosing  the  man  to  carry  out  the  contract.  Coll.  12.  7.  7. 
2  9.  2.  27.  11.  3  Gaius  in  fact  knows  nothing  of  obligatio  honoraria.  For  him,  and 

probably  for  all  jurists  of  that  age,  obligatio  is  a  civil  conception.  He  mentions  obliga- 
tions which  are  in  fact  purely  praetorian  (3.  192,  209),  but  these  are  offshoots  of  civil 
obligation.  He  says  nothing  of  obligations  "quasi  er  delicto,"  and  the  only  case  of  quasi- 
contract  he  mentions  is  civil  (3.  91).  He  treats  only  of  civil  modes  of  discharge:  his 
language  in  3.  181  being  very  significant.  What  he  has  to  say  of  what  are  in  fact  prae- 
torian obligations  he  says  under  the  law  of  actions.  He  contemplates  the  praetor  as  capable 
of  giving  actiones,  but  not  of  creating  obligationes.  4  Inst.  3.  13.  5  G.  does  not  here 
mention  this  summa  divisio.  Elsewhere  (e.g.  4.  110)  he  speaks  of  actions  given  by  the 
praetor,  and  Paul  (Coll.  2.  5.  4)  speaks  of  actio  honoraria  or  civilis,  based  on  civil  law  or 
praetorian  jurisdiction,  which  means  the  same  thing  so  far  as  it  deals  with  obligatio,  but 
is  wider.  6  Fiducia  answered  the  definition,  but  was  not  called  a  contract;  as  to 

the  reason,  post,  §  CIJ. 


x]  CXASSIFICATION  OF  OBLIGATIONS  407 

contract  than  to  delict.    Its  somewhat  heterogeneous  content  will  be 
discussed  later. 

3.  Delict.   Obligation  arising  from  a  wrong,  which  may  or  may  not 
be  in  connexion  with  a  contract.   Not  all  delicts  are  expressly  treated  in 
Gains  or  the  Institutes,  but  only  four  important  cases,  all  known  to  the 
civil  law.   For  though  iniuria  is,  as  we  know  it,  mainly  praetorian,  Gaius 
is  careful  to  state  its  origin  in  the  XII  Tables1,  and  rapina  is  a  deriva- 
tive of  furtum. 

4.  Quasi-Delict.  This  is  not  in  Gaius ;  the  cases  treated  hereunder  by 
Justinian  are  all  praetorian ;  the  principle  of  distinction  from  delict  will 
be  considered  later2. 

Gaius  admits  that  his  division  into  two  heads  is  inexact,  and  involves 
treating  under  contract  some  things  which  are  not  contract3,  and  in  the 
Digest  he  appears  as  classifying  obligations  under  three  heads,  contract, 
delict  and  "ex  variis  causarum  figuris*."  There  are  long  citations  from 
his  "liber  aureorum5"  which  are  the  source  of  Justinian's  passages 
dealing  with  quasi-contract  and  quasi-delict,  and  suggest  that  these 
are  what  Gaius  means  by  "variae  causarum  figurae,"  but  do  not  suggest 
that  all  obligations  must  come  under  one  of  these  heads.  But  these 
texts  are  in  all  probability  very  freely  interpolated6. 

These  are  not  the  only  classifications  we  find.  Modestinus  says: 
"obligamur  aut  re  aut  verbis  out  simul  utroque  aut  consensu  aut  lege  aut 
iure  h onorario  aut  necessitate  aut  peccato1 '."  Here  the  first  three  are  contract 
and  the  others  presumably  cover  everything  else.  But  the  classification 
seems  to  pass  from  a  basis  in  the  fact  creating  the  obligation  to  one  in 
the  authority  by  which  it  is  enforced,  with  resulting  overlapping,  so 
that  neither  the  classification  nor  his  illustrations  give  much  help. 
The  class  "lege"  is  defined  but  not  illustrated,  as  is  the  case  also 
with  "iure  honorario."  There  were  in  fact  a  great  number  of  obliga- 
tions which  might  come  under  these  heads,  in  particular  the  latter8. 

There  were  other  distinctions  of  some  importance.  Leaving  out  of 
account  merely  moral  obligations,  not  recognised  by  law,  not  all  which 
the  law  would  enforce  were  equally  enforceable.  Most  were  enforceable 
by  action,  but  there  were  a  few  cases  in  which  the  law  did  not  allow  an 
action  but  did  allow  enforcement  in  indirect  ways.  There  were  cases  in 
which  a  claim  could  be  enforced  only  by  way  of  retention,  not  by  action. 
Thus  the  defendant  in  a  real  action  could  resist  the  claim  unless  reim- 

1  G.  3.  223.  2  Post,  §  cciv.  3  He  calls  his  division  the  siimma  dirisio,  3. 

88;  3.  91.    But  he  does  not  mention  quasi -delictal  obligations  at  all.  4  44.  7.  1.  pr. 

5  44.  7.  1,  4,  5.  6  See  Mitteis,  Rom.  Pr.  1.  86.  7  44.  7.  52.  8  Many 

of  them  will  appear  under  the  head  of  actions:  in  this  case,  even  more  than  elsewhere,  for 
historical  reasons,  the  matter  is  persistently  looked  at  from  the  point  of  view  of  procedure. 


408  CLASSIFICATION  OF  OBLIGATIONS  [CH. 

bursed  for  certain  expenses1,  but  could  not  recover  them  by  independent 
action.  There  was  the  same  right  where  a  creditor  sought  to  enforce  a 
pledge  against  a  bonafide  holder2.  The  husband's  right  to  deductions  in 
returning  dos  was  in  later  law  also  enforceable  by  condictio,  but  the 
existence  of  this  latter  right  was  still  disputed  in  late  classical  law3. 
The  holder  in  commodatum  or  deposit  had  this  right  of  retention  appar- 
ently before  he  acquired  an  actio  contraria,  and  at  the  beginnings  of  the 
contract  of  pledge  this  right  of  retention  of  the  res  was,  it  seems,  the  only 
right  conferred  by  it4. 

There  is  also  a  classification  into  obligationes  civiles,  actionable  at 
law,  and  naturales,  enforceable  only  indirectly,  e.g.  by  way  of  set  off5. 
But  the  expression  obligatio  civilis  is  itself  ambiguous.  An  obligation 
might  be  enforceable  by  a  civil  law  action  or  by  an  action  given  by  the 
magistrate.  The  former  were  obligationes  civiles,  in  a  narrower  sense, 
the  latter  being  obligationes  honorariae*.  Again,  of  civil  obligations 
in  this  last  sense,  some  were  always  such,  having  their  origin 
in  the  old  civil  law;  others,  originally  praetorian,  acquired  civil 
law  actions  only  later.  These  are  sometimes  said  to  be  "iure  civili 
comprobatae7 '/' 

All  these  classifications  are  classifications  according  to  the  mode  of 
origin,  but  there  are  others  of  a  different  type.  Thus  obligatio  might  be 
unilateral,  where  one  party  only  was  bound,  as  in  delict  and  stricti 
iuris  contract,  or  bilateral,  where  there  were  duties  on  both  sides,  as  in 
sale  and  many  other  cases,  or,  while  primarily  unilateral,  they  might  in 
certain  events  create  obligations  both  ways,  as  in  deposit,  commodatum, 
mandate,  tutela,  etc. — imperfectly  bilateral8.  Again  they  might  be  either 
to  do  or  to  give  or  to  abstain.  They  might  be  principal  or  accessory,  such 
as  those  of  a  surety.  They  might  be  for  a  cerium  or  an  incertum,  a  dis- 
tinction having  important  effects  in  procedure,  or  bonae  fidei  or  stricti 
iuris9,  with  similarly  important  effects  (a  classification  differing  from  the 
others  in  that  it  is  not  exhaustive;  there  were  many  obligations  which 
were  neither).  Again  they  might  be  either  divisible  or  indivisible,  a 
distinction  obvious  in  its  nature  but  not  so  simple  in  its  application, 
having  its  chief  importance  in  connexion  with  performance  (solutio) 
with  which  topic  it  will  be  considered10.  Or  they  might  be  simple 

1  Post,  §  ccxxvm.  2  20.  1.  29.  2.    See,  for  another  case,  3.  5.  17.  3  25. 

1.  5.  2,  and  perhaps  is  due  to  Justinian,  Schulz,  235.  34.  57  sqq.  4  Post,  §  CLXVT. 

5  Post,  §  CLXXXIX.  6  Inst.  3.  13.  1.       7  This  name  does  not  appear  in  the  sources 

but  it  is  suggested  by  such  texts  as  Inst.  3.  13.  1,  though  the  class  here  spoken  of  as 
comprobatae  would  cover  all  not  based  on  statute,  but  recognised  at  civil  law.  8  There 
is  no  Roman  authority  for  this  description.  It  is  of  little  value  in  any  case,  and  on  the 
views  now  held  by  some  writers  as  to  some  of  these  cases  (post,  §  ccxxxiv)  it  would  be  of 
very  narrow  application.  9  This  distinction  applies  properly  to  the  remedy,  rather 

than  to  the  obligation.  10  Post,  §  cxcm. 


x]  CONTRACT  409 

or  alternative,  e.g.  to  give  A  or  B,  a  distinction  which  also  will  arise  in 
connexion  with  solutio1. 

The  very  artificial  nature  of  Justinian's  classification  should  be 
noticed,  at  the  cost  of  some  anticipation.  He  mentions  four  sources  of 
obligation.  He  gives  four  types  of  contract,  omitting  innominate  con- 
tracts and  actionable  pacts,  which,  in  view  of  the  late  development  of  the 
former  and  the  praetorian  character  of  the  latter  so  far  as  they  were 
known  to  classical  law,  Gaius  might  reasonably  do,  but  hardly  Justinian. 
He  gives  four  contracts  "re,"  and  four  consensual  contracts,  though 
pacta  praetoria  and  legitima  are  not  really  distinguishable  under  Justin- 
ian. He  gives  four  delicts,  though  in  fact  there  were  many  others  and 
two  of  these  four,  furtum  and  rapina,  were  really  one.  He  gives  four  quasi- 
delicts.  This  symmetrical  scheme  obviously  does  not  correspond  with 
practical  facts. 

CXLV.  CONTRACT.  A  contract  was,  subject  to  a  small  correction 
already  indicated2,  an  agreement  enforceable  by  action  at  law.  It 
involved  a  concurrence  of  two  wills  as  to  future  conduct  of  one  or  both 
of  the  parties.  Such  a  concurrence,  to  be  capable  of  proof,  must  be  in 
some  way  expressed.  The  law  might  hold  that  any  expression  sufficed, 
that  the  moment  agreement  was  proveable  there  was  a  contract.  Roman 
Law  did  not  take  this  position ;  it  started  from  the  point  of  view  that  an 
agreement  was  not  enforceable  unless  there  was  some  reason  why  it 
should  be.  At  first,  like  other  systems,  it  found  this  reason  in  Form. 
The  oldest  contracts  of  Roman  Law  are  formal  contracts;  owing  their 
validity  to  the  fact  that  they  are  expressed  in  a  certain  way,  with  the 
corollary  that  this  form  was  the  essential.  If  that  was  correctly  gone 
through  it  was  immaterial  whether  real  consent  was  present  or  not3. 
But  of  those  of  which  we  have  any  knowledge  it  is  probable  that  nexum 
alone  answers  strictly  to  this  conception.  Consent  is  at  any  rate  em- 
phasised in  stipulatio*.  The  contracts  "re"  mark  a  certain  further  ad- 
vance; for  a  very  limited  number  of  transactions  the  principle  was 
recognised  that  the  agreement  became  a  binding  contract  if  the  subject- 
matter  was  handed  over  for  the  concerted  purpose. 

A  further  development5  was  the  consensual  contracts.  For  a  small 
but  commercially  important  group  of  contracts  the  principle  was  ac- 
cepted that  mere  consent,  however  evidenced,  should  suffice.  All  these 
steps  had  been  taken  by  the  beginning  of  the  Empire.  This  course  of 
progress,  resulting  in  the  existence  of  distinct  groups  of  contracts  makes 

1  They  may  also  be  simple  or  subject  to  a  modality,  e.g.,  dies  or  condicio.    See  post, 
§  cxLvm.  2  Ante,  §  CXLIV.  3  Thus,  as  we  shall  see,  it  was  only  gradually  and 

imperfectly  that  the  law  took  account  in  these  contracts  of  factors  affecting  the  reality  of 
consent.  4  2.  14.  1.3.  5  Historically  perhaps  earlier. 


410  CONSENT  [CH. 

it  difficult  to  lay  down  any  general  theory  of  contract  for  Roman  Law. 
It  is  somewhat  easier  for  the  modern  Roman  Law  in  which  formal  con- 
tracts have  ceased  to  play  a  part,  but  for  the  classical  and  even  the 
Justinianian  law  there  are  at  least  two  theories  of  contract,  that  of  the 
formal  (or  rather  stricti  iuris)  contracts,  and  that  of  the  bonae  fidei  con- 
tracts1. In  stating  the  general  principles  of  contract  this  distinction  has 
constantly  to  be  borne  in  mind. 

A  contract  involves  agreement,  consensus,  concurrence  of  two  minds, 
and  this  must  exist  at  the  moment  when  the  contract  is  made.  This 
moment  would  be  readily  determined  in  nexum  (assuming  that  this  is  to 
be  treated  as  a  contract),  and  almost  equally  readily  in  stipulatio,  where 
the  question  and  answer  ordinarily  occurred  substantially  together. 
But  even  here  there  might  be  difficulty.  If  the  offer  and  acceptance 
were  not  at  the  same  time  (and  essentially  all  contracts  can  be  reduced 
to  offer  and  acceptance)  it  would  be  difficult  to  prove  that  the  stipulator's 
intent  still  existed  at  the  time  of  the  promise.  Accordingly  it  was  laid 
down  that  they  must  be  substantially  continuous.  Thus,  says  Ulpian, 
if  the  stipulator  left  the  room  before  the  answer  was  given,  there  was  no 
stipulatio,  unless  indeed  it  was  only  for  a  moment,  and  he  duly  returned 
and  got  his  answer2.  Again,  if,  after  the  question  was  asked,  the  stipu- 
lator attended  to  other  business,  apromissio  later  in  the  day  was  useless3. 
On  the  literal  contract  we  have  no  information;  we  do  not  know  how 
the  debtor  expressed  his  assent  to  the  entry,  but  in  the  actually  re- 
corded cases  it  seems  to  have  been  on  the  spot4.  In  the  contracts  "re" 
there  was  ordinarily  little  difficulty,  since  the  acceptance  of  the  thing 
was  normally  acceptance  of  the  contract.  But  in  the  consensual  con- 
tracts and  especially  in  sale  and  hire,  it  is  obvious;  that  much  business 
was  done  by  correspondence.  Questions  must  have  arisen  whether  an 
acceptance  was  prompt  enough,  whether  an  offer  was  still  open,  and  so 
forth,  but  they  are  not  represented  in  the  legal  texts5. 

As  the  only  possible  evidence  of  a  man's  intent  is  external  facts  there 
has  been  some  controversy  on  the  question  whether  the  law  is  really 
concerned  with  his  intent,  or  whether  it  is  not  more  exact  to  say  that  for 
legal  purposes  there  is  no  difference  between  a  man's  intent  and  the 

1  Mutuum,  loan  of  money,  is  a  stricti  iuris  contract  though  not  formal,  but  in  fact 
many  of  its  rules  were  laid  down  before  it  was  conceived  of  as  a  contract  at  all,  post, 
§CLXH.  2  45.  1.  1.  1.  3  45.  1.  137.  pr.;  45.  2.  12.  pr.  4  Cicero,  o'e  Off.  3.  14.  58. 
5  There  seems  to  be  no  evidence  whatever  on  the  rule  which  must  have  existed  that  an 
offer  could  not  be  accepted  after  a  reasonable  lapse  of  time.  There  is  no  direct  evidence,  for 
contract,  as  to  the  effect  of  death  of  a  party  on  an  unaccepted  offer:  the  texts  which  can 
be  adduced  dealing  with  other  types  of  transaction  suggest  that  either  death  of  a  party, 
or  death  and  notice  of  the  death,  usually  caused  the  offer  to  lapse  (e.g.  12.  1.41;  39.  5.  2.  6; 
h.  t.  19.  3;  see  Regelsberger,  Pandekten,  1.  §  150;  Windscheid,  Lehrbuch,  2.  §  307). 


x]  INTERPRETATION  411 

expression  of  it  in  external  acts  and  events.  The  Romans  do  not  discuss 
this  abstract  question,  ex  professo,  but  appear  to  have  taken  the  view 
that  where  intent  was  material  it  was  his  real  intent,  and  to  have  drawn 
some  remarkable  conclusions1.  But  the  controversy  has  played  a  con- 
siderable part  in  the  discussion  of  two  practical  questions  which  we  must 
now  consider2:  first,  the  interpretation  of  what  purports  to  be  a  contract, 
secondly  the  question  how  far,  when  the  meaning  has  been  made  clear, 
the  agreement  propounded  represents  a  real  "will"  of  the  parties. 

In  dealing  with  formal  contracts  from  the  first  point  of  view,  stipu- 
latio  was  taken  as  the  type.  Ambiguous  stipulations  are  dealt  with  in 
several  texts.  Some  of  these  must  be  disregarded  in  laying  down  a 
general  rule,  as  they  dealt  with  creation  of  dos,  which  had  specially 
favourable  treatment3,  and  others,  though  they  appear  in  the  Digest  in 
a  general  form,  applicable  to  all  transactions,  were  originally  written  of 
legacy,  also  exceptionally  treated4,  so  that  it  is  unsafe,  even  for  Justin- 
ian's law,  and  quite  impossible  for  classical  law,  to  apply  them  generally. 
Setting  these  aside,  the  first  rule  was  to  look  at  the  dealings  apart  from 
the  formal  words  so  as  to  gather  the  meaning5.  If  this  did  not  help,  the 
common  local  usage  of  such  words  must  be  considered6.  If  that  failed, 
there  was  a  rule  that  the  words  must  be  so  construed  as  to  make  the 
transaction  effective.  Thus  a  stipulation  for  payment  "on  the  Kalends 
of  January"  meant  the  Kalends  of  next  January,  otherwise  the  debt 
need  never  be  paid7.  If  all  these  failed  the  rule  was  that  the  words  were 
to  be  construed  in  favour  of  the  promissor,  to  lessen  the  obligation,  not 
to  enlarge  it8.  But  if  the  words  were  clear  the  promissor  could  not 
insist  on  an  interpretation  favourable  to  him,  other  than  the  plain 
meaning9. 

The  same  question  might  arise  in  bonae  fidei  contracts,  especially  in 
the  loosely  constructed  consensual  contracts;  it  is  in  fact  discussed 
almost  exclusively  in  connexion  with  Sale.  The  rules  were  much  the 
same.  The  course  of  negotiations  (quod  actuin  est)  was  of  primary  im- 
portance10. Usage  was  also  to  be  considered11.  Apart  from  this,  ambigu- 

1  Post,  §  CXLVI.  2  Also  in  the  question  at  what  moment  a  contract  made  by 

correspondence  is  complete.  See  Schuster,  German  Civil  Law,  87,  for  the  different  solutions 
reached  by  modern  systems.  3  23.  3.  2;  h.  t.  70;  50.  17.  85.  pr.,  etc.  4  50.  17.  12; 

h.  t.  56,  etc.  See  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  84.  5  2.  14.  4.  3;  50.  17.  34.  6  50.  17.  34; 

h.  t.  114.  7  45.  1.41.pr.;h.  t.  80;  50.  17.  67.  8  34.  5.  26;  44.  7.  47;  45.  1.  38.  18; 

h.  t.  99.  pr.;  50.  17.  34;  illustrations  2.  15.  5;  45.  1.  106.  " Benignior"  solution  means  no 
doubt  the  same  thing,  so  far  as  generally  applicable,  but  these  texts  (e.g.  34.  1.  20.  1; 
50.  17.  56;  h.  t.  168.  pr. ;  h.  t.  192.  1)  were  written  of  legacy  and  dos  and  "benignior"  is 
a  suspicious  word.  50.  17.  96  was  written  of  wills.  9  45.  1.  99.  pr.;  h.  t.  110.  1  (which 

looks  like  a  contradiction  but  must  be  interpreted  by  the  facts).  The  document  is  construed 
as  a  whole  and  general  words  may  be  limited  by  other  provisions,  50.  16.  126.  10  18.  1. 

6.  1;  h.  t.  33;  h.  t.  40;  h.  t.  77;  h.  t.  80.  2;  18.  2.  2.  pr.;  50.  17.  172.  pr.      11  21.  1.  31.  20. 


412  DOLUS  [CH. 

ities  were  to  be  construed  against  the  party  who  formulated  the  pro- 
posals, as  in  stipulatio,  with  the  difference  in  effect  that,  there,  this  was 
necessarily  the  stipulator,  while  here  it  might  be  either  party.  But  the 
texts  laying  down  the  rule  commonly  treat  the  vendor  as  theformulator1, 
and  where  this  is  not  expressly  said  but  the  ambiguity  is  construed 
against  him,  the  transaction  is  usually  called  a  venditio,  implying  that 
the  proposals  emanate  from  him2,  probably  the  usual  case.  Some  texts 
which  seem  to  deal  with  ambiguities  and  to  give  a  different  result  are 
merely  assigning  the  recognised  meaning  to  the  expressions  used  in  the 
contract3.  These  rules  were  subject  to  an  exception.  If  the  difficulty 
wras  created  by  the  mistaken  or  fraudulent  act  of  the  vendor's  slave,  the 
vendor  was  not  prejudiced.  Thus  where  land  was  sold  by  description 
and  the  vendor's  slave,  in  pointing  out  the  boundaries,  included  other 
land,  the  land  sold  was  what  was  covered  by  the  description4,  an  applica- 
tion of  the  principle  that  a  slave  could  not,  without  authorisation,  make 
his  master's  position  worse. 

CXLVI.  Assuming  the  real  meaning  of  the  agreement  arrived  at, 
the  question  now  arose,  how  far  this  represented  a  real  intent.  Was  there 
anything  in  the  circumstances  to  suggest  that  there  was  no  real  consent? 
Often,  of  course,  the  facts  would  shew  that  there  was  no  intent  to  set 
up  a  legal  relation5;  apart  from  such  cases  this  is  the  question,  whether 
there  had  been  any  fraud  (dolus),  duress  (metus),  or  mistake,  and,  if  so, 
what  was  its  effect? 

Fraud.  Dolus.  This  may  have  caused  such  a  mistake  as  would  vitiate 
the  agreement  even  apart  from  fraud.  In  other  cases  the  rule  was 
clear.  A  consent  induced  by  fraud  was  none  the  less  a  consent.  In 
stricti  iuris  transactions  the  fraud  had,  till  the  time  of  Cicero6,  no  effect 
on  the  liability.  But  thereafter  the  exceptio  doll  could  always  be  pleaded 
in  reply  to  a  claim  on  a  contract  induced  by  fraud,  and  there  was  an 
actio  doli  where  the  matter  had  been  completed7.  In  bonae  fidei  con- 
tracts there  was  no  difficulty;  the  words  "  ex  fide  bona"  in  the  formula 
of  the  action  enabled  the  injured  party  to  prove  the  fraud,  if  he  was  sued, 
and,  conversely,  to  claim  on  account  of  it  if  he  sued.  The  result  was  not 
the  same  in  the  two  types  of  contract.  In  the  last  group,  the  index, 
taking  notice  of  the  dolus  could,  in  appropriate  cases,  diminish  the  con- 
demnatio  without  actually  absolving  the  defendant8.  But  in  a  strictum 
indicium,  if  the  exceptio  doli  was  proved,  the  action  was  lost,  and  the 

1  2.  14.  39;  18.  1.  21 ;  19.  1.  21.  6.  2  8.  3.  30;  18.  1.  33;  h.  t.  77;  h.  t.  80;  50. 

17.  172.  3  18.  1.  40.  1;  h.  t.  80.  2;  50.  16.  90;  h.  t.  126;  h.  t.  169;  h.  t.  205;  cf.  8.  2. 

17.  3.  4  18.  1.  18.  1.  5  44.  7.  3.  2;  h.  t.  54.  6  De  off.  3.  14.  58  sqq., 

"nondum  enim  C.  Aquilius,  collega  et  familiaris  meus,  protulerat  de  dolo  malo  formulas." 
7  4.  3.  1.  1,  if  there  was  no  other  action,  but  condictio  sine  causa  would  sometimes  be 
available.  8  E.g.  19.  1.  41. 


x]  METUS  413 

right  of  action  consumed.  It  may  also  be  observed  that  on  the  wording 
of  the  exceptio  doli1,  the  action  was  lost  if  any  fraud  was  proved,  even 
though  on  the  facts  it  did  not  induce  the  contract,  e.g.  was  a  minor 
matter  which  would  not  have  affected  the  decision  of  the  party.  But 
we  are  told  that  the  exceptio  doli  lay  on  the  same  grounds  as  the  actio 
doli,  and  that  this  action  did  not  lie  for  small  matters2. 

Duress.  Metus.  The  duress  contemplated  by  these  rules  was  not  mere 
threats  of  evil  consequences,  but  an  immediate  menace  of  death  or 
extreme  physical  injury  to  the  party  or  his  family3.  In  the  older  texts 
it  is  constantly  coupled  with  vis*,  and  the  line  between  physical  com- 
pulsion, which  would  certainly  make  the  act  unreal,  and  such  threats  as 
these  is  not  readily  drawn.  It  might  easily  be  held  that  consent  given 
under  such  pressure  was  no  consent  at  all  and  the  transaction  therefore 
a  nullity,  but  that  does  not  seem  to  have  been  the  attitude  of  the  law. 
The  chief  points  to  be  made  out  of  the  texts  on  the  matter  are  these. 

The  ancient  formal  transactions  were  certainly  valid  at  civil  law, 
even  if  they  resulted  from  metus  :  the  praetor,  in  historic  times,  gave  the 
necessary  relief.  A  mancipatio,  metus  causa,  was  valid,  but  the  res 
remained  "in  bonis"  of  the  victim5.  This  rule  had  however  nothing  to 
do  with  consent  ;  it  expressed  the  fact,  already  noted,  that  in  the  ancient 
formal  transactions  if  the  form  were  duly  gone  through,  consent  was 
immaterial6. 

There  are  a  few  texts  which  speak  generally  of  transactions  affected 
by  metus  as  being  simply  void7.  Some  of  these  concern  manumissions, 
and  as  there  could  be  no  setting  aside  of  a  manumission  which  had  taken 
effect8,  the  only  way  in  which  to  do  justice  was  to  declare  it  void  ab 
initio,  so  that  these  are  not  in  point.  The  other  texts  are  general  in  their 
language  and  are  commonly  construed  to  mean  only  that  relief  was 
given  in  such  cases.  But,  for  the  most  part,  this  is  not  their  natural 
interpretation,  and  one  or  two  cannot  be  construed  otherwise  than  as 
excluding  voluntas  and  declaring  absolute  nullity9.  Other  texts  however 
speak  of  consent  thus  obtained  as  nevertheless  consent:  "quamvis  si 
liberum  esset  noluissem,  tamen  coactus  uo/ui10."  And  the  titles  dealing 
with  these  matters  contain  a  number  of  texts  which  treat  the  trans- 
action as  valid  iure  civili,  but  as  subject  to  praetorian  relief,  restitutio  in 
integrum  in  some  form.  But  the  title  in  the  Digest  dealing  with  relief  for 
metus  does  not  anywhere  discuss  bonae  fidei  transactions,  though  that 


<,  §  ccxxra.  2  4.  3.9.  5  ;  44.  4.2.  pr.  34.  2.  3sqq.  4  E.g.  Cicero, 

ad  Quint,  fr.  1.  1.  7.  21;  cf.  D.  4.  2.  1.  5  G.  4.  117;  P.  1.  7.  6-8.  6  The  same 

consideration  applies  to  fraud.  7  The  chief  texts  on  metus  outside  D.  4.   2  and 

C.  2.  19  are  G.  4.  117;  P.  1.  7.  4-10;  Fr.  D.  7;  Cons.  9.  3;  C.  8.  38.  5;  D.  23.  2.  22;  29.  2.  6.  7; 
40.  9.  9;  h.  t.  17;  44.  4.  4.  33,  34;  50.  17.  116.  8  4.  4.  9.  6;  Fr.  D.  7;  D.  40.  9.  9;  h.  t. 

17.  9  Cons.  1.  3  sqq.;  29.  2.  6.  7.  10  4.  2.  21.  5. 


414  ERROR  [CH. 

in  the  Code  does  contain  late  legislation  assuming  praetorian  relief  in 
such  cases1. 

It  seems  at  first  sight  on  this  state  of  the  texts  that  bonae  fidei 
transactions  affected  by  metus  must  have  been  simply  void.  But  when 
it  is  remembered  that  so  long  as  the  matter  was  in  the  contractual  stage 
and  there  had  been  no  performance,  the  ordinary  machinery  of  the 
bonae  fidei  indicium  gave  protection,  it  seems  better  to  accept  what  is 
now  the  dominant  view  that  in  this  case  also  the  voluntas  was  supposed 
to  be  present,  though  the  praetor  would  if  necessary  relieve.  But 
the  conflict  in  the  texts  cannot  be  ignored  out  of  existence,  and  it 
must  be  supposed  that  there  was  an  opinion  other  than  that  which 
prevailed2. 

Error.  Here  the  matter  is  from  one  point  of  view  simpler.  If 
assent  was  given,  on  the  assumption  of  the  existence  of  certain  facts, 
and  they  were  not  as  assumed,  there  may  be  said  to  have  been  consent, 
not  to  what  was  actually  proposed  but  to  something  else.  Thus,  wherever 
mistake  affected  the  contract,  it  did  so  on  the  ground  that  there  was  no 
consent  and  the  agreement  was  void.  But  on  the  important  question 
when  mistake  did  so  affect  the  contract,  it  is  difficult  to  draw  any 
rational  conclusion  from  the  texts. 

In  the  case  of  stipulatio  a  mere  error  in  drawing  up  the  usual  cautio 
could  be  corrected.  If  what  the  parties  had  intended  to  stipulate  was 
clear,  the  writing  was  overridden3,  and  it  may  be  safely  assumed  that 
the  same  rule  applied  elsewhere.  But  the  question  arises,  where  the 
words  of  the  stipulatio  were  clear,  how  far  a  party  might  plead  that  they 
were  not  what  he  meant.  We  are  told  in  several  texts  that  error  excluded 
consent4,  but  that  is  not  helpful  till  we  know  the  limits  of  the  rule.  The 
general  effect  of  the  texts  is  that  where  there  was  no  doubt  as  to  the 
identity  of  the  subject-matter  the  contract  is  valid  whatever  mistake 
there  may  have  been  as  to  its  qualities5.  But  where  the  parties  were 
actually  thinking  of  different  things,  there,  as  there  was  no  consent, 
there  was  no  contract6.  This  is  clearly  stated  in  the  Institutes  and  the 
Digest7.  Naturally  this  does  not  mean  that  a  mere  assertion  of  the 
error  sufficed ;  it  must  be  proved.  Even  so  it  is  a  doctrine  out  of  harmony 
with  the  principles  of  formal  contracts,  and  it  is  sometimes  explained  as 
meaning  that  there  was  no  contract  even  though  the  words  were  clear,  if, 
on  the  facts,  they  were  understood  by  the  other  party  as  used  in 

1  C.  2.  19.  3,  4,  5.   But  in  all  these  cases  the  property  has  been  handed  over,  so  that  it 
is  relief  against  transfer  of  property,  not  contract.  2  Modern  writers  have  produced 

many  theories,  shewing  nullity  on  one  state  of  facts  and  relief  on  another,  but  there  is  no 
agreement  as  to  basis.  See  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  80,  n.  2.  3  2.  14.  4.  3;  50.  17.  92; 

C.  4.  22.  1.  4  2.  14.  1.  3;  C.  1.  18.  9.  5  4.  3.  38;  12.  6.  32.  3;  45.  1.  22;  h.  t.  32. 

6  34.  5.  3.  7  Inat,  3.  19.  23;  D.  45.  I.  137.  1. 


x]  ERROR  415 

another  sense.  But  this  involves  a  forced  interpretation  of  explicit 
texts1. 

There  seems  to  be  no  direct  information  as  to  the  effect,  in  stipulatio, 
of  error  as  to  the  identity  of  the  other  party,  but  from  certain  texts,  in 
the  law  of  theft,  it  appears  that  if  A  agreed  to  lend  money  to  X, 
believing  X  to  be  Y,  and  stipulated  for  its  return,  the  whole  transaction 
was  a  nullity2. 

In  bonae  fidei  contracts  the  rules  in  case  of  error  are  mainly  stated 
in  connexion  with  Sale.  At  first  sight  the  principles  look  very  different. 
The  guiding  rule  was  that  fundamental  error  avoided  the  contract,  but 
when  we  have  to  determine  what  was  fundamental  error,  there  is  nothing 
for  it  but  to  enumerate  the  forms  of  error  which  are  declared  to  vitiate 
the  contract.  Error  in  negotio  avoided  it,  e.g.  where  one  party  thought 
it  a  sale,  the  other  a  loan3,  a  point  which  could  hardly  arise  in  formal 
contracts.  Error  as  to  identity  of  what  was  sold  avoided  the  contract, 
if  it  was  as  to  the  principal  thing,  not  where  it  affected  only  an  accessory  4. 
Error  as  to  quantity  or  price  avoided  it  if  it  was  to  the  prejudice  of  the 
party  under  the  error,  but  not  otherwise5.  Error  as  to  the  person  with 
whom  the  contract  was  made  does  not  seem  to  be  discussed,  but  it  was 
material  in  some  obvious  cases  and  probably  was  so  treated,  e.g.  where 
A  intended  to  let  a  farm  to  T,  a  good  farmer,  but  the  person  who  pre- 
sented himself  was  another  T,  not  such.  No  doubt  the  rule  was  as  in 
stricti  iuris  contracts6. 

There  remains  the  case  commonly  called  error  in  substantia.  The 
texts  do  not  tell  a  very  consistent  story,  but  the  view  generally  held, 
which  gives  on  the  whole  the  best  account  of  the  texts,  is  that  error  as 
to  the  qualities  did  not  affect  the  contract,  unless  it  was  of  such  a  kind 
that  the  thing  differed  so  widely  from  what  it  was  supposed  to  be  as  to 
be  in  a  distinct  commercial  category,  e.g.  where  it  was  supposed  to  be 
gold  but  was  in  fact  copper  or  plated,  vinegar  instead  of  wine,  an  ancilla 
instead  of  a  man7.  Another  opinion  is  that  the  distinction  must  be  such 
as  would  have  determined  for  or  against  the  purchase8.  But  apart  from 
the  indefiniteness  of  this  it  does  not  suit  the  texts,  for  many  differences 
which  might  well  have  put  off  the  buyer  did  not  affect  the  contract  if 

1  A  similar  rule  is  applied  in  wills  where  there  is  no  question  of  the  other  party's 
understanding,  28.  5.  9.  pr. ;  30.  4.  But  here  there  is  not  the  same  difficulty.  In  wills, 
intent  rules.  2  Arg.  47.  2.  43.  pr.  -3;  h.  t.  67.  4;  h.  t.  76.  Cf.  12.  1.  32,  where  it  was 

mutuum  and  the  mistake  of  identity  prevented  the  property  from  passing.  3  44.  7. 

3.  1 ;  12.  1.  18.  1.  This  must  be  distinguished  from  mistake  as  to  the  legal  effect  of  the  trans- 
action gone  through.  If  a  man  buys  by  stipulation  and  counter-stipulation,  is  it  any 
defence  to  shew  that  he  meant  it  to  be  emptio  venditiol  See  2.  14.  7.  12  (interp.).  4  18.  1. 
9.  pr.;  h.  t.  34.  pr.  5  19.  2.  52.  6  See  Savigny,  System,  3,  §  136.  12.  1.  32  is 

in  point.  7  18.  1.  9.  2;  h.  t.  11.  1;  h.  t.  41.  1.   See  the  account  of  the  authorities  in 

Moyle,  Sale,  55.  8  See  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  76,  n.  9. 


416  CAPACITY  [CH. 

it  was  actually  made,  e.g.  the  article  was  of  low  carat  gold  instead  of  high 
carat1.  But  the  explanation  preferred  above  is  only  a  rationalisation  of 
the  texts:  it  is  not  formulated  by  the  jurists,  and  probably  was  never 
definitely  conceived  by  them.  Further,  it  was,  at  best,  the  rule  of  later 
classical  law ;  there  was  an  older  view  which  refused  to  take  mistake  of 
this  kind  into  account  at  all  as  affecting  the  validity  of  the  contract2. 
Again,  many  texts  raise  the  hypothesis  in  the  form  "si  aes  pro  auro 
veneat,"  and  it  has  been  contended3  that  the  texts  are  not  dealing  with 
mistake  at  all,  but  with  representations,  express  or  tacit,  made  by  the 
vendor,  innocently  or  not,  and  only  lay  down  the  rule  that  if,  e.g.,  a  thing 
is  expressly  sold  as  gold  and  is  copper,  there  is  no  sale.  On  this  view 
misdescription  "in  substantia"  prevented  a  contract  from  arising,  but 
misdescription  on  a  minor  point  merely  gave  a  claim  for  compensation. 
But  there  are  texts  which  cannot  be  dealt  with  in  this  way4.  Two  further 
remarks  are  needed.  Even  though  the  mistake  (which  has  nothing  to  do 
with  fraud)  prevented  a  contract  from  arising,  another  legal  relation 
might  exist.  Thus,  if  the  thing  had  been  delivered,  the  ownership  might 
have  passed:  there  would  be  a  condictio  on  the  one  hand  to  recover  the 
thing,  and  on  the  other  for  recovery  of  any  price  paid5. 

CXLVII.  Capacity.  Since  contract  depended  on  consent  the  parties 
must  be  capable  of  consent.  We  have  already  considered  the  capacity 
of  pupilli,  women  under  tutela,  lunatics,  prodigi,  Latins  and  peregrines6, 
but  something  must  be  said  of  persons  in  potestas.  Males  over  14  had 
full  contracting  power,  but  the  right  under  their  contract  vested  at  once 
in  the  paterfamilias,  except  so  far  as  the  contract  concerned  the  peculium 
castrense  or  quasi  castrense,  as  to  which  they  were  treated  as  patres- 
familias7.  Conversely  at  praetorian  law  the  paterfamilias  was  liable 
under  their  contracts  (with  the  same  exception8),  as  in  the  case  of  slaves9. 
But  they  themselves  were  liable  at  civil  law.  Their  castrense  peculium, 
however,  was  not  liable  on  contracts  which  concerned  the  paterfamilias, 
so  that  the  point  became  important  only  when  the  filius  became  sui 
iuris.  But  if  this  was  by  emancipatio,  the  civil  liability  was  destroyed 
by  the  capitis  minutio,  and-,  in  any  case,  if  the  son  did  not  succeed  to 
the  father,  the  action  might  be  unjust.  The  praetor  dealt  with  the  matter 
in  an  edict  which  provided  that  if  the  son  had  not  succeeded  to  the 

1   18.  1.  10.   It  may  be  noted  that  18.  1.  14  in  f.  seems  in  conflict  with  the  general  rule, 
but  it  is  not  clear  what  inauratum  means.  2  18.  1.  45;  Mackintosh,  Sale  (2),  94.  n. 

3  Leonhard,  Irrtum,  §  26,  as  part  of  a  wider  thesis.  See  also  Vangerow,  Pandekten  (7), 
3.  266.  Recent  writers  find  Stoic  notions  at  the  bottom  of  this  conception  of  error  in  sub- 
stantia. See  the  review  of  Leonhard,  2nd  Edn,  by  Henle  in  Gott.  Gel.  Anzeigen,  1908, 
429  sqq.  4  E.g.  18.  1.  11;  h.  t.  14.  5  12.  1.  32;  12.  6.  7;  h.  t.  12,  etc.  Error 

on  the  part  of  a  representative,  post,  §  CLXXXIV.  6  Ante,  §§  xxxiv,  xxxvi,  LVI,  LXI. 

7  49.  17.  4.  1.  8  49.  17.  18.  5.  9  Post,  §  CLXXXIV. 


x]  POSSIBILITY  417 

father,  then,  whether  he  had  become  sui  iuris  in  such  a  way  as  to  destroy 
the  action,  or  otherwise,  an  action  would  lie  against  him,  subject  to 
" beneficium  competentiae, "  and  only  '''causa  cognita,"  a  restriction  which 
allowed  the  refusal  of  any  action,  or  of  an  action  in  solidum,  if  the 
circumstances  called  for  this1.  Action  might  indeed  be  brought  while 
he  was  still  alieni  iuris,  but  actio  iudicati  was  deferred2.  If  he  was  under 
14  at  the  time  of  the  contract,  it  seems  that  he  cannot  have  been  liable 
any  more  than  one  under  tutela  would,  and  there  is  no  question  of 
auctoritas  in  this  case.  In  the  case  of  females  there  has  been  much  con- 
troversy. The  better  view  seems  to  be  that  the  rules  were  as  in  the  case 
of  males,  with  however  a  very  different  result.  They  were  capable  of 
acquiring  by  contract,  but  incapable  of  binding  themselves,  so  long  as 
the  perpetual  tutela  of  women  lasted3. 

The  only  other  general  requirement  of  contract  which  need  here  be 
considered  is  that  it  must  be  possible.  The  general  rule  was  that  an 
agreement  for  an  impossibilitj^  was  void.  Such  impossibility  might  be 
of  either  of  two  kinds ;  physical  or  legal.  Physical  impossibility  meant 
inconceivability,  what  was  contrary  to  the  nature  of  things,  a  promise 
to  touch  the  sky  with  one's  finger,  a  sale  of  a  hippocentaur  and  so 
forth4.  Legal  impossibility  is  exemplified,  e.g.  by  promise  or  sale  of  a 
res  sacra  or  the  Forum5.  The  mere  fact  that  it  was  impossible  to  the 
party  was  immaterial.  If  A  undertook  to  paint  a  portrait  as  good  as 
one  by  Apelles  or  to  sell  land  which  was  not  his,  both  were  in  a  sense 
impossible,  but  that  was  no  defence ;  if  he  did  not  carry  out  his  contract 
he  would  be  liable6. 

A  thing  actually  impossible  in  fact  or  in  law  might  not  be  obviously 
such.  In  this  case  the  classical  law,  especially  in  case  of  legal  impossi- 
bility, and  only  in  bonae  fidei  contracts,  especially  sale,  gradually  ad- 
mitted a  certain  modification  of  the  strict  rules.  Where  one  actually 
free  was  sold,  in  good  faith,  as  a  slave,  the  later  classical  law  gave  an 
actio  ex  empto,  for  which  Paul's  reason  is  that  it  is  difficult  to  tell  a  slave 
from  a  freeman7.  Where  ager  religiosus  was  so  sold,  Ulpian  says  that 
there  was  an  actio  infactums.  This  implies  that  there  was  no  valid  con- 
tract, whereas  in  the  case  of  the  freeman  it  is  clear  that  the  transaction 

1   14.  5.  2  sqq.  2  14.  5.  5.  3  See  the  discussion  of  this  case  by  Girard, 

Manuel,  475  sq. ;  ante,  §  XLVHI.  4  G.  3.  97;  Inst.  3.  19.  1 ;  D.  45.  1.  35.  5  18.  1. 

22;  h.  t.  4;  45.  1.  83.  5;  h.  t.  103,  etc.  6  45.  1.  137.  5.    As  to  the  general  notion  of 

impossibility,  ante,  §  civ,  and  Rabel,  Mel.  Gerardin,  473  sqq.  He  discusses  the  history  of 
the  word  itself  (impossibilis)  which  he  holds,  citing  Wolfflin,  to  be  not  earlier  than  about 
Trajan's  time,  the  idea  having  been  expressed  by  "not  in  the  nature  of  things,"  etc.  He 
points  out  also  that  the  general  formula,  "  impossibilium  nulla  obligatio"  (50.  17.  185),  is 
not  expressly  applied  to  b.  /.  contracts.  7  18.  1.  4-5.  8  11.  7.  8.  1.  According  to 

Lenel  (E.P.  221)  this  is  edictal. 

B.  R.  L.  27 


418  POSSIBILITY  [CH. 

was  a  real  sale.  In  later  law,  but  perhaps  not  till  the  time  of  Justinian, 
this  and  other  similar  cases  of  legal  impossibility  were  on  a  level  with 
that  of  the  freeman,  and  there  was  an  actio  ex  empto1.  If  the  buyer  was 
aware  of  the  facts  he  had  of  course  no  remedy.  Conversely  the  fact  that 
the  vendor  was  aware  of  the  facts  would  not  bar  the  buyer,  and  it  may 
be  inferred  from  other  rules  of  sale  that  an  innocent  vendor  had  only  to 
return  the  price,  while,  if  he  was  fraudulent,  consequential  losses  might 
come  into  account2. 

In  contracts  stricti  iuris  none  of  these  developments  occurred.  The 
promisee  had  no  remedy  except  those  resulting  from  dolus,  the  actio  doli, 
or,  if  he  had  stipulated  against  dolus,  an  action  on  that  stipulatio,  which 
had  the  advantage  of  being  perpetual3.  But  this  gives  rather  a  false 
impression.  A  stipulatio  for  a  piece  of  land  which  was. in  fact  a  res 
religiosa  would  not  usually  be  by  way  of  gift ;  other  transactions  would 
be  connected  with  it.  Thus  it  might  be  that  other  property  had  been 
transferred  in  return  for  the  promise.  In  such  a  case  this  could  be 
recovered  by  condictio  sine  causa,  even  though  the  other  party  was 
innocent 4. 

Another  type  of  impossibility  was  that  in  which  a  thing  sold  had 
ceased  to  exist  at  the  time  of  the  contract.  Here,  whether  the  vendor 
knew  this  or  not,  there  was  no  contract  and  any  price  paid  could  be 
recovered5. 

There  was  however  nothing  to  prevent  the  sale  of  a  future  thing, 
though,  in  a  sense,  delivery  was  impossible.  The  question  therefore  arose : 
was  it  possible  to  sell  or  promise  a  thing  existing,  but  at  present  incapable 
of  sale,  subject  to  the  condition  of  its  becoming  saleable?  In  the  case  of 
a  freeman  this  was  forbidden;  it  is  improper  to  contemplate  his  falling 
into  slavery6.  Elsewhere  the  same  principle  is  applied  to  stipulatio  and 
to  res  sacrae1,  religiosae  and  publicae  and  it  may  have  been  general. 

So  far  we  have  been  considering  initial  impossibility,  but  a  contract 
might  become  impossible  after  it  was  made  (casus).  A  thing  sold  or 
promised  might  cease  to  exist,  or  become  religiosa  or  be  expropriated 
by  the  State.  This  differs  from  the  foregoing  cases  in  that  there  certainly 
was  a  contract.  The  general  rule  applied  was  that  if  this  occurred  without 
the  act  or  fault  of  the  person  liable,  and  before  he  was  "in  mora"  he 
was  released  from  his  liability8.  But  the  contract  was  not  necessarily 
destroyed  ab  initio.  Thus  in  sale,  though  a  vendor  was  released  by 
accidental  destruction  of  the  thing  sold,  the  buyer  must  still  pay  the 

118.1.4-6.          2  Arg.  19.  1.  13,  etc.    But  see  Girard,  Manuel,  453  sq.  3  It  is  an 

ordinary  civil  action  on  stipulatio :  the  actio  doli,  like  most  praetorian  penal  actions,  was 
annua,  post,  §  ccxxxm.  4  12.  7.  1 ;  h.  t.  4.  5  18.  1.  57.  pr.  6  18.  1.  34.  2. 

7  45.  1.  83.  5.   Clearly,  there  were  disputes.    As  to  sale  of  hereditas  viventis,  post,  §  OLXIX. 

8  See  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  264,  n.  5. 


x]  MODALITIES  419 

price1.  What  the  rule  was  in  counter  promlssiones  where  one  party  was 
released  "cosw''  is  not  clear.  Some  texts  suggest  that  the  other  party 
could  resist  action  or  reclaim  if  he  had  performed,  but  it  is  by  no  means 
clear  that  this  was  the  case2. 

CXLVIII.  MODALITIES.  A  valid  contract,  satisfying  the  foregoing 
requirements,  might  be  subject  to  all  sorts  of  restrictions  created  by  the 
parties.  Of  these,  two,  i.e.,  dies  and  condicio,  need  some  consideration. 

Dies  (a  quo)  may  be  either  certus  or  incertus,  e.g.  "on  the  kalends  of 
June"  or  "on  the  death  of  X,"  but  it  must  be  a  futurity  which  is  certain 
to  arise,  otherwise  it  would  be  a  condition.  All  that  we  need  say  of  dies 
in  this  sense  is  that  it  was  perfectly  admissible  and  that  the  obligatio 
existed  pendente  die.  though  not  yet  enforceable3.  Thus  it  could  ordinarily 
be  paid  at  once4,  and  if  paid  before  the  day  there  was  no  condictio 
indebiti5.  The  creditor  could  in  some  cases  require  surety6.  He  could 
presumably  claim  in  bankruptcy  (bonorum  venditio7). 

Dies  ad  quern  is  on  a  very  different  footing.  There  was  an  overriding 
rule,  "ad  diem  deberi  non  posse8,"  which  gave  rise  to  difficulties  which 
will  best  be  considered  in  connexion  with  stipulation.  All  that  need  be 
said  here  is  that  the  effect  was  not  to  nullify  the  obligation.  The  dies  ad 
quern  was  ignored  at  civil  law,  but,  as  this  would  clearly  do  injustice, 
artificial  constructions  of  the  transaction  were  adopted  which  were  not 
the  same  in  legacy  and  stipulation9. 

Dies  might  occur  in  any  of  the  contracts  of  classical  or  later  law.  It 
does  not  appear  that  it  could  occur  in  nexum,  as  it  certainly  could  not 
in  mancipatio.  It  also  appears  inconsistent  with  the  character  of  the 
contract  literis,  though  a  letter  of  Cicero's  is  supposed  to  indicate  its 
admissibility10. 

Condicio  is  a  more  important  matter.  Of  its  nature  it  is  enough  to 
say  here11  that  a  conditional  obligation  is  one  subject  to  an  event  both 
future  and  uncertain.  There  could  be  no  condition  in  nexum  or  in  the 
contract  literis12.  Justinian  speaks  of  doubts  as  to  the  admissibility  of 
condition  in  societas13,  and  a  text  of  Gaius  seems  to  shew  that  there  had 
been  similar  doubts  for  the  other  bilateral  consensual  contracts14.  It  has 
been  suggested  that  this  doubt  may  have  rested  on  the  view  that  as  the 

1  Post,  §  CLXXI.    The  risk  is  with  him.  2  See  12.  7.  1.  2  and  cp.  12.  4.  3.  4. 

3  G.  3.  124;  Inst.  3.  15.  2;  D.  45.  1.  46.  pr.  4  46.  3.  70.  This  is  dies  certus.   If  it  is 

uncertain,  since  this  was  normally  "on  the  death  of  X,"  it  may  be  that  this  rule  would 
not  apply  as  there  might  be  obvious  reasons  for  postponement,  e.g.  if  X  was  the  pater- 
familias. 5  12.  6.  10.  Such  a  debt  could  be  secured  by  pledge,  20.  1.  14.  6  5.  1.  41. 
7  For  other  results  see  Girard,  Manuel,  480.  8  Inst.  3.  15.  3.  9  45.  1.  16.1; 

33.  1.  4;  post,  §CLIV.  10  Ad  Fam.  7.  23.  11  Ante,  §  civ.  12  Vat.  FT. 

329.  The  tacit  conditions  mentioned  in  50.  17.  77  might  occur  in  formal  transactions, 
23.  3.  43.  pr.;  h.  t.  61.  13  C.  4.  37.  6.  14  G.  3.  146. 

27—2 


420  CONDITIONS  [CH. 

contract  is  based  purely  on  consent,  there  could  be  no  contract 
at  all  till  the  consent  was  operative.  There  seem  to  have  been  no 
doubts  in  the  case  of  the  contracts  re.  Thus  in  case  of  pledge 
and  mutuum  (loan  for  consumption)  it  might  be  agreed  that  the 
possessio  or  the  ownership,  as  the  case  might  be,  was  not  to  pass  till 
a  certain  event.  But  it  must  have  been  some  contract  in  the  mean- 
time, and  it  is  not  easy  to  apply  the  notion  of  condition  to  deposit  and 
commodatum1. 

The  first  point  to  be  considered  in  relation  to  conditions  is  the 
question  of  the  attitude  of  the  law  to  a  conditional  obligatio  while  the 
condicio  was  outstanding.  There  were  many  rules  which  resulted  from 
the  proposition  that  pending  satisfaction  there  was  as  yet  no  complete 
obligatio.  Thus  money  paid  in  that  time  could  be  recovered  as  indebitum, 
till  actual  satisfaction2.  If  a  thing  sold  ceased  to  exist,  by  accident, 
pendente  condicione,  there  was  no  contract  and  the  loss  fell  on  the  vendor3. 
A  contract  to  sell  a  man  his  own  property  was  void,  but  if  it  was  con- 
ditional and  the  res  was  not  his  when  the  condition  was  satisfied,  it  was 
good4.  A  conditional  stipulation  did  not  supersede  by  " novatio"  a 
pre-existing  one  till  the  condition  occurred5.  If  either  party  ceased  to 
exist  leaving  no  successor,  before  the  condition  arose,  there  was  no 
contract6.  On  the  question  whether  an  action,  lost  because  brought 
while  the  obligatio  was  yet  conditional,  could  be  renewed,  the  texts  are 
in  conflict7. 

But  the  transaction  was  not  a  mere  nullity,  in  the  meantime.  It 
could  not  be  renounced  (except  in  cases  where  a  right  of  renunciation 
was  a  tacit  or  express  term  in  the  contract8).  The  capacity  to  contract 
must  have  existed  when  the  agreement  was  made9.  There  was  a  "  spes 
debitum  iri"  which  passed  to  and  against  representatives10.  A  condi- 
tional creditor  could  claim  bonorum  separatio11. 

These  conflicting  points  of  view,  both  that  there  was  and  that  there 

1  The  only  obvious  condition  is  that  a  future  event  is  to  decide  which  of  certain  con- 
tracts, e.g.  deposit,  or  commodatum,  or  mandate,  it  is  to  be,  but  it  will  be  one  of  them  in  the 
meantime.  See  16.  3. 1.  12  sqq.  There  are  however  texts  which  seem  to  shew  a  real  condition 
and  others  in  which  it  is  a  mere  lex  or  term,  e.g.  16.  3.  1.  22;  h.  t.  33.  The  use  of  the  word 
condicio  is  not  decisive.  2  12.  6.  16.  pr.  3  18.  6.  8.  pr.  4  18.  1.  61. 

5  Conversely  a  conditional  obligatio  is  not  novated  by  a  new  stipvlatio,  till  the  condition 
occurs;  till  then  there  is  no  obligatio  to  novate.  See  post,  §  cxciv.  6  See  Bufnoir, 

Conditions,  271  sqq.  7  20.  1.  13.  5;  21.  1.  43.  9;  Inst.  4.  6.  33,  etc.    See  Bufnoir, 

op.  cit.  240  sqq.  In  case  of  dies  the  action  could  not  be  brought  again  in  classical  law, 
G.  4.  53  sqq.  Cf.  Inst.  4.  6.  33  b;  P.  1.  10.  1.  Post,  §  ccxxxvn.  8  In  mandate  and 

societas  there  is  a  tacit  right  of  renunciation,  post,  §§  CLXXvm  sq.  9  45.  3.  26. 

10  18.  6.  8.  pr.  11  42.  6.  4.  pr.   Ante,  §  ex.  The  right,  where  stipulans  was  a  son  or 

slave  vested  in  the  pf.  though  the  condition  was  not  satisfied  till  he  had  passed  from 
potestas.  45.  1.  78. 


x]  CONDITIONS  42  L 

was  not  an  obligatio,  naturally  led  to  conflicts  on  certain  points1.  Thus 
the  texts  disagree  on  the  right  to  renew  an  action  brought  pendente 
condicione'2,  and  on  the  right  of  a  conditional  creditor  to  get  missio  in 
possessionem3.  If  a  debtor  of  a  res  was  "in  mora"  when  it  ceased  to 
exist,  his  obligation  survived4.  If,  however,  the  obligation  was  novated, 
this  was  said  to  purge  the  mora,  but  the  texts  seem  to  disagree  on  the 
question  whether  a  conditional  novatio  had  the  same  effect5.  If  one  who 
was  liable  "pure"  promised  the  same  thing  conditionally,  there  would 
be  novatio  if  the  condition  occurred,  but  there  was  difference  of  opinion 
as  to  the  effect  of  this  on  the  original  promise,  e.g.  whether  the  second 
stipulatio  amounted  to  a  pact  not  to  sue  on  the  original  one  while  the 
condition  was  outstanding6,  and  whether  if  payment  was  made  in  error 
there  was  condictio  indebiti,  the  old  promise  being  now  subject  to  the 
contrary  condition  of  the  new7.  But  all  these  questions  are  the  subject 
of  much  controversy8. 

If,  in  an  ordinary  conditional  contract,  the  condition  failed  the  result 
was  that  there  was  ab  initio  no  contract  at  all.  When  the  condition  was 
satisfied,  if  no  intervening  event  had  discharged  the  obligation,  there 
was  a  simple  contract.  Some  texts  say  that  the  effect  was  retrospective9.. 
But  though  this  proposition  is  in  harmony  with  some  of  the  rules10,  it 
is  inconsistent  with  others11,  and  the  better  view  is  that  it  is  not  really 
an  expression  of  any  actual  principle  of  law12.  In  fact  the  various  de- 
cisions do  not  express  any  strict  principle;  they  were  a  compromise — • 
the  needs  of  life  were  more  important  than  theory. 

On  the  question  what  amounted  to  satisfaction  of  the  condition  it  is 
to  be  noted  that  a  condition  could  not  be  partly  fulfilled — until  it  was 
completely  fulfilled  it  was  not  fulfilled  at  all13 — and  that  in  some  circum- 
stances a  condition  was  treated  as  satisfied  where  in  fact  it  was  not. 
This  occurred  where  the  satisfaction  was  prevented  by  one  interested  in 
the  non-fulfilment14.  The  rule  seems  to  have  been  that  this  must  have 

1  The  distinction  between  debitum  and  obligatio,  Schuld  and  Haftung,  has  been  utilised 
to  explain  these.    See  ante,  §  CXLIH.  2  Ante,  p.  420.  3  42.  4.  6.  pr. ;  h.  t, 

7.  14;  h.  t.  14.  2.  4  Post,  §  CLXXXvm.  5  45.  1.  56.  8;  46.  2.  31;  46.  3.  72. 

Bufnoir,  Conditions,  250  sqq.  62.    14.   30.   2;    12.   6.   60.    1.  7  12.   6.   60.    1. 

8  Vassali,  Bull.  28.  192  sqq.,  holds  that  the  texts,  much  interpolated,  shew  a  tendency  in 
the  compilers  to  assimilate  the  effects  of  a  conditional  transaction  to  those  of  one  sub  die. 

9  18.  6.  8.  pr. ;  20.  4.  11.  1.  10  E.g.  a  conditional  contract  by  a  slave  remained  with 
his  master  at  making  though  he  was  transferred,  while  a  conditional  legacy,  where  there 
was  no  retrospection,  passed  with  him.    45.  1.  78.  pr. ;  50.  17.  18.    But  the  theory  is  not 
necessary  to  this.             11  It  does  not  make  a  sale  valid  where  the  thing  perishes  between 
the  making  and  fulfilment  of  condition,  18.  6.  8.  pr.  It  does  not,  on  the  better  view,  entitle 
the  creditor  to  fruits  accrued  before  condition  satisfied.    Ib.  Bufnoir,  op.  cit.  308  aqq, 
12  Girard,  Manuel,  486.             13  45.  1.  85.  6.   Expression  of  principle  that  conditions  are 
indivisible,  which  has  other  effects,  Bufnoir,  op.  cit.  73  sqq.   See  for  stipulatio  poenae,  Cuq, 
Manuel,  599.             14  50.  17.  161. 


422  CONDITIONS  [CH. 

been  in  some  way  in  bad  faith,  that  the  prevention  must  have  been  with 
a  view  to  prevention,  but  where  there  was  a  definite  act  of  prevention 
the  intent  was  prima  facie  presumed1. 

Conditions  impossible  in  law  or  fact  invalidated  the  whole  trans- 
action; they  were  not  struck  out,  as  in  wills2.  The  same  was  true  of 
illegal  or  immoral  conditions,  i.e.  such  conditions  as  gave  the  transaction 
an  illegal  or  immoral  tendency.  Thus  a  promise  to  a  man  if  he  remained 
a  bachelor  (in  classical  law),  or  if  he  committed  a  crime,  was  void3,  but 
there  was  no  objection  to  a  promise  by  a  man  if  he  did  wrong4.  A  promise 
by  a  man  if  he  did  not  commit  a  wrong  was  void,  as  also  was  a  promise 
to  a  man  on  the  same  terms5. 

Where  a  condition  became  impossible  after  the  contract  was  made, 
as  where  there  was  a  promise  to  X  if  he  married,  or  freed,  S,  and  S  died, 
the  condition  failed6,  apart  from  cases  of  prevention. 

The  conditions  hitherto  discussed  were  suspensive  conditions,  which 
are  in  fact  the  only  real  conditions.  But  there  were  also  what  are  some- 
times called  resolutive  conditions,  i.e.  conditions  the  arrival  of  which 
was  to  destroy  the  obligation.  These,  as  we  are  told,  were  not  conditions 
on  the  contract,  but  on  the  discharge7,  or  rather  resolutio,  i.e.,  ab  initio 
destruction.  But  just  as  ad  diem  deberi  non  potest,  so,  ad  conditionem 
deberi  non  potest.  Accordingly,  at  civil  law,  such  a  condition  was  ignored. 
A  stipulatio  for  10  "nisi  navis  ex  Asia  venerit"  was  an  absolute  promise 
but  the  praetor  intervened  and  allowed  an  exceptio,  if  action  was  brought 
after  the  ship  arrived8.  If  the  money  was  claimed  before,  as  it  could 
be,  for  it  was  an  unconditional  promise,  and  the  ship  afterwards  arrived, 
the  money  could  be  recovered  in  any  bonae  fidei  transaction9,  and,  pre- 
sumably, on  the  principles  of  condictio  sine  causa,  in  a  case  of  stipulatio10. 
But  consensual  contracts  were  on  a  special  footing  in  respect  of  resolutive 
conditions.  They  might  be  dissolved  by  mere  consent,  and  therefore  by 
a  conditional  consent.  Such  cases  were  prominent  in  the  law  of  sale11, 
but  they  could  occur  in  the  other  consensual  contracts.  It  is  important, 
however,  to  note  a  distinction.  A  hire  might  be  for  five  years  and  would 
end  automatically.  So  also  it  might  be  till  a  certain  event  happened  and 
this  is  sometimes  called  a  resolutive  condition.  But  it  is  not  one.  A  true 

1  Arg.  35.  1.  24;  40.  3.  3.  16;  h.  t.  38.  2  44.  7.  31;  45.  1.  7;  h.  t.  137.  6;  G.  3.  98; 

Inst.  3.  19.  11.  3  P.  3.  4  b.  2;  45.  1.  123.  4  45.  1.  121.  1;  h.  t.  19  is  only  an 

apparent  exception.  5  2. 14.  7.  3;  12.  5.  2;  h.  t.  3;  h.  t.  8.  The  latter  is  a  sort  of  blackmail. 
No  objection  to  a  promise  if  a  third  person  does  a  wrong:  it  is  only  insurance.  Or  if  a  third 
person  does  not,  e.g.  to  buy  a  house  if  my  ship  is  not  captured  by  pirates.  6  Arg. 

from  the  rule  in  legacy,  35.  1.  94.  pr.  etc.,  ante,  §  cxix.  7  18.  1.  3;  18.  2.  2.  pr. 

8  44.  7.  44.  2.  Similar  rule  in  promise  of  annuity  "quoad  vivam,"  but  there  are 
difficulties  in  this  case,  post,  §  CLIV.  9  41.  3.  19.  10  12.  7.  1.  2.  11  Post. 

§  CLXxm. 


x]  CONTRACT  FOR  A  THIRD  PARTY  423 

"resolutive  condition"  dissolved  the  contract  ah  initio,  which  was  not 
the  case  here1. 

CXLIX.  Contract,  being  essentially  a  relation  between  certain 
parties,  could  in  strictness  produce  no  effect  for  or  against  those  not 
parties  to  it.  Hence  arose  the  rule  that  a  man  could  not  contract  to 
benefit  or  bind  a  third  party.  Detailed  rules  based  on  this  notion  will  be 
considered  under  the  head  of  stipulation2,  but  some  remarks  may  be 
made  here  on  the  general  principle.  There  was  a  maxim:  "inelegans 
visum  est  ab  heredis  persona  incipere  obligationem3."  This  principle  would 
exclude  promises  to  bind  or  benefit  the  heres  alone,  and  all  promises 
"post  mortem"  of  either  party.  This  does  not  seem  to  have  been  an  applica- 
tion of  the  foregoing  principle.  The  rights  and  obligations  of  a  heres 
were  inherited  and  there  was  a  logical  difficulty  in  regarding  him  as 
inheriting  those  which  could  never  on  their  terms  have  attached  to  the 
deceased.  This  way  of  looking  at  the  matter  is  confirmed  by  the  above 
passage  from  Gaius  who  rests  the  rule  on  an  inelegantia,  and  not  on  the 
rule  against  contracts  for  third  persons,  which  he  discusses  separately4. 
So  too  Ulpian  distinguishes  the  heres  from  other  third  persons5,  and 
Justinian,  in  the  enactment  in  which  he  abolishes  this  rule,  does  not 
speak  of  that  about  third  parties,  but  describes  the  rules  he  is 
abolishing  as  independent  regulae6. 

However  this  may  be,  there  is  no  doubt  of  the  existence  of  the  more 
general  rule.  The  acquisition  by  the  paterfamilias  of  the  rights  under 
contracts  by  sons  or  slaves  was  not  a  real  exception7.  How  far  classical 
law  did  admit  of  exceptions  is  a  debated  question.  In  dealing  with  the 
case  in  which  a  contract  was  definitely  made  in  favour  of  a  third  person8 
we  have  first  to  consider  how  far  if  at  all  it  gave  a  right  of  action  to  the 
third  party.  The  texts  giving  such  a  right  have  been  studied  by  Eisele, 
who  shews  that  in  nearly  all  cases  the  right  of  action  is  due  to  interpola- 
tion9. But  there  were  other  cases.  Where  a  donatio  was  made  on  the 
terms  that  after  a  time  the  thing  was  to  be  handed  to  a  third  party, 
Diocletian  gave  the  third  party  an  actio  utilis10,  but  it  is  shewn  by  Eisele 
that  this  was  condictio  for  recovery,  not  an  action  on  the  contract;  it 
was  in  effect  a  case  of  cessio  legis,  implied  transfer  of  action11.  Again  if 
an  actor  municipii  or  a  curator  or  a  tutor  made  a  constituturn12  for  payment 

1  For  examples  of  actual  resolutive  conditions,  post,  §  CLXxm.  2  Post,  §  CLIV. 

3  G.  3.   100.  4  G.  3.   103.  5  45.   1.  38.  1.  6  C.  4.   11.   1.  7  Post 

§  CLXXXIV.  8  As  to  the  effect  in  rem  of  pacta  de  non  petendo,  post,  §  cxcv.  9  Eisele, 
Beitrage,  76  sqq.  Deposit  or  commodatum  by  non-owner,  on  terms  that  it  is  to  be  returned 
to  owner.  Owner  has  utilis  actio,  C.  3.  42.  8.  1 ;  dos  given  on  terms  that  it  is  to  go  to  grand- 
children: they  have  utilis  actio,  C.  5.  14.  7;  sale  by  pledgee  on  terms  that  debtor  is  still 
to  have  a  right  to  redeem,  debtor  has  actio  utilis  ex  vendito,  13.  7.  13.  pr.  10  Vat.  Fr 

286;  C.  8.  54.  3.  11  Post,  §  CLXXXIX.  12  Post,  §  CLXXXII. 


424  CONTRACT  FOR  A  THIRD  PARTY  [OH. 

to  the  municipium  or  ward,  these  could  sue,  utilitatis  gratia1.  This  is 
certainly  an  exception,  explicable  as  such,  says  Eisele,  by  the  fact  that 
in  procedure  these  particular  representatives  had  a  closer  relation  to 
their  principal  than  other  procurators,  so  that  exceptional  treatment  is 
not  surprising2. 

There  were  a  few  other  cases  in  which  a  third  party  had  an  action 
on  the  principle  of  cessio  legis,  to  be  considered  later3,  and  a  further  case 
in  which  a  mandator  had  an  action  on  the  contract  of  his  agent4.  On 
the  other  hand  a  third  party  might  be  liable  to  action  under  the  actiones 
institoria  and  exercitoria5,  and  a  mandator  might  be  sued6.  There  were 
also  some  exceptional  cases  under  the  law  of  partnership7. 

Apart  from  these  not  very  numerous  exceptions,  the  rule  that  a 
contract  did  not  bind  or  entitle  a  third  party  still  existed  in  Justinian's 
law8. 

This  question  suggests  another.  If  A  stipulated  with  B  that  B  should 
give  money  to  X  or,  conversely,  that  X  should  do  something,  it  is  clear 
that  X  could  neither  sue  nor  be  sued.  But  could  A  sue  if  the  thing  was 
not  done?  In  strictness  he  could  not.  In  the  first  case  A  had  no  inter- 
esse9.  In  the  second,  B  had  not  promised  to  do  anything.  In  this  case 
the  difficulty  was  avoided  by  making  a  penal  stipulation:  B  promised  to 
pay  a  penalty  to  A  if  the  thing  was  not  done10.  But  the  classical  law 
went  further  than  this ;  it  was  ready  to  construe  a  promise  that  X  should 
do  something  as  a  promise  that  B  would  procure  that  he  did,  though, 
so  far  as  can  be  seen,  only  in  a  narrow  range  of  cases,  connected  with 
litigation11.  In  the  other  case,  though  the  render  was  actually  to  be  to 
X  it  might  well  be  that  A  had  an  interest  in  it,  and  this  would  entitle 
him  to  sue,  e.g.  a  contutor  stipulating  with  his  colleague,  rein  salvam 
pupillo  fore  (he  had  an  interesse,  as  he  would  be  liable),  and  a  stipulaiio 
for  payment  to  the  stipulator's  procurator,  or  to  his  creditor12.  One  text 
adds  several  cases  in  which  A,  being  under  a  contractual  obligation  to 
X,  contracted  with  B  that  B  should  do  the  service  to  X13,  and  shews  that 

1   13.  5.  5.  9.  2  Eisele  remarks  that  it  is  an  exception  not  to  the  present  rule  but 

to  that  of  nonrepresentation,  but  that  rule  is  merely  an  application  of  the  one  under  dis- 
cussion. A  man  cannot  contract  to  bind  or  benefit  another,  even  though  this  was  the  intent 
of  all  parties.  3  Post,  §  CLXXXIX.  4  Post,  §  CLXXXIV.  The  case  in  which  money 

of  a  principal  is  lent  by  an  agent  and  the  principal  has  a  condictio  (e.g.  26.  9.  2)  does  not 
require  this  principle  at  all.  The  liability  is  created  by  the  transfer  of  property,  post, 
§§  CLXH,  CLXXXVH.  5  Post,  §  CLXXXIV.  6  Ib.  7  Post,  §  CLXXVH.  8  45. 

1.  83;  50.  17.  73.  4;  Inst.  3.  19.  3  and  4.  9  C.  4.  50.  6.  10  Inst.  3.  19.  3,  which 
points  out  that  an  express  undertaking  to  see  that  X  did  it  was  enough  to  give  A  an 
action.  11  This  is  clearly  the  proper  interpretation  of  the  stipulatio  rent  ratam 

luibiturum,  post,  §  ccxxxix.  See  also  45.  1.  81.  pr. ;  h.  t.  83.  pr.  Girard  (Manuel,  463)  holds 
that  the  same  construction  was  freely  applied  in  b.  f.  contracts.  But  there  are  no  texts. 
12  Inst.  3.  19.  20.  13  45.  1.  38.  21. 


x]  CAUSA   IN  CONTRACT  425 

the  necessary  interesse  existed  wherever  A  was  under  a  legal  liability, 
and  probably  wherever  there  was  a  pecuniary  interest.  It  shews  also 
that  here  there  was  no  difference  between  stricti  iuris  and  bonae  fidei 
contracts.  Whether  an  interesse  affectionis  was  ever  enough,  outside 
slave  law1,  is  doubtful2. 

There  were  agreements  actionable  in  later,  and  even  in  classical,  law, 
which  were  never  called  contracts3,  exceptions  to  a  principle  which 
existed  throughout  the  history  of  the  law,  i.e.  that  no  action  lay  on  mere 
pacts  as  such.  This  principle  is  expressed  in  some  well-known  texts: 
"Bed  cum  nulla  subest  causa  propter  (or  praeter)  conventionem,  hie  constat 
non  posse  constitui  obligationem.  Igitur  nuda  pactio  obligationem  non 
parit  sed  parit  exceptionem."  "  Ut  debitor  vel  servus  domino  vel  dominus 
servo  intelligatur  ex  causa  civili  computandum  est*."  These  texts  indicate 
the  need  of  a  "causa,'"  over  and  above  the  mere  fact  of  agreement.  But 
the  word  "causa"  is  a  very  unreliable  instrument.  Even  where  it  is  used 
to  signify  a  basis  of  right  it  does  not  always  mean  the  same  thing.  The 
iusta  causa  traditionis  is  not  quite  the  same  as  the  iusta  causa  usucapi- 
onis5.  In  the  words  of  Sacramentum,  "secundum  suam  causam*,"  the 
word  may  mean  all  the  facts  of  title,  the  conveyance  as  well  as  the  facts 
leading  up  to  it.  It  also  means  many  things  which  have  little  to  do  with 
a  basis  of  right.  It  means  a  lawsuit7,  the  accessories  of  a  thing 
recovered  by  action8,  cause,  indeed  the  lexicons  give  a  bewildering 
number  of  meanings  and  shades  of  meaning.  In  the  present  connexion 
it  is  taken  to  mean  a  pre-existing  fact  giving  validity,  with  the 
resulting  rule  that  an  action  arose  on  agreement  coupled  with  causa. 

The  causa  was  some  characteristic  of  the  transaction.  Usually  it  was 
the  form  employed.  But,  in  the  consensual  contracts,  there  is  the  diffi- 
culty that  they  had  no  necessary  form;  there  was  mere  conventio,  and 
the  main  text  expressly  declares  this  to  be  insufficient.  Maine  surmounts 
the  difficulty  by  finding  the  causa  not  in  the  individual  transaction,  but 
in  the  frequency  or  importance  of  such  transactions  as  a  class9.  In  the 
contracts  "re,"  the  "causa"  was  delivery.  But  if  that  was  a  sufficient 
causa,  any  agreement  with  delivery  ought  to  have  been  binding.  But 
gratuitous  delivery  of  an  article  for  a  temporary  purpose  would  not 
make  a  contract  unless  it  was  within  one  of  the  recognised  cases.  No 
doubt  it  would  frequently  come  within  the  conception  of  mandate10,  but 


1  See  Buckland,  Slavery,  69  sqq.   No  general  inference  can  be  drawn  from  these  canes. 
2  In  21.  2.  71  pecuniary  interest  is  not  wholly  absent.  3  Post,  §  CLXXXII.          4  2.  14. 

7.  4;  15.  1.  49.  2.  5  Ante,  §§  LXXXHI,  LXXXVHI.    If  putative  causa  had  sufficed  i« 

general  in  usucapio,  they  would  have  been  much  the  same.  6  But,  as  to  these  worda, 

see  post,  §ccvm.  7  1.  18.  10.  8   10.  2.  44.  pr.  9  Ancient  Law,  333. 

10  E.g.  16.  3.  1.  11  sqq.;  47.  2.  14.  17. 


426  NEXUM  [CH. 

for  that  purpose  delivery  was  indifferent1.  The  whole  notion  gives  undue 
importance  to  the  word  causa  in  the  texts  quoted.  What  Ulpian  means 
is  that  there  can  be  no  agreement  on  a  mere  pact  as  such — it  must  be 
shewn  that  the  agreement  is  one  of  those  which  the  law  makes  action- 
able. He  is  expressing  a  great  difference  between  the  Roman  conception 
and  that  of  our  law.  To  the  Romans  an  agreement  was  not  actionable 
unless  there  was  some  reason  why  it  should  be.  To  modern  English  law 
an  agreement  is  actionable  unless  there  is  some  reason  why  it  should  not 
be.  "Causa"  thus  means  actionability  and  not  something  else  inde- 
pendent of  actionability  which  produces  that  characteristic.  Pacta 
legitima2  had  no  causa  except  the  fact  that  enactments  made  them 
actionable. 

CL.  Before  entering  on  the  Contracts,  as  classified  by  Gaius  and 
Justinian,  something  must  be  said  of  two  cases  which  do  not  appear  in 
the  classification. 

NEXUM.  This  highly  controversial  matter  will  be  briefly  dealt  with 
as  the  transaction  was  obsolete  in  classical  law3.  So  little  is  really  known 
of  it  that  it  has  been  doubted  whether  there  ever  was  such  an  institution. 
No  text  expressly  tells  us  that  there  was  a  contract  called  nexum,  but 
we  have  so  little  juristic  literature  of  the  republic  that  that  is  not  sur- 
prising. But  we  have  texts  which  speak  of  nexum  as  creative  of  obliga- 
tion, of  nexum  aes  and  nexi  liberatio*,  and  many  literary  texts  dealing 
with  debtors  who  were  nexi5,  so  that  it  may  be  taken  as  certain  that 
there  was  such  a  transaction,  per  aes  el  libram,  which  in  some  way  re- 
duced debtors  to  a  sort  of  slavery.,  that  great  hardships  resulted  and  that 
a  /.  Poetelia6,  of  somewhat  before  B.C.  300,  practically  ended  this  state  of 
things,  presumably  by  requiring  an  actual  judgment  before  sei?Aire. 
The  effect  was  not  to  abolish  nexum,  but,  by  depriving  it  of  its  chief 
value,  the  power  of  seizure  (executive  force),  to  leave  it  with  no  ad- 
vantages to  counterbalance  its  clumsiness,  so  that  it  went  out  of  use. 

The  problem  of  historians  has  been,  how  to  formulate  this  trans- 
action. The  view  propounded  by  Niebuhr7  was  that  the  transaction  was 
essentially  self  mancipalio,  to  be  operative  only  if  the  due  payment  of 
money  lent  was  not  made.  But  self  mancipation  is  not  known  to  have 

\  Mandate  is  consensual,  post,  §  CLXXX.    If  delivery  was  a  sufficient  causa,  permutatio 
(post,  §  CLXXXI)  should  have  been  a  civil  contract  long  before  it  was.  2  Post, 

§  CLXxxm.  3  See,  for  a  full  discussion  of  the  texts  and  the  literature,  De  Zulueta, 

L.Q.R.  29.  137  sqq. ;  Girard,  Manuel,  487  sqq.  4  The  chief  juristic  texts  are  definitions 
by  Manilius  and  Q.  M.  Scaevola,  quoted  by  Varro,  LL.  1.  105,  Cincius  and  Gallus  Aelius, 
quoted  by  Festus  s.vv.  Nexum,  Nuncupata  pecunia;  G.  3.  173,  174  of  inferential  value. 

6  For  reff.  to  the  passages  in  Dion.  Hal.  see  De  Zulueta,  op.  cit.  138,  n.  2.    For  those  in 
Livy,  Roby,  R.P.L.  2   297  sqq.  6  Varro,  LL.  7.  105;  Cicero,  de  Rep.  2.  34.  59. 

7  Rom.  Gesch.  1.  322  (ed.  1853). 


x]  NEXUM  427 

been  an  institution  of  Roman  Law,  though  its  analogue  is  found  in  most 
early  systems1,  and  conditional  mancipatio  is  at  least  in  historic  times  an 
impossibility.  Another  view,  propounded  by  Huschke2,  speedily  became 
dominant,  and  was  to  some  extent  confirmed  by  Studemund's  new 
readings  in  Gains.  According  to  him  nexum  was  a  contract,  made  with 
copper  and  scales,  with  a  nuncupatio  declaring  the  debtor  " damnas"  if 
he  failed  to  fulfil  his  obligation.  This  damnatio,  in  early  law,  whether  in 
a  statute  or  in  a  will  or  in  a  contract,  entitled  the  injured  party  to  seize 
the  debtor  by  man  us  iniectio,  without  judgment,  and  carry  him  into  con- 
finement. There  is  no  direct  evidence  of  its  application  to  anything  but 
debts  of  certa  pecunia. 

This  hypothesis  involves  a  good  many  assumptions.  There  is  no 
direct  evidence  for  "executive"  force  in  nexum,  and  Huschke's  view 
that  this  is  due  to  its  "  publicistic "  character,  as  carried  out  before  five 
witnesses  representing  the  Roman  people  is  of  little  weight,  as  involving 
an  improved  assumption3.  No  text  speaks  of  the  seizure  under  nexum 
as  based  on  addictio  and  this  was  essential  to  manus  iniectio  in  historic 
times4.  We  are  not  told  that  the  I.  Poetelia  abolished  the  executive 
force  of  nexum,  but  only  that  it  released  next,  and  nexum  went  out  of 
use.  But  there  is  no  doubt  that  nexi  were  seized  and  imprisoned,  and 
those  who  reject  Huschke's  views  are  driven  to  other  explanations.  Thus 
Mitteis  holds5,  on  the  evidence  of  texts  which  suggest  two  stages,  that 
there  was  a  loan  per  aes  et  libram  which  would  lead  to  a  judgment,  and 
the  debtor  subsequently  mancipated  himself  to  the  creditor  to  avoid  the 
terrible  consequences  of  an  unsatisfied  judgment.  But  this  twofold 
proceeding  per  aes  et  libram  hardly  helps  and  is  neither  necessary  on  the 
texts  nor  consistent  with  all  of  them;  accordingly  Lenel  rejects  it6, 
holding  that  the  loan  was  not  per  aes  et  libram,  and  so  gets  rid  of  one  of 
the  transactions  per  aes  et  libram.  But  as  in  fact  texts  speak  of  aes  nexum 
and  of  the  money  as  due  per  aes  et  libram,  Mommsen7  holds  that  the 
process  per  aes  et  libram  was  part  of  the  loan  transaction  but  was  a 
mancipatio  to  operate  only  if  the  loan  was  not  paid.  But  the  difficulty 
about  self  mancipation  remains,  and  in  addition  there  is  no  more  direct 
evidence  for  this  view  than  for  Huschke's,  so  that  his  doctrine  cannot  be 
said  to  be  overthrown8. 

CLI.    FIDUCIA.  This  was  essentially  an  agreement  appended  to  a 

1  Ante,  §  XLVm.  2  Das  Nexum.  3  Ante,  §  LXXXV.    But  it  is  not  necessary 

to  his  theory.  4  Post,  §  ccxi.  5  Z.S.S.  22.  96  sqq.;  25.  282;  Bom.  Pr.,   1. 

136  sqq.  6  Z.S.S.  23.  84  sqq.  7  Z.S.S.  23.  348  sqq.  8  For  a  number  of 

other  opinions,  mostly  involving  small  variations,  see  De  Zulueta,  op.  cit.  His  own  view 
is  that  Huschke's  doctrine,  as  slightly  modified  by  more  recent  writers,  while  not  proved, 
ie  not  disproved,  and  is  not  open  to  the  objections  to  all  the  doctrines  based  on  self  mancipa- 
tion. 


428  FIDUCIA  [CH. 

conveyance  of  property,  involving  a  direction  or  trust  as  to  what  was 
to  be  done  with  it.  The  recorded  cases  are  in  connexion  with  mancipatio, 
but  we  are  told  that  it  might  be  used  with  cessio  in  iure1.  On  the  other 
hand  there  is  no  evidence  that  it  could  be  used  with  traditio. 

The  fiducia  was  not  an  integral  part  of  the  conveyance,  but  an  agree- 
ment made  separately,  though  at  the  same  time.  It  had  no  necessary 
form,  and  the  instances  which  we  have2  shew  that  it  might  contain  a 
number  of  provisions.  Its  main  pvirpose  is  the  regulation  of  the  ultimate 
destination  of  the  property,  but  it  might  also  contain  subsidiary  pro- 
visions, for  instance,  where  it  was  by  way  of  security,  restrictions  on  the 
right  of  sale,  provisions  as  to  what  was  to  be  done  with  any  surplus  in 
the  price,  and  so  forth. 

Fiducia  was  extant  and  important  in  the  time  of  Gaius  and  long 
after3.  The  question  therefore  arises  why  it  did  not  figure  in  the  list  of 
contracts.  It  was  in  fact  not  called  a  contract.  It  may  be  called  apactum*, 
but  it  differed  from  the  actionable  pacts  known  in  the  time  of  Gaius  in 
that  it  had  an  actio  in  ius,  a  bonae  fidei  indicium,  so  that  it  was  not 
merely  praetorian.  The  reason  for  its  non-appearance  in  the  lists  of  con^ 
tracts  may  be  its  parasitic  character ;  it  could  not  occur  as  an  independent 
transaction,  but  only  as  an  appendage  to  a  conveyance. 

Fiducia  had  many  applications.  In  the  law  of  persons  it  occurred  in 
coemptio  fiduciae  causa,  in  adoptio  and  emancipatio,  and  in  tutela  fiduci" 
aria5.  Its  applications  in  the  law  of  things  were  still  more  numerous. 
Gaius  divides  them  into  two  classes— -fiducia  cum  creditore  and  fiducia 
cum  amico6.  The  first,  much  the  better  known,  is  mortgage,  and  its  rules 
will  best  be  dealt  with  in  treating  the  law  of  "real  security"  as  a  whole7, 
Here  it  is  enough  to  say  that  it  was  in  full  operation  till  long  after  the 
close  of  the  classical  age  and  that  a  number  of  texts  which,  in  the 
Digest,  deal  with  pignus  have  been  shewn  to  have  dealt  originally  with 
fiducia9. 

Of  fiducia  cum  amico,  before  the  introduction  of  the  bonae  fidei  con- 
tracts, deposit  and,  no  doubt,  commodatum  and  many  forms  of  mandate, 
were  cases.  So  too  it  was  common  to  transfer  slaves  with  a  fiducia  for 
manumission  in  order  to  evade  restrictive  legislation,  till  this  evasion 

1  G.  2.  59.  2  Girard,  Texles,  819  sqq.  3  C.  Th.   15.   14.  9.  4  The 

expression  pactiim  fiduciae  does  not  seem  to  be  in  the  sources,  but  "fiduciam  contrahere," 
"fiducia  contracta,"  etc.  are(G.  2.  60;  Inst.  3.  2.  8etc.).  But  as  to  the  verb  "  contrahere  "  see 
ante,  §  CXLHI.  5  Ante,  §§  XLIV,  XLVH,  Ln.  6  G.  2.  60.  7  Post,  §  CLXVI. 

8  This  is  rather  puzzling,  since  there  must  have  been,  in  the  time  of  the  classical  lawyers, 
plenty  of  literature  on  pignus.  Either  the  compilers  altered  the  law  of  pignus  by  applying 
to  it  the  law  of  another  and  obsolete  institution,  or  the  rules  of  fiducia  cum  creditore  had 
in  great  measure  been  applied  to  pignus:  the  latter  seems  more  probable.  Buckland, 
N.R.H.,  1917,  45  sqq. 


x]  FIDUCIA  429 

was  prohibited1,  and  also  in  order  to  give  the  donee  of  the  slave  the 
position  of  patron.  It  was  also  used  for  donatio  mortis  causa,  with  a 
resolutive  condition  instead  of  the  more  usual  suspensive  condition2, 
and  other  applications  are  suggested.  As  to  most  of  these  cases  it  seems 
to  have  been  out  of  use  by  the  time  of  Gains,  but  it  existed  for  gifts  "ut 
manumittatur"  till  the  time  of  M.  Aurelius3,  and  apparently  later4. 
And  in  donatio  mortis  causa  it  lasted  at  any  rate  till  the  time  of  Papinian5. 

The  rights  under  fiducia6  were  not  always  the  same.  The  cases  under 
the  law  of  persons  had  to  do  with  the  destiny  of  free  persons  or  with 
liberty.  It  is  plain  that  the  actio  fiduciae,  a  personal  action  for  damages, 
would  not  serve  here.  Damages  were  useless  if  a  man  to  whom  a  son 
had  been  mancipated  in  the  process  of  emancipatio  refused  to  manumit 
him.  There  is  reason  to'think  that  the  actio  fiduciae  had  no  application 
to  such  cases,  but  that  fulfilment  was  enforced  by  the  direct  intervention 
of  the  praetor,  using  the  power  of  coercitio  possessed  by  all  magistrates7. 
In  the  case  of  gift  "ut  manumittatur,"  no  enforcement  was  needed  after 
M.  Aurelius  provided  that  the  freedom  should  take  effect  automatically 
at  the  appointed  time8.  In  the  case  of  noxal  surrender  of  a  son  we  are 
told  that  the  praetor  would  compel  the  release  of  the  man  when  he  had 
worked  out  the  damages,  and  that  there  was  no  actio  fiduciae  here,  but 
it  is  not  clear  that  there  was  any  fiducia,  though  it  is  sometimes  assumed9. 

In  fiducia  cum  creditore  or  amico  in  the  ius  rerum,  the  remedy  was  the 
actio  fiduciae  with  its  actio  contraria10.  The  formula  is  not  recorded  as  a 
whole,  but  has  been  reconstructed  by  Lenel.  It  was  archaic  in  form, 
which  has  led  to  the  suggestion  that  the  action  existed  in  the  legis  actio 
system11.  But  Lenel12  finds  clauses  which  seem  to  involve  a  formula  in 
factum,  as  an  alternative  and  probably  a  forerunner13  of  the  formula  in 
ius  recorded  in  the  texts,  a  bonaefidei  iudicium,  condemnation  involving 
infamia1*. 

In  the  various  cases  of  fiducia  cum  amico,  it  was  reasonable  that  the 
principal  should  have  a  right  of  withdrawal.  We  are  told  of  this  in  some 
cases15,  and  it  no  doubt  existed  in  all.  The  effect  of  exercise  of  this  right 
would  be,  on  the  one  hand,  to  make  execution  of  the  fiducia  an  actionable 

1  See,  e.g.,  40.  9.  7.  1.  2  39.  6.  42.  See  Jacquelin,  De  la  Fiducie,  359.  3  There 
is  no  fiducia  in  the  case  actually  dealt  with  in  the  enactment.  See  ante,  §  xxxi.  4  Vat. 
FT.  334  a.  5  39.  6.  42,  which  was  originally  a  case  of  mancipatio  cum  fiducia.  6  As  to 

good  faith  in  usureceptio,  ante,  §  Lxxxvn.  7  Jacquelin,  op.  cit.  103  sqq. ;  G.  1.  137  a, 

"cohere."  8  Ante,  §  xxxi.  9  Coll.  2.  3.  1.  See  Jacquelin,  op.  cit.  237.       10  P.  2. 

13.   See  post,  §  ccxxxiv.  11  Pernice,  Labeo,  3.  1.  122,  n.  2.  12  E.P.  282  sqq. 

13  Girard  (Manuel,  534)  observes  that  this  actio  in  factum  would  negative  the  existence 
of  a  legis  actio.   But  opinions  differ  widely.  See  Girard,  loc.  cit.;  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  560  sqq. 

14  G.  4.  182.    The  edict  contained  a  clause  making  "/raw*"  of  the  paterf.   material, 
where  the  fiducia  was  with  a  subordinate  member  of  the  family.   See  Lenel,  E.P.  284  sqq. 

15  24.  1.  49,  written  of  fiducia. 


430  CLASSIFICATION  OF  CONTRACTS  [CH. 

wrong,  so  far  as  this  involved  more  than  return,  and  on  the  other,  to 
enable  the  principal  to  recover  the  property.  The  remedy  would  be  a 
condictio  ob  rem  dati,  which  appears  in  the  texts  as  condictio  ex  poeni- 
tentia,  but  this  name  is  post-classical,  and  is  introduced  to  the  texts  by 
the  compilers1.  In  the  case  of  gift  "ut  manumittatur"  the  revocability 
continued  after  fiducia  had  ceased  to  be  used,  and  was  then  applied  also 
where,  so  far  as  can  be  seen,  fiducia  had  never  been  applied,  i.e.  where 
the  transaction  was  a  genuine  sale,  but  there  was  to  be  manumission 
after  a  certain  term  of  service2.  There  does  not  seem  to  have  been  any 
right  of  revocation  here  in  classical  law3.  So  too  the  texts  give  a  right 
of  withdrawal  where  a  man  had  given  an  owner  money  to  free  his  slave, 
with  a  condictio  ex  poenitenticfi.  It  is  no  doubt  in  connexion  with  these 
post-classical  extensions  that  the  name  condictio  ex  poenitentia  was 
introduced. 

CLII.  CLASSIFICATION  OF  CONTRACTS.  Justinian,  following  Gaius, 
classifies  contracts  as  of  four  types:  re,  verbis,  literis  and  consensu.  The 
characteristics  of  each  class  will  be  considered  in  discussing  the  different 
classes,  but  one  or  two  remarks  may  be  made  here.  Gaius  is  our  earliest 
authority  for  the  classification5  and  though  he  may  have  invented  it, 
it  is  more  generally  thought,  and  more  probable,  that  he  merely  adopted 
a  traditional  classification6.  The  question  remains,  on  what  this  tradi- 
tional order,  which  does  not  look  very  rational,  actually  rests.  Of  the 
many  views  which  are  held7  the  most  probable  is  that  it  rests  on  the 
edict.  In  the  edictal  scheme  contract  was  placed  under  the  rubric,  "  de 
rebus  creditis."  Mutuum,  loan  for  consumption,  was  the  typical  creditum 
and  its  remedies  therefore  came  first.  It  was  immediately  followed  in 
the  Edict  by  the  other  real  contracts,  as  stipulatio  for  a  cerium  and  the 
contract  literis  need  no  separate  treatment  from  a  procedural  point  of 
view,  their  remedy  being  the  same  as  that  for  mutuum.  The  actio  ex 
stipulatu,  which  was  the  remedy  for  the  promise  of  an  incertum,  is  in 
another  part  of  the  Edict  altogether.  But  in  a  discussion  of  the  law  of 
contract  the  verbal  and  literal  contracts  must  be  dealt  with,  and  they 
come  next  as  being  the  oldest.  Last  come  the  consensual8. 

The  classification,  though  serviceable  enough  for  the  purpose  in  view, 

1  E.g.  12.  4.  3.  3.  See  Gradenwitz,  Interpolationen,  146  sqq.  The  pact  does  not  seem 
usually  to  have  contained  an  express  provision  for  return,  at  least  in  case  of  /.  cum  credi- 
tore,  see  post,  §  CLXVI.  2  E.g.  40.  8.  3.  3  See  Buckland,  Slavery,  633;  Lotmar, 
Marc  Aurels  Erlass,  320  sqq.  4  12.  4.  3.  2,  3.  5  G.  3.  89.  6  It  is  widely 

held  that  his  commentarii  are  largely  built  up  of  existing  materials.  For  an  extremely 
iconoclastic  view,  see  Kniep,  Der  Rechtsgelehrter  Gaius,  30  sqq.  7  It  has  been  said  that 
it  is  chronological,  mutuum  attracting  the  other  real  contracts,  that  the  order  is  that  of 
relative  simplicity,  that  it  proceeds  from  those  with  the  most  obvious  external  sign,  that 
it  is  merely  arbitrary,  etc.  8  Accarias,  Precis,  2.  19;  Moyle,  Instt.  Just,  ad  3.  13.  2. 


x]  VERBAL  CONTRACTS  431 

is  not  very  scientific.  All  the  verbal  contracts  and  the  literal  contract 
are  forms:  the  real  and  consensual  are  not  forms,  but  groups  of  informal 
bargain  which  the  law  would  enforce.  This  suggests  a  division  into  formal 
and  informal1,  but  this  would  need  subdivision,  for  stipulatio  in  classical 
law  is  a  form  or  mould  into  which  any  transaction  could  be  run,  while 
the  other  formal  contracts  are,  each,  a  form  for  one  particular  transac- 
tion. A  classification  which  would  express  more  clearly  the  actual  dis- 
tinctions would  be  into  stricti  iuris  and  bonae  fidei,  or  what  is  the  same 
thing,  unilateral  and  bilateral,  contracts,  the  latter  being  either  per- 
fectly bilateral,  sale,  hire  and  societas,  or  imperfectly,  pignus,  deposit, 
commodatum  and  mandate.  But  this  cuts  across  the  method  of  the 
Institutes  and  it  seems  better  to  follow  that,  with  the  exception  of  taking 
real  contracts  last  but  one,  with  the  effect  of  bringing  together  the 
formal  contracts2. 

THE  VERBAL  CONTRACTS.  Of  these  the  most  important  is: 
STIPULATIO.  This  was  a  contract  made  by  question  and  answer, 
originally  in  Latin,  and,  probably,  only  in  the  form  "  Spondesne?" 
"Spondeo,"  afterwards  marked  off  as  the  form  confined,  in  private  law, 
to  cives3.  The  source  of  the  contract  has  been  variously  explained; 
perhaps  the  most  probable  view  is  that  its  first  application  was  in  pro- 
cedural undertakings  given  by  litigants4.  In  any  case  it  seems  to  have 
applied  first  to  promises  of  certa  pecunia,  then,  before  the  /.  Calpurnia5, 
to  certa  res,  then  to  incerta,  and  finally  to  acts  (stipulatio  faciendi),  but 
all  this  was  complete  before  the  time  of  the  classical  lawyers6.  It  had 
formerly  been  the  practice  to  arrange  for  facienda  by  stipulatio  for  a 
penalty  if  the  act  were  not  done,  a  method  which  left  many  traces  in 
the  law7,  and  indeed  continued  in  use  for  some  purposes  throughout 
the  Empire8. 

The  parties  must  be  present  together9,  and  as  we  have  seen10,  the 
proceeding  must  be  continuous.  The  law  required  no  witnesses,  though 

1  Girard,  Manuel,  487.  2  It  must  be  noted  that  this  criticism  is  relevant  only  for 
the  classical  law.  There  was  a  time  when  stipulatio  was  a  form  for  only  one  type  of  trans- 
action, like  the  contract  literis,  indeed  narrower  still,  for  it  seems  to  have  been  first  applied 
only  to  promises  of  security  in  litigation  (see  n.  4).  Dotis  dictio  and  iurata  promissio 
liberti  have  this  character  still  in  the  law  of  the  Empire.  Again  the  imperfectly  bilateral 
contracts  do  not  seem  to  have  been  bilateral  at  all  at  first :  the  actio  contraria  is  a  secondary 
development.  3  G.  3.  93.  4  Mitteis,  Aus  Pom.  und  Burg.  Recht,  107.  See,  however, 
Collinet,  Mel.  Gerardin,  75,  who  suggests  an  origin  in  the  promises  of  the  statutory  penalties 
under  the  XII  Tables  For  a  variety  of  suggested  derivations  of  the  word  stipulatio,  and 
theories  of  the  origin  of  the  contract  into  the  service  of  which  these  etymologies  have  been 
pressed,  Costa,  Storia  d.  dir.  Rom.  priv.  339,  n.  5.  5  Post,  §  ccx.  6  It  is  held 

by  Girard  (Manuel,  500)  that  stipulatio  faciendi  is  as  old  as  Cato  (d.  149  B.C.).  He  refers 
to  R.R.  144.  2  and  146.  2.  1  E.g.  pact  and  stipulatio  in  servitudes,  ante,  §  xciv;  reception 
arbitri,  post,  §  CLXXxm.  8  See  Cuq,  Manuel,  598.  9  45.  1.  1.  pr.  10  Ante, 

§  CXLV. 


432  ST1PULAT10  [CH. 

proof  would  be  difficult  without  them,  unless,  as  came  to  be  the  usual 
course,  a  memorandum  of  the  transaction  was  drawn  up1. 

Most  of  the  rules  underwent  relaxation.  Long  before  the  Empire 
other  words  might  be  used,  "Dabisne?"  "  Promittisne  ?"  and  so  forth2. 
In  classical  law  any  language  might  be  used,  and  in  late  classical  law 
even  different  languages,  all  that  was  needed  being  substantial  agreement 
between  question  and  answer3.  But  these  must  so  agree.  A  conditional 
acceptance,  where  there  was  no  condition  in  the  stipulatio,  was  void,  as 
was  one  which  introduced  fresh  terms.  Ulpian  appears  to  add  that  if 
the  stipulator  at  once  agreed  to  these  fresh  terms  this  was  a  valid  new 
stipulation,  but  it  is  generally  held  that  this  is  due  to  the  compilers4. 
If  there  was  substantial  agreement  the  fact  that  the  answer  contained 
useless  further  verbiage  was  immaterial — supervacua  non  nocent5. 

The  rule  that  question  and  answer  must  substantially  agree  was 
subject  to  one  peculiar  exception.  Gaius  tells  us,  and  Justinian  repeats 
the  statement,  that  where  the  stipulatio  was  for  ten  and  the  promise  for 
five  or  vice  versa,  there  was  no  contract  for  want  of  identity6.  But  in 
the  Digest  we  are  told  that  in  such  a  case  the  contract  was  good 
for  the  smaller  sum  common  to  both.  The  view  of  Gaius  rests  on  the 
notion  that  five  and  ten  are  two  different  things.  The  other  view  treats 
them  not  as  things,  but  as  quantities.  Even  so  it  is  doubtful  whether 
this  view  is  due  to  Ulpian  or  to  the  compilers7.  The  matter  is  complicated 
by  the  fact  that  in  an  analogous  case,  that  of  a  stipulatio  for  two  things 
and  a  promise  of  one,  or  vice  versa,  the  contract  was  good  for  that  one,  the 
words  being  construed  as  two  stipulations  of  which  one  was  completed8. 
But  where  the  stipulatio  was  for  one  of  twro  things,  A  or  B,  and  was 
accepted  for  one  of  them,  the  same  construction  was  not  adopted9, 
though  the  choice  would  be  with  the  promisor10.  But  a  stipulatio 
for  quantities,  ten  or  twenty,  accepted  for  ten,  was  valid  on  the 
principle  that  they  were  quantities  and  the  greater  included  the 
less11. 

It  was  usual  to  express  the  stipulatio  in  a  written  note  or  cautio.   By 

1  The  absence  of  any  legal  requirement  of  writing  is  in  striking  contrast  with  the  rules  of 
Attic  law  which  required  writing  in  nearly  all  cases  of  contract,  etc.,  evidence  perhaps  of  a 
different  standard  of  commercial  morality.  See  Collinet,  Etudes  Hist,  du  Dr.  de  Justinien,  61. 

2  G.  3.  92;  P.  2.  3.  1.     See  for   illustrations  from  Plautus,   Costa,  op.   cit.   340,   n.    1. 

3  G.  3.  93;  D.  45.  1.  1  passim.    Much  of  the  relaxation  seems  to  have  been  known  to 
Sabinus.    Ulpian   says  that   "Dabisne?"   "Quidni?"   is  good,  but  a  mere  nod  will  not 
serve,  as  it  must  be  verbal,  45.  1.  1.  2.  4  45.  1.  1.  3.  5  "  Dabisne?"  "Arma 
virumque  cano,  dabo,"  was  good,  says  Ulpian,  45.  1.  65.  pr.             6  G.  3.  102;  Inst.  3.  19.  5. 
7  45.  1.  1.  4  (interpolated).             8  45.  1.  1.  5;  h.  t,  83.  4;  cf.  h.  t.  29.  The  texts  appear  to 
be  genuine.            9  45.  1.  83.  2.              10  Post,  §  cxcin.  It  is,  however,  not  the  same  thing. 
On  the  stipulatio  the  promisee,  if  one  were  extinct,  would  be  entitled  to  the  other,  which 
would  not  be  the  case  under  the  promise.               11  45.  1.  83.  3.    See,  on  these  questions, 
Riccobono,  Z.S.S.  35.  243  sqq. 


x]  FORM  OF  ST1PULAT10  433 

a  rescript  of  Severus  it  was  provided  that  if  the  cautio  alleged  a  stipulatio, 
even  though  it  was  not  itself  in  the  form  of  question  and  answer,  and 
even  though  it  was  defective  in  that  it  spoke  of  the  promissor  as  having 
promised  but  did  not  say  that  the  stipulator  had  stipulated,  an  actual 
stipulatio  was  to  be  presumed1,  and  Paul  tells  us  that,  at  least  where 
there  was  a  complete  allegation  of  a  stipulatio,  this  presumption  was 
conclusive2.  Ulpian  appears  to  modify  this,  by  saying  that  on  such 
facts  a  party  might  still  prove  that  a  mere  pact  was  meant,  i.e.  it  was 
a  presumptio  iuris,  not  iuris  el  de  iures,  but  this  is  probably  due  to 
Justinian.  Even  if  it  is  classical  the  rule  remains  that  no  further  evidence 
could  be  required  that  the  form  had  been  gone  through.  In  A.D.  472  a 
rescript  of  Leo  provided  that  all  stipulations,  even  though  not  in  solemn 
words  but  in  any  words  expressing  the  intent,  should  have  full  force4. 
(The  enactment  contains  the  words  "  legibus  cognitae  "  the  meaning  of 
which  is  not  very  clear.)  This  may  be,  like  many  rescripts5,  merely  an 
enunciation  of  existing  law,  but  it  is  more  generally  held  that  it 
suppressed  the  need  of  question  and  answer  or  express  allegation 
of  question  and  answer  altogether,  all  that  was  now  needed  being 
some  clear  evidence  of  verbal  assent6.  But  this  is  a  somewhat  extreme 
interpretation  of  the  rescript  and  the  citation  of  it  in  the  Institutes7: 
the  title  in  the  Digest  contains  no  interpolations  expressing  this 
doctrine8. 

These  changes,  whatever  their  extent,  did  not  affect  the  rule  that 
the  parties  must  be  present  together.  Justinian  however  modified  this 
by  a  provision  that  where  the  stipulatio  was  embodied  in  a  cautio 
alleging  presence,  this  was  to  be  presumed,  and  could  be  rebutted  only 
by  clear  proof  that  one  or  the  other  party  was  absent,  for  the  whole  of 
the  day  on  which  the  cautio  was  made,  from  the  place  from  which  it  was 
dated9. 

CLIII.  Stipulatio  was  a  unilateral  contract,  the  questioner,  stipu- 
lator, being  in  no  way  bound,  the  promissor  acquiring  no  right  of  action. 
Like  all  other  unilateral  contracts  it  was  what  Justinian  calls  stricti 
iuris,  i.e.  it  gave  rise  to  a  strictum  indicium.  In  any  case  of  a  promise  of 
a  cerium  this  was  a  condictio,  but  where  it  was  a  promise  of  an  incertum 
or  an  act10,  the  remedy  was  an  actio  ex  stipulatu,  which  differed  from  a 
condictio,  in  that  it  stated,  in  the  intentio.  the  basis  of  the  liability,  as 

1  C.  8.  37.  1.  The  case  suggests  that  the  courts  were  already  in  the  habit  of  accepting 
a  complete  cautio  as  sufficient  evidence.  2  P.  5.  7.  2.  3  '2.  14.  7.  12.    As  to 

interpolation,  see  Berlin  stereotype  edition.  4  C.   8.   37.    10.  5  Ante,  §  vni. 

6  Girard,  Manuel,  498.  7  Inst.  3.  15.  1.  8  As  to  the  view  that  as  a  result  of 

these  changes  stipulatio  becomes  a  written  contract,  see  Siegel,  Archiv  f.  civ.  Pr.  113.  6. 
9  C.  8.  37.  14.  2.  10  As  to  the  transmissibility  of  these,  ante,  §  cxLin. 

B.  B.  L.  28 


434  CAPACITY  IN  STIPULATIO  [CH. 

condictio  did  not1.  There  was,  in  later  classical  law,  an  action  called, 
but  perhaps  only  later  so  called,  condictio  incerti2,  but  it  was  not 
applied  to  this  case,  probably  because  of  the  existence  of  this 
special  remedy,  introduced  when  stipulationes  for  incerta  were  first 
recognised. 

Stipulations  may  be  classified  as  divisible  or  indivisible,  a  distinction 
which  applies  to  all  obligations  and  will  arise  for  discussion  when  we  are 
dealing  with  performance  of  obligation3. 

They  are  also  classifiable  as  conventional  and  procedural4.  The 
former  are  the  ordinary  contracts  with  which  we  are  here  concerned5. 
The  latter  are  those  undertakings  or  securities  which  could  be  required 
in  litigation,  and  in  some  other  cases,  e.g.  tutela  and  legacy,  on  applica- 
tion to  the  Court.  They  are  described  as  Praetorian,  Aedilician  or  Judi- 
cial, according  to  the  authority  under  which  they  are  taken,  and  Com- 
munes where,  as  in  some  cases,  they  might  be  ordered  by  a  magistrate 
or  a  index.  As  they  belong  essentially  to  other  branches  of  the  law, 
mainly  to  procedure,  we  need  not  consider  them  here.  All  that  need 
be  said  is  that  in  some  cases  a  mere  stipulatio  of  the  party  sufficed,  while 
in  others  there  must  be  satisdatio,  security  of  some  type.  Like  the 
English  "contract  of  record"  they  were  scarcely  contracts  at  all, 
though  they  assumed  that  form,  for  in  many  cases  they  could  be 
compelled,  and  we  are  told  that  praetorian  stipulationes  "ex  mente 
praetoris  descendunt6,"  so  that  they  could  not  be  varied  at  the  will  of 
the  parties. 

The  general  rules  as  to  capacity  have  already  been  stated7,  but,  as 
there  were  rules  peculiar  to  stipulatio,  the  rules  of  capacity  for  this  con- 
tract must  be  stated  though  this  involves  some  repetition. 

1 .  Since  the  contract  was  essentially  verbal  no  one  who  was  deaf  or 
dumb  could  take  part  in  it,  nor  therefore  could  an  infans.  The  rule 
remained  in  Justinian's  law8,   notwithstanding  the  validity  given  to 
cautiones.   It  could  of  course  be  evaded  by  utilising  a  slave. 

2.  Only  cives  could  use  the  form  "Spondesne?"  "  Spondeo9." 

3.  A  stipulatio,  or  other  contract,  between  paterfamilias  and  filius, 
or  between  dominus  and  slave,  gave  no  action,  though  it  set  up  a 
naturalis  obligatio10. 

4.  Furiosi  could  take  part  in  no  contract,  except  in  a  lucid  interval11. 
We  are  not  told  if  this  applied  to  imbeciles,  and  we  have  no  direct 
information  as  to  the  effect  of  drunkenness.  There  is  a  text  suggesting 

1  Post,  §ccxxi.  2  Post,  §ccxxx.  3  Post,  §cxcm.  4  45.   1.  5.  pr. ; 

Inst.  3.  18.  5  For  the  special  rules  of  sponsalia,  ante,  §  XLI.  6  45.  1.  52.  pr. 

7  Ante,  §  CXLVU.  8  G.  3.  105;  Inst.  3.  19.  7.  9  G.  3.  93.  10  G.  3.  104; 

Inst.  3.  19.  6;  post,  §  CLXXXIX.  11  G.  3.  106;  Inst.  3.  19.  8;  C.  4.  38.  2. 


x]  STIPULATIO  BY  A  SLAVE  435 

that  one  who  made  a  promise  in  a  fit  of  extreme  anger  was  not  bound 
if  he  withdrew  it  on  cooling1. 

5.  A  pupillus  could  contract  so  as  to  benefit,   but  not,   without 
auctoritas,  so  as  to  bind  himself,  subject  however  to  liability  for  enrich- 
ment and  other  protections  of  the  other  party,  already  mentioned2. 

6.  Persons  in  mancipio  were  incapable  of  binding  themselves  in  the 
time  of  Gains3,  but  there  was  presumably  a  naturalis  obligatio. 

7.  A  slave's  stipulatio  enured  to  his  dominus  or  another  having  rights 
in  him  according  to  rules  already  considered4:  he  himself  acquired  no 
rights.   Promissio  by  a  slave  is  rather  rare:  we  are  told  that  at  civil  law 
it  was  void,  but  there  was  praetorian  actio  de  peculio  on  it5,  and  it 
created  a  naturalis  obligatio  which  survived  manumission6.    As  it  had 
not  the  force  of  a  verbal  contract,  Gaius  doubts  whether  it  could  be 
guaranteed  by  sponsio  or  fideprornissio7 .   It  is  to  be  noted  that  where  a 
stipulation  was  made  by  a  slave  (or  a  son)  the  paterfamilias  did  not 
always  acquire  the  same  right  as  if  he  himself  had  stipulated.    He  got 
what  was  stipulated  for,  but  no  more.  Thus  if  a  slave  stipulated  for  a 
right  of  way,  the  paterfamilias  acquired  a  right  of  way,  but  if  the  slave 
stipulated  that  he  be  allowed  to  cross  a  certain  field,  what  the  master 
acquired  was  permission  for  the  slave  to  cross  the  field,  not  for  himself 
to  do  so.   It  was  literally  construed.  This  is  rather  obscurely  expressed 
in  the  Institutes  in  the  words  "  cum  factum  in  stipulatione  continebitur, 
persona  stipulantis  continetur8." 

In  the  case  of  a  slave  there  was  a  still  further  difficulty.  A  slave 
could  stipulate  using  his  master's  name  or  his  own,  or  a  fellow-slave's, 
or  none  at  all9.  If  however  he  used  his  own  name,  stipulated,  that  is, 
"sibi,"  and  it  was  for  a  ius  of  any  kind,  the  stipulatio  would  be  void,  as 
a  slave  could  not  have  a  right.  The  later  jurists  evaded  this  result  by 
understanding  the  word  expressive  of  a  right  in  a  de  facto  sense10,  but 
this  was  not  possible  in  all  cases,  as  where  a  slave  stipulated  for  a  cessio 
in  iure  to  him,  and  where  it  was  possible  it  gave  a  result  different  from 
what  was  intended.  The  difficulty  could  be  avoided  by  not  naming  the 
slave's  own  personality  in  the  stipulatio. 

As  the  slave's  capacity  was  derivative  he  could  acquire  by  stipulatio 
only  for  a  master  who  was  himself  capax,  not  indeed  to  contract,  since  he 

1  50.  17.  48.    But  the  text  is  not  on  contract.    Horace's  "ira  furor  brevisest"  is  hardly, 
conclusive.  2  Ante,  §LVI;  as  to  naturalis  obligatio,  post,  §  CLXXXIX.    As  tofilii  and 

filiae  familias,  ante,  §  CXLVTI.    As  to  women  in  tutela,  ante,  §  LX.  3  G.  3.  104. 

4  Ante,  §§  xxm,  xcix.  5  G.  3.  119,  176;  Inst.  3.  29.  3.  As  to  de  peculio,  post,  §  CLXXXIV. 
6  15.  1.  50.  2;  post,  §  CLXXXIX.  7  G.  3.  119.  In  3.  176  he  says  it  is  as  if  a  nutto.  But 
this  is  a  civil  law  conception  and  even  so  is  too  energetic,  as  the  rule  solutum  non  repetere 
on  a  naturalis  obligatio,  such  as  this  created  (post,  §  CLXXXIX),  was  effective  at  civil  law. 
8  Inst.  3.  17.  2.  9  Inst.  3.  17.  1.  10  45.  1.  38.  6-9;  h.  t.  130. 

28—2 


43(3  CONTENT  OF  ST1PULAT1O  [CH. 

could  acquire  for  an  infant  or  lunatic  master,  but  to  acquire1.  Thus,  as 
a  man  could  not  acquire  a  servitude  for  land  not  his  own,  his  slave's 
stipulatio  for  it  was  void2.  A  slave  of  a  hereditas  could  stipulate  on  its 
behalf,  but  the  stipulatio  was  void,  unless  a  heres  capax  ultimately 
entered3.  Where  there  were  also  rights  in  the  man  other  than  owner- 
ship, the  question  for  whom  he  acquired  might  sometimes  be  in  suspense. 
Thus  where  a  slave  in  usufruct  stipulated  for  a  thing,  the  destination  of 
the  thing  would  depend  on  the  ownership  of  the  peculium  out  of  which 
it  was  paid  for4. 

CLIV.  Content  or  substance  of  stipulatio.  Some  of  these  matters 
have  already  been  dealt  with,  but  there  remain  several  points  for  notice. 

It  was  a  fundamental  rule5  that  a  man  could  not  stipulate  for  a  third 
person,  more  generally  and  accurately,  that  a  third  person  could  not 
acquire  rights  or  be  subject  to  obligation  under  a  stipulatio.  The  Institutes 
deal  with  the  case  in  which  a  third  party  was  joined  with  the  actual 
contracting  party  in  the  stipulatio.  Two  cases  are  considered. 

A  stipulation  between  A  and  B  provided  that  A  would  pay  10  to 
B  and  C,  or  that  A  and  C  would  pay  10  to  B.  On  the  Sabinian  view,  the 
mention  of  C  was  mere  surplusage  and  the  stipulatio  was  good  for  the 
whole  amount  between  the  actual  parties.  On  the  Proculian  view  it 
must  be  construed  as  two  stipulatio nes  for  five  each,  of  which  that  con- 
cerning C  was  void,  as  he  was  not  a  party  to  it,  so  that  the  stipulatio  was 
valid  for  five  only  between  A  and  B.  This  view  prevailed  and  was  con- 
firmed by  Justinian6.  Two  points  must  be  noted.  If  the  case  was  one  of 
those  in  which  the  stipulatio  for  a  third  person  was  valid7  because  the 
stipulator  had  an  interesse,  then  the  part  affecting  the  third  party  would 
be  valid.  He  indeed  could  not  sue,  but  the  whole  would  be  due  to  the 
contracting  party. 

The  Proculian  solution  adopted  in  stipulation  appears  not  to  have 
been  applied  in  other  cases.  The  text  affecting  the  matter  on  sale  tells 
us  that  the  addition  of  the  third  party  was  supervacuum  and  the  whole 
was  due  to  the  contracting  party8,  a  sort  of  ius  accrescendi. 

If  A  promised  B  that  he  would  pay  to  B  or  C  this  was  valid:  C  was 
said  to  be  solutionis  causa  adiectus9.  It  was  convenient  for  both  parties 
to  arrange  that  payment  might  be  made  to  the  principal  or  to  someone 
for  him,  e.g.  an  argentarius  in  the  debtor's  town.  Only  the  actual  party 
could  sue,  but  the  debt  might  be  discharged  in  either  way.  The  converse 

1  41.  3.  28;  45.  3.  40;  27.  8.  1.  15.  245.3.17.  345.1.73.1.         47.1.25.1. 

So  too  where  the  dealing  is  by  a  slave  of  a  captivus  who  may  or  may  not  return  with  post- 
liminium,  45.  1,  73.  1 ;  45.  3.  18.  2.  5  Ante,  §  CXLIX.  6  G.  3.  103;  Inst.  3.  19.  4; 

D.  45.  1.  110.  pr.  Analogous  to  the  case  in  which  the  question  includes  more  than  the 
answer,  or  vice  versa,  ante,  §  cm.  7  Ante,  §  CXLIX.  8  18.  1.  64.  Same  result 

in  8.  4.  5,  but  servitudes  are  indivisible.  9  46.  3.  12.  1 ;  Inst.  3.  19.  4; post,  §  cxcin. 


x]  CONTENT  OF  STIPULATIO  437 

case  of  a  promise  by  A  that  he  or  C  would  pay  B  was  dealt  with  in  the 
same  way1. 

The  rule  of  classical  law  avoiding  contracts  post  mortem  of  a  party, 
or  those  purporting  to  bind  or  benefit  the  heres  alone,  which  seems,  as 
we  have  said,  to  rest  on  a  principle  independent  of  that  just  discussed 
and  was  abolished  by  Justinian2,  did  not  of  course  affect  promises 
which,  as  events  turned  out,  did  in  fact  affect  the  heres  alone:  this  might 
happen  in  any  contract  for  a  future  performance3.  And  a  promise  for 
performance  after  the  death  of  a  third  party  was  of  course  quite  valid. 

A  promise  for  performance  so  many  days  before  the  death  of  either 
party  (e.g.  pridie  quam  moriar)  was  void,  the  rule  being  abolished  by 
Justinian  in  the  same  enactment4.  The  reason  for  the  nullity  given  by 
Gains  is  that  it  cannot  be  told  till  after  the  death  when  the  debt  was  due, 
so  that  it  is  in  effect  one  for  payment  after  death,  and  therefore  bad. 
But  a  stipulation  for  payment  at  death  is  perfectly  good,  and  Gaius 
observes  that  the  distinction,  which  existed  also  in  legacies,  was  without 
reason5.  The  "pridie"  cases  were  in  fact  within  the  objection  to  stipula- 
tiones  praepostere  conceptae  ("si  navis  ex  Asia  venerit,  hodie  dari  spon- 
des?")  which  were  void  before  Justinian  but  validated  by  him,  without 
the  impossible  part6,  a  rule  clearly  ancient  though  Gaius  shews  no 
knowledge  of  it.  The  stipulatio,  "cum  moriar,"  was  not.  In  holding  it 
valid,  the  lawyers  decided  that  a  man  is  alive  at  the  moment  of  his 
death:  it  is,  as  they  say,  "novissimum  vitae  tempus"*." 

The  rule  "ad  diem  deberi  non  posse"  is  in  itself  rational:  it  seems 
absurd  to  contemplate  a  debt  which  I  am  to  owe  you  up  to  a  certain 
day,  which  must  come.  Yet  it  might  be  useful.  A  capitalist  who  invests 
his  balances  periodically  might  reasonably  promise  to  lend  a  man  money 
to  complete  a  contemplated  purchase,  provided  it  was  asked  for  before 

1  At  least  in  later  law,  Nov.  115.  6.  2  Ante,  §  CXLIX.    One  for  payment  after 

capitis  deminutio  of  a  party  was  equally  bad  in  classical  law,  G.  3.  101.  3    A  man 

could  validly  stipulate  for  payment  to  his  son  in  the  family,  as  this  was  to  himself  (Inst. 
3.  19.  4),  and  it  has  precisely  the  same  effect.  But  he  could  also  stipulate  post  mortem  filii, 
as  this  was  not  himself,  and  if  it  was  post  mortem  suam  and  filio,  the  son  had  in  later 
law  an  actio  utilis  (23.  4.  23;  45.  1.  45.  2.  interp.)  even  though  not  heres.  4  C.  8. 

37.  11.  5  G.  2.  232;  3.  100.  6  Inst.  3.  19.  14;  C.  6.  23.  25.    Leo  had  already 

abolished  it  in  a  special  case.  Koschaker  (Z.S.S.  34.  427)  holds  this  cannot  be  the  ground 
and  adopts  that  of  Gaius.  He  gives  no  reason,  and  that  of  G.,  as  we  see,  fails  to  account 
for  the  rule  in  "cum  moriar" ;  a  distinction  so  clearly  recognised  and  undisputed  probably 
had  some  reason.  Paul  gives  the  rule  in  "cum  moriar,"  Vat.  Fr.  98.  The  "pridie"  and 
" praepostera"  rules  were  abolished  by  the  same  enactment,  and  it  is  likely  that  the  former 
is  treated  as  merely  a  special  case  of  the  latter.  7  G.  2.  232;  3.  100;  cp.  28.  5.  5. 

This  seems  conclusive  as  to  their  point  of  view.  It  has  been  described  as  a  ''puerilite"  of 
commentators  (Accarias,  Precis,  2.  96).  But  it  is  Roman.  And  the  discussion  of  these 
"limiting  cases"  has  attracted  logicians  in  all  ages.  Accarias  gives  a  list  of  cases  in  which 
"cum  moriar"  or  "moriens"  are  void  (95,  n.  3),  e.g.  a  stipulatio  for  a  usufruct  "cum 
moriar,"  which  would  be  meaningless. 


438  STIPULAT10  AD  DIEM  [CH. 

the  date  at  which  his  balances  were  usually  invested1.  And  we  shall 
shortly  see  that  the  civil  law  itself  recognised  a  liability  of  sureties 
which  ended  in  a  definite  time2.  On  the  general  rule  Paul  gives  the 
illustration  "10  dare  spondesne  usque  ad  kalendas  lulias?"  and  says 
that  the  limitation  was  ignored  at  civil  law,  but  that  if  the  promise  was 
sued  on  after  the  agreed  time  there  was  an  exceptio  doli,  orpacti  conventi3, 
so  that  the  arrangement  above  outlined  could  be  safely  made.  One 
case  is  specially  prominent.  A  man  might  be  willing  to  undertake  a 
contingent  liability  but  not  that  this  should  burden  his  heir.  He  might 
therefore  promise  "quoad  vivam"  or  "quoad  vivas."  This  was  treated  in 
the  same  way:  the  action  was  perpetual,  but  if  action  was  brought  after 
the  death  there  was  an  exceptio*.  In  the  Institutes  this  is  carried  further. 
We  are  told  that  a  promise  of  "10  aureos  annuos  quoad  vivam"  was 
essentially  perpetual,  the  exceptio  being  available  in  the  same  way5. 
This  is  a  puzzling  proposition.  We  are  told  elsewhere  that  a  stipulatio 
"in  singulos  annos  quoad  in  Italia  fuero"  was  quite  good6.  And  locatio 
could  be  for  a  limited  time7.  It  appears  to  be  a  mere  blunder8.  A  legacy 
to  a  widow  "in  annos  singulos  quoad  vivat"  was  good  and  was  deter- 
mined ipso  facto  by  her  death9,  but  nothing  can  be  inferred  from  this. 
Legacies  were  construed  by  intent.  Thus  a  legacy  in  annos  singulos,  with 
nothing  about  death,  ended  ipso  iure  by  the  death,  being  construed  as  a 
number  of  separate  legacies  of  which  all  but  the  first  were  conditional 
on  the  legatee's  being  alive  when  they  fell  due,  unless  indeed  it  was  left 
to  a  corporation,  when  it  was  perpetual10.  But!  a  stipulatio,  "in  annos 
singulos,"  was  one  stipulatio,  unconditional,  incerta  and  perpetua,  not 
affected  by  the  death  of  the  promisee11. 

The  rule  applied  not  only  to  dies  certa  or  incerta,  "usque  ad 
kalendas  Iulia$"  and  "quoad  vivam,"  but  also  to  cases  of  condition,  such 
as  "nisi  Titius  consul  fiat,"  "nisi  navis  ex  Asia  venerit12." 

Exceptio  non  numeratae  pecuniae.  Where  the  stipulator  brought  an 
action  upon  a  promise  to  repay  a  loan  of  money,  but  in  fact  the  loan 
had  not  been  made,  Gaius  observes  that  this  could  be  proved  under  an 
exceptio  doli13.  But  it  is  hard  to  prove  a  negative,  and  at  some  time  not 
later  than  A.D.  215  a  better  defence  was  introduced — the  exceptio  non 
numeratae  pecuniae1*.  When  an  acknowledgment  of  loan  was  sued  on 
the  defendant  had  this  exceptio,  under  which  the  burden  of  proof  was  on 

1  Any  conditional  promise  where  the  condition  must  be  determined  by  a  certain  time 
is  on  much  the  same  footing,  but  it  is  not  so  treated.  2  Post,  §  CLVI.  3  44.  7. 

44.  1.  4  45.  1.  56.  4.  5  Inst.  3.  15.  3.  6  4.  6.  43.  7  Post,  §  CLXXIV. 

8  Mitteis,  Rom.  Pr.  1.  193.  9  33.  1.  5.  10  33.  1.  4;  h.  t.  6.  11  45.  1.  16.  1. 

But  the  above  cited  4.  6.  43  shews  that  the  insertion  of  a  limit  varies  this  construction. 
12  See  ante,  §  cxLvm.  13  G.  4.  1 16.  14  C.  4.  30.  3.  Even  if  exceptio  doli  was  used 

the  lex  gave  the  same  advantage,  within  the  time  allowed. 


x]  EXCEPTIO  NON  NUMERATAE  PECUNIAE          439 

the  plaintiff,  to  prove  the  loan  (contrary  to  the  usual  rule  in  exceptiones, 
in  which  the  burden  of  proof  was  ordinarily  on  the  defendant),  and 
making  the  cautio  a  very  poor  security.  Accordingly  it  was  strictly  con- 
fined to  this  case  and  was  available  only  for  one  year1.  But  since  the 
creditor  by  waiting  a  year  could  make  it  useless,  it  was  further  provided 
that  the  alleged  debtor  could  bring  a  condictio  sine  causa  within  the  year 
for  return  of  the  cautio 2,  and  presumably  the  same  exceptional  rule  as 
to  burden  of  proof  applied  here.  It  was  laid  down  by  Alexander  that  the 
creditor  need  not  prove  the  money  to  have  been  paid  in  coin,  but  only 
that  there  was  a  real  debt,  even  a  pre-existing  one3. 

The  system  underwent  various  changes.  Diocletian  extended  it4  to 
five  years.  Justin  provided  that  if  it  was  for  a  past  debt  specifically 
stated  in  the  cautio,  the  exceptio  was  not  available  without  written 
proof  submitted  to  the  index  that  the  statement  in  the  cautio  was 
untrue:  on  proof  of  this  the  creditor  must  prove  that  there  was  a  real 
debt5.  Justinian  limited  it  to  two  years,  extended  it  to  other  loans  for 
consumption,  and  to  some  analogous  cases  (but  here  only  within  a  very 
short  limit  of  time),  to  which  it  had  already  been  sought  to  apply  it,  and 
provided  that,  at  any  time  within  the  two  years,  it  could  be  made  per- 
petual by  notice  to  the  creditor,  or  in  his  absence  to  certain  officials6. 
In  a  Novel  he  excluded  the  system  altogether  if  the  creditor  was  an 
argentarius'1 '.  There  does  not  seem  to  have  been  anything  to  exclude  the 
exceptio  doli  after  the  time  had  expired,  but  the  burden  of  proof  would 
be  the  other  way.  It  has  been  suggested  that  the  system  had  no  operation 
under  the  formula,  that  it  first  applied  only  in  certain  cognitiones  and 
was  generalised  under  or  after  Diocletian8. 

1  Herm.  Wis.  1.  1.  2  C.  4.  30.  4;  h.  t.  7.  3  C.  4.  30.  5.  4  Herm. 

Wis.  1.  1.  5  C.  4.  30.  13.     In  an  interpolated  text  in  the  Digest  which  seems  to 

be  based  on  this  enactment  (22.  3.  25.  4)  the  rule  is  made  to  apply  to  any  express 
acknowledgment,  whether  the  debt  was  a  past  one  or  then  and  there  created. 
6  C.  4.  30.  14.  Some  texts  (apart  from  the  Digest  text  mentioned  in  n.  5)  of  an  earlier 
date  than  Justinian  refer  to,  or  may  refer  to,  this  system  of  protest,  and  it  is  therefore 
held  by  Girard  (Manuel,  514)  that  this  power  of  protest  and  perpetuation  was  older  and 
was  merely  reorganised  by  Justinian.  But  he  appears  to  treat  it  as  new;  of  the  texts, 
C.  4.  30.  9  has  certainly  been  altered  (see  Krueger's  edn.  ad  h.  1.),  C.  4.  30.  8.  1  and  2 
look  like  additions  (sin  vero,  sin  autem,  legitimum  tempus,  minime  are  all  suggestive  more 
of  Justinian  than  of  A.D.  228),  and  the  C.  Th.  2.  27.  1.  4  is  too  vague  to  prove  anything : 
it  may  well  refer  only  to  the  condictio,  and  is  not  understood  by  the  i nterpretatio  to  have 
any  reference  to  perpetuation.  The  names  "querella,"  "  querimonia "  seem  to  have  been 
used  generally  to  denote  any  of  the  steps.  C.  4.  30.  4,  8,  9,  10.  7  Nov.  136.  6. 

8  Pernice,  Z.8.S.  13.  273  sqq.  Since  there  is  no  mutuum  unless  the  money  has  been  lent 
it  is  odd  that,  apart  from  the  case  of  a  promise,  the  defence  should  have  been  by  exceptio, 
which,  in  principle,  admits  a  prima  facie  claim.  In  practice  the  rule  is  that  such  a  cautio 
is  not  admissible  as  evidence,  without  the  consent  of  the  defendant,  unless  a  certain  time 
has  passed,  or,  in  Justinian's  time,  the  acknowledgment  is  express  (22.  3.  25.  4).  And 
in  his  time  it  may  be  excluded  altogether  by  protest  within  the  two  years. 


440  ADSTIPULATIO  [en. 

CLV.  We  have  been  dealing  with  stipulatio  regarded  as  the  principal 
transaction,  but  have  now  to  consider  what  may  be  called  accessory 
stipulations,  cases  in  which  the  stipulatio  is  an  appendage  to  another. 
The  cases  are  adstipulatio  and  odpromissio,  an  important  form  of  surety. 

Adstipulatio.  In  certain  cases  it  was  usual  to  reinforce  the  stipulatio 
between  the  actual  parties  by  one  made  with  the  promissor  by  an  agent 
or  mandatory,  who  stipulated  for  the  same  thing  (idem1).  If  the  ad- 
stipulator  sued  on  his  contract  he  would  be  liable  under  his  mandate  to 
account  for  the  proceeds  to  the  principal  or  his  heres,  as  the  case  might 
be2.  The  cases  were:  (1)  to  provide  against  the  fact  that  in  the  legis 
actio  system  it  was  impossible  to  sue  by  representative3.  If  the  principal 
was  away  when  it  became  necessary  to  sue,  the  adstipulator  would  sue 
on  his  contract  and  account  for  the  proceeds.  This  ceased  to  be  necessary 
with  the  disappearance  of  the  legis  actio,  and  Gains  does  not  mention  it4. 
(2)  Where  the  principal  stipulatio  was  "post  mortem"  and  therefore  void. 
The  contract  of  the  adstipulator  being  post  mortem  of  a  third  party  was 
good5.  This  was  no  longer  necessary  when  Justinian  validated  stipula- 
tiones post  mortem  stipulatoris,  so  that  the  adstipulator  did  not  appear 
at  all  in  the  law  of  the  Digest. 

So  far  as  this  account  goes,  an  adstipulatio  was  merely  an  ordinary 
stipulatio  which  happened  to  be  associated  with  another.  But  that  does 
not  properly  represent  the  matter:  it  was  intimately  bound  up  with  the 
other,  as  the  adstipulatio  was  for  "idem."  It  was  practically  a  case  of 
correality.  Payment  to,  or  action  by,  or  acceptilatio  to,  either  of  the 
stipulatores  extinguished  the  debt.  This  is  why  the  second  chapter  of  the 
/.  Aquilia  imposed  a  penalty  on  an  adstipulator  who  released  the  debt. 
Gaius  observes  that  this  was  not  necessary,  as  the  action  on  the  mandate 
would  suffice,  but  notes  that  the  former  had  the  advantage  that  it  im- 
posed a  penalty6.  The  real  reason  for  the  existence  of  this  remedy  is 
that  it  existed  before  the  contract  of  mandate  was  recognised.  We  do 
not  know  how  in  those  days  the  principal  recovered  from  the  adstipulator 
what  he  had  received:  not  to  hand  it  over  may  have  been  theft  under 
the  wide  early  conception  of  furtum"7.  Adstipulatio  has  another  mark  of 
extreme  antiquity  in  its  intensely  personal  nature.  The  rights  of  the 
adstipulator  did  not  pass  to  his  heres8,  which  may  have  been  true  of  all 
early  contractual  rights9.  Further,  a  slave  or  person  in  mancipio  could 

1  G.  3.  110.    Practically  all  our  information  on  the  rules  is  from  Gaius.         2  G.  3. 
Ill,    117.  3  Post,   §ccxxxix.  4  This   application   is   nowhere   expressly   re- 

corded, but  see  Girard,  Manuel,  761.  5  G.  3.  117.   Ante,  §  CXLIX.   It  does  not  seem 

that  it  could  be  used  in  a  case  of  "pridie  mortis,"  for  the  objection  to  this  was  the  same 
whether  it  was  the  stipulator  or  a  third  party.  6  G.  3.  215,  216.  7  See  post, 

§cxcvi.    Girard,  Manuel  761.  8  G.  3.  114;  4.  113.  9  G.  3.  114.  There  is  a 

corresponding  rule  in  the  converse  case  of  sponsor  and  fidepromisaor,  post,  §  CLVI. 


xj  ADPROMISSIO  441 

not  be  adstipulator1.  If  a  person  in  patria  potestas  or  manus  was  ad- 
stipulator, the  right  of  action  did  not  vest  in  the  paterfamilias,  as  it 
ordinarily  would.  The  adstipulator  himself  could  not  sue  so  long  as  he 
was  in  potestas,  and  lost  his  right  by  passing  out  of  it  in  any  way  involving 
capitis  deminutio,  e.g.  emancipatio2.  Though  these  peculiarities  have  been 
associated  with  the  conception  of  the  transaction  as  a  case  of  mandate, 
they  seem  rather  to  be  survivals  from  extreme  antiquity3. 

As  the  adstipulatio  was  purely  accessory  to  the  principal  contract  it 
could  not  be  for  more,  though  it  might  be  for  less,  and  it  might  be  con- 
ditional or  ex  die  where  the  principal  stipulatio  was  pura,  but  not  vice 
versa*.  The  adstipulator  need  not  use  precisely  the  same  words  if  the  import 
was  the  same5. 

CLVI.  ADPROMISSIO.  Adpromissores  were  accessories  on  the  side 
of  the  promissor,  sureties,  who  undertook  to  pay  if  the  principal 
debtor  did  not.  They  were  either  sponsores,  fidepromissores  or  fide- 
iussores.  The  obligations  were  in  all  three  cases  created  by  stipulatio, 
the  respective  forms  being  given  by  Gaius  as  "idem  dari  spondes?" 
'"'idem  fidepromittis?"  "id  fide  tua  esse  iubes?"  Gaius  adds  that  he 
wrill  explain  what  is  the  proper  name  for  those  to  whom  the  question 
put  is  "idem  dabis?"  " idem promittis ? "  "idem  fades?"  but  so  far  as  he 
is  extant  he  does  not  return  to  the  matter6.  Probably  in  all  such  cases 
they  were  fideiussores. 

Sponsio  was  the  oldest  of  the  forms.  This  and  fidepromissio  could 
be  used  to  guarantee  verbal  contracts  only,  and  the  antiquity  of  both  of 
them  is  shewn  by  the  fact  that  the  obligation  did  not  in  either  case  pass 
to  the  heredes.  Fideiussio  on  the  other  hand  could  be  used  to  guarantee 
any  kind  of  obligation  (itself  however  always  a  stipulatio),  and  the 
obligation  was  not  terminated  by  death  but  passed  to  the  heredes.  The 
first  two  are  a  parallel  to  adstipulatio.  Sponsio,  involving  the  word 
"spondeo."  was  confined  to  rives'7. 

As  in  all  cases  of  accessory  liability,  that  of  the  adpromissor  could  not 
be  greater  than  that  of  the  principal,  though  it  might  be  less,  and 
it  might  be  conditional  or  ex  die  where  that  was  pura,  but  not  vice 
versa*.  If  the  obligatio  was  undertaken  for  more  than  the  debt,  we  are 

1  G.  3.   114.  2  Ib.  3  Where  a  son  extracted  under  mandate,  the  right 

ordinarily  vested  in  the  paterfamilias,  14.  1.  5.  pr.  So  would  a  contract  by  a  slave,  but 
adstipulatio  is  a  nullity  (G.  3.  114).  The  rule  that  it  fails  on  death,  like  the  liability  of 
sponsor  and  fidepromissor,  with  which  Gaius  couples  it,  is  not  the  same  as  the  rule  in 
mandate:  whatever  the  true  extent  of  that  rule,  post,  §  CLXXIX.  For  if  I  contract  under  a 
mandate  my  heres  can  sue  on  the  contract.  Indeed  fideiussio,  which  is  a  typical  mandate, 
differs  on  all  these  points.  4  G.  3.  113,  126.  5  G.  3.  112.  6  G.  3.  115,  116. 

See  Girard,  Manuel,  764,  as  to  the  form  used  by  the  fideiussor.  7  G.  3.   118-121 

A  peregrine  fidepromissor  bound  his  heres  if  this  was  the  law  of  his  cioitas.  8  4(>. 

1.  8.  7. 


442  ADPROMISSIO  [CH. 

told  that  the  adpromissio  was  void1.  If,  though  not  for  more  than  the 
debt  it  was  for  more  than  the  mandate  imposed  on  the  adpromissor, 
it  was  good  as  between  him  and  the  creditor,  but  he  could  recover  from 
his  principal  only  the  smaller  amount2. 

But  the  rule  that  the  adpromissor  could  not  be  liable  for  more  than 
the  debtor  had  limitations.  A  sponsor  or  fidepromissor  was  liable  even 
though  the  main  stipulation  was  void  as  being  made  by  a  person  in 
tutela,  without  auctoritas,  or  where  it  was  post  mortem  stipulatoris3.  This 
does  not  seem  to  rest  on  the  obligatio  naturalis  which  sufficed  to  support 
a  surety,  partly  because  there  could  hardly  be  a  naturalis  obligatio  in 
the  last  case,  and  partly  becavise  it  is  not  clear  that  obligatio  naturalis 
was  enough  in  the  case  of  sponsio  and  fidepromissio.  Its  sufficiency  is 
stated  by  Gains  as  characteristic  of  the  case  of  fideiussio 4.  The  present 
rule  is  a  survival  of  a  time  when  the  promise  of  a  sponsor  was  not  sub- 
sidiary but  superseded  that,  if  any,  of  the  principal5.  Again,  if  the 
principal  debtor  died  without  a  heres  the  surety  was  still  liable6.  And 
where  a  surety  had  released  the  principal,  by  making  the  render 
impossible,  he  was  still  liable  in  the  later  classical  law,  though  in  earlier 
days  there  was  only  the  actio  doli7. 

It  will  be  seen  that,  on  general  principle,  a  surety  who  had  been  called 
on  to  pay  had  a  claim  against  his  principal  as  mandator.  But  he  was 
usually  sued  because  his  principal  could  not  or  would  not  pay,  for 
though  the  surety  could  be  sued  though  no  action  had  been  brought 
against  the  principal,  this  was  unusual  and  might  be  an  actionable 
iniuria  to  the  principal8.  And  as  there  was  not  necessarily  any  juristic 
relation  between  different  sureties  for  the  same  debt  there  would  not  be, 
on  general  principle,  any  claim  at  all  against  co-sureties.  These  and 
some  other  matters  were  regulated  by  an  extensive  series  of  enactments 
now  to  be  considered. 

Sponsio  is  much  older  than  mandate  and  the  sponsor  was  provided, 
by  the  I.  Publilia,  of  early  date,  with  a  special  remedy  not  applicable  to 
fidepromissor,  the  actio  depensi,  for  which  Gains  is  our  authority9.  This 
was  an  action,  if  he  was  not  reimbursed  within  six  months,  which  at 
first  took  the  form  of  manus  iniectio.,  and,  on  the  disappearance  of  the 
legis  actio  system,  became  in  the  ordinary  way  an  action  for  double 
damages  in  case  of  denial10. 

1  46.  1.  8.  7.  2  17.   1.  33.  3  G.  3.   119.  4  G.  3.   119  a.  5  Mitteis, 

Aus  Rom.  und  Burg.  R.   120  sqq.  6  46.  3.  95.   1.  7  For  the  texts  shewing 

the  evolution  of  the  rule,  see  Cuq,  Manuel,  647.  8  47.  10.  19.          9  G.  3.  127 ;  4.  9;  4. 

171;  see  also  P.  1.  19.  1.  10  The  name  "depensi"  indicating  a  weighing  has  been 

held  to  indicate  very  early  origin,  and  also  (Girard,  Manuel,  773)  that  the  payment  must 
have  been  under  a  judgment,  the  formal  satisfaction  of  which  was  in  early  law  a  payment 
per  aes  et  libram,  G.  3.  174. 


x]  LEGISLATION  ON  ADPROM1SSORES  443 

A  /.  Appuleia  of  about  B.C.  200,  applying  to  both  sponsores 
and  fidepromissores,  created  a  sort  of  partnership  between  co- 
sureties, so  that  any  one  of  them  who  had  paid  more  than  his 
share  could  recover  from  the  others1.  The  nature  of  his  remedy  is  not 
known. 

A  /.  Furia  de  sponsu2,  later,  but  apparently  not  much  later,  than  the 
/.  Appuleia,  came  further  to  the  relief  of  sponsores  and  fidepromissores 
by  providing  that  they  should  be  released  by  the  lapse  of  two  years  from 
the  due  day,  and  that  they  were  not  to  be  liable  for  more  than  the 
amount  of  the  debt  divided  by  the  number  of  sureties  still  living  at  the 
due  day.  This  law  gives  rise  to  some  questions.  We  are  told  that  it  applied 
only  in  Italy3.  The  L  Appuleia  still  governed  such  transactions  in  the 
provinces,  and  Gaius  doubts  whether  it  still  exists  as  an  alternative  in 
Italy.  From  a  recently  discovered  fragment  of  Ulpian4  it  is  clear  that 
"in  Italy"  means  a  surety  given  in  Italy:  it  was  immaterial  where  the 
principal  contract  was  made.  Another  point  is  more  important.  Gaius 
tells  us  that  the  /.  Furia  also  gave  manus  iniectio  pro  iudicato  against  a 
creditor  who  exacted  from  a  surety  more  than  his  share.  This  could  occur 
where  the  surety  sued  was  not  aware  of  the  number  of  the  sureties,  a 
state  of  things  explained  by  the  fact  that,  as  lay  literature  shews, 
suretyship  was  very  freely  undertaken  as  a  sort  of  compliment  with  no 
serious  expectation  of  responsibility5.  The  provision  was  a  way  of  com- 
pelling the  creditor  to  inform  the  surety  of  the  number  of  his  colleagues. 
But  it  may  indicate  that  the  reduction  or  limitation  was  not  "ipso  iure," 
that  the  lex  being  minus  quam  perfecta6,  manus  iniectio  was  the  only  way 
of  enforcing  the  limit  in  the  legis  actio  system,  an  exceptio  being  used 
under  the  formula7. 

A  /.  Cicereia8,  of  a  little  later  date,  provided  for  the  same  thing  in  a 
better  way.  It  required  the  creditor  to  declare  openly  beforehand  the 
amount  of  the  debt  and  the  number  of  sponsores  and  fidepromissores: 
a  surety  could,  within  30  days,  have  a  praeiudicium  to  determine 
whether  this  had  been  done:  if  it  had  not,  the  surety  was  released.  This 
reference  to  praeiudicium  indicates  that  the  lex  is  later  than  the  /. 

1  G.  3.  122.  2  G.  3.  121 ;  4.  22.  As  it  assumes  provinces  it  must  be  later  than  240  B.C. 
when  the  first  province  was  founded.  It  is  odd  that  Gaius  speaks  of  Italy  as  a  province 
"ceteris  provinciis."  The  fact  that  the  /.  Appuleia  applied  also  to  provinces  suggests  that 
provinces  existed  when  it  was  enacted.  There  is  no  probability  of  a  materially  earlier  date. 
3  G.  3.  121.  4  Girard,  Textes,  491.  5  Cuq,  Manuel,  642.  6  See  Girard, 

Manuel,  111,  n.  1  for  discussion  of  this  and  other  points  under  this  lex.  See  also  Appleton, 
M61.  Gerardin,  1  sqq.,  who  holds  that  the  reduction  was  ipso  iure,  referring  to  the  above 
lex  of  G.  and  toUIp.  D.  45.  1.  72.  pr.  7  G.  3.  121  may  be  read  as  shewing  an  ipso  iure 
division.  But  the  word  obligantur  is  uncertain.  The  absence  of  reference  to  the  exceptio 
may  indicate  that  in  practice  the  praetorian  remedies  which  applied  also  to  fideiustior 
were  utilised.  8  G.  3.  123. 


444  LEGISLATION  ON  ADPROMISSORES  [CH. 

Aebutia1.  Gains  tells  us  that  the  law  makes  no  mention  of  fideiussores 
but  that  it  was  in  practice  usual  to  make  this  declaration  in  that  case 
also2.  It  is  probable  that  fideiussores  were  not  yet  in  existence  at  the 
time  when  the  law  was  enacted. 

The  later  legislation  applied  to  all  adpromissores. 

A  /.  Cornelia,  probably  of  Sulla,  provided  that  no  one  might  be  surety 
for  one  man  to  one  man  in  the  same  year  for  more  than  the  value  of 
20,000  sesterces,  the  surety  being  void  as  to  the  excess.  The  rule  does  not 
seem  to  have  applied  to  conditional  debts  and  was  excluded  from  the  case 
of  surety  for  dos,  or  in  litigation,  or  for  claims  under  a  will  or  for  taxes. 
From  the  language  of  Gains  it  seems  that  the  obligation  was  reduced  ipso 
iure,  so  that  if  surety  was  undertaken  for  more,  and  the  creditor  sought 
to  enforce  it,  there  would  be  a.  plus  petitio3.  The  rule  has  disappeared  from 
Justinian's  law:  nothing  indeed  is  known  of  it  beyond  what  Gaius  says4. 

The  Sc.  Vellaeanum5,  usually  dated  A.D.  46  and  certainly  of  about 
that  date,  forbade  women  to  undertake  liability  for  others,  either  by 
way  of  surety  (cumulative  intercessio}  or  by  novatio6  or  other  mode 
releasing  the  person  primarily  liable  (privative  intercessio).  Edicts  of 
Augustus  and  Claudius  had  forbidden  such  intercessio  on  behalf  of  the 
husband,  and  the  sc.  points  out  that  the  Courts  had  in  practice  general- 
ised this  prohibition,  which  practice  it  confirms7. 

The  intercessio  was  absolutely  void,  but,  like  all  rules  laid  down  by 
early  sec.,  the  rule  was,  in  form,  a  direction  to  the  magistrates,  so  that  it 
was  enforced  by  exceptio8.  But  the  intercessio  was  so  completely  void  that 
there  was  not  even  an  obligatio  naturalis9.  The  sc.  was  interpreted  very 
widely.  It  barred  not  only  surety  or  pledge  or  novatio  for  another,  but 
also  the  undertaking  of  a  primary  obligation  for  the  benefit  of  a  third 
person10.  If  the  intercessio  was  by  novatio,  the  original  obligatio  must 
necessarily  be  destroyed,  but  was  revived  by  an  actio  restitutoriau.  If 
it  was  a  primary  obligation  undertaken  for  another  the  praetor  gave  an 
action  against  that  other12.  And  the  sc.  applied  where  an  attempt  was 
made  to  evade  it  by  a  mandate  given  by  the  woman  to  a  third  person 
to  act  as  surety13.  By  the  practice  of  the  jurists14  some  cases  were  ex- 

1  Girard,  Manuel,  772.  2  G.  3.  123.  3  Post,  §  ccxxxvn.    It  has  however 

been  held  that  it  gave  rise  to  an  exceptio,  and  also  that  there  was  merely  an  action  for 
recovery,  but  there  is  no  trace  of  such  an  exceptio  or  of  the  application  to  this  case  of  the 
general  exceptio  senatusconsulti  (post.  §  ccxxm,  Lenel,  E.P.  492)  or  of  the  action  for  re- 
covery, which  seems  to  belong  to  an  earlier  stage  of  evolution.  Condictio  indebiti  in  case  of 
error.  4  G.  3.  124,  125.  Lenel,  however,  finds  rather  dubious  traces  of  it  in  Paul 

and  Ulpian,  E.P.  208  (44.  7.  42;  45.  1.  73.  1;  50.  16.  34).  5  P.  2.  11.    See  Gide, 

Condition  de  lafemme  (2),  153  sqq.  6  Post,  §  cxciv.  7  16.  1.  2.  8  H.  t.  6; 

44.  1.  7.  1.  9  16.  1.  16.  1.  10  H.  t.  2.  1;  h.  t.  2.  5.  11  H.  t.  13.  2.  The 

name  "  rcstitutoria "  is  said  to  be  due  to  Justinian.  12  H.  t.  8.  14.  13  H.  t.  30; 

h.  t.  32.  3.  14  I.e.,  not  by  express  provision  of  the  sc.   See,  e.g.,  16.  1.  19.  5. 


x]  LEGISLATION  ON  ADPROM1SSORES  445 

cepted  from  the  rule.  It  did  not  apply  if  the  creditor  was  a  minor  and 
the  principal  debtor  was  insolvent1,  or  where  it  was  to  save  the  father 
from  execution  of  a  judgment2,  or  where,  though  she  appeared  as  surety, 
it  was  really  the  woman's  own  affair3,  or  where  it  was  to  provide  a  dos 
for  her  daughter4,  or,  by  a  rescript  of  Pius,  where  she  had  deceived  the 
creditor5.  Mere  mistake  on  the  part  of  the  creditor  did  not  exclude  the 
sc.  unless  the  transaction  was  a  disguised  one,  so  that,  on  the  face  of  it, 
it  did  not  appear  to  be  intercession. 

Justinian  made  a  series  of  changes  in  this  matter7.  His  enactments 
are  confusing  but  the  general  effect  seems  to  be  this.  He  allowed  such 
surety  generally  for  provision  of  dos,  or  where  it  was  on  behalf  of  a 
slave  who  was  to  be  free  on  payment  of  money.  It  was  to  be  binding  in 
any  case,  if,  after  two  years,  the  woman  confirmed  it,  or  if  she  was  paid 
for  undertaking  it,  or  even  acknowledged  in  the  instrument  that  she 
was  so  paid,  which  makes  the  rule  useless  at  the  cost  of  a  falsehood.  He 
provided  however  that  in  all  cases  there  must  be  writing  and  three  wit- 
nesses8. Finally  he  provided  that  no  inter cessio  on  behalf  of  the  husband 
should  be  valid,  however  often  confirmed. 

In  the  enactment  by  which  he  provided  that  a  woman  might  be 
tutor  to  her  children  he  required  such  a  tutor  to  renounce  the  protection 
of  the  sc.9  This  suggests  that  there  had  been  a  right  of  renunciation, 
and  a  text  of  Pomponius  implies  the  same10,  while  one  of  Ulpian,  quoting 
Julian,  implies  the  opposite11.  The  better  view  seems  to  be  that  there 
was  no  such  right,  except  so  far  as  it  was  provided  by  the  rules  of 
Justinian  above  cited. 

CLVII.  We  have  seen  that  sponsores  and  fidepromissores  had  a 
means  of  recovering  from  their  co-sureties  what  they  had  been  made  to 
pay  in  excess  of  their  share.  The  I.  Appuleia  did  not  apply  to  fideiussores, 
but,  very  early,  probably  under  the  republic,  practice  introduced  the 
beneficium  cedendarum  actionum,  i.e.  a  surety  could  before  payment,  or, 
in  general,  issue  joined,  require  the  creditor  to  transfer  to  him,  by  way 
oiprocuratio  in  rem  suam12,  all  his  rights  and  securities  against  the  debtor 
or  other  sureties13.  The  cessio  could  not  be  demanded  without  offer  of 
full  payment,  but  the  demand  must  be  made  before  payment14.  As  the 
creditor  was  under  no  duty  to  the  surety  he  need  surrender  only  such 
rights  as  he  had:  the  surety  had  no  ground  of  complaint  if,  e.g.,  the  credi- 

1  4.  4.  12.  2  16.  1.  21.  1.  3  H.  t.  21.  pr.          4  C.  4.  29.  12.         5  16.  1. 

2.  3;  h.  t,  30.  Another  exception  P.  2.  11.  2.  6  16.  1.  4;  h.  t.  11;  h.  t.  19.  5.         7  C.  4. 

29.  22-25;  Nov.  134.  8.  8  As  the  same  enactment  (C.  h.  t.  23)  also  contemplates 

valid  cases  which  are  not  in  writing,  its  meaning  is  doubtful  and  much  disputed.  9  Nov. 
118.  5.  10  16.  1.  32.  4.  11  14.  6.  11.  12  Post,  §  CLXXXIX.  13  46.  1. 

17;  46.  3.  76.  14  C.  8.  40.  11.    It  must  be  demanded  and  received:  it  was  never 

implied. 


446  BENEFICIUM  CEDENDARUM  ACTIONUM  [CH. 

tor  had  previously  abandoned  a  security  which  he  held1.  There  was  in 
this  system  an  obvious  difficulty.  If  the  creditor  was  paid,  he  had  no 
longer  any  rights  to  cede,  and  though  he  ceded  them  before  payment, 
the  payment  would  destroy  them.  The  difficulty  was  met  by  treating 
the  surety  who  paid,  not  as  discharging  the  debt,  but  as  buying  it2.  This 
is  simple  if  the  transaction  was  without  judicial  process,  or  before 
joinder  of  issue  (litis  contestatio3),  and  we  are  told  that  it  was  enforced 
by  an  exceptio  doli*,  under  which  the  action  would  be  lost  if  the  cessio 
had  not  been  made  as  demanded.  But  if  there  was  real  doubt  as  to  the 
amount  of  the  debt  and  the  creditor  refused  cessio  on  the  view  that  the 
offer  was  not  enough,  and  at  the  hearing  this  proved  to  be  so,  and  the 
surety  sued  thereon  amended  his  offer,  there  could  be  no  effective  cessio, 
as  some  at  least  of  the  actions  were  destroyed  by  the  litis  contestatio.  If 
the  creditor  proved  wrong  he  would  lose  his  action,  though  a  debt  was 
due  and  he  had  acted  in  good  faith.  It  seems  on  the  rules,  as  we  know 
them,  that  injustice  must  have  been  done  to  one  or  the  other  if  there 
was  a  real  dispute  as  to  amount,  which  could  not  be  settled  in 
iure5. 

The  remedy  just  discussed  affected  the  case  of  co-sureties  only 
incidentally:  it  was  designed  to  give  the  surety  the  benefit  of  securities 
held  by  the  creditor.  Hadrian  reinforced  it  by  the  beneficium  divisionis6, 
similar  to,  but  not  identical  with,  the  rule  of  the  I.  Furia.  There  was  no 
relation  between  sureties  (apart  from  special  contract)  giving  one  any 
rights  against  the  others,  but  this  rule  provided  that  a  fideiussor  might 
not  be  sued  for  more  than  the  amount  of  the  debt  divided  by  the  number 
of  sureties  solvent  when  the  action  was  brought7.  The  right  was  enforced 
either  by  refusal  of  the  action  or  by  an  exceptio  "si  non  et  illi  solvendo 
sints,"  and,  if  this  was  not  claimed,  his  obligation  being  essentially  in 
solidum,  the  defendant  surety  would  have  no  claim  against  the  others, 
nor,  even  if  he  was  in  error,  any  condictio  indebiti9.  The  right  to  division 
was  lost  by  denial  of  the  debt,  and  Papinian  says  that  it  did  not  apply 
where  the  fideiussor  was  given  by  a  tutor  to  his  ward10. 

The  right  applied  only  between  sureties  for  the  same  debt  and  the 
same  debtor,  to  the  same  creditor,  not,  e.g.,  as  between  a  surety  and  one 
who  was  surety  for  him,  fideiussor  fideiussoris11.  But  it  was  indifferent 

1  C.  8.  40.  17.  2  46.  1.  36.  3  Post,  §  ccxxxv.  4  21.  2.  65.         5  See 

Girard,  Manuel,  775.  6  G.  3.  121.    Paul  attributes  it  to  the  praetor,  P.  1.  20.  1. 

7  46.  1.  51.  4.  Thus  insolvency  of  a  surety  increases  the  burden  of  the  others  if  it  exists 
when  the  action  is  brought,  but  not  if  it  supervenes  afterwards.  8  46.  1.  28;  C.  8. 

40.  10.  1.  9  46.  1.  26;  h.  t.  39;  h.  t.  49.  1.   It  is  supposed  that  the  rule  was  applied 

in  practice  to  sponsores  and  fidepromissores,  out  of  Italy,  as  these  could  not  avail 
themselves  of  the  1.  Furia.  10  46.  1.  10.  1 ;  46.  6.  12.  11  46.  1.  27.  4;  h.  t. 

51.2. 


x]  BENEFICIUM  DIVISIONIS,  EXCUSSIONIS  447 

that  they  had  become  sureties  at  different  times,  or  that  one  was  only 
conditionally  liable1. 

It  is  not  clear  at  what  stage  the  solvency  of  the  other  sureties  was 
looked  into.  Probably  it  was  usually  in  iure,  in  which  case  there  is  no 
difficulty.  But  the  use  of  the  exceptio  shews  that  this  was  not  always  so, 
and  if  it  was  at  the  hearing  there  is  the  difficulty  that  if  the  defendant 
surety  proved  the  solvency  of  another  who  was  not  being  sued,  or  had 
not  been  allowed  for,  the  action  was  lost  and  litis  contestatio  had  destroyed 
the  right  against  the  others.  Various  attempts  have  been  made  to  avoid 
the  difficulty  by  appropriate  formulation2. 

The  debt  in  the  cases  of  all  the  sureties  and  the  principal  being  the 
same,  action  against  any  one  destroyed  the  right  against  any  other3,  on 
the  principle  of  non  bis  in  idem,  and  the  novatory  effect  of  litis  contestatio. 
We  are  indeed  told  by  Justinian4  that  in  very  early  law  the  creditor  who 
had  sued  one,  without  satisfaction,  could  still  sue  the  others.  But  this  is 
not  reconcileable  with  what  we  know  of  the  law  under  the  legis  actio, 
and  in  any  case  had  ceased  to  be  true  in  the  classical  law5.  The  debt  was 
one  and  the  same.  All  were  equally  liable:  the  creditor  could  therefore 
sue  whichever  he  would,  but  having  sued  one,  could  sue  no  one  else, 
except  that  if  he  sued  only  for  a  share  under  the  beneficium  divisionis 
there  was  probably  relief  against  the  others.  Suing  a  surety  first  was 
convenient  if  the  debtor  was  away  or  was  insolvent,  but  unless  there 
was  some  such  reason  it  was  a  reflection  on  the  debtor's  solvency,  and 
Gaius  says  that  to  sue  a  surety  when  the  debtor  was  "paratus  solver e" 
was  an  actionable  iniuria6.  It  became  usual  in  later  law,  after  the  dis- 
appearance of  indicia  legitima,  for  sureties  to  agree  not  to  avail  them- 
selves of  this  extinction,  so  that  if,  when  sued,  they  pleaded  the  exceptio 
rei  iudicatae,  there  would  be  a  rcplicatio  pacti  conventi7.  Another,  more 
ingenious,  way  was  to  make  ihefideiussio  in  a  different  form,  to  promise, 
not  the  debt  but  "  whatever  the  creditor  cannot  recover  from  the  debtor," 
which,  in  later  classical  law,  was  interpreted  to  mean  "whatever  he  has 
been  unable  to  recover  by  action  against  the  debtor"  (fideiussio  in- 
demnitatis),  so  that  the  debtor  must  be  sued  first8. 

Justinian  provided  that  in  all  cases  where  several  were  liable  for  the 
same  debt,  action  against  one  should  not  ipso  facto  release  the  others9, 
which  ended  the  difficulty.  Later,  he  provided  that  the  debtor  must  be 

1  46.  1.  27.  pr.;  h.  t.  48.  1.  2  See  Girard,  Manuel,  772.  3  P.  2.  17.  16, 

4  Nov.  4.  pr.  5  Paul,  loc.  cit. ;  Lex  Rom.  Burg.  14.  7.  6  47.  10.  19.  It  must  how- 

ever be  remembered  that  for  such  an  action  there  must  be  evidence  of  intent  to  insult,  post, 
§ccu.  7  C.  8.  40.  5;  h.  t.  28.  1.  8  45.  1.  116;  46.  2.  6.  pr.  The  older  view 

seems  to  have  been  (Celsus,  12.  1.  42.  pr.)  that  on  such  words  the  creditor  could  still  sue 
the  surety  first,  and  the  index  would  have  to  determine  how  much  could  have  been  re- 
covered from  the  debtor,  but  apt  words  would  exclude  this.  9  C.  8.  40.  28. 


448  PLURALITY  OF  PRINCIPALS  [CH. 

sued  first,  but  that  if  he  was  away,  and  the  sureties  were  on  the  spot, 
time  must  be  given  them  within  which  to  produce  him.  If  they  did  not, 
they  could  be  sued,  having  a  right  to  cession  of  actions.  This  is  the  so- 
called  beneficium  ordinis  vel  excussionis1 . 

It  must  be  remembered  that  these  adpromissores  were  not  the  only 
forms  of  personal  surety.  Besides  the  praes  and  vas,  who  will  be  con- 
sidered in  connexion  with  procedure2,  there  are  the  cases  of  mandatum 
credendae  pecuniae3,  the  pactum  de  constitute,  and  the  receptum  of  bankers4, 
which  will  be  considered  later. 

As  a  surety  could  not  be  liable  for  more  than  the  principal5  was,  it 
follows  that  anything  which  ipso  iure  released  the  debtor  also  released 
sureties.  But  here  too  there  were  exceptions.  Thus  as  we  have  seen  the 
surety  was  not  released  by  the  enslavement,  or  death  without  suc- 
cessors, of  the  debtor6.  But  in  the  case  of  release  ope  exceptionis,  the 
exceptions  were  more  numerous.  Thus  where  a  debtor  being  without 
means  was  also  in  a  position  to  invoke  the  so-called  beneficium  com- 
petentiae7,  sureties  were  not  released8.  A  pact  not  to  sue  him  did  not 
release  the  sureties  if  it  was  clearly  meant  to  be  in  personam9.  A  minor's 
right  of  restitutio  in  integrum  did  not  protect  a  surety  who  had  con- 
tracted knowing  of  the  minority10.  And  in  many  cases  the  praetorian 
release  was  not  allowed  to  discharge  the  surety  also  unless,  as  he  had  a 
right  to  reimbursement  against  the  debtor,  enforcement  against  him 
would  be  indirectly  enforcement  against  the  debtor,  so  that  his  exceptio 
would  be  unreal11.  Some  of  these  cases  will  recur. 

CLVIII.  PLURALITY  OF  PRINCIPALS.  It  might  be  that  there  was 
more  than  one  principal  creditor  or  debtor  in  the  transaction.  This 
represents  the  main  case  of  Solidarity,  with  its  distinction  between  Corre- 
ality  and  Simple  Solidarity.  These  relations  are  not  confined  to  stipulatio, 
but  it  is  primarily  in  this  relation  that  correality  is  presented  to  us  in 
the  Sources12. 

In  general,  where  there  were  several  parties  to  a  divisible  contractual 
obligation,  it  was  divided  between  them13:  if  it  was  intended  that  each 

1  Nov.  4.  The  names  are  not  Roman.  The  enactment  contains  very  detailed  provisions. 
2  It  is  doubtful  if  they  had  any  application  outside  procedural  securities.  See  Cuq, 
Manuel,  643.  3  Post,  §  CLXXX.  Called  by  commentators  mandatum  qualificatum. 

4  Post,  §§  CLXXXH  sqq.  5  46.  1.  37;  h.  t.  49.  pr.;  h.  t.  68.  2.  Ante,  §  CLVI.  6  46.  3. 
95.  1  in  fine,  16.  3.  1.  14;  C.  8.  40.  20.  7  Post,  §  ccxxxiv.  8  44.  1.  7.  pr. 

9  2.  14.  22.  As  to  pacta  in  rem  and  their  effect,  post,  §  cxcv.  10  4.  4.  13.  pr.  11  E.g. 
2.  14.  32.  It  will  be  understood  that  many  of  these  rules  might  be  modified  in  their 
application  by  special  agreements  between  the  principals  and  the  sureties  and  among 
the  sureties  themselves.  12  Though  the  distinction  between  correal  obligatio  and 

surety  is  clear,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  cases  overlap.  It  was  not  unusual  for 
correal  debtors  to  become  sureties  for  each  other,  reciprocally.  13  45.  2.  11.  1;  38.  1. 

15.1. 


xj  SOLIDARY  OBLIGATION  449 

should  be  liable  or  entitled  to  the  whole,  this  must  be  expressed  in  the 
transaction.  This  is  well  shewn  in  stipulatio.  If  there  were  several  parties 
on  one  side  and  it  was  intended  that  each  was  to  be  liable  or  entitled  to 
the  whole,  the  creditor  uttered  the  stipulatio  and  the  prornissores  all 
answered  together,  or  conversely,  each  creditor  asked  and  the  debtor 
answered  once  for  all1.  If  there  were  more  than  one  on  each  side,  each 
stipulator  asked  and  the  promissores  answered  together.  Some  such  form 
as  this  was  indeed  the  only  way  in  which  to  make  it  one  stipulatio ;  any 
other  method  would  decompose  into  separate  stipulations.  But  this 
would  not  be  necessarily  so  if  the  stipulatio  was  by  written  cautio.  There 
we  are  told  that  even  if  the  cautio  shewed  that  there  were  two  stipulatores 
or  two  promissores,  they  were  not  correi  unless  the  cautio  expressly 
made  them  such — each  would  be  liable  or  entitled  only  to  a  pars 
virilis". 

The  common  case,  in  which  the  obligatio  was  divided,  does  not  here 
concern  us,  and  there  was  a  case  where  all  were  liable,  each  for  the  whole, 
which  also  does  not  concern  us.  This  is  the  case  where  several  were  liable 
for  a  penalty  for  a  joint  delict.  If  two  persons  engaged  in  a  theft,  each 
was  liable  for  the  whole  penalty.  This  may  be  called  solidarity,  but  it  is 
not  the  case  we  are  dealing  with.  Each  was  liable  for  the  whole,  and 
would  continue  so  liable  though  another  had  paid3,  their  liabilities  being 
entirely  independent.  This  applied  to  all  civil  liabilities  for  a  penalty, 
but  only  to  the  liability  for  the  penalty4.  Thus  in  the  case  mentioned 
there  would  also  be  a  condictio  furtiva  for  the  value  of  the  thing.  Each 
was  liable  for  the  whole  but  payment  by  one  discharged  the  rest. 

The  case  we  are  concerned  with  is  that  in  which  each  of  two  or  more 
persons  was  liable  or  entitled  to  the  whole,  but  it  was  due  only  once,  so 
that  if  the  sum  was  once  paid  the  whole  was  ended.  This  was  what  is 
commonly  called  solidary  obligation,  a  name  coined  from  the  Roman 
expression,  in  solidum,  which  has  no  technical  force,  but  is  applied  when 
it  is  wished  to  emphasise  the  fact  that  a  man  is  liable  for  the  whole5. 

Cases  of  this  sort  are  numerous  and  familiar,  though  not  always 
readily  associated  with  the  notion  under  discussion.  There  are  many 
other  than  the  primary  case  of  joint  contract.  There  are  the  cases  of 
sureties,  inter  se  (subject  to  the  legislative  restrictions  already  noted),  of 
surety  and  principal,  of  adstipulator  and  principal,  the  liability  of 
common  owners  of  a  slave  on  his  contracts  or  noxalty  on  his  delicts,  the 
liabilities  of  dominus  and  free  institor,  each  of  whom  is  liable  on  the 

1  Inst.  3.  16.  2  45.  2.  11.  1,  2.    In  the  case  of  informal  contracts,  the  intent  to 

exclude  division  must  be  clearly  stated,  h.  t.  9.  pr.,  1.  3  47.  4.  1.  19;  9.  2.  11.  2; 

C.  4.  8.  1.          4  See,  however,  as  to  the  praetorian  delicts,  dolut<  and  rnetus,  post,  §§  CLIX. 
5  Thus  in  de  peculio  the  liability  is  limited,  but  in  quod  iussu  it  is  in  solidum.   14.  5.  1. 

B.  K.  L.  29 


450  CORREALITY  [CH. 

latter's  contract1.  So  too  it  was  provided  that  contracts  by  a  member 
of  a  firm  of  argentarii  or  of  slave-dealers  (venaliciarii),  or  by  one  of  joint 
exercitores  in  the  business,  were  to  be  treated  as  made  solidarity  by  them 
all2.  So  too  where  A  made  a  legacy  to  B  of  what  C  owed  B,  or  where 
several  made  a  solidary  deposit3,  or  where  several  were  jointly  liable  to 
pay  compensation  for  a  wrongdoing,  as  opposed  to  paying  a  penalty4. 
Other  cases  are  those  of  contutores,  and  there  are  many  others5.  The 
possibilities  of  joint  contract  are  endless. 

These  cases  break  into  two  groups,  the  essential  difference  being  that 
in  classical  law,  in  one  group,  the  bringing  of  an  action  by,  or  against,  one, 
barred,  or  released,  all  the  others.  In  the  other  group  this  was  not  so; 
roughly  speaking,  only  satisfaction  ended  the  obligation.  To  the  first 
case  the  name  correality  may  be  applied,  though  it  seems  usual  in  modern 
writers  to  confine  it  to  those  cases  in  which  the  correal  relation  was 
expressly  created  by  the  parties,  the  others  being  spoken  of  as  correal 
in  a  wide  sense.  The  second  case  is  commonly  called  simple  solidarity. 
Where  the  plurality  was  on  the  creditor's  side,  it  is  called  active  cor- 
reality (or  solidarity),  in  the  other  case  it  is  said  to  be  passive. 

We  shall  deal  first  with  correality,  confining  ourselves  to  the  typical 
case  of  stipulatio,  remembering  that  the  same  relation  could  also  arise 
in  the  bonaefidei  contracts6  and  in  mutuum7,  though  we  have  no  evidence 
of  it  in  the  literal  contract. 

A  correal  obligation  did  not  differ  in  content  from  any  other;  all  that 
we  need  consider  are  the  modes  and  consequences  of  its  ending.  Like 
all  obligations,  it  ended  by  performance,  and  this  destroyed  it  as  against 
all  parties.  It  was  also  completely  destroyed  in  classical  law  by  the 
novatio  necessaria  involved  in  litis  contestatio  in  an  action  on  it,  between 
any  parties8.  But  many  other  events  destroyed  it.  It  may  be  said  that 
anything  which  completely  destroyed  it  as  to  any  one  debtor,  without 
affecting  his  personality,  i.e.  as  Paul  puts  it9,  destroyed  the  debt,  but 
not  the  debtor,  destroyed  it  altogether.  Thus  it  was  ended  altogether 
by  novatio10  or  acceptilatio11  between  any  parties,  or  by  an  oath  tendered 
and  taken,  that  there  was  no  debt12.  It  was  ended  by  destruction  of  the 
thing  due  without  culpa  or  mora13  of  a  party.  If  it  was  by  culpa  or  after 
mora,  it  survived  against  the  party  concerned,  but  on  the  texts  it  was 
extinct  against  the  others  in  case  of  mora,  but  survived  in  that  of  culpau. 

\  Or  his  owner,  if  he  is  servus  alienus,  14.  3.  17.  1.  2  2.  14.  27.  pr. ;  14.  1.  1.  25; 

21.  1.  44.  1.  3  45.  2.  9.  4  C.  4.  8.  1.  5  E.g.  45.  2.  9.  pr.  6  45. 

2.  9.  pr.  7  46.  1.  71.  pr.    But  mutuum  was  usually  reinforced  by  a  stipulatio. 

8  46.  1.  5.  9  46.  1.  71.  10  Post,  §  cxciv.  11  Post,  §  cxcv.  12  12.  2. 

28.  3;  45.  2.  2.  13  Post,  §  CLXXXVHI.  14  22.  1.  32.  4;  45.  2.  18;  50.  17.  173.  2. 

The  distinction  is  however  explained  away  by  some  writers  as  being  unreasonable.  See 
for  different  solutions,  Cirard,  Manuel,  756,  n.  3. 


x]  CORREALITY  451 

On  the  other  hand,  other  parties  were  not  released  or  barred  by  de- 
portation, or  death  without  successors,  of  one  of  the  parties,  or  by  con- 
fusio  between  one  debtor  and  one  creditor1.  Conversely  if  one  debtor 
gave  an  acknowledgment  to  one  creditor,  which  had  the  effect  of 
lengthening  the  period  of  prescription  of  the  action,  it  was,  under 
Justinian,  equally  lengthened  against  all  the  debtors,  and  in  favour  of 
all  creditors2.  A  set  off  held  by  one  was  of  no  avail  to  the  others3. 

Praetorian  defences,  which  did  not  destroy  the  obligation  altogether, 
give  rise  to  some  difficulty.  A  pactum  de  non  petendo,  if  purely  in  per- 
sonam  did  not  affect  other  parties4:  if  in  rem  it  might,  according  to  dis- 
tinctions to  be  later  considered5.  The  same  is  true  of  transactio6.  The 
effect  of  pactum  de  constitute  on  the  other  parties  is  doubtful7. 

Justinian  put  an  end  to  the  most  striking  of  these  modes  of  dis- 
charge, by  enacting  that  where  there  was  a  plurality  of  debtors,  litis 
contestatio  against  one  should  not  discharge  the  others.  He  does  not 
mention  plurality  of  creditors8,  but  the  omission  is  probably  mere 
accident.  For  some  of  the  cases  there  is  no  record  of  plurality  of  creditors  ; 
it  is  clear  on  the  texts  and  on  the  facts  of  life  that  plurality  of  debtors 
is  the  common  and  practical  case. 

The  position  of  correi,  inter  se,  gives  rise  to  a  question.  If  one  creditor 
had  received  all,  or  one  debtor  had  paid  all,  was  there  any  right  or 
obligation  of  contribution?  The  answer,  notwithstanding  much  modern 
controversy,  seems  to  be9  that  there  was  no  such  right  so  far  as  the 
relation  was  merely  one  of  correality.  It  is  indeed  suggested  that,  at 
any  rate  in  post-classical  law,  any  debtor  who  paid  the  whole  could 
claim  cessio  actionum,  as  a  surety  could10.  But  such  little  evidence  as 
exists  for  this  is  lessened  in  force  by  the  fact  that  it  was  not  uncommon 
for  correi  to  agree  to  become  sureties  for  each  other,  fideiussio  mutua  or 
alterna11,  and  the  few  texts  may  well  refer  to  this  case. 

But  this  harsh  looking  rule  means  little.  Men  did  not  become  correi, 
at  any  rate  expressly,  by  chance,  without  previous  negotiation,  and  there 
were  two  well-known  ways  in  which  this  inconvenience  could  be 
avoided.  They  frequently  became  sureties  for  each  other,  which  gave  all 
the  various  rights  discussed  in  connexion  with  adpromissores.  Or  they 
might  be  socii,  permanently,  as  in  those  cases,  argentarii,  venaliciarii, 
etc.,  already  mentioned,  in  which  correality  was  created  by  law,  or  for 
the  purpose  of  this  transaction  only,  and  there  was  contribution  inter 

1  45.  2.  19;  46.  1.  71.  2  C.  8.  39.  4.  3  45.  2.  10.  4  2.  14.  25.  1. 

5  Post,  §  cxcv.  6  27.  3.  15.  7  13.  5.  10.    Demangeat,  Oblig.  Solidaires,  86. 

8  C.  8.  40.  28.  2.    Elaborate  legislation  in  the  Novels,  e.g.  Nov.  99.  9  35.  2.  62. 

pr.;  45.  2.  10.         10  C.  4.  65.  13;  C.  8.  40.  11;  D.  19.  2.  47  (?interp.).        11  45.  2.  11. 
pr.    See  however  on  this  text  and  on  the  matter  generally,  Oollinet,  Eludes 
1.  131  sqq. 

29—2 


452  SIMPLE  SOLIDARITY  [CH. 

socios1.  Correality  did  not  destroy  the  right  of  "regress"  where  it  ex- 
isted. Thus  there  was  no  difficulty  where,  as  ordinarily,  the  case  was  one 
of  consent,  or  where,  though  it  was  imposed  by  law,  there  was  a  societas. 
And  where  the  facts  did  not  involve  consent,  they  commonly  created  a 
regress.  A  testator  could  impose  this  liability  on  his  heredes2,  but  the 
one  who  had  paid  had  familiae  erciscundae.  A  principal  and  his  institor 
(or  the  owner  of  the  institor)  were  correally  liable,  but  the  institor,  if 
compelled  to  pay,  had  his  remedy  under  his  contract  of  mandate  with 
the  employer.  The  liabilities  of  common  owners  of  a  slave  on  his  con- 
tracts and  delicts  were  correal,  but  the  matter  could  be  adjusted  in 
communi  dividundo3. 

CLIX.  Simple  Solidarity.  The  main  distinction  between  this  and  the 
preceding  case  was  that  here  litis  contestatio  between  parties  did  not 
affect  other  parties,  while  satisfaction  did4.  Beyond  this  we  do  not 
know  very  much.  It  is  clear  that  nothing  would  discharge  which  did  not 
in  the  case  of  correality.  But  it  is  not  clear  that  the  converse  is  true  even 
apart  from  litis  contestatio.  It  has  been  maintained  that  acceptilatio 
would  not  discharge5.  As  joint  stipulatio  involved  correality,  and 
acceptilatio  was  release  from  promissio,  it  might  seem  that  the  point 
could  not  arise,  but  this  is  not  so.  The  liability  of  tutores  was  solidary, 
not  correal.  Where  a  tutor  had  given  security,  an  acceptilatio  on  the  stipu- 
lation would  release  him,  and  the  question  arises  whether  it  would 
release  his  colleagues.  As  it  was  tantamount  to  satisfaction,  it  seems 
that  it  should  do  so.  The  same  point  arises  in  connexion  with  novatio  and 
oath,  but  we  have  no  information. 

The  question  then  arises:  when  was  an  obligation  simply  solidary? 
The  first  point  is  that  no  clear  case  can  be  shewn  of  this  type  on  the  side 
of  the  creditor6;  it  was  always  "passive"  solidarity.  It  arose  in  certain 

1  There  is  good  evidence  of  the  frequency  of  societas  among  correi,  35.  2.  62.  pr. ;  45.  2. 
10.  As  to  contribution  inter  socios,  post,  §  CLXXVU.  This  societas  modifies  other  rules  of  the 
institution.  The  right  of  regress  would  make  a  pactum  d?  non  petendo  useless  unless  it  was 
available  to  all,  and  accordingly  it  was  so  available,  2.  14.  25.  pr.  For  the  same  reason 
a  iransactio  was  available  in  the  same  way,  4.  8.  34.  pr.,  and  any  socius  could  use  a  set  off 
of  any  other.  45.  2.  10.  If  there  was  confusio  between  one  debitor  correus  socius  and  the 
creditor,  the  others  might  use  it  to  the  extent  to  which  they  would  have  been  entitled  to 
claim  against  the  correus  who  had  become  creditor.  46.  1.71.  pr.  Probably  similar  modifica- 
tions applied  where  they  became  sureties  for  each  other.  2  45.  2.  9.  pr.  3  10.  3. 
15;  11.  1.  20.  pr.;  14.  3.  13.  2.  4  E.g.  26.  7.  18.  1.  5  Girard,  Manuel,  760, 
citing  Gerardin.  The  analogy  of  transactio  does  not  seem  convincing,  27.  3.  15.  It  is  not 
clear  that  this  destroyed  correal  liability,  in  all  cases.  And  it  is  a  praetorian  defence, 
acceptilatio  is  civil.  6  The  case  of  dos  promised  to  vir  and  legata  to  uxor  may  be 
one  (23.  3.  29;  30.  84.  6).  It  is  not  correal,  since  these  texts  shew  that  action  by  one  did 
not  bar  the  other.  But  it  is  not  clear  that  it  was  solidary  either,  for  the  heres  could  claim 
security  from  the  wife  suing,  to  indemnify  him  from  action  by  the  vir,  so  that  payment 
did  not  in  principle  discharge  it  either.  The  texts  shew  that  the  parties  are  forced  by 
indirect  means  to  be  satisfied  with  one  payment.  In  strictness  it  is  not "  ead em  res"  at  all. 


x]  SIMPLE  SOLIDARITY  453 

praetorian  delicts,  metus,  dolus,  in  the  actio  de  rationibus  distrahendis 
against  tutors  and  perhaps  some  other  delicts.  It  arose  also  in  a  group 
of  contractual  and  quasi-contractual  cases,  where  the  liability  had  resulted 
from  a  breach  of  duty  in  a  common  undertaking,  from  culpa  or  dolus. 
It  appears  from  several  of  the  texts,  though  not  from  all,  but  it  is  the 
only  rational  rule,  that  this  applied  only  if  the  fault  was  common  to 
them.  Among  the  cases  mentioned  are  tutela  and  most  of  the  bonaefidei 
contracts,  including  mandate.  It  is  not  stated  in  negotiorum  gestio,  but 
common  gestio,  though  it  must  have  occurred,  is  rarely  discussed1. 

There  was  in  general,  as  in  correality,  no  recourse.  But  in  the  case 
of  tutores,  any  tutor  sued,  if  he  had  not  personally  been  guilty  of  dolus, 
was  treated  like  a  fideiussor  and  given  the  beneficium  divisionis  and 
cessionis,  and  even  it  is  said  an  actio  utilis  where  he  had  not  taken  cessio2. 
A  text,  probably  dvie  to  Justinian,  gives  an  actio  utilis  in  the  case  of 
joint  liability  for  deiecta  et  effusa,  and  says  nothing  about  the  beneficia3. 
Tutela  seems  the  only  clear  case4.  It  should  be  added  that  in  the  opinion 
of  some  critics  nearly  all  these  cases  of  simple  solidarity  are  due  to 
Justinian,  the  cases  having  been  correal  in  classical  law5. 

It  remains  to  consider  why  some  cases  were  correal  and  others 
solidary.  The  opinion  most  widely  held  rests  on  a  subtle  distinction.  In 
both  cases  there  was  only  one  object,  one  thing  due,  but  in  correality 
there  was  also  only  one  obligation,  so  that  what  ended  it  for  one  ended 
it  altogether,  while  in  solidarity  the  obligations  were  distinct,  and  what 
happened  to  one  need  not  affect  the  others.  But  this  is  open  to  serious 
objection6.  It  is  not  consistent  with  the  facts.  The  same  obligation  could 
not  be  both  civil  and  merely  praetorian,  as  was  the  case  of  the  obligations 
of  employer  and  institor  on  a  contract.  It  could  not  be  both  simple  and 
conditional  as  correal  obligations  could 7.  And  while  there  are  texts  which 
speak  of  unity  of  obligation8,  there  are  others  which  speak  of  distinct 
obligations9.  Moreover,  it  is  merely  giving  the  rule  as  a  reason  for  itself, 
for  it  does  not  shew  why  those  who  combined  in  a  contract  of  stipulatio 
created  only  one  obligation,  while  those  who  combined  in  a  wrong 
created  more  than  one.  The  expression  correi  is  very  rare10.  The  usual 
name  is  duo  rei11,  a  name  equally  applicable  to  any  case  in  which  two 
are  liable,  and  not  suggestive  of  any  fundamental  distinction. 

1  See  Girard,  Manuel,  158,  for  a  full  statement  of  the  cases.  2  27.  3.  1.  11-13. 

These  texts  are  at  least  to  some  extent  interpolated.  3  9.  3.  4.  4  It  is  sug- 

gested that  there  was  the  same  rule  in  deposit,  16.  3.  22.  But  here  both  heredes  have  com- 
mitted dolus:  they  would  not  be  liable  for  mere  culpa  (h.  t.  10).  The  liability  pro  parte 
mentioned  in  one  hypothesis  is  not  due  to  solidary  obligatio,  but  to  the  fact  that  each  has 
committed  dolus  in  respect  of  different  property.  5  See  Eisele,  Archiv  fur  C.  P.  77. 

374  sqq. ;  Albertario,  Bull.  26.  106.  But  this  author  accepts  interpolations  very  freely. 
6  See  Hunter,  Rom.  Law,  (4),  561;  Girard,  Manuel,  753.  7  45.  2.  7;  Inst.  3.  16.  2. 

8  E.g.   45.   2.   3.    1.  9  E.g.   46.    1.   5.  10  34.   3.   3.    3.  11  45.   2.   passim. 


454  DICTIO  DOTIS  [CH. 

Accordingly  a  much  more  simple  explanation  has  been  proposed  and 
is  strongly  supported.  Whether  there  was  one  obligation,  or  more,  there 
was  at  any  rate  only  one  thing  due.  There  was  an  ancient  rule:  non  bis  in 
idem,  and  it  follows  that  the  same  thing  might  not  be  claimed  twice. 
Thus  the  rule  in  correality  was  not  a  special  rule  for  that  case,  but  an 
application  of  ordinary  principle;  it  is  the  rule  in  solidarity  which  needs 
explanation.  The  renewed  action  was  bis  in  idem,  for  it  was  eadem  res. 
It  is  therefore  suggested  that  there  was  no  logical  basis;  it  was  an 
illogical  relaxation,  a  gradual  historical  development  expressing  the 
idea  that  those  who  do  wrong  ought  not  to  be  released  from  their 
obligation  to  compensate,  except  by  satisfaction.  No  doubt  the  evolution 
was  gradual,  and,  as  we  see  it,  largely  due  to  Justinian1.  It  may  be 
remembered  that  a  similar  difficulty  was  in  some  cases  dealt  with  by 
the  praetor.  One  who  had  sued  de  peculio  could  not  sue  again,  though 
unsatisfied,  but  the  praetor  gave  relief,  as  he  did  where  buyer  and  seller 
were  both  liable  de  peculio  and  one  had  been  sued2. 

CLX.  There  were  some  other  verbal  contracts. 

DICTJO  DOTIS.  This  is  one  of  the  three  ways  in  which  dos  could  be 
created  in  classical  law:  datur  aut  dicitur  aut  promittiturz.  But  dictio 
must  be  by  the  woman  or  her  paternal  ancestor  or  by  a  debtor  to  her, 
under  her  authorisation*.  It  was  a  solemn  declaration  that  a  certain 
thing  or  sum  should  be  dos,  made  without  need  of  any  previous  question. 
It  is  possible  that  in  early  law  dictio  necessarily  preceded  the  marriage, 
but  in  classical  law  it  might  be  later.  It  was  obsolete  under  Justinian, 
but  many  texts  in  the  Digest  which  now  speak  of  promissio  were  written 
of  dictio.  Some  of  these  preserve  the  form:  " Stichus  (or  centum  or  fundus 
Cornelianus)  tibi  doti  erit5."  The  other  party  must  be  present,  but  need 
not  say  or  do  anything6.  Hence  arise  doubts  whether  it  is  properly  re- 
garded as  a  contract,  at  least  for  early  law7.  In  any  case  it  gave  rise  to  a 

1  History  of  the  doctrine  obscure.  It  has  been  inferred  from  43.  24.  15.  2,  that  the  idea 
is  later  than  Labeo  but  any  inference  from  so  corrupt  a  text  is  uncertain.  The  starting- 
point  is  probably  in  dolu-s  and  metus.  A.  doli  lies  only  si  res  aliter  servari  non  potest,  4.  3. 
1 .  8 ;  h.  t.  5.  A .  fortiori  not  where  res  servata  est.  The  whole  process  is  only  for  restitution. 
A.  metus  does  not  lie  si  res  restituatur,  4.  2.  14.  3.  It  is  suggested  by  4.  2.  14.  5  that 
actual  restitutio  apart  from  process  always  freed  others,  but  it  was  only  by  a  later  doctrine 
that  the  same  result  followed  from  payment  under  condemnatio.  See  ref.  ante,  p.  453, 
n.  5.  2  15.  1.  11.  8;  h.  t.  32.  1;  h.  t.  30.  4.  3  Ulp.  6.  1;  11.  20.  4  Ulp.  6.  2. 

5  E.g.  23.  3.  25.  6  G.  3.  96.  7  Karlowa,  R.JRg.  2.  579.   It  was  a  contract  in 

later  law,  Gai.  Ep.  2.  9.  3.  There  were  other  institutions  in  Rom.  Law  presenting  the  same 
character  of  being  unilateral  in  the  sense  that  they  were  binding  on  the  person  who  under- 
took them  without  need  of  any  acceptance  by  the  other  side.  It  might  be  said  that  as  the 
very  act  of  enforcing  them  is  an  acceptance  we  have,  when  they  are  enforced,  all  the 
characteristics  of  a  contract.  The  point  is,  however,  that  they  are  binding  from  the 
moment  when  they  are  made,  so  that  they  cannot  be  recalled  even  before  acceptance. 
Such  is  Voturn,  a  vow  of  a  gift  to  some  divinity,  if  some  event  happens,  common  in 


x]  1USWRANDUM  L1BERTI  455 

strictum  indicium,  but  where  it  took  the  form  of  release  from  debt  (quod 
mihi  debes,  tibi  doti  erit)  the  debt  was  not  ipso  iure  destroyed,  but  only 
ope  exceptionis1.  It  seems  to  have  been  a  "formal"  transaction.  It  might 
be  conditional2,  and,  no  doubt,  ex  die. 

It  is  mentioned  in  literary  texts  of  the  Republic3  and  by  Gains  and 
Ulpian4,  and  it  appears  in  an  enactment  of  396s.  It  is  supposed  to 
have  been  abolished  by  an  enactment  of  428  which  validated  any  in- 
formal promise  or  pollicit atio  ofdos6,  but  as  this  did  not  abolish  promissio 
it  seems  rather  to  indicate  than  to  cause  the  disappearance  of  dictio. 

lUSlURANDUM  LiBERTi.  This  also  was  a  verbal  contract,  uno  loquente, 
but  both  parties  present7.  Where  the  manumission  of  a  slave  was  other- 
wise gratuitous  and  was  voluntary  (i.e.  where  the  master  was  not  under 
an  obligation  to  free,  as  under  a  fideicomrnissum),  it  was  permitted  to 
require  of  the  man  an  undertaking  to  render  certain  services8 — operae. 
There  was  however  the  difficulty  that  no  promise  by  a  slave  was  binding 
after  manumission,  and  on  the  other  hand  a  man  once  freed  might 
possibly  refuse  the  undertaking.  This  was  surmounted  by  requiring  him 
to  take  an  oath  before  he  was  freed,  which  put  him  under  a  religious 
obligation  to  renew  the  undertaking  after  he  was  free.  The  renewed 
promise  was  also  under  oath,  though  a  stipulatio  would  have  served 
equally  well.  In  fact,  though  the  iusiurandum  survived  into  Justinian's 
time9,  it  is  clear  that  stipulatio  had  long  been  more  usual.  This  had  indeed 
the  advantage  for  the  patron  that  presumably  it  would  not  necessarily 
be  destroyed  by  his  capitis  deminutio  as  the  iusiurandum  was10.  There 

Roman  Catholic  communities  to  this  day.  But  in  Rome  it  was  enforced,  in  early  law, 
by  legal,  not  merely  religious  sanctions  (Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  580),  though  we  do  not  know 
the  machinery.  The  occurrence  of  the  expression  "voti  damnas"  suggests  that  it  was  by 
manus  iniectio.  Such  details  as  are  known  can  be  found  in  Karlowa,  op.  cit.  2.  580  sqq. 
The  institution  existed  in  classical  law  in  some  form,  but,  though  the  word  is  found  in  the 
Digest  (50.  12.  2.  1),  the  institution  itself  was  obsolete.  Another  such  institution  is 
pollicitatio.  This  which  means,  in  general,  any  undertaking  or  proposal,  signifies  in  this 
technical  sense  a  promise  to  a  municipality,  usually  in  return  for  some  honour  conferred, 
or  to  be  conferred.  This  was  binding  of  itself,  but  if  it  was  made  without  any  honour 
or  the  like,  it  became  binding  only  when  the  promisor  had  begun  to  carry  it  out  (50. 
12.  1.  1,  2).  It  seems  to  be  a  creation  of  imperial  enactments  about  the  middle  of  the 
second  century  (50.  12.  1.  pr.;  h.  t.  1.  5;  h.  t.  6.  2;  h.  t.  7,  etc.).  There  is  a  title  in  the 
Digest  on  it  (50.  12).  There  are  institutions  of  a  somewhat  similar  kind  in  English  law  in 
which  they  are  regarded,  when  they  are  concerned  with  obligatio,  as  irrevocable  offers 
which  will  become  contracts  when  accepted.  The  Romans  do  not  analyse  them  at  all. 
Modern  German  analysis  seems  to  see  in  them  a  type  of  obligation  independent  of  con 
tract. 

1  23.  3.  44.  1.  2  50.  16.  125.  3  See  the  reff.  in  Costa,  Storia  del  Dirt  priv. 

Rom.  14.         4  See  p.  454,  nn.  3,  4,  6.         5  C.  Th.  3.  12.  3.    This  appears  in  C.  5.  5.  6, 
but  the  reference  to  dictio  is  suppressed.  6  C.  5.  11.  6.  7  G.  3.  96;  42.  2.  6.  3. 

8  38.  1.  7.  4;  h.  t.  13.          9  38.  1.  7.  pr.  10  G.  3.  83;  Inst.  3.  10.  1,  which  makes  the 

instruction  otcur  always.    But  see  D.  33.  2.  2. 


456  CONTRACT  LITERIS  [CH. 

are  traces  of  an  opinion  among  early  lawyers  that  the  original  oath 
before  manumission  was  actually  binding1,  but  there  is  no  evidence 
that  this  was  really  so  in  historical  times.  The  iusiurandum  was  a  formal 
verbal  contract,  capable  of  release  by  acceptilatio2,  and  perhaps  capable 
of  guarantee  by  sponsio3.  The  oath  was  binding  even  though  taken  by 
an  impubes*.  It  must  be  made  immediately  on  the  manumission,  other- 
wise it  could  not  be  compelled,  though  if  actually  taken  later,  it  would 
be  valid5.  It  was  of  course  stricti  iuris.  Since  we  naturally  think  of 
services  as  something  to  be  done  rather  than  given,  we  should  expect  a 
formula  in  the  form  "  dare  facer ~e  oportere."  But  in  fact  the  indicium 
operarum  actually  had  the  intentio  in  the  form  of  condictio  certi6:  dare 
oportere.  As  has  recently  been  shewn,  an  opera — a  day's  work — was 
conceived  of  as  a  unit  of  value  and  thus  as  a  dandum,  not  a  faciendum, 
so  that  it  had,  properly  enough,  the  formula  of  condictio  certae  rei"*. 

CLXI.  THE  CONTRACT  LITERIS*.  A7 o MJNA  T RAI \SSCRIPTITIA.  Ex- 
I'ENSILA  TIO.  Although  we  have  evidence  of  the  importance  of  this  con- 
tract, we  know  little  of  it.  Our  substantial  sources  are  a  brief  account 
in  Gaius,  a  very  different  account  by  Theophilus9,  one  or  two  references 
in  other  legal  texts,  a  number  of  allusions  in  lay  literature10,  and  a  de- 
fective inscription11,  these  last  being  in  no  way  concerned  to  explain  it. 
The  account  by  Gaius  is,  shortly,  as  follows:  The  contract  was  called 
nomina  trans scriptitia  and  was  made  in  two  ways.  It  might  be  "a  re  in 
personam"  in  which  what  was  due  in  some  other  way  was  transformed 
into  this  contract  by  recording  it  as  having  been  paid  to  the  debtor.  It 
might  be  "a  persona,  in  personam,"  in  which  case  what  was  due  from  A 
was  entered  up  as  due  from  B,  A  having  "delegated"  B.  It  must  be 
distinguished  from  nomina  arcaria,  which  were  similar  entries  but  of 
real  payments,  the  liability  arising  not  from  the  entry,  but  from  the 
actual  loan.  Peregrines  had  not  this  mode  of  bookkeeping,  and  the 
Proculians  held  that  they  could  not  be  parties  to  this  mode  of  contract, 
but  the  Sabinians  held  that  if  it  was  a  re  in  personam  they  might  be 
debtors  under  it,  though  they  could  not  be  parties  in  any  other  way. 

This  tells  us  little  of  the  nature  of  the  contract.  Elsewhere  we  are 
told  that  it  could  not  be  conditional12,  but  it  is  inferred  from  a  letter  of 
Cicero  that  it  did  admit  of  dies,  though  the  brief  remark  is  not  quite 
conclusive13.  The  debtor  must  consent  to  the  entry14,  and  no  doubt  he 
would  normally  make  a  corresponding  entry  in  his  own  book,  but  this 

1  40.  12.  44.  pr.          2  46.  4.  13.  pr.          3  38.  1.  8.  1  speaks  only  oifideiussio.         4  38. 
1.  7.  5.  5  38.  1.  7.  2;  40.  12.  44.  pr.  (?  interp.).  6  Lenel,  E.P.  328.  7  De- 

schamps,  Mel.  Gerardin,  157  sqq.         8  G.  3.  128  sqq.          9  Ad  Inst.  3.  21.          10  Costa, 
Storia  d.  Dir.  priv.  Rom.  346,  347.  11  Girard,  Textes,  843.  12  Vat.  Fr.  329. 

13  Adfam.  1.  23.   It  may  be  that  the  entry  would  be  made  on  the  day  chosen.     14  Gaius 
does  not  say  this,  but  it  is  inevitable. 


x]  CONTRACT  LITERIS  457 

does  not  seem  to  have  been  essential1.  As  it  was  essentially  the  acknow- 
ledgment of  a  loan  it  was  always  for  a  sum  certain.  It  was  unilateral 
and  stricti  iuris,  the  action  being  the  actio  certae  pecuniae  creditae.  Th" 
exceptio  non  numeratae  pecuniae  was  available,  but  as  the  basis  of  that 
defence  was  that  the  alleged  loan  had  not  been  made,  and  the  basis  of 
this  contract  was  a  fictitious  loan,  this  seems,  at  first  sight,  to  make  th" 
contract  useless.  But  it  was  always  made  as  a  sort  of  novation  or  rec-i 
of  an  existing  transaction,  or  as  a  way  of  opening  a  credit  for  the  debtor, 
and  the  exceptio  would  be  for  use  where  the  previous  transaction  had 
never  existed,  or  the  business  contemplated  had  not  gone  through2. 

All  this  leaves  the  actual  mechanism  of  the  contract  obscure.  What 
was  the  nature  of  the  transscriptiot  In  what  account  book  did  the  entry 
appear?  That  there  were  twro  entries  and  that  one  was  based  on  the 
other  appears  from  the  name  and  the  fact  that  a  single  transaction 
consists  ofnomina  in  the  plural3.  Romans  kept  a  daybook  or  adversaria, 
on  which  the  day's  dealings  were  noted,  and  these  were,  it  seems,  copied 
into  the  codex  accepti  et  depensi  from  time  to  time4.  It  has  been  con- 
jectured that  transscriptio  means  transfer  from  the  daybook  to  the  other, 
but  it  is  clear  that  both  entries  were  in  the  same  book  or,  at  any  rate, 
made  at  the  same  time.  It  has  been  conjectured  that  this  book  was  a 
special  one  kept  for  this  purpose,  and  also  that  it  was  a  ledger,  containing 
a  statement  of  debts  incurred  and  rights  acquired,  but  both  these  views 
are  without  evidence.  The  view  most  generally  accepted  is  that  it  was 
the  ordinary  cashbook,  codex  accepti  et  depensi— the  statement  of  moneys 
paid  out  and  in.  The  loan  being  fictitious,  the  book  would  not  balance. 
It  is  supposed  therefore  that  there  were  two  fictitious  entries,  one  stating 
money  received,  the  other,  the  expensilatio,  on  the  other  side.  If  it  was 
a  persona  in  personam,  the  former  would  be  an  entry  that  the  money 
had  been  received  from  the  other  debtor ;  if  a  re  in  personam,  it  would  be 
an  entry  of  receipt  of  what  was  due  under  the  earlier  dealing.  This  would 
apply  even  though  the  previous  dealing  was  not  binding,  e.g.  a  sale 
before  the  consensual  contract  existed.  Where  there  was  no  previous 
dealing,  but  it  was  intended  to  open  a  credit,  we  do  not  know  anything 
of  the  form5. 

The  contract  fell  into  disuse  with  the  practice  of  keeping  private 

1  In  the  case  put  in  de  officiis,  3.  14.  59,  the  transaction  is  completed  by  entries  made 
while  the  buyer  is  paying  a  call;  he  can  hardly  have  had  his  account  books  with  him. 
and,  as  Girard  remarks  (Manuel,  509),  the  point  would  have  been  material  to  the  defence 
in  the  Pro  Rose.  com.  2  0.  4.  30.  5.  3  Cicero,  de  officiis,  3.  14.  59,  "nomina 

facit :  ncgotium  conficit."  4  Cicero,  Pro  Rose.  com.  3.  8.  5  The  foregoing 

account  represents  what  may  be  called  orthodox  opinion.  But  the  evidence  is  very  scanty 
and  different  opinions  are  possible.  Thus  it  has  been  recently  maintained  (Heck,  Archiv 
/.  rn>.  Pr.  116.  1:29)  that  there  is  no  warrant  for  the  conception  of  the  contract  as  con- 
sisting in  entries  in  an  account  book,  and  that  it  was  in  fact  merely  a  formal  document. 


458  CONTRACT  LITERIS  [CH.  x 

books,  and  disappeared  late  in  the  classical  age1,  having  survived  longest 
among  bankers,  who  of  course  still  kept  books2.  Justinian  observes  that 
these  nomina  were  not  now  in  use,  but  that  there  was  still  a  sort  of 
written  contract.  He  says  that  where  a  man  had  given  a  written  ac- 
knowledgement of  a  loan,  not  in  fact  made,  and  the  time  for  the  exceptio 
non  numeratae  pecuniar  was  past  he  was  bound  by  his  writing,  at  least 
if  there  was  no  stipulatio3.  But  though  the  practical  effect  was  much 
the  same  this  is  really  a  confusion4.  The  man  was  bound  by  the  mutuum 
and  had  provided  evidence  which  barred  him  from  denying  that  there 
was  a  mutuum.  The  document  was  not  the  contract,  but  only  evidence, 
though  in  the  circumstances  it  was  conclusive  evidence5. 

1  It  existed  in  Papinian's  time,  Vat.  FT.  329.    See  Costa,  Storia  d.  Dir.  priv.  Rom. 
350.  2  Practically  they  kept  their  customers'  books,  see  post,  §  CLXXVHI. 

3  Inst.   3.   21.  4  See  however  Collinet,  £t.  Hist.  1.  59  sqq.    But  see  also  the  argu- 

ments assembled  by  Girard,  Manuel,  511,  n.  5.  5  The  custom  of  embodying  trans 

actions  in  writing  is  borrowed  from  Oriental  practice,  and  Gaius  speaks  of  chirographa, 
which  seem  to  have  been  sealed  by  one,  and  syngraphae,  sealed  by  both,  as  essentially 
peregrine.  But  with  the  extension  of  civitas  under  Caracalla,  such  documents  begin  to  play 
a  more  important  part  under  Roman  Law.  There  are  many  forms  with  varying  names 
changing  as  time  goes  on  (see  especially  Mitteis,  Rom.  Pr.  1.  290  sqq.  for  an  account  of 
them),  but  they  seem  to  be  all,  so  far  as  Roman  Law  is  concerned,  merely  evidentiary. 
Justinian  uses  the  word  chirographum  freely,  but  he  seems  to  mean  by  it  no  more  than 
cautio,  a  memorandum  of  a  transaction,  usually  sealed  by  one  or  both  parties. 


CHAPTER  XI 

OBL1GAT10  (cont.).    CONTRACTS  RE.    CONTRACTS 
CONSENSU.    INNOMINATE  CONTRACTS. 

CLXII.  Contracts  Re,  p.  459;  Muluum,  ib.;  CLXIII.  Sc.  Macedonianurn,  462;  Fenus 
nauticum,  463;  CLXIV.  Depositum,  464;  Special  cases  of  deposit,  466;  CLXV.  Commodatum, 
467;  CLXVI.  Pledge,  470;  Fiducia,  471;  Pignus  and  hypotheca,  472;  CLXVII.  Remedies 
of  creditor,  474;  CLXVIII.  Special  rules  of  hypothec,  476;  Priorities,  ib. ;  Varieties  of 
hypothec,  477;  CLXIX.  Consensual  contracts,  478;  Emptio  vendilio,  ib.;  Consent,  ib. ; 
Subjects  of  sale,  479;  CLXX.  Price,  482;  CLXXI.  Duties  of  vendor,  484;  Warranty  against 
eviction,  486;  CLXXII.  Warranty  against  defects,  488;  Duties  of  vendee,  490;  CLXXIII. 
Special  conditions,  491;  CLXXIV.  Locatio  conductio,  494;  of  things,  495;  obligations  of 
lessor,  496;  CLXXV.  Obligations  of  lessee,  497;  Expiration,  499;  CLXX VI.  Locatio  of 
services,  500;  operarum,  501;  operis  faciendi,  502;  Special  cases,  1.  Rhodia  de  iactu,  503; 
CLXXVII.  Societas,  504;  Duties  of  parties,  505;  CLXXVIII.  Termination,  507;  Special 
cases,  510;  CLXXIX.  Mandatum,  512;  Duties  of  parties,  513;  Termination,  514;  CLXXX. 
Mandatum  as  a  consensual  contract,  516;  as  agency,  ib. ;  as  surety,  517;  as  a  mode  of 
assignment  of  obligation,  518;  CLXXXI.  Innominate  contracts,  ib.;  Evolution,  519; 
Permutatio,  520;  Aestimatum,  521;  Precarium,  ib.;  Transactio,  523. 

CLXII.  The  contracts  "re."  These  (Mutuum,  Commodatum,  Deposi- 
tum and  Pignus)  have  as  their  common  quality  the  fact  that  the  binding 
element  is  the  handing  over  of  the  subject-matter.  This  cannot  be  re- 
garded as  a  "Form"  in  the  sense  that  the  contract  is  formal,  for  we  shall 
see  that,  in  many  cases  where  the  thing  chanced  to  be  in  the  hands  of 
the  person  who  was  to  hold  it  under  the  contract,  there  was  no  actual 
delivery.  Nor  can  the  contract  properly  be  said  to  be  binding  by  part 
performance,  for  in  mutuum  the  only  person  bound,  and  in  commodatum 
and  pignus  the  person  primarily  bound,  were  those  who  received  a 
service  by  the  handing  over,  while  in  deposit  the  person  primarily 
bound  was  one  to  whom  the  handing  over  was  not  a  service.  And  that 
way  of  putting  the  matter  leads  to  the  notion  that  part  performance 
made  an  agreement  binding,  a  rule  of  much  later  development1.  But, 
however  we  look  at  them,  these  contracts  involved  a  new  conception ; 
certain  bargains  were  made  binding,  not  certain  ways  of  making  bar- 
gains. 

M  UTUUM.  This  was  loan,  not  for  use,  but  for  consumption,  the  debtor 
being  bound  to  return,  not  the  same  thing,  but  the  same  quantity  of 
things  of  that  kind  and  quality2.  Thus  it  applied  only  to  what  the  Romans 
called  res  quae  mutua  vice  funguntur3.  Money  is  the  most  obvious  case, 
but  it  applied  equally  to  any  things  such  as  are  commonly  dealt  with  by 

1  Innominate  contracts,  post,  §  CLXXXI.  2  G.  3.  90;  Inst.  3.  14.  pr.  3  Res 

Jungibiles  is  not  a  Roman  expression. 


460  MUTUUM  [CH. 

number,  weight  or  measure — corn,  wine  and  so  forth1.  It  is  conceivable 
that  anything  might  be  the  subject  of  mutuum  if  the  parties  so  agreed. 
The  contract  was  purely  unilateral,  binding  only  the  receiver.  It  was 
stricti  iuris,  the  remedy  in  case  of  money  being  the  actio  certae  pecuniae 
creditae,  and  in  other  cases  condictio  triticaria2.  Questions  of  quality 
would  be  material  in  these  cases:  no  doubt  the  intentio  stated  the  grade 
or  quality  of  the  goods3. 

Mutuum  was  the  oldest  of  the  "real"  contracts  and  the  only  one 
which  was  stricti  iuris.  It  was  not  in  practice  very  frequent,  for  it  was 
usually  coupled  with  a  stipulatio  for  return  (not  uncommonly  with 
interest — fenus),  and  where  it  was  so  reinforced  it  was  superseded  by 
the  stipulatio*.  It  does  not  seem  probable  that  mutuum,  conceived  of  as 
a  contract,  is  of  great  antiquity.  But  it  has  been  pointed  out5  that  the 
notion  of  an  obligation  to  restore,  where  one  man  is  wrongfully  enriched 
by  the  receipt  of  specific  sums  of  money  which  should  rightfully  be 
another's,  the  basis  of  the  later  system  of  condictio  (sine  causa6),  is  one 
of  extreme  antiquity.  The  case  of  money  handed  over  on  an  undertaking 
to  return  it  is  an  obvious  form  of  this,  and  gradually,  in  the  course  of 
evolution  of  legal  analysis,  takes  shape  as  a  specific  contract7. 

A  mutuum  might  have  subsidiary  agreements  in  it.  There  would 
usually  be  a  day  fixed  for  repayment,  or  a  provision  that  the  property 
was  not  to  pass,  and  mutuum  arise,  till  some  future  day8.  There  might 
be  a  solutionis  causa  adiectus,  and  a  place  fixed  for  payment,  and  there 
might  be  conditions9.  There  might  even  be  resolutive  conditions,  e.g. 
that  in  certain  events  the  money  was  to  be  a  gift10. 

It  was  of  the  essence  of  mutuum  that  dominium  was  transferred  from 
the  lender  to  the  borrower,  but  in  the  complex  relations  which  arose  in 
trade  it  was  inevitable  that  there  should  be  some  relaxation  of  this  rule. 
Some  cases  which  look  like  relaxations  are  not  really  such  but  are  ex- 
pressions of  the  various  forms  which  traditio  might  take.  If  A  asked  C 
for  a  loan  and  C  told  him  that  B  owed  C  money  and  that  if  A  collected 
it  from  B  he  might  have  it  as  a  loan,  there  was  a  mutuum  so  soon  as  A 
had  collected  the  money.  At  first  sight  the  actual  money  seems  never 
to  have  been  C's,  but  in  fact  it  passed  to  C,  and  was  transferred  from  C 
to  A  by  traditio  brevi  manu11.  But  one  case  appears  to  go  further.  A 

1  G.  3.  90;  Inst.  3.  14.  pr.  2  As  to  these  actions,  see  post,  §  ccxxx.  3  12. 

1.  3;  Lenel,  E.P.  233.  4  45.  1.  120.  2.  5  See  Girard,  Manuel,  516  sq.,  and 

Pernice,  Labeo,  3.  1.  220  sqq.  6  Post,  §  CLXXXVH.  7  Early  express  loans  of  money 
no  doubt  usually  took  the  form  of  nexum,  ante,  §  CL.  8  12.  1.  8.  9  E.g.  in 

nauticum  fenus,  where  the  obligation  to  return  does  not  arise  unless  the  voyage  is  safely 
completed.  Post,  §  CLXIII.  This  appears  to  be  a  suspensive  condition.  See  also  12.  1. 
7;  h.  t.  10;  45.  1.  122.  pr.  10  39.  5.  1.  pr.;  h.  t.  18.  pr.  11  See  D.  12.  1.  2.  4;  h.  t. 

9.  8;  45.  1.  126.  2,  etc. 


xi]  MUTUUM  461 

asked  C  for  a  loan  and  C  got  his  debtor  B  to  promise  to  pay  A  instead 
of  C;  there  was  a  mutuum  to  A.  In  the  actual  case  there  was  an  error 
which  vitiated  the  transaction,  but  it  seems  to  be  the  opinion  of  Celsus 
that  there  would  be  mutuum  apart  from  this  error1.  It  is  not  however 
absolutely  clear  that  the  mutuum  is  contemplated  as  arising  at  the 
moment  of  the  promise.  If  it  arises  only  on  payment,  there  is  nothing 
exceptional2. 

If,  apart  from  these  points,  ownership  did  not  pass,  there  was  no 
mutuum.  It  does  not  follow  that  there  was  no  liability.  If  the  lender 
failed  to  transfer  ownership  because  he  was  not  able  to  alienate,  he  had 
a  vindicatio,  or,  if  the  property  had  been  consumed  in  good  faith,  a 
condictio.  If  it  had  been  consumed  in  bad  faith  he  had  either  this  or,  if 
he  preferred,  an  actio  ad  exhibendum3.  If  the  failure  was  due  to  his  not 
being  owner  the  true  owner  had  the  vindicatio,  and  if  the  thing  had  been 
consumed  in  good  faith,  the  lender  (so  to  call  him)  had  a  condictio  to 
recover  the  money,  and  the  owner,  who  had  no  direct  claim  against  a 
bona  fide  possessor  who  had  ceased  to  possess,  could  demand  cession  of 
these  actions.  If  the  property  had  been  consumed  in  bad  faith,  the 
owner  had  the  actio  ad  exhibendum4. 

As  the  actual  thing  lent  had  not  to  be  returned,  but  its  equivalent 
in  kind  and  quality,  there  was  no  question  of  negligence.  Apart  from 
special  agreement,  whatever  happened  to  the  property  lent,  an  equivalent 
must  be  returned5. 

Mutuum,  as  a  result,  perhaps,  of  its  origin  above  stated,  was  gratui- 
tous, but  the  Roman  business  man  did  not  lend  gratuitously.  What  the 
rule  meant  was  that  interest,  if  any,  and  there  usually  would  be6,  must 
be  agreed  for  by  a  separate  contract.  This  would  normally  be  a  stipulatio"1 , 
for  a  mere  pact  would  not  base  an  action,  though  a  pact  to  pay  interest 
created  a  naturalis  obligatio,  which  pacts  ordinarily  did  not8.  The  rate  of 
interest  was  not  unlimited  and  there  were  penalties  for  exceeding  the 
lawful  rate9.  The  maximum  rate  for  money  loans  in  the  Empire  was 
12  per  cent.  Justinian  lowered  it  to  4  per  cent,  for  private  loans  and 
6  per  cent,  for  ordinary  business  loans.  Compound  interest  (anatocismus) 
was  forbidden10. 

Where  interest  was  contracted  for  by  separate  stipulatio  it  would  of 

1   12.  1.  32.  2  See  however  Girard,  Manuel,  523.    He  cites  other  texts  in 

support  of  the  view  that  the  Romans  were  groping  at,  without  grasping,  the  notion 
of  handling  book  credits  as  if  they  were  money.  3  12.  1.  12;  h.  t.  13.  1.  4  12.  1- 
11.  2.  5  C.  4.  2.  11.  6  Loan  at  interest  is  called  fenus,  but  so  far  as  the  loan 

is  concerned  it  is  the  contract  of  mutuum.  7  Exceptional  cases  in  which  pact  sufficed, 
post,  JJCLXXXVHI.  8  Post,  §CLXXXIX;  46.  3.  5.  2;  C.  4.  32.  3.  9  See,  e.g.,  for 

later  law,  C.  Th.  2.  33.  2.  In  classical  law  what  was  paid  in  excess  was  imputed  to  the 
debt,  or  could  be  recovered  as  an  alternative,  P.  2.  14.  2,  4.  10  C.  4.  32.  26,  28;  D.  12 

6.  26.  1.  On  the  subject  of  interest  generally,  post,  §  CLXXXVHI. 


462  SC.  MACEDONIANUM  [CH. 

course  be  recovered  by  a  distinct  action.  But  a  pact  could  not  be  sued 
on ;  it  seems  therefore  to  follow  that  the  interest  in  those  cases  in  which 
pact  sufficed  would  be  recovered  in  the  same  action.  Thus,  in  the  case  of 
loans  of  grain,  we  are  told  that  the  fact  that  the  value  had  in  any  case 
to  be  estimated  in  the  judgment  permitted  of  the  addition  of  the  interest 
also1.  But  in  money  loans  by  civitates  (another  case  in  which  pact 
sufficed)  there  wras  an  obvious  difficulty.  The  actio  certae  pecuniae 
creditae  did  not  admit  of  any  addition  to  the  sum  named  in  the  intentio. 
It  was  for  certa  pecunia.  It  is  to  be  supposed  that  the  interest  due  was 
added  to  the  amount  of  the  loan  in  the  statement  of  claim,  i.e.  the 
intentio  of  the  action. 

CLXIII.  Sc.  Macedonianum.  This  enactment  provided  an  important 
restriction  on  loans.  A  lex  lota  under  Claudius  laid  some  restriction, 
the  nature  of  which  is  unknown,  on  loans  at  interest  to  filiifamilias, 
payable  at  the  death  of  the  paterfamilias2.  A  little  later,  under  Vespasian, 
this  senatusconsult  (named,  it  seems,  after  the  person  whose  mal- 
practices led  to  its  enactment3)  provided,  in  the  form,  then  usual  in  sec., 
of  a  direction  to  the  magistrates,  that  no  action  was  to  be  given  to  one 
who  lent  money  to  a  filiusfamilias,  even  though  the  paterfamilias  had 
since  died.  From  the  language  it  might  be  supposed  that  this  would 
lead  to  an  enquiry  (cognitio)  by  the  praetor  and  consequent  denegatio 
actionis,  but  it  is  clear  that  the  defence  was  raised  by  exceptio*.  Suetonius 
speaks  of  it  as  applying  to  loans  at  interest,  but  it  applied  equally  to 
gratuitous  loans5. 

The  rule  affected  only  loans  of  money  to  the  filiusfamilias,  and  thus 
not  loans  of  other  property,  or  other  contracts,  e.g.  sale,  even  though 
interest  was  to  be  paid  on  the  price,  nor  even  a  case  of  surety  for  a  loan 
to  a  third  person,  or  an  expromissio  on  loan  to  a  third  person6.  But  all 
these  cases  were  subject  to  the  rule  that  the  sc.  applied  if  they  were 
mere  masks,  i.e.  frauds  on  the  sc.,  the  real  purpose  of  the  transaction 
being  a  loan  to  a  filiusfamilias1.  The  sc.  did  not  apply  where  money 
promised  to  a  Jiliusfamilias  was  lent  to  him  after  he  was  a,  paterfamilias8, 
but,  conversely,  it  did  apply  if  the  money,  promised  while  he  was  sui 
iuris,  was  paid  to  him  after  he  was  adrogated9.  On  the  other  hand  if  it 
was  essentially  a  loan  to  a  filiusfamilias,  the  sc.  applied  even  though 
return  was  stipulated10,  so  that  the  mutuum  was  superseded. 

The  protection  applied  to  all  those  alieni  iuris,  of  either  sex,  and  it 
protected  the  paterfamilias  against  an  actio  de  peculio — indeed  this  was 

1  C.  4.  32.  1 1;  h.  t,  23.  2  Tac.  Ann.  11.  13.  3  14.  6.  1.  pr.  4  14.  6. 

7.  10;  cf.  P.  2.  10.  1.  5  Suetonius,  Vesp.  11;  D.  14.  6.  7.  9.  6  14.  6.  3.  3;  h.  t. 

7.  pr.,  3;  h.  t.   13.  7   14.  6.  3.  3;  h.  t.  7.  pr.-3.          8  14.  6.  3.  4,  4.  9  14.  6.  6. 

10  76. 


xi]  FENUS  NAUTICUM  463 

probably  its  primary  purpose1.  It  also  protected  sureties  for  the  filius, 
at  any  rate  if,  as  was  commonly  the  case,  they  had  a  right  to  fall  back 
on  him2.  And  the  defence  was  available  to  and  against  heredes3. 

The  lawyers  developed  many  rational  limitations  to  the  provision 
of  the  sc.  Thus  it  did  not  apply  if  the  creditor  had  no  reason  to  think 
the  man  a  filius,  or  was  deceived  by  him,  or  he  was  generally  thought 
to  be  a  paterfamilias*.  It  did  not  apply  so  far  as  the  money  was  applied 
to  the  father's  concerns5,  or  was  needed  for,  and  applied  to,  reasonable 
expenses  such  as  the  father  ordinarily  paid6,  or  if  the  father,  knowing 
of  it,  authorised  it  or  did  not  prohibit7  it,  or  if  it  did  not  exceed  the 
peculium  castrense  or  quasi  castrense,  or,  under  Justinian,  if  the  loan  was 
to  a  miles8.  It  did  not  apply  if  the  filius  acknowledged  it  after  he  was 
sui  iuris,  by  part  payment,  or  ratification  or  novation9. 

The  obligation  was  not  absolutely  void.  There  was  a  naturalis 
obligatio  on  the  son  and  his  sureties10,  but  there  was  none  on  the  father. 
As  to  the  son  the  effects  of  this  obligatio  were  small,  while  he  was  a 
filius,  for,  if  he  paid,  his  father  could  recover11.  He  could  not  ratify12, 
while  a  filius,  but  he  could  give  a  surety13.  After  he  was  sui  iuris  he  could 
of  course  do  all  these  things,  but  it  does  not  seem  that  apart  from 
ratification  the  obligatio  could  be  used  as  a  set  off  against  him.  If  the 
surety  paid  under  his  natural  obligation,  he  could  not  recover  or  claim 
from  the  filiusfamilias1*. 

Fenus  Nauticum,  Pecunia  Traiectitia,  was  a  complicated  transaction, 
on  which  a  few  words  are  needed.  It  was  a  loan  for  the  purposes  of  a 
voyage,  usually  to  buy  cargo,  on  the  terms  that  the  money  was  not  to 
be  repaid  unless  the  ship  arrived  safely.  For  the  period  during  which 
the  risk  was  with  the  creditor,  interest  might  be  agreed  on  by  mere 
pact  and  was  without  legal  limit,  till  Justinian,  after  some  hesitation, 
fixed  it  at  12  per  cent.15  For  the  period  before  starting,  and  after  arrival, 
legal  limits  applied16.  A  slave  was  usually  sent  with  the  ship,  and  there 
were  formal  rules  as  to  his  demanding  the  money  on  arrival17.  Stipula- 

1  14.  6.  9.  2;  lost.  4.  7.  7.  214.6.9.3.  314.6.7.10.  4  14.  6.  3;  h.  t.  19. 
5  14.  6.  7.  12.  6  14.  6.  7.  13;  Greg.  Wis.  10.  1.  7  14.  6.  7.  15;  h.  t.  9.  3;  h.  t.  12; 

h.  t.  16.  The  initium  being  the  important  thing,  the  classics  doubted  if  ratification  sufficed,  or 
if  application  to  father's  concerns  of  money  borrowed  for  himself  barred  the  sc.  Julian 
decided  in  the  second  case  that  it  did  and  Justinian  made  ratification  suffice.  14.  6.  7.  12; 
C.  4.  28.  7.  8  14.  6.  1.  3;  C.  4.  28.  7.  1.  9  At  least,  in  the  case  of  novalio,  if  he 

did  it  knowingly,  14.  6.  7.  16;  h.  t.  9  (interp.);  h.  t.  20;  C.  4.  28.  2.  10  12.  6.  40. 

11  Difficulties  where  the  thing  has  been  consumed,  12.  1.  14;  14.  6.  9.  1.  12  Arg. 

14.  6.  20.  13  14.  6.  9.  3.  14  14.  6.  9.  4.  15  P.  2.  14.  3;  C.  4.  32.  26.  2. 

16  '2'2.  2.  3,  4.  pr.  There  are  in  fact  two  contracts,  an  ordinary  mutuum  till  the  voyage 
begins,  and  a  nauticum  fenus  to  arise  when  the  first  is  ended  by  the  starting,  a  sort  of  com- 
bination of  loan  and  marine  insurance.  It  is  the  source  of  respondentia  and  bottomry  of 
commercial  la\v.  The  second  contract  is  conditional  on  the  starting.  17  22.  2.  2. 


464  DEPOSIT  [CH. 

tions  were  usual  for  payment  of  the  slave1  and  for  the  case  of  delay  in 
payment2.  It  was  allowed  to  agree  that  the  creditor  should  be  released 
from  the  risk  if  the  voyage  did  not  end  by  a  fixed  time  or  unauthorised 
ports  were  visited  or  unauthorised  cargo  was  carried3.  Whether  the 
remedy  on  this  contract  was  the  same  as  on  ordinary  mutuum  is  not 
said.  It  was  an  importation  from  Greek  law  and,  though  it  is  sometimes 
called  mutuum*,  it  is  treated  distinctly  in  the  sources5.  It  has  therefore 
been  contended  by  different  writers  that  it  gave  an  actio  infactum,  that 
it  was  an  innominate  contract,  and  that  there  was  a  condictio  ex  lege6. 

CLXIV.  DEPOSIT UM.  This  and  the  remaining  "real"  contracts  were 
of  a  different  type.  They  were  all  praetorian  in  origin,  simplifications  of 
fiducia.  They  gave  bonae  fidei  indicia,  and  they  were  what  is  called 
imperfectly  bilateral ;  it  may  be  doubted  whether  their  full  development 
greatly  antedates  the  Empire. 

Deposit  was  the  handing  over  of  a  res  mobilis,  gratuitously,  to  be 
kept  in  charge  of  the  depositee.  There  was  no  transfer  of  ownership  as 
in  fiducia,  or  even  of  legal  possessio.  It  follows  that  even  if  the  depositor 
was  not  owner,  the  contract  was  valid :  depositee  must  hand  the  res  back 
to  him,  unless  it  was  claimed  by  the  owner,  even  though  the  depositor 
was  a  thief7.  On  the  other  hand  there  might  be  an  agreement  that  it 
should  be  handed  to  a  third  person8.  But  if  the  depositee  was  himself 
the  owner  at  the  time  of  the  deposit,  there  was  no  contract9.  If  the 
deposit  was  by  an  owner  incapable  of  binding  himself,  e.g.  an  unauthor- 
ised pupillus,  the  depositee  was  bound,  but  not  the  incapax10,  and  where 
a  deposit  was  made  to  a  pupillus,  without  authority,  we  are  told  that  if 
he  was  old  enough  to  be  capable  of  dolus,  and  committed  it,  he  was 
liable11.  As  depositor  need  not  be  owner,  a  redeposit  by  a  depositee  was 
a  valid  contract,  and  might  not  be  a  breach  of  duty12.  In  such  cases  the 
original  depositor  might  sue  his  depositee,  but  if  the  redeposit  was 
reasonable,  he  could  claim  only  cession  of  actions  against  the  second  de- 
positee, against  whom,  however,  hehad,  in  late  classical  law,  an  actio  utilis13* 

The  depositee  must  restore  the  thing  on  demand,  whether  there  was 
a  fixed  term  or  not,  together  with  its  "causa,"  accessories,  fruits,  etc.14 
He  might  not  use  the  thing;  to  do  so  was  furtum15.  But  he  was  liable 
only  for  dolus,  not  for  culpa16,  so  that  if  it  had  been  lost  by  accident,  or 

1  22.  2.  4.  1.         2  22.  2.  9.  There  are  obscure  rules,  fixing  a  limit  on  the  total  of  these 
two  charges,  22.  2.  4.  1.  3  C.  4.  33.  4.  4  22.  2.  6;  45.  1.  122.  1;  C.  4.  33.  5. 

5  D.  22.  2;  C.  4.  33.  6  See  reff.  in  Bertolini,  Obblig.  (P.  Sp.)  204.  7  16.  3. 

1.  39;  Coll.  10.  7.  1;  16.  3.  31;  5.  1.  64.  8  Who  has  under  Justinian  an  actio  utilis 

depositi,  C.  3.  42.  8.  1;  cp.  Coll.  10.  7.  8.  9  16.  3.  15.    Contra,  if  he  has  become 

owner  since,  C.  4.  34.  11.  10  16.  3.  1.   14.  11   16.  3.  1.  15.  12  16.  3.  16. 

13  76. ;  Coll.  10.  7.  8.  14  16.  3.  1.  24.  15  G.  3.  196;  P.  2.  12.  5.  16  13.  6.  5.  2; 
16.  3.  1.  47;  Coll.  10.  2.  1;  10.  7.  6. 


xi]  DEPOSIT  465 

slight  negligence,  he  was  not  liable,  but  gross  negligence  "  dolo  aequi- 
paratur1."  The  restriction  on  his  liability  is  due  to  the  fact  that  he  did 
not  profit:  the  contract  was  wholly  in  the  interest  of  depositor.  Special 
pacts  might  make  him  liable  to  any  extent,  even  for  casus,  but  a  pact 
to  release  him  from  liability  for  dolus  was  void2.  And  we  are  told  that 
one  who  offered  himself  as  depositee  was  liable  for  everything  but 
casus3.  If  the  depositee  lost  possession  in  a  way  which  freed  him  from 
liability,  but  afterwards  regained  it,  he  was  now  in  his  old  position,  even 
though  the  recovery  was  after  an  action  had  been  begun4.  The  fact  that 
the  liability  might  be  varied  by  pact,  and  that  men  do  not  adjust  their 
transactions  to  textbook  classifications,  led  in  many  cases  to  doubts 
whether  the  transaction  was  or  was  not  deposit.  If  there  was  reward  it 
was  locatio:  the  texts  discuss  many  such  cases5. 

As  it  was  for  the  depositor's  benefit,  he  was  liable  for  dolus  and 
culpa,  and  he  must  reimburse  for  all  expenses  involved  in  the  care  of  the 
thing  and  damage  caused  by  it,  which  care  on  his  part  would  have 
avoided6.  If  the  contract  was  for  return  at  a  place  other  than  that  of 
deposit,  he  must  pay  any  reasonable  resulting  charges.  For  the  recovery 
of  expenses  the  depositee  had  besides  the  action  a  right  of  retention 
analogous  to  pledge,  but  it  is  noteworthy  that,  while  this-right  of  reten- 
tion in  other  cases  where  it  existed,  gave  an  actio  furti  if  the  thing  was 
stolen  from  the  holder,  this  was  not  so  in  the  case  of  a  depositee7. 

The  action  against  depositee  was  the  actio  depositi.  The  original 
action  was  infactum8,  but  in  classical  law,  though  this  still  existed,  there 
was  an  alternative  bonae  fidei  formula  in  ius  which  is  held  to  have 
appeared  before  it  did  in  commodatum  and  pledge 9.  From  litis  contestatio 
the  res  was  at  his  risk  if  he  could  have  returned  it10.  If  he  allowed  the 
action  to  proceed  to  condemnatio,  he  was  subject  to  infarnia11.  On  the 
other  hand  the  judgment  freed  him  from  further  liability  in  respect  of 
the  thing,  which,  if  still  in  his  possession,  became  his12.  Under  Justinian 
there  could  be  no  set  off13. 

1  See  on  culpa  lata,  post,  §  cxc.  2  16.  3.  1.  6,  7;  2.  14.  7.  15.  Where  a  holder 

commits  dolus  in  respect  of  the  thing,  there  is  condictio,  apart  from  actio  depositi,  16.  3.  13. 
1.  Albertario,  Bull.  '26.  15  sqq.  holds  that  all  such  pacts  varying  the  liability  (2.  14.  17. 
15;  h.  t.  27.  3)  were  void  tillJustinian,  but  there  is  a  great  difference  between  pact  against 
liability  for  dolus  and  pact  for  release  from  liability  for  past  dolus.  3  16.  3.  1.  35 

(?  interp.).  4  16.  3.  1.  47-3;  h.  t.  20.  If  he  sell  the  thing  and  recover  it  and  afterwards 
lose  it  without  fault  he  is  liable:  dolus  perpetuates  the  liability,  Coll.  10.  7.  10.  5  E.g. 

16.  3.  1.  9-13.  6  13.  7.  31;  16.  3.  5.  pr.;  h.  t.  23;  Coll.  10.  2.  5  =  D.  16.  2.  23. 

7  Coll.   10.  2.   6.      Justinian   may   have   abolished   this   ius   retentionis.    C.    4.   34.    11. 

8  Perhaps  replacing  a  delictal  liability  to  double  damages  under  the  XII  Tables.     9  Lenel, 
E.P.  279  sqq.  10  16.  3.  12.  3.  As  to  modification  in  later  classical  law,  Girard.  Manutl, 
1028,  n.  4.           11  Coll.  10.  2.  4;  10.  6.  1 ;  G.  4.  60;  D.  3.  2.  1.  12  41.  4.  3.  13  C.  4. 
34.  11.  Earlier  law  not  clear,  see  P.  2.  12.  12. 

B.  R.  L.  30 


466  DEPOSIT  [CH. 

The  action  against  the  depositor  was  the  actio  depositi  contraria,  a 
nomenclature  which  expresses  the  fact  that  the  contract  created  liability 
primarily  in  the  depositee:  the  contract  was  imperfectly  bilateral.  It 
was  a  bonaefidei  indicium  and  condemnatio  did  not  involve  infamy1. 

Three  cases  of  Deposit  have  very  special  rules: 

Depositum  miserabile.  Where  a  deposit  was  made  in  time  of  riot, 
fire,  shipwreck  or  similar  calamity,  so  that  the  depositor  was  unable  to 
choose  his  man,  the  depositee  was  liable  to  double  damages  for  denial 
or  dolus,  a  survival  of  the  general  liability  under  the  XII  Tables2.  The 
heres  was  equally  liable  for  his  own  dolus  or  denial,  but  there  is  a  curious 
rule  that  he  was  liable  in  simplum  for  his  predecessor's  dolus,  but  only 
for  one  year,  actions  on  contract  being  usually  perpetual3. 

Sequestratio.  This  was  a  deposit  by  several  persons  jointly.  It  arose 
usually  from  a  dispute  affecting  the  thing,  often  a  lawsuit4,  and  the 
deposit  was  to  be  returned  only  when  the  dispute  was  settled,  and  to 
the  person  in  whose  favour  it  was  decided.  But  it  might  equally  arise 
in  any  joint  deposit  if  the  thing  was  to  be  returned  to  one,  on  a  certain 
condition5.  Only  one  could  have  a  right  to  it  and  he  only  when  the 
condition  arrived6.  For  the  sequester  to  give  it  up  before  was  a  breach 
of  contract7,  but  it  was  possible  for  him  in  some  cases,  on  application 
to  the  praetor,  to  give  the  parties  notice  to  find  another  person,  or,  on 
the  same  application,  to  deposit  the  thing  in  a  temple8.  The  sequestra- 
tion itself  was  at  times  ordered  by  a  index,  but  in  later  law  he  was  for- 
bidden to  order  sequestratio  of  money  claimed9.  Sequestratio  applied  to 
land  as  well  as  moveables  and  had  the  further  peculiarity  that  it  usually, 
but  not  always,  gave  possessory  rights  to  the  sequester™.  This  would 
prevent  any  party  from  acquiring  it  by  usucapio.  If  the  sequester  had 
not  possessio,  but  only  detention,  usucapio  might  still  be  running  for 
the  benefit  of  the  winner11.  The  action  bore  the  special  name  actio  depositi 
sequestraria12. 

Depositum  irregular  e13.  This  was  deposit  of  fungibles,  usually  money14, 
commonly  with  a  banker,  on  the  terms  that  he  was  to  return  an  equi- 
valent on  demand,  so  that  the  ownership  passed  to  him15.  It  was  very 

1  3.  2.  1;  16.  3.  5.  See  post,  §  ccxxxiv  as  to  the  actio  contraria.  2  Coll.  10.  2.  7; 

10.  7.  3,  11.  3  16.  3.  1.  1-4;  h.  t.  18.  4  16.  3.  5;  50.  16.  110.  5  16.  3. 

6.    If  he  gave  it  to  a  third  person,  presumably  any  of  them  could  claim.  6  Arg.  16. 

3.  6.  7  C.  4.  34.  5.  8  16.  3.  5.  2.  9  2.  8.  7.  2;  C.  4.  4.  1.  10  16.  3. 

17.  1.  Also  a  survival  for  practical  reasons  from  the  rule  in  fiducia — the  fiduciary  had 
ownership  and  possessio,  ante,  §  cm.  11  41.  2.  39.  See  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  607.  12  16. 
3.  12.  2.  Sequestratio  is  mentioned  by  Plautus,  but  it  is  not  clear  that  it  has  legal  con- 
sequences. For  Cicero  it  seems  commonly  to  mean  dishonest  concealment,  pro  Clu.  26.  72 ; 
in  Verr.  1.  12.  36;  2.  2.  44.  108.  For  the  word  and  the  history  of  the  institution,  see 
Muther,  Sequestration  und  Arrest.  13  Not  a  Roman  name.  14  As  to  corn  see 

19.2.  31.         15  19.2.31;16.3.7.2,3. 


xi]  COMMODATUM  467 

like  mutuum:  indeed  on  the  same  facts  it  might  be  mutuum.  It  might 
be  agreed  for  instance  that  money  was  to  be  a  deposit  but  that  at  any 
time  the  depositee  might  turn  it  into  a  mutuum,  and  use  it1.  There  is  but 
a  fine  line  between  this  and  the  transaction  we  are  considering,  the  differ- 
ence being  one  of  intent.  This  transaction  was  deposit  throughout  (though 
its  purpose  was  not  merely  that  of  ordinary  deposit)  and  from  this  fact 
many  results  followed,  e.g.,  bonae  fidei  indicium  and  actio  contraria,  in- 
fainia,  absence  of  set  off  under  Justinian,  recoverability  at  any  time, 
and  interest  in  any  case  from  mora.  Neither  the  sc.  Macedonianum  nor 
the  exceptio  non  numeratae  pecuniae  had  any  application2.  It  is  suggested 
by  some  texts  that  the  subject-matter  was  at  the  risk  of  the  depositor 
till  actual  use3,  but  this  is  doubtful4.  Where  the  money  was  to  be  used, 
interest  was  due,  recoverable  in  the  actio  depositi  itself5.  But  this 
involved  one  disadvantage.  If  the  banker  became  insolvent,  depositors 
were  entitled  to  payment  before  ordinary  creditors,  but  this  did  not 
apply  where  they  had  received  interest6.  It  seems  likely  that  the  whole 
institution  is  post-classical7. 

CLXV.  COMMODATUM.  This  was  loan  for  use,  the  thing  being  re- 
turned. It  seems  to  have  been  originally  called  datio  ad  utendum8.  The 
lender  was  commodator  or  commodans,  the  borrower,  "  qui  commodatum 
accipit"  or  the  like9.  It  was  usually  for  a  short  agreed  time10,  and 
almost  invariably  for  a  specified  purpose.  If  the  time  was  not  stated  the 
purpose  must  be,  or  it  would  not  be  possible  to  fix  a  limit  of  time:  it  is 
held  indeed  by  some  writers  that  the  purpose  was  always  stated  and  that 
so  far  as  land  is  concerned,  this  was  the  real  difference  between  commo- 
datum and  precarium11.  Commodatum  was  perhaps,  at  first,  not  applied 
to  land,  but  this  application  appears  in  classical  law12.  As  the  same  thing 
must  be  returned,  it  did  not  normally  apply  to  things  necessarily  con- 
sumed in  use,  but  if  the  things  were  lent  "ad pompom  vel  ostentationem," 
fruits  lent  for  ornament  in  a  procession  and  so  forth,  this  was  a  valid 
commodatum13. 

The  essential  of  the  contract  was  the  delivery,  as  in  deposit,  a  mere 
physical  transfer,  giving  only  detention14.  Thus,  as  in  deposit,  there  was 

1   12.  1.  9.  9.        2  C.  4.  30.  14.  1.        3  12.  1.  10;  16.  3.  1.  34.       4  13.  6.  24;  h.  t.  26.  1. 
5  16.  3.  28;  h.  t.  29.  1;  C.  4.  34.  4.  6  16.  3.  7.  2.  7  The  only  pre-Justinianian 

text,  a  late  one,  Coll.  10.  7.  9,  says  clearly  that  such  a  thing  is  mutuum  though  called 
deposit.  Some  of  the  Digest  texts  are  interpolated.  See  however  Collinet,  fitudes  Historiques, 
1.  114  sqq.  who  cites  Papinian  (16.  3.  24).  But  the  only  parts  of  this  text  which  speak  of 
restoring  " tantundem"  say  that  in  this  case  it  is  not  deposit.  See  also  the  document  in 
Girard,  Textes,  858.  8  13.  6.  1.  1.  The  edict  says  "commodasse,"  h.  1.  pr.  9  Com- 

modatarius  is  not  a  Roman  word.  10  13.  6.  5.  pr.  11  See  Bertolini,  op.  cit. 

266.  12  13.  6.  1.  1;  19.  5.  17.  pr.  13  13.  6.  3.  6;  h.  t.  4.   Just  as  in  this 

country  exhibition  fruits  are  sometimes  lent  for  the  decoration  of  a  table.  14  6.  1. 

9;  13.  6.  8. 

30—2 


468  COMMODATUM  [CH. 

a  valid  contract  even  where  the  lender  was  not  owner,  and  what  was 
said  as  to  deposit  by  a  thief  applies  here  also1.  On  the  question  whether 
there  could  be  coinmodatum  of  a  res  incorporates  it  is  usually  said  that  there 
could  not2,  but  this  means  merely  that  if  A  gave  B,  gratuitously,  the 
enjoyment  of  usufruct  of  land  or  a  slave,  this  was  not  coinmodatum  but 
precarium.  That  rests  on  the  doctrine  that  commodatum  must  be  for  a 
specific  purpose,  but  there  was  nothing  in  the  law  of  commodatum  to 
prevent  one  who  had  a  usufruct  from  giving  a  commodatum  of  the  thing 
to  another,  as  one  could  who  had  no  right  at  all.  The  commodatum  was 
valid  though  the  act  might  be  a  breach  of  his  duties  as  usufructuary. 

The  loan  must  be  gratuitous:  if  it  was  not,  and  the  reward  was  to  be 
in  money,  it  was  locatio  rei.  If  the  payment  took  another  form  it  was 
an  innominate  contract,  permutatio  or  the  like3. 

It  was  normally  for  the  benefit  of  the  borrower  alone,  but  wre  learn 
that  cases  might  occur  in  which  it  was  for  the  benefit  of  both,  e.g.  where 
two  people  were  giving  a  dinner  in  the  rooms  of  one  of  them,  and  the 
other  lent  him  objects  to  decorate  his  rooms4.  We  are  told  even  that  it 
might  be  solely  for  the  benefit  of  the  commodator,  but  the  cases  look  like 
benefit  of  both,  e.g.  where  a  man  lent  his  bride  ornaments  to  wear  at 
the  wedding  or  where  a  praetor  who  is  giving  public  games  lends  the 
players  some  outfit,  or,  the  text  goes  on  to  say,  someone  lends  them  to 
the  praetor5.  We  shall  see  that  these  distinctions  were  of  some  importance 
in  relation  to  the  liabilities  of  the  parties. 

The  borrower  might  keep  the  thing  for  the  agreed  time,  or,  if  none 
was  agreed,  for  a  time  reasonable  for  the  purpose  of  the  loan6.  This  is 
subject  to  the  obvious  limitation  that  the  lender  could  at  once  reclaim 
it  if  the  borrower  was  misusing  it  in  breach  of  the  contract7.  In  early 
classical  law  it  was  doubted  whether  the  owner  could  bring  vindicatio 
against  any  but  a  possessor,  but  in  later  law  the  real  action  lay  against 
any  who  held  the  thing8.  If  the  owner  and  lender  vindicated  from  the 
borrower,  it  is  not  clear  whether  the  existence  of  the  contract  gave  an 
exceptio  or  whether  the  borrower  must  return  the  thing  and  rely  on  his 
actio  commodati  contraria.  The  latter  is  the  probable  rule,  except,  indeed, 
where  he  had  a  ius  retentionis  for  expenses:  in  this  case  he  had  an  ex- 
ceptio doli  in  the  vindicatio9.  In  practice  however  the  owner  seems  usually 
to  have  proceeded  by  the  actio  commodati,  in  which  he  had  not  to  prove 
title. 

\  13.  6.  15;  h.  t.  16;  5.  1.  64.  2  See  Bertolini,  op.  cit.  262.  3  Inst.  3.  14. 

2;  3.  24.  2;  D.  13.  6.  5.  12.  As  to  the  history  of  the  requirement  of  money  consideration  in 
locatio,  post,  §  CLXXIV.  4  13.  6.  18.  pr.  5  13.  6.  5.  10.  The  last  case  may  be 

thought  of  as  for  the  benefit  of  both,  as  the  lender  will  see  the  games,  but  how  it  should 
be  thought  of  as  for  his  benefit  alone  is  difficult  to  understand.  6  13.  6.  5.  pr. ;  h.  t. 

17.  3.  7  Arg.  C.  4.  65.  3.  8  6.  1.  9.  9  47.  2.  15.  2;  h.  t.  60. 


xi]  COM MOD AT UM  469 

The  borrower  must  return  the  thing  at  the  proper  time  with  its 
"causa,"  i.e.  accessories,  fruits,  fetus,  etc.,  and  any  profits  he  had  derived 
from  unauthorised  use  of  it.  If  he  lost  it  without  fault  he  must  transfer 
any  rights  of  action1. 

In  the  normal  case  the  borrower  was  liable  for  all  damage  to  the  thing 
or  its  accessories,  due  to  his  culpa,  having  to  shew  the  care  of  a  bonus 
paterfamilias*.  There  were  however  exceptions  extending  and  limiting 
this  liability.  If  the  loan  was  for  the  benefit  of  both,  he  was  bound  only 
to  shew  the  care  he  did  in  his  own  affairs3,  and  if  it  was  for  the  benefit 
of  the  commodator  alone  he  was  liable  only  for  dolus*.  Conversely,  the 
liability  might  be  larger.  As  any  pacts  might  be  added  it  was  possible 
to  agree  for  any  degree  of  liability,  e.g.  casus,  except  that  here  as  else- 
where a  pact  excluding  liability  for  dolus  was  void5.  And  he  was  liable 
for  all  risks,  including  vis  maior,  after  he  was  in  mora6,  for  all  casualties 
resulting  from  unauthorised  use  of  the  thing7,  and  also  for  "fatum"  i.e. 
everything,  if  when  he  might  have  saved  the  borrowed  thing  he  preferred 
his  own8.  If  condemned  he  could  claim  cession  of  any  actions  the  lender 
might  have  against  third  parties,  and,  as  the  thing  became  his,  to  security 
for  its  deliverv  if  the  commodator9  ever  recovered  it. 

•/ 

If  the  thing  was  stolen  from  the  commodatarius  he  had,  in  classical 
law,  an  actio  furti  against  the  thief,  and  the  owner  had  not.  This  is  ex- 
plained by  Gains  as  being  due  to  the  fact  that  the  owner  had  no  interest, 
since  the  borrower  was  responsible  for  the  thing10.  This  implies  liability 
in  any  case  apart  from  negligence,  if  the  thing  was  stolen :  this  liability, 
known  as  "  custodia"  will  be  considered  later.  Under  Justinian  a  new 
rule  was  introduced,  for  the  case  of  commodatum.  The  dominus  was  to 
have  the  choice.  If  he  sued  the  thief,  the  commodatarius  was  freed  from 
further  liability.  If  he  brought  the  actio  commodati,  the  borrower  might 
sue  the  thief.  But  if  when  the  dominus  brought  the  actio  commodati  he 
did  not  know  that  the  thing  had  been  stolen,  he  could  change  his  mind, 
remit  the  actio  commodati  and  sue  the  thief,  unless  the  borrower  satisfied 
him,  in  which  case  he  in  turn  could  sueu. 

The  duties  of  commodator  may  be  shortly  stated.  He  must  refund  all 
extraordinary  expenses  and  all  but  the  simple  everyday  medical  ex- 

1  Inst.  3.  14.  2;  D.  13.  6.  5.  10;  h.  t.  13.  1;  22.  1.  38.  10.    If  the  unauthorised  use  was 
in  bad  faith,  he  was  liable  torfurtum,  13.  6.  5.  8.  2  13.  6.  5.  2;  P.  2.  4.  3;  Coll.  10.  2. 

1.   As  to  a  possible  further  liability,  for  custodia,  post,  §  cxci.  3  13.  6.  18.  pr.   In 

early  classical  law  probably  only  for  dolus.  As  to  the  history  of  "diligentia  quant  in  suis 
rebus,"  post,  §  cxc.  4  13.  6.  5.  10,  applied  no  doubt  originally  to  both  cases.  5  13. 
6.  5.  2;  h.  t.  17.  pr.  Liability  for  casus  implied  if  the  agreement  is  expressly  for  return 
at  a  stated  value.  6  Post,  §  CLXXXVHI.  7  13.  6.  5.  7;  h.  t.  18.  8  13.  6. 

5.  4;  P.  2.  4.  2.    Exact  meaning  controverted.    See  Bertolini,  op.  cit.  p.  282.  9  13. 

6.  13.  pr.;  h.  t.  5.  1;  h.  t.  17.  5;  42.  1.  12.  10  G.  3.  203  sqq.    As  to  the  details  and 
limitations,  post,  §  cxcvn.             11  C.  6.  2.  22. 


470  COMMODATUM  [CH. 

penses,  even  though  the  thing  became  extinct1.  He  must  compensate 
for  damages  caused  by  defects  in  the  thing  of  which  he  was  aware,  and, 
generally,  for  dolusz,  with  the  curious  limitation,  found  in  many  contexts, 
that  he  was  not  to  be  liable  for  dolus,  if  it  was  a  slave,  beyond  the  man's 
value3.  It  is  to  be  presumed  that  if  the  lender  benefited  by  the  loan 
he  would  be  liable  for  culpa.  He  was  also  liable  for  loss  resulting  from 
his  not  allowing  the  borrower  to  enjoy  the  thing  as  agreed4.  It  must  be 
remembered  that  for  impensae,  and,  according  to  one  text,  for  any 
claim,  the  borrower  had  a  ius  retentionis,  till  they  were  allowed  for5. 

A  commodatum  by  an  unauthorised  pupillus  was,  on  general  prin- 
ciple, binding  on  the  borrower,  but  not  on  the  pupil6,  though  it  is  to  be 
supposed  that  if  he  sued  he  could  be  met  by  an  exceptio  doll  in  respect 
of  expenses  which  had  improved  his  property7.  A  commodatum  to  a 
pupillus  did  not  bind  him  in  strict  law  at  all,  but  a  rescript  of  Pius  gave 
an  actio  utilis  to  the  extent  of  his  enrichment8.  There  was  no  direct 
action  even  if  the  commodatum  lasted  after  puberty,  even  for  culpa  after 
puberty9,  subject  of  course  to  ratification. 

If  several  took  a  commodatum  in  common,  the  texts  conflict  on  the 
question  whether  the  obligation  was  in  solidum  or  pro  parte,  but  the 
dominant  opinion  seems  to  be  that  it  was  solidary,  at  any  rate  unless 
the  contrary  appeared10.  Coheredes  of  a  commodatarius  wrere  of  course 
liable,  under  the  rule  of  the  XII  Tables,  only  pro  parte  for  fault  of  the 
deceased11.  Each  heres  was  liable  in  full  for  his  own  culpa12,  but  we  are 
not  told  how  far  he  could  be  sued  on  the  culpa  of  another  heres. 

The  lender's  action  was  the  actio  commodati,  with  alternative  formulae 
as  in  deposit.  The  actio  commodati  contraria  was  wanted  where  retentio 
was  not  available  (that  being  obviously  the  more  convenient  remedy), 
because  it  might  be  that  on  the  facts  no  actio  commodati  lay,  or  they 
might  exceed  the  claim,  or  the  index  might  have  refused  to  take  them 
into  account13. 

CLXVI.  PLEDGE.  In  connexion  with  this  topic  it  is  convenient  to 
give  a  short  account  of  the  evolution  of  real  security,  though  it  is  only 

1   13.  6.  18.  2,  4;  P.  2.  4.  1;  Coll.  10.  2.  5.  2  13.  6.  18.  3.  3  47.  2.  62.  6. 

Mommsen  emends,  inserting  a  passage.  4  13.  6.  17.  3.  5  13.  6.  18.  4.  6  13.  6. 
3;  26.  8.  5.  pr.  7  Arg.  18.  5.  7.  1  etc.  8  See  n.  6.  9  13.  6.  1.  2.  10  h.  t.  5. 

15-7;  h.  t.  21.  1.  It  seems  rather  to  be  indivisibility.  11  C.  2.  3.  26;  D.  13.  6.  3.  3  says 
that  heres  who  has  the  whole  may  be  sued  in  solidum.  12  On  general  principle. 

13  13.  6.  18.  4.  See  post,  §  ccxxxiv,  as  to  the  actio  contraria.  The  distinction  between 
deposit  and  commodatum  and,  e.g.,  mandatum  would  be  less  clear  in  practice  than  in  texts. 
A  asks  B  to  take  care  of  silver  in  his  absence,  but  he  may  use  it  if  his  own  silver  falls  short 
on  a  festal  occasion.  There  is  but  one  contract,  but  it  is  commodatum  on  such  an  occasion, 
otherwise  deposit.  If  A  and  B  are  common  owners  and  A  asks  B  to  take  care  of  the  thing 
with  permission  to  use  it,  but  to  lose  no  opportunity  of  selling  it,  all  three  contracts  seem 
to  be  present,  and  perhaps  societas  as  well.  See  D.  16.  3.  1.  11  sqq. 


xi]  MORTGAGE  BY  FIDUCIA  471 

to  a  small  extent  part  of  the  law  of  obligations.  The  essence  of  all  these 
transactions  is  the  giving  to  a  creditor  some  right,  essentially  a  right  in 
rem1,  over  property,  by  way  of  security  for  the  debt.  In  its  first  phase 
this  was  effected  by  fiducia2:  the  ownership  was  transferred  to  the 
creditor,  who  undertook  to  reconvey  the  property,  if  the  debt  was  duly 
paid,  and  it  was  usual  to  agree  as  to  the  circumstances  in  which  the 
creditor  might  sell  it.  We  have  in  the  so-called  formula  Baetica3  a  model 
form  for  such  transactions.  The  fiduciarius  was  owner  and  had  as  a 
consequence  the  rights  of  owner,  any  restrictions  on  them  being  matter 
only  of  contract  between  him  and  the  debtor.  Thus  if  he  sold  before  the 
debt  was  due,  or  in  any  way  contrary  to  his  undertaking,  he  was  liable 
to  the  debtor,  but  the  sale  was  good,  and  the  buyer  had  a  good  title  not 
subject  to  the  fiducia.  Apart  from  sale,  the  debtor  was  deprived  of  the 
use  of  the  thing,  though  it  was  not  uncommon,  at  least  in  the  case  of  land, 
for  the  creditor  to  leave  it  in  the  debtor's  hands  as  a  precarium*. 

The  creditor  might  not  make  profit  out  of  the  thing,  and  thus  any- 
thing he  received  by  way  of  produce  or  rent  or  the  like,  was  set  off,  in 
first  instance,  against  interest  due,  and  any  excess  against  the  debt,  any 
further  excess,  e.g.  on  sale,  going  to  the  debtor5,  with  interest  in  case  of 
mora.  He  must  not  damage  the  thing  and  must  restore  it  if  the  debt 
was  duly  paid.  If  the  debtor  found  a  purchaser  and  was  prepared  to 
pay  off  the  debt  the  creditor  must  reconvey.  An  obvious  means  of  op- 
pression and  fraud  was  checked  by  a  rule  that  the  creditor  could  not 
become  owner,  free  from  the  fiducia,  even  through  an  intermediary.  An 
agreement  that  the  creditor  should  have  no  power  to  sell  was  void:  he 
could  still  sell  on  giving  notice.  If  the  creditor  had  improved  the  thing 
he  was  entitled  to  the  cost,  and  as  account  of  this  was  taken  in  the 
actio  fiduciae,  it  was,  in  effect,  added  to  the  debt6. 

The  actions  were  the  actio  fiduciae  of  the  debtor,  and  contraria  of  the 
creditor,  for  expenses.  As  we  know  the  actions  they  were  in  ius  and 
bonae  fidei,  but  there  are  doubts  about  their  history7. 

Fiducia  as  a  form  of  security  was  not  superseded  by  the  appearance 
of  pignus  and  hypotheca:  it  had  such  advantages  for  the  creditor  that  it  I 
was  kept  in  use8.    It  lasted  throughout  the  classical  age,  and  only  dis-  ' 

1  It  does  not  belong  to  the  law  of  iura  in  rem.  The  right  of  possessio  is  not  treated  by 
the  Romans  as  a  res.  It  appears,  in  the  institutional  books,  as  part  of  the  law  of  actions, 
so  far  as  it  appears  at  all.  In  strictness  security  should  be  treated  as  a  separate  head,  but 
some  repetition  is  saved  by  taking  it  incidentally,  as  is  done  in  the  case  of  personal 
surety,  ante,  §  CLVI.  2  Ante,  §  CLI.  3  Girard,  Textes,  822.  4  See  2.  8. 

15.  2.  5  P.  2.  13.  1,  2.  6  P.  2.  13.  1-7;  P.  4.  12.  6;  D.  13.  7.  6.  pr.;  h.  t.  22. 

Many  texts  in  the  Digest,  there  referred  to  pignus,  were  written  of  fiducia.  7  Ante> 

§  CLI.  8  It  must  be  remembered  that  fiducia  could  not  be  attached  to  traditio  (ante 

§  CLI)  so  that  this  form  of  security  applied  only  to  res  mancipi.  It  is  held  by  Manigk  (Pauly- 


472  PIGNUS  AND  HYPOTHEC  [CH. 

appeared  with  mancipatio:  indeed  it  is  possible  that  mancipatio  and 
cessio  in  iure  were  kept  in  existence  for  some  time  because  they  could 
be  used  for  fiducia1. 

The  protection  of  possession  by  the  praetor  paved  the  way  for  the 
introduction  of  another  form  of  security,  Pignus2,  in  which  possessio 
passed  to  the  creditor,  dominium  remaining  with  the  debtor.  It  was  in 
full  operation  before  the  time  of  the  Empire.  This  protected  the  debtor 
from  such  wrongful  sales  as  might  occur  in  fiducia,  but  it  still  deprived 
him  of  the  enjoyment  of  the  thing,  unless  the  creditor  allowed  him  to 
hold  it  precario.  The  creditor's  protection  at  first  was  only  the  right  of 
possessio  protected  by  interdicts,  and  a  right  of  sale,  if  this  had  been 
agreed,  but  not  otherwise3.  There  were  so  far  as  we  know  no  special 
interdicts,  but  the  texts  suggest  that  uti  possidetis,  utrubi  and  unde  vi 
were  available4. 

A  further  development  was  the  agreement  which  ultimately  acquired 
the  name  of  hypotheca,  in  which  the  possessory  rights  were  vested  in  the 
creditor,  but  the  thing  was  not  actually  handed  over  to  him.  There 
might  or  might  not  be  an  agreement  that  possession  should  not  be  taken 
till  the  debt  was  due:  in  either  case  it  was  hypotheca  till  the  thing  was 
actually  taken  over.  The  binding  force  of  such  an  agreement  was  first 
recognised  in  the  case  of  rents.  A  tenant  could  validly  agree  that  his 
'''res"  should  be  pledged  for  his  rent,  the  expression  covering  all  his 
property  "invecta  et  illata,"  except  in  passage,  and  the  crops,  after  he  had 
acquired  them  by  perceptio5.  The  landlord  had  an  interdictum  Salvianum 
to  recover  them  from  the  debtor  as  soon  as  rent  was  due6,  without  which 
right  his  agreed  security  would  have  been  worthless.  He  had  also  an 
actio  Serviana  for  their  recovery  from  any  one  who  held  them7,  and  the 
interdict  was  ultimately  made  effective  against  third  persons8.  Similar 
agreements  were  made  by  urban  tenants,  but  it  is  not  clear  that  the 
interdict  was  here  available,  and  it  is  certain  that  the  actio  Serviana  was 
not.  Early  in  the  Empire,  and  perhaps  before,  this  action  was  extended 

Wissowa  s.v.  Fiducia)  that  the  rules  of  this  institution  were  so  affected  by  reaction  of  those 
of  pignus  that  the  fiduciary  creditor  had,  in  effect,  only  a  limited  ownership. 

1  See  Girard,  Textes,  821  sqq.,  for  a  model  and  an  actual  case.  They  shew  that  there 
might  be  various  terms.  In  neither  is  it  expressly  said  that  the  property  is  to  be  returned 
on  payment.  2  The  word  pignus  is  very  ancient  in  lay  literature  (Champeaux,  Mel. 

Girard,  1.  161  sqq.)  and  there  are  legal  consequences,  but  it  is  not  the  "real"  contract  of 
pignus.  The  thing  is  to  be  forfeited  in  a  certain  event:  it  is  in  fact  a  conditional  traditio. 
3  20.  1.  35.  4  41.  3.  16;  43.  17.  2;  h.  t.  3.  8;  43.  16.  1.  9.  The  allusion  in  the  first  text 

seems  to  be  to  utrubi.  5  20.  6.  14;  47.  2.  62.  8.  6  G.  4.  147.  These  pledges 

arose  without  express  agreement  in  the  later  classical  law,  post,  §  CLXvm.  7  Inst. 

4.  6.  7.  8  43.  33.  1 ;  C.  8.  9.  1.   Girard  holds  (Manuel,  792,  n.  2)  that  it  was  ultimately 

extended  to  all  pledgees.  Chief  texts,  G.  4.  147;  Inst.  4.  15.  3  and  Theoph.  ad  h.  1.;  C.  8. 
9.  1,  "  debitor emve." 


xi]  PIGNUS  AND  HYPOTHEC  473 

under  the  name  utilis  or  quasi  Serviana  to  other  cases  of  hypothec, 
probably  first  to  urban  landlords,  later  to  all  cases,  when  (or  later)  it 
acquired  the  name  of  actio  fn/pothecaria1,  the  pledge  without  actual 
transfer  becoming  very  usual. 

Between  hypothec  and  pi  gnus  there  was  in  strictness  no  legal  differ- 
ence2, but  there  was  the  physical  fact  that  in  the  former  the  thing  was 
left  in  the  hands  of  the  debtor,  with  the  result  that  it  was  possible  to 
create  successive  charges  on  the  same  thing.  But  it  was  equally  possible 
to  create  hypothecs  on  a  thing  already  held  by  a  pledgee,  and  the  obliga- 
tion al  rules  were,  mutatis  mutandis,  the  same.  We  shall  therefore  deal 
with  the  two  institutions  together. 

The  contractual  aspect  of  the  matter  can  be  shortly  dealt  with.  It 
was  a  bonaefidei  transaction.  Each  party  was  liable  for  culpa  levis3  and 
it  is  sometimes  said  that  the  creditor  in  possession  was  liable  for  custodia*, 
but  there  is  little  evidence  for  this  and  some  against  it5.  He  must  not 
use  the  thing  or  make  profit  out  of  it,  any  thing  so  received  being  im- 
putable  against  the  debt6,  as  were  damages  received,  e.g.  for  theft  of  it, 
except  where  the  debtor  was  the  thief7.  (To  these  rules  antichresis  was 
an  exception.  This  was  an  agreement,  introduced  towards  the  end  of  the 
classical  period,  that  the  creditor  should  have  the  fruits  in  lieu  of  in- 
terest8.) He  must  restore  the  pledge  when  the  debt  was  paid9.  On  the 
other  hand  he  was  entitled  to  reimbursement  of  expenses  properly  in- 
curred in  the  care  of  the  thing,  and  to  compensation  for  damage  to  him 
caused  by  the  thing,  if  there  had  been  culpa  of  the  debtor10.  If  the  thing 
was  not  the  property  of  the  debtor,  or,  more  generally,  was  in  such  a 
legal  position  that  the  creditor  was  lawfully  deprived  of  his  possessory 
right,  i.e.  of  his  security,  the  debtor  was  liable,  under  his  contract, 
whether  he  knew  of  the  defect  or  not11.  The  actions  were  the  actio 
pigneratitia  for  the  debtor  and  contraria  for  the  creditor,  with  formulae 
both  in  ius  and  in  factum12.  But  the  debtor  could  not  bring  his  action 

i  It  has  been  maintained  that  the  words  hypotheca,  hypothecaria  are  always  interp. 
(Mitteis,  Z.S.S.  31.  489).  But  Erman  seems  to  shew  that  hypotheca  is  in  origin  merely  a 
Greek  name  for  pignus  (Mel.  Girard,  1.  419  sqq.)  and  is  used  only  in  dealings  with  Greeks 
till  Severus.  Later  jurists  use  it  more  freely  and  as  synonymous  with  pignus  (20.  1.  5. 
1).  He  does  not  shew  how  Ulpian  comes  by  the  distinction  in  13.  7.  9.  2,  which  is  that  in 
the  text,  but  he  regards  it  as  older  than  Ulp.  and  merely  a  means  of  using  both  words. 
Apart  from  terminology,  pledge  by  agreement  is  as  old  as  the  Empire.  As  to  its  source, 
see  Girard,  Manuel,  781.  2  20.  1.  5.  1.  3  13.  6.  5.  2;  13.  7.  13.  1;  Inst.  3.  14.  4. 

4  Heumann-Seckel,  Handlexicon,  s.v.  custodia.  5  E.g.  C.  4.  24.  5,  8,  9.  6  13.  7. 

22.  pr.;  47.  2.  55.  pr.;  20.  1.  21.  2;  C.  4.  24.  1.  7  13.  7.  22.  pr.;  47.  2.  15.  pr.  8  20.  1. 
11.  1;  20.  2.  8.  9  13.  7.  9.  5;  Inst.  3.  14.  4,  with  its  causa.  P.  2.  5.  2  says  that  such  a 

pledge  does  not  cover  "fetus  vel  partus."  Others  say  the  opposite,  C.  8.  14.  3;  8.  24.  1 ;  D.  29. 
1.29.  1.  P.'s  text  is  probably  defective.  10  13.  7.  8.  pr.;  h.  t.  16.  1.  11  13. 

7.  9.  pr.  12  As  in  commodatum  and  depositum,  Lenel,  E.P.  246  sqq.   See  post, 

§  ccxxxiv,  as  to  the  actio  contraria.    It  is  maintained  by  some  writers  (see  Levy,  Z.S.S. 


474  PIGNUS  AND  HYPOTHEC  [CH. 

unless  he  had  paid  or  otherwise  discharged  the  debt,  or  was  ready  to 
tender  the  amount  when  he  asked  for  the  formula1.  The  debtor's  action 
was  the  same  whether  the  transaction  was  pignus  or  hypothec,  though 
there  would  be  less  occasion  for  it  in  the  latter  case2. 

CLXVII.  The  creditor's  means  of  enforcing  his  security  are  the 
following: 

1.  Right  of  Sale.    From  early  times  a  right  of  sale  might  be  agreed 
on3,  but,  later  than  Gains,  though  before  Pa\il,  things  were  reversed 
and  there  was  an  implied  right  of  sale  unless  it  was  expressly  excluded4. 
It  does  not  appear  that  the  creditor  need  have  actually  taken  possession 
before  a  sale,  and  though  the  creditor  could  not  sell  to  himself,  even  per 
interpositam  personam5,  the  debtor  could  sell  to  the  creditor6.  There 
could  be  no  sale  by  the  creditor  till  the  debt  was  due7. 

2.  Foreclosure.   In  earlier  classical  law  the  creditor  could  not  become 
owner  by  lapse  of  time,  i.e.  there  was  no  foreclosure  except  under  an 
agreement  that  the  property  should  be  his  if  the  debt  was  not  paid  by 
a  certain  day — lex  commissoria8.  This  was  modified  by  a  practice,  intro- 
duced early  in  the  third  century,  by  which  the  creditor  could  apply  to 
the  court  to  have  ownership  conferred   on   him — impetratio    dominii. 
There  was  an  official  valuation  and,  after  notice  and  a  year's  delay,  he 
received  praetorian  ownership,  being  compelled  however,  if  he  took  the 
thing,  to  accept  it  in  full  discharge,  though^the  valuation  was  less  than 
the  debt,  and,  if  it  was  more  than  the  dtebt,Ho  pay  the  difference  to  the 
debtor9.  Further,  the  debtor  could  it  seemsjstill  redeem,  before  usucapio 
was  complete10.  The  lex  commissoria  was  forbidden  under  Constantine11. 

Justinian  modified  this  law  of  sale  and  foreclosure  in  several  wa}-s. 
Either  he,  or  some  other  late  authority,  provided  that  where  there  was 
an  agreement  that  the  creditor  should  not  sell  he  could  still  do  so  after 
notice  given  three  times12.  He  also  provided  that,  subject  to  agreement, 
there  could  be  no  sale  till  two  years  after  notice  or  judgment.  If  no 
purchaser  was  found  a  index  would  fix  a  time  for  payment.  If  payment 
was  not  made  by  that  time  a  further  decree  was  issued  on  application, 

36.  1;  Biondi,  Indicia  bonaefidei,  233  sqq.)  that  in  classical  law  there  was  only  &  formula 
in  factum. 

i   13.  7.  9.  5.  2  The  actio  hypothec  aria  is  a  distinct  action,  not  on  obligatio,  but 

for  the  enforcement  of  the  possessory  right,  and  applies  equally  to  pignus.   See  above. 

3  It  is  possible  that  the  earliest  reff.  (20.  1.  35;  47.  10.  15.  32)  were  written  of  fiducia. 

4  G.  2.  64.    If  no  agreement,  triple  notice  to  debtor,  P.  2.  5.  1.  5  P.  2.  13.  4; 
C.  8.  27.  10.             6  20.  5.  12;  Vat.  Fr.  9.              7  C.  8.  27.  14.   On  Cons.  6.  8,  which  says 
that,  if  the  creditor  has  sold  the  fiducia  or  pledge,  the  heres  has  no  action  unless  it  was 
begun  by  the  deceased,  see  Huschke,  ad  P.  2.  17.  15.                  8  20.  1.  16.  9,  where  the 
words  "iusfo.  . .  aestimandam"  may  be  interpolated.                    9  The  chief  texts  on  this 
institution  are  C.  8.  33.  1;  h.  t.  2;  but  these  enactments  assume  earlier  legislation  which 
we  do  not  possess.             10  Arg.  41.  1.  63.  4.             11  C.  8.  34.  3.             12  13.  7.  4. 


xi]  PI  GNUS  AND  HYPOTHEC  475 

declaring  the  creditor  owner.  The  debtor  could  still  redeem  within  two 
years  by  paying  debt,  interest  and  costs.  On  a  sale  any  excess  must  be 
paid  to  the  debtor  and  if  the  price  was  less  than  the  debt,  the  creditor 
had  still  a  claim  for  the  rest1.  He  further  provided  that  where  the  thing 
had  passed  to  a  third  person  the  creditor  could  not  bring  the  actio 
hypothecaria,  etc.,  against  him  till  he  had  exhausted  his  personal  remedies 
against  the  debtor  and  sureties2. 

The  normal  subject  of  a  pledge  was  a  thing  owned  by  the  debtor.  If 
it  was  not  his,  he  could  not  create  possessory  rights  over3  it,  but  a  pledge 
to  operate  when  it  became  his  would  be  valid4.  It  could  in  any  case  be 
ratified  when  it  became  his,  and  in  later  law  was  so  validated,  ipso 
facto5.  Praetorian  ownership  sufficed  and  even  a  bo na  fide  possessor 
could  pledge  so  as  to  bind  himself,  those  claiming  under  him,  and  those 
against  whom  he  had  the  actio  Publiciana6. 

There  might  be  pledges  of  rights  other  than  ownership.  A  debt  might 
be  pledged,  and  here  there  would  be  no  question  of  possessory  rights. 
This  was  made  effective  by  notice  to  the  debtor,  who  could  not  then 
validly  pay  the  original  creditor,  and  could  be  sued  by  the  pledgee,  by 
actio  utilis7.  There  might  also  be  subpledge,  pledge  of  a  pledge,  which 
seems  to  be  contemplated  rather  as  a  second  pledge  of  the  thing  itself, 
under  powers  implied  in  the  original  pledge8.  There  was  also  what  is 
known  in  English  law  as  a  "floating  charge."  a  hypothec  of  all  a  man's 
stock-in-trade  on  the  terms  that  it  was  to  apply  to  new  stock  as  it  came 
in  and  to  cease  to  apply  to  stock  disposed  of  in  the  ordinary  way  of 
business9.  Usufruct,  and  no  doubt  emphyteusis  and  superficies,  could  be 
pledged,  but  as  nothing  could  be  pledged  which  could  not  be  sold,  usus 
and  habitatio  doubtless  could  not10.  It  was  indeed  possible  to  create  a 
potential  usufruct  by  way  of  pledge,  i.e.  to  authorise  the  creditor  to  sell 
a  usufruct  in  the  property  if  the  debt  was  not  paidu,  and  this  might 
apply  equally  to  usus  and  habitatio.  There  is  a  further  remarkable  case. 
A  right  of  way  or  water  to  be  created  could  be  pledged,  though  urban 
servitudes  could  not.  The  creditor,  if  he  was  a  neighbouring  owner,  could 
use  the  servitude  till  the  debt  was  paid,  and,  if  it  was  not,  he  could  sell 
the  easement  to  any  other  neighbouring  owner12.  Apart  from  the 
creditor's  right  to  enjoy  the  way,  this  is  like  the  last  case — a  neighbour 
might  be  willing  to  buy  a  right  of  way.  But  the  text  assumes  it  existing 
in  the  hands  of  the  creditor,  and  such  a  servitude  cannot  shift  from  one 
praedium  to  another.  It  is  sometimes  explained  as  meaning  that  the 

1  C.  8.  33.  3.  2  Nov.  4.  2.  3  13.  7.  2.  4  20.  1.  16.  7.  5  13.  7.  41. 

6  13.  7.  29;  20.  1.  18.        7  20.  1.  20;  13.  7.  18.  pr.;  42.  1.  15.  8;  C.  8.  16.  4.        8   13.  7. 
40.  2;  20.  1.  13.  2;  C.  8.  23.  1,  2.  9  20.  1.  34.  pr.    It  is  excluded  by  the  modern 

Codes  in  France  and  Germany.  10  20.  1.  9.  1;  h.  t.  11.2,  3.  11  20.  1.  15.  pr. 

12  20.  1.  12. 


476  PIGNUS  AND  HYPOTHEC  [CH. 

debtor  has  a  servitude  over  adjoining  land,  and  pledges  that,  but  this 
equally  involves  the  apparently  inadmissible  giving  to  third  persons  of 
rights  over  the  servient  land1. 

Pledge  was  indivisible:  so  long  as  any  part  of  the  debt  was  unpaid 
the  whole  thing  was  still  pledged,  and,  where  it  had  passed  into  several 
hands,  any  of  the  owners  was  liable  to  actio  hypothecaria  for  the  whole2. 

The  pledge  was  ended  if  the  creditor  sold  the  thing  or  renounced  his 
right3.  And  the  right  of  action  might  be  barred,  in  later  law,  by  a  lapse 
of  30,  or,  in  some  cases,  40  years4.  It  was  also  of  course  extinguished  by 
payment  of  the  debt,  but  if  the  thing  was  in  the  hands  of  a  third  person, 
and  he,  wrhen  sued  by  the  creditor  for  it,  paid  him  off,  he  was  regarded 
as  buying  the  debt,  and  was  entitled  to  cessio  actionum5. 

It  may  be  added  that  the  texts  shew,  as  might  have  been  expected, 
that  pignus  was  mainly  used  for  moveables,  and  hypothec  for  land  and 
iura. 

CLXVIII.  So  far  we  have  discussed  rules  applying  to  both  forms: 
we  have  now  to  consider  points  involving  a  hypothec. 

The  great  difference  between  pignus  and  hypothec  was  that  in  the 
latter  the  thing  remained  in  the  hands  of  the  debtor.  Hence  it  was 
possible  to  hypothecate  the  same  thing  to  a  number  of  persons  in  suc- 
cession, which  did  not  necessarily,  or  usually,  involve  any  fraud.  This 
institution,  which  seems  to  belong  to  the  late  classical  age6,  led  to  a  num- 
ber of  special  rides.  It  was  "  stellionatus "  to  give  a  hypothec  without 
declaring  existing  charges,  or  to  alienate  without  declaring  any  charges7. 
But  the  more  important  rules  had  nothing  to  do  with  fraud.  If  there 
were  several  charges,  it  was  necessary  to  determine  their  priorities.  The 
rule  was  simple:  apart  from  privileged  hypothecs,  to  be  dealt  with 
shortly,  the  earlier  in  date  had  priority,  even  though  a  later  had  gained 
actual  possession8.  This  was  modified  by  Leo,  who  gave  priority  to  any 
hypothec  registered  with  the  public  authority  or  made  formally  before 
three  witnesses9. 

The  first  hypothecary  could  effectively  bring  the  actio  hypothecaria 
against  the  debtor  or  third  persons  (apart  from  the  question  of  adverse 
title)  or  later  hypothecaries10.  These  had  the  same  right,  except  against 
earlier  hypothecaries11.  It  was  only  the  first  creditor  who  destroyed  the 

1  The  text  is  sometimes  said  to  be  mainly  due  to  Justinian,  Pomponius  having  in  fact 
said  the  opposite.  Perozzi,  Inst.  di  dir.  Rom.  1.  487,  cited  Albertario,  II  pigno  delta  super- 
fide,  4.  2  13.  7.  8.  2;  h.  t.  11.  3;  C.  8.  27.  6;  8.  31.  2.  3  13.  7.  9.  3;  h.  t.  8. 
1:  50.  17.  158.  4  C.  Th.  4.  14.  1;  C.  17.  39.  3.  5  20.  6.  12.  1.  6  Herzen, 
Mel.  Gerardin,  299  sqq.,  holds  that  it  is  not  older  than  Marcellus.  He  explains  otherwise  16. 
1.  17.  1  and  20.  3.  3.  In  early  classical  law  a  second  hypothec  was  presumably  conditional 
on  discharge  of  the  first.  7  13.  7.  36.  1;  47.  20.  3.  1.  8  20.  4.  11.  pr.  9  G.  8. 
17.11.  10  20.  4.  12.  pr.  1120.4.12.7. 


xi]  PI  GNUS  AND  HYPOTHEC  477 

pledge  by  selling  the  thing1:  he  was  entitled  to  pay  himself  out  of  the 
price,  giving  any  surplus  to  the  later  pledgees  in  order,  and  any  ultimate 
surplus  to  the  debtor2.  But  all  pledgees  had  a  right  of  sale:  if  a  later 
one  sold,  the  sale  was  not  void,  but  the  lien  of  prior  creditors  was  not 
affected:  they  could  recover  the  thing  from  the  buyer3;  later  ones  could 
not. 

The  order  of  priority  might  also  be  modified  by  successio  in  locum,  a 
principle  under  which  a  later  charge  could  in  some  cases  be  put  in  the 
position  of  an  earlier  one.  These  cases  were  apparently  (1)  where  the 
money  was  applied  to  discharge  of  the  earlier  incumbrance,  at  least  if 
advanced  expressly  for  that  purpose,  and  a  pledge  agreed  for  at  the  time 
of  the  loan4,  (2)  under  the  ius  offerendae  pecuniae.  A  later  charger  could 
step  into  the  shoes  of  an  earlier,  by  tendering  to  him  the  sum  due  to 
him,  the  substantial  difference  between  this  and  the  former  case  being 
that  here  the  dealing  was  direct  between  the  two  creditors5. 

Renunciation  by  one  pledgee  affected  no  one  but  himself,  except 
that  it  caused  the  next  in  order  to  step  into  his  shoes6. 

These  rules  of  priority  were  much  affected  by  the  creation  of  privi- 
leged hypothecs.  Of  these  the  clearest  cases  were  those  of  a  creditor 
who  lent  money,  under  hypothec,  to  secure  the  preservation  of  goods7, 
of  the  fisc  for  taxes  (and,  later,  some  other  debts8),  and,  under  Jus- 
tinian, of  a  woman  for  her  dos9.  over  the  husband's  whole  property. 
There  were  many  privileged  debts,  i.e.  taking  priority  of  other  insecured 
debts.  In  some  cases  these  were  transformed  into  tacit  hypothecs,  and 
it  is  hard  to  say  in  what  cases  they  gained  priority  here  too.  The  fisc,  at 
least  for  taxes,  seems  always  to  have  had  priority,  but  apart  from  this 
it  is  disputed  how  priorities  were  arranged  between  privileged  hypothecs. 

Hypothecs  may  be  classified  as  general,  over  a  whole  mass  of  property, 
or  specific,  over  a  specific  thing.  They  might  arise  by  operation  of  law, 
or,  as  in  the  ordinary  contractual  case,  by  express  agreement.  Of  the 
former  class  there  were  two  types,  and  it  will  be  seen  that  some  of  each 
of  these  classes  are  specific  and  some  general. 

1.  Those  established  by  a  Court.  These  were  (a)  pignus  praetor  in  m, 
resulting  from  various  cases  of  missio  in  possessionem,  which  was  hardly 
a  pledge  till  Justinian  gave  the  actio  hypothecaria  on  it10;  (b)  pignoris 
captio  under  a  judgment.  In  later  law  if  a  judgment  was  not  satisfied, 
the  creditor  could  seize  property  of  the  debtor  and  ultimately  sell  it  to 
pay  himself11. 

1  20.  4.  12.  7;  20.  5.  5.  pr.;  C.  4.  10.  6;  C.  8.  19.  1.  2  13.  7.  42;  20.  4.  12.  5. 

3  20.  4.  12.  7.               4  20.  3.  3;  C.  8.  18  passim.  5  P.  2.  13.  8;  D.  20.  4.  19;  20.  5.  5; 

C.  8.  17.  5;  h.  t,  10:  C.  8.  18.  4,  etc.          6  20.  6.  12.  7  20.  4.  5;  h.  t.  6.           8  49.  14. 

28;  C.  4.  46.  1;  C.  12.  62.  3.           9  C.  5.  12.  30.  10  C.  6.  54.  3;  8.  21.  2;  D.   13.  7. 

26.  pr.    See  Ramadier,  Missio  in  bona,  131  sqq.  11  42.  1.  40;  C.  8.  22. 


478  CONSENSUAL  CONTRACTS  [CH. 

2.  Tacit  hypothecs  imported  by  law  into  certain  dealings  without 
agreement.  They  might  be  general,  e.g.  that  of  the  fisc  for  all  debts, 
dating  at  latest  from  Caracalla,  covering  all  the  debtor's  goods,  that  of 
wards  over  the  goods  of  tutores  and  curatores,  for  debts  in  respect  of 
their  administration,  said  to  date  from  Constantine1,  that  of  furiosi, 
under  Justinian,  against  curatores2,  that  of  children  over  their  parents' 
property  in  certain  events,  to  secure  their  rights  to  dos  and  certain  suc- 
cessions3, that  of  widows  for  dos*,  that  of  legatee  for  his  legacy  over 
all  goods  of  deceased  in  the  hands  of  the  person  liable5.  Some  of  these 
and  several  others  were  introduced  by  Justinian. 

They  might  be  special,  e.g.  that  of  landlord  for  rent  over  crops  of  a 
farm,  and,  in  an  urban  praedium,  over  bona  invecta  et  illata6,  that  of 
one  who  had  lent  money  for  repairs,  over  the  house7,  that  of  pupillus 
over  goods  bought  with  his  money  by  a  third  person8,  etc. 

A  special  hypothec  had  no  priority  over  an  earlier  general  charge, 
but  if  the  creditor  was  the  same,  he  could  not  proceed  under  the  general 
hypothec,  at  least  if  it  was  later,  till  it  was  clear  that  the  other  would  not 
suffice9.    It  does  not  seem  that  A  with  a  special  hypothec  had  any   I 
priority  over  B  with  a  general  hypothec  of  the  same  date10. 

CLXIX.  The  Consensual  Contracts.  These  were  transactions  in  which 
the  mere  agreement  was  a  binding  contract.  They  were  all  bilateral, 
though  mandate  was  imperfectly  so,  and  they  were  of  great  commercial 
importance,  a  fact  which  accounts  for  the  attribution  of  contractual 
force  to  the  mere  agreement.  They  were  Emptio  Venditio,  Locatio  Con- 
ductio,  Societas  and  Mandatum. 

EMPTIO  VENDITIO.  The  most  important  of  all  contracts.  It  was  essen- 
tially sale  for  a  price,  the  double  name  expressing  the  fact  that  it  was 
bilateral  but  the  duties  on  the  two  sides  were  different.  The  only  other 
contract  which  had  this  characteristic  was  hire  and  that  also  was  called 
by  a  double  name — Locatio  Conductio. 

The  primary  essentials  of  the  contract  were  consent,  object  sold,  and 
price. 

Consent.  No  form  was  needed:  consent  could  be  shewn  in  any  way11, 
but  in  classical  and  later  times  it  was  usual  to  embody  agreements  for 
sale,  if  of  any  importance,  in  written  documents12.  These  were  good  evi- 
dence, but  they  were  no  more,  till  Justinian  provided  that,  where  it  had 
been  agreed  to  embody  the  bargain  in  such  a  document,  the  contract 

\  C.  5.  37.  20.  2  C,  5.  70.  6.          3  C.  5.  9.  6.  2;  h.  t.  8;  0.  6.  61.  6,  etc.          4  Ante, 

§  XL.  5  C.  6.  43.  1.  6  20.  2.  3;  h.  t.  4;  h.  t.  7;  20.  6.  14.  7  13.  7.  21; 

20.2.1.  8  20.  4.  7.  pr. ;  C.  7.  8.  6.  9  20.  4.  2;  C.  8.  27.  9.  10  But  a 

general  hypothec,  even  to  the  fisc,  was  postponed  to  an  earlier  special  hypothec.  20.  4.  8. 
11  P.  2.  17.  13.  12  Instances,  Girard,  Textes,  843  sqq.:  Bruns,  1.  329  sqq. 


Xi]  SALE  479 

should  not  be  binding  till  this  had  been  completed1.  But  here  another 
factor  came  in.  It  was  usual,  as  in  all  countries,  to  give  something,  as 
it  is  said,  to  ''bind  the  bargain,"  arra,  earnest,  either  money  or  some 
article.  In  classical  Roman  Law  there  is  no  indication  that  ordinarily  it 
served  any  but  an  evidentiary  purpose.  In  Greek  law  it  was  more  im- 
portant: forfeiture  of  it  was  often  the  remedy  if  the  agreement  was  not 
carried  out,  and  it  is  likely  that  in  the  Eastern  Empire  the  same  had  been 
true  in  practice,  at  least  in  small  transactions2.  Justinian,  in  the  Code, 
provided  that  where  there  was  arra  and  it  was  agreed  that  the  contract 
should  be  embodied  in  writing,  a  party  who  withdrew  before  the  writing 
was  complete  should  forfeit  the  arra  or  its  value,  though  he  was  not 
liable  on  the  contract.  Such  is  at  least  the  ordinary  interpretation  of 
the  provision,  though  it  is  not  clear.  In  the  Institutes,  after  saying  that 
in  purely  unwritten  contracts  of  sale  the  arra  is  mere  evidence,  and  that 
he  has  made  no  change  in  these,  he  adds  what  seems  to  be  a  statement  of 
the  enactment  in  the  Code,  remarking  that  it  is  to  apply  whether  the 
contract  is  in  writing  or  not.  The  apparent  contradiction  has  been  ex- 
plained and  explained  away  by  many  writers3,  but  the  matter  is  not 
cleared  up,  and  it  remains  uncertain  whether  under  Justinian  an  un- 
written contract,  even  complete,  could  be  renounced  without  further 
penalty  than  loss  of  arra,  or  whether  the  law  of  unwritten  contracts  was 
unchanged. 

Object  sold.  The  main  principles  were  that  there  was  no  sale  without 
an  object  sold  and  that  anything  could  be  sold  which  could  enter  into 
the  patrimonium*.  Further,  it  must  be  a  thing  in  which  the  buyer  could 
have  an  interesse.  Thus  a  sale  to  a  man  of  what  was  already  his  was 
void,  and  if  he  did  not  know  of  the  fact  he  could  recover  any  price 
paid5.  If  it  was  in  part  his,  the  sale  was  good  for  the  rest6.  And  a  man 
might  buy  the  right  of  possession  of  a  thing  which  was  his,  if  that  right 

1  Inst.  3.  23.  pr. ;  C.  4.  21.  17.    The  lex  lays  down  the  same  rule  for  other  transactions 
and  instances  exchange  and  gift.  2  Collinet,  Etudes  Historiques,  1.  89  sqq.  3  Of 

recent  writers  Collinet,  loc.  cit.,  holds  that  there  is  no  real  contradiction,  but  does  not  deal 
with  the  opening  words  of  the  passage  in  the  Inst.  Cornil  (Mel.  Girard,  1.  255  sqq.)  sees 
a  contradiction.  Senn  (N.R.H.  37.  575  sqq.)  holds  that  in  classical  law  forfeiture  of  arra 
might  serve  as  the  sole  penalty  for  withdrawal.  Naturally  the  parties  could  so  agree, 
but  he  gives  no  texts.  Those  he  cites  merely  say  the  arra  shall  be  forfeited,  and  say  nothing 
of  the  rest.  They  are  all  on  1.  commissoria,  where  the  point  could  hardly  arise,  for  here 
breach  gives  vendor  the  option  of  enforcing  or  setting  aside  (18.  3.  2,  3).  On  avoidance 
he  will  have  only  arra,  but  clearly  vendee  cannot  set  it  aside  on  the  same  terms.  He 
holds  J.'s  rule  as  merely  stating  as  law  what  had  been  practice.  But  if  the  rule  in  the 
Inst.  does  actually  allow  the  parties  to  a  completed  contract  to  withdraw  with  no  penalty 
but  loss  of  arra,  it  is  a  change  of  great  importance.  4  IS.  1.  34.  1.  As  to  sale  of  things 
in  fact  inalienable,  post,  p.  481.  5  18.  1.  16.  pr. ;  C.  4.  38.  4.  If  the  ultimate  object 

was  delivery  of  a  thing  for  a  price,  the  maker  providing  the  materials,  this  was  sale,  not 
hire  of  services,  post,  §  CLXXVI.  6  18.  1.  18.  pr. 


480  SALE:  SUBJECT-MATTER  [CH. 

was  vested  in  another1.  So  too  he  might  buy  conditionally  what  was 
his,  the  sale  being  operative  only  if  it  had  ceased  to  be  his  when  the 
condition  operated2.  And  he  could  buy  what  would  be  his  on  the 
occurrence  of  a  condition:  he  was  in  effect  buying  release  from  the  con- 
dition3. In  cases  of  this  kind,  if  he  bought  without  knowledge  of  the 
conditional  right,  and  the  condition  was  satisfied,  he  could  claim  the 
price  of  the  thing  as  if  he  had  been  evicted:  he  had,  so  to  speak,  evicted 
himself4. 

As  there  must  be  a  real  object,  sale  of  a  non-existent  thing,  e.g.  a 
hippocentaur,  was  a  nullity5.  The  thing  must  be  still  existing.  This 
point  is  discussed  in  two  much  interpolated  texts  and  the  classical  law 
is  not  certain.  The  texts  say  that  if  the  thing  had  wholly  ceased  to 
exist,  when  the  contract  was  made,  the  sale  was  void:  this  is  no  doubt 
classical.  If  it  had  partly  ceased  to  exist,  and  both  were  in  good  faith, 
then  if  the  major  part  still  existed  the  sale  was  good,  allowance  being 
made  for  what  was  lost6.  Thus  where  land  was  bought  in  view  of  the 
timber  on  it,  and  this  was  burnt  at  the  time  of  the  contract,  there  was 
no  sale7.  If,  in  such  cases,  the  vendor  knew  and  the  buyer  did  not,  then, 
if  anything  was  left,  the  vendor  must  pay  the  interesse8. 

A  future  thing  might  be  sold,  e.g.  "my  next  year's  crop9,"  and  an 
important  distinction  was  drawn  between  emptio  rei  speratae,  such  as 
this,  in  which  case  there  was  no  sale  unless  the  thing  sold  came  into 
existence,  and  an  emptio  spei,  e.g.  a  shilling  for  the  next  cast  of  the  net, 
which  was  good  though  the  net  came  up  empty.  The  first  case  gave  a 
result  which  often  recurs.  If  there  was  no  crop,  there  was  no  contract, 
but,  if  the  vendor  had  prevented  the  crop  from  coming,  he  was  liable 
ex  empto,  i.e.  there  was  an  actio  ex  empto,  though  there  was  no  contract10. 

A  hereditas  might  be  sold,  like  anything  else,  but  it  must  be  one 
already  existing.  The  sale  of  the  hereditas  of  a  living  or  imaginary  person 
was  void,  and  price  and  expenses  could  be  recovered:  it  was  not  allowed 
to  speculate  on  chances  of  succession11.  Under  Justinian  persons  likely 
to  succeed  to  a  person  yet  living  could  make  valid  pacts  as  to  the  ultimate 

1  18.  1.  34.  4.  2  h.  t.  61.          3  Arg.  19.  1.  29.         4  Ib.          5  Arg.  45.  1.  97. 

pr. ;  18.  1.  8.  6  18.  1.  57.  7  18.  1.  58.   So  where  two  slaves  were  bought  at 

a  lump  price  and  one  was  already  dead,  the  sale  was  void ;  the  unity  of  price  implied  that 
the  point  was  to  get  the  two,  h.  t.  44.  8  18.  1.  57.  1.  The  text  goes  on  to  discuss 

further  cases,  even  the  improbable  one  in  which  they  are  agreeing  for  the  sale  of  a  house 
which  both  of  them  know  to  have  ceased  to  exist.  9  18.  1.  8.  pr. ;  h.  t.  39.  1. 

10  18.  1.  8.  pr.  11  18.  4.  1;  h.  t.  7.  If  there  was  a  hereditas,  not  belonging  to  vendor, 
then,  apart  from  dolus,  he  must  give  its  value.  If  no  hereditas  at  all,  price  paid  and  ex- 
penses (18.  4.  8).  It  was  permissible  to  sell  any  rights  in  an  existing  hereditas,  whatever 
they  might  prove  to  be — emptio  spei — but  not  if  the  hereditas  was  of  a  living  man  (h.  t. 
9-11).  See  Vassali,  Miscell.  crit.  d.  D.  R.  1,  but  interpolations  are  somewhat  freely 
adopted.  See  review  by  Koschaker,  Z.8.S.  36.  433. 


xi]  SALE:  SUBJECT-MATTER  481 

sharing  of  the  succession,  if  the  person  whose  hereditas  was  in  question 
assented.  But  this  does  not  amount  to  sale,  and  he  expressly  restates 
the  rule  that  there  can  be  no  contracts  affecting  future  hereditates1.  It 
is  to  be  noted  that  in  sale  of  an  inheritance  there  were  debts  as  well  as 
assets,  and  the  same  may  be  said  of  sale  of  a  peculium. 

The  sale  must  be  legally  possible.  Thus  the  sale  of  what  was  not  in 
commercio,  a  freeman  or  a  res  sacra  or  religiosa,  was  void,  and  it  was  not 
thought  fitting  to  allow  the  sale  of  a  freeman  "si  servus  erit2"  But  if 
the  buyer  of  a  man  thought  he  was  a  slave,  classical  law  held  that  there 
was  a  valid  contract,  because  it  was  difficult  to  tell  a  slave  from  a  free- 
man, and  the  vendor  was  liable  for  eviction.  The  same  rule,  at  least  as 
to  the  existence  of  a  contract,  was  applied  under  Justinian  to  the  other 
cases3,  but  in  classical  law  there  seems  to  have  been  only  an  actio  in 
factum  for  the  innocent  buyer  of  res  religiosa*,  while  another  text,  perhaps 
altered  by  Justinian,  tells  us  that  an  innocent  purchaser  of  res  sacra 
religiosa  or  publica  has  an  actio  ex  empto  for  his  interesse,  though  "emptio 
non  teneat5."  If  only  a  small  part  of  the  property  was  such,  this  did  not 
affect  the  contract,  but  there  was  an  actio  ex  empto  for  compensation6. 

Not  only  must  the  thing  be  in  commercio ;  it  must  be  one  with  which 
the  actual  party  could  deal.  It  must  be  in  commercio  to  him.  Thus  a 
guardian  could  not  buy  his  ward's  property  or  a  provincial  official 
property  in  the  province7.  It  was  forbidden  to  sell  the  materials  of  a 
house,  and  thus  a  contract  of  sale  was  void8.  It  may  be,  as  is  sometimes 
said,  that  the  same  was  true  wherever  the  law  forbade  alienation,  e.g. 
of  dotal  land,  or  of  res  litigiosae:  it  is  at  least  consistent  with  the  texts 
to  say  that  there  was  an  actio  ex  empto  to  a  buyer  in  good  faith9.  The 
sale  of  fugitive  slaves,  who  were  res  furtivae,  was  expressly  forbidden, 
so  that  this  was  void,  in  any  event10.  Of  other  res  furtivae  we  are  told 
that  if  the  buyer  was  in  good  faith  there  was  a  valid  contract11. 

There  was  nothing  to  prevent  the  sale  of  a  third  person's  property. 
It  might  be  difficult  to  carry  it  out,  but  that  was  the  vendor's  fault. 
It  is  plain  that  such  a  sale  might  be  in  good  faith,  with  full  knowledge 
of  the  facts;  the  vendor  might  intend  to  acquire  from  the  owner,  or 
induce  him  to  convey  to  the  buyer12. 

A  res  incorporates  might  be  sold,  e.g.  a  usufruct  or  usus  to  be  created 
in  favour  of  the  buyer.  The  enjoyment  of  an  existing  usufruct  might  be 

1  C.  2.  3.  30.  2  18.  1.  34.  2.  3  18.  1.  4-6;  h.  t.  34.  1.  411.  7.  8.  1 

5  18.  1.  62.  1.   Cp.  Inst.  3.  23.  5.  6  18.  1.  22-24.  7  18.  1.  34.  7;  h.  t.  46;  h.  t. 

62.  pr.  8  18.  1.  52.  9  23.  5.  4,  etc.     See  refL,  Moyle,  Sale,  20,  21.    Analogy 

suggests  an  evolution  like  that  in  the  case  of  res  sacrae.    And  probably  a  conditional 
sale  was  valid  as  in  the  case  of  purchase  of  res  sua.         10  18.  1.  35.  3.  11  18.  1.  34.  3. 

Some  things  were  excluded  from  sale  for  other  reasons,  e.g.  poisons,  except  recognised 
medicines,  h.  t,  35.  2.  12  18.  1.  28. 

B.  it.  L.  31 


482  SALE:  PRICE  [CH. 

sold,  but  not  of  usus,  which  was  inalienable  and  could  not  become 
alienable:  the  buyer  was  presumed  to  know  the  law1.  So  a  right  of  way 
to  be  created  might  be  sold2,  and  A  might  sell  to  B  a  right  of  way  over 
C's  land,  if  B  had  adjoining  land,  though  it  might  be  difficult  to  carry 
it  out. 

The  sale  need  not  be  of  a  specific  thing;  it  might  be,  e.g.,  of  a  choice 
and  it  might  be  of  a  genus,  i.e.  a  thing  of  a  kind,  without  specifying  the 
particular  thing.  But  a  distinction  must  be  drawn.  We  have  instances 
of  sales  of  genera  in  the  sense  of  so  much,  or  so  many,  out  of  a  given 
quantity  belonging  to  the  vendor3,  but  no  clear  instance  of  a  sale  of  that 
kind  not  out  of  an  existing  mass.  This  fact,  and  a  priori  considera- 
tions, have  led  to  a  general  opinion  that  such  a  transaction  was  not  sale. 
It  must  have  occurred ;  it  is  found  in  stipulatio  and  legacy4,  and  a  bonae 
fidei  consensual  contract  might  be  expected  to  be  at  least  as  widely 
construed  as  a  stricti  iuris  transaction5.  But  no  such  cases  are 
recorded.  In  a  sale  of  an  alternative,  this  or  that,  the  vendor  might 
choose,  but,  if  one  ceased  to  exist  before  delivery,  he  must  give  the 
other6. 

CLXX.  Price.  The  price  must  be  in  money,  must  be  fixed,  and  must 
be  real.  It  must  be  in  money,  or  it  would  be  impossible  to  distinguish 
buyer  from  seller  and  their  duties  were  different.  The  rule  and  the  reason 
are  given  by  Gaius  as  the  Proculian  view.  The  Sabinians  held  that  it 
might  be  sale  though  the  price  was  not  in  money,  and  Gaius  tells  us 
that  Caelius  Sabinus  urged  that  if  a  thing  was  given,  clearly  as  the  price 
for  a  thing  offered  for  sale,  the  difficulty  would  not  arise.  But  Justinian 
did  not  adopt  this7  and  it  is  clear  that  the  Proculian  view  prevailed8. 
But  the  Code  adopts  an  enactment  of  A.D.  238,  which  declares,  on  such 
facts,  not  that  it  was  sale,  but  that  there  was  an  action  "ad  exemplum 
ex  empto  actionis9." 

The  purpose  of  the  rule  was  served  if  some  of  the  price  was  in  money, 
and  this  sufficed:  it  was  still  a  sale,  though  something  was  undertaken 
besides  payment  in  money10.  And  where  a  money  price  was  agreed, 
there  was  nothing  to  prevent  a  subsequent  arrangement  that  some- 
thing else  should  be  rendered  instead,  on  the  principles  of  datio  in 
solutumu. 

The  price  must  be  cerium.  An  agreement  to  sell,  with  no  price  fixed, 

17.1.12.2;7.8.8.  2  8.  1.  20;  h.  t.  80.  1;  19.  1.  3.  2.  318.1.35.5.  430.37. 
pr.;  45.  1.  54;  Ulp.  24.  14.  5  See  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  616.  See  however,  Haymann, 
Haftungdes  Verkdufers,  1.  71  6  18.  1.  34.  6.  As  to  alternative  obligations,  post,  §  cxcm. 
7  G.  3.  141 ;  Inst.  3.  23.  2.  8  Gaius  is  definite,  though  he  speaks  of  dispute  as  still  existing. 
See  D.  18.  1.  1.  1 ;  19.  4.  1 .  9  C.  4.  64.  1.  The  thing  given  had  heen  handed  over  and 

there  was  a  complete  permutatio.    The  action  was,  it  should  seem,  praescriptis  verbis. 
Post,  §  CLXXXI.         10  18.  1.  79.         11  C.  4.  44.  9.  As  to  datio  in  solutum,  post,  §  cxcm. 


xi]  SALE:  PRICE  483 

was  not  a  sale1,  nor  was  one  expressed  as  "at  a  fair  price."  The  normal 
price  was  a  fixed  sum,  but  there  were  other  forms:  "the  price  at  which 
I  bought  the  other,"  "the  rate  fixed  in  the  market  to-day"  would  do 
as  well — id  cerium  est  quod  cerium  reddi  potest2.  Although  pacts  might 
be  freely  added  to  a  contract  of  sale,  a  subsequent  agreement  that  the 
price  should  be  altered  in  a  certain  event  was  regarded  as  creating  a 
substituted  new  contract  in  that  event3.  There  was  difficulty  as  to  an 
agreement  for  sale  at  such  a  price  as  a  third  party  should  fix.  Labeo 
and  Cassius  (of  different  schools)  held  that  there  was  as  yet  no  con- 
tract. Others  held  that  there  was.  Justinian  held  that  there  was  a 
contract  conditional  on  the  fixing  of  the  price  by  the  person  named,  but 
only  if  a  specific  person  was  named4.  It  is  also  clear  that  there  was  no 
sale  if  the  price  was  left  to  be  fixed  by  one  of  the  parties5. 

The  price  must  be  real.  This  rule  was  intended  to  prevent  evasion  of 
rules  on  donatio6,  by  making  the  transaction  look  like  a  sale.  It  was  no 
sale  if  a  price  was  named,  but  there  was  no  intention  to  exact  it7 ;  it  was 
donatio,  governed  by  the  rules  of  donatio.  There  was  some  difficulty 
where  the  price  was  absurdly  low.  Where  the  price  was  derisory,  "  nummo 
uno"  or  the  like,  there  was,  no  doubt,  no  sale,  but  a  masked  donatio,  but 
this  is  not  stated  for  sale,  though  it  is  for  locatio8.  But  where  the  price 
was  merely  low,  here,  whatever  the  object,  it  was  sale,  if  the  price  was 
to  be  exacted,  unless  the  parties  were  husband  and  wife,  when  it  was 
more  severely  scrutinised.  On  Julian's  view  the  whole  was  void  in  this 
case  if  the  price  was  plainly  too  low.  On  another  view,  which  seems  to 
rest  on  a  rescript  of  Severus  and  Caracalla,  there  must  be  evidence  that 
it  was  donationis  causa,  and  not  in  good  faith.  In  that  case  it  was  void ; 
otherwise  it  was  pro  tanto  a  donatio9,  and  therefore  pro  tanto  void. 

There  was  no  rule  that  the  price  must  be  adequate10;  the  court 
would  not  prevent  ordinary  people  from  making  their  own  bargains. 
To  this  there  was  in  later  law  one  exception,  the  so-called  laesio  enormis. 
Two  texts  in  the  Code  say  that  if  land  had  been  sold  at  less  than  half 
its  value,  the  seller  could  have  the  sale  rescinded  unless  the  buyer  would 
make  up  the  price  to  the  full  value11.  They  are  attributed  to  Diocletian, 
but  both  shew  signs  of  interpolation.  The  rule  is  not  known  to  the  framers 

1  Inst.  3.  23.  1.  2  18.  1.  7.  1,  2.  The  parties  do  not  know  it,  but  it  is  certain  what 

it  is.  We  are  here  told  that  a  sale  for  "  100  and  whatever  more  I  may  sell  it  for"  is  good: 
there  is  a  certum,  with  a  further  contingent  right.  See  also  Vat.  Fr.  9.  3  18.  1.  72.  pr. 

4  Inst.  3.  23.  1;  19.  2.  25.  pr.;  C.  4.  38.  15;  G.  3.  140.  5   18.  1.  7.  pr.  6  Ante, 

§  xci.  7  18.  1.  36;  C.  4.  38.  3.  8  19.  2.  20.  1;  h.  t.  46.  9  18.  1.  38;  24.  1. 

5.  5;  h.  t.  7.  6;  h.  t.  31.  3,  4;  h.  t.  32.  25.  10  As  to  temporary  regulations  of  price, 

e.g.  of  corn  (L.  Sempronia),  see  Moyle,  Sale,  75.  There  were  certain  cases  in  which  sale  was 
compulsory,  and  here  there  was  sometimes  a  fixed  price.  See  C.  6.  43.  3;  7.  7.  1.  Buckland, 
Slavery,  577.  11  C.  4.  44.  2,  8. 

31—2 


484  SALE:  DUTIES  OF  VENDOR  [CH. 

of  later  leges  in  the  Theodosian  Code1,  so  that,  in  view  also  of  the  crude- 
ness  of  the  rule,  it  is  likely  that  it  is  due  to  Justinian.  It  does  not 
appear  to  have  applied  to  anything  but  land,  and  there  is  no  reason  to 
think  that  the  buyer  had  an  analogous  right  in  the  converse  case2. 

CLXXI.  Confining  ourselves  for  the  present  to  simple  cases  without 
subsidiary  terms,  we  have  now  to  consider  the  duties  of  the  parties. 

Duties  of  the  vendor.  Sale  was  a  bonae  fidei  contract  in  which  both 
parties  benefited.  The  Vendor  must  abstain  from  dolus,  and  must  take 
care  of  the  thing  till  delivery,  being  liable  for  culpa  levis3,  i.e.  he  must 
shew  the  care  of  a  bonus  paterfamilias.  He  was  also,  we  are  told,  bound 
to  "  custodia*."  It  is  a  question  to  be  considered  later  whether  this 
meant,  here,  merely  maxima  diligentia  in  preventing  theft,  or  an  absolute 
liability  if  it  was  stolen.  He  was  not  liable  for  casus,  apart  from  agree- 
ment or  mora.  Thus  if  the  thing  was  damaged  by  accident,  after  the 
contract  was  made,  or  wholly  or  partially  ceased  to  exist,  without  his  fault, 
he  was  bound  only  to  deliver  what  \vas  left  and  the  buyer  must  still  pay 
the  price ;  the  risk  was  on  him5.  The  effect  was  to  imply  in  the  contract  an 
agreement  that  the  maxim  res  peril  domino  was  not  to  apply.  The  rule  is 
clear,  but  its  supposed  injustice  has  led  to  a  great  variety  of  explanations 
of  it,  according  to  the  writer's  views  on  the  origin  of  the  contract  of  sale6. 

To  account  for  the  origin  of  the  rule  on  logical  grounds  is  not  to 
justify  or  account  for  it  at  a  time  when  it  had  ceased  to  be  logical.  It 
may  be  a  mere  traditional  survival7.  The  rule  existed  when  sale  and 
transfer  occurred  at  the  same  moment,  and  though  sale  changed  its 
character  the  rule  remained.  There  is  no  doubt  that  this  sort  of  survival 
did  occur ;  fiducia  left  its  mark  on  the  institutions  derived  from  it.  But 
there  we  can  see  that  those  which  were  undesirable  disappeared.  This 
rule  remained  and  seems  to  have  raised  no  question.  The  fair  inference 
is  that  it  corresponded  to  commercial  needs8.  It  must  be  remembered 
that  the  rule  could  always  be  excluded  by  agreement.  We  shall  see  later 
that  the  rule  as  to  total  destruction  did  not  apply  if  the  sale  was  con- 
ditional, or  was  not  "perfecta"  in  other  ways.  On  the  sale  of  fungibles, 
at  so  much  a  unit,  the  risk  did  not  pass  till  the  counting  or  weighing  or 
measuring  was  complete,  and  this  whether  what  was  bought  was  the 
whole  mass  or  part  of  it9.  This  required  the  presence  or  consent  of  the 

1  C.  Th.  3.  1.  1;  h.  t.  4;  h.  t.  7;  cp.  C.  4.  44.  15.  2  Exceptions,  Moyle,  Sale,  186. 

The  rule  has  been  much  discussed,  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  396.  Later  continental  systems 
have  adopted  it  with  modifications.  See  Code  Civil,  §§  1674  sqq.  The  new  German  Civil 
Code  does  not  adopt  it.  3  18.  6.  3;  Vat.  FT.  13.  4  19.  1.  31;  47.  2.  14.  pr. 

5  18.  6.  8;  21.  2.  11;  Inst.  3.  23.  3;  Vat.  Fr.  23  =  C.  4.  48.  5.  6  See  Dernburg,  Pand.  2. 

§  96;  Girard,  Manuel,  556  sqq. ;  Bertolini,  op.  cit.  508.  Haymann  (Z.S.S.  41.  44  sqq.)  main- 
tains that  it  is  a  Byzantine  notion.  7  Girard,  loc.  cit.  8  Appleton  (Rev.  Gen.  36. 
518)  finds  some  advantages  in  it.  The  same  rule  exists  in  English  law,  but  here  it  is  logical, 
as  ownership  passes,  and  where  it  does  not,  the  risk  does  not.  9  18. 1.  35.  5,  7 ;  18.  6.  8.  pr. 


xi]  SALE:  DUTIES  OF  VENDOR  485 

buyer.  If  he  did  not  appear  on  the  fixed  day,  or  on  reasonable  notice 
the  vendor  was  no  longer  liable  for  culpa1,  but  only  for  dolus,  so  that  all 
risk  passed  to  the  buyer2. 

The  fact  that  the  goods  were  the  property  of  a  third  person  did  not 
affect  the  law  of  periculum,  unless  the  vendor  fraudulently  represented 
them  as  his  own:  in  that  case  it  is  commonly  held  that  the  risks  were 
with  him3.  And  in  all  cases  in  which  the  risk  was  with  the  buyer  the 
vendor  was  bound  to  assign  to  him  any  rights  of  action  he  might  have 
against  a  third  party  in  respect  of  the  goods4,  since  the  buyer,  having 
as  yet  no  actual  right  in  the  goods  themselves,  would  have  no  remedy 
of  his  own5. 

The  next  duty  of  the  vendor  was  to  deliver  the  goods,  assuming  that 
the  buyer  had  paid,  or  was  ready  to  do  so,  or  in  some  way  had  fulfilled, 
or  was  ready  to  fulfil,  his  part.  As  the  buyer  took  the  risk  of  diminution, 
so  he  had  the  benefit  of  increase ;  he  was  entitled  to  the  thing  as  it  was 
on  delivery.  All  accessions  and  fruits  since  the  contract  was  perfecta 
went  to  him6.  If,  on  land  sold,  a  tree  had  since  blown  down,  it  belonged 
to  him7.  There  is  however  some  doubt  in  the  case  of  money  received 
under  a  contract  of  hire  of  the  thing.  Day  to  day  earnings  of  the  slave 
sold  in  the  meantime,  the  price  offructus,  ripe  at  the  time  of  the  contract, 
received  later,  and  other  acquisitions  of  the  same  type  went  to  the 
buyer8.  But  where  land  sold  was  at  the  time  let  to  a  tenant  we  are  told 
that  any  rent  paid  belonged  to  the  vendor,  apart  from  agreement9. 
These  words,  and  the  fact  that  other  texts  shew  that  such  agreements 
were  made10,  make  it  clear  that  this  does  not  mean  merely  that  the  rents 
were  his,  with  a  duty  to  account  for  them:  though  this  is  what  we  should 
expect,  since  he  was  not  to  keep  the  commoda  of  the  thing  soldu.  It 
appears  that  he  kept  them.  No  doubt  the  rule  applied  only  to  cases  in 
which  the  agreement  was  made  before  the  contract  of  sale. 

The  duty  of  delivery  may  be  shortly  stated  thus.  The  vendor  must 
put  the  buyer  into  control  of  the  thing ;  he  must  give  him  vacua  possessio, 
and  must  in  practice  guarantee  him  against  defects  of  title,  but  was  not 
bound  to  make  him  owner12.  Why  the  rule  was  put  in  this  way  is  un- 

1   18.  6.  5;  h.  t.  18,  and  culpa  fatal,  post,  §  cxc.  2  Elaborate  rules  as  to  disposal 

of  goods  thus  left  on  vendor's  hands,  18.  6.  1.  3,  4;  h.  t.  2.  3  Arg.  18.  1.  35.  4;  19.  1. 

30.  1;  21.  2.  21.  pr.  (?interp.):  the  inference  is  rather  uncertain.  4  47.  2.  14.  pr. ; 

h.  t.  81.  pr.;  Inst.  3.  23.  3  a.  5  47.  2.  14.  1.  6  18.  6.  7.  pr.;  C.  4.  49.  2.  2;  Inst. 

3.  23.  3.  7  Arg.  18.  6.  9.    Acquisitions  from  outside  to  peculium  of  slave  sold  cum 

peculio,  children  born  to  a  sold  ancilla,  P.  2.  17.  7;  D.  19.  1.  13.  13.  8  Vat.  Fr.  15; 

P.  2.  17.  7.  9  19.  1.  13.  11.  10  E.g.  18.  1.  68.  pr.  11  C.  4.  48.  1.       12  19. 

1.  11.  2;  h.  t.  2.  1;  18.  1.  74.  In  12.  4.  16,  "dedi  tibi  pecuniam  ut  mihi  Stichum  rfare.9." 
Celsus  says  that  this  is  not  sale,  and  the  money  can  be  recovered  if  the  property  in  8  is. 
for  any  cause,  not  transferred.  It  is  "ob  rem  datio."  This  seems  to  make  a  special  agreement 
that  ownership  should  be  given  inconsistent  with  sale.  It  does  not  exactly  conflict  with 


486  SALE:  DUTIES  OF  VENDOR  [CH. 

certain.  It  can  hardly  have  been  in  order  to  facilitate  dealings  with 
peregrines,  provincial  land  and  things  held  in  bonis',  these  were  more 
appropriately  met  by  special  rules.  In  permutatio,  which  was  probably 
common  with  peregrines,  the  rule  was  otherwise;  ownership  must  be 
given1.  Probably  it  was  in  order  to  relieve  the  vendor  from  the  obliga- 
tion, which  might  be  troublesome,  of  proving  a  perfectly  good  title 
until  it  was  disputed  by  a  third  person2. 

To  give  vacua  possessio  was  to  put  the  buyer  into  exclusive  possession, 
not  defeasible  by  interdict,  and  free  from  any  burdens  interfering  with 
it  except  such  as  had  been  agreed  on3.  The  existence  of  praedial  servitudes 
grounded  no  claim  (as  they  did  not  prevent  possession)  unless  they 
were  known  to  the  vendor  and  concealed,  or  the  land  was  sold  free  of 
them,  optimus  maximusgue*.  Though  the  vendor  was  not  bound  to  make 
the  buyer  owner,  the  rule  gives  a  similar  result;  the  simple  way  of 
satisfying  the  rule  was  to  make  him  owner.  The  rule  leaves  one  point 
open ;  it  is  true  that  the  vendor  had  not  to  make  the  buyer  owner,  but 
is  it  true  that  he  had  not  to  do  what  in  him  lay  to  make  him  owner?  If 
the  owner  of  a  res  mancipi  sold  it,  was  he  bound  to  mancipate  it?  This 
might  make  a  great  difference,  e.g.  the  buyer  of  a  slave  might  wish  to 
free  him  so  as  to  make  him  a  civis.  Good  faith  seems  to  require  that  the 
vendor  should  transfer  all  the  right  he  had  so  that  the  affirmative  view 
is  the  most  probable5.  If  the  law  was  so  the  system  is  convenient;  the 
vendor  need  not  shew  title,  and  could  not  be  disturbed  till  the  buyer 
was  interfered  with,  and  the  latter  was  protected. 

The  obligation  to  guarantee  the  buyer  against  eviction  was  a  very 
important  part  of  his  protection,  with  a  long  history6.  Under  the  XII 
Tables  there  was  an  action,  probably  called  the  actio  auctoritatis,  in  all 
cases  of  mancipatio,  by  which  a  mancipans  who  failed  to  defend  the 
right  of  his  transferee  (by  successfully  acting  as  auctor  if  he  was  sued) 
was  compelled  to  pay  double  the  price,  the  action  being  barred  by  lapse 
of  the  time  of  usucapio7.  The  action  remained  in  use  throughout  the  classi- 

19.  5.  5.  1,  where  it  is  sale,  as  the  expression  is  different,  "«/  rem  accipiam."  But  the  rule 
seems  absurd.  It  has  been  explained  as  a  corruption,  pecuniam  being  properly  some  other 
word,  and  as  an  interpretation  of  intent,  the  undertaking  being  expressly  conditional 
on  transfer  of  dominium,  but  this  is  to  give  extreme  weight  to  "w<."  But  the  text  can  hardly 
be  accepted  at  its  face  value.  See  N.R.H.  1907.  100;  1910,  709. 

\  Post,  (JCLXXXI.         2  See  Girard,  Manuel,  650.         3  19.  1.  3;  h.  t.  11.  13;  21.  2.  1. 
4  18.  1.  59;  19.  1.  1.  5  Girard  considers  it  proved  by  the  texts,  and  cites  P.  1.  13  a. 

4;  G.  4.  131  a;  D.  19.  1.  11.  2  (Manuel,  563).  Bonnet  (Mtl.  Gerardin,  43  sqq.)  adds  22.  1. 
4.  pr.,  but  his  argument  turns  mainly  on  the  probable  history  of  the  evolution  of  sale 
from  mancipatio.  6  Our  knowledge  of  this  history  is  mainly  the  result  of  the 

researches  of  Girard,  summarised,  with  reff.  to  the  actual  essays,  Manuel,  564  sqq.  The 
propositions  in  the  text  do  no  more  than  state  his  account  in  outline.  7  It  does  not 

seem  to  have  been  possible  to  exclude  the  warranty  in  mancipatio,  and  thus  when  it  was  a 


xi]  SALE:  DUTIES  OF  VENDOR  487 

cal  law1,  but  Justinian  sought  to  delete  all  references  to  it  in  the  texts. 
It  had  nothing  to  do  with  emptio  venditio  as  a  contract;  it  is  far  older 
than  the  contract.  Where  the  thing,  though  a  res  mancipi,  was  not 
mancipated,  or  where  it  was  a  res  nee  mancipi  of  considerable  value,  it 
was  usual  from  early  times  to  exact  a  promise  of  double  the  price  in  case 
of  eviction.  In  some  places,  and  in  cases  of  small  value,  the  stipulation 
was  merely  "habere  licere,"  for  a  simple  indemnity.  In  time  the  rule 
appeared  that,  in  sale,  as  it  was  not  good  faith  not  to  give  the  usual 
undertakings,  these  promises  or  one  of  them  could  be  required,  and  an 
actio  ex  ernpto  brought  to  enforce  this,  and  then  that  it  would  be 
implied,  and  damages  recovered  in  ex  empto  as  if  such  a  promise  had 
actually  been  made2,  but  it  was  usual  to  make  the  promise  expressly, 
perhaps  to  avoid  the  doubt  under  which  class  the  sale  came.  Later,  but 
still  early  in  classical  law,  the  rule  appeared  that  apart  from  this  implica- 
tion the  buyer  had  a  right  to  an  indemnity  if  he  was  in  effect  deprived 
of  the  value  of  his  purchase  by  reason  of  a  defect  in  title3.  When  this 
rule  appeared,  the  stipulatio  habere  licere  practically  disappeared.  There 
were  thus  two  cases,  that  of  the  stipulatio  duplae,  express  or  implied,  and 
that  of  simple  compensation. 

(a)  Stipulatio  duplae,  where  it  was  actually  made  or  could  be  implied, 
i.e.  in  cases  of  considerable  value  (including  no  doubt  all  res  mancipi)  in 
those  parts  of  the  Empire  where  the  promise  was  usual,  which  seem  to 
have  been  the  most  important.  The  action  would  be  on  the  stipulatio  or 
ex  empto,  in  effect  for  breach  of  the  duty  to  make  the  promise.  It  was 
normally  for  double  the  price,  as  in  the  actio  auctoritatis*.  It  lay  only  if 
there  had  been  an  actual  eviction,  i.e.  judgment  under  which  the  buyer 
had  given  up  the  thing  or  paid  the  damages5.  If  he  abandoned  it  without 
action,  though  he  knew  there  was  no  defence,  or  if  he  compromised,  he 
lost  the  right6.  If  after  the  judgment  the  claimant,  instead  of  taking  the 
res,  gave  it  to  him7,  or  died  leaving  no  successor,  there  was  no  claim 
under  the  rule.  So  if  the  thing  ceased  to  exist  before  the  eviction8.  The 
right  was  lost  if  the  buyer  allowed  judgment  to  go  without  notifying  his 
vendor9.  The  eviction  was  not  necessarily  of  the  whole;  evictio  partis 
gave  a  right  to  a  proportionate  part10,  but  as  a  part  is  not  the  thing,  it 
was  necessary,  and  clearly  usual,  to  stipulate  for  the  case  of  eviction  of 


gift,  or  for  any  reason  there  was  to  be  no  warranty,  an  imaginary  price,  nummus  unus,  is 
stated.    See  Girard,  Texles,  826  sqq. 

1  P.  2.  17.  1-3.  2  P.  2.  17.  2.  3  C.  8.  44.  6.  4  21.  2.  passim.   See 

h.  t.  56.  pr.          5  21.  2.  16.  1;  h.  t.  21.  2.          6  21.  2.  24;  h.  t.  56.  1.  7  21.  2.  57.  1. 

8  21.  2.  21.  pr.;  C.  8.  44.  26.  9  21.  2.  49;  C.  8.  44.  8.   It  does  not  arise  if  the  adverse 

judgment  was  wrong  through  an  error  of  the  iudex,  21.  2.  51.  pr.;  Vat.  Fr.  8.  10  21. 

2.  1;  P.  2.  17.4. 


488  SALE:  DUTIES  OF  VENDOR  [CH. 

"rem  vel  partem1."  A  part  might  be  physical  or  legal,  e.g.  a  usufruct, 
but  not  praedial  servitudes  or  mere  accessories2. 

(b)  Cases  in  which  the  stipulatio  did  not  apply.  Here  what  was  re- 
covered was  not  a  fixed  sum,  but  the  amount  of  the  damage  of  all  kinds, 
an  indemnity3.  Thus  it  might  be  more  or  less  than  the  price,  according 
as  the  thing  had  fallen  or  risen  in  value,  though,  in  later  law,  it  might 
not  exceed  double  the  price4.  But  there  need  have  been  no  actual 
eviction.  It  was  enough  if  the  title  was  invalid,  and  the  buyer  held  only 
by  another  title,  e.g.  the  owner  had  given  it  to  him5.  Thus  there  need 
have  been  no  action  at  all6.  It  applied  also  where  what  was  lost  was 
only  an  accessory7.  Apart  from  this,  if  the  res  aliena  was  sold  knowingly, 
and  the  buyer  was  in  good  faith,  he  could  recover  ex  empto  without 
waiting  for  actual  eviction8.  If  he  had  improved  the  property,  he 
could  usually  secure  reimbursement  by  the  ius  retentiffnis,  but  where  he 
could  not,  e.g.  not  having  possession,  he  could  recover  it  in  this  action9. 

All  these  rights  might  be  varied  by  agreement10. 

CLXXII.  A  further  obligation  of  the  vendor  was  warranty  against 
secret  defects11.  Here  too  there  was  much  evolution.  Apart  from  the 
ancient  actio  de  modo  agrilz,  the  civil  law  knew  no  remedies  for  undis- 
closed defect  except  that  it  was  dolus  to  conceal  important  defects  of 
which  the  vendor  knew13,  a  poor  protection,  since  it  would  be  difficult  to 
prove  knowledge.  The  Edict,  of  the  Aedites14  carried  the  matter  further, 
but  only  in  a  limited  field.  It  dealt  originally15  only  with  sale  of  slaves, 
the  slave-dealer  having  a  very  bad  reputation.  It  provided,  in  classical 
law16,  that  on  such  sale  in  open  market  the  vendor  must  declare  all  of  a 
long  list  of  defects  that  the  slave  had,  mental,  moral  and  physical.  He 
must  further  promise  that  no  such  defects  (morbus,  tritium)  existed 
other  than  those  declared,  and  if  he  refused  to  do  this  an  actio  redhibi- 
toria,  to  set  the  contract  aside,  lay  for  two  months,  and  an  action  for 
damages,  perhaps  the  actio  quanta  minoris,  for  six17.  The  purpose  of  the 

1  21.  2.  56.  2.  See  Girard,  Manuel,  570,  n.  4.  If  no  stipulatio  at  all  was  made  presum- 
ably the  complete  form  was  implied.  2  21.  2.  43;  h.  t.  49;  h.  t.  16.  pr.  There  is 
much  controversy  as  to  evictio  partis.  See  Bertolini,  op.  cit.  543,  and  his  references.  It 
may  be  that  the  "pars"  for  which  the  insertion  ia  necessary  is  an  undivided  part  or  a 
usufruct  or  the  like.  3  21.  2.  8;  h.  t.  43;  h.  t.  44.  4  19.  1.  44  (interp.);  21.  2.  70; 
C.  7.  47.  1.  5  21.  2.  9;  P.  2.  17.  8.  6  19.  1.  29.  7  21.  2.  8.  8  Arg.  19.  1.  11.  12. 
9  19.  1.  45.  1.  10  Vat.  Fr.  17;  D.  22.  1.  18.  pr.;  19.  1.  11.  18.  This  last  text  seems 
to  imply  that  if  the  warranty  was  expressly  excluded,  there  was  no  obligation  even  to 
return  the  price  (though  Julian  disagreed),  the  thing  being  treated  as  an  emptio  spei,  the 
vendor  being  however  liable  in  full  if  he  knew  he  had  no  title.  11  Bechmann,  Kauf, 
1.  361  sqq.;  Eck,  Festgabe  fur  Oeo.  Beseler,  161  sqq.  12  P.  2.  17.  4.  For  double  the 
proportionate  part  of  price,  where  area  less  than  vendor  stated,  Lenel,  E.P.  189.  13  18.  1. 
43.  2.  14  Lenel,  E.P.  529  sqq.;  Biondi,  Studi  sulle  Actiones  Arbitrariae,  1.  119  sqq. 
15  Aul.  Gell.  N.A.  4.  2.  1.  16  Original  form,  Aul.  Gell.  loc.  cit.  17  21.  1.  28. 


xij  SALE:  DUTIES  OF  VENDOR  489 

promise  is  not  clear  since  in  any  case  if  serious1  defects  appeared,  or 
dicta  or  promissa  made  proved  untrue,  the  actio  redhibitoria  was  available 
under  the  edict  for  six  months  to  set  the  contract  aside  and  the  actio 
quanta  minor-is  y  for  damages,  for  twelve2.  It  may  be  that  the  promise 
represents  an  earlier  phase  in  which  there  was  no  liability  except  on 
actual  promise. 

The  edict  was  soon  extended  to  similar  sales  of  any  live  stock,  but 
here  it  does  not  seem  to  have  expressly  required  a  promise,  though  in 
practice  it  was  so  understood3,  and  the  defects,  morbus  and  vitium. 
were  all  practically  physical4.  The  action  did  not  arise  unless  the  defect 
affected  value5,  or  if  the  buyer  knew  or  ought  to  have  known  of  it6. 
That  the  vendor  did  not  know  was  immaterial7.  The  general  effect  of 
the  action  was  to  end  the  transaction.  The  goods  were  returned,  and  the 
price  was  repaid,  with  compensation  for  damage  from  the  defect8.  The 
thing,  with  its  accessories,  and  damages  for  any  deterioration,  and  all 
acquisitions  through  it,  must  first  be  returned9,  so  that  the  action  did 
not  lie  if  the  buyer  had  put  it  out  of  his  power  to  restore,  though,  in 
general,  if  the  impossibility  was  not  due  to  his  culpa,  he  was  still  entitled10. 
The  price  must  be  repaid  with  interest11.  In  circumstances  which  are 
obscure  the  actio  redhibitoria  might  result  in  a  condemnatio  in  duplum, 
but  there  is  much  controversy  about  this12. 

The  other  action,  quanta  minoris,  was  available  for  damages,  wherever 
the  actio  redhibitoria  was,  and  also  after  the  six  months  had  expired 13, 
and  presumably  where  it  was  a  minor  defect.  If  it  was  brought  where  the 
defect  was  so  great  as  to  destroy  the  value  of  the  thing,  redhibitio  might 
be  ordered  instead  of  damages14.  Bringing  of  the  action  for  one  defect 
did  not  prevent  its  renewal,  within  the  twelve  months,  for  another15. 

The  Edictal  system  as  stated  covered  only  a  small  range  of  cases. 
In  the  Digest  the  rules  apply  to  all  sales.  Two  texts  attributed  to 
Ulpian  say  this,  and  one  of  them  attributes  the  view  to  Labeo,  but  both 
texts  shew  signs  of  interpolation16.  Probably  the  extension  was  gradual, 
first  to  sales  of  slaves  and  beasts  not  in  open  market,  and  then  to  all 

1  Arg.  21.  1.  4.  pr.;  h.  t.  6.  2  21.  1.  21;  h.  t.  43.  6;  h.  t.  48.  2;  P.  2.  17.  5.         3  See 

the  edict,  Lenel,  E.P.  539,  541.  4  The  edict  contained  other  provisions.  The  date 

of  the  introduction  of  the  edict  as  to  iumenta  is  uncertain.  Varro  does  not  know  of  it,  for 
he  recommends  buyers  to  get  express  warranties  and  speaks  of  customary  stipulations, 
and  "  prisca  formula"  resembling  the  terms  of  the  edict,  Res  R.  2.  2,  2.  5.  Cicero  speaka 
of  the  edict  as  to  slaves  (de  off.  3.  17.  71)  in  a  way  which  suggests  that  the  other  edict  did 
not  yet  exist.  5  21.  1.  10.  2;  h.  t.  12.  6  21.  1.  14.  10;  h.  t.  48.  4.  7  21.  1. 

1.  2.  8  21.  1.  23.  7;  h.  t.  60;  P.  2.  17.  1 1.  9  21.  1.  23.  1,  9:  h.  t.  25.  pr.; 

h.  t.  31.  2,  3.       10  21.  1.  31.  11,  12.       11  21.  1.  25.  9;  h.  t.  29.  2;  h.  t.  30.  1.       12  21.  1 
23.  4;  h.  t.  45.   See  Buckland,  Slavery,  64,  for  discussion  and  reff.  13  21.  1.  19.  6;  (,'. 

4.  58.  2.  14  21.  1.  43.  6,  ?  within  the  six  months.  15  21.  1.  31.  16;  21.  2.  32   I. 

16    21.  1.  l.pr.;h.  t.  63. 


490  SALE:  DUTIES  OF  BUYER  [CH. 

sales.  It  does  not  follow  that  this  is  due  to  Justinian.  A  text  of  Ulpian 
says  that  there  may  be  redhibitio  of  land  if  it  is  pestilential1.  But  this, 
even  if  genuine,  does  not  expressly  refer  to  the  actio  redhibitoria,  and 
may  represent  only  what  seems  an  early  rule,  that  even  in  the  actio  ex 
empto,  if  the  thing  was  not  substantially  what  was  bargained  for,  and 
there  was  dolus,  it  could  be  handed  back  in  the  actio  ex  empto2.  But 
Diocletian,  in  the  Code,  expressly  gives  actio  redhibitoria  in  the  case  of 
pestilential  land3.  It  seems  however  probable  that,  in  classical  law,  the 
rights  which  could  be  enforced  by  the  actio  redhibitoria  could  also  be  dealt 
with  in  the  actio  ex  empto*,  but  the  matter  is  obscure5. 

The  actio  quanto  minoris  plays  a  small  part  in  the  texts.  Though  it 
cannot  be  proved  that  redhibitoria  lay  for  serious  and  quanto  minoris 
for  minor  defects,  it  is  likely  that  they  were  so  employed,  and  that  the 
actio  ex  empto  absorbed  the  principles  of  quanto  minoris  before  it  did 
those  of  redhibitoria.  The  texts  dealing  with  measure  of  damages  in  these 
cases  are  confusing ;  their  general  effect  seems  to  be  that  where  there  was 
express  warranty  the  vendor  was  liable  for  resulting  loss  of  any  kind, 
but  apart  from  this  only  for  the  difference  between  value  and  price, 
unless  he  knew  of  the  defect,  in  which  case  he  was  liable  for  the  whole 
inter  esse6. 

The  rights  could  be  varied  by  agreement.  Sales  in  which  all  warranty 
was  excluded  were  called  venditiones  simplariae1. 

The  chief  duties  of  the  vendee  can  be  shortly  stated.  He  must  pay 
the  price  and  make  the  vendor  owner  of  it8.  It  will  be  remembered  that 
only  when  he  had  done  this  did  the  property  vest  in  him,  at  least  in 
later  law,  even  if  the  goods  were  delivered,  apart  from  agreement  for 
security  or  credit9.  Interest  was  due  if  payment  was  delayed  beyond 
the  agreed  time,  at  once,  if  the  sale  was  for  cash10.  As  he  took  profits 
from  the  time  of  sale,  he  must  pay  expenses11  bona  fide  incurred  by  the 
vendor  since  then.  He  was  liable  for  culpa  levis  in  his  dealings  with  the 
thing  in  any  case  in  which  the  interest  in  it  might  under  the  rules  revert 
to  the  vendor 12. 

As  the  obligations  were  concurrent,  neither  could  compel  the  other 
to  perform  unless  he  had  done,  or  tendered,  his  own  part13.  Otherwise 

1  21.  1.  49.  2  19.  1.  11.  3;  h.  t.  6.  4.  The  text  does  not  require  dolus,  but  Pernice, 
Labeo,  2.  1.  180,  considers  this  necessary.  3  C.  4.  58.  4.  4  19.  1.  11.  7, 

Neratius.  5  See,  inter  alias,  Partsch,  Z.S.S.  33.  600,  reviewing  Haymann,  Haftung 

des  Verkiiufers.  6  18.  1.  45;  19.  1.  6.  4;  h.  t.  13.  pr.;  h.  t.  21.  2;  P.  2.  17.  6,  11. 

7  21.  1.  48.  8.      Perhaps  also  excluding  liability  for  eviction,  see  Esmein.  Melanges,  414. 

8  19.  1.  11.  2;  Inst.  2.  1.  41.      If  the  title  is  disputed  before  the  price  is  paid,  Papinian 
says  (Vat.  Fr.  12)  that  it  need  not  be  paid  even  if  vendor  offers  security.    In  the  Digest 
this  is  altered  to  "unless,"  18.  6.  19.  1.   See  C.  8.  44.  24.        9  18.  1.  19;  ante,  §§  Lxxxni, 
LXXXVI.         10  19.  1.  13.  20;  P.  2.  17.  9;  Vat.  Fr.  2.          11   19.  1.  13.  22.         12  13.  6. 
5.  2;  19.  5.  20.  1.  13  19.  1.  13.  8. 


xi]  SALE:  CONDITIONS  491 

he  would  be  met  by  the  so-called  exceptio  non  adimpleti  contractus.  The 
better  view  seems  to  be  that  this  was  not  an  exceptio,  even  implied,  as 
an  exceptio  would  be  in  a  bonaefidei  indicium.  It  is  clear  that  the  plaintiff 
must  prove  his  performance,  while  in  a  true  exceptio  the  burden  of  proof 
was  normally  on  the  defendant1. 

Apart  from  the  special  actions  just  discussed,  the  remedy  was  an 
actio  ex  vendito  for  vendor,  ex  empto  for  vendee,  both  giving  bonaefidei 
indicia2. 

CLXXIII.  The  obligations  could  be  varied  to  almost  any  extent  by 
agreement,  but  an  agreement  excluding  responsibility  for  dolus  was  void 
here  as  always3,  and  it  is  sometimes  said,  on  poor  evidence,  that  an 
agreement  that  dominium  should  be  transferred  was  excluded  in  early 
classical  law4.  Apart  from  this,  there  might  be  any  number  of  pacts,  and 
they  are  prominent  in  the  texts.  Many  of  them  were  mere  subsidiary 
terms  which  appear  only  on  account  of  difficulties  of  interpretation, 
but  there  were  others  of  a  more  important  type.  These  amounted  to 
conditions,  and  as  they  were  of  great  practical  importance  they  need 
discussion.  We  have  already  considered5  the  nature  and  effect  of  con- 
ditions, and  the  distinction  between  suspensive  and  the  so-called  reso- 
lutive  conditions,  cases  in  which  a  contingency  is  stated  in  which  the 
agreement  is  to  be  inoperative:  "pura  emptio  quae  sub  condicione 
resolvitur6."  It  is  necessary  however  to  refer  to  some  special  points  of 
importance  in  the  law  of  Sale.  The  risk  of  destruction  did  not  fall  on  the 
buyer  till  a  suspensive  condition  was  satisfied 7,  but  if  the  thing  was  merely 
deteriorated  this  did  not  release  the  buyer,  apart  from  culpa  of  vendor8. 
The  price  was  not  due,  and  there  was  not  even  a  naturalis  obligatio,  so 
that  price  paid  could  be  recovered  if  the  condition  failed9.  The  fact  that 
the  res  belonged  to  the  vendee  was  no  objection  to  the  bargain  if  it 
ceased  so  to  belong  before  the  condition  was  satisfied10.  The  buyer  could 
not  usucapt  pro  emptore  while  the  condition  was  pending11,  and  was  not 
entitled  to  fruits  for  that  time12.  The  case  was  very  different  under  a 
resolutive  condition.  Here  the  contract  produced  its  normal  effects,  so 
long  as  the  event  did  not  occur.  If  it  occurred  before  anything  was  done, 
the  whole  was  nullified,  and  there  is  nothing  to  be  said.  But  if  perform- 
ance had  already  begun,  machinery  was  necessary  for  undoing  it.  There 
was  a  personal  action,  which  seems  to  have  differed  in  form  in  the  differ- 
ent pacts,  by  which,  in  general,  the  buyer  could  recover  price  and  ex 

1  There  is  no  real  authority  for  the  name,  and  some  of  the  reff.  to  the  thing  deal  with 
verbal  contract.   See  Girard,  Manuel,  544,  n.  3.  2  G.  4.  62.  3  2.  14.  27.  3. 

4  12.  4.  16.  See  ante,  §  CLXXI.  5  Ante,  §  CXLVHI.  6  18.  1.  3;  18.  3.  1,  2.  7  18. 
6.  8.  pr.  8  Ib.;  Vat.  Fr.  16.  9  12.  6.  16.  pr.  10  18.  1.  61.  11  18. 

2.  4.  pr.;  41.  4.  2.  2.  12  18.  2.  4.  pr.;  C.  4.  48.  1;  4.  49.  2. 


492  SALE:  CONDITIONS  [CH. 

penses1,  and  the  vendor  the  thing  (or  its  value),  presumably  with  com- 
pensation for  deterioration  due  to  the  buyer's  fault,  and  fruits  and  profits, 
or  their  value2.  This  implies,  what  might  be  expected,  that  the  event 
itself  did  not  annul  the  transfer  of  property  and  its  effects,  but  some 
texts  seem  to  imply  that  the  rescission  had  effect  in  rem,  the  property 
reverting  ipso  facto,  and  the  cases  must  be  taken  separately. 

Pactum  de  retrovendendo.  The  vendor  was  to  have  the  right  to  buy 
the  thing  back  at  an  agreed  price,  usually,  perhaps  always,  that  at  which 
it  was  sold.  With  it  may  be  taken  pactum  de  retroemendo,  an  undertaking 
to  buy  it  back  on  similar  terms  in  certain  events.  Texts  disagree  as  to 
the  action.  One  gives  a  choice  between  action  on  the  contract  and  the 
actio  praescriptis  verbis*.  Another  gives  actio  in  factum*.  It  may  be 
that  classical  law  gave  an  action  on  the  contract,  the  compilers  adding 
praescriptis  verbis,  but  it  is  also  possible  that  classical  law  gave  only 
actio  in  factum,  the  others  being  post-classical,  but  earlier  than  Jus- 
tinian, the  text,  an  enactment  of  the  third  century,  being,  on  that  view, 
genuine.  There  was  no  effect  in  rem  even  under  Justinian. 

Pactum  protimeseos,  right  of  pre-emption.  The  vendor  was  to  have 
the  right  to  buy  at  the  price  offered  by  any  other  bidder.  The  Digest 
gives  actio  ex  vendito5.  There  was  no  effect  in  rem6. 

Emptio  ad  gustum.  Pactum  displicentiae.  These  look  like  two  appli- 
cations of  the  same  kind  of  pact.  In  sales  of  wine,  and  similar  commo- 
dities, it  was  usual,  almost  a  matter  of  course7,  to  make  the  sale  depend 
on  approval  by  the  buyer,  a  limit  of  time  being  commonly  fixed.  The 
pact  ordinarily  created,  as  it  seems8,  a  suspensive  condition  and  the  risk, 
not  only  of  destruction,  but  also  of  deterioration,  was  on  the  vendor  till 
approval  or  the  dies  praestitutus9.  The  rejection  must  be  within  the  time 
fixed,  usually  short,  but  if  no  time  was  fixed  it  seems  that  rejection  might 
be  made  at  any  time,  so  that  the  risks  might  be  on  the  vendor  for  an 
indefinite  time10.  It  is  to  be  observed  that  in  this  case  the  testing  was  a 
momentary  matter,  not  a  question  of  continuous  trial. 

Pactum  displicentiae  was  an  agreement  that  the  buyer  might  reject 
the  goods  if,  on  trial,  he  found  them  unsatisfactory.  His  discretion 
seems  to  have  been  absolute.  It  is  found  applied  mainly  to  things  of 

1   18.  2.  16.  2  18.  2.  6.  pr.;  h.  t,  16.   Bertolini,  op.  cit.  479  sqq.  3  C.  4.  54.  2. 

4  19.  5.   12.  5  18.   1.  75.  6  Difficult  to  distinguish  from  pact  not;  to  resell 

which  in  classical  law  may  not  have  been  valid  unless  tempered  in  some  way.    19.  1.  21.  5. 
7  18.  6.  4.  1;  Cato,  R.B.  148.  8  18.  6.  4;  Cato,  cit.,  where  the  ownership  has  not 

passed.  The  contrary  inference  sometimes  drawn  from  18.  1.  34.  5  seems  not  justified. 

9  18.  6.  4;  18.  1.  34.  5.  The  agreement  in  18.  6.  1  is  of  a  different  character.   It  is  disputed 
whether  the  right  to  reject  is  absolute,  or  proof  of  non-merchantable  character  is  needed. 
The  reference  to  periculum  acoris  vel  mucoris  (18.  6.  4.  1 ;  see  however  Vangerow,  Pandekten, 
3.  §  635)  is  not  to  be  taken  as  excluding  other  risks  or  as  limiting  the  right  of  rejection. 

10  18.  6.  4.  1. 


xi]  SALE:  CONDITIONS  493 

which  an  extended  trial  would  be  needed,  e.g.  slaves  or  horses  or  land1. 
Though  it  might  be  framed  as  a  suspensive  condition  (si  placuerit,  erit 
tibi  emptus2)  it  was  usually  resolutive.  It  appears  in  more  than  one 
form;  it  might  be  "si  displicuisset  inemptus  erit3,'''  or  "si  displicuisset, 
reddatur,"  or  "  redhibeatur*,"  but  it  does  not  seem  to  be  made  out  that 
any  difference  of  rule  resulted5.  The  disapproval  must  be  within  the 
agreed  time.  If  none  was  fixed,  it  must  be  within  60  dies  utiles6.  The 
power  of  rejection  makes  the  rule  of  periculum  rather  illusory,  for  if  the 
thing  was  damaged  by  accident  it  would  be  rejected.  If  it  was  destroyed 
by  accident  the  loss,  on  the  principles  of  resolutive  conditions 7,  ought  to 
fall  on  the  buyer,  but  the  rules  applied  seem  to  have  been  those  of  the 
actio  redhibitoria8,  so  that  destruction  without  fault  would  not  bar  the 
right  to  reject9,  but  this  is  hardly  clear.  All  profits  must  be  accounted 
for10.  The  remedy  was  an  actio  ex  empto  or  one  in  factum11.  No  text  gives 
any  effect  in  rem  and  one  expressly  negatives  it ;  a  hypothec  created  by 
the  buyer  was  not  affected  by  his  rejection  of  the  thing12. 

Lex  commissoria.  This  was  an  agreement  that  if  the  price  was  not 
paid  by  a  certain  time  (it  might  perhaps  be  applied  to  other  undertakings 
of  the  buyer),  the  vendor  might  declare  the  sale  void.  It  was  not  void 
ipso  iure,  as  this  would  enable  the  buyer  to  cry  off,  if  he  did  not  like  his 
bargain,  by  not  paying  the  price 13.  It  might  be  suspensive  or  resolutive, 
but  was  presumed  to  be  the  latter,  so  that  risks  were  normally  on  the 
buyer14.  It  seems  to  have  been  the  rule,  unless  the  contrary  was  agreed, 
that  if  the  clause  came  into  operation,  anything  given  as  arra  or  part 
payment  was  forfeited,  and,  conversely,  that  if  such  forfeiture  occurred 
the  buyer  need  not  account  for  profits15.  The  vendee  must  actually  offer 
the  price  unless  this  was  prevented  by  the  vendor16.  The  vendor  must 
exercise  his  right  of  rescission  promptly,  and  having  declared  either  way, 
could  not  alter  his  mind :  any  act  implying  that  the  contract  was  still  on 
foot  bound  him17. 

The  personal  remedy  was  the  actio  ex  vendito18,  but  it  is  a  vexed 
question  whether  the  rescission  did  not  operate  in  rem,  i.e.  cause  rever- 
sion of  ownership,  ipso  facto.  A  text  of  Scaevola  and  one  of  Severus 
Alexander  give  vendor  a  vindicatio19 '.  Another  of  the  same  emperor, 

1   19.  5.  20;  Vat.  Fr.  14;  C.  4.  58.  4.          2  Inst.  3.  23.  4;  D.  19.  5.  '20.  1.          3  18.  1. 
3;  41.  4.  2.  5;  43.  24.  11.  13;  Vat.  Fr.  14;  C.  4.  58.  4.  4  18.  5.  6;  19.  5.  20.  pr.;  21.  1. 

31.  22.  5  See  however  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  2.  §  387,  n.  7.  6  21.  1.  31.  22,  ex 

tended  for  cause.  7  Ante,  §  cxLvm.  8  Ante,  §  CLXXII.  9  See  19.  5.  20 

1,  which  seems  to  apply  the  ordinary  rule  for  resolutive  conditions.          10  13.  6.  13.  1 
Vat.  Fr.  14.  11   18.  5.  6.  12  20.  6.  3.  The  rules  under  these  pacts  are  not  fully 

stated  and  have  been  the  subject  of  much  controversy.    See  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  2.  §  387 
Girard,  Manuel,  733  sqq.;  Moyle,  Sale,  80  sqq.,  174  sqq.        13  18.  3.  2:  h.  t.  3.         14  18. 
3.  1,  2.  15  18.  3.  4.  1;  cp.  h.  t.  5  and  6.  16   18.  3.  4.  4.  17   18.  3.  4.  2; 

h.  t.  6.  2;  h.  t.  T;  Vat.  Fr.  4.  18  18.  3.  4.  pr.  19  IS.  3.  8;  C.  4.  54.  4. 


494  SALE:  CONDITIONS  [CH. 

immediately  preceding  the  last,  expressly  refuses  it1.  It  may  be  that 
in  the  first  cases  the  ownership  had  not  passed;  an  agreement  that  the 
vendor  may  cry  off  if  the  price  is  not  paid  by  a  certain  time  is  not 
necessarily  an  agreement  for  credit2.  On  the  whole  the  better  view 
seems  to  be  that  rescission  had  no  effect  in  rem,  even  under  Justinian, 
but  many  views  are  held3. 

In  diem  addictio.  This  was  an  agreement  that  the  vendor  should  be 
entitled  to  set  the  contract  aside  if  a  better  offer  was  received  by  a 
certain  time.  This  too  might  be  suspensive  or  resolutive,  but  was  usually 
resolutive4.  We  need  not  consider  what  amounts  to  a  better  offer;  it  is 
however  clear  that  it  must  be  such:  a  vendor  could  not  avoid  the  con- 
tract by  saying  another  offer  was  better,  if  it  was  not5.  But  he  need  not 
take  advantage  of  it  unless  he  liked6,  apart  from  special  agreement 
that  the  buyer  might  claim  release,  if  there  was  a  better  offer,  in  which 
case  he  was  free  whether  the  vendor  took  the  other  offer  or  not7.  Where 
he  did  propose  to  accept  another  offer,  he  must  give  the  first  vendee 
the  chance  of  improving  his  bid8.  The  personal  remedy  seems  to  have 
been  an  actio  ex  vendito.  But  in  this  case  there  is  a  good  deal  of  evidence 
for  an  effect  in  rem9.  It  will  be  noticed  that  here  and  in  the  lex  commis- 
soria,  the  only  two  in  which  any  case  can  be  made  out,  the  price  would 
not  in  the  ordinary  way  be  paid,  so  that,  apart  from  the  nature  of  the 
condition  itself,  the  ownership  might  not  have  passed.  It  is  possible 
that  it  is  this  fact  which  gives  rise  to  the  decisions  which  seem  to  give 
an  effect  in  rem  to  the  pact.  For  the  cases  in  which  the  price  had  been 
paid,  and  a  hypothec  created  by  the  buyer  is  declared  to  be  void10,  this 
may  it  is  said  be  due  to  the  fact  that  though  there  had  been  traditio 
there  had  been  no  mancipatio,  and  the  traditio  was  invalid,  since,  the 
condition  having  occurred,  there  was  no  causa11.  But  the  general  form 
of  the  texts  in  the  corpus  iuris  indicates  that  at  least  in  the  case  of  in 
diem  addictio,  and  perhaps  in  a  wider  field,  Justinian  inclined  to  recog- 
nise an  effect  in  rem1*.  But  all  possible  opinions  are  held13. 

CLXXIV.  LOCATIO  CONDUCTIO.  This  was  the  contract  of  letting  and 

1  C.  4.  54.  3.  2  But  as  to  this  rule  of  payment  of  price  see  ante,  §§  Lxxxm, 

LXXXVI.  3  See  Girard,  Manuel,  735;  Bertolini,  Obblig.  (Parte  Sp.)  484  sqq. 

4  18.  2.  2;  41.  4.  2.  4.  Senn  (N.fi.H.  37.  275)  discusses  the  history  of  the  institution;  he 
holds  that  as  it  dates  from  Plautus  it  cannot  at  first  have  been  a  condition,  since  there  was 
doubt  as  to  the  possibility  of  conditions  till  far  later  (G.  3.  146).  See  also  Vernay,  Servius 
et  son  ficole,  206  sqq.  5  18.  2.  4.  5.  6  18.  2.  9.  7  Ib.  8  18.  2.  7;  h.  t.  8. 

9  18.  2.  4.  3;  20.  6.  3;  6.  1.  41.  pr.  (prbb.  interp.);  35.  2.  38.  2.  10  18.  2.  4.  3; 

20.  6.  3.  11  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  1.  §  90,  n.  1.   But  a  traditio  which  is  put  out  of  action 

ex  pottfacto  seems  unroman  and  in  fact  this  is  giving  the  rule  as  a  reason  for  itself.  12  See 
the  conclusions  of  Girard,  Manuel,  735  sqq.  13  Ib. ;  Windscheid,  loc.  cit.  See  Prings- 

heim,  Kauf  mil  fremdem  Geld,  123  sqq.,  for  a  discussion  of  the  various  cases  of  vindicatio 
utilis,  on  the  assumption  that  they  are  all  Byzantine. 


xi]  LOCATIO  CONDUCT1O  495 

hiring  for  a  price,  bilateral,  and  having  a  double  name  because  the  rights 
and  duties  of  the  parties  were  different,  as  in  emptio  venditio.  The  trans- 
action had  three  forms:  locatio  rei,  the  letting  of  an  object  to  be  used  and 
enjoyed;  locatio  operis,  the  letting  out  of  a  job,  or  contract;  and  locatio 
operarum,  the  letting  out  of  services. 

Locatio  rei,  the  letting  out  of  a  thing  by  mere  agreement,  for  hire. 
The  letter  is  locator,  the  hirer  conductor,  but  the  names  do  not  express 
that  distinction  (and  in  one  of  the  other  types  the  conductor  is  not  the 
hirer),  but  are  supposed  to  indicate  what  is  evidenced  in  some  other  ways, 
both  for  this  contract  and  for  that  of  sale,  an  earlier  phase  in  which  the 
contract  was  completed  only  by  handing  over  the  res — a  contract 
"re1."  In  some  cases  it  was  difficult  to  tell  whether  the  case  was  sale  or 
hire.  Gains  mentions  leases  in  perpetuity,  which  he  says  were  hirings2, 
though  in  later  law  they  merged  in  emphyteusis.  Where  gladiators  were 
hired  at  a  certain  sum  for  those  who  were  returned  and  a  much  larger 
sum  for  those  who  were  killed,  this,  he  says,  was  hire  of  the  first,  sale 
of  the  others,  a  conditional  sale,  in  fact,  of  all3.  Where  money  was  given 
to  a  goldsmith,  to  supply  a  ring  made  of  his  own  gold,  Cassius  treated 
this  as  sale  of  the  gold,  hire  of  services,  but  it  was  finally  held  to  be  sale4. 

The  rules  as  to  consent,  object  and  price  being  much  as  in  sale5,  few 
remarks  are  needed  on  these  points.  As  to  consent,  there  seems  to  be 
no  good  evidence  that  Justinian's  rule  on  the  effect  of  agreement  to 
reduce  the  contract  to  writing  applied  here.  As  to  object,  this  was  as  it 
seems,  always  a  res  corporalis  in  the  sense  that  there  was  a  physical 
thing.  But  there  was  nothing  to  prevent  a  usufructuary  from  letting  the 
enjoyment  of  the  usufruct6,  just  as  he  could  sell  it.  It  might  be  a  move- 
able  or  an  immoveable7,  but  not  a  consumable,  except  as  in  commodatum, 
where  it  was  hired  "adpompam  vel  ostentationems"  The  hirer  of  a  house 
or  part  of  it  was  called  an  inquilinus,  one  of  land  was  a  colonus9.  The 
rules  as  to  what  res  may  be  the  subject  of  locatio  were  much  as  in  sale. 
There  is  no  evidence  that  the  rule  about  error  in  the  case  of  res  sacrae 
applied,  and  the  letting  of  the  services  (it  is  not  contemplated  as  locatio 
rei)  of  a  liber  homo  bonafide  serviens  was  valid  as  a  contract10.  The  rules 
prohibiting  sale  or  alienation  of  certain  things,  such  as  dotal  land,  did 
not  apply  to  locatio  of  them,  since  that  was  often  the  only  way  in  which 
they  could  be  utilised11. 

1  Locare  and  conducere  both  originally  imply  physical  displacement.  2  G.  3.  145. 

3  G.  3.  146.  4.  G.  3.  147.   Apparent  exception,  post,  §  CLXXVI.  5  Inst.  3.  24. 

pr.-5;  G.  3.  143;  D.  19.  2.  46.  6  7.  1.  12.  2.  7  See  19.  2.  19.  1,  2.  8  Arg.  13. 

6.  3.  6.  9  In  later  law  colonus  usually  means  colonus  adscriptitius  (ante,  §  xxxin), 

who  cultivated  under  persons  who  hired  large  tracts,  conductors.  But  the  free  colonus 
still  existed,  no  doubt  mainly  near  large  towns.  10  See  e.g.  41.  1.  19;  h.  t.  23.  11  23. 
4.  22.  pr. ;  23.  5.  4. 


496  LOCATIO  CON  DUCT  10  REI  [CH. 

The  rules  on  reality  and  certainty  of  price  were  as  in  sale,  with  two 
modifications.  The  rent  of  land  might  be  fixed  in  produce1.  This  raises 
the  question  whether  in  classical  law  the  "merces"  or  rent  had  to  be  in 
money,  though  Justinian  is  clear  that  it  must2.  There  was  not  the  same 
reason  as  in  sale,  since  there  was  not  the  same  difficulty  in  distinguishing 
the  parts.  Gaius  discusses  the  case  of  something  lent  in  return  for  some- 
thing lent,  and  doubts  whether  this  is  locatio  or  not3.  Here  the  difficulty 
did  exist,  but  it  does  not  seem  that  Gaius  can  have  thought  money  an 
essential,  and  he  nowhere  states  it.  On  these  grounds  it  has  been  held 
that  the  rule  is  due  to  Justinian.  Texts  in  the  Digest  which  appear 
genuine  lay  down  the  rule4,  and  perhaps  the  better  view  is  that  it  was 
a  rule  of  late  classical  law5.  Again,  the  merces .might  take  the  form  of  a 
proportionate  part  of  the  crop6,  locatio  partiaria.  As  Gaius  tells  us  that 
the  merces  must  be  certa7,  this  is  an  exception.  It  has  indeed  been  con- 
tended that  locatio  partiaria  was  really  societas6,  but  the  texts  shew  that 
while  it  had  affinities  with  societas  it  was  really  locatio,  though  subject 
to  some  special  rules9,  and  the  facts  of  a  given  transaction  might  some- 
times leave  doubts  whether  it  was  locatio  or  societas  or  an  innominate 
contract10. 

There  was  the  same  doubt  where  the  merces  was  to  be  fixed  by  a  third 
party,  settled  in  the  same  way11.  The  price  was  not  necessarily  a  lump 
sum;  it  was  usually  a  number  of  periodical  payments12,  a  point  of  some 
importance  in  dealing  with  the  rights  of  the  parties. 

Obligations  of  the  Lessor.  He  must  hand  over  the  thing  to  the  lessee 
with  the  accessories,  if  any,  usual  in  such  cases13.  The  conductor  had  not 
dominium  or  possessio,  but  only  detention 14,  which  it  was  the  duty  of  the 
locator  to  maintain,  so  that  he  was  responsible  if  the  conductor  lost  it 
either  from  a  defect  in  the  title  of  the  locator,  or  because  he  had  conferred 
some  ius  in  rem  on  a  third  person15,  who  would  not  be  bound  by  the 
contract.  In  that  sense  he  had  to  guarantee  the  conductor  against  evic- 
tion, and  thus,  if  he  sold  the  thing,  he  commonly  made  an  agreement 
with  the  vendee  to  respect  the  right  of  the  conductor16.  The  locator  must 
maintain  this  detention  throughout  the  term,  which  in  the  case  of  rural 
leases  was  usually  five  years17.  At  the  end  of  the  term,  if  the  tenant  still 
remained  in  possession,  with  consent  of  the  locator,  there  was  a  tacit 

1   19.  2.  19.  3.  2  Inst.  3.  24.  2.  3  G.  3.  144;  cf.  Inst.  cit.  4  16.  3.  1. 

9;  19.  5.  5.  2.  5  Ferrini,  Archiv  f.  c.  P.  81.  1,  holds  that  it  is  Byzantine,  but  see 

Longo,  Mel.  Oirard,  2.  105,  who  holds  it  classical.  6  19.  2.  25.  6,  the  metayer  tenancy 

of  later  times.  7  G.  3.   142.  8  See,  however,  Pernice,  Z.S.S.  3.  57.  9  E.g. 

47.  2.  83.  1.  10  17.  2.  52.  2;  C.  2.  3.  9.  11  Inst.  3.  24.  1.  12  19.  2. 

15.  4;  h.  t.  24.  2.  13  19.  2.  15.  1;  h.  t.  19.  2.  14  19.  2.  39;  G.  4.  153;  C.  7. 

30  1.         15  19.  2.  15.  1,  2,  8;  h.  t.  25.  1.         16  19.  2.  25.  I;  post,  p.  499.         17  Esmein, 
Melanges,  219. 


xi]  LOG  AT  10  CON  DUCT  I O  REI  497 

relocatio  for  one  year,  and  so  on 1.  But  in  the  case  of  houses,  and  wherever 
there  was  no  agreed  term,  any  such  relocatio  might  be  ended  at  any  time2. 
Relocatio  depended  on  consent:  there  was  none  if  at  the  expiry  of  the 
term  the  locator  was  insane3. 

The  locator,  like  the  vendor,  need  not  be  owner4.  Indeed  it  was  a 
very  usual  thing  for  the  tenant  to  sublet,  sublocatio,  especially  houses5. 

The  locator  must  keep  the  thing  in  substantial  repair  throughout 
the  tenancy,  subject  to  agreement,  not  of  course  being  responsible  for 
damage  due  to  negligence  of  the  tenant,  who  was  liable  for  culpa  levis6.  The 
lessor  also  was  liable  for  culpa  levis  in  relation  to  the  thing,  and  must 
compensate  for  damage  due  to  defects,  not  disclosed,  of  which  he  knew 
or  ought  to  have  known7.  If  the  thing  was  in  such  a  state  that  it  did 
not  serve  for  the  ordinary  uses  of  such  things,  he  was  responsible,  not 
on  any  ground  of  negligence,  but  as  he  had  not  supplied  what  he  con- 
tracted to  supply8.  But  the  Aediles'  Edict  had  no  application  to 
locatio  conductio^. 

He  must  refund  to  the  conductor  any  expenses.  This  does  not  mean 
the  ordinary  expenses  of  husbandry,  etc.,  but  money  spent,  either 
necessariae  impensae,  or,  as  it  seems,  even  utiles,  in  maintaining  the 
thing,  expenditure,  that  is,  for  the  benefit  of  the  permanent  interest  in 
the  thing10.  He  must  also  pay  taxes  and  other  public  charges11. 

CLXXV.  Obligations  of  the  hirer.  He  must  accept  delivery  and 
enter  into  possession.  He  must  deal  with  the  thing  as  a  bonus  pater- 
familias, being  liable  for  culpa  levis12.  In  particular,  he  must  keep  agri- 
cultural land  in  proper  cultivation,  not  abandoning  it,  as  land  out  of 
cultivation  lessens  in  value13.  A  question  arises  as  to  his  liability  for 
culpa  of  employees,  slave  or  free14.  The  texts  are  confused  and  inter- 
polated. The  better  opinion  seems  to  be  that  the  dominant  classical 
view  was  that  where  a  slave  committed  culpa  under  his  master's  contract, 
the  master  was  not  liable,  ex  contractu15,  but  there  was  another  view,  which 
prevailed  under  Justinian,  that  he  was  liable,  but  could  release  himself 
by  surrendering  the  slave16.  All  this  of  course  assumes  that  he  was  not 
himself  negligent  in  the  choice  of  slaves  to  do  the  work17.  For  free  em- 
ployees, on  the  same  assumption,  he  ought  not  to  be  liable  beyond 

1   19.  2.  13.  11.  2  Ib.    The  case  of  lease  in  writing  is  excepted.    The  text  is  very 

obscure.  See  Monro,  Locali  cond ucti,  ad  h.  1.  3  19.  2.  14.          4  19.  2.  9.  5   19.  2. 

7;  h.  t.  30.  A  whole  block,  insula,  is  hired  and  sublet  in  "flats."  As  to  rural  holdings,  see 
ante,  §  CLXXIV.  6  19.  1.  15.  1;  h.  t.  25.  2;  P.  2.  18.  2;  Inst.  3.  24.  5.  7  19.  2. 

19.  1.  8  E.g.  if  he  supplies  jars  which  will  not  hold  water,  19.  1.  6.  4  in  f .  9  21. 
1.  63.  10  43.  10.  1.  3;  19.  2.  55.  1.  As  to  utiles  impensae  it  is  possible  that  he  has 

only  a  ius  tollendi,  h.  t.  19.  4.   But  see  h.  t.  55.  1.  11  39.  4.  7.  12  19.  2.  25.  4. 

13  19.  2.  25.  3;  h.  t.  51 ;  h.  t.  55.  2;  P.  2.  18.  2.  14  Ante,  §  CXLHI.          15  19.  2.  45.  pr. ; 

h.  t.  60.  7.  16  9.2.27.  11;  Coll.  12.7.9.  17  9.2.27.  11;  13.6.  11;  19.2.  11.  pr; 

Coll.  12.  7.  7. 

B.  B.  L.  32 


498  LOCATIO  CONDUCTIO  REI  [CH. 

cession  of  any  actions  he  might  have  against  them,  while  they  might  be 
liable  ex  delicto.  But  there  are  texts  of  Ulpian  and  Alfenus  which  make 
the  conductor  absolutely  liable  for  culpa  of  outsiders,  apparently  on  a 
sort  of  implied  contract  in  the  hiring.  If  this  was  law  it  seems  to  have 
applied  only  to  this  contract,  and  societas1. 

The  conductor  must  not  change  the  character  of  the  res:  he  must 
restore  it  at  the  end  of  the  tenancy  in  its  original  condition,  subject  to 
ordinary  wear  and  tear2.  He  must  not  deal  with  it  in  unauthorised 
wavs3. 

•/ 

The  risk  of  accidental  destruction  was  on  the  locator*,  not  in  the  sense 
that  he  had  still  to  provide  the  thing,  but  that  he  could  claim  no  rent 
unless  the  tenant  could  enjoy5.  This  is  true  whether  the  cause  was  his 
refusal  to  permit  enjoyment,  or  the  operation  of  some  external  cause, 
other  than  one  due  to  culpa  of  the  tenant6.  This  principle,  that  the  rent 
was  in  respect  of  enjoyment,  allowed  the  tenant  to  claim  a  rebate  if 
climatic  or  other  conditions  had  been  such  that  he  had  not  been  able  to 
utilise  the  land  properly,  or  his  crops  had  been  destroyed  or  much 
damaged7.  Small  damages,  such  as  might  be  expected,  the  tenant  bore, 
but  anything  more  fell  on  the  locator9.  If,  however,  such  a  rebate  had 
been  allowed,  and  later  years  proved  profitable,  the  arrears  which  had 
been  released  must  be  paid9.  But  where  the  bad  year  was  the  last,  no 
account  was  taken  of  previous  profitable  years10.  Where  a  man  was 
entirely  prevented  from  enjoying,  the  rent  was  not  due  even  naturaliter, 
so  that  if  paid  it  could  be  recovered11.  If  sureties  had  been  taken  for  the 
rent,  and,  the  term  having  expired,  there  was  a  relocatio,  express  or  tacit, 
they  were  not  liable,  but  any  "real"  security  the  tenant  had  given  was 
still  under  the  charge12. 

On  expiration  of  the  hiring  the  thing  must  be  restored,  and  the  tenant 
was  not  allowed  to  dispute  his  lessor's  title,  so  that  if  he  claimed  the 
thing  as  his  own,  in  which  case  the  locatio  would  be  void,  he  must  still 
give  it  back  and  raise  the  question  of  title  independently13.  An  enact- 
ment of  Zeno  seems  to  have  imposed  a  double  penalty  if  he  did  not14, 
but  these  rules  did  not  affect  the  right  of  retainer  for  expenses15. 

1  19.  2.  11.  pr.,  30.  2,  41;  post,  §  CLXXVH.  2  19.  2.  11.  2.  3  Inst.  3.  24.  5;  D.  19. 
2.  25.  3.  4  If  accessories  received  at  a  valuation,  the  risk  of  them  is  on  conductor, 

19.  2.  54.  2.  As  to  the  liability  for  custodia,  i.e.  absolute  responsibility  if  the  thing  is  stolen, 
post,  §  cxci.  This  possible  liability,  and  the  fact  that  fruits  are  the  tenant's  only  when 
percepti  (ante,  §  LXXXI)  and  are  usually  hypothecated  to  the  landlord  (ante,  §  CLXVIII), 
create  difficulties  in  the  law  of  theft  where  the  crops  are  stolen,  post,  §  cxcvii.  519. 

2.  33;  h.  t.  60.  pr.;  h.  t.  9.  1.  6  P.  2.  18.  2.  7  19.  2.  15.  2,  3;  h.  t.  27;  h.  t.  34. 

8  19.  2.  25.  6.  9  19.  2.  15.  4.  10  Ib.  So  at  least  the  text  is  commonly  under- 

stood, but  it  may  mean  the  exact  opposite,  which  would  be  a  more  rational  rule.  11  19. 
2.  19.  6.  12  19.  2.  13.  11.  13  C.  4.  65.  25.  14  C.  4.  65.  33.  15  19.  2. 

61.  pr. 


xi]  LOCATIO  CONDUCTIO  REI  499 

Locatio  c&nductio  being  essentially  a  terminable  relation,  we  have  to 
consider  how  it  might  end.  As  it  was  essentially  a  ius  in  personam,  it  is 
sometimes  said  that  it  ended  if  the  property  was  in  some  way  alienated 
to  a  person  on  whom  the  contract  was  not  binding.  But  that  is  not  so: 
the  contract  was  still  binding,  but  the  lessor  by  conferring  a  ius  in  rem 
on  a  third  person  had  made  it  impossible  for  himself  to  fulfil  it.  For  this  he 
would  be  liable,  and  thus  it  was  usual  in  such  a  case  to  make  the  trans- 
feree agree  to  respect  the  tenant's  rights1.  If  there  was  such  an  agree- 
ment the  tenant  if  ejected  could  no  doubt  get  cession  of  the  lessor's 
action,  though  it  does  not  appear  that  this  would  release  the  lessor2.  If 
the  transfer  was  not  due  to  his  act,  e.g.  he  was  a  usufructuary  and  died, 
the  term  was  ended,  on  the  assumption  of  a  tacit  agreement  that  it  was 
subject  to  his  survival.  But  if  he  concealed  the  fact  that  he  was  a  usu- 
fructuary, the  term  continued  and  his  heres  would  be  liable3.  There  was 
another  side  to  the  rule.  The  tenant  was  not  bound  to  a  buyer.  If  he 
refused  to  continue,  the  lessor,  having  no  interesse  had  no  action  to  cede 
to  the  vendee4.  If  he  had  agreed  with  vendee  to  keep  the  tenancy  going 
this  might  give  him  an  interesse,  so  that  if  the  tenant  gave  up  the  land 
he  could  cede  his  action  to  the  vendee.  But  the  effective  plan  was  to 
make  the  colonus  a  party  to  the  arrangement. 

Death  of  a  party  did  not  affect  the  contract  unless  expressly:  we  are 
told  that  if  it  was  agreed  that  the  tenancy  should  be  as  long  as  one 
party  chose,  the  death  of  that  party  would  end  it5.  Apart  from  this  the 
main  causes  of  determination  were: 

Expiration  of  the  term,  apart  from  renewal  express  or  tacit6. 

Renunciation  by  either  party  if  there  was  no  agreed  term.  Even  if 
there  was  a  term,  in  late  classical  law  the  locator  might  renounce  in  the 
case  of  a  house  if  he  had  personal  need  of  it  or  if  it  wanted  repair,  without 
incurring  any  liability  on  the  contract7.  But  a  renunciation  must  be  at 
a  reasonable  time:  if  a  tenant  was  ejected  from  land,  apart  from  breach 
of  contract  on  his  part,  except  at  the  end  of  a  year  (so  that  he  could  save 
his  crops),  there  would  presumably  be  a  claim  for  damages.  Mere  release 
from  further  liability  for  rent  would  not  do  justice.  He  might  for  in- 
stance have  incurred  heavy  expenses  in  reliance  on  his  contract  in 
respect  of  a  business  to  be  carried  on  on  the  premises,  all  rendered  useless 

1  19.  2.  25.  1.  The  same  point  arises  if  the  locator  creates  iura  in  rem  in  any  other 
way,  e.g.  gift  of  usufruct  (7.  1.  59.  1),  or  by  a  legacy  (19.  2.  32).  2  As  to  later  history 
of  the  rule,  Meynial,  Me.l.  Gdrardin,  413,  with  special  ref.  to  C.  4.  65.  9.  The  rule  no  doubt 
had  no  application  to  colonus  adscriptitius,  but  there  seems  no  ground  for  the  view  that 
the  free  cultivating  tenant  had  wholly  disappeared  in  later  law.  3  19.  2.  9.  1.  4  19. 
2.  32.  5  19.  2.  4.  May  have  ended  by  death  in  early  law,  h.  t.  60.  1.  Vermond,  Posses- 

sion, 276.  See  Inst.  3.  24.  6;  C.  4.  65.  10.  6  C.  4.  65.  11.  7  C.  4.  65.  3 

(?interp.). 

32—2 


500  LOCATIO  CONDUCTIO  REI  [CH. 

by  the  landlord's  re-entry.  But  the  whole  rests  on  a  single  text  in  the 
Code,  probably  interpolated1. 

Destruction  of  the  subject-matter.  If  it  was  not  imputable  to  either 
party  there  were  no  liabilities.  If  it  was  due  to  dolus  or  culpa  of  either, 
he  was  liable  for  the  full  interesse2.  No  doubt  the  rule  of  determination 
applied  where  the  property  was  expropriated  by  the  State3. 

Forfeiture,  at  discretion  of  locator,  notwithstanding  the  existence  of  a 
term,  for  gross  misuse,  or  non-payment  of  rent  for  (in  an  actual  case 
stated)  tw-o  years4.  Conversely,  the  tenant  might  end  the  tenancy,  not- 
withstanding the  existence  of  a  fixed  term,  if  the  locator  refused  to  allow 
enjoyment  or  made  it  impossible.  The  locator  was  not  entitled  to  exclude 
him  from  one  year  on  undertaking  to  give  him  another  later  on5.  But  a 
mere  temporary  interruption,  not  substantially  affecting  his  enjoyment, 
did  not  entitle  the  tenant  to  determine  the  lease6.  The  term  was  equally 
ended  if  the  prevention  was  by  a  third  person,  but,  here,  if  the  locator 
was  in  no  way  privy,  there  would  be  no  other  liability,  while  if  it  was 
with  his  concurrence  or  privity  he  would  be  liable  in  damages7.  To  bring 
these  rules  into  operation  the  deprivation  need  not  be  total,  but  must  be 
substantial. 

If  the  locator  was  not  the  owner  and  the  title  vested  in  the  conductor, 
he  was  entitled  to  be  discharged  from  further  liability8. 

Here,  as  in  sale  and  societas,  there  were  doubts  whether  there  could 
be  conditions  on  the  contract9.  The  doubt  is  mentioned  by  Gains10  in 
connexion  with  the  ever  recurring  question  whether  a  given  transaction 
was  sale  or  hire. 

The  actions  were:  locati  for  the  locator  and  conducti  for 
the  conductor11;  bonae  fidei  indicia,  and  it  may  be  added  that  any 
pact  could  be  added  to  the  bargain  except  a  pact  not  to  be  liable  for 
dolus12. 

CLXXVI.  We  have  now  to  consider  the  other  forms  of  locatio  con- 
ductio,  operis  or  operarum.  Before  distinguishing  these  it  must  be  noted 
that  not  all  service  could  be  the  subject  of  this  contract:  it  must  be  such 
service  as  "locari  solet13."  This  excludes,  in  the  first  instance,  all  liberal 
arts:  for  these  a  direct  wage  was  unseemly,  but  gradually,  in  one  case 
after  another,  it  became  possible  to  recover  an  honorarium  in  respect  of 

1  76.  An  enactment  of  Zeno  (C.  4.  65.  34)  allows  renunciation  by  either  party  with- 
out liability,  within  one  year  of  the  commencement  of  the  tenancy,  even  where  there  was 
a  fixed  term,  unless  there  was  a  pact  not  to  take  advantage  of  this  right.  Not  applied  to 
houses  till  much  later.  See  Cuq,  Manuel,  486.  2  19.  2.  9.  4;  h.  t.  19.  6;  h.  t.  30.  pr. ; 

C.  4.  65.  29.  319.2.33.  4  19.  2.  54.  1;  C.  4.  65.  3.  5  19.  2.  24.  4;  h.  t 

60.  pr.  6  19.  2.  24.  4.  7  19.  2.  25.  2.          8  19.  2.  9.  6.  9  Ante,  §  CXLVIH. 

10  G.  3.  146.   See  D.  19.  2.  20.  11  Lenel,  E.  P.  290.  See,  e.g.,  19.  2.  9.  6;  h.  t.  10. 

12  2.  14.  27.  3.  13  19.  5.  5.  2. 


xij  LOCATIO  OPERARUM  501 

them,  when  they  were,  in  some  cases,  regarded  as  mandate1.  It  is  not 
always  obvious  what  is  a  liberal  art:  the  Roman  and  our  points  of  view 
are  not  the  same:  it  was  not  thought  that  painting  pictures  was  a  liberal 
art2.  Some  other  services  were  excluded  from  various  historical  causes. 
A  mensor,  a  surveyor,  did  not  "  locate  "  his  services,  perhaps  from  religious 
associations  in  early  days3.  In  general  the  contract  was  confined  to 
work  on  a  material  object,  and  this  is  sometimes  held  to  have  been  the 
rule,  on  the  strength  of  a  text  which  does  not  treat  as  locatio  a  case  of 
employment  as  a  messenger4.  But  no  such  rule  is  stated,  and  it  is  hardly 
consistent  with  the  fact  that  Cicero  mentions  among  the  illiberal  or 
sordid  arts  those  of  attendants  on  fashionable  people5.  In  any  case  the 
overwhelming  majority  of  cases  would  be  for  work  on  a  material 
thing6. 

Where  a  slave  was  the  subject  of  such  a  contract  it  is  difficult  to  dis- 
tinguish it  from  locatio  rei:  usually  an  agreement  by  the  master  that  a 
slave  should  work  for  hire  for  a  third  person  was  called  locatio  servi7, 
while  if  a  freeman  contracted  to  do  the  same  thing  it  was  locatio  oper- 
aram8. 

The  contract  of  service  for  hire  took  two  forms:  locatio  operarum, 

/the  letting  of  services,  as  in  locatio  rei,  the  locator  being  the  person  who 

Jet  the  services  and  took  the  hire9,  and  locatio  operis  faciendi,  in  which 

'the  names  were  inversely  applied:  the  man  who  did  the  work  being  the 

^conductor  and  taking  the  hire.  The  probable  cause  of  this  is  that  in  the 

usual  case  something  was  handed  over  to  be  worked  on  and  "conducere" 

means  "to  take  with  you."    But  the  names  are  confused:  in  one  text  a 

.  party  is  called  both  conductor  and  locator™.  The  case  of  locatio  operarum 

-was  in  general  that  of  a  worker  at  a  day  wage,  or  of  that  type:  the  other 

"has  more  responsibility  in  it. 

Locatio  operarum11.  The  general  principles  being  the  same  it  is  neces- 
sary only  to  mention  a  few  points.  Both  parties  were  liable  for  culpa, 
Jand  it  was  culpa  in  the  workman  not  to  be  competent  for  the  work  he 
-undertook12.  He  must  carry  out  his  work,  but  there  was  a  rule  that  if  he 
'was  prevented  from  doing  the  work  by  some  cause  extrinsic  to  himself, 
.he  was  still  entitled  to  his  wage,  unless  he  had  succeeded  in  getting  other 

1  See  post,  §  CLXXIX.  Some  work,  e.g.  that  of  professor  of  philosophy  or  law,  was  too 
dignified  even  for  this  in  classical  law,  50.  13.  1.  4,  5.  2  19.  5.  5.  2.  3  11.  6. 

1.  pr.  4  12.  4.  5.  pr.,  but  this  is  only  construction  of  the  meaning  of  a  particular 

arrangement,  and  the  text  has  been  altered.  5  De  Off.  1.  42.  150.   In  the  case  of 

a  beautifier,  the  material  object  must  be  the  employer.  6  19.  2.  19.  10  may  be 

read  to  shew  that  comites  of  a  legate  "located"  their  services,  but  it  was  mandate,  50.  13. 
1.  8.  7  19.  2.  42;  h.  t.  43;  h.  t.  45.  1;  h.  t.  60.  7.  8  19.  2.  19.  9;  h.  t.  22.  2; 

h.  t.  38.  9  P.  2.  18.  1.  10  19.  2.  22.  2;  cf.  19.  3.  1.  pr.  11  See  on  this 

contract  Deschamps,  Mel.  Oerardin,  157  sqq.  12  19.  2.  9.  5. 


502  LOCAT10  CONDUCTIO  OPERIS  [CH. 

work1.  The  death  of  the  employer,  where  the  service  \vas  personal,  was 
such  a  case,  and  here  (and  probably  in  all  cases)  death  of  the  server 
ended  the  contract2. 

Here,  as  in  locatio  rei,  the  merces  accrued  due  from  time  to  time, 
which  has  one  noticeable  result.  If  a  slave  let  out  his  services,  the  con- 
tract was  not  affected  by  alienation  of  the  slave,  but  the  right  to  the 
wage  for  the  period  after  the  alienation  was  in  the  new  master,  though 
not  the  right  to  sue  for  it3.  The  rule  would  apparently  be  the  same  if  the 
master  had  made  the  contract4. 

Locatio  operis.  This  was  the  putting  out  of  a  piece  of  work  on  contract. 
It  differs  from  the  last  case  in  that  here  what  was  contemplated  was  not 
services  but  a  completed  piece  of  work5,  a  house  to  be  built,  a  slave  to 
be  trained,  a  coat  to  be  dyed,  and  so  forth:  practically  it  was  always  a 
piece  of  work  with  a  physical  subject-matter.  We  have  seen  that  where 
a  man  was  to  make  a  thing  out  of  his  own  materials,  the  contract  was 
sale6,  but  there  was  an  exception.  One  wrho  contracted  to  build  a  house, 
finding  the  materials,  was  a  conductor  opens'7,  perhaps  because  the  site 
was  part  of  the  finished  product  so  that  he  only  provided  part  of  the 
material,  or  because  the  result  of  his  work  merged  in  the  land,  and  had, 
when  the  work  was  finished,  no  independent  existence. 

Work  of  this  kind  was  not  necessarily,  or  usually,  done  by  the  con- 
tractor himself,  so  that  death  of  either  party  did  not  affect  it8.  The 
conductor  (redemptor)  must  do  the  work  properly,  being  liable  for  culpa 
levis,  including  imperitia,  as  in  the  last  case9.  The  same  questions  arose 
as  to  his  liability  for  culpa  of  his  assistants  as  in  locatio  rei,  and  no  doubt 
the  answer  was  the  same.  The  price  fixed  might  be  a  lump  sum  or  so  much 
for  each  part  of  the  work:  the  latter  arrangement  did  not  of  itself  prevent 
the  locator  from  claiming  for  bad  work  when  the  wiiole  was  completed, 
unless  it  was  arranged  that  the  work  should  be  approved  at  each  stage10. 
The  work  must  be  done  in  the  agreed  time,  or,  if  none  was  fixed,  a 
reasonable  time11. 

It  was  usual  to  agree  that  the  work  should  be  such  as  to  satisfy 
the  locator  or  a  nominee.  This  means  what  ought  to  satisfy:  the 
judgment  must  be  that  of  a  bonus  vir.  If  the  approval  was  obtained 
by  fraud  it  was  void,  which  seems  to  mean  that  there  could  still  be 
a  claim  for  fraudulently  concealed  defects  after  the  work  had  been 
approved12. 

1  19.  2.  19.  9;  h.  t.  38.  pr.         2  Arg.  12.  6.  26.  12.         3  19.  1.  13.  13.  4  If  instead 

of  a  sale  it  was  the  ending  of  a  usufruct,  the  owner  could  sue  on  the  outstanding  part  of 
the  slave's  own  contract,  for  he  could  acquire  through  the  slave  when  the  contract  was 
made,  45.  3.  18.  3.  5  50.  16.  6.  1.  6  Ante,  §  CLXXIV.  7  19.  2.  22.  2. 

8  Arg.  C.  8.  37.  15.  9  19.  2.  51.  1.  10  76.  11   19.  2.  13.  10;  h.  t.  58.  1. 

12  19.  2.  24.  pr.;  h.  t.  51.  1. 


xi]  LOCAT10  CON  DUCT  10  OPER1S  503 

The  employer  must  accept  the  work  when  completed,  and  if,  as  was 
usual,  it  was  subject  to  approval,  must  approve  within  a  reasonable 
time  on  demand1.  This  is  important  on  the  question  of  risks,  on  which 
the  conclusions  to  be  drawn  from  the  texts2  appear  to  be  the  following. 
Apart  from  special  agreement  the  risk  was  on  the  locator  (i.e.  he  must 
pay  the  merces,  whatever  happens  to  the  work)  so  far  as  it  had  been 
approved,  or,  he  having  delayed  approval  (rnora),  was  such  that  it 
ought  to  have  been  approved,  and  this,  at  least  pro  tanto,  if  the  approval 
was  of  a  part.  Further,  it  was  at  the  risk  of  the  locator  if,  though  not 
approved,  it  was  destroyed  by  vis  maior,  e.g.  earthquake,  on  the  prin- 
ciple that  this  loss  would  have  happened  if  it  had  been  approved  or  not, 
and  the  conductor  was  not  bound  to  supply  more  than  the  locator  would 
have  had  if  he  had  done  the  work  himself,  and  also  if  the  destruction 
was  due  to  defect  in  the  material  or  basis  supplied  by  the  locator.  Apart 
from  this  it  was  at  the  risk  of  the  conductor,  so  that  the  merces  would  not 
be  due  if  the  work  was  destroyed.  Thus,  as  it  was  primarily  on  him,  the 
burden  of  proof  that  the  case  came  under  one  of  the  other  heads  was  on 
him. 

Two  special  cases  of  locatio  conductio  need  mention. 

Locatio  irregularis  (so-called).  This  occtirred  where  the  conductor 
received  property,  to  return  not  the  same  but  an  equivalent,  as  in 
depositum  irregulare.  Such  cases  were  those  of  the  goldsmith  who  re- 
ceived gold  to  make  a  ring  but  might  use  other,  of  the  same  fineness, 
and  the  carrier  who  received  grain  in  bulk  on  his  ship,  having  to  deliver 
not  to  each  consignee  his  own,  but  the  right  amount  out  of  what  was  on 
the  ship3.  The  important  point  is  the  question,  whose  was  the  risk?  As 
the  ownership  was  in  the  conductor,  it  ought  logically  to  be  his,  and  no 
doubt  this  was  so  in  the  case  of  the  goldsmith.  But  in  the  carrier's 
case  it  seems  that  it  was  a  term  in  the  contract  that  apart  from  culpa 
he  was  liable  only  for  goods  which  arrived  safely.  We  have,  however, 
very  little  information4. 

Carriage  by  sea.  Lex  Rhodia  de  iactu5.  There  was  a  rule  said  to  be 
adopted  from  Rhodian  sea  law,  that  where  goods  were  thrown  over- 
board to  save  a  ship  in  peril  from  storm  or  other  cause,  and  the  ship  was 
saved,  the  loss  was  shared  between  all  those  concerned.  As  this 
included  the  shipmaster  and  all  who  had  goods  aboard,  the  rule  was 
enforced  by  the  actiones  conducti  or  locati.  The  owner  of  the  sacrificed 
goods  proceeded  against  the  owner  of  the  ship  and  he  in  turn  against 

1  Implied  in  19.  2.  36.  2  19.  2.  36;  h.  t.  37;  h.  t.  59;  h.  t.  62.    But  see  Monro. 

Locati  Conducti,  ad  h.  t.  36.  3  19.  2.  31;  34.  2.  34.  pr.  in  f.  4  On  the  old  adio 

oneris  aversi  which  seems  to  have  lain  for  failure  to  deliver  the  cargo,  Huvelin,  fitudessur 
lefurtum,  1.  511  sqq.  5  D.  14.  2;  P.  2.  7. 


504  SOCIETAS  [CH. 

the  various  freighters1,  a  roundabout  method  which  is  supposed,  though 
there  is  no  evidence,  to  have  been  superseded  by  direct  actions  for  con- 
tribution. 

CLXXVII.  SOCIETAS.  This  was  essentially  the  union  of  funds,  or 
skill,  or  labour,  or  a  combination  of  them,  for  some  common  purpose  or 
exploitation  which  might  have,  and  usually  had,  but  need  not  have, 
profit  for  its  aim.  Mere  common  ownership  was  not  of  itself  societas2: 
the  essence  was  joint  exploitation.  Thus  if  two  men  jointly  bought  the 
land  at  the  back  of  their  houses  in  order  to  keep  it  clear  of  buildings 
this  was  societas3.  The  relation  involved  "qffectio  societatis*"  and  the 
existence  of  this  set  up  specially  confidential  relations  sometimes  called 
"fratemitas5."  It  differed  from  English  partnership  in  that  it  did  not 
necessarily  aim  at  commercial  profit,  but  still  more  in  the  fact  that 
while  in  our  law  partners  are,  within  limits,  agents  for  each  other,  and  bind 
each  other  by  dealings  with  third  persons,  this  aspect  of  the  matter  did 
not  appear  in  Roman  Law  in  ordinary  cases,  since  one  man  could  not 
in  general  contract  so  as  to  affect  another6,  and  thus  the  law  dealt  almost 
entirely  with  the  relations  of  the  socii,  inter  se7. 

There  were  several  types  of  societas8,  the  chief  being: 

1.  Societas  unius  rei,  i.e.  in  one  transaction,  which  might  or  might 
not  be  commercial.  The  above  instance  is  of  this  type,  and  uncommercial. 

2.  Societas  alicuius  negotiation/is.  This  was  probably  the  most  usual 
form.   It  was  the  carrying  on  in  common  of  some  one  kind  of  business9. 
A  specially  important  case  of  this  was  societas  vectigalis,  partnership  in 
taxfarming.    As  it  had  special  rules10  it  will  call  for  separate  discussion. 

3.  Societas   omnium   bonorum   quae   ex   quaestu   veniunt.   This    was 
societas  in  all  business  transactions,  and  there  was  a  rule  of  construction, 
that  if  there  was  a  societas  but  no  evidence  as  to  its  type,  it  was  assumed 
to  be  of  this  kind11.    All  business  profits  must  be  brought  in,  and  all 
business  debts  might  be  charged  against  the  societas™.  The  texts  shew, 
and  indeed  it  is  obvious,  that  it  might  be  difficult  to  say  what  was  trade 
and  what  was  private  profit13. 

4.  Societas  omnium  bonorum.   All  the  assets  of  the  parties  formed  a 
common  fund.   Here,  too,  there  were  special  rules  which  will  need  state- 
ment14. 

1   14.  2.  2.  2.  2  17.  2.  31.  3  17.  2.  52.  13;  cf.  52.  12.  4  17.  2.  31. 

5  17.    2.    63.    pr.  6  Ante,    §  CXLIII.  7  Exceptional    cases,    post,    §  CLXXVUI. 

8  G.  3.  148  gives  only  two  types,  alicuius  negotiationis,  and  omnium  bonorum.  9  17.2. 

52.  4,  etc.  10  E.g.  17.  2.  5;  post,  §  CLXXvm.  11  17.  2.  7.  There  usually  would 

be  evidence.  12  17.  2.  7;  h.  t.  8,  etc.   A  legacy  would  not  come  in  (h.  t.  9)  or  house 

hold  expenses.  13  E.g.  17.  2.  7.    How  if  one  lets  his  house  furnished?  14  Post, 

§  CLXXvm.  Apart  from  this  case  the  classification  is  not  important.  It  is  not  exhaustive. 
A  man  might  have  joint  dealings  in  more  than  one  transaction  of  a  type,  but  not  in  all, 
in  more  than  one  type  of  business  but  not  in  all.  But  see  17.  2.  52.  14. 


xi]  SOCIETAS  505 

The  chief  requirements  of  societas  were  the  following: 

Each  must  contribute  something,  funds,  skill,  or  labour,  or  a  com- 
bination: otherwise  it  was  donatio1.  Contributions  might  differ  in  kind 
and  amount2.  The  purpose  must  be  lawful  and  possible:  one  of  a  band 
of  robbers  could  not  bring  proceedings  for  division  of  the  spoil3.  All 
must  consent,  thus  no  socius  could  introduce  a  socius  without  consent 
of  the  others:  if  he  sought  to  do  so,  he  was  personally  liable  for  whal 
the  intruded  person  did4.  It  might  be  conditional5,  though  Justinian 
tells  us  that  the  possibility  of  conditions  had  been  doubted6.  It  was 
possible  to  agree  that  the  shares  should  be  determined  by  a  third  person: 
here  there  was  no  societas  at  all,  even  conditional,  till  this  had  been 
done7.  The  agreement  might  be  for  a  transaction  or  transactions,  a  term 
or  for  life  (perpetuum6).  No  form  was  necessary,  and  thus  the  consent 
might  be  tacit  (re9). 

Effects  of  societas.  It  was  perfectly  bilateral,  and,  the  duties  on  each 
side  being  the  same,  it  had  only  one  name.  It  was  bonae  fidei,  even  in  a 
special  sense,  having  a  "fraternitas"  which  led  to  special  rules.  The  main 
points  as  to  the  relations  of  the  parties  are  the  following: 

The  agreed  capital  must  be  duly  provided.  In  some  cases  the  owner- 
ship was  to  be  common,  in  others  only  the  use  (societas  quoad  sortem, 
quoad  usum).  In  the  former  case  the  law  of  warranties  was  probably  as 
in  sale,  but  the  Edict  of  the  Aediles  did  not  apply10.  On  the  same  prin- 
ciple the  risks  would  be  common,  as  if  it  were  a  sale,  but  if  only  the  use 
was  to  be  common,  the  rule  was  perhaps  as  in  locatio  rei:  the  risk  was 
on  the  owner,  and  destruction,  though  it  did  not  impose  on  him  a  duty 
to  replace,  gave  him  no  right  to  contribution11. 

The  shares  might  be  unequal,  at  least  if  the  contributions  were12, 
and,  after  dispute,  it  was  settled  that  a  man's  share  in  the  profits  need 
not  be  the  same  as  his  share  in  the  losses13.  He  might  even  be  wholly 
excluded  from  loss,  which  was  not  donatio,  for  his  co-operation  might  be 
worth  buying  at  that  price14.  But  he  could  not  be  excluded  from  profit: 
this  was  a  societas  leonina15.  The  shares  might  be  fixed  by  an  arbitrator, 
and  if  his  decision  was  unfair  the  societas  was  not  void,  but  the  assign- 
ment might  be  corrected16.  It  might  even  be  left  to  one  of  the  parties, 

1  G.  3.  149;  D.  17.  2.  5.  1.  2  17.  2.  6;  h.  t.  80.  3  17.  2.  3.  3;  h.  t.  57. 

4  17.   2.    19;  h.  t.  23.  5  17.  2.    1.   pr.  6  C.  4.  37.  6.  7  17.  2.  75  sqq. 

8  17.  2.  1.  pr.  9  17.  2.  4.  pr.;  cp.  Inst.  4.  1.  pr.  10  On  the  question  when  it 

was  quoad  sortem  and  when  quoad  usum  (the  expressions  are  not  Roman)  views  differ. 
It  is  a  matter  of  interpretation  of  the  contract  and  of  the  nature  of  the  contribution,  see 
17.  2.  52.  3;h.  t.  58.  1.  11  There  is  little  textual  authority  on  the  matter.  12  17.2. 

29.  pr.  13  17.  2.  30;  G.  3.  149;  Inst.  3.  25.  2.  14  17.  2.  29.  1.  15  17.  2. 

29.  2,  from  the  well-known  fable.  More  complex  arrangements,  h.  t.  44;  h.  t.  52.  7. 
16  17.  2.  76  sqq. 


506  SOC1ETAS  [CH. 

a  result  of  the  fraternitas,  for  the  rule  has  no  parallel  in  any  other  con- 
tract1. Here  too  it  must  be  done  fairly,  or  was  corrected.  If  no  shares 
were  agreed,  they  were  equal  whatever  the  contributions:  if  inequality 
was  wanted  it  must  be  agreed  for2.  Where  one's  share  in  loss  differed 
from  that  in  profits,  the  periods  at  which  accounts  were  taken 
would  be  material3.  It  is  commonly  held  that  account  was  taken  at 
the  end  of  the  partnership,  with,  no  doubt,  interim  drawings,  which 
would  be  inconvenient  if  the  societas  was  for  life  or  a  long  term.  The 
difficulty  did  not  arise  if  the  societas  was  for  a  transaction  or  transactions. 
There  is  no  textual  authority. 

Apart  from  agreement  each  shared  in  the  administration,  and  might 
use  the  firm  property,  but  the  business  might  be  left  to  a  manager  who 
might  or  might  not  be  a  socius4.  Apparently  any  socius  might  veto  an 
administrative  proposal  of  any  or  all  the  others,  so  as  to  make  per- 
sistence in  it  a  wrong5,  but  if  the  prohibition  was  unreasonable  or  dolose, 
he  would  be  liable  for  any  resulting  loss.  Contracts  of  a  socius  could,  on 
general  principle,  bind  and  entitle  only  himself,  subject  to  account,  but 
he  could  alienate  firm  property,  with  authorisation,  \vhich  might,  no 
doubt,  be  tacit,  e.g.  in  the  case  of  ordinary  stock  in  trade6. 

Socii  were  liable  for  culpa  levis"1,  and  could  not  set  off,  against 
damage  due  to  this,  profit  resulting  from  other  activities8.  They  were 
liable,  exceptionally,  for  the  culpa  of  slaves  or  others  employed  by  them 
in  the  business9. 

They  were  bound  to  account  for  receipts  on  firm  business10  and  en- 
titled to  contribution  for  expenses  properly  incurred11.  They  must  pay 
interest  on  firm  property  in  their  hands  if  they  were  in  mora  or  had  used 
it,  and  the  liability  was  not  limited  to  the  ordinary  rate  of  interest,  but 
went  to  the  full  inter esse  of  the  socii12.  The  texts  conflict  as  to  the  position 
of  the  socius  if  he  had  not  used  the  money  and  was  not  in  mora13.  If  one 
had  sold  firm  property  and  received  the  price  he  must  divide  it,  but 
might  require  security  in  respect  of  anything  he  might  have  to  return, 

1   17.  2.  6;  cf.  18.  1.  35.  1.  217.  2.  29.  pr. ;  C.  4.  37.  3;  G.  3.  150.  3  If  A 

was  to  have  half  the  gains  and  a  quarter  of  the  losses,  and  in  the  first  six  months  the 
firm  made  £100  and  in  the  second  lost  £100,  on  an  annual  account  A  gains  and  loses 
nothing,  on  a  six -monthly  he  gains  £25.  4  17.  2.  24;  h.  t.  67.  pr.  5  See  10.  3.  28. 

6  17.  2.  44;  h.  t.  58.  pr.  See  Perozzi,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  355.  In  17.  2.  68.  1  the  allusion  is 
to  sale  of  his  share.  7  P.  2.  16.  1;  D.  17.  2.  36;  h.  t.  52.  2.  In  h.  t.  72  Gaius  limits 

this  to  the  care  he  shews  in  his  own  affairs,  and  gives  the  reason  that  a  man  who  takes  a 
careless  partner  has  himself  to  blame:  this  is  no  reason,  for  it  would  apply  to  any  contract; 
so  far  as  the  limit  exists  it  may  be  because  it  is  pro  tanto  his  own  affair,  or  it  may  be  an 
application  of  ins  fraternitntis,  but  it  is  probably  due  to  Justinian.  See  post,  §  cxc,  and 
Inet.  3.  25.  9  where  the  passage  recurs.  8  17.  2.  25,  26.  9  17.  2.  23.  1,  ius 

fraternitatis.  As  to  liability  for  custodia,  post,  §  cxci.  10  17.  2.  8-11;  h.  t.  52.  5:  h.  t,  74. 

11  P.  2*  16.  1;  D.  17.  2.  27;  h.  t.  38.  1.  12  17.  2.  60.  pr.;  22.  1.  1.  1,  ius  fraternitatis. 

13  See  the  same  passages. 


xi]  SOCIETAS  507 

e.g.  in  quanta  minoris,  and  if  one  of  his  socii  was  insolvent,  this  increased 
the  liability  of  the  others  to  him1.  Thus  they  were  in  effect  sureties 
inter  se.  There  might  be  difficulties  as  to  what  expenses  were  properly 
chargeable.  Thus  where  a  stock  in  trade  of  slaves  revolted,  and  a  socius 
was  hurt  in  quelling  the  outbreak,  Labeo  held  that  his  doctor's  bill 
could  not  be  charged,  but  Julian  rejected  this  view2. 

The  general  remedy  for  enforcing  these  claims  was  the  actio  pro  socio, 
a  bonae  fidei  indicium,  which  usually  ended  the  societas,  but  could  be 
brought,  where  occasion  arose  for  adjustment  of  disputes,  without  this 
effect3.  There  might  be  other  remedies.  If  the  wrong  done  was  a  delict, 
there  was  the  appropriate  action  ex  delicto.  More  important  was  the 
indicium  communi  dividundo,  which,  as  it  aimed  at  division,  could  be 
regarded  as  ordinarily  ending  the  firm,  but  could  be  brought  as  a  friendly 
suit  to  settle  how  a  particular  thing  ought  to  be  shared4.  And  there 
might  be  other  contractual  actions:  a  socius  might  have  given  another 
a  mandate  in  firm  business5. 

In  general  the  socii  were,  as  against  third  persons,  so  many  individual 
men:  one  who  had  contracted  with  one  of  them  had  no  right  or  liability 
as  against  the  others.  If  all  took  part  in  the  contract  all  were  liable  or 
entitled,  either  pro  rata6,  or,  if  they  were  correi,  in  solidum.  And  there 
were  exceptional  extensions.  The  actiones  institoria  and  exercitoria  lay  in 
solidum  agamst  any  of  them7.  If  a  socius  wras  acting  under  a  mandate  of 
another  or  others,  the  actiones  utiles  which  arose  out  of  mandate  would 
apply8.  Some  special  types  of  societal  created  solidary  liability9.  And 
under  Justinian,  but  probably  not  before,  a  creditor  of  one  could  sue 
the  others  by  an  extended  actio  de  in  rem  verso10. 

A  socius  could  not,  by  taking  a  partner,  himself  add  him  to  the 
societal.  If  he  took  such  a  partner,  and  allowed  him  to  deal  with  firm 
business,  he  was  responsible,  as  we  have  seen,  for  his  acts,  and  could 
not  get  rid  of  liability  by  ceding  his  actions  against  him11.  As  between 
its  parties  the  subpartnership  was  valid.  An  actio  pro  socio  on  it  would 
not  affect  the  main  societas12,  but,  so  far  as  the  subpartnership  was  formed 
merely  in  respect  of  the  concerns  of  the  principal  firm,  it  was  necessarily 
ended  if  that  ceased  to  exist. 

CLXXVIII.  Termination  of  societas.  The  principal  causes  of  termina- 
tion were: 

1   17.  2.  38.  pr.;  h.  t.  67.  pr.          2  17.  2.  60.   1;  h.  t.  61.  3  17.2.65.15.  As  to 

actio  pro  socio  as  destroying  the  relation,  post,  §  CLXXVIH.  4  1 7.  2.  38.  1 .  5  On  the 

question  how  far  one  action  bars  another,  post,  §  CCXLJI.  6  Doubts  as  to  principle  of 

division:  14.  1.  4.  pr.;  45.  2.  11.  1 ;  45.  3.  37.  7  14.  1.  1.  25;  14.  3.  14.  8  Post, 

§CLXXX.  9  Post,  p.  510.  10  Arc.   17.  2.  82.  The  interpretation  of  the  text  is 

disputed,  see  Von  Tuhr,  De  in  rem  verso,  307.  11   17.  2.  21 ;  h.  t.  23.  pr.  12  17. 

2.22. 


508  SOCIETAS  [CH. 

Death  of  a  socius,  with  notice1.  This  resulted  from  the  personal  rela- 
tion, and  it  was  impossible  to  agree  ah  initio  that  the  heres  of  a  socius 
should  come  in2.  As  always,  what  ended  the  socletas  for  one  ended  it 
altogether:  if  the  others  continued,  even  if  it  had  been  agreed  ab  initio 
that  they  should,  it  wras  a  new  societas^,  into  which  the  heres  might  of 
course  be  admitted  as  any  other  person  could.  But  though  the  heres 
was  not  a  socius,  the  rights  and  liabilities  already  existing  descended 
on  him,  so  that  he  might  be  a  party  to  the  actio  pro  socio.  He  must 
complete  what  was  half  done  and  shew  the  same  care  as  a  socius*.  The 
end  of  the  societas  was  not  of  course  the  end  of  the  business:  what  it  in 
effect  meant  was  that  there  must  be  an  adjustment  of  accounts,  and  the 
estate  of  the  deceased  socius  had  nothing  to  do  with  future  happenings5. 

Renunciation.  It  could  of  course  end  by  mutual  dissensus,  but  the 
rule  went  much  further.  Any  socius  could,  even  in  defiance  of  an  agree- 
ment to  the  contrary,  end  the  societas  altogether  at  any  time  by  renoun- 
cing it6.  But  though  he  ended  the  firm,  he  might  be  liable  for  damages. 
If  he  did  it  fraudulently,  e.g.  to  keep  an  impending  acquisition  for  him- 
self or  avoid  an  impending  loss,  he  must  account,  whether  it  was  for  a 
term  or  not:  he  freed  his  socii  from  him,  it  is  said,  but  not  himself  from 
his  socii1.  So  too  if,  without  fraud,  he  insisted  on  doing  it  at  a  time 
disastrous  to  the  firm8.  If  there  was  an  agreement  not  to  renounce,  it 
might  still  be  done,  with  the  same  liability  in  the  case  of  fraud  or  dis- 
astrous choice  of  time9.  Hence  Pomponius  says  that  an  agreement  not 
to  renounce  is  a  nullity10,  but  that  is  hardly  the  case.  It  seems  to  follow 
from  the  texts  that  apart  from  fraud  or  special  circumstances  he  would 
in  such  a  case  be  liable  for  damages  if,  e.g.,  the  loss  of  his  services  or 
capital  made  it  impossible  for  the  firm  to  go  on11.  Similar  rules  appear 
to  have  applied  where  the  societas  was  for  a  fixed  term12.  On  the  other 
hand,  there  were  circumstances,  such  as  gross  misconduct  by  a  socius, 
or  long  and  necessary  absence  on  public  affairs,  which  completely 
justified  renunciation  even  where  there  was  a  term  or  a  contrary  agree- 
ment13. Renunciation  might  be  express  or  tacit:  alienation  of  the  share 
was  the  chief  case  of  tacit  renunciation14.  Such  a  sale  was  a  breach  of 
an  agreement  not  to  divide  and  the  rules  of  renunciation  applied15. 

1   17.  2.  4.  1 ;  h.  t.  63.  10;  65.  9,  10,  etc.  2   17.  2.  35;  h.  t.  59;  G.  3.  152;  Inst.  3. 

25.  5.  3  17.  2.  65.  9.  4  17.  2.  37;  h.  t.  40;  h.  t.  63.  8;  h.  t.  65.  9.    It  must  be 

remembered  that  though  not  a  socius  he  is  probably  a  common  owner.  5  There  was 

nothing  to  prevent  all  members  of  an  existing  firm  from  agreeing  with  a  specific  outsider, 
that  on  the  death  of  a  certain,  or  any,  socius,  a  new  firm  should  come  into  existence  of 
which  he  should  be  a  member,  at  least  after  the  doubt  about  conditions  was  settled. 
6  17.  2.  4.  1 ;  h.  t.  63.  10,  64.  7  17.  2.  65.  3;  G.  3.  151 ;  Inst.  3.  25.  4.  8  17.  2. 

65.  5.  9   17.  2.  65.  6.  10  17.  2.  14;  cp.  h.  t.  17.  2.  11  Arg.  17.  2.  17.  pr.; 

h.  t.  65.  See  Monro,  Pro  Socio,  ad  h.  t.  16.  pr.  12  17.  2.  14;  h.  t.  65.  5.  13  17.  2.  14; 
h.  t.  16.  pr. ;  h.  t.  52.  13.  14  17.  2.  16.  1 ;  h.  t.  17.  pr.  15  17.  2.  16.  1. 


xi]  SOC1ETAS  509 

Capitis  deminutio.  In  later  law  this  meant  maxima  or  media,  i.e. 
enslavement  or  deportation,  with  loss  of  property1.  For  Gaius,  minima 
sufficed,  though  the  parties  could  agree  to  renew2.  Where  there  had 
been  a  capitis  deminutio  minima  and  the  societal  continued,  there  were 
complex  questions  as  to  the  rights  of  action  on  events  before  and  after 
the  change.  In  fact  capitis  deminutio  is  of  very  small  importance  in 
later  law,  as  a  separate  head,  for  we  are  told  that  bonorum  venditio  or 
amissio  bonorum  in  any  form,  of  which  c.  d.  is  ordinarily  only  one  case, 
ended  a  societas3. 

Lapse  of  agreed  time,  arrival  of  determining  condition,  completion 
of  purpose  and  destruction  of  subject-matter  need  only  mention4. 

Actio  pro  socio.  The  normal  purpose  of  this  action  was  contribution, 
but  litis  contestatio  in  it  ended  the  societas,  where  it  was  brought  as  a 
general  action  on  the  contract5,  though  it  could  be  brought  as  a  friendly 
suit  to  adjust  particular  points  without  affecting  the  contract  as  a 
whole6.  In  any  case  it  of  course  novated  the  rights  on  the  actual  points 
brought  into  issue7.  It  was  bonae  fidei8,  directa  on  both  sides,  and  sub- 
ject to  "beneficium  competentiae" :  the  socius  was  not  condemned  beyond 
what  he  could  pay,  except  where  he  had  fraudulently  made  himself  unable 
to  pay.  This  rule  seems  to  have  applied  at  first  only  to  societas  omnium 
bonorum9,  and  it  never  applied  where  the  action  was  against  a  heres. 
What  was  unpaid  remained  due10.  Condemnatio  in  the  action  involved 
infamy11,  but  it  is  probable  that  this  was  so  only  in  case  of  dolus.  It  may 
be  noted  that  Paul  says  that  societas  is  destroyed  by  actio  where  either 
an  action  is  brought  on  it,  or  it  is  otherwise  novated  by  stipulatio12.  This 
odd  statement  is  explained  on  the  view  that  actio  here  is  used  in  its 
widest  sense  to  denote  any  juristic  act13. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  socii  were  commonly  also  joint  owners, 
and  thus  the  actio  communi  dividundo1*  also  was  available  between  them 
for  adjustment  of  liabilities  in  respect  of  the  property.  As  it  affected  only 
property  questions  and  adjustment,  i.e.  not  debts  and  credits,  it  was 
narrower  but  it  contained  adiudicatio,  which  pro  socio  did  not.  It 

1   17.  2.  4.  1.  2  G.  3.  153.   From  17.  2.  58.  2;  h.  t,  65.  11  it  seems  that  there  was  a 

tendency  even  in  classical  law  to  ignore  the  cap.  dem.  minima.  3  17.  2.  4.  1 ;  h.  t.  63.  12; 
h.  t.  65.  1 ;  G.  3.  154.  A  relegatus  did  not  suffer  c.  d.,  but  relegatio  might  involve  confiscation. 
What  Modestinus  exactly  means  by  "egesta-s"  (17.  2.  4.  1)  is  not  quite  clear.  If  a  deportatus 
was  allowed  to  keep  part  of  his  property  (ante,  §  xxxvi)  the  societas  would  nevertheless 
be  ended,  which  justifies  the  appearance  of  capitis  deminutio  as  a  mode  of  termination. 
4  17.  2.  63.  10.  Knowledge  of  occurrence  of  the  condition,  completion  or  destruction 
would  presumably  be  necessary.  From  h.  t.  65.  6,  it  seems  that  even  if  a  time  was  fixed 
the  societas  did  not  determine  ipso  facto  on  expiry  of  the  time,  but  there  must  be  express 
withdrawal.  Cp.  19.  2.  14.  5  17.  2.  65.  pr.  6  17.  2.  65.  15.  7  17.  2. 

63.  10.  8  17.  2.  52.  1.  9  17.  2.  63.  pr.;  h.  t.  63.  2;  42.  1.  16.  10  17.  2.  63.  4,  5. 
11  3.  2. 1 ;  Inst.  4.  16.  2.  12  17.  2.  65.  pr.  13  Girard,  Manuel,  591.  14  Post,  §CLXXXVI. 


510  SOCIETAS  [CH. 

did  not  necessarily  end  the  societas  under  Justinian:  whether  it  did  so  in 
classical  law  is  uncertain1. 

We  have  now  to  consider  some  types  of  societas  which  have  special  rules: 

Societas  venaliciorum.  Partnership  of  slavedealers,  who,  we  are  told, 
were  usually  rascals2.  The  Edict  of  the  Aediles  was  first  introduced  for 
them,  and  there  was  a  rule  that  where  one  of  them  sold,  the  aedilician 
actions  lay  in  solidum  against  any  socius  whose  share  was  not  less  than 
that  of  any  other3. 

Societas  argentariorum .  Banking  firms.  These  were  at  the  other 
extreme  of  commerce.  They  were  a  privileged  and  important  body, 
through  whom  was  done  most  of  the  serious  business.  Their  books  were 
relied  on  as  records,  and  they  were  bound  to  produce  them  in  litigation 
concerning  their  clients4.  Of  the  many  special  rules  affecting  them  only 
one  bears  on  societas.  It  is  that  a  contract  by  a  firm  of  argentarii  created 
a  correal  obligation  both  ways,  whether  so  intended  or  not5,  and  that  a 
contract  literis  by  any  one  of  them  had  the  same  effect6. 

Societas  vectigalis.  This  was  a  societas  for  taxfarming,  and  it  seems 
that  similar  rules  applied  to  other  societates  contracting  with  the  State, 
e.g.  for  exploiting  mines  and  quarries7.  The  contract  with  the  State 
was  usually  for  five  years.  The  chief  special  rules  are  the  following: 

1.  Besides   the  socii  there  might   be   investors   (participes)   whose 
position  is  imperfectly  known8,  and  who  are  not  traceable  in  late  law. 

2.  Death  of  a  socius  did  not  end  the  firm  as  to  the  others,  unless  the 
deceased  was  the  manager  or  held  the  contract  with  the  State9.    This 
does  not  imply  unusual  permanence,  as  the  societas  was  probably  only 
for  the  five-year  contract. 

3.  It  was  possible  to  agree,  ab  initio,  that  the  heres  of  a  deceased 
socius  should  become  one10.    Apart  from  such  agreement,  he  would, 
unlike  the  heres  of  an  ordinary  socius,  take  his  share  of  the  rights  and 
liabilities  after  the  death,  though,  like  a  particeps,  he  had  no  voice  in 
the  management11. 

4.  On  some  obscure  texts12,  it  is  sometimes  said  that  there  was  no 
right  of  renunciation. 

5.  On  certain  texts13  it  is  suggested  that  such  firms  were  corporate 

1   17.  2.  43.    Perhaps  interpolated.         2  21.  1.  37.         3  21.  1.  44.  1.          4  2.  13.  4; 
h.  t.  6;  h.  t.  10.  5  2.  14.  9.  pr.;  4.  8.  34.  pr.,  etc.    Probably  extended  to  all  money 

loans  and  promises.  Similar  rule  for  joint  exercitores,  ante,  §  CLXXVH;  post,  §  CLXXXIV. 
6  Rh.  ad  Her.  2.  13.  19.  7  3.  4.  1.  pr.  All  called  societates  publicanorum,  but 

vectigalis  more  strictly  applied,  17.  2.  63.  8;  50.  16.  16.  8  Monro,  Pro  Socio,  79. 

9  17.  2.  59.  pr. ;  h.  t.  63.  8.  The  others  were  frequently  "sleeping  partners,"  providing 
capital  but  not  service.  The  passage  speaking  of  the  exceptional  case  in  which  death 
dissolves  the  societas  has  been  altered  by  the  compilers,  but  the  rule  is  probably  classical, 
Mitteis,  R.Pr.  1.  413.  10  17.  2.  59.  11  17.  2.  63.  8.  12  17.  2.  63.  8;  h.  t.  65.  15. 
13  3.  4.  1.  pr.;  37.  1.  3.  4. 


xi]  SOCIETAS  511 

bodies,  i.e.  the  rights  and  duties  attached  to  the  corporate  body  and  not 
to  the  individuals.  But  there  is  much  controversy.  The  chief  views  are 
that  they  were  corporate,  that  they  might  be,  but  were  not  necessarily, 
that  the  rule  in  either  form  did  not  apply  to  them  but  to  sodalitates 
among  the  workers,  that  this  last  was  the  classical  view,  but  that  under 
Justinian,  it  applied  to  the  societates,  and  finally  that  it  applied  not  to 
societates  vectigales,  which  usually  had  but  a  short  existence,  but  to 
financial  groups  of  a  more  permanent  character  which  provided  capital 
for  them1. 

Societas  omnium  (universorum)  bonorum.  Partnership  in  all  property 
and  undertakings.  It  was  not  corporate.  It  was  probably  the  oldest 
form  of  societas,  descending  from  consortium,  an  early  practice  by  which 
heredes,  instead  of  dividing,  kept  the  hereditas  together  and  enjoyed  it 
in  common2.  It  did  not  necessarily  cover  future  acquisitions.  The  con- 
tract had  the  exceptional  effect,  derived  no  doubt  from  its  origin  in  con- 
sortium, that  all  res  corporales  of  a  member  vested,  by  the  mere  agreement, 
in  the  firm  as  a  whole3.  How  the  lawyers  constructed  this  tacit  transfer 
is  not  clear4.  lura  in  personam  could  not  be  transferred  and  thus  must 
be  accounted  for  to  the  firm5.  Future  acquisitions,  if  they  came  in,  had 
to  be  transferred6,  but  nothing  acquired  by  wrong  came  in7.  There  were 
special  rules  for  cases  in  which  the  interest  was  terminable  or  inalien- 
able, e.g.  dos  and  usufruct8. 

As  the  property  belonged  to  the  societas,  that  body  bore  expenses9. 
But  it  was  not  responsible  for  penalties  for  delict  or  losses  in  gambling 
or  the  like10.  This  does  not  mean  that  the  creditor  would  not  be  paid, 
but  that,  if  the  socius  paid  out  of  firm  property,  the  whole  was  charged 
against  his  share,  and  it  is  clear  that  in  such  societates  there  was  money 
belonging  to  individuals11.  Revenue  shared  out  was  no  doubt  at  the 
disposal  of  the  party.  Even  apart  from  this,  if  judgment  was  obtained 
on  such  a  liability,  and  was  not  satisfied,  creditors  could  proceed  to 
bonorum  venditio,  which  would  end  the  societas  and  make  the  debtor's 

1  See  Mitteis,  Rom.  Privr.  404  sqq.  2  10.  2.  39.  3;  17.  2.  52.  6;  cp.  h.  t.  52.  8. 

The  origin  suggests — since  consortium  affected  only  present  possessions,  the  hereditas, 
which  in  case  of  sui  was  all  they  had — that  s.  o.  b.  would  cover  only  present  possessions. 
In  fact  many  of  the  texts  say  nothing  of  future  acquisitions,  and  of  those  which  clearly 
do,  two  suggest  that  it  was  exceptional,  and  of  these  one  deals  only  with  one  specific  future 
acquisition  and  excludes  the  rest  (17.  2.  3.  2);  the  other,  h.  t.  73,  speaking  of  "universarum 
fortunarum,"  required  a  gloss,  "id  est  earum  quoque  rerum  quae  posted  adquirentur." 
Clearly  cases  dealing  only  with  present  property  did  occur,  and  they  were  probably  the 
most  usual  so  far  as  capital  contribution  is  concerned,  a  much  more  reasonable  sort  of 
partnership.  3  17.  2.  1.  1.  4  The  tacit  traditio  of  Gaius  (17.  2.  2)  and  the 

constitutum  possessorium  sometimes  suggested  are  unsatisfactory,  for  it  appears  to  have 
applied  to  everything,  not  merely  to  what  was  actually  possessed  by  a  party.  5  17.  2. 

3.  pr.  6  17.  2.  73.  7  17.  2.  52.  17;  h.  t.  53.  8  A  usufruct  could  not  be 

transferred.  9  17.  2.  73.  10  17.  2.  52.  18.  11   17.  2.  52.  18. 


512  MANDATVM  [CH. 

share  available.  There  would  usually  be  no  need  to  proceed  to  this 
extreme:  the  amount  would  be  paid  out  of  the  common  fund  and  charged 
against  the  socius  concerned. 

The  ordinary  modes  of  ending  the  societas  applied.  Thus  it  might  be 
renounced1.  As  in  other  cases  the  transactions  were  the  transactions  of 
the  party  himself:  it  was  he  who  must  sue  and  be  sued2. 

CLXXIX.  MAN  DATUM.  This  was  the  undertaking,  by  request,  of  a 
gratuitous  service  for  another.  The  appointor  was  called  mandator: 
mandatarius  is  a  convenient  though  unauthorised  name  for  the  other 
party.  The  service  might  be  of  any  kind  connected  with  patrimonium, 
provided  it  was  lawful  and  possible3.  In  recorded  cases,  it  usually  in- 
volved entry  into  legal  relation  with  a  third  party,  but  this  need  not  be 
so.  Thus  we  read  of  a  mandate  to  a  fullo  who  was  going  to  do  the  work 
for  nothing4.  Mandate  seems  to  have  begun  as  an  isolated  friendly 
service5,  to  act  as  adstipulator,  or  surety,  or  as  representative  in  litiga- 
tion, but  in  classical  law  it  had  a  much  wider  scope.  It  might  be  general, 
the  management  of  the  principal's  affairs,  the  holder  of  such  a  man- 
date being  properly  called  a  procurator,  though  in  the  late  classical  law, 
this  name  is  applied  to  mandatories  for  a  single  service6,  the  earliest 
application  of  it  in  this  sense  being  to  a  procurator  ad  litem.  Mandate 
might  be  subject  to  dies  or  condition,  and  of  course  to  a  limit  of  time7. 
It  might  be  express  or  tacit8. 

Mandate  was  gratuitous9.  No  agreed  reward  could  be  recovered  in 
the  action  on  mandate,  but  in  classical  law  it  was  possible,  where 
remuneration  had  been  agreed,  to  recover  it  by  a  cognitio  extraordinaria10. 
This  makes  its  gratuitous  character  rather  unreal  but  not  unimportant: 
it  would  not  be  possible  for  a  mandatory,  sued  on  his  mandate,  to  set 
off  a  claim  for  the  honorarium,  or  to  defend  on  the  ground  that  it  had 
not  been  paid.  It  was  no  part  of  the  contract. 

The  mandate  must  concern  the  mandator:  he  must  have  an  interesse11. 
This  rule  leads  to  a  classification  of  mandates  according  as  they  interest 
mandator,  mandatarius  or  a  third  party,  or  any  combination  of  these. 
The  classification  would  have  had  little  meaning  in  the  republic,  but  as 

1  17.  2.  65.  pr.,  3.  2  See,  e.g.,  17.  2.  52.  18;  47.  2.  52.  18.  3  17.  1.  6.  3; 

G.  3.  157.  4  Inst.  3.  26.  13.  5  See,  however,  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  665. 

6  3.  3.  1.    See  Karlowa,  loc.  tit.  1  17.  1.  1.  3.    No  sign  of  doubts  as  to  conditions. 

8  17.  1.  53;  50.  17.  60.  9  17.  1.  1.  4;  G.  3.  162;  Inst.  3.  26.  13.  10  These 

cases  of  recognised  solaria,  honoraria,  grew  more  numerous  as  time  went  on,  and 
services  of  almost  any  kind  were  dealt  with  in  this  way  (50.  13.  1).  It  is  not,  however, 
clear  that  the  notion  of  mandate  was  correspondingly  extended,  i.e.,  that,  e.g.,  an  actio 
mandati  lay  if  the  service  was  faultily  rendered.  Gaius  and,  even  more  clearly  .Justinian 
treat  mandate  as  confined  to  cases  which  might  have  been  locatio  (G.  3.  162;  Inst.  3.  26.  13). 
See  17.  1.  7;  C.  4.  35.  1.  The  general  language  of  h.  t.  6.  pr.  is  of  small  weight.  Doubtless 
the  limits  of  mandate  and  locatio  operis  were  not  precisely  defined.  11  17.  1.  8  6. 


xi]  MANDATUM  513 

mandate  grew  commercialised  the  distinctions  became  more  important1. 
Any  of  the  forms  was  valid  if  there  was  an  interesse  of  mandator,  but  a 
mandate  in  the  interest  merely  of  mandatarius  or  a  third  party,  or  both, 
gave  no  actio  directa2.  We  are  told  that  mandate  in  the  interest  of 
mandatarius  alone  was  mere  advice  and  no  mandate  at  all3,  but  we  are 
also  told4  that  if  it  was  a  thing  he  would  not  have  done,  but  for  the  advice, 
there  was  an  actio  contraria  on  the  mandate.  The  words  must  be  taken  to 
represent  Justinian's  law5,  but  they  are  probably  interpolated,  the 
classical  law  giving  only  an  actio  doli  in  case  of  fraud.  The  rule  that  it 
must  not  be  in  the  interest  of  a  third  party  alone  is  rather  unreal.  There 
might  be  an  indirect  interest,  not  apparent  on  the  contract.  Thus  where 
A  gave  B  a  mandate  to  assume  a  certain  liability  for  X,  X  might  be 
indebted  to  A  and  this  would  save  him  from  insolvency.  And  it  is  said 
that  in  any  such  mandate  the  mandator  was  interfering  in  the  affairs  of 
the  third  party,  liable  ex  negotio  gesto,  and  thus  interested6.  It  was 
agreed  in  classical  law7  that  a  mandate  to  lend  money  to  a  particular 
third  person  gave  an  action  against  the  mandator,  at  any  rate  if  it  was 
at  interest8.  This  form  of  mandate  became  an  important  form  of  surety9, 
and  it  does  not  appear  that  it  was  confined  to  cases  of  loan  at  interest. 
In  fact  the  doctrine  that  the  mandator  must  have  an  interest  rests  mainly 
on  a  text  of  Ulpian10  which  requires  it  not  for  the  existence  of  a  valid 
mandate,  but  for  an  actio  mandati  directa.  No  one  had  an  action  who  had 
no  interesse.  The  limitation  is  denied  by  the  same  writer  elsewhere11,  and 
is  not  hinted  at  by  Gains  in  his  exceptionally  full  treatment  of  the  matter12. 

The  powers  of  the  mandatary  might  be  very  varied:  their  extent 
must  be  judged  by  the  terms  of  the  mandate.  In  general  he  might  do 
whatever  was  necessarily  or  reasonably  involved  in  the  mandate  or 
ancillary  to  it,  but  a  general  mandatary,  procurator,  had  not  necessarily 
any  power  of  alienation13.  He  could  not  of  course  in  any  case  do  things  in 
which  direct  representation  was  impossible,  e.g.  convey  his  principal's 
property  by  mancipatio. 

Subject  to  a  right  of  renunciation,  the  mandatary  must  carry  out 
what  he  undertook14.  As  he  might  not  profit,  he  must  account  for  receipts 
and  transfer  proceeds  in  whatever  was  the  proper  form15.  In  the  execu- 
tion of  the  mandate  he  was  liable  in  early  law  only  for  dolus16.  This 

1  Justinian's  classification  is  much  more  elaborate  than  that  of  G.  in  his  Inst.,  though 
it  purports  to  come  from  him.    G.  3.  155;  D.  17.   1.  2.  2  Ib. ;  Inst.  3.  26.   1-5. 

3  G.  3.  156;  Inst.  3.  26.  6;  D.  17.  1.  2.  6.  4  Ib.;  17.  1.  6.  5.  5  See  also  17. 

1.  16.        6  Arg.  17.  1.  1.  2.        7  G.  3.  156.    Servius  had  disagreed.        8  Ib.;  17.  1.  2.  5. 
9  Post,  §CLXXX.  10  17.   1.  8.  6.          11   17.   1.  6.  4.  12  G.  3.   155-162.  There 

might  be  actio  contraria  without  the  direct  action.  13  3.  3.  63.    This  needs  "adminis- 

tratio"  14  Inst.  3.  26.  11.  15  17.  1.  8.  pr.;  h.  t.  10.  3;  h.  t.  20.  pr.  16  And 

culpalata!  Post,  §  cxc. 

B.  R.  L.  33 


514  MANDATUM  [CH. 

agrees  with  principle,  as  he  did  not  profit.  But  in  later  classical  law  he 
was  liable  for  culpa  levis,  both  views  appearing  in  the  Digest1.  The  change 
is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  his  services  were  only  nominally 
gratuitous2.  He  was  responsible  not  only  for  positive  damage,  but  for 
damage  resulting  from  neglect  to  perform3.  A  rule  that  he  must  not 
exceed  his  powers4  gave  rise  to  questions.  Where  he  did  so  in  a  divisible 
operation,  e.g.  lent,  or  became  surety  for,  a  larger  sum  than  was  autho- 
rised, it  was  early  agreed  that  he  could  recover  ex  mandato  to  the  limit 
of  the  authority5.  But  there  had  been  disagreement.  Thus,  where  he 
sold  for  less  or  bought  for  more  than  the  authorised  price,  the  Sabinians 
gave  him  no  claim,  but  the  Proculian  view  prevailed,  on  which  he  could 
claim,  if  he  bore  the  difference  himself6. 

The  mandator,  who  was  liable  for  culpa  levis7,  must  accept  perform- 
ance, and  take  over  any  rights  properly  created  on  his  behalf,  and 
indemnify  the  mandatarius  in  respect  of  any  liabilities8  incurred,  by 
payment  or  transactio,  or  taking  them  over  by  novatio,  etc.9  He  must 
reimburse  the  mandatary  for  expenses  properly  incurred,  with  interest, 
for  the  mandatary  as  he  must  not  profit,  must  not  lose  either10.  But 
there  was  an  illiberal  rule  that  personal  losses  which  had  nothing  to  do 
with  the  mandate  were  not  chargeable  even  though  they  would  not  have 
occurred  but  for  the  mandate11. 

Mandate  ended  of  course  by  completion,  impossibility,  arrival  of 
term  or  condition,  mutual  waiver,  and  so  forth,  but  also  by: 

Revocation  or  renunciation.  This  right  resulted  from  the  confidential 
aspect  of  mandate.  So  long  as  nothing  had  been  done,  the  mandator 
could  revoke  with  impunity,  but  if  he  did  so  when  the  mandatary  had 
incurred  expenses  or  liabilities  he  must  take  these  over12.  The  mandatary's 
power  of  acting  within  his  authority  lasted  till  he  had  notice  of  the 
revocation13,  while  persons  dealing  with  him  were  entitled  to  treat  him 
as  mandatary,  till  they  had  notice14.  The  mandatary  could  renounce,  re 
Integra,  so  long  as  his  renunciation  did  not  prevent  the  principal  from 
conveniently  getting  the  thing  done  at  all15,  or  in  any  case  if  he  was 
attacked  by  illness16,  or  had  hostile  interests17,  or  the  principal  was 
insolvent18.  If,  apart  from  this,  he  renounced  after  having  acted,  he 
would  still  be,  in  a  sense,  within  his  rights,  but  was  more  likely  to  injure 

1   17.  1.  10.  pr. ;  h.  t.  29.  pr. ;  19.  5.  5.  4;  50.  17.  23.  2  It  can  hardly  be  due  to  the 

confidential  nature  of  the  transaction,  for  the  rule  appears  only  when  mandatum  is  be- 
coming commercialised.  3  17.  1.  8.  10;  h.  t.  12.  10;  h.  t.  5.  1.  etc.  4  See  Greg. 
Wis.  1.  1;  Inst.  3.  26.  8;  D.  17.  1.  5.  5  17.  1.  33.  6  G.  3.  161;  P.  2.  15.  3;  Inst. 
3.  26.  8;  D.  17.  1.  3.  2,  4.  7  47.  2.  62.  5.  8  17.  1.  12.  9;  h.  t.  15;  h.  t.  26.  6. 
9  17.  1.  45.  pr.-5.  10  17.  1.  15;  P.  2.  15.  2.  11  E.g.  a  man  travelling  under  man- 
date is  robbed  by  highwaymen,  h.  t.  26.  6.  12  17.  1.  15;  G.  3.  159;  Inst.  3.  26.  9. 
13  17.  1.  15.  14  46.  3.  12.  2.  15  17.  1.  22.  11.  16  17.  1.  23;  P.  2.  15.  1. 
17  Ib.  18  17.  1.  24,  25;  P.  2.  15.  1. 


xi]  MAN  DATUM  515 

the  mandator,  in  which  case  he  would  be  liable  for  damages.  He  must 
therefore  give  prompt  notice  of  any  revocation1,  and  in  any  case  he 
must  not  leave  a  transaction  half  completed2. 

Death  of  either  party,  as  it  was  a  personal  relation,  with  similar  rules 
as  to  notice  of  death  in  the  case  of  the  mandator*,  the  heres  of  a  deceased 
mandatary  being  bound  to  attend  to  uncompleted  matters4.  Here 
however  mandate  for  performance  after  the  death  of  either  party  raises 
a  certain  difficulty.  Such  a  thing  is  said  to  be  void  because  an  obligatio 
cannot  begin  in  the  heres5,  and  so  far  as  death  of  the  mandatary  is  con- 
cerned, this  is  clearly  stated6  and  nowhere  denied.  There  is  the  further 
reason  that  the  confidence  one  has  in  a  man  does  not  extend  to  his 
unknown  heres.  ,  But  it  is  different  in  the  case  of  mandate  for  perform- 
ance after  the  death  of  the  mandator.  The  personal  reason  does  not 
apply.  The  rule  is  not  stated  by  Gaius,  but  is  by  Paul,  in  the  Digest, 
with  the  reason  that  mandate  ends  by  death  of  either  party7.  One 
text  may  possibly  imply  that  a  mandate  to  conduct  my  funeral  gives 
no  actio  mandati8,  but  another  gives  it  on  a  mandate  to  build  my  monu- 
ment9, not  easily  distinguished.  Another  gives  it  on  a  mandate  to  buy 
land  for  my  heres  after  my  death10,  and  Gaius  gives  it  for  adstipulatio  on 
a  stipulatio  post  mortem11.  In  one  text  in  which  the  mandate  was 
operative  after  death  of  mandator,  the  reason  is  assigned  that  on  the 
facts  (the  text  was  written  offidiicia)  the  mandator  might  have  an  action 
in  his  life  so  that  the  obligation  did  not  begin  in  the  heres12.  In  another, 
corrupt,  it  is  said  similarly  that  mandatarius  might  incur  expense,  with 
a  right  of  reimbursement,  before  the  death13.  It  is  not  easy  to  see  why  it 
should  be  possible  to  incur  expense  on  a  monument  before  the  death, 
and  not  on  other/wweran'a14.  In  fact  since  it  is  not  easy  to  find  a  mandate 
in  which  it  was  not  possible  for  money  to  be  expended  before  the  death, 
or,  failing  this,  for  the  mandator  to  have  some  claim,  the  exceptional 
case  practically  negatives  the  rule. 

The  actions  resulting  from  mandate  were  bonae  fidei  indicia.  They 
were  the  actio  mandati,  against  the  mandatary,  condemnation  involving 
infamy15,  and  actio  mandati  contraria  for  reimbursement16. 

1  17.  1.  22.  11.  2  Arg.  17.  2.  40.  3  17.  1.  26.  pr.;  G.  3.  160;  Inst.  3.  26. 

10.  In  C.  4.  35.  15  it  is  said  "mandatum  re  intcgra  domini  morte  finitur,"  a  much  more 
limited  proposition.  4  Arg.  17.  2.  40.  5  Ante,  §  CXLIX.  6  G.  3.  158  (he 

gives  that  reason);  D.  17.  1.  27.  3.  7  46.  3.  108.  8  11.  7.  14.  2.  9  17.  1. 

12.  17.  10  17.  1.  13.  11  G.  3.  117.  12  17.  1.  27.  1.    In  the  original  an  actio 

fiduciae  on  revocation,  under  Justinian  a  condictio  ex  poenitentia.  13  17.  1.  12.  17. 

14  For  the  actio  funeraria  for  expenses  properly  incurred  in  conducting  a  funeral,  Lenel, 
E.P.  223;  post,  §  CLXXXVH.  15  G.  4.  62;  Inst.  4.  6.  28;  D.  3.  2.  1,  probably  only  in  case 

oidolus.  16  17.  1.  41;  notinfaming,  D.  3.  2.  1.    It  is  however  maintained  that  the 

actio  contraria  is  post-classical:  the  actio  mandati  in  classical  law  having  an  intent! o 
raising  the  claims  on  both  sides,  "quidquid  ob  earn  rem  alterum  alteri  d.f.  oportct,  cxf.  6." 
Biondi,  Indicia  bonae  fidei,  61  sqq. 

33—2 


516  MANDATUM  [en. 

CLXXX.  We  have  now  to  consider  some  special  aspects  of  mandatum. 

The  position  of  mandate  among  consensual  contracts  seems  at  first 
sight  remarkable.  It  differed  from  the  others  in  that  it  was  gratuitous, 
and,  on  the  view  that  it  gave  an  actio  contraria,  only  imperfectly  bilateral, 
resembling  in  these  respects  the  contracts  re.  It  resembled  them  also  in 
that  either  party  could  withdraw  before  anything  was  done.  And  the 
doubt  about  conditions  which  existed  in  the  other  consensual  contracts 
is  not  suggested  here.  It  may  therefore  be  thought  that  it  should  be 
under  the  contracts  re.  But  it  differed  from  these  in  essential  ways: 
there  was  here  no  question  of  delivery.  The  matter  is  not  mended  by 
regarding  delivery  as  part  performance,  of  which  this  is  another  case. 
The  mere  agreement  created  a  definite  obligation,  which  justifies  the 
place  of  the  contract.  If  A  gave  B  a  mandate,  and  B  simply  neglected 
it,  to  A's  loss,  an  actio  mandati  lay1.  To  avoid  liability  there  must  be 
an  express  repudiation  and  this  must  be  under  such  conditions  as  not 
to  upset  A's  plans.  The  mandator  could  withdraw  only  by  revocatio2, 
which  implies  something  to  revoke.  Agreements  for  a  right  of  withdrawal 
were  common  on  sale3,  but  sale  was  none  the  less  a  consensual  contract. 
There  was  a  right  of  renunciation  in  societas*.  The  presence  of  considera- 
tion is  not  an  essential  of  consensual  contracts:  it  is  merely  one  of  the 
factors  which  made  for  recognition.  Commercial  importance  was  the 
real  test:  most  commercially  important  contracts  would  have  con- 
sideration, but  not  necessarily  all. 

Mandatum  as  agency.  An  agent  is  one  who  sets  up  relations  between 
principal  and  third  party,  himself  taking  no  rights  and  incurring  no 
liabilities,  but  acting  as  a  mere  conduit.  Roman  Law  never  reached  this 
institution  in  contract,  but  approached  it  in  connexion  with  mandate. 
The  praetor  made  an  inroad  on  the  principle  that  a  contract  affected 
only  the  actual  parties,  by  giving  an  actio  institoria  against  the  principal 
who  had  appointed  a  man  to  manage  a  business  and  to  contract  in 
relation  to  it5,  a  case  of  mandate.  Papinian  perhaps  went  further  and 
allowed  an  "actio  ad  exemplum  institoriae,"  where  the  mandate  was  only 
for  an  isolated  transaction6:  whether  the  third  party  must  have  known 
of  the  authorisation  in  this  last  case  is  not  clear7.  But  there  was  no 
such  principle  the  other  way.  One  text  indeed  says  that  as  the  employer 
was  liable  he  must  also  be  entitled8,  but  this  is  due  to  Justinian  and 
probably  does  not  really  represent  the  law  even  for  his  time.  The  princi- 

1  17.  1.  6.  1.  See  also  post,  §  coxxxiv.  2  Inst.  3.  26.  9.  3  Ante,  §  CLXxm. 

4  Ante,  §  CLXXvm.  5  Post,  §  CLXXXIV.  6  14.  3.   19.  pr.  7  In  some 

texts  this  is  not  mentioned  (14.  3.  19.  pr.;  19.  1.  13.  25).  In  two  it  is,  but  in  both  there  is 
another  point.  In  17.  1.  10.  5  the  person  seeking  the  action  is  one  who  did  not  make  the 
authorised  contract,  but  guaranteed  it.  A  surety  is  entitled  to  know  what  other  guarantees 
there  are.  In  3.  5.  30.  pr.  the  same  point  arises  for  the  fideiussor.  8  19.  1.  13.  25. 


xi]  MANDATUM  517 

pal  could  not  ordinarily  sue  on  the  contract  unless  he  had  taken  an  assign- 
ment of  the  action  in  the  way  shortly  to  be  considered.  In  some  cases 
of  urgency,  however,  the  matter  was  carried  further:  the  principal  could 
bring  the  agent's  action  as  an  actio  utilis,  and  in  all  such  cases  an  action 
by  the  mandatary  after  this  would  be  met  by  an  exceptio  doli.  This  is 
stated  only  of  cases  where  there  was  no  other  way  of  protecting  the 
principal's  interests,  e.g.  the  agent  was  insolvent1.  It  has  been  suggested 
on  the  analogy  of  the  case  of  tutores,  that  the  same  may  have  been  true 
where  the  agent  could  not  or  could  no  longer  be  sued,  so  that  there 
would  be  no  injustice  in  depriving  him  of  his  actions,  e.g.  in  unilateral 
transactions2.  The  texts  make  it  clear  that  the  principal  did  not  in  general 
acquire  the  agent's  rights  of  action3:  the  notion  formerly  held  that, 
where  there  was  a  right  to  have  the  action  transferred,  an  actio  utilis  lay 
without  transfer,  is  unfounded4.  Further,  the  mandatary  was  not  pro- 
tected from  being  sued  on  his  own  contract,  so  that  his  position  was  far 
short  of  that  of  a  true  agent:  the  last  point  is  important,  for  though 
he  was  entitled  to  an  indemnity  from  his  principal,  this  might  be 
illusory. 

Mandatum  as  a  contract  of  surety5.  The  mandate  to  lend  money, 
mandatum  credendae  pecuniae  (the  so-called  mandatum  qualificatum)  im- 
posed on  the  mandator,  like  all  mandate,  the  duty  to  indemnify  the 
mandatarius.  If  therefore  the  debtor  did  not  pay,  the  mandator  must, 
so  that  he  was  in  effect  surety  to  the  mandatarius  for  the  debtor.  It 
differed  from  adpromissio  in  that  it  was  created  by  an  independent  con- 
tract before  the  principal  debt,  and  in  that  the  creditor,  mandatarius, 
owed  duties  under  the  mandate  to  the  surety,  the  mandator,  his  principal. 
And  the  duty  of  the  mandator  was  not  to  pay  a  certain  sum  if  the  debtor 
did  not,  but  to  indemnify  the  mandatary,  which  is  not  quite  the  same 
thing.  This  led  to  some  practical  differences  in  the  rules,  of  which  the 
chief  were  the  following: 

Action  against  the  debtor  did  not  release  the  mandator,  since  it  was 
not  eadem  res6. 

Mandator,  like  fideiussor,  could  demand  cessio  of  actions  and  se- 
curities against  the  debtor,  etc.,  but  he  was  better  off.  The  fideiussor 
could  claim  only  such  as  still  existed7,  but  as  the  mandatary  was  bound 
to  look  after  the  interests  of  mandator,  the  latter  was  released  if  the 
mandatary  had  abandoned  any  rights8. 

The  mandator  could  withdraw  before  performance,  while  the  fideiussor 

1  14.  3.  1,  2;  46.  5.  5.         2  26.  9.  2;  45.  1.  79.  Girard,  Manuel,  689.         3  See,  e.g., 
45.  1.  126.  2.  4  Post,  §  CLXXXIX.  5  Bortulucci,  Bull.  27.  129;  28.  191.  The 

author  shews  that  the  rules  of  this  institution  involve  no  anomalies,  but  are  applications 
of  the  ordinary  principles  of  mandate.  6  P.  2.  17.  16.  7  Ante,  §  CLVII.  8  46. 
3.  95.  11. 


518  INNOMINATE  CONTRACTS  [CH. 

could  not.  The  II.  Cicereia  and  Cornelia1  are  supposed  not  to  have  been 
applied  to  mandatores,  but  this  does  not  appear  to  be  clear. 

The  mandator,  being  the  originator,  might  be  liable  in  circumstances 
in  which  a  fideiussor  would  not,  e.g.  where  there  was  a  mandate  for  a 
loan  to  a  minor  who  got  restitutio  in  integrum2.  A  fideiussor  would  not 
be  liable  if  he  did  not  know  the  debtor  was  a  minor3. 

Mandatum  as  assignment  of  contract.  Procuralio  in  rem  suam. 
Obligatio,  being  personal,  could  not  be  assigned.  This  principle  was 
evaded  by  the  use  of  mandate  in  the  form  of  procuratio  ad  litem.  The 
assignment  was  effected  by  giving  the  assignee  a  mandate  to  sue  on  the 
claim,  on  the  understanding  that  he  was  not  to  be  accountable  for  the 
proceeds — procuratio  in  rem  suam.  In  its  simple  form  this  was  imperfect, 
since  the  debtor  could  still  pay  the  assignor  and  the  assignor  might 
revoke  the  mandate,  at  least  till  litis  contestatio*.  And  death  of  either 
party  revoked  the  mandate.  All  this  was  gradually  remedied.  If  the 
mandate  was  revoked  by  death,  or  expressly,  the  mandatarius  was  al- 
lowed an  actio  utilis  in  his  own  name,  though,  in  the  last  case,  perhaps 
not  till  Justinian5.  Again,  in  one  case  in  the  third  century,  but  perhaps 
generally  only  under  Justinian,  it  was  provided  that  after  notice  given 
to  the  debtor  or  part  payment  by  him  to  the  assignee,  the  original 
creditor  could  no  longer  claim  the  money  or  release  the  debt,  nor  could 
the  debtor  validly  pay  it  to  him6.  There  was  now  an  effective  transfer  of 
such  assignable  right  as  the  creditor  had.  Anastasius  introduced  a 
modification  which  must  have  done  some  injustice.  He  provided7  that 
any  one  who  had  so  bought  a  debt  could  never  recover  more  than  he 
paid  for  it,  whatever  the  amount  of  the  debt8. 

CLXXXI.  INNOMINATE  CONTRACTS9.  These  contracts  are  commonly 
treated  in  close  connexion  with  the  contracts  re,  apparently  as  repre- 
senting a  generalisation  of  these,  considered  as  resting  on  part  perform- 
ance. But  the  resemblance  is  remote  and  the  evolution  much  later. 

1  Ante,  §  CLVI.  The  previous  declaration  required  by  the  I.  Cicereia  cannot  well  occur 
in  this  case,  but  it  is  not  unlikely  that  practice  imposed  on  the  mandatary  the  duty  to 
inform  the  principal.  On  the  I.  Cornelia  there  is  no  evidence.  2  See  4.  4.  13.  pr. ; 

17.  1.  12.  13.  The  case  of  m.  credendae  pecuniae  must  be  distinguished  from  that  of  a  man- 
date to  become  surety,  given  by  the  debtor  in  every  case  of  fideiussio.  There  might  also 
be  a  mandate  to  become  surety  for  a  third  person.  3  Ante,  §  CLVH.  4  The 

litis  contestalio  has  brought  the  principal's  right  into  issue  and  novated  it,  post,  §§  ccxxxv, 
ocxxxix.  5  3.  3.  55;  C.  4.  10.  1,  perhaps  only  where  the  revocation  was  unjustified. 

Where  the  transfer  was  by  way  of  gift  it  was  still  avoided  by  death  of  mandatarius  before 
litis  conteslatio,  till  Justinian.  C.  8.  53.  33.  6  C.  8.  41.  3.  There  must  have  been  actual 

procuratio,  a  mere  agreement  to  assign  was  not  enough.  7  C.  4.  35.  22.   Justinian 

legislates  against  evasions,  h.  t.  23.  8  See  for  a  full  discussion,  Gide,  Novatio,  Pt  3, 

and  for  another  statement  and  criticism,  Girard,  Manuel,  743  sqq.  9  So  called  by 

modern  writers.  The  principal  instances  have  names,  but  they  do  not  belong  to  a  named 
class,  and  have  no  specially  named  actions,  19.  5.  3. 


xi]  INNOMINATE  CONTRACTS  519 

They  represent  a  new  principle,  i.e.  that  in  an  agreement  for  mutual 
services  performance  on  one  side  binds  the  other.  The  essence  was  the 
quid  pro  quo,  which  was  absent  in  the  contracts  re.  The  service  might  be 
a  transfer,  an  act,  or  even  an  abstention,  having  no  relation  to  the 
delivery,  which  was  the  essence  of  the  real  contract,  and  might  or  might 
not  be  a  service. 

There  is  still  much  controversy  about  the  evolution  of  these  con- 
tracts1, but  in  its  broad  lines  the  story  seems  to  be  as  follows.  There 
were  cases  in  which  it  was  clear  that  there  was  a  contract,  but  not  so 
clear  what  contract  it  was :  it  might  be  looked  on  as,  e.g.,  sale  or  hire.  In 
many  such  cases  the  doubt  was  settled  and  the  action  on  one  or  other 
of  these  contracts  given2,  but  in  others  Labeo  is  said  to  have  held  that 
an  action  should  be  given  with  a,  formula  in  ius  expressing  a  civil  duty 
(oportere)  with  words  prefixed  setting  out  the  facts3.  This  may  be  called 
"  agere  praescriptis  verbis,"  but  it  does  not  appear  that  it  was  the  specific 
"actio  praescriptis  verbis"  which  we  get  later.  Indeed  it  is  not  certain 
what  it  was  called  in  this  its  earliest  appearance — possibly  actio  civilis 
incerti*.  But  a  more  difficult  case  was  that  of  transactions  analogous  to 
existing  contracts,  but  not  really  within  the  definition  of  any.  There 
was  always  the  actio  doli,  if  one  party  had  done  his  part,  and  the  other 
refused  to  do  his5,  and  if  what  had  been  done  was  the  transfer  of  a  res 
there  was  a  condictio  ob  rein  dati  for  restitution6. 

Neither  of  these  remedies  was  enforcement  of  the  contract.  They 
undid  what  had  been  done,  putting  the  parties,  so  far  as  might  be,  in 
the  position  in  which  they  would  have  been  if  the  agreement  had  never 
been  made.  What  was  needed  was  to  put  them,  so  far  as  might  be,  in 
the  position  in  which  they  would  have  been  had  the  bargain  been  com- 
pleted. 

The  case  of  aestimatum,  handing  over  a  thing  at  an  agreed  price,  for 
sale  or  return,  was  dealt  with  in  the  Edict.  A  civil  action  of  the  type 
just  described  was  given  and  was  called  actio  aestimatoria  or  de  aestimato7. 
There  was  a  formula  but  no  edict:  it  was  a  civil  action,  and  the  prin- 
cipal text  suggests  that  the  transaction  was  contemplated  as  one  of  the 
type  in  which  the  doubt  was  merely  under  which  contract  it  came8. 
This  seems  the  proper  view9,  though  another  text  of  the  same  writer 
seems  to  regard  it  as  not  under  any  contract  and  gives  an  actio  in 

1  See  the  literature  cited,  Girard,  Manuel,  597.  See  also  Partsch,  reviewing  Francisci, 
Z.S.S.  35.  335  sqq.  2  G.  3.  145,  etc.  3  19.  5.  1.  1.  The  language  of  Gaius 

(n.  2)  suggests  that  Labeo's  method  was  little  followed,  and  it  has  been  suggested  that  the 
word  "civilis"  in  the  text  is  interpolated.  4  19.  5.  6.  Neratius.  Cp.  19.  1.  6.  1. 

5  19.  5.  5.  3.  6  12.  4.  16  and  passim.  7  Lenel,  E.P.  290.  8  19.  3.  1. 

9  It  is  not  afTected  by  acceptance  of  the  suggestion  of  Gradenwitz  (Interpolationen,  109) 
as  to  interpolation.  The  named  action  differentiates  it  from  the  others. 


520  PERMUTATIO  [CH. 

factum1.  However  this  may  be,  other  cases  were  protected  only  by  the 
negative  remedies  above  mentioned  and  an  actio  in  factum,  which  is 
found  very  early2  and  no  doubt  by  the  time  of  Ulpian  protected  all  such 
cases.  But  in  some  of  these,  as  time  went  on,  some  jurists,  at  least, 
admitted  the  possibility  of  a  civil  action,  agere  praescriptis  verbis,  and 
while  some  of  these  cases  were  no  doubt  classical3,  it  is  commonly  held 
that  the  general  application  of  this  action  to  all  such  cases  was  the  work 
of  Byzantine  lawyers,  probably  before  the  time  of  Justinian.  The  com- 
pilers seem  to  have  sought  to  fuse  these  remedies,  and  their  terminology 
presents  an  extraordinary  confusion.  They  speak  of  actio  in  factum, 
actio  civilis  incerti,  actio  praescriptis  verbis,  actio  praescriptis  verbis  in 
factum,  actio  civilis  in  factum,  of  which  none  is  certainly  classical  as 
applied  to  this  action,  though  aclio  praescriptis  verbis,  actio  civilis  incerti 
and  even  actio  civilis  in  factum*  may  be.  No  doubt  the  applications  were 
gradually  extended.  Thus  it  seems  that  in  the  hypothesis  "  facio  tit  des," 
Paul  did  not  admit  the  action,  while  Ulpian  did5. 

The  innominate  contracts  are  usually  grouped  after  Paul  (or  Tri- 
bonian)  under  four  classes:  do  ut  des,  do  ut  facias,  facio  ut  des,  facio  ut 
facias^,  an  imperfect  scheme  which  ignores,  in  form,  the  possibility  of 
a  service  consisting  in  an  abstention.  The  bargains  were  of  innumerable 
kinds,  but  only  two  or  three  were  important. 

Permutatio.  Barter  or  exchange.  When  we  remember  that  through- 
out the  classical  age  it  was  still  matter  of  dispute  whether  sale  involved 
a  money  price,  and  whether  it  was  distinct  from  permutatio  or  not,  it 
will  be  clear  that  we  can  know  little  of  permutatio,  as  such,  before 
Justinian.  The  contract  was  made  only  by  the  actual  transfer  of  the 
ownership  on  one  side7.  Thereupon  the  risk  in  the  thing  undelivered 
passed  to  the  party  who  had  delivered,  the  holder  being  liable  only  for 
culpa8.  As  dominium  must  pass  for  the  contract  to  arise,  it  passed 
though  there  had  been  as  yet  no  performance  on  the  other  side9,  and 
as  the  duties  on  each  side  were  the  same  one  who  had  duly  performed 
but  had  received  only  with  a  defective  title,  could  proceed  without 
waiting  for  actual  eviction10.  The  law  as  to  compensation  for  defects  was 
apparently  as  in  sale11.  It  was  a  bonae  fidei  transaction,  but  the  rules  as 

1  19.  5.  13.  pr.  See  Thaller,  however,  Melanges  Appleton,  639  sqq.  It  is  difficult  to 
understand  how  U.  can  have  written  both  texts  if  the  present  one  refers  to  aestimatum. 
See  post,  p.  521.  2  19.  5.  1.  pr.  Julian  who  must  have  handled  the  actio  de  aestimato 

gives  an  actio  in  factum  in  these  cases,  2.  14.  7.  2.  3  2.  14.  7.  2.  4  See 

Audibert,  Md.  Oerardin,  21.     He  thinks  the  last  is  Byzantine,  Mel.  Fitting,  1.  49.    In 
C.  4.  64.  6  we  get  "praescriptis  verbis  incerta  civilis  actio."  5  19.  5.  5.  3;  h.  t.  15. 

Attempts  to  determine  the  order  of  evolution  can  be  little  more  than  guesses.  619. 

5.5.  719.4.1.3.  8   19.  5.  .3.  1.  9  C.  4.  64.  4.  10  Arg.  19.  4.  13;  h.  t. 

1.  1,  2;  2.  14.  7.  2.  11   19.  4.  2;  21.  1.  19.  5. 


xij  AESTIMATUM  521 

to  laesio  enormis  did  not  apply.  The  action  of  the  one  who  had  performed, 
if  the  other  failed,  is  variously  stated  as  a  civil  action,  an  actio  in  factum 
and  the  actio  praescriptis  verbis1,  variations  indicating  the  evolution  just 
considered.  There  was  also  a  condictio  ob  rem  dati  to  recover  the  res,  if  the 
corresponding  render  had  not  been  made,  even  where  the  failure  was  not 
imputable.  Under  Justinian  it  was  called  '''condictio  causa  data  causa 
non  secuta2,"  and  appears  to  have  lain  only  where  the  actio  praescriptis 
verbis  would3.  Where  one  had  delivered  but,  for  some  reason,  ownership 
had  not  been  transferred,  there  could  be  no  actio  praescriptis  verbis,  as 
there  was  as  yet  no  contract4,  but  there  was  presumably  a  condictio  for 
recovery. 

Aestimatum5.  This  was,  essentially,  an  agreement  under  which  a  thing 
was  handed  over  by  the  owner  to  another  person  on  the  terms  that  he  was 
to  restore  it,  or  an  agreed  price,  usually  within  a  fixed  time.  There  might 
be  variations  in  detail.  Thus  the  profit  of  the  receiver  might  consist  en- 
tirely in  the  difference  between  the  price  he  had  agreed  to  give  if  he  did 
not  return  the  thing,  and  that  at  which  he  sold,  or  there  might  be  some 
sort  of  reward.  He  might  either  keep  the  thing,  or  sell  it  (which  was  the 
real  aim),  or  return  it.  It  appears  to  be  the  only  case  in  which  the  Edict 
gave  an  action  with  praescripta  verba,  but  it  is  not  called  actio  praescriptis 
verbis,  but  actio  aestimatoria  or  de  aestimato6.  Its  character  has  already 
been  considered.  The  affinities  of  aestimatum  with  various  contracts  are 
discussed  in  the  texts7.  Nothing  but  the  fact  that  the  primary  purpose 
was  not  purchase  by  the  receiver  differentiated  it  from  sale,  and  it  can 
be  regarded  as  sale  under  a  suspensive  condition8.  It  is  fairly  clear  that 
unless  by  express  agreement  the  ownership  did  not  pass  by  the  delivery 
to  the  dealer,  but  it  passed,  presumably,  on  sale  to  a  customer  or  on 
expiry  of  the  time  limited  for  return.  There  is  difficulty  on  the  subject 
of  risks.  In  one  text  Utpian  puts  the  risk  on  the  intermediary9,  and,  in 
another,  on  whichever  initiated  the  transaction,  for  which  he  cites  Labeo 
and  Pomponius10,  and,  as  Paul  says  the  same11,  this  must  be  taken  to 
have  been  the  law.  If  the  point  of  priority  was  not  clear,  Ulpian  makes 
the  receiver  liable  for  culpa,  which  leaves  the  risk  with  the  principal12. 

The  transaction  was  bonae  fidei13,  and  though  we  hear  of  an  actio  in 
factum,  it  is  not  clear  that  the  text  is  really  concerned  with  aestimatum1*. 

Precarium.  This  is  commonly  treated  as  an  innominate  contract,  but 

1   19.  4.  1.  1 ;  19.  5.  a.  1 :  C.  4.  64.  4.          2  Post,  §  CLXXXVII.          3  19.  4.  1.  4;  C.  4.  64.  4. 
4  19.    4.    1.    3.  5  See   Thaller,    Mel.    Appleton,   639   sqq.  6  Ante,   p.  519. 

7  19.  3.  1.  pr.;  19.  5.  13.  8  See  Thaller,  op.  cit.  651.  9  19.  3.  1.  1.  10  19. 

5.  17.  1.  11  P.  2.  4.  4.  12  19.  5.  17.  1.  13  19.  3.  1.  pr.  The  allusion  to 

bonae  fidei  character  is  probably  interpolated,  but  any  civil  action  on  such  facts  must 
have  been  bonae  fidei.  14  19.  5.  13.  Authority  to  sell  at  a  certain  price  ia  not  of  itself 
aestimatum. 


522  PRECAR1UM  [CH. 

in  fact  we  know  little  of  it:  it  has  been  described  as  an  enigma1.  It  seems 
to  have  originated  in  gifts  by  patrons  to  liberti  and  clientes,  of  property 
which  they  might  hold  and  enjoy,  but  not  alienate,  revocable  at  will. 
In  classical  law  it  had  lost  its  connexion  with  liberti,  but  had  not  changed 
its  character.  It  was  a  gratuitous  grant  of  the  enjoyment  of  land  or 
goods,  revocable  at  will,  even  though  a  contrary  agreement  had  been 
made2.  It  might  be  of  a  res  incorporates,  such  as  a  right  of  way3.  Common 
applications  of  it  were  permissions  by  a  creditor  in  fiducia  or  an  unpaid 
vendor,  to  the  debtor,  to  hold  the  property4.  It  was  like  commodatum, 
but  differed  in  that  it  applied  primarily  to  land,  and  gave  a  general  use 
and  enjoyment,  with  the  fruits5,  and  not,  as  commodatum  usually  did, 
only  a  particular  use.  The  precario  tenens  ordinarily  had  possessio,  but 
not  always:  it  was  a  question  of  intent6. 

It  was  essentially  a  liberality,  not  a  mutual  benefit,  differing  from 
gift  only  in  the  right  to  take  it  back  at  any  moment7.  Thus  the  holder 
was  not  liable  for  culpa  but  only  for  dolus8.  The  appropriate  remedy  for 
recovery  was  the  interdict  de  precario,  and  when  this  was  issued,  as  the 
precarium  had  ceased,  the  holder  became  liable  for  culpa  and  "  omnis 
causa"  unconsumed  fruits  and  the  like9.  The  aspect  of  it  as  a  gift  is 
brought  out  further  by  the  fact  that,  as  Paul  and  Ulpian  tell  us,  there 
was  no  special  civil  action  against  the  holder:  the  rights  under  the 
interdict  were  all  the  owner  had10.  Paul  indeed,  in  the  Sententiae,  seems  to 
contradict  this:  he  says  there  was  a  civil  action  as  in  commodatum11 , 
but  this  probably  means  only  that  there  was  a  condictio  for  recovery,  on 
general  principle,  as  there  was  a  vindicatio. 

As  it  was  a  personal  matter,  it  ended,  in  strictness,  on  the  death  of 
the  holder.  In  classical  law  his  heres  did  not  hold  in  precario,  and  was 
not  liable  to  the  interdict  de  precario^,  nor  was  he  responsible  for  the 
dolus  of  his  predecessor13.  In  later  law  the  precarium  was  regarded  as 
continuing,  so  that  he  was  liable  de  precario1*.  But  the  death  of  donor 
or  even  alienation  by  him  did  not  end  the  precarium,  though  it  could  be 
at  once  stopped15. 

There  is  no  sign  of  an  innominate  contract  in  this,  but  under  Justinian 
two  texts  give  an  action  apart  from  the  interdict,  one  giving  a  "condictio 

1  Bertolini,  op.  cit.  420.  2  43.  26.  2.  2.  3  43.  26.  3.  4  43.  26.  6.  4; 

h.  t.  20.  5  43.  26.  8.  4.  6  41.  2.  10.  1.  7  43.  26.  1.  2.  8  43.  26. 

8.  3.  9  43.  26.  8.  4,  6.  10  43.  26.  14;  47.  2.  14.  11.  11  P.  5.  6.  10. 

12  P.  5.  6.  12.  This  text  coupled  with  D.  10.  3.  7.  5  suggests  that  the  here-s  of  precario 
tenens,  holding  over,  was  liable  to  the  interdict  de  clandestine!,  possessione.  On  this  inter- 
dict, see  Lenel,  E.P.  453,  n.  3.  But  Paul's  text  may  merely  mean  that  " uti  possidetis" 
is  available  as  he  holds  "clam,  ab  alte.ro"  43.  26.  12.  1.  13  43.  26.  8.  8,  except  for 

what  he  has  received.  14  43.  26.  8.  8;  at  any  rate  if  he  knew,  44.  3.  11;  C.  8.  9.  2. 

See  however  Partsch,  Longi  Temp.  Praescriptio,  16,  n.  2.  15  43.  26.  12.  1. 


xi]  TRANS  ACT  1O  523 

incerti,  id  est  praescriptis  verbis1,"  the  other2  an  actio  praescriptis  verbis. 
Both  are  interpolated.  If  we  treat  this  action  as  the  mark  of  an  innomin- 
ate contract  we  may  say  that  under  Justinian,  precarium  became  one. 
But  it  was  essentially  different,  as  the  mutual  element  was  entirely 
wanting3. 

Transactio^.  Essentially  the  compromise  of  a  dispute  at  law,  im- 
pending, existing  or  even  already  decided,  if  an  appeal  of  any  kind  was 
still  admissible5.  It  was  the  abandonment  of  a  claim  in  consideration  of 
something  given  or  promised,  or  of  a  defence  in  consideration  of  being- 
allowed  to  retain  something6.  In  the  former,  the  usual  case,  there  would 
be  an  Aquilian  stipulatio,  and  an  acceptilatio  or  a  pact  not  to  sue7,  the 
former  extinguishing  the  claim  altogether,  the  latter  giving  an  exceptio 
pacti.  It  was  the  usual  practice,  either  as  alternative  to  the  formal 
release,  or  in  addition,  to  stipulate  for  a  penalty  in  the  event  of  disregard 
of  the  agreement8.  Such  a  penalty  was  usually  in  substitution  for  the 
agreed  compromise,  but  it  might  be  provided  that  they  were  to  be 
cumulative9.  In  the  case  of  legacy  of  alimenta  or  the  like,  as  the  class 
affected  was  likely  to  be  improvident  and  easily  influenced,  no  transactio 
was  allowed  without  consent  of  the  praetor10.  If  the  money  promised 
was  promised  only  informally,  there  was  in  earlier  classical  law  only  an 
actio  doliu:  an  enactment  of  Alexander  purports  to  give  an  actio  prae- 
scriptis verbis,  but  it  is  probably  interpolated12. 

1  43.  26.  19.  2.  2  43.  26.  2.  2.  The  civil  action  mentioned  in  P.  5.  6.  10  is  not 

defined.   It  is  probably  the  condictio  for  recovery.  3  And  it  is  not  easy  to  define  the 

scope  of  the  actio  praescriptis  verbis  under  Justinian.   See  C.  4.  54.  2  (prob.  interp.);  D.  19. 
5.  17.  2  (interp.).  4  Bertolini,  Delia  Transazione.  5  P.  1.  1.  5;  D.  2.  15.  7.  pr.; 

h.  t,  11 ;  C.  2.  4.  2;  h.  t.  32.  6  C.  2.  4.  24;  h.  t.  38.  7  2.  15.  2.  8  P.  1.  1.  3; 

D.  2.  15.  15;  h.  t.  16;  C.  2.  4.  37.  9  2.  15.  16;  C.  2.  4.  17.  10  2.  15.  8.  pr. 

11  C.  2.  4.  4;  h.  t.  28.  12  C.  2.  4.  6.    See  the  adjoining  enactments  of  the  same 

Emperor.  But  the  rule  is  stated  in  an  enactment  of  Diocletian,  C.  2.  4.  33. 


CHAPTER  XII 

OBLIGATIO  (cont.).   PACT  A.    INCIDENTS  OF  CONTRACTUAL 

OBLIGATION.    QUASI-CONTRACT.    EXTINCTION  OF 

OBLIGATION.    DELICT 

CLXXXII.  Pacta  adiecta,  p.  524;  Pacta  praetoria,  525;  P.  de  constitute,  526;  CLXXXIII. 
Receptum  argentarii,  nautae,  etc.,  arbitri,  527;  Pacta  legitima,  528;  Compromissum,  ib.; 
pactum  dotis,  donationis,  529;  CLXXXIV.  Agency  in  Contract,  ib. ;  Actio  de  peculio  et 
in  rem  verso,  ib. ;  tributoria,  530;  quod  iussu,  531 ;  institoria,  ib. ;  exercitoria,  532;  CLXXXV. 
Obligatio  quasi  ex  contractu,  533;  Ncgotiorum  gestio,  ib.;  Guardian  and  Ward,  535;  Heres 
and  legatee,  ib. ;  CLXXXVI.  Common  ownership,  ib. ;  Money  paid  by  mistake,  537; 
CLXXXVII.  Actio  funeraria,  540 ;  Missio  in  possessionem,  ib.  ;  disputed  boundaries,  ib. ; 
Condictio  ob  rem  dati,  541;  ob  turpem,  iniustam  causam,  ib.;  furtiva,  542;  sine  causa,  ib.; 
ex  lege,  ib.;  ex  poenitentia,  ib.;  Actio  ad,  exhibendti.m,  543;  Aquae  Pluviae  arcendae,  544; 
CLXXXVIII.  Interest,  545;  Mora,  546;  CLXXXIX.  Obligatio  naturalis,  548;  Transfer 
of  Obligatio,  550;  CXC.  Theory  of  Culpa,  551;  CXCI.  Custodia,  555;  CXCII.  Extinction 
of  Obligatio,  Involuntary,  557;  CXCIII.  Voluntary,  560;  Solutio,ib.;  Alternative  obliga- 
tions, 562;  CXCIV.  Novatio,  563;  CXCV.  Release,*  567 ;  exceptio  pacti,  569;  CXCVI.  Obli- 
gatio ex  delicto,  571;  Furtum,  572;  CXCVII.  Interesse  in  the  actio  furti,  574;  CXCVIII. 
Actions  for  penalty  in  Theft,  576;  actiones  ad  rem  persequendam,  577;  CXCIX.  Eapina, 
Vi  bonorum  raptorum,  579;  CC.  Damnum  iniuria  datum,  580;  I.  Aquilia,  ib.;  CCL  Exten- 
sions of  the  action  and  analogous  actions,  582;  CCII.  Iniuria,  584;  Iniuria  to  a  slave, 
587;  Iniuria  atrox,  ib.;  CCIII.  Metus,  588;  Dolus,  589;  Servi  corruptio,  590;  Fraud  on 
creditors,  591 ;  Fraud  on  patron,  592;  CCIV.  Obligatio  quasi  ex  delicto.  593;  CCV.  Responsi- 
bility for  another,  594;  Noxal  Liability,  ib.;  acts  of  familia  publicani,  596;  Delict  by 
slave  in  contract,  597;  Pauperies,  etc.  598. 

CLXXXII.  PACTA  .  In  the  preceding  chapter  the  kinds  of  agreement 
treated  as  contracts  were  discussed:  we  have  now  to  consider  what 
efficacy  was  allowed  to  such  informal  bargains  as  did  not  come  within 
this  conception,  i.e.  pacta. 

The  XII  Tables  contained  a  rule  that  proceedings  for  personal  injury 
were  barred  by  pact1,  and  pact  continued  to  be  a  complete  civil  defence 
to  an  action  on  delict,  in  later  law2.  The  Tables  contained  other  rules  on 
pacts,  which  however  do  not  directly  concern  us  here3. 

The  praetors  generalised  the  rule  of  the  XII  Tables:  a  pact  not  to 
sue  was  a  praetorian  defence  in  any  action,  so  that  it  could  destroy  an 
obligation,  though  it  gave  no  action:  nuda  paclio  obligationem  non  parit, 
sed  parit  exceptionem*.  The  next  step  was  to  allow  pacts  to  vary  obliga- 
tions. The  recognition  of  pacta  adiecta,  pacts  added  to  contracts,  was  a 

1  8.  2.    Girard,  Textes,  17;  Bruns,  1.  29.  2  2.  14.  17.  1.  3  E.g.  pacts  by 

way  of  compromise  to  avoid  execution  of  judgment,  pacts  between  members  of  a  sodalita-s 
as  to  its  rules  (XII  T.  3.  5;  8.  27,  see  also  1.  6).  4  2.  14.  7.  4:  P.  2.  22.  2.  Pacts 

must  be  lawful  (Cons.  1.  7  sqq. ;  P.  1.  1.  4).  An  exceptio  pacti  might  be  met  by  a  replicatio 
on  a  counter-pact  revoking  it,  Cons.  4.  4. 


CH.  xn]  PACT  A  525 

gradual  process  and  their  effect  in  classical  and  later  law  varied  with 
their  nature  and  with  that  of  the  contract  in  connexion  with  which  they 
were  made.  They  might  be  either  continua  (in  continenti  facto),  made  at 
the  same  time  as  the  contract,  or  ex  intervallo,  made  later1.  In  an  in- 
formal bonae  fidei  contract,  a  pactum  continuum  was  in  effect  a  term  in 
the  contract,  and  was  thus  enforceable  by  plaintiff  or  defendant,  i.e. 
whether  it  increased  or  diminished  the  obligation2.  In  stricti  iuris  con- 
tracts there  is  some  difficulty.  In  mutmim,  as  the  contract  rested  on 
delivery,  any  term  or  condition  was  in  effect  a  pact,  and  the  rule  was  as 
in  bonae  fidei  contracts3.  As  to  stipulatio,  all  that  can  be  said  on  the 
authorities  is  that  in  later  classical  law  where  other  agreements  accom- 
panied the  stipulatio  they  might  be  treated  as  implied  in  it  though  not 
expressed,  and  that  concrete  applications  of  this  rule  are  found  only  in  the 
interest  of  the  defence4,  but  general  propositions  of  late  classics  shew 
that  the  stipulator  also  might  avail  himself  of  such  agreements5. 

There  is  no  evidence  that  pacta  ex  intervallo  were  effective  except  in 
defence,  a  basis  for  exceptio  pacti6.  But  the  nature  of  the  consensual 
contract  involved  one  great  limitation  on  this  proposition.  Such  a  con- 
tract might,  before  performance,  be  set  aside  by  contrarius  consensus7. 
Similarly,  the  parties  might  agree  to  vary  its  terms,  which  would  be  in 
effect  to  discharge  the  old  and  substitute  a  new  contract.  And  where  a 
pact  was  made  which  substantially  altered  the  contract  it  was  so  con- 
strued, whether  it  benefited  one  or  the  other8.  But  a  pact,  to  be  so 
treated,  must  affect  essential  terms,  e.g.  price ;  a  pact  touching  merely 
subsidiary  matters  was  not  so  treated  and  was  good  only  as  a  defence9. 
It  was  a  question  of  fact  in  each  case  to  which  class  the  pact  belonged. 

The  next  step  was  to  give  an  action  on  some  pacts  not  connected 
with  a  contract  (pacta  vestita),  and  this  was  done  in  several  cases  by  the 
praetor  (pacta  praetoria),  who  gave  an  actio  in  factum.  Of  these  the 
chief  were10: 

lusiurandum  voluntarium.  It  was  open  to  a  party  to  any  dispute, 
whether  litigation  or  not,  to  offer  to  the  other  party  the  opportunity  to 
take  an  oath  as  to  the  truth  of  his  claims,  or  himself  to  tender  such  an 
oath  if  the  other  party  would  allow  it11.  The  other  party  need  not  take 
the  oath  or  accept  it  from  the  offeror12.  But  whoever  did  take  the  oath 

1  2.  14.  7.  5.         2  Ib.         3  But,  here  as  elsewhere,  interest  can  usually  be  attached 
only  by  stipulatio.    Post,  §  CLXXXvm;  D.  2.  14.  17.  pr.;  h.  t.  29;  C.  2.  3.  10.  4  2.  14. 

4.  3;  12.  1.  40.  5  12.  1.  40;  h.  t.  7.  Same  rule  as  to  interest.  6  2.  14.  7.  5. 

7  Post,  §  cxcv.  8  2.  14.  7.  6;  18.  5.  2.  9  18.  1.  72.  pr.  10  One  has  been 

considered — pactum  hypothecae  (ante,  §  CLXVI).  It  differs  from  the  others  in  that  its  special 
action  (actio  hypotkecaria)  is  in  effect  an  actio  inrem.  When  ultimately  the  actio  pignera- 
titia,  which  has  &  formula  in  ius,  was  given  on  hypothec,  it  ceased  to  be,  properly  speaking, 
a  praetorian  pact.  11  12.  2.  1-3.  12  C.  4.  1.  1;  D.  12.  2.  5.  4. 


526  CONSTITUTUM  [en. 

in  such  conditions  had  exceptio  iurisiurandi1  if  sued,  and  if  he  had  to 
sue  to  enforce  his  right,  he  could  bring  an  actio  iurisiurandi,  an  actio  in 
factum  in  which  he  need  prove  only  that  the  oath  was  offered  and  taken2. 
The  whole  institution  was  quite  distinct  from  the  iusiurandum  neces- 
sarium  which  could  be  required  in  certain  cases3.  Thus  it  could  not  be 
offered  back  (relatum)  so  as  to  compel  the  offerer  to  take  it4. 

Pactum  de  constitute.  This  was  an  informal  undertaking  to  pay  an 
existing  debt,  the  promisor's  or  another's,  at  a  fixed  time5.  It  might 
be  to  the  original  creditor  or  another  person6.  The  action  was  the  actio 
de  pecunia  constituta7.  It  was  akin  to  the  actio  certae  pecuniae  creditae 
though  it  was  an  actio  in  factum:  in  particular  there  was  (or  might  be)  a 
penal  sponsio,  here  of  half  the  amount  in  dispute8.  It  covered  debts  of 
any  origin,  contract  (or  quasi)  or  delict9,  but  it  was  at  first  confined  to 
money,  as  the  actio  c.  p.  c.  was,  and  extended,  first  to  other  things  fun- 
gible, and,  under  Justinian,  to  anything  at  all10.  The  undertaking  might 
be  of  less  than  the  debt,  or  of  one  of  alternatives  due11,  or,  as  in  datio 
in  solutum1*,  of  something  other  than  what  was  due,  accepted  instead. 
But  it  was  void  as  to  any  excess  over  the  debt  and  interest  due13.  The 
time  fixed  might  be  earlier  or  later  than  the  due  day  of  the  debt,  and 
though  in  principle  it  needed  a  fixed  time,  it  seems  in  classical  law  to 
have  been  valid  and  to  have  given  an  action  at  once  if  no  time  was 
stated14,  but  Justinian  in  such  a  case  required  a  delay  of  ten  days15.  It 
might  be  a  promise,  not  of  payment,  but  of  security16.  There  must  however 
be  a  real  debt,  civil,  praetorian  or  even  natural,  simple  or  ex  die  or  con- 
ditional17, and  thus  the  promise  was  void  if  the  original  claim  could  be 
met  by  an  exceptio^.  If  the  debt  was  conditional,  the  constitutum  was 
under  the  same  condition19,  but  it  was  immaterial  that  the  debt  was 
limited  in  time,  e.g.  that  there  was  only  an  actio  annua,  and  the  year 
expired  before  the  time  fixed  in  the  constitutum20. 

In  later  law  the  action  was  regarded  as  purely  contractual,  but  there 
are  traces  of  an  original  penal  character.  The  heavy  penal  wager  is  one. 

1   12.  2.  9.  pr.  There  is  difficulty  as  to  the  extent  to  which  this  exceptio  could  be  used 
by  others  concerned,  e.g.  sureties,  correi,  etc.    Beseler,  Beitrage,  3.  115,  4.  174.  2  12. 

2.  9.  1,  2;  h.  t.  11.  1;  44.  5.  1.  3.     Remission  of  the  oath  by  the  party  who  had  offered 
the  oath  to  the  other  was  equally  effective.         3  Post,  §  ccxv,  as  to  this  and  the  confusion 
in  the  texts.  4  12.  2. 17.  pr.  5  Inst.  4.  6.  9.  6  13.  5.  5.  2.  7  Inst.  4. 
6.  8.   Called  actio  eonstitutoria  in  13.  5.  20.                 8  G.  4.  171;  Inst.  4.  6.  8.   Not  of  one 
third  as  in  the  other  case.            9  13.  5.  1.  6;  h.  t.  29.             10  C.  4.  18.  2.  11   13. 
5.  5.  1;  h.  t.  13;  h.  t.  25.       12  Post,  §  cxcm;  13.  5.  1.  5.        13  13.  5.  11.  1.         14  13.  5. 

3.  2;  h.  t.  4.          15  13.  5.  21.  1.  16  13.  5.  14.  1,  2;  h.  t.  5.  3.  17  13.  5.  1.  7,  8; 
h.  t.  3.  2;  h.  t.  19.  pr.          18  13.  5.  3.  1.          19  13.  5.  19.  pr.  There  had  been  doubta 
as  to  constitutum  of  postponed  and  conditional  debts,  4.  18.  2.  1.  20  13.  5.  18.  1. 
It  was  valid  though  the  original  render  was  now  impossible,  if  the  impossibility  had  left 
an  obligation  outstanding,  e.g.  had  supervened  after  mora,  13.  5.  21.  pr. ;  h.  t.  23. 


xii]  RECEPTUM  527 

Also  in  some  cases  (unknown)  it  had  been  annua1,  and  there  had  perhaps 
been  doubts  whether  it  lay  to  and  against  the  hercs2.  But  for  Ulpian 
it  was  clearly  ad  rem  persequendam3,  and  the  penal  wager  was  gone  in 
later  law,  while  Justinian,  whose  changes  accompanied  a  fusion  with  the 
actio  receptitia,  shortly  to  be  dealt  with,  made  it  perpetua  in  all  cases*. 
The  texts  are  not  explicit  on  the  question  how  far  the  action  destroyed 
the  old  obligation5:  it  is  generally  held  that  it  did  not,  apart  from 
express  intent.  Where  it  did,  as  it  was  a  praetorian  defence,  there  would 
be  an  exceptio6. 

The  most  usual  case  was  constitutum  between  the  parties  to  the  debt, 
but  there  might  be  constitutum  debiti  alieni7.  This  was  in  effect  a  case  of 
surety,  differing  in  some  respects  from  fideiussio.  Thus,  though,  as  we 
have  seen,  it  seems  usually  to  have  left  the  old  debt  standing,  it  might 
be  made  so  as  to  operate  as  a  praetorian  novation.  Where  it  left  the  old 
obligatio  standing,  action  against  one  did  not  release  the  other8.  It  had 
no  form,  and  it  had  consideration,  i.e.  suspension  of  the  action.  Hence 
a  fideiussio  which  failed  for  defect  of  form  was  not  construed  as  con- 
stitutum9. It  could  be  used  where  there  was  no  present  debtor,  e.g.  on  a 
debt  of  a  hereditas  on  which  no  heres  had  yet  entered10.  As  to  the  //. 
Cicereia  and  Cornelia  the  position  is  as  in  mandatum  credendae  pecuniae11. 
The  beneficium  divisionis  and  excussionis  are  applied  to  it  by  Justinian12, 
either  of  two  constituentes  having  previously  been  liable  in  solidum. 

Just  as  it  might  be  by  a  new  debtor,  so  it  might  be  made  by  the 
debtor  to  a  new  creditor13.  This  seems  always  to  have  novated,  in  the 
sense  that  after  it  the  debtor  could  not  discharge  himself  from  the  new 
creditor  by  paying  the  old,  even  where  the  new  promise  was  made  to 
one  of  correi  credendi  in  the  old  debt14. 

CLXXXIII.  Receptum.  This  is  a  group  of  three  cases  having  in 
common  practically  nothing  but  the  name.  Receptum  argentarii  was  a 
transaction  like  constitutum,  but  with  a  special  actio  in  factum15,  actio 
receptitia,  and  confined  to  bankers16,  and  thus  always  for  a  third  person's 
debt.  It  seems  to  have  been  of  later  origin.  It  does  not  appear  to  have 
had  any  penal  wager.  It  applied  even  in  classical  law  to  any  kind  of 
subject-matter17,  and  the  banker  was  liable  even  though  the  original 
debt  was  non-existent18.  Justinian  abolished  it,  fusing  the  institution 
with  constitutum19. 

1  C.  4.  18.  2.  1.         2  76.:  C.  4.  18.  1.  3  13.  5.  18.  2.          4  C.  4.  18.  2.  1.         5  13. 

5.  10;  h.  t.  18.  3;  h.  t.  28;  15.  3.  15;  50.  8.  5.  1.  6  See  Girard,  Manuel,  615.          7  13. 

5.  28;  P.  2.  2.  1.          8  13.  5.  18.  3.  9  13.  5.  1.  4.  10  13.  5.  11.  pr.  11  Ante, 
§  CLXXX.             12  C.  4.  18.  3.         13  13.  5.  5.  2.            14  13.  5.  8;  h.  t.  10.   But  texts  are 
few  and  the  matter  is  obscure.            15  See  Lenel,  E.P.  111.            16  Theoph.  ad  Inst.  4. 

6.  8.  17  Theoph.  cit.  18  Ib.  19  C.  4.  18.  2.  Whether  it  was  formal  or 
informal  is  much  disputed;  see  Lenel,  loc.  cit. 


528  PACTA  LEG1T1MA  [CH. 

Receptum  nautae  cauponis  stabularii.  There  are  some  puzzles  about 
this,  but  the  better  view  seems  to  be  that  where  the  goods  had  been 
received  by  the  nauta,  etc.,  with  a  special  agreement  "res  salvos  fore  " 
the  receiver  was  liable  in  any  event  if  the  things  were  lost,  no  matter  by 
whom  they  were  stolen1.  Another  provision,  apart  from  this  agreement, 
will  be  discussed  later2,  but  there  is  much  controversy  on  the  whole 
matter. 

Receptum  arbitri.  If  parties  agreed  to  accept  an  arbiter  in  a  dispute, 
and  he  accepted  the  responsibility,  however  informally,  and  the  parties 
had  undertaken  to  obey  the  decision3,  the  praetor  would  compel  the 
arbitrator  to  act,  apart  from  certain  grounds  of  excuse4.  This  however 
was  not  by  action,  but  by  a  fine  on  him,  enforced  by  seizure  of  pledges 
and  other  administrative  measures5.  Any  freeman,  consularis,  libertus, 
in/amis,  might  be  such  an  arbiter,  but  not  a  slave6. 

Praetorian  pacta,  though  in  a  sense  unilateral,  had  in  general  a  quid 
pro  quo.  So  soon  as  the  agreement  was  made  for  iusiurandum  there  was 
an  agreement  to  abandon  a  claim  or  defence  if  an  oath  was  taken.  In 
constitutum  and  receptum  argentarii  there  was  suspension  of  the  action. 
In  receptum  nautae  the  nauta  was  paid.  Receptum  arbitri  may  be  an 
exception  but  here  no  action  was  given. 

Pacta  legitima.  Besides  these  pacta  praetoria  there  was  a  small 
group  of  pacts  made  enforceable  by  the  Emperor — pacta  legitima. 

Compromissum.  This  was  the  above-mentioned  agreement  to  submit 
to  arbitration.  If  it  was  informal  the  decision  of  the  arbitrator  (who 
was  not  an  arbiter  in  the  technical  sense)  was  in  no  way  binding.  If  the 
agreement  was  formal  it  was  still  true  that  the  decision  did  not  directly 
affect  the  old  rights.  But  it  was  usual  to  embody  in  the  stipulatio  an 
agreement  for  a  penalty,  if  the  decision  was  not  obeyed.  This  might  be 
what  the  parties  chose,  money,  or  "quanti  ea  res  erit"  and  a  mere 
promise  to  obey  the  decision  sufficed  in  classical  law.  In  all  such  cases 
there  was  an  action  on  the  stipulatio1.  If  the  promise  was  to  renounce 
a  claim  if  the  decision  was  adverse,  this  was  in  effect  a  conditional 
pactum  de  non  petendo8.  Or  it  might  be  a  pact  not  to  sue  on  some  other 
claim,  with  a  like  result:  in  cases  of  this  type  the  agreement  might  be 
informal9.  This  was  the  state  of  things  in  classical  law10,  but  Justinian 
provided,  in  529,  that  the  decision  should  be  directly  binding,  if  the 
submission  was  under  oath  authenticated  by  writing11,  and,  in  530,  that 

1  47.  5.  1.  4;  D.  4.  9.    See  on  the  controversies  in  this  matter,  Lusignani,  Respons. 
per  Custodia,  1.  26;  Lenel,  E.P.  126,  322.          2  Post,  §  cciv.          3  4.  8.  11.  4.  4  4.  8. 

9.  4  sqq. ;  h.  t.  15.  It  must  be  noted  that  the  praetor  does  not  force  the  arbitration  on  the 
parties,  but  only  at  their  demand  on  the  arbitrator.  5  4.  8.  2;  h.  t.  3.  1;  h.  t.  7. 

6  4.  8.  3.  3;  h.  t.  7.  7  4.  8.  27.  7;  h.  t.  28.  8  4.  8.  11.  2.  9  4.  8.  11. 

3,  on  general  principle.          10  4.   8.   2;   C.   2.  55.    1.          11  C.  2.   55.   4. 


xn]  AGENCY  IN  CONTRACT  529 

where  there  was  no  such  oath,  if  the  parties  accepted  the  decision  in 
writing,  or  allowed  ten  days  to  elapse  without  notice  of  rejection,  it 
was  to  bind  in  the  same  way1.  Later,  he  forbade  the  machinery  by 
oath,  but  left  the  provision  of  530 2. 

Pactum  dotis.  In  428  Theodosius  allowed  actionable  validity  to  a 
pact  to  give  a  dos3. 

Pactum  donation-is.  Justinian  allowed  such  validity  to  a  pact  to 
make  a  gift4:  here  the  notion  of  consideration  was  abandoned. 

CLXXXIV.  AGENCY  IN  CONTRACT.  Roman  Law  did  not  readily 
accept  direct  representation,  i.e.  the  notion  that  a  legal  transaction  by 
A  on  behalf  of  B  should  bind  or  benefit  B,  leaving  A  without  right  or 
liability.  It  reached  it  in  procedure5  and  in  traditio  of  property6,  but 
not,  generally,  in  contract:  the  personal  nature  of  obligatio  forbade  such 
effects.  This  does  not  exclude  the  use  of  messengers,  and  the  like,  and  it 
might  on  easily  conceived  facts  be  hard  to  say  whether  the  intermediary 
was  a  messenger  and  the  contract  the  principal's,  or  a  representative 
and  the  contract  his,  though,  in  a  practical  sense7,  assignable  to  the 
principal.  Apart  from  this,  the  principal  steps  were  the  following: 

1.  At  civil  law  the  paterfamilias  acquired  the  rights  resulting  from 
contracts  by  subordinate  members  of  the  familia.    This  rests  not  on 
representation,  but  rather  on  the  ancient  view  of  these  persons  as  his, 
the  results  of  their  activity  in  this,  as  in  other  fields,  therefore  enuring 
to  his  benefit8.    But  the  slave's  individuality  was  material  in  many  ways. 
If  a  slave  bought  a  res  litigiosa  it  was  on  his  state  of  knowledge,  not  on 
that  of  the  master,  that  liability  to  the  penalty  depended9.    It  was  his 
knowledge  which  barred  the  actio  redhibitoria10.   If  a  buyer  from  a  slave 
was  evicted  he  must  ordinarily  give  notice  to  the  slave  himself11. 

2.  At  praetorian  law  he  was  liable  on  their  contracts  to  varying  extents12, 
(a)    By  the  actio  de  peculio  et  in  rein  verso13  he  was  liable  on  their 

negotia  to  the  extent  of  the  peculium  at  the  time  of  the  judgment,  and  so 
far  as  his  own  estate  had  profited14.  In  estimating  the  pgculium  he  might 
deduct  anything  due  to  himself  or  another  member  of  the  familia111,  and 
must  add  anything  due  from  them,  or  him,  or  outsiders,  to  it  and  any- 

1  C.  2.  55.  5.  2  Nov.  82.  11.  3  C.  Th.  3.  13.  4;  C.  5.  11.  6.  4  Inst.  2. 

7.  2.  The  enactment  referred  to  is  probably  the  somewhat  obscure  and  imperfect  C.  8.  53. 
35.5.  5  Post,  §  ccxxxix.  6  Ante,  §  xcix.  7  Not  formally,  post,  §  CLXXXIX, 

and  ante,  §  CXLJU.  8  See  as  to  acquisition  by  fructuary  and  bonaefidei  possessor, 

ante,  §  xcix.  9  44.  6.  2.  10  21.  1.  51.  11  21.  2.  39.  1.    See  also  41.  3.  4. 

17,  and,  on  the  general  case  of  stipulatio  etc.  by  representative,  post,  §  CLXXXIV.  12  As  to 
persons  in  mancipio,see  Desserteaux,  Capitis  Deminutio,  1.  284,  who  holds  that  the  actions 
were  available  against  his  holder.  13  For  details  as  to  this  and  the  other  actions, 

Buckland,  Slavery,  166  sqq.  14  15.  1.  30.  pr.;  15.  3.  1.  pr.;  Inst.  4.  6.  10;  G.  4.  69,  73, 

and  for  his  personal  dolus,  ante,  §  CXLIII.  For  slaves  in  the  peculium  of  a  slave  (ricarii) 
the  actio  de  peculio  was  limited  to  peculium  ricarii,  15.  1.  19.  pr.  15  15.  1.  5.  4;  h.  t.  9.  3. 

B.  R.  L.  34 


530  AGENCY  IN  CONTRACT  [CH. 

thing  he  had  fraudulently  removed  from  the  peculium1.  But  he  could 
not  deduct  for  anything  due  to  other  creditors:  the  rule  was,  first  come 
first  served2.  It  lay  on  any  contractual  or  quasi-contractual  liability3. 
If  the  son  or  slave  died  or  was  freed  or  left  ihefamilia,  in  any  way,  the 
paterfamilias,  if  he  still  held  the  peculium,  was  liable  for  one  year4.  Any 
holder  of  a  slave  with  peculium,  e.g.  the  man  himself5,  was  liable,  though 
the  debt  might  have  been  incurred  when  the  man  belonged  to  some  one 
else6.  The  de  in  rem  verso  clause  was  of  little  use  in  classical  and  later 
law  (except  that  it  was  perpetual  though  the  slave  was  dead7),  as  money 
spent  on  the  master's  affairs  would  ordinarily  create  a  debt  to  the 
peculium  which  came  into  account  in  the  actio  de  peculio3.  All  this  is 
not  agency,  since  the  action  lay  even  though  there  was  no  authority, 
even  if  the  negotium  had  been  forbidden9,  and  there  was  a  liability  in 
the  actual  contractor,  natural  in  the  case  of  a  slave10,  civil  in  the  case  of 
a  son,  though  he  had  a  certain  praetorian  protection  if  he  was  emanci- 
pated11. The  true  principle  seems  to  be  that  one  who  provides  the  slave 
with  the  means  of  obtaining  credit  ought  to  take  the  limited  risk12. 

(b)  Actio  tributoria.  If  a  son  or  slave  traded  with  the  peculium  or 
part  of  it  to  the  knowledge  of  the  paterfamilias,  the  latter  was  liable  so 
far  as  that  part  of  the  peculium  would  go13,  with  no  right  to  deduct  for 
debts  due  to  him  or  members  of  the  familia,  the  mode  of  estimation 
being  in  other  respects  the  same  as  in  the  last  case14.  The  action  itself 
was  the  last  stage  of  an  elaborate  process.  Any  creditor  might  call  on 
the  master  to  divide  the  peculium  concerned  among  the  creditors,  in- 
cluding the  master  (vocatio  in  tributum15).  This  was  a  kind  of  bankruptcy 
of  the  slave,  the  master  being  the  administrator16,  and  it  was  this  vocatio 
in  tributum  which  gave  the  action  its  name.  This  lay  only  if  he  acted 
with  dolus  in  the  administration17.  It  had  a  certain  delictal  aspect  and 
was  in  fact  penal  to  the  extent  that  he  must  hand  over  what  he  would 
have  handed  over  apart  from  dolus18,  and  the  fund  may  have  lessened  in 
the  meantime.  But  it  was  not  treated  as  penal:  Julian  speaks  of  it  as 
essentially  ad  rem  persequendam19 .  It  was  perpetua  even  though  the  slave 

1   15.  1.  7.  6;  h.  t.  9.  4;  15.  2.  l.pr.  2  15.  1.  52.  pr.  3  15.  1.  1.  2;  P.  1.  4.  5. 

Even  on  condictio  furtiva,  as  this  is  quasi-contractual,  15.  1.  3.  12,  and  actio  iudicali,eveii 
though  the  original  debt  of  the  son  was  delictal,  15.  1.  3.  11.  As  to  a  few  cases  in  which  it 
was  barred,  Buckland,  loc.  cit.  4  15.  2.  1.  pr. ;  difficulties  as  to  what  amounts  to 

retention  of  the  peculium.  5  Disputes,  Buckland,  Slavery,  232.  6  15.  1.  47.  6. 

7  15.  3.  1.  1.  8  On  the  suggestion  that  de  in  rem  -verso  lay  only  if  the  property  had 

been  handed  over  with  a  view  to  such  application,  see  Buckland,  op.  cit.  181  sqq.  9  15.  1. 
29.  1.  10  15.  1.  50.  2.  11  14.  5.  2.  pr.;  Lenel,  E.P.  269;  ante,  §  L.  12  A  fructuary 
or  b.  f.  possessor  is  liable  de  peculio  etc.  if  the  debt  was  within  his  field  of  acquisition, 
15.  1.  2.  13  14.  4.  1.  pr.  14  14.  4.  1.  2.  15  14.  4.  1.  pr.  Whether  the  vocatio 

is  the  act  of  the  creditor  or  of  the  praetor  on  demand  is  not  clear.  16  See  14.  4.  6. 

17  14.  4.  3:  h.  t.  7.  2;  h.  t.  12.  18  14.  4.  7.  2.  19  14.  4.  8. 


xii]  AGENCY  IN  CONTRACT  531 

were  dead1,  but  it  lay  against  the  heres  only  to  the  extent  of  his  receipts2, 
i.e.  out  of  the  property  concerned.  Only  creditors  of  the  slave  could 
claim,  and  it  does  not  appear  that  they  need  have  known  of  the  master's 
scientia  or  even  existence3. 

(c)  Actio  quod  iussn.  On  a  negotium  by  his  authority  (not  mere 
scientia)  the  paterfamilias  was  liable  in  solidum*,  the  authority  being 
revocable  till  the  act  was  done5.  This  looks  like  representation,  but  it 
does  not  necessarily  rest  on  that  idea,  since  it  was  confined  to  the  family, 
the  legal  unit,  and  the  action  did  not  exclude  liability  on  the  part  of  the 
actual  contractor.  As  the  authority  is  an  inducement  to  contract,  it 
would  normally  be  communicated  to  the  third  party,  but  it  cannot  be 
shewn  that  this  was  legally  necessary6.  It  may  be  noted  that  this  action 
seems  to  be  the  least  important  of  the  group:  it  is  treated  with  great 
brevity7. 

Gaius  describes  this  system  of  remedies  as  available  only  for  dealings 
by  slaves  and  filiifamilias.  For  women  in  manu  and  civil  bondsmen  he 
tells  a  different  story,  puzzling  by  reason  of  the  imperfection  of  the 
text.  On  their  contracts  the  paterfamilias  might  be  sued,  and  if  he  did 
not  defend  in  solidum  the  goods  which  would  have  been  the  property 
of  the  man  or  woman  might  be  seized  and  sold8.  This,  we  know,  is  the 
lawr  for  contracts  by  an  adrogatus  before  the  adrogatio9,  and  the  present 
rule  is  no  doubt  for  the  analogous  case.  But  neither  a  bondsman  nor  a 
woman  in  manu  who  had  been  a  filiafamilias  could  have  had  any 
property  and  the  text,  probably  corrupt,  is  amended  in  various  ways10. 
As  to  their  contracts  made  while  in  the  family  we  have  no  information11. 

3.    Outside  the  family  there  were  further  developments  in  commerce. 

(a)  Actio  institoria.  Where  a  man  employed  another,  his  slave  or 
servus  alienus  or  freeman12,  to  manage  a  business  undertaking,  to  be 
institor,  he  was  liable  on  the  contracts  connected  with  the  business13. 
The  liability  might  be  excluded  by  public  notice,  or  express  notice  to 
one  about  to  contract14.  The  action  was  perpetua  and  lay  both  to  and 

i   14.  4.  7.  5;  h.  t.  8.          2  14.  4.  9.  2.          3  The  contrary  is  sometimes  held  on  general 
principles  of  representation.  4  Inst.  4.  7.  1;  P.  1.  4.  6.    Ratification  appears  to  be 

enough,  15.  4.  1.  6.   See  however  15.  3.  5.  2.  5  15.  4.  1.  2.  6  Modern  writers 

frequently  lay  it  down  (e.g.  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  482,  n.  6;  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  1165).  This 
is  because  they  rest  the  liability  on  representation :  communication  is  essential  on  con- 
tinental notions  of  representation  though  not  on  ours.  7  As  to  the  development 
in  classical  law  of  a  civil  obligation  (condictio)  in  this  case,  post,  §  ccxxx.  8  G.  4.  80. 
9  Ante,  §  CXLI.  10  See,  e.g.,  Krueger,  Coll.  libr.  iuris  anteiust.  ad  h.  1.  and  ante, 
§  CXLI.  11  G.  3.  104  seems,  but  in  a  somewhat  different  connexion,  to  put  them  on 
a  level  with  slaves  in  this  matter.  Lenel  (E.P.  267)  makes  the  edict  on  such  cases  deal 
only  with  those  in  "potestas,"  but  his  evidences  are  all  from  the  Digest — which  does  not 
speak  of  the  obsolete  cases  of  manus  and  civil  bondage.  12  P.  2.  8.  1,  2.  13  Inst. 
4.  7.  2;  D.  14.  3.  1;  P.  2.  8.  1.  The  restriction  led  to  great  subtleties  of  interpretation,  see, 
e.g.,  14.  3.  5.  11  sqq.  14  14.  3.  11.  2,  5. 

34—2 


532  AGENCY  IN  CONTRACT  [CH. 

against  heredes1.  The  third  party  must  know  that  the  contract  was  con- 
nected with  the  business2,  and  it  is  widely  held,  though  it  does  not 
appear  on  the  texts,  that  he  must  know  of  the  principal's  connexion 
with  the  business.  The  basis  of  the  action  as  stated  by  Paul  and  Ulpian, 
i.e.  that  as  we  get  the  commoda  we  ought  to  bear  the  incommoda3,  hardly 
suggests  this  requirement. 

(b)  Actio  exercitoria.  If  a  principal  (exercitor)  set  up  a  man,  slave  or 
free,  to  manage  a  commercial  ship  (magister  navis)  he  was  liable  in  the 
same  way4,  and,  with  some  exceptions5,  the  principles  are  the  same6. 

These  cases  resembled  agency  in  that  they  involved  authority  and 
were  outside  the  family.  But  they  were  not  true  agency.  The  principal 
did  not  acquire  rights  under  the  contract,  except,  in  late  law,  where 
there  was  no  other  way  of  avoiding  the  loss  in  the  institoria'' ',  or  by 
special  cognitio  in  the  exercitoria8 ;.  The  actions  would  ordinarily  have  to 
be  assigned.  And  the  institor  and  magister  were  liable9,  which  is  incon- 
sistent with  true  agency. 

4.  The  furthest  point  reached  as  a  general  principle  was  in  mandate, 
already  discussed10.  The  actio  de  in  rem  verso  utilis,  by  which  in  some 
cases,  under  Justinian,  a  third  party  with  whom  an  unauthorised  person 
had  dealt  could  sue  the  interested  party  to  the  extent  of  his  profit11,  had 
nothing  to  do  with  agency. 

In  relation  to  these  contracts  by  subordinates  and  agents  a  question 
arises,  difficult  in  itself  and  rendered  almost  unanswerable  by  the  state 
of  the  texts.  The  state  of  mind  and  knowledge  of  the  parties  is  often 
material  to  rights  and  liabilities,  in  case,  e.g.,  of  error,  of  redhibition  for 
defect,  of  dolus,  of  dealing  in  res  litigiosae,  and  so  forth.  The  question  is: 
whose  state  of  mind  is  material,  that  of  the  principal  or  the  actual  con- 
tracting party?  The  texts,  which  have  certainly  been  in  many  cases 
interpolated,  tell  a  conflicting  story.  The  point  has  recently  been  in- 
vestigated by  Schulz12,  who  concludes  that  in  classical  law,  where  the 

114.3.15.  214.1.7.2.  3  14.  3.  1.  pr.;  P.  2.  8.  1.  4  14.  1.  1.  pr. 

5  Themagister  might  appoint  a  deputy,  even  against  the  will  of  the  exercitor,  whose  contracts 
would  bind  the  latter  in  the  same  way,  a  rule  less  readily  allowed  in  the  case  of  institor 
(14.  1.  1.  5).  This  rule  makes  against  the  conception  of  representation.  Exercitores,  if  more 
than  one,  were  always  liable  in  solidum  (14.  1.  1.  25).  Another  text  states  a  difference 
where  the  exercitor,  i.e.  the  principal,  is  alieni  iuris,  as  compared  with  that  of  an  institor 
alieni  iuris,  but  the  cases  are  not  parallel  and  it  is  difficult  to  see  in  what  the  difference 
consists  (14.  1.  1.  20).  See  also  nn.  7  and  8.  Paul  tells  us  that  contracts  by  "discipuli" 
of  an  institor  or  magister  bind  him  in  solidum  (P.  2.  8.  3).  This  is  analogous  to  the  actio 
institoria  itself.  See  14.  1.  1.  2.  Many  difficulties  might  arise  where  the  institor  or  magister 
was  a  filius  or  slave  of  another  paterfamilias  and  where  the  exercitor  was  such.  See  P. 
2.  6.  1;  D.  14.  3.  1;  h.  t.  11.  8;  14.  1.  5.  1,  etc.  6  The  same  questions  arise  as  to 

knowledge  of  the  principal  by  the  third  party,  and  see  14.  1.  7.  1,  2.  7  14.  3.  1-2. 

8  14.  1.  1.  18.  9  14.  1.  1.  17;  14.  3.  7.  1.  10  Ante,  §  CLXXX.  11  See  C.  4. 

26.  7  and  Von  Tuhr,  Actio  de  in  rem  verso,  293  sqq.         12  Z.S.S.  37  sqq. 


xii]  QUASI  CONTRACT  533 

representation  was  indirect,  i.e.  the  contract  did  not  directly  bind  or 
entitle  the  principal,  e.g.  a  contract  by  a  mandatary,  only  the  state  of 
mind  of  the  mandatary  was  material,  but  where  it  was  direct,  as  in  case 
of  a  stipulatio  by  a  slave,  that  of  the  principal  alone  was  material,  except 
where  the  slave  was  acting  independently,  there  being  however  differ- 
ences of  opinion  among  the  jurists  as  to  the  drawing  of  this  distinction. 
Sometimes  the  distinction  is  between  contracts  in  respect  of  the  peculium 
and  those  domini  nomine,  i.e.  on  the  master's  account.  Sometimes  it  is 
between  authorised  and  unauthorised.  Sometimes  it  is  between  general 
and  special  authorisation,  but  these  various  distinctions  greatly  overlap. 
He  holds  that  the  compilers  tend,  but  not  consistently,  to  make  the 
state  of  mind  of  both  material  in  all  cases1. 

CLXXXV.  OBLIGATIO  QUASI  EX  CONTRACTU.  This  is  Justinian's 
second  head  of  obligatio,  apparently  derived  from  the  "liber  aureorum" 
or  "rerum  cottidianarum"  of  Gains,  but  possibly  interpolated  in  the  text. 
He  selects  a  few  cases  among  the  numerous  class  of  obligations  covered 
by  the  same  conception,  i.e.  those  having  nothing  delictal  about  them, 
and  not  contracts,  but  analogous  thereto.  It  seems  impossible  to  find 
any  principle  to  which  those  he  mentions  can  be  reduced,  or  which, 
admitting  these,  will  exclude  a  number  which  he  does  not  mention.  The 
cases  he  treats  are: 

NEGOTIORUM  GESTIOZ.  This  maybe  described  as  looking  after  another 
man's  affairs,  without  his  authority  (which  would  be  mandate).  The 
primary  action  was  negotiorum  gestorum  against  the  gestor,  who  had  the 
actio  negotiorum  gestorum  contraria  for  reimbursement.  They  were  bonae 
fidei,  but  as  the  Edict  promised  a  praetorian  action  there  must  at  one 
time  have  been  an  alternative  formulation  infactum3. 

The  service  rendered  might  be  of  any  kind,  repair  of  a  house,  be- 
coming surety,  buying  or  selling  stock  in  trade4,  etc.,  but  to  entitle  the 
gestor  to  the  actio  contraria  it  must  be  shewn  not  only  that  the  act  was 
a  reasonable  one,  but  that  it  was  in  the  circumstances  reasonable  for  the 
gestor  to  do  it,  and  not  leave  it  to  the  person  concerned5.  It  must  also 
have  been  done  in  the  interest  of  the  principal :  if  it  was  also  in  the  interest 
of  the  gestor  he  had  the  action  only  if  he  could  have  protected  his  own 

1  The  author  perhaps  hardly  takes  sufficient  account  of  differences  of  opinion  among 
the  jurists  or  of  the  possibility  that  the  solutions  applied  in  defence  might  not  always  be 
the  same  as  those  in  claim,  or  those  in  purely  contractual  actions  the  same  as  those  in 
essentially  penal  actions.  But  he  seems  to  make  out  a  strong  case.  2  D.  3.  5 ;  C.  2. 

18.  Partsch,  "Negotiorum  Gestio,"  Sitzungsb.  der  Heidelb.  Ak.  Phil.  4  (1913).  3  G.  4. 
62.  Lenel,  E.P.  100.  L.  thinks  (Z.S.S.  35.  210)  the  original  formula  infactum  was  confined 
to  the  case  of  an  absent  principal.  Partsch,  op.  cit.  10.  P.  also  holds  (op.  cit.  4)  that  the 
Edict  was  understood  as  giving  the  action  both  ways,  the  actio  neg.  gest.  contraria  being 
post-edictal.  4  3.  5.  3.  2;  h.  t.  21;  h.  t.  29,  etc.  5  E.g.  absence,  h.  t.  2;  Inst.  3.  27  1. 


534  NEGOTIORUM  GESTIO  [CH. 

interest  without  the  other.  Thus  one  of  common  owners  who  repaired 
the  house  had  not  this  action  against  his  co-owner,  but  communi  divi- 
dundo1.  It  must  have  been  useful  when  it  was  done,  or  have  been 
accepted  as  such  by  the  principal2:  in  either  case  the  fact  that  later 
events  destroyed  its  utility  was  immaterial3.  On  ratification  the  gestor 
might  treat  it  as  mandate  if  he  preferred,  but  it  did  not  become  mandate 
ipso  facto,  the  point  of  which  is  that  it  did  not  become  an  infaming  action 
and  was  not  affected  by  the  death  of  the  principal4.  It  must  not  have 
been  prohibited  by  the  principal5.  It  must  not  have  been  done  donandi 
animo6,  or  in  execution  of  a  pious  duty7,  or  under  mandate  by,  or  legal 
duty  to,  the  principal8. 

But  the  direct  action  lay  in  many  cases  in  which  the  contraria  did  not, 
e.g.  where  the  act  was  forbidden9,  or  where  it  was  not  a  reasonable  act 
of  administration10,  or  where  it  was  done  for  the  purposes  of  the  gestor, 
P-,  though  an  interpolated  text  gives  the  actio  contraria  even  in  this  case, 
^  to  the  extent  of  the  principal's  enrichment11.  Mistake  gave  rise  to  several 
questions.  It  was  immaterial  that  the  gestor  was  mistaken  as  to  the 
identity  of  the  principal12.  If  it  was  the  affair  of  the  gestor,  but  he 
thought  it  another's,  neither  had  the  action13.  If  it  was  another's,  but 
he  thought  it  his  own,  he  had  no  actio  contraria,  but  if  still  in  possession 
of  the  thing  he  had  a  right  of  retention  like  any  other  bona  fide  possessor1*. 
But  this  case  may  be  affected  by  the  fact  that  it  was  a  building  on  the 
land,  bringing  the  rule  of  merger  into  play.  In  a  case  of  another  type 
Africanus  in  one  text15  gives  the  actio  negotiorum  gestorum  to  the  person 
really  interested,  where  circumstances  barred  other  remedies,  and  in 
another  a  condictio  to  the  extent  of  the  enrichment16.  This  seems  the 
better  view,  gestio  not  entering  into  the  matter  at  all. 

The  gestor  must  carry  out  what  he  undertook,  and  account  for  pro- 
ceeds, his  position  not  being  affected  by  death  of  the  principal17.  He  was 
liable  for  culpa  levis  unless  the  affair  was  urgent,  in  which  case  he  was 
liable  only  for  dolus18.  The  risks  were  not  on  him,  unless  the  loss  resulted 

1  3.  5.  39;  10.  3.  6.  2.  As  to  3.  5.  30.  7;  10.  3.  19.  2,  see  Accarias,  Precis,  2.  424.        2  3. 
5.  8;  h.  t.  9.  1.  3  3.  5.  9.  1.  4  3.  5.  8.    See  Girard,  Manuel,  637;  Van  Wetter, 

Pand.  4.  304.  It  may  concur  with  a  mandate  by  a  third  party,  3.  5.  3.  11.  Partscb,op. 
cit.  14,  holds  that  the  Edict  did  not  give  the  ordinary  action  in  this  case,  but  that  there 
was  an  actio  utilis  (3.  5.  20.  3;  3.  5.  27;  17.  1.  6.  1)  and  that  later  jurists  ignored  the  point 
(3.  5.  3.  11;  h.  t.  5.  6).  5  3.  5.  7.  3;  17.  1.  40.  There  had  been  disputes,  C.  2.  18.  24. 

6  3.  5.  43;  17.  1.  60.  1.  7  3.  5.  33;  C.  2.  18.  5.  8  3.  5.  3.  10;  17.  1.  6.  1;  C.  2. 

18.  20.  9  See  n.  5.  10  3.  5.  9.  1.  11  3.  5.  5.  5.          12  3.  5.  5.  1.  13  3. 

5.  5.  6.  14  10.  3.  14.  1 ;  44.  4.  14.  15  3.  5.  48.  Partsch,  op.  cit.  37,  also  cites  5. 

3.  50.  1;  5.  4.  10;  11.  7.  32.  pr.;  11.  7.  14.  11,  as  proving  that  the  actio  n.  g.  contraria  lay 
on  such  facts.  But  the  last  two  are  under  another  edict  and  the  others  deal  .with  carry- 
ing out  the  wishes  of  a  testator,  and  the  language  of  some  of  them  shews  this  as  a  deter- 
mining factor.  16  12.  1.  23.  17  3.  5.  3.  7;  h.  t.  7.  1;  h.  t.  30.  2.  18  3.  5. 
3.  9;  P.  1.  4.  1;  Inst.  3.27.1. 


r 


xn]  COMMON  OWNERSHIP  535 

from  his  doing  something  the  principal  would  not  have  done,  in  which 
case  he  was  liable  for  casus  but  might  set  off  profit  resulting  from  the 
same  administration1.  The  principal  must  take  over  liabilities  duly 
incurred  and  reimburse  for  "utiles  impensae,"  though  in  the  event  they 
may  have  come  to  no  good2,  the  measure  of  damages  being  the  benefit 
at  the  time  to  the  dominus  rei,  not  the  cost  to  the  gestor3. 

Tutor  and  Ward,  Curator  and  Ward.  The  obligations  in  these  quasi- 
contractual  relations  have  been  considered  in  the  law  of  persons4.  In  the 
case  of  the  tutor  there  were  special  remedies,  but  in  that  of  the  curator 
the  remedy  was  actio  negotiorum  gestorum5. 

Heir  and  Legatee.  The  general  nature  of  the  obligation  has  already 
been  set  forth6.  According  to  Ulpian  it  had  been  disputed  what  degree 
of  care  must  be  shewn,  but  he  and  Paul  make  the  heres  liable  for  culpa 
levis7.  Africanus  lays  down  the  same  rule  for  legacy  andfideicommissum, 
with  the  corrective  that  if  the  person  charged  was  getting  nothing  from 
the  hereditas  he  was  liable  only  for  dolus.  As  the  text  says8,  this  is 
applying  the  rule  of  bonae  fidei  contracts,  which  is  correct  for  fideicom- 
missa,  but  seems  more  questionable  for  legacy,  since  in  classical  law  the 
personal  remedy  on  legacy  was  stricti  iuris,  and  the  rules  in  ccmdictio 
sine  causa  were  different9.  The  obligation  applied  primarily  to  legacy 
per  damnationem,  but  so  far  as  legatee  per  vindicationem  could  use  the 
personal  action10,  the  same  rule  would  apply  to  him.  In  the  real  action 
the  heres  would  be  liable,  as  it  seems,  only  for  active  interference  with 
legatee's  rights. 

CLXXXVI.  COMMON  OWNERSHIP.  This  is  the  relation  where  two  or 
more  own  a  thing  in  common  whether  socii  in  the  strict  sense  or  not. 
The  duties  were  similar  to  those  in  societas,  but  less  in  scope.  It  might 
arise  in  many  ways,  e.g.  joint  purchase,  legacy  or  inheritance.  The  remedy 
in  the  last  case,  i.e.  the  mode  of  enforcing  the  duties,  primarily  that  of 
dividing,  was  the  iudicium  familiae  erciscundae:  in  all  other  cases  it  was 
communi  dividundo11,  but  so  far  as  the  present  point  is  concerned,  the 
rules  were  in  general  the  same.  The  action  was  a  bonae  fidei  iudicium, 
duplex,  in  the  sense  that  its  formula  did  not  distinguish  plaintiff  and 

13.5.10.  2  3.  5.  2;h.  t.  9.  1;46.  7.  5.  6.  33.5.9.1.  4  Ante,  §§  LV, 

LXI.  5  Some  texts  make  the  remedy  an  actio  n.  g.  utilis  (C.  5.  37.  26.  1 ;  C.  2. 

18.  17;  C.  5.  54.  2;  C.  5.  51.  7).    Others  give  the  actio  negotiorum  gestorurn  simply  (26.  7. 

5.  6;  27.  3.  13;  27.  3.  4.  3;  C.  2.  30.   1;  C.  4.  26.  1  interp.).    The  question  which  group 
represents  the  classical  law  is  answered  both  ways,  e.g.  recently  by  Lenel  (Z.S.S.  35. 
203  sqq.)  in  the  sense  that  the  description  of  the  action  as  utilis  is  due  to  Justinian.  This 
seems  on  the  evidence  the  better  view  (see  however  Partsch,  op.  cit.  66  sqq.).     The  reason 
for  the  change  is  not  very  clear:  Lenel  holds  that  it  was  in  order  to  differentiate  this  action 
from  the  ordinary  neg.  gust.  6  Ante,  §§  ex,  cxvn,  cxxn.  7  30.  47.  5;  P.  3. 

6.  9.  8  30.  108.  12.  9  Post,  §  CLXxxvn.  10  Ante,  §  cxxn.         11  D.  10. 
3.   As  to  the  history  of  this  action  and  its  successive  formulations,  see  post,  §  ccxxn. 


536  COMMON  OWNERSHIP  [CH. 

defendant:  it  was  expressed  to  apply  to  all  parties  alike1,  though,  in 
view  of  questions  of  proof,  the  claimant  of  the  action  was  treated  as 
plaintiff2.  We  have  already  dealt  with  the  peculiar  function  of  the  index, 
that  of  adiudicatio,  distribution  of  parts  among  the  claimants,  as  a  part 
of  the  law  of  property3.  In  allotting,  the  index  must  follow  the  unanimous 
wish  of  the  parties,  but  if  that  failed  he  must  divide  fairly,  any  inequality 
being  adjusted  by  condemn  ationes  for  equalising  payments4.  The  action 
need  not  cover  all  the  property:  a  part  might  be  divided  without  dis- 
turbing the  rest5,  and  it  was  possible  for  one  or  more  of  common  owners 
to  claim  division  without  affecting  the  community  among  the  others6. 

This  division  was  the  main,  and  at  first,  no  doubt,  the  only,  function 
of  the  action,  but  as  we  know  it,  any  question  arising  out  of  the  rights 
and  duties  of  the  parties  as  common  owners  might  be  brought  into 
account  in  the  division7.  Thus  profits  and  expenses  properly  incurred 
must  be  shared8,  and  any  damage  by  one  of  them,  due  to  culpa  levis  (in 
concrete,  at  least  in  later  law)  must  be  allowed  out  of  his  share9.  There 
was  no  question  of  infamia.  No  co-owner  might  erect  a  construction  on 
the  common  property,  without  consent  of  all:  the  only  way  to  get  over 
the  difficulty  was  to  divide10.  The  right  of  division  was  essential  to  the 
relation,  and  an  agreement  never  to  divide  was  void11.  But  one  not  to 
divide  for  a  certain  time  was  valid,  if  the  court  thought  it  advantageous 
to  common  interests12,  and  it  seems  that  the  effect  was  not  to  allow 
division  with  resulting  liability  for  any  loss  to  the  others,  but  refusal  of 
division13.  Apart  from  this  there  wras  no  liability  for  loss  resulting  from 
division  at  a  disadvantageous  time,  as  in  pro  sociou.  There  was  nothing 
to  prevent  a  co-owner  from  disposing  of  his  share  so  that  another  would 
take  his  place  in  the  community15,  or  from  pledging16  it  or  giving  a 
usufruct  in  it17.  But  he  could  not  create  a  praedial  servitude18.  Apart 
from  this,  his  power  of  dealing  with  the  property  is  the  subject  of  con- 
troversy on  conflicting  texts19.  The  relation  was  in  no  way  affected  by 
the  death  of  a  party20. 

1  Lenel,  E.P.  204.  2  10.  3.  2.  1.  3  Ante,  §  xc.  4  10.  3.  3.  1 ;  h.  t.  6.  1 ; 

h.  t.  21;  Inst.  4.  17.  4,  5.  5  10.  3.  13.  Thus  the  action  can  be  repeated,  not  sofamiliae 

erciscundae.  10.  3.  4.  2;  10.  2.  20.  4.  6  10.  3.  8.  pr.   Exception,  h.  t.  19.  1.       7  10.  3. 

3.  pr.  8  10.  3.  4.  3;  h.  t.  11;  h.  t.  22.  9  10.  2.  25.  16;  10.  3.  14.  1,  a  much  de- 

bated text.  See  Berger,  Entwicklungsgeschichte  der  Teilungsklage,  211,  and  review  by 
Fehr,  Z.S.S.  33.  576  sqq.  The  usual  view  is  that  it  was  not  till  Justinian  that  the  action 
could  be  brought  for  these  contributions  alone,  leaving  the  community  undisturbed,  but 
see  Fehr,  loc.  cit.  10  10.  3.  28.  Perozzi,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  355,  who  rejects  the  view 

that  mere  non-prohibition  sufficed.  11  10.  3.  14.  2;  C.  3.  37.  5.  12  10.  3.  14.  2. 

13  Ib.  14  There  is  no  fraternitas,  but  the  index  has  a  wide  discretion.  15  10. 
3.  6.  1;  h.  t.  14.  3;  h.  t.  24.  1.  16  10.  3.  6.  9;  C.  3.  37.  2.  17  7.  1.  49. 

18  8.  1.  2;  8.  3.  34.  pr.  19  See  Girard,  Manuel,  640,  n.  6.  20  10.  3.  4.  3;  17. 

2.  65.  9. 


xii]'  CONDICTIO  IN  DEBIT  I  537 

The  rights  under  the  action  applied  only  to  matters  accruing  during 
the  community.  It  was  not  available  for  reimbursement  of  expenses 
incurred  before  it  began  or  after  its  end1,  and  we  are  told  that  if  a 
co-owner  spent  money,  thinking  he  was  sole  owner,  the  principles  of 
bonae  fidei  possessio  applied:  he  had  a  right  of  retention,  but  no  right  of 
action,  which  here  practically  means  that  if  another  owner  was  the 
plaintiff  it  would  be  allowed,  but  not  where  he  himself  was2.  Where  he 
was  mistaken  as  to  the  identity  of  the  other  owner,  one  text  gives  him 
the  action,  the  error  being  immaterial,  while  another  gives  him  only  an 
actio  utilis.  But,  as  in  negotiorum  gestio,  he  had  not  the  action  if  he  did 
the  act  for  his  own  purposes3.  There  is  a  conflict  also  where  the  right 
held  in  common  was  less  than  ownership,  but  the  better  view  seems  to 
be  that  if  it  was  usufruct,  or  any  other  "ius"  in  the  strict  sense,  the 
direct  action  lay,  but  a  common  pledge  gave  only  the  actio  utilis*.  As 
it  was  essentially  for  division  it  could  not  lie  where  there  was  nothing 
to  divide5.  It  was  not  therefore  available  if  the  community  had  ceased, 
from  destruction  of  the  res  or  any  other  cause,  but  an  actio  utilis  lay  for 
expenses  during  the  community6. 

MONEY  PAID  BY  MISTAKE.  Condictio  indebiti7.  The  principle  was  that 
where  a  man  made  a  payment  in  error,  in  discharge  of  an  obligation 
which  did  not  in  fact  exist,  to  one  who  received  in  good  faith,  he  could 
recover  by  the  condictio  indebiti,  a  stricti  iuris  actio  in  personam.  The 
case  was,  we  are  told,  analogous  to  a  mutuum,  except  that  the  payment 
made  was  in  discharge,  instead  of  creation,  of  an  obligation.  Thus  it  was 
recoverable  from  a  pupillus  (or  in  classical  law,  a  woman)  only  where  a 
mutuum  would  be8.  But  mutuum  was  always  a  transfer  of  fungibles, 
while  here  the  render  may  have  been  of  any  kind  possible  in  any  obliga- 
tion9. Thus  though  the  remedy  was  always  condictio,  it  might  be  either 
certae  pecuniae,  or  triticaria  or  incerti. 

There  must  have  been  no  debt  at  the  time  of  the  payment.  A  debt 
valid  at  civil  law,  but  defeasible  by  exceptio  peremptoria  was  no  debt10. 
Nor  was  a  conditional  debt  so  long  as  the  condition  was  unsatisfied11. 
But  one  ex  die,  even  ex  die  incerto,  was  an  existing  debt,  and  irrecover- 
able: it  was  only  payment  which  was  postponed12.  And  a  naturalis 
obiigatio  always  excluded  condictio  indebiti13.  A  debt  due  to  X  was  an 

1   10.  3.  4.  3;  C.  3.  37.  3.  2  10.  3.  14.  pr.,  1.  3  10.  3.  6.  2;  h.  t.  29.         4  10. 

3.  7,  8.  5  C.  3.  38.  9.  6  10.  3.  11.  7  D.  12.  6;  C.  4.  5.  8  G.  3. 

91;  Inst.  3.  14.  1.  9  A  security  given  may  be  recovered  (12.  6.  31),  and  reimburse- 

ment for  service  rendered  (12.  6.  26.  12).  10  Vat.  Fr.  266,  for  exceptions,  where  the 

exceptio  is  of  a  penal  character.    See  Accarias,  Precis,  2.  436.  11   12.   6.    16.   pr. 

12  12.  6.  10;  h.  t.  16.  1;  h.  t.  17.  As  to  a  possible  basis  of  these  distinctions  on  that 
suggested  between  debit um  and  obiigatio,  see  Cornil,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  205.  But  see  ante, 
§  CXLHI.  13  12.  6.  51;  h.  t.  38.  1. 


538  COND1CTIO  INDEBITI  '[CH. 

indebitum  if  paid  to  F,  unless  Y  was  solutionis  causa  adiectus,  or  in  some 
way  authorised  to  receive  it1.  Payment  of  a  debt  due  from  a  third 
person  was  an  indebiti  solutio,  unless  it  was  paid  in  the  name  of  the  third 
person,  in  which  case  the  necessary  error  did  not  exist2.  To  pay  one  thing 
when  another  was  due  was  an  indebiti  solutio,  unless  it  was  by  consent 
as  a  datio  in  solutum3.  If  there  was  no  real  debt  a  datio  in  solutum  was 
indebiti  solutio*.  If,  owing  one  of  two  things  a  debtor  gave  both,  he 
could  condict  one,  and,  after  doubts,  Justinian  gave  him  the  choice5. 

There  must  have  been  a  real  and  reasonable  error.  If  the  money  was 
paid  with  knowledge  that  it  was  not  due,  this  was  a  gift6,  even  where 
the  payer  intended  to  recover  it.  Though  there  is  some  doubt  on  the 
texts  it  seems  that  in  classical  and  later  law  it  must  have  been  an  error 
of  fact,  not  law,  except  in  the  case  of  some  specially  protected  persons7. 
Where  the  payer  was  in  doubt  whether  it  was  due  or  not  the  classical 
rule  seems  to  have  been  that  he  could  recover  by  this  action,  unless  he 
paid  on  the  understanding  that  he  was  to  have  it  back,  if  it  proved  not 
due — this,  says  Ulpian,  was  a  negotium.  Justinian  decides  that  doubt  is 
to  be  on  the  same  level  as  error8. 

The  receiver  must  himself  be  in  good  faith,  otherwise  his  act  was 
furtum  and  the  remedy  condictio  furtiva9,  with  the  practical  effect  that 
if  it  was  a  specific  thing  the  risk  in  condictio  indebiti  was  with  the  payer10, 
in  the  other  case  with  the  receiver  :fur  semper  in  mora  est.  The  restitution 
must  be  with  fructus,  partus  and  accessories11,  but  expenses  might  be 
deducted12,  rules  which  created  certain  difficulties  of  procedure13. 
Interest  could  not  be  claimed14. 

The  question  arises  whether  the  action  was  for  enrichment  or  for 
what  was  handed  over.  Where  it  was  money,  what  was  paid  could  be 
recovered  by  condictio  certae  pecuniae,  whatever  had  happened  to  it15. 
Where  it  was  a  specific  thing  the  receiver  must  return  (apart  from  dolus 
or  culpa)  only  his  enrichment,  allowing  for  expenses16.  But  where  what 
was  paid  was  fungibles  other  than  money  (condictio  triticaria)  the  matter 

1   12.  6.  22.  pr.;  C.  4.  5.  8.  2  12.  6.  44.  3  12.  6.  19.  3.  Where  the  payment 

was  with  another's  property,  by  mistake,  one  text  allows  condictio  of  the  possession, 
another  gives  the  payer  no  right,  even  where  there  was  no  debt.  12.  6.  15.  1 ;  h.  t.  19.  2. 
Difficult  cases,  h.  t.  26.  4-6;  h.  1.  13.  4  Arg.  12.  6.  23.  2;  h.  t.  26.  4.  5  C.  4.  5. 

10;  post,  §  cxcin.  They  are  at  payer's  risk.  6  12.  6.  50;  h.  t.  1;  22.  6.  6;  22.  6.  9.  2; 

50.  17.  53.  7  22.  6.  9.  pr.;  C.  1.  18.  6;  C.  1.  18.  10;  C.  6.  50.  9;  C.  4.  5.  5.  Women 

and  children  and  probably  soldiers  and  rustics ;  22.  6.  1 ;  h.  t.  9.  pr.  and  3.  Error  of  law 
seems  to  have  been  allowed  where  it  was  a  point  so  difficult  that  it  would  not  have  been 
easy  to  get  safe  advice  (22.  6.  9.  3).  This  would  usually  be  "subsumption  of  facts  under 
the  rule"  as  Savigny  puts  it  (Syst.  3,  Beil.  viii.  v),  but  it  is  not  clear  why,  as  he  suggests, 
it  should  be  called  fact  in  this  case.  8  12.  6.  2.  pr.;  C.  4.  5.  11.  9  13.  1.  18, 

perhaps  alternative.  10  See  n.  16.  11   12.  6.  15.  pr.  12  12.  6.  26.  12. 

13  Girard,  Manuel,  631,  and  for  a  similar  difficulty,  ante,  §  CLXH.  14.  C.  4.  5.  1. 

15  Von  Tuhr,  Aus  Rom.  und  Burg.  R.,  301,  on  46.  3.  66.  16  12.  6.  65.  5,  8. 


xnj  CONDICTIO  INDEBITI  539 

is  not  quite  clear.  In  view  of  the  analogy  with  mutuum,  and  of  the 
language  of  some  texts1,  the  better  view  seems  to  be  that  the  quantitas 
had  to  be  restored,  irrespective  of  its  fate,  which  hardly  seems  to  be 
negatived  by  a  text  which  says  that,  corn  being  so  delivered  and  con- 
sumed, the  pretium  must  be  restored2. 

The  plaintiff  must  prove  the  payment  and  that  the  debt  was  not  due3 
(except  that  if  the  receiver  fraudulently  denied  the  payment  and  this 
was  proved,  he  must  then  prove  that  it  was  due,  and  the  burden  was  in 
general  on  the  payee,  if  the  payer  was  a  minor,  a  soldier,  a  woman,  or  a 
rustic4).  It  is  a  debated  point  whether  having  proved  that  it  was  not 
due  he  had  still  to  prove  that  he  thought  it  was  due,  or  whether  this 
was  presumed,  the  creditor  being  allowed  to  prove  that  the  payment 
was  made  in  knowledge  of  the  facts.  The  better  view  seems  to  be  that  he 
must  prove  the  error,  i.e.  facts  to  account  for  the  error.  Unless  these 
were  proved  it  is  not  easy  to  see  how  the  rule  that  the  error  must  be 
reasonable  was  to  be  applied5. 

There  remains  an  important  exception.  If  the  debt  was  one  of  those 
denial  of  which  involved  double  liability,  payment  made  in  error  could 
not  be  recovered  as  indebitum*.  Such  \vere  claims  under  the  I.  Aquilia, 
judgment  debt7,  certa  legata  per  damnationem  in  classical  law,  and  any 
legacy  in  favour  of  certain  beneficiaries  under  Justinian8.  The  rule  is 
clear:  its  reason  is  obscure.  It  has  been  suggested  that  otherwise  it 
would  be  possible  to  dispute  the  debt  without  risking  the  double  penalty. 
The  debt  would  be  paid  and  condictio  indebiti  then  brought.  If  the  payer 
lost  he  would  be  no  worse  off.  But  this  was  to  take  on  himself  the  burden 
of  proof  which  would  otherwise  be  on  the  creditor.  It  would  require 
proof  of  the  facts  which  shewed  that  it  was  not  due,  and  also  proof  that 
he  did  not  know  these  facts.  And  the  case  supposed  is  one  of  doubt, 
and  doubt  was  not  enough  in  classical  law9.  A  more  probable  suggestion 
is  that  it  was  in  the  nature  of  a  compromise.  By  paying  he  avoided  the 
risk  involved  in  denial,  and  a  compromise  carried  out  ought  not  to  be 
undone.  But  it  was  an  odd  compromise,  under  which  he  paid  all  that 
was  claimed.  In  strictness  there  could  be  no  transactio  in  such  a 
case10. 

CLXXXVII.  This  completes  the  list  of  quasi-contractual  obligations 

1   12.  6.  7;  19.  5.  25;  C.  4.  51.  6.  2  12.  6.  65.  6.   See,  however,  Girard,  loc.  cit. 

3  22.  3.  25.  pr.  4  22.  3.  25.  pr.,  1.    But  the  text  is  mainly  due  to  Justinian. 

5  See,  however,  Girard,  Manuel,  631,  who  remarks  that  proof  that  it  is  not  due  ordinarily 
involves  proof  of  the  facts  accounting  for  the  error.  6  C.  4.  5.  4;  Inst.  3.  27.  7. 

7  5.  1.  74.  2.          8  G.  4.  9;  P.  1.  19.  1 ;  Inst.  4.  6.  19.  9  Even  though,  as  is  probable, 

the  rule  originated  before  distinction  was  drawn  between  fact  and  law  in  the  matter,  the 
fact  that  doubt  is  not  error  remains.  10  P.  1.  19.  2.  See  hereon,  Bertolini,  Transazione, 

364. 


540  ACTIO  FUNERARIA  [en. 

as  given  by  Justinian,  but  there  were  many  others,  more  or  less  analogous, 
some  of  which  need  mention.  Analogous  to  negotiorum  gestio  are  curatio, 
already  dealt  with,  the  actio  funeraria,  the  creditor  missus  in  posses- 
sionem, and  the  case  of  protutela. 

The  actio  funeraria  is  an  actio  infactum  perpetua1,  akin  to  negotiorum 
gestorum,byvfhich  one  who  had  undertaken  funeral  arrangements  without 
legal  liability  could  recover  his  expenses  from  the  person  actually  liable2, 
not  exceeding  what  was  reasonable  in  the  given  case3.  The  rules  shew 
that  this  was  to  provide  for  absence  or  negligence  of  the  heres*.  The  cost 
might  not  be  excessive  (since  the  heres  paid  the  bill)  even  though  the 
deceased  had  wished  the  excess5.  Conversely  the  action  did  not  lie  if  the 
thing  was  done  so  meanly  as  to  be  on  the  facts  an  insult  to  the  memory 
of  the  deceased6.  It  did  not  lie  if  the  service  was  done  out  of  piety 
without  thought  of  repayment7,  or  where  there  was  no  reason  for  inter- 
vention8, or,  in  strictness,  to  one  who  thought  he  was  heres  and  so  was  not 
acting  for  another9.  Prohibition  by  the  heres  did  not  necessarily  bar  the 
claim,  for  he  might  be  going  to  neglect  the  matter,  and,  e.g.,  a  descendant 
not  heres  might  reasonably  think  it  ought  to  be  done  at  the  expense  of 
the  estate  and  so  do  it,  not  donandi  ammo10.  The  claim  was  a  privileged 
debt,  i.e.  payable  in  preference  to  other  unsecured  debts,  whether  the 
claim  was  on  the  estate  of  the  deceased  or  on  that  of  the  person  liable11. 

Missus  in  possessionem.  There  were  actions  in  factum  to  and  against 
a  creditor  missus  in  possessionem  for  his  duly  incurred  expenses  and  for 
profits  received  by  him,  and  damage  by  his  dolus12.  There  were  many 
other  cases  of  missio  in  possessionem13,  each  with  its  own  rules.  In  those 
cases  in  which  the  missus  was  not  the  interested  party,  the  actio  nego- 
tiorum gestorum  and  its  actio  contraria  lay. 

Analogous,  but  somewhat  remotely,  to  common  ownership  was  the 
case  of  disputed  boundaries.  The  action,  finium  regundorum,  was  of  the 
same  double  character,  with  an  adiudicatio,  but  the  quasi-contractual 
points  could  not  so  readily  arise.  Still,  where  the  judgment  transferred 
part  from  one  to  the  other,  the  loser  was  liable  for  dolus  affecting  the 
value  of  that  part  and  for  its  fruits  from  litis  contestatiou.  Till  then,  if  in 
good  faith,  he  was  in  the  position  of  a  bonafide  possessor15. 

Actio  protutelae16.  This  action  lay  against  one  who  had  acted  as  tutor 
without  due  appointment.  The  obligations  were  much  the  same  as  those 

1   11.  7.  31.  2;  Lenel,  E.P.  224.  2  11.  7.  12.  2.   Payable  out  of  the  estate,  h.  t.  1; 

h.  t.  14.  1.  3  11.  7.  12.  5;  h.t.  14.  6.  4  tf.gr.  11.  7.  14.  13.  511.7.14.6. 

6  11.  7.  14.  10.  7  11.  7.  14.  7.  8  Arg.  11.  7.  14.  13.  9  11.  7.   14.   11, 

"ex  causa";  h.  t.  32,  "utilia."  Possibly  the  concession  is  Byzantine.  10  11.  7.  14. 
13,  perhaps  due  to  Justinian,  Beseler,  Beitrdge,  1.  65.  11  42.  5.  17.  pr.  12  42.  5. 
9.  pr.  Heres  of  missus  liable  only  to  extent  of  profit,  if  it  rested  on  dolus,  42.  5.  9.  7,  8. 
13  Post,  §  CCXLV.  14  10.  1.  4.  1,  2.  15  76.  16  D.  27.  5;  C.  5.  45. 


xn]  CONDICTIO  SINE  CAUSA  541 

of  an  actual  tutor.  Accounts  were  rendered  in  the  same  way1.  The  same 
degree  of  care  must  be  shewn2.  Interest  was  due3.  The  Digest  expressly 
declares  the  action  to  be  edictal.  Doubts  were  expressed  by  Pernice  as 
to  the  genuineness  of  this  ascription4,  and  it  has  recently  been  main- 
tained that  the  action  is  a  Byzantine  invention,  the  case  being  essentially 
one  of  negotiorum  gestio  in  classical  law5. 

More  important  are  the  cases  analogous  to  condictio  indebiti.  That 
case  was  merely  an  instance,  perhaps  the  most  important,  of  the  applica- 
tion of  the  principle  that  a  man  was  not  to  enrich  himself  at  the  cost  of 
another.  It  cannot  be  said  that  there  was  any  such  general  rule  of  law, 
but  many  cases  were  provided  for  by  giving  a  condictio  called  condictio 
sine  causa,  using  that  name  in  its  widest,  perhaps  the  only  classical, 
sense6.  The  chief  cases  were: 

Condictio  ob  rem  dati  or  ob  causam  dati7,  called  under  Justinian, 
condictio  causa  data  causa  non  secutas.  It  had,  as  its  main  application,  the 
case  which  ultimately  became  the  commonest  type  of  innominate  con- 
tract, where  a  res  was  handed  over  for  some  return  to  be  made,  and 
that  did  not  follow9.  It  had  other  applications,  e.g.  money  given  as  dos 
where  the  marriage  did  not  follow10.  The  risk  in  what  was  handed  over 
was  with  the  claimant11.  If  the  counter  render  became  impossible  with- 
out fault  of  the  intended  receiver,  the  logical  view  was  that  the  res 
could  be  recovered,  but  some  texts  express  the  doctrine,  associating  the 
action  with  the  notion  of  contract,  rather  than  with  that  of  unjust  en- 
richment, that  the  casus  released  the  receiver  from  his  duty,  so  that  the 
res  could  not  be  recovered12. 

Condictio  ob  turpem  causam,  ob  iniustam  causam13.  These  actions  were 
available  where  money  had  been  received  for  an  immoral  or  illegal  pur- 

i  C.  5.  45. 1.  2  27.  5.  4.  3  27.  5.  1.  8.  4  Z.S.S.  19.  163.         5  Peters, 

Z.S.S.  32.  263  sqq. ;  Partsch,  Negotiorum  Gestio,  62  sqq.,  who  makes  it  n.  g.  utilis.  The 
name  prolutelae  is  no  doubt  a  late  oriental  coinage,  but  the  texts  suggest  that  it  was  in 
classical  law  a  special  action,  designed  primarily  for  the  case  in  which  it  was  doubtful  if 
the  gerens  was  tutor  or  not,  promised,  not  in  the  edict  on  negotiorum  gestio,  but  in  the 
edict  on  tutela,  and  called  actio  negotiorum  gestorum  pro  tutors,  (P.  1.  4.  8).  There  seems  no 
sufficient  ground  for  thinking,  with  Partsch,  that  this  name  is  interpolated.  Any  counter- 
claim of  the  gerens  was  enforced  by  actio  n.  g.  contraria  (27.  5.  5)  as  was  in  all  probability 
any  such  claim  by  a  tutor  (Partsch,  op.  cit.  47;  ante,  §  LIX).  6  Even  this  name  is 

not  certainly  classical,  though  it  probably  is.  7  C.  4.  6.    In  12.  6.  52  Pomponius 

distinguishes  "ob  causam"  past  and  "06  rem"  future,  and  Paul,  in  12.  6.  65.  2,  4,  makes 
the  same  distinction.  See  h.  t.  65.  3  and  12.  4.  1.  1,  2.  8  12.  4.  rubr.  See  C.  4.  6.  5,  6, 

where  it  is  not  treated  as  the  name  of  the  action.  The  grammatical  construction  of  tin- 
name  is  much  disputed.  9  19.  5.  5.  1.  10  C.  4.  6.  1.  Condictio  for  recovery  of 
donatio  mortis  causa  is  placed  by  Justinian  under  this  rubric,  12.  4.  12.  11  Arg.  12. 
6.  65.  4,  etc.  12  12.  4.  3.  3-5.  pr.,  5.  4,  16;  C.  4.  6.  10.  Some  of  these  deal  with 
payment  in  error;  others  have  been  altered  by  Justinian.  See,  however,  Vangerow,  Lehrb. 
3,  §  591.  13  In  later  law  "turpis  causa"  seems  to  be  purpose,  "iniusla  causa" 
dishonest  acquisition. 


542  CONDICTIO  SINE  CAUSA  [CH. 

pose  or  by  some  illegal  or  immoral  action,  the  two  cases  being  on  the 
same  footing.  If  the  turpitude  was  on  the  side  of  the  dans  or  of  both, 
as  in  the  case  of  a  thief  who  gave  money  to  prevent  the  giving  of  in- 
formation1, the  money  was  irrecoverable,  but  it  could  be  recovered 
where  the  receiver  alone  was  a  wrongdoer,  e.g.  where  money  was  paid 
under  a  promise  induced  by  "vis2,"  or  to  prevent  a  crime3,  or  to  secure 
return  of  what  ought  to  be  returned  without  it4.  Here  it  could  be  re- 
covered whether  the  event  in  view  of  which  it  was  given  followed  or 
not5.  The  risk  was  with  the  turpis  persona*. 

Condictio  furtiva7.  This  was  quasi-contractual,  since  the  heres  was 
liable8  and  the  action  lay  de  peculio  on  theft  by  a  slave9.  The  risk  was 
on  the  thief  and  equally  on  his  heres10.  There  was  an  analogous  action,  the 
actio  rerum  amotarum,  available  where  one  party  to  a  marriage  had  taken 
property  of  the  other,  the  notion  of  theft  being  excluded  in  such  a  case11. 

Condictio  sine  causa.  This  name  is  applied  by  Justinian  to  a  group 
of  cases,  not  all  covered  by  the  foregoing,  in  which  a  remedy  was  given  for 
causeless  enrichment12.  There  was  no  general  principle:  the  cases  men- 
tioned in  the  title  in  the  Digest  are  those  of  promise  without  real  causa, 
or  animus  donandi13,  of  compensation  paid  by  afullo  for  lost  goods  which 
the  owner  had  subsequently  recovered14,  of  money  given  for  dos  where  the 
marriage  did  not  follow15.  The  rules  as  to  risk  were  no  doubt  as  in  con- 
dictio  indebiti. 

Condictio  ex  lege.  This  action,  which  has  a  title  in  the  Digest16,  seems 
to  mean  no  more  than  the  only  text  in  the  title  says,  that  where  a  lex 
created  an  obligation  and  gave  no  special  remedy,  this  condictio  lay:  it 
overlaps  the  previous  cases,  and  is  probably  Byzantine. 

Condictio  ex  poenitentia.  This  too  seems  to  be  a  creation  of  Byzantine 
law.  In  the  system  offiducia,  if  one  who  had  made  afiducia  cum  amico 
for  any  purpose  changed  his  mind  before  it  was  carried  out,  he  could 
recover  the  res  by  actio  fiduciae17.  When  fiducia,  disappeared,  this  was 

1  12.  5.  3;  h.  t.  4.  1;  C.  4.  7.  5.  2  12.  5.  6;  h.  t.  7.  3  12.  5.  2.  pr.  4  12.  5. 
2.  1 ;  h.  t.  9.  pr. ;  C.  4.  7.  6;  h.  t.  7.  5  12.  5.  5;  C.  4.  7.  4,  without  interest.  6  C.  4.  7.  7. 
7  See  post,  §  cxcvni,  and  Monro,  defurtis,  App.  n.  The  line  between  this  exceptional  case 
where  ownership  has  not  passed,  and  c.  ex  iniusta  causa,  where  it  has,  is  somewhat  blurred 
in  the  Digest.  See  Pfliiger,  Z.S.8.  32.  167  sqq.  8  13.  1.  5;  h.  t.  8.  pr.  9  13. 

1.  4;  h.  t.  19.  10  13.  1.  7.  2.  11  Post,  §  cxcvm.  12  D.  12.  7;  C.  4.  9. 

13  12.  7.  1.  2.  14  12.  7.  2.  15  12.  7.  5.    Other  cases  are  mentioned,  7.  5.  5.  1; 

19.  1.  11.  6;  Inst.  2.  8.  2;  C.  4.  9.  2.  Koschembar-Lyskowski,  Condictio.  sets  out  the  various 
applications  of  the  action  including  those  here  given  and  others.  In  the  majority  of  them 
the  case  is  one  of  what  lias  become  or  been  shewn  to  be  an  indebitum  after  the  event,  e.g. 
those  in  the  text  above,  payment  of  one  alternative  without  knowledge  of  right  of  choice 
(12.  6.  32.  3),  paying  without  making  the  Falcidian  deduction  (35.  3.  1.  9),  payment  of 
legacy,  the  hereditas  being  afterwards  evicted  (12.  6.  3),  etc.  There  are  of  course  other  types, 
e.g.  where  condictio  is  given  in  supplement  of  what  had  been  a  mere  right  of  retention. 
16  13.  2.  17  See  ante,  §  CLI. 


* 

xii]  ACTIO  AD  EXHIBENDUM  543 

replaced  by  a  condictio.  But  the  field  of  fiducia  cum  amico  was  very 
narrow  in  later  law.  The  only  certain  case  is  that  of  a  slave  transferred 
to  be  freed,  and  even  here  there  was  not  always  a  fiducia.  The  Digest 
gives  the  condictio  ex  poenitentia  in  all  such  cases  and  in  transactions 
indirectly  aiming  at  the  same  thing,  e.g.  gift  of  money  to  buy  and  free 
a  slave,  though  the  texts  are  not  quite  consistent1.  It  was  given  in 
another,  unconnected,  case,  where  a  man  had  undertaken  a  journey  for 
reward  paid  beforehand :  the  text  says  there  was  a  locus  poenitentiae  and 
implies  that  there  was  one  in  all  such  cases,  i.e.  in  all  innominate  con- 
tracts2 (for  there  is  no  fiducia  here).  The  general  proposition  is  certainly 
not  true:  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  any  general  theory  of  condictio  ex 
poenitentia*. 

It  should  be  added  that  in  the  course  of  the  second  century  the 
praetorian  obligations  enforced  by  the  actio  quod  iussu,  institoria  and 
exercitoria  appear  to  have  been  adopted  into  the  civil  law  in  the  sense 
that  a  condictio  was  given  as  an  alternative  to  these  remedies,  at  least 
where  the  actual  contracting  party  was  a  member  of  the  family4.  In 
strictness  this  is  a  liability  ex  contractu,  but  it  is  not  clear  that  it  was  so 
thought  of:  the  point  of  view  may  well  be  an  independent  one.  A  man 
who  sets  his  subordinate  in  the  family  in  motion  must  accept  the  con- 
sequences. On  this  view  it  may  be  called  quasi-contractual. 

There  remain  a  group  of  cases  which  can  hardly  be  called  analogous 
to  those  stated  in  the  Institutes.  Among  these  are: 

Actio  ad  exhibendum.  This  was  a  proceeding  calling  for  production 
preparatory  to  another  action.  It  was  often  essential  to  a  right  of  action 
that  the  other  party  be  in  possession  of  the  subject  of  it,  notably  in  rei 
vindicatio,  to  which  this  preliminary  was  primarily  applicable5.  But  it 
was  not  confined  to  this6.  It  might  be  with  a  view  to  any  real  action, 
including  hypothecaria'' ',  interdicts8,  vindicatio  in  libertatem9,  actio 
furti10,  actio  noxalis11,  accusation  of  a  slave  for  crime12,  examination  of 
a  slave  by  torture13,  and  even  in  cases  in  which  no  litigation  was  directly 
in  view,  e.g.  to  facilitate  the  exercise  of  an  option  in  legatum  optionis1*. 
Indeed  it  seems  that  any  real  economic  interest,  not  otherwise  protected, 
and  not  exceeding  legal  rights,  would  entitle  to  this  action15.  But 
further  action  was  always  contemplated  in  the  long  run16.  It  was 

1  See  Buckland,  Slavery,  632  sqq.  2  12.  4.  5.  pr.  3  See  Gradenwitz,  In- 

terpolationen,  146  sqq.  4  See  Mitteis,  Prr.  1.  227  (citing  the  principal  texts).  Von 

Mayr,  Condictio,  276.  As  to  the  so-called  condictio  generates,  post,  §  ccxxx.  5  10.  4.  1. 
As  to  the  formula  in  the  actio  ad  exhibendum,  Lenel,  Z.S.S.  37.  116  sqq.  6  10.  4.  3.  1, 
l'multae  sunt  causae."  7  10.  4.  3.  3.  8  10.  4.  3.  5.  9  10.  4.  12.  pr. 

10  10.  4.  12.  2.  11  10.  4.  3.  7.  12  C.  3.  42.  2.  13  10.  4.  20.  14  10. 

4.  3.  6;  h.  t.  10.  15  10.  4.  19.    Cp.  h.  t.  5.  3-5;  h.  t.  18.    H.  t.  3.  9,  in  which  the 

right  is  stated  very  widely,  is  no  doubt  due  to  Justinian.  Beseler,  Beitrdge,  1.  1,  2.  128, 
maintains  that  in  classical  law  it  was  a  preliminary  only  to  real  action.  16  10.  4.  3.  11. 


544  ACTIO  AD  EXHIBENDUM  [en. 

available  against  any  holder  who  had  the  power  of  producing,  whether 
possessor  or  mere  detentor1,  and  anyone  who  had  dolo  malo  ceased  to 
possess,  e.g.  by  handing  it  to  another2,  or  by  changing  its  character,  by 
melting  it  down3.  Where  the  claimant  had  an  inter esse  both  at  litis 
contestatio  and  at  judgment4,  holding  by  the  defendant  at  time  of 
judgment  sufficed,  though  it  began  after  litis  contestatio,  and  con- 
versely, if  it  was  bona  fide  lost  before  judgment,  the  defendant 
was  entitled  to  absolutio5.  It  was  not  available  to  or  against  a 
heres  as  such,  but  he  might  of  course  be  liable  or  entitled  on  his  own 
account6. 

The  obligatio  must  be  called  quasi-contractual,  for  there  need  have 
been  no  interference  with  right,  and  the  plaintiff  had  not  to  prove  that 
he  was  really  owner.  In  fact,  except  in  case  of  dolose  abandonment  of 
possession,  which  is  not  a  primitive  part  of  the  scheme  of  the  action,  the 
obligation  arose  only  on  litis  contestatio,  much  as  in  interdicts,  a  point 
which  suggests  a  praetorian  obligation.  But  as  we  know  it  the  action 
is  civil7.  It  is  supposed  to  be  of  great  antiquity.  It  was  in  personarn8 
and  the  formula  contained  an  arbitrium  clause9. 

The  obligation  was  to  produce,  and  this  was  satisfied  by  production, 
with  the  accessories10,  even  in  a  damaged  condition,  though,  if  the 
damage  was  wilful  or  negligent,  and  the  plaintiff  proved  to  be 
entitled,  there  might  be  the  ordinary  remedies11.  If,  though  technically 
in  possession,  the  defendant  was  at  the  moment  unable  to  produce, 
e.g.  it  was  a  slave,  in  fuga,  it  was  enough  that  he  gave  security 
for  production  when  it  became  possible12.  But  the  production  must  be 
"m  eadem  causa."  If  the  holder  had  acquired  the  thing  by  usucapio 
since  litis  contestatio  in  the  actio  ad  exhibendum,  he  would  not  be  entitled 
to  absolutio  unless  he  was  prepared  to  accept  a  rei  vindicatio  in  which 
the  intentio  was  dated  back  to  the  litis  contestatio  in  the  actio  ad  exhi- 
bendum  (dies  repetita)13,  and  similarly,  if  delay  in  production  had  caused 
loss  of  a  right,  e.g.  it  was  now  too  late  to  exercise  an  option14,  or  for  the 
slave  whose  production  was  claimed  to  enter  on  a  hereditas15,  the 
defendant  must  make  compensation. 

Aquae  pluviae  arcendae16.  There  was  an  old  civil  law  action  for  the 
case  in  which  work  done  on  ^4's  land  was  likely  to  cause  damage  by  flow 
of  water  over  .B's,  not  superseded  by  the  probably  more  effective  remedy 

1   10.  4.  3.   15-5.  2  10.  4.  5.  2;  h.  t.  9.   1;  h.  t.  14.         3  10.  4.  9.  3;  h.  t.  12. 

3,  but  not  where  the  dolus  was  his  slave's  without  his  privity.  4  10.  4.  7.  7. 

5  10.  4.  7.  4,  5.  6  10.  4.  8;  h.  t.  12.  6.  7  19.  5.  16.  1.  8  10.  4.  3.  3. 

9  Inst.  4.  6.  31.  10  10.  4.  9.  7,  "causa"  11   10.  4.  17;  C.  3.  42.  7.   Sabinus 

seems  to  have  held  that  damage  could  come  into  account  in  ad  exhibendum,  10.  4.  9.  3. 
12  10.  4.  5.  6.  13  10.  4.  9.  6.  As  to  did  repetitio,  see  post,  §  CCXLI.  14  10.  4.  10. 
15  10.  4.  11.  pr.  16  Leist,  Gluck's  Erlduteruruj,  Serie  der  B.  39,  40.  3. 


xn]  INTEREST  545 

of  operis  novi  nuntiatio1.  The  owner  of  the  land  was  the  person  liable2. 
The  work  must  be  not  reasonably  incident  to  cultivation  of  the  land3, 
and  must  not  be  so  old  that  no  one  could  say  who  did  it,  or  whether 
it  was  done  intentionally  or  not4.  It  might  be  neglect,  where  for  instance 
there  was  an  established  water-course,  and  the  owner  neglected  to  repair 
a  dyke  destroyed  by  a  storm5.  If  the  work  was  done  by  a  colonus  or 
procurator  without  the  owner's  privity,  this  action  did  not  lie  unless  the 
owner  obstructed  the  aggrieved  party  in  putting  it  right6.  The  action 
was  barred  by  even  tacit  acquiescence7.  The  action  was  to  have  the 
matter  put  right,  and  for  compensation  for  damage  since  litis  contestatio8. 
It  was  noxal,  but  lay  against  the  heres9. 

As  it  seems  impossible  to  find  any  positive  basis  for  the  classification, 
a  large  number  of  other  obligations  might  have  found  their  place  here. 
Such  are  the  obligations  between  patron  and  freedman10,  the  obligation 
to  give  a  do*11,  and  the  countless  edictal  obligations.  Many  of  these  were 
negative,  e.g.  most  of  those  enforced  by  interdict.  But  there  were  many 
others12. 

CLXXXVIII.  We  have  now  to  consider  a  number  of  incidental  rules 
of  obligation,  applicable  mainly  to  the  cases  of  contract  and  quasi- 
contract. 

INTEREST.  The  rules  as  to  amount  of  interest  have  been  discussed13, 
and  we  have  only  to  state  the  cases  in  which  it  was  due.  It  might  be 
due  in  any  transaction  by  express  agreement14,  a  separate  contract, 
ordinarily  stipulation5.  But  pact  sufficed  in  nauticum  fenus16,  in  loans 
by  cities17,  in  later  classical  law  in  loans  of  fungibles  other  than  money18, 
and,  under  Justinian,  in  loans  by  bankers19.  Further,  in  any  mutuum,  a 
pact  for  interest  created  an  obligatio  naturalis20.  Where  interest  was  due 
under  these  rules  in  a  separate  contract,  the  fact  that  from  any  cause 
the  debt  had  ceased  to  be  recoverable  would  not  necessarily  bar  the 
claim  for  interest  already  due,  except  that  none  was  due  if  the  principal 

1  39.  2;  post,  §  CCXLVI.  For  past  damage  the  remedy  seems  to  be  "quod  vi  aut  clam," 
39.  3.  1.  1;  h.  t.  14.  2,  3.  2  39.  3.  3.  3.  In  later  law  actio  utilis  against  fructuary,  h.  t. 
22.  2;  cp.  3.  4.  3  39.  3.  1.  3;  h.  t.  1.  6,  8.  4  39.  3.  2.  8.  5  39.  3.  1.  22; 

h.  t.  2.  4,  5.  6  ''Quod  vi  aut  clam"  against  the  actual  doer,  39.  3.  4.  2;  h.  t.  5. 

7  39.  3.  19.  8  39.  3.  6.  6.  9  39.  3.  6.  7.   No  doubt  thought  of  as  delictal  in 

early  law.  See  Girard,  Textes,  17.  The  remedy  overlaps  "damni  infecli"  (post,  §  CCXLV)  and 
" operis  novi  nuntiatio "  (post,  §  CCXLVI).  10  Ante,  §  xxxn.  11  Ante,  §  XL. 

12  The  restitutory  interdicts  require  a  positive  act:  some  presuppose  what  is  substantially 
a  delict,  but  not  all ;  see  post,  §  ccxLVin.  But  the  obligations  to  give  guarantees  against 
possible  damage  of  various  kinds  (operis  novi  nuntiatio,  post,  §  CCXLVI,  damni  infecti, 
post,  §  CCXLV,  etc.)  might  be  properly  placed  under  the  present  head,  and  the  same  may 
be  said  of  the  actio  metus  (post,  §  ccm),  and  those  on  fraud  on  patron's  rights  (ib.)  in  the 
cases  in  which  the  defendant  is  no  party  to  the  wrong.  13  Ante,  §  CLXH.  14  19. 

5.  24.  15  Ib.;  P.  2.  14.  1.  It  might  be  a  separate  clause  in  the  same  stipulatio.  16  '2'2. 
2.  7.  17  22. 1.  30.  18  C.  4.  32. 11.  19  Nov.  136.  4.  20  C.  4.  32.  3;  post,  §  CLXXXIX. 

B.  R.  L.  35 


546  MORA  [CH. 

debt  was  void  ab  initio,  and,  under  Justinian,  if  a  debt  was  time-barred, 
a  claim  for  interest  was  barred  too1.  Apart  from  agreement  interest 
was  due  by  law  in  certain  transactions,  e.g.  in  sale,  from  the  delivery  of 
the  goods2,  in  debts  to  minors3  and  to  the  Fiscus*,  in  some  cases  of  dos5, 
and,  under  Justinian,  in  some  charitable  gifts6.  A  socius  was  entitled  to 
interest  on  his  money  applied  to  firm  purposes,  and  was  conversely  liable 
if  he  used  money  of  the  firm  for  his  own  purposes7.  A  mandatary  or 
negotiorum  gestor  or  tutor  could  claim  interest  for  advances,  and  conversely 
was  liable  for  interest  on  money  he  held  and  neglected  to  invest,  or 
used8,  and,  as  it  seems,  for  money  he  ought  to  have  got  in,  though  this 
may  be  late  law9.  Finally,  interest  was  due  from  mora  in  all  bonae  fidei 
transactions,  though  it  ceased  to  run  if  the  mora  was  purged  by  tender 
of  what  was  due10.  A  similar  rule  applied  in  claims  for  fideicommissa  and 
some  forms  of  legacy;  under  Justinian,  all  forms11. 

Where  the  liability  was  not  based  on  agreement,  interest  was  recover- 
able only  in  the  principal  action,  so  that  if  payment  was  accepted  without 
interest,  or  the  debt  was  time-barred,  the  right  to  interest  was  completely 
lost12. 

MORA  .  This  was  failure  to  discharge  a  legal  duty  on  demand  made  at 
a  proper  time  and  place.  This  is  sometimes  called  mora  ex  persona,  as 
distinct  from  mora  ex  re,  where  "dies  interpellat  pro  homine."  But  this 
latter  expression  is  unwarranted.  There  was  no  mora  ex  re — in  some 
cases,  some  of  the  effects  of  mora  were  produced  where  there  was,  in 
strictness,  no  mora,  e.g.  liability  to  interest  on  price  from  delivery  of 
goods  sold.  The  expression  is  suggested  by  a  text  which  says  that  where 
there  is  no  one  from  whom  the  demand  can  be  made,  there  is  mora  in  re13. 
But  this  case  and  that  of  a  defendant  who  holds  a  thing  by  theft  or 
similar  delict,  who  is  said  to  be  always  in  mora1*,  seem  to  have  been  the 
only  cases  in  which  demand  was  not  necessary. 

The  delay  must  be  wilful  and  wrongful:  there  was  no  mora  if  the 
debtor  was  unable,  through  no  fault  of  his  own,  to  be  at  the  place15,  or 
if  he  had  reasonable  grounds  for  doubting  that  the  debt  was  due,  pro- 
vided, in  this  case,  he  was  ready  to  litigate  at  once16.  Mora  or  no  mora 
was  a  question  of  fact  rather  than  law:  the  index  must  decide  it  on  all 
the  facts17.  The  principal  effects  of  mora  debitoris  were  these: 

1.  The  thing  was  at  his  risk.  This  was  modified,  at  least  in  later  law, 
to  the  extent  that  he  was  not  liable  unless  the  destruction  involved  a 

1  12.  6.  26;  22.  1.  7;  C.  4.  32.  26.  pr.  2  19.  1.  13.  20.  3  Arg.  40.  5.  26.  1. 

422.1.17.5.  5  C.  5.  12.31.  6  C.  1.3.  45.  4.  7  Ante,  §  CLXXVII.       83.5. 

18.  4;  h.  t.  37;  26.  7.  7.  8.  9  26.  7.  15.  10  22.  1.  1.  pr.    At  local  rates,  post, 

§  ccxxix.  11  G.  2.  280;  D.  30.  39.  1.  12  19.  1.  49.  1.  13  22.  1.  23.  1;  40.  5. 

26.  1.  14  13.  1.  8.  1.  15  12.  1.  5;  16.  3.  1.  22;  19.  1.  3.  9.  16  22.  1.  21; 

h.  t.  24;  45.  1.  91.  3.  17  22.  1.  32.  pr. 


xn]  MORA  547 

loss  to  the  creditor  which  would  not  have  occurred  if  there  had  been  no 
mora1,  not,  e.g.,  for  an  accident  which  would  have  happened  equally  if 
the  res  had  been  handed  over,  unless  indeed  the  creditor  could  shew 
that,  if  it  had  been  delivered,  he  would  have  sold  it,  so  that  the  loss 
would  not  have  fallen  on  him2.  The  debtor  in  bad  faith  was  liable  for 
the  highest  value  since  the  mora;  it  does  not  seem  that  this  applied 
elsewhere3.  And  there  was  of  course  no  liability  if  the  loss  was  caused 
by  the  imputable  fault  of  the  other  party4. 

2.  He  was  responsible,  but  only  in  bonae  fidei  transactions5,  for  fruits 
the  creditor  would  have  received6,  and  for  accessories. 

3.  He  must  pay  interest  in  the  case  of  money  and  other  fungibles, 
in  the  same  case,  at  local  rates,  not  exceeding  the  legal  maximum7. 

The  creditor  might  be  in  mora,  where  he  had  not  accepted  a  tender 
of  performance  duly  made  by  the  debtor,  at  a  proper  time  and  place, 
not  a  mere  expression  of  willingness  to  perform,  which  might  or  might 
not  be  realisable8.  The  mora  would  result  from  refusal,  or  absence  at 
the  agreed  time  and  place9,  the  fact,  in  the  case  of  absence,  being  notified 
in  court  by  the  debtor10.  Mora  of  the  creditor,  like  that  of  debtor,  re- 
quired fault.  If  refusal  was  due  to  reasonable  doubt  of  the  sufficiency 
of  the  tender,  and  he  was  prepared  to  litigate  at  once,  or  if  his  absence 
was  not  due  to  his  act  or  fault  he  was  not  in  morau.  The  chief  effects  of 
his  mora  were  these: 

1.  The  debtor  was  liable  only  for  dolus12,  even  where  liable  for  culpa 
before. 

2.  Thus  the  res  was  at  the  risk  of  the  creditor,  apart  from  dolus  of 
debtor13. 

3.  The  creditor  must  pay  any  cost  involved  in  care  of  the  resu. 

4.  Interest  running  ceased  to  run  if  the  money  was  officially  de- 
posited in  custody  of  the  court,  but  not  otherwise,  as  the  debtor  still  had 
the  use  of  it15. 

Mora  was  said  to  be  purged,  i.e.  its  consequences  no  longer  operated 
and  the  original  state  of  liability  was  restored,  for  the  future,  without 
prejudice  to  any  rights  of  interest,  etc.,  already  accrued,  if  the  party 

1  4.  2.  14.  11;  10.  4.  12.  4;  16.  3.  14.  1.  2  6.  1.  15.  3.  3  13.  1.  8.  1;   13.  3.  4. 

4  4.  2.  12.  pr. ;  Inst.  4.  17.  2.  Even  for  such  as  would  have  been  due  to  special  activity, 
if  the  creditor  usually  shewed  this.  5  And  in  fideicommissa  and  some  legacies — all 

under  Justinian.  30.  39.  1.  6  22.  1.  3.  7  Ante,  §  CLxn.  8  46.  3.  39;  h.  t.  72.  pr.; 
C.  8.  42.  9.  9  C.  4.  32.  6.  10  Ib.  11  13.  5.  17;  46.  3.  72.  pr.;  C.  8.  27.  5. 

12  18.  6.  5.  13  17.  1.  37;  18.  6.  1.  3;  33.  6.  8.  14  18.  6.  1.  3.  15  26.  7. 

28;  22  1.  7;  22.  1.  1.  3;  C.  4.  32.  19.  Stated  only  of  money,  but  no  doubt  applying  mutati* 
mutandis  to  other  fungibles.  But  there  is  a  rule  in  sale  of  specific  things  that  if  the  creditor 
refuses  them,  they  are  at  his  risk  and  the  debtor,  after  notice,  may  throw  them  away  (18. 
6.  1.  3,  4,  wine;  h.  t.  13,  furniture).  But  the  text  shews  that  it  is  thought  severe,  and  it 
is  denied  in  legacy  of  wine  (33.  6.  8).  Probably  it  must  not  be  in  any  way  generalised. 

35—2 


548  OBL1GATIO  NATURALIS  [CH. 

entitled  renounced  his  right  under  the  mora1,  or  the  debtor  made  the 
tender  he  ought  to  have  made,  in  reasonable  time  and  place2,  or  the 
defaulting  creditor  in  the  same  way  presented  himself  to  accept  it3,  or 
the  debt  was  novated4. 

CLXXXIX.  OBLIGATIO  NATURALIS.  Hitherto  we  have  dealt  only 
with  civil  and  praetorian  obligation.  But  at  the  beginning  of  the  Empire 
there  was  a  new  development.  Any  obligation  contracted  in  accord  with 
reason,  though  not  in  accord  with  accepted  forms  and  requirements, 
might  be  given  a  modified  validity.  Not  all  such  cases  were  so  dealt 
writh  but  there  was  a  group,  not  numerous,  and  chosen,  as  it  seems, 
rather  at  hazard,  to  which  the  conception  of  obligatio  naturalis  was 
applied.  No  action  lay  on  them,  but  they  could  be  made  effective  in 
other  ways,  not  all  to  the  same  extent.  Indeed  the  only  rule  clearly 
common  to  them  all  was  that  payment  made  could  not  be  recovered: 
a  natural  obligation  always  excluded  condictio  indebiti5. 

The  whole  conception  is  later  than  Labeo,  but  perhaps  not  much 
later6,  and  it  is  generally  held  that  its  first  application  was  recognition 
of  an  obligatio  naturalis  of  a  slave  on  his  contract7.  The  chief  cases  were8: 

(a)  Negotia  by  a  slave  with  his  master  or  third  persons.    In  general 
there  was  no  question  of  a  right  in  the  former  slave  even  after  freedom9: 
it  is  only  from  the  point  of  view  of  liability  that  the  question  arose, 
except  that  his  natural  right  against  his  master  survived  if  he  took  his 
peculium,10,  but  only  to  the  extent  of  barring  condictio  indebiti.    With 
these  restrictions  it  arose,  broadly  speaking,  on  any  transaction  of  the 
slave  which  would  have  been  a  valid  contract  if  he  had  been  free.  Besides 
excluding  condictio  indebiti  (solutum  non  repeti)  it  might  be  a  basis  for 
pledge,  fideiussio  or  other  surety,  and  perhaps  novation11,  and,  if  on  a 
verbal  contract,  it  might  be  discharged  by  acceptilatio12.  It  does  not  seem 
that  a  debtor  to  him  could  use  it  as  a  set-off,  and  it  is  doubtful  whether 
judgment,  as  apart  from  actual  satisfaction,  in  an  actio  de  peculio,  had 
any  effect  on  the  liabilh*y13. 

(b)  Transactions  between  pater  and  filiusfamilias  or  members  of  the 
same  family.   So  long  as  the  filiusfamilias  was  in  the  family  the  rules  of 
peculium  applied,  but  on  release,  if  he  took  the  peculium,  he  took  with 
it  any  claim  he  had  against  the  father,  but  only  to  the  extent  of  solutum 

\  2.  14.  54.          2  18.  6.  18.  Here  both  have  been  in  mora,          3  76.          4  13.  1.  17. 
5  46.  1.  16.  4.  6  It  is  not  clear  that  Javolenus  (35.  1.  40.  3)  and  Seneca  (de  ben. 

6.  4.  7)  cited  by  Girard,  Manuel,  652,  contemplate  any  legal  liability  at  all,  but  it  is  clear 
in  Neratius  (12.  6.  41).  See  also  Julian  in  46.  1.  16.  4,  etc.  7  Pernice,  Labeo,  1. 

150  sqq.  8  The  cases  are  sometimes  classified  (Savigny,  Oblig.  §  9),  but  such  a  classi- 

fication throws  no  light  on  the  rules.  9  2.  14.  7.  18;  50.  17.  146.         10  12.  6.  64; 

apparently  only  to  exclude  condictio  indebiti.  11   12.  6.  13.  pr.;  44.  5.  1.  4;  46.  1.  35. 

12  46.  4.  8.  4.  13  15.  1.  50.  2;  44.  2.  21.  4. 


xii]  OBLIGATIO  NATURALIS  549 

non  repeti1.  Where  the  liability  was  the  other  way  no  doubt  the  same 
rule  applied  as  in  the  case  of  a  slave.  Where  he  contracted  with  an 
extraneus  the  obligatio  was  civilis  and  has  already  been  considered2. 

(c)  Nudum  pactum.    It  is  now  generally  held  that  a  nude  pact  did 
not  create  a  natural  obligation3,   except  a  pact  for  interest,  where  there 
was  no  condictio  indebiti*,   and  a  hypothec  was  good5.    We  know  of  no 
other  results6. 

(d)  Sc.  Macedonianum.  Action  was  barred  on  a  loan  to  afiliusfamilias, 
but  there  was  a  natural  obligation.     Payment  could  not  be  recovered7, 
and  there  might  be  novatio,  after  he  was  sui  iuris8.     Fideiussio  and 
hypothec  seem  not  to  have  been  void,  but  to  have  themselves  created 
only  a  natural  obligation9.    It  could  not  be  used  as  set  off10. 

(e)  Pupilli  without  auctoritas  who  had  not    profited.    The    texts 
conflict,  but  a  natural  obligation  seems  to  have  been  admitted  in  later 
law;  its  extent  is  doubtful.    It  could  not  be  used  as  set  off11. 

(/)  Minors  and  prodigi  interdicti.  A  minor  who  had  obtained  resti- 
tutio  in  integrum,  one  who  in  later  law  contracted  without  his  curator's 
consent,  and  prodigus  inter  Aldus,  were  all  probably  bound  by  a  naturalis 
obligatio,  but  its  extent  is  not  known12. 

(g)  Civil  bondsman  and  filiafamilias.  These  could  apparently  not 
bind  themselves  in  classical  law,  but  there  was  probably  a  natural 
obligation13. 

(h)  Effect  of  litis  contestatio.  In  many  cases  litis  contestatio  destroyed 
the  old  obligation,  substituting  for  it  the  right  under  the  action14.  If 
this  proceeded  normally  no  question  would  arise,  but  it  might  not,  and 
the  question  whether  a  natural  obligation  survived  is  material.  If,  e.g., 
judgment  was  not  given  within  a  certain  time,  it  could  not  be  given  at 
all15.  It  is  clear  that  in  classical  law  there  was  a  natural  obligatio  in  this 
case  with  the  usual  effects,  perhaps  even  a  right  of  set  off16.  Where  the 
action  was  lost  by  plus  petitio  there  was  a  natural  obligation17,  as  also 
where  it  was  lost  by  error  of  the  judge18. 

(i)  Capite  minuti.  Capitis  deminutio  destroyed  at  civil  law  all  con- 
tractual and  quasi-contractual  obligation.  In  c.  d.  maxima  the  present 

1  12.  6.  38;  4.  5.  2.  2.  2  Ante,  §  cxLvn.  3  Girard,  Manuel,  654,  n.  1,  cites  45. 

1.  1.2;  46.  1.56.  pr.         4>  46.3.5.2.         5  13.  7.   11.  3.  6  A  slave's  promise  creates 

a  natural  obligation.  Gaius  says  it  has  not  the  force  of  a  verbal  contract  (G.  3.  176).  If 
so  it  is  a  pact  and  is  another  exception.  It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  a  pact  was  good  as 
a  defence.  7  12.  6.  40.  pr.;  14.  6.  10.  8  C.  4.  28.  2.  9  14.  6.  9.  3  (interp.). 

10  The  fact  that  there  was  no  obligatio  naturalis  under  the  Sc.  Velleianurn  shews  how 
partial  was  the  recognition  of  this  kind  of   obligation.    12.   6.   40.   pr.   gives  reasons. 

11  See  12.  6.  41;  45.  1.  59;  36.  2.  25.  1;  46.  3.  95.  4.  12  46.  3.  95.  3;  C.  2.  23.  2; 
Bas.  26.  1.  25  (Heimbach,  3.  97).           13  G.  3.  104;  ante,  §  XLvra.  14  Post,  §  ccxxxv. 
15  Post,  §  ccxxxn;  G.  4.  104,  105.         16  46.  8.  8.  1.   Machelard,  Obi.  Naturelles,  370  sqq. 
17  20.  1.  27.  Machelard,  op.  cit.  384.             18  See  12.  6.  28;  h.  t.  60.  pr. 


550  TRANSFER  OF  OBLIGAT10  [en. 

point  did  not  arise ;  if  the  man  was  restored  to  his  original  position  his 
obligation  revived:  if  he  was  not  he  was  free  of  all,  even  though  pardoned. 
The  same  seems  to  be  true  of  c.  d.  media  if  all  the  property  was  forfeited. 
If  only  part,  he  remained  liable  to  action  pro  parte,  and  not  beyond  at 
all1.  In  c.  d.  minima  an  obligatio  naturalis  survived,  but  in  the  most 
practical  case,  adrogatio,  a  better  remedy  was  found2. 

More  or  less  doubtful  cases  are  those  of  a  claim  barred  by  lapse  of 
time3,  a  creditor  deprived  of  his  claim  by  way  of  penalty4,  and  confusio 
between  debtor  and  creditor5,  but  these  we  need  not  here  consider. 

TRANSFER  OF  OBLIGATIO.  As  we  have  seen,  obligatio,  being  of  an 
intensely  personal  nature6,  was  not  thought  of  as  transferable,  but,  in 
connexion  with  mandate7,  we  saw  how  assignability  was  reached  by  an 
indirect  method  based  on  the  conception  of  the  assignee  as  a  representa- 
tive of  the  assignor,  procurator  in  rem  suam.  We  have  also  dealt  with  the 
automatic  transfer  of  obligatio  in  various  forms  of  universal  succession8, 
and  in  the  case  of  guardianship,  on  the  termination  of  the  wardship9. 

There  were  cases,  too  numerous  to  be  set  out  in  detail,  in  which  one 
in  whom  a  right  of  action  was  vested  was  compellable  to  transfer  it  to 
another,  by  this  indirect  method  (cedere,  mandare,  transferre  actionemw). 
As  familiar  instances  may  be  cited  the  vendor,  who  must  cede,  as  part 
of  the  commoda  rei,  actions  acquired  in  respect  of  the  res  since  the  sale11, 
the  creditor  paid  by  a  surety,  in  certain  cases12,  the  mandatarius,  who 
must  cede  all  actions  acquired  in  executing  the  mandate13,  the  pledge 
creditor,  who  must  cede  actions  he  has  acquired,  as  part  of  the  commoda 
rei1*,  and  so  forth. 

Where  this  cessio  could  be  claimed  as  of  course,  the  actual  claim  and 
transfer  might  seem  an  idle  form  and  the  person  entitled  have  been 
allowed  to  proceed  as  if  he  had  had  a  transfer.  Some  steps  were  indeed 

1  C.  8.  40.  1,  actiones  utiles,  ante,  §  xxxvi.  2  Ante,  §  CXLI.  The  same  rule  seems 

to  have  been  applied  where  a  woman  passed  into  manus,  G.  4.  80,  but  as  to  difficulties, 
see  ante,  ib.  3  Machelard,  Obi.  Nat.  464  sq.;  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  2.  §  289,  n.  2;  Girarcl, 
Manuel,  655.  4  E.g.  12.  6.  19.  pr.  See  Machelard,  op.  tit.  512.  5  Post,  §  cxcii. 
6  Ante,  §  CXLin.  Even  where  the  contract  affected  the  enjoyment  of  land  the  benefit  of 
it  did  not  pass  with  the  land.  Where  a  man  let  a  farm  with  agreements  as  to  proper 
cultivation,  and  died  leaving  the  land  away  from  the  heres,  the  legatee  could  not  enforce 
the  covenants,  nor  could  the  heres,  for  lack,  in  this  case,  of  interesse.  If  a  legatee  of  land 
ousted  the  tenant,  his  remedy  was  only  against  the  heres.  It  was  one  of  the  obligations  of 
the  deceased  (19.  2.  32).  7  Ante,  §  CLXXX.  8  Ante,  §§  ex,  CXLI  sq.  9  Ante, 

§  LV.  The  texts  record  many  cases  in  which  A,  being  under  a  liability  to  B,  may  release 
himself  by  transfer,  in  this  form,  of  actions  he  has  against  third  parties  (e.g.  10.  2.  18.  5; 
47.  2.  14.  pr.).  It  is  probable  that  many  of  these  are  interpolated,  Beseler,  Beitrdge,  3.  172 
sqq.  10  Schulz  (Z.S.S.  27.  82)  in  a  careful  study  of  the  principles  of  forced  cessio 

(he  does  not  discuss  cessio  legis,  feigned  cessio)  gives  a  list  of  over  60  texts  dealing  with 
such  cases  and  the  list  is  not  exhaustive.  11  47.  2.  14.  pr.  12  46.  1.  17;  46.  3.  76. 

13  17.  1.  20.  pr.;  h.  t.  27.  5.  14  20.  1.  21.  2;  20.  5.  7.  pr. 


xnj  CULPA  551 

taken  in  this  direction,  the  action  being  however  not  one  in  which  cessio 
was  feigned  (actio  ficticia),  but  an  actio  utilis  suo  nomine,  visually  an 
actio  infactum. 

To  this  automatic  transfer  the  name  cessio  legis  has  been  given.  The 
notion  no  doubt  starts  from  the  cases  of  a  transfer  which  had  become 
inoperative  before  it  was  acted  on,  discussed  under  mandate1,  but  it 
gradually  extended  to  cases  where  there  had  been  no  transfer.  Thus  as 
early  as  Pius  such  an  action  was  allowed  to  a  buyer  of  a  hereditas2,  to 
lieres  ab  intestato  where  legacies  had  been  paid  under  a  will  afterwards 
upset3,  to  tutor  sued  for  negligence,  against  contutores*.  So  too  in 
classical  law,  if  a  depositee  redeposited,  the  first  depositor  had  actio 
utilis  against  the  second  depositee5.  Caracalla  gave  a  judgment  creditor, 
where  there  was  nothing  to  seize,  an  actio  utilis  against  his  debtor's 
debtor6.  Where  a  gift  was  to  be  restored  to  a  third  person,  Diocletian 
gave  him  an  actio  utilis'7.  Later  law  allowed  such  an  action  in  the  case 
of  an  agreement  to  sell,  or  a  legacy  of,  a  debt8.  Justinian  gave  the  prin- 
cipal an  actio  utilis  ex  empto  where  a  procurator  had  sold,  and  to  a  fidei- 
commissarius  who  had  paid  off  a  pledge  which  should  have  fallen  on  the 
heres9.  But  these  cases  represent  no  general  principle.  It  is  clear  on 
the  texts  that  in  general,  where  cessio  had  not  been  actually  taken, 
there  was  no  right  to  sue:  the  case  of  surety  is  a  well-known  instance10. 

CXC.  THE  THEORY  OF  CULPA.  Dohis  or  intentional  damage  is  not 
perfectly  easy  to  define,  but  as  it  was  in  itself  a  delict  it  will  be  con- 
sidered later",  and  can  here  be  left  with  the  remark  that  in  contract  and 
quasi-contract  it  always  created  liability. 

Culpa  was  failure  to  observe  the  standard  of  conduct  which  the  law 
required,  a  standard  varying  in  the  different  cases.  In  the  texts  we  get 
degree  of  culpa  represented  in  three  ways:  culpa  (culpa  levis),  failure  to 
shew  diligentia  maxima,  failure  to  act  as,  in  the  given  circumstances,  a 
bonus  paterfamilias  would  act12;  culpa  lata,  failure  to  shew  any  reasonable 
diligentia,  non  intelligere  quod  omnes  intelligunt13;  culpa  levis  in  another 
sense,  called  by  moderns  culpa  levis  in  concreto,  not  to  shew  the  same 
degree  of  diligentia  as  the  party  ordinarily  did  in  his  own  affairs14.  The 
first  two  are  objectively  defined,  but  the  last  is  taken  from  a  different, 
a  subjective  point  of  view.  It  was  not  a  distinct  degree  of  culpa,  for  it 
might  conceivably  be  greater  or  less  than  either  of  the  others.  A  very 

1  Ante,  §CLXXIX.          2  2.  14.  16.  pr.;  C.  4.  39.  5.  3  5.  2.  8.  16.  4  27.  3.  1. 

13.  5  Coll.  10.  7.  8.  6  C.  4.  15.  2.    As  to  a  similar  but  wider  right  of  the 

Jiscus,  h.  t.  3  and  4.  7  Vat.  Fr.  286;  C.  8.  54.  3.  8  C.  4.  15.  5;  C.  4.  39.  7-9; 

C.  6.  37.  18.  9  19.  1.  13.  25;  30.  57.  10  41.  2.  49.  2;  C.  8.  40.  11.    See  also  45. 

1.  126.  2;  14.  3.  1,  etc.  11  Post,  §  ecu.  12  18.  6.  3;  13.  6.  18.  pr.  (culpa 

levissima,  9.  2.  44.  pr.).  13  Coll.  10.  7.  6.  14  10.  2.  25.  16,  as  opposed  to 

in  abstracto. 


552  CULPA  [CH. 

fastidious  and  careful  person  might  fall  short  of  this  standard  in  a 
particular  case,  while  still  shewing  the  care  of  a  bonus  paterfamilias,  and 
a  worthless  person  might  still  satisfy  this  standard  while  shewing  less 
care  than  a  reasonable  man  would.  But  in  fact  this  standard  was  not 
thought  of  as  lower  than  that  expressed  by  culpa  lata1. 

The  general  effect  of  the  texts  on  liability  in  particular  cases  may  be 
stated  in  the  following  rather  confusing  propositions,  omitting  for  the 
present  the  stricti  iuris  relations. 

1.  A  party  benefiting  by  the  transaction  was  liable  for  culpa  levis, 
e.g.  both  parties  to  sale,  hire,  pledge,  and  innominate  contracts,  the 
depositor,  the  commodatarius  and  the  principal  in  negotiorum  gestio2. 

2.  One  wrho  did  not  benefit  was  liable  only  for  dolus,  and,  according 
to  some  texts,  for  culpa  lata,  on  the  ground  that  culpa  lata  dolo  aequi- 
paratur*. 

3.  In  some  cases  a  party  was  made  liable  for  culpa  levis  in  concreto. 
In  some  of  these,  tutela,  heres  under  fideicommissum  and  depositee4,  we 
should  expect  liability  for  dolus  only,   and  some  texts  so  state  the 
liability5.    In  others,  common   ownership,  husband  dealing  with  dos, 
societas6,  we  should  expect  liability  for  culpa  levis,  and  some  texts  so 
state  the  matter7. 

4.  In  some  cases  in  which  on  principle  the  liability  was  for  dolus, 
and  is  so  stated,  we  get  in  other  texts  a  liability  for  culpa  levis,  e.g. 
mandate,  tutela  and  cura8. 

5.  The  negotiorum  gestor,  though  it  was  essential  that  the  gestio 
should  not  be  for  his  benefit,  was  liable  for  culpa  levis9. 

6.  The  state  of  the  texts  makes  it  extremely  probable  that  the 
expressions  culpa  lata,  culpa  levisw,  of  which  there  is  little  trace  in 
prae-Justinian  texts,  were  not  used  technically  to  denote  degrees  of 
culpa  till  the  Byzantine  age. 

On  this  story,  which  is  really  a  record  of  historical  changes,  there 
are  several  remarks  to  be  made. 

(a)  The  line  between  dolus  and  culpa  is  not  so  sharp  as  it  looks.  In 
both  of  them  external  standards  must  be  applied;  the  state  of  mind 
must  be  inferred  from  conduct.  If  a  man's  standard  of  care  in  business 
which  affects  another  was  plainly  below  what  we  expect  in  ordinary 

1  See,  e.g.,  24.  3.  24.  5  2  13.  6.  5.  2;  50.  17.  23.   See  Coll.  10.  2.  1.  311.  6. 

1.  1;  16.  3.  32;  36.  4.  5.  15;  50.  16.  226.  4  27.  3.  1.  pr.;  36.  1.  23.  3;  16.  3.  32. 

5  26.  7.  7.  2;  30.  108.  12;  13.  6.  5.  2;  16.  3.  1.  10,  etc.  6  10.  2.  25.  16;  17.  2.  72;  23.  3. 

17.  pr.  7  17.  2.  52.  2;  24.  3.  18.  1;  10.  3.  26.  8  17.  1.  10.  pr.;  Coll.  10.  2.  3;  D.  50.  17. 
23;  26.  7.  7.  pr.;  27.  3.  1.  pr.;  26.  7.  25.  pr.  Thus  for  tutela  we  get  the  liability  stated  in  all 
three  ways.  27.  3.  1.  pr.;  26.  7.  7.  pr.;  h.  t.  41;  C.  2.  18.  20.  9  3.  5.  3.  9;  ante,  §  CLXXXV. 
We  are  not  fully  informed  as  to  fiducia.  10  Neither  expression  occurs  in  any  juristic 
text  independent  of  Justinian.  In  Coll.  12.  5.  2  we  find  lata  neglegentia,  in  a  criminal 
matter.  See  p.  553,  n.  9. 


xii]  CULPA  553 

life,  or  of  what  he  shewed  in  his  own  business,  it  may  be  called  careless- 
ness, but  the  suggestion  of  bad  faith  is  obvious.  Slight  carelessness  is 
however  to  be  expected  occasionally,  and  does  not  suggest  bad  faith. 
Thus,  if  damage  occurred,  culpa  levis  \vas  presumed  though  of  course  it 
might  be  disproved,  but  the  presumption  of  dolus  (or  culpa  lata)  was 
never  made1;  the  facts  relied  on  must  be  proved.  We  are  expressly  told 
by  Celsus  that  it  is  not  good  faith  to  shew  in  dealings  affecting  others 
less  care  than  in  one's  own  affairs,  and  the  same  text  shews  similarly 
that  it  is  hard  to  distinguish  between  culpa  lata  and  culpa  levis  in  con- 
creto:  to  shew  in  such  matters  less  care  than  you  do  in  your  own  is  not 
reasonable  conduct2.  It  has  been  suggested  that  the  only  difference 
between  culpa  lata  and  culpa  levis  in  concrete  is  in  the  burden  of  proof. 
The  former  must  be  proved;  the  latter  is  prima  facie  presumed3.  But 
this  would  still  leave  the  conflicts  in  the  texts. 

(b)  It  has  been  shewn4  that  culpa  originally  meant  active  conduct— 
culpa  infaciendo:  negligent  omission  (culpa  in  nonfaciendo)  being  negle- 
gentia,  to  which  diligentia  is  the  opposite5. 

(c)  We  are  several  times  told6  that  culpa  lata  is  on  a  level  with  dolus 
and  this  was  clearly  so  for  Justinian's  time.    But  the  whole  conception 
of  culpa  lata  is  late7;  the  nearest  approach  to  it  in  any  surviving  prae- 
Justinian  text  is  a  reference  to  lata  neglegentia  in  connexion  with  criminal 
liability8,  and  in  the  same  collection  Modestinus,  dealing  with  several 
contracts,  evidently  knows  only  one  degree  of  culpa9.    Culpa  lata  has 
little  to  do  with  contract;  most  of  the  allusions  to  it  are  in  connexion 
with  criminal  law  or  quasi-contract  (especially  heres  and  tutor),  or  in 
the  heterogeneous  mass   of  praetorian  obligations10.   The  only  direct 
allusions  to  it  in  relation  to  specific  contracts  are  one  or  two  on  deposit11, 
all  suspicious,  one  in  precarium,  which  also  looks  interpolated12,  one  on 
mandate  more  than  suspected13,  and  one  on  the  sale  of  a  hereditas  also 

1  22.  3.  18.  1.  2  16.  3.  32,  interpolated  in  part.     It  is  difficult  to  believe  with 

Lenel,  Z.S.S.  38.  277,  that  the  whole  passage  represents  only  Ityzantine  thought.  The 
classical  rule  expressed  seems  to  be  that  what  purports  to  be  negligence  may  be  so  gross  as 
to  raise  an  irresistible  presumption  of  dolus.  3  C.  4.  24.  5.  4  Mitteis,  R.  Pr.  1.  322. 
5  See,  e.g.,  50.  17.  23.  The  distinction  survives  in  stipulatio,  post,  p.  555.  6  44.  7. 

1.   5,  etc.  7  Mitteis,  op.  cit.   334,   who  analyses  the  cases  in  which  it  is  found. 

8  Coll.  12.  5.  2.  9  Coll.  10.  2.  1.    Lenel  holds,  as  it  seems  with  great  probability 

(Z.S.S.  38.  263  sqq.),  that  the  expressions  culpa  levis,  lata,  used  technically  to  express 
degrees  of  negligence,  are  post-classical.  His  article  is  a  reply  to  Binding,  who  in  Normen 
(2)  2.  711,  and  again  Z.S.S.  39.  1,  maintains  the  thesis  that  these  expressions  are  classical 
but  that  they  denote  originally — and  in  the  Digest — not  degrees  of  negligence,  but  two 
kinds  of  "Schuld"  short  of  dolus,  levis  being  negligence,  lata,  intentional  conduct,  with- 
out self-seeking  fraudulent  intent.  It  is  difficult  to  reconcile  the  view  that  the  terms  do 
not,  for  Tribonian,  represent  degrees,  with  such  texts  as  41.  1.  44.  2.  10  Mitteis,  op.  cit. 
334.  11  16.  3.  32;  44.  7.  1.  5;  C.  4.  34.  1  =Coll.  10.  8,  where  culpa  lata  is  not  mentioned. 

12  43.  26.  8.  6.    It  is  not  contemplated  as  a  contract.  13   17.  1.  29.  pr. 


554  CULPA  [CH. 

doubtful1.    Probably  in  classical  law  a  gross  failure  in  care  was  apt  to 
be  regarded  as  dolus,  as  Celsus  suggests  and  Paul  explicitly  says2. 

(d)  The  cases  in  which  one  who  did  not  benefit  was  liable  for  culpa 
levis  were  all  late  extensions  of  liability  dating,  it  may  be,  from  the  end 
of  the  second  century3.  They  were  all  cases  of  confidential  relations  and 
it  is  said  that  this  was  the  cause  of  the  increased  liability4. 

(e)  There  was  a  group  of  contractual  and  quasi-contractual  actions 
condemnation  in  which  involved  infamia.   Such  were  pro  socio,  fiduciae, 
mandati,  depositi  and  tutelae.    In  nearly  all  these  cases  texts  give  a 
liability  for  culpa,  either  in  abstracto  or  in  concrete,  and  in  some  cases  we 
find  both.   It  is  harsh  that  mere  negligence  should  have  such  an  effect. 
The  difficulty  is  met  by  the  view  that  infamia  ensued  only  where  the 
condemnation  was  for  dolus5,  but  it  is  repeatedly  stated  with  no  such 
limit.    A  better  view6  seems  to  be  that  in  earlier  classical  law  these  actions 
lay  only  for  dolus  and  that  the  larger  liability  is  either  interpolated  or 
a  development  of  late  classical  law,  in  which  some  cases  of  what  texts 
call  lack  of  diligentia  were  readily  construable  as  breaches  of  good  faith7. 
The  transition  to  the  rule  of  liability  for  culpa  was  a  gradual  one  not  com- 
plete till  the  time  of  Severus8.  But  the  evidence  hardly  amounts  to  proof. 

(/)  The  cases  of  diligentia  quam  suis  rebus,  culpa  levis  in  concrete, 
mentioned  in  the  texts  seem  to  be  fiducia  (?)  societas,  common  owner- 
ship, tutela,  husband  in  relation  to  dos,  fideicommisswn  and  deposit9. 
The  last  two  are  certainly  due  to  Justinian  and  do  not  even  represent 
the  law  of  his  time  as  elsewhere  stated,  except  so  far  as,  in  the  actual 
case,  the  failure  to  act  as  carefully  as  in  his  own  affairs  was  in  fact 
dolus10.  In  tutela  some  of  the  later  texts  make  a  tutor  liable  for  culpa 
simply,  and  it  may  be  that  the  liability  for  culpa  levis  in  concrete  was  a 
stage  in  the  transition  from  liability  merely  for  dolus  to  liability  for 
culpau.  As  to  fiducia  the  rule  is  laid  down  generally12.  In  societas  it 
seems  to  have  been  the  settled  rule  from  Gains  onwards13.  In  the  other 
cases,  dos  and  community,  principle  requires  liability  for  culpa,  and  it 
may  be14  that  the  lessened  liability  expresses  a  view,  late  classic  or 

1  18.  4.  2.  5.  2  16.  3.  32;  50.  16.  226.  No  doubt,  as  Lenel  suggests  (op.  cit.  288), 
in  the  original  they  were  not  stated  with  such  generality,  but  with  reference  to  the  facts  of 
a  particular  case.  3  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  330.  4  See,  however,  ante,  §  CLXXIX,  as  to 

mandate.  5  E.g.  Bertolini,  Obblig.  (Parte  Sp.)  785.  6  Mitteis,  324  sqq.  7  In  the 
case  of  tutela  it  may  possibly  be  due  only  to  Justinian,  but  it  is  more  probably  late  classic. 
8  For  other  views,  see  Girard,  Manuel,  667.  9  The  texts  appear  to  be  16.  3.  32;  10. 

2.  25.  16;  17.  2.  72;  18.  6.  3;  23.  3.  17.  pr.;  24.  3.  24.  5;  26.  7.  33;  27.  3.  1.  pr.;  36.  1.  23.  3; 
44.  7.  1.  4;  Inst.  3.  25.  9.  10  16.  3.  32;  36.  1.  23.  3;  cp.  30.  108.  12.  11  Lusig- 

nani  considers  the  rule  in  all  cases  interpolated,  Studi  sulla  respon.sibilita  per  custodia, 
2.  97  sqq.  12  Coll.  10.  2.  1.  The  reason  assigned  is  that  both  benefit.  This  is  true 

of  /.  cum  creditore,  perhaps  the  only  case  existing  when  the  text  was  written,  but  not  in 
/.  cum  amico;  no  doubt  whichever  benefited  was  liable  for  culpa.  13  17.  2.  72. 

14  Mitteis,  op.  cit.  333. 


xn]  CUSTODIA  555 

Byzantine,  that  in  an  enduring  relation  the  other  standard  is  unfair. 
\    It  is  observable  that  in  all  the  cases  in  which  the  rule  is  well  evidenced 
it  is  in  fact  the  defendant's  own  affair. 

Passing  to  stricti  iuris  relations,  it  is  to  be  observed  that  in  mutuum 
and  the  contract  literis  no  question  of  culpa  arose.  In  stipulatio  to  give 
a  certain  thing  the  promisor  was  liable  only  for  culpa  in  faciendo,  a 
survival  of  the  old  conception  of  culpa1,  and  only  for  such  culpa  in 
faciendo  as  made  delivery  impossible,  not,  e.g.,  where  his  act  had  made 
the  res  less  valuable  but  still  deliverable2.  Of  course  the  stipulatio  might 
be  so  framed  as  to  express  any  liability  the  parties  wished,  and  the  texts 
usually  consider  not  the  liability  on  stipulatio,  but  that  on  the  particular 
stipulatio  under  discussion;  the  actual  words  were  material.  Apart  from 
this  there  seems  to  have  been  no  remedy  for  negligence  or  for  active 
culpa  which  merely  lessened  the  value  of  the  thing.  If  there  was  dolus, 
the  actio  doli  lay3,  and  gross  negligence  would  no  doubt  readily  be  con- 
strued as  dolus.  In  the  case  of  stipulatio  faciendi  the  rule  seems  to  be 
that  the  care  of  a  bonus  paterfamilias  was  required,  but  the  textual 
evidence  is  scanty4.  In  condictio  sine  causa  the  rules  were  as  in  stipulatio 
dandi5,  while  in  condictio  furtiva  all  risks  were  on  the  person  liable;  fur 
semper  in  mora  est6.  The  case  of  legacy  has  already  been  considered7. 

CXCI.  CUSTODIA.  This  is  a  conception  which  has  given,  and  still 
gives,  much  trouble.  In  many  texts  custodia  (custodire)  appears  in  its 
plain  meaning  of  setting  a  watch  or  guard8.  These  cases  are  unimportant. 
But  there  are  other  texts  in  which  it  is  used  to  denote  a  certain  obligation 
"custodiam  praestare,"  meaning  something  more  than  to  set  a  guard. 
This  obligation,  whatever  it  may  have  been,  is  stated  more  or  less 
explicitly  in  a  number  of  cases,  e.g.,  commodatarius9,  usufructuary10, 
vendor11,  nauta,  caupo,  stabularius  (at  least  in  some  cases12),  etc.  It 
appears  to  mean  obligation  to  prevent  theft  and  perhaps,  though  this 
is  not  quite  clear13,  damage  by  third  parties.  But  the  extent  and  history 
of  this  obligation  have  been  and  still  are  the  subject  of  acute  controversy. 
In  some  texts  dealing  with  specific  cases  it  appears  as  an  absolute  obliga- 
tion to  prevent  the  theft,  i.e.  responsibility  to  the  owner  if  the  thing  is 
stolen,  without  reference  to  negligence14,  and  this  point  of  view  seems 
to  be  represented  by  Gaius,  who  tells  us  that  commodatarius  and  fullo 
had  an  actio  furti  on  account  of  their  responsibility  if  the  thing  was 
stolen,  and  the  owner  had  none,  as  he  had  no  interesse15,  without  any 
reference  to  negligence.  In  other  texts  it  appears  as  diligentia  maxima 

1  P.  5.  7.  4;  D.  45.  1.  91.  pr.,  sqq.  2  4.  3.  7.  3.  3  Ib.  4  45.  1.  137.  2,  3. 

5  See  12.  6.  65.  8;  39.  6.  39  (Girard,  Manuel,  669.  See  also  op.  cit.  668,  n.  3).         6  13.  1.  8; 
h.  t.  16.  7  Ante,  §  CLXXXV.  8  E.g.  Coll.  10.  7.  4;  D.  6.  1.  21.  9  13.  6.  5.  5. 

10  7.  9.  2.  11   18.  6.  12.  12  4.  9.  1.  8.  13  See  Lusisrnani,  Responsibility, 

per  Custodia,  2.  49.  14  E.g.  4.  9.  1.  8.  15  G.  3.  205-207. 


556  CUSTODIA  [en. 

applied  to  the  care  of  the  thing  against  thieves1,  an  interpretation  quite 
in  keeping  with  the  evolution  of  culpa  from  an  original  meaning  confined 
to  acts  of  commission,  negligence  leading  to  damage  being  separately 
named  as  neglegentia,  and  avoidance  of  it  as  diligentia,  and  the  obligation 
to  the  same  extent  to  prevent  harmful  intervention  by  third  persons 
would  be  called  the  obligation  "  custodiam  praestare."  Again  there  are 
texts  which,  speaking  of  it  as  an  absolute  obligation,  base  it  in  certain 
cases  upon  express  agreement2.  There  is  a  further  difficulty  in  that  some 
texts  which  treat  it  as  an  absolute  liability  have  evident  signs  of  inter- 
polation3, and  on  the  other  hand  some  texts  which  speak  of  it  as  only 
an  aspect  of  diligentia  are  open  to  the  same  suspicion4. 

It  is  obvious  that  many  interpretations  are  possible,  and  in  fact 
there  are  wide  differences  of  opinion.  On  one  view,  in  all  the  above  cases, 
and  in  several  others  (in  which  the  existence  of  the  obligation  itself, 
apart  from  its  extent,  is  very  imperfectly  evidenced),  the  classical  law 
imposed  an  absolute  liability,  and  Justinian,  by  systematic  interpolation, 
cut  this  down  to  diligentia  in  custodiendo,  not  without  leaving  traces 
of  the  older  doctrine.  Another  diametrically  opposed  opinion  is  that 
classical  law  knew  no  such  obligation  apart  from  diligentia,  except  as 
created  by  express  undertaking,  but  Justinian  has  interpolated  a 
number  of  texts  so  as  to  make  the  obligation  absolute5.  It  is  not  obvious 
that  the  meaning  must  be  the  same  in  all  cases,  and  it  is  clear  that  an 
absolute  liability  "custodiam  praestare"  might  be  imposed  by  special 
agreement  and  was  so  imposed  almost  as  a  matter  of  course  in  the  case 
of  carriers6.  It  may  be  that  the  same  was  the  case  with  fullo  and  sar- 
cinator7,  and  it  is  not  unreasonable  to  impose  such  an  obligation  as  a 
matter  of  law  on  a  commodatarius8.  This  would  account  for  the  language 
of  Gaius  who  gives  commodatarius  and  fullo  an  actio  furti  in  any  case9, 
which  seems  illogical  unless  there  was  a  corresponding  obligation  to 
compensate  the  dominus  in  every  case. 

The  whole  question  must  be  treated  as  yet  unsolved,  but  it  may  be 
remarked  that  Lusignani  seems  to  have  shewn10  that  no  such  absolute 
liability  existed  in  classical  law  in  the  case  of  vendor  or  conductor  rei  or 
operis  in  general  and  that  the  extreme  doctrine  applying  the  absolute 
liability  over  a  wide  range  of  cases  does  not  seem  probable  in  itself  or 
indicated  by  the  texts11.  It  might  have  been  expected  that  so  important 

1  E.g.  18.  1.  35.  4.  2  II).;  4.  9.  1.  8.  3  E.g.  13.  6.  5.  15.    Lusignani,  op.  cit. 

1.    62.  4  E.g.    18.    6.   3.    See   reff.   in   Berlin   stereotype   edition   (13).  5  See 

Lusignani,  op.  cit.  1.  1-23,  for  statement  and  criticism  of  various  opinions  as  to  the  rule 
and  its  historical  changes.  6  See  D.  4.  9.  7  The  liability  attached  by  English 

law  to  the  trades  of  carrier  and  innkeeper,  for  loss  of  the  goods,  without  proof  of  privity 
or  negligence,  does  not  however  apply  to  other  trades.  8  See  13.  6.  5.  5.  9  G.  3. 

205  sqq.  10  It  is  the  thesis  of  the  work  cited.  11  See,  however,  for  a  far- 


xn]  EXTINCTION  OF  OBL1GATIO  557 

a  liability  would  have  been  prominently  stated  in  the  classical  texts, 
but  they  repeatedly  state  dolus  and  culpa  as  limits1  for  liability  apart 
from  special  agreement.  Custodia  as  a  form  of  liability  occurs  rarely, 
and  never  with  a  clear  indication  that  it  involves  insurance  against 
theft  and  damage2. 

CXCII.  EXTINCTION  OF  OBLIGATION.  The  modes  of  extinction  of 
obligatio  are  numerous  and  may  be  classified  as  Involuntary  or  Voluntary, 
and  as  Civil  or  Praetorian.  For  clearness  of  statement,  the  first  classifica- 
tion will  be  adopted. 

The  principal  involuntary  modes  are: 

(a)  Supervening  impossibility,  of  which  destruction  of  the  subject- 
matter  is  the  typical  case.  This  did  not  discharge  if,  at  the  time  of  the 
destruction,  the  debtor  was  already  in  mora3,  or  the  destruction  was  by 
his  act  or  with  his  privity,  dolo  or  culpa  (where  he  was  liable  for  culpa), 
with  knowledge  that  the  obligation  existed4.    For  the  rule  to  apply,  it 
must  have  been  a  specific  thing  which  was  due5.  The  texts  do  not  deal 
with  other  cases  of  supervening  legal  or  physical  impossibility,  to  which 
the  same  principles  appear  to  apply6. 

(b)  Death.    Death  of  the  creditor  had  in  general  no  effect  on  the 
obligation,  except  where  it  brought  the  rules  of  impossibility  into  play, 
but  we  have  seen  an  exception  in  the  cases  of  adstipulatio7,  and  of 
societas  and  mandate8.  Here,  death  ended  the  contract,  and  till  Justinian 
the  heres  of  a  woman  with  a  claim  for  dos  could  not  sue9.  The  death  of 
the  debtor  was  similarly  ineffective,  with  some  exceptions  and  modifica- 
tions already  noted,  in  societas,  mandate,  sponsio  and  fidepramissio10. 
It  may  be  added  that  a  heres  was  not  liable  in  a  real  action  except  so 
far  as  he  had  himself  possessed,  not,  for  instance,  where  the  deceased 
had  ceased  to  possess  but  was  still  liable11. 

(c)  Capitis  deminutio  minima  of  a  creditor,  as  a  rule,  simply  trans- 
ferred his  right  to  the  person12  into  whose  potestas  he  passed,  but  this 
belongs  rather  to  the  subject  of  succession  otherwise  than  on  death13. 
Capitis  deminutio  minima  of  the  debtor  extinguished  his  contractual 

reaching  liability,  Seckel,  Heumann-Seckel,  Handlexicon,  s.v.  ciistodia.  Kuebler  (Berliner 
Festschrift  fur  Gierke,  2.  235  sqq.:  Z.S.S.  38.  73;  ib.  39.  172)  arrives  at  the  following 
as  the  classical  scheme.  One  who  does  not  benefit  is  liable  only  for  dolus.  Where  both 
benefit  each  is  liable  for  culpa.  One  who  alone  benefits  is  liable  for  custodia  also  and  in 
some  cases  for  all  risks.  Haymann  (Z.S.S.  40.  167  sqq.)  considers  liability  for  custodia 
in  the  technical  sense  to  have  applied  to  commodatarius,  the  worker  for  hire  (fullo,  sar- 
cinator),  and  to  nautae  caupones  stabularii. 

1  P.  2.  16.  1;  Coll.  10.  2.  2  G.  3.  206,  207;  P.  2.  4.  3.  3  Ante,  §  CLXXXVTU. 

4.  Inst.  3.  19.  2;  45.  1.  83.  5.  5  45.  1.  37.  6  As  to  alternative  obligations,  post, 

§cxcm.  T  Ante,  §  CLV.  8  Ante,  §§  CLXXvm  sq.  9  Ulp.  6.  7.         10  Ante, 

§§  CLVI,  CLXXvra  sq.  11  6.  1.  42;  see  10.  4.  12.  5.   A  rule  of  late  law  in  rindicatio, 

ante,  §  xci.  12  Gaius  gives  the  chief  exceptions,  3.  82  sqq.  13  Ante,  §§  CXLI  sq. 


558  EXTINCTION  OF  OBLIGATIO  [CH. 

and  other  non-penal  obligations  at  civil  law,  subject  to  praetorian  reliefs 
already  dealt  with  in  the  same  connexion1. 

(d)  Prescription.    Actions  might  be  barred  by  lapse  of  time.  The 
civil  law  had  no  such  rule  except  in  a  few  cases,  but  many  praetorian 
actions  were  limited  to  an  annus  utilis.  The  matter  will  be  considered 
under  the  lawr  of  procedure2;  here  it  is  enough  to  say  that  leaving  out  of 
account  the  cases  of  surety,  which  were  under  special  rules  already  con- 
sidered3, prescription  began,  in  general,  to  run  from  the  time  when  the 
action  could  have  been  brought4,  i.e.  the  first  dies  utilis,  but  it  was 
delayed  till  puberty  of  the  plaintiff5,  and,  in  late  law,  in  other  than 
actiones  perpetuae,  till  a  minor  plaintiff  was  of  full  age6.    It  was  inter- 
rupted, and  must  begin  again,  if  the  debtor  gave  any  form  of  acknow- 
ledgment7, and  it  ceased  to  run  on  litis  contestatio,   in   classical  law8, 
and  the  institution  of  legal  proceedings  under  Justinian9.    It  may  have 
been  suspended  if  from  any  cause  the  ordinary  sittings  of  the  courts 
were  suspended.    It  is  disputed  whether  its  running,  having  once  begun, 
was  suspended  if  from  any  cause  action  became  impossible10,  but  if  a 
debtor  was  absent  and  so  could  not  be  sued,  interruption  could  be  caused 
in  later  law  by  notice  to  a  court11. 

The  lapse  of  a  principal  action  might  destroy  subsidiary  claims, 
though  they  arose  at  a  different  time.  Thus  a  surety  was  released  if  the 
debt  was  time-barred12,  and  claims  for  interest  were  similarly  barred  to 
the  extent  already  stated13. 

(e)  Compensatio.  Set  off.  The  question,  when  set  off  might  be  pleaded, 
and  what  sets  off  might  be  used,  will  be  discussed  later14;  here  we  are 
concerned  only  with  the  rules  applied  in  cases  in  which  it  was  in  fact 
available.  The  starting-point  was  the  rule  that,  though  set  off  was,  so  to 
speak,  apparent  only  when  an  action  was  brought,  it  really  existed  from 
the  time  when  the  debtor's  claim  first  became  enforceable.  Thus  if 
interest  was  due  on  one  of  the  debts,  whether  on  the  other  or  not, 
interest  ceased  to  run  "pro  rata"  as  soon  as  the  compensating  debt 
existed15.  But  a  compensating  debt  must  be  fully  due,  i.e.  not  conditional 

1  Penal  liabilities  were  not  affected,  4.  5.  2.  3 ;  post,  §  cxcvi.  Capitis  deminutio  maxima 
and  media  have  been  considered  in  connexion  with  obligatio  naturalis  (ante,  §  CLXXXIX). 
Here  too,  penal  liabilities  were  not  affected,  4.  5.  2.  3.  2  Post,  §  ccxxxin.  3  Ante, 

§  CLVI.  4  C.  7.  39.  3.  1.  5  C.  7.  39.  3.  1  a;  C.  7.  40.  2.  6  C.  2.  40.  5.  1.  7  C.  7. 
39.  7.  5  a.  8  12.  2.  9.  3.  9  C.  7.  40.  2.  1.  10  As  it  is  expressed,  whether 

the  time  was  utile,  ratione  cursus,  or  only  ratione  initii.  The  latter  view  seems  the  better, 
the  other  being  difficult  to  reconcile  with  the  existence  of  restitutio  in  integrum  where  an 
action  had  become  time-barred  by  absence  (post,  §  CCXLIV).  See  Girard,  Manuel,  741 
(citing  Ubbelohde,  Berechnung  der  Tempus  utile);  Dernburg,  Pandekten,  1.  §90,  and  for 
a  different  view,  Savigny,  System,  4.  433  sqq.  11  C.  7.  40.  2.  12  Ante,  §  CLVH. 

13  Ante,  §  CLXXXVUI;  C.  4.  32.  26.  pr.  As  to  naturalis  obligatio  surviving  praescriptio, 
ante,  §  CLXXXIX.  14  Post,  §  ccxxxvm.  15  16.  2.  11;  C.  4.  31.  4. 


xn]  EXTINCTION  OF  OBLIGATIO  559 

or  ex  die1,  and  it  must  be  a  real  debt,  not  one  open  to  an  exceptio2.   It 
might  be  one  already  before  the  court  in  another  case3. 

We  are  told  that  one  who  had  a  set  off,  and  yet  paid,  could  recover 
by  condictio  indebiti*.  But  this  is  a  hasty  extension,  by  the  compilers,  to 
compensatio,  of  a  rule  laid  down  originally  for  deductio,  in  bonorum  emptio, 
where  it  was  reasonable,  as  otherwise  the  creditor  would  get  only  a 
part  of  his  debt.  Applied  more  generally  it  would  mean  that  a  debt  was 
extinct  by  the  mere  existence  of  a  set  off,  but  this  was  not  so5.  It  might 
be  extinct  if  the  debtor  chose  to  plead  the  set  off,  but  if  he  did  not,  his 
right  to  sue  on  it  was  unaffected6,  and  even  if  it  was  pleaded  the  index 
had  discretion  to  ignore  it,  as  being  uncertain,  or  not  easily  liquidated, 
or  on  any  other  ground,  and  this  left  it  existing.  If  however  he  ruled 
that  it  had  no  existence,  this  had  the  effect  of  a  judgment,  and  any  later 
action  on  it  would  be  met  by  exceptio  rei  iudicatae7. 

(/)  Lex.  There  were  several  cases,  into  which  we  need  not  go,  in 
which  the  law  deprived  a  man  of  his  right  by  way  of  penalty,  e.g.  where 
a  creditor  seized  the  thing  by  force8. 

(g)  Duae  lucrativae  causae.  There  was  a  rule  that  two  lucrative 
causes  of  acquisition  could  not  exist  in  respect  of  the  same  thing  and 
the  same  person9.  If  then  the  res,  being  due  on,  e.g.,  legacy  and  gift,  had 
been  received  under  one,  there  was  no  claim  even  to  the  value  under  the 
other.  But  both  must  be  gratuitous  and  the  res  must  have  been  received, 
not  its  value,  and  any  difference  might  be  claimed.  Thus  if  the  legacy 
was  simple  and  it  was  received  by  the  gift,  under  some  charge,  the  differ- 
ence in  value  could  be  claimed10.  The  rule  is  commonly  based  on  im- 
possibility, though  the  texts  do  not  say  this,  and  it  is  not  clear  why  it 
was  more  possible  because  he  had  paid  for  the  res.  It  is  replied  that  it 
was  equally  impossible  here,  but  there  was  equitable  relaxation ;  he  was 
entitled  to  be  reimbursed  what  it  had  cost  him11.  Some  writers  treat  it 
as  an  interpretation  of  the  donor's  intent12.  Most  of  the  texts  make  it 
clear  that  he  must  have  the  thing.  One  which  does  not  is  corrupt13. 

(h)  Confusio.  Where  the  right  and  liability  vest  in  the  same  person14, 

1  Except  where  though  it  is  due  a  index  has  given  time  for  payment,  16.  2.  7.  pr. ;  h.  t.  14  ; 
h.  t.  16.  1.  2  It  may  be  a  naturalis  obligatio,  but  not  all  such  could  be  used  as  set  off, 

16.  2.  6;  ante,  §  CLXXXix.  3  16.  2.  8.  4  16.  2.  10.  1.  5  See  Girard,  Manuel,  721. 
6  C.  4.  31.  14.  1.  7  16.  2.  7.  1.  8  Post,  §  cxcix.  9  44.  7.  17;  Inst.  2.  20.  6. 
10  45.  1.  83.  6.  The  Digest  says,  in  words  due  to  Justinian,  that  even  if  under  one  will  he 
has  the  res,  he  can  get  it  under  the  second  if  the  testator  so  intended,  32.  21.  1.  In  the 
Inst.  the  contrary  is  stated,  Inst.  2.  20.  6  in  f.  11  Dernburg,  Pand.  2.  §  68. 

12  This  would  justify  32.  21.  1  as  against  Inst.  2.  20.  6.  For  discussion  of  various  views, 
Windscheid,  Lehrb.  2.  §  343  a;  cp.  50.  17.  139.  1.  13  30.  108.  4.  It  seems  to  make  the 
second  gift  void,  though  the  first  has  not  yet  operated.  It  deals  primarily  with  legal  inn 
debiti  (alieni).  See  Scliulz,  Z.S.S.  38.  176.  The  article  deals  with  the  whole  question  of  con- 
current obligations.  See  also  Beseler,  Beitrayc,  4.  326  sqq.  14  46.  3.  107. 


560  SOLUTIO  [CH. 

the  case  being  regarded,  though  not  quite  consistently,  as  one  of  auto- 
matic payment.  A  common  case  was  that  of  one  party  being  heres  to  the 
other,  but  it  might  also  occur,  e.g.,  by  entry  on  societas  omnium  bonorum, 
or  where  a  noxal  creditor  acquired  the  guilty  slave.  That  it  was  not 
really  discharge  appears  from  the  facts  that  if  the  kereditas  was  sold  as 
such  the  right  revived1,  that  if  one  correal  debtor  was  heres  to  the  party 
on  the  other  side,  the  debt  remained  as  against  the  others2,  and  while 
confusio  affecting  the  principal  debtor  released  a  surety,  the  converse 
was  not  true3.  Confusio  might  occur  on  the  side  of  debtors  or  creditors 
only,  e.g.  where  one  of  joint  debtors  or  creditors  inherited  from  another. 
He  retained  the  two  rights,  or  two  liabilities,  though  satisfaction  of  one 
discharged  the  other4.  But  if  they  were  not  equally  advantageous,  e.g. 
one  of  them  had  a  surety  or  pledge,  the  less  advantageous  was  extinct5. 

It  is  to  be  noted  that  compensatio,  duae  causae,  and  confusio 
usually  resulted  from  voluntary  acts,  but  they  are  cases  in  which  it  is 
an  indirect  and  possibly  undesired  and  uncontemplated  result  of  the  act. 

CXCIII.  Voluntary  modes  of  extinction.  Besides  the  obvious  cases 
of  occurrence  of  dies.,  or  some  other  event,  which  was  to  release  on  the 
terms  of  the  contract,  there  were  three  important  cases. 

Solutio.  Performance.  This  was  doing  what  the  liability  required. 
By  agreement  something  else  might  be  substituted — datio  in  solutum— 
and,  on  the  Sabinian  view,  which  prevailed,  this  was  an  ipso  iure  dis- 
charge, the  Proculian  view  being  that  it  gave  only  an  exceptio*.  If  the 
substituted  thing  was  not  properly  done,  e.g.  if  ownership  in  the  sub- 
stituted thing  was  not  given,  the  classical  view  appears  to  have  been  that 
the  original  right  revived7,  though  some  texts,  probably  interpolated, 
give  an  actio  utilis  ex  empto  for  the  substituted  thing8.  But  of  course  a 
performance  defective  in  this  way  might  be  set  right  by  usucapio9. 

The  solutio  must  be  of  the  whole  of  that  debt,  with  accessories,  etc., 
and  must  be  at  the  agreed  place10.  If  none  was  agreed,  there  were 
elaborate  rules  as  to  place  of  payment11.  If  there  were  several  debts  a 
solutio  was  imputed  to  that  named  by  the  debtor12.  If  he  named  none 
the  creditor  might  then  and  there  impute  it  to  debt  already  due,  but 
must  consult  the  interest  of  the  debtor,  choosing  the  most  onerous. 

1  18.  4.  2.  18;  h.  t.  20.  1.  See  G.  4.  78.  2  46.  1.  71.  pr.  If  there  was  a  right  of  regress 
between  the  correi,  e.g.  socii,  the  debt  was  extinct  to  the  extent  to  which  reimbursement 
might  be  claimed  under  this  right.  3  46.  1.  21.  3.  4  45.  2.  13;  46.  1.  5.  5  Arg. 

same  texts.  6  G.  3.  168;  Inst.  3.  29.  pr.;  C.  8.  42.  17.  7  46.  3.  34.  pr.    See 

Francisci,  Bull.  27.  311,  citing  Rabel.  8  13.  7.  24.  pr.;  42.  4.  15;  C.  8.  44.  4,  etc. 

9  In  case  of  money  debt,  if  the  debtor  had  nothing  but  land,  and  could  not  sell  that,  the 
creditor  might  be  compelled,  in  late  law,  to  take  it  at  a  valuation  (Nov.  4.  3),  and  the 
court  might  in  late  law  compel  the  creditor  to  accept  payment  by  instalments,  12.  1.  21. 
The  so-called  bcneficium  competentiae  (post,  §  ccxxxiv)  gives  a  similar  result.  10  13. 

4.  9.  11  See  Van  Wetter,  Pandectes,  3.  §  289.  12  46.  3.  1. 


xn]  SOLUTIO  561 

Failing  any  distinction  he  might  impute  it  to  the  oldest1.  If  he  did  not 
impute,  the  court  would,  on  the  same  principle2,  and  if  no  distinction 
could  be  drawn  it  was  proportional  payment  of  all  the  debts3.  Payment 
might  be  made  by  a  third  person,  unauthorised4,  but  it  must  be  to  the 
creditor,  his  authorised  representative,  or  a  solutionis  causa  adiectus5. 
Thus  payment  to  a  negotiorum  gestor  could  be  reclaimed  by  condictio 
before  ratification6.  Payment  to  a  creditor  of  a  creditor  might  discharge 
if  it  was  a  reasonable  negotii  gestio,  but  it  operated  only  as  compensatio, 
not  as  solutio1.  Of  course  both  parties  must  be  capaces9. 

Payment  extinguished  the  debt  and  released  pledges  and  sureties9, 
subject  to  what  has  been  said  as  to  cases  in  which  payment  was  treated 
as  purchase  of  the  debt,  where  a  surety  paid  (beneficium  cedendarum 
actionum)w. 

Attempted  payment  put  the  creditor  in  morau.  If,  after  tender,  the 
thing  was  deposited  in  a  public  place,  e.g.  a  temple,  with,  under  Justinian, 
the  leave  of  a  index,  the  debtor  was  released  as  by  payment,  though, 
till  the  creditor  took  the  thing,  he  could  revive  the  debt  by  taking  it 
back12.  If  it  could  not  be  so  deposited,  e.g.  live-stock,  he  might  sell  it  for 
the  benefit  of  the  creditor,  and,  apparently  he  was  in  no  way  responsible 
if  he  let  the  thing  go  to  waste,  at  any  rate  in  sale13. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  solutio  there  was  an  important  distinction 
between  divisible  and  indivisible  obligations.  They  might  be  indivisible 
by  agreement  or  by  nature.  Thus  an  obligation  to  do  a  piece  of  work, 
to  build  a  house  or  transfer  an  indivisible  right,  e.g.  a  praedial  servitude, 
was  indivisible:  there  could  be  no  partial  solutio1*.  So  long  as  perform- 
ance was  incomplete  the  whole  remained  due  and  could  be  sued  for15. 
An  alternative  obligation  was  indivisible.  If  one  who  owed  100  or  a 
house  paid  50,  he  could  still  be  sued  for  50  or  a  house.  If  the  action  was 
limited  to  50  or  a  half  share  in  a  house,  the  result  might  be  the  render  of 
a  half  share  in  a  house  which  would  not  be  what  was  contracted  for16. 

1  Ib.  in  f.;  h.  t,  2.  2  46.  3.  3.  1-5.  pr.  3  46.  3.  8.  4  3.  5.  38; 

46.  3.  72.  2.  As  to  Labeo  in  46.  3.  91,  and  the  rule:  "invito  beneficium  non  datur"  (50.  17. 
69),  see  Z.S.S.  38.  317  sqq.  5  3.  5.  38;  46.  3.  12.  1;  50.  17.  180.  Texts  appear  to 

disagree  on  the  question  whether  payment  can  still  be  made  to  sol.  cau-sa  adicctus  who 
has  suffered  capitis  deminutio  or  in  any  way  materially  altered  his  position  (45.  1.  56.  2; 
46.  3.  38.  pr. ;  h.  t.  95.  6).  See  Desserteaux,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  353;  Capitis  deminutio,  "2. 
145  sqq.  His  conclusion  is  that  it  was  a  question  of  intent  with  a  general  presumption 
that  the  facultas  was  destroyed  by  any  fundamental  economic  change  in  the  status  of 
the  adiectus,  whether  it  amounted  to  c.  d.  or  not.  He  handles  it  throughout,  however,  as 
a  facultas  recipiendi  rather  than  a,  facultas  solvendi.  6  46.  3.  12.  4.  7  44.  4.  6. 

8  Inst.  2.  8.  2.    As  to  pupils  and  minors,  ante,  §§  LVI,  Lxn.  9  Inst.  3.  29.  pr. 

10  Ante,  §  CLVH.  See  also  assignment,  ante,  §  CLXXXIX,  and  successio  in  locum,  ante, 
§CLXvni.  11  Ante,  §  CLXXXvm.  12  22.  1.  7;  h.  t.  41.  1;  46.  3.  39;  C.  4.  32.  2: 

h.  t.  6,  9,  12  and  19.  13  18.  6.  1.  3,  4;  ante,  §  CLXXXVIII.  14  45.  1.  2.  1;  h.  t.  72.  pr. 
15  8.  1.  17.  16  45.  1.  85.  4. 

B.  B.  L.  36 


562  SOLUTIO  [CH. 

Apart  from  this  case  indivisibility  was  important  chiefly  where  there 
were  several  parties;  it  had  the  effect  that,  quite  apart  from  solidarity, 
each  might  be  sued  for  the  whole1.  Where  they  were  common  owners 
or  socii  or  coheredes,  and  they  would  practically  always  be  one  or  another, 
adjustment  would  be  made  by  pro  socio  or  a  divisory  action.  The  same 
point  might  arise  in  confusio.  If  A  and  B  wrere  under  an  obligation  to 
do  a  piece  of  work  for  C,  and  A  became  C's  heres,  he  could,  in  that 
capacity,  claim  performance  from  B,  though  in  their  mutual  relations 
he  would  have  to  bear  half  the  cost.  But  indivisibility  presented  many 
difficulties2. 

Alternative  obligations,  to  give  A  or  B,  also  raised  questions.  The 
transaction  might  make  it  clear  which  party  was  to  choose3,  but  if  it 
did  not,  the  choice  was  with  the  person  liable,  the  promisor4,  vendor5, 
heres6,  or  the  husband  restoring  dos7.  But  in  legacy  per  vindicationem  it 
seems  to  have  been  with  legatee8.  The  payment  of  a  part  of  one  alter- 
native was  not  even  a  partial  discharge:  the  case  was  pendent.  If  that 
payment  was  completed  the  obligation  was  discharged:  if  the  other  pay- 
ment was  made,  the  part  first  paid  could  be  recovered  as  indebitum9. 
Acceptilatio  in  respect  of  one  alternative  discharged  the  obligatio,  and 
acceptilatio  of  part  of  one  alternative  discharged  it  pro  parte  if  it  was 
divisible,  and  the  rest  could  be  satisfied  by  giving  the  proper  proportion 
of  either,  the  point  being  that  here  there  was  no  possibility  of  being  put 
off  with  part  of  each10.  A  pact  not  to  sue  for  one  alternative  discharged 
the  obligation,  iure  exceptionis,  unless  it  was  really  a  pact  to  limit  the 
right  of  choice11.  A  choice  by  promissor  could  be  varied  till  actual  com- 
pletion12, and  probably  the  same  was  true  in  the  other  case13.  The  rule 
was  different  in  legacy:  a  declaration  by  the  person  entitled  to  choose 
fixed  his  choice14.  Consistently  with  this  distinction,  a,  promissor  who  paid 
one  alternative  object,  not  knowing  he  had  a  choice,  could  condict,  but 
a  heres  could  not,  nor  could  a  legatee  who  had,  in  the  same  way,  vindi- 
cated one15.  If  a  promissor  paid  both,  in  mistake,  he  could  in  later  law 
vindicate  whichever  he  liked,  at  least  where  he  had  the  original  choice16. 

If  one  of  the  alternatives  wras  ab  initio  impossible,  the  other  was 
alone  in  obligatione,  so  that  if  the  other  afterwards  became  possible,  it 

1  8.  1.  17;  10.  2.  25.  9.  2  Van  Wetter,  Pandectes,  3.  §  337;  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  2. 
§  253  and  literature  there  cited.  3  30.  8.  2;  h.  t.  84.  9,  11;  23.  3.  10.  6;  45.  1.  75. 

8,  etc.   See  on  the  whole  subject,  van  Wetter,  op.  cit.  §  326.  4  Inst.  4.  6.  33  d;  D.  13. 

4.  2.  3;  45.  1.  75.  8.  5  18.  1.  25.  pr.;  h.  t.  34.  6.  6  30.  109.  1;  31.  15.  7  23.  3.  10. 
6.  A  contract  in  which  one  alternative  is  contained  in  the  other  is  not  alternative;  it  is 
for  the  lesser.  31.  43.  3;  45.  1.  12.  8  31.  19;  h.  t.  23.  9  12.  6.  26.  13,  14;  45.  1. 

2.  1;  h.  t.  85.  4;  46.  3.  34.  10;  30.  8.  2;  h.  t.  34.  14;  D.  31.  15.  10  46.  4.  17.  But  accepti- 
latio is  a  nullity  if  what  is  dealt  with  was  conditional,  h.  t.  13.  6.  11  2.  14.  27.  6 
(?interp.).  12  45.  1.  138.  1.  13  45.  1.  112.  pr.  14  30.  84.  9;  31.  11.  1. 
15  12.  6.  32.  3;  31.  19.  16  There  had  been  disputes,  12.  6.  32.  pr.;  C.  4.  5.  10. 


xn]  NOVATIO  563 

was  still  a  nullity1.  If  one  became  impossible  after  the  obligatio  was 
created,  without  fault  or  mora,  the  other  was  simply  due2,  but  if,  e.g. 
by  declaration  of  the  heres,  the  obligation  had  been  fixed  on  one,  im- 
possibility affecting  that  one  ended  the  obligation3.  There  is  a  suggestion 
in  one  of  the  texts  for  legacy4  and  an  uncertain  inference  from  another 
for  contract5,  that  where  one  had  become  impossible,  e.g.  by  death  of 
the  slave  due,  there  was  still  the  choice  of  giving  the  value  of  this,  but 
most  of  the  texts  are  explicit  that  the  other  must  be  given6.  If  both  so 
died  the  obligation  was  at  an  end,  but,  as  we  saw,  a  buyer  would  still 
have  to  pay  the  price7.  If  one  was  tendered  and  was  destroyed  while 
the  creditor  was  in  mora,  the  obligation  was  completely  discharged8. 
If  one  died  by  fault  of,  or  during  mora  of,  the  debtor  he  must  give  the 
other  where  he  had  the  choice9.  If  both  died,  the  first  by  accident,  the 
second  by  his  fault,  he  must  give  the  value  of  the  second10.  If  in  the 
other  order  the  obligation  was  discharged,  subject,  at  least  in  later  law, 
to  an  actio  doliu. 

This  case  of  alternative  obligation,  in  which  both  were  inobligatione  but 
only  one,  it  was  uncertain  which,  was  in  solutione,  must  be  distinguished 
from  facultas  solutionis  where  the  facultas  was  not  in  obligatione  at  all. 
The  solutionis  causa  adiectus  is  the  most  familiar  instance12,  but  there 
are  others,  e.g.  in  laesio  enormis,  the  right  of  the  buyer  to  avoid  restora- 
tion by  paying  the  difference13,  or  the  right  of  a  third  person,  holder,  to 
pay  off  a  pledge  instead  of  restoring  the  thing  to  the  creditor14.  Such  a 
discretion  might  be  attached  to  any  contract;  it  might  be  a  question  of 
interpretation  whether  it  was  facultas  or  alternative.  The  distinction 
was  important  in  that  if  the  res  in  obligatione  was  destroyed  or  otherwise 
ceased  to  be  due,  there  was  no  liability  to  render  what  was  in  facilitate. 

CXCIV.  Novatio.  This  was  the  extinction  of  an  obligation  by  the 
substitution  of  another  for  it.  To  bring  the  rules  of  novatio  into  play  the 
new  obligation  must  have  been  by  way  of  stipulatio,  in  the  law  as  we  know 
it,  but  it  is  probable  that  while  it  existed  the  contract  literis  served  the 
same  purpose15.  The  notion  of  novatio  is  said  to  originate  in  the  doctrine 
that  there  cannot  be  two  distinct  obligations  for  the  same  thing  between 
the  same  parties  any  more  than  there  can  be  two  actions  for  eadem  res. 
This  principle  however  is  not  well  evidenced;  the  text  mainly  relied  on 

1  45.  1.  128;  46.  3.  72.  4.  2  18.  1.  34.  6;  23.  3.  10.  6;  30.  47.  3;  31.  11.  1;  46.  3. 

95.  pr.  3  30.  84.  9;  31.  11.  1.  4  30.  47.  3.  5  46.  3.  95.  1.  6  See 

13.  4.  2.  3.  7  18.  1.  34.  6.  8  45.  1.  105.  9  46.  3.  95.  pr.  10  Arg. 

46.  3.  95.  1.  11  Ib.   For  the  case  of  killing  of  one  of  promised  slaves,  by  stipulator, 

9.  2.  55.  For  the  case  of  one  or  both  being  in  fuga  or  apnd  hostes,  30.  47.  3.  As  to  the 
many  disputes  on  the  foregoing  questions,  see,  e.g.,  Van  Wetter,  Pandecte*,  3.  §  326. 
12  Ante,  §§  CLIV,  cxcm.  13  Ante,  §  CLXX.  14  20.  6.  12.  1.  15  See  G.  3. 

128-30;  Cicero,  de  Off.  3.  14. 

36—2 


564  NOVATIO  [CH. 

merely  says  that  of  two  stipulations  for  the  same  between  the  same,  one 
is  void1,  a  much  narrower  proposition2.  There  are  texts  which  admit  the 
existence  of  two  obligations  for  the  same  thing  between  the  same  parties, 
but  these  are  treated  as  late  equitable  relaxations,  though  Ulpian  regards 
it  as  an  old  settled  rule3.  However  this  may  be,  the  rule  of  classical  law 
was  that,  to  effect  a  novatio,  the  new  contract  must  involve  some  change4, 
which  might  be  either  in  form,  or  parties  or  terms.  The  main  rules  were 
the  following: 

There  must  be  an  existing  obligation,  though  it  might  be  merely 
natural5,  but  some  natural  obligations  were  not  susceptible  of  novation6. 
If  the  old  bargain  was  void  and  the  parties  did  not  know  this,  there  was 
an  exceptio  under  the  new,  or  a  condictio  if  it  had  been  satisfied.  If  the 
promissor  did  know,  the  new  contract  was  valid,  but  it  was  in  effect  a 
donatio,  not  a  novatio7. 

There  must  be  a  new  obligation  set  up  by  formal  contract.  This 
need  not,  however,  be  perfectly  valid;  it  might  novate  and  destroy  the 
original  obligation  though  itself  "inutUis."  A  text  in  the  Digest  suggests 
that  it  must  set  up  an  obligatio,  which  may  be  either  civilis  honoraria  or 
naturalis8,  but  this  was  neither  necessary  nor  sufficient.  A  promise  by 
sponsio  by  a  peregrine  and  a  promise  by  a  slave  (Servius  held  otherwise) 
did  not  novate,  though  these  set  up  a  naturalis  obligatio9.  These  were  not 
regarded  as  verbal  obligations  at  all.  But  a  stipulatio  post  mortem, 

1  45.  1.  18.  This  must  be  the  second,  for  otherwise  it  would  be  a  novation.  2  It  is 
not  a  general  overriding  principle.  It  is  a  narrow  proposition.  It  is  merely  that  if  there 
is  a  contract  it  is  not  superseded  by  another  identical  in  all  respects.  There  is  nothing 
"inelegans"  in  itself  in  the  existence  between  two  persons  of  two  obligations  tending  to 
the  same  thing  (see  n.  3).  A  civil  and  a  praetorian  obligation  cannot  be  the  same,  but  both 
may  exist.  Thus  a  man  often  has  the  choice  of  actio  ex  empto  and  actio  quanta  minoris  (ante, 
§  CLXXH).  It  is  true  that  if  owing  a  thing  by  sale  I  afterwards  make  a  promissio  of  the 
same  thing,  the  old  obligatio  is  destroyed  by  novatio.  But  what  if  animus  novandi  was 
expressly  excluded  ?  What  if,  owing  a  thing  by  a  promise  for  which  there  was  a  counter 
promise,  I  afterwards  agree  to  sell  it  for  a  price  ?  It  seems  that  the  old  obligatio  still  exists 
at  civil  law,  though  there  would  be  an  exceptio.  If  a  legacy  to  the  creditor  is  advantageous, 
i  t  is  valid  not  only  to  the  extent  of  the  advantage,  but  absolutely,  and  the  same  is  true 
of  legatum  dotis  (ante,  §  cxxm),  yet  these  are  assuredly  "eadem  res."  3  19.  1.  10; 

44.  2.  14.  2;  50.  17.  159.   See,  however,  Girard,  Manuel,  706,  n.  2.  4  G.  3.  177; 

Inst.  3.  29.  3.  5  46.  2.  1.  6  Ante,  §  CLXXXIX.  7  12.  6.  62;  14.  6.  20. 

8  46.  2.  1.  1.  9  G.  3.  176,  179;  Inst.  3.  29.  3.  The  remark  by  Gaius  that  where 

it  was  a  slave  it  is  as  if  stipulated  "a  nullo"  is  not  the  real  reason,  for  the  statement  is 
incorrect :  it  creates  a  naturalis  obligatio,  apart  from  the  edictal  rules.  In  fact  the  meaning 
of  the  statement,  though  it  has  been  used  for  far-reaching  conclusions,  is  obscure.  There 
was  no  difficulty  about  taking  a  novatory  promise,  but  as  this  releases  the  old,  there  must 
be  authority,  or,  in  re  peculii,  what  is  the  same  thing,  administratio  peculii.  P.  5.  8.  1 ; 
D.  46.  2.  20;  h.  t.  34.  These  texts  say  that  a  procurator  could  novate  for  us:  this  means 
only  that  his  general  authority  is  as  good  as  an  express  mandate  to  a  third  party,  implying 
our  assent.  The  rights  under  the  contract  made  with  him  will  not  be  directly  acquired  by 
us. 


xii]  NOVATIO  565 

though  void,  destroyed  the  old  obligation,  and  there  are  other  cases1. 
Apparently  any  stipulatio  sufficed  if  the  parties  were  capaces  of  the 
form  whether  in  the  individual  case  it  was  valid  or  not. 

The  new  promise  must  refer  to  the  old  debt,  notwithstanding  the 
change.  A  stipulatio  for  another  thing  in  substitution  was  not  a  novatio, 
though  it  no  doubt  had  the  effect  of  a  pactum  de  non  petendo  on  the  old 
promise.  This  rule  was  not  abolished  by  Justinian,  but  was  relaxed. 
The  sum  of  money  might  be  altered,  the  right,  e.g.  servitude,  might  be 
increased,  but  it  does  not  appear  that  the  debt  could  be  wholly  different2. 

There  must  be  animus  novandi.  The  texts  have  been  so  altered  that 
the  history  of  this  matter  is  difficult  if  not  impossible  to  trace.  Working 
backward  we  may  say  that  under  Justinian  it  must  be  clear  on  the  face 
of  the  transaction  that  novatio  was  meant3,  that  in  later  classical  law 
the  intent  must  exist,  i.e.  be  proveable4,  and  that  Gains  does  not  mention 
intent5.  The  better  view  seems  to  be  that  where  a  new  stipulation  was 
made  for  the  same  object,  but  with  a  change  in  some  factor,  animus 
novandi  was  presumed.  It  is  obvious  that  it  would  be  necessary  in 
stipulating,  e.g.  with  a  new  debtor,  to  make  it  clear  that  it  was  not 
intended  merely  to  add  a  surety  to  the  old  stipulatio6.  If  there  was  no 
change  the  second  stipulatio  was  ignored. 

There  must  be  change  in  form,  parties  or  terms.  As  to  form,  the  only 
possible  one  was  substitution  of  stipulatio  for  debt  in  some  other  form, 
and  it  is  clear  that  here  novatio  was  treated  as  a  matter  of  course7.  Till 
the  relaxation  by  Justinian  the  only  changes  of  terms  we  hear  of  are 
addition  or  removal  of  dies,  condicio  or  surety8.  As  to  surety  Justinian 
speaks  offideiussor  where  Gains  says  sponsor,  and  it  may  be  that  in  the 
time  of  Gaius  only  change  as  to  sponsor  sufficed.  And  he  notes  that  the 
Proculians  did  not  admit  that  change  as  to  surety  was  enough.  As  to 
conditions,  it  must  be  noted  that  a  conditional  stipulatio  neither  novated 
nor  could  be  novated9.  A  conditional  stipulatio  novated  a  simple  one 
only  when  the  condition  was  realised,  so  that  it  became  identical  with  the 
old  one.  If  there  was  no  other  change  one  might  have  expected  this  to 
nullify  the  second10.  But  we  have  seen  that  a  conditional  stipulatio  had 
an  existence  and  was  not  a  nullity  in  practice  even  before  the  condition 
was  satisfied,  since  it  acted  as  a  pactum  de  non  petendo  on  the  old11.  If  the 
first  was  conditional  and  the  second  simple,  there  was  novatio  when  the 
condition  arrived  so  that  there  was  a  debt  to  novate12:  here  there  is  the 
same  difficulty13. 

1  G.  3.  176.  2  45.  1.58;h.  t.  56.  7;h.  t.  91.  6;  46.  2.  1;C.  8.41.8.  3  C.  8.  41.  8. 

4  46.  2.  2;  Inst.  3.  29.  3  a.  5  G.  3.  176  sqq.  6  See  46.  2.  6.  pr.  (interp.). 

7  13.  5.  24;  G.  3.  177.  8  G.  3.  177;  Inst.  3.  29.  3.  9  46.  2.  14.  10  Ante, 

p.  564.          11  12.  1.  36;  G.  3.  179;  dispute,  ante,  §  CXLVIII.          12  46.  2. 14.  1.          13  The 

texts  do  not  suggest  any  change  other  than  that  affecting  the  condition. 


566  NOVATIO  [CH. 

It  might  be  a  change  of  parties.  Change  of  creditors  occurred  where, 
with  the  assent  of  the  creditor,  the  debtor  promised  the  debt  to  a  new 
creditor.  It  was  in  effect  the  assignment  of  a  debt.  Change  of  debtor 
occurred  where  a  new  debtor  promised  the  same  debt  to  the  creditor: 
the  assent  of  the  original  debtor  was  not  needed;  that  of  the  creditor 
was  evident.  It  might,  of  course,  be  by  way  of  gift,  but  more  often  the 
new  debtor  was  a  debtor  of  the  old  one1.  In  transactions  of  this  kind 
there  was  a  special  terminology.  If  A  owed  B  money  and  the  debt  was 
novated  by  stipulatio  of  B  in  which  C  promised  to  pay,  it  was  usually 
the  case  that  C  was  indebted  to  A.  It  was  substitution  of  the  debtor's 
debtor.  There  was  not  merely  novatio;  there  was  delegatio  debitoris*. 
C  was  delegatus.  But  the  affair  had  another  side.  There  was  another 
novatio,  for  C"s  debt  to  A  was  now  novated  and  replaced  by  a  debt  to 
B.  This  was  the  strict  meaning  of  delegatio,  substitution  of  ^4's  debtor 
for  himself  in  a  debt  of  A's.  But  the  word  was  used  loosely  wherever  C 
promised  to  pay  B  on  behalf  of  A,  whether  C  was  a  debtor  to  A  or  not3. 
In  like  manner,  the  word  expromissio  meant,  strictly,  a  promise  by  a 
debtor  to  his  creditor's  creditor,  by  way  of  novatio*.,  but  it  was  also  used 
whether  the  novating  promissor,  expromissor,  was  a  debtor  or  not5.  The 
above  case  is  within  the  strict  senses  of  both  expressions,  but  it  would 
be  expromissio  in  the  wider  sense  even  if  C  had  not  been  indebted  to  A. 
A  man  could  even  be  called  expromissor  for  his  own  debt6. 

Novatio  destroyed  the  old  debt  with  all  securities  and  liabilities;  in 
particular  it  purged  mora,  so  that,  e.g.,  interest  which  had  begun  to  run 
on  account  of  this,  ceased  to  run7.  Of  course  the  new  contract  could 
expressly  preserve  as  much  as  the  parties  wished.  It  also  normally 
created  a  new  obligatio,  subject  to  what  has  been  said,  but  the  accessory 
elements  of  the  old  one  did  not  apply  to  this,  except  so  far  as  they  were 
expressly  preserved8. 

The  effect  of  litis  contestatio  was  akin  to  that  of  novatio9,  and  it  is 
here  and  there  in  the  sources  so  called10.  But  it  was  produced  in  effect 
without  the  consent  of  both  parties,  for  though,  in  classical  law,  litiga- 
tion still  rested  in  form  on  consent,  this  was  unreal,  since  it  could  be 
compelled,  and  the  novatio  was  usually  distinguished  as  novatio  necessaria. 
Its  effects,  considered  later11,  were  not  quite  the  same.  Thus  it  did 
not,  of  course,  purge  mora  or  destroy  pledges12,  and,  in  general,  the 


1  There  may  be  more  than  one  change.    If  A  owes  B  10  on  sale,  and  with  5's  consent 
C  promises  to  pay  this  10  in  10  days  all  three  kinds  of  change  have  occurred.  2  46. 

2.  11-12.  3  Ib.;  23.  3.  5.  8.  4  E.g.  23.  3.  36.    She  is  a  debtor  of  the  dos. 
5  12.3,4.         6  14.  6.  20;  46.  2.  31.  1.         7  Ante,  §  CLXxxvm.  8  13.  7.  11.  1.    As  to 
validity  of  defences  to  the  old  claim,  see  46.  2.  12,  and  Girard,  Manuel,  714.  9  G. 

3.  180,  181.          10  Vat.  Fr.  263;  C.  7.  54.  3.  2.          11  Post,  §  ccxxxv.         12  22.  1.  35. 


xn]  RELEASE  OF  DEBT  567 

obligation  could  not  differ  from  that  which  the  action  was  brought  to 
enforce1. 

CXCV.  Release  of  the  debt.  The  primary  rule  was  that  an  obligation 
was  to  be  discharged  in  the  form  in  which  it  was  made.  It  seems  that 
performance  was  not  of  itself  necessarily  a  discharge  in  early  law.  Pay- 
ment of  money  borrowed  by  way  of  nexum  did  not  completely  discharge 
the  obligation  without  release  per  aes  el  libram,  but  this  may  possibly 
have  been  due  to  the  effect  on  the  debtor's  personal  position,  and  not 
strictly  to  the  obligation,  so  that  we  cannot  say  that  a  promise  to  pay 
was  not  discharged,  at  one  time,  by  payment  but  only  by  acceptilatio 
as  well2.  It  has  however  been  pointed  out  that  the  extreme  antiquity 
of  the  formal  modes  of  discharge  is  against  the  notion  that  they  can 
have  been  invented  as  modes  of  gratuitous  discharge.  But  performance 
was  a  complete  discharge,  ipso  iure,  in  classical  law,  and  the  rule  re- 
quiring form  applied  only  to  voluntary  release  without  satisfaction. 

Release  per  aes  et  libram.  This  was  a  solemn  weighing  with  copper  and 
scales,  libripens  and  five  witnesses.  Gains  gives  the  form  for  release 
from  jiidgment3.  The  debtor  recited  the  fact  of  judgment  and  declared 
himself  released  by  copper  and  scales,  the  act  emanating  here,  as  else- 
where, from  the  person  benefiting  under  the  transaction.  The  form  in 
Gains  is  somewhat  corrupt,  and  no  doubt  was  suitably  varied  in  different 
applications.  Besides  judgment  it  applied  to  nexum,  to  legacy  per 
damnaiionem  of  certa  fungibilia,  with  a  doubt  as  to  measurable  things4, 
and  possibly  to  any  form  of  damnatio5.  The  effect  was  to  destroy  the 
obligation  completely. 

Accepti  relatio.  Release  of  contract  literis  by  some  form  of  entry6. 
It  probably  consisted  in  an  entry  in  the  debtor's  codex  with  the  creditor's 
consent.  Gaius  does  not  however  seem  to  know  of  it7.  But  a  special 
form  of  it  is  a  priori  probable  and  the  form  acceptum  referre  is  well 
evidenced8. 

Acceptilatio.  This  was  the  most  important  formal  mode,  as  it  released 
from  the  most  important  formal  contract  of  classical  and  later  law, 
stipulatio,  as  well  as  from  iusiurandum  liberti9.  Of  the  form  given  by 
Gaius  the  essential  words  were  "habesne  acceptum?''  "habeo  acceptum10." 

1  See,    however,    as   to   noxal   actions,   post,    §  ccv.  2  Eisele,  Beitrage,   16, 

finds  evidence  in  G.  4    21.    See  G.  3.  174,  "me  a  te  solvo"  3  G.  3.   173  sqq. 

4  G.  3.   175.  5  It  is  suggested  that  sponsor  to  have  the  actio  depensi  must  have 

paid  per  aes  et  libram,  the  name  of  his  action,  and  the  repeated  use  by  Gaius  of  the 
word  "dependere"  in  speaking  of  him  supports  this.  Eisele,  Studien,  28  sqq.  6  Vat. 

Fr.  329.  7  G.  3.  170.  8  Lewis  and  Short,  Latin  Dictionary,  s.v.  Accipio, 

E.    See,  however,  for  a  special  view  of  its  nature,  Heck,  Archiv  /.  c.  Pr.   116.   129  sqq. 

9  46.  4.  13.  pr.     It  is  not  shewn  that  it  applied  to  dotis  dictio,   but  it   probably   did. 

10  G.  3.  169. 


568  RELEASE  OF  DEBT  [CH. 

Ulpian  says  that  "acceptumfacis,"  "facio"  would  do  as  well,  and  that  as 
it  was,  like  stipulatio,  iuris  gentium,  it  might  be  in  Greek1.  It  could  not 
be  under  express  dies  or  condicio2,  though  the  obligation  released  might, 
and  the  acceptilatio  would  operate  when  the  dies  or  condicio  arrived3. 
It  might  cover  more  than  one  stipulatio,  and,  conversely,  though  this  was 
doubted  in  the  time  of  Gaius,  it  might,  in  later  classical  law,  be  a  release 
of  part  of  a  promise,  unless  the  promise  was  indivisible,  in  which  case  the 
acceptilaiio  of  part  was  void4.  It  could  not  be  by  procurator  in  classical 
law5,  and  while  a  slave  could  take  an  acceptilatio  he  could  not  give  one6. 

Here  too  the  act  proceeded  from  the  party  to  be  released.  It  effected 
complete  extinction,  like  payment7,  releasing  sureties  and  correi,  and 
where  it  was  given  to  a  surety  it  released  the  principal,  even  though  his 
contract  was  not  stipulatio8. 

Though  it  applied  only  to  verbal  contract  it  might  be  made  effective 
in  a  wider  field  by  first  novating  the  contract.  The  stipulatio  Aquiliana 
was  an  important  illustration  of  this.  It  was  a  means  of  discharging 
any  debts  existing  between  two  parties  by  novating  them  into  a  stipulatio 
and  releasing  this  by  acceptilatio.  We  have  the  form  in  t\vo  places9,  not 
quite  identically,  and  thus  shewing  that  it  might  vary  both  in  expression 
and  inclusiveness.  Both  are  very  inclusive.  The  stipulatio  covered  iura 
in  rem,  these  being  contemplated  as  actionable  liabilities10.  It  might 
cover  only  one  group  of  debts  or  all.  Neither  form  seems  to  cover  delicts 
and  possibly  it  was  not  usual  to  include  these.  It  must  be  remembered 
that  its  use  was  not  an  act  of  charity;  men  do  not  usually  abandon  their 
claims  for  nothing.  If  there  were  cross  claims  between  parties  enquiry 
would  shew  that  a  balance  was  due  one  wray.  Matters  were  simplified 
by  stipulationes  Aquilianae  and  acceptilationes  on  the  old  debts  and  a 
new  stipulatio  for  the  balance11.  No  doubt  it  was  often  a  compromise. 

Consensual  contracts  could  be  discharged  as  from  formation  by 
contrarius  consensus,  provided  nothing  had  yet  been  done.  This  was  a 
full  civil  law  discharge12.  If  something  had  been  done,  or  some  event 
had  released  one  party,  it  would  only  be  a  pactum  de  non  petendo  avail- 
able by  way  of  exceptio13.  It  was  disputed  whether  giving  a  surety  was 

1  46.  4.  7;  h.  t.  8.  4.  2  46.  4.  4;  h.  t.  5.    But  like  other  actus  legitimi,  it 

might  be  dependent  on  some  tacit  condition,  h.  t.  11.  3;  23.  3.  43.  pr. ;  50.  17.  77. 
3  46.  4.  12.  4  G.  3.  172;  D.  46.  4.  9;  h.  t.  13.  1.  5  46.  4.  13.  10.  H.  t.  3  is 

probably  interpolated;  see  also  C.  8.  41.  4.  6  43.  4.  8.  1,  2;  h.  t.  11;  h.  t.  22. 

7  46.  4.  5.  8  45.  2.  2;  46.  4.  13.  7,  12.    An  acceptilatio  which  failed  as  such  might  be 

good  as  a  pactum  de  non  petendo,  46.  4.  8.  pr.  9  46.  4.  18;  Inst.  3.  29.  2.          10  Effect 

on  dominium  not  stated:  apparently,  traditio  brevi  manu,  giving  only  bonitary  ownership 
of  res  mancipi  in  classical  law.  11  2.  15.  2;  P.  1.  1.  3.  12  46.  4.  8.  pr.;  h.  t.  23; 

Inst.  3.  29.  4.  See  18.  5.  5.  pr. ;  46.  4.  23;  release  by  one  is,  in  such  a  case,  mutual  release. 
13  2.  14.  58;  C.  4.  45.  1 ;  h.  t.  2.  But  as  they  are  all  bonaefidei,  this  is  much  the  same  thing. 
The  thing  done  must,  apart  from  special  agreement,  be  undone. 


xii]  PACT  NOT  TO  SUE  569 

such  part  performance  as  barred  civil  discharge  by  contrarius 
consensus1. 

As  contracts  re  essentially  involved  something  done  there  was  no 
discharge  by  contrarius  consensus.  Acceptance  of  return  of  the  res 
would  in  effect  destroy  it  for  the  future,  ex  fide  bona,  but  not  for  the  past, 
unless  there  was  special  agreement,  amounting  topactum  de  nonpetendo2. 

Pacturn  de  non  petendo.  This  was,  apart  from  delict,  a  praetorian 
defence.  It  was  an  informal  agreement  not  to  sue,  express  or  tacit,  i.e. 
inferred  from  conduct.  It  might  apply  to  any  debt  or  part  of  a  debt  and 
be  subject  to  any  limitations3.  It  might  be  consented  to  by  messenger, 
and  even  by  a  slave4.  The  defence  was  an  exceptio  pacti,  which  need  not 
be  expressed  in  bonae  fidei  indicia,  and  might  be  met  by  replicatio  doli 
and  so  forth.  The  most  important  point  is  the  distinction  between  pacta 
in  personam  and  pacta  in  rein. 

Pacta  in  rem  were  pacts  that  an  action  should  not  be  brought,  with 
no  limitation  as  to  the  person  who  was  not  to  sue  or  be  sued.  Pacta  in 
personam  were  pacts  that  action  should  not  be  brought  by  or  against 
particular  persons.  This  was  commonly  shewn  by  naming  the  person: 
"  ne  T  (a  T)  peteret  (peter  etur)"  but  this  was  not  conclusive.  It  was  to 
be  decided,  ex  mente,  the  name  being  sometimes  inserted  only  to  shew 
who  made  it,  with  no  intention  of  limitation5,  and  there  was  a  general 
presumption  that  the  pact  was  in  rem.  It  might  be  made  to  exclude 
particular  persons  who  would  otherwise  be  entitled  to  use  it6.  A  pact 
in  personam  affected  only  him  who  made  it,  not  even  his  heres1.  One 
in  rem  affected  any  one  suing  or  sued  for  the  same  debt,  if  there  was  a 
right  of  regress,  as  otherwise  the  pact  would  be  illusory8.  Where  there 
were  several  creditors  a  pact  by  one  could  not  be  used  against  the  others, 
even  if  it  was  in  rem,  unless  there  was  regress9.  A  surety,  as  he  could 
claim  reimbursement,  could  use  a  pact  made  with  his  principal10,  but 
not  vice  versa,  or  one  made  with  a  co-surety,  as  the  right  of  regress  did 
not  exist11.  Socii  had  such  a  right,  and  thus  the  pact  of  one  could  be 
used  by  the  others12.  The  rule,  being  due  to  the  right  of  regress,  did  not 

1  Papinian  allows  it.    Paul  on  Julian's  authority  holds  that  the  release  is  only  by 
exceptio.    18.  5.  3;  46.  3.  95.  12.  2  Texts  are  wanting,  see  13.  6.  17.  5.  3  2.  14. 

7.  6;  h.  t.  17.  3;  h.  t.  27.  7;  h.  t.  41.  4  2.  14.  2;  h.  t.  17.  7-19;  h.  t.  28.  2.         5  2.  14. 

7.  8.  6  2.  14.  17.  3;  h.  t.  22.  7  2.  14.  21.  pr. ;  h.  t.  25.  1 ;  24.  3.  31.  1 ;  23.  4.  20.  2. 

8  2.  14.  21.  5;  h.  t.  32.  9  2.  14.  27.  pr.;  see  h.  t.  28.  1.  10  2.  14.  21.  5;  h.  t.  32. 

11  2.  14.  21.  5;  h.  t.  25.  2;  h.  t.  26.  12  2.  14.  14;  h.  t.  25.  pr.   Julian  in  34.  3.  3.  3 

seems  to  deny  socii  the  pact.  It  has  been  maintained  on  46.  3.  34.  11,  that  correal  debtors 
never  had  the  right  in  classical  law,  and  similarly,  on  2.  14.  19.  1-21.  pr. ;  24.  3.  31.  1; 
23.  4.  20.  2,  that  a  heres  had  not  the  right  in  classical  law  unless  expressly  mentioned. 
See  Cuq,  Manuel,  625.  But  in  all  these  texts  the  pact  is  expressly  in  personam.  The  sug- 
gestion is  that  the  distinction  between  p.  in  r.  and  p.  in  personam  is  largely  the  work  of 
the  compilers. 


570  PACT  NOT  TO  SUE  [CH. 

apply  where  on  the  facts  this  was  excluded.  Thus  afideiussor  who  acted 
donandi  animo,  renouncing  his  right  of  regress,  could  not  use  his  principal's 
pact1,  and  conversely,  if,  though  nominally  a  fideiussor,  it  was  really 
his  own  affair,  he  could  use  a  pact  made  with  his  nominal  principal,  for 
the  formal  positions  were  in  fact  reversed2.  A  pact  made  with  a  vendor 
was  available  to  his  buyer3,  since  the  buyer  had  or  might  have  a  claim 
ex  empto.  A  pact  by  or  to  the  possessor  of  a  hereditas  did  not  in  any  way 
affect  the  true  heres*.  Correal  debtors  as  such  had  no  right  of  regress, 
and  a  pact  not  to  sue  one  did  not  therefore  affect  the  others5. 

A  pact  that  a  third  party  should  not  be  sued  was  in  principle  void, 
and  was  not  confirmed  though  the  third  party  afterwards  became  heres 
to  the  pactor6.  Thus  it  was  generally  held  that  a  pact  by  reus  that  a 
surety  should  not  be  sued  was  of  no  value,  but  Paul  held  that  as  in  such 
a  case  it  was  the  principal  who  really  benefited,  the  purpose  of  the 
general  rule  required  that  the  surety  should  be  allowed  to  use  the  pact7. 
Pacts  by  a  tutor  or  curator  that  the  pupil  or  furiosus  or  prodigus  should 
not  be  sued  were  available  to  the  ward,  an  equitable  relaxation,  carrying- 
out  the  principle  that  actions  lying  against  the  guardian  could  be  brought 
against  the  ward  at  the  end  of  the  wardship8. 

Within  the  family  the  rules  were  different  owing  to  the  fact  that  the 
subordinate  acquired  for  the  paterfamilias.  A  pact  by  son  or  slave9  "  ne 
peter  etur"  or  "ne  a  patre  peter  etur"  was  good  for  the  paterfamilias10.  A 
son's  pact  " ne  a  se  peteretur"  was  valid  for  him  or  the  pater  or  his  heres 
if  sued  in  any  way  on  the  son's  obligation11,  but  if  the  son  was  dead,  as 
it  was  framed  personally,  it  was  useless12,  a  rule  more  logical  than 
reasonable  as  de  peculio  still  lay  for  a  year.  A  slave's  pact  "tie  ipse 
petereV  was  a  nullity13;  he  could  never  sue.  But  a  slave's  or  son's  pact 
not  to  sue,  if  in  rem,  was  valid  against  the  pater,  in  re  peculiari,  if  he 
had  administratio  peculii  and  it  was  not  donandi  animo13.  A  son's  per- 
sonal pact  not  to  sue  might  be  good,  as  there  were  cases  in  which  he 
could  sue14.  A  pact  by  a  paterfamilias  that  the  son  should  not  be  sued 
was  not  valid  for  the  son,  but  Proculus  held  that  the  father  could  use 
it  if  sued  on  the  son's  account,  to  which  Paul  (or  Tribonian)  adds  the 
limitation,  "si  in  paciscendo  id  acturn  sit"  which  destroys  the  rule15. 

1  2.  14.  32.  2  2.  14.  24.  3  2.  14.  17.  5.  Sabinus  held  that  this  applied  even  if  it 
was  in  personam;  no  doubt  the  pact  is  contemplated  as  part  of  the  commoda  rei.  He  also 
allowed  it  in  case  of  donee,  but  this,  it  would  seem,  must  depend  on  the  terms  of  the  gift. 
4  2.  14.  17.  6.  5  46.  3.  34.  11.  Ante,  §  CLvm.  The  rule  in  2.  14.  25.  pr.  applies  only 

to  socii.  6  2.  14.  17.  4.  7  2.  14.  27.  1.  8  2.  14.  15;  h.  t.  28.  1;  C.  2.  3.  22. 

But  not  vice  versa.    See  ante,  §  LV.       9  Or  one  bona  fide  serviens,  and  no  doubt  f ructuary, 
within  the  field  of  acquisition  through  such  persons.  10  2.  14.  17.  7-21.  1.  11  2. 

14.  19.  1;  h.  t.  20.  12  2.  14.  21.  pr.  13  2.  14.  23.  2.    But  it  will  never  bar  the 

father's  right  to  sue  on  an  iniuria  to  the  son,  the  father's  right  being  independent  of  the 
son's,  h.  t.  30.  pr.  14  2.  14.  28.  2;  h.  t.  30.  pr.  15  2.  14.  21.  2. 


xii]  DELICT  571 

In  some  cases  where  the  pact  was  not  available  the  exceptio  doli 
might,  be  used  as  a  " subsidium"  thereto1,  but  the  principle  is  obscure. 
A  debtor  had  exceptio  doli  on  a  pact  to  his  procurator  or  surety2,  pro- 
vided, says  Ulpian,  at  least  as  quoted  in  the  Digest,  that  this  was  meant, 
and  he  applies  the  same  rule  as  between  co-sureties3.  A  father's  pact 
that  his  son  should  not  be  sued  gave  the  son  exceptio  doli,  at  any  rate 
under  Justinian4.  A  slave's  pact  "  ne  a  se  peteretur"  gave  the  master  an 
exceptio  doli5.  So,  too,  if  a  filius  made  such  a  pact  with  creditors  of  a 
hereditas  on  which  he  would  enter  after  emancipatio,  or  a  slave  heres 
acted  similarly,  thoiigh  the  slave's  pact  was  a  nullity,  and  the  son's  was 
lost  to  him  by  the  emancipatio,  they  had  exceptio  doli,  though  this  was 
doubtful  in  classical  law,  for  the  case  of  the  slave6. 

In  delict,  by  virtue  of  words  in  the  XII  Tables,  pact  was  a  complete 
defence  at  civil  law,  and,  as  the  Tables7  use  the  same  language  as  to 
coming  to  terms  after  litis  contestatio  on  any  claim,  it  is  possible  that  the 
same  rule  applied  there,  but  there  is  no  sign  of  this  in  later  law. 

CXCVI.  OBLIGATIO  EX  DELICTO.  This,  the  second  of  Gaius'  two 
classes  of  obligation,  was  essentially  a  wrong  done,  consisting  in  breach 
of  a  ius  in  rem,  giving  rise  to  an  action  for  a  penalty,  distinct  from  that 
which  also  existed  in  many  cases,  for  restoration.  This  type  of  obligation 
has  some  special  characteristics  which  must  be  noted.  As  we  have  just 
seen  a  mere  pact  was  a  complete  defence  at  civil  law,  a  rule  which  rests 
on  strict  interpretation  of  the  XII  Tables.  It  had  other  remarkable 
characteristics  which  originate  in  the  fact  that  action  on  such  an  obliga- 
tion was  in  origin  a  legal  substitute  for  self-help,  which  in  this  case  meant 
revenge.  Thus  the  action  did  not  lie  against  the  heres  of  the  wrongdoer8, 
revenge  being  a  personal  matter.  On  the  other  hand,  for  the  same  reason 
it  was  not  affected  by  capitis  deminutio  of  the  wrongdoer9,  since,  though 
his  legal  personality  was  changed,  he  was  still  in  fact  the  same  man. 
Where  a  delict  had  been  committed  by  two  or  more  in  concert  each  was 
liable  to  the  whole  penalty;  there  was  no  question  of  satisfaction  by  one 
releasing  the  others10.  This  may  be  referable  to  the  same  notion:  revenge 
would  not  be  so  subdivided. 

Justinian's  symmetrical  arrangement,  which  gives  four  delicts,  is 
artificial.  It  treats  rapine  and  theft  as  distinct  delicts,  whereas  rapine 

1  2.  14.  10.  2.  2  76.:  h.  t.  25.  2.  3  2.  14.  26.  4  2.  14.  21.  2.         5  2.  14. 

21.  1.  6  2.  14.  7.  18,  19.   It  will  be  seen  that  many  of  the  texts  have  probably  been 

altered,  and  how  far  the  above  rules  represent  classical  law  may  be  doubted.  Analogous 
principles  to  those  stated  in  the  text  were  applied  in  case  of  confusio,  transact  10  and  set 
off,  4.  8.  34.  pr.;  16.  2.  5;  h.  t.  9.  1;  45.  2.  10.  7  1.  7;  8.  2.  Girard,  Textes,  12,  17; 

Bruns,  1.  19,  29;  Cons.  9.  1.  8  Post,  §  ccxxxiv.  9  Ante,  §  L.  10  47.  2. 

21.  9;  9.  2.  11.  2;  47.  10.  34.  As  to  an  apparent  exception  in  the  cases  of  dolus  and  mctus, 
post,  §  coin. 


572  FURTUM  [CH. 

is  aggravated  theft,  and  it  omits  a  number  of  wrongs,  some  of  which 
will  call  for  discussion,  which  must  on  any  reasonable  definition  of  the 
word  come  under  the  head  of  delict.  He  considers  them  all  to  be  of  one 
class  in  that  they  all  originate  ''re,  id  est  ex  ipso  maleficio,"  where  res 
is  used  in  the  sense  of  faction,  the  explanation  being  due  to  Gains1.  The 
four  which  he  discusses,  certainly  the  most  important,  are  Furtum, 
Rapina,  Damnum  iniuria  datum  and  Iniuria?. 

FURTUM.  This  is  defined  by  Justinian  as  " contrectatio  fraudulosa 
vel  ipsius  rei  vel  etiam  usus  eius  possessionisve?."  This  omits  certain 
elements  essential  to  the  definition.  In  the  law  as  we  know  it,  the  subject- 
matter  must  have  been  a  res  mobilis  or  one  which  became  mobilis  by  the 
theft,  e.g.  crops4,  though  Sabinus  is  said  to  have  held  that  there  could 
be  theft  of  land5.  It  must  have  been  with  a  view  to  profit,  lucrifaciendi 
gratia6,  which  is  however,  as  illustrated  in  the  texts,  a  somewhat  unwork- 
able requirement7.  The  res  must  be  a  res  in  commercio  to  which  some  one 
has  a  right.  Thus  there  could  be  no  furtum  of  ordinary  res  nullius,  or  of 
res  sacrae,  though  here  there  were  other  remedies8.  For  the  same  reason 
there  could  be  no  furtum  of  res  hereditariae,  since  they  belonged  to  no  one 
at  the  moment9.  As  a  by-product  of  the  old  law  of  usucapio  lucrativa 
pro  herede  the  rule  actually  was  that  there  could  be  no  theft  of  such 
things  till  they  had  actually  been  possessed  by  the  heres10.  But  if,  though 
the  hereditas  was  vacant,  there  was  some  other  right  existing  in  the  res, 
e.g.  usufruct  or  pledge,  which  gave  the  holder  a  right  of  action  for  theft, 
this  right  was  not  affected,  and  in  such  a  case  the  heres  also  had  a  right 
of  action  when  he  had  entered11. 

Contrectatio  means  handling,  and  thus  theft  involved  actual  meddling 
with  the  thing.  But  it  did  not  necessarily  involve  taking  the  thing 
without  consent  from  the  owner's  possession  into  the  thief's.  That  is 
the  obvious  case,  but  there  were  others,  e.g.  inducing  a  debtor  to  pay  to 
him  by  pretending  that  he  was  the  creditor,  or  was  the  person  authorised 
by  him  to  collect  the  money12,  or  even,  according  to  most  of  the  jurists, 

1  44.  7.  4;  Inst.  4.  1.  pr.  2  The  others  of  importance  are  mostly  praetorian, 

which  would  account  for  their  omission  by  Gaius.  3  Inst.  4.   1.    1.  4  47. 

2.  25.  pr.  5  Aul.  Gell.  11.  18.  13.    As  to  the  actio  de  tigno  iuncto,  ante,  §  Lxxvm. 

6  47.  2.  1.  3.  It  is  not  so  stated  in  the  Institutes  or  in  Gaius  or  in  Pauli  Sententiae, 
but  it  is  at  any  rate  for  some  purposes  old  law;  see  Sabinus  in  Aul.  Gell.  11.  18.  21.  7  It 
seems  to  mean  little  more  than  that  mere  wanton  destruction  is  not  theft  whatever  else 
it  is.  (See  Monro,  de  furtis,  77,  where  it  is  shewn  that  the  various  texts  on  the  matter 
indicate  a  very  uncertain  notion.)  See  47.  2.  55.  1.  It  is  contended  by  Huvelin  (N.B.H. 
42.  73  sqq.)  that  as  a  general  requirement  it  is  due  to  Justinian.  See  also  Huvelin,  fitudes 
sur  le  furtum,  1.  537,  783.  8  See  ante,  §  LXVH.  9  G.  3.  201;  D.  47.  2.  69.  For 

the  remedy  by  crimen  expilatae  hereditatis,  see  47.  19.  1.  10  G.  2.  52 ;  3.  201 ;  P.  2.  31.  11  ; 

D.  47.  19.  2;  C.  9.  32.  6.  11  41.  3.  35;  47.  2.  69-71.  The  idea  seems  to  be  that  where 

the  res  was  in  the  hands  of  a  fructuary  all  the  possession  exists  which  is  de  facto  possible. 
12  47.  2.  43.  pr.,  1 ;  h.  t.  81.  6.  The  essential  point  is  that  there  is  an  intention  to  pass  the 


xn]  FURTUM  573 

knowingly  to  receive  payment  of  what  was  not  due1.  Still  more  striking 
are  the  cases  of  what  were  called  in  Justinian's  law,  furtum  usus  and 
furtum  possessionis.  That  a  commodatarius  should  be  liable  for  theft 
for  selling  the  thing  is  rational,  but  the  law  went  further.  There  was 
furtum  usus  if  a  depositee  used  the  thing,  or  a  commodatarius,  not 
thinking  the  owner  would  assent,  used  it  for  unauthorised  purposes2.  It 
w as  furtum  possessionis  for  an  owner  to  take  the  thing  from  one  who  had 
a  ius  in  rem  against  him,  usufructuary,  pledgee  or  the  like,  or  even  from  a 
conductor  with  a  right  of  retention  for  expenses3.  These  wrere  thefts,  and 
though  some  classical  texts  assume  that  what  was  stolen  must  be  a  res 
aliena*,  the  rules  were  classical,  though  it  is  not  so  clear  that  the  expres- 
sions furtum  usus,  possessionis  were5.  The  notion  of  theft  as  involving 
intent  to  deprive  the  owner  of  his  whole  interest  is  not  really  the  Roman 
conception. 

The  contrectatio  must  be  fraudulosa;  it  must  be  against  the  interested 
person's  will6.  One  who  supposed  that  the  owner  consented  was  not  a 
thief,  nor  was  one  who  thought  the  owner  did  not  consent,  when  in  fact 
he  did7.  It  was  not  theft  to  take  a  thing  believing  one  was  entitled,  even 
though  the  error  was  one  of  law,  and  it  was  immaterial  how  causeless 
the  error  was8. 

Persons  other  than  the  actual  thief  might  be  liable  to  the  actio  furti, 
i.e.  those  who  have  helped  ope  el  consilio9.  It  is  not  easy  to  dra\v  a  clear 
line  between  these,  but,  roughly,  ope  means  by  physical  help,  and 
consilio  by  advice,  that  is,  not  advice  to  steal,  urging  and  encouragement, 
but  suggestions  as  to  method  and  so  forth10.  If  several  were  concerned  in 
a  theft,  each  was  liable  to  the  whole  penalty;  there  was  no  question  of 
release  by  payment  by  one  of  them11. 

There  might  be  furtum  with  no  actio  furti.  Thus  if  a  filiusfamilias 
stole  from  the  pater  there  wras  no  actio  furti  as  there  could  be  no  action 
at  all  in  such  a  case,  but  there  was  furtum,  for  accomplices  were  liable 

ownership  to  some  one  other  than  the  actual  receiver.    If,  however  misled,  the  owner 
intended  to  pass  the  property  to  the  actual  receiver  it  is  not  furtum  whatever  else  it  may  be. 
1   13.  1.  18.    The  language  of  this  text  goes  further  than  the  principles  expressed  in 
those  cited  in  the  last  note.  2  47.  2.  77.  pr.;  G.  3.  196,  7;  Inst.  4.  1.  6,  7. 

3  47.  2.  15.  1 ;  h.  t.  19.  5;  h.  t.  60;  G.  3.  200;  Inst.  4.  1.  10.  4  G.  3.  195;  P.  2.  31.  1. 

5  The}'  were  probably  thought  of  as  furtum  by  wrongly  taking  the  use  or  the  possession. 
See  the  discussion  and  references  in  Monro,  de  furtis,  App.  1.  6  Inst.  4.  1.  1;  D. 

47.  2.  76.  7  47.  2.  46.  7,  8.  8  47.  2.  46.  7;  h.  t.  83.  These  rules  gave  rise  to 

dispute  in  connexion  with  the  delict  of  servi  corruptio,  post,  §  cent.  9  Inst.  4.  1. 

11.  It  is  maintained  by  Huvelin  (Etudes  sur  le  furtum,  1.  392  sqq.)  with  predecessors, 
that  in  early  law  the  expression  "ope  consilio"  had  no  relation  to  assistance  to  the  thief 
but  referred  to  the  act  of  the  principal,  "ope"  being  his  act,  "consilio"  his  intent.  See 
G.  4.  37.  10  47.  2.  50.  3;  Inst.  4.  1.  11.  If  it  did  benefit  the  thief  but  was  not  so 

intended  Gains  doubts  whether  there  is  not  an  actio  infattum  for  the  culpa.  See  post,  p.  574, 
n.  6.  11  C.  4.  8.  1.  As  to  theft  by  several  slaves  of  the  same  master,  post,  §  ccv. 


574  FURTUM  [CH. 

and  the  res  was  furtiva1.  So  too,  no  actio  furti  lay  where  one  party  to  a 
marriage  stole  from  the  other,  because  no  infaming  action  lay  in  such 
a  relation2,  but  accomplices  were  liable,  the  res  was  furtiva3,  and  there 
was  a  special  action  for  the  recovery  of  the  property — actio  rerum 
amotarum*.  We  are  also  told  that  there  was  no  actio  furti  for  "  domestica 
furta,"  i.e.  theft  by  liberti  and  free  employees  living  with  the  patron5. 
Apparently  the  domestic  authority  sufficed  for  that6. 

CXCVII.  Presumably,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  it  would  be  the 
owner7  who  proceeded  for  theft,  but  other  persons  might  have  a  sufficient 
interesse  to  entitle  them  to  sue.  Conversely  the  owner  had  not  the  action 
unless  he  had  an  interesse,  and  thus  not  where  someone  was  responsible 
to  him,  so  that  he  did  not  stand  to  lose  by  the  theft.  The  types  of  interesse 
other  than  that  of  the  owner  were  substantially  two. 

(a)  The  positive  interesse  of  one  who  had  a  ius  in  rein  in  the  thing, 
including  a  bona  fide  possessor8.    Usufructuary,  emphyteuta  and  usuary 
are  the  other  obvious  cases9.  These  had  the  action  by  reason  of  what 
they  lost10,  as  also  had  the  owner11. 

(b)  A  negative  interesse  in  those  who  were  responsible  to  the  dominus 
if  the  thing  was  lost,  which  interesse  barred  any  in  the  dominus12.  The 
damages  recovered  were  kept;  the  owner  had  no  claim  to  them,  though 
there  was  in  classical  law  some  doubt  in  the  case  of  commodatarius™.  To 
bring  these  rules  into  operation  there  must  be  a  real  liability.    If  the 
person  liable  under  the  contract  was  insolvent,  so  that  he  had  nothing 
to  lose,  the  owner  had  the  action  and  he  had  not,  and  if  he  became 
insolvent  before  the  action  it  passed  to  the  owner14,  though  here,  too,  there 
were  doubts  in  commodatum15.   So,  too,  if  the  dominus  released  his  claim 
under  the  contract,  he  had  the  action  and  the  other  party  had  not16. 

1  5.  1.  4;  47.  2.  16;  h.  t.  17;  Inst,  4.  1.  12.  2  25.  2.  1;  h.  t.  7;  C.  6.  2.  22. 

4;  post,  §  cxcvm.  3  25.  2.  29.  4  25.  2;  C.  5.  21.  5  47.  2.  90;  48. 

19.  11.  1.  6  The  earlier  conception  of  furtum  was  much  wider.    Sabinus  laid 

little  stress  on  the  element  of  guilt.  He  makes  a  man  liable  for  acts  amounting  to  "ope  et 
consilio"  after  the  theft.  He  and  Q.  Mucius,  older  still,  lay  it  down  that  any  use  by  a 
detentor  in  excess  of  his  right  is  furtum.  He  and  others  also  hold  that  there  may  be  furtum 
of  land.  Aul.  Gell.  6.  15;  11.  18.  7  Several  texts  tell  us  that  there  might  be  furtum 

of  free  persons.  Gaius  (3.  199)  speaks  of  those  in  potestas  or  manus  and  iudicati  and  auctorati. 
He  does  not  mention  those  in  mancipio.  In  Justinian's  law  texts  still  speak  of  actio  furti 
in  case  of  those  in  potestas  (Inst.  4.  1.  9;  D.  47.  2.  14.  13;  h.  t.  38)  but  it  may  be  doubted 
whether  it  was  a  living  part  of  the  law.  8  47.  2.  12.  1;  h.  t.  20.  1;  h.  t.  56.  1. 

9  47.  2.  15;  h.  t.  46.  1-4.  As  to  pledge  creditor  and  holder  with  a  ius  retentionis,  post, 
p.  575.  10  It  is  maintained  by  Schulz,  Z.S.S.  32.  23  sqq.,  that  no  one  but  the  owner 

had  this  positive  interesse  in  classical  law  (except  where  the  owner  was  the  thief)  all  others 
mentioned  being  responsible  to  him  for  the  thing,  and  having  the  action  on  that  account 
and  excluding  him.  But  this  seems  in  conflict  with  the  sources.  See  Buckland,  N.R.H. 
1917,  5  sqq.  11  47.  2.  46.  1.  12  G.  3.  203;  Inst.  4.  1.  13.  13  19. 

2.  6;  C.  6.  2.  22.  3  a.  14  47.  2.  12.  pr.;  h.  t.  14.  17;  G.  3.  205;  Inst.  4.  1.  15. 

15  C.  6.  2.  22.  1  b.  16  47.  2.  54.  1;  h.  t.  91.  pr. 


xn]  FURTUM  575 

Among  those  said  to  have  this  right  are  commodatarius,  conductor 
operis,  especially  fidlo  and  sarcinator,  conductor  rei,  mandatarius,  nauta, 
caupo  and  stabularius1,  and  no  doubt  others.  But  while  in  some  cases 
it  is  said  that  they  had  the  action  if  the  theft  was  by  their  culpa2,  in 
others  it  is  assumed  that,  subject  to  the  limits  already  stated,  they 
always  had  it,  and,  in  some,  this  is  based  on  the  obligation  custodiam 
praestare3.  This  opens  up  the  question  already  considered4  as  to  the 
meaning  and  possible  changes  of  meaning  of  this  word.  Here  it  need 
only  be  noted  that  as  culpa  levis  was  always  presumed,  these  holders 
would  always  be  prima  facie  liable  for  the  loss  without  the  need  of 
appealing  to  the  principle  of  absolute  liability. 

For  commodatum  the  law  was  altered  by  Justinian.  He  provided 
that  where  a  thing  lent  was  stolen,  the  owner  had  the  choice  whether 
he  would  sue  the  thief,  in  which  case  all  liability  of  the  commodatarius 
was  ended,  or  rely  on  his  contract,  leaving  the  commodatarius  to  sue  the 
thief.  But  if  he  took  this  course  not  knowing  of  the  theft,  he  could  change 
his  mind  on  discovering  the  facts5. 

Two  exceptional  cases  must  be  noted.  We  hear  of  an  inter esse  based 
on  the  right  of  retention  for  expenses,  the  action  being  allowed  to  every 
one  who  had  such  a  right,  except  depositee6,  but  there  is  no  evidence  that 
this  right  was  enough,  except  where  the  thief  was  the  owner.  Also,  a 
pledge  creditor  had  the  action,  but  its  basis  is  obscure.  Some  texts  base 
it  on  a  liability  for  the  thing  and  apply  the  rules  which  follow  from  this  7. 
Others  make  the  creditor  impute  the  damages  to  the  debt8,  which  is 
inconsistent  with  this  basis9.  Others  give  both  him  and  the  owner  the 
action10,  which  is  also  inconsistent  with  the  custodia  basis.  Some  allow 
pledgee  to  recover  on  a  unit  of  the  whole  value,  while  others  limit  the 
unit  to  the  amount  of  the  debt11.  He  could  not  sue  twice  on  two  thefts 
if  the  amount  due  to  him  had  been  recovered  on  the  first12.  Yet  he  could 
hardly  be  less  liable  because  the  debt  had  been  paid.  No  doubt  there  are 
differences  of  opinion,  and  changes  of  doctrine  here,  but  the  matter  is 
controversial. 

There  was  an  overriding  rule  that  the  interesse  must  be  honestum. 
This  is  of  small  importance  in  the  case  of  positive  interesse,  but,  while  a 
bonafide  possessor  had  the  action,  a  mala  fide  possessor  had  not,  because 
his  interesse  was  not  honestum,  though  the  thing  was  at  his  risk13.  For 
the  same  reason  a  depositee  who  has  acted  dolosely  with  the  thing,  e.g. 

1  G.  3.  205  sqq.;  Inst.  4.  1.  15,  16;  D.  47.  2.  12.  pr.;  h.  t.  14.  2,  9,  12,  14,  17.  2  E.g. 
47.2.14.12.  3  E.g.  47.  2.  12.  pr.;  h.  t.  14.  2;  14.  17,  etc.  4  Ante,  §  cxci. 

5  Inst.  4.  1.  16;  C.  6.  2.  22.        6  47.  2.  15.  2;  h.  t.  60;  47.  8.  2.  23;  C.  4.  34.  11.        7  47.  2. 
14.  16,  both  suspicious.  8  13.  7.  22.  pr.;  47.  2.  15.  pr.  9  19.  2.  6.  10  Unless 

the   thing  is   worth  less  than   the  debt,   47.  2.  12.  2;  h.  t.  14.  6;  h.  t.  19.  6;  h.  t.  46.  4. 
11  47.  2.  14.  5-7 ;  h.  t.  15.  pr. ;  h.  t.  88.  12  47.  2.  14.  6.  13  47.  2.  12.  1 . 


576  FURTUM  [CH. 

by  lending  it,  though  he  had  the  liability  had  no  actio  furti1.  But  one 
who  had  an  honest  interesse  did  not  lose  it  because  he  had  also  been 
dishonest.  If  a  thing  is  stolen  from  the  owner,  who  himself  had  stolen 
it  from  a  pledgee,  he  had  the  actio  furti  as  owner2.  Afullo  was  liable  for 
custodia.  If  he  lent  the  thing,  which  he  had  no  right  to  do,  and  it  was 
stolen,  we  are  told  that  he  had  the  actio  furti3,  though  himself  liable  for 
theft  for  his  loan.  If  A  stole  a  man  and  he  stole  from  A,  A  had  furti 
noxolis  against  his  owner4— a  grotesque  case,  but  correct  in  principle; 
A's  interesse  in  the  thing  was  honestum;  it  did  not  matter  that  he  had  no 
honestum  interesse  in  the  thief5. 

CXCVIII.  The  actions  resulting  from  theft  may  be  classed  under 
two  heads: 

(i)  Ad  poenam  persequendam,  the  actio  furti  for  a  penalty.  Furtum 
manifestum  was  more  severely  dealt  with  than  furtum  nee  manifestum. 
Manifest  theft  occurred  where  the  thief  was  caught  in  the  act,  an  ex- 
pression as  to  the  meaning  of  which  there  were  different  views.  On  one 
view  it  was  during  commission,  on  another,  while  still  at  the  place,  on 
another,  generally  however  rejected,  while  still  in  possession  of  the 
thing6.  The  classical  law  as  expressed  by  Gaius  seems  to  have  accepted 
presence  at  the  spot7.  But  Justinian  goes  further  and  accepts  a  view, 
suggested  by  Sabinus  and  stated  by  Paul,  that  it  was  still  manifest  if  the 
thief,  on  the  same  day,  had  not  yet  deposited  the  thing  in  a  safe  place8. 
According  to  the  Institutes  "caught"  meant  "visus  vel  deprehensus" 
which  seems  to  mean  seen  and  identified9,  but  the  rule  as  stated  in  the 
Digest  requires  capture  or  at  least  pursuit  and  capture  of  the  goods 
thrown  down  by  the  thief10.  A  man  was  still  committing  furtum  so  long 
as  he  had  the  thing,  but  if  it  had  ceased  to  be  manifest  it  did  not  become 
so  if  he  was  afterwards  caught  with  the  goods11.  To  this  there  was  one 
ancient  exception.  If  a  man's  premises  were  solemnly  searched  ''''lance 
licioque,"  i.e.  by  a  man  wearing  a  loin  cloth  and  bearing  a  dish,  and  the 
goods  were  found,  this  was  manifest  theft12.  This  rule,  of  the  XII  Tables 
and  perhaps  Greek13,  which  is  explained  in  many  ways14,  seems  to  have 
1  G.  3.  207;Inst.  4.  1.  17;  D.  47.  2.  14.  3.  It  is  true  that  Servius  had  held  that  in  some 
cases  a  thief  might  have  actio  furti,  but  this  was  not  accepted,  h.  t.  14.  4;  h.  t.  77.  1. 
2  P.  2.  31.  19.  3  47.  2.  48.  4.  4  47.  2.  68.  4.  5  There  are  however  some  texts 
which  conflict  and  hold  that  one  who  acts  dolosely  with  the  res  loses  any  actio  furti.  4.  9. 
4.  pr.;  47.  2.  14.  8,  9.  6  G.  3.  184,  185;  Inst.  4.  1.  3;  D.  47.  2.  3  sqq.  7  G.  3.  184. 

8  47.  2.  4,  5;  Inst.  4.  1.  3;  P.  2.  31.  2.  The  limitation  to  the  same  day  did  not  exist  in  the 
time  of  Gaius,  who  speaks  of  uncertainty  in  the  matter.  It  is  attributed  to  Paul  in  the 
Digest,  where,  however,  it  may  be  interpolated.  9  Inst.  4.  1.  3.  10  47.  2.  7. 

11  47.    2.    6.  12  9.  3.  192  sqq.  13  Aristophanes,   Nub.   495,   cited   Gneist, 

Syntagma,  ad  h.  1.  14  Gaius,  loc.  cit.,  observes  that  the  provision  is  ridiculous,  as  such 
search  would  be  resisted  by  a  thief  and  there  was  no  penalty  for  this.  He  states  and  rejects 
explanations  of  the  rule.  For  other  ancient  and  modern  suggestions,  see  Danz,  Gesch. 
d.  R.  R.  §  155,  n.  2;  Gneist,  Syntagma,  cit.;  Costa,  Storia,  314;  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  777  sqq. 


xn]  FURTUM  577 

been  obsolete  in  classical  law.  Manifest  theft  was  capitally  punished 
under  the  XII  Tables,  while  non-manifest  involved  only  a  twofold 
penalty1,  it  may  be  on  account  of  the  element  of  doubt  which  surrounds 
non-manifest  theft,  but  other  explanations  of  the  difference  are  offered2. 
The  praetor  introduced  a  fourfold  penalty  for  manifest  theft,  which 
gives  the  odd  result  that  as  the  civil  penalty  for  non-manifest  theft  was 
unaltered,  that  gave  an  actio  in  ius,  and  manifest  an  actio  infactum3. 

The  unit  of  which  a  multiple  was  taken  was  the  interest  of  the  plaintiff. 
For  the  domlnus  in  possession,  and  in  the  case  of  the  negative  interesse, 
that  was  the  value  of  the  thing,  in  that  of  usufructuary  it  was  that  of 
the  usufruct.  If  the  thing  had  increased  in  value,  the  increased  value  was 
the  unit;  if  it  had  diminished  the  thief  did  not  benefit4.  The  interesse 
also  covered  extrinsic  resulting  losses,  e.g.  if  a  slave  were  stolen,  the 
value  of  an  inheritance  to  which  he  was  instituted,  and  on  which  he 
could  not  be  authorised  to  enter5,  and,  where  evidences  of  a  debt  were 
stolen,  the  amount  of  the  debt,  if  the  theft  prevented  recovery6.  The 
action  was  perpetua  and  available  to  the  heredes  of  the  victim,  but,  like 
all  penal  actions,  it  did  not  lie  against  the  heres  of  the  wrongdoer7. 
Condemnatio  involved  infamia9.  Bringing  it  in  no  way  barred  the  pro- 
prietary actions  which  might  lie9. 

(ii)  Ad  rein  persequendam,  to  recover  the  property.  The  owner  was 
still  owner  and  had  the  proprietary  remedies  against  the  thief  or  other 
holder  of  the  goods.  He  had  vindicatio,  actio  ad  exhibendum  and  the 
possessory  interdicts,  and  a  thief,  as  a  mala  fide  possessor,  was  liable 
whether  he  had  transferred  or  not,  in  classical  law  by  the  actio  ad 
exhibendum,  in  later  law  by  the  vindicatio  itself10.  A  usufructuary  would 
have  the  actio  confessoria11. 

But  there  was  also  a  special  remedy  peculiar  to  cases  of  theft  called 
condictio  furtiva  which,  as  we  know  it,  was  illogical,  since  it  expressed  a 
claim  on  the  part  of  the  owner  to  have  the  ownership  transferred  to 
him : "  dareoportere12."  It  was  a  quasi-contractual  action,  available  against 
the  thief  or  his  heres,  and,  unlike  the  delictal  obligation,  extinguished, 
to  the  extent  already  mentioned,  by  capitis  deminutio13.  Since  a  thief  was 
not  owner  he  could  not  "dare";  and  Gaius  has  no  better  explanation  to 
give  of  the  illogicality  than  that  it  was  allowed  "  odio  furum."  It  is 
possible  that  it  lay  at  first  only  where  the  thing  had  ceased  to  exist.  It 

\  G.  3.  189.          2  See,  e.g.,  Maine,  Anc.  Law,  379.         3  G.  3.  189,  190;  Lenel,  E.P. 
321.  4-  47.  2.  50.  pr.  5  47.  2.  27;  h.  t.  52.  28.  6  47.  2.  27.  2.    For  the 

puzzles  set  up  by  this  rule,  see  Monro,  defurtis,  37.  7  47.  1.  1.  pr. ;  Inst.  4.  12.  pr.,  1 ; 

G.  4.  112.  8  3.  2.  1.  9  13.  1.  7.  1.  10  6.  1.  27.  3;  ante,  §§  xci,  CLXXXVII. 

11  7.  6.  5.  1.  12  G.  4.  4.  The  view  of  Sabinus  that  land  could  be  stolen,  and  the 

anomalous  nature  of  this  condictio,  are  reflected  in  texts  suggesting  it  where  land  is  "  <•/ 
possessum."    13.  3.  2;  47.  2.  25.  1.  13  Ante,  §  L. 

B.  R.  L.  37 


578  FURTUM  [CH. 

has  been  suggested  that  it  was  a  generalisation  of  the  actio  rerum  amo- 
tarum  which  lay  on  theft  between  husband  and  wife1.  The  actions  were 
much  alike.  Both  were  perpetuae  and  lay  to  and  against  the  heres2.  In 
both,  as  the  defendant  was  always  in  mora,  it  lay  though  the  thing  had 
ceased  to  exist3.  In  both  increase  must  be  paid  and  lessening  in  value 
was  ignored4,  and  in  both  the  fructus  and  extrinsic  profits  came  into 
account5.  But  while  condictio  furtiva  was  available  only  to  owner  and 
pledge  creditor6,  the  other  was  available  to  a  bona  fide  possessor1. 

It  seems  that  in  practice  the  owner  relied  usually  on  the  condictio 
rather  than  on  vindicatio,  even  though  the  defendant  was  the  heres6, 
since  it  dispensed  with  evidence  as  to  the  position  or  existence  of  the  thing. 

There  were  some  subsidiary  actions  connected  with  furtum  which 
must  be  mentioned.  A  person  on  whose  premises  a  search  made  resulted 
in  the  discovery  of  the  goods  was  liable  to  a  threefold  penalty,  furtum 
conceptum,  a  simplification,  or  secularisation,  of  the  still  older  furtum 
lance  Ucioque  conceptum  already  mentioned9.  Similarly  one  who  placed 
stolen  goods  in  another's  house  was  liable  to  the  same  penalty10  (furtum 
oblatum).  Gaius  says  there  was  no  penalty  under  the  XII  Tables  for 
resisting  search,  but  the  praetor  gave  an  actio  in  factum  for  a  fourfold 
penalty11  (furtum  prohibitum),  and,  further,  an  action  for  failure  to 
produce  stolen  goods  afterwards  found  on  the  premises  (probably  on 
formal  search,  furtum  non  exhibitum).  The  penalty  is  not  stated12.  These 
various  actions  are  classed  by  some  of  the  jurists  as  varieties  of  furtum13. 
Justinian,  observing  that  they  had  fallen  into  disuse  (some  of  them 
lasted  into  the  fifth  century14),  says  that  in  all  these  cases  there  is  a  lia- 
bility for  furtum  nee  manifestum15. 

1  Ante,  §CLXXXVH.  2  25.  2.  6.  2,  3;  h.  t.  21.  5;  13.  1.  7.  2.  3  25.  2.  3. 

3;  h.  t.  17.  1;  13.  1.  8.  pr.  4  25.  2.  29;  13.  1.  8.  1.  5  25.  2.  21.  3,  4;  13. 

I    3.  6  13.  1.  1;  h.  t.  12.  2.  7  25.  2.  17.  3;  h.  t.  20.  The  hypothesis  of  this 

origin  is  propounded  by  Mommsen  (Strafr.  757).  But  the  later  development  of  actio  rerum 
amotarum,  after  marriage  without  manus  became  usual,  seems  at  least  equally  probable, 
especially  in  view  of  the  fact  that  while  the  condictio  is  a  civil  action,  the  other  is  an  actio 
in  factum.  Lenel,  E.P.  299.  It  is  probable  that  in  its  origin  this  was  a  penal  action,  with 
a  condemnatio  in  duplum  and  a  right  of  noxal  surrender  where  the  wife  who  removed  the 
goods  was  a  filiafamilias.  The  action  has  been  specially  studied  by  Pampaloni,  Sopra 
alcuni  azioni  attinenti  al  delitto  di  furto,  and  Zanzucchi,  II  divieto  delle  azioni  famose,  both 
cited  by  Huvelin,  fitudes  sur  le  furtum,  1.  621  sqq.  These  two  writers  hold  that  it  was 
only  under  Justinian  that  the  action  became  the  quasi-contractual  institution  which 
we  know.  It  seems  clear  that  it  lay  only  against  the  wife  in  early  law,  but  under  Justinian, 
and  probably  in  later  classical  law,  it  lay  against  the  husband.  8  13.  1.  7.  2.  9  G.  3. 
186,  191;  P.  2.  31.  3.  10  G  3.  186,  187,  191;  P.  2.  31.  3,  "ne  apud  se  inveniretur." 

G.  attributes  these  provisions  to  the  XII  Tables  but  they  are  probably  praetorian;  see 
Huvelin,  fitudes  sur  le  furtum,  1.  53.  11  G.  3.  188,  192.  It  is  probable  that  Gaius 

is  wrong  in  saying  that  the  XII  Tables  gave  no  action  for  resisting  search.  12  Inst.  4. 
1.  4.  It  is  commonly  supposed  to  have  been  fourfold.  This  action  is  not  mentioned  in  any 
classical  text.  13  G.  3.  183.  14  Gaius,  Ep.  2.  11.  2.  15  Inst.  4.  1.  4. 


xn]  RAPINA  579 

In  modern  systems  theft  is  commonly  dealt  with  as  a  crime,  not  a 
wrong  to  be  dealt  with  simply  by  an  action  for  damages,  and  this  was 
essentially  the  attitude  of  early  Roman  Law.  It  is  clear  that  this  alter- 
native was  also  possible  in  the  law  of  the  Empire;  in  fact,  as  thieves 
have,  commonly,  no  money,  the  civil  remedy  would  often  give  no  redress 
at  all.  Ulpian  tells  us  that  criminal  proceedings  were  the  more  usual 
course1,  and  Julian  says  that  judgment  in  such  proceedings  barred  any 
actiofurti2.  The  converse  is  probably  true. 

CXCIX.  RAPINA.   Vi  BONORUM  RAPTORUM.  Theft  with  violence. 

This  was  erected  into  a  special  delict  in  the  troubled  times  of  the 
Republic,  and  the  rules  became  a  permanent  part  of  the  law.  The  action 
was  in  factum  and  condemnation  involved  infamy3.  The  penalty  was 
fourfold,  or  rather,  as  this  included  the  value  of  the  thing,  for  threefold 
and  compensation.  As  it  was  penal  and  praetorian,  it  was  annua,  but, 
as  it  covered  compensation  as  well,  perpetua  as  to  the  single  value4. 
Hence  it  was  said  to  be  mixta  by  some  jurists  and  Justinian  so  decides5, 
but  it  had  the  main  characteristic  of  penal  actions  that  it  was  not  avail- 
able against  the  heres6.  As  the  act  was  furtum  there  would  always  be 
the  condictio  furtiva7 .  The  principles  were  in  general  those  of  actio  furti8. 
Thus  it  applied  only  to  res  mobiles  in  commercio  and  owned.  The  con- 
trectatio  must  be  fraudulosa9. 

On  some  points,  however,  there  are  slight  signs  of  divergence.  Thus 
we  are  told  that  what  could  be  recovered  was  a  multiple  of  the  verum 
pretium,  not  of  the  interesse,  but  as  one  text  tells  us  this  of  furtum  also10, 
the  import  is  doubtful.  Though  in  general  those  who  could  bring  it 
were  the  same,  one  text,  probably  due  to  Justinian,  says  that  any  sort 
of  interesse  sufficed  in  this  case11;  in  classical  law  the  rule  of  interesse  was 
the  same  as  in  furtum12.  One  text  suggests  that  mere  encouragement 
was  enough  to  make  a  man  liable  for  ope  consilio13,  which  is  consistent 
with  the  genesis  of  the  action.  The  action  was  a  bar  to  actiofurti  and  any 
action  ad  rem  persequendamu.  Probably  in  classical  law  it  was  barred 
by  actio  furti,  but  under  Justinian  it  was  still  available  for  any  excess 
recoverable  by  it15.  It  is  plain  that,  in  manifest  theft,  furti  would  be  the 
better  remedy,  but  not  in  other  cases.  It  does  not  appear  that  the  action 
could  have  been  barred  by  vindicatio,  at  least  as  to  threefold. 

This  delict  involved  bad  faith,  but  violent  enforcement  of  claims, 

147.2.93.  247.2.57.1.  3  See  Lenel,  E.P.  381;  D.  32.  1.  4  G.  3. 

209;  Inst.  4.  2.  pr.  5  G.  4.  8;  Inst.  4.  6.  19.  See,  however,  47.  8.  2.  27.  6  47.  8 

2.  27,  even  to  enrichment — sufficere  condictionem.  7  47.  8.  1.  8  47.  8.  2.  23 

9  47.  8.  1;  h.  t.  2.  18,  20;  C.  9.  33.  1.  10  47.  2.  50.  pr.;  47.  8.  2.  13.         11  47.  8.  2.  24, 

which  gives  it  even  to  a  depositee.  12  Gaius  treats  it  as  always  being  furtum,  which 

seems  to  involve  this.   G.  3.  209.  13  47.  2.  81.  4.   But  the  meaning  of  dolus  here  may 

be  limited  by  47.  8.  2.  2.  14  47.  8.  1.  15  Ib. 

37—2 


580  DAMNUM  INIURIA  DATUM  [CH. 

even  in  good  faith,  needed  repression.  Such  conduct  had  been  criminal 
from  the  Republic1,  and  Marcus  Aurelius  provided  that  one  who  seized 
property  to  satisfy  a  claim,  without  judicial  process,  should  forfeit  his 
claim2.  In  A.D.  389  it  was  provided  that  one  who  seized  property  under 
a  bona  fide  claim  of  right  should,  if  the  claim  was  well  founded,  forfeit 
his  right,  and  if  it  was  unfounded  should  give  back  the  property  and  its 
value  as  well3.  This  penalty  applied  to  land  as  well  as  moveables4.  The 
actions  by  which  these  rules  were  enforced  were  no  doubt  ordinary  pro- 
prietary actions,  at  any  rate  so  far  as  the  forfeiture  of  property  was  con- 
cerned. Whether,  where  the  claim  was  well  founded,  the  heres  of  the 
wrongdoer  was  equally  liable  does  not  appear;  presumably  he  was  not, 
and  he  could  hardly  have  been  liable  to  penalty  in  the  other  case. 

CC.   DAM. YUM  INIURIA  DATUM.  Wrongful  damage  to  property. 

The  law  of  the  Empire  on  this  topic  is  mainly  based  on  the  I.  Aquilia, 
of  which  the  date  is  uncertain,  but  earlier  than  the  introduction  of  the 
contract  of  mandate5.  It  does  not  seem  that,  as  the  Institutes  rather 
suggest,  and  the  Digest  actually  says6,  it  superseded  earlier  provisions 
as  matter  of  law7,  but  it  was  of  overwhelming  practical  importance  and 
seems  to  have  swamped  them.  On  the  other  hand  there  was  praetorian 
legislation  on  the  matter8,  apart  from  extensions  of  this  statute.  But  it  is 
plain  that  this  law.  with  its  extensions,  was  much  the  most  important  part 
of  the  scheme  of  remedies.  The  words  damnum  iniuria  datum  mean  damage 
unlawfully  caused,  but  we  get  the  expression  actio  damni  iniuriae9. 

The  1.  Aquilia  contained,  besides  a  penalty  for  adstipulatores  who 
fraudulently  released  the  debtor10  (which  does  not  here  concern  us)  and, 
perhaps,  a  vaguely  indicated  procedure  for  multa  as  an  alternative,  in 
the  case  which  does  concern  usu,  two  important  provisions  for  a  civil 
remedy  for  damage  to  property.  Its  first  chapter  provided  that  anyone 
who  unlawfully  killed  another's  slave  or  beast  within  the  class  of  pecus, 
i.e.  such  as  feed  in  herds,  was  liable  to  pay  the  owner  the  highest  value 
the  thing  had  had  within  the  previous  year12.  Its  third  chapter  provided 
that  anyone  who  unlawfully  damaged  another's  property  in  respects  not 

1  Mommscn,  Strafr.  657  sqq. ;  4.  2.  12.  2,  partly  interpolated.  In  classical  law  violent 
seizure  of  pledges  by  the  creditor  came  under  the  I.  lulia  de  vi,  though  it  was  not  theft. 
P.  5.  26.  4;  D.  47.  2.  56.  2  D.  4.  2.  13;  48.  7.  7.  3  C.  8.  4.  7;  Inst.  4.  2.  1. 

4  Ib.  5  It  contains  provisions  for  an  unfaithful  adstipulator,  not  needed  if  actio 

mandati  existed,  G.  3.  215.  6  Inst.  4.  3.  pr.;  G.  3.  210;  D.  9.  2.  I.  pr.  7  Girard, 
Textes,  17.  8  D.  4.  9;  39.  4.  1;  47.  9.  1,  etc.  9  Inst.  4.  3.  pr.;  G.  3.  210;  G. 

4.  9;  D.  9.  2.  32.  pr.,  etc.  We  have  also  damnum  iniuria,  Cic.  pro  Rose.  com.  11.  32,  18. 
54.  See  on  these  irregular  forms,  Mommsen,  Strafr.  826.  In  Inst.  4.  4.  pr.  it  may  be 
damnum  iniuria  in  apposition,  though  some  editors  insert  '''datum."  It  is  pointed  out 
by  Monro  (ad  9.  2.  27.  21)  that  though  the. expression  damni  iniuriae  is  consistent  with  a 
form  damnum  iniuriae  this  does  not  in  fact  occur.  He  interprets  the  usage  as  apposition, 
the  fact  that  iniuria  was  properly  ablative  being  forgotten.  10  Ante,  §  CLV. 

11  Cic.  Brut.  131.  12  G.  3.  210,  214;  Inst.  4.  3.  pr.;  D.  9.  2.  2.   Inst.,  h.  t.  1,  give 


xii]  DAMNUM  INIURIA  DATUM  581 

coming  under  the  first  chapter,  by  burning,  breaking  or  destroying,  was 
liable  to  pay  him  the  value  the  thing  had  had  within  30  days  before1. 

The  period  of  time  was  reckoned  back,  not  from  the  death,  but  from 
the  injury2.  The  third  chapter  did  not,  like  the  first,  say  the  highest 
(plurimi)  value  within  the  30  days,  but  the  lawyers  read  this  in,  in  order 
to  give  the  provision  a  meaning3.  So  far  as  the  main  text  goes  a  man 
who  merely  damaged  the  property  had  to  pay  the  whole  value,  but, 
apart  from  the  bad  economics  of  such  a  rule4,  there  is  a  text  which 
implies  that  what  he  had  to  pay  was  the  difference  between  the  highest 
value  and  the  value  after  the  damage5. 

The  actio  legis  Aquiliae  was  a  penal  action  with  the  ordinary  conse- 
quence that  it  did  not  lie  against  the  heres,  except  to  the  extent  of  his 
enrichment6,  that  it  was  not  extinguished  by  capitis  deminutio1,  and 
that  each  of  joint  wrongdoers  was  liable  in  full.  It  was  penal  as  to  the 
whole  of  the  damages  and  not  merely  as  to  the  excess  over  the  harm 
done8,  and  as  there  often  would  be  no  such  excess,  it  might,  like  the 
actio  doli,  be  penal  where  what  was  paid  was  merely  compensation.  It 
was  penal  also  in  the  sense  that  it  was  for  double  damages  in  case  of 
denial9,  but  this  alone  did  not  cause  an  action  to  be  regarded  as  penal10. 
The  rule  that  it  was  duplex  contra  infitiantem,  a  result  of  the  original 
manus  iniectio11,  raises  the  question  whether  denial  was  of  the  facts  or 
of  liability.  We  are  told  that  one  who  confesses  the  fact  of  killing  could 
not  afterwards  deny  liability,  but  might  prove  that  the  man  was  not 
dead,  or  died  from  natural  causes12.  The  text  describes  the  action  in 
which  he  has  confessed  the  fact  as  confessoria™. 

The  damage  must  be  unlawful,  but  need  not  be  wilful;  negligence 
was  enough14.  But  the  negligence  must  be  active;  mere  omission  did 
not  suffice15.  Cases  which  look  like  exceptions,  as  of  one  who,  having 
lit  a  fire,  neglected  to  look  after  it,  so  that  it  spread  to  the  next  property16, 

a  list  of  the  animals,  all  ordinary  domestic  beasts,  treated  as  pecus.  D.  9.  2.  2.  2  adds 
elephants  and  camels  if  tamed. 

1  G.  3.  217;  Inst.  4.  3.  13;  D.  9.  2.  27.  5.  2  9.  2.  21.  1.   Julian.  3  G.  3.  218. 

4  It  would  give  no  inducement  to  stop  if  some  damage  had  been  done,  unless  the  deft, 
might  take  the  res,  of  which  there  is  no  evidence.  5  9.  2.  24.  6  G.  4.  112;  D. 

9.  2.  23.  8.  7  4.  5.  2.  3.  8  Arg.  9.  2.  11.  2.    Pernice,  Saclibeschadigung,  125. 

9  9.  2.  23.  10.  10  E.g.  the  action  on  legatum  per  damnationem.    As  to  the  essentials 

of  a  penal  action,  post,  §  ccxxxm.  11  Post,  §  ccxn.  12  9.  2.  23.  11;  h.  t.  25. 

pr. ;  42.  2.  4.  The  distinction  drawn  seems  to  rest  on  a  confused  notion  of  possibility.  See 
Monro,  I.  Aquilia,  App.  3.  13  9.  2.  23.  11.  This  seems  to  imply  that  confession  of  the 
fact  alone  makes  the  action  confessoria,  but  only,  it  seems,  because  it  dispenses  with  proof 
of  the  iniuria.  But  in  Coll.  12.  7.  1  the  words  are  "sifatebitur  iniuriaoccisum  me,"  and  in 
D.  9.  2.  25.  2  (which  may  be  interpolated  Beseler,  Beitrdge,  1.  54)  the  principle  is  the 
same.  It  must  be  remembered  that  culpa  sufficed  and  was  presumed.  14  G.  3. 

211;  Inst.  4.  3.  3;  D.  9.  2.  5.  1.  15  Arg.  "occidere,"  etc.  16  9.  2.  27.  9 -Coll. 

12.  7.  7.   See  also  h.  t.  8.  pr.  and  Pernice,  cit.,  164  sqq. ;  Grueber,  I.  Aquilia,  208  sqq. 


582  DAMNUM  INIURIA  DATUM  [CH. 

were  cases  in  which  an  act  was  done  with  insufficient  attention  to  con- 
sequences. The  strongest  case  is  that  in  which  A  lit  a  fire  and  B  watched 
it  negligently.  B  was  liable1.  But  he  was  not  a  casual  passer  without 
privity;  he  was  one  who  had  done  something  to  make  himself  responsible. 
In  most  of  the  cases  of  this  type  the  remedy  was  not  the  action  itself,  but 
a  praetorian  extension. 

The  negligence  need  not  be  extreme;  slight  negligence  created  the 
liability2.  This  rule  raises  the  question,  where  there  was  a  contract 
between  the  parties  in  which  culpa  did  not  create  liability,  e.g.  deposit, 
whether  damage  caused  by  negligence  created  the  Aquilian  liability. 
There  is  no  decisive  text  and  both  views  are  held3.  The  dominant  opinion 
is  that  the  liability  existed4. 

Contributory  negligence  of  the  aggrieved  person  might  be  a  defence. 
This  is  sometimes  misleadingly  called  "cziTpa-compensation,"  which 
suggests  both  some  sort  of  quantitative  relation  between  them,  and  the 
notion  of  damage  to  the  defendant  by  the  plaintiff,  neither  of  which 
notions  has  anything  to  do  with  the  matter.  The  true  principle  is  one  of 
causal  connexion.  The  causal  nexus  was  broken  if  there  intervened, 
between  the  culpa  of  the  defendant  and  the  damage,  some  other  cause 
without  which  the  damage  would  not  have  occurred5.  Where  a  man 
wounded  another  not  mortally,  who  died  in  consequence  of  being  neg- 
lected, he  was  liable  for  the  wounding  but  not  for  the  death6.  But  if 
the  original  act  was  wilful  it  is  generally  held,  though  there  is  no  explicit 
text,  that  intervening  negligence  of  the  injured  person  was  no  defence, 
though  there  was  the  same  breach  of  causal  nexus.  The  texts  dealing 
with  the  case  where  the  intervening  event  was  a  wrongful  act  of  a  third 
person  present  some  difficulty,  but  their  doctrine  seems  to  be  as  follows7: 
Where  a  slave,  wounded  by  A  and  then  by  B,  died,  if  each  act  would 
certainly  have  killed,  A  had  wounded,  B  had  killed.  If  several  wounded 
and  it  was  clear  which  killed,  he  alone  was  liable  for  the  killing.  If  it 
was  not  made  out  that  one  killed,  more  than  another,  all  were  liable  for 
killing.  If  it  was  clear  that  A's  wound  would  have  killed,  but  not  clear 
whether  B's  would  or  not,  apart  from  ^4's  previous  act,  both  were  liable. 
But  there  is  much  controversy  on  this.  It  is  generally  held  that  the  texts 
cannot  be  reconciled8. 

CCI.  The  statute  was  at  first  very  narrowly  construed.   At  one  time 
it  seems  that  it  was  inferred  from  the  etymology  of  the  word  "occido" 

1  9.  2.  27.  9.  2  9.  2.  44.  pr.  3  Pernice,  cit.  78  sqq. ;  Windscheid,  Lehrb.  §  455, 

n.  12  in  f.  4  The  doctrine  reduces  the  rule  in  depositum  to  an  absurdity  in  a  wide 

range  of  cases:  the  further  liability  might  seem  reasonably  to  be  excluded  by  the  con- 
tract. 5  9.  2.  11.  pr.;  50.  17.  203.  6  9.  2.  30.  4;  h.  t.  52.  pr.  7  The  principal 
texts  are  9.  2.  11.  2,  3;  h.  t.  15.  1;  h.  t.  51.  1.  8  Pernice,  op.  cit.  60;  Windscheid, 

Lehrb.  2.  §  258,  n.  15;  Beseler,  Beitrdge,  3.  9,  3.  20,  4.  194. 


xn]  DAMNUM  INIURIA  DATUM  583 

that  the  act  must  have  been  done  directly  by  the  person  of  the  wrongdoer 
or  a  weapon  held  by  him.  But  the  early  lawyers  extended  this  to  killing 
by,  e.g.,  actually  administering  poison1.  The  rule  so  understood  was  ex- 
pressed in  the  words  that  it  must  be  "  corpori  corpore,"  by  the  wrongdoer's 
body  to  that  of  the  injured  thing2.  Another  extension  made  at  civil  law 
by  interpretatio,  was  to  understand  "rumpere"  in  the  third  chapter  to 
mean  "  corrumpere, "  so  that  it  covered  any  form  of  material  damage 
and  the  other  words  became  unimportant3.  Further,  in  construing  the 
words  "highest  value"  the  jurists  included  what  is  called  " damnum 
emergens,"  loss  due  to  extrinsic  circumstances4,  and  "lucrum  cessans," 
profit  which  the  fact  prevented  the  owner  from  making5.  The  killing  of 
one  horse  of  a  pair,  of  one  of  a  troupe  of  actors6,  are  instances  of  the 
first,  as  the  loss  was  greater  than  the  value  of  the  thing  as  a  single  thing. 
The  second  is  illustrated  by  loss  of  a  hereditas  on  which  the  slave  would 
have  entered7.  But  it  must  be  a  material  loss:  value  of  affection  was  not 
taken  into  account8.  Though  the  statute  applied  only  to  res  mobiles,  its 
application  was  extended  to  land9. 

Even  so  extended,  the  statute  was  extremely  narrow;  it  was  left  to 
the  praetor  to  make  further  extensions,  not  of  the  action  itself,  but  by 
providing  analogous  remedies  for  analogous  cases.  Such  are  the  follow- 
ing: 

(a)  The  lex  applied  only  where  the  aggrieved  person  was  the  dominus. 
The  praetor  provided  an  actio  utilis,  or  one  in  factum,  to  persons  with 
lesser  iura  in  rem,  e.g.  usufruct,  the  unit  here  being  the  value  of  the 
interest,  the  owner  having  also  an  action  for  the  value  of  his  interest10. 
A  bona  fide  possessor  had  the  action  for  the  full  value,  but  if  ultimately 
sued  by  the  owner,  must  give  up  what  he  had  recovered11.  Under  Jus- 
tinian, but  probably  not  before,  a  pledgee  had  it  if  the  debtor  was 
insolvent,  or  if  he  had  from  any  cause  lost  his  personal  claim  against  the 
debtor12.  In  all  these  cases  it  lay  against  the  owner  himself,  as  an  actio 
in  factum13.  In  general  one  with  a  mere  ius  in  personam  had  not  the 
extended  action,  but  one  text  gives  it  to  a  colonus  where  weeds  are  sown 
in  a  cornfield14. 

1  9.  2.  7.  6;  h.  t.  9.  pr.  2  Inst.  4.  3.  16.  3  G.  3.  217.  4  Inst.  4.  3.  10. 

5  G.  3.  212;  Inst.  4.  3.  10.  In  the  case  of  a  slave  killed  there  are  alternative  criminal 
proceedings.  6  9.  2.  22.  1.  7  9.  2.  23.  pr. ;  Inst.  4.  3.  10.  8  9.  2.  33.  pr. 

9  9.  2.  27.  7-9;  Coll.  12.  2.  7.  10  9.  2.  11.  10.  11  5.  3.  55;  9.  2.  11.  8;  h.  t.  17. 

12  9.  2.  30.  1,  interp.  13  9.  2.  12;  h.  t.  17.  The  genuineness  of  17  may  be  doubted,  as 
to  b.f.  p.  in  view  of  5.  3.  55,  as  to  pledgee,  before  Justinian,  see  n.  12.  14  9.  2.  27.  14 

(cp.  h.  1.  20,  which  gives  direct  action  to  owner  of  grain  with  which  sand  has  been  mixed). 
In  the  present  case  the  injury  is  to  the  crop,  which  will  ultimately  belong  to  colonus,  indeed 
he  hardly  suffers  injury  till  this  has  grown.  No  text  authorises  the  view  that  a  mere  ius 
in  personam  gave  the  action  (9.  2.  11.  9).  It  is  disputed  whether  27.  14  is  interpolated  or 
not,  Debray,  N.S.H.  33.  643. 


584  DAMNUM  INIURIA  DATUM  [CH. 

(b)  Leges  did  not  apply  to  persons  not  cives,  unless  expressly,  but  an 
actio  ficticia  was  given  in  this  case  as  if  they  were  cives1. 

(c)  The  lex  covered  only  cases  of  property.   Injury  of  a  freeman  was 
thus  not  within  it,  for  a  man  did  not  own  his  body.  The  praetor  gave  an 
actio  utilis  to  a  freeman  who,  or  whose  filiusf&mUias,  had  been  injured2, 
but  not  where  a  freeman  was  killed3. 

(d)  The  lex  applied  only  where  the  damage  was  done  by  the  body  to 
the  body,  corpore  corpori.  The  praetor  gave  an  action,  utilis  or  in  factum, 
in  cases  not  within  this  conception,  where  it  was  by  but  not  to  the  body, 
as  by  throwing  frumentum  into  a  river4.   It  might  not  be  harmed,  but  in 
effect  it  was  destroyed.    So  too  where  it  was  to,  but  not  by,  the  body, 
as  by  putting  poison  where  a  slave  was  likely  to  take  it,  but  not  actually 
administering  it5.    So  too  where  it  was  neither,  as  by  opening  a  stable 
door  so  that  animals  escaped  and  were  lost.   It  is  easy  to  see  that  these 
lines  might  be  difficult  to  draw.    There  is  no  great  difference  between 
mixing  the  seed  in  the  sower's  bag,  which  gives  the  direct  action,  and 
sowing  false  seed  after  him  which  does  not6.  The  line  between  actually 
administering  poison  and  merely  facilitating  the  taking  might  be  rather 
fine. 

In  some  of  these  cases  an  actio  utilis  was  given;  in  others  an  actio  in 
factum.  Gains  tells  us  that  it  was  utilis  wherever  it  was  not  corpore7, 
but  the  Institutes  say  that  if  it  was  not  corpore  or  corpori  the  action 
was  in  factum,  which  would  make  it  utilis  if  it  was  corpore  but  not 
corpori6.  When  we  turn  to  the  texts  in  the  Digest  it  is  difficult  to  make 
them  conform  to  any  rule.  Even  the  direct  action  is  given  in  cases  which 
seem  to  be  more  appropriate  to  one  of  the  others9,  and  as  between  these, 
any  logical  scheme  is  unattainable.  This  may  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
question  was  one  of  procedure10,  never  very  important,  and  practically 
obsolete  in  the  time  of  Justinian.  In  view  of  the  words  "reddendo 
actiones  in  factum  accommodatas  legi  Aquiliae,  idque  utilitas  huius  legis 
exigit11,"  it  is  to  be  doubted  whether  any  distinction  is  intended. 

CCII.  INIURIA.  Insult,  contumely.  Justinian,  following  Paul,  tells 
us  of  the  many  senses  in  which  this  word  is  used,  with  the  Greek  equi- 
valent in  each  case12.  It  might  mean  unlawful  action,  as  in  the  case  just 
considered;  it  might  mean  any  unlawful  interference  with  right;  it  might 
mean  an  unjust  judgment,  but,  as  a  special  delict,  it  meant  contumelia, 
insult  or  outrage,  represented  in  Greek  by  v/3pi<>. 

1  G.  4.  37.  2  9.  2.  7.  pr.;  h.  t.  13.  pr.  3  Arg.  9.  1.  3;  9.  2.  7.  pr.;  9.  3.  1.  5. 

4  9.  2.  27.  19.  5  9.  2.  7.  6.  6  9.  2.  27.  14,  20.  7  G.  3.  219.  8  Inst.  4. 

3.  16.         9  9.  2.  27.  19-21.          10  This  has  been  disputed :  it  has  been  said  that  the  actio 
in  factum  was  not  in  duplum  contra  infitiantem  and  did  not  go  to  the  highest  value,  but  aee 
Pernice,  op.  cit.  157  sqq. ;  Grueber,  op.  cit.  199  sqq.  11   19.  5.  11.  12  Inst.  4. 

4.  pr.;  Coll.  2.  5.  1. 


xii]  INIURIA  585 

The  XII  Tables  contained  provisions  against  a  certain  number  of 
forms  of  insult,  probably  only  assaults,  usually  subjecting  them  to  a 
fixed  money  penalty1.  This  crude  system,  limited  in  scope  and  inflicting 
penalties  which  with  changes  in  the  value  of  money  had  become  derisory 
in  the  later  Republic2,  was  then  superseded  in  practice  by  a  series  of 
praetorian  edicts3.  The  first,  which  came  to  be  known  later  as  "generate 
edictum"  and  probably  was  designed  to  deal  only  with  the  acts  contem- 
plated by  the  XII  Tables,  provided  in  terms  which,  as  we  know  them, 
cover  any  form  of  iniuria,  that  an  actio  in  factum  would  lie,  in  which 
the  plaintiff  must  specify  the  nature  of  the  iniuria  complained  of  and 
the  damages  he  claimed,  the  case  to  be  tried  by  recuperatores  who  would 
fix  the  amount  of  the  condemnatio*.  The  next  dealt  with  convicium, 
public  insult,  and  there  followed  other  edicts  extending  the  scope  of  the 
action5.  These  edicts  expressed  a  profound  change  in  the  conception  of 
the  wrong,  an  evolution  assisted  by  the  very  general  form  of  the  edictum 
generate,  which  lent  itself  to  juristic  interpretation,  so  that,  in  the  law 
as  we  know  it,  the  wrong  consisted  in  outrage  or  insult  or  wanton  inter- 
ference with  rights6,  any  act.  in  short,  which  shewed  contempt  of  the 
personality  of  the  victim  or  was  of  a  nature  to  lower  him  in  the  estimation 
of  others,  and  was  so  intended7.  All  that  was  needed  was  that  the  act 
be  insulting  in  kind  and  intention,  and  unjustified8.  Not  only  the  actual 
insulter  was  liable  but  any  accomplice,  even  one  who  did  no  more  than 
encourage  the  offender9. 

The  evolution  was  somewhat  interrupted  by  a  lex  Cornelia  de  iniuriis 
of  the  time  of  Sulla,  which  provided  a  criminal  or  quasi-criminal  remedy 
for  "pulsare,  verberare,  vi  domum  introire"  (covering  the  whole  field  of 
the  iniuriae  dealt  with  in  the  XII  Tables)10,  and  apparently  some  other 
proceedings11.  It  is  held,  on  one  view,  that  this  legislation  excluded 
these  wrongs  from  the  ordinary  actio  aestimatoria  iniuriarum,  till  late 
in  the  classical  age,  when  a  rescript  of  Severus  and  Caracalla  restored 

1  Girard,  Textes,  17,  18;  Bruns,  1.  29,  30.  2  Aul.  Cell.  20.  1.  13.          3  See  the 

history  of  them  set  out  by  Girard,  Mel.  Gerardin,  255  sqq.  4  Aul.  Gell.  ib. ;  Coll.  2. 

6.  1;  Lenel,  E.P.  384.  5  47.  10.  15.  2;  adtemptota  pudicitia,  Inst.  4.  4.  1;  infamandi 

causa  facia,  47.    10.  15.  25,  etc.    See  Lenel,  E.P.  384  sqq.  6  So  early  as  Labeo  it 

was  recognised  that  the  generate  edictum  was  wide  enough  to  cover  the  special  cases.  47. 
10.  15.  3;  h.  t.  15.  26.  See,  e.g.,  47.  10.  13.  7;  h.  t.  15.  31;  h.  t.  23;  h.  t.  27,  etc.  7  The 
principles  differ  from  those  of  our  law,  resting  on  defamation.  Intent  was  the  gist:  it  ia 
immaterial  to  liability  in  our  law,  apart  from  privilege.  It  was  wider  (47.  10.  1.  2).  In 
most  cases  publication  to  third  persons  was  not  needed,  apart  from  convicium.  The  wrong 
was  doing  intentionally  what  was  likely  to  injure  a  man's  reputation  or  outrage  his  feelings. 
8  G.  3.  220;  Inst.  4.  4.  1;  47.  10.  3.  1;  h.  t.  4;  h.  t.  12;  h.  t.  13.  1,  etc.  Many  iniuriae 
had  other  remedies.  There  was  an  actio  contraria  iniuriarum  for  wrongfully  bringing  the 
action,  G.  4.  177,  and  there  were  other  remedies  for  this.  47.  10.  43;  P.  5.  4.  11.  9  47. 

10.  11.  pr.,  6.  10  3.  3.  42.  1;  P.  5.  4.  8;  47.  10.  5.   All  the  reff.  to  the  lex  are  cited 

Mommsen,  Strafr.  785,  n.  2.          11  See  P.  5.  4.  8. 


586  1N1URIA  [CH. 

the  right  to  bring  a  civil  action  in  such  cases1.  But  the  view  that  the 
two  remedies  existed  side  by  side  is  also  held2. 

The  action  was  in  a  special  sense  "  vindictam  spirans."  It  rested  not 
on  economic  loss  but  on  outraged  feelings;  hence  some  characteristic 
rules.  Like  other  delictal  actions  it  did  not  lie  against  the  heres  of  the 
wrongdoer,  but,  contrary  to  the  general  rule,  it  could  not  be  brought  by 
the  heres  of  the  injured  person3.  It  lay  only  within  a  year  of  the  event4, 
and,  as  it  rested  on  outraged  feelings,  it  did  not  lie  unless  there  was 
evidence  of  anger  at  the  outset — dissimulatione  aboletur5.  As  it  had 
nothing  to  do  with  property  the  damages  were  measured  according  to 
the  position  of  the  parties,  and  the  grossness  of  the  outrage6.  It  was 
no  defence  that  the  defendant  did  not  know  the  plaintiff,  or  mistook 
him  for  someone  else7,  except  that  if  the  defendant  had  supposed  him 
to  be  a  paterfamilias  or  a  widow  no  action  lay  for  the  insult  to  the  actual 
paterfamilias  or  virs.  But  in  the  case  of  allegations,  the  truth  of  the 
statement  was  a  complete  defence9. 

The  iniuria  need  not  be  directly  to  the  person  aggrieved;  it  is 
plain  that  A  might  be  insulted  by  something  done  to  B.  But  the 
important  cases  of  this  are  of  outrage  to  members  of  the  family.  An 
iniuria  to  a  wife  gave  an  action  not  only  to  her  but  to  her  husband10. 
An  insult  to  a  filiusfamilias  was  an  insult  to  the  paterfamilias  as 
well,  who  might  sue  for  himself  and  for  his  son,  though,  as  in  certain 
circumstances  the  son  might  himself  sue,  there  was  a  provision 
against  two  actions  nomine  filii11.  Thus  where  a  married  filiafamilias 
was  insulted  there  might  be  three  actions,  or  more,  her  own,  her 
husband's,  her  father's,  and  even  her  husband's  father's12.  A  sponsus 
might  have  an  action  on  an  insult  to  his  sponsa13,  and  there  were 
other  cases.  It  must  be  noted  that  the  damages  would  not  necessarily 
be  the  same  in  these  cases:  in  each  the  personality  of  the  plaintiff 
was  considered14.  And  though  an  insult  to  wife  or  child  was  an  insult 
to  paterfamilias,  the  converse  was  not  true15.  The  most  remarkable 
case  of  indirect  insult  is  that  of  heredes.  An  insult  to  the  body  or  funeral 
was  an  insult  to  the  heres  if  it  was  after  entry.  If  not,  it  was  an  insult 

1  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  804,  n.  3;  Girard,  Mel.  Gerardin,  258,  279  sqq.  The  principal  texts 
relied  on  are  47.  10.  7.  6;  h.  t.  37.  1.  2  Lenel,  E.P.  ~s.iv.  The  other  view  is  difficult  to 

reconcile  with  some  texts,  especially  Gaius,  3.  220,  who  wrote  long  before  Caracalla  and 
treats  assault  as  typical  iniuria  for  the  praetorian  action.  See  also  Strahan-Davidson, 
Roman  Crim.  Law,  1.  219  sqq.  3  47.  10.  13.  pr.  "lite  non  contestata."  4  C.  9. 

35.  5.  5  47.  10.  11.  1;  Inst.  4.  4.  12.  6  Inst.  4.  4.  7.  7  47.  10.  18.  3. 

8  47.  10.  18.  3.  But  the  mere  fact  that  the  offender  did  not  know  what  the  family 
relations  of  the  person  insulted  were  is  no  reply  to  an  action  by  the  pater,  h.  t.  1.  8.  9  47. 
10.  18.  pr.  10  47.  10.  1.  3.  11  Ib.;  h.  t.  17.  10-22.  12  47.  10.  1.  9;  G.  3. 

221;  Inst.  4.  4.  2.  13  47.   10.   15.  24.  14  47.  10.  30.   1.  15  Inst.  4.  4.  2: 

exception,  47.  10.  11.  8. 


xn]  1NIURIA  587 

to  the  hereditas  and  the  heres  after  entry  acquired  it  like  other  claims 
of  the  hereditas1. 

Iniuria  to  a  slave  was  the  subject  of  elaborate  rules.  For  verberatio 
or  submitting  to  torture,  without  justification,  an  action  lay  without 
proof  of  intent  to  insult  the  master2.  This  was  servi  nomine:  "hanc  enim 
el  servum  sentire  palam  ests."  But  the  master  brought  the  action;  on 
what  principle  the  damages  were  assessed  we  do  not  know,  or  whether 
they  were  in  peculio.  In  general  no  action  lay  unless  the  iniuria  was 
atrox;  if  it  was,  and  was  intended  to  insult  the  master,  there  was  an 
actio  domini  nomine*.  If  no  such  intent  was  proved  an  action  lay  servi 
nomine,  but  it  was  still  really  on  account  of  the  master;  such  a  thing 
did  insult  him,  though  the  edict  governing  it  said  nothing  of  intent  to 
insult  the  master5.  It  did  not  pass  on  alienation  of  the  slave6. 

If  there  were  several  masters  all  of  them  might  have  an  action,  and 
the  damages  would  vary,  not  with  their  share,  but  with  their  position7. 
But  in  no  case  of  iniuria  to  a  slave,  apart  from  verberatio,  etc.,  was  the 
action  a  matter  of  course:  it  was  given  causa  cognita8.  If  there  were  less 
rights  in  the  slave,  e.g.  usufruct,  the  fructuary  might  have  an  action, 
but  the  iniuria  was  prima  facie  presumed  to  be  to  the  owner9.  So  too 
a  bona  fide  possessor  might  have  it,  and,  if  the  man  was  really  free,  both 
might  have  it10. 

A  distinction  between  atrox  and  ordinary  iniuria  frequently  recurs. 
As  the  question,  which  it  was,  was  probably  left  to  the  praetor,  it  is 
likely  that  the  distinction  was  not  very  exactly  drawn.  We  are  told  in 
varying  terms  that  it  might  be  atrox  ex  re  (or  facto)  from  its  extreme 
nature,  or  ex  persona,  the  person  insulted  being  one  to  whom  special 
respect  was  due  (e.g.  the  patron,  or  a  magistrate),  or  ex  loco,  where  it 
was  very  public11.  The  chief  results  of  atrocitas  were  that  an  action 
would  lie  on  insult  to  a  slave12,  and  that  the  damages  were  differently 
estimated.  In  general  the  plaintiff  fixed  his  maximum  claim  by  a  taxatio, 
which  the  index  could  cut  down.  In  atrox  iniuria  the  praetor  fixed  the 
maximum,  usually  at  a  higher  rate,  and  the  index  did  not  interfere 
with  it13. 

1  47.  10.  1.  4,  6.  2  6.  1.  15.  pr.;  47.  10.   15.  34.  3  47.  10.   15.  35. 

4  Ib.  But  this  distinction  between  actions  domini  and  servi  nomine  appears  to  be  later 
than  Gaius,  or  at  any  rate  unknown  to  him,  G.  3.  223.  5  47.  10.  15.  35;  h.  t.  44. 

6  47.  10.  29.  7  Inst.  4.  4.  4.   Here  the  action  is  domini  nomine.   In  47.  10.  16,  Paul, 

quoting  Pedius,  gives  the  action  in  proportion  to  their  shares.  This  may  be  servi  nomine. 
8  47.  10.  15.  34.  9  47.  10.  15.  45-48.  But  fructuary  had  no  action  on  iniuria  by 

dominus,  or  vice  versa.  Nor  had  common  owners  of  the  slave  against  each  other,  47.  10. 
36-38.  10  47.  10.  15.  48.  11  G.  3.  225;  P.  5.  4.  10;  Inst.  4.  4.  9;  D.  47.  10.  7. 

6-9  sqq.  12  47.  10.  15.  44.  13  G.  3.  224;  Coll.  2.  2.  1.    A  man  condemned  for 

atrox  iniuria  could  not  afterwards  be  a  decurio,  47.  10.  40. 


588  METUS  [CH. 

In  many  cases  there  were  criminal  remedies  for  iniuria,  in  increasing 
number.  In  later  law  an  extraordinarium  indicium  for  punishment  was 
always  available  as  an  alternative1,  which  wrould  be  used  where  the 
defendant  was  without  means,  and  was  evidently  sometimes  used  in 
other  cases  of  extreme  insult.  Whichever  way  the  matter  was  tried 
condemnation  involved  infamia*. 

CCIII.  This  concludes  the  list  of  Delicts  which  the  Institutes,  follow- 
ing Gaius,  expressly  consider,  but  there  were  many  others.  A  number 
of  wrongs  were  dealt  with  by  machinery  other  than  that  of  an  ordinary 
action,  e.g.  vis,  by  the  interdict,  unde  vi.  But  there  are  others  which 
gave  rise  to  what  must  be  called  actiones  ex  delicto. 

MjSTUfi.  There  was  a  complex  praetorian  machinery  for  relieving  one 
who  had  been  forced  by  threats  to  go  through  some  legal  transaction,  or 
in  later  law,  other  damaging  act3,  and  to  penalise  the  wrongdoer.  There 
existed  an  actio  quod  metus  causer  for  fourfold  damages  in  default  of 
restoration4,  an  exceptio  metus  if  a  claim  was  made  under  the  transac- 
tion5, and  restitutio  in  integrum6,  the  nature  of  which  varied  with  the 
nature  of  the  right  purporting  to  have  been  created 7.  The  threats  must 
be  of  death  or  bodily  hurt,  or  wrongful  enslavement,  or  a  capital  charge, 
or  an  attack  on  chastity,  either  to  plaintiff  or  to  a  member  of  his  family8. 
Mere  money  threats  were  not  enough9,  and  the  fear  must  have  been 
actual,  and  the  imminence  of  the  threat  such  that  a  normal  man  might 
reasonably  have  feared10.  The  action  is  not  stated  as  infaming.  It  lay 
against  not  only  the  wrongdoer,  but  any  third  persons,  even  innocent, 
who  had  profited,  either  immediately  or  indirectly11.  The  penalty  was 
fourfold,  of  the  damage,  including  damnuni  emergens,  etc.,  in  the  case 
of  the  wrongdoer,  of  their  profit,  in  the  case  of  others12.  But  there  was  an 
important  limitation.  The  action  was  arbitraria  in  the  sense  that  the 
condemnatio  was  incurred  only  if,  where  the  index  ordered  restitution, 
the  defendant  failed  to  restore13.  Here  there  was  a  great  difference 
between  the  positions  of  the  wrongdoer  and  others.  The  former  was 
necessarily  in  mora,  and  thus  took  the  risk  of  casusu,  so  that  he  might 
be  unable  to  restore,  and  he  might  have  parted  with  the  proceeds15, 
while  a  third  party  was  liable  only  for  his  actual  profit,  which  he  could 

1  47.  10.  45;  Inst.  4.  4.  10.         2  3.  2.  1.    As  to  concurrence  with  actions  ex  contractu, 
and  with  other  delictal  remedies,  post,  §  CCXLII.  3  Accarias,  Precis,  2.  931;  arg.  4.  2. 

9.  2.  4  4.  2.  14.  1.  5  4.  2.  9.  3.  6  4.  2.  1.     All  these  are  known  in  the 

republic.  See  Cicero,  de  Off.  1.  10.  32;  pro  Flacco,2l.  49;  In  Verr.  2.  3.  65.  152.  The 
texts  dealing  with  the  different  remedies  are  not  clearly  to  be  distinguished  in  the  Digest. 
7  Post,  §  CCXLIH.  8  4.  2.  8.  3.  9  4.  2.  3.  1;  h.  t.  7.  1;  h.  t.  8.  1,  2;  C.  2.  19.  4,  8. 

10  4.  2.  5;h.  t.  6.  11  4.  2.  14.  3.  12  4.  2.  14.  1,  7;  h.  t.  17;  h.  t,  18.  13  4.  2. 
14.  3,  4.  It  is  however  sometimes  held  that  restitution  barred  the  fourfold  action  only 
if  it  was  before  litis  contestatio.  See,  e.g.,  Biondi,  Studi  sulle  actiones  arbitrariae,  1.  42. 
14  4.  2.  14.  1,  interp.  15  4.  2.  14.  5,  in  f. 


xii]  DOLUS  589 

always  restore  and  thus  avoid  the  heavy  condemnatio1.  The  action  was 
available  to  heredes,  but  not  against  them,  except  to  the  extent  of  en- 
richment2. As  in  other  delicts,  where  more  than  one  person  was  engaged 
in  the  wrong,  each  was  liable  in  full,  but  there  was  the  exceptional  rule 
that  when  one  had  made  the  wrong  good,  the  others  were  released3,  a 
result  of  the  principle  that  the  action  lay  only  "si  non  res  restituatur4." 

The  action  being  praetorian  and  penal  was  annua,  but  lay,  in  sim- 
plum,  after  the  year,  causa  cognita,  if  there  was  no  other  remedy5.  It 
seems  that  in  early  law  the  action  did  not  lie  till  the  loss  was  completed, 
not,  e.g.,  on  an  extorted  promise  where  there  was  only  the  exceptio  or 
restitutio,  but  in  classical  law  this  limitation  wras  extinct6.  In  other 
respects  the  remedies  seem  to  have  been  so  far  as  possible  co-extensive. 
None  of  the  remedies  was  subordinate;  the  party  could  choose  whichever 
suited  the  case,  but  there  are  difficulties  on  the  question  whether  he 
could  use  more  than  one.  If  the  defendant  had  accepted  the  arbitrium, 
and  restored,  there  was  no  room  for  the  other  remedies,  but  if  he  had 
been  condemned,  there  is  some  doubt  on  the  texts 7.  On  the  older  view, 
the  action  was  purely  penal,  so  that  if  the  injured  party  was  sued, 
on,  e.g.,  an  extorted  promise,  he  still  had  the  exceptio.  The  harshness  of 
this  was  avoided  by  including  in  the  fourfold  a  release  of  the  debt,  i.e.  con- 
demning him  for  threefold  and  a  discharge:  in  later  law  the  rule  is  clear  that 
the  fourfold  barred  any  other  remedy,  and  the  transaction  stood.  Whether 
this  is  due  to  Justinian  or  was  recognised  in  Ulpian's  time  is  disputed8. 

DOLUS.  The  definition  by  Labeo,  adopted  by  Ulpian,  is  "any  craft 
or  deceit  employed  for  the  circumvention  or  entrapping  of  another 
person9."  It  is  sometimes  added,  for  the  purpose  of  this  action,  that  it 
must  have  induced  some  act  of  the  aggrieved  party,  as  in  metus,  but  the 
cases  shew  that  this  restriction  did  not  exist10,  though  it  was  no  doubt 
only  in  that  case  that  there  could  be  restitutio  in  integrum.  Where  this 
was  applicable  there  would  be  no  actio  doli.  Very  little  is  known  of  this 
restitutio;  it  seems  to  have  been  in  Julian's  edict11,  but  it  has  been  pointed 
out12  that  its  only  known  applications  were  in  matter  of  procedure;  in 
any  case  it  would  be  useless  if  the  actual  beneficiary  was  a  person  not 
concerned  in  the  fraud.  The  actio  doli  was  conceived  of  as  penal,  and  was 
thus  available  to13  but  not  against  heredes,  except  to  the  extent  of  enrich- 

1  4.  2.  14.  5.  2  4.  2.  14.  15.  3  4.  2.  14.  3.  There  seems  no  sufficient  reason 

to  suppose,  with  Albertario,  Bull.  26,  106,  that  this  rule  of  release  in  such  circumstances  is 
an  interpolation.  It  is  held  by  Beseler  (Beitrage,  3.  7)  that  in  classical  law  this  release  did 
not  follow  where  one  had  paid  the  fourfold  under  judgment.  4  4.  2.  19.  5  4.  2.  14. 

1,  2.  6  See  Knrlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  1065.  7  See  Girard,  Manuel,  429.  8  The 

text  may  be  interpolated.  9  4.  3.  1.  2.  10  4.  3.  7.  6;  h.  t.  18.  5,  etc.  11  4. 

1.  7.  1.  12  The  Digest,  in  its  confused  treatment  of  the  matter,  seems  to  ,iim  at 

suppression  of  the  rest,  in  int.  13  G.  4.  112;  Inst.  4.  12.  1. 


590  SERVI  CORRUPTIO  [en. 

ment1,  and  was  barred  by  an  annus  utilisz.  It  was  arbitraria3,  and  lay 
only  if  the  damage  had  not  been  made  good4.  As  elsewhere  if  more  than 
one  person  was  engaged  in  the  wrong,  each  was  liable  for  the  whole, 
but  if  one  had  made  the  wrong  good,  the  others  were  released5,  a  result 
of  the  principle  that  the  action  lay  only  "si  non  aliter  res  servari  potest6." 
In  these  respects  it  resembled  the  actio  metus,  but  it  differed  in  that  it 
lay  only  against  the  wrongdoer,  not  against  third  parties7,  was  infaming8 
and  was  subsidiary,  i.e.  was  not  allowed  if  there  was  any  other  remedy, 
either  against  the  wrongdoer  or  another9  (even  a  popularis  actio10),  or 
where  the  exceptio  sufficed11.  Even  where  there  had  been  another  remedy 
but  it  was  time-barred  or  released,  there  was  no  actio  doli12.  But  if  the 
other  remedy  was  illusory,  on  account  of  insolvency  of  the  potential 
defendant,  the  actio  doli  was  allowed13,  as  also  in  case  of  reasonable  doubt 
as  to  the  existence  of  another  remedy14.  The  only  certain  exception  is 
that  it  was  alternative  to  actio  metus15,  but  there  are  inconclusive  texts 
suggesting  that  in  later  classical  law  it  was  sometimes  alternative  to 
other  actions16. 

The  action  being  purely  praetorian,  these  delicate  points  would  be 
determined  by  the  praetor,  and  we  are  told  that  the  action  was  given 
only  causa  cognita17.  The  cognitio  would  also  deal  with  other  grounds  of 
exclusion.  As  it  was  infaming  it  was  not  allowed  except  in  cases  of  some 
importance18,  and  never  to  liberi  or  liberti  against  pater  or  patronus19,  or 
to  any  humilis  against  one  of  high  rank20.  In  such  cases  an  actio  infactum 
was  given  which  said  nothing  of  dolus  and  was  not  infaming21.  The  same 
action  was  given  in  ordinary  cases,  after  the  actio  doli  was  time-barred, 
to  the  extent  of  enrichment22,  and  perhaps  where  it  was  barred  by  another 
remedy,  itself  time-barred. 

SERVI  CORRUPTIO.  This  was  a  praetorian  delict  with  liability  in 
duplum,  for  making  a  slave  less  valuable,  by  physical,  mental  or  moral 
deterioration  caused  dolosely23.  For  careless  damage  this  action  did  not 

1  4.  3.  17;  h.  t.  26,  in  which  case  it  is  perpetua,  h.  t.  28,  29.  2  44.  7.  35.     Con- 

stantine  further  requires  it  to  be  begun  within  an  annus  continuus  (with  some  reliefs) 
and  finished  within  two  annos  continues  (C.  Th.  2. 15.  1).  Justinian  modifies  this  enact- 
ment and  provides  that  it  is  enough  that  it  be  finished  within  two  annos  continues, 
whenever  begun  (C.  2.  20.  8).  It  is  possible  indeed  that  C.  Th.  2.  15.  1  enacted  the  same 
thing,  tempua  anni  being  a  corruption  for  tempus  biennii.  But  see  Gradenwitz,  Z.S.S. 
34.  293.  The  exceptio  is  not  similarly  limited.  15.  1.  30.  6  is  probably  interpolated;  see 
Beseler,  Beitrage,  3.  86.  3  4.  3. 18.  pr.  4  As  to  satisfaction  after  litis  contestatio,  ante, 
p.  588,  n.  13.  5  4.  3.  17.  pr.  6  4.  3.  1.  8;  h.  t.  5.  As  to  suggested  interpolation,  see 
ante,  p.  589,  n.  3.  7  4.  3.  15.  3.  8  G.  4.  81;  D.  3.  2.  1.  9  4.  3.  1.  1;  h.  t.  3;  h.  t.  4. 
104.3.7.2.  11  4.  3.  1.  4;  h.  t.  40.  12  4.  3.  1.  6;  h.  t.  7.  134.3.5,6.  144. 
3.  7.  3.  15  4.  2.  14.  13.  16  E.g.  C.  2.  20.  1;  D.  7.  4.  5.  3.  Accarias,  Precis,  2.  920. 

17  4.  3.  1.  1.  18  4.  3.  9.  5;  h.  t.  10.  19  4.  3.  11.  20  4.  3.  11.  21  76.;  h.  t,  12. 
22  4.  3.  28.  23  11.  3.  1.  pr.,  4,  5.  2.  Concealing  him  in  flight,  persuading  to  mis- 

conduct, idleness,   crime,  fraud  or  insolence,  or  wilfully  causing  injury  to  his  body. 


xii ]  FRAUD  OX  CREDITORS  591 

lie,  though  for  physical  harm  thus  caused  there  was  an  actio  utilis  e  lege 
Aquilia1.  The  fact  that  he  was  already  of  evil  ways  was  no  defence;  it 
did  not  excuse  making  him  worse2.  The  action  was  not  available  to  or 
against  a  bona  fide  possessor3,  but  since  it  was  available  as  an  actio 
iitilis  to  anyone  with  a  ius  in  rem,  owner  and  fructuary  might  have  it 
against  each  other4.  It  was  perpetua5  and  noxal6,  but  as  it  was  delictal, 
was  available  to  but  not  against  the  heres7.  It  was  not  extinguished  by 
death,  alienation  or  manumission  of  the  slave8.  The  unit  of  which  double 
was  due  included,  besides  the  lessening  in  value,  the  amount  of  things 
stolen  or  damage  done  by  the  slave9,  and  of  any  liability  he  might  have 
imposed  on  the  owner,  e.g.  where  he  was  induced  to  steal  from,  or  damage 
the  property  of,  a  third  person10.  It  was  not  barred  by  actio  furti,  e.g. 
where  he  stole  "ope  consilio"  of  a  third  party  against  \\homfurti  had 
been  accordingly  brought,  or  by  return  of  any  thing  he  had  stolen11.  In 
later  law  the  master  might  choose  between  this  action  and  surrendering 
the  slave,  taking  in  return  his  original  value12. 

Gaius  discusses  the  case  in  which  a  third  person  tried  to  induce  ^4's 
slave  to  rob  him,  but  the  slave  informed  A,  who,  in  order  to  trap  the 
corrupter,  told  the  slave  to  fall  in  with  the  plan.  Gaius  held,  logically, 
that  there  was  no  liability  for  servi  corruptio,  as  the  slave  was  not  cor- 
rupted, or  for  theft,  as  A  consented.  But  Justinian,  by  a  sort  of  rough 
justice,  allowed  both  actions13. 

FRAUD  ON  CREDITORS14.  This  was  dealt  with  by  the  actio  Pauliana,  of 
which  the  rules  are  obscure,  as  the  compilers  appear  to  have  fused 
different  remedies.  The  main  principles  however  seem  to  have  been  the 
following.  The  action  lay  where  the  debtor  had  impoverished  himself  to 
the  detriment  of  his  creditors,  with  knowledge  that  he  was  so  doing15, 
e.g.  by  alienation,  by  incurring  liabilities,  or  by  allowing  rights  to  lapse, 
but  it  did  not  lie  for  failing  to  acquire16,  or  for  paying  just  debts17.  As  it 
required  proof  of  insolvency,  it  seems  to  have  lain  only  where  the 
creditors  had  taken  possession,  and  it  was  brought  on  their  behalf  by  a 
curator  bonorum18.  It  lay  against  the  debtor,  who  might  have  since 
acquired  property,  but  its  important  field  was  against  acquirers  from 
him,  who  were  parties  to  the  fraud19.  It  was  fictitia,  the  fictio  being 
that  the  wrongful  act  had  not  taken  place20.  It  was  arbitraria21,  so  that 
condemnatio  was  avoided  by  giving  up  what  was  due.  It  was  in  simplum, 

111.3.4.  211.3.1.4.  311.3.1.1.  411.3.9.1.  511. 

3.    13.  6  11.   3.   5.   3.  711.   3.    13.  8  11.  3.  5.  4.  9  E.g.,  destruc- 

tion of  evidences  of  debt.    11.3.11.1.  10  11.  3.  M);  h.  t.  14.  5-8.  11   11.3.11. 

2;  h.  t.  12.         12  11.  3.  14.  9,  interpolated.         13  G.  3.  198;  Inst.  4.  1.  8.         14  See  for 
full  account  of  this  remedy,  Girard,  Manuel,  432  sqq.  15  42.  8.  10.  2;  h.  t.  17.  1. 

16  42.  8.  6.  2.        17  42.  8.  6.  7.         18  42.  8.  1.  pr.;  h.  t.  6.  7;  h.  t.   10.   1.         19  42.  8. 
6.  8.  20  See  Lenel,  E.P.  425  sq.  21  42.  8.  10.  20. 


592  FRAUD  ON  PATRON  [CH. 

annua,  and  available  to  but  not  against  heredes1,  but  it  was  not  noxal2, 
so  that  it  was  penal  rather  in  respect  of  purpose  than  of  effect.  There 
was  an  exceptio  in  appropriate  cases3,  and  there  was  an  inter  dictum 
fraudatorium,  the  history4  and  scope  of  which  are  doubtful.  In  later 
law  there  was  also  restitutio  in  integrum5. 

FRAUD  ON  PATRONS.  This  was  provided  against  by  two  actions; 
Fabiana,  where  the  liberties  had  left  a  will,  Calvisiana,  where  he  was 
intestate7,  but  having  similar  principles.  The  action  was  in  personam, 
perpetua,  in  factum,  and  arbitraria8.  It  was  available  to  and  against 
the  heres9,  and  was  quasi-contractual  in  other  respects.  Thus,  if  the  act 
complained  of  was  through  a  slave,  the  action  was  de  peculio,  etc.10  As 
we  shall  see,  there  need  have  been  no  fraud  on  the  part  of  the  person 
liable.  It  lay  only  after  death  of  the  libertusu.  If  the  act  was  inter  vivos 
the  patron  must  shew  not  only  that  it  lessened  his  gain,  but  that  this 
was  intended;  if  it  was  mortis  causa,  e.g.  donatio  mortis  causa  or  legacy, 
the  fact  of  injury  sufficed12.  It  was  brought  against  the  receiver,  but  it 
need  not  be  shewn  that  he  was  in  bad  faith;  dolus  of  the  libertus  sufficed13. 
The  action  covered  fructus  before  and  since  litis  contestatio1*.  As  in  fraud 
on  creditors,  it  lay  only  for  diminution,  not  for  neglect  to  acquire15.  It 
was  specially  aimed  at  gifts,  and  thus,  where  it  was  a  sale  or  analogous 
transaction,  the  third  party  was  allowed  either  to  have  the  transaction 
set  aside,  receiving  what  he  has  given  and  restoring  what  he  has  received, 
or  to  have  the  bargain  amended  to  fairness16.  On  a  fair  transaction  the 
action  did  not  lie  at  all,  and  the  edict  provided  that  the  praetor  would 
enquire  into  this17.  It  does  not  seem  to  have  lain  against  later  holders, 
or  where  the  thing  had  ceased  to  exist18,  subject  no  doubt  to  the  rule 
as  to  mora19. 

1  42.  8.  1.  pr. ;  h.  t.  11.  It  lay  after  the  year,  and  against  heredes,  to  the  extent  of 
enrichment  (42.  8.  6.  14;  h.  t.  11),  and  was  extended  by  the  jurists  against  innocent 
donees  to  the  same  extent  (42.  8.  6.  11).  2  42.  8.  6.  12.  In  this  case  it  was 

treated  as  quasi-contractual,  giving  de  peculio,  etc.  There  is  the  same  intermediate 
character  in  the  next  case  to  be  considered.  3  42.  8.  3.  4  See  Lenel,  E.P. 

475  sqq.  Other  literature  cited,  Girard,  Manuel,  433  sqq.  See  also  Huvelin,  fitudes  sur  le 
furtum,  1.  467  sqq.  5  Inst.  4.  6.  6.  There  is  much  controversy  about  the  actio 

Pauliana.  For  Lenel  (E.P.  479)  it  was,  in  classical  law,  only  the  formula  arbitraria  given 
under  the  interdictum  fraudatorium.  But  see  Solazzi,  Bull.  15.  127  sqq.  Collinet,  N.R.H. 
43.  187  sqq.,  is  led  (by  an  examination  of  the  texts  and  glosses  referring  to  the  action)  to 
the  conclusion  that  whatever  the  nature  and  origin  of  the  action,  the  name  Pauliana  is 
a  late  figment  which  did  not  appear  even  in  the  Digest  as  originally  issued.  6  D.  38. 

5;  Frag,  de  formula  Fabiana;  Girard,  Textes,  454.  7  38.  5.  1.  6;  h.  t.  2;  h.  t. 

3.  pr.-3.  8  38.  5.  1.  26;  h.  t.  3.  2;  h.  t.  5.  1;  Fr.  def.  F.  1.  9  38.  5.  1.  26. 

10  38.  5.  1.  22.  Biondi,  Studi  sulle  ac-tiones  arbitrariae,  1.  164,  holds  that  it  was  not 
considered  as  a  penal  action  in  classical  law.  11  38.  5.  1.  pr.  12  38.  5.  1.  1,  12,  27. 

13  38.  5.  1.  4.         14  38.  5.  1.  28;  h.  t.  2.  15  38.  5.  1.  6,  7.  16  38.  5.  1.  12,  13. 

17  38.  5.  1.  pr.  18  38.  5.  10.  19  Ante,  §  CLXXXvm.  There  are  many  other  delictal 

actions  and  proceedings.    Such  are  the  actio  de  rationibus  distrahendis,  ante,  §JJX;  the 


xii]  QUASI  DELICT  593 

CCIV.  ORLIOATIO  QUASI  EX  DRLICTQ.  This  classification,  which 
purports  in  the  Digest  to  come  from  a  work  of  Gains1,  may  possibly  be 
an  interpolation,  these  obligations  having  been  treated  in  classical  law 
among  the  "variae  causarum  figurae2."  In  the  Institutes  we  get  four 
cases. 

Index  qui  litem  suam  facit.  The  main  source  is  a  text  from  Gains, 
which  recurs  three  times  with  small  variations.  An  actio  in  factum  lay 
against  a  index  who,  from  carelessness  or  unfairness,  gave  a  wrong 
decision,  or,  perhaps,  neglected  his  duty  in  any  way  to  the  detriment  of 
a  party3.  It  was  available  also  if  he  gave  a  judgment  not  authorised  by 
the  formula*.  It  was  not  available  against  the  heres5. 

Res  deiectae  vel  effusae.  Where  something  was  thrown  from  a  dwelling 
on  a  way  commonly  used6,  to  the  damage  of  a  passer  or  property,  the 
householder  was  liable.  The  action  was  in  factum  for  double  the  damage 
done7,  but  if  there  were  several  persons  liable,  satisfaction  by  one  freed 
the  others8.  It  was  perpetua  and  available  to  but  not  against  the  heres9. 
If  a  freeman  was  killed  there  was  an  actio  popularis  annua,  for  a  penalty 
of  fifty  solidi10.  It  was  provided  that  if  several  wished  to  bring  it,  persons 
interested  in  the  deceased  were  preferred11.  If  a  freeman  was  injured 
there  was  an  actio  in  factum,  for  damages  assessed  by  the  index,  perpetua 
so  long  as  the  injured  man  was  alive,  but  not  available  to  his  heres12. 

Res  suspensae.  Where  things  were  suspended  from  a  building  over 
a  way  in  common  use,  to  the  danger  of  passers,  there  was  an  actio 
popularis  for  ten  solidi  against  the  occupier,  not  available  against  the 
heres  (unless  of  course  on  his  own  account),  and,  in  general,  under  the 
same  principles  as  those  applied  to  res  deiectae13. 

Nautae  caupones  stabularii.  The  principals  of  a  ship  or  inn  or  public 
stable  were  responsible  for  any  theft  or  damage  done  by  those  employed 
by  them  in  the  ship,  etc.  The  action  was  perpetua  and  in  factum  for  double 

indicium  de  moribus,  ante,  §  XL;  the  actio  de  arboribus  succisis,  XII  Tables,  8.  11;  Girard, 
Textes,  19,  and  its  praetorian  descendant,  arborum  furtim  caesarum,  D.  47.  7  (see  Huvelin, 
Furtum,  1.  67),  and  a  number  of  others  in  the  XII  Tables,  practically  superseded  by  the 
later  law  of  damnum  and  iniuria.  Moreover  some  interdicts  have  a  detictal  character, 
e.g.,  ''quod  vi  aut  clam,"  post,  §  ccxLvm,  as  have  also  the  proceedings  for  damnum  infect  inn, 
post,  §  CCXLV,  and  "operis  novi  nuntiatio,"  post.  §  CCXLVI. 

1  It  is  actually  "quasi  ex  maleficio,"  44.  7.  5.  4,  5.  2  44.  7.  1.  pr.  3  44.  7.  .">. 

4;  50.  13.  6;  Inst.  4.  5.  pr.  4  G.  4.  52.  See  D.  50.  13.  6.          5  5.  1.  16  (Julian,  contra). 

It  does  not  lie  against  the  pater  where  the  son  is  a  index,  and  the  son  is  liable  to  the  ex- 
tent of  what  was  in  his  peculium,  when  he  gave  the  judgment,  5.  1.  15;  Inst.  4.  5.  2. 
6  9.  3.  1.  pr.,  2;  Inst.  4.  5.  1.  7  9.  3.  1.  pr.,  4.  Not  noxally  available  in  case  of 

acts  done  by  son  or  slave  householder,  9.  3.  1.  8:  Inst.  4.  5.  2,  but  noxal  where  done  by 
slave  of  householder,  9.  3.  1.  pr.,  and  no  doubt  in  earlier  law  where  it  was  a  son.  8  9. 
3.  1.  10-4.  9  9.  3.  5.  5  10  Ib.;  Inst.  4.  5.  1.  11  9.  3.  5.  5.  12  //;.  The 

text  gives  this  action  to  others  for  an  annus  utilis.  13  Inst.  4.  5.  1,2;  D.  9.  3.  5.  6-13; 

44.  7.  5.  5. 

B.  B.  L.  38 


594  NOXAL  LIABILITY  [CH. 

damages  and  was  available  to,  but  not  against,  the  heres1.  In  the  case 
of  an  inn,  this  extended  to  acts  of  permanent  residents,  but  not  of  mere 
passing  travellers2.  If  the  offender  was  the  defendant's  own  slave  the 
liability  was  noxal,  and  presumably  ended  by  his  death,  but  would  not 
so  end  in  other  cases3.  As  it  involved  proof  that  the  act  was  done  by 
such  a  person,  there  might  be  an  alternative  action  against  him4.  So 
far  as  theft  was  concerned  this  rested  on  a  special  edict5,  but  there 
seems  to  have  been  no  edict  for  the  case  of  damnum6;  it  was  probably 
an  extension  of  the  actio  infactum  under  the  lex  Aquilia7.  An  alternative 
procedure  of  somewhat  different  character  and  scope  under  the  edict,  de 
receptis,  has  already  been  considered8. 

The  common  quality  of  these  cases  of  quasi-delict  is  uncertain9.  In 
the  case  of  the  caupo,  etc.,  Justinian  suggests  that  it  is  his  fault  for 
employing  such  people,  and  Ulpian  points  out  that  he  could  not  pick 
and  choose  among  viatores  and  so  was  not  liable  for  them10.  But  this 
would  make  it  delict,  and  moreover  no  amount  of  care  would  avoid  the 
liability.  It  was  in  fact  insurance.  They  were  all  cases  of  vicarious 
liability,  for  even  in  the  case  of  the  index  the  name,  an  old  one11,  shews 
that  he  was  contemplated  as  taking  over  the  liability  for  act  of 
another. 

CCV.  We  have  now  to  consider  generally  the  circumstances  in  which 
one  might  be  responsible  for  another's  delict.  Apart  from  personal 
privity12,  there  was  what  is  called  noxal  liability  for  delicts  committed 
by  members  of  the  familia,  i.e.  liability  either  to  pay  the  damages  or  to 
hand  over  the  offender.  The  XII  Tables  created  it  for  furtum13,  the 
/.  Aquilia  for  damnumu,  the  Edict  for  rapina,  iniuria15  and  other  prae- 
torian wrongs.  The  system  did  not  apply  to  crime,  to  contract16  or  quasi- 
contract,  or  even  to  quasi-delict  except  in  the  case  of  deiectio17.  In  iniuria 
the  master  could  avoid  the  noxal  liability  by  handing  over  the  slave 
in  iudicio,  to  be  thrashed,  the  index  determining  the  amount  of  chas- 

1  47.  5;  44.  7.  5.  6;  Inst.  4.  5.  3.  2  47.  5.  1.  6.  3  47.  5.  1.  5.  4  47.  5.  1.  3. 

5  47.  5.  6  4.  9.  6,  7;  9.  4.  19.  2.    See  Lenel,  E.P.  199.  7  Lenel,  loc.  cit. 

8  Ante,  §  CLXXxm.  9  See  Moyle,  Instt.  lust.  540;   Girard,   Manuel,  650  (who 

considers  any  theoretical  basis  of  the  classification  unattainable,  and  rejects  that  of 
Pothier,  who  bases  it  on  absence  of  wrongful  intent,  which  does  not  fit  the  case  of  the  iudex). 
10  47.  5.  1.  6.  11  Girard,  Manuel,  649,  n.  3.  12  Connivance  or  failure  to 

prevent,  having  the  means,  made  the  master  fully  liable  (P.  2.  31.  28;  D.  9.  4.  2,  etc.). 
It  was  decided  after  discussion  that  this  connivance  did  not  affect  the  other  liability  of  the 
slave  himself  if  freed,  or  of  a  later  owner.  Even  command  did  not,  if  the  matter  was 
serious  (facinus)  (9.  4.  2.  1;  47.  10.  17.  7,  etc.).  13  G.  4.  76;  D.  9.  4.  2.  1.  14  G.  4. 
76.  Visscher,  Les  actions  noxales,  27,  holds  that  this  was  not  expressly  provided  but 
inferred  from  the  XII  Tables.  15  G.  4.  76;  Inst.  4.  8.  4.  16  As  to  a  quasi-noxal 

surrender,  where  the  contract  was  by  the  master,  the  damage  by  the  slave,  ante,  §  CXLIH. 
17  9.  3.  1.  pr.  As  it  is  always  in  duplum  it  is  better  than  the  actio  e  lege  Aquilia,  also 
available  where  the  slave  is  identified. 


xii]  NOXAL  LIABILITY  595 

tisement1,  otherwise  the  noxal  action  went  on.  In  metus  we  are  told 
that  if  the  dominus  had  surrendered  the  slave  noxally,  he  could  still  be 
sued  for  any  enrichment2.  In  dolus  we  are  told  that  the  action  was  noxal 
only  if  the  matter  in  which  the  dolus  occurred  was  itself  delictal3.  But 
other  texts  make  this  point  obscure4. 

The  master's  liability  depended  on  his  having  potestas5,  which  here 
meant  the  actual  power  to  produce  the  slave.  If,  when  sued,  he  was  not 
disposed  to  defend,  his  proper  course  was  to  produce  the  man,  and  the 
magistrate  would  authorise  the  plaintiff  to  seize  him  (dud  vel  ferri 
inhere]  which  released  the  master,  though  there  might  be  minor  rights 
in  the  man6.  The  transferee  would  in  any  case  usucapt,  and,  under 
Justinian,  would  be  owner  if  the  transferor  was.  If  the  master  neither 
surrendered  nor  took  the  proper  steps  in  defence,  he  was  liable  in  solidum 
with  no  right  of  surrender7.  If  he  was  absent  and  the  slave  present,  the 
slave  might  be  "  ductus"  and  the  defendant  was  released8.  But  anyone 
interested,  e.g.  usufructuary,  might  defend  on  behalf  of  the  master9. 
Till  the  condemnatio,  the  payment  or  surrender  may  be  regarded  as 
alternatives  (though  it  must  be  noted  that  the  power  of  surrender  has 
nothing  to  do  with  arbitrium  iudicis10),  but  after  condemnatio,  which  was 
always  primarily  for  money,  the  surrender  became  merely  facultative11. 
It  did  not  then  release  if  there  were  minor  rights  outstanding12,  and  the 
actio  iudicati  was  for  the  damages  only13.  One  who  would  have  had 
potestas  but  for  his  fraud  was  liable,  under  praetorian  rules,  as  if  he  still 
had  it14. 

Noxacaputsequitur.  Liability  folio  wed  the  delinquent:  the  person  liable 
was  the  owner  at  the  time  of  the  action15.  Thus,  apart  from  fraud,  death, 
alienation,  manumission  or  abandonment  of  the  slave  before  litis  con- 
testatio  released  the  owner16,  though  it  might  make  someone  else  liable. 
There  could  be  no  noxal  action  between  master  and  slave,  and  none 

1  47.  10.  17.  4-7.  In  later  law  it  seems  to  have  been  more  usual  to  deal  with  it  extra 
ordinem,  i.e.  castigation  under  authority  of  the  magistrate,  h.  t.  9.  3;  h.  t.  45.  See,  however, 
as  to  the  earlier  history,  Naber,  Mel.  Gfrardin,  467.  2  4.  2.  16.  1.  3  4.  3.  9.  4;  44. 
7.  49.  4  See  4.  4.  24.  3;  10.  4.  16.  The  reason  why  noxal  actions  are  allowed  in  delict 

and  not  in  contract,  is  that  it  is  not  exactly  a  liability  of  the  master,  but  a  right  to 
ransom  the  slave  from  vengeance.  In  time,  payment  and  surrender  come  to  be  regarded 
as  alternative,  some  texts  treating  payment  as  primary  (9.  4.  1;  42.  1.  6.  1;  cp.  2.  10.  2; 
9.  4.  2.  pr.).  This  is  a  complete  reversal  of  the  original  conception.  See  Girard,  N.R.H. 
12.  31  sqq.  5  9.  4.  21.  2,  3.  6  9.  4.  15;  h.  t.  21.  pr.  The  texts  imposing  a 

duty  of  conveyance  are  supposed  to  be  interpolated.  Pissard,  iStudes  Oirard,  1.  244  sqq. 
7  9.  4.  21.  4;  h.  t.  22.  3.  8  2.  9.  2.  1;  6.  2.  6;  9.  4.  39.  3.  9  9.  4.  26.  6. 

10  For  the  formulae,  see  Lenel,  E.P.  190,  319.  11  42.  1.  6.  1.    It  is  only  between 

litis  contestatio  and  condemnatio  that  it  is  truly  alternative,  for  till  then  death  of  slave 
releases:  it  would  not  be  a  true  alternative.  9.  4.  7.  pr. ;  ante,  §  cxcm.  12  42.  1.  4.  8. 

13  5.  3.  20.  5.  14  9.  4.  12;  h.  t.  22;  47,  2.  42.  1.  15  9.  4.  7.  pr.  16  9.  4.  5. 

1-7.  pr.;  h.  t.  14.  pr. 

38—2 


596  NOXAL  LIABILITY  [CH. 

would  arise  after  transfer1.  And  if  the  guilty  slave  passed  into  the  hands 
of  the  injured  person  the  action  was  extinct  and  would  not  revive  on 
alienation2.  If,  dolus  apart,  the  slave  was  freed  or  transferred  during  the 
action,  this  was  transferred3,  against  himself  or  his  new  master  as  the 
case  might  be. 

It  is  generally  held  that  in  classical  law  death  of  the  man  after  litis 
contestatio  did  not  release,  but  that  it  sufficed  to  surrender  his  dead  body*. 
This  last  power  did  not  exist  under  Justinian,  so  that  in  such  a  case  the 
death  left  the  owner  liable  in  solidum. 

Holders  of  lesser  iura  in  rem  could  not  be  sued  noxally,  but  a  similar 
result  was  produced  by  the  rule  that  if  the  owner  surrendered,  they 
could  not  enforce  their  right  without  paying  the  damages;  hence  the 
rule  that  they  might  defend  on  behalf  of  an  absent  owner5. 

Where  a  wrong  was  committed  by  several  of  a  man's  slaves,  he  ought, 
on  principle,  to  be  fully  liable  in  respect  of  each.  But  the  praetor  limited 
the  damages  to  what  would  be  due  if  one  freeman  had  done  the  act6,  a 
rule  originating  in  theft  and  extended  to  many  delicts,  but  not  to  all, 
since,  in  some  cases,  it  was  not  to  be  thought  of  as  one,  but  "plurafacta." 
This  was  so  in  iniuria,  and,  as  some  thought,  in  damnum7.  The  alter- 
native to  single  damages  was  surrender  of  all  the  slaves  concerned. 
But  proceedings  in  respect  of  one  of  the  slaves  who  had  been  freed  or 
alienated  did  not  release  the  dominus  who  still  held  the  others8. 

There  were  special  rules  for  publicani.  They  were  liable  to  an  action 
in  duplum  where  goods  were  violently  seized  or  damaged  by  their  em- 
ployees, slaves  or  free,  but  payment  of  what  would  be  due  from  a  single 
free  man  was  enough9.  The  slaves  concerned  must  be  produced,  and  if 
the  actual  offender  was  identified  there  was  an  ordinary  noxal  action10. 
If  they  were  not  produced  it  was  in  solidum11.  The  twofold  included  the 
res,  so  that  the  injured  person  could,  if  the  slave  was  identified,  proceed 
if  he  preferred  by  an  ordinary  noxal  action  on  rapina  or  damnum12. 

1  47.  2.  17;  O.  4.  78;  Inst.  4.  8.  6.  2  47.  2.  18.    School  dispute,  G.  4.  78. 

This,  however,  would  work  unfairly  where,  e.g.,  A  bought  under  a  mandate  for  B  or 
held  the  slave  hi  fiducia.  Hence  the  rule  that  he  can  get  an  indemnity,  not  delictal 
damages,  under  the  contract,  unless  the  slave  is  surrendered  to  him,  which  also  is  short  of 
fairness,  17.  1.  26.  7,  for  he  may  have  bought  the  slave  under  special  instructions,  so  that 
his  faults  are  not  in  any  way  imputable  to  him,  and  the  damage  done  may  exceed  the  man's 
value.  It  is  an  application  of  the  rough  rule  that  an  owner  ought  not  to  be  liable  beyond 
the  slave's  value,  to  a  case  hi  which  it  is  quite  unfair.  The  rule  has  however  little  im- 
portance under  Justinian.  It  is  not  often  that  a  buyer  under  mandate  would  be  interim 
owner.  See  Buckland,  Slavery,  125.  3  9.  4.  15.  Much  controversy  as  to  this  translatio 
and  the  nature  of  the  transferred  action.  See  post,  §  CCXLI.  4  G.  4.  81 ;  Aut.  G.  82,  87. 

5  7.  1.  17.  2;  9.  4.  18.  Difficulties  in  this  case,  Buckland,  Slavery,  117.  6  9.  4.  31; 

47.6.1.  7  2.  1.  9;  47.  6.  1.  2.  8  47.  6.  3.  pr.  9  39.  4.  1.  pr.;  h.  t.  3.  3. 

In  simplum  after  a  year.        10  39.  4.  2;  h.  t.  3.  pr.,  2.  11  39.  4.  1.  6.  12  39.  4. 

1.3,4. 


xii]  NOXAL  LIABILITY  597 

Another  edict,  with  apparently  similar  rules,  dealt  with  simple  theft  in 
such  cases1. 

Where  a  slave  committed  several  delicts  against  different  people, 
the  owner  was  liable  in  respect  of  all,  but  the  rule,  noxa  caput  sequitur, 
made  the  first  surrender  free  him  from  liability,  so  that  the  last  of  several 
plaintiffs  kept  the  slave,  since  all  the  rest  would  in  turn  have  been 
liable.  But  a  surrender  to  B  after  litis  contestatio  with  A  would  not 
free  the  owner  from  A2. 

Delict  in  connexion  with  contract  gives  rise  to  difficulties.  If  a  slave 
committed  a  delict  in  respect  of  property  held  by  his  master  under  con- 
tract the  view  which  prevailed  was  that  if  the  master  was  in  no  way  to 
blame,  even  in  the  choice  of  the  man,  he  could  be  sued  ex  contractu,  but 
might  free  himself  by  handing  over  the  man3.  Where  the  wrongdoing 
slave  was  himself  the  subject  of  the  contract,  the  rule  seems  to  have  been 
that  the  slave's  act  was  no  breach  of  the  contract,  which  he  did  not  make, 
and  thus  if  a  hired  slave  stole  from  the  hirer  there  was  no  actio  ex  con- 
ducto,  but  an  ordinary  noxal  action4.  But  this  is  obscured  by  the  fact 
that,  in  transactions  descended  from  fiducia,  many  texts  refuse  a 
noxal  action,  but  give  one  on  the  contract,  with  a  right  of  release  by 
handing  over  the  slave — pro  noxae  deditione.  This  may  be  due  to  the 
fact  that  in  fiducia  the  receiver,  being  owner,  could  have  no  noxal  action, 
the  texts  having  been  written  of  fiducia,  and  representing  a  transfer  to 
the  new  system  of  a  rule  developed  in  the  old,  to  which  alone  it  was 
appropriate5.  In  the  case  of  comm,odatum,  Justinian,  in  an  interpolated 
text,  reasonably  gives  a  noxal  action6. 

Special  rules  appear  to  have  existed  under  the  /.  Aquilia.  No  text 
applies  the  notion  of  potestas  to  it.  In  general  an  owner  was  not  liable 
noxally  for  a  slave  infiiga,  as  he  had  not  potestas,  and  a  bonafide  possessor 
was  liable  because  he  had7.  But  in  damnum  an  owner  was  liable  for  a 
fugitivus,  and  a  bona  fide  possessor  was  not  liable8.  It  has  been  acutely 
suggested  that  something  in  the  lex  made  it  impossible  to  apply  the  idea 
of  potestas,  probably  an  energetic  reference  to  herus  or  dominus  as  the 
person  liable9. 

Under  Justinian  noxal  liability  applied  only  to  the  case  of  slaves, 
but  in  classical  law  a  son,  though,  no  doubt,  not  a  daughter,  could  be 

1  They  are  confused  in  the  Digest,  see  Lenel,  E.P.  324.  2  2.  9.  1.  1 ;  h.  t.  2:  it  is 

dolus.  3  Chief  texts:  Coll.  12.  7.  9;  D.  9.  2.  27.  11;  19.  2.  11.  1;  47.  2.  62.  5.    See 

also,  ante,  §  cxmi.  If  the  act  was  theft  and  the  holder  was  absolutely  liable  for  custodia 
(ante,  §  cxci),  e.g.,  the  slave  of  a  fullo  stole  a  thing  sent  to  him  to  be  cleaned,  this  release 
would  not  apply:  the  fullo  was  absolutely  liable  for  the  thing.  4  19.  2.  45.  pr. ; 

47.  2.  62.  6.  5  See,  e.g.,  13.  7.  31;  17.  1.  26.  7;  47.  2.  62.  1,  5-7.  6  13.  6.  22. 

7  9.  4.  12;  47.  2.  17.  3;  P.  2.  31.  37.  8  9.  2.  27.  3.  9  Girard,  N.R.H.  11.  430  sqq. ; 
Manuel,  693.  Cp.  9.  2.  11.  6:  it  is  only  the  dominus  who  has  the  action. 


598  PAUPERIES  [CH.  xn 

surrendered  in  the  same  way.  The  softening  of  manners  and  acquisition 
of  proprietary  rights  by  filiifamilias  put  an  end  to  this.  The  holding 
was  in  no  way  fiduciary,  but  in  later  classical  law  the  holder  was  com- 
pelled to  free  the  man  when  he  had  worked  out  the  damages1.  The 
Institutes  apply  this  also  to  slaves2,  but  it  is  not  so  stated  in  the  Digest 
or  Code. 

Pauperies.  The  XII  Tables  gave  an  analogous  procedure,  an  actio 
in  simplum  with  a  right  of  surrender,  where  damage  was  done  by  an 
animal  in  such  circumstances  that  no  man  was  to  blame3.  We  know  the 
law  only  as  it  was  in  classical  and  later  law4.  We  are  told  that  the  rule 
applied  only  where  the  violence  was  not  natural  to  such  beasts,  and  thus 
not  where  a  wild  beast  was  concerned5.  But  the  texts  also  say  that  if 
the  wild  beast  had  escaped,  the  old  owner,  being  no  longer  owner,  was 
no  longer  liable,  which  implies  that  the  action  would  have  lain  had  the 
beast  still  been  in  captivity6.  The  action  was  subject  to  the  general 
principles  of  noxal  actions.  It  could  be  brought  by  the  heres,  but  not 
against  him,  qua  heres,  but  only  qua  owner7.  Anyone  might  bring  it 
who  had  an  interesse  in  the  safety  of  the  res8.  If  a  free  person  was 
injured,  the  damages  were  in  respect  of  cost  of  treatment,  value  of 
time,  and  profits  lost9.  The  XII  Tables  dealt  only  with  quadrupeds10, 
but,  later,  an  actio  utilis  was  given  in  the  case  of  other  animals11. 

In  addition  to  these  proceedings  there  was  a  provision  in  the  Edict 
of  the  Ediles,  which  seems  to  have  been  designed  to  provide  a  remedy 
in  the  case  of  wild  animals,  because  there  was  none  in  pauperies.  If  a 
wild  animal  was  kept  by  the  wayside,  and  escaped,  and  damaged 
property,  there  was  an  action  for  double  damages,  and  if  a  freeman  was 
injured,  at  the  discretion  of  the  index.  If  a  freeman  was  killed  the 
penalty  was  200  solidi12.  Justinian  declares  this  to  be  alternative  to  the 
actio  de  pauperie13. 

i  G.  4.  79.  The  man  is  in  mancipio,  but  in  this  case,  on  the  view  which  prevailed,  one 
manumission  sufficed  to  destroy  the  potestas.  Coll.  2.  3.  1 ;  Inst.  4.  8.  7  (which  says  that 
at  one  time  it  was  allowed  for  daughters).  2  Inst.  4.  8.  3.  3  9.  1.  1.  pr.,  3. 

4  By  which  time  it  has  undergone  changes.  9.  1 ;  Inst.  4.  9;  P.  1.  15.  5  Inst.  4.  9.  pr.  ; 

D.  9.  1.  1.  7,  10.  The  carrying  of  disease  was  enough.   P.  1.  15.  1  b  =  Lex  Rom.  Burg.  13.  3. 
6  Inst.  4.  9.  pr.;  D.  9.  1.  1.  10,  probably  interpolated.  7  9.  1.  1.  17.    Death  of  the 

animal  before  1.  c.  destroyed  the  claim  (h.  1.  13)  but  not  death  after  I.  c.  (h.  1. 14).        8  9. 1.  2. 
9  9.   1.  3.  10  9.   1.   1.  pr.  11  9.   1.  4.  12  Inst.  4.  9.   1;  D.  21.   1.  42. 

13  Inst.  4.  9.  1. 


CHAPTER  XIII 

THE  LAW  OF  PROCEDURE.    LEGIS  ACT10. 
FORMULA.     COGNITIO 

CCVI.  Nature  of  the  Law  of  Actions,  p.  599;  CCVII.  Comparison  of  the  successive  systems 
of  procedure,  602;  Actio  and  Indicium,  604:  CCVIII.  Legis  Actio,  605;  Sacramentum,  ib.; 
CCIX.  Default  of  a  party,  608;  Vadimonium,  609;  Procedure  in  iudicio,  ib.;  CCX.  ludicis 
arbitrive  postulalio,  612;  Condictio,  ib.;  CCXI.  Manus  Iniectio  iudicati,  614;  CCXII. 
M.  /.  pro  iudicato,  617;  M.  I.  pura,  ib.;  CCXIII.  Pignoris  Capio,  618;  CCXIV.  Decay  of 
Lcgis  Actio,  621;  Introduction  of  Formula,  623;  CCXV.  Course  of  action  by  Formula, 
626;  Acliones  interrogatoriae,  627;  lusiurandum,  628;  CCXVI.  Confessio,  629;  CCXVII. 
Index  and  Indicium,  631;  Details  of  the  hearing,  632;  Default,  633;  CCXVIII.  Officium 
ludicis,  Judgment,  634;  Calumnia,  635;  CCXIX.  Execution  of  Judgment,  637;  actio 
iudicati,  ib.;  Personal  Seizure,  638;  Bonorum  Venditio,  ib.;  Applications  apart  from 
judgment,  640;  Distractio  Bonorum,  ib.;  CCXX.  Remedies  against  the  debtor's  sureties, 
641;  Appeal,  ib. ;  Local  limits  of  jurisdiction,  ib. ;  CCXXT.  Structure  of  the  Formula, 
Nominatio  ludicis,  643;  Praescriptio,  ib.;  Demonstratio,  645;  CCXXII.  Intentio,  646; 
CCXXIII.  Exceptio,  648;  Classifications,  651;  CCXXIV.  Condemnatio,  653;  Clausula 
Arbitraria,  654;  Taxatio,  656;  Adiudicatio,  657;  CCXXV.  Cognitio  extraordinaria,  ib.; 
History,  658;  CCXXVI.  Course  of  Proceedings,  660;  CCXXVII.  Jurisdiction,  663; 
Judgment,  664;  Appeal,  665;  Relatio,  ib.;  Supplicatio,  666;  Execution  of  judgment,  ib. 

CCVI.  The  Law  of  Actions1,  from  a  modern  point  of  view,  is  the  Law 
of  Procedure,  of  Litigation,  of  Remedies.  Before  stating  the  elements  of 
the  system,  as  it  was  in  Roman  Law,  some  preliminary  observations  must 
be  made. 

The  subject  covers  two  distinct  sets  of  rules,  which  may  be  called 
the  law  of  actions,  strictly  so  called,  and  the  law  of  procedure.  The  former 
is  concerned  with  the  distinctions  between  different  types  of  remedy, 
such  as  Actio  and  Interdictum,  the  classifications  of  each  of  these,  ac- 
cording to  their  varieties,  such  as  actio  in  rein,  actio  in  personam,  inter- 
dictum  prohibitorium,  restitutorium,  exhibitor  ium,  and  so  forth,  and  with 
the  rules  determining  the  remedy  for  each  wrong.  The  latter  branch  is 
concerned  with  the  steps  to  be  taken  in  the  course  of  the  action  or  other 
proceeding  by  the  plaintiff  who  desires  to  bring  the  matter  before  the 
Court,  and  the  steps  to  be  taken  by  the  defendant  if  he  disputes  the 
claim  made.  It  is  not  practicable  to  separate  these  altogether  in  dis- 
cussion, except  at  the  cost  of  repetition,  but  nearly  all  the  long  sixth 
title  in  the  fourth  book  of  the  Institutes  deals  with  the  former  topic. 

The  law  of  actions  may  thus  be  called  the  law  of  litigation,  the  law 
governing  the  submission  of  claims  to  a  tribunal  for  settlement.  But  it 

1  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P. ;  Keller-Wach,  C.P. ;  Bertolini,  II  processo  civile;  Costa, 
Profile  Storico  del  processo  civile  Romano. 


600  LAW  OF  ACTIONS  [CH. 

must  not  be  forgotten  that  legal  remedies  in  Rome  originated  in  self- 
help,  and  that  early  Roman  Law  did  not  regard  litigation  as  essential 
to  the  conception  of  an  "octa'o."  Traces  of  this  wider  sense  in  which  the 
word  means  any  proceeding  regulated  by  law  for  the  enforcement  of 
rights  are  to  be  found  in  Gaius,  as  we  shall  see  in  dealing  with  Legis  Actio. 

Though  both  Gaius  and  Justinian  start  evidently  from  the  con- 
ception of  the  Law  of  Actions  as  the  Law  of  Remedies,  Adjective  Law, 
they  depart  from  this  notion  in  the  actual  treatment.  The  whole  of  the 
Praetorian  law  (there  was  no  civil  law  on  the  matter)  concerning  lia- 
bility of  the  paterfamilias  on  transactions  by  members  of  ihefainilia,  or 
business  agents1  (instilor,  magister  navis],  and  the  law,  civil  and  prae- 
torian, as  to  his  liability  for  wrongs  committed  by  members  ofthefamiliaz 
(noxal  liability),  both  more  logically  belonging  to  the  law  of  obligations, 
are  treated  under  the  law  of  actions,  and  practically  all  that  we  hear  of 
purely  possessory  rights  is  said  in  connexion  with  interdicts3.  This  last 
fact  is  justified  by  the  consideration  that  the  right  of  possessio,  per  se, 
consists  of  nothing  but  the  right  to  these  remedies;  possessio  has  a  purely 
procedural  content4.  The  other  cases  constitute  a  real  difficulty  in  re- 
garding the  ius  rerum  as  the  law  dealing  with  rights  with  a  money  value, 
but  in  view  of  the  close  affinity  between  obligatio  and  actio,  and  of  the 
fact  that  both  these  sets  of  rights  are  marked  by  a  strongly  specialised 
form  of  procedure,  it  is  not  surprising  that  they  are  attracted  to  this 
topic.  The  Romans  did  not  possess  such  a  developed  theory  of  repre- 
sentation as  makes  such  a  treatment  unlikely  in  modern  systems.  And 
Gaius,  whom  Justinian  follows,  introduces  the  rules  of  these  types  of 
obligation,  not  as  independent  objects  of  discussion,  but  as  illustrations 
of  certain  types  of  action  which  he  is  explaining  from  the  point  of  view 
of  procedure,  so  that,  as  his  language  shews5,  it  is  only  for  convenience, 
and  to  avoid  repetition,  that  he  treats  them  in  detail  here,  instead  of 
treating  their  substantive  characteristics  under  the  law  of  obligations, 
wrhere  the  matter  properly  belongs.  The  method  adopted  is  no  doubt 
partly  the  result  of  the  habit,  observable  in  ordinary  speech,  of  using 
the  same  word,  action,  to  denote  both  the  right  of  action  and  the  pro- 
cedural steps,  a  practice  which  is  at  the  bottom  of  the  observed  affinity 
between  action  and  obligation6. 

The  co-ordination  of  the  law  of  actions  with  the  law  of  things  and 
the  law  of  persons  as  a  third  element  in  the  classification,  is  the  feature 
of  the  institutional  arrangement  which  has  met  with  the  most  hostile 
criticism.  Some  of  the  criticism  rests  indeed  on  misapprehension:  it  is 

1  G.  4.  69  sqq.;  Inst.  4.  7.  2  G.  4.  75  sqq.;  Inst.  4.  8.  3  G.  4.  143  sqq.; 

Inst.  4.  15.  2  sqq.  4  Ante,  §  LXXII;  post,  §  CCXLIX.  5  G.  4.  69.         6  See  D.  44. 

7,  rubric. 


xin]  LAW  OF  ACTIONS  601 

impossible  for  instance  to  lay  much  stress  on  Austin's  severe  language, 
as  he  appears  to  misunderstand  the  Roman  arrangement1.  But  the 
point  that  these  rules  of  adjective  law  should  be  subordinated  to,  not 
co-ordinated  with,  the  substantive  rules  is  clearly  sound.  If,  however, 
the  view  be  accepted  that  the  law  of  persons  was  a  descriptive  chapter 
and  the  law  of  things  the  statement  of  the  modes  of  acquisition  of  sub- 
stantive rights,  the  actual  position  of  the  law  of  actions  as  an  appendix 
to  it  is  justified,  and  the  treatment  of  it  as  a  new  genus  is  a  logical  error, 
but  without  effect  on  the  actual  treatment.  It  has  been  shewn  that  in 
the  effort  to  construct  a  triad  the  Romans  were  constantly  led  into  errors 
of  this  kind2.  In  any  case  few  will  dispute  Maine's  proposition  that  the 
author  of  this  arrangement,  whoever  he  was,  achieved  a  great  feat  of 
abstraction3. 

It  is  of  course  said  with  justice  that  the  whole  institutional  scheme 
is  defective,  that  it  would  have  been  far  better  to  base  the  arrangement 
absolutely  on  rights  or  on  duties.  But  the  Romans  were  only  gradually 
reaching  the  clean-cut  conception  of  a  right  which  we  possess,  and  in 
the  conditions  which  existed,  the  arrangement  under  the  heads  of  those 
persons  who  can  be  affected,  the  rights  which  the  law  will  protect,  and 
the  means  by  which  this  is  done,  seems  to  merit  Gibbon's  remark  that 
it  is  "no  contemptible  method4."  A  more  logical  method  would  no  doubt 
have  been  a  division  simply  into  Substantive  Law,  the  ius  rerum,  and 
Adjective  Law,  the  ius  actianum.  The  Law  of  Persons  would  have  found 
its  place  as  an  introduction  to  the  ius  rerum,  as  in  the  French  Code  Civil5, 
and  in  the  German  Biirgerliches  Gesetzbuch6,  so  that  it  is  the  law  of 
persons,  rather  than  the  law  of  actions  which  is  undeserving  of  a  separate 
place.  The  effect  of  such  a  change  would  have  been  very  small:  the  open- 
ing phrases  of  the  first,  second  and  fourth  books  of  Gains  would  have 
needed  modification,  but  all  the  rest  of  the  matter  might  have  stood 
exactly  as  it  is. 

CCVII.  The  law  of  procedure  was  in  a  sense  the  most  important  part 
of  the  law.  A  state  of  things  can  be  conceived,  and  has  indeed  existed 
in  undeveloped  communities,  in  which  the  only  permanent  law  was  that 
regulating  the  submission  of  disputes  to  a  central  authority:  Cadi  justice. 
In  all  early  communities  the  law  of  procedure  is  the  most  prominent 
part  of  the  law.  At  first  it  may  be  regarded  as  State  regulation  of  self- 
help,  but  in  civilised  communities  this  mode  of  redress  tends  to  be 

1  It  is  difficult  to  extract  a  consistent  doctrine  from  Lect.  XLHI  and  its  notes  (pp.  749- 
763,  ed.  1873),  or  to  see  what  part  of  the  Law  of  Actions  would  be  suitably  placed  as  a 
subhead  of  the  Law  of  Persons  as  conceived  by  Gaius  or  his  authority.  2  Goudy. 
Trichotomy  in  Roman  Law,  passim.  3  Early  Law  and  Custom,  367.  4  Decline 

and  Fall  of  the  Roman   Empire,  eh.   XLIV  (Bury,  4.  470).  5  Code  Civil,  Livre  I. 

6  Burgerl.  Gesetzbuch,  §§  XXH-LXX. 


602  LAW  OF  ACTIONS  [CH. 

superseded  by  a  system  in  which  the  question  in  dispute  is  first  decided 
by  a  Court  of  Law,  and  the  remedy  then  put  in  force  by  it,  or  under  its 
authority. 

If  both  parties  to  a  dispute  were  always  agreed  on  the  facts  and  the 
law,  and  ready  to  carry  out  their  legal  duties,  there  would  be  no  need 
of  a  law  of  procedure.  But  this  is  not  the  case,  and  rules  of  law  do  not 
enforce  themselves.  In  any  dispute,  therefore,  in  which  the  parties  have 
not  been  able  to  come  to  terms,  the  enforcement  of  the  law  depends, 
ordinarily,  on  the  willingness  of  the  party  who  has,  or  conceives  himself 
to  have,  a  right  which  has  been  infringed,  to  take  the  necessary  steps 
to  procure  a  decision  by  a  court  of  law.  It  is  for  him  to  initiate  pro- 
ceedings. In  Rome  he  would  have  to  take  certain  formal  steps,  which 
varied  historically,  in  order  to  bring  the  other  party  before  the  court, 
and  he  would  have  to  decide,  not  always  an  easy  matter,  just  which  of 
the  various  possible  remedies  would  meet  his  case.  If  what  he  com- 
plained of  was  that  a  right  in  rem  which  he  claimed  to  have  was  dis- 
puted, to  his  injury,  he  would  ordinarily  bring  an  actio  in  rem,  a  vindi- 
catio,  the  generic  name  of  all  actions  to  enforce  such  rights.  If  what  he 
complained  of  was  breach  of  a  contractual  or  quasi-contractual  obliga- 
tion, or  a  delict,  he  would  bring,  normally,  an  actio  in  personam,  of  which 
there  were,  in  the  Roman  Law,  many  kinds.  In  both  cases  the  tribunal 
decided  the  question,  and  in  the  ordinary  course  judgment  was  given 
for  damages  (or  in  some  cases  an  order  of  restitution),  or  the  defendant 
was  absolved.  But  in  many  cases  there  were  proceedings  open  to  him 
which,  while  they  would  usually  in  the  long  run  take  the  form  of  an 
ordinary  action,  began  in  another  way.  Thus  for  interference  with 
purely  possessory  rights  (or  where  all  that  was  for  the  moment  com- 
plained of  was  interference  with  possession)  or  with  some  family  rights, 
or  with  many  of  what  may  be  called  public  rights,  e.g.  the  right  to  use 
a  highway,  the  remedy  in  classical  law  took  the  form  of  an  interdict,  a 
complex  procedure  in  which  the  first  step  was  a  formal  order  of  the 
magistrate,  disregard  of  which  led  to  an  action  or  actions  of  the  ordinary 
type.  There  was  another  type  of  action,  praeiudic.ium,  which  aimed 
merely  at  a  declaration  by  the  court,  e.g.  that  so  and  so  was  a  libertus, 
such  a  proceeding  being  usually  the  preliminary  to  another.  And  there 
were  of  course  many  other  complications. 

In  the  long  evolution  of  the  Roman  Law  the  forms  of  litigation 
naturally  underwent  great  changes.  But  these  were  more  fundamental 
than  this  way  of  stating  the  matter  would  suggest.  They  were  so  great 
and  so  well  marked  that  each  new  mode,  as  it  was  introduced,  can  hardly 
be  regarded  as  derived  from  the  other:  in  each  case  it  may  almost  be 
said  that  there  is  supersession  rather  than  evolution.  If  we  neglect 


xni]  HISTORICAL  CHANGES  IN  PROCEDURE  603 

primitive  institutions  we  have  three  systems  succeeding  one  the  other  in 
time,  the  legis  actio,  the  formula  and  the  cognitio  extraor dinar ia.  These 
will  be  considered  in  detail,  but  the  most  marked  differences  may  be 
usefully  stated  here.  In  the  legis  actio  the  matter  was  brought  before 
the  magistrate  by  a  fixed  ritual,  each  party  and  the  magistrate  himself 
going  through  a  series  of  acts  and  declarations,  prescribed  partly  by 
statute,  and  partly  by  priestly  lawyers,  interpreting  the  statute.  These 
ceremonials  completed,  the  matter  was  referred  for  trial  and  decision  / 
to  another  person  or  persons  (index,  arbiter]  who  was  not  an  official  but 
a  private  person,  chosen  from  a  list  (album  iudicuni)  the  constitution  of 
which  was  changed  from  time  to  time,  but  may  be  said  to  have  been 
made  up  of  the  better  class  of  cives.  If  the  decision  was  against  the 
defendant,  it  was  enforced  by  seizure  of  the  defendant  by  the  plaintiff, 
and,  in  the  last  resort,  sale  into  slavery. 

In  the  formulary  system,  which  was  that  dominant  in  classical  law, 
there  was  still  a  preliminary  hearing  before  the  magistrate  and  reference 
to  a  index,  but  there  were  three  very  great  changes.  The  magistrate  was 
no  longer  an  automaton,  reciting  words  prescribed  for  him1;  he  controlled 
the  proceedings.  His  right  of  iurisdictio  enabled  him  to  prescribe  the 
form  in  which  the  issue  should  be  submitted  to  the  index,  the  formula 
(chosen  indeed  by  the  parties  from  models  set  forth  by  the  magistrate, 
but  subject  to  his  approval),  to  refuse  to  issue  it  at  all  if  he  thought  fit, 
and  to  allow  the  insertion  in  it  of  defences  which  he  thought  reasonable, 
though  they  were  not  contemplated  in  the  law  or  admissible  under  the 
old  regime.  In  such  matters  he  now  had  a  very  great  power.  Further, 
the  instruction  to  the  index,  the  formula,  was  now  written,  a  step  almost 
inevitable,  so  soon  as  it  became  possible  to  submit  the  more  complex 
issues  and  to  give  the  wide  discretionary  powers  which  mark  the  new 
system.  Again,  though  the  system  of  personal  seizure  survived  through 
the  formulary  period,  it  was  partly  superseded  by  a  more  reasonable 
system,  invented  by  the  powerful  magistrate,  the  praetor,  under  which 
execution  of  judgment  proceeded  directly  against  the  goods  of  the 
debtor — bonorum  venditio,  the  whole  estate  being  seized  and  sold,  a 
process  resembling  the  modern  bankruptcy,  but  leaving  the  debtor  still 
liable  to  pay  out  of  later  acquisitions  any  part  of  his  debt  which  the 
sale  of  his  property  had  left  unsatisfied. 

In  the  third  system,  cognitio  extraordinaria,  there  was  a  very  funda- 

\  The  automatic  character  of  his  action  must  not  however  be  exaggerated.  He  had 
the  right  to  refuse  concurrence  if  the  formal  requirements  were  not  complied  with,  and 
an  individual  magistrate  might  construe  this  rather  widely.  Apart  from  this,  the  automatic 
character  of  his  action  under  the  legis  actio  is  not  universally  admitted;  see  post,  §  ccxiv 
and  for  the  view  stated  in  the  text  and  full  discussion,  Girard,  Melanges  de  Droit  JRomain,  1. 
71-99,  126  sqq. 


604  ACTIO:  IUDICIUM  [CH. 

mental  change.  There  was  no  longer  any  reference  to  a  second  person 
for  hearing.  The  magistrate,  or,  it  might  be,  a  deputy  appointed  by  him, 
before  whom  the  matter  came  from  the  beginning,  himself  heard  and 
decided  the  case.  There  was  thus  no  issue  of  a  formula,  though  the  claim 
and  defence  were  still  usually  stated  in  writing.  A  still  more  rational 
system  of  enforcement  had  been  devised.  Instead  of  making  bankruptcy 
the  inevitable  result  of  an  unsatisfied  judgment,  the  law  authorised  the 
seizure  and  sale  of  so  much  of  the  property  of  the  debtor  as  would  satisfy 
the  judgment. 

The  words  actio  and  indicium  bore  many  meanings  and  shades  of 
meaning.  Of  the  various  meanings  of  the  word  actio,  those  which  most 
concern  us  are  three.  It  might  mean  a  right  of  action1.  It  might  mean 
the  remedy  regarded  as  a  whole,  as  in  nearly  all  the  cases  in  the  sixth 
title  of  Book  4  of  Justinian's  Institutes2.  It  was  sometimes  used  to 
express  the  proceeding  by  legis  actio  as  opposed  to  formula,  the  latter 
being  called  iudicium3,  and  this  usage  left  a  trace  in  later  law,  in  a 
tendency  to  confine  the  word  to  civil  law  actions4.  In  this  old  narrow 
sense  the  word  had  from  another  point  of  view  a  wider  significance;  as 
will  appear  in  the  discussion  of  pignoris  capio  and  manus  iniectio,  actio 
did  not  necessarily  imply  litigation;  it  was  a  process  for  the  enforcement 
of  a  right. 

Of  the  meanings  of  the  word  iudicium  some  appear  above.  Thus  it 
might  mean  procedure  by  formula  or  cognitio  as  opposed  to  legis  actio, 
and,  occasionally,  in  later  law,  a  praetorian  proceeding  as  opposed  to 
civil.  It  has  indeed  been  maintained5  that  in  the  late  Republic  it  meant 
the  actual  written  formula  itself,  a  signification  which  accentuates  the 
distinction  between  the  old  oral  and  the  new  written  process.  Iudicium 
was  also  used  to  denote  an  action  tried  by  a  iudex  as  opposed  to  an 
arbiter  or  arbitri*.  A  very  important  meaning  of  iudicium  was  the  second 
stage  of  the  hearing,  the  actual  trial,  procedure  in  iudicio,  as  opposed  to 
the  procedure  before  the  magistrate,  procedure  in  iure.  This  distinction 
disappeared  in  the  system  of  cognitio,  so  that  the  name  iudicium  then 
came  to  signify  the  whole  hearing. 

A  distinction  is  drawn  in  some  texts  between  Us  and  iurgium1. 
Cicero  speaks  of  iurgium  as  a  friendly  dispute:  non  Us  inimicorum  iurgium 
dicitur8.  Varro  seems  to  say  that  they  are  the  same  thing9.  Some  legal 
texts  suggest  that  as  applied  to  legal  process  the  name  iurgium  was 

1  " Nihil  aliud  est  actio  quam  ius  quod  sibi  debeatur  iudicio  persequendi"  44.  7.  51. 
See  also  50.   17.  204.  2  But  the  initial  phrase  is  from  the  text  printed  in  n.   1. 

3  Wlassak,  Processgesetze,  1.  §  8.  4  See,  e.g.,  the  opening  clauses  in  G.  4.       5  Wlassak, 

loc.  cit.  6  Post,  §§  ccx.  ccxvii.  7  See,  e.g.,  Cicero,  de  Legg.  2.  12.  29;  Livy,  5.  13. 

8  De  Rep.  4  (Nonius,  431).  9  Varro,  L.L.  7.  93. 


xm]  LEGIS  ACT  10  605 

specially  applied  to  the  divisory  actions1,  which  would  accord  with 
Cicero's  language.  But  it  is  not  important  for  the  law  of  the 
Empire2.  «, 

CCVIII.  THE  LKGIK  ACTIO.  This  expression  is  not  free  from  dilficulty. 
Gaius  tells  us  that  these  proceedings  were  so  called  either  as  having 
been  introduced  by  lex,  or  as  being  framed  strictly  according  to  the 
words  of  a  lea?,  so  that,  as  we  have  said,  they  constituted  a  fixed  ritual, 
a  fact  which  he  illustrates  by  the  case  of  one  who  sued  for  injury  to  his 
vines  and  lost  his  action  because  he  called  them  vines,  the  word  in  the 
lex  being  arbores.  There  appears  to  have  been  an  appropriate  legis  actio 
for  each  form  of  wrong,  the  exact  form  for  use  in  each  case  having  been 
elaborated  by  the  Pontiffs,  building  on  the  words  of  the  lex.  But  though 
there  were  many  legis  actlones,  of  the  words  of  which  we  know  little, 
we  are  told  by  Gaius4  that  there  were  but  five  "modi  lege  agendi"  five 
moulds,  so  to  speak,  into  one  or  other  of  which  every  legis  actio  was  cast, 
whatever  the  formal  words:  sacramentum,  iudicis  arbitrive  postulatio, 
condictio,  manus  iniectio  and  pignoris  capio. 

SACRAMENTUM.  This  is  described  by  Gains5  as  generalis,  which  seems 
to  mean  that  it  was  applicable  where  no  other  was  prescribed6.  Thus  it 
might  be  used  as  an  actio  in  rem,  to  enforce  a  ius  in  rem,  e.g.  ownership, 
or  as  an  actio  in  personam  to  enforce  iura  in  personam,  obligationes,  and, 
in  the  former  case  at  least,  it  had  an  elaborate  ritual. 

The  process  in  a  real  action  began  by  a  summons  by  the  plaintiff  to 
the  defendant,  the  form  of  which  (if  it  had  a  specific  form)  we  do  not 
know,  to  appear  in  court — in  ius  vocatio7.  As  it  was  essential  to  the  legis 
actio  process,  as  a  mode  of  litigation,  that  both  parties  be  present  and 
play  their  part,  obedience  to  the  summons  could  be  compelled.  If  the 
defendant  simply  disobeyed,  the  creditor  proclaimed  the  fact  (ante- 
stamino),  seized  him,  and  brought  him  before  the  court8.  It  is  probable 
that  some  circumstances  might  excuse  from  obedience  to  the  summons, 
in  particular,  morbus  sonticus  and  status  dies  cum  hoste,  which  would 
certainly  cause  postponement  of  the  hearing  before  the  index9.  If  the 
defendant  evaded  in  ius  vocatio  by  trickery  or  flight,  the  creditor  might 

1  E.g.  Vat.  Fr.  294;  C.  Th.  2.  26.  4;  D.  10.  2.  57.  2  See  for  discussion  and 

gested  explanations,  Karlowa,  C.P.  5  sqq.  3  G.  4.  11.    Added  words  not  in  the 

prescribed  ritual  vitiated  the  process,  Vat.  Fr.  318.  4  G.  4.  12.  5  G.  4.  13. 

6  Karlowa,  op.  cit.  13,  holds  that  the  meaning  is  that  sacramentum  is  available  if  no 
other  is  provided,  which  is  not  the  same  thing  and  would  exclude  the  possibility  of 
alternative  processes.  See  however  von  Mayr,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  171  sqq.  7  XII  Tab. 

1.  1.  The  principal  authorities  for  the  procedure  are  the  XII  Tables,  as  restored  (Girard, 
Textes,  12;  Bruns,  1.  18);  G.  4.  16  sqq.;  Cicero,  pro  Murena,  12.  26  sqq.;  Valerius  Probus, 
Notae  iuris,  "in  legis  actionibus" ;  Aul.  Cell.  20.  10.  8  " Igitur  em  capita,"  XII  Tab. 

1.  1.  If  he  was  ill  the  creditor  must  provide  carriage,  XII  Tab.  1.  3.  9  See  the  reif. 
Bruns,  1.  20. 


606  SACRAMENTUM  [CH. 

seize  him — manum  inicere1,  which  probably  means  no  more  than  the 
right  to  bring  him  by  force  before  the  magistrate's  court2. 

The  parties  being  before  the  court,  the  plaintiff  formally  asserted  his 
claim.  In  an  ordinary  claim  of  ownership,  e.g.  of  a  slave,  he  placed  a 
hand  on  the  object  and  said:  "Hunc  ego  hominem  meum  esse  aio  ex  iure 
Quiritium,  secundum  suam  causam  sicut  dixi.  Ecce  tibi  vindictam  im- 
posui3,"  at  the  same  time  touching  it  with  a  wand  (festuca).  The  other 
party  now  made  a  similar  claim  in  the  same  form,  this  vindicatio  and 
counter  vindicatio  being  called  manus  consertio.  This  completed,  the 
praetor  ordered  them  both  to  stand  away:  "Mittite  ambo  hominem." 
Then  the  first  party  formally  asked  the  other  the  ground  of  his  claim: 
"Postulo  anne  dicas  qua  ex  causa  vindicaveris."  The  other  replied:  " lus 
fed  sicut  vindictam  imposui*."  Then  the  first  party  said:  "Quando  tu 
iniuria  vindicasti,  sacramento5"  (50  or  500)  "te  provoco,"  and  the  second 
replied:  "Et  ego  te."  The  sacramentum  was  a  sum  of  50  asses  if  the 
matter  was  worth  less  than  1000  or  it  was  a  question  of  liberty,  in  other 
cases  500.  The  successful  party  recovered  his  sacramentum,  but  the 
loser's  was  forfeited  to  the  State6.  In  historic  times  the  money  was  not 
actually  deposited,  but  security  was  taken7.  A  third  party,  called  a 
praes,  pledged  land  (praedium)  for  the  sacramentum8.  Then  the  praetor 
assigned  interim  possession  to  one  of  the  parties — vindicias  dicere, 
normally,  no  doubt,  to  the  party  in  present  possession9.  Security  was 
taken  by  way  of  praes  for  the  thing  and  the  interim  profits  litis  el  vin- 
diciarum,  for  the  event  of  judgment  against  the  holder10.  The  next  step 
was  the  appointment  of  a  index  of  the  qualified  class  to  try  the  issue, 
originally  at  once,  but  after  a  /.  Pinaria  of  uncertain  date,  after  30  days' 
delay11,  so  that  the  parties  had  time  to  come  to  terms.  At  some  time  in 

1  XII  Tab.  1.2.  2  The  praetor  in  Rome.    As  to  Italy,  Girard,  Org.  Jud.  1.  272 

sqq.  The  view  in  the  text  is  that  of  Bethmann-Hollweg,  3.  106.  On  another  view  it  was  a 
formal  manus  iniectio  (Puchta,  Inst.  2.  §  160;  Karlowa,  C.P.  321  sq.)  as  to  which,  post, 
§  ccxi.  3  The  words  "secundum. .  .dixi"  are  obscure.  Causa  in  the  sense  of 

mode  of  acquisition  has  clearly  not  been  stated;  probably  the  reference  is  to  causa  in 
the  sense  of  accessories,  etc.  Cp.  12.  1.  31.  pr.  4  "lus  fed"  is  not  easily  translated 
but  the  general  sense  of  the  declarations  is  clear.  5  "To"  sacramentum  or  "by" 

sacramentum?  Karlowa,  C.P.  16,  takes  the  latter  view  but  the  account  of  Gaius  makes 
the  whole  sacramentum  come  later.  On  the  meaning  of  the  word  sacramentum,  see  Strahan- 
Davidson,  Problems  of  the  Roman  Crim.  Law,  1.  46  sqq.  6  G.  4.  13.  7  Originally 

it  was  deposited  with  the  pontifices,  "ad  pontem,"  Varro,  L.L.  5.  180.  8  Varro, 

L.L.  6.  74;  Festus,  s.v.  Praes;  Cicero,  ad  Alt.  12.  52;  Verr.  2.  1.  150;  Phil.  2.  78;  pro  Bab. 
Post.  4.  8.  See  Debray,  N.E.H.  34.  528  sqq.  9  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  1.  §42; 

Girard,  Org.  Jud.  1.  74.  In  causae  liber  ales  the  vindiciae  are  given  secundum  libertatem,  1. 
2.  2.  24;  in  claims  against  the  people,  in  favour  of  them,  Festus,  s.v.  Vindiciae.  10  G. 
4.  16.  The  exact  meaning  of  vindiciae  is  disputed.  Interim  profits  is  the  meaning  sug- 
gested by  this  text,  but  the  word  seems  to  have  covered  all  advantages  of  interim  posses- 
sion. See  Festus,  s.v.  Vindiciae.  11  G.  4.  15. 


xml  SACRAMENTUM  007 

J  9 

the  proceedings1,  there  was  a  joint  formal  appeal  to  witnesses,  a  pro- 
clamation to  bystanders:  "testes  estate2"  said  by  Fcstus  to  be  litis  con- 
testatio3.  The  index  did  not  proceed  at  once;  there  was  a  delay  to  the 
third  day,  i.e.  the  next  day  but  one,  dies  perendinus*,  on  which  the 
hearing  began.  The  index  does  not  appear  to  have  given  a  direct  judg- 
ment, condemnatio  or  absolutio,  but  a  sententia  that  the  sacramentum 
of  one  of  the  parties  was  iniustum5.  If  the  party  justified  was  the 
interim  possessor,  the  matter  was  at  an  end;  if  it  was  the  other,  the 
praedes  would  be  liable  for  the  thing  and  its  fruits,  and  one  or  the 
other  would  always  forfeit  the  sacramentum*. 

Where  sacramentum  was  brought  to  enforce  an  obligation,  it  was  less 
dramatic  in  form.  There  was  no  manus  consertio.  The  plaintiff  said:  "  Aio 
te  mihi  dare  oportere  (tautum)1,"  and  the  defendant  denied  liability. 
There  was  then  the  machinery  of  sacramentum,  but  no  question  of 
praedes  litis  et  vindiciarum8.  The  iudex  gave  his  decision  in  the  same 
way,  and  if  it  was  a  question  of  a  fixed  sum,  the  way  was  clear  for  pro- 
ceedings in  execution.  If  the  amount  was  uncertain,  there  was  a  further 
proceeding,  an  arbitrium  litis  aestimandae  in  which  the  arbiter  would 
determine  the  money  value  of  the  claim9,  and  the  case  was  then  ripe 
for  execution.  Whether  this  same  arbitrium  was  applicable  to  claims 
in  rem  is  disputed;  no  doubt  the  remedy  against  the  praedes  would  be 
more  usually  adopted10. 

This  description  assumes  that  the  matter  proceeded  normally  with 
no  complications,  but,  apart  from  doubts  resulting  from  lack  of  authority, 
and  of  the  obscurity,  and  scattered  nature,  of  such  as  does  exist,  there 
were  variations  in  the  course  of  the  proceedings  which  must  be  men- 
tioned. Manus  consertio  is  spoken  of  above  as  taking  place  in  court,  but 
there  are  traces  of  manus  consertio  ex  iure,  in  case  of  land;  the  parties 

1  Later  analogy  suggests  the  end  of  the  legis  actio,  but  it  has  been  suggested  that  it  was  at 
the  beginning.  See  Girard,  Manuel,  992,  and  literature  there  cited.  2  Festus,  s.v.  Con- 

leMari.  The  words  may  be  either  a  summoning  of  witnesses  for  the  future  hearing,  or  an 
appeal  to  bystanders  to  bear  witness  that  the  ceremonial  has  been  properly  performed. 
3  As  to  this  expression,  post,  §§  ccxv,  ccxxxv.  4  G.  4.  15;  Val.  Probus,  "in  legis  actioni- 
bus" ;  Festus,  s.v.  Res  comperindinata.  5  Cicero,  pro  Caec.  33.  97;  de  Domo,  29.  78.  See 
however  von  Mayr,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  177,  and  lit.  there  cited.  6  The  praedes  are  adapted 

from  the  praedes  who  were  sureties  for  debtors  to  the  State,  and  may  therefore  have  been 
like  them  subject  to  executive  seizure  without  legal  process.  But  while  the  praedes  sacra- 
menti  gave  an  undertaking  to  the  praetor,  the  others  gave  it  to  the  adverse  party  (G.  4.  16). 
We  have  no  further  information.  7  Val.  Probus,  loc.  cit.  8  Probus  gives  the 

form  of  challenge  where  the  claim  is  denied.  If  admitted  there  would  probably  be  manus 
iniectio.  If  it  was  neither  admitted  nor  denied  the  plaintiff  used  a  phrase  beginning  "quando 
neque  ais  neque  nega.t"  (Probus,  loc.  cit.),  but  the  result  we  do  not  know.  See  for  different 
views,  Karlowa,  C.P.  112;  Girard,  Manuel,  1004.  9  Val.  Probus,  loc.  cit.: 

little  is  known  of  this,  Keller- Wach,  C.P.  §  16.  10  See  for  various  views,  Girard, 

Manuel,  343,  and  post,  §  ccxr. 


608  SACRAMENTUM  [CH. 

went  to  the  land1.  Even  in  historic  times  there  was  a  pretence  of  this; 
the  praetor  said:  " Ite  viam,"  and  the  parties  left  the  court,  " Redite 
r>iam,"  and  they  returned  with  a  turf2.  This  use  of  a  symbol  was  not 
confined  to  land;  if  what  was  being  claimed  was  too  large  or  too  numerous 
an  aggregate  to  be  brought  into  court,  part  could  be  brought  in  to  repre- 
sent the  whole3. 

It  has  been  assumed  above  that  the  party  appeared  personally  under 
an  in  ius  vocatio,  but  the  vindex  mentioned  by  Gaius4  under  the  formula, 
who  appeared  also  in  manus  iniectio,  might  probably  also  act  in  sacra- 
mentum.  It  is  probable,  however,  that  his  intervention  occurred  only 
where  there  was  some  ground  of  excuse  for  non-appearance,  e.g.,  morbus 
sonticus,  or  the  like.  Many  views  have  been  held5  as  to  the  function  of 
such  a  vindex,  but  while  it  is  fairly  clear  that  he  was  not  a  representative 
by  whom  the  procedure  was  continued,  for  there  was  no  representation 
in  the  legis  actio,  the  weight  of  argument  seems  to  be  in  favour  of  the 
view  that  he  pledged  himself  in  some  way  for  the  future  appearance  of 
the  party  summoned.  But  we  know  no  details. 

There  was  perhaps  another  way  in  which  a  third  party  might  inter- 
vene. A  text  of  Probus  shews  a  litigant  asking:  "Quando  te  in  iure 
conspicio  postulo  anne  far  auctor6?"  This  may  mean  that  the  party 
summoned  might  offer  as  a  substitute  the  person  through  whom  he 
claimed  a  right,  but  it  is  also  possible  that  the  phrase  is  part  of  the 
plaintiff's  nuncupatio  in  the  actio  auctoritatis*' '. 

CCIX.  Since  the  legis  actio  involved  co-operation,  it  could  not  pro- 
ceed if,  after  the  in  ius  vocatus  had  been  brought  into  court,  he  refused 
to  take  the  further  steps.  There  could  be  no  decision.  It  is  possible  that 
in  real  actions  the  thing  was  simply  left  in  the  hands  of  the  helder,  and 
that  in  personal  actions  the  facts  were  treated  as  confessio,  but  it  is  also 
possible  that  in  each  case  it  entitled  the  claimant  to  detain  the  other 
party  till  he  took  the  necessary  steps8.  The  case  was  different  in  iudicio; 
the  index  waited  till  the  middle  of  the  appointed  day  and  if  either  party 
had  not  by  that  time  presented  himself,  judgment  went  in  favour  of  the 
other9. 

1  Cicero,  pro  Murena,  12.  26;  Anl.  Gell.  20.  10.  2  Cicero,  pro  Murena,  12.  26. 

3  G.  4.  17;  a  sheep  to  represent  a  flock,  a  tile  for  a  building,  and  perhaps  an  article  to 
represent  a  hereditas.  4  G.  4.  46.  5  See  Bertolini,  //  processo  civile,  94,  and 

his  reff.  6  Val.  Probus,  loc.  ciL  7  Ante,  §  CLXXI.    See  however  Karlowa,  C.P. 

75,  who  cites  for  the  first  opinion,  Cicero,  pro  Caec.  19.  54,  and  pro  Mur.  12.  26,  which 
however  are  far  from  conclusive.  As  to  the  possibility  of  a  cognitor  in  iudicio,  post,  §  ccxxxix. 
8  See  Girard,  Manuel,  988,  n.  4;  Bertolini,  op.  cit.  1.  98;  Karlowa,  C.P.  323.  These  writers 
are  dealing  with  the  necessary  giving  of  vadimonium  (and  they  cite  Plautus,  Persa,  2.  4.  18, 
the  application  of  which  to  this  point  does  not  seem  certain).  The  same  rule  would  no  doubt 
apply  to  other  failure  to  comply  with  procedural  rules.  See  however  as  to  actio  in  persona  in. 
ante,  p.  607,  n.  8.  9  XII  Tab.  1.  8.  Girard,  Textes,  12;  Bruns,  1.  19. 


xin]  SACR AMENTUM  609 

The  whole  proceeding  would  not  be  completed  in  one  day;  even  the 
legis  actio  might  not,  and  there  were  then  the  delay  of  30  days  for  the 
appointment  of  a  index,  and  the  did  perendinatio,  while  the  actual 
hearing  might  well  take  many  days.  The  question  arises  how  the  presence 
of  the  party  summoned  was  secured  for  these  adjournments.  The  vadi- 
monium  of  the  formulary  system  originated  in  the  legis  actio.  In  its 
later  form  security  was  given  by  ordinary  verbal  contract,  but  in  the 
legis  actio  it  was  by  a  special  undertaking  by  sureties  called  vades1.  It 
is  not  quite  clear  in  which  of  these  various  delays  they  were  used;  on  the 
whole  it  seems  probable  that  vadimonium  was  used  in  all  adjournment 
of  the  legis  actio2,  and  for  the  transfer  from  ius  to  indicium3.  If  post- 
ponement of  the  indicium  was  needed  (ampliatio),  it  was,  as  it  seems, 
not  to  the  next  day  but  to  dies  perendinus  and  there  might  be  more  than 
one  such  diffisio*.  But  vadimonium  does  not  seem  to  have  been  taken 
here;  the  fact  that  judgment  went  by  default,  if  a  party  had  not  appeared 
by  noon  on  the  appointed  day,  would  suffice5. 

Vadimonium  as  we  know  it  was  usually  limited  in  amount;  it  might 
not  exceed  half  the  value  of  the  issue  or  100,000  sesterces,  except  in 
actiones  iudicati  and  depensi;  here  it  was  for  the  full  amount6.  It  had 
different  forms,  sometimes  a  mere  promise,  sometimes  with  surety, 
sometimes  under  oath7.  It  is  uncertain  how  far  the  distinctions  go  back 
to  the  legis  actio,  but  we  learn  that  in  actions  for  land  vadimonium  was 
purum,  i.e.  without  security8,  and  this  no  doubt  applied  to  legis  actio, 
since  the  immobility  of  land  and  the  liability  of  the  praedes  gave  sufficient 
security9.  And,  in  some  cases,  in  the  legis  actio10,  the  vades  gave  security 
by  way  of  subvades. 

In  historical  times  the  reference  was  most  commonly  to  a  single 
index11,  who  was  sworn12.  It  has  however  been  held,  mainly  on  the 
strength  of  the  text  of  Pomponius  which  says  that  "actiones  apud  colle- 
gium pontificum  erant,"  one  of  whom  was  annually  appointed, "  ut  praeesset 
privatis13,"  that  the  pontiffs  sat  as  indices  in  early  law,  but  this  is  not 

1  Fliniaux,  Vadimonium,  review  by  Debray,  N.R.H.  1910,  142,  also  ib.  521  sqq.  D. 
considers  the  question  whether  the  party  also  promised  to  appear.  See  also  ib.  534  as  to 
Varro  (L.L.  6.  74)  on  Sponsor,  Praes  and  Vas.  Gaius,  4.  184  sqq.  2  G.  ib.;  Aul. 

Cell.  6.  1.  9.  3  G.  3.  224;  4.  15;  L.  Rubria,  21  in  f.  Girard,  Texts*,  76.         4  XII  Tab. 

2.  2.  Apart  from  non-completion,  there  might  be  diffisio  for  morbus  sonticus,  etc.  5  These 
points  are  matter  of  controversy,  Bertolini,  op.  cit.  1.  96;  Karlowa,  C.P.  §§41,  42; 
Fliniaux,  op.  cit.  1.  6  G.  4.  186.  7  G.  4.  185.  In  some  cases  recuperatores 

were  named  at  once  with  power  to  give  judgment  for  amount  of  vadimonium  if  it  was  not 
observed.  76.  8  D.  2.  8.  15.  pr.  dealing  with  later  system,  but  probably  equally 

applicable  to  earlier.  9  See  however  Keller- Wach,  C.P.  n.  543.  10  Aul.  Gell. 

16.  10.  8.  11  Details  as  to  indices,  post,  §  ccxvn.  12  Cicero,  de  Off.  3.  10.  44. 

13  1.  2.  2.  6;  Karlowa,  C.P.  23.  The  probable  originally  religious  character  of  sacramentum 
aids  this  opinion. 

B.  B.  L.  39 


610  SACRAMENTUM  [CH. 

generally  accepted1.  On  the  other  hand  the  index  was  not  the  only 
person  to  preside  in  a  indicium.  In  some  cases  the  matter  went  to  an 
arbiter,  as  is  now  usually  held,  where  an  expert  was  required2,  in  others 
before  three  arbitri,  i.e.  in  finium  regundorum,  and  for  the  purpose  of 
estimating  the  value  of  interim  fruits  in  sacramentum?,  which  issue, 
however,  was  probably  tried  by  iudicis  arbitrive  postulatio*. 

Where  peregrines  were  concerned  the  case  might  go  before  recupera- 
tores,  but,  as  peregrines  had  in  general  no  right  to  the  legis  actio,  this 
was  confined  to  those  communities  with  which  there  existed  special 
treaties.  It  is  not  indeed  certain  that  these  cases  were  tried  by  legis 
actio,  but  it  is  probable  that  the  treaty  sometimes  provided  for  this5.  If 
the  transaction  had  taken  place  on  Roman  soil  the  recuperatores  were 
Romans;  if  elsewhere,  of  the  nation  of  the  peregrine6.  The  proceeding 
was  intended  to  be  speedy  and  thus  recuperators  must  give  their  judg- 
ment within  ten  days7. 

Another  possible  tribunal  was  that  of  the  centumviri.  These  seem  to 
be  of  no  great  antiquity;  the  organisation  with  which  we  know  them 
cannot  be  earlier  than  B.C.  240,  when  the  tribes  became  35  in  number8. 
They  were  chosen  from  the  tribes,  but  the  method  is  not  known.  They 
adjudicated  in  hereditatis  petitio,  in  claims  of  tntela,  and,  apparently,  in 
some  other  real  actions9.  Under  Augustus  the  court  was  reorganised; 
the  decemviri  stlitibus  iudicandis  were  incorporated  with  it  and  took 
precedence  in  it10.  The  court  was  increased  in  number11  to  at  least  180. 
It  sat  in  four  groups  or  sections  (consilia),  acting,  however,  sometimes 
together  (quadruplex  indicium),  sometimes  separately,  and,  it  seems, 
sometimes  in  pairs,  but  the  principle  of  these  distinctions  is  uncertain12. 
The  court  continued  in  existence  throughout  the  classical  age13. 

The  decemviri  stlitibus  iudicandis1*  are  perhaps  more  recent  than  the 
centumviri.  Pomponius  speaks  of  them  as  created  after,  and  seemingly 
not  long  after,  the  creation  of  the  Praetor  Peregrinus15,  but  they  are  not 

1  See  Girard,  Org.  Judiciaire,  1.  58.  The  actions  were  with  them  in  the  sense  that  they 
were  guardians  of  the  forms.  2  See  Eisele,  Beilrage,  1  sqq.,  who  infers  from  etymo- 

logy that  an  arbiter  was  originally  one  who  had  to  investigate  on  the  spot.  3  XII 

Tab.  12.  3;  Cicero,  de  Leg.  1.  21.  55.  See  Wlassak,  Processg.  2.  293  sqq.  4  See  Girard, 

Manuel,  1006.  5  Girard,  Org.  Judic.  1.  83,  99  sqq.;  Wlassak,  Processg.  2.  299  sqq. 

6  Dion.  Hal.  6.  95.  7  76.;  Girard,  Org.  Judic.  1.  102.  See  also  I.  Colon.  Genetivae   95, 

which  gives  20  days  (Girard,  Textes,  97;  Brims,  1.  130).  8  Festus,  s.v.  centumviralia 
indicia.  Not  found  before  190  B.C.  Girard,  Org.  Judic.  1.  23.  9  Cicero,  de  Or.  1.  38. 

175;  pro  Caec.  18.  53.  There  is  dispute  as  to  the  extent  of  their  jurisdiction  and  as  to  the 
extent  to  which  it  was  exclusive.  See  Pissard,  Les  questions  prejudicidles,  ch.  m;  Wlassak, 
loc.  tit.;  see  also  Daremberg  et  Saglio,  s.v.  Centumviri.  10  Sueton.  Aug.  36.  11  Pliny, 
Ep.  6.  33.  12  See  Girard,  Manuel,  1014.  13  Obsolete  in  time  of  Diocletian, 

Wlassak,  Pauly-Wissowa,  1950.  14  Not  to  be  confused  with  an  earlier  plebeian 

tribunal  of  decemviri,  see  Girard,  Org.  Judic.  1.  83.  15  1.  2.  2.  29. 


xin]  SACRAMENTUM  611 

traceable  before  the  beginning  of  the  seventh  century1.  They  tried 
cases  of  liberty2,  and  perhaps  civitas.  They  ceased  to  exist  as  a  separate 
court  under  Augustus3. 

Not  every  day  was  available  for  the  proceedings  in  lure.  The  utter- 
ance of  the  formal  words  "do,  dico,  addico"  besides  being  limited  as  to 
place4,  was  also  confined  to  certain  days5.  Some  days,  dies  fasti,  were 
wholly  available;  others,  dies  nefasti,  were  wholly  excluded.  Others 
were  available  if  the  comitia  did  not  meet,  and  others  were,  for  various 
reasons,  available  only  partially,  dies  intercisi.  In  the  later  Republic 
there  were  alterations  in  the  assignment,  of  which  the  chief  was  that 
market  days,  which  had  been  excluded,  were  made  available  unless  they 
fell  on  a  day  expressly  nefastus*.  Further  even  dies  fasti  might  be  ren- 
dered unavailable  by  a  temporary  closing  of  courts  of  justice,  a  iustitium, 
which  appears  to  have  been  done  by  the  authority  of  a  magistrate, 
especially  in  times  of  tumult  or  national  lamentation7.  In  the  same  way 
the  indicium  might  not  take  place  except  on  lawful  days.  But  while  it 
seems  clear  that  the  mere  fact  that  a  day  was  nefastus  would  not  neces- 
sarily bar  proceedings,  as  there  was  no  question  of  using  the  formal 
words,  the  whole  question  of  the  days  available  is  obscure8. 

Though  the  word  plaintiff  has  been  used  in  the  foregoing  account, 
this  does  not  properly  express  the  relation  of  the  parties;  it  is  the  lan- 
guage of  a  later  system9.  Each  made  a  claim  in  real  actions,  and  neither 
could  get  judgment,  without  proving  his  title;  there  was  no  question  of 
burden  of  proof,  on  one  rather  than  on  the  other.  But  this  was  in  practice 
less  important  than  it  looks.  In  the  absence  of  proof  on  either  side,  the 
party  in  possession,  under  the  system  of  vindiciae,  was  left  in  possession, 
so  that  if  the  original  vindicans  made  no  case,  the  other  remained  in 
possession  whether  he  had  made  a  case  or  not10. 

The  foregoing  is  an  account  of  sacramentum  in  its  historically  known 
form.  Its  name  suggests  a  religious  origin,  and  it  is  probable  that  the 
sacramentum  was  originally  an  oath,  in  support  of  which  an  expiatory 
offering  was  made,  to  be  forfeited  to  the  gods  by  the  party  whose  oath 
was  proved  false11.  It  has  also  been  held  that  the  offering  was  not  on 
account  of  falsity,  but  for  removing  the  matter  from  the  arbitrament  of 

1  C.I.L.  1.  38;  Mommsen,  Rom.  Staa.l-sr.  2.  1.  605;  D.P.R.  4.  314.  2  Cicero,  pro 

Caec..  33.  97.  3  The  tresviri  capitales  (1.  2.  2.  30;  Livy,  9.  46;  Ep.  lib.  11)  elected  in 

the  sixth  century  by  the  centuries  were  essentially  police  magistrates,  but  there  is  some 
evidence  for  a  certain  subordinate  function  in  civil  jurisdiction.  Mommsen,  op.  cit.  2. 
1.  599;  D.P.R.  4.  307.  As  to  a  I.  Papiria,  giving  them  certain  functions  in  sacramentum 
(Festus,  s.v.  Sacramentum),  Girard,  Org.  Judic.  1.  178.  4  As  to  the  place  or  places, 

Girard,  Org.  Judic.  1.  183.  5  See  Bruns,  1.41  sqq.  6  See  Girard,  Org.  Judic. 

1.  19,  60,  181.  7  Cuq,  Daremberg  et  Saglio,  s.v.  Iustitium.  8  Girard,  op. 

cit.  1.  86.  9  G.  4.  16,  17  avoids  this  language.  10  So,  presumably,  if  both  are  iniusta. 
11  See  the  reft,  in  Bertolini,  op.  cit.  1.  115. 

39—2 


612  IUDICIS  ARBITRIVE  POSTULATIO  [CH. 

the  gods1,  and  also,  with  probability,  that  the  postponement  under  the 
I.  Pinaria  is  associated  with  secularisation  of  the  proceeding;  it  was  no 
longer  necessary  to  settle  at  once  the  question  before  the  gods2. 

Originally  presided  over  by  the  rex,  the  proceeding  passed  to  the 
consuls,  on  the  founding  of  the  Republic,  and,  by  the  /.  Licinia,  to  the 
praetor.  The  praetor  peregrinus  had  jurisdiction  where  aliens  were  con- 
cerned, praesides  in  their  provinces,  and  possibly  in  certain  cases  the 
curule  aediles.  But  only  those  mentioned  could  act;  inferior  magistrates, 
e.g.  municipal  magistrates,  had  not  ordinarily  the  legis  actio3. 

CCX.  IUDICIS  ARBITRIVE  POSTULATIO.  Of  this  process  nothing 
is  certainly  known  except  that  it  existed,  that,  in  the  opinion  of  Gains, 
some  of  the  matters  which  could  be  tried  by  condictio  could  be  tried  in 
this  way,  and  that  it  involved  an  application  to  the  praetor  in  the  words, 
"Te  praetor  iudicem  arbitrumve  postulo  uti  des*."  Among  the  con- 
jectures as  to  its  application,  the  most  widely  accepted  is  that  it  was 
used  to  decide  issues  which  did  not  admit  of  a  simple  yes  or  no,  e.g.  the 
arbitrium  litis  aestimandae,  the  divisory  actions,  and  some  others.  It 
wrould  thus  be  the  field  of  arbitria  as  opposed  to  indicia.  But  it  is  difficult 
to  reconcile  this  limitation  with  the  word  iudicem  in  the  formal  demand, 
or  with  the  statement  of  Gains,  which  seems  to  mean  that  matters 
coming  within  condictio  could  be  tried  by  iudicis  postulatio.  The  remark 
may,  however,  mean  no  more  than  that  the  whole  field  of  obligatio  was 
covered  by  existing  actions.  It  has  also  been  conjectured  that  this 
process  is  the  ancestor  of  the  later  bonaefidei  indicia5. 

The  action  is  no  doubt  later  than  sacramentum,  but  there  is  no  reason 
to  suppose  it  later  than  the  XII  Tables.  There  would  be  in  ins  vocatio, 
where  it  was  not  a  pendant  to  sacramentum,  and  vadimonia,  if  necessary. 
There  was  probably  the  30  days'  delay,  though  this  is  proved  only  for 
sacramentum  and  condictio.  There  would  be  diei  perendinatio,  and  it  is 
probable  that  the  judgment  was  a  condemnatio  for  a  money  payment6. 

CONDICTIO.  This  action  was  introduced  by  a  I.  Silia  for  the  enforce- 
ment of  obligations  for  certa  pecunia  and  extended  later  by  a  /.  Calpurnia 
to  claims  for  certa  res7.  The  dates  are  not  known,  but  it  is  commonly 
held  that  they  were  nearly  of  the  same  date,  about  B.C.  2508.  They  were 
probably  associated  with  the  new  verbal  contract,  stipulatio,  though  the 

1  Ihering,  Evolution  of  the  Aryan,  359.  2  Eisele,  Beitrdge,  222.    Von  Mayr,  Mel. 

Girard,  2. 171,  traces  it  from  sacratio  capitis,  through  sacratio  bonorum,  to  expiatory  offer- 
ing. The  article  contains  much  discussion  of  other  views.  The  notion  of  sacramentum  as  a 
bet,  which  neither  wins,  seems  to  ignore  the  probable  origin.  3  1.  7.  4;  cf.  P.  2.  25.  4. 

4  G.  4.  12.  20;  Val.  Probus,  "m  legis  actionibus."  As  to  Cicero,  de  Or.  1.  36.  166,  see 
Huvelin,  Mel.  Gerard/in,  319  and  Girard,  Melanges,  1.  127.  5  Keller-Wach,  C.P. 

35.   171.  6  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  1.  64.  7  G.  4.  19.    Jobbe-Duval,  Proc. 

civile,  63  sqq.  8  Girard,  Manuel,  1006. 


xin]  CONDICTIO  613 

legislation  can  hardly  have  been  for  the  purpose  of  making  these  en- 
forceable, since  Gains  tells  us  that  the  existing  actions  sufficed,  and  does 
not  know  why  this  was  introduced1.  But  it  provided  a  simpler  form, 
and  had  the  advantage  that  it  did  not  involve  getting  security  for  the 
sacramentum;  this  must  sometimes  have  been  a  denial  of  justice.  Not 
every  poor  litigant  could  get  a  friend  to  risk  500  asses.  Further,  the 
stake  of  which  we  shall  hear  went  to  the  winner2. 

The  action  was  presumably  available  not  only  on  contract,  but  also 
to  recover  the  fixed  penalties  prescribed  in  certain  cases  by  the  XII 
Tables3.  It  owes  its  name  to  the  condictio,  which  Gaius  explains  as 
denuntiatio*,  by  which  the  plaintiff  gave  the  defendant  notice  to  appear 
on  the  thirtieth  day  to  receive  a  index.  We  do  not  know  the  form  of  the 
notice  or  if  it  was  in  iure,  but  this  seems  probable,  as  the  proceeding 
would  hardly  have  derived  its  name  from  what  was  not  conceived  of  as 
part  of  the  legis  actio5.  If  it  was,  there  must  presumably  have  been  in 
ius  vocatio,  and  the  effect  seems  to  be  that  a  simpler  process  is  substituted 
for  the  machinery  of  the  sacramentum.  Con-dicere  suggests  a  mutual 
arrangement,  but  this  is  not  inevitable;  it  may  mean  no  more  than 
communication.  There  was  probably  a  condemnatio  in  money6.  ^ 

In  the  later  actio  certae  pecuniae  creditae  we  are  told7  that  the  plaintiff 
could  insist  on  a  sponsio  and  restipulatio  tertiae  partis,  and  it  seems  that 
this  was  a  matter  of  course8.  As  this  action  descended  from  condictio  e 
lege  Silia,  it  is  commonly  held  that  that  also  had  this  characteristic9. 
Assuming  its  existence,  it  may  have  been  made  at  the  time  of  the 
condictio  or  at  the  appointment  of  the  index10,  and  it  is  not  certain 
whether  the  action  was  tried  on  the  sponsio,  as  in  the  actiones  per  spon- 
sionem,  or  on  the  original  issue11.  On  this  point  the  state  of  things  in 
the  actio  certae  pecuniae  creditae  suggests  the  latter  view.  There  seems  no 
reason  to  suppose  a  sponsio  and  restipulatio  in  condictio  e  lege  Calpurnia12. 

• 

1  G.  4.  20.  2  Jobbe-Duval  points  out  that  the  penal  character  of  the  earlier  modes 
rendered  them  unsuitable  to  an  advancing  civilisation.  He  thinks,  but  his  evidence  is  slight, 
that  compurgation  was  admissible  in  these.  He  considers  that  the  main  purpose  of  the  intro- 
duction is  to  make  the  position  of  debtors  easier,  referring  especially  to  the  immediate  opera- 
tion of  manus  iniectio.  3  E.g.  XII  Tab.  8.  3.  On  the  question  whether  it  was  alternative  to 
sacramentum  or  exclusive,  see  Jobbe-Duval,  who  thinks  it  exclusive  (op.  cit.  109),  andGirard, 
Manuel,  1006.  4  G.  4.  18.  5  Cp.  the  language  of  Gaius,  4.  29;  Karlowa,  G.P.  231. 
6  The  limitation  to  certa  suggests  this:  it  is  probably  the  source  of  the  condemnatio  of  the 
formula.  7  G.  4. 171.  8  See  the  reff.  in  Karlowa,  C.P.  233.  9  Karlowa,  after  adopting 
it,  denies  its  existence  in  a  later  work,  E.Rg.  2.  595;  indeed  the  evidence  is  not  very  good. 
10  Karlowa  at  one  time  held  the  latter,  arguing  from  the  so-called  I.  lulia  municipalis,  41, 
C.P.  233.  11  The  fact  that  in  the  actio  certae  pecuniae  creditae  it  was  tried  on  the  main 

issue,  the  sponsio  being  "si  secundum  me  iudicatum  erit"  or  the  like  (G.  4.  ISO;  Lenel, 
E.P.  232  and  reff.),  strongly  suggests  this.  Jobbe-Duval  takes  the  other  view,  treating 
condictio  as  affording  a  model  for  the  actions  per  sponsionem  (post,  §  ccxiv),  op.  cit.  180. 
12  Jobbe-Duval  accepts  the  bet  for  condictio  e  lege  Silia,  but  he  also  finds  in  it  c.  e.  I. 


MANUS  INIECTIO  [en. 

Another  new  institution  supposed  to  attach  to  this  action  is  the 
iusiurandum  necessarium,  the  plaintiff  being  entitled  to  put  the  defendant 
to  his  oath  as  to  the  existence  of  the  debt1.  This  institution  certainly 
existed  under  the  formulary  system  for  claims  of  a  cerium,  and  it  is  men- 
tioned in  Plautus2,  before  the  date  of  the  I.  Aebutia  which  introduced  the 
-formula,  so  that  it  seems  inevitable  to  refer  it  to  condictio  as  a  legis  actio. 
From  the  scope  of  the  iusiurandum  necessarium,  in  the  formulary  system, 
it  would  seem  to  have  applied  equally  to  condictio  under  the  I.  Calpurnia. 

CCXI.  These  three  actions  were  forms  of  litigation,  reference  of  a 
dispute  for  settlement.  We  pass  to  two  others  which,  at  least  primarily, 
had  not  this  characteristic,  but  were  modes  of  enforcement  of  a  right, 
regulated  self-help. 

MAXL-S  INIECTIO.  This  was,  essentially,  seizure  of  a  person  against 
whom  there  was  a  claim,  no  doubt  older  than  organised  redress  by  way 
of  litigation.  As  we  know  it,  it  was  subject  to  exact  rules  of  form,  involv- 
ing appearance  before  a  magistrate,  and  strict  limitation  as  to  the  cases 
in  which  it  might  be  used.  Gaius  describes  it  as  of  three  types:  iudicati, 
pro  iudicato  and  puraz. 

Manus  iniectio  iudicati.  The  process  was  as  follows:  after  30  days 
from  the  judgment4  or  other  event  justifying  the  seizure  the  claimant 
brought  the  party  liable  before  the  magistrate  (in  ius  ducit)  and  said,  in 
iure,  "quod  tu  mihi  iudicatus"  (or  damnatus]  "es  sestertium  (X  milia), 
quandoc  non  solvisti,  ob  earn  rem  ego  tibi  sestertium  X  milium  iudicati 
manum  inicio5."  The  defendant  might  not  defend  himself  against  the 
manus  iniectio  (manum  depellere),  but  if  it  was  from  any  cause  not 
justified,  someone  must  appear  on  his  behalf  to  prove  this — a  vindex. 
The  effect  of  the  intervention  was  that  the  defendant  was  released,  and 
further  proceedings  were  against  the  vindex*.  The  action  of  the  vindex 
was  not  an  appeal:  there  was  no  rehearing  of  the  original  dispute.  He 
migKt  shew  that  there  had  been  no  such  fact  basing  the  manus  iniectio 
as  was  claimed  or  that  the  creditor  had  been  satisfied  or  had  come  to 
terms.  It  is  possible  that  he  might  be  allowed  to  shew  that  the  index 
had  taken  a  bribe,  a  capital  offence  under  the  XII  Tables7,  but  he  was 
>"  not  entitled  to  shew  simply  that  the  judgment  was  wrong. 

We  are  not  told  how  the  proceedings  against  the  vindex  were  framed, 

Calpurnia.  He  considers  the  bet  and  the  iusiurandum  as  part  of  the  same  mechanism  and 
thus  both  essential  (op.  cit.  163  sqq.),  but  does  not  explain  why  the  bet  disappeared  in 
formulae  for  certae  res. 

1  Post,  §  ccxv.          2  See  Girard,  Manuel,  1007,  n.  1.          3  G.  4.  21  sqq.          4  XII 
Tab.  3.  1.  5  G.  4.  21.   See  Gradenwitz,  Mel.   Girard,   1.   506,  for  suggestions  of 

divergence  here  from  the  original  form.  The  account  in  the  text  is  of  the  institution 
in  historical  times.  6  G.  4.  21.  There  were  rules,  not  fully  known,  as  to  the  financial 

standing  of  persons  admissible  as  vindices,  according  to  the  position  of  the  debtor;  XII 
Tab.  1.  4.  See  also  I.  Colon.  Genetivae,  61.  7  Aul.  Cell.  20.  1.  7. 


xiii  I  MANUS  INIECTIO  615 

but  it  may  be  inferred  from  the  practice  in  the  later  actio  iudicati1, 
which  seems  to  have  been  modelled,  in  its  substantial  elements,  on 
manus  iniectio,  that  it  was  referred  to  a  index2,  and  it  seems  fairly  clear 
that  if  the  vindex  failed  he  was  condemned  in  duplum3.  Apart  from  this 
intervention,  or  satisfaction  of  the  claim  (iudicatum  facere),  the  manum 
iniciens  might  carry  off  the  debtor,  who,  in  historic  times,  was  "  addictus" 
to  him  by  the  magistrate4.  The  creditor  might  keep  him  for  60  days  in 
a  private  prison,  during  which  time  they  might,  of  course,  come  to 
terms5.  There  was  as  yet  nothing  definitive;  the  debtor  was  still  free 
and  a  civis,  and  had  not  lost  his  property.  The  holder  must  produce  him 
publicly  on  three  successive  market  days6  and  proclaim  the  amount  of 
the  debt,  presumably  to  provide  an  opportunity  of  redemption.  At  the 
expiration  of  this  time  "  capite  poenas  dabant  aut  trans  Tiberim  peregre 
venum  ibant7,"  which  is  understood  to  mean  that  the  creditor  might 
either  kill  him  or  sell  him  into  foreign  slavery.  Another  text  says  that, 
where  several  creditors  had  obtained  manus  iniectio,  "partis  secanto:  s-i 
plus  minusve  secuerint  se  fraude  esto*."  The  later  Romans  understood 
this  to  mean  that  the  creditors  might  cut  the  debtor  to  pieces  without 
responsibility  if  they  cut  more  than  their  share,  but  it  is  spoken  of  as 
unheard  of;  there  was  no  record  of  its  ever  having  been  done9.  "  Capite 
poenas  dare"  might  mean  merely  enslavement,  and  since  this  would 
deprive  him  of  his  property  it  has  been  contended  that  "partis  secanto" 
means  merely  division  of  the  property,  any  inequality  being  capable  of 
adjustment10.  It  is  indeed  objected  that  a  civis  could  not  become  a 
slave  at  Rome.  But  this  lofty  principle,  which  was  in  any  case  not  true 
of  later  law,  is  not  well  evidenced11,  and  is  difficult  to  reconcile  with  the 
dispute  mentioned  by  Gains,  of  an  age,  as  the  context  shews,  earlier  than 
the  praetor's  edict12.  There  is  nothing  inconsistent  with  the  notions  of  a 
primitive  people  in  the  literal  understanding  of  the  rule.  The  whole 
institution  is  the  subject  of  much  controversy13. 

1  Post,  §  ccxix.  2  It  is  clear  that  it  was  referred  from  the  magistrate  to  another 

tribunal  in  certain  quasi-criminal  cases  of  manus  iniectio  pura,  which  went  before  the 
tresviri  capitales.  See  Girard,  Org.  Judic.  1.  177.  3  This  is  inferred  from 

the  existence  of  double  damages  in  cases  known  to  have  descended  from  manus  iniectio, 
e.g.,  actio  depensi,  ante,  §  CLVI.  The  proof  drawn  from  the  obscure  1.  Colon.  Genetivae,  61, 
is  disputed.  See  Girard,  Manuel,  999;  Textes,  91.  4  G.  3.  189;  Aul.  Cell.  20.  1.  44. 

See  Karlowa,  C.P.  158.  5  The  XII  Tables  contain  elaborate  rules  as  to  his  treat- 

ment during  this  time  (3.  3,  4).  6  Apparently  the  last  three  nundinae  of  the 

60  days,  for  we  are  told  "tertiis  nundinis  partis  secanto."  7  Aul.  Gell.  20.  1.  47. 

8  XII  Tab.  3.  6;  Aul.  Gell.  20.  1.  48.  9  Aul.  Gell.  20.  1.  52.  10  Karlowa, 

C.P.  163,  178;  secure  he  compares  with  bonorum  sectio.  11  It  seems  to  rest  mainly  on 

Cicero's  rhetorical  language,  pro  Caecina,  34.  But  see  Mommsen,  Strafr.  945.  12  G.  3. 
189,  on  the  question  whether  a  fur  manifestus  became  a  slave  immediately  on  addictio. 
See  also  Aul.  Gell.  20.  1.  7,  quoting  Caecilius  on  the  same  rule  of  the  XII:  "in  servitutem 
tradit."  13  Ihering's  view,  Scherz  und  Ernst,  Eine  civilprozessualische  Attrappe,  who 


616  MAN  US  INIECTIO  [CH. 

The  I.  Poetelia,  of  326  B.C.1,  provided,  inter  alia,  some  amelioration 
of  the  position  of  the  addictus  for  debt.  Debtors  were  not  to  be  chained 
or  imprisoned  or  to  pay  with  their  persons,  but  rather  with  their  goods, 
a  statement  of  Livy2  which  is  supposed  to  mean  that  the  power  of  killing 
or  selling  was  taken  away.  This  seems  to  imply  that  they  could  work 
out  the  debt  and  as  a  corollary,  that  the  limit  of  60  days  disap- 
peared3. 

The  question  remains:  what  were  the  cases  of  manus  iniectio  iudicatil 
As  judgment,  though  the  typical  case,  was  certainly  not  the  original,  for 
the  system  is,  no  doubt,  older  than  judgments  in  the  modern  sense,  it 
may  be  assumed  that  it  applied  to  the  other  ancient  cases,  of  which 
nexum  is  the  most  prominent4,  and  to  legatum  per  damnationem  of  a 
certain  sum5.  It  applied  also,  even  primarily,  to  a  confessus6.  Gaius 
speaks  of  its  application  to  iudicatus  and  damnatus1,  giving  the  form, 
however,  not  merely  for  iudicati,  but  for  all  manus  iniectio.  "  Damnatus  " 
appears  to  cover  not  only  one  condemned  in  a  judgment,  but  one 
damnatus  (damnas  esto)  by  will,  or  by  a  contract,  e.g.,  nexum,  or  by  lex, 
e.g.,  I.  Aquilia8.  There  was  probably  condemnatio  in  condictio  and  in 
iudicis  postulatio  (and  thus  in  the  arbitrium  litis  aestimandae  after  a 
sacramentum),  though  here  and  in  sacramentum  in  personam  for  a  certum, 
and  in  sacramentum  in  rem  (if  proceedings  were  taken  against  the  actual 
party,  and  not  against  the  praedes}  the  person  liable  was  a  iudicatus. 
The  fact  that  both  sacramentum  and  "Us  et  vindiciae"  were  recoverable 
from  another  person  seems  to  put  the  actual  party  in  a  very  favourable 
position.  In  effect,  however,  if  the  matter  stood  thus,  it  would  be 
oppressive,  for  a  poor  man  would  hardly  get  praedes  on  such  terms.  It 
must  be  noted  however  that  the  case  differs  from  that  of  a  vindex,  who 
certainly  took  over  the  liability9,  while  in  the  case  of  the  praedes  no 
event  had  happened  to  release  the  party  himself,  against  whom  the 
proceedings  continued10.  It  seems  probable  therefore  that  if  the  winner 
preferred  he  might  when  the  matter  had  been  reduced  to  a  certum  by 
arbitrium  litis  aestimandae,  proceed  by  manus  iniectio  against  the 
original  party11.  On  the  other  hand  the  praes  was  apparently  a  sponsor, 
and,  if  he  had  satisfied  the  obligation,  by  depensio,  had  manus  iniectio 

treats  it  as  a  device  compelling  sale  of  the  debtor  to  one  of  them,  has  been  the  source  of 
much  discussion. 

1  Girard,  Man.,  493.  2  Livy,  8.  28.    See  Varro,  L.L.  7.  105.          3  Girard,  Man., 

1000.  4  Ante,  §  CL.  5  The  double  liability  of  infitians  indicating  the  origin  in  m. 
ini.  applied  only  to  the  case  of  legatum  certi,  ante,  §  cxvn;  G.  4.  9.  It  is  presumably 
iudicati,  as  G.  does  not  mention  it  among  later  extensions.  6  XII  Tab.  3.  1,  but  see 

for  limitations,  post,  §  ccxvi.  7  G.  4.  2.  1.  As  to  this  distinction,  see  Karlowa,  C.P. 
58.  8  Double  damages  contra  infitiantem,  G.  3.  216.  9  "  Vindicem  dnbat  qui  pro 

ae  causam  agere  solebat,"  G.  4.  21.  10  G.  4.  16  sqq.  11  Koschaker,  Z.S.S.  37. 

358  sqq.    See  however  Girard,  Manuel,  343. 


xm]  MAN  US  INIECTIO  617 

(pro  iudicato}  against  his  principal.  It  has  also  been  suggested  on  the 
evidence  of  a  passage  in  Gains1  that  the  magistrate  would  take  steps  to 
seize  for  the  winner  the  property  in  question,  but  this  is  improbable  and 
not  justified  by  the  text,  whatever  it  may  mean. 

CCXII.  Manus  iniectio  pro  iudicato.  Gains  tells2  us  that  statutes 
had  extended  the  right  of  inanus  iniectio  to  certain  cases,  as  if  there  had 
been  a  judgment,  i.e.  with  the  same  incidents  as  in  that  case,  of  which 
the  most  important  is  that  any  defence  must  be  raised  by  a  vindex.  The 
/.  Publilia  gave  it  to  a  sponsor  not  reimbursed  within  six  months,  per- 
haps only  where  the  payment  had  been  formally  made  per  aes  et  libram, 
depensio3.  The  I.  Furia  de  sponsu  gave  it  against  one  who  had  exacted 
from  sponsor  or  fidepromissor,  under  a  judgment,  more  than  his  share  of 
the  debt.  Perhaps  here  too  solutio  per  aes  et  libram  is  assumed.  He  tells 
us  that  there  were  other  cases  of  the  same  kind4.  In  practice  the  function 
of  the  vindex  in  these  cases  was  somewhat  different  from  that  in  m.  i. 
iudicati.  Nominally  it  was  the  same;  he  could  not  go  behind  the  facts 
which  justified  the  seizure.  But  in  m.  i.  iudicati  these  were  definite 
readily  established  facts  which  the  vindex  must  disprove;  here  it  was  in 
effect  an  ordinary  litigation,  begun  in  an  unusual  way.  The  vindex 
cannot  have  been  under  the  burden  of  proof;  it  is  for  instance  impossible 
that  anyone,  by  merely  charging  me  with  having  put  filth  on  sacred 
ground,  as  in  the  Luceria  case5,  could  compel  me  to  find  someone  who 
could  prove  that  I  had  not  done  so,  on  pain  of  double  liability  in  case  of 
failure.  It  was  in  fact  merely  a  device,  which  survived  in  the  later 
actiones  in  duplum  contra  infitiantem  of  later  law,  to  shorten  proceedings 
by  penalising  groundless  defences. 

Manus  iniectio  pura.  This  was  a  somewhat  later  development. 
Gaius6  speaks  of  several  cases  in  which  leges  gave  m.  i.  pura,  in  which 
the  defendant  had  no  need  of  a  vindex,  but  could  defend  himself.  As 
there  had  been  a  manus  iniectio,  he  might  be  said  to  be  his  own  vindex.  It 
has  indeed  been  contended  that  there  was  no  liability  in  duplum7,  but 
the  institution  would  be  meaningless  without  this:  manus  iniectio  would 
be  only  another  form  of  in  ius  vocatio.  Gaius  indicates  differences  be- 
tween this  and  the  other  cases,  but  says  nothing  of  a  difference  as  to  the 
liability.  And  as  the  /.  Vallia  turned  nearly  all  manus  iniectio  into  m.  i. 
pura8,  it  is  difficult  to  understand  how  the  cases  should  have  survived 
into  later  law  as  actions  with  double  liability  on  denial  if  they  had  not 

1  G.  4.  48.          2  G.  4.  23.  3  Ante,  §  CLVI.  4  The  only  other  certain  case 

seems  to  be  a  provision  for  the  town  of  Luceria  that  for  certain  offences  against  public 
order,  anyone  might  proceed  for  a  fixed  penalty  by  manus  iniectio  pro  iudicato  (Girard, 
Texteft,  25).  No  doubt  there  were  other  cases  of  the  same  type.  5  See  post,  p.  619, 

n.  8.  6  G.  4.  23  sqq.    As  to  nexum,  see  ante,  §  CL.  7  Mitteis,  Z.S.S.  22.  114. 

8  See  post,  p.  618. 


618  MAN  US  INIECTIO  [CH. 

had  this  character  in  their  last  phase  as  manus  iniectiones1.  The  whole 
conception  of  m.  i.  pur  a  seems  to  be  a  clumsy  device  for  securing  double 
liability  of  infitians  in  certain  cases.  Gains  gives  as  instances  the  claim 
under  the  /.  Furia  testamentaria  against  one  who  took  a  legacy  greater 
than  1000  asses,  and  that  under  the  1.  Marcia  against  usurers2.  It  is  un- 
certain for  many  of  the  other  recorded  cases  of  m.  iniectio  whether  it 
was  pro  iudicato  or  pura3. 

The  conditions  were  altered  by  a  I.  Vallia  of  uncertain  date,  but 
probably  not  long  before  the  /.  Aebutia*,  which  made  all  manus  iniectio 
"pura"  except  under  judgment  and  in  the  actio  depensi  of  the  sponsor5. 
It  is  clear  from  this  and  other  known  facts,  that  the  /.  Poetelia,  not- 
withstanding the  language  of  Livy6,  had  not  abolished  execution  on 
the  person;  it  long  survived  the  disappearance  of  the  legis  actio. 

Manus  iniectio  differed  from  the  cases  of  legis  actio  previously  dis- 
cussed in  that  it  was  not  essentially  litigation.  It  has  been  suggested 
that  it  is  grouped  with  the  others  because  by  the  intervention  of  a 
vindex  it  might  result  in  litigation7.  But  this  can  hardly  be  the  reason 
unless  this  litigation  is  itself  a  part  of  the  legis  actio  totally  unrecorded. 
Gains  says  nothing  of  any  formal  words  spoken  by  the  vindex,  or  of  the 
litigation.  The  idea  seems  to  involve  a  sharp  distinction  between  litiga- 
tion and  execution  which  might  have  been  expected  from  Gaius,  but 
hardly  from  the  ancients  from  whom  the  classification  is  derived.  It 
appears  to  have  been  grouped  with  the  other  forms  because  it  wras,  like 
them,  a  formal  process  prescribed  under  the  lex  for  the  enforcement  of 
a  right8. 

CCXIII.  PIGNORIS  CAPIO.  This  was  essentially  the  seizure  of  property 
of  the  debtor  in  order  to  put  pressure  on  him.  It  is  obviously  primitive, 
dating  from  days  before  the  legis  actio,  when  it  had  in  strictness  no  legal 
effect.  Even  after  it  had  become  a  regulated  legis  actio,  it  no  doubt  con- 

1  The  action  on  legatum  per  damnationem  (of  a  certum)  and  the  Aquilian  action  were 
both  in  duplum  and  were  presumably  m.  iniectiones  purae  under  this  law  whatever  they 
were  before.  That  they  were  m.  i.  is  assumed  from  the  expression  of  the  liability  as  "damnas 
esto"  (G.  2.  201;  D.  9.  2.  27.  5)  coupled  with  the  later  double  liability  and  the  word  dam- 
nafus  in  m.  i.  All  other  recorded  m.  i.  is  on  a  certum  but  the  Aquilian  action  is  not.  As  to 
12.  1.  9.  1,  see  Naber,  Mnemosyne,  19.  182.  See  also  G.  2.  213;  Lenel,  E.P.  196.  It  is  con- 
ceivable that  to  get  this  remedy  the  plaintiff  had  to  assess  the  value  beforehand,  as  he  had 
to  do  in  furti  nee  manifesti  (12.  3.  9;  Lenel,  E.P.  318)  which  also  gave  double  liability 
though  it  is  not  only  contra  infitiantem.  12.  1.  9.  1  may  be  a  reminiscence  of  this.  2  The 
exact  conditions  of  this  are  uncertain,  G.  4.  23.  3  See,  for  a  list,  Girard,  Manuel,  1001, 

n.  2.  4  Girard,  Manuel,  1001.  5  G.  4.  25.  6  Livy,  8.  28.  7  Ihering, 

Geist  (5),  1.  150  sqq.  If,  as  is  sometimes  said,  the  further  proceeding  against  the  vindex  was 
a  separate  legis  actio,  presumably  sacramentum  at  first,  this  view  is  necessarily  excluded. 
8  This  is  substantially  the  definition  of  legis  actio  given  by  Ihering  elsewhere  (op.  cit.  (4), 
2.  639;  Tr.  Franf.  3.  331).  In  the  other  passage  he  is  considering  not  the  character  of 
legis  actio,  but  the  character  of  modi  lege  agendi. 


xin]  P1GNORIS  CAPIO  619 

tinned  to  be  applied  beyond  the  legal  sphere.  If  a  man  seized  a  chattel 
of  his  debtor,  having  no  legal  right  to  do  so,  the  debtor  conld  claim  it, 
but  only  at  the  risk  of  being  at  once  proceeded  against  for  the  debt, 
and  no  doubt  such  extra-legal  pledges  often  resulted  from  agreement. 
As  a  legal  institution  it  is  explained  by  Gaius1  as  follows:  the  creditor, 
where  pignoris  capio  was  allowed,  seized  property  of  the  debtor  to  hold 
as  a  pledge,  using  formal  prescribed  words  (certa  verba),  as  in  other  legis 
actiones,  but  there  was  no  appearance  in  court,  the  debtor  himself  need 
not  be  present,  and  it  could  be  done  on  dies  nefasti,  when,  in  general, 
because  the  intervention  of  the  magistrate  was  involved,  legis  actio  was 
not  possible. 

Gaius  tells  us  that  it  was  allowed  by  custom  where  a  soldier's  stipend 
(aes  militare),  or  the  money  needed  to  procure  a  horse  for  an  eques  (aes 
equestre),  or  fodder  for  the  horse  (aes  hordearium),  was  not  provided  by 
the  person  liable,  this  charge  being,  at  least  in  case  of  aes  hordearium, 
imposed  on  certain  persons  as  a  tax2.  The  XII  Tables  allowed  it  against 
one  who  had  bought  a  beast  for  sacrifice  and  failed  to  pay  the  price,  or 
had  hired  a  horse  from  one  who  meant  to  use  the  hire  money  to  buy  a 
sacrifice,  and  had  not  paid  the  hire.  It  was  allowed  by  a  provision  of 
the  censors  to  a  publicanus,  for  unpaid  taxes.  Gaius  does  not  suggest 
other  cases,  but  it  is  sometimes  supposed  that  these  are  only  examples 
and  that  it  was  a  much  more  general  remedy3.  There  seems  no  evidence 
for  this.  Gaius  indeed  tells  us4  that  in  damnum  infectum,  though  the 
praetorian  remedy  was  usually  adopted5,  it  was  possible  to  proceed  by 
legis  actio  and  it  is  suggested  that  this  was  pignoris  capio,  for  which 
view  there  is  not  much  evidence6;  the  liability  is  of  a  very  different 
type  from  that  in  the  recorded  cases.  There  is  another  recorded  case  in 
the  Empire7,  but  that  was  seizure  by  persons  exploiting  under  the 
State  and  had  no  relation  to  the  legis  actio.  There  is  another  somewhat 
earlier  case  in  which  manus  iniectio  and  pignoris  capio  were  allowed 
where  filth  was  thrown  in  a  certain  area,  which  may  have  been  a  private 
case,  i.e.  popularis8,  but  is  not  ancient  or  very  closely  connected  with  the 
old  legis  actio.  On  the  whole  the  list  given  by  Gaius  seems  probably  to 
be  exhaustive  for  early  law. 

The  fact  that  some  of  these  cases  are  based  on  mores  and  not  on  lex 
has  suggested  the  view  that  in  the  expression  legis  actio  the  word  lex 
is  used 'in  an  extended  sense,  though  there  are  different  opinions  as  to 

1  G.  4.  26  sqq.  2  See  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  195;  D.P.R.  6.  1.  219.  3  E.g. 

Lenel,  Essays  in  Legal  Hist.  ed.  Vinogradoff,  132.  4  G.  4.  31.  The  cases  of  extra- 

legal  seizure  are  of  no  importance  in  this  connexion.  5  Post,  §  CCXLV.  6  So 

Karlowa,  C.P.  216  sqq.,  who  gives  the  evidence.  7  Lex  Metalli   Vipacensis,  16, 

35,  41,  etc.    Girard,  Textes,  120;  Bruns,  1.  189.  8  Sc.  de  pago  Montana,  Girard, 

Textes,  130;  Bruns,  1.   189. 


620  PIGNORIS  CAP  10  [CH. 

what  this  extended  meaning  is 1.  But  the  forms  are  regulated  by  statute, 
and  the  fact  that  some  of  the  applications  are  older  than  the  statute 
does  not  seem  to  require  this  concession;  tutela  legitima  is  older  than  the 
statute. 

What  is  the  common  quality  of  the  recorded  cases  of  pignoris  capiol 
They  all,  with  the  very  doubtful  exception  of  damnum  infectum,  affect 
the  State  or  religious  interests2,  and  it  is  contended  that  as  the  State 
can  do  itself  justice,  these  are  cases  in  which  the  State  had  delegated 
the  power  of  enforcement  to  the  person  more  immediately  concerned  and 
responsible.  The  interests  of  religion  were  indeed  only  remotely  affected, 
and  neither  State  nor  religion  was  in  any  way  concerned  in  damnum 
infectum.  But  leaving  this  doubtful  case  out  of  account,  they  were  all 
certainly  cases  in  which  there  was  public  interest,  and  they  were  all 
cases  in  which  there  was  no  juristic  relation  between  the  parties.  Those 
who  were  to  provide  the  funds  for  the  soldier  were  not  responsible  to 
him  but  to  the  State.  The  tax  was  not  due  to  the  publicanus  but  to  the 
State.  Informal  sale  and  hire  were  not  recognised  as  giving  an  action 
in  early  law.  This  indirect  remedy  was  given  because  the  public  interest 
was  concerned. 

The  seizure  of  a  pledge  was  in  itself  a  poor  remedy.  It  might  indeed, 
if  a  quantity  of  valuable  and  indispensable  property  was  seized,  put 
pressure  on  the  defaulter,  but  one  would  expect  further  steps  to  be 
possible.  Gaius  tells  us  of  none,  and  other  sources  give  little  help.  There 
is  no  hint  of  a  right  of  sale.  Whether  the  system  was  or  was  not  a  delega- 
tion of  the  magistrate's  power  of  seizure,  by  way  of  coercitio,  it  was 
plainly  modelled  on  it  and  would  probably  give  the  same  rights  over  the 
pledge.  In  that  case  the  practice  was,  apparently,  to  destroy  it,  if  the 
claim  was  not  satisfied3.  This  right  may  have  existed  here,  and,  on  the 
same  analogy,  may  have  been  the  only  right.  Sale  in  the  State  cases 
would  have  suggested  action  in  our  case4,  but  as  the  State  did  not  sell, 
that  analogy  fails.  It  is,  however,  widely  held  that  the  further  pro- 
ceedings were  an  action5,  and  that  to  this  fact  is  due  the  position  of 
pignoris  capio  in  this  group.  This  would  not  be  an  action  by  the  victim 
claiming  that  the  seizure  was  wrong,  for  that  would  be  a  vindicatio, 
presumably  sacramentum,  and  certainly  a  distinct  legis  actio.  It  must 
therefore  have  been  an  action  to  enforce  redemption  of  the  pledge, 
perhaps,  in  view  of  the  language  of  Gaius 6  and  of  analogous  provisions 
of  the  so-called  I.  lulia  municipalis"7,  for  an  amount  larger  than  the 

1  See  Mitteis,  Privatr.  1.  34.       2  Cuq,  Inst.  Jur.  1.  430;  Manuel,  843.      3  Mommsen, 
Strafr.  53.  4  That  is  the  way  in  which  the  State  enforces  its  claims,  as  action  is  for 

privati.  5  Ihering,  Geist  (5),  1.  158  sqq.  6  G.  4.  32.  7  E.g.  44;  Girard, 

Textes,  84;  Bruns,  1.  104. 


xin]  DECAY  OF  LEGIS  ACTIO  621 

original  claim,  but  recoverable  only  after  a  certain  lapse  of  time.  But 
it  is  surprising,  if  this  special  machinery  existed,  that  Gaius,  whose 
account  is  full,  should  not  have  thought  it  worth  mentioning.  He  tells 
us  of  the  indicium  in  sacramentum  and  condictio.  He  tells  us  that  there 
was  difference  of  opinion  on  the  question  whether  pignoris  capio  was  a 
legis  actio;  some  refused  so  to  regard  it  because  it  was  not  in  iure,  did 
not  need  presence  of  the  adversary  and  could  take  place  on  dies  nefasti, 
all  impossible  in  the  others1.  He  says  that  the  general  view  was  that  it 
was  a  legis  actio,  because  of  the  certa  verba  used.  He  does  not  advert  to 
the  existence  of  this  indicium  which  must,  one  would  suppose,  have 
involved  appearance  before  the  magistrate  for  the  appointment  of  the 
index. 

Two  texts  are  however  cited  to  prove  the  existence  of  this  action. 
One  is  a  text  of  Cicero  in  which  he  calls  the  publicanus  "pignerator  ac 
petitor2."    But    another  reading  is   "ant  petitor,"  which  makes   some 
difference.    And  it  is  impossible  to  attach  much  importance  to  a  rhe- 
torical utterance  dealing  with  provincial  procedure   and   made  after 
formulae  had  existed  for  a  century.  The  other  text,  of  Gaius3,  is  more 
important.    He  tells  us  that  there  was  in  later  times  an  actio  fictitia 
given  to  the  publicanus  containing  " talis  fictio . .  .ut  quanta  pecunia  olim 
si  pignus  captum  esset,  id  pignus  is  a  quo  captum  erat  luere  deberet  tantam 
pecuniam  condemnetur."    The  fiction  is  complex.  The  form  given  is,  it 
seems,  that  of  the  formula,  in  oratio  obliqua.   He  gives  other  illustrations 
of  formulae  fictitiae  in  personam,  but  this  is  the  only  one  which  says 
" luere  debere"  and  not  " oportere,"  a  fact  which  suggests  that  the  remedy 
it  replaced  was  not  an  action.  If  the  seizer  had  no  action,  but  only  means 
of  putting  pressure,  this  fiction  seems  exactly  designed  to  give  an  action 
instead.  If  there  had  been  an  actio  it  is  not  easy  to  see  why  the  expression 
"dare  oporteret"  was  not  used;  the  whole  formula  would  have  been  much 
simpler. 

CCXIV.  DECAY  OF  THE  LEGIS  A  CTIO.  The  rigid  formalism  and  con- 
sequent inexpansibility  of  the  legis  actio  was  unsuited  to  the  needs  of  an 
advancing  civilisation.  Still  less  was  it  suited,  since  its  forms  and  cere- 
monies were  to  agreat  extent  secrets  in  the  hands  of  patrician  magistrates 
and  pontiffs,  to  the  plebeians,  steadily  growing  in  importance  and  strength. 
The  opening  of  various  magistracies  to  plebeians  and  the  publication  of 
the  Calendar  and  other  information  by  Cnaeus  Flavins,  about  300  B.C.4, 
did  something  to  help  them,  and  when,  half  a  century  later,  a  plebeian 
pontifex  maximus  expounded  the  law  publicly5,  all  the  value  of  the 
system,  even  to  the  patricians,  was  gone.  Only  its  inconveniences  were 

1  G.  4.  29.  2  In  Verr.  2.  3.  11.  27.          3  G.  4.  32.  4  Livy,  9.  46;  D.  1.  2. 

2.  7.  5  1.  2.  2.  35. 


622  DECAY  OF  LEGIS  ACTIO  [CH. 

left,  and  it  was  superseded  by  the  more  rational  Formulary  System.  A 
certain  simplification  had  already  begun  within  the  legis  actio  itself,  by 
the  introduction  of  the  actions  per  sponsionem1.  This  was  a  method  of 
evading  the  real  action  by  sacramentum2.  One  of  the  parties,  apparently 
the  party  in  possession,  made  a  promise  of  a  small  sum  to  the  other,  if 
the  thing  claimed  belonged  to  that  other.  At  the  same  time  he  gave 
security  for  delivery  of  the  res  and  the  interim  profits,  by  way  of  surety, 
replacing  the  old  praedes,  and  therefore  called  satisdatio  pro  praede  litis 
et  vindiciarum3.  Action  was  brought  on  the  promise.  It  was  probably 
tried  by  condictio*,  and  the  trial  of  the  question  whether  the  summa 
sponsionis  was  due  would  in  effect  settle  the  property  question.  The 
language  of  Gaius5  makes  it  clear  that  the  action  was  in  form  in  per- 
sonam,  a  claim  for  the  amount  of  the  sponsio.  The  decision  rendered 
possible  a  claim  against  the  sureties  for  the  thing,  so  that  it  was  in  effect 
a  decision  on  the  ius  in  rein.  The  sponsio  was,  as  we  know  it,  praeiudicialis, 
not  poenalis,  i.e.  it  was  not  actually  exacted6.  Its  amount  would  there- 
fore be  indifferent.  Though  the  action  would  normally  be  condictio  after 
this  action  was  introduced,  a  certain  I.  Crepereia  of  unknown  date 
shews  that,  if  the  case  was  one  going  before  the  centumviri,  the  claim 
would  be  by  sacramentum  in  personam,  and  it  is  possible  that  this  alter- 
native was  always  open.  The  same  statute  also  provided  that  the  sponsio, 
in  the  same  case,  should  be  125  sesterces7.  The  purpose  of  this  provision 
may  have  been  to  secure  that  the  resulting  sacramentum  should  be  on 
the  lower  scale,  but  it  is  obscure,  and  the  fact  that,  on  the  money  values 
of  the  late  republic,  125  sesterces  were  equivalent  to  500  asses,  i.e.  the 
sacramentum  in  important  cases,  has  given  rise  to  other  explanations8. 

The  praetor's  interdict  played,  as  we  shall  see,  a  very  important  part 
in  the  formulary  system,  but  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  interdicts  were 
issued  under  the  legis  actio  system.  How  far  the  praetor  could,  at  that 
time,  create  new  obligations  in  that  way  we  need  not  here  consider,  but 
he  could  certainly  issue  orders  requiring  obedience  to  existing  law  and 

1  See  Karlowa,  C.P.  97  sqq.  2  Naber,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  309  sqq.,  states  and 

rejects  various  opinions  as  to  the  actual  reason  for  its  introduction,  himself  concluding 
that  it  was  for  the  purpose  of  substituting  a  single  issue — is  the  thing  the  plaintiff's? — for 
the  duplex  question  which  we  have  seen  to  be  the  essential  characteristic  of  sacramentum 
in  rem.  3  See  G.  4.  91,  who  is  however  dealing  with  the  later  system.  4  M.  Jobbe- 
Duval,  fitudes  de  procedure  civile,  485  sqq.,  holds  that  they  were  not  tried  by  legis  actio  at 
all,  but  by  a  procedure  not  clearly  defined,  the  sponsio  forming  the  instruction  to  the 
index.  He  rests  this  mainly  on  Cicero,  in  Verr.  2.  1.  45.  115,  which  he  considers  to  dis- 
tinguish between  legis  actio  and  procedure  per  sponsionem.  But  it  seems  only  to  distinguish 
between  lege  agere  in  hereditatem  and  the  more  circuitous  process.  He  associates  with  this 
action  the  enigmatic  "deductio  quae  moribus  fit"  (Cicero,  pro  Tullio,  7.  16,  etc.;  pro  Caec. 
10.  27,  etc.)  which  has  been  assigned  by  different  writers  to  sacramentum  in  rem,  interdict 
uti  possidetis  and  interdict  unde  vi.  5  G.  4.  95,  " summam  sponsionis  petimus." 

6  G.  4.  94.  7  G.  4.  95.         8  See,  e.g.,  Naber,  loc.  cit. 


xm]  DECAY  OF  LEGIS  ACT  10  623 

enforce  them  by  his  power  of  coercitio1.  It  is  likely  that  some  of  the 
interdicts  found  in  later  law,  giving  the  ordinary  interdictal  procedure, 
either  to  a  person  aggrieved,  or,  where  the  interest  was  public,  to  any 
citizen,  are  older  than  the  formulary  system.  If  that  is  so  their  character 
in  later  law  suggests  that  they  were  tried  by  sponsiones. 

The  recuperatory  procedure  already  mentioned2  was  probably  in 
some  cases  by  legis  actio,  in  others  by  a  different  method,  since  the 
treaties  on  which  it  rested  may  have  varied  in  their  terms.  We  know 
little  or  nothing  of  this  other  procedure3,  but  it  has  been  conjectured 
that  the  instructions  to  the  recuperatores  were  written. 

In  the  formulary  system,  dominant  in  the  classical  age,  the  main 
lines  of  the  procedure  were  unchanged.  The  issue  was  brought  before  a 
magistrate,  exactly  formulated  in  his  court  (in  iure),  and  referred  to 
another  tribunal,  index,  arbiter,  etc.,  for  settlement.  But  this  general 
similarity  is  accompanied  by  fundamental  changes  in  the  character  of 
the  proceedings,  of  which  the  most  important  are  the  following. 

The  most  significant  change  is  that  instead  of  the  "certa  verba"  of 
the  legis  actio  there  were  "eonoepta  verba*."  The  proceedings  in  iure, 
instead  of  consisting  in  the  recitation  of  invariable  traditional  forms  of 
words  now  resulted  in  a  statement  of  the  issue  in  a  formula  or  instruction 
to  the  index,  taken  from  one  of  a  set  of  models  provided  by  the  praetor 
as  an  accompaniment  of  his  Edict,  and  modified,  so  far  as  was  necessary, 
to  state  the  exact  question,  subject  to  the  praetor's  approval.  This  con- 
trol was  only  one  expression  of  a  great  change  which  had  occurred  in 
his  share  in  the  control  of  litigation.  He  had  now  an  extraordinarily 
free  hand.  He  could  create  new  actions  by  his  Edict,  thereby  creating 
rights  and  liabilities  not  known  to  the  civil  law.  He  could  admit  defences 
not  known  to  civil  law  and  he  could  refuse  actions  where  civil  law 
allowed  them5. 

Another  important  change  was  that  the  instructions  to  the  index 
(formula)  were  put  into  writing,  an  almost  inevitable  result  of  the  greater 
elasticity  of  the  proceedings;  without  it.  disputes  as  to  the  exact  issue 
submitted  would  have  been  frequent. 

The  judgment  was  now,  apart  from  the  divisory  actions,  either  a 
condemnatio  for  a  sum  of  money  or  an  absolutio6.  Other  minor  points 
will  be  considered  in  dealing  with  the  course  of  an  action. 

There  remains  the  question  of  the  history  of  these  changes.  Of  their 
legislative  history  a  few  words  must  suffice.  Gaius  tells  us  that  the 

1  See,  as  to  " de  glanda  legenda,"  Pliny,  H.N.  16.  5.  15.  2  Ante,  §  ccix.          3  Kar- 

lowa,  C.P.  213  sqq.;  Girard,  Org.  Judir,.  1.  99  sqq.  4  G.  4.  30.  5  See,  how- 

ever, post,  p.  625.  6  As  to  non-existence  of  absolutio  in  early  law,  see  a  view  of 

Huvelin,  Mel.  Gdrardin,  344  sqq. 


624  DECAY  OF  LEGIS  ACTIO  [CH. 

legis  actio  was  superseded  by  the  effect  of  the  I.  Aebutia,  and  the  II. 
luliae1.  The  /.  Aebutia  is  held  by  Girard  to  have  been  enacted  between 
149  and  126  B.C.2  The  II.  luliae  appear  to  date  from  Augustus  and  are 
no  doubt  parts  of  the  piece  of  legislation  called  the  /.  lulia  ludiciorum3. 
Gaius  does  not  tell  us  what  part  was  played  by  each  of  these  enactments, 
and  many  views  are  held.  According  to  one  the  I.  Aebutia  substituted  the 
formula  for  the  legis  actio  per  condictionem,  and  did  not  affect  the  others, 
the  work  being  completed  by  the  1.  lulia*.  According  to  another,  now 
most  widely  accepted,  the  I.  Aebutia  merely  authorised  the  formula,  so 
that  suitors  could  proceed  in  either  way  while  the  1.  lulia  swept  away 
the  legis  actio  altogether5.  In  any  case,  after  its  enactment  the  legis 
actio  was  gone,  apart  from  fictitious  litigation6,  except,  as  Gaius  tells 
us7,  in  the  case  of  damnum  infectum  (in  which,  he  observes,  it  was  not 
used),  and  where  the  case  was  to  go  before  the  centumviri,  in  which  case 
it  must  be  tried  by  sacramentum.  To  this  extent  it  survived  to  the  time 
of  Paul8.  As  we  have  seen9,  the  jurisdiction  of  the  centumviri  was  of 
limited  range  and  need  not  be  considered  further  here. 

The  statement  of  the  legislative  provisions  which  caused  the  dis- 
appearance of  the  legis  actio  leaves  open  the  question,  whence  come  the 
new  ideas  of  the  new  system?  The  disappearance  of  the  dramatic 
element  was  prepared  by  the  legis  actio  per  condictionem,  and  thus  this 
action  has  been  described  as  not  only  the  last  development  of  the  legis 
actio,  but  also  the  first  step  in  the  new  system10.  In  fact,  little  but  the 
writing  separates  it  from  the  early  formula.  The  source  of  the  writing  is 
obscure.  It  has  been  said  that  the  recuperatores  received  their  instruc- 
tions in  writing,  and  this  suggested  it,  but  there  is  no  evidence  for  the 
fact.  It  is  also  said  that  it  may  come  from  the  practice  in  provincial 
jurisdiction11,  and  it  may  also  be  considered  a  natural  result  of  the  more 

1  G.  4.  30.  2  Mil.  67  sqq.,  114  sqq.;  Manuel,  1012.  His  point  is  that  there  is 

evidence  that,  at  the  earlier  date,  legis  actio  was  the  only  mode,  while  at  the  later  the 
magistrate  had  the  power  denegare  actionem,  which  was  a  result  of  theZ.  Aebutia,  but  this 
is  disputed,  post,  p.  625.  3  Girard,  Z.S.S.  34.  295  sqq. ;  Manuel,  1013.  He  dates  the 

/.  lulia  iudiciorum  publicorum,  on  conclusive  evidence,  in  17  B.C.,  and  the  other,  privatorum, 
which  abolished  the  legis  actio,  in  the  same  or  the  next  year,  but  this  though  highly  probable 
is  not  so  securely  made  out.  He  rejects  the  view  (Wlassak,  Processg.  1.  191  sqq.)  based  on 
the  plural  in  G.  4.  30  that  there  were  two  II.  luliae  iud.  privatorum,  one  dealing  with  Rome 
and  the  other  with  the  municipia,  and  shews  the  untenability  of  the  view  frequently  ex- 
pressed by  Mommsen  (e.g.,  Strafr.  128)  that  these  II.  luliae  are  identical  with  the  I.  lulia 
de  vi.  4  Cuq,  Instil,  jurid.  1.  714;  Manuel,  852.  5  Wlassak,  Processg.  1.  85  sqq. 

6  Cessio  in  iure,  manumission  vindicta,  etc.  7  G.  4.  31.  8  P.  5.  16.  2.  9  Ante,  §  ccix. 
10  Keller-Wach,  C.P.  95.  11  Girard,  Manuel,  1011.  It  is  also  suggested  that  the 

instructions  in  the  arbitriumlitis  aestimandae  were  written.  Huvelin,  Mel.  Gtrardin,  333.  See 
also  Koschaker,  Z.S.S.  34.  434.  Partsch,  Schriftformel  (48  sqq.),  arguing  from  the  form 
in  which  disputes  between  certain  Greek  communities  were  referred  by  the  pr.  peregrinus, 
under  direction  of  the  Senate,  to  arbitral  courts  for  decision,  concludes  that  something 


xin]  FORMULARY  SYSTEM  625 

complex  nature  of  the  issue,  and  the  increased  prevalence  of  writing, 
but  in  truth  there  is  no  certainty.  The  use  of  variable  "concepta  verba" 
instead  of  the  old  " certa  verba"  came  no  doubt  from  one  of  these  sources, 
perhaps  from  the  provincial  procedure  through  the  intervening  stage  of 
the  praetor  peregrinus1.  This  variability  is  one  aspect  of  the  changed 
position  of  the  magistrate.  He  could  now  create  actions,  refuse  actions, 
admit  new  defences  and  so  forth.  This  power  can  hardly  have  been  ex- 
pressly conferred  by  the  /.  Aebutia;  the  rights  resulting  would  have  been 
thought  of  as  civil  law  rights.  Probably  it  was  a  usurpation  of  the 
praetor  rendered  possible  by  the  power  of  issuing  formulae  given  by  the 
statute.  It  was  no  doubt  contemplated  as  an  exercise  of  the  imperium, 
favoured  by  public  opinion,  and  therefore  not  checked  by  authority. 
These  powers  were,  no  doubt,  not  all  exercised  at  the  beginning.  The 
exceptio  doli  did  not  exist  till  Cicero's  time2.  Praescriptio  pro  reo  became 
an  exceptio  later  still3.  Whether  any  of  the  powers  existed  under  the 
legis  actio  system  is  disputed.  Girard  holds  that  none  of  the  powers  in 
litigation  which  we  regard  as  essentially  praetorian  (missio  in  posses- 
sionem,  interdicta,  etc.)  existed  under  the  legis  actio,  except  so  far  as 
they  enforced  civil  law  rights4,  but  a  different  view  is  elsewhere  held5. 
The  most  doubtful  case  is  that  of  denegatio  actionis.  Of  several  recorded 
cases  of  this,  one  is  older  than  the  /.  Aebutia  and  others  may  be.  The 
first  is  a  case  concerning  manumissio;  and  on  the  instructions  of  the 
Senate,  both  circumstances  which  lessen  its  weight,  but  hardly  destroy 
it6.  It  is  certain  that  in  B.C.  177  the  Senate  could  direct  the  praetor  as 
to  the  exercise  of  his  imperium,  but  it  is  not  so  clear  that  it  could  order 
him  to  do  what  was  not  within  the  limits  of  his  imperium.  The  other 
cases  can  be  but  little  later  than  that  statute,  and  if  we  have  to  choose 
between  immediate  exercise  of  this  great  power,  without  precedent,  and 
the  possibility  that  it  was  already,  in  the  period  immediately  before  the 
/.  Aebutia,  to  some  extent  in  operation,  the  latter  seems  to  be  the  more 
probable7. 

like  the  formula  was  in  use  in  the  court  of  pr.  peregrinus  before  the  I.  Aebutia  and,  a  fortiori, 
in  the  provinces. 

1  Girard,  ib.  An  internal  origin  of  the  formula  may  seem  in  itself  more  probable. 
Some  hypotheses  start  from  this  point  of  view.  Thus  Keller  (loc.  tit.)  traces  it  from  the 
freer  hand  the  magistrate  had  hi  condictio,  the  magistrate's  instructions  here  being  an 
anticipation  of  the  formula.  Huvelin  (Mel.  Gerardin,  319)  traces  it  from  the  instructions 
to  the  index  in  the  arbitrium  litis  aestimandae,  the  formula  having  begun  in  similar  in- 
structions without  any  previous  trial  by  sacramentum.  But  the  interpretation  of  his 
principal  text  (Cicero,  de  Orat.,  36.  166,  167)  is  not  very  satisfactory.  2  De  Off.  3. 

14.  60.  3  Arg.  G.  4.  133.  4  Girard,  Melanges,  1.  75  sqq.,  126  sqq.,  170 

sqq.  5  See  the  opposing  views  of  Mitteis,  Lenel,  and  Wlassak,  cited  and  considered 

by  Girard,  loc.  cit.  6  Livy,  41.  9.  7  See  also  Costa,  Profile  Storico,  32. 

and  Cornil,  Aperfu  historique,  92,  for  expressions  of  this  view. 

B.  B.  L.  40 


626      PROCEDURE  UNDER  THE  FORMULARY  SYSTEM      [CH. 

CCXV.  COURSE  OF  AN  ACTION  UNDER  THE  FORMULARY  SYSTEM1. 
The  normal  beginning  was  in  ius  vocatio2,  and,  as  before,  the  adversary, 
now  describable  in  all  cases  as  the  defendant,  must  come  or  give  a  vindex3. 
The  Edict  provided  that  if  he  did  not  appear,  or  give  a  vindex,  an  actio 
in  factum  for  a  penalty  would  apparently  be  given  against  him,  and  it 
contained  other  auxiliary  rules  on  the  matter4.  There  was  an  actio  in 
factum  against  the  vindex  who  failed  to  produce  his  man,  and  missio  in 
possessionem  against  the  defaulter  himself5.  And  it  seems  that  the  old 
right  of  taking  him  by  force  before  the  magistrate  if  he  would  not  come 
or  give  a  vindex  still  remained6.  There  was  however  an  alternative  to 
in  ius  vocatio.  Vadimonium,  which  was  still  used  in  case  of  postpone- 
ment, might  also  be  used  to  initiate  proceedings7.  Vadimonium  was 
now  by  verbal  contract8,  and,  in  the  present  case,  as  it  was  extra- 
judicial,  and  matter  of  agreement,  it  does  not  seem  that  there  was  any 
rule  requiring  surety9.  It  must  be  noted  that  it  was  distinct  from  the 
undertaking  of  a  vindex.  That  presupposes  in  ius  vocatio;  this  replaces 
in  ius  vocatio.  The  Edict  also  provided10  that  if  a  defendant  hid  and  so 
made  in  ius  vocatio  impossible,  the  creditor  might  be  given  possession 
of  the  goods  of  the  latitans  (missio  in  possessionem)  with  an  ultimate 
right  to  sell  them,  venditio  bonorumu. 

The  parties  being  in  court,  the  plaintiff  stated  the  nature  of  his  claim 
and  evidence,  editio  actionis12,  and  asked  of  the  praetor  the  formula  he 
wanted,  postulatio,  impetratio  actionis13.  The  possible  variety  of  defences 
and  answers  to  these  defences  made  the  matter  in  iure  much  more 
complex  than  it  had  been  under  the  old  system.  Thus,  in  a  claim  on  a  loan 
of  money,  the  defendant  might  wish  to  plead  that  he  was  a  filiusfamilias 
at  the  time  of  the  loan,  exceptio  Sci.  Macedonian^,  and  the  plaintiff 
might  answer  that  he  had  represented  himself  as  a  paterfamilias,  re- 

1  The  following  account  is  of  procedure  at  Rome.  For  rules  as  to  jurisdiction,  see 
Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  2.  §§  72  sqq. ;  Bertolini,  //  processo  civile,  55  sqq.,  and  post,  §  ccxx. 
2  Accompanied  by  a  statement  of  the  nature  of  the  claim — an  informal  "editio  actionis," 
required  by  the  Edict.  Lenel,  E.P.  §  9.  As  to  litis  denuntiatio,  post,  §  ccxxvi.  3  G.  4. 

46;  Lenel,  E.P.  65.  The  vindex,  if  he  fails  to  produce  his  man,  is  liable  to  actio  in  factum 
for  "quanti  ea  res  erit"  (2.  8.  2.  5),  an  obscure  saying  not  cleared  up  by  h.  t.  3  and  5.  pr. 
Cuq  (Manuel,  868)  holds  it  to  mean  that  he  is  liable  whether  the  actual  defendant  was  or 
not,  though  the  vindex  of  the  legis  actio  was  liable  only  if  the  defendant  would  have  been. 
The  vindex  of  classical  law  has  become  fideiussor  iudicio  sistendi  causa  in  the  Digest. 
4  Perhaps  missio  in  possessionem,  Beseler,  Beitrage,  3.  20.  5  Lenel,  E.P.  70  sqq. 

6  See,  e.g.,  50.  17.  103.  7  Cicero,  pro  Quinctio,  19.  61.    Not  stated  in  extant  legal 

texts.  8  G.  4.  184.  9  See,  however,  Fliniaux,  Vadimonium,  48  sqq.,  and  as  to 

circumstances  barring  action  for  vadimonium  desertum,  ib.  79.  10  See  Lenel,  E.P. 

400.  11  42.  4.  7.  1  sqq.  12  See  2.  13.  1,  where  however  it  is  not  clear  what  refers 
to  this  editio  and  what  to  that  which  accompanied  in  ius  vocatio.  Something  of  the  sort 
there  must  have  been.  13  Cicero,  in  Verr.  2.  3.  65.  152;  C.  3.  9.  1;  C.  2.  57,  rubr.; 

D.  13.  7.  34.  14  Ante,  §  CLXHI. 


xiii]  ACTIONES  INTERROGATORIAE  627 

plicatio  doli1.  These  and  similar  matters  might  take  time.  If  the  business 
could  not  be  completed  in  the  day  there  would  be  vadimonium.  Ulti- 
mately the  issues  agreed  on  would  be  embodied  in  a  formula,  approved 
by  the  praetor.  It  was  issued  under  his  authority,  but  it  was  not  his 
duty  to  see  that  it  stated  correctly  the  dispute  between  the  parties; 
that  was  their  affair.  What  he  had  ordinarily  to  see  to  was  that  it  stated 
a  real  issue  of  fact  and  law,  or,  in  some  cases,  of  fact,  satisfying  himself, 
in  this  last  case,  that  the  facts  alleged  were  such  as  to  justify  the  issue 
of  the  formula  infactum2. 

The  next  step  was  the  appointment  of  a  index,  whose  identity  was 
arrived  at  by  a  method  to  be  considered  later.  This  settled,  the  formula 
was  issued  and  accepted  by  the  defendant,  the  transaction  amounting, 
according  to  the  view  now  dominant,  to  a  contract  between  the  parties3. 
This  is  the  stage  called  litis  contestatio,  the  very  important  effects  of 
which  will  be  considered  later4.  Whether  it  was  still  accompanied  by 
a  joint  appeal  to  witnesses,  "testes  estote5,"  is  uncertain.  There 
appears  to  have  been  an  express  authorisation  or  instruction  by  the 
praetor  to  the  chosen  index  to  proceed  in  accordance  with  the  formula, 
iudicare  iubere6.  The  exact  machinery  of  the  issue  of  the  formula  is  dis- 
puted. It  may  have  been  accepted  by  the  defendant  from  the  praetor7, 
or,  more  probably  from  the  plaintiff,  under  the  praetor's  authority8, 
in  a  written  form,  or  dictated  by  the  plaintiff  to  the  defendant  and 
written  down  by  him9. 

Something  must  be  said  of  important  variations  of  the  proceedings 
in  iure.  In  certain  actions,  actiones  interrogatoriae10,  the  plaintiff,  before 
asking  for  his  formula,  might  question  the  defendant  as  to  circumstances 
which  affected,  not  the  liability  in  general,  but  his  personal  liability. 
This  might  be  done  in  noxal  actions,  where  the  question  was  whether 
the  defendant  had  or  had  not  "potestas"  over  the  slave,  probably  only 
wrhere  the  slave  was  absent11.  If  he  admitted  potestas  the  noxal  action 
proceeded.  If  he  denied  it,  but  the  plaintiff  wished  nevertheless  to  con- 

1  Post,  §  ccxxm.  2  In  dealing  with  unlearned  and  insufficiently  advised  suitors 

he  might  no  doubt,  on  occasion,  be  much  more  helpful.  3  See  Wlassak,  Litis  con- 

testatio; Wenger,  Pauly-Wissowa,  s.v.  Editio.  For  a  different  and  not  generally  accepted 
view,  rejecting  the  contract  theory,  Schlossmann,  Litis  contestatio,  especially  124  and  the 
summary,  188  sqq.-  4  Post,  §  ccxxxv.  5  Festus,  s.v.  Contestari.  6  See 

Partsch,  Schriftformel,  10  sqq.  7  "Accipere  indicium"  is  equivalent  to  "accipere 

formulam,"  Wlassak,  R.  Processg.  1.  72  sqq.;  2.  13,  28.  Acceptance  from  praetor,  Keller, 
Litis  contestatio.  8  Wlassak,  Litis  contestatio;  see  Girard,  Manuel,  1027.  9  Lenel, 
Z.S.S.  15.  374  sqq.  These  points  are  not  insignificant.  The  view  that  the  formula  was 
received  by  the  deft,  from  the  praetor  led  Keller  to  the  conception  of  the  relation  as  quasi- 
contractual.  The  view  that  it  is  an  agreed  issue,  a  contract,  suggests  acceptance  between 
the  actual  parties.  The  conception  of  the  formula  as  a  contract  has  important  conse- 
quences, especially  in  relation  to  translatio  iudicii,  post,  §  CCXLJ.  10  Demelius,  Die 
Confessio,  245  sqq.  11  See  reff.  to  texts  and  literature,  Buckland,  Slavery,  102. 

40—2 


628  IUSIURANDUM  NECESSARIUM  [en. 

tinue,  he  had  a  formula  with  no  right  of  surrender,  so  that  if  it  were 
eventually  shewn  that  the  defendant  had  potestas  he  would  be  liable 
in  solidum1.  Probably,  if  the  slave  was  present  there  was  an  interrogatio 
"an  elus  sit"  with  similar  results2.  The  interrogatio  also  occurred  in 
actions  against  the  heres  of  a  debtor.  The  plaintiff  asked  whether  and 
for  what  share  the  defendant  was  heres3,  an  important  point  as  the 
XII  Tables  divided  the  liabilities  among  the  heredes.  If  he  refused  to 
answer  or  answered  falsely  that  he  was  not  heres,  or  as  to  his  share,  he 
was  liable  in  solidum*.  Apart  from  this  the  action  proceeded  as  if  any 
admission  made  was  true,  but  as  this  praetorian  action  might  make  one 
liable  who  was  not  really  heres,  there  is  much  dispute  as  to  its  exact 
formulation5. 

In  certain  cases  the  plaintiff  might  offer  an  oath  to  the  defendant 
(iusiurandum  necessarium).  If  he  accepted  it  the  action  was  lost6.  If 
he  refused  it  he  was  condemned.  If  he  offered  it  back  (referre  iusiu- 
randum), the  analogous  alternative  was  before  the  plaintiff7.  But  the 
defendant,  instead  of  offering  the  oath  back,  might  offer  the  plaintiff  a 
iusiurandum  calumniae.  If  this  was  refused  the  action  was  refused— 
denegatio  actionis8.  If  this  oath  was  taken  the  defendant  must  then 
swear  or  referre.  It  appears  the  better  view9  that  this  machinery  of 
iusiurandum  necessarium  applied  only  to  condictio  certae  pecuniae  and 
triticariaw,  actio  de  constitute,  and  actio  operarum,  operae  being  con- 
templated as  specific  danda,  like  sums  of  money11.  There  are,  however, 
other  cases  of  iusiurandum  in  iure.  Thus  in  noxal  actions  if  the  defendant 
denied  potestas,  the  plaintiff  had  the  alternative  of  an  action  sine  noxae 
deditione  or  of  offering  an  oath  to  the  defendant.  If  he  took  it  he  was 
absolved.  If  he  refused  it  he  was  condemned,  with  a  right  of  surrender12. 
It  does  not  appear  that  this  oath  could  be  offered  back.  So  also  in  the 
actio  rerum  amotarum  an  oath  might  be  offered  after  a  preliminary  oath 
de  calumnia13,  but  the  oath  could  not  be  referred  back. 

In  any  action  in  which  the  mere  fact  of  losing  it  did  not  involve  the 

1  2.  9.  2.  1;  9.  4.  22.  4.  2  9.  4.  26.  3,  etc.  Lenel,  E.P.  155  sqq.  3   11.  1.  1.  pr. 

Lenel,  E.P.  141.  4  11.  1.  5;  h.  t.  11.  3,  4.  If  he  falsely  says  he  is  heres,  and  is  insolvent, 
so  that  plaintiff  suffers,  the  action  against  the  true  heres  will  be  restored.  The  interroga- 
tions in  damni  infecti  (11.  1.  10,  20.  2;  see  Cuq,  Manuel,  873)  seem  to  have  a  different 
character  and  effect.  5  See  for  various  reconstructions,  Lenel,  E.P.  140.  6  12. 

2.  7.  7  12.  2.  34.  6,  7.  8  12.  2.  34.  4.  There  has  been  no  consumptio  litis.  The 

iusiurandum  calumniae  has  a  wider  field,  post,  §  ccxvm.  9  Girard,  Manuel, 

1019.  10  The  evidence  for  its  application  to  condictio  certae  rei  is  not  good,  and  it  is 

contended  by  Biondi,  Giuramento  decisorio,  c.  i,  that  it  applied  only  where  there  was  a 
penalty  (sponsio  tertiae  partis)  and  that  the  effect  of  refusal  was  not  condemnation  but 
merely  that  the  action,  with  its  liability  to  the  penalty,  would  proceed.  Cornil,  Aperfu 
historique,  476,  confines  it  to  condictio  certi.  11  38.  1.  4;  Lenel,  E.P.  327.  It  is 

possible  that  such  operae,  dayworks,  acquired  a  definite  fixed  money  value,  as  appears  to 
have  been  the  case  in  the  old  English  land  law.  12  9.  4.  21.  4.  13  25.  2.  11-14. 


xin]  CONFESSIO  629 

defendant  in  any  liability  beyond  the  interesse,  i.e.  excluding  cases  in 
which  there  was  a  sponsio  poenalis,  or  liability  to  condemnation  beyond 
the  simplum,  the  plaintiff  might  offer  the  defendant  a  iusiurandum 
calumniae,  i.e.  that  he  was  defending  in  good  faith.  In  like  manner  the 
defendant  might  offer  a  similar  oath  to  the  plaintiff.  If  this  was  taken 
the  action  proceeded.  If  the  plaintiff  refused  he  was  barred  from  pro- 
ceeding with  the  action,  but  there  was  nothing  to  prevent  his  bringing 
another.  A  defendant  who  refused  was  probably  treated  as  an  inde- 
fensus1. 

Besides  these  cases  there  is  a  possibility  of  iusiurandum  voluntarium, 
already  considered2. 

CCXVI.  Instead  of  defending,  the  defendant  might  admit  the 
claim3.  If  it  was  on  an  obligation  for  certa  pecunia,  there  was  no  diffi- 
culty; he  was  treated  as  iudicatus.  Confessus  pro  iudicato  habetur*.  But 
in  all  other  cases,  it  seems  the  better  view  that  he  was  not  iudicatus,  as 
all  condemnatio  was  for  a  fixed  sum  of  money  and  the  formulary  system 
had  no  arbitrium  litis  aestimandae5.  A  text  of  Ulpian6  shews  indeed 
that  even  if  the  claim  was  for  an  incertum  there  might  be  admission  of 
liability  for  a  certain  sum,  and  if  the  sum  acknowledged  satisfied  the 
plaintiff,  it  would  in  classical  law7  be  a  case  of  confessio  certi.  Apart 
from  this  modern  opinion  is  divided.  The  view  now  perhaps  dominant 
is  mainly  based  on  words  in  the  /.  Rubria8,  which  is  not  unreasonably 
regarded  as  reflecting  Roman  practice.  They  lay  it  down  that  a  confessus 
incerti  was  to  be  treated  as  an  indefensus  unless  he  gave  full  security9. 
This  seems  hard  measure  for  one  who  admits  liability  but  disputes  the 
amount,  but  it  is  justified  as  a  survival  of  the  rule  of  the  legis  actio  in 
which  confessio  barred  the  right  to  defend  in  any  case.  But  the  sting  is 
taken  from  this  by  the  rule  suggested  by  the  closing  words  of  the  same 
chapter  of  the  /.  Rubria  that,  in  the  case  of  mere  dispute  as  to  the  amount 
due,  the  defendant  would  not  be  treated  as  a  confessus  if  he  was  still 
ready  to  defend10.  If  this  is  so,  a  mere  acknowledgment  of  general 
liability  in  the  case  of  an  incertum  has  little  legal  effect.  But  opinions  differ11. 

1  G.  4.   171  sqq.  2  Ante,  §  CLXXXII.  There  is  much  controversy,  Bertolini,  77 

proc.  civ.  1.  261,  n.  4.  In  the  Digest  (12.  2)  the  different  cases  of  oath  are  inextricably  con- 
fused owing  to  changes  in  the  law.  3  Demelius,  Die  Confessio;  Giffard,  Confessio  in 
iure.  4  P.  5.  5  a.  2.  5  As  to  this,  ante,  §  ccvm.  6  42.  2.  6.  1.  7  For 
the  practice  in  the  earlier  days  of  the  formula,  see  Giffard,  Confessio  in  iure,  88.  8  Cap. 
xxn.  Girard,  Textes,  76;  Bruns,  1.  99.  It  deals  with  Gallia  Cisalpina  and  the  name  Rubria 
has  no  real  authority.  9  We  shall  see  shortly  that  in  all  cases  of  claim  for  a  certum, 
anyone  indefensus,  in  any  of  the  possible  ways  in  which  this  might  occur,  was  treated  as 
iudicatus,  so  that  in  all  cases  of  confessio,  certi  or  incerti,  the  defendant  was  treated 
as  indefensus,  but  it  was  only  in  the  former  case  that  this  was  equivalent  to  iudiratus. 

10  But  it  is  not  the  most  obvious  interpretation  of  the  opening  words  of  the  chapter. 

11  See  Lenel,  E.P.  395,  398. 


630  INDEFENSUS  [CH. 

In  the  case  of  actio  in  rem  the  principle  was  the  same:  confessio  did 
not  make  the  party  pro  indicate.  The  practical  effect  was  somewhat 
different.  It  was  as  if  there  had  been  a  "  pronuntiatio1."  The  subsequent 
proceedings  varied  according  as  the  res  was  a  mov cable  or  land.  In  the 
former  case  the  praetor  authorised  the  plaintiff  to  take  the  thing2.  In 
the  latter  he  issued  the  interdict  "  quern  fundum  "  or  one  of  its  congeners3. 
Only  if  this  was  not  obeyed  or  not  properly  met,  did  the  defendant 
become  indefensus*. 

An  indefensus  was  one  who  did  not  take  the  steps  of  procedure 
necessary  to  defence;  it  was  still  a  characteristic  of  the  process  that  it 
needed  the  cooperation  of  the  parties.  He  was  one  "qui  se  non  defendit 
ut  oportet5."  This  might  occur  in  many  ways.  He  might  refuse  "  accipere 
indicium6,"  or  to  give  security  where  this  was  required7,  or  to  answer 
interrogations  lawfully  put  to  him8,  or  to  make  the  sponsio  in  an  actio 
per  sponsionem9.  He  might  "latitare10,"  and  so  forth11.  The  effect  of 
this  in  other  than  real  actions12  was  that  the  praetor  issued  a  decree  of 
missio  in  possessionem,  under  which  the  plaintiff  might  enter  into 
possession  of  the  defendant's  property  and  ultimately  proceed  to 
bonorum  venditio.  The  process  might  be  stayed  at  any  moment  if  the 
defendant  fell  into  line  and  did  what  was  required,  and  the  possessio 
would  be  vacated13.  But  where  the  action  was  for  a  certain  sum  of 
money  the  indefensus  in  all  these  cases  was  treated  as  iudicatus1*. 

Another  variation  is  that  a  party  might  wish  to  proceed  by  repre- 
sentative, but  this  will  be  considered  later15. 

It  will  be  evident  that  the  function  of  the  magistrate  was  very 
different  from  his  part  in  the  legis  actio  and  details,  later  to  be  considered, 
will  shew  this  still  more  clearly.  He  had  to  decide  difficult  points  and 
exercise  a  wide  discretion,  so  that  it  is  not  surprising  that  he  habitually 
acted  with  a  consilium  of  lawyers16.  It  should  also  be  noted  that  the 
case  might  occur  of  agreement  as  to  the  material  facts,  but  dispute  as 
to  the  law.  We  shall  see  later  that  there  were  many  matters  which  the 
praetor  did  not  refer  to  the  index,  but  decided  himself,  a  practice  which 

1  42.  2.  6.  2;  post,  §  ccxvm.  2  2.  3.  1.  1,  "duci  vel  ferri  iubere."  If  the  claimant 
was  not  really  owner,  still  "qui  auctore  praetore  possidet  iuste  possidet " :  he  has  the  Publi- 
cian  and  will  usucapt.  But  for  the  protection  of  the  owner  who  may  exist,  he  is  required 
to  give  security.  P.  1.  11.  1.  See  Pissard,  tftudes  Girard,  1.  255  and  reff.  3  Post, 

§CCXLIX.  4  Giffard,  op.  cit.  135.  5  42.  4.  5.  3;  G.  3.  78;  lex  Rubria,  c.  xxi; 

Lenel,  E.P.  398.  6  46.  7.  18.  7  2.  3.  1.  1;  post,  §  CCXL.  8  11.  1.  9.  4. 

9  L.  Rubria,  c.  xxi.  10  Ante,  §  ccxv.    He  is  none  the  less  an  indefensus  if  having 

given  a  vindex  he  still  fails  to  appear.  11  Mere  absence  without  defence,  and  exile, 

and  death  without  heres  gave  the  same  right.     As  to  the  history  of  the  edicts  on  latitatio 
and  absentia,  Fliniaux,  Etudes  Girard,  1.  43.  12  Dealt  with  as  above  stated.          1342. 

5.  33.  1.          14  L.  Rubria,  c.  XXT.  See  Girard,  Manuel,  1021,  n.  1.          15  Post,  §  ccxxxix. 
16  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  2.   136. 


xin]  IUDEX  AND  IUDICIUM  631 

tended  to  increase.  On  the  present  case  it  is  enough  to  say  that  if  on 
the  agreed  facts  the  praetor  held  that  there  was  no  case  he  could  refuse 
the  action,  but  if  he  held  that  there  was  a  claim  the  admission  of 
the  facts  would  probably  amount  to  a  confessio,  with  practical  effects, 
as  we  have  seen,  varying  in  different  cases.  But  we  are  not  fully 
informed. 

CCXVII.  Index  and  Indicium.  The  colleges  of  centumviri  and 
decemviri  did  not  appear  in  the  formulary  system,  but  the  other  tri- 
bunals already  mentioned  recurred1.  The  common  case  was  reference 
to  index  or  arbiter.  Apart  from  consent2  the  index  was  determined  by  a 
system  of  names  offered  by  the  plaintiff3,  till  one  was  accepted.  Any  re- 
jection was  under  oath  of  belief  that  the  index  proposed  was  not  likely 
to  be  fair4.  There  seems  to  have  been  no  limit  to  the  number  of  rejec- 
tions, but  it  is  supposed  that  one  who  was  obviously  refusing  without 
reason  was  treated  as  an  indefensus.  The  index  chosen  could  not  refuse 
to  serve  and  he  was  sworn5. 

Both  index  and  arbiter  were  drawn  from  the  album  iudicum6.  There 
was  no  fundamental  distinction  between  them;  an  arbiter  was  a  index. 
Arbitri  seem  to  have  acted  in  cases  where  there  was  a  greater  discretion, 
notably  in  bonae  fidei  indicia7,  but  actiones  arbitrariae  were  not  neces- 
sarily tried  by  an  arbiter.  The  "Album,"  or  list,  normally  contained,  in 
the  Republic,  all  the  qualified  members  of  certain  high  classes  of  society, 
varied  on  political  grounds  from  time  to  time8. 

Immediately  before  Caesar  the  list  consisted  of  3  decuriae  of  300 
each  of  senators,  equites  and  tribuni  aerarii  (then  a  large  class,  some- 
what less  wealthy  than  the  equites).  Caesar  excluded  these,  but  main- 
tained 3  decuriae,  the  third  now  consisting  also  of  equites.  Augustus 
added  a  fourth  decuria  of  less  wealthy  persons  for  minor  cases,  and 
Caligula  added  a  fifth  of  the  same  class.  As  these  classes  did  not  now 
include  all  the  members  of  the  groups9  a  list  was  issued  annually  under 
the  control  of  the  Emperor,  but  a  name  remained  till  the  age  of  exemption 
from  service10,  and  the  equites  were  always  predominant  among  the 
indices. 

Recuperatores  now  tried  also  cases  in  which  cives  alone  were  con- 

1  The  tresviri  capitales  may  be  neglected.  2  By  consent  of  parties  it  seems  that 

a  index  might  be  chosen  not  on  the  album.  So  Girard,  Manuel,  1025,  citing  5.  1.  12.  2,  but 
the  text  is  not  conclusive.  3  Cicero,  pro  Rose.  com.  15.  45.  4  Bethmann-Hollweg, 
C.P.  2.  455.  5  5.  1.  39;  50.  5.  13.  2;  Cicero,  de  Off.  3.  10.  44.  6  It  is  possible  that 

originally  arbitri,  being  experts,  were  not  required  to  be  on  the  album.  7  Cicero,  de 

Off.  3.  17.  70.  8  See  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  528  sqq.;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  132.   From  the  list 

of  qualified  persons  prepared  by  the  praetor  the  quaestors  made  out  a  list  for  the  year. 
9  See,  however,  as  to  senators,  D.P.R.  6.  2.  489,  n.  1,  where  an  opinion  in  the  German 
text  is  modified.  10  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  537;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  142. 


632  IUDICIUM  [CH. 

cerned1.  The  exact  scope  of  their  competence  is  not  recorded,  but  it 
seems  that,  apart  from  the  provinces  and  municipalities,  their  juris- 
diction was  mainly,  though  not  exclusively,  in  actions  with  a  certain 
delictal  character2.  They  did  not,  at  least  in  some  cases,  exclude  the 
unus  index3,  and  it  is  not  clear  whether  the  choice  was  with  the  parties 
or  the  magistrate4.  As  we  have  seen5,  the  main  advantage  of  the  re- 
cuperatory  procedure  was  increased  celerity,  secured  especially  by  a  short 
limit  of  time  within  which  the  judgment  must  be  delivered,  and  other  rules. 

The  instructions  to  the  index  were  in  a  formula,  a  complex  structure 
to  which  we  shall  recur.  Here  it  is  enough  to  say  that  it  was  in  the 
general  form  "  if  you  find  such  facts  "  or  "  such  liability  "  in  the  defendant, 
or  "if  you  find  such  a  right  to  belong  to  the  plaintiff,"  "give  judgment 
in  his  favour;  if  you  do  not  so  find,  absolve  the  defendant."  It  does  not 
appear  that  the  30  days'  delay  of  the  I.  Pinaria  survived  in  this  system, 
but  the  practice  as  to  dies  perendinus  and,  in  general,  postponements, 
where  needed,  to  the  next  day  but  one,  remained  in  operation6. 

The  parties  were  present  but  took  no  part,  formally,  in  the  pro- 
ceedings. The  case  was  handled  by  advocates  (patroni,  oratores1}.  It 
was  usual,  though  not  universal,  to  begin  with  speeches  of  the  respective 
advocates,  then  to  proceed  to  the  evidence,  and  then,  after  other  speeches 
and  discussion  with  the  index,  to  pass  to  the  judgment8.  There  were  no 
strict  rules  of  evidence.  Hearsay  was  admissible,  though  recognised  as 
less  weighty  than  direct  testimony.  Documents  were  of  course  admitted, 
and  even  written  statements,  under  oath  or  not,  by  persons  not  pro- 
duced as  witnesses9.  There  were  however  rules  excluding  certain  wit- 
nesses. In  general  slaves  could  not  be  witnesses,  except  in  a  few  cases, 
especially  transactions  by  them  where  there  was  no  other  evidence. 
Their  examination  was  normally  by  torture.  They  could  not  give  evi- 
dence against  their  master,  or,  from  the  middle  of  the  second  century 
of  the  Empire10,  for  him.  But  most  of  the  recorded  exclusions  belong  to 
publica  indicia  with  which  we  are  not  concerned.  There  was  no  general 
limit  on  the  number  of  witnesses,  but  according  to  the  Digest  the  index 
might  set  a  limit  if  he  thought  it  desirable11,  and  in  the  recuperatory 

1  G.  4.  46.  141,  185;  Ulp.  1.  13  a.  2  See  Girard,  Manuel,  1025.         3  Wlassak, 

Processg.  2.  313  sqq.  4  As  to  "sortitio,"  Keller- Wach,  C.P.  45.  5  Ante,  §  ccix. 

6  Aul.  Gell.  14.  2.  1.  7  As  to  these,  see  Bertolini,  II  processo  civ.  2.  295.  8  See 

G.  4.  15,  written  of  legis  actio  system  but  probably  equally  applicable  here.  See  Bethmann- 
Hollweg,  C.P.  2.  586  sqq.  In  Cicero's  speeches  it  is  usually  clear  that  the  court  is  already 
in  possession  of  the  evidence.  9  Bethmann-Hollweg,  loc.  cit.  As  to  the  obligation 

to  produce  documents,  editio,  Lenel,  E.P.  59  sqq.  10  See  Buckland,  Slavery,  86  sqq. 

11  22.  3.  25.  3,  probably  interpolated.  In  later  law  there  was  a  good  deal  of  legislation 
prescribing  a  certain  minimum  of  evidence,  see  e.g.  C.  4.  20.  15.  6;  C.  4.  20.  9,  "nemo  iudicum 
unius  testimonium  in  quacumque  causa  facile  patiatur  admitti,"  but  this  is  under  the  system 
of  cognitiones. 


xiii]  DEFAULT  OF  A  PARTY  633 

procedure  it  was  provided  in  some  enactments,  but  not  in  all,  that  a 
limited  number  of  witnesses,  usually  10,  might  be  formally  summoned, 
denuntiati,  and  so  placed  under  an  obligation  of  attendance1.  This  does 
not  shew  that  more  could  not  be  heard,  and  there  was  no  question  of 
denuntiatio  and  compulsion  in  ordinary  cases;  the  attendance  of  wit- 
nesses was  voluntary.  As  the  index  must  decide  for  himself,  he  was  not 
bound  by  any  piece  of  evidence.  Thus  the  defendant  might  confess 
liability,  but  the  index  was  probably  not  bound  to  believe  him;  such 
admissions  are  not  always  trustworthy2.  If  one  party  offered  another 
an  oath  in  iudicio,  its  taking  or  refusal  probably  did  not  bind  the  index, 
though  it  might  affect  his  mind3.  In  doubtful  cases  the  index  might 
offer  an  oath;  the  effect  of  the  result  was  for  him  to  consider4. 

If  both  parties  were  absent  on  the  appointed  day,  nothing  happened, 
and  there  seems  nothing  to  prevent  a  new  hearing  on  a  later  day.  If  the 
plaintiff  was  away,  as  the  index  must  absolve  unless  the  plaintiff  proved 
his  case,  the  burden  of  proof  being  on  him,  the  defendant  was  entitled 
to  absolutio.  If  the  defendant  was  absent,  the  plaintiff  must  perhaps 
still  prove  his  case,  as  voluntary  abstention  might  have  other  causes 
than  knowledge  that  there  was  no  defence,  but  it  is  more  generally  held 
that  condemnatio  went  as  a  matter  of  course5.  In  any  case  absence 
means  non-appearance  after  a  long  period  of  waiting.  It  seems  that  the 
index  ought  not  to  give  judgment  in  such  a  case  till  4  o'clock,  and  then 
only  after  sending  out  a  messenger  to  proclaim  the  need  of  attendance, 
otherwise  he  ran  the  risk  of  having  made  litem  suam6.  All  this  might 
be  avoided  if  the  absent  party  sent  a  messenger  to  justify  his  absence 
and  asked  for  a  postponement,  or,  in  case  of  defendant,  if  a  voluntary 
defensor  appeared  for  him7.  Apart  from  this,  as  there  was  no  appeal, 
the  only  relief  was  by  restitutio  in  integrum,  which  was  given  only  on 
certain  grounds8. 

Roman  Law  had  no  system  of  precedent9;  a  index  was  not  bound 
by  previous  decisions,  even  though,  as  often  happened,  the  same  affair 

1  Bethmann-Hollweg,  op.  cit.  2.  598.  2  Ib.  595.  Demelius  however  (Die  Confessio, 

357  sqq.),  while  agreeing  that  it  could  be  withdrawn,  holds,  on  general  principle,  that  the 
iudex  must  follow  it  if  it  was  not  withdrawn.  3  22.  3.  25.  3,  interp.  Demelius,  op.  cit. 

85  sqq.  4  C.  7.  45.  11  (interp.?).    Biondi,  Giuramento,  c.  n,  holds  that  the  oath 

offered  and  taken  in  iudicio  was  decisive  and  that  the  iudex  had,  in  classical  law,  no  power 
to  tender  an  oath.  As  to  the  presumptions  conclusive  or  rebuttable,  drawn  from  proof  of 
certain  facts  at  different  epochs  in  the  law,  see  Cuq,  Manuel,  898.  5  See  Girard, 

Manuel,  1053,  n.  3  and  lit.  there  cited;  Kipp,  Pauly-Wissowa,  s.v.  Eremodicium;  Eisele, 
Abhandlungen,  184;  Bertolini,  II  pro.  civ.  2.  131.  But  the  texts  are  inconclusive.  Some  sort 
of  hearing  there  must  have  been,  for  the  iudex  had  to  fix  the  amount  of  the  condemnatio. 
Cornil,  Aperfu  historique,  425,  thinks  him  authorised,  but  apparently  not  bound,  to  find 
for  the  other.  6  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  2.  603.  7  3.  5.  31.  2;  46.  7.  5.  1. 

Bethmann-Hollweg,  loc.  cit.  8  Post,  §  CCXLIV.  The  procedure  per  conlumaciam, 

seems  to  belong  to  the  system  of  cognitiones,  post,  §  ccxxvi.  9  C.  7.  45.  13. 


634  OFFICIUM  IUDICIS  [en. 

had  been  before  another  court,  between  different  parties,  or,  a  fortiori, 
where  it  was  merely  a  similar  case.  But  such  previous  decisions  were 
not  without  effect;  they  seem  to  have  operated  much  as  they  do  in 
modern  continental  courts1. 

The  issue  was  fixed  by  the  litis  contestatio  and  the  formula,  and  it 
was,  prima  facie,  the  business  of  the  index  to  decide  on  the  matter  as  it 
stood  at  litis  contestatio,  disregarding  what  had  happened  since.  This 
was  a  survival  from  sacramentum,  in  which  it  was  strictly  logical.  The 
question  whether  a  sacramentum  was  iustum  or  not  could  not  be  affected 
by  later  events.  But  the  rule  operated  unreasonably  where  the  defendant 
had  satisfied  the  plaintiff  in  the  meantime.  It  was  not  applied  in  bonae 
fidei  indicia;  all  agreed  that  it  was  within  the  qfficium  iudicis  to  absolve 
in  such  a  case;  it  could  not  be  said  that  a  man  ought,  ex  fide  bona,  to 
pay  twice.  All  agreed  that  it  did  not  apply  in  actiones  arbitrariae,  since 
the  index  was  authorised  to  absolve  if  the  thing  was  restored  at  his 
desire.  The  Sabinians  held  that  it  ought  never  to  apply  on  such  facts, 
omnia  indicia  absolutoria  esse2,  and  this  view  ultimately  prevailed;  it 
is  uncertain  when3.  Similar  questions  might  arise  as  to  accidental 
destruction  of  the  thing.  In  contract  and  real  actions  these  are  con- 
sidered elsewhere4. 

CCXVIII.  Officium  Iudicis5.  We  have  spoken  of  the  index  as  bound 
by  the  formula,  but  he  had,  in  fact,  much  discretionary  power,  most  of 
which  indeed  was  not  excluded  by  the  formula,  but  some  of  which  seems 
somewhat  at  odds  with  it.  Most  of  his  special  powers  will  best  be  con- 
sidered in  dealing  with  the  different  actions6,  but  those  of  the  second 
type  must  be  considered  here.  In  all  bonae  fidei  indicia  he  might  allow 
certain  kinds  of  set  off.  It  might  be  said  (indeed  Gaius  says  something 
like  it7)  that  this  was  only  applying  the  words  ex  fide  bona  in  the  intentio. 
But  this  would  require  him  to  take  it  into  account,  whereas  he  had 
absolute  discretion8.  Another  illustration  is  provided  by  what  Pom- 
ponius  calls  " stipulationes  iudiciales9"  which  do  not  appear  to  be  pro- 
vided for  in  the  formula,  though  they  might  be  covered  by  the  clausula 
arbitraria.  He  mentions  "de  dolo,"  and  the  case  was,  apparently,  such 
as  that  given  by  Gains10.  A  defendant  might  have  usucapted  pendente 

11.3.  38.    We  have  already  considered  how  far  a  index  was  bound  by  the  opinion  of 
patented  jurists  and  by  dec.re.ta  of  the  Emperor,  ante,  §§  vn,  ix.  2  G.  4.  114. 

3  Inst.  4.  12.  2.  In  D.  45.  1.  84  Paul  seems  to  express  the  Proculian  doctrine,  but  it  has 
been  suggested  that  the  action  is  not  on  the  promise  to  build,  but  on  one  for  a  penalty  if 
this  is  not  done  by  a  certain  time.  4  Post,  §  ccxxxvi.  5  Inst.  4.  17.  6  Many 

of  the  Digest  texts  which  speak  of  things  done  officio  iudicis  refer,  not  to  the  nnus  index  of 
the  formulary  system,  but  to  the  official  index  of  the  cognitio  system,  23.  2.  13;  3.  3.  73, 
etc.  7  G.  4.  63.  8  Ib.  A  mere  consideration  of  convenience  might  determine 

his  course.  9  45.  1.  5.  pr.  The  expression  is  used  by  Ulpian  in  another  sense,  46. 

5.  1.  1.  10  6.  1.  20.  pr. 


xiii]  OFFICIUM  IUDICIS  635 

iudicio,  and  might  then  have  pledged  or  even  mancipated  the  res. 
Giving  it  back  would  not  destroy  the  right  of  a  third  party  thus  created. 
Accordingly  absolutio  was  withheld  till  the  defendant  promised  that  he 
had  not  committed  and  would  not  commit  dolus;  if  this  was  not  made 
good,  the  facts  would  give  a  new  claim.  The  texts  give  other  cases1. 

According  to  the  formula  the  index  must  condemn  or  absolve2.  This 
does  not  provide  for  the  case  of  inability  to  make  up  his  mind,  and  in 
fact  it  seems  to  have  been  usual  to  have  repeated  hearings  till  he  could 
decide3.  It  was  however  possible,  by  leave  of  the  magistrate,  for  the 
index  to  be  released  on  his  swearing  "rem  non  liquere,"  in  which  case  a 
new  index  was  appointed4,  a  case  of  translatio  iudicii5. 

The  index,  who  might  be  aided  by  advisers6  (adsessores),  must  give 
judgment  openly  by  word  of  mouth,  in  the  presence  of  the  parties  and 
at  a  time  and  place  at  which  his  court  lawfully  and  usually  sat7.  There 
was  no  such  thing  as  conditional  judgment8;  it  must  be  condemnatio  or 
absolutio.  The  place  of  conditions  on  the  judgment  was  taken,  as  we 
have  seen,  by  requiring  undertakings  before  it  was  given.  The  con- 
demnatio was  not  a  mere  statement  that  the  plaintiff  was  entitled;  it 
must  state  how  much  was  due9,  as  there  was  no  arbitrium  litis  aesti- 
mandae.  The  task  might  be  difficult,  as  the  mode  of  calculation  of  damages, 
the  date  as  at  which  they  were  to  be  assessed,  and  the  factors  coming 
into  account  varied  greatly.  One  case  was  specially  provided  for  by 
edict.  A  promise  for  performance  at  one  place  might  be  sued  on  at 
another,  where  the  defendant  was.  As  payment  here  might  be  more 
costly  to  the  promisor  there  was  risk  of  plus  petitio.  It  might  indeed 
be  worth  less  to  the  promisee.  The  Edict  provided  an  action  "  de  eo  quod 
certo  loco,"  in  which  the  index  was  authorised  to  take  these  matters  into 
account10.  Having  arrived  at  the  amount  due,  the  index  ordered  payment 
of  that  sum,  allowing,  if  he  liked,  a  certain  time  for  payment11:  appa- 
rently a  judgment  merely  written  or  not  delivered  as  stated  above,  or 
not  stating  the  amount  due,  was  a  mere  nullity12. 

Where  there  were  several  judges,  e.g.  recuperatores,  all  must  be  present 
and  the  majority  decided13.  If  one  had  been  allowed  to  swear,  rem  non 
liquere,  he  must  be  there14.  If  there  was  not  an  absolute  majority  either 

1  Inst.  4.  17  passim.  2  In  view  of  the  effect  of  lit.  contest,  it  might  be  thought 

that  not  to  condemn  was  to  absolve,  but  the  case  would  be  still  pending  and  there  would 
be  no  exc.  rei  iudicatae.  Apart  from  the  practical  advantage  of  being  able  to  point  to  a 
judgment,  there  may  have  been  cases  in  early  law  in  which  exc.  rei  in  i.  ded.  was  not  avail- 
able (Eisele,  Beitr.  13).  3  Aul.  Gell.  14.  2.  11.  4  Aul.  Gell.  14.  2.  25.  5  Post, 
§  CCXLI.  6  2.  2.  2;  Cicero,  Top.  17.  65.  On  the  following  matters,  see  Bethmann- 
Hollweg,  C.P.  2.  621  sqq.  7  42.  1.  47;  C.  7.  43.  4-8;  42.  1.  59;  h.  t.  1;  h.  t.  5.  1. 
8  49.  4.  1.  5.  9  G.  4.  48,  52.  10  There  was  evolution  as  to  what  might  come 
into  account,  Dumas,  N.R.H.  34.  610.  11  42.  1.  4.  5.  12  C.  7.  43  passim; 
C.  7.  44.  1 ;  D.  42.  1.  59.  13  42.  1.  39.  14  42.  1.  36,  37. 


636  OFFICIUM  IUDICIS  [CH. 

way,  there  must  be  absolutio1,  but  Antoninus  decided  (perhaps  only 
declared)  that  in  causae  liberates  the  decision  in  such  a  case  must  be  for 
liberty,  whichever  way  the  action  was  framed2.  If  there  was  a  majority 
for  condemnatio,  but  disagreement  as  to  amount,  the  smallest  was 
taken,  says  Julian;  all  were  agreed  to  this  extent3. 

The  index  must  abide  by  the  formula,  but  a  decision  not  authorised 
by  it  was  not  a  nullity.  Gaius  tells  us  that  a  condemnatio  for  more  than 
the  cerium  claimed,  or  one  which  went  be}Tond  a  taxatio  in  the  con- 
demnatio was  valid,  though  the  index  was  liable  for  any  loss  caused,  as 
one  who  "litem  suam  fecit*."  A  judgment  once  given  could  not  be  cor- 
rected; semel  enim  male  sen  bene  officio  functus  esl5. 

The  duty  of  the  index  was  not  always  merely  to  condemn  or  absolve. 
The  possible  variations  will  be  considered  later,  but  the  chief  may  be 
enumerated  here.  In  some  actions  there  was  no  condemnatio,  but  a 
question  was  submitted  to  the  index,  e.g.,  "an  Titius  civis  sit,"  actiones 
praeiudiciales.  Here  his  judgment  was  a  pronuntiatio,  that  T.  was  or 
was  not  a  civis6.  In  real  actions  and  some  others  the  index,  if  he  found 
for  the  plaintiff,  might,  before  condemnatio,  make  a  pronuntiatio  to  that 
effect,  and,  if  he  thought  fit,  order  restoration  of  the  res,  and,  only  if 
the  order  \vas  disobeyed,  issue  a  condemnatio — actiones  arbitrariae7 .  In 
actions  for  division  of  property  or  adjustment  of  boundaries  he  had  a 
power,  already  considered,  of  adiudicatio,  i.e.  of  issuing  a  decree  vesting 
such  divided  shares  as  he  thought  fair  among  the  parties,  his  act  con- 
stituting a  transfer  of  the  ownership8.  In  noxal  actions  the  defendant 
might  be  ordered  either  to  pay  the  penalty  or  to  surrender  the  wrong- 
doer9, the  result  being  somewhat  like  that  in  actiones  arbitrariae,  but 
essentially  different.  It  was  not  alternative  to  condemnatio,  but  embodied 
in  it,  and  it  was  merely  a  facultas  solvendi  entirely  at  the  discretion  of 
the  defendant10. 

If  there  was  absolutio,  as  there  was  no  appeal,  the  matter  was  ended, 
apart  from  a  claim  to  restitutio  in  integrumll,a,nd  subject  to  the  rules  as  to 
calumnia.  If  he  had  not  offered  the  iusiurandum  calumniae  according  to 
the  rules  already  mentioned12,  the  defendant,  after  absolutio,  might  bring 
the  indicium  calumniae,  in  which,  if  he  shewed  that  the  proceedings  were 
in  bad  faith,  he  wrould  recover  one-tenth  of  the  claim,  or,  if  it  was  a 
claim  of  liberty  from  slavery,  one-third  of  the  value  of  the  man  from  the 
assertor13.  Even  apart  from  bad  faith,  there  was  a  indicium  contrarium 

\  42.  1.  38.  pr.  2  Ib.  The  1.  Petronia  had  provided  the  same  thing,  40.  1.  24. 

3  4.  8.  27.  3;  42.  1.  38.  1.  4  G.  4.  49-52.  5  42.  1.  55.  6  Post, 

§  ccxxn.  7  Post,  §  ccxxiv.  8  Ante,  §  xc;  post,  §  ccxxiv.  9  Ante,  §  ccv. 

10  Post,  §  ccxxiv.  11  Post,  §  ccxun.  12  Ante,  §  ccxv;  G.  4.  174  sqq. 

13  G.  4.  175. 


xin]  EXECUTION  OF  JUDGMENT  637 

for  one-tenth  in  a  case  of  iniuria,  and  one-fifth  in  a  small  group  of  other 
cases1.  And  there  was  an  actio  in  factum  (also  called  calumniae]  against 
one  who  for  reward  brought  an  action  in  bad  faith,  for  fourfold  within  a 
year,  and  in  simplum  after  the  year2.  These  indicia  contraria  create  the 
possibility  that  the  plaintiff  might  be  condemned.  As  the  condemnation 
went  as  a  matter  of  course  if  the  action  was  lost,  the  two  issues  might 
be  embodied  in  one  formula,  the  part  referring  to  the  claim  for  calumnia 
being  an  appendix  to  the  rest3.  It  is,  however,  contended  that  the 
main  intentio  embodied  the  two  issues  as  in  the  divisory  actions4,  but 
the  name  indicium  contrarium  does  not  suggest  this.  It  is  possible  that 
the  same  method  was  applied  in  other  cases5.  The  defendant  could  of 
course  stay  further  proceedings  by  satisfying  the  creditor.  What  was 
now  due  was  a  sum  of  money,  and  this  obligation  might  be  discharged 
like  any  other.  But,  if  it  was  not,  further  proceedings  were  in  execution. 

CCXIX.  EXECUTION  OF  JUDGMENT.  In  the  formulary  system,  as  in 
the  legis  actio,  it  was  for  the  plaintiff  to  take  the  necessary  steps  for  the 
.  enforcement  of  his  right.  It  was  not  now  by  manus  iniectio,  but  by 
actio  iudicati,  a  new  method  which,  as  has  been  pointed  out6,  was  a 
praetorian  copy  of  the  older  one  of  which  it  retained  most  of  the  sub- 
stantial characteristics,  with  different  formalities.  The  defendant  was 
brought  before  the  magistrate  after  a  delay  of  at  least  30  days7,  as 
before,  and  an  actio  iudicati  was  demanded.  The  formula  is  not  known, 
but  it  is  clear  that  in  the  case  of  indicia  legitimas,  immediately  connected 
with  the  old  system,  it  expressed  a  civil  obligation,  while  in  the  others, 
indicia  imperio  continentia,  it  was  a  praetorian  formula  of  some  kind, 
persons  condemned  in  such  actions  not  being  iudicati  in  the  sense  of  the 
old  law9.  If  the  validity  of  the  judgment  was  disputed  so  that  the 
matter  went  to  a  indicium,  personal  surety  must  be  found,  who  gave 
satisdatio10,  thus  resembling  the  vindex,  and  the  liability  would  be,  in 
general,  for  double  damages11  as  under  the  manus  iniectio.  No  text  ex- 
pressly states  the  requirement  of  actio  iudicati,  but  though  it  was 
formerly  thought  that  it  was  needed  only  where  the  judgment  was  dis- 
puted12, its  necessity  in  all  cases  can  be  inferred  from  many  texts13,  and 
none  indicates  that  execution  was  possible  without  it.  It  has  been  sug- 
gested that  the  requirement  wras  to  guard  against  execution  where  there 

1  G.  4.  177,  178.  Abolished  under  Justinian,  but  the  iusiurandum  was  now  exacted  in 
all  cases  and  by  the  court  itself.   C.  2.  58.  2.  pr.  2  Or,  conversely,  failed,  corruptly, 

to  take  such  steps,  3.  6.  1.   See  Lenel,  E.P.  104.  3  See,  e.g.,  Lenel,  E.P.  304. 

4  Partsch,  -Yegr.  Gestio,  55  sqq.    Post,  §  ccxxxiv.  5  E.g.,  ante,  §  LIX.  6  Girard, 

Manuel,  1061.  7  G.  3.  78  partim  lege  XII  Tabularum,  partim  edicto  praetoris,  i.e. 

for  indicia  imperio  continentia.  The  index  can  extend,  but  not  shorten  the  time,  42.   1. 
4.  5.  8  As  to  this  distinction,  post,  §  ccxxxn.  9  Lenel,  E.P.  427  sqq. 

10  G.  4.  102.  11  G.  4.  9.  12  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  2.  635.  13  E.g.  20. 

1.  13.  4;  42.  1.  6.  1;  44.  4.  9,  etc. 


638  BONORUM  VENDITIO  [CH. 

had  been  no  judgment,  the  creditor,  in  case  of  dispute,  having  of  course 
to  prove  the  fact  of  the  judgment,  the  defendant  having  to  prove,  if  he 
could,  that  it  was  in  some  way  defective.  There  are  some  indications 
of  a  right  in  the  defendant  to  challenge  the  judgment  without  wait- 
ing for  the  plaintiff  to  proceed,  revocatio  in  duplum1,  but  it  does  not 
seem  that  the  plaintiff  had  a  similar  right  to  challenge  an  absolutio2.  In 
none  of  these  cases  was  there  any  question  of  disputing  the  soundness 
of  the  decision;  it  was  not  appeal.  The  only  grounds  were  objections  to 
the  formal  validity  of  the  judgment3.  And  as  allowing  this  proceeding 
to  go  to  a  indicium  involved  double  liability  in  case  of  failure,  it  would 
not  normally  go  so  far;  the  defendant  admitted  liability  and  execution 
proceeded. 

The  abolition  of  manus  iniectio  was  abolition  of  formalities;  it  did 
not  essentially  alter  the  right  of  the  judgment  creditor.  Personal  seizure 
still  remained;  the  creditor,  authorised  by  the  magistrate  (dud  inhere*), 
carried  off  the  debtor  and  kept  him  in  confinement,  being  bound  to 
supply  him  with  necessaries5,  and,  probably,  to  allow  him  to  work  off 
the  debt6.  Some  literary  texts  speak  of  the  debtor  as  addictus1,  but 
Gaius  does  not  use  the  expression  in  this  connexion8.  In  any  case  the 
right  of  destroying  or  selling  into  slavery  which  resulted  from  addictio 
in  the  legis  actio  no  longer  existed.  The  confinement  put  pressure  on  the 
debtor,  and  no  doubt  it  was  mainly  used  for  solvent  debtors.  It  con- 
tinued through  the  classical  age9. 

Just  as,  in  the  old  system,  the  debtor's  property  did  not  pass  to  the 
holder  during  the  detention,  whatever  happened  at  its  end10,  so  too,  the 
ductio  gave  no  right  to  the  property,  and,  accordingly,  the  praetor11 
introduced  Bonorum  Venditio,  modelled  on  the  mode  by  which  the  State 
recovered  from  its  debtors12.  It  does  not  appear  that  seizure  of  the  man 
barred  procedure  under  this  Edict13.  The  proceedings  were  as  follows. 
The  praetor,  on  the  application  of  the  creditor,  issued  a  decree  of  missio 
in  possessionem1*,  under  which  the  creditor  might  enter  into  possession 

1  Cicero,  pro  Flac.  21.  49.    See  also  other  texts  cited,  Lenel,  E.P.  429.  2  Lenel, 

E.P.  430.  3  49.  8.  1.  pr.  4  P.  5.  26.  2.  5  42.  1.  34.  6  See  Beth- 

mann-Hollweg,  C.P.  2.  668.  7  See  reff.  in  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  2.  662,  nn.  4,  5. 

8  G.  3.  189,  199.  9  See  Lenel,  E.P.  395  sqq.  10  Ante,  §  ccxi.  11  Gaius 

attributes  it  to  Publilius  Rufus  (4.  35)  who  is  probably  P.  Rutilius  Rufus,  praetor  before 
B.C.  100;  see  Girard,  Manuel,  1064.  Our  knowledge  of  the  system  is  very  imperfect,  being 
largely  derived  from  texts  which  have  been  altered  to  express  the  later  system  of  distractio 
bonorum.  See  Degenkolb,  Magister  und  Curator,  who  holds  that  the  general  administration 
was  with  the  curator,  the  magister  having  only  such  powers  of  administration  as  the  indi- 
vidual missi  (whose  delegate  he  was)  possessed,  e.g.  the  right  to  sell  specific  things  in  case 
of  necessity  (42.  5.  8.  1)  and  no  right  of  action  except  to  enforce  fulfilment  of  undertakings 
given  by  the  bonorum  emptor,  other  than  the  actual  promise  of  a  dividend,  as  to  which 
see  ante,  §  CXLH.  12  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  1.  178;  D.P.E.  1.  203.  13  Arg.  I.  Rubria, 

c.  xxn  in  f.;  Girard,  Textes,  77;  Bruns,  1.  100.  14  See  Cicero,  pro  Quinct.  6.  2. 


xin]  BONORUM  VEND1TIO  639 

for  custody  of  the  property  and   advertise  the  seiztire  (proscribere1). 
After  30  days  the  praetor  authorised  him  to  summon  a  meeting  of 
creditors,  who  appointed  a  magister  bonorum  to  conduct  the  sale2,  at 
which  point  the  debtor  became  infamis*.   The  interim  care  of  the  pro- 
perty was  provided  for  either  by  the  creditors  or  some  of  them  or  by  a 
curator  bonorum'1  appointed  by  them,  those   who  administered  being 
responsible  to  the  others  for  dolus  and  entitled  to  refund  of  proper 
expenses  out  of  the  fund5.  The  magister  published  the  conditions,  con- 
sisting mainly  of  an  inventory  of  the  goods  and  a  list  of  the  debts6. 
After  another  delay  he  sold  the  goods,  normally  en  bloc,  to  the  highest 
bidder7.  The  bids  were  not  of  money,  but  of  a  dividend  on  the  debts8, 
and  there  were  rules  determining  which  was  to  be  preferred  of  those 
offering  the  same  dividend9.   Secured  creditors  retained  their  rights,  and 
privileged  debts,  of  which  there  were  many  kinds,  were  paid  first,  in 
full,  so  far  as  the  assets  would  go10.  The  necessary  information  on  these 
points  was  no  doubt  part  of  the  conditions  announced  by  the  magister. 
We  do  not  really  know  how  debts  due  ex  die  or  sub  condicione  were 
treated,  but  probably  they  became  due  wrhen  they  would,  apart  from  the 
venditio11.   Nor  are  we  informed  as  to  the  amount  of  proof  necessary  to 
allow  a  claim  to  rank  in  the  schedule  of  debts;  it  certainly  was  not  con- 
fined to  judgment  debts12.  The  position  of  creditors  who  have  abstained 
from  claiming  in  the  venditio  is  also  obscure;  they  can  hardly  have  had 
a  claim  against  the  bonorum  emptor  or  the  magister13.  The  purpose  of 
the  delays  and  notices  was  to  give  everyone  a  chance  to  come  in,  but 
there  may  well  have  been  persons  who  never  heard  of  the  matter.    No 
doubt  they  retained  full  rights  against  future  acquisitions14,  as  those 
who  had  claimed  did  in  respect  of  the  unsatisfied  part  of  the  debt15. 

1  G.  3.  79;  D.  42.  4.  7.  1.  This  appears  to  mean  putting  notices  in  prominent  places. 
2  G.  3.  79.  3  G.  4.  102;  P.  1.  2.  1;  1.  lul.  Munic.  117.  4  As  to  interim 

administration,  post,  §  CCXLV.  5  42.  5.  8;  h.  t.  9.  6  Cicero,  pro  Quinc.  15.  50. 

7  G.  3.  79.  His  account  is  supplemented  by  Theophilus,  ad  In-ft.  3.  12.  pr.,  not  wholly 
consistent.  Hence  different  views  as  to  details.  Kniep,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  623,  makes  the 
"proscribi"  come  at  the  end  of  30  days'  possession,  and  amends  the  later  part  of  the  text, 
in  which  the  delays  are  imperfectly  stated.  8  G.  2.  155,  " pro  portione."  9  A  large 
creditor  to  a  smaller,  a  creditor  to  a  relative,  a  relative  to  an  outsider,  42.  5.  16. 
10  42.  5.  24.  2.  Lenel  (E.P.  413)  gives  a  list  of  these  priorities.  11  Paul  says  in 

one  text  that  conditional  creditors  can  get  M.  i.  p.  and  in  another  that  they  cannot, 
but  only  those  can  who  can  sell  (42.  4.  6.  pr. ;  h.  t.  14.  2).  Probably  they  could  come 
in  and  claim  but  could  not  initiate  proceedings.  See  for  various  opinions  Ramadier, 
Missio  in  possessionem,  45  sqq.  He  suggests  that  conditional  creditors  could  claim  only 
where,  as  in  case  of  pupillm,  there  would  be  long  possession.  12  The  matter  is  regu- 

lated by  Justinian,  C.  7.  72.  10.  13  Cuq,  Manuel,  904,  suggests  on  the  authority  of  17. 1. 
22.  10  and  42.  7.  5,  that  such  creditors  had  an  actio  in  factum  against  one  who  had  received 
a  dividend,  for  a  pro  rata  refund.  But  these  texts  are  not  concerned  with  bonorum 
venditio,  see  post,  §  ccxxvn.  14  See  C.  7.  72.  10.  1  a.  There  has  been  no  capitis  minuiio. 
15  As  to  rights  of  action  under  the  venditio,  ante,  §  CXLH. 


640  BONORUM  DISTRACT  10  [CH. 

As  we  have  seen,  these  proceedings  in  execution  were  available  not 
only  against  a  iudicatus,  but  against  confessus  certi  and  indefensus  in  a 
claim  for  a  cerium1.  But  the  method  had  a  wider  field.  It  was  available 
in  the  other  cases  of  confessi  and  indefensi2,  and  it  also  occurred  in 
cases  which  have  nothing  to  do  with  litigation.  It  was  originally  not 
for  enforcement  of  judgment  primarily,  but  a  means  of  pressure  in  a 
variety  of  conditions.  It  was  in  effect  the  Roman  equivalent  of  bank- 
ruptcy proceedings.  It  lay  against  a  debtor  who  hid  or  absconded, 
fraud u\ently(fraudationis  causa  latitans],  unless  he  was  prepared  to  defend 
an  action,  which  stayed  the  proceedings3.  It  lay  against  a  dead  man's 
estate  if  there  was  no  heres,  and  here  the  delays  were  cut  down  by  half, 
because,  as  Gains  says,  "de  vivis  curandum  erat  ne  facile  bonorum  ven- 
ditiones  paterentur*."  It  lay  also  against  one  who  had  made  a  voluntary 
surrender  of  his  estate  to  his  creditors  (cessio  bonorum).  This  was  pro- 
vided for  by  a  /.  lulia  at  the  beginning  of  the  Empire  and  gave  the 
debtor  some  advantages.  He  was  not  thereafter  liable  to  personal 
seizure  for  what  \vas  unpaid  of  the  debts,  as  an  ordinary  bankrupt  was5. 
He  was  not  liable  for  them  at  any  time  beyond  his  means6,  a  protection 
given  to  other  bankrupts  only  for  a  year7,  and  he  did  not  become 
in/amis8.  Conversely,  where  a  debtor  was  a  pupillus  or  was  absent  "m 
publicae  causa,  sine  dolo  malo,"  although  there  might  be  seizure,  the 
praetor  would  not  authorise  a  sale9. 

Under  a  sc.  of  unknown  date  it  was  provided  that  in  the  case  of 
"clarae  personae"  the  creditors  might  choose  whether  they  would  pro- 
ceed by  bonorum  venditio,  of  the  whole  estate,  or  have  a  curator  appointed 
after  the  missio  in  possessionem  to  sell  in  detail  so  much  of  the  goods  as 
would  satisfy  the  claim,  bonorum  distractio10.  This  avoided  infamia  and, 
in  view  of  the  limitation  to  persons  of  some  distinction,  was  probably 
introduced  for  this  reason  rather  than  on  economic  grounds.  The 
creditors,  having  chosen  one  course,  could  not  fall  back  on  the  other11. 
This  curator  bonorum  must  be  distinguished  from  the  edictal  curator 
appointed  in  some  cases  where  there  was  a  missio,  not  to  be  followed 
by  immediate  sale,  whose  business  it  was  to  administer  the  estate  in  the 

1  Ante,  §ccxvi.  2  Ib.  3  42.  4.  7.  1.  4  G.  3.  79.  5  G.  3.  78;  C.  7.  71.  1. 
The  advantages  are  such  that  the  question  arises  why,  as  is  clearly  the  case,  some  in- 
solvents did  not  do  it.  The  suggestion  that  it  was  allowed  only  in  insolvency  from  mis- 
fortune has  no  textual  support.  As  to  reasons  for  not  taking  this  course,  Bethmann- 
Hollweg,  C.P.  2.  689.  It  is  possible  though  not  quite  clear  that  there  must  have  been 
an  action.  See  42.  3  and  C.  7.  71  passim.  6  Inst.  4.  6.  40.  7  C.  7.  75.  6.  8  C.  2. 
11. 11.  Acessio  could  be  revoked  before  the  sale,  D.  41.  3.  5.  9  42.  4.  3;  h.  t.  6;  Lenel,  E.P. 
399.  10  27.  10.  5.  11  27.  10.  9.  It  may  be  that,  as  Rarnadier  suggests  (op.  cit. 

144  sqq.),  this  implies  an  extension  to  other  cases,  since  the  purpose  of  the  original  in- 
troduction would  not  have  been  served  if  the  choice  had  been  left  to  the  creditors. 
Degenkolb,  Magister  und  Curator,  16. 


xni]  REMEDIES  FOR  ERRONEOUS  JUDGMENT  641 

meanwhile1,  as  in  the  case  of  debtor  pupillus  or  absens  reipublicae  causa, 
or  in  cases  other  than  insolvency,  e.g.  where  a  heres  was  instituted  con- 
ditionally, and  other  cases2. 

CCXX.  The  foregoing  account  assumes  that  proceedings  under  the 
judgment  went  against  the  debtor,  but  this  was  not  always  the  case. 
Often3  the  defendant  had  to  give  security,  by  way  of  surety  (iudicatum 
solvi  or  pro  praede  litis  et  vindiciarum),  and  in  such  a  case  the  plaintiff 
might,  if  he  preferred,  bring  action  against  the  sureties. 

The  appeal  found  early  in  the  Empire  does  not  seem  to  have  applied 
to  the  formula.  But  proceedings  under  the  judgment  might  be  stopped 
in  some  ways  which  need  mention.  There  might  be  restitutio  in  integrum 
on  certain  recognised  grounds4,  varying  in  form  as  the  case  required, 
but  in  general  undoing  so  far  as  possible  the  impeached  transaction. 
But  mere  mistaken  or  even  dishonest  judgment  was  not  a  ground;  the 
remedy  was  against  the  index,  qui  litem  suam  fecit5.  If  the  judgment 
had  been  obtained  by  fraud  of  the  other  party,  there  might  be  actio  doli 
against  him,  but  there  was  also  restitutio  in  such  a  case6.  If  a  man 
became  a  confessus  certae  pecuniae  under  threats  of  violence,  there  was 
an  actio  metus1  and  there  might  be  restitutio,  but  all  this  gave  no  relief 
against  mere  error.  There  might  be  denegatio  actionis  iudicati8,  but  this 
was  a  form  of  restitutio  in  integrum;  it  was  not  a  mode  of  appeal  on  error, 
but  only  shewed  that  there  were  circumstances  in  the  case  which  made  it 
unfair  to  treat  the  judgment  as  conclusive.  There  might  also  be  intercessio. 
Though  the  act  of  the  index  could  not  be  vetoed,  any  colleague  of  the 
praetor  could  veto  a  decree  of  his,  in  furtherance  of  execution9,  but 
there  is  little  trace  of  this  and  no  sign  that  it  was  used  to  give  relief  in 
error. 

In  the  foregoing  account  it  is  assumed  that  the  procedure  was  at 
Rome,  and  initiated  before  the  praetor.  A  few  words  must  be  said  on 
other  jurisdictions10.  In  Rome  there  were,  besides  the  praetors,  the 
curule  aediles11  with  similar  powers  in  matters  within  their  competence. 
But  though  in  the  Empire  much  civil  jurisdiction  passed  to  other  officials, 
the  various  praefecti,  etc.,  it  does  not  seem  that  the  methods  of  the 
formula,  the  ordo  iudiciorum,  had  any  application  in  these  cases. 

In  the  provinces  the  praeses  was  the  magistrate,  the  aedilician  part 
being  in  his  hands  in  imperial  provinces,  but  in  those  of  quaestors  in 

1  Lenel,  E.P.  418.  2  See  42.  7  passim.  3  Post,  §  CCXL.  4  Post, 

§  ccxon.  5  Ante,  §  cciv.  6  4.  3.  25.  7  On  general  principle.     Cicero 

records  a  case  in  which  it  was  granted,  where  recuperatores  had  been  coerced  and  others  of 
less  weight  as  precedents.  See  Girard,  Manuel,  1067,  n.  4.  8  E.g.  9.  4.  14;  42.  1.  4.  pr. 
9  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  1.  266  sqq. ;  D.P.R.  1.  304  sqq.  10  See  for  the  system  up  to  Cicero's 
time,  Greenidge,  Legal  Procedure,  §2;  Girard,  Org.  Judic.  1.  272  sqq.  In  general,  actor 
sequitur  rei  forum,  Vat.  Fr.  326.  11  G.  1.  6. 

B.  R.  L.  41 


642  JURISDICTION  [CH. 

the  others1.  The  praeses  held  periodical  assizes  in  the  principal  towns  of 
his  province2.  The  law  was  essentially  the  same  as  at  Rome,  for  cives, 
but  there  are  indications  that  it  was  influenced  by  local  usages  and  that 
the  details  of  form  in  litigation  were  not  quite  the  same  as  at  Rome,  or 
identical  in  all  provinces3. 

In  Italy,  till  the  Social  War  resulted,  in  effect,  in  the  conferring  of 
civitas  on  the  whole  of  Italy,  there  were  many  regions,  some  Latin, 
some  merely  peregrine,  which  were  governed  from  Rome,  but  under 
their  own  laws.  If  there  were  cives  resident  in  them,  their  litigation 
among  themselves  would  have  to  take  place  at  Rome,  with  some  limita- 
tions not  very  well  known4.  After  the  Social  War  it  remains  true  that 
the  Roman  courts  were  in  principle  the  fit  tribunals  for  litigation 
between  Romans,  wherever  domiciled,  but  of  this  principle  there  were 
important  derogations.  In  many  towns  there  survived  for  a  time  the 
practice,  belonging  to  the  earlier  state  of  things,  of  sending  praefecti 
iure  dicundo  who  held  periodical  assizes,  probably  exercising  all  the 
jurisdiction  of  a  Roman  magistrate,  in  civil  matters,  but  possibly  with 
a  limitation  on  amount.  The  generalisation  of  municipal  institutions 
superseded  these,  and  for  classical  law  the  system  was  that  municipal 
magistrates  had  jurisdiction  in  matters  below  a  certain  amount5,  not 
necessarily  the  same  in  all  places,  but  with  power  in  more  important 
cases  to  require  vadimonium  from  a  defendant  for  appearance  at  Rome6. 
They  were  barred  from  trying  certain  types  of  action,  the  exclusions  no 
doubt  not  being  always  the  same7.  And  they  had  iurisdictio  only,  not 
imperium.  Thus,  on  the  one  hand,  they  had  not  the  legis  actio,  as  ex- 
pressed in  the  fictitious  litigation  of  manumission,  etc.,  which,  however, 
is  not  really  iurisdictio8,  and,  on  the  other,  they  could  not  proceed  to 
the  steps  by  which  the  praetor,  under  his  imperium,  facilitated  execution 
and  compelled  the  taking  of  the  proper  steps  in  litigation.  They  could 
not  order  bonorum  venditio  under  judgment9,  though  they  could  order 
personal  seizure.  Interdicts,  missio  in  possessionem,  restitutio  in  integrum 
were  beyond  their  powers10.  Such  matters  must  be  referred  to  Rome, 
though  it  is  clear  that  there  were  exceptionally  privileged  places11. 

CCXXI.  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  FORMULA.  The  formula  usually 
contained  many  parts.   In  general  outline  its  construction  is  well  known, 
but  there  are  many  important  details  of  which  we  are  not  informed12, 
1  G.  1.  6.          2  Greenidge,  op.  tit.  129.  3  Greenidge,  op.  cit.  124.  4  Girard, 

Org.  Judic.  1.  272  sqq.  5  L.  Rubria,  cc.  xxi,  xxii;  Fr.  Atestinum  (Girard,  Textes,  79); 

P.  5.  5  a.  1.  6  L.  Rubria,  ib.  7  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  815  sqq.;  D.P.R.  6.  2.  466. 
8  P.  2.  25.  4.  9  50.  1.  26.  1.  10  Ib.;  2.  1.  4;  G.  4.  139.  11  The  appoint- 

merit  of  luridici  for  regions  of  Italy  under  Marcus  Aurelius  (Vat.  Fr.  205;  Vita  M.  Ant. 
Phil.  11.  6),  following  Hadrian,  cuts  down  to  some  extent  the  jurisdiction  of  Roman  magi- 
strates. But  their  functions  were  very  limited.  Pius  had  abolished  Hadrian's  system, 
Mommsen,  Staatsr.  2.  1084;  D.P.R.  5.  391.  12  See  Lenel,  E.P.  ix,  for  remarks  on  this  point. 


xin]  PRAESCRIPTIO  643 

and  there  is  much  resulting  controversy.  The  various  parts  must  be 
considered  separately;  it  must  be  remembered  that  they  did  not  all 
occur  in  any  one  formula. 

Notninatio  iudicis.  This  necessary  preliminary  part  occurred  in 
every  formula.  It  ran  "T.  index  esto,"  and  even  where  the  single  judge 
was  an  arbiter  he  was  called  index  at  this  point1.  But  where  recupera- 
tor es  were  employed  they  were  called  such  here2,  and  the  same  rule  was 
perhaps  applied  in  the  few  cases  in  which  there  were  three  arbitri3,  if 
indeed  any  of  these  survived  into  the  formulary  system4. 

Praescriptio.  This  too  was  a  preliminary  part,  as  its  name  indicates. 
Gains  tells  us  that  there  had  been  two  types5: 

Praescriptio  pro  actore,  i.e.  to  safeguard  the  plaintiff.  He  gives  two 
examples.  If  there  was  a  stipulation  for  a  number  of  payments  and  one 
or  more,  but  not  all,  were  overdue,  an  action  on  the  promise  would 
bring  the  whole  obligatio  into  issue,  and  thus  the  whole  right  of  action 
would  be  consumed  by  litis  contestatio6.  To  prevent  this  the  scope  of  the 
action  might  be  limited  by  inserting  the  words:  " Ea  res  agatur  cuius  rei 
dies  fuit7."  Again,  on  a  contract  for  sale  of  land,  if  action  was  brought 
for  formal  conveyance,  to  prevent  this  from  barring  further  action  for 
other  obligations  under  the  contract,  the  plaintiff  might  insert  the 
words:  " Ea  res  agatur  de  fundo  mancipando8."  These  were  designed  to 
allow  of  later  action  on  the  same  transaction,  but  Gains  gives  other 
instances,  of  a  different  type.  Where  a  contract  was  made  by  a  filius- 
familias  or  slave  the  right  vested  in  the  paterfamilias;  there  was  a 
praescriptio  stating  that  it  was  a  contract  made  by  the  subordinate, 
perhaps  only  in  cases  of  condictio  certae  pecuniae9.  In  action  on  a  stipu- 
latio  for  an  incertum,  Gaius  tells  us  there  was  a  praescriptio  loco  demon- 
strationis,  but  what  he  gives  is  merely  a  demonstratio10.  But  if  an  action 
on  such  a  stipulatio  was  brought  against  a  surety,  there  was  a  true 
praescriptio11.  There  is,  however,  much  controversy  about  these  prae- 
scriptiones12. 

Praescriptio  pro  reo13.  This  was  inserted  on  behalf  of  the  defendant. 
It  belongs  to  the  early  days  of  the  formula1*;  in  the  time  of  Gaius  the 
defences  originally  raised  in  this  way  were  raised  by  exceptio,  by  which 
it  seems  to  have  been  replaced  in  some  cases  as  early  as  Cicero15.  In 

1  G.   4.    36;    Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  2.  105.  2  G.   4.   46.  3  Ante,  §  ccrx. 

4  See  Wlassak,  Processg.  2.  293  sqq.  5  G.  4.  133.  6  Post,  §  ccxxxv.  7  G.  4.  131. 
8  G.  4.  131  a.  9  G.  4.  134,  135.  The  imperfect  text  speaks  of  intentio  in  "  dare  oportere" 
which  points  to  this  limitation.  10  G.  4.  136.  11  G.  4.  137.  12  See  Partsch, 

reviewing  Schlossmann,  Z.S.S.  28.  440  sqq.  They  resemble  in  effect  demonslrationes. 
13  Pissard,  Questions  Prejudicielles.  14  G.  4.  133.  15  He  speaks  freely  of  exceptions, 
see,  e.g.,  de  Inv.  2.  19.  57.  It  is  probable  that  many,  indeed  all  the  older,  exceptiones  were 
originally  praescriptiones. 

41—2 


644  PRAESCRIPTIO  [CH. 

the  time  of  Gaius  it  was  entirely  obsolete.  The  principal  recorded 
cases  are: 

1.  Praescriptio  praeiudicii1.     Certain  actions  might  not  be  brought 
if  the  decision  would  prejudice  that  of  another  more  important  issue. 
There  appear  to  be  three  cases  in  which  a  praescriptio,  or,  later,  exceptio, 
on  the  ground  of  praeiudicium  was  admitted2.  These  were:  (i)  Exceptio 
quod  praeiudicium  hereditati  non  fiat,  which  bars  any  action  for  what 
could  be  recovered  by  hereditatis  petitio3;    (ii)  Exceptio  extra  quant  si  in 
reum  capitis  praeiudicium  fiat?,  but  this  does  not  appear  in  legal  texts5; 
(iii)   Exceptio  quod  praeiudicium  fundo  partive  eius  non  fiat,   barring 
action  for  a  right  based  on  ownership,  where  that  was  disputed  between 
the  parties,  till  the  vindicatio  had  been  brought6. 

2.  Praescriptio  longi  temporis  (which  hands  on  the  name  to  prae- 
scriptio longissimi  temporis,  which  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  formulary 
system).   In  view  of  the  late  date  of  this  institution  (it  cannot  be  traced 
earlier  than  the  end  of  the  second  century)7,  it  is  probable  that  it  never 
was  a  praescriptio  in  the  formulary  sense;  the  name  is  elsewhere  applied 
to  cases  of  exceptio  which  never  were  praescriptiones8. 

The  praescripta  verba  at  the  beginning  of  certain  actions  are  not 
expressly  called  praescriptiones,  and  it  is  matter  of  dispute  whether  they 
were  properly  praescriptiones  or  demonstrations9.  In  view  of  the  fact 
that  their  earliest  application  was  to  cases  in  which  there  was  a  civil 
obligation,  but  it  was  uncertain  under  what  head  it  should  come10,  they 
seem  to  have  rather  the  character  of  demonstrations . 

The  praescriptiones  pro  reo  give  rise  to  an  important  and  difficult 
question.  In  their  later  form,  as  exceptiones,  they  had  the  effect  that 
proof  of  the  exceptio  involved  loss  of  the  action,  and  this,  by  consumptio 
litis,  commonly  involved  destruction  of  the  claim.  The  question  is 
whether  this  was  equally  true  of  the  praescriptio,  or  whether  the  effect 
of~proof  of  the  praescriptio  was  to  withdraw  the  issue,  the  litis  contestatio 
being  conditional  on  the  failure  of  the  point  raised  in  the  praescriptio. 
Both  views  are  maintained  by  writers  of  authority11. 

1  Pissard,  op.  cit.,  ch.  m.  2  But  this  does  not  exclude  denegatio  actionis  in 

a  wider  field.  3  G.  4.  133.   Many  opinions  have  been  held  as  to  the  reason  of  this 

rule.  The  chief  are  stated  and  considered  by  Pissard,  loc.  cit.  4  Cicero,  de  Inv.  2. 

20.  59.  5  But  these  shew  a  wider  rule,  that  a  civil  suit  must  not  be  brought  so  as  to 

prejudice  a  criminal  trial  (post,  §  CCXLII),  probably  enforced  by  denegatio  actionis.  6  44. 
1.  16;  h.  t.  18.  There  is  a  general  rule  that  a  maior  causa  must  not  be  prejudiced  by  a 
minor,  enforced  by  denegatio  actionis.  Pissard  gives  the  recorded  cases  (pp.  148  sqq.). 
There  is  no  certainty  as  to  what  is  and  what  is  not  a  maior  causa,  and  P.  holds  that  in 
later  law  the  distinction  is  replaced  by  the  principle  that  the  "proces  conditionnant " 
must  be  tried  before  the  "proces  conditionne"  (p.  232),  which  is  probably  what  is  meant 
by  maior  causa.  1  See  Partsch,  Longi  temporis  praescriptio,  109  sqq.  8  See 

Bethmann-Hollweg,    2.    404;    Pissard,    Questions   Prejudicielles,    122.  9  Lenel,  E.P. 

292.  10  Ante,  §  CLXXXI.  11  See  Wlassak,  Z.S.S.  33.  80  sqq.;  Partsch,  Longi 


xiii]  DEMONSTRATIO  645 

Demonstratio.  This  is  one  of  the  four  parts  which  Gains  speaks  of  as 
the  "paries  forrmilarum"  (demonstratio,  intentio,  adiudicatio,  condem- 
natio)1.  This  does  not  mean  that  they  must  occur  in  an  action,  for  though 
this  may  be  true  of  the  intentio2,  it  is  certainly  not  so  of  the  rest.  The 
meaning  seems  rather  to  be  that  the  formulae  in  which  these  parts  were 
used  would  be  meaningless  without  them,  while  the  omission  of  an 
exceptio  or  taxatio,  etc.,  would  not  vitiate  the  formula,  but  only  alter 
its  effect.  This  appears  to  be  true  even  of  the  demonstratio,  for  a.  formula 
which  said  that  the  index  wras  to  condemn  to  "whatever  on  this  account 
(ob  earn  rem)  proves  to  be  due"  had  no  force  unless  the  demonstratio  was 
present  to  shew  what  the  matter  in  question  was.  The  demonstratio  was 
not  a  statement  of  the  issue,  but  of  the  nature  of  the  matter  in  issue.  It 
was  a  short  statement  of  the  transaction  on  which  the  claim  rested,  as 
a  guide  to  the  index.  It  need  not  state  the  wrong,  but  rather  the  facts 
which  constitute  the  legal  relation  in  connexion  with  \vhich  the  wrong 
is  alleged.  This  was  simpler  than  embodying  it  all  in  the  intentio,  but  not 
logically  necessary.  It  was  not  necessarily  a  statement  of  admitted 
facts3,  though  it  often  might  be,  but  the  fact  that  sale  was  alleged  in  a 
demonstratio  did  not  dispense  with  the  necessity  of  proving  it,  if  it  was 
disputed.  It  was  not  important  in  the  sense  of  being  a  critical  part. 
Errors  in  it  could  be  adjusted — -falsa  demonstration  rem  non  perimi. 
Plus  petitio  or  minus  petitio  in  it  could  be  set  right,  in  the  sense  that  a 
new  action  could  be  brought,  the  litis  contestatio  not  having  been 
operative4  (subject  perhaps  to  limits  which  will  be  considered  later5). 
Thus  if  the  matter  was  wholly  wrongly  described  in  the  demonstratio 
there  was  no  valid  indicium;  the  intentio  referred  explicitly  to  the  case 
in  the  demonstratio,  and  the  real  question  had  not  been  put  in  issue. 

The  demonstratio  was  used  only  in  some  personal  actions,  not  in 
actions  in  rem,  or  in  actions  infactum  (with  possible  exceptions6),  because 
in  these  cases  the  intentio  stated  the  material  points.  But  on  the  question 

temporis  praescriptio,  70;  Pissard,  Questions  Prejudicielles,  112  sqq.  The  chief  arguments 
for  the  latter  view  are  the  form  "ea  res  agatur,"  which  expresses  a  limit  on  the  sub- 
mission, and  is  the  same  as  in  pr.  pro  actore,  which  certainly  had  this  limiting  effect,  a 
very  probable  assumption  that  pr.  pro  reo  descends  from  denegatio  actionis,  which 
excluded  litis  contestatio,  and  its  close  resemblance  to  and  affinity  with  the  demonstratio 
which  certainly  operated  in  the  suggested  way  (G.  4.  58).  On  the  other  hand,  it  is 
pointed  out  that  Gaius  speaks  of  the  change  to  exceptio  as  a  formal  change  and  does 
not  hint  at  so  great  a  change  in  effect,  that  not  all  prs.  pro  actore  aim  at  limiting  the 
submission,  that  "ea  res  agatur"  need  be  no  more  than  words  introducing  the  question, 
without  strict  technical  significance,  and  that  pr.  pro  reo  does  not  probably  descend  from 
den.  actionis,  but  from  praeiudicia  separately  submitted.  It  is  not  of  course  certain  that 
all  were  treated  alike. 

1  G.  4.  39.  2  See,  however,  post,  §  ccxxn.  3  See  for  criticism  of  a  hypothesis  of 
its  origin  in  such  a  statement,  Koschaker,  reviewing  Ruiz,  Z.S.S.  34.  433.  4  G.  4.  58. 
5  Post,  §  ccxxxvi.  6  Post,  p.  648;  and  §  ccxxxi. 


646  INTENTIO  [en. 

what  actions  in  personam,  i.e.  on  obligatio,  needed  it,  there  is  some 
difficulty.  There  is  no  sign  of  it  in  condictio  certae  pecuniae1,  though  here 
the  fact  that  the  intentio  did  not  state  the  causa  seems  to  render  some 
guide  necessary,  or  the  index  might  seem  to  have  a  roving  commission 
to  enquire  into  any  transactions  of  that  type  which  might  have  occurred 
between  the  parties2.  It  occurred  in  actio  exstipulatu,  i.e.  on  a  stipulatio 
for  an  incertum 3,  but  probably  not  in  actio  ex  testamento  on  a  legacy  per 
damnationem,  where  the  intentio  stated  the  causa*.  It  occurred  in 
divisory  actions5,  and,  apparently,  in  all  bonae  fidei  indicia6.  It  is  not 
clear  whether  it  occurred  in  condictio  incerti  of  which  we  know  little7. 
There  does  not  seem  to  have  been  any  demonstratio  in  the  actio  furti 
manifesti,  which  was  an  actio  in  factum8,  nor  was  there,  according  to 
Gains,  in  furti  nee  manifesti,  if  his  formula  is  correct9.  It  may  have  oc- 
curred in  some  of  the  formulae  under  the  I.  Aquilia,  and  it  appears  to 
have  occurred  in  the  actio  iniuriarum,  though  this  was  in  factum,  of  a 
special  type10. 

An  ordinary  demonstratio  contained,  after  the  statement  of  facts, 
the  words  "qua  de  re  agitur"  or  the  like,  which  is  the  logical  basis  of 
the  rule  that  error  in  the  demonstratio  excluded  the  real  issue  from  the 
indicium11. 

CCXXII.  Intentio12.  This  was  the  most  important  part  of  the  formula. 
It  denned  the  issue  submitted  to  the  index,  and  by  it  the  claim  stood  or 
fell.  Error  in  it  might  be  fatal,  for  there  was  no  power  of  amendment, 
except  by  restitutio  in  certain  circumstances13,  and.  the  action  being  lost, 
the  right  was  destroyed  by  litis  contestatio1*.  It  was  accordingly  drawn 
with  great  care  and  precision.  A  properly  drawn  intentio  shewed  whether 
the  action  was  in  rem  or  in  personam,  in  ins  or  in  factum,  for  cerium  or 
incertum,  a  iudicium  strictum  or  bonae  fidei,  each  type  having  its  char- 
acteristic words.  In  the  ordinary  formula  ending  with  a  condemnatio, 
the  intentio  raised  a  hypothesis  which  was,  in  principle:  "if  you  find  such 
and  such  points  proved."  In  an  actio  praeiudicialis,  however,  it  was  in 
an  entirely  different  form:  it  was  a  question  submitted  to  the  index,  of 

1  Lenel,  E.P.  230.  2  This  is  indeed  suggested  by  Cicero,  pro  Rose.  com.  4-6, 

13-16.  3  G.  4.   136.  4  Lenel,  E.P.  355.  5  Lenel,  E. P.  201;  Audibert, 

Ma.  Appleton,  11  sqq.  6  G.  4.  47.  7  Lenel,  E.P.  151.          8  Lenel,  E.P.  321. 

9  G.  4.  37.    But  Lenel  shews  reason  for  doubting  if  it  is  complete.   Somewhere  the  value 
seems  to  have  been  stated  (50.  16.  192;  cp.  12.  3.  9).   See  too  Ulpian  in  47.  2.  19,  "demon- 
strari."   A  scholium  in  the  Basilica  (Basil.  Heimbach,  2.  583)  seems  to  put  this  in  the  in- 
tentio.   It  might  be  either  there  or  in  taxatio  or  demonstratio.    Lenel  rejects  intentio  and 
taxatio,  on  grounds  that  do  not  look  very  strong  and  holds  that  it  is  a  demonstratio. 

10  G.  4.  60;  Coll.  2.  6.  4.    See  post,  p.  648;  and  §  ccxxxi.         11  But  Cicero  laughs  at  them 
as  useless,  as,  apart  from  this,  they  seem  to  be,  in  view  of  the  "ob  earn  rem"  in  the  intentio. 
Pro  Murena,  13.  28;  Brut.  79.  275.  12  G.  4.  41.    As  to  its  presence  in  all  formulae, 
post,  p.  648.             13  Post,  §  CCXLIV.  14  Post,  §  ccxxxv. 


xin]  1NTENTIO  647 

which  "an  Titius  libertus  Auli  sit"  may  be  taken  as  the  type1,  the  answer 
of  the  index  being  a  pronuntiatio.  As  its  name  shews  this  was  commonly 
a  preliminary  to  some  other  proceeding.  In  actions  in  rem  for  ownership, 
the  intentio  ran2:  "si  par  el  fundum  Cornelianum  quo  de  agitur,  Auli 
Agerii  ex  iure  Quiritium  esse3,"  with  special  forms  for  rights  less  than 
ownership  (ius  itineris  inf.  C.  Ai.  Ai.  esse*)  and  further  complications 
in  actiones  ficticiae,  e.g.,  actio  Publiciana5.  The  characteristic  of  an  in- 
tentio in  rem  was  that  it  alleged  a  right  in  the  res  and  not  a  claim  against 
the  defendant,  so  that  it  did  not  contain  the  defendant's  name.  In 
actions  in  personam  the  intentio  stated  an  obligation  in  the  defendant 
"dare  oportere6,"  "dare  facere  oportere1"  "damnum  decidere  oportere8" 
(and  possibly  other  forms9)  according  to  the  nature  of  the  obligatio,  as  will 
later  appear.  In  actions  infactum  it  stated  a  hypothesis  of  fact  according 
to  the  truth  or  falsity  of  which  the  index  was  to  condemn  or  absolve10. 
If  the  claim  was  for  a  cerium  or  it  was  a  vindicatio,  the  intentio  began 
with  "si  paret11,"  and  stated  the  cerium,  or  subject  of  the  vindicatio.  If 
it  was  for  an  incertum  it  began  "  quicquid  paret12,"  referring  to  the  state- 
ment in  the  demonstratio  or  praescripta  verba13.  In  an  actio  ex  testamento 
on  a  legacy  the  intentio  stated  the  fact  of  the  legacy14,  and  in  the  actio 
furti  it  stated  the  thing  stolen15,  though,  as  we  have  seen16,  there  may 

1  G.  4.  44:  Lenel,  E.P.  302,  329.  Gaius  (ib.)  tells  us  that  praeiudicia  are  numerous. 
Those  recorded  seem  to  be  (see  Pissard,  Questions  Prejudicielles,  ch.  vi)  An  libertus  sit 
(G.  ib. ;  the  corresponding  an  ingenuus  sit  is  not  recorded,  but  see  Lenel,  E.P.  329);  An 
liber  sit  (Inst.  4.  6.  13),  declared  to  be  the  only  one  of  statutory  origin  (but  see  Lenel, 
E.  P.  367,  370,  who  thinks  it  an  interpolation  of  Justinian,  and  rejects  the  corresponding 
an  servus  sit);  utrum  ex  servitute  in  libertatem  petatur  an  ex  libertate  in  servitutem  (40. 
12.  7.  5;  C.  7.  16.  21);  de  partu  agnoscendo,  to  compel  a  father  to  recognise  a  child  (Inst. 
4.  6.  13;  C.  8.  46.  9.  In  6.  1.  1.  2,  a  corresponding  one  for  a  father  claiming  a  child  is 
mentioned,  an  filius  Agerii  sit);  quanta  dos  sit  (G.  4.  44,  purpose  uncertain);  an  ex  I. 
Cicereia  praedictum  sit  (G.  3.  123;  ante,  §  CLVI);  an  iure  bona  venierint  (42.  5.  30,  M.  Aur. 
and  Verus,  to  raise  the  question  whether  the  bonorum  venditio  was  justified);  an  ea  res 
qua  de  agitur  maior  sit  100  sestertiis,  and  another  apparently  connected  with  it  (P.  5.  9. 
1;  purpose  obscure — Lenel,  see  now  E.P.  504,  has  at  different  times  suggested  three 
different  explanations).  The  list  was  probably  much  longer  in  classical  law :  there  may  have 
been  many  in  connexion  with  obsolete  questions  of  Latinity  and  civitas.  The  praeiudicia 
mentioned  in  C.  Th.  1.  2.  5  and  in  many  leges  in  C.  Th.  11.  30  and  36  appear  to  be  the  inter- 
locutory decisions  which  are  so  prominent  in  the  later  procedure  by  cognitio  (post,  §  ccxxvi), 
but  the  praeiudicium  sanguinis  of  C.  Th.  16.  2.  19  may  perhaps,  as  Gothofredus  suggests 
(ad  h.  1.),  refer  to  one  of  the  praeiudicia  affecting  status.  2  G.  4.  3,  36.  3  Aulus 
Agerius  (from  agere)  is  the  name  given  to  the  plaintiff  in  these  model  formulae.  Similarly 
the  defendant  is  called  Numerius  Negidius  (from  negare).  4  See  Lenel,  E.P.  188. 

They  do  not  contain  the  words  "ex  iure  Quiritium."  5  G.  4.  36;  ante,  §  LXX. 

6  G.  4.  4.  7  G.  4.  2,  47,  60.  8  G.  4.  37,  45.  9  Lenel  finds  "praestare 

oportere"  in  the  divisory  actions,  and  in  pro  socio.  Others  find  it  in  the  de  peculio  group, 
E.P.  202,  205,  260,  287.  As  to  the  formula  in  the  divisory  actions,  Audibert,  Mel.  Appleton,  1. 
10  Variations,  post,  §  ccxxxi.  11  G.  4.  41.  12  G.  4.  41,  47.  13  Ante,  §§  CLXXXI, 
ccxxi.  14  G.  2.  213;  Lenel,  E.P.  355.  15  G.  4.  37.  16  Ante,  §  coxxi. 


648  EXCEPTIO  [CH. 

have  been  a  demonstratio  as  well.  But  details  of  formulation  in  delictal 
actions  are  somewhat  uncertain. 

A  statement  of  the  issue  seems  essential  to  all  litigation  and  it  is  some- 
times said  that  every  formula  had  an  intentio.  But  there  are  two  cases 
which  have  raised  difficulty.  In  the  divisory  actions,  in  their  earlier 
form,  before  there  was  any  question  of  allowances,  praestationes,  there 
was  nothing  that  could  be  called  an  intentio  except  the  words  "quantum 
adiudicari  oportet,"  which  Gains  quotes  as  part  of  the  adiudicatio1.  But 
the  point  here  is  hardly  more  than  verbal,  apart  from  certain  historical 
inferences  on  the  origin  of  the  formula  which  are  connected  with  it2. 
The  other  case  is  that  of  the  actio  iniuriarum  and  perhaps  the  other 
actions  "ex  bono  et  deque?,"  where  there  was  a  demonstratio  followed  by 
"quantum  bonum  aequum  videbitur  condemna*,"  in  which  the  intentio 
was  so  to  speak  merged  in  the  condemnatio.  Here  too  historical  inferences 
are  drawn  from  the  form,  which  has  been  the  subject  of  much  con- 
troversy5. 

CCXXIII.  Exceptio*.  This  was  an  accessory  part  of  the  formula. 
As  we  know,  it  is  a  creation  of  the  /.  Aebutia,  and  the  praetor's  power  of 
formulation.  The  question  whether  it  existed,  or  what  if  anything  re- 
placed it,  in  the  legis  actio  system,  need  not  here  be  considered7. 

An  exceptio  was  a  defence  which  did  not  deny  the  prima  facie  validity 
of  the  claim,  but  alleged  some  circumstance  which  nevertheless  barred 
it.  It  may  be  called  a  collateral  defence,  but  in  fact  the  nature  and 
sources  of  exceptiones  are  so  various  that  no  general  description  is  very 
informing.  Though  they  were  in  form  praetorian  the  defence  they  set  up 
was  not  necessarily  such.  Some  exceptiones  gave  effect  to  defences 
based  on  leges9,  or  on  senatusconsulta9,  or  on  imperial  enactments10.  The 

1  G.  4.  42.  2  See  Ruiz,  Le  formule  con  demonstratio,  review  by  Koschaker, 

Z.S.S.  34.  434;  Audibert,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  48.  It  contains  the  word  oportet,  the  mark 
of  an  intentio.  It  bears  the  same  relation  to  the  adiudicatio  as  the  undoubted  intentio 
which  follows  it  does  to  the  condemnatio  for  praestationes.  It  is  not  completely  stated, 
for  this  part  of  the  formula,  like  the  praestatio  part,  was  "bonaejidei"  (10.  3.  4.  2).  And 
Gaius  habitually  includes,  in  his  statement  of  a  part  of  the  formula,  other  connected 
parts,  see  G.  4.  34,  136.  3  Post,  §  ccxxxi.  4  Lenel.  E.P.  385.  5  Lenel,  loc. 

tit. ;  Partsch,  Schriftformel,  29  sqq.,  39  sqq. ;  Huvelin,  Mel.  Gerardin,  337  sqq.,  and  especially 
Audibert,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  35  sqq.  The  grounds  on  which  Partsch  (40  sqq.)  maintains  that 
there  was  after  the  demonstratio  an  intentio  in  the  form  "si  N.  N.  in  ea  re  iniuriam  fecit " 
or  the  like  are  hardly  met  by  Lenel's  remark  in  E.P.  385,  n.  4.  As  to  actio  ad  exhibendum, 
see  Lenel,  Z.S.S.  37.  116.  6  G.  4.  115  sqq.  7  See  Girard,  Melanges, 

75  sqq.,  148  sqq.  and  the  reff.  8  Exc.  1.  Cinciae,  excessive  gifts,  ante,  §  xci;  exc.  I. 

Plaetoriae,  fraud  on  minors,  ante,  §  LXII  ;  perhaps  under  the  I.  Furia  testamentaria,  exces- 
sive legacies,  some  writers  holding  that  there  was  an  exceptio  here,  ante,  §  cxix.  9  E.g., 
Sci.  Macedoniani,  loans  to  filiifamilias,  ante,  §  CLXm;  Sci.  Trebelliani,  where  heres  issued 
after  handing  over  a  hereditas  under  fideicommissum,  ante,  §  cxxiv;  Sci.  Velleiani,  where 
a  woman  has  become  surety,  ante,  §  CLVI.  10  Ante,  §  CLvn. 


xin]  EXCEPTIO  649 

reason  why  the  transaction  was  met  in  this  way,  instead  of  being  de- 
clared simply  void,  in  these  civil  cases,  was  not  always  the  same.  In  the 
case  of  the  senatusconsulta  it  was  probably  because  these  senatusconsulta 
date  from  a  time  before  the  Senate  had  assumed  the  power  of  directly 
varying  the  civil  law,  and  still  acted  by  way  of  issuing  directions  to 
magistrates1.  In  the  case  of  the  leges  many  explanations  are  offered, 
but  they  are  more  or  less  conjectural2.  In  the  case  of  Hadrian's  bene- 
ficium  divisionis  among  sureties,  which  was  in  some  cases  enforced  by 
exceptio,  it  is  probably  because  the  exceptio  was  designed  not  exactly  as 
a  defence  but  as  a  means  of  forcing  the  creditor  to  modify  his  intentio, 
as  in  some  well-known  applications  of  the  exceptio  doli3.  But  the  great 
majority  of  exceptiones  were  praetorian  both  in  form  and  character. 
Many  have  presented  themselves  in  the  course  of  the  treatment  of  sub- 
stantive law,  e.g.,  doli,  metus,  pacti  conventi,  rei  venditae  et  traditae,  iusti 
dominii*,  etc.  Some,  e.g.,  cognitoria5,  rei  iudicatae  vel  in  indicium  deductae6, 
will  be  considered  later,  but  while  it  is  impossible  to  enumerate  them  all 
a  few  must  be  mentioned  here. 

The  so-called  exceptio  senatusconsulti  was  in  fact  a  general  exceptio 
to  cover  all  cases  in  which  an  exceptio  was  available  on  account  of  the 
provisions  of  a  lex,  of  senatusconsult.  It  was  open  to  the  parties  to  use 
either  this  general  form7,  for  any  such  provision,  or  to  use  an  exceptio 
specifying  the  enactment,  exceptio  senatusconsulti  Velleiani,  legis  Cinciae, 
etc.,  or  one  merely  alleging  the  facts  which  brought  the  exceptio  into 
operation8. 

The  exceptio  litis  dividuae  dealt  with  the  case  of  one  who,  having  a 
claim  which  admitted  of  subdivision,  e.g.  a  single  contract  for  the  sale  of 
two  things,  elected  to  sue  on  one  part  of  it.  He  could  not  then  sue  on 
the  other  part  in  the  same  magistracy;  if  he  did,-  he  was  met  by  this 
exceptio9.  In  like  manner,  one  who  having  several  claims  against  one 
person  brought  one  or  more,  but  deferred  others,  so  that,  as  Gaius  says, 
they  might  go  before  different  indices,  could  not  sue  on  these  in  the  same 
magistracy,  but  would  be  met  by  the  exceptio  rei  residuae™.  These  rules 
seem  to  have  disappeared  from  Justinian's  legislation,  except  for  a  trace 
in  one  text11.  The  exceptio  rei  litigiosae  was  aimed  at  trafficking  in 
property  the  subject  of  litigation12. 

Exceptiones  are  sometimes  spoken  of  as  equitable  defences,  and  no 

1  Ante,  §  v.          2  See  Krueger,  Horn.  Rechtsq.  21,  n.  82.  3  E.g.,  compensatio,  under 

M.  Aurelius,  post,  §  ccxxxvm.    The  principle  is  that  it  is  dolus  to  persist  in  a  claim  after 
knowledge  that  it  is  unfounded.   See  50.  17.  177.  1.  4  Some  under  procedure,  e.g., 

exc.  iurisiurandi,  praeiudicii.  5  Post,  §  ccxxxix.  6  Post,  §  ccxxxv.          7  Lenel, 

E.P.  492,  "si  nihil  in  ea  re  contra  legem  vel  senatusconsultum  factum  eM."  8  Post, 

p.  652.  9  G.  4.  56,  122.  10  G.  4.  122.  11  46.  8.  4.  12  As  to  this 

remedy,  post,  §  CCXLIV. 


650  EXCEPT10  [CH. 

doubt  most  of  them  can  be  so  described.  But  there  was  nothing  particu- 
larly equitable  about  most  of  the  exceptiones  based  on  lex  or  senatus- 
consult  or  about  some  of  praetorian  origin,  e.g.  the  obscure  exceptio 
annalis  Italici  contractus,  which  seems  to  have  limited  action  on  pledges 
taken  in  Italy  to  one  year1,  or  the  similar  exceptio  in  the  actio  de  peculio 
annalis2,  or  the  exceptio  rei  iudicatae3.  The  point  is  of  some  importance 
in  connexion  with  the  rules  as  to  statement  of  exceptiones  in  bonae  fidei 
indicia*. 

The  exceptio  did  not  deny  the  allegation  of  the  intentio,  but  raised  a 
counter-hypothesis,  "unless  something  else  is  true."  Hence  it  was  nega- 
tive in  form,  introduced  by  nisi,  si  non,  si  nihil  or  the  like.  It  thus 
directed  the  index  not  to  condemn  if  the  exceptio  was  proved.  In  the 
exceptio  the  defendant  was  in  loco  actoris  and  the  burden  of  proof  was  on 
him5.  The  exceptio  non  numeratae  pecuniae  which  was  later  than  the 
consolidation  of  the  Edict6,  provided  an  exception  to  two  of  these  pro- 
positions. It  imposed  on  the  plaintiff  the  proof  of  the  loan,  and  if  the 
claim  was  on  a  mutuuni  it  was  in  fact  a  denial  of  the  basis  of  claim  alto- 
gether. It  excluded  the  presumption  against  the  defendant  otherwise 
created  by  the  acknowledgment7. 

To  the  proposition  that  an  exceptio,  successfully  brought,  must,  on 
the  logic  of  the  formula,  destroy  the  action,  there  were  two  apparent,  or 
suggested,  exceptions.  It  has  been  maintained  that,  where  the  exceptio 
doli  was  used  as  a  means  of  compelling  allowance  of  a  counter-claim,  it 
caused  no  more  than  a  reduction  of  the  condemnatio.  The  point  will  arise 
later8;  here  it  is  enough  to  say  that  this  view  is  not  generally  accepted. 
Again,  it  is  clear  that  where  a  man  could  not  be  condemned  beyond  his 
means,  failure  to  allow  for  this  would  cause  only  reduction.  We  are  told 
in  the  Digest  that  the  means  of  raising  this  point  was  an  "  exceptio  quod 
facere  potest9."  But  the  description  of  this  as  an  exceptio  dates  from  a 
time  when  the  formula  and  the  true  exceptio  have  long  been  obsolete;  in 
classical  law  it  was  in  all  probability  a  taxatio10.  A  text,  attributed  to 
Paul,  which  says  that  exceptiones  sometimes  merely  reduced  the  con- 
demnatio11, is  no  doubt  in  its  present  form  compilers'  work,  probably  in 
reference  to  this  case. 

Just  as  an  intentio,  though  proved,  might  be  defeated  by  an  exceptio, 
so,  in  turn,  an  exceptio,  though  proved,  might  be  met  by  a  further  reply, 

1  C.  7.  40.  1;  Fr.   Ulp.  disputationum,  3;  Girard,  Textes,  491.    See  Lenel,  E.P.  486; 
Z.S.S.  27.  71.  2  Ante,  §  CLXXXIV.  3  Post,  §  ccxxxv.  4  Post,  §  ccxxix. 

5  44.   1.1.         6  It  is  unknown  to  Gaius,  4.  116  a.   See  ante,  §  CLIV.   It  is  sometimes  held 
that  it  had  no  application  in  the  formulary  system  at  all.  7  As  to  Justinian's 

changes,   ante,  §  CLIV.  8  Post,  §  ccxxxvm.  9  44.  1.  7.  pr.  10  See 

Girard,  Manuel,  1051.  11  44.  1.  22.    In  16.  1.  17.  2  the  last  words  are  inter- 

polated. 


xin]  EXCEPTIO  651 

put  in  by  the  plaintiff — a  replicatio1.  As  this  raised  a  new  hypothesis  in 
the  event  of  which  there  was  to  be  a  condemnatio,  it  was  introduced  by 
"out  si"  or  the  like2.  Thus,  if  there  had  been  a  breach  of  contract  and 
an  agreement  not  to  sue  on  it,  this  agreement  having  been  induced  by 
fraud,  the  exceptio  pacti  conventi,  "nisi  inter  eos  convenerit  ne  peteretur3," 
would  be  followed  by  a  replicatio,  "aut  si  in  eo  pacto  aliquid  doli  mali  N* 
Negidiifactum  sit,"  or  the  like.  The  matter  did  not  necessarily  end  here. 
There  might  be  a  further  reply  by  the  defendant,  called  a  duplicatio,  or 
triplicatio  (for  the  name  duplicatio  was  sometimes  applied  to  the  repli- 
catio*), though  not  in  the  case  given,  for  to  an  exceptio  or  replicatio  doli, 
no  reply  but  disproof  was  admitted5.  Proof  of  it  was  decisive.  But  it 
is  doubtful  how  far  these  remoter  cases  occurred  in  practice. 

Exceptiones  were  classified  in  several  ways.  They  might  be  perpetuae 
(peremptory ae)  or  temporales  (dilatoriae)6.  The  former  were  always 
available  and  would  bar  the  action  whenever  brought.  Such  were  ex- 
ceptio doli,  metus,  pacti  conventi  in  perpetuum,  rei  iudicatae  vel  in  indicium 
deductae,  quod  contra  legem  senatusconsultumve  factum  esf.  These  are 
the  illustrations  given  by  Gains8.  The  others  were  effective  only  for  a 
certain  time  or  under  certain  conditions,  and  might  be  avoided  by  de- 
laying the  action  or  bringing  it  in  a  manner  not  open  to  the  objection. 
Of  the  first  type  he  mentions  pacti  conventi,  where  the  agreement  not  to 
sue  was  only  for  a  certain  time  and  the  exceptiones  rei  residuae  and  litis 
dividuae9.  The  exceptio  non  numeratae  pecuniae  is  another10.  Of  the 
second  type,  which  he  speaks  of  as  ex  persona,  as  opposed  to  ex  tempore, 
he  mentions  the  exceptio  cognitoria11,  which  could  be  avoided  by  bringing 
the  action  personally  or  choosing  a  fit  cognitor.  Even  the  exceptio  doli 
in  some  applications  had  this  character.  Thus  it  was  the  means  by  which 
allowance  of  compensatio  could  be  compelled12.  Gains  does  not  mention 
this;  the  rule  of  M.  Aurelius  for  stricta  iudicia13  was  introduced  after  he 
wrote14.  It  must  be  remembered  that  though  this  class  of  exceptiones  is 
called  dilatoria,  they  were  just  as  destructive  to  the  action  as  the  others. 
If  successfully  brought  they  destroyed  the  action15;  they  were  dilatoriae 
in  the  sense  that  the  threat  of  them  would  cause  the  plaintiff  to  delay 
or  remould  his  action. 

Gains  also  classifies  exceptiones  as  "in  edicto  propositae"  and  "causa 

1  G.  4.  126,  127;  Vat.  Fr.  294;  D.  44.  1.  2.  1.  2  G.  4.  126  a.   In  4.  126  he  intro- 

duces a  replicatio  with  "si  non,"  but  in  the  case  put  "aut  si"  would  give  the  meaning. 
3  G.  4.  121,  126.  4  44.  1.  2.  3;  Vat.  FT.  259;  G.  4.  127.  5  44.  4.  4.  13.  And  no 

replicatio  doli  was  allowed  to  an  exceptio  iurisiurandi,  44.  1.  15.  6  G.  4.  120  sqq.; 

Inst.  4.  13.  8  sqq.         7  As  to  this,  see  Lenel,  E.P.  492,  and  ante,  p.  649.  8  G.  4. 

121.  9  G.  4.  122;  ante,  p.   649.  10  Ante,  §  CLIV.  11  G.   4.   124.    See 

post,  §  ccxxxix.  12  Post,  §  ccxxxvm.  13  Inst.  4.  6.  30.          14  As  to  restitutio 

of  omitted  exceptiones,  post,  §  CCXLIV.          15  G.  4.  123;  D.  44.  1.  3. 


652  EXCEPTIO  [CH. 

cognita  datae1."  This  implies  that  those  which  were  given  only  after 
enquiry,  and  not  as  a  matter  of  course  on  demand,  were  not  set  out  in 
the  Edict  though  there  would  be  no  difficulty  in  promising  them  con- 
ditionally, with  such  expressions  as  "si  qua  mihi  iusta  causa  videbitur" 
or  "causa  cognita'"  which  the  Edict  uses  in  other  connexions2.  But 
apart  from  the  exceptio  iusti  dominii  these  exceptiones  causa  cognita 
datae  seem  to  have  been  mostly  in  factum  conceptae.  This  name,  which 
is  given  to  a  class  of  exceptiones,  is  unfortunate,  since  nearly  all  exceptiones, 
except  iusti  dominii  and  the  exceptio  ususfructus3  and  the  like,  were 
in  factum,  in  the  sense  that  they  alleged  facts  and  not  rights.  Those, 
however,  to  which  the  name  was  specially  applied  were  such  as  had  no 
special  name  and  were  framed  for  the  special  case.  Thus  in  actions  by 
parens  or  patron  or  the  heres  of  patron  it  was  not  permissible  to  use  the 
exceptio  doli  or  others  of  like  character,  and  an  exceptio  would  be  framed 
setting  out  the  facts  complained  of  without  the  use  of  the  objectionable 
word4.  Again,  where  parties  were  agreed  as  to  what  was  the  act  alleged 
to  be  dolose,  and  it  was  denied,  the  task  of  the  index  might  be  limited 
by  alleging  the  fact  instead  of  making  a  general  allegation  of  fraud5.  A 
somewhat  similar  case  is  provided,  as  we  have  seen,  where  an  exceptio 
was  based  on  an  enactment6. 

Exceptiones  are  also  distinguished  in  the  texts  as  being  rei  cohaerentes 
or  personae  cohaerentes1.  The  latter  were  not  necessarily  available  to 
every  party  who  might  be  sued  on  the  transaction.  Thus  an  exceptio 
pacti  conventi,  where  there  were  several  debtors,  might  be  in  personam, 
i.e.  so  expressed  as  to  be  available  to  only  one  of  them8.  Paul  in  the 
Digest  gives  as  an  example  the  exceptio  in  id  quod  facere  potest9 ,  the  so- 
called  beneficiwm  competentiae,  not  available  to  sureties  of  the  debtor, 
but  this  does  not  seem  to  have  been  an  exceptio  at  all  in  classical  law. 
The  great  majority  were  available  to  any  defendants10.  It  does  not 
however  follow  that  they  were  equally  available  against  all  plaintiffs. 
As  we  have  seen11,  the  actio  doli  lay,  in  general,  only  against  the  wrong- 
doer, the  actio  metus  against  anyone  who  had  profited.  This  is  reflected 
in  the  corresponding  exceptiones  which  can  be  distinguished  from  this 
point  of  view  as  in  personam  and  in  rem.  The  exceptio  doli  could  not  be 
brought  against  a  plaintiff  by  reason  of  the  dolus  of  one  from  whom  he 
derived  title,  at  any  rate  unless  he  held  by  gift12,  but  the  exceptio  metus 
was  not  under  the  same  restriction;  like  the  action,  it  was  available 

1  G.  4.  118.  2  2.  13.  6.  8;  4.  3.  1.  1,  etc.  3  Exceptio  iusti  dominii,  17.  1.  57; 

as  to  this  exceptio,  Appleton,  Propr.  Prdt.  ch.  xvi;  exceptio  ususfructus  not  evidenced,  but 
supposed  to  have  been  the  reply  where  a  dominus  vindicated  from  the  fructuary.  4  44. 
4.4.16.  546.2.4.  6  Ante,  p.  649.  7  44.  4.  4.  27;  44.  2.  7;  Inst.  4.  14.  4. 

8  Ante,  §  cxov.  9  44.  1.  7.  pr.   Post,  §  ccxxxiv.  10  E.g.,  doli,  metus,  Sci.  Vellei- 

ani,  Macedoniani,  etc.   44.  1.  7.  pr.  11  Ante,  §  ccm.          12  44.  4.  4.  31. 


xin]  CONDEMN  AT  10  653 

against  those  deriving  title  from  the  wrongdoer.  Thus,  like  the  action, 
it  was  said  to  be  "in  rem  scripta1." 

Exceptiones  may  be  left  with  two  further  remarks.  We  shall  see  later2 
that  there  were  some  types  of  action  in  which  exceptiones,  or,  rather, 
some  exceptiones,  need  not  be  expressly  pleaded.  Further,  the  structure 
of  the  formula  shews  that  the  exceptio  was  not  a  part  of  its  original 
design.  The  "si  paret"  of  the  intentio  links  directly  with  the  " condemna, 
si  non  paret  absolve"  of  the  condemnatio.  The  condemnatio  does  not  refer 
to  the  "nisi"  of  the  exceptio,  so  that  logically  construed  the  formula 
appears  to  direct  the  index  not  to  condemn  if  the  exceptio  is  proved,  but 
does  not  tell  him  to  absolve  in  that  case.  This  is  due  to  the  conversion  of 
praescriptio  pro  reo  into  exceptio  after  the  structure  of  the  formula  was 
settled.  In  practice,  the  logical  point  was  not  taken:  the  index  absolved. 

CCXXIV.  Condemnatio.  This  was  the  direction  to  the  index  to  con- 
demn the  defendant,  if  the  conditions  specified  for  condemnation  were 
satisfied,  if  not,  to  absolve  him3.  For  a  cerium,  Gaius  gives  the  form: 
"Index  Nm.  Nm.  Ao.  Ao.  sestertium  x  milia  condemna,  si  non  paret  ab- 
solve*" In  the  case  of  incertum,  in  an  actio  infactum,  he  gives:  "quanti 
ea  res  erit,  tantam  pecuniam  index  Nm.  Nm.  Ao.  Ao.  condemna,  s.  n.p.  a.5." 
For  a  bonae  fidei  indicium  he  gives  a  form  differing  slightly  but  not  es- 
sentially6. In  real  actions  it  was  as  in  the  form  stated  for  an  actio  in 
factum1.  In  many  cases  it  was  of  course  for  a  multiple8.  As  the  interesse 
taken  into  account  was  differently  calculated  in  different  actions,  the 
words  expressing  this  varied.  In  some  actions  it  was  estimated  as  at 
litis  contestatio,  in  others,  notably  condictio  furtiva,  real  actions  and 
actions  infactum  (other  than  those  in  bonum  et  aequum  conceptae),  it  was 
taken  as  at  judgment,  or  even  in  some  cases  at  the  highest  value  in  the 
meantime9.  In  these  it  was  "  quanti  ea  res  erit "  or  the  like10,  in  the  former 
class  it  was  "quanti  ea  res  est,"  as,  e.g.,  in  condictio  triticaria11 .  The  con- 
trary rule  in  condictio  furtiva  is  due  to  the  fact  that  a  thief  was  always 

\  44.  4.  4.  33.  2  Post,  §  ccxxix.  3  As  to  importance  of  actual  absohitio, 

ante,  §  ccxvra.  It  is  contended  by  Audibert,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  57,  citing  42.  1.  3  and  50. 
17.  37,  that  there  were  cases  in  which  there  was  no  direction  to  absolve.  This  he  holds  is 
the  case  in  formulae  which  on  his  view  had  no  intentio  (ante,  §  ccxxn),  and  he  rejects 
the  view  that  the  texts  refer  to  cases  in  which  the  absolutio  clause  has  been  omitted  by 
error.  This  doctrine  of  Audibert  is  difficult  to  reconcile  with  the  very  general  language  of 
Gaius  (4.  48  sqq.).  That  this  language  does  not  fit  neatly  into  the  formula  in  actio 
iniuriarum  may  be  admitted,  but  we  have  just  seen  a  similar  lack  of  coherence  with  the 
exceptio.  The  words  "s.  n.  p.  a."  do  not  fit  neatly  with  an  intentio  in  "quidquid  pard,"  but 
they  certainly  occurred  there,  G.  4.  47.  4  G.  4.  43.  5  G.  4.  47.  6  G.  4.  47. 

7  G.  4.  51,  which  shews  a  similar  form  for  any  action  on  an  incertum.  Lex  Rubria,  xx, 
gives  an  instance  in  action  on  a  stipulatio  for  an  incertum.  8  E.g.,  ac.tiofurti. 

9  As  in  condictio  furtiva.  10  In  bonae  fidei  indicia  the  form  is  slightly  different, 

but  the  effect  is  the  same,  G.  4.  47;  D.   19.  1.  1.  pr.  11   13.  3.  4;  post,  §  ccxxx. 


654  CONDEMN  AT  10  [CH. 

in  raora1.  On  principle  the  word  in  condictio  incerti  should  be  "est"  In 
the  actions  infactum  "in  bonum  el  aequum  conceptae"  it  appears  to  run 
"  quantam  pecuniam  tibi  bonum  aequum  videbitur2." 

The  condemnatio  was  always  for  a  sum  of  money,  but,  apart  from 
subsidiary  clauses  with  special  names,  there  were  one  or  two  special 
cases  which  must  be  mentioned.  In  some  cases  condemnatio  produced, 
besides  the  pecuniary  liability,  infamia  in  the  defendant3.  This  did  not 
apply  to  the  actio  contraria  where  this  existed4,  or  to  cases  in  which  a 
heres,  as  such,  was  condemned,  as  he  was  not  condemned  suo  nomine. 
The  same  applied  to  a  representative,  for  the  same  reason,  and  the  prin- 
cipal was  not  infamis  as  he  was  not  condemned  at  all5.  In  noxal  actions 
the  condemnatio  ran  "  tantam  pecuniam  dare  aut  noxam  dedere,"  the  sur- 
render being  afacultas  solvendi*. 

The  condemnatio  occurred  in  all  actions  other  than  praeiudicia.  It  is 
probable  that  in  the  earlier  form  of  the  divisory  actions  it  did  not  exist, 
for  the  only  function  of  the  index  was  adiudicare7 ,  before  allowances 
were  taken  into  account,  and  the  same  might  still  be  true  in  the  case  of 
things  which  admitted  of  equal  division,  but,  in  view  of  the  fact  that 
allowance  for  expenses  and  damages  had  to  be  made,  it  is  probable  that 
in  classical  law  there  was  always  a  condemnatio.  But  the  formulation  of 
these  actions  is  much  disputed8. 

The  condemnatio  might  contain  certain  subsidiary  clauses. 

1.  Clausula  arbitraria.  This  was  an  instruction  to  the  index  to  order 
actual  restitution,  to  his  satisfaction,  and  to  condemn  only  if  this  was 
disobeyed.  Its  form  was  "nisi  arbitratu  tuo  restituat9,"  or  the  like,  so 
that  it  was  another  negative  condition  on  the  condemnatio.  If  the  order 
was  disobeyed  there  was  no  question  of  direct  enforcement,  by  multa  or 
missio  in  possessionem,  for  it  was  an  order,  not  of  the  praetor,  but  of  the 
index.  But  the  machinery  used  was  effective.  The  plaintiff  was  entitled 
to  assess  the  value  under  oath  of  good  faith  (iusiurandum  in  litem10)  and 
the  condemnation  was  pronounced  for  that  amount.  Paul  tells  us  that 
in  such  a  case  the  assessment  was  not  too  carefully  looked  at  from  the 
point  of  view  of  perjury11.  Still,  there  were  restrictions.  The  index  need 
not  allow  the  assessment  under  oath;  he  might  condemn  on  his  own 
valuation12.  According  to  the  Digest,  even  if  the  oath  was  taken,  he 
1  G.  2.  79;  D.  13.  1.  8.  1.  2  Post,  §  ccxxxi.  See  Lenel,  E.P.  385.  For  other  variations 
and  details,  see  Cuq,  Manuel,  857,  n.  3.  3  These  appear  to  be  furti,  rapinae,  doli, 

iniuriarum  (in  all  of  which  transactio  is  on  the  same  level),  pro  socio,  tutelae,  mandati, 
fiduciae,  depositi,  and  perhaps  some  others.  See  Cuq,  op.  cit.  227;  Greenidge,  Infamia,  131. 
4  3.  2.  1.  5  3.  2.  1;  3.  2.  6.  2.  See  Greenidge,  Infamia,  130.  6  Ante,  §ccv; 

Lenel,  E.P.  190.  7  Ante,  §  xc;  post,  p.  657.  8  Lenel,  E.P.  200  sqq. ;  Audibert, 

Md.  Appleton,  1.  9  4.  2.  14.  11 ;  Inst.  4.  6.  31 ;  G.  4.  114.  But  see  Levy,  Z.8.S.  36, 

1  sqq.,  who  denies  the  existence  of  the  words  "arbitratu  tuo"  in  the  formula.  10  D. 

12.  3.  11  12.  3.  11.  12  12.  3.  4.  2;  h.  t.  5.  1. 


xin]  CLAUSULA  ARBITRARIA  655 

might  ignore  the  estimate1,  and  in  some  cases  he  might,  beforehand,  fix 
a  maximum,  a  sort  of  taxatio2.  Further,  the  oath  was  never  allowed 
unless  the  disobedience  was  wilful3,  or  the  defendant  had  already 
fraudulently  made  restoration  impossible4;  here  it  operated  as  a  penalty. 
It  is  difficult  to  say  exactly  what  actions  had  this  arbitrium  clause. 
Most  of  our  information  is  from  Justinian,  and  there  are  indications 
that  the  word  arbitraria  is  loosely  used.  It  is  clear  that  actiones  in  rem 
(with  a  possible  exception  for  praedial  servitudes5)  were  arbitrariae,  at 
any  rate  if  tried  by  the  formula  petitoria6.  Among  personal  actions  there 
were  ad  exhibendum,  doli,  metus7,  Fabiana*  (and,  no  doubt,  Calvisiana 
and  Pauliana),  aquae  pluviae  arcendae9,  actio  infactum  on  an  alienation 
iudicii  mutandi  causa10,  actio  redhibitoria11,  and  some  cases  under  inter- 
dicts12. It  is  not  clear,  however,  that  in  all  these  cases  there  was  ius- 
iurandum  in  litem.  There  are  other  more  doubtful  cases.  The  actio  de  eo 
quod  certo  loco  is  the  only  action  called  arbitraria  in  classical  texts13,  but 
it  does  not  seem  to  have  been  arbitraria  in  the  present  sense  at  all.  It 
was  so  called  because  it  gave  the  index  discretion  to  determine  what 
allowance  was  to  be  made  where  what  was  due  in  one  place  was  sued  for 
at  another14.  In  the  noxal  actio  iniuriarum  the  master  could  evade  con- 
demnation by  allowing  the  man  to  be  castigated,  arbitratu  iudicis.  But 
there  was  no  question  of  iusiurandum  in  litem  or  of  an  order  of  the  iudex; 
it  was  entirely  for  the  master  to  decide15.  Ordinary  noxal  actions  are 
sometimes  so  called  in  view  of  the  language  of  some  texts16.  But  there 
was  no  iusiurandum,  surrender  was  not  ordered  by  the  iudex  and  was 
not  alternative  to  condemnatio,  but  was  a  facultas  embodied  in  the 
condemnatio^1.  In  the  formula  in  ius  given  by  Gaius  for  deposit  and  com- 
modatum,  the  letters  N.R.  occur  after  the  word  condemnato,  no  doubt 
meaning  "nisi  restituat"  but  as  they  are  out  of  place  and  there  is  said 
to  be  no  other  trace  of  this  clause  in  a  bonae  fidei  indicium  in  "  dare 
facere,"  they  are  usually  rejected  as  an  error.  This  is  strengthened  by 
the  fact  that  Gaius  does  not  insert  the  words  in  the  corresponding 
formula  infactum18,  though  most  of  the  arbitrariae  actiones  in  personam 

1  Or  even  absolve,   12.  3.  4.  3;  h.  t.  5.  2.     The  first  text  is  probably  interpolated, 
but  this  rule  appears  to  be  classical.  2  12.  3.  4.  2,  perhaps  not  classical.  See  6.  1.  68 

and  Girard,  Manuel,  658,  on  the  question  of  possible  historical  development.  3  12. 

3.  2;  h.  t.  4.  4;  h.  t.  5.  3.          4  42.  1.  41.  1.  5  See  Lenel,  E.P.  186.  6  6.  1.  35. 
1.   If  it  was  embodied  in  the  formula  per  sponsionem  it  must  have  been  in  a  different 
form.           7  Inst.  4.   6.   31.            8  Fr.  de  f.  Fab.  1.             9  39.  3.  22.   1.  10  4.  7. 

4.  6.  11  Ante,  §  CLXXII.  12  Post,  §  CCL.  13  Even  this  is  not  certain ;  they 
may  be  interpolated.  They  are  Inst.  4.  6.  33  a;  D.  13.  4.  2.  pr.;  h.  t.  2.  8;  h.  t.  3;  h.  t.  4. 
1;  h.  t.  5;  h.  t.  8;  h.  t.  10;  13.  5.  16.  1;  C.  3.  18.  1.  14  This  action  has  been  much 
discussed.   See  the  reff.  in  Girard,  Manuel,  1055,  n.  5,  and  May,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  151  sqq. 
15  47.  10.  17.  4-6.             16  9.  4.  14.  1;  Inst.  4.  17.  pr.  1  (arbitrium,  officium  iudicis);  Inst. 
4.  6.  31.                17  42.  1.  6.  1.             18  G.  4.  47. 


656  TAX  AT  10  [CH. 

are  infactum.  But  the  clause  occurs  in  several  actions  for  incertum,  and 
Marcian  and  Ulpian,  late  in  the  classical  age,  tell  us  that  there  might  be 
iusiurandum  in  litem  in  any  bonae  fidei  indicium1,  which  however  does 
not  necessarily  refer  to  this  use  of  it.  Texts  which  speak  of  restitutio  as 
avoiding  condemnation  in  deposit2  are  not  conclusive— omnia  indicia 
absolutoria  sunt,  and  this  very  rule  makes  the  extension  less  probable. 
The  language  of  these  texts:  " condemnandum  te  nisi  restituas,"  "con- 
demnandum  tamen  si  res  non  restituetur,"  recalls  the  arbitrium,  but  the 
form  may  be  due  to  Justinian.  The  possibility  remains  that  in  post- 
classical  times  the  notion  was  extended  to  such  actions,  the  letters  N.R. 
being  an  interpolated  expression  as  are  many  other  things  in  the  MS.3 
But  it  does  not  in  any  case  appear  that  the  clausula  arbitraria  could  be 
used  for  any  purpose  other  than  restitution4,  e.g.  to  compel  specific  per- 
formance of  a  bargain5. 

2.  Taxatio.  This  was  a  limitation  on  the  condemnatio,  having  more 
than  one  type.  It  might  be  a  limitation  to  a  fixed  maximum  sum,  e.g. 
"  dumtaxat  5  millia6."  It  is  not  easy  to  say  where  this  was  admitted. 
It  is  not  found  in  real  actions  or  the  actio  ad  exhibendum,  or,  of  course, 
where  the  claim  was  for  certa  pecunia,  but  Gaius  seems  to  assume  that 
it  was  always  present  in  claims  for  an  incertum7.  It  is  actually  recorded 
in  some  cases  of  iniuria,  and  mfurtum8,  but  not  in  the  Aquilian  action. 
It  is  found  in  the  actio  ex  empto9.  It  seems  possible  that  it  might  always 
occur  in  actions  on  consensual  contracts.  The  language  of  Gaius  would 
admit  it  in  deposit  and  commodatum,  but  he  does  not  put  it  in  the 
formula,  and  Lenel  therefore  rejects  it10.  The  omission  is  hardly  con- 
clusive; his  purpose  is  to  compare  two  formulae  and  he  may  well  have 
omitted  unessential  parts  identical  in  both.  In  the  actio  ex  stipulatu, 
i.e.  on  a  stipulatio  for  an  incertum,  it  seems  to  have  occurred,  though 
we  know  it  only  in  damnum  infectum11.  Beyond  these  cases  we 


1   12.  3.  5.  pr.;  13.  6.  3.  2  (?  interp.).  2  16.  3.  1.  21;  h.  t.  22.  3  See  for  an 

extreme  view,  Kniep,  in  his  commentary  on  Gaius,  passim.  4  As  to  later  law. 

post,  §  ccxxvn.  " Reslitucre"  is  not  in  itself  conclusive  against  its  application  here;  in 
vindicatio  there  need  have  been  no  previous  possession.  5  The  propositions 

stated  in  the  text  represent  the  ordinarily  accepted  opinion,  but  this  has  been  attacked  from 
many  points  of  view.  Biondi  (Studi  sulle  Actiones  Arbitrariae,  1)  holds  that  the  expression 
actio  arbitraria  was  not  known  to  the  classical  law  as  indicating  a  special  type  of  action 
having  a  clausula  arbitraria,  and  that  though  such  a  clause  did  occur  in  some  actions  (see 
G.  4.  114)  its  appearance  in  the  texts  is  in  many  cases,  notably  in  doli,  metus,  and  other 
penal  actions,  due  to  the  compilers.  Levy  (Z.S.S.  36.  1  sqq.)  holds  that  the  clause  did 
not  contain  the  words  "arbitrate  tuo."  6  G.  4.  51.  7  Ib.  8  G.  3.  224;  D.  50. 

16.  192.  As  tofurtum,  it  is  not  clear  whether  this  was  in  the  condemnatio  or  not.  Lenel  now 
holds  that  it  was  in  a  demonstratio,  E.P.  318.  See  ante,  §  ccxxi.  9  C.  4.  49.  4  (A.D.  290), 

but  this  dates  from  a  time  when  the  formulary  system  was  practically  obsolete.  10  G.  4. 
47.  Lenel,  E.P.  149.  11  L.  Rubria,  c.  xx;  Lenel,  E.P.  149. 


xni]  COGNITIO  EXTRAORDINARIA  657 

know  nothing,  but  a  plaintiff  could  always  put  in  a  taxatio  if  he 
chose1. 

Another  type  of  taxatio  was  that  expressing  the  limitation  of  the 
condemnatio  to  the  content  of  a  particular  fund,  e.g.,  "  dumtaxat  depeculio 
et  in  rem  verso2,"  and  it  is  probable  that  the  limitation  in  certain  cases  to 
the  extent  of  actual  profit,  "quod  ad  eum  pervenit,"  was  similarly  ex- 
pressed3. There  was  also  the  limitation  called  beneficium  competentiae, 
probably  expressed  by  a  taxatio,  "  dumtaxat  in  id  quod  facere  potest*,"  or 
the  like.  It  may  be  that  where  a  res  was  vindicated  and  the  defendant 
had  bona  fide  ceased  to  possess,  but  was  still  liable  for  any  "cawsa"  in 
his  possession5,  and  on  similar  facts  in  the  actio  redhibitoria,  this  was 
limited  by  taxatio,  but  the  words  "quanti  ea  res  erit"  may  have  sufficed. 

3.  Adiudicatio6.  This  has  already  been  considered  in  its  effect  and 
scope  as  a  mode  of  acquisition7.  The  form  given  by  Gains  is  "  Quantum 
adiudicari  oportet,  index  Titio  adiudicato8,"  no  doubt  incomplete,  and  as 
the  power  must  cover  adiudicatio  to  more  than  one,  probably  corrupt.  The 
word  Titio  has  been  amended  in  various  ways9,  but  there  is  no  evidence. 
It  must  be  noted  that  while  in  communi  dividundo  and  familiae  ercis- 
cundae  what  was  divided  was  previously  common  property,  infinium  reg- 
undorum  there  was  or  might  be  a  complete  transfer  from  one  to  the  other. 

4.  Deductio  in  actions  by  bonorum  emptor10. 

CCXXV.  THE  SYSTEM  OF  COGNITIO  EXTRAORDINARIA™-.  We  have  seen 
that  the  function  of  the  magistrate  in  the  formulary  system,  the  ordo 
iudiciorum,  was  far  more  independent  than  in  the  legis  actio;  we  have 
noted  the  incidental  matters,  apart  from  control  of  the  formula,  which 
he  dealt  with12,  and  we  shall  later  have  to  discuss  the  specially  magisterial 
remedies  which  he  utilised13.  It  is  plain  that  in  proceedings  of  this  kind 
the  line  between  judicial  and  administrative  action  was  likely  to  be  a 
little  blurred,  both  being  based  on  the  imperium.  In  the  system  of  pro- 
cedure which  superseded  the  formula  altogether  in  the  third  century, 
procedure  "extra  ordinem1*,"  the  outstanding  change  apart  from  differ- 
ences of  detail,  also  to  be  considered,  is  that  there  was  no  longer  any 
reference  from  ius  to  iudicium;  the  ordo  iudiciorum  was  gone  and  the 
whole  matter  was  tried  by  the  magistrate  or  his  deputy.  The  other 
changes  will  shew  that  the  basing  of  all  litigation,  and  the  steps  in  it,  on 

1  See,  e.g.,  Cicero,  pro  Tull.  3.  7.  2  Ante,  §  CLXXXIV.  3  E.g.,  heres  liable  on 

delict,  see  post,  §  ccxxxni.  4  Post,  §  ccxxxiv.  5  Gaius  says  there  is  no  taxatio 

in  a  real  action,  but  he  is  referring  to  a  fixed  maximum,  G.  4.  51.  6  G.  4.  39,  42. 

7  Ante,  §  xc.  8  G.  4.  42.  9  See  Lenel,  E.P.  202.    It  can  be  saved  by  supposing 

a  case  in  which  it  was  agreed  that  the  whole,  being  indivisible,  should  be  allotted  to  T, 
the  other  party  or  parties  being  compensated.  There  is  also  the  possibility  that  each 
party  had  a  separate  formula,  all  being  identical,  except  as  to  the  name  in  the  adiudicatio. 
10  Post,  §  ccxxxvm.  11  Cornil,  Apercu  historique,  461  sqq.  12  Ante,  §  ccxiv. 

13  Post,  ch.  xv.  14  See  Hartmann-Ubbelohde,  Ordo  Iudiciorum,  416  sqq. 

B.  B.  L.  42 


658  COGNITIO  EXTRAORDINARIA  [CH. 

consent  of  the  parties,  a  conception  which  governed  the  earlier  systems, 
was  also  gone;  the  magistrate  controlled  the  whole  procedure.  Hence  it 
may  be  said1  that  civil  procedure  had  been  superseded  by  adminis- 
trative action.  But  it  was  still  judicial.  The  magistrate  must  abide  by 
the  law.  The  hearing  was  still  a  indicium,  though  a  indicium  extra- 
ordinarium.  The  main  rules  of  procedure  remained,  from  time  to  time 
modified  by  legislation.  The  system  owed  its  origin  and  extension  partly 
to  the  fact  that  it  was  simpler  and  more  convenient,  and  partly  to  the 
fact  that,  consonantly  with  imperial  ideas,  the  method  tended  to  cen- 
tralise authority  and  to  transfer,  to  the  Emperor's  official,  power  which 
had  been  in  part  vested  in  a  index  not  so  directly  under  the  Emperor's 
control.  The  assimilation  to  administrative  and  police  action  which  un- 
doubtedly occurred  was  a  natural  result  of  the  change. 

In  the  Republic  it  can  hardly  be  said  that  the  new  system  yet 
existed,  for  though  the  praetor  issued  many  orders  in  judicial  matters, 
e.g.,  restitutio  in  integrum,  missio  in  possessionem,  interdicts,  etc.,  the 
further  proceedings  under  the  order  were  usually2  tried  by  the  methods 
of  the  ordo.  But  the  founding  of  the  Empire  brought  a  change.  On  the 
introduction  of  fideicommissa,  though  our  account  of  the  transaction 
shews  that  they  were  regarded  as  civilly  valid3,  Augustus  ordered  that 
those  submitted  to  him  should  be  enforced  by  the  consul,  and  this 
"pauMa&m  conversum  est  in  adsiduam  jurisdictionem*"  soon  transferred 
to  a  new  officer,  the  praetor  fideicommissarius5.  Similarly,  honoraria  in 
mandate,  not  recoverable  by  ordinary  action,  could,  from  an  early  date 
in  the  Empire,  be  recovered  by  process  extra  ordinem  before  the  praetor6. 
The  nomination  of  tutores,  with  the  consideration  of  questions  arising 
from  it,  excuses,  etc.,  was  vested  in  imperial  officials  from  M.  Aurelius 
onwards7,  and  the  removal  of  tutores  suspecti  was  with  the  praetor8.  The 
obligation  to  provide  alimenta  for  poor  connexions,  which  appeared 
under  Pius,  was  in  the  hands  of  the  consuls9,  as  was  the  enforcement  of 
the  obligation  to  provide  a  dos10.  The  praefectus  urbi  dealt  with  com- 
plaints by  slaves  against  masters11,  and  the  praetor  with  fideicommissa  of 
liberty  overdue12. 

In  these  cases  there  was  no  supersession  of  an  existing  jurisdiction, 

1  Girard,  Manuel,  1087,  "Tout  cela  est  une  consequence  de  1'idee  qu'il  n'y  a  pas  la 
justice  civile  mais  acte  de  police."  See  also  Pernice,  Festgabe  fur  Oea.  Beseler,  51  sqq. 
2  Denegatio  actionis  and  "duci  inhere"  (ante,  §§  ccxiv,  ccxvi)  are  however  his  own  acts. 
As  to  a  special  case  of  missio  in  possessionem,  post,  §  CCXLV.  3  Ante,  §  cxxiv. 

4  Inst.  2.  23.  1.  5  Ante,  §  cxxiv.  6  Ante,  §  CLXXIX.  7  Ante,  §§  Lm,  LIV. 

But  this  was  not  a  case  of  ordinary  jurisdiction  at  all.  8  Ante,  §  LVU.  9  So 

Girard,  Manuel,  648,  arguing  from  the  source  of  the  Digest  texts  in  which  it  is  considered. 
C.  5.  25.  2-4  speaks  of  "  competens  index."  10  23.  2.  19.  But  it  is  possible  that  this 

obligation  is  of  later  origin,  see  ante,  §  XL.  11  G.  1.  53;  Coll.  3.  3.  1.  12  Ante,  §  xxxi. 
Causae  fiscales  are  hardly  an  instance:  the  State  is  doing  justice  in  its  own  case. 


xin]  COGNITIO  EXTRAORDINARIA  659 

but  that  process  appeared  in  the  second  century.  The  first  step  seems  to 
have  been  transfer  to,  or  usurpation  by,  officials  charged  with  functions 
affecting  public  order  (praefecti  annonae,  vigilum)  of  jurisdiction  in 
private  suits  arising  out  of  matters  within  their  field  of  authority1. 
Causae  liberates  were  tried  by  cognitio  at  least  from  Pius  onwards,  and 
probably  the  same  is  true  of  questions  of  ingenuitas2.  It  seems  clear  that 
in  imperial  provinces,  and  regions,  like  Egypt,  which  were  specially 
appanages  of  the  Emperor,  the  system  of  cognitio  was  generalised  early 
in  the  Empire3.  And  in  the  provinces  generally  it  superseded  the  formula, 
on  one  view,  by  the  beginning  of  the  third  century,  or  thereabouts,  the 
surviving  and,  in  part,  doubtful  cases  being  regarded  as  exceptional, 
and,  on  another,  somewhat  later,  in  view  of  these  cases4. 

How  and  when  the  supersession  occurred  in  Rome  is  not  clear.  No 
legislation  abolishing  the  ordo  for  Rome  is  extant,  and  it  is  commonly 
supposed  to  have  disappeared  not  long  after  the  provincial  supersession, 
a  generation  before  the  famous  constitution  of  Diocletian  (A.D.  2945),  by 
which  he  ordered  praesides  of  provinces  not  to  give  indices,  as  they  had 
been  doing,  but  to  try  cases  themselves,  providing  that,  if  their  business 
was  too  pressing,  they  might,  except  in  some  important  cases6,  appoint 
indices  as  deputies.  It  must  be  remembered  that  it  was  just  at  this  time 
that  the  system  of  provinciae  was  made  to  cover  Italy  also7,  the  new 
system  being  probably  in  full  operation  before  this  enactment.  The 
indices  to  whom  the  enactment  notes  that  praesides  had  been  in  the 
habit  of  sending  cases,  are  called  indices  pedanei,  an  obscure  word  which 
probably  does  not  refer  to  the  unus  index  of  the  ordo  iudiciorum,  but  to 
delegates  of  the  new  type8.  Thus  the  provision  seems  merely  to  mean 
that  magistrates  were  not  to  regard  jurisdiction  as  a  function  to  be 
handed  over  as  of  course  to  someone  else,  but  to  treat  it  as  their  own 
duty  and  not  to  delegate  it  except  when  overburdened  with  work,  and 
then  not  in  all  cases9.  Naturally  the  pressure  on  the  praeses  of  the  new 

1  Girard  points  out  (Manuel,  1088)  that  this  explains  why  these  offices  are  occupied  by 
jurisconsults.  See  Textes,  903.  2  35.  1.  50;  40.  12.  27.  1.    Addictio  bonorum  libertatis 

causa  and  similar  matters  (ante,  §  CXLII)  are  handled  in  this  way,  but  they  are  later  than 
this  instance.  3  It  seems  clear  for  Egypt.  Girard,  Textes,  893.  4  Mitteis, 

Reichxr.  und  Volksr.  132;  Partsch,  Schriftformel,  111  sqq.  Wlassak,  Zum  Romischen  Provin- 
zialprozess,  holds  that  the  formula  was  used  in  imperial  provinces,  though  not  in  "pro- 
curatorian"  districts,  but  that,  by  Hadrian's  time,  the  praeses  may  choose  between  cognitio 
and  reference  to  a  index,  the  index  being  however  chosen  by  him,  index  pedaneus.  Even 
here  the  formula  has  changed  its  character  and  becomes  rather  an  official  statement  of 
the  issue  than  an  agreed  issue  between  the  parties.  In  this  form  it  lasted,  on  this  view, 
in  the  provinces  to  the  time  of  Diocletian  (C.  4.  49.  4;  4.  52.  3;  8.  38.  3;  Cons.  5.  7) 
and  apparently  till  Constantius  abolished  the  formulae  altogether  (post,  §  ccxxvi). 
Mitteis  (Z.S.S.  40.  360  sqq.)  is  not  quite  satisfied  as  to  the  change  in  character  of  the 
formula.  5  C.  3.  3.  2.  6  As  to  what  cases,  Hartmann-Ubbelohde,  Ordo  Iudiciorum, 
604.  7  Ante,  §  xix.  8  Hartmann-Ubbelohde,  op.  cit.  602  sqq.  9  C.  3.  3.  2.  1. 

42—2 


660  PROCEDURE  IN  COGNITIO  [en. 

style  of  province,  a  relatively  small  region,  would  be  less  than  that  of 
the  old.  As  to  Rome  itself  we  have  the  negative  evidence  that  there  is 
no  trace  of  the  ordo  there,  after  about  the  middle  of  the  third  century1. 

CCXXVI.  Course  of  proceedings  in  a  cognitio.  Proceedings  were 
begun,  not  by  in  ius  vocatio  or  vadimonium,  but  till,  at  earliest,  the  middle 
of  the  fifth  century  by  litis  denuntiatio2,  issued  under  the  authority  of 
the  magistrate3,  apparently  in  writing,  without  formal  impetratio  or 
postulatio  actionis.  This  must  be  followed  up  by  a  statement  of  the  case 
within  four  months4,  another  four  months  being  obtainable  for  cause5. 
But  under  Justinian  and  apparently  earlier6  this  had  been  superseded 
by  a  summons  issued  by  the  magistrate  on  a  statement  of  claim  sub- 
mitted by  the  plaintiff  (libellus  conventionis7)  and  communicated  to  the 
defendant  by  an  official,  the  claim  fixing  a  day  for  appearance,  not  less 
than  10  (under  Justinian  20)  days  later8.  The  official  took  security  for 
appearance,  before  which  the  defendant  must  submit  his  statement  of 
defence  (libellus  contradiction/is,  responsionis9).  These  new  methods  were 
of  gradual  introduction.  The  libellus  conventionis  was  much  later  than 
the  change  of  system;  the  case  was  stated  in  a  formula  of  the  old  type 
till  34210,  when  the  formula  was  abolished,  and  the  formal  impetratio 
actionis  existed  till  42811.  The  administrative  character  of  the  process 
only  gradually  reflected  itself  in  the  details  of  the  procedure. 

If  the  plaintiff  did  not  appear  on  the  day  fixed,  the  case  was  dis- 
missed12, but  as  there  had  been  no  litis  contestatio  it  could  be  renewed. 
Under  Justinian  there  was  an  elaborate  machinery  for  this  case,  the 
results  of  absence  differing  with  the  cause13.  If  the  defendant  failed  to 
appear  the  sureties  might  be  proceeded  against,  and,  in  the  last  resort, 
the  magistrate,  apart  from  his  power  of  fining  ("multare"),  could  compel 

1  Mommsen,  Staatsr.  3.  539;  D.P.R.  6.  2.   144.  2  C.  Th.  2.  4.  2  and  passim. 

3  As  to  the  magistrate  having  jurisdiction,  post,  p.  663.    At  first  denuntiatio  may  have 
been  a  private  act,  like  in  ius  vocatio,  but  early  in  the  fourth  century  the  intervention  of 
authority  was  required,  C.  Th.  2.  4.  2.    See  Costa,  Profile  storico,   151.    Protection  for 
minors,  C.  Th.  2.  4.  1.    Some  cases  in  which  denuntiatio  not  needed,  C.  Th.  2.  4.  3;  h.  t.  6. 
The  question  whether  litis  denuntiatio  was  ever  used  in  the  formulary  system  is  disputed, 
Kipp,  Litis  Denuntiatio.   Wlassak,  Rom.  Provinzialprozess,  thinks  it  essentially  provincial, 
a  measure  to  unify  the  varying  provincial  practices.    Aur.  Victor,  ad  Caes.  16.    He  also 
holds,  p.  58,  that  it  was  never  absolutely  private:  though  at  first  the  act  of  the  party, 
there  was  always  magisterial  authorisation.    As  to  hypotheses  on  the  source  of  this  method 
and  for  the  view  that  it  began  with  the  praetor  peregrinus,  see  Eisele,  Beitrage,  168  sqq- 

4  Mitteis,  Grundziige  der  Papyrus/.  2.  1.  40;  Z.S.S.  27.  351,  shews  the  four  months  to 
be  a  maximum.    No  procedure  in  contumaciam  (see  below)  till  the  time  has  expired,  but 
nothing  to  bar  earlier  action  if  parties  and  magistrate  are  ready.  5  C.  Th.  2.  6.  1. 
Automatic  extension  of  time  in  certain  cases,  h.  t.  3  and  4;  C.  Th.  2.  7.  3;  C.  3.  11.  1- 
Further  postponement  for  not  more  than  two  months  by  consent,  C.  Th.  1 1 .  33.  1 .         6  See 
Nov.  53.  3.         7  Inst.  4.  6.  24.            8  Nov.  53.  3.  2.            9  C.  Th.  2.  15.  1;  Nov.  53.  3- 
10  C.  2.  57.  1.   See  however  Partsch,  Schriftformel,  120.        11  C.  Th.  2.  3.  1;  C.  2.  57.  2. 
12  Arg.  C.  Th.  2.  6.  1.              13  Now.  112.  3,  115.  2. 


xin]  PROCEDURE  IN  COGNITIO  661 

appearance  by  force1.  If  the  defendant  evaded  service  of  summons  or 
other  preliminary  steps,  there  was  a  procedure  in  contumaciam,  an 
elaborate  system,  of  notices  to  be  served  on  him  if  he  could  be  reached, 
and  proclamations  if  he  could  not2.  The  effect  of  this  varied  in  different 
cases  and  from  time  to  time;  Justinian  legislated  repeatedly  on  the 
matter3. 

On  the  appointed  day  there  was  a  cognitio.  The  parties  appeared  and 
stated  their  cases  and  the  facts  on  which  they  relied.  The  close  of  this 
stage  was  apparently  litis  contestatio^,  which  remained  the  critical  point 
of  time,  but  with  effects  much  modified5.  A  time  so  defined  was  unsatis- 
factory and  Justinian  provided,  in  effect,  that  litis  contestatio  was  to 
occur  when  the  parties  had  taken  the  oath  against  calumnia*.  Confessio 
now  led  to  immediate  judgment  whatever  the  nature  of  the  claim7.  The 
class  of  actiones  interrogatoriae  no  longer  existed,  but  interrogations 
became  in  a  sense  more  important.  In  any  action,  and  on  any  point, 
either  party  might  submit  an  interrogatio  to  the  other,  by  leave  of,  and 
through,  the  index,  and,  as  it  seems,  at  any  stage.  The  answer  was 
evidence  against  the  person  who  gave  it8,  but  it  does  not  seem  certain 
that  it  had  any  other  effect.  It  is  clear  that  it  could  not  be  used  against 
the  asker,  and  there  seems  no  satisfactory  evidence  that  refusal  to  answer 
was  penalised,  as  it  was  in  the  actiones  interrogatoriae9.  The  iusiurandum 
necessarium  had  a  much  wider  scope.  Instead  of  being  confined  to  a 
small  group  of  actions10  it  could  be  offered  in  any  action  with  the  same 
right  of  "relatio"  and  the  same  results  of  taking  and  of  refusal  as  in  the 
formulary  system,  and,  at  least  under  Justinian,  after  litis  contestatio^1. 

Much  of  the  terminology  of  the  old  procedure  remained.  We  still 
hear  of  exceptio,  replicatio,  litis  contestatio,  interdict,  but  the  terms  have 

1  D.  2.  5.  2.  1;  2.  8.  2.  5.  2  C.  Th.  12.  1.  23;  C.  7.  43.  9,  and  h.  t.  passim. 

Bethmann-Hollweg,  Civ.  proc.  3.  302  sqq.  For  earlier  legislation,  Appendix  legis  Bom. 
Wisig.  2.  2  (Coll.  libror.  iuris  anteiust.  2.  260  sqq.).  3  Details  and  reliefs,  C.  7.  43 

passim.  See  generally,  Koschaker,  Z.S.S.  36.  444,  reviewing  Steinwenter,  Studien  zum 
Rom.  Versdumnissverfahren.  Judgment  without  these  final  steps,  if  the  defendant, 
warned  by  the  index,  wilfully  abstains.  C.  7.  43.  2.  According  to  Wlassak,  Bom.  Proi-inzialpr. 
36  sqq.,  the  contumacy  procedure  is  of  provincial  origin:  it  is  there  that  first  appears 
the  conception  essential  to  it  that  non-appearance  is  disobedience  to  the  magistrate. 
4  C.  Th.  2.  4.  4;  C.  3.  1.  14.  4;  3.  9.  1.  Preces  to  the  Emperor,  followed  by  rescript, 
amounted  to  I.  c  ,  C.  Th.  1.  2.  10  =  0.  1.  26.  1.  As  to  effects  of  I.  c.,  post,  §ccxxxv.  See  also 
C.  3.  1.  16.  5  These  changes  do  not  depend  on  the  change  of  procedure  or  coincide 

in  time  with  it.  6  C.  2.  58.  1,  2.    Refusal  of  this  oath  is  ground  for  judgment,  ib.; 

Nov.  53.  3  makes  1.  c.  occur  at  signature  of  the  libelli,  with  rules  for  the  case  of  failure  to 
sign.  On  litis  contestatio  and  "mota  controversia"  under  Justinian,  Albertario,  Z.S.S.  35. 
305  sqq.  7  C.  7.  59.  1.  Gradually  reached,  Cuq,  Manuel,  876.  8  11.  1.  1.  1 

(interp.);  h.  t.  21;  h.  t.  7.  9  Texts  in  D.  11.  1  which  seem  to  apply  the  old  system 

(e.g.  8.  1,  9.  3,  9.  7,  11.  4)  actually  refer  only  to  cases  of  the  old  actiones  interrogatoriae  and 
may  be  anachronisms.  10  Ante,  §  ccxv.  11  Different  forms  of  oath  are  confused 

in  D.  12.  2.   See  C.  4.  1.  1;  h.  t.  8,  and  post,  p.  662. 


662  PROCEDURE  IN  COGNITIO  [CH. 

changed  significance.  When  Justinian  said  that  an  exceptio  doli  was 
available  he  meant  that  dolus  might  be  pleaded  and  would  (in  general) 
bar  the  claim;  he  did  not  mean  that  it  was  pleaded  in  the  old  way.  A 
possessory  interdict  was,  for  him,  a  possessory  action,  for  the  actual 
issue  of  an  interdict  was  a  thing  of  the  past.  But  some  exceptiones  were 
handled  in  a  new  way;  they  were  disposed  of  before  litis  contestatio. 
Such  w^ere  those  dealing  with  capacity  of  parties,  or  representatives,  or 
the  court1,  and  also,  perhaps,  the  exceptio  praeiudicialis,  and  those 
alleging  previous  judgment  or  transactio,  or  bar  by  lapse  of  time2. 
Others  were  dealt  with  in  the  old  way  with  two  modifications.  Ex- 
ceptiones peremptoriae  not  originally  claimed  could  be  brought  in  at  a 
later  stage,  without  any  restitutio  in  integrum3,  and,  as  an  indirect 
result  of  express  legislation,  some  exceptiones  no  longer  destroyed  the 
action4. 

After  litis  contestatio  the  action  proceeded,  the  principal  changes  to 
note  being  the  following.  Exceptiones  might  be  gone  into,  and  an  inter- 
locutory judgment  given  on  them,  before  the  final  decision5.  There  was 
much  legislation  on  the  burden  of  proof.  The  evidence  of  witnesses  was 
distrusted,  and  there  were  many  enactments  affecting  capacity  to  give 
evidence,  and  on  the  weight  to  be  attached  to  such  evidence6.  "Testis 
unus,  testis  nullus"  was  laid  down  as  a  general  rule7,  and,  apart  from  this, 
a  minimum  of  evidence  was  required  in  some  cases8.  An  outside  witness 
was  not  to  be  heard  in  opposition  to  a  document  duly  authenticated 
and  witnessed9.  Justinian  excluded  evidence  by  humiles  not  vouched 
for  by  persons  of  higher  rank,  unless  under  torture10.  Hearsay  was  in 
general  excluded11.  Witnesses  were  summoned  by  the  court,  ^and  could 
be  compelled  to  give  surety  for  their  appearance,  distinguished  persons 
being  exempt12.  The  questions  were  asked  by  the  index  and  the  answers 
recorded13.  There  was  mvich  legislation  on  the  mode  of  proof  of  docu- 
ments14. 

The  distinction  between  iusiurandum  necessarium  and  voluntarium  in 
iudicio  is  much  obscured  under  Justinian.  He  seems  to  have  put  any 
oath  offered  at  any  stage,  by  a  party  with  approval  of  the  index,  or  by 
the  index,  on  the  same  level15.  If  it  was  refused  in  first  instance  judgment 
went  against  the  offeree  on  the  point,  subject  to  appeal,  and  the  index 

1  Cons.  6.  2;  C.  2.  12.  13;  C.  8.  35.  13.  2  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  3.  265. 

3  C.   8.   35.   8.  4  Compensatio,  post,  §  ccxxxvm;  plus  petitio,  post,  §  ccxxxvn. 

5  C.  Th.  11.  30.  37.  6  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  3.  274.  7  C.  Th.  11.  39. 

3.  1;  C.  4.  20.  9.  8  E.g.  C.  4.  20.  15.  6;  h.  t.  18.  9  C.  4.  20.  1.   Paul  (S.  5.  15.  4) 

lays  down  a  similar  rule,  but  only  "si  de  fide  tabularum  nihil  dicitur."  10  Nov.  90.  1, 

a  comprehensive  enactment  on  these  matters.  11  Nov.  90.  2.  12  C.  4.  20.  16; 

h.  t.  19.  13  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  3.  277.  14  76.  279  sqq.  15  C.  4.  1. 

12.  1  a.    As  to  Justinian's  legislation,  Demelius,  Scheidseid  und  Beweiseid,  123  sqq. 


xin]  JURISDICTION  IN  COGNITIO  663 

in  appeal  might  either  confirm  the  judgment  or,  if  he  thought  the  oath 
should  not  have  been  offered,  and  was  reasonably  refused,  disregard  it 
and  go  into  the  merits1.  If  it  was  taken  when  offered,  or  taken  or  refused 
on  relatio,  judgment  went  accordingly  on  the  point,  which  of  course  was 
not  necessarily  the  whole  issue2,  with  no  appeal.  Thus  the  party  originally 
offering  the  oath  had  no  appeal3. 

The  case  proceeded  from  day  to  day,  adjournment  being  to  a  day 
fixed  by  the  index*.  Non-appearance  was  treated  as  above  stated  for 
non-appearance  before  litis  contestatio.  The  administrative  character  of 
the  process  led  to  decreased  publicity.  Cognitiones  were  always  under 
cover,  and  in  later  law  the  public,  except  privileged  persons,  had  no 
access  but  by  leave  of  the  index5.  The  old  calendar  of  dies  fasti,  etc., 
disappeared  in  the  Christian  regime;  the  available  days  were  changed 
from  time  to  time,  being  the  same  for  all  stages  of  the  process,  and  about 
the  same  in  number  as  in  the  old  system6. 

CCXXVII.  Jurisdiction  was  vested  in  a  variety  of  officials7.  In 
Rome,  and  later  in  Constantinople,  the  praefectus  urbi,  the  vicarius 
urbis,  and  the  praefecti  annonae  and  vigilum  had  civil  jurisdiction,  in 
some  cases  limited  to  particular  affairs,  the  old  praetor  having  lost 
jurisdiction  long  before  his  name  disappeared8.  In  a  province  the  praeses 
sitting  in  his  chief  town  was  the  ordinary  judge9.  Municipal  magistrates 
had  a  limited  jurisdiction,  and,  in  the  later  Empire,  many  towns  had 
also  a  defensor  civitatis,  with  similar  jurisdiction,  concurrent  with  that 
of  local  magistrates10.  All  these  were  accustomed  to  act  with  an  assessor 
or  assessors  who  gave  opinions  but  had  no  share  in  the  decision,  and  in 
the  more  important  courts  the  best  available  legal  learning  was  used 
for  this  purpose11. 

In  the  cognitiones  which  in  the  third  century  were  superseding  the 
or  do  iudiciorum,  it  was  a  common  practice  to  delegate  the  jurisdiction 
from  initiation  to  decision  to  a  deputy  to  whom  the  name  index  pedaneus 
was  applied;  the  magistrates  seem  indeed  to  have  tended  to  shift  off  the 
whole  burden  of  civil  jurisdiction.  Diocletian,  as  we  have  seen,  provided12 
against  this,  except  under  pressure  of  work.  The  Emperor  Julian  en- 

1  C.  4.  1.  12.  2.  2  C.  4.  1.  12.  la.  3  C.  4.  1.  12.  3.  4  C.  3.  11.  1; 

h.  t.  3;  h.  t.  4.  5  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  3.  189.  6  Bethmann-Hollweg, 

ib.  There  was  a  temporary  revival  of  the  old  system  under  Julian  the  Apostate.  7  See 
Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  3.  35  sqq.  8  Boethius,  de  Consol.  3.  4,  "praetura, 

magna  olim  polestas,    nunc   inane   nomen  est."  9  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.   3.  45. 

10  C.  Th.  1.  29.  1,  6,  7.  See  C.  1.  55.  Special  officials  for  cases  affecting  State  finance,  and 
for  milites;  a  jurisdiction  in  the  Bishop  resting  on  consent  (except  in  case  of  clerici),  not 
appealable.  C.  Th.  1.  27.  2;  Nov.  Val.  35;  C.  1.  4.  7,  8.  Cornil,  Aperyu  historique,  463.  As 
to  the  Emperor's  jurisdiction,  which  has  various  forms,  post,  p.  665.  11  1.  22.  1;  C.  1. 

51.  11.  Actor  sequitur  rei  forum,  C.  Th.  2.  1.  4;  Nov.  Marc.  1.  6;  C.  3.  13.  2.  But  an  actio 
in  rem  may  now  be  tried  where  the  thing  is.  C.  3.  19.  3.  12  C.  3.  3.  2;  ante,  §  ccxxv. 


664  JUDGMENT  IN  COGNITIO  [CH. 

acted,  in  A.D.  362,  that  there  might  be  a  similar  delegation  apart  from 
pressure  of  work  in  matters  of  small  importance1.  The  indices  so  " dati" 
were  not  those  of  the  old  album  iudicum,to  try  an  issue  submitted  by  the 
magistrate;  the  album  was  extinct,  and  they  tried  the  whole  matter  as 
deputies.  They  seem  to  have  been  chosen  from  the  advocates  practising 
in  the  magistrates'  courts2;  in  later  law  there  were  regular  lists  of  them3. 
The  growth  of  this  system  brought  with  it  a  certain  share  of  the  parties 
themselves  in  the  selection  of  the  iudeofi.  He  was,  under  Justinian,  ex- 
pressly appointed  for  each  case5,  and  could  exercise  the  magisterial 
power  of  compulsion,  e.g.,  missio  in  possessionem,  in  case  of  contumacy6. 
His  function  ceased  at  judgment7;  he  had  nothing  to  do  with  execution 
of  it. 

The  judgment  was  recited  publicly  at  a  formal  sitting  of  the  court8, 
but  like  all  other  proceedings,  it  was  also  set  out  in  writing,  from  which 
it  was  read9.  It  was  no  longer  necessary  for  the  judgment  to  be  for  a 
sum  of  money,  though  whether  it  was  for  this  or  for  the  thing  in  dispute 
itself10,  it  must  still  be  certain  and  unconditional11.  We  have  seen  that 
there  might  be  interim  judgments,  e.g.  on  the  admissibility  of  an  ex- 
ceptio12,  and  these  were  issued  in  the  same  way.  There  would  also  be 
pronuntiationes13  in  actiones  praeiudiciales  and  in  actiones  arbitrariae,  and 
adiudicationes  in  the  appropriate  cases.  So  too  while  of  taxatio  in  the  old 
strict  sense  there  was  now  no  question,  since  that  was  an  instruction  to  the 
index,  who  now  heard  the  matter  from  the  beginning,  the  various  rules 
imposing  a  limit  on  the  condemnatio  must  still  be  observed14.  Justinian 
added  another,  restricting  damages  in  some  cases  to  double  the  price15. 

In  an  enactment  of  A.D.  52916  Justinian  laid  down  the  rule  that  a 
index  where  he  absolved  the  defendant  could  condemn  the  plaintiff  for 
anything  which  proved  to  be  due  from  him  in  the  same  transaction, 
observing  that  Papinian  in  his  Quaestiones  had  held  this  admissible. 
Papinian  may  have  held  that  mutuae  petitiones  could  be  implied  in 
bonae  fidei  indicia,  but  more  probably  was  speaking  of  cognitiones17 . 

1  C.  Th.  1.  16.  8;  C.  3.  3.  5.          2  Betkmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  3.  121  sqq.          3  C.  2. 
6.  6.  pr.;  C.  2.   12.  27.  4  C.  3.   1.   14.   1.  5  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  3.  125. 

6  Nov.  53.  4.  1.  7  42.  1.  55.  8  C.  7.  45.  6.  9  C.  7.  44.  1-3;  C.  Th. 

4.  17.  1.   It  must  be  both,  h.  t.  2  and  4.  10  Inst.  4.  6.  32.    This  is  enforcement  of 

the  actual  render,  specific  performance.  It  applies  to  legacy  (C.  6.  43.  1).  There  may 
perhaps  even  be  enforcement  of  a  promise  to  serve  (C.  7.  45.  14)  but  here  money  condem- 
natio was  usual  (42.  1.  13.  1).  No  trace  of  specific  performance  in  Sale.  In  English  law 
specific  performance  began  under  Wills.  11  49.  4.  1.  5.  Cond.  to  "whole  debt  with 

interest,"  "what  you  have  received,"  are  invalid.  The  Inst.  say  there  must  be  such  certainty 
as  is  possible,  an  obscure  utterance.  12  Ante,  §  ccxxvi.  13  Ante,  §  ccxvm. 

14  Beneficium  competentiae,  de  peculio,  etc.  15  C.  7.  47.  1.  1.    As  to  costs,  Costa, 

Profilo  storico,  176.  16  C.  7.  45.  14.  17  System  further  elaborated  in  the  Novels. 

Nov.  1;  Nov.  96.  2.  As  to  the  possible  operation  of  the  same  idea  in  a  narrow  field  (indicia 
contraria),  ante,  §  ccxvm.  As  to  still  wider  application  in  classical  law,  post,  §  ccxxxiv. 


xm]  APPEAL  665 

If  the  defendant  satisfied  the  judgment,  the  matter  ended,  but  if  he 
did  not,  there  was,  apart  from  execution,  a  new  institution,  i.e.  appeal1. 
The  appeal  was  to  a  higher  court  which  varied  according  to  the  nature 
of  the  court  of  first  instance2,  from  the  index  to  the  magistrate  who 
named  him,  from  municipal  magistrates  to  the  praetor  at  Rome,  so 
long  as  his  functions  were  real,  or  in  some  few  cases  to  the  iuridicus, 
later  to  the  praeses,  from  the  praeses  to  the  praefectus  praetorio,  and 
finally  to  the  Emperor,  except  where  the  case  had  gone  before  the  prae- 
fectus praetorio,  who  was  unappealable  except  by  an  act  of  grace3. 
And  there  was  no  appeal  to  the  Emperor  except  in  matters  of  import- 
ance. In  the  late  Empire  a  special  appeal  court  of  two  delegates  of  the 
Emperor  was  appointed  to  try  appeals  to  him4.  Under  Justinian  there 
might  not  be  more  than  two  appeals  on  any  one  decision5. 

Notice  of  appeal  must  be  given  within  very  few  days6,  and  the 
appeal  proceeded  also  with  little  delay,  rules  somewhat  relaxed  by 
Justinian.  It  might  be  on  the  final  judgment  or  on  one  of  the  inter- 
locutory judgments,  though  some  of  these  latter  were  unappealable  in 
late  law  and  practically  all  under  Justinian7.  The  court  either  confirmed 
the  decision,  in  which  case  the  appellant  incurred  penalties  to  the 
court,  and  to  the  other  party,  or  altered  it;  interlocutory  judgments 
apart,  it  was  not  remitted  for  judgment  to  the  court  below8. 

The  Emperor,  as  magistrate,  might  sit  in  first  instance  or  appeal, 
but  his  intervention  was  more  usually  in  other  ways.  The  most  important 
was  consultatio  or  relatio9,  the  latter  term  seeming  to  mean  the  letter  of 
reference  and  the  former  the  accompanying  dossier10.  The  process 
was  used  where  an  official,  in  doubt,  before  deciding,  sent  a  relatio  to 
the  Emperor,  the  parties  being  informed,  and  any  document  they  wished 
to  send  being  included11.  Enactments  from  time  to  time  restricted  his 
right  to  relieve  himself  of  difficulty  in  this  way.  The  answer,  which  was 

1  C.  Th.  11.  36.  18;  Nov.  Th.  17.  2;  C.  7.  4.  15.  It  may  have  been  applied  to  formula 
in  its  last  days,  as  a  slight  circumstance  might  decide  the  mode  of  trial,  but  there  is 
no  proof  of  this.  Appeal  must  be  distinguished  from  relatio.  2  Details, 

Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  3.  89.  325  sqq.    Costa,  Profilo  storico,  178  sqq.  3  C. 

Th.  11.  30.  16;  C.  7.  62.  19;  Nov.  Th.  13;  C.  7.  42.  1.  There  may  be  supplicatio  after  they 
have  become  privati.  4  C.  7.  62.  32.  5  C.  7.  70.  1.  6  Bethmann- 

Hollweg,  C.P.  3.  328.  7  C.  Th.  11.  36.  18;  Nov.  Th.  17.  2.  2;  C.  7.  45.  16. 

Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  3.  327.  Justinian,  having  excluded  such  appeals  generally,  strikes 
out  the  relative  provisions  in  the  Theodosian  code  while  reproducing  the  enactments  so 
far  as  they  deal  with  other  matter.  Gradenwitz,  Z.S.S.  38.  35  sqq.,  thinks  such  appeals 
excluded  much  earlier.  8  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  337.  9  See  Bethmann- 

Hollweg,  C.P.  3.  90.  332-41.  Andt,  La  Procedure  par  Rescrit,  was  not  available  when 
the  text  was  printed.  10  C.  Th.  11.  29.  3  and  4;  C.  Th.  11.  30.  1.  11  A  party  to 
a  dispute  who  sought  to  remove  the  matter  from  the  ordinary  procedure  by  seeking  a 
relatio  without  bringing  the  other  party  into  the  matter  by  ordinary  litigation  lost  his 
case  and  his  right.  C.  Th.  11.  29.  6. 


666  SUPPLICATIO  [CH. 

in  the  form  of  a  rescript,  sometimes  gave  a  judgment  and  sometimes 
stated  a  principle  and  remitted  the  matter  for  actual  judgment1.  In 
later  law  the  relatio  went,  sometimes,  not  to  the  Emperor  himself  but 
to  his  principal  minister.  All  this  refers  to  consultatio  ante  sententiam, 
and  officials  were  warned  that  it  was  to  be  so  used,  and  not  after  judgment, 
to  prevent  suitors  from  appealing2.  But  consultatio  post  sententiam  was 
common  after  Constantine.  The  method  was  the  same.  It  was  mainly 
used  in  case  of  judgments  of  high  officials  not  ordinarily  appealable. 

Another  method  was  supplicatio.  This  was  petition  to  the  Emperor 
by  a  private  person.  It  was  not  allowed  when  the  question  was  already 
before  a  court  or  had  been  decided  and  not  properly  appealed3.  It  was 
mainly  used  to  bring  matters  before  the  Emperor  or  his  delegate,  in 
first  instance,  where  for  any  reason  it  was  unlikely  that  justice  would 
be  done,  e.g.  where  the  claimant  was  humble  and  the  opponent  a  "po- 
tentior,"  or  where  the  claimant  was  of  too  high  rank  to  go  before  the 
ordinary  court,  or  the  decision  was  of  an  unappealable  magistrate.  It 
Avas  decided  by  rescript,  but  if  no  reason  appeared  why  it  was  not  tried 
in  the  ordinary  way,  it  was  remitted.  It  was  allowed  if  a  index  put 
obstacles  in  the  way  of  appeal,  and  this  seems  to  have  paved  the  way  to 
application  of  it  by  way  of  appeal  from  decisions  not  properly  appealable. 

If  the  final  judgment  was  absolutio  the  matter  ended,  subject  to 
calumnia.  If  it  was  condemnatio,  no  longer  appealable  or  confirmed  on 
appeal,  there  might  be  execution  of  judgment.  There  must  be  a  delay  to 
give  the  defendant  an  opportunity  of  satisfying  it4.  When  this  had  expired 
execution  proceeded.  Whether  personal  seizure  lasted  at  all  into  this 
system  is  not  certain,  but  the  system  of  bonorum  venditio  to  satisfy  a 
judgment  was  certainly  gone.  The  judgment  being  no  longer  a  result 
reached  by  agreement  between  the  parties  the  obligation  to  satisfy  it 
was  not  enforced  by  actio  iudicati.  Appeals  provided  against  the  evils 
met  by  allowing  defence  to  actio  iudicati,  and  the  penalties  of  unsuccess- 
ful appeal  replaced  the  double  liability.  If  the  judgment  was  for  a  specific 
thing  the  officiates  seized  the  thing  and  gave  it  to  the  plaintiff5.  If  it 
was  for  money  there  was  a  delay,  after  which  the  officiates  seized  some 
part  of  the  debtor's  property  (pignus  ex  causa  iudicati}  to  satisfy  the 
claim  and  charges.  After  two  months,  if  the  claims  were  not  paid,  the 
pignus  was  sold  at  auction  by  the  officiates6.  Creditors  might  bid.  If 
the  sale  produced  too  little,  there  might  be  further  seizure7.  The  creditor, 

1  See  ante,  §§  vn,  vm,  as  to  the  importance  of  this  rescript  procedure.  Andt,  op.  cit., 
shews  that  under  consultatio  there  was  normally  a  definite  decision.  The  cases  of  remis- 
sion are  supplicationes,  and  the  reply  a  rvscriptum  ad  preces,  a  special  way  of  beginning  a 
suit.  2  C.  Th.  11.  29.  2.  3  C.  1.  21  passim;  h.  t.  3  makes  one,  who  brings 

a  forbidden  supplicatio,  in/amis.  4  42.  1.  31.  J.  makes  it  four  months.  C.  7.  54.  2,  3. 
5  25.  5.  1.  2;  43.  4.  3.  pr.;  6.  1.  68.  6  42.  1.  31;  C.  8.  22.  2.  7  42.  1.  15.  2. 


xm]  EXECUTION  667 

if.  there  was  no  buyer,  might,  if  he  would,  take  the  goods  in  payment  of 
the  debt1. 

Though  the  sale  of  a  man's  estate  was  no  longer  the  effect  of  an 
unsatisfied  judgment,  it  might  still  occur  in  any  case  of  insolvency. 
This  was  distractio  bonorum,  already  mentioned  as  a  mode  of  execution 
of  judgment  against  one  of  high  rank2.  In  later  law  it  was  used  only 
where  there  were  several  unsatisfied  judgments  or  clear  and  undisputed 
claims,  or  the  insolvency  was  undisputed.  There  was  missio  in  posses- 
sionem,  and  a  person  was  appointed  to  conduct  the  sale,  after  a  delay 
which  under  Justinian  was  very  long3.  He  was  called  curator  bonorum, 
and,  though  he  seized  the  whole,  he  did  not  sell  in  mass  but  in  detail4, 
and  for  a  price,  not  a  dividend.  Thus  there  was  no  question  of  any  person 
taking  the  place  of  the  debtor,  or  of  rights  and  liabilities  in  the  buyer. 
The  resulting  money  was  divided  with  the  same  privileges  and  priorities 
as  in  bonorum  venditio,  and  where  a  debtor  made  a  voluntary  cessio  to 
his  creditors  the  old  rules  of  cessio  bonorum  for  the  protection  of  the 
debtor  still  applied5. 

1  42.  1.  15.  3.         2  Ante,  §  ccxix.         3  C.  7.  72.  10.          4  See,  e.g.,  42.  5.  9.  5.    The 

whole  story  of  the  various  curationes  bonorum  is  obscure  and  controverted.  See  Degenkolb, 
Magister  und  Curator,  18  sqq.  The  curator  appears  to  be  normally  appointed  by  the 
magistrate  though  with  consent  of  the  creditors  (42.  7.  2.  pr.),  but  there  are  texts  which 
speak  of  him  as  appointed  by  the  creditors  themselves.  See,  e.g.,  17.  1.  22.  10;  42.  7.  5. 
These  texts  which  treat  the  curator  as  a  simple  mandatary  of  the  appointing  creditors 
may  refer  to  a  private,  extra-judicial  arrangement.  But  see  Degenkolb,  cit.  D.  17.  1.  22.  10 
seems  to  deal  with  two  hypotheses;  where  the  curator  having  sold  has  not  handed  over 
the  money,  he  is  liable  ex  mandate  to  those  who  took  part  in  the  appointment,  and  ex 
negotio  gestio  to  those  who  did  not.  But  where  he  has  completed  his  mandate  he  is  under 
no  further  liability  to  anybody,  but  the  absent  creditors  may  have  a  claim  against  the 
creditors  under  whose  mandate  the  property  was  sold  and  who  have  received  the  price. 
5  42.  3  passim;  ante,  §  ccxrx. 


CHAPTER  XIV 

THE  LAW  OF  PROCEDURE  (con*.).  INCIDENTAL  RULES 

OF  PROCEDURE 

CCXXVTII.  Actions  in  rem,  in  personam,  p.  668 ;  formulation,  670 ;  CCXXIX.  Indicia  stricta, 
indicia  bonaefidei,  672;  CCXXX.  Condictio,  675;  varieties  of  condictio,  676;  CCXXXI.  Actio 
civilis,  actio  honoraria,  678;  Fictitia,  ib.;  Rutilian,  679;  in  factum,  ib.;  Actio  utilis,  680; 
CCXXXII.  Indicia  Legitima,  I.  quae  imperio  continentur,  681;  CCXXXIII.  Actiones 
Perpetuae,  Temporales,  683 ;  Actiones  ad  rem  persequendam,  ad  poenam  persequendam,  684 ; 
Actions  transmissible  or  not,  to  or  against  heres,  685;  CCXXXIV.  Actio  directa,  adiectitiae 
qualitatis,  686;  Actio  in  simplum,  duplnm,  etc.,  ib. ;  Actiones  in  quibus  in  solidum,  non 
semper  in  solidum  persequimur,  687 ;  Actio  popularis,  privata,  688 ;  CCXXXV.  Litis  con- 
testatio,  689 ;  Exceptio  rei  iudicatae  vel  in  indicium  deductae,  ib. ;  CCXXXVI.  Exceptio  rei 
iud.  in  later  law,  693;  Other  effects  of  litis  contestatio,  694;  CCXXXVII.  Plus  petitio, 
minus  petitio,  ib.;  CCXXXVIII.  Compensatio,  696;  in  later  law,  699;  CCXXXIX.  Re- 
presentation in  litigation,  700 ;  CCXL.  Security  in  litigation,  704 ;  in  case  of  representation, 
705;  CCXLI.  Translatio  ludicii,  706;  CCXLII.  Cumulation  of  actions,  709. 

CCXXVIII.  CLASSIFICATION  OF  ACTIONS.  Actions  can  be  classified1 
from  many  points  of  view,  of  which  the  more  significant  are  now  to  be 
considered. 

Actions  in  rem,  in  personam.  This  distinction,  which  corresponds  to 
our  modern  distinction  between  rights  in  rem  and  in  personam,  was 
based  not  on  what  seems  to  us  the  primary  distinction,  that  between  the 
rights,  but  on  what  was  to  the  Romans  the  primary  distinction,  when 
the  expressions  were  framed — that  between  the  remedies.  It  dates, 
indeed,  from  days  when  men  did  not  readily  face  abstractions.  The 
actio  in  rem  was  an  action  for  a  physical  thing,  rather  than  the  assertion 
of  a  right  available  against  everyone,  and  it  has  been  already  noted 
that  an  actio  in  personam  in  its  origin  was  thought  of  rather  as  a  claim 
to  a  person2.  But  for  classical  and  later  law  the  two  types  may  be 
regarded  as  means  for  the  enforcement  of,  respectively,  rights  in  rem 
and  in  personam. 

The  typical  actio  in  rem  was  vindicatio  rei,  with  its  claim  "rem  Auli 
Agerii  esse  ex  iure  Quiritium."  This  is  the  "formula  petitoria."  The  other 
possible  formula,  "per  sponsionem,"  was  tried  as  a  personal  action  on 
the  sponsio3,  though  the  operation  of  the  securities  gave  it  such  similar 
effects  that  it  is  spoken  of  as  a  form  of  real  action4.  No  doubt  the 
formula  petitoria  gradually  superseded  the  other5.  The  action  covered  all 

1  Inst.  4.  6.  1-31.  2  See  ante,  §  cxcv,  "se  solvere."  3  See  ante,  §  ccxiv. 

See  however  Cuq,  Manuel,  296,  for  a  different  view.  4  E.g.  G.  4.  91.  5  Though 

one  in  possession  does  not  need  to  vindicate,  Justinian  tells  us  (Inst.  4.  6.  2)  that  there  is 


CH.  xiv]  ACT  10  IN  REM,  IN  PERSON  AM  669 

accessories  and  fruits  from  litis  contestatio1,  but  not  earlier  fruits,  which 
so  far  as  recoverable  at  all  must  be  claimed  by  independent  action2.  On 
the  other  hand  the  defendant  was  entitled  from  the  time  of  Hadrian 
onwards,  to  claim  by  exceptio,  ius  retentionis,  but  not  by  action,  an 
allowance  for  expenses  to  an  extent  which  varied  from  time  to  time  and 
according  to  his  good  or  bad  faith3. 

Ownership  was  not  the  only  subject  of  actions  in  rem.  The  hereditatis 
petitio,  though  the  right  to  a  hereditas  cannot  strictly  be  called  dominium, 
seems  to  have  followed  the  same  form:  "hereditatem  (or  "partem 
hereditatis")  Titii  Auli  Agerii  ex  iure  Quiritium  esse*"  The  actions  for 
civil  rights  in  rem  less  than  ownership,  e.g.  usufruct  or  praedial  servitude, 
are  in  the  form  "ius  ususfructus  Ai.  Ai.  esse"  "ius  eundi,  in  fundum 
Cornelianum,  Ai.  Ai.  esseb"  The  scheme  of  remedies  on  such  rights  set 
forth  in  the  Sources  provided  an  actio  confessoria6,  the  action  claiming 
the  right,  and  an  actio  negatoria,  the  action  denying  the  right:  "ius  illi 
non  esse  eundi7,"  etc.  It  may  not  at  first  sight  be  clear  what  was  the 
need  for  this  action.  But  it  would  not  suffice  to  interfere  with  the 
enjoyment,  leaving  the  claimant  to  bring  action  for  enforcement  of  the 
right,  since  if  he  had  been  in  actual  enjoyment  an  interdict  would  be  at 
his  service  by  which  he  would  usually  be  restored  to  his  enjoyment 
without  proof  of  right,  so  that  the  owner  of  the  land  would  be  no  better 
off8.  The  same  thing  might  of  course  be  said  if  the  dispute  were  one  of 
ownership,  and  yet  there  was  no  actio  negatoria  in  that  case;  the  plaintiff 
never  put  his  case  in  the  form  of  denial  of  the  other  party's  right,  but 
asserted  his  own.  In  fact  the  principle  was  the  same  here;  the  plaintiff 
asserted  his  ownership  free  of  this  right.  But,  his  ownership  not  being 
disputed,  the  mere  allegation  that  the  thing  was  his  would  be  of  no  use 
to  him.  What  he  had  to  shew  was  that  the  alleged  servitude  did  not 
exist.  The  negative  form  was  a  mere  cloak  to  the  fact  that  the  owner 
was  asserting  his  right  as  strictly  as  in  vindicatio9. 

"unus  casus"  in  which  a  possessor  "actoris  paries  obtinet."   Of  this  the  oldest  and  simplest 
explanation  is  this  of  action  by  dominus  against,  e.g.,  depositee,  but  many  others  are  offered. 
See  Moyle,  ad  1.  and  Girard,  Manuel,  347,  and  literature  there  cited.    See  ante,  §  xci  in  f. 
1  6.  1.  16;  h.  t.  17;  h.  t.  20.  2  13.  7.  22.  2.    See  Pernice,  Labeo,  2.  1.  350  sq.;  as 

to  b.  f.  possessor,  ante,  §  LXXXH.  3  6.  1.  37;  h.  t.  48;  h.  t.  65;  C.  3.  32.  5.   As  to  a 

liability  in  classical  law,  extinct  under  Justinian,  to  pay  twice  their  value  in  certain  events, 
Petot,  fit.  Girard,  1.  211  sqq. ;  fructus  duplio.  4  See  Lenel,  E.P.  174.  5  Ib.  188. 

6  8.  5.  2;  h.  t.  4.  2.  7  8.  5.  2.  pr.  8  See,  e.g.,  D.  43.  19  passim.  9  7.  6. 

5.  6;  8.  5.  2.  pr.  The  former  text  contemplates  actio  negatoria  in  usufruct  by  an  owner  in 
possession,  which  looks  like  a  voluntary  acceptance  of  the  burden  of  proof;  see  22.  3.  2, 
"ei  incumbit  probatio  qui  dicit  non  qui  negat."  But  the  question  of  the  burden  of  proof 
in  this  case  is  much  disputed.  See  Girard,  Manuel,  356;  Windscheid,  Lehrbuch,  §  198,  nn. 
15,  16.  The  natural  thing  would  be  to  leave  the  fructuary  to  bring  his  claim.  But  many 
circumstances  might  make  it  desirable  to  "quiet  the  title,"  e.g.  an  alleged  fructuary 
might  be  claiming  from  former  tenants.  The  case  of  usufruct  suggests  another  point.  An 


670  ACTIO  IN  REM,  IN  PERSONAM  [en. 

These  remedies  give  rise  to  two  questions.  The  name  actio  confessoria 
was  applied  in  classical  law  to  the  Aquilian  action  for  damage  where  the 
defendant  had  admitted  the  act;  the  adjective  expresses  the  fact  of 
confession.  In  the  present  case  where  the  word  denotes  assertion  of 
right  it  is  found  only  in  the  Digest,  and  in  extracts  from  only  one  liber 
of  Ulpian's  treatise  "ad  edictumz."  It  is  possible  therefore  that  the  name 
is  Byzantine3  and  that  the  classical  law  spoke  of  vindicatio  ususfructus, 
actio  de  itinere,  and  the  like,  though  the  name  of  the  other  actio,  negatoria, 
is  probably  classical.  There  are  also  traces  of  an  actio  prohibitoria  in 
which  the  owner  alleges  "ius  sibi  esse  prohibendi  Nm.  Nm.  ire,"  etc.4 
This  seems  to  fill  the  same  function  and  its  purpose  has  been  variously 
explained,  in  fact  it  is  quite  uncertain5. 

Modelled  on  the  civil  vindicatio  there  were  also  praetorian  actions  in 
rein.  Such  were  the  actio  Publiciana6,  the  hereditatis  petitio  possessoria"7 , 
and  certain  vindicationes  utiles  already  mentioned8,  all  of  which  are 
stated  as  actiones  fictitiae. 

Actions  in  rem  had  the  general  characteristic  that  the  intentio 
alleged  a  right  in  the  plaintiff  and  did  not  mention  the  defendant;  it 
was  not  a  question  of  a  person,  but  of  a  res.  This  came  to  be  regarded 
as  the  mark  of  an  actio  in  rem,  so  that  we  get  certain  actions  called 
"actiones  in  personam  in  rem  scriptae."  Justinian9  so  describes  the 
divisory  actions,  which  were  clearly  in  personam.  The  same  may  be  true 
of  ad  exhibendum10,  which  as  we  know  it  was  certainly  a  civil  action, 
but  its  formulation  is  very  uncertain11.  Conversely,  the  actio  negatoria12 
mentioned  the  name  of  the  defendant.  But  it  will  be  noticed  that  this 

owner  claiming  possession  will  bring  a  vindicatio.  If  the  defence  is  not  that  he  is  not  owner, 
but  that  deft,  has  a  usufruct,  what  is  the  defence  ?  It  is  not  a  plus  petitio,  as,  for  this 
purpose  at  least,  usufruct  is  not  a  part  (at  least  where  the  usufruct  is  in  a  third  party,  50. 
16.  25).  The  answer  is  said  to  be  an  exceptio  ususfructus,  but  in  fact  this  is  not  well 
evidenced.  A  text  sometimes  cited,  7.  9.  7.  pr.  (Keller- Wach,  C.P.  185),  deals  with  usufruct 
not  validly  created  and  is  analogous  to  exceptio  rei  venditae  et  traditae.  This  exceptio  would 
not  serve  the  purpose  if,  e.g.,  the  usufruct  was  derived,  as  it  might  be,  from  one  from 
whom  vindicans  did  not  derive  title,  e.g.  the  present  vindicans  having  usucapted  since  it 
was  created.  For  the  more  general  exceptio  the  exceptio  pignoris  or  hypothecae  gives  no 
analogy,  for  these  are  not  civil  law  rights. 

1  Ante,  §  cc.  2  8.  5.  2;  h.  t.  4;  7.  6.  5;  Ulp.  ad  Ed.  17.  3  Segre,  Mel.  Oirard, 

2.  511  sqq.  4  7.  6.  5.  pr.;  8.  5.  11.   For  other  reff.  see  Segre,  cit.  527  sqq.  5  For 

Lenel  (E.P.  186)  it  applies  to  praetorian  servitudes,  but  as  to  these,  ante,  §  xciv.  For 
Karlowa,  it  is  for  the  case  where  an  infringement  is  in  progress,  but  not  complete,  e.g.  a 
building  (R.Rg.  2.  469).  For  Segre  (op.  cit.  527)  the  two  actions  are  mere  alternatives,  but 
as  we  learn  that  both  were  stated  in  the  edict  (Bas.  Supp.  ed.  Zachariae,  112;  Lenel,  E.P. 
185)  this  seems  improbable.  For  Beseler,  Beitrdge,  1.  79,  it  is  Byzantine.  6  Ante, 

§  LXXI.  7  Ante,  §  oxxxvn.  8  Ante,  §  xci;  as  to  vindicatio  for  provincial  land, 

ante,  §  LXIX.  9  Inst.  4.  6.  20.  There  are  no  doubt  others.    Metus  is  said  to  be  one, 

but  this  is  an  actio  in  factum.  10  Girard,  Manuel,  1035.  11  Lenel,  E.P.  213. 

12  Ante,  p.  669. 


xiv]  ACT  10  IN  REM,  IN  PERSON  AM  671 

was  not  as  defendant;  it  was  as  defining  the  extent  of  the  right  actually 
claimed;  the  claim  was  of  ownership,  free  of  a  certain  right  in  rem, 
i.e.  a  servitude  vested  in  B.  There  might  be  other  persons  having  such 
rights,  but  this  was  not  in  question. 

Actions  in  personam  were  very  numerous.  Each  type  of  obligation 
had  its  own  action.  The  formula  stated  the  matter  as  an  obligation  in 
the  defendant,  the  word  expressing  obligation  being  usually  "oportere." 
The  nature  of  the  obligation  was  expressed  by  technical  words  which 
varied  in  the  different  cases.  In  contractual  or  quasi-contractual  obliga- 
tion for  a  certain  sum  or  thing  or  quantity  it  was  "dare  oportere1." 
For  an  incertum  it  was  "dare  facere  oportere2."  In  condictio  incerti  it 
may  have  been  "facere  oportere3"  In  the  actio  furti  it  was  "damnum 
decidere  oportere*."  For  the  Aquilian  action  the  form  is  disputed5.  In 
some  actions  it  seems  to  have  been  "praestare  oportere"  or  "  dare  facere 
praestare  oportere."  Lenel6  finds  this  in  the  divisory  actions  and  in  pro 
socio.  Others  find  it  in  de  peculio  and  others  of  that  group.  But  the 
formulation  of  all  these  various  actions  is  uncertain7.  Of  the  divisory 
actions  Justinian  makes  the  odd  statement  that  they  seem  to  be  both 
in  rem  and  in  personam6.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  he  confuses  the 
claim  with  the  ownership  which  it  implied;  in  fact  they  were  quasi - 
contractual  actions  in  personam,  to  which  the  adiudicatio  gave  an  air 
of  being  in  rem.  They  were  double  in  the  sense  that  each  party  was 
plaintiff'  and  defendant.  The  formulation  has  been  much  discussed.  In 
their  original  form  they  dealt  only  with  division,  and  the  later  incor- 
poration of  provision  for  allowances  for  expenses  and  equalising  pay- 
ments led  to  a  specially  complex  formulation.  It  has  been  suggested 
that  a  separate  formula  was  issued  to  each  of  the  parties9. 

The  foregoing  propositions  assume  the  classification  into  actions  in 
rem  and  in  personam  to  be  confined  to  actions  formulated  in  ius,  whether 
as  civil  law,  or  as  praetorian,  actions,  the  latter  having  a  fiction  or  other 
device  (formula  Rutiliand10,  diei  repetitio11).  This  is  clearly  the  point  of 
view  of  Gains12,  but  Justinian,  while  retaining  the  language  of  Gaius13, 
brings  in  actions  infactum,  adding  a  great  number  of  actions  in  personam 
and  some  in  rein.  Thus  the  actio  Serviana  and  actio  hypothecaria  of  the 
secured  creditor14  are  called  actions  in  rem,  for  though,  as  we  have  seen15, 
possessio  was  not  habitually  thought  of  as  a  ius  in  rem,  the  pledge  creditor 

1  G.  4.  4;  4.  18.  We  have  seen  that  the  actio  operarum  claimed  the  services  as  "danda," 
not  "facienda"  (ante,  §  CLX).  2  G.  4.  5;  4.  41.  As  to  actio  rei  uxoriae,  post,  p.  672. 

3  Lenel,  E.P.  153.  4  G.  4.  37.  5  See  Lenel,  E.P.  194.  6  E.P.  202,  205, 

287;  G.  4.  2;  Aut.  G.  108.  7  See  Lenel,  E.P.  260.  8  Inst.  4.  6.  20.  9  See 
for  the  principal  literature  on  the  matter,  the  reS.  in  Lenel,  E.P.  202;  Girard,  Manuel, 
639.  10  G.  4.  35.  Ante,  §CXLH;  post,  §  ccxxxi.  11  Post,  §  COXLI.  12  See 

G.  4.  3.  13  Inst.  4.  6.  2,  15.  14  Inst.  4.  6.  31.  15  Ante,  §  LXXII. 


672  IUDICIA  STRICTA,  BONAE  FIDEI  [CH. 

had  something  more  than  a  mere  possessory  right,  since  his  right  was 
enforceable  against  a  vindicatio.  Lenel  gives  other  instances1. 

CCXXIX.  Indicia  stricta  (actiones  stricti  iuris)  and  indicia  bonae 
fidei.  The  name  actio  stricti  iuris  seems  to  be  due  to  Justinian2.  The 
classical  name3  expresses  the  important  fact  that  the  distinction  is 
found  in  the  formula  and  in  the  proceedings  in  iudicio  founded  thereon. 
As  we  shall  see,  nearly  all  the  results  of  the  distinction  were  matter  for 
the  index*.  It  was  expressed  by  the  insertion,  in  the  intentio,  in  bonae 
fidei  indicia,  of  the  words  ex  fide  bona — "quidquid  paret  ob  earn  rem  Nm. 
Nm.  Ao.  Ao.  ex  fide  bona  darefacere  oportere5."  It  is  clear  that  the  name 
bonae  fidei  indicia  applied  only  to  certain  contractual  and  quasi-con- 
tractual actions  formulated  in  ins.  This  is  shewn  by  the  various  lists  we 
possess  which  come  from  different  dates,  a  fact  reflected  in  the  appear- 
ance of  new,  and  disappearance  of  obsolete,  cases6.  They  were  the 
actions  on  consensual  contracts,  on  commodatum,  pignus  and  deposit 
(when  formulated  in  ins],  fiducia,  rei  uxoriae,  negotiorum  gestorum, 
tutelae,  familiae  erciscundae,  communi  dividundo7,  and  the  actio  prae- 
scriptis  verbis8.  Justinian  also  gives  hereditatis  petitio,  but  this  is  a  hasty 
analogy.  By  his  time  there  had  been  so  much  legislation,  on  points 
affected  by  the  distinction,  that  his  proposition  means  in  effect  merely, 
that  in  this  action  allowances  for  expenses  and  so  forth  might  be  claimed 
without  an  exceptio  doli,  a  characteristic  which,  as  his  language  shews, 
had  suggested  the  same  view  to  earlier  lawyers9.  Further  he  abolished 
the  actio  rei  uxoriae  and  replaced  it  by  an  actio  ex  stipulatu,  for  restora- 
tion of  dosw,  to  which  he  gives  the  bonae  fidei  character  of  the  old  actio 
rei  uxoriae.,  quite  out  of  place  in  an  actio  ex  stipulatu. 

Although  it  seems  clear  that  indicia  bonae  fidei,  in  classical  law,  were 
always  contractual,  or  quasi11,  we  have  no  corresponding  lists  of  indicia 

1  E.g.,  actio  prohibitoria,  ante,  p.  670;  actio  vectigalis,  E.P.  183,  etc.  2  Inst.  4. 

6.  28.  3  G.  4.  62.  4  It  is  possible  that  stricta  indicia  descend  from  sacramen- 

tum,  where  the  sole  issue  was  whether  the  party  had  sworn  falsely  or  not.  This  would 
explain  the  origin  of  the  rule  in  stricta  indicia  on  the  point,  omnia  indicia  absolutoria, 
ante,  §  ccxvu.  5  G.  4.  47.  6  Cicero,  de  Off.  3.  15.  61;  3.  17.  70;  de  N.  Deor.  3.  30. 

74;  G.  4.  62;  Inst.  4.  6.  28.  7  No  information  as  to  finium  regundorum.  8  This 

list,  based  on  that  in  the  Institutes,  does  not  necessarily  represent  classical  law.  Thus 
Biondi,  Indicia  bonae  fidei,  176  sqq.,  excludes  the  actio  rei  uxoriae  as  having  no  "exf.  6." 
in  the  intentio,  its  equitable  character  being  due  to  the  words  "aequius  melius"  in  the 
condemnatio,  the  divisory  actions,  the  actio  pigneraticia,  as  having  in  classical  law  only  a 
formula  infactum  (see  also  Levy,  Z.S.S.  36.  1  sqq.),  and  the  actio  praescriptis  verbis,  as  not 
then  existing.  His  list  is  empti  venditi,  locati  cond,ucti,  negotiorum  gestorum,  mandati, 
depositi,  fiduciae,  pro  socio,  tutelae  and  commodati.  This  is  the  list  of  Gaius  with  the 
addition  of  commodati,  which  he  considers,  not  without  probability,  to  have  appeared  in 
that  list  at  a  point  now  illegible  (G.  4.  62).  9  Inst.  4.  6.  28;  cp.  C.  3.  31.  12.  3.  The 
dispute  probably  was  only  whether  allowances  could  be  claimed  without  exceptio  doli. 
10  Inst.  4.  6.  29;  cp.  C.  5.  13.  1.  11  As  to  delictal  actions,  post,  p.  675. 


xiv]  IUDICIA  STRICT  A,  BONAE  FIDE  I  673 

stricta  and  it  may  be  that  all  formulae  in  ius,  in  actions  other  than  penal, 
were  strictae  or  bonae  fidei.  This  might  be  suggested  by  the  question, 
above  mentioned,  in  hereditatis  petitio,  and  also  by  the  fact  that  in  the 
material  points  the  rules  of  rei  vindicatio,  the  typical  real  action,  closely 
resembled  those  of  stricta  indicia.  But  the  important  practical  rule  was 
that  all  actions  on  unilateral  obligations  on  contract,  or  quasi,  gave 
stricta  indicia,  all  other  actions,  formulated  in  ius,  on  contract  or  quasi, 
bonae  fidei l. 

The  following  were  the  main  practical  differences: 

(i)  In  stricta  indicia  nothing  could  be  considered  which  was  not  in 
the  formula.  It  was  this  which  made  it  difficult  to  admit  that  any  event 
subsequent  to  litis  contestatio  could  entitle  the  defendant  to  absolutio— 
omnia  indicia  absolutoria2.  But  the  most  important  result  was  that  in 
stricta  indicia  all  collateral  defences  must  be  expressly  stated  by  ex- 
ceptio,  otherwise  they  could  not  be  considered.  In  the  others,  by  virtue 
of  the  words  "ex  fide  bona"  the  index  could  take  them,  or  some  of  them, 
into  account3,  though  they  were  not  expressly  raised.  How  far  this  went 
is  not  clear.  Facts  which  would  have  given  rise  to  exceptio  doli,  metus, 
pacti  conventi*  could  certainly  be  proved;  in  such  actions  they  were 
within  the  qfficium  iudicis.  There  are  indeed  texts  which  speak  of  ex- 
ceptio doli,  transactions  and  the  like  in  bonae  fidei  indicia,  but  these  do 
not,  mostly,  imply  express  exceptio  and  those  which  do  are  commonly 
thought  interpolated5.  We  are  not  told  of  other  exceptiones  that  "  bonae 
fidei  iudiciis  insunt";  on  the  other  hand  they  are  nowhere  said  to  be 
necessary.  In  view  of  the  large  use  of  exceptio  doli  to  introduce  other 
defences 6,  and  of  the  fact  that  exceptio  doli  could  be  used  as  alternative 
to  other  exceptiones,  e.g.,  rei  venditae  et  traditae,  it  would  seem  that  the 
principle  was  true  of  all  equitable  exceptiones7.  In  Ulpian's  time,  if  the 
text  is  genuine,  the  exceptio  doli  could  replace  any  exceptio  in  factum9, 
and  we  know  that  such  exceptiones  as  that  e  lege  Cincia  could  be  replaced 
by  an  exceptio  in  factum9,  so  that  it  is  possible  that  almost  any  exceptio 
could  be  understood  in  indicia  bonae  fidei  if  the  plaintiff  was  aware  of 
the  existence  of  the  defence.  Indeed  Ulpian's  language  seems  to  go 
beyond  this.  It  is  dolus  to  continue  a  claim  even  though  it  was  begun 
in  good  faith,  on  discovering  the  facts  which  exclude  it10.  But  apparently 

1  See  Monro,  de  furtis,  App.  n,  as  to  condictio  furtiva.        2  Ante,  §  ccxvn.         3  Vat. 
FT.  94;  D.  2.  14.  7.  5,  6;  10.  3.  14.  1.  4,  Ib.    See  50.  17.  116.   *  5  E.g.  24.  3. 

49.  1,  compared  with  Vat.  Fr.  94;  Bethmann-Hollweg,  C.P.  2.  284.  6  Compenmtio, 
post,  §ccxxxvm;  in  the  law  of  accessio,  ante,  §  Lxxvm;  more  widely  under  Justinian, 
Beseler,  Beitrdge,  1.  108.  7  See  for  a  number  of  instances,  Accarias,  Precis,  2. 

1074.  8  44.  4.  2.  5;  Beseler  (Beitrdge,  1.  107)  thinks  it  due  to  Justinian.   See  also 

Biondi,  Indicia  Bonae  fidei,  3  sqq.,  who  holds  that  only  doli,  pacti,  metus  and  rei  iudicatae 
were  so  implied.  9  Vat.  Fr.  310.  10  44.  4.  2.  5.  The  limitation  at  the  end 

of  the  text  is  supposed  by  Pernice,  Labeo,  2.  1.  250,  to  be  interpolated.    But  it  is  not  safe 
B.  B.  L.  43 


674  IUDICIA  STRICTA,  BONAE  FIDEI  [CH. 

the  exceptio  rei  iudicatae  had  always  to  be  pleaded1.  On  these  points 
rei  vindicotio  was  on  the  same  footing  as  stricta  indicia2. 

(ii)  In  stricta  indicia  the  literal  meaning  of  words  must  be  taken, 
while  in  indicia  bonae  fidei  account  might  be  taken  of  terms  usually 
implied,  of  customary  interpretation  of  words,  and  so  forth3. 

(iii)   The  rules  of  compensatio  were  different4. 

(iv)   The  rules  of  pacta  adiecta  were  different5. 

(v)  In  bonae  fidei  indicia  interest  was  due  from  mora6.  In  stricta 
indicia  it  could  not  be  recovered  at  all,  even  from  litis  contestatio7.  If  it 
had  been  agreed  for,  this  was  a  separate  contract8.  The  case  of  legacy 
was  an  exception9.  Gaius  says  that  Julian  held,  and  others  were  coming 
to  his  view,  that  in  sinendi  modo,  interest  was  due  from  moraw.  Paul 
applies  this  to  all  legacies11.  They  were  certainly  claimed  by  a  strictum 
indicium12.  As  the  action  on  1.  sinendi  modo  was  for  an  incertum,  "  quid- 
quid  dare  facer e  oportet13,"  there  was  no  formal  difficulty  in  including 
interest.  It  was  no  doubt  a  question  of  the  testator's  presumed  intent, 
but,  though  Paul  is  quite  general,  it  is  difficult  to  apply  the  notion  to  a 
legacy  of  a  certain  sum,  where  the  intentio  would  be  for  that  sum.  Under 
Justinian  when  the  formula  was  gone  there  was  no  procedural  difficulty. 
In  rei  vindicatio  there  was  no  question  of  interest. 

(vi)  In  bonae  fidei  indicia,  fructus  were  due  from  mora;  in  stricta 
indicia  from  litis  contestatio.  This  was  laid  down  on  equitable  grounds  by 
the  Sabinians  and  accepted  by  the  later  classics14.  As  this  could  not  apply 
to  claims  of  certa  pecunia,  there  was  no  procedural  difficulty.  In  legacy15 
the  history  is  as  in  the  case  of  interest16.  In  rei  vindicatio  fruits  were 
always  due  from  litis  contestatio17.  In  hereditatis  petitio,  however,  all 
existing  fruits  could  be  recovered  in  the  same  action,  under  the  sc. 
luventianuml8,  and  the  mala  fide  possessor  of  the  hereditas  must  account 
for  all  fruits19. 

(vii)  The  distinction  in  reference  to  the  rule  "  omnia  indicia  absolu- 
toria"  has  already  been  considered20. 

(viii)  The  mode  of  estimation  of  damages  varied  so  much  in  different 
cases  and  circumstances  that  this  has  been  most  conveniently  dealt  with 

to  infer  from  interchangeability  in  indicia  stricta,  which  in  any  case  involves  raising  in 
iure,  to  equal  treatment  in  indicia  bonae  fidei  which  does  not. 

1  E.g.  44.  2.  22.    Biondi,  op.  cit.  38  sqq.,  holds  that  rei  iudicatae  was  implied  and 
that  this  text  refers  to  the  formula  infactum.  2  E.g.  44.  4.  4.  7.  3  21.1.31.20. 

4  Post,  §  ccxxxvm.  5  Ante,  §  CLXXXII.  6  Ante,  §  CLXXXVUI.  7  Ib. 

8  19.  5.  24.  9  In  fideicommissa  interest  was  due  from  mora,  but  these  cases  were 

not  tried  by  formula,  ante,  §  ccxxv.  10  G.  2.  280.  11  P.  3.  8.  4.  12  G.  2.  204. 
13  G.  2.  213.  14  22.  1.  38.  1,  7,  etc.  15  And  fideicommissum.  16  G.  2. 

280;  P.  3.  8.  4.  17  Ante,  §  ccxxvm.    A  mala  fide  possessor  was  liable  for  all  fruits, 

but  in  a  different  action,  i.e.  a  vindicatio  of  the  fruits.  18  5.  3.  20.  6,  6  a.  19  5. 

3.  20.  6  c.  20  Ante,  p.  673. 


xiv]  CONDICTIO  675 

under  the  obligations  themselves.  But  Ulpian  tells  us  that  in  stricta 
indicia  the  interesse  was  to  be  valued  as  at  litis  contestatio,  in  bonae  fidei 
indicia  as  at  judgment1.  This  is  said  in  connexion  with  iuramentum  in 
litem.  The  plaintiff  in  swearing  the  value  might  include  considerations 
which  did  not  exist  at  litis  contestatio,  and  no  doubt  the  index  might  do 
the  same.  If  in  such  cases  the  thing  was  less  in  value  at  time  of  j  udgmcnt, 
from  a  cause  not  imputable  to  the  debtor  under  the  rules  of  his  liability, 
this  would  benefit  him.  But  this  was  applied,  in  later  law  at  least,  in 
stricta  indicia  also2,  and  in  rei  vindicatio3. 

Delictal  actions  do  not  seem  to  have  been  regarded  as  stricta  indicia, 
In  the  case  of  furtutn  it  must  be  remembered  that  there  was  an  inde- 
pendent actio  ad  rem  persequendam.  If  vindicatio  was  brought,  the  thief, 
a  mala  fide  holder,  was  always  in  mora.  If  condictio  was  brought,  this 
was  quasi -contractual;  its  special  rules  have  already  been  dealt  with4. 
But  in  rapina  there  was  no  other  action.  It  was  however  in  factum,  and 
the  rules  making  the  interesse  cover  lucrum  cessans  and  damnum  emergens 
cover  the  principal  points.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Aquilian  action, 
which  was  in  ins.  There  could  hardly  be  a  question  of  equitable  exceptiones 
and  pact  was  a  complete  defence.  The  actio  iniuriarum  was  in  factum 
and  "ftc  bono  et  aequo"  a  class  to  be  considered  later5. 

CCXXX.  Condictio.  Most  stricta  indicia  (confining  the  term  to 
actions  in  personam),  but  not  all,  were  condictiones.  The  name  condictio 
seems  to  be  primarily  used  to  denote  an  action  of  which  the  funda- 
mental notion  was  readjustment  of  relations  where  one  man  was  un- 
justly enriched  at  the  expense  of  another,  as  in  condictio  in  deb  it  L6.  The 
action  on  stipulatio  for  an  incertum  was  not  condictio;  it  was  actio  ex 
stipulatu1;  that  on  legacy  per  damnationem  or  sinendi  modo  was  not 
condictio;  it  was  the  actio  ex  testamento8.  Both  these  set  forth  the  " causa" 
of  the  obligatio  in  the  intentio,  but  it  was  the  characteristic  of  condictio 
that  it  did  not9.  Thus  the  intentio  of  an  action  on  a  money  loan  runs: 
"si  paret  Nm.  Nm.  Ao.  Ao.  HS.  10  dare  oportere."  It  is  not  clear  how 
the  index  was  informed  of  the  exact  issue;  it  can  hardly  have  been  by  a 
praescriptio  or  demonstratio,  for  the  language  of  Cicero  shews10  that  the 
plaintiff  could  prove  any  stricti  iuris  obligatio  of  the  amount  claimed11. 

There  was  only  one  action  called  condictio;  it  was  a  general  action 
with  many  applications.  There  is  little  doubt  that  in  the  formulary 

1   13.  6.  3.  2.  2  1H.  3.  12.  3;  h.  t.  14.  1.  3  6.  1.  16.  pr.   As  to  actions  in 

factum  (post,  §  ccxxxi)  which  do  not  appear  to  be  under  either  of  these  heads,  the  damage 
was  sometimes  estimated  as  at  I.  c.,  quanti  ea  res  est  (e.g.,  constitutum,  Lenel,  E.P.  245), 
and  sometimes  at  judgment,  quanti  ea  res  erit  (e.g.,  metus  and  dolus,  Lenel,  E.P.  110  sq.). 
4  Ante,  §§  CLXXXVII  sq.,  cxcvm.  5  Post,  §  ccxxxi.  6  Not  a  general 

principle,  ante,  §  CLXXXVII.  7  Lenel,  E.P.  147.  8  Ib.  355.  9  Ib.  230, 

actio  certae  pecuniae  creditae.  10  Pro  Rose.  com.  4,  5.  13-16.  11  See  ante,  §  crxxi. 

43—2 


676  CONDICTIO  [CH. 

system  the  name  condictio  was  first  applied  to  claims  of  a  certain  sum 
under  a  iure  civili  obligation,  i.e.  in  just  the  field  of  condictio  e  lege  Silia. 
Indeed  the  fact  that  in  the  later  action  there  was  or  might  be  a  sponsio 
of  one-third  of  the  sum  in  dispute  is  the  chief  evidence  that  this  existed 
in  the  old  condictio1.  But  this  action  is  called  actio  certae  pecuniae 
creditae2,  the  name  condictio  for  it  cannot  be  found  before  the  great 
jurists3.  This  suggests  that  legis  actio  per  condictionern  did  not  disappear 
till  the  //.  luliae,  when  the  new  use  became  possible  without  confusion 4. 

The  texts  distinguish  different  cases  of  condictio  by  different  names. 
One  set  of  names  turns  on  the  "causa,"  the  facts  which  gave  rise  to  the 
action,  e.g.,  C.furtiva,  indebiti,  etc.  This  grouping  is  of  little  importance 
from  the  present  point  of  view;  as  the  intentio  said  nothing  about  the 
causa,  the  names  are  no  more  than  convenient  labels  for  use  in  treating 
the  substantive  law.  The  names  C.  furtiva  and  indebiti  are  no  doubt 
classical5.  C.  ex  lege6,  ex  poenitentia 7  and  the  oddly-named  C.  causa  data 
causa  non  secutas  are  not  classical.  C.  ob  rent  (or  causam)  dati*  (or  datorum) 
and  C.  sine  causa10  are  probably  classical.  Though  this  multiplicity  of 
names  has  its  uses  it  obscures  the  fact  that  in  all  its  applications  condictio 
was  one  action. 

The  other  distinctions,  according  to  the  nature  of  what  was  claimed, 
are  more  important.  From  this  point  of  view  we  get  C.  certi,  certae 
pecuniae,  triticaria,  incerti.  But  of  this  terminology  the  surviving  classi- 
cal texts  shew  no  trace.  The  names  are  rare  even  in  the  Digest,  and  it  is 
maintained  that  all  the  texts  shew  signs  of  interpolation11.  It  is  thus 
uncertain  wrhat  the  classical  terminology  really  was.  Some  texts  appear 
to  confine  the  name  C.  certi  to  actions  for  certa  pecunia12,  the  actio  certae 
pecuniae  creditae.  This  fact,  coupled  with  the  language  of  Gaius13,  has 
led  to  the  view  that  when  the  name  condictio  was  first  applied  to  these 
claims  for  a  certuni  there  were  the  two  names,  c.  certae  pecuniae  and  c. 
certae  rei,  which  last  acquired  in  later  law  the  name  c.  triticaria1*.  On 
the  other  hand  it  is  now  generally  agreed  that  the  rubric  in  the  Edict, 
"si  cerium  petetur, "  covered  both  certa  res  and  certa  pecunia,  which  would 
thus  both  be  varieties  of  c.  certi.  But  it  is  uncertain  whether  any  of 
these  names  was  in  use  in  classical  law.  The  condictio  for  certa  res  had 
two  forms,  that  for  a  specific  thing  and  that  for  a  specific  quantity,  to 

1  Ante,  §  ccx.  2  G.  4.  13.  3  Cicero  knows  nothing  of  it.   As  to  the  termino- 

logy, see  Lenel,  E.P.  227  sqq.  4  See  Wlassak,  Rom.  Processg.  §§  10  sqq. 

5  They  are  not  found  in  classical  texts  independent  of  Justinian.  6  13.  2,  rub. 

7  Gradenwitz,  Interpolationen,  146.  8  D.  12.  4.  The  name  is  not  easy  to  translate. 

It  seems  of  little  use  in  view  of  the  cond.  ob  rem  (or  causam)  dati  which  may  be  classical. 
9  12.  6.  65.  pr.  10  12.  7.  As  to  the  narrow  and  wide  significances  of  this  name  and 
on  the  scope  of  these  condictiones  generally,  see  ante,  §  CLXXXVH.  11  See  Girard, 
Manuel,  502.  12  12.  1.  9.  3;  46.  2.  12,  both  probably  interpolated.  Pernice,  Labeo, 

3.  211,  n.  2.  13  G.  4.  50.  14  D.  13.  3. 


xiv]  CONDICTIO  677 

which  last  alone  the  expression  triticaria  can  properly  apply.  But  this 
name  is  almost  certainly  post-classical.  The  formulae  for  these  cases  were 
set  out  in  the  Edict1.  The  inevitable  differences,  "  dare,  dare  facere 
(facere?)  oportcre,"  would  require  a  model  for  each.  Hence  specific 
labels  due  either  to  the  compilers  or  more  probably  to  earlier  post- 
classical  writers;  terminology  did  not  necessarily  stand  still  in  the 
fourth  and  fifth  centuries. 

The  so-called  C.  incerti  presents  difficulties.  The  action  is  of  late 
introduction,  though  not  post-classical;  the  name  is  probably  much 
later2.  As  a  stipulatio  for  an  incertum  or  a  service  gave  actio  ex  stipulatu, 
stating  its  causa,  and  not  a  condictio,  the  field  of  this  condictio  was  narrow. 
But  the  texts  provide  many  illustrations3.  A  vendor  transferring  land 
omitted  by  error  to  reserve  a  servitude  agreed  on.  C.  incerti  lay  to  have 
it  created4.  It  lay  for  release  from  an  obligatio  undertaken  in  mistaken 
belief  that  there  was  a  legal  duty  to  undertake  it5,  and  to  recover  what 
had  been  given  in  precario6.  Where  by  oversight  a  legacy  had  been  paid 
without  security  for  the  possibility  of  a  Falcidian  reduction,  c.  incerti 
lay  to  have  this  given7.  As  to  the  formulation  of  this  action,  Lenel  holds8 
that,  owing  to  its  late  introduction,  no  model  of  it  appeared  in  the 
Edict.  He  thinks  that,  like  c.  triticaria,  it  stated  in  the  intentio  the 
specific  render  claimed;  in  the  particular  case  of  right  to  release  he  puts 
it  as  "  acceptum  facere  oportere,"  not  of  course  stating  the  causa.  On 
another  view  the  render  was  stated  in  a  praescriptio,  the  intentio  being 
in  "  dare  facere  oportere9."  The  former  view  is  most  widely  held. 

Gaius  appears  to  speak  of  the  name  condictio  as  applicable  to  all 
actions  in  personam  with  an  intentio  "  darifierive  oportere10."  This  would 
cover  all  indicia  stricta  in  personam.  A  famous  text  attributed  to 
Ulpian,  but  mainly  compilers'  work11,  speaks  of  condictio  certi  as  available 
wherever  a  cerium  is  due  on  any  kind  of  obligatio,  and  instances,  inter 
alia,  legacy,  contracts  re,  and  even  actio  e  lege  Aquilia.  To  this  action 
the  name  condictio  generalis  has  been  given12.  A  text  in  the  Institutes13 
makes  a  condictio  available  as  a  substitute  for  any  of  the  actions  in 
solidum  on  a  contract  by  slave  or  filiusfamilias.  This  has  been  supposed 
to  refer  to  the  same  condictio,  but  it  is  wider,  for,  here,  the  claim  would 
often  be  for  an  incertum.  These  texts  involve  a  great  widening  of  the 
notion  of  condictio.  The  obligatio  might  be  civil  or  praetorian,  certain  or 

1  Lenel,  E.P.  225  sqq.;  Pernice,  Labeo,  3.  1.  203.  2  See  Lenel,  E.P.  151  sqq. 

3  For  the  following  and  others,  Girard,  Manuel,  627.  4  12.  6.  22.  1.  5  19.  1. 

5.   1.  6  43.  26.   19.  2.  7  35.  3.   3.   10.  8  E.P.   151.  9  Bethmann- 

Hollweg,  C.P.  2.  272.  10  G.  4.  5.  11  12.  1.  9.  pr.,  1.  12  See  Von  Mayr, 

Condictio,  246,  276.    He  holds,  with  Pernice  and  Mitteis,  against  Baron,  that  it  is  due  to 
Justinian.  13  Inst.  4.  7.  8.    Pflueger,  Z.S.S.  31.  168  sqq.,  shews  Justinian  giving 

condictio  where  vindicatio  is  possible,  apart  from  furtum. 


678  ACT  10  CIVILIS,  HONORARIA  [CH. 

uncertain,  on  a  claim  stricti  iuris  or  bonae  fidei  and  even  on  delict.  It  is 
a  single  remedy  under  the  name  condictio  for  nearly  all  obligations,  and 
the  language  of  the  Institutes  does  not  suggest  open  innovation.  But 
the  nature  and  scope  of  the  action,  and  even  its  existence,  are  the  subject 
of  much  controversy1. 

The  name  indicium  applied  to  the  classes  "stricta"  and  "bonae fidei" 
must  not  be  held  to  exclude  arbitria,  for  the  two  most  characteristic 
arbitria,  communi  dividundo  and  familiae  erciscundae,  are  in  the  list  of 
indicia  bonae  fidei.  It  has  been  suggested  that  all  actiones  arbitrariae  in 
personam  and  in  ins  were  bonae  fidei  indicia,  but  the  better  view  is  that 
the  insertion  of  the  arbitrium  clause  had  no  bearing  on  the  point,  though 
it  is  quite  likely  that  in  later  classical  law  the  arbitrium  clause  might  be 
added  in  appropriate  cases  in  a  number  of  bonae  fidei  indicia2. 

The  whole  classification  may  be  left  with  the  remark  that  while  it  is 
clear  that  in  classical  law  the  distinction  was  merely  one  of  formulation, 
equitable  defences  being  as  admissible  in  the  one  group  as  in  the  other, 
subject  to  their  being  expressly  raised,  the  disappearance  of  the  formula 
with  its  strict  rules  of  pleading  rather  confused  this,  but  there  seems  to 
have  been  no  real  change  in  principle. 

CCXXXI.  ACTIO  CIVILIS,  ACTIO  HOXORARIA.  The  former  gave 
effect  to  a  civil  law  claim,  the  latter  to  a  right  created  by  the  magistrate3. 
Of  the  first  class  many  were  based  on  express  legislation,  the  XII  Tables, 
II.  Plaetoria,  Silia,  Calpurnia  and  so  forth,  but  many  were  juristic 
creations.  Thus  the  formulae  in  ins  on  commodatum  and  deposit,  the 
actio  praescriptis  verbis  and  others,  were  purely  juristic.  Of  actiones 
honorariae  the  great  majority  were  praetorian4,  but  there  were  others; 
the  actiones  redhibitoria  and  quanto  minoris  were  established  by  the 
Aediles5. 

The  very  numerous  actiones  honorariae  are  found  in  all  branches  of 
the  law.  They  were  of  three  types: 

Actiones  fictitiae6.  These  were  actions  in  which  some  existing  action 
was  extended  to  cases  not  within  its  rules,  by  a  direction  in  the  intentio 
that  the  index  was  to  proceed  as  if  a  certain  state  of  facts  existed,  which, 
if  it  did  exist,  would  give  the  right.  The  actio  Publiciana  is  a  familiar 
instance.  The  index  was  directed  to  give  judgment  for  the  plaintiff  if 
he  would  have  been  owner  "si  anno  (biennio]  possedisset7 ."  Here  the 

1  See  for  discussion,  Girard,  Manuel,  623,  683.  So  far  as  Inst.  4.  7.  8  is  concerned,  it 
appears  to  express  a  tendency  already  existing  in  classical  times  to  give  a  condictio  where  a 
contract  had  been  made  with  slave  orff.  iussu  palrisfamilias,  the  iussum  being  understood 
to  cover  general  authorisation  to  trade,  i.e.  the  field  of  actio  institoria.  12.  1.  29;  14. 
3.  17.  5;  17.  2.  84  (interp.).  The  iu-ssum  is  thought  of  as  a  civil  source  of  obligation. 
2  Ante,  §  ccxxiv.  3  P.  5.  6.  10;  Vat.  Fr.  47  a;  Coll.  2.  5.  5.  4  G.  4.  110-12. 

5  Ante,  §  CLXXH.  6  G.  4.  32  sqq.  7  See  G.  4.  36,  where  however  the  words 


xiv]  ACT  10  HONORARIA  679 

index  had  to  assume  a  certain  event  whether  it  had  occurred  or  not.  In 
others  an  event  which  had  happened  was  to  be  assumed  not  to  have 
happened,  e.g.  where  an  action  was  allowed  as  if  a  party  had  not  suffered 
capitis  deminutio1.  In  some  cases  a  legis  actio  was  to  be  assumed  as 
having  occurred,  e.g.  in  the  formula  given  to  the  publicanus2,  where  the 
fiction  was  in  an  unusual  form3.  In  some  cases  the  party  was  feigned 
to  have  some  characteristic  which  in  fact  he  had  not,  e.g.  the  actions  to 
or  against  bonorum  possessor  with  the  fiction  "si  heres  esset4,"  and  the 
actio  furti  nee  manifesti  against  a  peregrine  with  a  fiction  "si  civisb 
Romanus  esset,"  needed  because  statutes  did  not  apply  to  peregrines 
unless  so  expressed.  More  than  one  of  these  fictions  might  appear  in  a 
formula,  e.g.  where  a  bonorum  possessor  of  a  deceased  pledgee  brought 
the  actio  utilis  e  lege  Aquilia.  In  some  cases  &  formula  was  given  "die 
repetita,"  i.e.  referred  back  to  an  earlier  date  than  the  actual.  Thus 
where  in  an  actio  ad  exhibendum  the  res  was  usucapted  during  the  action, 
,  and  produced,  the  defendant  was  absolved  only  if  he  was  prepared  to 
accept  a  vindicatio  dated  back  to  a  time  before  usucapio  was  complete6. 
We  do  not  know  the  formulation,  but  it  was  probably  by  fiction. 

IRutihsaa.  formulae,  in  which  one  person  was  mentioned  in  the  intentio 
and  another  in  the  condemnatio.  The  simplest  instance  is  the  formula 
Rutiliana  in  which  a  bonorum  emptor''  alleged  in  the  intentio  a  right  of 
the  debtor  and  the  condemnatio  directed  condemnation  to  the  emptor, 
or  the  claimant  alleged  a  claim  against  the  debtor  and  the  condemnatio 
was  of  the  emptor.  Another  possible  case  is  that  of  action  against  a 
paterfamilias  on  contract  by  a  subordinate,  in  which,  on  the  dominant 
view8,  the  intentio  stated  an  obligation  in  the  subordinate  (with,  if  he 
was  a  slave,  the  fiction,  "si  liber  esset"")  and  the  condemnatio  was  against 
the  paterfamilias.  But  this  formulation  is  disputed.  A  third  case, 
needing  separate  consideration,  is  that  in  which  a  party  proceeded  by  a 
representative9. 

Actions  formulated  in  factum.  All  the  foregoing  were  formulated 
in  ius;  their  intentio  stated,  either  directly,  or  with  help  of  a  fiction,  a 
legal  claim  " oportere,"  "ius  ei  esse,"  etc.  But  in  the  present  group  the 
intentio  merely  alleged  certain  facts  and  the  index  was  directed  to  con- 
demn if  he  found  those  facts,  and  otherwise  to  absolve.  These  actions 
placed  a  great  power  in  the  hands  of  the  praetor  and  clearly  needed 

"fingilur  usucepisse"  state  the  matter  inaccurately.  If  usucapio  were  presumed  there 
would  be  nothing  to  try.  All  that  is  feigned  is  a  certain  lapse  of  time :  the  other  require- 
ments of  usucapio  must  be  proved. 

1  E.g.,  ante,  §  CXLI  (adrogatio).         2  G.  4.  32.    It  is  possible  that  manus  iniectio  was 
feigned  in  some  cases.  3  As  to  possible  inferences  from  the  exceptional  form,  ante, 

§  ccxm.  4  G.  4.  34.  5  G.  4.  37.  6  See  post,  §  CCXLI.  7  Ante, 

§  CXLTI;  G.  4.  35.          8  Lenel,  E.P.  269  sqq.  9  Post,  §  ccxxxix. 


680  ACTIO  HONORARIA  [CH. 

very  careful  and  exact  formulation.  We  have  dealt  with  numbers  of 
them,  e.g.  actions  on  praetorian  delicts1,  actions  on  deposit,  commodatum 
and  pignus2,  on  pacta  praetoria9,  the  actio  Serviana  of  the  landlord4. 
The  most  important  question  in  regard  to  these  actions  is  that  of  their 
position  in  respect  of  the  points  which  differentiate  bonaefidei  and  stricta 
indicia.  Since  the  index  had  to  decide  on  certain  facts  and  no  other  it 
seems  that  exceptiones  would  have  to  be  inserted  expressly.  But  there 
is  a  small  group  of  actions  in  factum  in  which  the  index  is  directed  to 
condemn  in  "quantum  bonum  aequum  videbitur5."  There  do  not  seem 
to  be  many  of  them6,  and  some  no  doubt  became  bonae  fidei  indicia 
early  in  classical  law7.  It  is  likely  that  in  the  matter  of  equitable  ex- 
ceptiones they  were  on  the  same  footing  as  bonae  fidei  indicia. 

All  these  types  of  action  were  designed  by  the  magistrate  and  in  this 
sense  were  actiones  honorariae.  But  legislation  is  not  always  particular 
about  such  distinctions.  We  have  seen  that,  while  nothing  could  be  more 
praetorian  than  bonorum  possessio,  the  /.  Papia  Poppaea  gave  bonorum 
possessio  in  certain  cases8.  The  resulting  actions  while  praetorian  in 
form  were  based  on  a  statute.  So  too,  in  at  least  one  case,  a  statute 
gave  an  actio  fictitia9.  The  statute  adopted  the  praetorian  remedy,  but 
it  is  difficult  to  call  the  action  an  actio  honoraria10. 

It  must  be  noted  that  the  expression  actio  in  factum  was  not  always 
used  in  the  technical  sense.  We  have  seen11  that  it  is  by  the  assumption 
that  the  name  was  used  untechnically,  to  cover  any  action  which 
specified  the  material  facts,  however  formulated,  that  the  texts  dealing 
with  praetorian  extensions  of  the  Aquilian  action  have  been  more  or  less 
harmonised,  and  also  that  among  the  bewildering  variety  of  names 
given  to  the  actio  praescriptis  verbis,  several  incorporated  the  element 
tf  in  factum,"  though  the  action  was  formulated  in  iuslz. 

In  connexion  with  actiones  honorariae  the  expression  actio  utilis 
gives  rise  to  some  difficulty.  The  only  proposition  which  can  safely  be 
laid  down  by  way  of  definition  of  such  an  action  is  that  every  actio  utilis 

1  Ante,  §  com.  2  G.  4.  47.  3  Ante,  §  CLXXXH.  4  Ante,  §  CLXVH. 

5  See  Lenel,  E.P.  163,  168,  etc.  6  We  have  no  list.  The  recorded  cases  seem  to 

be  injury  to  freeman  by  res  deiectae  (9.  3.  1.  pr.),  actio  funeraria  (11.  7.  14.  6),  rei  uxoriae 
(4.  5.  8),  damage  by  wild  animal  (21.  1.  42),  iniuriarum  (47.  10.  17.  2),  sepulchri  violati 
{47.  12.  3.  pr.),  index  qui  litcm  suamfacit  (50.  13.  6,  ?  interp.).  Other  possible  cases,  Girard, 
Manuel,  1037.  7  E.g.,  rei  uxoriae,  G.  4.  62.  8  Ante,  §  cxxxiv.  9  L.  Rubria,  xx; 
Girard,  Textes,  75.  10  An  action  might  be  in  more  than  one  of  these  classes,  e.g. 

Rutilian  action  by  bonorum  emptor  on  a  claim  giving  an  actio  fictitia.  11  Ante,  §  cci. 

Monro,  I.  Aquilia,  App.  4.  12  Ante,  §  CLXXXI.  It  has  indeed  been  contended,  but  with 

little  acceptance,  that  this  is  a  mistake,  that  the  expression  actio  in  factum  has  nothing  to 
do  with  formulation  but  means  any  praetorian  action,  however  formulated.  But  this 
notion  cannot  be  reconciled  with  the  texts*  Pokrowski,  Z.S.S.  16.  7;  20.  99.  See  Erman, 
M el.  Appleton,  203.  G.  4.  45  sqq. 


xiv]       IUDICIA  LEGITIMA,  IMPERIO  CONTINENTIA        681 

was  an  extension,  on  grounds  of  utility,  of  an  existing  action,  and  it  is 
probably  true  that  it  ordinarily  contained  in  its  formula  some  reference 
to  the  parent  action.  It  was  usually  honoraria  in  the  strict  sense,  i.e.  it 
was  praetorian  both  in  form  and  origin.  But  this  was  not  always  so.  The 
later  jurists  no  doubt  applied  the  name  to  an  extended  action  created 
by  juristic  activity  without  the  Edict,  after  the  praetor  had  ceased  to  be 
a  source  of  law.  An  actio  utills  might  be  of  any  of  the  three  types  of 
actio  honoraria,  and  probably  most  actiones  fictitiae  might  have  been 
called  actiones  utiles,  though  there  are  many  to  which  the  name  was  not 
in  fact  applied.  On  the  other  hand  there  was  nothing  utilis,  nothing 
like  extension  of  an  existing  action,  in  many  actiones  in  factum.  There 
were  indeed  cases  in  which  an  actio  in  factum  was  itself  extended  as 
utilis  to  new  cases1.  Thus  the  name  does  not  fall  in  with  the  above 
scheme  of  actiones  honorariae  and  civiles,  but  cuts  across  it  in  nearly  all 
possible  ways. 

CCXXXII.  IUDICIA  LEGITIMA.  I.  QUAE  IMPERIO  CONTINENTUR 
(IMPERIO  CONTINENTIA}.  ludicia  legitima,  in  classical  law,  were,  accord- 
ing to  Gains,  those  brought  within  a  mile  of  Rome  before  "unus  iudex," 
all  parties  being  cives2.  All  others  were  imperio  continentia.  This  had 
nothing  to  do  with  other  characteristics  of  the  action.  A  purely  prae- 
torian action  in  factum  would  give  a  indicium  legitimum  if  it  satisfied 
these  requirements;  an  actio  ex  stipulatu  would  not,  if  it  did  not  satisfy 
them.  The  word  indicium  has  been  here  used  as  meaning  the  procedure 
before  the  index;  the  language  of  Gains  in  the  above  defining  text  cannot 
apply  to  the  whole  hearing.  It  is  however  sometimes  used  to  denote  the 
whole  procedure,  and  it  is  maintained  by  Wlassak3  that  this  was  its 
original  and  proper  meaning,  that  indicium  was  the  name  of  the  pro- 
ceedings per  formulam,  as  opposed  to  legis  actio.  As  "legitimus"  means 
statutory  he  concludes  that  indicia  legitima  were  those  in  which  the 
formula  was  issued  under  the  directions  of  a  lex*,  so  that  imperium 
played  no  part  in  it,  from  the  Roman  point  of  view,  and  that  legis  actio 
had  nothing  to  do  with  the  conception5.  Thus,  for  the  first  introduction 
of  indicia  legitima,  the  lex  in  question  was  the  /.  Aebutia,  which  authorised 
formulae  generally,  but  did  not  command  them  in  any  case6.  The  limita- 
tion to  ewes,  he  holds,  followed  from  the  principle  that  a  lex  was  essenti- 
ally between  cives,  and  the  restriction  to  unus  iudex  merely  expressed 
the  fact  that  unus  iudex  was  the  normal  civil  tribunal;  the  collegiate 
courts  being  later  and  exceptional.  The  limitation  to  Rome  was  a  mere 
result  of  the  fact  that  the  only  tribunal,  that  of  the  praetor,  sat  at  Rome. 
The  ll.Iuliae  substituting  formula  for  legis  actio  were  nearly  contemporary 

1  13.  5.  19.  1.  2  G.  4.  104.  3  Horn.  Processgesetze,  1.  ch.  i.         4  Ib.  37  sqq. 

5  Ib.  54  sqq.  6  Ib.  ch.  n,  103  sqq. 


682        IUDICIA  LEGITIMA,  IMPERIO  CONTINENTIA       [CH. 

with  the  I.  lulia  municipal-is,  by  which  a  uniform  system  of  proce- 
dure was  laid  down  for  municipalities,  and  Wlassak  holds  that  there- 
after a  indicium  in  a  municipality  might  be  legitimum  if  it  satisfied  the 
other  requirements.  Gains'  limitation1  to  Rome  is  to  be  explained  by 
the  fact  that  he  was  writing  of  Rome  and  disregarded  the  municipalities 
altogether. 

Whatever  be  thought  of  this  historical  explanation2  the  distinction 
is  clear  and  important,  since  the  effects  differed  in  many  ways.  Thus 
adiudicationes  in  indicia  imperio  continentia  gave  only  praetorian  rights3. 
A  woman  needed  auctoritas  tutoris  to  be  a  party  to  a  indicium  legitimum*. 
A  tutor  praetorius  was  needed  if  such  a  indicium,  arose  between  tutor  and 
ward5.  A  indicium  legitimum  was  at  once  ended  if  a  party  suffered 
capitis  deminutio6.  The  old  obligation  being  destroyed  this  was  tanta- 
mount to  destruction  of  his  right,  to  the  advantage  of  the  other;  pre- 
sumably there  might  be  restitutio  in  integrum  in  appropriate  cases. 
Indicia  imperio  continentia,  owing  their  force  to  the  imperium  of  the 
magistrate,  ended  at  once  if  that  imperium  ended7.  Indicia  legitima 
were  not  so  determined.  How  they  stood  in  this  matter  at  first  is  not 
clear,  but  by  the  /.  lulia  iudiciaria  they  were  extinguished  by  the  ex- 
piration of  18  months  from  litis  contestatio*.  This  extinction  of  the  remedy 
destroyed  the  right  of  the  plaintiff,  which  had  been  novated  by  the 
litis  contestatio,  either  ipso  iure  or  by  the  exceptio  rei  iudicatae  vel  in 
indicium  deductae9.  It  is  disputed  whether  a  naturalis  obligatio 
survived,  but  this  is  probable,  since  it  survived  judgment10.  It 
does  not  appear  that  there  was  any  restitutio  in  integrum  unless  it 
was  obtainable  on  one  of  the  recognised  grounds11.  In  later  classical 
law  the  rule  in  the  provinces  was  perhaps  different.  Paul,  citing 
Cervidius  Scaevola,  says  that  expiry  of  the  magistrate's  imperium  did 
not  destroy  the  indicium12.  But  the  text  says  "indices  a  praeside  dati"; 
the  reference  may  be  to  the  practice  of  delegation  and  to  cognitio 
extraordinaria,  which  had  then  practically  superseded  the  formula  in 
the  provinces13. 

1  Wlassak,  op.  tit.  §  33;  G.  4.  104.  2  It  seems  unlikely  that  Gaius  should  have 

made  so  misleading  a  statement,  especially  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  frequency  of  his 
references  to  provincial  law  has  led  to  the  view  that  he  was  a  provincial.  Probably  the 
conception  had  become  fixed  before  the  II.  luliae;  proceedings  in  a  municipality  might 
have  been  thought  of  as  indicia  legitima,  but  in  fact  were  not.  3  Ante,  §  xc.  4  Ante, 

§  LX.  5  Ante,  §  LVI.  6  G.  3.  83.  7  G.  4.  104.  8  Ib.  This  rule  has 

nothing  to  do  with  the  limitation  of  actions :  it  is  not  a  rule  as  to  the  maximum  time  which 
may  elapse  between  the  wrong  and  the  proceedings.  Post,  §  ccxxxm.  9  Post, 

§  ccxxxv.  10  Ante,  §  CLXXXIX.  11  There  might  be  actio  doli  in  appropriate 

cases,  4.  3.  18.  4.  12  5.  1.  49.  1.  13  Ante,  §  ccxxv.  An  enactment  of  Carus 

(A.D.  282-3),  C.  7.  64.  6,  allows  the  praeses  to  fix  a  time  within  which  judgment  must  be 
given :  if  not  so  given  it  is  void. 


xiv]  ACTIO  PERPETUA,  TEMPORALIS  683 

The  distinction  between  indicia  legitima  and  others  belongs  entirely 
to  the  ordo;  there  is  no  trace  of  it  in  later  law.  As  to  the  time  which 
ended  a  indicium  in  the  later  system,  we  learn  that  Theodosius  laid  down 
the  rule  that  it  must  end  within  30  years1,  not  the  30  years  which  limit 
the  right  itself,  but  30  years  from  litis  contestatio.  Justinian  substituted 
three  years  from  commencement  of  proceedings2,  with  the  proviso  that 
all  that  was  destroyed  was  the  action;  there  was  nothing  to  bar  a  new 
action  on  the  facts3. 

CCXXXIII.  A CTIO  PERPETUA  ,  A CTIO  TEMPORA  LIS.  In  principle  the 
civil  law  had  no  statute  of  limitations;  a  right  of  action  once  accrued 
was  not  affected  by  lapse  of  time.  There  were  a  few  exceptions.  Under 
the  XII  Tables4  the  action  usually  called  the  actio  auctoritatis5  was 
barred  by  lapse  of  the  period  of  usucapio.  By  the  /.  Furia  de  Sponsu, 
sponsores  and  fidepromissores  were  released,  at  any  rate  in  Italy,  by 
lapse  of  two  years6.  The  complaint  that  the  details  required  by  the 
/.  Cicereia  had  not  been  given  must  be  raised  within  30  days7.  The 
querela  inqfficiosi  testamenti  had  to  be  brought  within  a  limit  of  time 
which  varied  historically8.  But  praetorian  actions  break  into  two 
groups:  some  were  perpetuae,  some  were  temporales  (temporariae9).  The 
limit  for  temporary  actions  was  nearly  always  an  annus  utilis,  though 
the  actio  redhibitoria  was  limited  to  six  months10.  Whether  this  means 
an  annus  of  dies  utiles  or  an  annus  continuus  beginning  with  the  first 
dies  utilis  is  disputed11. 

It  is  not  easy  to  lay  down  a  rule  to  determine  what  praetorian 
actions  were  perpetuae  and  what  temporales.  In  general,  those  purely  for 
compensation,  or  restoration,  actiones  ad  rerti  persequendam,  were  per- 
petuae. But  it  cannot  be  safely  said  that  other  actions  were  temporary, 
though  Paul  adopts  from  Cassius  this  basis,  making  penal  actions  tem- 
porary12. But  in  the  same  text  he  states  and  also  adopts  another  cri- 
terion, i.e.  the  question  whether  the  action  was  in  furtherance  or  in 
opposition  to  the  civil  law,  and  Gains  expresses  a  similar  view,  observing 
that  furti  manifesti,  though  praetorian  and  penal,  was  perpetua,  as  it 
only  replaced  a  civil  law  action13.  The  same  is  said  of  arborum  furtim 
caesarumu.  A  difficulty  in  applying  the  first  of  these  criteria  is  that  it 
is  not  easy  to  say  what  was  a  penal  action.  The  actio  doli  was  penal, 

1  C.  Th.  4.  14.  1.  2  C.  3.  1.  13.  This  is  of  March  530:  the  Code  contains  enactments 

of  slightly  earlier  dates  which  seem  to  refer  to  the  system  of  Theodosius,  C.  7.  39.  9; 
C.  7.  40.  1  e.  Shorter  periods,  varied  from  time  to  time,  for  causes  affecting  the  fi.scus. 
C.  Th.  10.  1.  4,  13;  C.  3.  1.  13.  1;  C.  10.  1.  11.  3  Apart  from  contumacia:  a  final  decision 
may  be  made  against  the  contumacious  party.  4  6.  3.  Girard,  Textes,  15.  5  Ante, 

§  CLXXI.  6  G.  3.  121.  7  G.  3.  123.  8  Ante,  §  cxv.  9  G.  4.  110,  111. 

10  Ante,  §  CLXXH.  This  is  aedilician.  11  Ante,  §  cxcn.  12  44.  7.  35.  13  G.  4.  11 1. 
14  47.  7.  7.  6. 


684      ACTIO  AD  REM,  AD  POENAM  PERSEQUENDAM     [CH. 

though  only  for  restitution1.  The  actio  ex  testamento  was  not,  though  it 
might  involve  double  liability2.  The  fact  that  condemnatio  may  exceed 
the  defendant's  profit  is  not  decisive;  this  might  happen  in  most  actions. 
It  has  been  said  that  the  jurists  declared  an  action  penal  or  not  according 
to  the  need  of  the  moment  without  regard  for  consistency.  Perhaps  as 
near  as  we  can  get  is  the  proposition  that  an  action  was  penal  if  its 
primary  object  was  the  repressing  of  a  wrong  and  the  stigmatising  of  the 
wrongdoer  rather  than  a  mere  adjustment  of  property  relations3.  Thus 
the  actio  doli,  though  only  for  restitution,  made  the  defendant  in/amis*. 
But  no  test  explains  the  cases.  The  actio  iniuriarum  was  praetorian, 
penal  and  annua5,  though  it  could  not  be  said  to  be,  as  Paul  puts  it, 
"contra  ius  civile6."  Sepulchri  violati  was  praetorian  and  penal,  but 
apparently  perpetual.  So  was  the  actio  in  duplum  for  res  effusae9.  The 
actio  depeculio  annalis  was  praetorian  and  not  penal9.  In  fact  the  matter 
was  one  of  express  legislation  in  which  it  is  not  clear  that  any  particular 
principle  was  always  followed.  There  is  the  further  complication  that  in 
some  actiones  annuae  there  survived  an  actio  in  factum  to  the  extent  of 
enrichment10,  and  in  some,  the  penalty  being  recoverable  by  an  actio 
annua,  there  survived  an  actio  in  simplum11. 

In  later  law  these  principles  were  modified.  Theodosius  provided  that 
all  the  so-called  actiones  perpetuae  should  be  subject  to  a  time  limit, 
fixed  at  30  years  in  ordinary  cases,  except  for  pupilli12.  Further  legisla- 
tion fixed  longer  terms  for  specially  privileged  cases13,  and  no  limit 
applied  to  claims  of  the  fiscus  for  taxes,  from  the  collectors14.  Further, 
Justinian  provided  that  the  time  limit  where  it  was  less  than  30  years 
was  not  to  apply  to  minors15. 

ACTIO  AD  REMPERSEQUENDAM.AD  POENA M  PERSEQUENDAM1*.  This 
distinction  has  been  incidentally  considered  above.  A  few  supplementary 
remarks  are  needed.  There  was  a  class  of  actions  both  for  a  penalty  and 
for  the  "res"— Justinian  calls  them  "mixtae."  Such  were  the  actio  vi 
bonorum  raptorum,  depositi  miserabilis,  the  Aquilian  action,  etc.  Jus- 
tinian adds  as  an  example  the  actio  in  duplum  for  a  legacy  to  a  religious 
house17,  but  this  is  a  mere  extension,  and  limitation,  of  the  rule  for  some 
legacies18  per  damnationem,  and  in  classical  law  actiones  in  duplum  contra 
infitiantem  were  not  on  account  of  that  alone  treated  as  penal.  These 

1  Not  available  against  heres,  4.  3.  26.  2  Ante,  §  cxxn.  3  It  is  not  helpful 

to  say  that  it  is  penal  if  ex  delicto — the  question  is:  what  is  delictal?  4  4.  3.  11.  1. 

5  G.  3.  224;  Inst.  4.  4.  7;  D.  47.  10.  13;  C.  4.  35.  5.  644.7.35.  7  47.  12.  3.  pr. 

8  9.   3.  5.  5.  9  Ante,  §  CLXXXIV.  10  E.g.  42.  8.   10.  24,  fraud  on  creditors. 

11  E.g.  3.  6.  4,  calumniae;  39.  4.  1.  pr.,  publicanus  qui  vi  ademit;  Inst.  4.  2.  pr.,  vi  bonorum 
raptorum.  12  C.  Th.  4.  14.  1;  C.  7.  39.  3.  13  E.g.  7.  39.  6,  7;  Nov.  111.       14  C. 

7.  39.  6.  15  C.  2.  40.  5.  1.   As  to  interruption  and  suspension  of  prescription,  ante, 

§  cxcn.  16  Inst.  4.  6.  16  sqq.  17  Inst.  4.  6.  19.  See  Mitteis,  Z.S.S.  37.  328  sqq. 

18  Ante,  §  cxxn. 


xiv]  ACTIONS  TRANSMISSIBLE  OR  NOT  685 

actiones  mixtae  were  penal  for  ordinary  purposes;  they  were  not  available 
against  the  heres,  though  there  was  usually,  at  least  in  later  law,  an 
action  to  the  extent  of  enrichment1. 

In  general  where  several  were  liable  to  a  penal  action  each  was  liable 
in  full;  if  A  and  B  had  stolen,  it  was  no  defence  to  A  that  B  had  paid 
fourfold.  We  have  seen  a  modification  of  this  where  a  man  was  liable  on 
delict  of  his  subordinates2.  But  there  were  cases  in  which,  apart  from 
vicarious  responsibility,  payment  of  the  penal  damages  by  one  released 
all,  e.g.,  metus3,  res  deiectae  et  effusae*,  servi  corrupti5,  de  rationibus  dis- 
trahendis6,  dolus7,  and  no  doubt  others,  though  in  some  of  the  cases  the 
restriction  seems  to  be  due  to  Justinian8.  These  are  all  what  Justinian 
calls  "mixtae,"  and  the  rule  represents  a  hesitation  and  perhaps  changes 
of  view  as  to  their  character  as  penal  or  not9.  These  cases  must  be  dis- 
tinguished from  condictio  furtiva  subject  to  the  same  rule10:  this  was 
probably  correal  in  classical  law,  since  it  was  civil  and  ad  rem  perse- 
quendam,  while  these  were  praetorian  and  penal. 

ACTIONS    TRANSMISSIBLE    OR   NOT    TO    OR    AGAINST   THE    HERES.    The 

general  principle  was  that  actions  rei  persequendae  causa  were  available 
both  ways,  while  penal  actions  were  available  to  the  heres,  but  not 
against  the  heres  of  the  wrongdoer  (unless  they  had  reached  litis  contes- 
tatio)  except  to  the  extent  of  enrichment11.  But  there  were  many  ex- 
ceptional cases.  The  right  of  action  of  the  adstipulator  did  not  pass  to 
the  heres12,  nor  did  the  querela  inofficiosi  testamenti13  or  the  wife's  claim 
in  actio  rei  uxoriae1*.  Conversely  the  liability  of  sponsor  andfideipromissor 
did  not  pass  to  their  heredes15. 

As  to  penal  actions,  there  is  no  case  in  which  the  heres  was  liable  for 
the  delict  of  the  ancestor,  though  there  was  a  gradual  extension  of  the 
principle  that  he  could  be  sued  to  the  extent  of  his  enrichment  by  an 
action  the  nature  of  which  is  disputed16.  The  action  against  the  heres 

1  4.  2.  16.  2;  44.  7.  35,  etc.  2  Ante,  §  ccv.  3  4.  2.  14.  15.  4  9.  3.  1. 

10-3.  5  11.  3.  14.  2  (?  interp.).  6  26.  7.  55.  1.  7  4.  3.  17.  8  E.g.  11. 

3.  14.  2.  The  rule  makes  them  solidary.  The  case  in  9.  3.  1.  10-3  looks  as  if  it  was  correal 
in  classical  law;  there  is  not  necessarily  any  personal  delict.    But  as  to  dolus  and  metus, 
see  ante,  §  ccm.  9  See  Girard,  Manuel,  408,  n.  1.  10  C.  4.  8.  1.         11  Inst. 

4.  12.  1.  12  G.  3.  114.  13  Ante,  §  cxrv.  14  Ulp.  6.  7.  The  fact  that  heres 
of  fructuary  could  not  sue  for  the  usufruct  does  not  turn  on  this  principle:  it  is  interilus  rei. 
Ad  exhibendum  was  not  available  either  way  though  heres  might  be  liable  or  entitled  to  it 
personally,  10.  4.  12.  6.             15  G.  3.  120.             16  Logically  it  would  be  c.  sine  causa, 
47.  8.  2.  27.  See  Girard,  Manuel,  407,  n.  3.  The  notion  is  classical,  its  applications  gradually 
widened,  see  Francisci,  cited  Girard.   It  is  a  settled  general  rule  under  Diocletian,  Hermoij. 
Wisig.  2.  1.    Albertario  (Bull.  26.  112)  seems  to  hold  it  nearly  always  due  to  Justinian, 
but  is  very  ready  to  see  interpolations.    The  introduction  of  the  principle  by  Cassius  is 
asserted  by  Venuleius  (42.  8.  11),  and  though  Pernice  thinks  this  unlikely  (Labeo,  2.  1.  199) 
there  is  much  evidence  of  his  activity  as  a  magistrate  apart  from  this.  29.  2.  99;  44.  4.  4.  33; 
C.  4.  6.  26.  7.   It  is  not  clear  why  the  whole  story  should  be  supposed  untrue. 


686        ACTIO  DIRECTA,  ADIECTITIAE  QUALITATIS        [CH. 

of  a  municipal  magistrate  who  had  failed  by  dolus  or  gross  negligence  to 
take  proper  security  from  a  tutor1  was  no  exception;  it  was  a  quasi-con- 
tractual action,  available  against  the  heres  on  ordinary  principle.  Con- 
versely there  were  a  few  actions  in  which  the  heres  could  not  sue  on 
delict  to  his  predecessor,  e.g.,  iniuriarum2,  de  mortuo  inferendo3,  the 
action  for  unauthorised  in  ius  vocatio  of  a  parens  or  patron4,  and  in  a 
case  of  fraud,  calumniae  causa5.  The  rule  applied  to  bringing  the  action, 
not  to  continuing  one  which  had  reached  litis  contestatio. 

CCXXXIV.  ACTIO  DIRECTA,  ADIECTITIAE  QUALITATIS.  The  latter 
name  is  a  modern  invention  to  mark  off  a  group  of  actions  in  which  a 
paterfamilias  or  employer  was  made  responsible  for  acts  of  subordinates. 
Such  were  de  peculio  et  in  rem  verso,  tributoria,  quod  iussu,  institoria, 
exercitoria,  the  actio  ad  exemplum  institoriae  in  mandate,  in  all  of  which 
it  seems  that  the  name  of  the  subordinate  appeared  in  the  intentio  and 
that  of  the  principal  in  the  condemnatio.  Such  also  were  the  various 
noxal  actions,  in  which  the  name  of  the  paterfamilias  appeared  in  the 
intentio*.  The  classification  not  being  expressly  stated  by  the  Romans, 
views  differ  as  to  the  cases  properly  coming  under  the  class  of  actiones 
adiectitiae  qualitatis.  The  actio  de  pauperie  and  the  analogous  aedilician 
action  do  not  correspond  to  any  direct  action,  but  the  former  at  least 
resembled  a  noxal  action  in  some  points.  Probably  the  class  ought  to 
cover  the  liabilities  for  employees  of  nautae  caupones  and  stabularii7,  and 
the  special  liabilities  ofpublicani  for  their  servants8,  but  the  classification 
has  little  importance9. 

ACTIO  IN  SIMPLUM,  DUPLUM,  TRIPLUM,  QUADRUPLUM.  There  was  11O 

1  Ante,  §LIX.  2  47.  10.  28.  3  11.  7.  9.  4  2.  4.  24.  5  3.  6.  4; 

ante,  §  ccxvin.  6  Lenel,  E.P.  102,  319.  7  Ante,  §  cciv.  8  Ante,  §  ccv. 

9  The  expression  actio  directa  used  in  this  connexion  to  denote  proceeding  against  the 
actual  wrongdoer  (G.  4.  77)  is  also  used  in  other  senses.  Thus  we  have  actio  directa  as  opposed 
to  actio  utilis,  e.g.  under  the  1.  Aquilia,  Inst.  4.  3.  16;  the  actio  directa  as  opposed  to  actio 
fictitia,  G.  4.  34 ;  the  actio  directa  as  opposed  to  the  actio  ad  exhibendum  which  is  a  prepara- 
tion for  it,  10.  4.  3.  13;  an  actio  directa  as  opposed  to  one  resulting  from  restitutio  in  inte- 
grum,  16.  1.  8.  13  (cp.  C.  3.  32.  24),  and  no  doubt  others.  Directa  as  opposed  to  contraria 
does  not  seem  to  be  usual.  We  find  principalis  (13.  6.  17.  1)  and  recta  (h.  t.  18.  4).  It  must 
be  noted  that  there  are  indications  in  classical  times  of  formulae  in  which  the  intentio 
was  for  mutual  obligations  (alterum  alteri  d.  f.  oportere,  ex  f.  b.).  See  Cicero,  de  Officiis, 
3.  17.  70;  Top.  17.  66;  G.  3.  155.  These  have  been  usually  held  to  be  distinct  formulae, 
perhaps  issued  together,  but  it  is  maintained  by  Partsch  (Negotiorum  Gestio,  50  sqq.)  that 
in  classical  law  indicium  contrarium  means  a,  formula  in  which  the  intentio  states  the  mutual 
obligation  and  that  this  was  the  method  employed  in  tutela  (ante,  §  LIX),  commodatum, 
deposit,  pignus  fiducia,  but  not  it  would  seem  mandate.  The  independent  actio  contraria 
is  on  this  view  a  Byzantine  institution.  P.  also  holds  that  it  is  only  where  the  formula 
is  of  this  independent  type  that  condemnatio  in  the  iud.  contrarium  does  not  involve  infamy. 
For  some  critical  observations,  Bortolucci,  Butt.  28.  192,  n.  4.  For  a  view  accepting  the 
intentio  expressing  mutual  obligations  in  a  somewhat  different  list  of  cases,  including 
mandate,  and  excluding  the  name  iudicium  contrarium  in  such  cases  for  classical  law,  see 
Biondi,  Indicia  bonae  fidei,  59  sqq. 


xiv]    ACT  10  IN  SOLIDUM,  NON  SEMPER  IN  SOLIDUM    687 

action  for  more  than  fourfold,  though  the  Aquilian  action,  since  it  gave 
the  highest  value  of  the  res  within  a  year  before,  might  give  damages  of 
more  than  four  times  the  real  interesse.  Actiones  ad  rem  persequendam 
were  normally  in  simplum,  though  sometimes  in  duplum  contra  infitian- 
tem,  e.g.,  actio  ex  testamento1 .  Many  penal  actions  were  in  simplum,  e.g., 
doli.  Many  were  in  duplum,  e.g.,  furti  nee  manifesti,  servi  corrupti,  and 
the  Aquilian  action  contra  infitiantem.  Actiones  in  triplum  were  few. 
Justinian  mentions  only  a  new  one  introduced  by  him  for  a  case  of  plus 
petitio2.  The  cases  of  furti  concepti  and  oblati  were  obsolete.  Fourfold 
actions  were  numerous,  but  the  actio  metus  differed  from  the  others, 
e.g.,  furti  manifesti,  in  that  it  was  arbitraria;  the  penalty  was  incurred 
only  if  restitution  was  refused  in  the  action3. 

ACTIONES  QUIBUS  IN  SOLIDUM  PERSEQUIMUR*,  QUIBUS  NON  SEMPER 
IN  SOLIDUM  PERSEQUIMUR.  The  latter  class  were  of  various  types.  In 
some  the  condemnatio  was  confined  within  a  certain  fund,  e.g.,  de  peculio 
et  in  rem  verso5.  In  the  actions  in  which  a  heres  was  liable  to  the  extent 
of  enrichment  there  may  have  been  a  restrictive  clause  in  the  condemnatio, 
such  as  "  dumtaxat  in  id  quod  ad  eum  pervenit6."  Justinian  includes  in 
the  class  those  actions  in  which  there  was  a  set  off7,  but  this  would 
include,  potentially,  nearly  all  actions.  The  cases  in  which  an  actio  in 
factum  to  the  extent  of  enrichment  survived  an  actio  annua  would  be 
another  example8.  A  type  distinct  from  all  these  is  found  in  the  actions 
in  which  the  condemnatio  was  limited  to  the  defendant's  means:  "in  id 
quod  facere  potest"  the  so-called  beneficium  competentiae9 .  The  chief 
cases  of  this  were,  the  debtor  who  had  suffered  bonorum  venditio,  in  any 
case  for  one  year10,  but  with  previous  cessio  bonorum,  perpetual11,  action 
against  a  patron  or  ascendant12,  actions  against  one  who  made  a  con- 
tract while  in  potestate  and  not  heres  to  his  paterfamilias13,  pro  sociou, 
action  against  a  miles15,  action  for  dos  against  the  wife  or  her  paterfamilias, 
or  for  recovery  of  dos  from  the  husband16  (in  later  classical  law  any  action 
between  husband  and  wife17),  and  action  against  donor  for  the  gift18. 
The  principle  applied  only  to  contract  and  quasi-contract.  In  estimating 
the  estate  there  was  in  general  no  deduction  for  debt  to  other  persons 
(occupantis  potior  est  causa)19,  though  there  were  cases  in  which  some 
debts  were  deducted20,  and  in  that  of  donor  sued  for  the  gift,  all  debts 

1  Ante,  §  cxxn.  2  Inst.  4.  6.  24.  3  Ante,  §  com.  4  Inst.  4.  6.  36. 

5  Ante,  §  ccxxiv.  6  If  the  action  was  c.  sine  causa,  the  limit  would  be  probably  in 

the  intentio:  if  on  the  delict,  as  is  suggested  by  some  texts  (4.  2.  16.  2),  some  such  taxatio 
as  this  would  be  needed.  7  Inst.  4.  6.  39.          8  Ante,  §  ccxxxra.          9  Zanzucchi, 

Bull.  1918,  61  sqq.  10  Ante,  §  ccxix.  11  Inst.  4.  6.  40;  D.  42.  3.  4.  pr. 

12  Even  mother  of  children  volgo  concepti,  42.  1.  16;  Inst.  4.  6.  38.  13  14.  5.  2.  pr. 

14  Inst.  4.  6.  38;  D.  42.  1.  16;  cp.  h.  t.  22.  1.  15  42.  1.  18.  16  24.  3.  15.  2-17; 

42.  1.  20.  17  42.  1.  20.  18  42.  1.  19.  1;  Inst.  4.  6.  38.  19  42.  1.  19.  1,  other 

than  judgment  debts.  20  Socii,  17.  2.  63.  3;  emancipatus,  14.  5.  3. 


688  ACTIO  POPULARIS,  PRIVATA  [CH. 

were  deducted1,  except  those  also  due  as  gifts.  "Quodfacere  potest" 
was  not  the  same  in  all  cases;  in  general  it  was  literally  taken,  but  a 
donor  was  allowed  to  retain  the  necessaries  of  life2,  and  this  may  have 
been  generalised  under  Justinian3.  In  the  case  of  cessio  bonorum  it  is 
probable  that  the  same  rule  applied  in  classical  law. 

The  whole  debt  having  been  brought  into  issue,  it  was  destroyed  by 
litis  contestatio.  Accordingly,  to  protect  the  creditor,  the  index  required 
the  debtor  to  give  security  by  verbal  contract  to  pay  the  rest  when  he 
was  able.  We  are  told  this  of  pro  socio*,  and,  for  Justinian's  law,  of 
action  for  recovery  of  dos5.  The  language  of  these  texts  does  not  indicate 
a  universal  principle,  and  it  may  be  that  in  some  cases,  e.g.  in  that  of 
donatio,  the  rule  did  not  apply,  and  the  right  was  exhausted. 

We  have  seen  that  this  defence  is  said  in  some  texts  to  have  been 
raised  by  exceptio6,  but  it  is  generally  held  that  it  was  in  effect  a  taxatio, 
raised  by  some  such  words  as  "  dumtaxat  in  id  quodfacere  potest"  in  the 
condemnatio1.  There  is  however  evidence  that  it  was  not  expressed  in 
the  formula  at  all  in  the  actio  rei  uxoriae8,  which  Lenel  considers  to  have 
had  an  exceptional  formula  in  ius  expressing  the  duty  as  "dotem  redder e 
oportere,"  the  direction  to  condemn  being  subject  to  "quod  aequius 
melius  erit,"  which  he  thinks  to  cover  this  point9. 

ACTIONES  POPULARES,  PRIVATAE.  In  ordinary  cases  there  are,  even 
before  the  litigation,  an  assignable  plaintiff  and  defendant.  But  the 
Roman  Law,  like  other  systems,  recognised  cases  in  which,  the  facts 
being  such  as  to  affect  public  interests  more  or  less,  any  member  of  the 
public  might  bring  the  action,  in  some  cases  keeping  the  damages  or 
penalty10,  in  others  keeping  none,  or  only  a  small  part  as  a  reward11.  The 
former  class,  which  was  small,  was  the  most  important  in  private  law. 
It  included  sepulchri  violati12,  some  cases  of  res  deiectae13,  res  suspensae1*, 
and  albi  corruptio15.  The  latter,  a  numerous  class,  is  mostly  concerned 
with  local  by-laws  and  the  like. 

These  actions  were  all  penal,  and  those  specifically  mentioned  above 
were  all  praetorian,  and.  like  most  other  praetorian  penal  actions, 
annuae.  But  since  no  one  had  in  general  any  special  right  to  the  action 
(though  in  res  deiectae  and  sepulchri  violati  there  were  preferences  in 

1  42.  1.  19.  1.  2  Ib.  3  50.  17.  173.  pr.,  Paul,  which  is  a  generalisation  by 

Justinian  of  42.  1.  19.  1,  also  of  Paul.  4  17.  2.  63.  4.  5  C.  5.  13.  1.  7.  6  Ante, 

§ccxxm.  7/6.  824.3.12.  9  E.P.  298.  10  See  nn.  12-15.  11  Karlowa, 
R.Rg.  2.  979.  Instances  I.  mun.  Tare.nl.  4;  Girard,  Textes,  65;  I.  Col.  Genetivae,  73;  ib.  94. 
Cases  in  which  it  is  fairly  divided,  as  in  our  "qui  tarn"  actions,  occur.  The  penalty  for 
breach  of  the  edictal  rules  as  to  the  opening  of  wills  is  divided,  29.  5.  25.  2.  The  cases  in 
which  the  penalty  goes  to  the  State  are  mostly  statutory,  and  to  those  in  which  the  action 
is  really  pro  populo,  the  name  actio  popularis  is  not  expressly  given.  Sometimes  only  a 
local  magistrate  can  bring  the  action;  see  Karlowa,  R.Rg.  2.  980  sqq.  12  47.  12.  3.  pr. 

13  9.  3.  5.  5.  14  9.  3.  5.  13.  15  2.  1.  7.  pr. 


xiv]  LITIS  CONTESTATIO  689 

case  of  competition1)  they  could  not  be  said  to  exist  as  assets  till  litis 
contestatio.  Thus  there  was  no  question  of  transmission  to  heredes,  and, 
as  penal,  they  were  not  available  against  heredes2.  There  could  be  no 
representation  on  the  part  of  plaintiff,  and  thus  no  cessio  actionis3.  They 
could  not  be  brought  by  infames*,  nor,  except  in  cases  where  relatives 
were  preferred,  by  women  or  pupilli5. 

CCXXXV.  We  have  now  to  consider  in  more  detail  some  important 
points  in  the  course  of  an  action  which  have  as  yet  had  only  incidental 
mention. 

LITIS  CONTEST  A  TIO.  The  point  at  which  this  critical  stage  in  the  pro- 
ceedings occurred,  and  the  conception  of  it  as  a  contract  between  the 
parties,  have  already  been  considered6.  We  have  now  to  state  its  main 
effects. 

(i)  Destruction  of  the  old  obligation.  Here  there  is  an  important 
distinction  to  be  drawn.  In  one  class  of  actions,  legitima  indicia  in  per- 
sonam,  formulated  in  ius,  the  old  obligatio  was  destroyed  "ipso  iure," 
i.e.  it  no  longer  existed,  so  that  if  the  action  was  renewed  the  intentio 
could  not  be  proved;  there  was  no  obligatio'7.  In  other  actions  of  any 
kind,  real  or  personal,  infactum  or  in  ius,  legitima  or  imperio  continentia, 
though  the  prae-existing  right  or  obligation  was  destroyed,  this  was 
only  iure  praetorio,  by  the  help  of  an  exceptio  rei  iudicatae  vel  in  indicium 
deductae8.  Gams  tells  us9  that  in  the  legis  actio  the  destruction  was 
always  ipso  iure,  exceptiones  not  having  been  in  use  as  under  the  formula. 
In  the  older  system  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  the  bar  had  any 
relation  to  the  theory  of  novatio  necessaria,  a  notion  of  a  developed 
jurisprudence.  It  rested  on  the  simpler  notion,  non  bis  in  idem10 — an 
issue  once  decided  must  not  be  raised  again,  a  principle  common  to 
most  systems  of  law.  This  must  have  been  the  governing  principle  in 
real  actions,  where  there  was  no  obligatio,  and  in  actions  in  factum,  in 
which  no  obligatio  was  expressly  brought  into  issue.  The  question  arises 
why  in  real  actions  the  bar  was  only  praetorian.  The  view,  in  itself  not 
very  probable,  that  there  was  no  bar  in  these  cases  in  the  legis  actio, 
seems  excluded  by  the  general  language  of  Gains u.  The  system  of  ipso 
iure  destruction  was  in  fact  applied  only  where  the  notion  of  novatio 
was  possible,  i.e.  in  formulae  in  personam  and  in  ius,  and  of  these,  only 

1  47.  12.  6;  9.  3.  5.  5;cp.  47.  23.  2,  3.  247.23.8.  347.23.5.  447.23.4. 

5  47.  23.  6.  6  Ante,  §  ccxv.  7  G.  3.  180  sq.;  4.  106,  107.  8  Ib. 

9  4.  108.          10  Eisele,  Abhandlungen,  113.  11  It  has  also  been  suggested  (see  ante, 

§  ccxrv)  that  the  I.  Aebutia  did  not  allow  the  formula  in  real  actions,  so  that  these  would  be 
on  a  different  footing.  But  this  is  not  generally  accepted.  If,  as  is  sometimes  held,  litis 
contestatio  in  the  legis  actio  was  at  its  beginning,  it  is  clear  that  the  barring  effect  could  not 
bear  any  relation  to  novatory  effect,  but  must  have  been  due  to  the  independent  rule  non 
bis  in  idem,  which  barred  repetition  of  a  legis  actio.  See  also  on  the  question,  Graden- 
witz,  Aus  Rom.  und  Burg.  JR.  392  sqq.,  402  sqq. 

B.  B.L.  44 


690  LITIS  CONTESTATIO  [en. 

to  those  to  which  it  could  have  been  thought  of  as  applicable  in  early 
law,  i.e.,  legitima  indicia.  It  is  probable  that  in  all  cases  in  the  early 
formula  there  was  a  praescriptio,  and  that  it  was  only  with  the  appear- 
ance of  the  exceptio,  as  we  know  it,  that  the  sharp  line  appeared  between 
consumptio  ipso  iure  and  ope  exceptionis. 

The  exceptio  rei  iudicatae  vel  in  indicium  deductae  appears  as  one  in 
Gaius1,  and  it  is  widely2  held  that  they  were  in  fact  but  one.  But  since 
every  case  decided  must  have  been  in  indicium  deducta  the  purpose  of 
the  "rei  iudicatae"  element  is  not  plain.  On  the  view  that  they  were 
distinct  exceptiones  it  has  been  maintained3  that,  before  the  I.  lulia, 
since  a  iudicium  legitimum  was  not  barred  by  lapse  of  time,  only  the 
exceptio  rei  in  i.  ded.  was  here  available,  as  a  judgment  was  the  inevitable 
result.  But  in  others  there  might  be  no  judgment,  as  the  expiry  of  the 
magistrate's  imperium  might  destroy  the  iudicium.  Here  justice  required 
that  further  action  should  be  barred  only  by  judgment.  Hence  the 
exceptio  rei  iudicatae;  the  two  exceptiones  thus  referred  to  distinct  classes 
of  action,  and  one  class  of  indicia  legitima  supplied  a  third  type,  in  which 
the  bar  was  ipso  iure,  i.e.  those  in  personam,  in  ius.  When  the  1.  lulia 
introduced  the  risk  of  expiry  by  time  (18  months)  for  indicia  legitima*, 
it  seems  on  this  view  that  the  exceptio  rei  iudicatae  ought  to  have  applied 
to  both  the  types,  and  the  other  to  have  disappeared,  but  in  fact  we 
find  both  exceptiones  (or  both  halves)  applied  in  both  cases.  If  we  accept 
Lenel's  formulation  for  the  time  of  Julian,  it  does  not  follow  that  it  was 
originally  the  same,  and  Eisele's  view  might  explain  the  evolution, 
though  the  positive  evidence  is  not  strong.  Of  the  retention  of  both 
halves  and  the  placing  of  rei  iudicatae  first,  though  it  is  included  in  the 
other,  Lenel's  explanation5  is  that  the  parties  used  only  the  portion 
relevant  to  the  case,  and  as  in  most  cases  the  previous  litigation  would 
have  reached  judgment,  rei  iudicatae  was  most  common6. 

Modern  writers  have  distinguished  from  this,  which  may  be  called 
the  normal  function  of  the  exceptio  rei  iudicatae,  a  "positive"  function, 
i.e.  not  merely  a  bar  to  the  same  action  between  the  same  parties,  playing 
the  same  parts,  but  as  enforcing  the  principle,  as  between  parties  bound 
by  the  judgment,  that  the  content  of  the  judgment  must  be  assumed  to 
be  true.  This  is  based7  on  texts  giving  exceptio  rei  iudicatae,  e.g.  where  a 
defendant  B  in  rei  vindicatio  was  defeated  by  A  and  afterwards  vindi- 

\  G.  4.  106,  107.  2  Lenel,  E.P.  486  sqq.  3  Eisele,  Abhandlungen,  1  sqq. 

4  G.  4.  104.  5  E.P.,  loc.  cit.  6  If  the  case  is  decided  for  the  plaintiff,  in  real 

actions,  there  is  a  pronuntiatio  rather  than  a  judgment:  it  has  been  suggested  that  here  the 
exceptio  would  be  "rei  secundum  se  pronuntiatae"  the  texts  which  speak  here  of  res  iudicata 
being  on  this  view  interpolated.  Little  evidence  is  offered.  Beseler,  Beitrage,  zur  Kritik, 
2.  139.  See  hereon  Mitteis,  Z.S.S.  33.  206  sqq.  7  Keller- Wach,  C.P.  363.  See, 

against  the  "positive"  function,  Eisele,  Z.S.S.  35.  326. 


xiv]  LITIS  CONTESTATIO  691 

cated1,  though  the  issue  was  not  here  the  same.  In  the  first  case  the 
question  was  whether  the  thing  was  A's;  in  the  second  it  was  whether  it 
was  B's.  As  Julian  says,  the  decision  that  it  was  A's  negatived  the  view 
that  it  was  B's  and  thus  A  could  plead  res  iudicata2.  Gaius  uses  similar 
language3,  observing  that  if  in  the  first  case  judgment  went  for  the 
defendant  and  he  afterwards  sued  for  some  of  the  property  in  the  hands 
of  the  plaintiff,  the  first  suit  proved  nothing  for  the  second;  proof  that 
it  was  not  ^4's  was  no  proof  that  it  was  B's.  This  merely  expresses  the 
true  principle  of  the  exceptio,  as  stated  below.  But  where  the  exceptio  rei 
iudicatae  was  used  by  the  loser  in  the  previous  litigation  there  was  a 
replicatio  "rei  secundum  se  (plaintiff)  iudicatae'1." 

We  are  told  that  there  must  be  identity  of  Res,  Causa  and  Person5 
but  this  needs  defining.  Eadem  res  means  the  same  object6.  It  need 
not  be  the  same  formula— actio  infactum  on  deposit  would  bar  actio  in 
ius  on  the  same  facts.  It  need  not  be  the  same  action,  if  the  point  was 
the  same7.  But  the  point  must  be  the  same;  thus,  vindicatio  would  not 
formally  bar  condictio  furtiva8.  The  language  twice  quoted  by  Ulpian, 
from  Julian9,  requires  "  eadem  quaestio10,"  i.e.  the  question  which  it  is 
now  proposed  to  submit  to  the  index  must  have  been  in  substance 
already  submitted  to  a  index,  so  that  a  decision  in  the  second  case  would 
necessarily  be  a  decision  on  a  point  already  decided.  As  Paul  put  it11: 
"singulis  controversiis  singulas  actiones  sufficere."  The  causa,  i.e.  the 
basis  of  claim,  must  be  the  same,  but  here  a  distinction  is  to  be  drawn. 
Real  actions  brought  in  and  barred  future  action  on  all  possible  causae 
of  the  claim 12,  except  where  the  claim  was  expressly  limited  to  a  specific 
basis13.  This  did  not  of  course  bar  action  on  a  title  accruing  subsequently 
to  the  first  action14,  or  action  against  the  same  defendant  on  a  subse- 
quently accruing  basis  of  liability15.  But  Paul,  in  a  corrupt  text,  says 
that  personal  actions  are  different;  each  causa  has  its  action16.  This 
seems  however  to  mean  little  more  than  that  a  claim  for  a  debt  will  not 
bar  a  claim  for  another  debt  of  the  same  amount.  A  claim  misdescribed 
in  the  demonstratio  can  be  brought  again,  for  the  real  claim  has  not  been 
in  issue17,  and  the  practical  result  is  the  same  if  in  the  intentio  a  causa  is 
stated  which  is  not  the  real  one.  But  there  are  difficulties  in  the  case  of 
condictio,  where  the  causa  is  not  stated18.  The  parties  must  be  the  same. 

1  44.  2.  30.  1.  2  3.  3.  40.  2.  3  44.  2.  15.  4  44.  2.  9.  1.  5  44.  2. 

27.    Cp.  h.  t.  12-14.  6  In  44.  2.  12,  13  this  appears  as  idem  corpus,  idem  ius,  eadem 

quantita-s,  but  this  last  is  not  necessary,  h.  t.  7.  pr.  7  44.  2.  3,  5,  8,  25.  1.  8  44.  2. 

31;  cp.  5.  3.  47;  C.  3.  31.  3.  9  44.  2.  3;  h.  t.  7.  4.  10  Perhaps  the  word  is  interpo- 

lated, Beseler,  Beitrdge,  2.  144;  4.  266.  11  44.  2.  6.  12  44.  2.  11.  1;  h.  t.  14.  2. 

13  44.  2.  11.  2;  h.  t.  14.  2.  14  44.  2.  11.  4,  5;  h.  t.  25.  pr.  15  44.  2.  9.  pr.; 

h.  t.  17  ;h.  t.  18.  1644.2.14.2.  17  Ante,  §  ccxxi.  18  Ante,  §  ccxxx.    The 

question  if,  and,  if  so,  how,  the  issue  submitted  to  the  index  was  limited  in  these  cases, 
is  very  obscure. 

44—2 


692  L1TIS  CONTESTATIO  [CH. 

This  means  juristic  identity1.  The  exceptio  affected  a  successor  in  title, 
but  not  a  predecessor  in  title2.  It  covered  a  representative  where 
the  case  had  already  been  brought  by  or  against  the  principal,  and, 
subject  to  what  will  be  said  later,  vice  versa?.  It  covered  the  cases  of 
principal  and  surety4  (apart  from  fideiussio  indemnitatis,  where  it  was 
clearly  not  eadem  res5),  and  that  of  correi6.  In  later  classical  law  there 
was  an  equitable  extension  in  which  identity  of  party  is  difficult  to  see. 
If  the  person  primarily  interested  stood  by  and  let  judgment  proceed 
when  he  could  have  intervened  to  protect  his  own  right,  he  was  bound 
by  the  judgment,  e.g.  pledgee  who  knew  that  the  debtor  was  being  sued 
for  the  thing,  vendee  in  possession  allowing  vendor  to  be  sued  for  the 
thing,  husband  allowing  the  wife  or  her  father  to  be  sued  for  a  res 
details'.  Further  it  appears  that  if  a  will  \vas  upset  at  civil  law,  as 
inqfficiosum  or  as  ruptum  or  irritum,  so  that  legacies,  etc.,  failed,  the 
decision  was  binding  on  legatees,  etc.,  though  not  on  other  persons 
claiming  the  hereditas  either  independently  of  the  will  concerned,  or  not 
themselves  joining  in  the  suit8.  A  more  remarkable  extension  existed 
in  some  questions  of  status.  In  claims  for  or  against  liberty,  or  ingenuitas, 
and  some  others,  a  decision  was  good  not  only  against  the  actual  party 
but  against  everyone9,  not  in  the  sense  that  the  man  was  conclusively 
held  to  be  slave  or  free,  or  so  forth,  at  the  time  of  the  judgment,  but 
that  any  claim  to  the  contrary  must  be  independent  of  those  then  set 
up.  This  enlarged  force  of  the  judgment  affected  other  rules.  It  applied 
only  where  there  was  a  iustus  contradictor™.  There  was  special  machinery 
to  deal  with  collusion11,  and  the  obscure  rule  as  to  repetition  of  causae 
liberates12  was  probably  in  some  way  connected  with  it. 

The  language  of  Gaius  puts  rei  in  indicium  deductae  and  rei  iudicatae 
on  the  same  footing,  as  applying  over  the  same  field  and,  in  general, 
this  was  so,  at  least  in  his  time.  The  law  of  compensatio  provided  an  ex- 
ception. A  index  need  not  take  compensatio  into  account.  If  he  did,  and 
allowed  it,  or  rejected  it  as  not  properly  due,  future  claim  of  it  would  be 
met  by  exceptio  rei  iudicatae.  If  he  refused  to  consider  it  at  all,  it  had 


1  Thus  a  claim  by  or  against  a  man  as  tutor  would  have  no  effect  on  his  rights  or 
liabilities  in  his  personal  capacity.  2  44.  2.  4;  h.  t.  9.  2;  h.  t.  11.  9;  h.  t.  28.    See 

44.  2.  1;  h.  t.  3;  h.  t.  7.  4,  etc.  3  44.  2.  11.  7.  Post,  §  ccxxxix.  4  Ante,  §  CLVI  sq. 
5  Ante,  §  CLVn.  6  Ante,  §  CLVHI.  In  the  typical  form  of  this  there  is  a 

sort  of  identity  of  person,  they  are  a  joint  unity,  but  this  is  hardly  so  in  surety. 
7  42.  1.  63;  44.  2.  29.  1.  8  5.  2.  8.  16;  30.  50.  1.  9  1.  5.  25;  25.  3.  1.  16. 

It  is  in  this  connexion  that  we  get  the  expression :  res  iudicata  pro  veritate  accipitur,  which 
is  not  of  general  application,  Gradenwitz,  Aus  Rom.  und  Burg.  R.  410.  Esmein,  Mel. 
Girardin,  229  sqq.,  holds  that  in  early  law  the  effect  of  judgment  was  not  relative  but 
absolute  and  thus  explains  the  rules  of  cessio  in  iure.  10  40.  16.  3;  C.  7.  14.  1. 

11  40.  16  passim.  12  Buckland,  Slavery,  668. 


xiv]  LIT  IS  CONTEST  AT  10  693 

not  been  in  issue,  so  that  there  would  be  no  exceptio  rei  in  indicium 
deductae1. 

CCXXXVI.  The  question  how  far  the  extinctive  effect  of  litis  con- 
testatio was  carried  into  the  later  system  is  much  disputed.  There  was  no 
ipso  iure  destruction,  since  legitima  indicia  had  disappeared.  Apart  from 
this  it  is  frequently  held  to  have  survived  to  Justinian,  since  he  abolished 
it  for  joint  debtors2,  but  it  is  not  impossible  that  this  choice  among 
debtors  equally  liable  had  already  become  an  independent  principle. 
Justinian  calls  it  electio3.  No  known  enactment  abolishes  the  novatory 
effect  for  single  debtors,  and  the  exceptio  rei  in  iud.  deductae  is  not  found 
in  the  Corpus  luris  Civilis,  though  there  are  traces  of  the  old  doctrine4. 
The  introduction  of  procedure  in  contumaciam  and  the  fact  that  a 
indicium  no  longer  perished  in  a  short  time  had  done  away  with  the 
main  cases  of  application  of  this  exceptio.  An  enactment  of  uncertain 
date,  restored  from  the  Basilica,  but  not  later  than  Justinian,  penalised 
the  bringing  of  an  action  in  one  court  if  it  was  already  pending  in 
another5,  which  suggests  that,  apart  from  penalty,  such  a  thing  was 
possible.  The  better  view  seems  to  be  that  under  Justinian  the  extinctive 
effect  of  litis  contestatio  was  practically  gone6.  It  survived  indeed  as  the 
basis  of  the  law  of  cessio  actionum  by  procuratio7,  but  this  had  become 
a  standing  institution,  independent  of  its  theoretical  basis. 

The  destructive  effect  of  litis  contestatio  was  not,  even  in  classical 
law,  so  complete  in  practice  as  might  appear.  The  Edict  contained  rules 
for  restitutio  where  through  error  in  procedure,  not  involving  great  care- 
lessness, an  action  had  been  lost8.  There  were  various  cases  in  which  an 
actio  de  peculio  w^hich  had  resulted  in  less  than  complete  satisfaction 
could  be  renewed  "rescisso  superiore  iuditio9."  The  law  of  restitutio  in 
integrum10  is  indeed  in  great  part  a  set  of  reliefs  against  the  operation  of 
this  principle.  Where  the  loss  was  due  to  excessive  claim  there  was 
some  relief  in  the  Edict  and  a  full  measure  in  later  lawu.  Though 
there  could  be  no  change  of  parties,  and  no  alienation  after  the 
novation,  the  magistrate  could  relieve  even  here  in  appropriate  cases12. 
The  rule  omnia  indicia  absolutoria  is  on  the  same  lines.  It  is  some- 
times said  that  where  an  action  was  barred  by  exceptio  praeiudicii 

1  16.  2.  7.  1.  It  is  held  by  Beseler,  Beitrdge,  4.  199,  that  rejection  of  the  counter- 
claim as  non-existent  did  not,  in  classical  law,  prevent  it  from  being  raised  independently, 
the  text  being  interpolated.  Post,  §  ccxxxvm.  2  C.  8.  40.  28.  3  0.  8.  40. 

28.  1.  4  E.g.  46.  2.  29.  5  C.  3.  1.  12.  2.   See  also  C.  2.  2.  4.  6  No  in- 

ference can  be  drawn  from  C.  3.  10.  1  (post,  §  ccxxxvn),  which  seems  to  imply  a  power 
of  renewing  a  claim,  for  the  point  is  no  doubt  raised,  in  the  time  of  Zeno,  before  litis 
contestatio.  1  Ante,  §§  CLXXX,  CLXXXIX.  8  Lenel,  E.P.  119  sqq.  9  15.  1. 

30.  4;  h.  t.  32.  pr.;  h.  t.  47.  3;  15.  2.  1.  10.  10  Post,  {jcoxxm.  11  Post,  §  ccxxxvn. 
But  see  n.  6.  12  5.  1.  57;  Vat.  Fr.  341. 


694  LITIS  CONTESTATIO  [CH. 

(or  the  like1)  there  was  relief  on  accxnmt  of  the  injustice,  but  opinions 
differ2. 

(ii)  Creation  of  a  new  obligation.  The  nature  and  content  of  this 
have  been  sufficiently  indicated  in  dealing  with  judgment. 

(iii)  Any  action  which  had  reached  litis  contestatio  was  transmissible. 
Thus  an  actio  ex  delicto  could  be  continued  against  the  heres,  or  an  actio 
iniuriarum  continued  by  the  heres3. 

(iv)  Paul  tells  us  that  it  made  actiones  temporariae  perpetual,  which 
means  only  that  if,  e.g.,  an  actio  annua  had  reached  litis  contestatio  it 
could  continue  to  judgment  though  the  year  had  expired4. 

(v)  There  could  be  no  change  either  in  parties  or  index,  subject  to 
translatio  iudicii5. 

(vi)   The  res  became  a  res  litigiosa  incapable  of  alienation6. 

(vii)  Usucapio  was  not  formally  interrupted,  but  the  practical  effect 
was  much  the  same7.  Praescriptio  seems  to  have  been  interrupted  under 
Justinian  by  protest  to  an  official,  without  litigation8. 

(viii)  It  fixed  the  subject-matter  of  the  claim.  This  rule  had  many 
aspects  and  modifications.  The  rule  omnia  indicia  absolutoria9  modified 
the  principle  that  the  duty  was  to  be  referred  to  the  time  of  litis  con- 
testatio. The  value  was  ordinarily  to  be  taken  as  at  that  time,  but  stricta 
indicia  and  others  differed  as  to  inclusion  of  fruits  and  interest  from 
that  date10.  If  the  object  lessened  in  value  by  deterioration,  or  through  a 
change  in  the  market  value  of  such  things,  this  did  not  in  strictness 
affect  the  liability.  But  this  strict  rule  applied  in  classical  law  only  in 
cases  of  bad  faith;  a  defendant  in  good  faith  was  liable  only  if  the 
deterioration  was  due  to  his  fault11.  Conversely,  if  the  thing  increased 
in  value,  this  did  not  increase  the  liability  unless  the  defendant  was  in 
bad  faith,  as  in  condictio  furtiva  where  the  liability  was  for  the  highest 
value  of  the  thing  since  the  theft12.  The  effect  of  total  destruction  by 
casus  was  matter  of  school  dispute;  the  view  ultimately  reached  was  that 
apart  from  dolns,  culpa  or  mora  it  released  the  defendant13.  But  these 
rules  can  be  applied  safely  only  to  real  actions  and  stricta  indicia;  in 
bonae  fidei  indicia  and  actions  infactum  there  was  a  multiplicity  of  dis- 
tinctions according  to  circumstances,  as  to  what  could  be  recovered. 

CCXXXVII.  PLUSPETITIO.  MINUS  PETITIO.  The  rules  on  this  topic 
express  the  logic  of  the  formula.  The  index  was  to  condemn  only  if  the 
claim  in  the  intentio  was  proved;  in  all  other  cases  he  was  to  absolve. 
If  10  were  claimed  and  a  debt  of  9  was  proved,  absolutio  followed.  Plus 

1  Ante,  §  ccxxi.       2  See  Pissard,  Questions  Prejudicielles,  133.       3  Ante,  §  ccxxxm. 
4  27.  7.  8.  1;  50.  17.  139.  pr.  5  Vat.  Fr.  341;  C.  3.  1.  16.   Post,  §  CCXLI.  6  Post, 

§  CCXLIV.  7  Ante,  §  LXXXVD.  8  Ante,  §  LXXXIX.  9  Ante,  §  ccxvii. 

10  Ante,  §  ccxxix.          11  See  Girard,  Manuel,  352,  n.  1.          12  13.  1.  8.  1.         13  5.  3. 
40.  pr.;  6.  1.  15.  3. 


xiv]  PLUS  PET  IT  10  695 

petitio  might  occur  in  many  ways1;  re,  claiming  too  much,  tempore, 
claiming  before  it  was  due  or  while  a  condition  was  unsatisfied,  loco, 

o 

claiming  at  one  place  what  was  due  at  another,  or  causa,  ignoring  any 
alternative  or  option  in  the  debtor2.  In  any  case  of  plus  petitio  the  action 
was  lost  in  classical  law,  and,  in  general,  finally  lost,  except  for  relief  by 
praetorian  restitutio,  which  Gains  mentions3,  and  which  Justinian  tells 
us  had  been  given  to  minors  and  in  certain  cases  of  error4.  In  an  action 
for  an  incertum,  since  the  intentio  said  "quidquid  paret . . .  dare  facere 
oportere,"  Gaius  tells  us  there  could  be  no  plus  petitio5.  But  this  seems 
not  quite  clear  except  for  excess  in  amount.  If  a  claim  was  made  before 
it  was  due  or  before  a  condition  was  satisfied  the  action  was  lost,  cer- 
tainly in  the  case  of  condition,  and  perhaps  in  the  case  of  dies,  though 
here  it  is  possible  that  the  words  "quidquid"  and  "ex fide  bona"  allowed 
the  index  to  condemn  for  the  present  value  of  the  claim.  If  it  was  lost, 
in  the  case  of  dies,  it  was  finally  lost,  apart  from  relief,  but,  in  the  case 
of  condition,  the  obligation  was  considered  as  a  new  one  arising  only  on 
occurrence  of  the  condition,  so  that  the  action  could  be  renewed6.  If  A 
or  B  was  due  at  the  defendant's  choice,  and  A  was  claimed,  this  was  a 
plus  petitio 7  and  might  certainly  occur  in  an  action  for  an  incertum,  and 
the  same  is  true  if  what  was  due  in  one  place  was  claimed  in  another8. 
There  was  a  special  actio  "de  eo  quod  certo  loco9,"  to  avoid  the  difficulty 
in  this  case,  and  the  title  in  the  Digest  mentions  cases  which  would  seem 
to  have  an  intentio  in  "quidquid10."  But  these  can  be  explained  away11 
and  this  action  was  excluded  in  bonaefidei  cases12,  so  that  it  seems  likely 
that  the  index  could  make  the  necessary  allowance  in  these  cases. 

An  overstatement  in  the  demonstratio  was  fatal  to  the  action,  but 
Gaius  says  "nihil  in  indicium  deducitur™"  and  the  action  could  therefore 
be  renewed,  subject  to  the  opinion  of  some  jurists,  that  in  infaming 
actions  overclaim  in  the  demonstratio  was  as  fatal  as  in  the  intentio1*. 
This  comes  to  saying  that  if  the  demonstratio  is  not  true  there  was  no 
action;  its  truth  is  a  condition  not  on  condemnatio  but  on  submission  to 
the  index.  In  actions  in  factum  with  an  intentio  "si  paret,"  Gaius,  in  a 
defective  text15,  seems  to  say  that  overstatement  in  it  was  a  plus  petitio, 
but  this  probably  does  not  apply  to  the  actions  "ex  bo-no  et  aequo."  An 
overstatement  in  the  condemnatio  led  only  to  restitutio  as  a  matter  of  course16. 

1  In  a  rescript  of  Diocletian  (Cons.  5.  7)  it  is  said  that  it  may  be  either  summa,  loco, 
tempore,  causa,  qualitate,  aestimatione.  2  G.  4.  53  d;  Inst.  4.  6.  33  d. 

4.  53.          4  Inst.  4.  6.  33.          5  G.  4.  54.          6  44.  7.  42.  pr. ;  21.  1.  43.  9;  ante,  §  cxLvm. 
7  G.  4.  53  d;  Inst.  4.  6.  33  d.  8  G.  4.  53  c;  Inst.  4.  6.  33  c.  9  Ante,  §  ccxxiv. 

10  E.g.  13.  7.  4.  1.  11  An  intentio  in  "si  paret"  is  possible.  12  13.  4.  7. 

13  G.  4.  58.  14  G.  4.  60.    As  to  the  use  of  this  text  in  support  of  hypotheses  on 

the  origin  of  the  formula,  see  Huvelin,  Mel.  Gtrardin,  337;  Audibert,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  62, 
and  ante,  §  ccxiv.  15  G.  4.  60.  16  G.  4.  57. 


696  MINUS  PETITIO  [CH. 

It  should  be  said  that  it  was  not  plus  petitio  to  claim  the  wrong 
thing.  The  action  was  lost,  but  the  real  matter  had  not  been  in 
issue1. 

Minus  petitio  was  claiming  too  little.  This,  in  the  intentio,  bound  the 
plaintiff  in  that  action,  but  did  not  prevent  him  from  suing  again,  subject 
to  the  exceptio  litis  dividuae2.  If  it  was  in  the  demonstratio,  Gaius  holds, 
as  in  plus  petitio,  that  "nihil  in  iudicium  deducitur,"  but  adds  that 
others,  including  Labeo,  held  the  (more  reasonable)  view  that  it  was 
lawful  so  to  divide  the  claim,  subject  to  the  above  exceptio*.  Minus 
petitio  in  the  condemnatio  bound  the  plaintiff  with  no  restitutio  except 
for  minority4. 

These  rules  of  classical  law  lost  their  force  with  the  disappearance  of 
the  formula  and  were  much  changed  in  later  law.  There  was  no  longer 
any  question  of  different  parts  of  the  statement,  and  Zeno  provided  that 
in  plus  petitio  tempore  the  plaintiff  must  wait  twice  the  time  by  which  he 
anticipated  the  true  date,  getting  no  interest  for  this  time  and  paying 
all  costs  due  to  his  wrongful  claim.  The  index  was  to  pay  no  attention  to 
minus  petitio  but  to  condemn  for  what  was  due5.  For  other  forms  of 
plus  petitio  Justinian  provided  that  the  index  was  to  ignore  them  and 
condemn  for  what  was  due,  the  plaintiff  paying  threefold  the  excess 
costs6. 

CCXXXVIII.  COMPENSATIO.  Set  off.  If  A  sued  B  on  a  promise  of 
10,  the  fact  that  A  owed  B  something  on  some  other  transaction  was 
irrelevant  to  the  issue  before  the  index.  This  liability  could  not  be  joined 
to  the  first,  so  as  to  permit  the  index  to  try  both  on  one  issue  and  strike 
a  balance.  The  Roman  habit  and  the  structure  of  the  formula  did  not 
admit  of  the  fusion  of  two  issues.  No  doubt  both  might  be  submitted 
to  the  same  judge,  even  at  the  same  time,  but  they  were  distinct  issues, 
mutuae  petitiones7.  To  this  exclusion  there  were  even  in  early  classical  law 
some  exceptions.  Where  a  banker  sued  his  customer  he  was  required  to 
allow  what  was  called  "compensatio"  in  the  intentio  of  his  action,  claim- 
ing only  the  nett  balance  due,  after  deducting  anything  actually  due 
from  him  to  the  defendant,  provided  the  debt  was  of  the  same  kind  as 
that  for  which  he  was  suing,  which  would  commonly  be  money8.  If  he 
failed  to  make  this  allowance  in  his  intentio,  he  lost  his  action  for  plus 
petitio.  The  two  debts  being  treated  as  one,  he  had  claimed  more  than 

1  G.  4.  55;  Inst.  4.  6.  35.  2  G.  4.  66;  ante,  §  ccxxm.  3  G.  4.  58,  59.  This 

view  would  seem  to  have  prevailed,  13.  6.  17.  4.  4  G.  4.  57.  5  C.  3.  10.  1. 

6  C.  3.  10.  2.  He  adds  (h.  t.  3)  that  a  plaintiff  who  has  fraudulently  got  an  acknowledgment 
from  the  debtor  for  more  than  is  due,  and  submits  this  at  the  hearing,  shall  lose  his  action 
altogether.  But  this  is  a  punishment  for  fraud,  not  a  rule  of  procedure.  7  2.  1.  11.  1; 

17.  1.  38.  pr.;  C.  4.  31.  6.   See  Accarias,  Precis,  2.  1104,  and  ante,  §  ccxxxiv.  8  G.  4. 

64,  68. 


xiv]  COMPENSATIO  697 

was  due.  This  edictal  rule1  did  not  turn  on  any  logical  distinction;  it  was 
a  rule  of  convenience,  resting  on  the  almost  fiduciary  position  of  argen- 
tarii  in  commercial  Rome.  Most  business  was  done  through  them.  When 
the  practice  of  private  bookkeeping  went  out,  the  bankers  were  in  fact 
their  customers'  bookkeepers2,  a  fact  reflected  in  another  edictal  rule3: 
in  any  litigation  the  banker's  books  might  be  called  for,  though  he  was 
not  a  party  to  the  litigation.  The  present  rule  safeguarded  illiterate 
persons  against  concealment  by  a  banker  who  knew  more  of  their  affairs 
than  they  did  themselves. 

Another  exceptional  case  was  that  of  bonorum  emptor  in  bank- 
ruptcy. If  the  bonorum  emptor  sued  a  debtor  to  the  bankrupt  or  de- 
ceased insolvent,  he  was  required  by  the  Edict4  to  allow  for  any  debt 
due  from  the  estate  to  the  defendant.  It  need  not  be  of  the  same  kind 
or  now  payable;  a  debt  due  in  diem  must  be  allowed  for  at  its  present 
value.  But  as  the  emptor  had  no  special  knowledge  of  the  relations 
between  these  parties  he  was  not  compelled  to  run  the  risk  of  plus  petitio; 
the  allowance  was  not  by  "  compensatio "  in  the  intentio,  but  by  "  de- 
ductio" in  the  condemnatio,  where,  as  Gains  says,  "periculum  non  inter- 
venit."  Thus  even  though  the  claim  was  for  a  cerium,  "incerti  tamen 
condemnationem  concipit5."  Apparently  the  deductio  was  inserted  only 
on  the  defendant's  request6,  but  if  it  was  omitted  the  omission  could  be 
set  right  by  restitutio  in  integrum,  as  in  any  other  case  of  excessive  con- 
demnatio. This  deductio  did  not  rest  on  logical  considerations,  but  on 
convenience  and  fairness.  Apart  from  some  such  rule  the  debtor  to  the 
insolvent  would  have  had  to  pay  in  full  what  he  owed,  getting  only  a 
dividend  on  what  \vas  due  to  him.  Accordingly  he  was  allowed  to 
recover,  if  he  paid  without  taking  account  of  the  counterclaim7. 

Another  exception  was  more  important,  as  it  was  general  and  rested 
on  the  logic  of  the  formula.  In  all  bonae  fidei  indicia  the  index  might,  if 
he  thought  fit,  allow,  on  grounds  of  good  faith,  any  set  off  arising  out 
of  the  same  transaction,  condemning  only  for  the  balance.  This  rested 
on  the  words  "  ex  fide  bona."  As  the  intentio  claimed  only  what  was  due 
ex  fide  bona,  there  was  no  question  of  plus  petitio,  or  any  express  reference 
to  the  set  off8. 

The  rule  of  exclusion  of  all  such  matters  in  stricta  indicia  remained 
till  a  certain  rescript  of  Marcus  Aurelius  of  which  Justinian  tells  us9 
that,  by  it,  "opposita  doli  niali  exceptione,  compensatio  inducebatur,"  in 
stricta  indicia.  We  know  little  of  the  system,  since  it  was  superseded 

1  Lenel,  E.P.  248.  2  See,  e.g.,  2.   13.   10.   1;  h.  t.  4.   1.  3  2.   13.  4  sqq. 

4  Lenel,  E.P.  411.  5  G.  4.  66  sqq.  6  .See  G.,  loc.  cit.  The  argentarius  "cogitur 

cum  compensatione  agere"  the  deductio  "obicitur"   to  the  emptor.  7  I.e.   claiming 

under  his  original  right,  12.  6.  30,  written  originally  of  this  case,  Lenel,  E.P.  412.  8  G.  4. 
47,  61-63.  9  Inst.  4.  6.  30. 


698  COMPENSATIO  [CH. 

under  Justinian  and  unknown  to  Gains.  Since  such  indicia  were  on 
unilateral  transactions,  the  debt  must  have  been  in  another  transaction. 
It  was  perhaps  confined  to  debts  of  the  same  kind1,  but  different  views 
are  held,  as  also  on  the  question  whether  the  rule  extended  in  practice 
to  bonae  fidei  indicia.  It  seems  probable  that  these  remained  under  the 
old  rule,  as  Justinian  states  the  rule  for  them  and  then  that  for  stricta 
indicia  after  M.  Aurelius  without  suggesting  any  reaction  on  the  other 
case2.  It  is  true  that  the  exceptio  doli  was  always  implied  in  bonae  fidei 
iudicia,\)ut  precisely  because  it  was  not  expressed,  it  seems  incredible  that 
the  defendant  should  have  been  able  by  reason  of  the  existence  of  such  a 
counterclaim  to  decide  at  any  stage  to  upset  the  action,  or  not,  without 
notice  to  the  plaintiff.  In  stricta  indicia  the  difficulty  did  not  arise;  the 
exceptio  would  have  to  be  demanded,  and  this  would  warn  the  plaintiff. 

The  ground  on  which  the  action  was  lost  was  not  plus  petitio.  If  it 
had  been  there  would  have  been  no  need  of  the  exceptio  doli;  the  mere 
failure  to  allow  for  the  counterclaim  would  destroy  the  action,  ipso  iure. 
Moreover  the  right  to  sue  later  on  the  counterclaim  was  not  affected  by 
the  fact  that  no  account  of  it  had  been  taken  in  this  action3,  which  could 
hardly  be  the  case  if  it  had  been  ipso  iure  in  issue  in  the  earlier  action; 
there  would  have  been  an  exceptio  rei  iudicatae. 

It  has  been  assumed  above  that  failure  to  allow  for  the  counterclaim, 
after  insertion  of  the  exceptio,  involved  loss  of  the  action,  but  it  has  been 
maintained  that  the  effect  was  merely  to  cause  reduction  of  the  con- 
demnatio  by  the  amount  of  the  counterclaim4.  The  former  solution  is 
alone  consistent  with  the  general  theory  of  the  exceptio.  The  index  was 
bound  to  absolve  if  an  exceptio  was  proved5,  and  this  is  the  view  most 
usually  held  in  the  present  case.  But  the  view  that  the  effect  was  merely 
reduction  is  supported  on  various  grounds.  It  is  said  that  it  is  unfair 
that  a  plaintiff  should  lose  his  action  for  not  taking  account  of  a  set  off 
of  which  he  might  not  know  the  amount.  But  the  claim  of  the  exceptio 
was  notice  to  him  of  the  set  off  and  the  form  for  argentarius*  was  pre- 
sumably available.  Before  allowing  the  exceptio  the  praetor  would  require 
details  of  the  counterclaim.  It  is  said  that  Justinian  does  not  shew  any 
difference  between  the  rules  under  the  rescript  of  M.  Aurelius  and  the  old 
rules  in  bonae  fidei  indicia7,  and  Theophilus  implies  that  there  was  none 
and  that  the  action  was  not  lost8.  But  in  historical  matters  in  which 
Gaius  does  not  help,  Theophilus  is  of  little  weight,  and  Justinian  says 
that  he  is  making  a  change  and  that  in  his  system  claims  "ipso  iure 

1  P.  2.  5.  3.         2  Inst.  4.  6.  30,  39.          3  16.  2.  7.  1.   See  Girard,  Manuel,  721,  n.  4. 
4  E.g.  Accarias,  Precis,  2.  1108;  Salkowski,  Inst.  (8),  441.  5  Apart  from  replicatio, 

which  is  not  here  in  question.  6  G.  4.  64.  7  Inst.  loc.  cit.  8  Theoph. 

ad  Inst.  4.  6.  30. 


xiv]  COMPENSATIO  699 

minuunt"  which  suggests  that  this  was  not  the  case  before  in  stricta 
indicia,  to  which  the  passage  refers,  though,  of  course,  the  novelty  might 
be  only  in  the  words  "ipso  iure."  Again  it  is  said  that  an  exceptio  did 
not  necessarily  upset  an  action  in  the  formulary  system.  Several  texts 
in  the  Digest  say  this,  for  the  exceptio  doli  amongst  others.  But  the 
formula  had  long  been  extinct  and  different  rules  were  applied  in  the 
cognitio,  so  that  the  word  exceptio  and  the  rules  stated  for  it  in  texts 
handled  by  the  compilers  are  of  little  weight1.  The  case  of  the  so-called 
beneficium  competentiae  is  prima  facie  a  strong  one,  but  it  has  already 
been  pointed  out  that  this  was  in  all  probability  a  taxatio  in  classical  law2. 
But  neither  view  is  absolutely  proved,  and  it  has  been  doubted  whether 
the  rescript  was  as  general  as  Justinian's  words  suggest3. 

How  the  matter  stood  in  cognitiones  is  not  clear,  but  it  is  possible 
that  reduction  became  the  rule  there,  in  some  cases,  in  view  of  the 
great  power  of  the  magistrate,  and  thus  became  the  model  for  Justinian. 
He  reorganised  the  matter.  He  allowed  compensatio  of  the  same  or 
different  kinds  (if  it  was  so  far  "liquid"  that  it  could  be  conveniently 
estimated  in  that  suit)  in  all  actions  but  deposit,  and  for  recovery  of 
land  wrongfully  occupied4.  The  rule  was  to  apply  to  real  as  well  as  to 
personal  actions,  and  under  it  "  actiones  ipso  iure  minuunt."  Thus  the 
effect  was  reduction,  but,  for  the  rest,  his  rule  is  not  easy  to  understand. 
In  real  actions  the  judgment  was  for  the  res  itself,  and  it  is  not  clear  how 
the  allowance  was  made,  possibly  by  way  of  retentio  as  in  the  case  of 
chargeable  expenses5,  or  by  set  off  against  fructus.  In  some  cases  indeed 
the  condemnatio  would  have  to  be  in  money,  e.g.  where  the  defendant 
had  destroyed  the  thing,  or  had  dolo  malo  ceased  to  possess6. 

1  The  most  general  statement  is  44.  1.  22.    See  also   16.  1.  17.  2,  which  is  certainly 
interpolated,  and  30.  85,  which  probably  is.  2  Ante,  §  ccxxiv.  3  See 

Leonhard,  Mel.  Girard,  2.  85  sqq.,  for  a  somewhat  speculative  account  of  the  history 
of  compensatio.  4  Inst.  4.  6.  30;  C.  4.  31.  14.  A  counterclaim  might  be  of  a 

naturalis  obligatio  (16.  2.  6),  though  not  all  such  could  be  so  used  (ante,  §  CLXXXIX).  It 
must  not  be  conditional  or  in  diem  (16.  2.  7.  pr.)  apart  from  days  of  grace  under  a  judg- 
ment (h.  t.  16.  1).  Tt  must  be  the  defendant's  own  claim  in  the  same  capacity  (C.  4.  31.  9; 
D.  16.  2.  18.  1)  and  against  the  same  person  (16.  2.  16.  pr.),  except  that  a  debt  due  to  a 
cnrreus  socius  of  the  deft,  can  be  pleaded  as  there  is  regress  between  them  (45.  2.  10).  For 
the  same  reason  a  fideiussor  can  plead  a  set  off  of  his  principal  (16.  2.  5).  A  tutor 
suing  as  such  could  not  be  met  by  a  debt  due  from  him  personally  (16.  2.  23).  It  might  be 
pending  in  another  suit  (h.  t.  8).  It  must  be  clear:  an  alternative  obligatio  could  not  be 
pleaded,  if  the  creditor  had  the  choice,  until  he  had  chosen  (16.  2.  22),  but  a  debt  due  at 
another  place  could  be  pleaded  with  proper  allowances  (16.  2.  15).  It  might  be  raised  in 
actio  iiidicati,  though  it  had  not  been  mentioned  in  the  original  action  (C.  4.  31.  2).  It 
might  be  a  claim  de  peculio  and  even  here  it  was  in  solidum  (16.  2.  9.  pr.).  The  index  need 
not  take  account  of  it:  if  he  simply  ignored  it,  it  was  not  in  issue  and  could  still  be  sued 
on,  but  if  the  index  examined  and  rejected  it  this  was  in  effect  a  judgment,  and  any  further 
claim  would  be  barred  by  exceptio  rei  iudicatae  ( 16.  2.  7.  1 ).  5  A  nlc.  $  CXLJV.  6  The 

rule  of  Justinian  that  a  plaintiff  might  be  condemned  (C.  7.  45.  14)  might  be  understood 
to  cover  this  case. 


700  COMPENSATIO  [CH. 

The  words  "ipso  iure"  have  been  much  discussed.  They  do  not  mean 
that  the  set  off  operated  necessarily,  as  matter  of  course,  for,  as  we  have 
seen,  the  defendant  need  not  use  it  and  could  sue  on  it  independently, 
while  if  it  had  necessarily  been  in  issue,  there  would  have  been  an  ex- 
ceptio  rei  iudicatae.  They  seem  to  mean  merely  that  it  could  come  in 
without  express  mention  in  the  libellus  conventionis,  with  no  question  of 
plus  petitio  and  its  penalties1. 

Thus  at  no  stage  did  Roman  Law  recognise  a  necessary  compensatio, 
operating  as  matter  of  law,  apart  from  act  of  the  defendant.  One  case 
suggests  an  approach  to  this  idea.  In  an  action  for  recovery  of  dos  we 
are  told  that  " necessariae  impensae  dotem  ipso  iure  minuunt"  while 
impensae  utiles,  if  approved  by  the  \vife,  can  be  brought  into  account  by 
exceptio  doli2.  It  is  held  by  Ihering3  that  this  is  very  ancient,  but  there 
is  little  evidence  of  this4;  it  seems  to  result  from  the  conception  of  dos 
as  a  universitas,  and,  even  so,  impensae  were  not  necessarily  in  issue, 
since  if  the  husband  did  not  deduct  in  the  action  for  dos,  Marcellus  held 
that  he  could  condict  afterwards5,  as  could  be  done  in  other  cases  of 
counter-claim.6  It  must  be  remembered  that  the  actio  rei  uxoriae  was  a 
bonaefidei  indicium  in  which  no  exceptio  doli  would  need  to  be  expressed. 
The  case  of  peculium,  which  is  ipso  iure  cut  down  by  debts  to  dominus  7, 
is  again  a  pro  tanto  recognition  of  it  as  a  universitas.  It  no  doubt  origin- 
ated as  an  interpretation  of  legacy  of  peculium6. 

CCXXXIX.  REPRESENTATION  IN  LITIGATION 9.  In  the  legis  actio 
system  there  was  in  general  no  representation:  nemo  pro  alio  lege  agere 
potest.  Justinian,  who  tells  us  this,  mentions  as  exceptions,  apparently 
as  all  the  exceptions,  a  provision  of  the  Z.  Hostilia,  allowing  actio  furti  on 
behalf  of  a  captive  or  one  absent  on  State  affairs,  or  their  ward,  and 
three  other  cases  which  he  calls  pro  populo,  pro  libertate  and  pro  tutela10. 
The  first  is  probably  a  reference  to  early  actiones  populares  and  has 
little  real  relation  to  representation;  the  second  is  adsertio  libertatis11,  and 
the  third  is  obscure.  Perhaps  the  most  probable  opinions  are  that  it 
refers  to  the  crimen  suspecti  tutoris  which  was  open  to  anyone,  is  very 

1  Severus  Alexander  provided  that  where  there  was  a  liquid  claim  on  each  side  there  was 
"ipso  iure  compensatio'"  from  the  moment  the  two  debts  coexisted  (C.  4.  31.  4).  But  it  has 
been  observed  (Girard,  Manuel,  721,  n.  4)  that  this  rule,  probably  laid  down  by  Septimius 
for  a  specific  case  (16.  2.  11,  12),  and  afterwards  generalised  (C.  4.  31.  5;  C.  8.  42.  7),  was 
merely  an  equitable  rule  to  simplify  the  final  calculation.  See  also  Leonhard,  Mel. 
Girard,  2.  97  sqq.  2  23.  4.  5.  2;  Ulp.  6.  14  sqq.;  ante,  §  XL.  3  Geist  (4),  3.  69; 

French  transl.  4.  15.  4  See  however  Pernice,  Labeo,  2.  1.  386,  but  he  does  not  carry  it 

far  back.  See  also  Ulpian  in  25.  1.  5,  who  hesitates  as  to  the  exact  meaning  of  the  rule. 
5  25.  1.  5.  2.  6  See  ante,  §XL,  and  Schulz,  Z.S.S.  34.  57  sqq.  7  19.  1.  30.  pr. 

8  See,  e.g.,  33.  8.  6.  1.  Argentarius  does  not  provide  a  case.  If  the  debtor  to  him  had  not 
raised  the  point  in  the  banker's  action  there  does  not  seem  to  have  been  anything  to  prevent 
him  from  claiming  independently.  If  the  counterclaim  had  necessarily  been  in  issue  there 
would  have  been  a  resiudicata.  9  G.  4.  82.  10  Inst.  4.  10.  pr.  11  Ante,  §  xxvi. 


xiv]  REPRESENTATION  IN  LITIGATION  701 

ancient  and  was  heard  by  the  magistrate1,  or  to  action  on  behalf  of  a 
ward,  though  this  does  not  suit  the  name  very  well2.  But  the  statement 
that  representation  was  not  possible  in  the  legis  actio  does  not  prove 
impossibility  in  the  actual  hearing,  which  is  no  part  of  the  legis  actio, 
and  a  text  in  the  Ad  Herennium,  quoting,  apparently,  an  old  lex, 
authorising  aged  and  sick  people  to  appoint  cognitores  to  act  for  them, 
has  led  to  the  view  that  they  were  allowed  at  this  stage  in  such  excep- 
tional cases3.  It  is  also  held,  in  view  of,  inter  alia,  the  form  of  appoint- 
ment of  a  cognitor*,  which  is  not  only  archaic,  but  follows  closely  the 
structure  of  other  ancient  forms,  e.g.  that  of  manus  iniectio,  that  no 
restriction  to  special  cases  existed  but  that  this  cognitor  was  a  recognised 
institution  of  the  legis  actio5.  But  this  is  not  generally  accepted6;  in 
any  case  we  know  representation  only  in  the  later  systems. 

Apart  from  tutores  and  curatores1,  representatives  were  cognitores  or 
procuratores.  Not  everyone  could  be  a  representative  or  appoint  one. 
A  miles  could  not  be  a  representative,  for  disciplinary  reasons8,  or  a 
woman  because  it  was  a  virile  munus9.  The  Edict  contained  provisions, 
now  imperfectly  known10,  forbidding  certain  persons,  notably  infames 
and  ignominiosi,  to  appoint,  or  to  be  themselves  appointed,  representa- 
tives for  this  purpose,  in  some  cases  absolutely,  in  others  without  consent 
of  the  other  party.  It  is  clear  that  the  point  might  be  decided  by  the 
praetor  in  iure11.  But  it  might  be  settled  in  iudicio,  and  there  were 
exceptiones  cognitoriae12,  procuratoriae,  by  which  such  points  were  brought 
up.  These  are  obviously  suitable  only  for  objections  made  by  the  de- 
fendant; it  seems  that  plaintiff's  objection  to  a  cognitor  of  his  opponent 
must  have  been  disposed  of  in  iure.  After  the  decay  of  the  formula 
these  questions  seem  to  have  been  settled  early  in  the  proceeding 
before  litis  contestatio13.  Justinian  abolished  these  exceptiones,  at  least  so 
far  as  infames  were  concerned,  as  being  not  used14,  and  in  fact  very  little 
is  said  in  the  Corpus  luris  Civilis  on  this  matter,  though  it  seems  clear 
that  the  disabilities  or  some  of  them  still  existed15. 

Representation  appeared  earlier  in  litigation  than  in  other  branches 

1  But  see  Girard,  Org.  Judic.  1.  70  and  75,  n.  1,  who  points  out  that  this  process 
was  not  a  civil  legis  actio  at  all.  2  See  however  Bertolini,  Proc.  Civ.  1.  188,  who 

compares  "pro  socio."  For  a  variety  of  explanations,  see  Girard,  loc.  tit.;  Bertolini,  loc. 
cit.;  Cuq,  Instil.  Juridiques,  1.  408  and  reff. ;  Karlowa,  C.P.  355.  3  Hh.  ad  Her.  2. 

13.  20;  Lenel,  Z.S.S.  5.  149.  4  G.  4.  83.  5  Eisele,  Beitrdge,  91  sqq. ;  Studien, 

51  sqq.  6  No  direct  evidence  for  this  civil  cognitor:  the  laxer  characteristics  of  the 

formality  (p.  702,  n.  2)  are  against  great  antiquity,  and  formlessness  is  not  an  essential 
characteristic  of  praetorian  institutions.  7  Post,  p.  703.  8  Inst.  4.  13.  11; 

C.  2.  12.  7,  9.  9  Inst,  4.  13.  11;  C.  2.  12.  18.  10  P.  1.  2.  1;  Vat.  Fr.  320-324. 

See  Lenel,  E.P.  88  sqq.;  Debray,  N.R.H.  1912,  371.  11  Vat.  Fr.  322.  12  G.  4. 

124;  Inst,  cit.  13  C.  Th.  2.  12.  3  =  C.  2.  12.  24.  14  Inst.  cit.  The  exceptio  pro- 

curatoria  appears  in  the  Digest,  3.  3.  57.  1;  17.  1.  29.  4,  etc.  15  C.  2.  12.  6,  7,  9. 


702  REPRESENTATION  IN  LITIGATION  [CH. 

of  the  private  law,  but  in  its  earliest  form  it  was  short  of  what  is  called 
direct  representation.  The  cognitor  did  not  at  first  "represent"  in  the 
modern  sense.  He  became  the  actual  party.  It  was  he  who  was  con- 
demned or  absolved.  It  was  he  who  had  or  was  liable  to  the  actio  iudi- 
cati1.  But  this  was  altered  at  latest  by  the  time  of  Cicero,  and  judgment 
for  or  against  a  formally  appointed  cognitor  affected  the  principal.  It  is 
likely  however  that  from  the  beginning  he  was  regarded  as  bringing  his 
principal's  case  into  issue,  so  that,  on  the  principle  of  "non  bis  in  idem," 
further  action  was  barred. 

Cognitores  were  appointed  in  the  presence  of  the  other  party  by 
"certa  et  quasi  solemnia  verba"  of  which  Gains  gives  two  forms,  appa- 
rently as  alternatives2,  but  the  difference  between  them  (" quod...peto, 
petis,"  " quod...agere  volo,  agere  vis"),  while  it  may  have  to  do  with  the 
nature  of  the  action,  or  more  probably  with  the  place  and  time  of  ap- 
pointment, has  played  a  part  in  the  controversy  as  to  origin3.  There 
could  be  no  condition  on  the  appointment4.  The  cognitor  need  not  be 
present,  but  if  he  was  not,  the  appointment  was  not  effective  until  he 
had  accepted5.  Procuratores  were  appointed  informally6  (so  much  so  that 
it  was  possible  for  one  to  act  without  appointment  at  all7,  defensor), 
but  in  any  case  the  appointment  must  take  effect  by  the  time  of 
litis  contestatio.  The  formula  shewed  in  what  capacity  the  party  was 
acting,  since  the  true  principal's  name  appeared  in  the  intentio8  and  the 
representative's  in  the  condemnatio9.  The  formula  could  not  be  altered; 
any  further  change  must  be  by  translatio  iudicii10. 

These  two  kinds  of  agent  did  not  in  the  earlier  classical  law  represent 
their  principal  to  the  same  extent.  The  cognitor  for  a  plaintiff,  formally 
appointed,  with  express  declaration  to  the  opponent,  brought  into  issue 
the  right  of  his  principal,  whose  right  of  action  was  therefore  consumed11. 
A  procurator  did  not,  so  that  the  claim  might  possibly  be  renewed,  a 
distinction  reflected  in  the  law  as  to  the  security  which  must  be  given. 
If  the  representative  was  on  the  defendant's  side,  since  the  plaintiff's  right 

1  On  behalf  of  defendant  he  is  more  like  a  vindex  than  a  representative.  2  G.  4.  83. 
The  requirement  of  certa  ve.rba  is  not  so  strict  that  added  words  vitiated  the  appoint- 
ment as  in  legis  actio,  and  it  might  be  in  Greek  (Vat.  Fr.  318,  319).  3  Peto  is 
held  by  Wlassak  to  denote  the  moment  of  litis  contestatio.  This  he  thinks  the  original 
form,  obsolete  in  classical  law,  see  Aut.  Gal.  91  (Cognitur,  44;  Mel.  Girard,  2.  637).  But 
there  is  textual  evidence  for  peto  in  the  sense  of  action  after  litis  contestatio,  and  Eisele  holds 
(Beitrdgf,,  99)  that  this  form  was  used  where  a  cognitor  was  appointed  in  iudicio.  But  there  is 
no  evidence  for  such  appointment,  apart  from  translalio  iudicii.  4  Vat.  Fr.  329.  5  G. 
4.  83.  6  G.  4.  84,  even  conditionally,  D.  3.  3.  3.  7  See,  e.g.,  G.  4.  101.  But  certain 
near  connexions  who  acted  without  express  appointment  were  on  the  same  level  as  if  ap- 
pointed, 46.  7.  3.  3.  8  In  the  formula  of  a  real  action  the  principal  would  not  appear 
at  all  in  the  case  of  cognitio  for  the  defence.  9  G.  4.  86,  87.  10  Post,  §  ccxu. 
11  G.  4.  97, 98. 


xiv]  REPRESENTATION  IN  LITIGATION  703 

was  necessarily  in  issue,  security  was  always  needed1.  The  actio  iudicati 
must  prima  facie  go  to  or  against  the  person  named  in  the  condemnatio. 
But  the  Edict  seems  to  have  given  it  to  or  against  the  principal  in  the 
case  of  a  cognitor2,  though  this  may  have  required  a  translatio  iudicii3. 
It  is  said  to  have  been  allowed  "causa  cognita*,"  but  that  means  only 
that  if  it  was  a  case  of  cognitio  in  rem  suam  it  was  not  so  given. 

In  the  case  of  procurator  the  actio  iudicati  was  available  under  the 
Edict  only  to  or  against  him5.  But  the  procurator  was  gradually  assimi- 
lated to  the  cognitor,  and  at  least  in  later  classical  law  a  procurator  whose 
intervention  was  ratified,  or  whose  principal  was  present,  or  who  was 
appointed  "  apud  acta,"  or  had  what  Severus  calls  "plena  potestas 
agendi,"  fully  represented  his  principal,  so  that  the  latter's  right  was 
brought  into  issue,  and  the  actio  iudicati,  with  formal  translatio  iudicii, 
was  available  to  and  against  him6.  The  cognitor  had  disappeared  under 
Justinian,  and  the  procurator  whose  powers  were  certain  fully  repre- 
sented his  principal7.  It  still  remained  true  that  a  mere  volunteer,  a 
defensor,  or  one  of  uncertain  authorisation,  was  in  the  old  position  and 
personally  responsible. 

The  tutor  could  also  act  as  representative8  for  his  ward.  We  know 
little  of  his  position  in  this  matter  in  the  legis  actio.  The  rule  of  the  /. 
Hostilia  above  mentioned9  suggests  that  tutores  could  represent  their 
wards  at  least  mfurium,  probably  in  all  cases.  It  is  likely  in  view  of  the 
early  conception  of  tutela10  that  this  was  hardly  thought  of  as  representa- 
tion; the  rights  were  regarded  to  some  extent  as  vested  in  the  tutor.  As 
to  curator  offuriosus  or  prodigus,  the  XII  Tables  describe  his  power  as 
potestas  over  the  man  and  his  pecunia11;  he  could  alienate  for  him12  and 
probably  acquire.  Pomponius  says  that  the  curator  furiosi  could  not 
manumit  for  him13,  and  this  was  a  legis  actio,  but  he  rests  this  on  the  fact 
that  manumission  is  not  administration,  so  that  there  was  probably  no 
formal  difficulty.  However  these  doubtful  questions  are  answered  the 
rules  of  classical  law  are  fairly  clear.  Intervention  by  any  of  those 
guardians  is  treated  as  representation,  and  Gaius14  shews  that  they  were 
in  most  respects  on  the  footing  of  an  authorised  procurator,  and,  in 
some15,  attained  practical  equality  with  cognitor  before  a  procurator  did. 

The  position  of  curator  minoris  in  the  matter  is  disputed.  The  Digest 
treats  him  as  on  the  same  footing  as  a  tutor,  but  it  is  probable  that 

1  G.  4.  101.  2  Vat.  Fr.  317,  331.  3  Post,  §  CCXLT.  4  Vat.  Fr.  cit. 

5  No  edict  needed  as  his  name  is  in  the  condemnatio,  Lenel,  E.P.  390.  6  C.  2.  12. 

10;  Vat.  Fr.  317.  7  Inst.  4.  11.  4,  5.    Differences  of  opinion  on  the  question  how  far 

this  is  an  advance  on  later  classical  law.  See,  e.g.,  Costa,  Profilo  storico,  127.  8  G.  4.  99. 
Apparently  any  acting  tutor,  within  his  field  of  operations.  46.  7.  3.  5;  ante,  §  LVIII. 
9  Ante,  p.  700.  10  Ante,  §  LI.  11  5.  7  a.  Girard,  T&rtes,  14.  12  Ants,  §  LXT. 

13  40.  1.  13.  14  G.  4.  101.  15  E.g.,  derato,  G.  4.  99. 


704  SECURITY  IN  LITIGATION  [CH. 

there  has  been  a  good  deal  of  alteration  of  the  texts.  It  may  be  that,  at 
any  rate  till  the  end  of  the  classical  age,  he  had  no  such  power;  he  could 
indeed  be  appointed  as  cognitor  or  procurator,  or  act  without  appoint- 
ment, as  defensor,  but  that  is  a  different  matter1. 

Corporate  bodies  being  incapable  of  acting  for  themselves  had,  of 
necessity,  representatives  to  act  for  them,  called  actores2,  appointed  ad 
hoc  in  classical  law,  but,  later,  permanent,  these  being  also  called  Syndici*. 
There  were  elaborate  rules  as  to  the  mode  of  appointment,  applicable 
in  all  cases,  and  the  appointment  had  also  to  be  in  accord  with  their 
statutes4,  but  in  the  absence  of  appointment  it  was  possible  for  a  pro- 
curator voluntaries  to  act  for  them  as  in  the  case  of  ordinary  persons5. 

CCXL.  SECURITY  IN  LITIGATION.  It  is  convenient  to  deal  first  with 
the  case  in  which  the  principals  were  the  parties,  dealing  afterwards 
with  the  complications  which  resulted  from  representation. 

The  plaintiff  did  not  in  general  give  security  whether  the  action  was 
in  rem  or  in  personam.  The  defendant,  in  classical  law,  gave,  in  real 
actions,  security  varying  in  form  according  as  the  action  was  per  formu- 
lam  petitoriam  or  per  sponsionem.  In  the  former  case,  which  was  a  purely 
formulary  creation,  he  gave  security  iudicatum  solvi6.  This  was  an 
undertaking  by  surety,  satisdatio,  having  three  branches  embodied  in 
one  stipulatio^,  i.e.  to  satisfy  the  judgment  if  it  was  given  against  him, 
to  defend  the  action,  i.e.  to  take  the  necessary  steps  in  order  that  the 
matter,  which  involves  the  cooperation  of  the  parties,  may  proceed, 
and  to  commit  (and  to  have  committed  in  any  earlier  stage)  no  dolus  in 
respect  of  the  subject-matter  of  the  suit8.  In  the  case  of  action  per  spon- 
sionem, the  security  is  satisdatio  pro  praede  litis  et  vindiciarum9,  modelled 
on  the  old  praedes  of  the  legis  actio  of  which  this  procedure  is  the  descend- 
ant. As  this  mode  is  wholly  obsolete  under  Justinian  we  are  ill  informed 
as  to  its  content.  The  view  most  widely  held  is  that  of  Lenel10,  that  it  in- 
volved a  promise  of  " quanti  ea  res  erit"  for  practically  the  same  hypo- 
theses as  in  the  other  case,  i.e.  for  the  case  of  judgment  (which,  here,  it 
must  be  remembered,  was  only  indirect,  for  the  amount  of  the  sponsio, 
so  that  a  stipulatio  simply  of  the  amount  of  the  judgment  would  not  have 
sufficed11),  for  the  case  of  failure  to  defend,  and  against  fraud,  past  or 
future. 

1  See  Solazzi,  Minore  Etct,  202  sqq. ;  Lenel,  Z.S.S.  35.  197  sqq. ;  ante,  §  Lxrr.       2  E.g. 
2.  4.  10.  4.  3  3.  4.  1.  1.   See  Dirksen,  Manuale,  s.v.  Syndicus.  4  3.  4.  3;  3.  3. 

74.  5  3.  4.  1.  3.    A  duly  appointed  "actor"  seems  to  have  been  in  the  position  of  a 

cognilor.  On  the  whole  matter,  see  Ramadier,  fitudes  Girard,  1.  259  sqq.  6  G.  4.  91. 

7  46.  7.  6.  8  The  exact  formulation  is  disputed.   For  Lenel  it  contained  a  promise 

of  the  amount  of  the  judgment  under  the  first  head  and  "  quanti  ea  res  erit"  under  the  others, 
E.P.  509  sqq.  See  for  other  views,  ib.  511,  n.  4,  and  Duquesne,  Mel.  Gtrardin,  197,  M41. 
Fitting,  1.  321,  and  Lenel's  reply,  E.P.  xv.  9  G.  4.  91,  94.  10  E.P.  496  sqq. 

11  "si  secundum  me  iudicatum  erit,  quanti  ea  res  erit." 


xiv]  SECURITY  IN  LITIGATION  705 

In  actions  in  personam  there  was  no  general  requirement  of  security, 
but  Gaius  tells  us  that  it  was  required  in  certain  actions,  i.e.,  iudicati, 
depensi  and  the  old  actio  de  moribus.  He  tells  us  that  it  was  also  required 
in  some  cases  laid  down  by  the  praetor  where  the  defendant  was  suspect, 
as  one  who  "decoxerit"  (fraudulent  bankrupt),  one  whose  goods  had 
already  been  seized  for  debt,  and  a  defendant  heres  whom  the  praetor 
thought  suspect1. 

Under  Justinian  the  system  was  much  changed 2.  In  real  actions  the 
judgment  was  normally  for  the  thing  itself,  and  it  had  become  impossible 
for  the  defendant  to  transfer  the  res  litigiosa  in  any  way  so  as  to  bar  the 
plaintiff's  claim3.  Moreover,  the  "real4"  issue  was  involved  with  an 
increasing  number  of  personal  claims.  The  three  actions  in  personam  in 
which  security  was  needed  had  disappeared5.  Thus  the  need  of  security 
was  gone  in  general  where  the  parties  were  the  principals,  though 
Justinian's  language  suggests  that  the  change  had  not  been  so  great. 
He  tells  us  that  there  was  no  longer  need  for  security  in  respect  of  the 
subject  of  the  suit,  but  that  the  defendant  must  always  give  security 
for  appearance6.  But  this  is  merely  the  modernised  form  of  vadimonium, 
cautio  iudicio  sisti.  He  tells  us  that  this  was  sometimes  by  oath,  e.g.  for 
those  "in  sacro  scrinio  militantes" r"  or  by  mere  promise,  as  in  case  of 
ittustres,  or,  in  ordinary  cases,  by  satisdatio,  varying  in  amount  with  the 
status  of  the  parties8. 

The  rules  were  more  complex  in  the  case  of  representation. 

1.  Representation  on  the  side  of  the  plaintiff.  Here  there  was  an 
important  difference  between  cognitor  and  other  representatives.  In  the 
time  of  Gaius  the  cognitor  fully  represented  the  principal  and  therefore 
gave  no  special  security9.  In  the  case  of  other  representatives,  pro- 
curators and  guardians,  as  they  did  not  directly  represent  the  principal 
it  was  possible  for  him  to  renew  the  action,  his  right  not  being  in  issue, 
and  thus  the  representative  must  give  security  that  the  principal  would 
ratify  his  action,  cautio  de  rato,  rem  ratam  habiturum  dominum10.  But  the 
complete  representation  was  gradually  extended  to  other  representatives. 
In  the  case  of  tutores  and  curatores  (furiosi  and  prodigi)  the  rule  requiring 
cautio  de  rato  was  partially  relaxed  in  the  time  of  Gaius11,  and  in  the  time 

1  G.  4.  101,  102.  2  Inst.  4.  11.  2.         3  Post,  §  CCXLIV.  4  Girard,  Manuel, 

354.  5  But  the  cases  of  heres  suspectus  and  defendant  whose  goods  have  been 

seized  still  remain,  42.  5.  31.  pr. ;  h.  t.  33.  1.  The  edictal  rule  about  decoctor  seems  to 
have  been  replaced  by  a  rule  that  security  could  be  required  from  a  suspecta  persona 
sued  for  a  res  mobilis,  but  not  for  land,  probably  only  in  real  actions.  2.  8.  7.  2;  h.  t.  15. 
6  Inst.  4.  11.  2.  7  C.  12.  19.  12.  8  D.  2.  6;  D.  2.  11.  9  G.  4.  97.  10  G.  4. 
98.  There  was  also  a  stipulatio  "amplivj  non  peti."  It  survived  into  Julian's  edict  (Lend. 
E.P.  516;  Debray,  N.R.H.  1912,  1  sqq.),  though  it  was  of  little  value  after  the  introduc- 
tion of  de  rato  with  which  it  was  usually  coupled.  11  G.  4.  99. 

B.  K.  L.  45 


706  SECURITY  IN  LITIGATION  [CH. 

of  Severus  this  was  required  only  from  one  whose  powers  were  uncertain, 
e.g.  one  whose  principal  was  not  present  and  might  have  revoked  the 
powers  or  one  not  authorised  at  all,  procurator  voluntarius1.  This  re- 
mained the  law  under  Justinian  apart  from  the  change  of  position  of 
curator  minoris  who  was  now  treated  as  a  tutor.  The  promise  was  that 
the  principal  would  ratify  and  would  not  renew  the  action,  and  that 
there  had  been  and  should  be  no  dolus,  the  liability  being  for  "quanti  ea 
res  erit2."  It  required  satisdatio3.  It  was  discharged  by  ratification4,  and 
was  broken  by  renewed  action  by  anyone  who  would  have  been  barred 
by  res  iudicata,  if  the  original  action  had  been  by  the  principal5. 

2.  Representation  on  the  side  of  the  defendant.  The  general  rule  for 
all  cases  was  that  security  iudicatum  solvi  must  be  given,  since  the 
plaintiff's  right,  being  brought  into  issue,  was  destroyed.  The  rule  dates 
from  the  earliest  state  of  things  when  representation  even  by  cognitor 
was  imperfect,  and  it  applied  in  all  cases,  whether  the  right  was  brought 
into  issue  or  not:  omnimodo  satisdari  debet,  quia  nemo  alienae  rei  sine 
satisdatione  defensor  idoneus  intellegitur6.  The  only  distinction  was  that 
if  the  representative  was  a  cognitor  the  principal  gave  it,  in  other  cases 
the  representative7.  The  principle  remained  equally  general  under 
Justinian,  though  there  were  changes  in  detail.  There  were  no  cognitores. 
If  the  principal  was  present  he  gave  security  iudicatum  solvi,  or  if  he 
preferred,  could  become  surety  for  his  representative,  for  all  the  clauses 
of  iudicatum  solvi,  having  in  both  cases  to  give  also  a  hypothec8  over 
his  property  and  security  iudicio  sisti9.  If  the  representative  was  pro- 
curator voluntarius,  or  the  principal  was  not  present,  the  representative 
gave  security  iudicatum  solvi10. 

CCXLI.  TRANSLATIO  IUDICII.  If,  as  is  most  commonly  held,  litis 
contestatio  was  a  negotium  between  the  litigants11,  the  terms  of  which  were 
expressed  in  the  formula,  it  follows,  as  is  indeed  clear,  in  fact,  that  no 
material  change  in  the  issue,  e.g.  insertion  of  an  exceptio,  or  correction 
of  plus  petitio,  could  be  made  except  by  restitutio  in  integrum,  involving 
a  renewed  litis  contestatio  and  thus  a  new  negotium  and  issue.  Logically 
the  same  should  be  true  of  any  change  of  persons.  There  are  texts  which 
deal  with  substitution  of  one  person  for  another  in  the  litigation,  such 
a  change  being  called  translatio  iudicii12.  But  as,  under  the  libellary 
system,  the  strict  rules  of  the  formula  no  longer  applied,  the  surviving 


1  C.  2.  12.  10;  Vat.  Fr.  317,  333.  2  Lenel,  E.P.  516.  3  46.  8.  4;  h.  t. 

8.  pr.;  h.  t.  23,  etc.  4  46.  8.  12;  h.  t.  18.  5  46.  8.  1;  h.  t.  8.  1;  h.  t.  14;  h.  t. 

22.  8.  6  G.  4.  101;  Inst.  4.  11.  1.  7  G.  4.  101.  8  Inst.  4.  11.  4.    The 

surety  was  meaningless  as  the  representative  was  not  now  liable  to  proceedings  under 
the  judgment.  9  Inst.  4.  11.  4.  10  Inst.  4.  11.  5.  11  Ante,  §  ccxv. 

12  3.  3.  27.  pr.;  27.  7.  8.  1,  etc. 


xiv]  TRANSLATIO  IUDICII  707 

traces  of  the  institution  are  few  and  leave  open  many  questions;  the 
matter  has  been  the  subject  of  recent  studies1. 

If  the  introduction  of  a  new  party  called  for  a  new  litis  contestatio, 
and  restitutio  in  integrum,  the  question  arises  whether  the  transferred 
indicium  was  a  new  one  or  the  same  transferred2.  The  texts  do  not 
enable  us  to  decide  this  question,  since  the  effects  shewn  in  the  texts 
are  not  those  either  of  a  wholly  new  indicium  or  of  a  continuation  of  the 
old3;  there  is  indeed  no  text  which  unequivocally  says  that  a  restitutio 
was  necessary  in  any  of  these  cases.  And  the  rules  applied  do  not  help 
us  much.  Thus  the  question  whether  the  procedural  security  given  for 
the  old  indicium  was  valid  for  the  new4  is  not  decisive,  since  we  are  not 
certainly  informed  as  to  the  wording  of  these  securities. 

The  principal  cases  suggested  by  the  texts  are  three. 

(a)  Cases  connected  with  representation.  It  is  clear  that  the  Edict 
contained  a  provision5  that  a  principal  who  had  appointed  a  cognitor, 
could,  on  cause  shewn,  have  the  indicium  transferred  to  himself  or 
another  cognitor,  and  that  in  practice  a  similar  initiative  was  allowed  to 
the  cognitor6.  No  such  rule  applied  to  a  procurator,  but,  here  too,  the 
procurator  was  assimilated  to  the  cognitor,  late  in  the  classical  age7.  This 
translatio  iudicii  cognitoria  is  directly  recorded,  but  we  do  not  know  the 
mechanism.  In  the  case  of  cognitor  of  the  plaintiff  the  security  iudicatum 
solvi  given  by  the  defence  was  still  valid8,  while  in  that  of  procurator  it 
was  not9.  Hence  Koschaker10  holds  that  in  the  case  of  the  cognitor  the 
transfer  was  effected  officially  with  no  new  litis  contestatio  and  no  effect 
on  the  position  of  the  parties,  while  in  the  other  case  there  was  a  new 
litis  contestatio,  with  restitutio  in  integrum.  The  old  issue  was  destroyed 
and  a  new  one  created.  He  holds  that  the  destructive  effect  of  the  old 
litis  contestatio  was  avoided  by  a  fiction  "ac  si  de  ea  re  actum  non  esset." 
It  is  shewn  by  Duquesne  that  this  does  not  meet  the  difficulty  in  all 
cases.  If  the  action  was  annalis  and  the  year  expired  while  the  first 
action  was  pending,  or  if  it  was  an  action  ended  by  death  (e.g.,  ex  delicto) 
and  the  defendant  whose  procurator  was  defending  had  died,  the  above 
fiction  would  not  suffice  to  prevent  the  operation  of  the  rules  barring 
the  action.  He  takes  a  different  view;  for  him  there  was  restitutio  in 
integrum  in  all  translatio  iudicii,  and  a  new  litis  contestatio.  The  old  Us 
was  not  necessarily  completely  destroyed.  He  suggests  a  fiction,  evi- 
denced in  the  texts,  by  means  of  which  the  new  litis  contestatio  was 
dated  the  same  day  as  the  first,  litis  contestatio  repetita  die,  which  would 

1  Koschaker,  Translatio  Iudicii ;  Duquesne,  Translatio  Iudicii  dans  la  procedure  civile 
Romaine.  2  Koschaker,  53  sqq.;  Duquesne,  56  sqq.  3  Duquesne,  loc.  rit. 

4  Koschaker,  72  sqq.;  Duquesne,  59  sqq.  5  Vat.  FT.  341.  6  3.  3.  24. 

7  See  Duquesne,  161.          8  3.  3.  27,  written  of  cognitor.         9  20.  6.  1.  2.         10  Op.  cit. 
57  sqq.,  72  sqq. 

45—2 


708  TR  AN  SLAT  10  IUDICII  [CH. 

avoid  these  inconveniences1.  But  all  the  cases  of  litis  contestatio  repetita 
die  which  he  finds  are  between  the  same  parties.  In  none  of  them  is  a 
litis  contestatio  in  the  same  civil  action  set  aside.  In  all  but  one  of  them 
it  is  in  a  purely  praetorian  procedure2,  so  that  his  hypothesis  is  hardly 
proved3. 

(b)  Cases  of  Succession.    Translatio  iudicii  successoria,  i.e.  where  a 
party  dies  pendente  lite,  and  a  heres  takes  his  place.   As  a  heres  succeeds 
ipso  lure  to  the  rights  and  liabilities  of  the  deceased  at  civil  law  and 
those  under  litis  contestatio  are  not  different  from  others,  and  the  texts 
make  it  clear  that  the  new  indicium  was  essentially  the  same  as  the 
old4,  all  the  incidents  being  retained,  it  might  seem  that  there  was  here 
no  translatio  at  all,  though  there  are  texts  which  call  it  a  indicium  trans- 
latum5  and  others  indicating  that  there  was  a  new  editio  and  acceptio 
iudicii6.    Koschaker  holds7  that  there  was  no  new  litis  contestatio,  but 
that  the  accipere  indicium  which  is  evidenced  was  a  procedural  contract, 
sui  generis,  which  had  the  positive  effects  of  litis  contestatio  without 
destroying  the  old.   Duquesne8,  pointing  out  that  this  is  no  more  than  a 
litis  contestatio  deprived  arbitrarily  of  some  of  its  effects,  applies  the 
same  method  as  in  the  other  case,  but  some  further  refinement  seems  to 
be  needed9. 

(c)  Case  of  change  of  Index.    In  this  case  everything  is  doubtful;  it 
is  not  even  certain  that  it  was  thought  of  as  a  translatio.    If  the  index 
was  a  party  to  the  procedural  contract,  or  a  term  in  it,  any  change  of 
index  involved  translatio  iudicii.    If  he  was  appointed  after  litis  con- 
testatio the  difficulty  would  not  arise10;  his  personality  would  be  no  part 
of  the  procedural  contract.    Duquesne  holds  that  he  was  appointed  at 
litis  contestatio,  and  that  mutatio  iudicis  involves  a  new  litis  contestatio 
to  which  he  applies  the  conception  of  repetitio  diein. 

There  are  other  cases  of  translatio  iudicii,  but  they  are  not  helpful, 
as  the  point  is  involved  with  other  issues  so  complex  as  to  make  it 
difficult  to  deduce  any  rule  from  them  for  translatio  iudicii  itself. 
Duquesne  mentions  three  types  of  such  cases,  (i)  Where  a  party  under- 


1  Op.  cit.  99  sqq.  2  10.  4.  9.  6.  Absolutio  in  ad  exhibendum  is  refused  in  the  circum- 
stances unless  deft,  will  accept  a  vindicatio  die  repetita.  3  The  intentio  is  in  the  name 
of  the  principal,  but  if  the  new  cognitor  has  been  freed  since  I.  c.  in  the  first  action,  this 
requires  him  to  have  been  appointed  when  he  was  incapax.  4  3.  2.  14;  47.  10.  28; 
50.  16.  12;  Duquesne,  165.  5  27.  7.  8;  C.  5.  53.  4.  6  E.g.  10.  2.  48.  7  Op. 
cit.  254.  8  Op.  cit.  167.  9  The  formula  suggested  by  D.,  who  argues  strongly 
for  an  intentio  in  the  name  of  the  deceased  (p.  191),  is  not  free  from  difficulties.  It  would 
require  judgment  even  where  it  had  already  been  given  in  a  iudicium  legitimum,  or  in  a 
case  in  which  the  earlier  iudicium  had  been  extinguished  by  the  expiration  of  18  months. 
But  it  is  possible  on  his  framework  to  provide  against  this.  10  Lenel,  Z.S.S.  24. 
337,  cited  Duquesne,  225.  See  also  Partsch,  Schriftformel,  32.  11  Duquesne,  loc.  cit. 


xiv]  CUMULATION  OF  ACTIONS  709 

went  capitis  deminutio1;  (ii)  noxal  cases,  e.g.  where  a  slave  the  subject 
of  a  noxal  action  became  heres,  the  ordinary  successoral  translatio  being 
complicated  by  the  change  from  noxal  to  direct  action2,  or  where  the 
slave,  who  was  a  statuliber,  became  free  during  the  action3,  or  where  a 
supposed  slave  was  proved,  during  the  action,  to  be  free4;  (iii)  cases  of 
transfer  between  pater  andfilius,  e.g.  a,  pater  was  suing  nomine  filii  for  an 
iniuria  to  the  son  and  it  was  transferred  to  the  son5,  and  a  group  of 
cases  in  which  an  action  to  which  the  son  was  a  party  was  transferred 
to  the  pater6. 

CCXLII.  CUMULATION  OF  ACTIONS.  The  same  set  of  facts  might  give 
rise  to  more  than  one  action.  A  defect  in  a  thing  sold  might  give  the 
actio  ex  empto  or  the  actio  redhibitoria.  A  depositee  who  made  away 
with  the  thing  was  liable  ex  deposito,  and  was  also  a,  fur.  If  a  hirer  of  a 
slave  wilfully  killed  him  there  might  be  action  on  the  contract,  the 
Aquilian  action,  and  criminal  proceedings.  The  same  act  might  be  two 
distinct  delicts  or  a  delict  and  a  crime.  Such  a  state  of  facts  gave  rise 
to  questions  as  to  the  extent  to  which  the  possible  actions  were  mutually 
exclusive  or  all  available.  The  factors  which  create  the  difficulty  in 
determining  the  rules  may  be  roughly  summarised.  There  were  differ- 
ences of  opinion  and  changes  of  doctrine  among  the  classical  jurists  on 
some  points.  Many  of  the  texts  have  clearly  been  altered  by  Justinian, 
and  cannot  readily  be  reconstructed.  The  recorded  differences  of  opinion 
do  not  usually  shew  on  what  difference  of  principle  they  turn.  And  the 
statement  that  one  action  barred  another  is  ambiguous.  It  might  mean 
that  litis  contestatio  barred,  or  judgment,  or  satisfaction.  The  bar  might 
be  civil  or  praetorian.  In  some  cases  the  bar  was  partial;  the  second 
action  might  be  brought,  but  only  for  excess  over  what  was  recoverable 
in  the  first.  The  matter  has  been  the  subject  of  much  discussion;  it  must 
suffice  to  outline  the  principal  known  rules  and  hypotheses7. 

Where  the  two  actions  were  both  rei  persequendae  causa,  i.e.  neither 
was  penal,  it  is  clear  that  they  were  not  independent,  but  there  is  some 
confusion  in  the  texts.  The  case  might  arise  in  many  ways.  Thus  there 
might  be  a  choice  between  actio  ex  empto  and  actio  redhibitoria,  between 
actio  commodati  and  vindicatio,  between  pro  socio  and  communi  dividundo. 
In  all  cases  one  barred  the  other,  but  the  nature  of  the  bar  was 
not  always  the  same.  Sometimes  litis  contestatio  in  one  barred  the 
other,  e.g.  in  pro  socio  and  communi  dividundo9.  It  is  maintained  by 

1  5.  2.  22.  3;  Duquesne,  194  sqq.  2  3.  2.  14.  3  9.  4.  15.  4  40.  12. 

24.  4.  5  47.  10.  17.  14,  22.  6  See  Duquesne,  207  sqq.  7  As  to  the  ques- 

tion from  the  point  of  view  of  praeiudicium,  see  Pissard,  Les  question*  prdjudicielles,  and 
ante,  §  ccxxi.  8  17.  2.  38.  1.   In  h.  t.  43  we  are  told  that  one  does  not  bar  the  other, 

but  the  reason  given  shews  that  it  is  a  case  where  pro  socio  will  lie  for  matters  that  could 
not  come  into  communi  dividundo:  it  is  wider  in  scope.    See  ante,  §  CLXXXVT. 


710  CUMULATION  OF  ACTIONS  [CH. 

Eisele1  that  where  the  causa  and  the  aim  were  the  same,  as  where  both 
were  rei  persequendae  causa2  they  usually  would  be,litis  contestatio  barred, 
but  where  the  causa  was  different,  only  satisfaction;  the  case  not  being 
one  of  procedural  consumption  at  all.  Where  the  same  facts  gave  an 
action  on  contract  and  one  on  delict,  e.g.,  ex  locato  and  e  lege  Aquilia, 
where  a  thing  hired  was  negligently  damaged,  the  earlier  law  seems  to 
have  been  that  neither  formally  barred  the  other,  but  the  plaintiff  in 
the  first  action  might  be  made  to  give  security  that  he  would  not  bring 
the  other3.  But  the  view  also  appears,  and  seems  to  represent  the  final 
attitude  of  classical  law,  that  either  barred  the  other:  it  is  clear,  however, 
that,  at  any  rate  under  Justinian,  the  delictal  action  could  be  brought 
after  the  contractual  for  anything  more  that  could  be  recovered  by  it4. 

Where  the  same  act  constituted  two  delicts,  the  law  is  obscure,  not 
for  lack  of  authority;  the  texts  are  numerous,  and  some  of  them  shew 
that  the  law  was  unsettled  in  classical  times5.  There  are  many  possi- 
bilities. The  two  might  be  entirely  independent.  Each  might  bar  the 
other  absolutely  or  by  exceptio.  Or  the  praetor  might  have  power  to 
refuse  the  formula  unless  such  security  was  given  as  was  mentioned  in 
the  last  case.  If  to  these  points  is  added  the  fact  that  the  jurists  found 
it  difficult  to  draw  the  lines,  it  is  easy  to  see  that  it  is  not  possible  to 
state  the  law  with  certainty.  According  to  Mommsen8,  if  the  two 
delicts  were  of  distinct  moral  character  one  might  be  sued  on  after  the 
other,  but  only  as  to  the  excess.  If  they  were  different  remedies  for  the 
same  evil,  one  barred  the  other.  He  illustrates  the  former  rule  by  damnum 
and  theft,  damnum  and  iniuria,  damnum  and  "arboribus  caedendis." 
He  does  not  illustrate  the  latter  rule  and  remarks  that  it  is  easier  to 
state  than  to  apply.  He  seems  to  hold  that  by  the  later  classical  law  they 
were  never  wholly  independent  if  it  was  one  act,  and  adverts  to  a  sc. 
of  Titus7  which  forbade  the  bringing  of  proceedings  under  different 
leges  on  the  same  facts8.  He  adds  that  the  jurists  have  many  differences 
of  opinion  and  in  cases  of  doubt  allow  concurrence. 

According  to  Karlowa9,  they  were  originally  quite  independent  if 
based  on  different  statutes,  e.g.  the  XII  Tables  and  the  I.  Aquilia.  If 
one  or  both  were  edictal  the  result  depended  on  interpretation  of  the 
praetor's  intent.  But  he  seems  to  hold  that  in  classical  times,  even 
where  one  survived  the  other,  it  was  met  by  one  of  the  devices  above 
mentioned,  or  limited  to  any  excess.  Pernice10  is  of  opinion,  that  the 
view  made  dominant  by  Paul  and  accepted  by  Justinian  was  that  the 

1  Archiv  fur  C.P.  79.  327  sqq.              2  Ante,  §  ccxxxm.  3  See  the  texts  cited 

by  Pernice,  Sachbesc.Mdigungen,  141.            4  44.  7.  34.  2,  interp.  5  E.g.  44.  7.  32;  47. 

10.  7.  1.  6  Strafrechi,  887  sqq.  7  Sueton.  Titus,  8.  8  44.  7.  53;  48.  2.  14. 
9  R.Rg.  2.  985  sqq.  10  Op.  cit.  132  sqq. 


xiv]  CUMULATION  OF  ACTIONS  711 

second  action  always  lay  for  any  ex  cess,  but  he  considers  that  this  restric- 
tion applied  only  where  the  two  infringements  of  right  were  involved  in 
one  set  of  facts.  If  however  a  wrongful  act  produced  two  distinct  states 
of  fact  both  of  which  were  delicts,  e.g.  A's  slave  was  so  corrupted  by  B 
that  he  stole  from  A,  B  was  liable  both  for  servi  corruptio  and  for  com- 
plicity in  theft. 

On  concurrence  of  delictal  and  criminal  liability  the  texts  are  numer- 
ous and  confusing1.  It  is  not  clear  that  the  law  of  Justinian  was  the  same 
as  classical  law,  the  mode  of  criminal  prosecution  having  changed.  It  is 
not  clear  that  the  law  was  the  same  for  all  cases  of  concurrence.  An 
obscure  text2  suggests  that  where  the  delictal  action  aimed  merely  at 
compensation,  as  opposed  to  punishment  of  the  offender,  which  was  the 
aim  of  criminal  proceedings,  they  were  quite  distinct,  and  a  post-classical 
text  draws  a  similar  distinction3.  According  to  Mommsen4,  so  long  as 
the  old  system  of  criminal  procedure  subsisted,  the  private  action  could 
not  be  brought  while  a  criminal  proceeding  was  pending  or  possible, 
but  where  the  injury  consisted  in  damage  to  property  rights,  as  in 
damnum  and  theft,  this  rule  did  not  apply,  and,  whichever  was  brought 
first,  the  other  could  be  brought  nevertheless.  For  later  law  he  holds 
that  it  is  not  possible  to  lay  down  a  general  rule.  Sometimes  the  possi- 
bility of  criminal  proceedings  barred  the  others,  often  there  was  a 
choice5.  But  one  text6  gives  a  list  of  cases,  all  affecting  property,  in 
which  civil  proceedings  could  be  brought,  though  a  crime  had  been 
committed.  The  text  cites  these,  including  damnum  andfurtum,  as  cases 
in  wrhich,  by  the  civil  proceedings,  a  praeiudicium  was  created  for  the 
subsequent  criminal  proceedings,  so  that  they  were  cumulative.  We 
are  told  elsewhere7  that  the  Aquilian  action  could  be  brought  before  the 
criminal  proceedings,  but  that  no  praeiudicium  should  result  for  the 
latter.  The  explanation  seems  to  be  that  the  earlier  case  would  in  fact 
have  decided  the  point  or  part  of  the  point  which  would  be  in  issue  in 
the  criminal  proceedings,  but  that  in  those  proceedings  no  account  was 
to  be  taken  of  the  earlier  decision8. 

1  See  those  cited  by  Monro,  I.  Aquilia,  5,  and  Coll.  12.  7.  2;  D.  19.  5.  14.  1;  47.  2.  93; 
47.  11.  5.  2  47.  10.  7.  1.  3  C.  Th.  9.  20.  1  =C.  9.  31.  1.  4  Loc.  cit.          5  47. 

2.  57.  1.  6  48.  1.  4.  7  9.  2.  23.  9.  8  See  C.  9.  31.  1.  2,  "per  altcram 

quae  supererit  iudicatum  liceat  retractari." 


CHAPTER  XV 

THE  LAW  OF  PROCEDURE  (con*.).  PRAETORIAN 

REMEDIES 

CCXLIII.  Restitutio  in  Integrum,  p.  712;  CCXLIV.  Dolus,  714;  Metus,  ib.;  Minority,  ib.; 
Absence,  715;  Other  cases,  ib.;  Scope  of  Restitutio,  716;  CCXLV.  Missio  in  possessionem, 
717;  Judgment  and  connected  cases,  ib.;  Other  cases  affecting  the  whole  estate  of  de- 
fendant, 718;  Cases  affecting  a  whole  estate,  not  necessarily  the  whole  estate  of  defendant. 
ib. ;  Cases  affecting  specific  things,  720;  CCXLVI.  Stipulaliones  praetoriae,  721;  CCXLVII. 
Interdicts,  723;  CCXLVIII.  Exhibitory,  Restitutory,  Prohibitory,  724;  CCXLIX.  Non- 
Possessory  and  Possessory,  726;  Adipiscendae,  Retinendae  Recuperandae  Possessionis  causa, 
727;  CCL.  Procedure  under  Single  Interdicts,  730;  CCLI.  Procedure  under  Double  Inter- 
dicts, 734;  CCLII.  Later  history  of  Interdicts,  737. 

CCXLIII.  In  dealing  with  substantive  law  it  has  been  necessary  to 
speak  incidentally  of  various  praetorian  methods  of  remedy  and  con- 
straint other  than  ordinary  actions.  Some  account  follows  of  these 
devices. 

RESTITUTIO  IN  INTEGRUM*.  This  was  an  exercise  of  the  praetor's 
imperium  by  which  he  caused  to  be  in  effect  revoked  or  treated  as  non- 
existent some  event  which  had  prejudiced  the  legal  position  of  some 
person2.  It  was  in  certain  respects  the  most  significant  of  the  specially 
praetorian  remedies.  Missio  in  possessionem  was  in  general  merely  a 
way  of  putting  pressure  on  a  party  and  often  had  nothing  final  about  it. 
Stipulaliones  praetoriae  were  mainly  ancillary  to  the  civil  law,  and  Inter- 
dicts, though  in  origin  they  no  doubt  protected  definite  substantive  and 
final  rights,  and  in  some  cases  still  had  that  character  in  classical  law, 
were  nevertheless,  in  these  cases,  in  furtherance  of  and  not  in  opposition 
to  the  civil  lawr,  and  in  the  most  important  field  of  their  operation  for 
private  law,  the  protection  of  possession,  they  gave  a  provisional  result3. 
But  it  was  a  characteristic  of  restitutio  in  integrum  that  it  definitely 
destroyed  rights  existing  at  civil  law,  though  they  might  be  based  on  a 
statute,  even  the  XII  Tables4. 

Restitutio  in  integrum  was  given  by  a  decree  of  the  praetor,  based  on 
his  imperium5  and  issued  on  application  after  enquiry6.  The  application 
had  in  general  to  be  made  within  an  annus  utilis,  i.e.  within  a  year,  as  it 
seems  of  dies  utiles,  from  the  time  when  the  disability  ceased7,  except  in 

1  P.I.  7;  D.  4.1.  2  4.  1.  l;h.  t.  2;h.  t.  7.  1.  3  Post,  §  CCXLVII.  4  See, 

e.g.,  4.  1.  6  in  f.  Of  course  actiones  honorariae  and  exceptiones  might  do  the  same.        5  50. 
1.  26.  6  4.  1.  3.  7  "Ex  quo  annus  utilis  currebat"  C.  2.  52.  7,  which  seems  to 

imply  that  it  was  not  an  annus  continuus  from  that  date,  which  also  is  difficult  to  reconcile 
with  the  four  annos  continues  which  under  Justinian  was  a  limit  intended  to  shorten  the  time 


CH.  xv]  REST  ITU  T 10  IN  INTEGRUM  713 

the  case  of  capitis  minutio  in  which  it  was  perpetual1.  There  was  post- 
classical  legislation  dealing  with  this  time  limit2:  in  some  cases  Justinian 
provided3  that  the  limit  should  be  four  actual  years  from  the  beginning 
of  the  annu-s  utilis,  which  in  ordinary  cases  would  be  the  cessation  of 
the  disability,  though  it  seems  that  if  a  new  disability  supervened  while 
the  first  existed  the  time  did  not  begin  to  run  while  this  endured,  even 
for  transactions  affected  only  by  the  first  disability4. 

To  base  a  claim  to  restitutio  in  integrum  there  must  be  shewn  an 
interesse,  i.e.  some  injury  to  a  man's  property  rights  resulting  from  some 
transaction  or  from  some  event,  such  as  lapse  of  time,  which  has  had 
legal  consequences5.  There  was  no  rule  specifying  exactly  what  injuries 
to  property  sufficed,  but  it  is  clear  that  there  must  have  been  such  an 
injury.  Thus  there  was  no  restitutio  against  a  marriage,  since  this  could 
be  undone  at  will6,  but  there  might  be  against  a  conveyance  of  dos 
which  had  been  made7.  A  gift  of  liberty  was  irrevocable,  and  thus  there 
was  no  restitutio,  even  where  it  was  given  under  a  fideicommissum  in  a 
codicil  afterwards  proved  to  be  a  falsum8.  Conversely  there  was  no 
restitutio  where  a  minor  had  sold  himself  or  let  himself  be  sold  as  a  slave 
and  had  suffered  the  enslavement  which  resulted  as  a  penalty,  the 
reason  assigned  being  that  there  was  no  restitutio  in  integrum  from  a 
status  mutatio9  (a  proposition  quite  distinct  from  the  rules  we  shall  meet 
under  which  some  of  its  effects  could  be  set  aside10).  This  implies  that 
there  was  no  restitutio  from  an  adrogatio  or  adoptio,  and  this  seems  to 
have  been  the  law.  No  text  allows  revocation  of  an  adoptio  in  this  way, 
and  indeed  no  property  right  seems  to  have  been  affected  in  classical 
law,  but  there  is  a  text  in  wrhich  Ulpian  holds  somewhat  hesitatingly 
that  a  minor  who,  having  been  adrogated  "  se  circumventum  dicat,"  could 
get  restitutio11.  We  have  seen  that  an  adrogatus  impubes  could  for  good 
reason  get  the  adrogatio  ended  by  emancipation,  but  this  was  a  civil 
process  and  did  not  annul  it  ab  initio.  There  is  no  evidence  that  an  adult 
could  get  it  set  aside  for,  e.g.,  dolus,  and  from  the  way  in  which  adrogatio 
of  a  libertinus  "per  obreptionem"  was  treated13  it  is  likely  that  there  was 
no  such  right. 

Any  property  loss  sufficed,  either  damnum  emergens  or  lucrum  cessans1'1, 
and  it  might  be  either  a  realised  loss,  e.g.  a  transfer  of  property,  or  a 
liability  incurred,  an  obligation  undertaken  or  the  like15,  a  distinction 
reflected  in  the  mode  of  relief. 

1  4.  5.  2.  5.             2  C.  Th.  2.  16.  2  =  C.  2.  52.  5.  3  C.  2.  52.  7.           4  C.  2.  52.  3. 

5  4.  1.  l^t.              6  It  has  no  effect  on  property.  7  4.  4.  9.  1.                8  40.  4.  47. 

pr.;  4.  4.  9.  6.     Except  by  the  Emperor,  h.  t.  10.   See  also  C.  2.  30.  2,  P.  1.  9.  5  a,  and 

Buckland,  Slavery,  566  sqq.                  9  4.  4.  9.  4.  10  See  Buckland,  Slavery,  428. 

11  4.  4.  3.  6.  12  Ante,  §  XLV.  13  Ante,  §  XLV.  14  4.  4.  44;  4.  6.  27.  15  4.  4. 
41;  h.  t.  44. 


714  RESTITUTIO  IN  INTEGRUM  [CH. 

Besides  the  damnum  there  must,  however,  be  a  iusta  causa,  some 
ground  on  which  the  relief  was  claimed.  Of  such  grounds  the  Edict 
enumerates  a  considerable  number. 

CCXLIV.  1.  Dolus1.  The  circumstances  in  which  this  was  a 
ground  of  restitutio  have  already  been  considered  under  the  head  of 
delict2.  The  compilers  have  to  a  great  extent  suppressed  the  discus- 
sions of  it3. 

2.  Metus.   Also  dealt  with  in  the  law  of  delict4. 

3.  Minority5.     A  minor  was   entitled    to  restitutio  where   he   had 
suffered  damage  and  there  was  no  other  remedy6,  provided  he  applied 
within  an  annus  utilis  from  attaining  the  age  of  257,  but  not  if  he  had 
confirmed  his  action  at  any  time  after  reaching  that  age8,  an  act  forced 
on  him,  by  the  legal  position  in  which  he  was  placed,  being  no  con- 
firmation9.   Restitutio  was  not  given  as  a  matter  of  course;  it  must  be 
shewn  that  the  damage  was  due  to  his  minority,  i.e.  to  his  inexperience10, 
credulity  or  "facilitas,"  not  merely  where  it  turned  out  badly11,  or  the 
contract  was  made  by  his  predecessor  in  title12.    It  was  not  given  to 
relieve  a  minor  from  consequences  of  his  own  wrongdoing13,  or,  con- 
versely, to  enable  him  to  enforce  a  penalty,  as  opposed14  to  damages,  or 
where  he  pretended  to  be  of  full  age15.    It  is  to  be  observed  that  it  was 
for  his  own  defect,  not  for  fraud  in  the  other  party,  which  was  not 
essential16,  and  further  that  the  presence  of  guardians  at  the  transaction, 
even  where  they  carried  it  through  themselves,  did  not  necessarily  bar 
the  claim17. 

It  might  be  given  where  he  was  afiliusfamilias,  but  only  so  far  as  he 
was  interested,  not,  in  general,  for  the  benefit  of  the  paterfamilias18. 
Thus,  if  he  contracted  at  his  father's  order,  the  son,  if  sued  after  emanci- 

\  The  actio  doli  and  actio  metus  are  really  ways  of  enforcing  the  r.  i.  i.  This  explains 
why  they  were  not  treated  as  penal ;  the  restoration  avoids  any  penalty.  Hence  too  the 
purely  subsidiary  character  of  the  action  (4.  3.  1.  1,  4  sqq.).  Whether  there  was  a  special 
edict  giving  r.  i.  i.  for  dolus  as  there  was  for  metus  (4.  2.  1)  is  not  clear.  Two  texts  cited  to 
shew  it  are  late  (4.  1.  7;  42.  1.  33),  and  both  rest  on  rescripts.  See  however  Girard, 
Manuel,  430.  2  Ante,  §  com.  3  See  however  4.  1.  1 ;  4.  1.  7.  4  Ante,  §  ccin. 

5  For  opinions  as  to  difference  of  conditions  giving  rise  to  exceptio  and  actio  e  lege 
Plaetoria,  and  those  for  exceptio  doli  and  r.  i.  i.,  see  Debray,  Mel.  Girard,  1.  265  sqq.  It  is 
held  by  Partsch,  Negotiorum  gestio,  83  sqq.,  that  all  texts  giving  r.  i.  i.  to  pupilli,  on  trans- 
actions by  the  tutor,  are  interpolated.  Contra,  Solazzi,  Bull.  27.  296  sqq.  6  4.  4.  16.  pr.,  3; 
P.  1.  9.  7  4.  4.  1.  1;  4.  4.  19;  C.  2.  24.  1;  C.  2.  52.  7,  by  which  Justinian  limited  it  to 
four  actual  years.  Events  might  make  it  impossible,  see,  e.g.,  4.  4.  24.  2.  8  4.  4.  3.  2. 

9  C.  2.  45.  1 ;  h.  t.  2.    This  restriction  applies  only  to  his  claim  for  minority :  it  does  not 
follow  that  in  an  appropriate  case  he  would  not  have  an  exceptio  doli  as  an  adult  would. 

1 0  A  minor  may  be  relieved  against  another  where  only  one  was  captus,  4.4.11.6,  Ulp.  against 
Pomponius :  the  text  also  deals  with  the  case  where  both  are  capti.   If  a  minor  contracted 
and  gave  security  he  could  be  restitutus  in  respect  of  both,  4.  4.  13.  pr.  11  4.  4.  11. 
3,  4;  h.  t.  44.             12  4.  4.  1.  1.           13  4.  4.  9.  2.          14  4.  4.  37.  pr.  15  C.  2. 
42.  2.           16  4.  4.  7.  7.          17  4.  4.  39.  1;  h.  t.  47;  C.  2.  24.   1-5.           18  4.  4.  3.  4. 


xv]  REST1TUTIO  IN  INTEGRUM  715 

patio,  could  apply  for  relief1,  though  the  father  if  sued  quod  iussu  could 
not.  A  filia  could  get  relief  in  a  matter  of  dos,  because  of  her  interest2. 
If  the  son  contracted  not  iussu  patris  and  did  not  apply  for  relief,  the 
father  could  do  it  for  him  on  account  of  his  liability  de  peculio3,  which, 
on  principle,  could  not  exceed  that  of  the  son. 

4.  Absence4.   The  Edict  stated  a  number  of  cases  of  absence  which 
had  led  to  the  loss  of  property  or  the  barring  of  a  right  by  lapse  of  time, 
or  loss  of  an  action  for  failure  to  appear,  and  promised  restitutio  within 
an  annus  utilis  from  the  time  when  the  difficulty  ceased5.   The  cases 
mentioned  are  absence  compelled  by  fear,  or  bona  fide  on  State  affairs, 
or  imprisonment,  de  facto  slavery,  or  captivitas,  and  some  similar  cases 
of  absence  of  the  other  party,  so  that  proceedings  were  impossible.    It 
added  some  cases  other  than  absence;  a  magistrate  had  been  prevented 
by  intercessio  from  acting,  or  had  delayed  matters  so  that  the  claim  was 
time-barred,  or  the  other  party  was  one  who  could  not  be  in  ius  vocatus. 
It  added  a  proposition  that  the  same  relief  would  be  given  in  other 
similar  cases6.  The  normal  remedy  in  these  cases  was  an  actio  rescissoria. 

5.  Error.  This  was  riot  in  general  a  cause  of  restitutio,  but  the  Edict 
allowed  it  in  certain  procedural  cases,  some  cases  of  plus  petitio7,  and 
omission  of  an  exceptio  peremptoria*. 

6.  Alienation  mutandi  iudicii  causa9.    Where  a  person  threatened 
with  litigation  transferred  the  subject-matter  to  another  person,  so  as 
to  change  the  conditions  of  the  litigation,  the  praetor  gave  restitutio  in 
integrum  and  an  actio  annalis  in  factum,  for  the  interesse,  not  available 
against  the  heres.  The  cases  in  which  this  is  known  to  have  been  applied 
are  vindicatio  of  property  or  servitude,  e.g.  where  the  thing  was  trans- 
ferred to  a  "potentior,"  aquae  pluviae  arcendae  and  operis  novi  nuntiatio10. 
The  restitutio  is  suppressed  in  the  Digest,  no  doubt  because  vindicatio 
now  lay  against  one  who  had  dolo  malo  ceased  to  possess.    It  is  thus 
difficult  to  determine  the  field  of  each  remedy11. 

1  4.  4.  3.  4.  The  reference  to  action  before  emancipatio  is  in  part  at  least  interpolated. 
24.4.3.5.  3  4.  4.  27.  pr.  4  See  Lenel,  E.P.  1 1 7.  54.6.28.3,4. 

6  4.  6.  26.  9-28.  1.  7  G.  4.  53;  for  adults  only  where  the  error  was  an  entirely  ex- 

cusable one.  Inst.  4.  6.  33.  Another  case,  G.  4.  57.  8  G.  4.  125.  See  P.  1.  7.  2.  Lenel 
(E.P.  120)  points  out  in  44.  2.  2  similar  relief  in  a  " dilator ia"  case,  of  which  Gains  doubts 
the  possibility.  9  D.  4.  7.  10  C.  2.  54;  D.  4.  7.  3;  h.  t.  4.  Cases  coming  under 

'''quod  vi  aut  clam"  are  also  mentioned  in  h.  t.  3.  11  The  existence  of  this  r.  i.  i.  has 

been  denied.  See  for  discussion  and  statement  of  principal  views,  Pissard,  Jf.R.H.  34. 
377  sqq.;  Lenel,  Z.S.S.  37.  104;  Beseler,  Beitrdge,  2.  153  sqq.;  Kretschmar,  Z.S.S.  40. 
136  sqq.  The  machinery  was  independent  of  that  dealing  with  alienation  of  a  res  httgtosa. 
By  an  edict  of  Augustus,  no  doubt  a  direction  to  the  magistrates,  any  sale  of  property  the 
subject  of  pending  litigation,  by  the  plaintiff,  was  forbidden,  an  exceptio  being  given  in 
any  action  by  the  buyer,  who  was  also  liable  to  a  penalty,  presumably  only  if  he  acted 
knowing  the  state  of  things  (G.  4. 117  a;  Fr.  de  i.  fisci,  8).  The  exceptio,  which  may  have 
been  in  factum  and  stated  in  the  Edict  (Lenel,  E.P.  493),  did  not  prevent  sale  by  a 


716  RESTITUTIO  IN  INTEGRUM  [CH. 

There  were  other  cases  of  restitutio  of  less  importance.  Such  were  the 
cases  of  one  who  had  dealt  in  good  faith  with  a  pupillus  under  the 
auctoritas  of  one  who  was  not  in  fact  tutor1,  of  creditors  of  one  who  had 
been  adrogated  or  had  passed  into  manus2,  and  at  least  some  cases  of 
translatio  iudicii3. 

The  damage  against  which  relief  might  be  claimed  being  of  many 
kinds,  the  relief  itself  varied.  Thus,  where  a  right  of  action,  or  of  property, 
had  been  lost,  the  remedy  was  an  actio  rescissoria*,  in  which  there  was  a 
fiction  that  the  disqualifying  event  had  not  occurred.  Where  an  obliga- 
tion had  been  incurred,  the  remedy  might  be  an  exceptio5  or  denegatio 
actionis6.  Where  the  relief  was  against  entry  on  a  hereditas,  it  was  by 
refusal  of  actiones  hereditariae,  both  ways7.  In  some  cases  it  was  an 
actio  infactum  or  utilis  of  some  sort8.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  all  this  is  by 
ordinary  procedural  machinery.  The  praetor's  enquiry  resulted  in  a 
decree  of  restitutio,  but  the  further  steps  under  it,  apart  from  denegatio 
actionis,  were,  in  general,  judicial,  not  praetorian  cognitiones.  In  two 
texts,  however,  we  are  told  that  the  praetor  himself,  in  the  case  of  sale 
by  a  minor,  could  order  the  acts  needed  to  effect  the  restitutio9.  This  does 
not  appear  in  any  other  case. 

The  questions  remain:  against  whom  and  in  favour  of  whom  might 
restitutio  be  granted?  On  the  first  point  we  have  seen  that  the  rules  in 
dolus  differ  from  those  in  metusw.  Apart  from  this,  it  was  available 
against  the  wrongdoer  or  the  immediate  beneficiary  from  the  act,  or  his 
universal  successors,  but  not  against  ordinary  acquirers  from  him11, 
while  minors  could  get  restitutio  in  rem,  i.e.  against  any  holder,  the 
defendant  having  a  right  to  claim  from  his  auctoriz.  On  the  other  hand 
it  was  excluded  against  a  patron  or  pater  under  Justinian13  who  says  that 
the  classics  had  doubted,  and  a  decree  of  restitutio  was  of  no  avail 
against  persons  not  summoned  to  the  cognitio  of  the  praetor:  it  was  res 
inter  olios  acta1*. 

On  the  second  point,  there  is  an  express  provision  of  the  Edict  that 

defendant,  in  possession.  An  enactment  of  380  (C.  8.  36.  3)  dealt  with  gift  by  will  of  such 
things  by  either  party  and  provided,  in  effect,  that  the  bequest  should  not  be  operative 
till  the  litigation  was  over.  In  532  Justinian  declared  void  all  transfers  by  either  party,  a 
buyer  with  knowledge  being  bound  to  restore  the  property  and  pay  an  equivalent  penalty 
to  the  fiscus,  a  buyer  in  ignorance  being  entitled  to  recover  the  price  and  one- third  more 
(C.  8.  36.  5). 

1  27.  6.  1,  etc.         2  Ante,  §CXLI;  Lenel,  E.P.  113.         3  Ante,  §  CCXLI.         4  E.g.  4. 
6.  28.  5.  5  E.g.  4.  2.  9.  3.  6  E.g.  4.  4.  27.  1.  7  See  4.  2.  21.  5.  8  E.g. 

4.  5.  2.  1;  4.  7.  4.  5.  9  See  Girard,  Manuel,  1082,  n.  4.  D.  4.  4.  13.  1  is  explicit;  h.  t. 

24.  4  somewhat  less  so;  h.  t.  41,  also  cited  ib.,  has  probably  been  altered.  G.  attributes  the 
singularity  to  the  word  " animadvertam"  in  the  edict.  10  Ante,  §  ccrrr.  11  4.  6. 

21.  1.    M ilites  have  a  special  privilege,  4.  6.  17.  12  4.  4.  13.  1 ;  h.  t.  15.  13  C.  2. 

41.  2.  14  4.  4.  29.  2. 


xv]  MISSIO  IN  POSSESSIONEM  717 

the  heres  or  other  universal  successor  of  one  entitled  to  restitutio  in 
integrum  had  the  same  right  for  the  rest  of  the  time  which  was  left  to 
the  deceased,  with  a  further  provision  that  where  the  heres  was  himself 
a  minor  this  time  began  to  run  only  from  the  moment  when  his  minority 
ceased1.  Restitutio  against  dolus  or  metus  released  also  sureties  for  the 
person  affected2,  but  restitutio  of  a  minor  did  not  necessarily  release  his 
sureties  since  it  may  well  have  been  on  account  of  his  minority  that 
sureties  were  taken3.  They  were,  however,  released  if  there  was  any 
dolus  or  the  like4,  and  where  the  restitutio  was  against  acceptance  of  a 
hereditas,  any  sureties  were  released  whose  liability  was  undertaken  not 
for  the  man  affected,  personally,  but  for  him  in  his  capacity  as  heres5. 

It  should  be  noted  finally  that  there  were  cases  of  restitutio  not  pro- 
vided for  in  the  Edict,  but  resulting  from  juristic  interpretatio.  Thus 
where  one  had  brought  an  actio  de  peculio  and  had  not  obtained  full 
satisfaction,  he  could  get  restitutio  in  integrum  though  the  litis  con- 
testatio  had  consumed  his  right6.  This  was  clearly  classical.  There  are 
many  other  cases,  though  some  of  them  are  no  doubt  due  to  Justinian. 

CCXLV.  MISSIO  nv  POSSESSIONEM"*.  This  was  ordered  by  decretum 
of  a  magistrate  having  the  imperium,  and  thus  was  not  within  the  powers 
of  a  municipal  magistrate8.  It  may  be  described  generally  as  giving  to 
a  party  to  a  dispute,  actual  or  potential,  some  amount  of  possessory 
right  over  property.  Its  purposes  varied  and  thus  its  effects  were  not 
uniform.  In  some  cases  it  covered  the  whole  property  of  a  person,  in 
others  a  complex  of  property,  e.g.  a  hereditas,  not  necessarily  the  whole 
property  of  the  person  affected,  in  others  a  specific  thing.  Essentially  it 
was  provisional,  but  it  will  be  clear  on  examination  of  some  of  the  cases 
that  in  the  long  run  it  might  have  the  effect  of  destroying  civil  law 
rights.  The  chief  cases  were  the  following: 

Missio  in  possessionem  on  a  judgment,  with  the  connected  cases.  In 
a  certain  sense,  all  missio  in  possessionem  may  be  said  to  be  "m  servandae 
causa"  but  the  name  is  specially  applied  to  cases  in  this  group,  that  of 
iudicatus  or  condemnatus,  latitans,  indefensus,  deceased  insolvent  without 
a  heres,  one  who  has  made  cessio  bonorum,  and  qui  capitali  crimine 
damnatus  est9.  The  ultimate  effects  of  this  missio  have  been  considered; 
it  might  result  in  bonorum  venditio,  but  in  some  cases  the  decree  led  to 
the  appointment  of  a  curator  and  to  a  limited  right  of  sale  or  no  such 

1  4.  1.  6;  4.  4.  19;  Lenel,  E.P.  125.  2  4.  2.  14.  6;  C.  2.  23.  2.  3  P.  1. 

9.  6;  D.  4.  4.  13.  pr.;  C.  2.  23.  1,  2.  4  C.  2.  23.  2.  5  29.  2.  89.  6  Ante, 

§  ccxxxv  for  this  and  similar  cases.  7  See  Ramadier,  Missio  in  bona  rei  servandae 

causa.  Apart  from  the  cases  specially  provided  for  by  the  Edict  or  legislature  the  magis- 
trate might  apparently  give  m.  i.  p.  by  virtue  of  his  imperium,  causa  cognita,  where  cir- 
cumstances required  it.  8  2.  1.  4;  50.  1.  26.  9  As  to  this  case,  see  Lenel, 
E.P.  405. 


718  MISSIO  IN  POSSESSIONEM  [CH. 

right  at  all,  as  in  the  case  of  persons  of  senatorian  rank  or  pupilli  inde- 
fensi1. 

The  decree  gave  a  right  to  take  possession,  but  did  not  effect  the 
actual  transfer  of  possession  of  any  physical  thing,  in  fact  or  in  law.  The 
creditors  might  take  possession  for  custody,  but,  under  the  first  decree, 
might  not  expel  the  debtor2.  They  might  proceed  to  all  necessary  acts 
of  administration,  such  as  letting  the  property,  but  if  they  had  to  bring 
an  action  they  must  appoint  a  curator3.  They  had  an  actio  in  factum 
against  one  who  prevented  them  from  getting  control  of  items  of  the 
estate4.  They  were  liable  for  dolus5.  They  had  rights  to  contribution  for 
proper  expenses6,  the  actions  between  the  creditors  being  in  factum7.  It 
does  not  seem  that  the  existence  of  a  curator  affected  this  except  that 
where  there  was  one,  there  was  in  general  no  obligation  on  the  creditors 
themselves  to  administer8. 

Missio  in  bona  in  the  case  of  adrogatus  and  woman  in  manu9. 

Missio  in  bona  ems  qui  vindicem  dedit10. 

Missio  in  possessionem  of  pupillus  whose  tutor  has  failed  to  provide 
sustenance.  It  was  rei  servandae  causa  giving  the  right  to  possessio.  A 
curator  was  appointed  with  limited  administration;  he  might  sell  what 
must  be  sold.  It  was  post-edictal,  having  been  created  by  Severus  and 
Caracalla11. 

These  are  all  cases  covering  the  whole  estate  of  the  person  affected; 
there  was  another  group,  mostly  in  connexion  with  succession,  in  which 
it  was  a  whole  estate,  but  not  necessarily  the  whole  estate  of  the  other 
party. 

Missio  in  possessionem  dotis  conservandae  causa.  Little  is  known  of 
this  as  it  was  rendered  obsolete  by  Justinian's  provision  of  a  right  of 
hypothec12.  It  was  a  decree  giving  the  widow,  not  possessio  with  inter- 
dicts, but  merely  custody  of  her  deceased  husband's  property  to  secure 
her  dos.  She  had  a  right  of  administration,  could  take  rents,  and  sell 
"moveniia,"  and  must  allow  all  receipts  against  dos  and  interest13. 

Missio  in  possessionem  ex  Edicto  dim  Hadriani1*.  Where  there  was  a 

1  Ante,  §  ccxix.          2  41.  2.  3.  23.          3  42.  5.  14.  pr.          4  43.  4.  1.          5  42.  5. 
9.  pr.  6  42.  5.  9.  4.  7  42.  5.  9.  pr.  8  The  magister  had  only  to  attend  to 

the  venditio  bonorum.  His  appointment  did  not  dispense  the  creditors  from  administering, 
G.  3.  79.  A  curator  would  be  appointed  if  an  action  was  to  be  brought  or  defended  and 
probably  in  all  cases  in  which  the  matter  was  likely  to  involve  delay,  as  in  the  case  of  a 
pupil.  Apparently  also  if  it  was  necessary  to  sell  individual  assets  (26.  10.  7.  2;  42.  5.  14. 
pr.).  But  there  is  much  obscurity  about  the  various  cases  of  curatio  bonorum.  It  does  not 
seem  clear  that  the  missi  themselves,  apart  from  curator,  had  any  power  of  selling  fruits. 
Ramadier,  op.  cit.  98  sqq.  9  Ante,  §  CXLI.  10  Ante,  §  ccxv.  This  is  distinct 

from  the  cases  of  indefensus  and  the  like  and  is  in  a  different  part  of  the  Edict,  Lenel, 
E.P.  21.  11  26.  10.  7.  2;  Inst.  1.  26.  9.  12  Ante,  §  XL.  13  Lenel,  E.P. 

293,  cites,  as  referring  to  it,  6.  1.  9;  44.  3.  15.  4;  46.  3.  48;  50.  1.  26.  1;  C.  7.  72.  8. 
14.  C.  6.  33;  Lenel,  E.P.  350. 


xv]  MISS  10  IN  POSSESSIONEM  719 

will  formally  valid  but  alleged  to  be  ruptum  or  irritum,  or  a  substitute 
claimed  that  he  was  entitled,  the  scriptus  heres  could  claim  within  one 
year1  to  be  given  possession  of  what  was  possessed  by  the  deceased, 
pending  the  decision,  provided  the  will  had  been  formally  proved. 
Justinian  tells  us  that  the  aim  of  this  was  to  secure  the  tax  on  inherit- 
ances. Nothing  is  known  of  the  position  of  the  heres,  but,  as  he  paid  the 
tax,  he  must  have  had  a  power  of  administration.  Justinian  abolished 
the  system2. 

Missio  in  possessionem  ventris  nomine.  The  Edict  provided  that, 
where  a  woman  was  shewn  to  be  pregnant  of  a  child,  who,  if  born,  would 
be  suus  heres  of  the  deceased,  the  "venter"  could  have  missio  in  posses- 
sionem, a  curator  being  appointed3.  There  was  an  interdict4.  The  curator 
might  be  simply  to  the  "venter,"  in  which  case  the  creditors  had  custody 
of  the  estate,  or  to  the  bo  no,  also,  with  the  ordinary  powers  of  administra- 
tion5. The  woman  was  entitled  to  maintenance  out  of  the  estate,  in  any 
event6,  with  no  duty  to  account  even  though  no  successor  was  born  alive; 
it  was  more  important  that  the  child  should  be  secured  than  that  the 
estate  should  reach  the  other  person  entitled  without  diminution7.  This 
was  a  case  of  real  possessio;  it  was  in  fact  bonorum  possessio,  but  "  de- 
cretalis8." 

Missio  in  possessionem  ex  Carboniano  edicto.  This  also  was  bonorum 
possessio  decretalis9.  Where  it  was  alleged  that  an  impubes  set  up  as 
heres  was  not  really  entitled,  because  he  was,  e.g.,  a  supposititious  child, 
he  was  given  bonorum  possessio  under  this  edict,  with  the  ordinary 
results  of  bonorum  possessio  provided  satisdatio  was  given,  the  decision 
being  ordinarily  deferred  till  he  was  pubes10.  By  juristic  inference  from 
the  last  case  he  was  entitled  to  maintenance  in  any  event  out  of  the 
estate,  without  account11. 

Missio  in  possessionem  curatoris  furiosi  heredis.  Also  a  case  of  b.  p. 
decretalis12.  Where  a  furiosus  was  made  heres,  neither  he  nor  his  curator 
could  claim  ordinary  bonorum  possessio13,  but,  on  application,  he  or  his 
curator,  or  if  neither  of  them  applied,  those  entitled  in  his  absence,  could 
get  possession  with  ordinary  powers14,  until  he  became  capax  or  died, 
when  normal  bonorum  possessio  could  be  given  accordingly.  He  was 
presumably  entitled  to  maintenance  in  the  meantime16.  Justinian  abol- 
ished the  system,  and  provided  that  a  curator  could  apply  for  ordinary 


1  P.  3.  5.  16.  2  C.  6.  33.  3.  3  37.  9.  1.  2;  h.  t.  5.    Rescript  of  Hadrian  in 

case  of  dispute,  h.  t.  1.  14.  4  43.  4.  3.  2.  5  37.  9.  1.  17.  6  37.  9.  1.  19. 

7  37.  9.  1.  2,  3;  h.  t.  3.  8  38.  15.  2.  2-4;  ante,  §  CXL.  9  37.  10.  1.  pr.;  ante, 

§  CXL.  10  In  the  interest  of  the  child  the  praetor  might  authorise  immediate  hearing, 

37.  10.  3.  5.  11  37.  10.  5.  2,  3.  12  37.  3.  1.  13  //,.  14  37.  3.  1,  med. 

15  Arg.  from  preceding  cases. 


720  M1SS10  IN  POSSESSIONEM  [CH. 

bonorum  possessio  for  the  furiosus,   the  grant   becoming  void  if  the 
furiosus  died  still  insane  or  repudiated  it  on  reaching  sanity1. 

Missio  in  possessionem  si  heres  suspectus  non  satisdabit.  The  rules  of 
bonorum  separatio  contemplated  a  heres  clearly  insolvent2,  but  apart 
from  this  if  the  creditors  of  the  deceased  could  shew  that  the  solvency 
of  the  heres  was  doubtful,  they  were  entitled,  causa  cognita,  to  require 
security,  and,  failing  this,  to  missio  in  possessionem  of  the  hereditas,  and 
to  proceed  in  due  course  to  bonorum  venditio3. 

Missio  in  possessionem,  in  hereditatis  petitio,  if  the  possessor  evaded 
process.  It  was  of  the  hereditas  and  thus  differed  from  the  ordinary 
missio  in  possessionem  of  a  defendant  "latitans"  —that  was  over  all  his 
goods.  The  present  institution  is  due  to  Antoninus  Pius4.  The  missus 
took  the  fruits  and  kept  them,  thus  putting  pressure  on  the  other 
party. 

Missio  in  possessionem  where  the  question  whether  there  would  be 
a  heres  was  " diu  incertum."  The  decree  issued  only  "causa  cognita"  and 
if  necessary  it  might  authorise  the  appointment  of  a  creditor  as  curator5. 

Missio  in  possessionem  legatorum  servandorum  causa.  If  a  legacy  or 
fideicommissum  was,  by  reason  of  condition,  term  or  other  cause,  not 
immediately  paid,  the  beneficiary  was  entitled  to  security  from  the  heres, 
and  if  this  was  refused,  to  possessio  of  the  hereditas6.  The  main  rules 
have  already  been  stated7.  The  chief  effect  was  to  impose  on  the  legatee 
a  duty  to  preserve  the  assets,  and  to  give  him  a  sort  of  pledge  which  pre- 
vented the  heres  from  creating  any  rights  which  should  take  priority  of 
his8.  He  had  an  interdict,  and9,  at  least  in  later  law,  the  possession 
might  be  enforced  by  officers  of  court10.  A  further  right  created  by 
Caracalla,  under  which  one  whose  claim  was  clear  and  who  had  not 
received  payment  or  security,  could  after  six  months'  notice  enter  into 
possession  of  the  goods  of  the  heres  applied,  till  Justinian,  only  to  fidei- 
commissaries. 

There  remain  cases  of  missio  in  possessionem  of  specific  things. 

Missio  in  possessionem  in  rem  of  the  fideicommissary.  If  the  heres 
sold  property  of  which  there  was  a  fideicommissum  the  fideicommissary 
could  get  missio  in  possessionem  of  it  against  a  buyer  with  notice  of  the 
trust11,  and  we  are  told  that  this  would  be  enforced  "potestate  praetoris," 
an  officer  of  court  actually  carrying  out  the  order12.  The  text  is  not  above 
suspicion;  in  any  case  this  was  exceptional.  Justinian  abolished  the 

1  C.  5.  70.  7.  The  change  is  slight  in  effect :  no  need  of  a  decretum,  Girard,  Manuel, 
888.  An  inventory  must  be  made.  Similar  provisions  are  applied  to  other  gifts  by  will, 
h.  1.  7.  2  Ante,  §  ex.  3  42.  5.  31.  pr.-3.  4  42.  4.  7.  19.  5  42.  4.  8; 

h.  t.  9.  pr.  6  36.  3.  1 ;  h.  t,  13;  36.  4  passim.  7  Ante,  §  cxxn.  8  36.  4.  5. 

22;  h.  t.  11.  1.          9  43.  4.  3.  pr.;  Lenel,  E.P.  438.          10  36.  4.  5.  27.         11  P.  4.  1.  15. 
12  43.  4.  3.  pr. 


xv]  STIPULATIONES  PRAETOR1AE  721 

institution  calling  it  a  "  tenebrosissimus  error";  we  know  little  of  its 
working1. 

Missio  in  possessionem  damni  infecti  causa.  This  is  a  case  in  which 
damage  to  a  man's  property  was  threatened  by  the  ruinous  state  of  that 
of  his  neighbour.  The  original  remedy  was  by  legis  actio2,  but  this  was 
practically  superseded  by  praetorian  machinery3.  On  application  to  the 
praetor,  notice  and  other  formalities4,  he  would  order  that  security 
should  be  given  against  the  damage  (stipulatio  praetoria5),  and  if  this 
was  not  given  a  decree  " in  possessionem  ire"  would  issue6.  This  merely 
entitled  the  aggrieved  person  to  go  on  the  land  without  ejecting  the 
owner7,  and  apparently  it  might,  by  delegation,  be  issued  by  a  municipal 
magistrate8.  It  did  not  confer  actual  possessio,  but  there  was  an  actio  in 
factum  if  it  was  resisted9.  If  the  owner  of  the  ruinous  tenement  persisted 
in  refusing  security  or  putting  the  matter  right,  a  second  decree  might 
be  issued  by  a  magistrate  with  imperium,  giving  the  actual  right  of 
possessio10.  This  appears  to  have  conferred  actual  praetorian  ownership, 
excluding  the  old  owner  and  ripening  to  civil  ownership  by  usucapio11, 
but  there  were  provisions  protecting  the  rights  of  third  parties12. 

CCXLVI.  STIPULATIONS  PRAETORIAE™.  These  were  verbal  con- 
tracts, not  voluntary,  but  forced  on  a  party  to  a  dispute  by  the  praetor, 
and  giviiig  an  ordinary  action  if  the  promise  was  not  kept.  Refusal  to 
make  the  promise  was  dealt  with  differently  in  different  cases;  we  have 
already  seen  the  use  of  these  stipulations  in  procedure  and  how  refusal 
was  dealt  with14.  Apart  from  procedure  the  principal  cases  appear  to 
be  the  following. 

Damni  infecti.  As  we  have  seen  refusal  led  to  missio  in  possessionem. 
It  was  in  the  discretion  of  the  magistrate  whether  the  promise  should 
be  by  promise  or  by  surety15. 

1  C.  6.  43.  3.  2  Ante,  §  ccxm.  3  G.  4.  31.  4  39.  2.  4.  5.  5  G.  4. 

31.  6  39.  2.  4.  1.  7  See  39.  2.  4.  4.  8  39.  2.  4.  3.  9  39.  2.  4.  2. 

10  39.  2.  4.  4.  11  39.  2.  5.  pr.;  h.  t.  12.   No  doubt  even  the  second  decree  will  be 

nullified  if  the  person  liable  falls  into  line  before  the  usucapio  is  complete.  12  39.  2. 

5;  h.  t.  10  sq.  The  security  was  against  damage  within  a  certain  time  and  was  renewable, 
h.  t.  13.  15-15.  1.  The  interdict  mentioned  in  43.  4.  4.  pr.  is  presumably  available  only 
after  the  second  decree.  Arg.  39.  2.  4.  2.  13  Lenel,  E.P.  493.  We  are  told  that 

praetorian  stipulations  are  "ad  instar  actionis"  (16.  2.  10.  3;  44.  7.  37).  The  point  seems 
to  be  that  a  man  is  entitled  to  these  in  certain  circumstances,  under  the  Edict,  just  as  he 
may  be  entitled  to  an  action,  that  their  content  is  determined  by  the  Edict  (or  the  praetor, 
46.  5.  1.  10;  h.  t.  9),  so  that  he  is,  if  the  circumstances  entitling  him  arise,  in  much  the 
same  position  as  if  he  had  applied  for  an  action,  the  compulsory  stipulatio  providing  in  fact 
the  intentio  for  his  action.  As  to  the  distinction  between  stip.  praetoria,  iudicialis,  com- 
munis,  ante,  §  CLUE.  See,  for  another  classification  of  them,  46.  5.  1.  14  Ante,  §§  coxvi, 
CCXL.  Such  are  iudicatum  solvi,  pro  pr.  litis  et  v.,  de  rate,  etc.  15  39.  2.13.  1;  h.  t.  30, 

etc.  In  general,  if  on  his  own  land,  promise  suffices,  if  in  alieno,  satisdatio  needed,  h.  t. 
51.  2,  etc.  An  interpolated  text  makes  the  promise  binding  on  alienees  of  the  property, 
39.  2.  24.  1  a. 

B.  K.  L.  46 


722  STIPULATIONES  PRAETORIAE  [CH. 

Operis  novi  nuntiatio.  If  work  was  being  done  or  about  to  be  done  to 
land,  of  a  nature  to  injure  a  neighbour's  land,  e.g.  by  causing  a  great 
flow  of  water1  or  a  nuisance  of  smoke2,  or  to  interfere  with  his  rights, 
e.g.  light3,  the  neighbour  after  notice  given  on  the  spot  might  bring  the 
owner  before  the  praetor4.  If  a  prima  facie  case  was  shewn  the  praetor 
would  order  a  promissio  not  to  do  the  act,  the  words  being  so  framed 
that  there  was  no  liability  if  in  fact  the  work  was  lawful6.  If  the  promise 
was  refused  there  was  an  interdict6  or  in  some  cases  an  actio  infactum"7. 
The  promise  was  normally  by  surety8. 

Collatio  bonorum  vel  dotis.  This  has  already  been  considered9.  The 
promise  was  with  surety10.  If  it  was  refused  the  remedy  was  refusal  of 
bonorum  possessio  or  of  further  proceedings  under  itu. 

Under  the  /.  Falcidia12.  If  there  was  a  possibility  that  the  legacy 
would  have  to  be  cut  down,  a  promise  with  surety,  to  refund  propor- 
tionately, if  necessary,  could  be  exacted.  If  it  was  refused  the  action  on 
the  legacy  was  denied.  Similar  rules  were  in  practice  applied  to  fidei- 
commissa13. 

Eviction  of  the  hereditas.  The  praetor,  if  he  thought  fit,  causa  cognita, 
would  require  a  promise,  with  surety14,  to  restore  a  legacy  if  this  oc- 
curred15. Refusal  involved  denial  of  action  on  the  legacy16,  and  if  it  was 
inadvertently  paid,  without  security,  there  was  condictio  to  have  the 
security  given17. 

Usufruct  and  similar  rights18:  the  person  entitled  must  give  security 
for  proper  use,  and  for  restoration  on  expiry  of  the  right.  The  rules  were 
similar  to  those  in  the  last  case19. 

Legatee  against  universal  successor.  We  have  seen  that  security 
could  be  required,  with  surety20.  Refusal  involved  missio  in  posses- 
sionem. 

Rem  salvam  pupillo  fore.  This  and  the  means  of  enforcement  have 
been  considered21. 

Satisdatio  secundum  mancipium,  a  problematical  case22. 

1  As  to  the  old  actio  aquae  pluviae  arcendae,  where  the  work  is  already  done,  ante, 
§  CLXXXVTI.  See  also  for  other  remedies  where  the  work  has  been  done,  39.  1.  1. 
2  Arg.  8.  5.  8.  6.  3  39.  1.  5.  9.  Not  positive  servitudes,  h.  t.  14.  4  39.  1. 

1;  h.  t.  5.  2.  5  Lenel,  E.P.  524.  6  39.  1.  20.  pr.  7  39.  1.  20.  1. 

8  39.  1.  8.  2,  3.  The  machinery  is  uncertain,  the  compilers  having  altered  the  texts. 
The  nuntiatus  could  apply  for  remission  of  the  notice  (D.  43.  25).  This  seems  normally 
to  have  been  a  remissio  except  so  far  as  the  nuntians  had  a  right  of  prohibition  (39.  1.  1.  pr. 
or  on  giving  security — here  the  remissio  was  complete,  43.  24.  7.  2),  but  the  subsequent 
procedure  is  much  disputed.  See  for  principal  views  and  a  hypothesis,  Martin,  Etudes 
Girard,  1.  123  sqq.  9  Ante,  §  cxm.  10  37.  6.  1.  9.  11  37.  6.  2.  8;  h.  t.  3. 

12  Ante,  §  cxix.  13  35.  3.  1.  pr.;  h.  t.  3.  1;  h.  t.  6.  14  35.  3.  4.  pr. 

15  76. ;  h.  t.  8.  16  Arg.  35.  2.  53.  17  35.  3.  3.  10.  18  Ante,  §  xcv. 

19  Ante,  §  xcv.   See  7.  9.  7.  20  Ante,  §  CCXLV.  21  Ante,  §  LV.  22  See 

Lenel,  E.P.  521. 


xv]  INTERDICTS  723 

CCXLVII.  INTERDICTS1.  These  were  in  many  respects  the  most 
important  of  the  specially  praetorian  remedies.  The  Interdict  was  an 
order  of  the  magistrate2  issued  on  application  and  giving  rise  to  further 
proceedings  if  it  was  disregarded.  In  early  times  it  may  have  been  en- 
forced by  the  magistrate's  authority,  but,  as  we  know  it,  it  was  the 
initial  step  in  an  ordinary  piece  of  litigation,  with  special  formalities. 
It  was  in  form  praetorian  and  was,  in  most  cases,  set  forth  in  the  Edict. 
But  the  right  which  it  protected  was  not  necessarily  praetorian.  There 
were  many  rules  of  the  civil  law  for  breach  of  which  no  action  was  given, 
but  the  enforcement  of  them  was  left  to  the  imperium  of  the  magistrate. 
This  was  the  function  of  most  of  the  interdicts  which  related  to  public 
interests,  e.g.  those  for  the  protection  of  public  ways  and  places3.  But 
many  private  rights  were  similarly  protected.  The  XII  Tables  contained 
a  clause  entitling  a  man  to  enter  his  neighbour's  land  to  gather  fruits 
which  had  fallen  over  the  boundary.  This  was  enforced  by  the  interdict 
de  glande  legenda*,  and  there  were  others  of  the  same  type5.  How  the 
order  was  at  first  enforced  is  unknown,  but  it  is  probable  that  from  very 
early  times  it  was,  as  in  later  law,  by  sponsiones.  These  and,  no  doubt, 
many  other  interdicts,  existed  before  the  praetor  began  to  issue  general 
edicts.  This  is  a  fact  which  must  be  borne  in  mind,  since  it  helps  to 
explain  one  at  least  of  the  peculiarities  of  the  interdict. 

From  the  account  in  Gains  it  is  natural  to  assume  that  the  interdict 
was  a  provisional  remedy,  i.e.  that  it  and  its  dependent  procedure  did 
not  finally  settle  the  question  at  issue  but  merely  determined  which  of 
two  parties  was  to  be  plaintiff  and  which  defendant  in  some  litigation  of 
the  ordinary  kind  in  contemplation.  This  no  doubt  is  not  far  from  the 
truth  in  the  case  of  possessory  and  quasi-possessory  interdicts,  and,  in 
relation  to  two  of  these,  uti  possidetis  and  utrubi6,  it  is  evidently  their 
purpose  as  they  are  known  to  us  in  the  classical  law.  But  it  is  not  true 
of  many  other  interdicts,  of  de  glande  legenda,  or  of  the  mass  of  interdicts 
which  have  nothing  to  do  with  possession.  This  has  been  well  illustrated 
by  a  contrast7.  If  a  man  was  in  actual  enjoyment  of  a  way  over  land 
and  was  interfered  with  by  the  owner,  X,  he  could  get  the  interdict  de 
itinere,  forbidding  the  interference  and  practically  compelling  X,  if  he 
wished  to  stop  the  enjoyment,  to  bring  his  actio  negator  ia8,  in  which  the 
question  whether  there  really  was  a  right  of  way  would  be  finally 
settled9.  Nothing  could  be  more  provisional  than  the  operation  of  this 

1  Ubbelohde,  Die  Interdicte.  2  On  the  questions  of  its  basis  in  imperium  or 

iurisdicfio  and  of  the  capacity  of  municipal  magistrates,  see  Ubbelohde,  op.  cit.  1.  6  sqq. 
3  D.  43.  7-14.  4  43.  28;  Girard,  Textes,  17.  5  E.g.,  de  rnortuo  inferendo,  Lenel, 

E.P.  441;  si'  arbor... impendebit,  ib.  467,  etc.  6  Post,  §  CCXLJX.  7  Accarias,  Prdcis, 

2.  1217.  8  Ante,  §  ccxxvm.  9  43.  19.  1. 

46—2 


724  CLASSIFICATION  OF  INTERDICTS  [CH. 

interdict.  If  however  a  man  was  in  enjoyment  of  a  right  of  way  and 
wished  to  repair  the  path,  but  was  prevented  from  so  doing,  he  could 
get  an  interdict  forbidding  the  interference,  but,  to  succeed  under  it, 
he  must  prove  that  he  had  a  legal  right  to  repair  the  way1.  There  was 
nothing  provisional  about  this.  The  ordinary  possessory  interdicts  being 
fully  described  by  Gaius  are  better  known  to  us  than  any  others,  and, 
as  they  were  in  effect  provisional,  it  is  easy  to  fall  into  the  mistake  of 
supposing  that  the  provisional  character  is  due  to  something  inherent 
in  interdicts.  In  fact  it  has  nothing  to  do  with  their  character;  the  pro- 
visional character  is  in  the  right  of  possession.  So  soon  as  the  praetor 
had  resolved  that  a  peaceable  de  facto  enjoyment  should  not  be  inter- 
fered with  except  by  legal  process,  he  had  created  provisional  rights,  and 
the  protection  would  have  had  the  same  apparently  provisional  char- 
acter whether  it  had  been  by  interdict,  as  it  was  in  classical  law,  or  by 
possessory  action,  without  previous  issue  of  an  interdict,  as  it  was  in  the 
time  of  Justinian. 

CCXLVIII.  Interdicts  were  very  numerous.  Of  many  we  know  the 
form,  at  least  approximately2.  Of  others  we  know  only  that  they  existed, 
and  no  doubt  there  were  many  more  of  which  we  know  nothing.  Inter- 
dicts were  classed  in  many  ways  of  which  the  most  clear  and  exhaustive 
is  into  Exhibitory,  Restitutory  and  Prohibitory3. 

Exhibitory  interdicts.  They  were  orders  to  produce  a  person  or  thing 
the  subject  of  dispute.  They  ended  with  the  word  "exhibeas."  The  few 
known  interdicts  of  this  type  were  mostly  concerned  with  rights  over 
persons.  Thus  the  interdict  "quern  liberum,"  for  the  case  in  which  a 
freeman  was  alleged  to  be  wrongfully  detained,  ran:  "quern  liberum  dolo 
malo  retines  exhibeas*."  Of  the  same  type  were  those  for  the  production 
of  children  or  freedmen  alleged  to  be  wrongly  detained5,  and,  though 
this  was  later  than  the  Edict  of  Julian,  one  for  the  case  of  a  wife6.  In 
the  case  of  wife  and  children  the  production  would  be  folloAved  if  neces- 
sary by  another  interdict  of  the  prohibitory  type,  de  liberis  ducendis,  de 
uxore  ducenda7,  the  case  not  being  one  for  ordinary  actions.  For  property 
the  interdict  was  usually  not  needed  as  the  actio  ad  exhibendum*  sufficed, 
but  there  was  at  least  one  interdict  for  production  of  property,  i.e.  that 
de  tabulis  exhibendis  for  the  case  of  a  will  alleged  to  be  wrongly  sup- 
pressed9. There  would  be  difficulty  in  the  actio  ad  exhibendum,  since  till 

1  43.  19.  3.  11.  For  other  interdicts  involving  proof  of  proprietary  right,  Ubbelohde, 
op.  cit.  1.  170.  He  holds  that  about  half  the  known  interdicts  are  definitive — among  them 
many  relating  to  private  land.  But  in  many  of  the  cases  the  evidence  is  insufficient. 
2  See  especially  Lenel,  E.P.  430  sqq.,  where  the  known  interdicts  are  collected.  3  G.  4. 
140—142;  Inst.  4.  15.  1.  See,  generally,  on  classifications  of  interdicts,  Berger,  Z.S.S. 
36.  176  sqq.  4  43.  29.  1.  pr.  5  43.  30.  1.  pr.;  G.  4.  162;  Inst.  4.  15.  1.  6  43. 

30.  2.  7  43.  30.  2;  h.  t.  3.  pr.  8  Ante,  §  CLXXXVH.  9  43.  5.  1.  pr. 


xv]  CLASSIFICATION  OF  INTERDICTS  725 

the  contents  of  the  will  were  known  it  was  impossible  to  say  who  had 
a  right  to  it.  Thus,  if  it  was  the  will  of  a  living  man,  the  interdict  did  not 
apply,  but  the  actio  ad  exhibendum  did,  because  he  was  the  owner1. 

Rcstitutory  interdicts.  These  interdicts,  which  were  numerous,  were 
essentially  orders  to  restore  or  undo  something  which  had  been  done 
contrary  to  law,  ending  with  the  word  "restituas*."  Many  of  them  dealt 
with  public  rights  such  as  those  ordering  an  end  to  be  put  to  inter- 
ferences with  solum  publicum,  sacrum,  sanctum,  public  ways,  rivers, 
etc.,  e.g.,  "  quod  in  flumine  publico  ripave  eius  immissum  habeas  si  ob  id 
aliter  aquafluit  quam  priore  aestate  fluxit,  restituas3."  Others  dealt  with 
private  rights,  e.g.  the  interdict  de  precario  for  restoration  of  what  was 
given  in  precario*,  the  inter -dictum  fraudatorium  to  set  aside  transactions 
in  fraud  of  creditors5,  the  interdict  quod  vi  out  clam,  which  ran:  "quod 
vi  aut  clamfactum  est,  qua  de  re  agitur,  id,  si  nonplus  quam  annus  est  cum 
experiendi  potestas  est,  restituas6,"  and  others  with  which  we  shall  have 
to  deal  in  connexion  with  possessory  interdicts,  e.g.,  quam  hereditatem 
and  its  congeners7,  quod  legatorum8,  quorum  bonorum9  and  unde 


vi™. 


Prohibitory  interdicts.  This  was  the  most  numerous  class.  These 
interdicts  forbade  some  act  and  usually  ended  with  "veto"  or  "vim  fieri 
veto,"  where  they  were  prohibitions  of  interference  with  some  act  of 
enjoyment,  but  some  of  them,  e.g.  that  forbidding  interference  with 
public  rivers,  had,  according  to  Lenel,  a  different  form.  This  interdict 
he  states  as:  "ne  quid  in  flumine  publico  ripave  eius  facias,  neve  quid  in 
flumine  publico  neve  in  ripa  eius  immittas  quo  statio  iterve  navigio  deterior 
sit  flat11."  Many  prohibitory  interdicts  dealt  with  interference  with  en- 
joyment of  public  ways  and  rivers  and  the  like,  such  as  that  last  men- 
tioned, the  group  of  prohibitory  interdicts  dealing  with  loca  publica, 
sacra,  sancta,  etc.12  (which  ran  parallel  with  those  ordering  restitution 
in  case  of  past  interference  and  with  others  forbidding  interference  with 
persons  repairing  them13)  and  others14.  Some  dealt  with  similar  inter- 

1  43.  5.  1.  10.  2  Ubbelohde,  op.  tit.  1.  195  sqq.  3  43.  12.  1.  19.  These  are 

interdicta  popular  ia.  As  to  the  measure  of  damages  in  these  cases,  Ubbelohde,  op.  at. 
1.  47  sqq.  4  43.  26.  2.  pr.;  ante,  §  CLXXXI.  5  42.  8.  10.  pr.;  ante,  §  com. 

6  43.  24.  See  Lenel,  E.P.  464.  This  remedy  is  available  where  anyone  has  done  an  act, 
secretly  or  by  force  (and  both  these  words  are  construed  very  freely,  e.g.  a  word  of  protest 
makes  the  act  "vi,"  43.  24.  1.  5  sqq.),  by  which  harm  is  caused  to  the  soil,  or  to  buildings  or 
the  like,  permanently  part  of  it.  It  is  indifferent  where  the  act  was  done,  though  most  of 
the  texts  deal  with  acts  done  on  the  injured  land.  It  is  indifferent  that  the  act  itself  was 
lawful:  the  conditions  in  which  it  was  done  make  it  a  wrong.  The  interdict  is  annua.  As 
in  the  other  cases  in  this  group  Justinian's  treatment  of  the  texts  makes  the  matter  some- 
what obscure  (D.  43.  24).  7  Post,  p.  729.  8  Ante,  §  oxxxvn.  9  Ante, 
§cxxxvn.  10  43.  16.  1.  pr.  11  43.  13.  1.  pr.;  Lenel,  E.P.  444.  12  43. 
6  sqq.  13  43.  11.  14  de  via  publica,  43.  10;  de  cloacis,  43.  23. 


726  CLASSIFICATION  OF  INTERDICTS  [CH. 

ferences  with  private  ways  and  the  like1,  of  which  that  de  itinere  may 
be  taken  as  an  example:  "quo  itinere  quo  de  agitur,  hoc  anno  nee  vi  nee 
clam  nee  precario  ab  illo  usus  es  quominus  ita  utaris  vim  fieri  veto2." 
Others  enforced  ancient  rules  affecting  relations  of  adjoining  owners3. 
Others  ordered  the  handing  over  of  a  child  (later  a  wife)  unjustly  de- 
tained4. Others  dealt  with  rights  of  burial5,  others  were  part  of  the  pro- 
cedure under  operis  novi  nuntiatio6.  One  dealt  with  interference  with 
removal,  by  a  tenant,  of  a  slave  not  subject  to  a  lien  for  rent7,  and  there 
were  in  addition  the  numerous  interdicts  we  shall  have  to  consider  in 
dealing  with  possessory  interdicts.  According  to  Gaius  these  prohibitory 
interdicts  were  called  Interdicts,  in  a  narrow  sense,  the  other  groups 
being  also  called  Deer  eta9. 

Before  passing  to  other  classifications  it  should  be  noted  that  the 
peremptory  form  of  interdicts  masks  two  characteristics,  which  will  be 
considered  more  in  detail  in  connexion  with  the  procedure  under  them. 
The  interdict  stated  precisely  the  circumstances  in  which  the  duty 
arose,  so  that  it  was  a  merely  conditional  order,  as  can  be  seen  by  ex- 
amining those  set  out  above.  Further,  the  peremptory  form  does  not 
really  indicate  any  direct  coercive  process  of  the  praetor.  The  subsequent 
proceedings,  in  case  of  dispute,  were,  after  certain  preliminaries,  merely 
ordinary  actions  resulting  in  a  condemnatio  or  absolutio  with  the  usual 
characteristics. 

CCXLIX.  Interdicts  are  also  classified  as  Non  Possessory  and 
Possessory.  The  latter  were  by  far  the  most  important  in  the  private 
law,  but  the  different  types  of  non  possessory  interdicts  already  men- 
tioned need  a  few  remarks.  Some  were  for  the  protection  of  private 
rights,  not  dependent  on  possession,  of  which  class  de  glande  legenda  is  an 
example.  Others  were  so  far  private  that  they  dealt  with  the  prevention 
of  the  enjoyment  by  a  particular  person  of  a  public  right.  Such  was  the 
interdict:  ''ut  via  publica,  ire  agere  liceat9."  Others  were  simply  for  the 
protection  of  public  rights,  e.g.  that  for  preventing  interference  with,  or 
damage  to,  a  public  way.  Of  this  interdict  we  are  expressly  told  that  it 
aimed  at  utilitas  publica  and  that  it  was  popular  e,  i.e.  could  be  brought 
by  anyone10.  It  must  be  remembered  that  the  mode  of  enforcement  here 
was  the  same  as  in  private  interdicts. 

1  De  fonle,  43.  22;  de  fonte  reficiendo,  43.  22.  1.  10;  de  itinere  privato,  43.  19;  de  itinere 
private  reficiendo,  43.  19.  3.  11;  de  aqua,  43.  20;  de  rivis,  43.  21,  etc.  2  43.  19.  1.  pr- 

3  de  glande  legenda,  above,  43.  28,  and  de  arboribus  caedendis,  for  interference  with  one  who 
cuts  away  trees  overhanging  his  land,  43.  27.   Both  these  enforce  rules  in  the  XII  Tables. 

4  De  liberis  ducendis,  de  uxore  ducenda,  43.  30.  2.  pr. ;  h.  t.  3.  5  De  mortuo  in- 
fer endo,  de  sepulchro  aedificando,  43.  1.  2.  1.             6  Ante,  §  CCXLVI.  7  De  migrando, 
43.32.                8  C4.  4.  140;  Inst.  4.  15.  1.                 943.1.2.1.                10  43.  8.  2.  2;  h.  t. 
2.  34. 


xv]  POSSESSORY  INTERDICTS  727 

Possessory  interdicts  were  either  Single  or  Double1,  the  nature  of 
which  distinction  will  appear  in  the  discussion  of  the  procedure.  They 
were  subdivided  into  three  groups,  adipiscendae,  retinendae  and  recu- 
perandae  possessionis  causa2  (with  a  group,  mixed,  or  double,  in 
another  sense  in  that  they  might  be  either  adipiscendae  or  recuperandae 
possessionis  causa)3.  They  are  the  appropriate  remedy  for  the  provisional 
right  of  possessio  already  considered4.  Besides  the  true  possessory  inter- 
dicts there  were  others  in  modified  form  for  the  analogous  protection 
necessary  for  the  so-called  quasi-possessory  rights5  arising  in  connexion 
with  res  incorporates,  usufruct  and  the  like. 

(i)  Adipiscendae  possessionis  causa.  These,  as  their  name  shews,  were 
the  machinery  by  which  possession  was  obtained  by  one  entitled  to  it 
who  had  not  yet  had  possession.  The  most  important  of  these  was  the 
interdict  quorum  bonorum  for  the  enforcement  of  bonorum  possessio*. 
Closely  connected  with  it  was  the  interdict  quod  legatorum,  by  which 
the  bonorum  possessor  gained  possession  from  one  who  held  the  property 
against  his  will  on  the  pretext,  true  or  not,  of  being  a  legatee  under  the 
will7.  Others  were: 

Interdictum  sectorium,  the  means  by  which  the  buyer  of  the  estate  of 
a  debtor  to  the  fiscus,  usually  in  cases  of  forfeiture,  could  gain  possession 
of  what  was  in  the  hands  of  third  persons8. 

Interdictum  Salvianum,  to  enforce  the  landlord's  hypothec  for  rent9. 

Interdictum  possessbrium.  One  of  the  remedies  of  the  bonorum  emptor 
in  bonorum  venditio.  Little  is  known  of  it.  The  name  is  not  official10. 

Interdictum  fraudatorium.  One  of  the  means  of  setting  aside  acts  in 
fraud  of  creditors11.  There  is  no  real  authority  for  the  name,  and  the 
compilers  of  the  Digest  have  so  confused  the  different  remedies  that 
little  can  be  said  of  its  rules12. 

(ii)  Retinendae  possessionis  causa13.  These  were  so  called  as  having 
the  function  of  securing  a  possessor,  whose  title  was  disputed,  in  his 
actual  holding,  though  in  their  working,  as  will  shortly  be  seen,  they 

1  G.  4.  156,  160;  Inst.  4.  15.  7.  2  G.  4.  143;  Inst.  4.  15.  2.  3  43.  1.  2.  3  in  f.; 

Vat.  FT.  92;  post,  p.  729.  4  Ante,  §  Lxxn.  5  E.g.  43.  17.  4;  43.  18.    As  to 

the  terminology,  ante,  §  LXXU.  6  43.  2.  1 ;  ante,  §  cxxxvn.    According  to  Lenel,  it 

ran  (E.P.  456):  "Quorum  bonorum  ex  edicto  meo  illi  possessio  data  est,  quod  de  his  bonis 
pro  herede  aut  pro  possessore  possides,  possideresve  si  nihil  usucaptum  esset  quodque  ille 
male  fecisti  uti  desineres  possidere,  id  illi  restituas."  7  43.  3.  1.  2;  Vat.  FT.  90.  Some 
texts  give  this  interdict  to  the  heres  as  such  (C.  8.  3.  1;  D.  35.  2.  1.  11;  h.  t.  26.  pr.;  46. 
3.  40).  This  was  formerly  accepted  as  classical  law  and  this  view  has  recently  been  revived 
by  Lotmar,  Z.S.S.  31.  129.  But  it  is  generally  held  that  the  texts  are  interpolated.  A 
legislative  change  about  200  A.D.  is  possible,  on  which  view  C.  8.  3.  1  would  be  genuine. 
See  Lenel,  E.P.  437;  Mel.  Girard,  2.  63;  Perrot,  £t.  Oirard,  1.  171.  8  G.  4.  146. 

9  Ante,  §  CLXVI.  10  G.  4.  145.  11  Ante,  §  com.  12  See  Lenel,  E.P.  475. 

It  is  held  by  many  writers  that,  notwithstanding  G.  4.  144  sqq.,  these  interdicts  are  not 
properly  called  possessory.  13  G.  4.  148;  Inst.  4.  15.  4. 


728  POSSESSORY  INTERDICTS  [CH. 

might  operate  quite  differently.  There  were  two  principal  forms  with 
variants.  They  were  the  two  double  interdicts,  uti  possidetis  and 
utrubi1,  the  use  of  which,  as  we  know  them,  was  to  determine  which  of 
two  parties  was  to  have  possession,  and  the  resulting  advantageous 
position  of  defendant,  in  an  impending  real  action,  the  burden  of  proof 
being  of  course  on  the  plaintiff. 

Uti  possidetis.  This  was  used  in  the  case  of  land.  In  classical  law  it 
ran  somewhat  as  follows:  "uti  nunc  eas  aedes  quibus  de  agitur  nee  vi  nee 
clam  nee  precario  alter  ab  altero  possidetis  quominus  ita  possideatis  vim 
fieri  veto2."  Thus  the  possession  was  by  these  terms  adjudged  to  the 
actual  possessor  unless  he  had  obtained  it  vi  clam  or  precario  from  the 
other,  in  which  case  it  was  given  to  that  other.  In  that  case  it  did  not, 
strictly,  retain  possession;  no  doubt  the  words  producing  that  effect 
were  not  part  of  the  primitive  structure  of  the  interdict. 

Utrubi.  This  was  the  interdict  for  moveables:  "utrubi  hie  homo  quo 
de  agitur  maiore  parte  huiusce  anni  nee  vi  nee  clam  nee  precario  ab  altero 
fuit,  quominus  is  eum  ducat  vim  fieri  veto5."  Here  the  possession  was 
adjudged  to  that  party  who  had  held  it  longer  than  the  other  in  the 
past  year,  a  difference  of  considerable  importance4.  The  differences  were 
gone  under  Justinian  when  both  interdicts,  or  rather  the  possessory 
actions  which  had  taken  their  place,  were  governed  by  the  same  rule, 
that  of  uti  possidetis5. 

Besides  these,  there  were  accessory  forms,  such  as  uti  possidetis  utile, 
for  usufruct6  and  no  doubt  usus,  and  the  interdict  de  superficiebus 
modelled  on  uti  possidetis  for  the  case  of  superficies'7. 

(iii)  Recuperandae  possessionis  causa*.  These,  as  their  name  shews, 
were  for  the  purpose  of  recovering  a  possession  of  which  one  had  been 
deprived. 

De  vi  cottidiana9.  Anyone  who  had  been  turned  out  of  possession, 
by  force  of  an  ordinary  character  (non  armata)  had  this  interdict  to 
recover  possession.  It  ran:  "wide  in  hoc  anno  tu  ilium  vi  deiecisti  aut 
familia  tua  deiecit  cum  ille  possideret  quod  nee  vi  nee  clam  nee  precario  a 
te  possideret  eo  ilium  quaequeille  tune  ibi  habuit  restituas10."  This  is  very 
like  uti  possidelis,  and  would  often  be  alternative  to  it.  It  was  confined 
to  the  case  of  dispossession  from  land  by  real  force11,  and  was  brought 

1  It. ;  D.  43.  17;  43.  31.  As  to  the  use  of  ufi  possidetis  in  later  law  against  a  mere 
trespasser  who  raises  no  counter-claim  of  right  (43.  17.  3.  2-4),  see  Girard,  Manuel,  285 
and  reff.  2  43.  17.  1.  pr.;  G.  4.  160;  Lenel,  E.P.  453;  Festus,  s.v.  possessio. 

3  G.  4.  160;  D.  43.  31.  1.  pr.  4  G.  4.  151,  152.    It  is  important  notably  in  con- 

nexion with  the  operation  of  the  1.  Cincia  on  donatio.  Ante,  §  xci.  As  to  accessio  possessionum, 
G.  4.  151.  5  Inst.  4.  15.  4.  6  43.  17.  4;  Vat.  Fr.  90.  7  43.  18.  1  pr. 

8  G.  4.  154;  Inst.  4.  15.  6.  9  43.  16.  1.  10  Lenel,  E.P.  449.  11  43.  16.  1.  3. 

Under  Justinian  even  a  naturalis  possessor  has  it,  43.  16.  1.  9,  10.  But  this  probably  means 
one  not  in  via  usucapiendi. 


xv]  POSSESSORY  INTERDICTS  729 

by  the  person  so  dispossessed,  as  a  single  interdict,  against  the  dis- 
possessor,  a  state  of  facts  which  would  give  uti  possidetis  too.  It  had  the 
advantage  that  it  covered  not  only  the  land  but  also  "quaeque  ibi 
habuit1,"  and,  according  to  one  view,  the  disadvantage  that  it  created 
on  recovery  a  new  possession2,  while,  it  is  said,  that  recovered  by  uti 
possidetis  was  regarded  as  the  old  possession3.  And  the  limitation,  "hoc 
anno,"  does  not  appear  in  uti  possidetis. 

De  vi  armata.  This  ran:  "unde  tu  ilium  vi  hominibus  coactis  armatisve 
deiecisti  autfamilia  tua  deiecit,  eo  ilium  quaeque  tune  ibi  habuit  restituas*." 
There  was  no  limitation  to  the  year,  though  Justinian  may  have  intro- 
duced it5.  The  fact  that  the  ejected  person  himself  held  vi  clam  aut  pre- 
cario  from  the  ejector  was  no  defence.  In  later  law  this  clause  disap- 
peared altogether  and  the  two  interdicts  were  one,  the  interdict  unde  vi6. 
It  is  supposed  that  the  interdicts  de  uiwere  older  than  uti  possidetis,  which 
would  account  for  the  overlapping7. 

De  precario.  This  was  the  interdict  by  which  an  owner  recovered 
from  one  to  whom  he  had  made  a  grant  in  precario*.  It  ran:  "Quod 
precario  ab  illo  habes  aut  dolo  malo  fecisti  ut  desineres  habere,  qua  de  re 
agitur,  id  illi  restituas9." 

Inter  dicta  mixta.  The  name  is  not  authoritative:  they  are  called 
duplicia10.  They  might  have  the  effect  of  giving  possession  to  one  who 
had  not  possession  before  or  of  restoring  possession  to  one  who  had  had 
it  before,  so  that  they  were  either  recuperandae  or  adipiscendae  p.  c. 
according  to  circumstances.  They  were  quern  fundum,  quam  hereditatem, 
quern  usumfructum,  and  perhaps  quam  servitutem11.  Their  use  was  this. 
In  a  real  action  the  person  who  received  interim  possession  must  give 
security12.  If  he  failed  to  do  so  this  interdict  issued,  under  which  he 
would  have  to  give  it  to  the  other  if  he  in  turn  offered  security.  Lenel 
reconstructs  it13,  hypothetically,  as:  "quemfundum  ille  a te  vindicare  vult 
quern  possides  dolove  malo  fecisti  quominus  possideres  si  rem  nolis  de- 
fendere  eoque  nomine  tibi  satisdatum  est  aut  per  te  stat  quominus  satisdetur 
restituas."  The  changes  in  the  law  of  security  in  later  law  rendered  these 
interdicts  obsolete14. 

1  43.  16.  1.  33.  2  See  41.  3.  15.  2,  as  shewing  the  possible  effect  on  usucapio. 

See  41.  4.  7.  4.  3  See  however  Appleton,  Propriete  Pretorienne,  §§  207,  208. 

4  Lenel,  E.P.  450.  5  See  43.  16.  3.  12,  and  Lenel,  E.P.  451.  6  43.  16.  1. 

pr.  Discussion  as  to  what  amounts  to  armed  force,  43.  16.  3.  2  sqq.  7  The  same  may  be 
true  of  an  uncertainly  evidenced  interdict  de  clandestina  possessione,  Lenel,  E.P.  453,  n.  3. 
As  to  the  so-called  interdictum  momentariae  possessionis  of  later  law  and  other  late  pro- 
tections against  violent  dispossession,  see  Cuq,  Manuel,  323.  8  43.  26 ;  ante,  §  CLXXXI. 
9  Lenel,  E.P.  466.  10  43.  1.  2.  3  in  f.  It  will  be  remembered  that  uti  possidetis  and 
utrubi  are  duplicia  in  a  sense  much  more  important  from  the  point  of  view  of  procedure. 
11  Ulp.  Inst.,  FT.  4  (Girard,  Textes,  489);  Vat.  Fr.  92.  12  Ante,  §  CCXL.  13  Lenel, 

E.P.  458.  14.  Ante,  §  CCXL. 


730  PROCEDURE  UNDER  INTERDICTS  [CH. 

There  were  other  interdicts  to  which  the  same  name  might  be  given. 
Thus  the  interdict  "  ne  vis  fiat  ei  qui  in  possessionem  missus  est"  lay 
whether  the  holder  refused  to  let  possession  be  taken  or  ejected  the 
missus1,  so  that  it  was  both  adipiscendae  and  recuperandae  possessionis 


causa2. 


CCL.  The  procedure  under  interdicts  was  somewhat  complicated. 
The  distinctions  just  stated  do  not  for  the  most  part  greatly  affect  it, 
but  we  must  bear  in  mind  that  between  single  and  double  interdicts, 
which  is  fundamental  in  the  matter,  and  that  between  prohibitory  and 
others  which  also  has  a  certain  bearing. 

The  procedure  under  single  interdicts  was  simpler  than  that  under 
double  interdicts  and  will  be  first  dealt  with.  Confining  ourselves  for 
the  present  to  prohibitory  interdicts  we  may  take  the  case  that  A 
alleged  that  he  had  been  in  enjoyment  of  a  certain  right  and  that  B 
had  interfered  with  it.  A  would  apply  for  an  interdict  and  one  would 
be  issued  to  him,  without  discussion,  in  a  form  prohibiting  any  inter- 
ference, but  always  containing  limiting  words  to  shew  that  the  pro- 
hibition had  no  application  unless  the  de  facto  enjoyment  was  of  the  kind 
the  praetor  meant  to  protect.  Thus  in  the  interdict  de  itinere  privato, 
for  example,  the  form  was:  "I  forbid  force  to  be  done  by  which  A  is 
prevented  from  enjoying  that  right  of  way  which  he  has  been  enjoying 
in  the  present  year,  his  enjoyment  not  having  been  obtained  from  B  by 
force  or  secretly  or  by  permission3."  Here  it  must  be  noted  that  the 
mention  of  a  year  had  nothing  to  do  with  prescription.  The  question 
was  not  whether  he  had  acquired  the  right  by  lapse  of  time,  but  whether 
there  had  in  fact  been  a  peaceable  enjoyment,  so  recent,  and  so  full,  as 
to  raise  a  presumption  of  rightfulness  such  that  the  praetor  thought  it 
ought  not  to  be  interfered  with  except  by  legal  process. 

If,  now,  A  was  not  interfered  with  there  would  be  no  further  process. 
But  if  his  right  was  really  disputed,  if  B  really  intended  to  deny  the 

1  43.  4.  1.  3.    As  to  these  cases,  see  ante,  §  CXLV.    For  other  interdicts  of  a  "mixed" 
type,  see  Ubbelohde,  op.  cit.  1.  183  sqq.  2  Ulpian  in  the  Digest  gives  other  classi- 

fications of  interdicts.  Some  refer  to  the  past,  e.g.  restitutory,  others  to  the  present,  e.g., 
uti  possidetis,  43.  1.  1.  2.  Some  he  says  are  annalia,  some  perpetua,  h.  1.  4.  Thus  while  most 
interdicts  are  perpetua,  unde  vi  and  others,  having  a  penal  character,  are  annua,  e.g.  43.  4.  1. 
8;  43.  16.  1.  pr.  Paul  (43.  1.  2)  tells  us  that  some  aredivini  iuris,  e.g.,  nequid  in  loco  sacro 
fiat,  others  hominum  causa.  Of  the  latter  some  are  publicae  utilitatis,  others  privatae.  Of 
those  of  private  utility,  some  are  iuris  sui  tuendi  causa,  e.g.,  de  liberis  exhibendis,  some 
officii  causa,  e.g.,  de  libero  homine  exhibendo,  others  rei  familiaris  causa.  Of  these  some 
raise  the  actual  question  of  right,  e.g.,  de  itinere  reficiendo.  Others  deal  only  with  posses- 
sion. He  also  tells  us  that  some  are  noxal,  and  instances  unde  vi  and  quod  vi  aut  clam, 
h.  t.  5  (see  Buckland,  Slavery,  128).  Ulpian  also  tells  us  that  interdicts  are  in  rem  scripta 
but  essentially  in  personam  (h.  t.  1.  3).  The  latter  fact  is  obvious:  the  statement  that  they 
are  in  rem  scripta  seems  to  mean  only  that  as  standing  forms  in  the  Edict  they  cannot 
specify  the  person  against  whom  they  may  be  issued.  3  43.  19.  1.  pr. 


xv]  PROCEDURE  UNDER  INTERDICTS  731 

right  of  way,  and  also  thought  that  A's  enjoyment  had  not  been  such 
as  satisfied  all  the  requirements  of  the  interdict,  he  would  proceed  to 
use  some  force  in  order  to  raise  the  question.  The  point  was  that  if  B 
merely  acquiesced  in  the  interdict,  the  result  would  be  that  he  would 
not  be  able  to  put  a  stop  to  ^4's  enjoyment  except  by  bringing  his  actio 
negatoria,  in  which  he  would  have  the  burden  of  proof1.  If,  however,  B  used 
force  and  A  proceeded  under  the  interdict,  and  could  not  prove  that  he 
had  been  enjoying  in  the  past  year,  to  the  necessary  extent2,  or  B  proved 
that  it  was  vi  clam  aut  precario  from  him,  B  would  win  in  the  interdict 
and  could  now  disregard  A  altogether,  obstructing  his  way,  and  leaving 
him  either  to  abandon  it  or  to  bring  an  actio  confessoria3,  in  which  he 
must  prove  that  he  had  a  legal  right  to  the  servitude.  If  A  proved  the 
enjoyment  and  B  failed  to  prove  one  of  the  defects,  A  would  win  in  the 
interdict,  and  B  must  abandon  his  objections  or  bring  his  actio  negatoria. 

The  force  used  by  B  would  be  merely  formal,  but  enough  to  raise  the 
issue,  as  it  amounted  to  disregard  of  the  interdict.  The  parties  went 
before  the  praetor  and  the  question  was  raised:  had  B  disobeyed  the 
interdict?  The  point,  wrhich  would  be  tried  by  a  index,  was  raised  in  a 
noteworthy  way,  similar  to  that  in  real  actions  per  sponsionem.  A  asked 
B:  "Do  you  promise  to  pay  me  10  if  you  have  disobeyed  the  interdict4?  " 
B  answered:  "I  promise,"  and  asked  by  way  of  restipulatio,  "Do  you 
promise  me  10  if  I  have  not  disobeyed  the  interdict?  "  and  A  promised. 
The  two  stipulations  were  practically  a  bet.  Each  then  proceeded  to 
sue  for  the  amount,  i.e.  two  formulae  for  condictio  certae  pecuniae  were 
issued,  one  to  A,  one  to  B.  Here  three  points  must  be  noted: 

(i)  B  had  certainly  disregarded  the  interdict;  it  does  not  follow  that 
he  had  disobeyed  it.  If  A's  enjoyment  was  not  such  as  to  satisfy  all  the 
requirements  of  the  interdict,  J?'s  acts  were  not  a  contravention  of  its 
terms,  and  B  would  win.  He  would  be  absolved  in  the  condictio  which 
was  issued  against  him,  while  A  would  be  condemned  in  the  corresponding 
condictio  brought  by  B  against  him. 

(ii)  Exceptiones5.  The  restrictive  words  in  the  interdicts  themselves 
are  in  some  texts  called  exceptiones6,  but  apart  from  these  it  was  possible 
for  the  praetor  to  vary  the  words  by  introducing  or  omitting  particular 
points  to  meet  the  equity  of  a  particular  case7,  and  this  may  also  be 
regarded  as,  in  effect,  inserting  exceptiones.  But  as  in  any  other  actions, 

1  But,  as  to  the  burden  of  proof  in  this  case,  ante,  §  ccxxvm.  2  43.  19.  1.  4. 

The  Digest  makes  this  on  30  days  (43.  19.  1.  2).  But  this  is  probably  due  to  Justinian. 
In  classical  law  the  index  would  have  to  be  satisfied  that  it  had  been  substantially 
enjoyed  within  the  last  year.  3  Ante,  §  ccxxvrn.  4  G.  4.  165.  This  would 

not  be  the  exact  form,  which  might  vary,  post,  p.  734.  5  See  Ubbelohde,  Die  Interdicle, 
1.  457  sqq.,  from  whom  the  references  are  taken.  6  43.  19.  1.  11;  43.  24.  15.  5. 

7  43.  13.  1.  6. 


732  PROCEDURE  UNDER  INTERDICTS  [CH. 

there  might  be  exceptiones  of  the  ordinary  type  in  the  resulting  formulae1 
which  would  of  course  produce  the  same  effect  as  elsewhere. 

(iii)  The  whole  duty  being  based  on  the  Edict  there  was  no  liability 
except  that  which  it  stated.  Each  interdict  was  therefore  carefully 
drawn  so  as  to  express  all  the  conditions  on  which  the  right  which  it 
protected  was  to  depend2,  and  the  index  had  no  need  to  look  outside  its 
terms  to  see  exactly  what  had  to  be  proved.  Thus  in,  e.g.,  quorum 
bonorum,  the  claimant  would  not  indeed  have  to  prove  that  he  was 
entitled  to  keep  the  property,  but,  on  the  words  of  the  interdict3,  he  would 
have  to  shew  that  the  goods  were  in  the  bona  of  the  deceased,  that  he 
himself  had  a  grant  of  bonorum  possessio,  that  he  was  entitled  to  this 
grant  at  the  time  when  he  got  it,  ex  edicto,  and  that  they  were  now  in 
the  possession  of  the  defendant,  or  would  be  but  for  his  dolus.  If  he 
failed  to  prove  any  of  these  things  there  would  be  no  duty  "restituere" 
under  the  interdict4.  Further  the  claimant  would  fail  if  it  was  shewn5 
that  the  defendant  held  them  under  some  claim  other  than  pro  herede 
or  pro  posses-sore.  The  importance  of  the  exact  interpretation  of  a  form 
of  words  is  characteristic  of  the  whole  formulary  system,  and  is  shewn 
very  clearly  here.  Interdicts  were  matter  of  careful  drafting,  to  be 
reconsidered,  if  necessary,  every  year.  The  interdict  "unde  vi"  is  a  good 
illustration  of  this.  We  have  it  in  two  forms,  one  from  the  time  of 
Cicero,  and  one  from  Justinian,  and  we  have  traces  of  its  form  in 
classical  law6.  These  forms  differ  materially. 

If  A  failed  in  the  action  on  the  promise,  the  matter  was  at  an  end. 
If,  e.g.,  he  had  not  been  actually  enjoying  the  servitude  to  the  extent,  or 
in  the  manner,  required  by  the  interdict,  and  wished  to  make  good  his 
claim,  he  must  bring  an  actio  confessoria.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  he  won, 
a  formula  was  issued  for  a  indicium  secutorium1  for  abstention  from  inter- 
ference and  damages  in  default.  Whether  there  were  damages  for  the 
force  done  between  the  issue  of  the  interdict  and  the  judgment  does  not 
seem  to  be  clear.  The  form  of  the  action  is  not  known,  and  it  has  been 
suggested  that  in  cases  such  as  that  of  a  right  of  way  the  notion  of  resti- 
tution was  inapplicable  and  that  the  formula  was  simply  one  for  damages, 
while  in  those  prohibitory  interdicts  which  had  to  do  with  really  posses- 
sory rights,  such  as  those  for  the  protection  of  missi  in  possessionem,  it 
would  be  for  restitution  and  only  in  default  for  damages8.  In  any  case 

1  39.  1.  1.  10,  pacti  conventi;  43.  30.  1.  4,  rei  iudicatae;  etc.  2  Even  where,  as  in 

de  glande  legenda,  the  right  enforced  was  civil.  3  Ante,  §  CCXLIX.  4  43.  2. 

1.  pr.  5  The  burden  of  proof  of  this  other  title  is  on  him,  Arg.  5.  3.  13.  pr.  6  Pro 

Tull.  19.  44;  pro  Caec.  19.  55;  G.  4.  155;  Vat.  FT.  93;  D.  43.  16.  1.  pr.  7  G.  4.  165. 

The  name  is  recorded  only  of  the  corresponding  action  in  double  interdicts,  but  as  this  has 
also  a  special  name  (post,  §  ecu)  it  is  likely  that  the  name  secutorium  applied  here  as  well. 
8  If  there  was  subsequent  interference.  As  to  the  arbitrium  in  prohibitory  interdicts 
generally,  see  Lenel,  E.P.  435. 


xv]  PROCEDURE  UNDER  INTERDICTS  733 

there  were  no  damages  for  the  time  before  the  issue  of  the  interdict,  for 
till  then  there  was  no  duty.  The  view  that  there  was  no  arbitrium  for 
restitution  in  cases  where  the  interdict  was  concerned  with  interference 
with  a  right  of  way  is  connected  with  the  opinion  that  there  was  no 
arbitrium  in  an  ordinary  actio  confessoria  in  respect  of  them1.  How  the 
damages  were  assessed  in  such  a  case  of  interdict  where  no  restitutio  was 
ordered  it  is  difficult  to  say2. 

If  the  interdict  was  not  prohibitory,  but  restitutory  or  exhibitory, 
there  was  an  alternative,  somewhat  simpler,  process.  After  the  formal 
act  of  disregard  of  the  interdict,  while  the  parties  were  in  court,  the 
defendant  was  entitled  to  refuse  the  sponsiones  and  demand  an  arbiter*. 
The  effect  would  be  that  &  formula  would  be  issued  requiring  restoration 
or  production,  as  the  case  might  be,  with  an  arbitrium  clause  and  a 
condemnatio  in  default  of  restitution.  The  substantial  issue  would  be  the 
same  as  in  the  procedure  per  sponsiones,  though  raised  in  a  different  way. 
If  the  defendant  left  the  court  without  calling  for  an  arbiter,  then  and 
there,  the  system  of  sponsiones  would  be  applied4.  It  should  be  observed 
that  the  use  of  the  arbitrium  form  did  not  make  much  difference  in  the 
law  as  we  know  it.  It  merely  avoided  the  loss  over  the  sponsiones5,  for 
it  is  clear  that  even  in  cases  tried  by  sponsiones  an  arbitrium  clause 
would  be  inserted  if  the  facts  admitted  of  it6.  Exactly  why  the  alter- 
native method  was  applied  only  in  restitutory  and  exhibitory  interdicts, 
which  it  may  be  remembered  were  the  class  also  called  decreta,  is  not 
clear7.  It  may  perhaps  be  allied  to  the  fact  that  they  prescribe  a  positive 
act,  and  actual  performance,  such  as  was  contemplated  by  the  arbitrium, 
was  more  easily  enforced  here8.  There  are  some.prohibitory  interdicts  to 
which,  as  we  have  seen,  it  is  possible  or  even  probable  that  the  arbitrium 
did  not  apply  at  all,  and  it  may  well  be  that  it  had  no  application  at 
all  to  prohibitory  interdicts  in  the  earlier  days  of  the  interdict.  The 
reason  why  the  defendant  preferred  the  arbiter  is  obvious:  he  avoided 
the  risk  of  the  sponsiones  which,  we  are  told,  were  not  merely  prae- 
iudiciales  but  poenales,  actually  enforced9.  The  plaintiff  ran  the  same 
risk,  but  does  not  appear  to  have  had  the  same  privilege. 

Two  further  observations  must  be  made  on  single  interdicts. 

The  issue  to  be  tried  in  the  iudicium  secutorium  was  really  decided  in 

1  See  Lenel,  E.P.  188.         2  It  does  not  seem  that  iuramentum  in  litem  was  admissible 
in  such  a  case.  3  G.  4.  162  sqq.  4  G.  4.  164.  5  But  in  early  times  the 

spontio  and  the  action  on  it  may  have  been  the  last  step,  and  the  amount  of  the  sponsio  the 
real  damages.  In  historical  times  the  amount  was  probably  small.  6  G.  4.   165. 

7  G.  4.   140.    Gaius  simply  speaks  of  the  arbitraria formula  as  a  "modestior  via"  G.  4. 
163.  8  In  the  ordinary  possessory  cases,  where  after  issue  of  a  prohibitory  interdict 

there  was  an  ouster,  the  arbitrium  would  obviously  be  applicable.  9  G.  4.   162, 

168. 


734  PROCEDURE  UNDER  INTERDICTS  [CH. 

the  litigation  on  the  sponsiones,  and  the  issue  in  each  of  the  actions  was 
the  same.    It  is  therefore  very  probable  that  all  these  formulae  were 
ssued  together. 

It  has  been  assumed  in  the  foregoing  account  that  the  sponsio  was 
on  the  general  question:  has  the  interdict  been  disobeyed?  But  as  the 
interdict  failed  if  any  one  of  its  conditions  was  not  satisfied,  the  task  of 
the  index  might  possibly  be  considerably  lighter.  If,  as  would  probably 
be  often  the  case,  only  one  of  the  points  was  really  in  dispute,  the  sponsio 
might  be  made  to  turn  only  on  that  point.  Thus  supposing  the  only 
doubt  was  whether  the  enjoyment  had  been  by  consent,  the  sponsio 
might  be  "Do  you  promise  me  10  if  I  consented  to  your  using  the  right 
of  way?"  Any  other  of  the  requirements  might  be  embodied  in  the 
same  way1. 

CCLI.  The  procedure  in  the  double  interdicts  was  more  complex. 
There  were  essentially  but  two2,  uti  possidetis  and  utrubi,  with  corre- 
sponding derivative  forms  for  usufruct  and  usus,  superficies3,  and,  in 
later  law,  emphyteusis* .  These  interdicts  were  of  a  very  special  char- 
acter. As  we  know  them  in  classical  law,  their  only  purpose  was  to 
confirm  one  of  two  intending  litigants  in  possession  of  the  disputed 
property,  so  as  to  make  him  defendant  in  the  impending  real  action,  the 
burden  of  proof  being  therefore  on  the  other,  the  plaintiff.  The  interdict 
was  in  terms  addressed  to  both  and  directed  whichever  of  them  did  not 
satisfy  the  conditions  on  which  it  protected  actual  enjoyment  not  to 
interfere  with  the  other5.  Thus  there  were  practically  two  interdicts  in 
one  form  of  words.  Hence  the  name  of  double  interdicts  and  many 
complications  in  the  procedure.  The  conditions  on  which  uti  possidetis 
was  effective  were  not  quite  the  same  as  those  for  utrubi,  as  we  have 
seen6,  but  as  there  was  no  resulting  difference  in  procedure  it  will  suffice 
to  deal  with  the  former.  Essentially  it  was  an  order  to  the  following 
purpose:  "I  forbid  force  to  be  done  by  either  of  you  whereby  one  of  you 
is  prevented  from  enjoying  the  land  as  he  now  does,  not  clam,  vi  aut 
precario  from  the  other." 

If  the  parties  meant  really  to  dispute  the  matter  they  proceeded  to 
use  force  against  each  other,  a  purely  formal  force  (vis  ex  conventu1),  but 

1  In  Cicero,  pro  Caec.  16.  45,  the  sponsicfis  on  the  question  whether  vis  has  been  done 
"contra  edictum,"  but  these  words  bring  in  the  whole  interdict.  2  The  "duplex" 

character  attributed  to  de  aqua  (43.  20.  1.  26),  where  two  persons  both  claim  the  right  of 
use,  and  equally  possible  in  many  other  cases,  probably  means  no  more  than  that  each 
will  have  an  interdict.  3  43.  17.  4;  43.  18.  1.  pr.  4  2.  8.  15.  1.  5  See  the 

form,  ante,  §  CCXLIX.  6  Ib.  7  This  expression  is  found  in  Cicero  (pro  Caec. 

8.  22)  but  it  does  not  seem  to  be  technical,  and  indeed  it  is  by  no  means  clear  that  as 
used  by  him  it  refers  to  this  interdict.  See  Roby,  B.P.L.  2.  514  sqq. ;  Ubbelohde,  Interdicte, 
1,  214  sqq. 


xv]  PROCEDURE  UNDER  INTERDICTS  735 

enough  to  constitute  disregard  of  the  interdict.  They  then  made  spon- 
siones1  as  in  the  other  case,  with  the  important  difference  that,  in  this 
case,  as  either  might  have  disobeyed  the  interdict  there  would  be  two 
bets  involving  four  stipulationes  and  four  condictiones  certae  pecuniae2. 
At  this  point  another,  rather  accidental,  complication  steps  in.  The 
whole  interdictal  procedure  would  determine  who  was  to  be  plaintiff, 
and  who  defendant,  in  a  forthcoming  real  action.  This  was  obviously  an 
important  issue.  But  the  question  arose,  who  was  to  keep  the  actual 
possession  during  the  trial  of  the  interdict,  a  process  which  might  take 
some  time,  since  the  facts  necessary  to  its  decision  might  not  be  easily 
got  at.  That  was  not  a  very  important  matter,  since  no  question  of  pro- 
cedural importance  was  prejudiced  by  it.  It  was  simply  dealt  with.  The 
opponents  X  and  F  bid  against  each  other  for  it.  If  X  bid  most  it  was 
given  to  him,  and  he  then  promised  that  if  judgment  in  the  interdict 
should  eventually  go  for  F,  he  would  give  F  the  amount  of  his  bid. 
Hence  a  fifth  condictio  certae  pecuniae3.  Sometimes  the  stipulation  was 
omitted  and  when  the  possession  was  handed  over  to  the  highest  bidder 
a  formula  for  a  indicium  fructuarium  was  given  to  the  other,  apparently 
for  the  amount  of  the  value  of  the  interim  possession,  i.e.  the  loss  to 
him  from  not  having  had  the  interim  possession,  whatever  that  might 
amount  to,  in  the  event  of  his  winning  in  the  interdict.  Apparently  the 
lowest  bidder  might  choose.  If  he  chose  the  iudicium  fructuarium  the 
amount  of  the  actual  bid  would  perhaps  cease  to  be  of  importance4. 
Some  such  alternative  arrangement  was  convenient  and  even  necessary 
in  the  case  which  might  present  itself,  in  which  the  interim  possession 
was  of  uncertain  value  to  one  of  the  parties.  He  need  not  bid  at  all  but 
would  still  retain  the  chance  of  recovering  whatever  the  value  of  it 
might  turn  out  to  have  been5. 

In  addition  to  all  these  formulae  there  would  be  the  iudicium  secu- 
torium,  called  in  this  case  iudicium  Cascellianum6,  for  the  definitive 
transfer  of  the  possession  to  the  non-possessor  if  he  should  win  in  the 
interdict7.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  in  this  action  he  would  recover  not 
only  the  possession  but  also  the  interim  fruits,  so  that,  as  Gains  tells  us, 

1  G.  4.  166.  2  Ib.  3  G.  4.  166  sq.  4  G.  4.  169.  The  exact  content 

of  this  action  is  not  clear:  it  is  at  least  consistent  with  the  language  of  Gaius  that,  here 
too,  what  was  recovered  was  the  amount  of  the  bet:  "defructus  licitatione  ager<-."  For 
various  views  Ubbelohde,  Interdicts,  2.  164  sqq.  The  text  is  imperfect  and  the  word 
"simililcr,"  which  is  crucial,  uncertain.  5  We  are  not  told  what  happened  if  neither  bid: 
presumably  the  thing  remained  with  the  holder  and  the  iudicium  fructuarium  would  lie, 
under  which  security  had  to  be  given,  G.  4.  169.  This  also  was  called  iudicium  secutorium, 
G.  4.  169.  6  G.  4.  166;  G.  4.  169.  Cascellius  was  a  magistrate  of  the  age  of  Cicero, 

Roby.  Introd.  to  Digest,  cxxi.  7  It  is  of  course  issued  to  the  litigant  who  has  not 

interim  possession :  if  the  other  wins  in  the  ftponsio,  this  formula  is  not  wanted. 


736  PROCEDURE  UNDER  INTERDICTS  [CH. 

the  money  recovered  under  the  indicium  fructuarium  or  the  condictio 
fructuaria  was  in  effect  a  penalty1. 

Thus  to  each  party  were  given  two  condictiones  certae  pecuniae,  and 
to  the  party  who  did  not  get  interim  possession,  either  a  condictio  fruc- 
tuaria or  a  iudicium  fructuarium,  at  his  choice,  and  a  final  indicium 
secutorium  (Cascellianum).  In  this  case,  as  in  single  interdicts,  the  trial 
of  one  of  the  condictiones  certae  pecuniae  would  determine  all  the  questions 
material  to  the  decision  of  all  the  actions,  though  certain  questions  of 
value,  perhaps  in  the  iudicium  fructuarium,  and  certainly  in  the  iudicium 
Cascellianum,  would  still  remain  open.  All  these  formulae  appear  to  have 
been  issued  together. 

Here,  too,  disregard  was  not  necessarily  disobedience.  Both  parties 
disregarded  the  interdict,  but  it  is  clear  that  only  one  can  have  dis- 
obeyed it.  Since  one  of  the  parties  must  have  been  in  possession,  for 
otherwise  the  proceedings  would  be  absurd,  it  seems  as  if  one  must  have 
disobeyed  it,  but  the  matter  is  not  without  difficulty.  On  the  words  of 
the  interdict  as  recorded,  it  might  seem  on  certain  facts  that  neither  had 
disobeyed.  If,  for  instance,  X  held  the  property  precario  from  Y,  the 
latter  could  not  disobey,  for  the  possessio  by  X  was  not  within  the  terms 
of  the  interdict.  On  the  other  hand  it  is  possible  to  contend  that  X  can- 
not have  disobeyed  it,  for  F  was  not  possessing  at  all.  The  matter  is 
controverted,  but  it  seems  that  in  this  case  X  had  disobeyed  the  inter- 
dict. As  against  X ,  Y  was  still  regarded  as  in  possession2. 

The  sponsiones  were  penal,  i.e.  they  were  actually  enforced  and  their 
amount  was  not  set  off  against  the  damages.  Here  arises  the  question: 
what  determined  the  amount  of  the  sponsiones'?  Could  a  plaintiff,  sure 
of  his  case,  fix  them  as  high  as  he  liked?  The  answer  seems  to  be  that 
the  Edict  contained  a  clause,  only  imperfectly  known,  which  limited 
the  sponsiones  to  an  amount  having  some  relation  to  the  value  of  the 
right  concerned,  but  exactly  how  we  do  not  know3. 

These  double  interdicts  were  prohibitory,  and  it  follows  that  the 
alternative  method  of  formula  arbitraria,  without  sponsiones,  was  not 
available.  It  is  clear,  however,  that  they  were  in  their  nature  extremely 
well  suited  for  an  arbitrium,  and  that,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  formula 
of  the  iudicium  Cascellianum  did  contain  such  a  clause4.  This  case  there- 
fore brings  into  strong  relief  the  problem  of  the  reason  for  the  refusal 
of  the  formula  arbitraria  without  sponsiones  in  prohibitory  interdicts. 

In  the  procedure  of  ordinary  actions  there  was  machinery  by  means 

1  G.  4.  167.  2  E.g.  41.  2.  17.  pr.;  43.  17.  3.  pr.  This  text  adds  that  if  two  possess 

in  solidum,  but  one  holds  clam  vi  out  precario  from  a  third  party,  neither  can  win  in  the 
interdict  against  the  other:  both  possess  validly.  Machelard,  Interdits,  192  sqq. ;  Ubbelohde, 
Besitzinterdicte,  425.  3  Lenel,  E.P.  454.  4  G.  4.  166  in  f. 


xv]  LATER  HISTORY  OF  INTERDICTS  737 

of  judgment  in  default,  actio  infactum,  missio  in  possessionem,  and  the 
like1,  to  deal  with  the  case  of  a  defendant  who  disobeyed  the  in  ius 
vocatio,  or  who  refused  to  take  the  various  steps  involved  in  the  defence 
of  an  action.  As  to  what  took  the  place  of  this  in  interdictal  procedure 
our  information,  owing  to  the  defective  state  of  the  manuscript  of  Gaius, 
practically  our  sole  authority,  is  unfortunately  incomplete.  In  double 
interdicts,  he  tells  us2,  when  a  person  against  whom  an  interdict  had 
been  obtained  refused  to  make  the  necessary  sponsiones,  or  to  take  any 
of  the  other  necessary  procedural  steps,  there  were  interdicta  secundaria 
by  which  he  could  be  compelled  to  do  so.  We  do  not  know  whether  they 
applied  also  to  single  interdicts,  nor  do  we  know  how  they  worked. 
Apparently,  in  the  last  resort,  there  must  have  been  some  direct  inter- 
vention of  the  praetor,  perhaps  missio  in  possessionem  on  the  analogy  of 
stipulationes  praetoriae3. 

CCLII.  We  have  seen  that  the  issue  of  the  interdict  was  followed, 
after  other  steps,  by  the  issue  of  formulae  in  which  the  question  was 
whether  the  duty  declared  in  the  interdict  had  been  broken.  The  question 
arises,  why,  in  view  of  this,  the  issue  of  the  interdict  was  retained  at  all. 
Instead  of  saying,  e.g.  "I  order  you  to  remove  the  obstruction  which 
you  have  put  in  the  way  which  A  was  peaceably  enjoying,"  the  order  to 
be  followed,  when  issued,  in  a  particular  case,  by  steps  leading  up  to  a 
formula  of  which  the  gist  was:  "If  it  appears  that  B  has  obstructed  a 
way  of  which  A  was  in  peaceable  enjoyment,  condemn  him  to  pay  or 
put  it  right,"  it  seems  that  the  Edict  might  have  said  simply,  "  If  anyone 
obstructs  a  way  of  which  another  is  in  peaceable  enjoyment,  I  will  give 
a  indicium,"  the  nature  of  the  necessary  enjoyment  being  specified  as 
it  was  in  the  interdict.  By  apt  words  the  same  issue  might  be  raised  in 
a  more  direct  and  simple  way  without  any  departure  from  the  pro- 
visional character  of  the  proceeding.  W'hy  then  was  the  issue  of  the 
interdict  retained? 

The  answer  seems  to  be  historical.  Interdicts  existed  before  the 
standing  Edict  did,  before  the  praetor  had  begun  to  exercise  the  power  of 
directly  creating  actions,  and  they  afforded  an  indirect  means  of  doing 
so.  The  interdict  was  an  order  binding  by  virtue  of  the  imperium*. 
Before  the  Edict  existed  the  interdict  could  not  exist  as  a  standing 
order:  it  had  to  be  issued  expressly  in  each  case.  After  it  had  come  to 
be  set  out  in  the  perpetual  Edict  this  ceased  to  be  necessary;  its  pre- 

1  Ante,  §  ccxvi.  2  G.  4.   170.  3  See  however  Ubbelohde,  Interdicte,  1.  295 

sqq.,  who  thinks  they  operated  like  ordinary  interdicts.  Salei\\e$(ControversiapO(ises.<iionis, 
§§  64-66)  thinks  that  the  usual  procedure  was  not  to  carry  out  the  formalities  under  uti 
possidetis,  but  to  utilise  the  interdicta  secundaria.  In  fact  however  we  have  little  informa- 
tion. 4  G.  4.  139. 

B.  R.  L.  47 


738  LATER  HISTORY  OF  INTERDICTS  [CH. 

servation  was  a  piece  of  conservatism.  It  is  probable  that  many  of  the 
known  interdicts,  or  the  germs  of  them,  were  incorporated  as  existing 
things  into  the  Edict,  and  though  there  were  interdicts  plainly  later 
than  the  origin  of  the  Edict1,  no  doubt  many,  it  is  not  surprising  that 
the  existing  method  was  followed.  Once  embodied  in  the  Edict  as  an 
integral  part  of  it,  and  of  the  formulary  system,  their  endurance  was 
guaranteed  so  long  as  the  formulary  system  lasted.  With  its  disappear- 
ance they  too  were  superseded.  This  does  not  mean  that  the  rights  they 
had  protected  were  henceforth  unprotected.  They  were  still  protected, 
but,  instead  of  applying  for  an  interdict,  the  aggrieved  person  brought 
an  action2,  in  which  the  issue  raised  was  the  same  as  that  in  the  formula 
issued  in  earlier  days  after  the  disregard  of  the  interdict.  This  is  well 
exemplified  in  the  case  of  wide  vi.  In  the  old  system  the  interdict  was 
issued  in  the  form  "unde  tu  ilium  vi  deiecisti  (etc.). .  .vim  fieri  veto."  In 
the  Digest  the  rule  was  similar  except  that  the  rule  was  put  in  general 
impersonal  form,  and  for  the  last  three  words  were  substituted  the 
words  "indicium  dabos."  The  same  development  took  place  in  all  inter- 
dicts (though  the  words  of  the  old  interdictal  form  were  still  used  in 
some  cases  in  the  Digest4),  and  in  relation  to  possessory  interdicts,  much 
the  most  important  in  private  law,  a  system  of  possessory  actions  was 
developed,  in  which  the  issue  was  the  same  as  in  the  old  interdict,  but 
the  order  itself  was  no  longer  issued5. 

We  have  seen  that  interdicts  were  not  essentially  provisional;  pos- 
sessory interdicts  may  be  so  described,  but  that  is  only  because  the  right 
they  protected  was  itself  provisional:  if  it  were  not  it  would  not  be 
possession,  but  ownership.  The  true  owner  must  always  be  able  to 
recover  his  goods  from  one  who  has  no  title  but  possession.  Many  con- 
siderations justify,  and  have  produced  in  various  legal  systems,  protec- 
tion to  a  mere  possessor;  we  need  not  here  consider  which  of  these  were 
the  cause  of  the  Roman  rules6.  But  there  is  one  point  which  has  led  to 
controversy  and  may  be  mentioned.  In  the  long  run  the  mere  possessor 
would  have  to  give  up  the  property  to  the  owner.  The  bonorum  possesso 
sine  re  might  recover  the  thing  from  the  heres  by  the  interdict  quorum 
bonorum,  but  he  must  ultimately  give  it  up,  if  he  was  sued  by  hereditatis 
petilio.  A  bare  possessor  might  win  against  the  owner  in  uti  possidetis, 
but  the  owner  could  regain  his  property  by  a  vindicatio.  Why  was  he 
driven  to  this  lengthy  process?  Why  might  not  his  ownership  be  pleaded 
in  reply  to,  e.g.,  uti  possidetis7^  An  exceptio  iusti  dominii  would  have 

1  See,  e.g.,  43.  18.  2  See  the  rubric  of  D.  43.  1.  3  Cicero,  pro  Tull.  19. 

44;  D.  43.  16.  1.  pr.  4  E.g.  D.  43.  2;  43.  6,  etc.  5  E.g.  43.  16.  6  See  ante, 

§  LXXII.  7  This  is  distinct  from  the  question  why  possession  was  protected  at  all.    It 

is  maintained  by  Ubbelohde,  Besilzinlerdicte,  20.  97,  104,  430,  etc.  that  unde  vi  (cotiidiana) 


xv]  TITLE  AS  DEFENCE  IN  INTERDICTS  739 

served  the  purpose,  and  under  such  a  plea  he  would  have  had  to  prove 
his  title  just  as  he  would  in  vindicatio.  The  explanation  is  in  all  prob- 
ability to  be  found  in  a  well-known  characteristic  of  Roman  procedure: 
possessio  and  dnminium  are  distinct  things1,  and  the  Romans  did  not 
like  joining  distinct  issues  in  one  formula.  It  wras  this  for  instance  which 
made  them  so  reluctant  to  admit  set  off,  compensatio,  in  stricta  indicia, 
and  led  them  in  classical  times  to  drive  the  parties  to  mutuae  petitiones 
even  where  the  claims  arose  out  of  the  same  matter2. 

and  uti  possidetis  were  not  available  against  an  ousting  dominus:  i.e.  that  however  the 
owner  took  it  from  the  other  he  was  not  considered  to  have  taken  it  clam,  vi  aut  precario. 
1  41.  2.  12.  1:  "nihil  commune  habet  proprietas  cum  possessione."          2  17.  1.  38.  pr. 
See  however  ante,  §  ccxxxiv. 


47—2 


INDEX 


(Figures  in  black  type  are  principal  references) 


Abdicatio  filii,  133;  tutoris,  150 
Absence,  restitutio  in  integrum,  715 
Absolutio,  607,  623,  633,  635,  638,  653 
Acceptilatio,  55,  235,  253,  255,  257,  440, 450, 

452,  456,  523,  5(32,  567  sq. 
Accepti  relatio,  567 

Accessio,  196,  210  sqq.,  216,  217,  253;  com- 
pensation, 211;  to  buildings,  213;  pos- 
sessionum,  240,  242,  250  sq. 
Accrual,    in    Bonorum   Possessio,    384;    in 

legacy,  334  sq. ;  in  usufruct,  270,  348 
Acquisition,  of  dominium,  188,  206  sqq. ; 
of  fruits  by  non-owner,  222  sqq.;  of 
patria  potestas,  105  sqq.;  of  possessio, 
201  sqq.;  of  servitudes,  264  sqq.;  of 
usufruct,  271  sq. ;  through  extranei,  228, 
277,  278;  through  filiifamilias,  104,  202, 
279,  529;  through  slaves,  202,  278,  529; 
to  hereditas,  306 

Actio,  599  sqq.;  and  obligatio,  187,  600 
Actio,  ad  exemplum  institoriae,  516;  ad  ex- - 
hibendum,  211,  214,  461,  543,  577,  724; 
aquae  pluviae  arcendae,  544 ;  ad  supplen- 
dam  legitimam,  326;  auctoritatis,  231, 
236,  240,  486  sqq.,  608,  683;  Calvi&iana, 
89,  592,  655;  certae  pecuniae  creditae,  456, 
457,  460,  462,  613,  731,  735  sq.;  ciyilis 
incerti,  in  factum,  see  Actio  pra&scriptis 
verbis;  commodati,  467  sq. ;  communi 
dividundo,  252,  275,  452,  507,  509^  534,- 
535  sq.;  confessoria,  193,  259,  268,  345, 
544,  669  sq.,  731  sqq.;  de  aestimato,  519; 
de  eo  quod  certo  loco,  635,  655,  695 ;  de  in 
rem  verso,  see  Actio  de  peculio;  de  modo 
agri,  488;  de  moribus,  109,  705;  de  pan- 
perie,  208,  598,  686;  de  peculio  et  in  rem 
verso,  66,  87,  183,  375,  397,  449,  454,  462, 
507,  529,  532,  693,  699;  de  pecunia  con- 
stituta,  526;  depensi,  442,  567,  609,  616, 
705 ;  depositi,  465,  473 ;  de  rationibus  dis- 
fnihendis,  164;  de  tigno  wmmcto,213,216; 
doli,  312,  405,  413,  442,  519,  555,  589 
sqq. ;  ex  empto,  480  sqq.,  564;  exercitoria, 
424,  507,  532,  543;  ex  stipulatu,  110,  430, 
433,  672;  ex  testamento,  345,  453,  675, 
684;  ex  vendito,  481  sqq.;  Fabiana,  89, 
592,  6  ")•">;  fin/iiUae  erciscundae,  252,  294, 
v  315,  333,  349,  535;fiduciae,  429, 471  sqq., 
f>42;  finiitm  regundontm,  252,  540;  fitne- 
raria,  515,  540;  furti,  212,  213,  215,  216, 
219,  223,  465,  469,  543,  576,  671,  683; 
hypothecarix.  :!4.~>,  473  sqq.,  525,  543;  in- 
iuriarum,  134,  313,  585,  684,  686;  insti- 
toria,  424,  507,  516,  531;  iudicati,  156, 
530,  609,  637,  666,  699,  703,  705  sq.; 
iurisiurandi,  526;  legis  Aquiliae,  107, 


304,  581;  mandati,  512  sqq.;  metus,  545, 
588,  670,  687;  negotiorum  gestorum,  170, 
211,  215,  216, 533,540;  negatoria,  669  sq., 
723,  731;  oneris  aversi,  503;  operarum, 
671;  Pauliana,  591  sq.,  655;  pigneraticia, 
473;  praescriptis  verbis,  241,  492,  519 
sqq.,  523,  644;  prohibitoria,  670;  pro 
socio,  507,  509,  536;  protutelae,  166,  540; 
Publiciana,  11,  55,  192  sqq.,  225,  231, 
244,  246,  250,  475,  647,  670,  678;  quanta 
minoris,  488  sqq.,  564;  quasi  Serviana, 
see  Actio  hypothecaria;  receptitia,  527; 
quod  iussu,  449,  531,  543;  redhibitoria, 
488  sqq.,  493,  529,  683;  rei  uxoriae,  109 
sq.,  672,  685,  688,  700;  rerum  ainotarum, 
109,  574,  578;  restitutoria,  444;  sepulchri 
violati,  684,  688;  Serviana,  of  bonorum 
emptor,  401;  Serviana,  of  landlord,  472, 
671,  672,  680;  servi  corrupti,  63,  590  sq.; 
subsidiaria,  165;  tutelae,  164  sqq.;  tri- 
butoria,  157,  530 

Action  at  law,  course  of,  602 

Actiones,  adiectitiae  qualitatis,  686  sq. ;  ad 
poenam,  ad  rem,  persequendam,  526,  581, 
684;  arbitrariae,  634,  636,  654  sqq.,  664; 
civiles,  678  sqq. ;  directae,  686  sq. ;  con- 
trariae,  165,  466,  470,  473,  686;  ex  bono 
et  aequo,  648,  654,  680,  695;  fictitiae,  10, 
98,  183,  191  sq.,  194,  388  sq.,  401,  551, 
620,  670,  677  sqq. ;  honorariae,  678  sqq. ; 
in  duplum  contra  infitiantem,  581,  584, 
617,  687;  in  factum,  211,  464,  679  sqq.; 
in  personam,  602,  605,  668  sqq. ;  in  per- 
sonam  in  rem  scriptae,  670;  in  rem,  602, 
605, 668  sqq.,  see  Vindicatio;  in  simplum, 
duplum,  etc.,  686;  interrogatoriae,  627, 
661;  mixtae,  684  sqq.;  noxales,  183,  543, 
594  sqq.;  perpetuae,  251,  683  sq. ;  per 
sponsionem,  613, 622, 623 ;  populares,  590, 
619,  688,  700;  praeiudiciales,  446,  602, 
636,  645,  646,  654,  664;  primtae,  688; 
quibus  in  solidum,  non  semper  in  solid nm 
persequimur,  687  sq. ;  rescissoriae,  715; 
temporales,  683  sq.,  694;  transmissible  or 
not,  685;  utiles,  127,  142,  157,  212,  584, 
680  sq. 

Actionis  editio,  impetratio,  postulatio,  626, 
660 

Active  correality,  450 

Actor,  municipii,  423;  universitatis,  704 

Ac/us,  240 

Actus  legitimus,  190,  231,  235 

Addictio,  88,  206,  615,  638;  honorm/i 
libertatis  causa,  85  sq.,  399;  in  ditm. 
494 

Ademptio,  of  legacy,  342;  of  liberty,  75 


742 


INDEX 


Adipiscendae  possessionis  causa,  see  Inter- 

dicta  possessoria 
Aditio  hereditatis,  164,  168,  174,  297,  299, 

305,  309  sqq.,  341,  380,  386,  391,  395; 

by  tutor,  156 
Adjective  Law,  601 
Adiudicatio,  197,  252,  261,  278,  509,  536, 

540,  648,  654,  657,  671,  682 
Adiutar  tutoris,  174 
Administratio,  by  curator,  173;  by  tutor, 

155  sq.,  163,  171;  of  peculium,  66,  564, 

570 
Adoptio,  105,  121  sqq.,  236,  320,  363,  428; 

of  slaves,  128;  plena,  minus  plena,  123; 

restitutio,  713 

Adpromissio,  441  sqq.,  517 
Adrogatio,  90,  124  sqq.,  131,  137,  154,  282, 

302,  321,  323,  396  sqq.,  531,  718;  of 

impubes,  126,  372;  oilibertus,  91,  125, 

128;  restitution,  126,  713,  716 
Adscriptitii,  91  sq.,  495 
Adsertio  libertatis,  74,  700 
Adsessores  iudicis,  630,  635 
Adsignatio  liberti,  375,  398 
Adstipulatio,   141,  440  sq.,  449,  512,  515, 

557,  580,  685 
Aediles,  edicts  of,  5,  9,  11,  45,  64,  434,  598, 

678 

Aequitas,  55,  220 
Aerarium,  176  sq.,  316 
Aes  equestre,  hordearium,  militare,  619 
Aes  et  libra,  236,  see  Mancipatio;  release  by, 

567 

Aestimalum,  519,  521 
Affectio,  maritalis,  113;  societatis,  504 
Affinitas,  116 

Agency  in  contract,  516,  529  sqq. 
Ager,  limitatus,212 ;  stipendiarius,  191 ;  tribu- 
taries, ib. ;  vectigalis,  275 
Agnatic  tutela,  146,  148,  167 
Agnation,  105,  139,  371 
Agnatus  proximus,  364  sq. 
Albi  corruptio,  688 
Album  iudicum,  88,  603,  631,  664 
Alienatio,  by  non-owner,  276  sqq.;  of  dotal 

land,  108;  mutandi  iudicii  causa,  715 
Alieni  iuris,  102 

Alimenta,  658;  legacy  of,  356,  523 
Alluvia,  186,  212,268 
Alternative  obligation,  409,  482,  561  sqq.s 

595;  stipulatio,  432 
Altius  tollendi  ius,  262,  264 
Ambiguity  in  contract,  411 
Amissio  bonorum,  509 
Anatocismus,  461 
Animus,   domini,   199  sqq.;  donandi,  570; 

novandi,  565;  possidendi,  199  sqq.,  306; 

reverlendi,  207 

Anniculi  probatio,  96,  320,  363  sq.,  368 
Annus  utilis,  restitutio,  712  sqq. 
Anstalt,  177 
Antestatus,  236 
Antichresis,  473 
Appeal,  665 
Appendix,  43 


Appointment  of  tutores,  144  sqq.,  167,  284 
Aquaeductus,  240,  262,  263,  266 
Aquaehaustus,  265,  267 
Aquae  pluviae  arcendae,  715 
Aquilian  stipulation,  568 
Arbiter,  528,  603,  610,  631,  643 
Arbiiraria  formula  in  interdicts,  733 
Arbitria,  678,  see  A ctiones  arbitrariae 
Arbitrium,  iudicis,  595,  654  sqq.,  732  sqq.; 

litis  aestimandae,  607,  612,  616,  625,  629, 

635 
Argentarii,    527;    compensatio,    696,    698; 

socii,  510 

Arra,  479,  493;  sponsalicia,  112 
Assignment  of  obligatio,  518,  550 
Atrox  iniuria.  587 
Auctor,  486,  608 
Auctoritas  patrum,  3,  4,  13 
Auctoritas  tutoris,  59, 144, 152  sqq.,  158  sqq., 

162,  168,  173,  244  sqq.,  435,  442,  682; 

infantis,  202  sq.;  mulieris,  225 
Auctoritas  (usucapio),  242 
Augustus,  6  sqq.,  23  sq.,  77 
Austin,  John,  59,  182 
Authenticum,  48 

Barter,  520 

Basilica,  48 

Beneficium,  abstinendi,  362;  cedendarum 
actionum,  445,  453;  competentiae,  142, 
417,  448,  509,  560,  650,  652,  657,  664, 
687;  deliberandi,  304;  divisionis,  166, 
446  sq.,  453,  527,  649;  excussionis  (or- 
dinis),  447  sq.,  527;  inventarii,  313,  362 

Bilateral  obligations,  408,  431 

Bona,  adventitia,  123, 141,  271,279  sq.,  304, 
372  sqq.,  396;  invecta  et  illata,  472,  478; 
vacantia,  249,  717 

Bonae  fidei  iudicia,  see  ludicia  bonae  fidei 

Bona  fide  possessor,  192  sqq.,  206,  537,-540; 
in  damnum,  583;  in  furtum,  575;  in 
iniuria,  587;  ius  retentionis,  407;  noxal 
liability,  597;  of  a  hereditas,  315;  right 
to  fruits,  222,  225  sqq. 

Bona  fides,  199,  215  sqq.;  in  praescriptio, 
251 ;  in  servitudes,  266  sq. ;  in  usucapio, 
243  sqq.,  247;  in  usufruct,  271 

Bona  fide  serviens,  244 

Bonitary  owner,  78, 192  sqq.,  195,  231,  242, 
244 

Bonorum,  addictio  libertatis  causa,  85  sq., 
399;  cessio.  see  Cessio  bonorum;  collatio, 
321  sqq. ;  distractio,  640,  667 

Bonorum  Possessio,  10,  140,  284  sq.,  288, 
290,  298,  373,  375,  378  sqq.,  401,  725, 
727,  732,  738;  acquisition  by  tutor,  156; 
cum  re,  sine  re,  284,  376  sqq.,  383  sqq., 
391  sqq.;  decretalis,  edictalis,  378,  395 
sq.,  719;  ex  edicto,  384  sqq.,  390,  394 

Bonorum  possessio,  ab  intestato,  366  sqq., 
380  sqq. ;  contra  tabulas,  293,  301, 321  sq., 
338,  366,  379  sq.,  388,  391  sq.;  demand, 
384  sqq.,  391,  395;  secundum  tabulas, 
284,  308,  330,  370,  380,  385,  392;  unde 
cognati,  367,  381,  382,  391,  393;  unde 


INDEX 


743 


decent  personae,  373  sq.,  381  sq.,  393  sq. ; 
unde  cognati  manumissoris,  381  sq. ;  unde 
familia  patroni,  381;  unde  legitimi,  367, 
379  sqq.,  386  sq.,  391,  393;  unde  liberi, 
366  sq.,  374,  379  sqq.,  386  sq.,  391,  393, 
394;  unde  patronus  patrona,  382;  unde  vir 
et  uxor,  382  sq.,  391,  393;  uti  ex  legibus, 
376,  382,  391,  393 

Bonorum,  sectio,  206,  400;  separatio,  314, 
346,  420 

Bonorum  venditio  (emptio),  303,  400  sqq., 
509,  511,  603, 638  sqq.,  666,  679,  687,  697 

Breviarium  Alaricianum,  32,  36,  39 

Caduca,  253,  316,  362 

Caesar es,  51 

Calendar,  publication,  621 

Calumnia,  356,  628,  636  sq.,  661 

Capacity,  to  contract,  416  sqq.;  to  convey 
property,  232,  234,  239,  276  sq. ;  to  take 
under  a  will,  289  sqq.,  337,  350;  to  make 
a  will,  287  sqq. ;  to  witness  a  will,  292 

Capite  poenas  dare,  615 

Capitis  deminutio,  63,  90,  105  sq.,  136  sqq., 
146,  160  sq.,  274,  321,  329,  357  sq.,  381, 
396,  401,  416,  437,  441,  455.  549,  571, 
577,  581;  as  discharge,  557;  in  civil 
bondage,  138;  in  usufruct,  271  sq.;  of 
socius,  509 

Captivus,  67  sqq.,  113,  288,  436,  715 

Caput,  136 

Carbonianum  edictum,  320,  719 

Castrense  peculium,  and  quasi,  279,  288,  416 

Casus,  296  sq.,  418,  469,  484,  567,  588 

Caupones,  see  Nautae,  caupones,  stabularii 

Causa,  in  contract,  425  sq. ;  in  exceptio  rei 
iudicatae,  691;  in  sacramentum,  425,  606; 
liberalis,  74,  659,  692;  manumissionis, 
80;  possessionis,  199  sq. ;  rei,  464,  469, 
522;  see  lusta  causa 

Causae  cognitio,  195,  417,  462 

Causal  nexus  in  damnum,  582 

Cautio,  432, 458,  see  Satisdatio  and  Security; 
derato,  705;  iudicio  sisti,  705;  Muciana, 
76,  296  sq.,  336  sq. 

Censor,  103 

Census,  70,  73,  125 

Centumviri,  315,  318,  324,  610,  622,  624, 
631 

Cenluriae,  3 

Certa,  concepta,  verba,  623,  625 

Certainty,  of  merces,  496 ;  of  price,  483 

Cessio,  actionum,  347,  445,  451,  476,  518, 
550,  689,  693;  bonorum,  402,  640,  667, 
687,  717 

Cessio  in  iure,  127,  188,  190,  192,  228,  233 
sq.,  261,  278,  472;  by  tutor,  156;  of 
hereditas,  234,  398  sq. ;  of  servitude,  264, 
266;  of  tutela,  150;  of  usufruct,  269 

Cessio  legis,  423  sq.,  550  sq. 

Charities,  179  sqq.,  185 

Child  of  ancilla,  not  an  accessory,  63 ;  when 
free,  69 

Children,  sale  of,  71,  85 

Chirographa,  458 


Christianity,  and  leges  caducariae,  317,  335; 
effect  on  law,  33 

Church,  as  heres,  289;  personality,  179 

Civil  bondage,  103  sq.,  134  sqq.,  137  sq., 
364,  397,  435,  440,  529,  531,  549 

Civil  bondsman,  alienation  of,  135;  pos- 
session by, 204 

Civis  libertus,  88,  95 

Civitas,  87  sqq.,  94,  99  sq.,  136,  377,  647 

Classes  in  Comilia  centuriata,  3 

Classici,  289;  testes,  238 

Classification,  of  actions,  668  sqq.;  of  con- 
tracts, 430  sq. ;  of  heredea,  302 ;  of  obliga- 
tions, 406  sqq. ;  of  tutelae,  144 

Clausula,  arbitraria,  544,  654  sqq.,  678; 
codicillaris,  350,  357 

Codex  accepti  et  depensi,  457 

Codex,  Gregorianus,  36,  38;  Hermogenianus, 
36,  38;  lustinianus,  40,  41,  47;  repetitae 
praelectionis,  47;  Theodosianus,  36  sqq., 
48 

Codicilli,  144,  350,  356  sq. 

Coelibes,  291,  300 

Coemptio,  119  sqq.,  236,  239;  fiduciae 
causa,  119  sqq.,  168,  428 

Coercitio,  352 

Cognatio,  106,  367,  371;  effect  of  capitis 
deminutio,  140;  servilis,  65,  371,  376 

Cognitio  extraor  dinar  ia,  512,  603,  657  sqq., 
682;  compensatio  in,  699 

Cognitor,  93,  157,  608,  701  sqq.;  in  rem 
suam,  703 

Coheredes,  297,  299 

Collatio,  bonorum,  321  sqq.,  362,  366,  392, 
722;  donationis,  362;  dotis,  322,  362,  722 

Collatio  legum  Romanarum  et  mosaicarum, 
36 

Collegia,  178,  291 

Collusive  sale,  483 

Colonary  Latins,  93,  96 

Colonatus,  91  sqq. 

Coloni,  204,  495,  499,  583 

Coloni  adscriptitii,  91  sqq.,  499 

Colonia  Latina,  140 

Comitia,  Calata,  125,  128,  282;  Centuriata, 
1  sqq.,  8;  Curiata,  2,  125;  Tributa,  3  sqq. 

Comitia  in  the  Empire,  2  sqq.,  7  sq. 

Comitial  Will,  282 

Commercium,  55,  94,  98,  197,  239,  288  sq. 

Commixtio,  210 

Commodatarius,  custodia,  555;  theft  by, 
573;  theft  from,  575 

Commodatum,  459,  465,  467  sqq.,  473,  495, 
522;  ius  retentionis,  408;  possession, 
198 

Common  owners,  535  sq.,  552;  of  slave, 
manumission,  82 

Communi  dividundo,  see  Actio 

Compensatio  (set  off),  548  sq.,  558,  560,  651, 
673  sq.,  696  sqq.,  739 

Compensation  in  accessio,  211,  214,  215;  in 
specificatio,  218 

Compromissum,  528 

Concepta,  certa,  verba,  623,  625 

Concilium  plebis,  4 


744 


INDEX 


Concubinatus,  128  sqq.,  371 

Concurrence  of  actions,  579,  590,  591,  709 

sqq. 

Condemnatio,  489,  607,  612,  613,  623,  633 
sqq.,  653  sqq.,  664;  minus  petitio  in,  696; 
plus  petitio  in,  695 
Condicio,  see  Conditions 
Condictio,  legis  actio,  612  sqq.,  624 
Condictio,  157,  253  sqq.,  257,  433,  522,  534, 
675  sqq.;  causa  data  causa  non  secuta, 
521,  541,  676;  certae  pecuniae,  see  Actio 
certae  pecuniae  creditae;  certi,  456,  676 
sq. ;  ex  lege,  464,  542,  676;  ex  poenitentia, 
86,  241,  430,  515,  542,  676;  fructuaria, 
135;furtiva,  216  sqq.,  223,  449,  530,  538, 

542,  555,  577,  579,  676,  694;  general!*. 

543,  677;  incerti,  434,  676  sq.;  indebill, 
229,  351  sq.,  354,  390,  416,  420,  446, 
537  sqq.,  548,  559,  676;  ob  rem  (causam) 
dati,  430,  485,  519,  521,  541,  676;  ob 
turpem    (iniustam)    causam,    541;    sine 
causa,  418,  422,  439,  460  sq.,  541  sq., 
555,  676;  triticaria,  460,  537  sq.,  653,  676 

Conditions,  257,  261,  340,  491  sqq.;  in  ac- 
ceptilatio,  568;  in  tutela,  149;  in  cessio  in 
iure,  235;  in  contract,  419  sqq.;  in  in- 
stitutio  heredis,  295  sqq.,  299,  302;  in 
legacy,  210, 335;  in  locatio  conductio,  500; 
in  mancipatio,  238,  240,  427;  in  manu- 
mission, 75,  84;  in  mandate,  512;  in 
novatio,  565;  in  sale,  491  sqq. ;  in  societas, 
505;  in  stipulatio,  438  sqq.;  in  traditio, 
231 ;  iurisiurandi,  76,  337;  perplexae,  297 

Conditional  ademption  of  legacy,  342 

Conditional  debts,  420  sq.,  639,^695 

Conductor,  222,  495  sqq.,  501,  556,  575 

Confarreatio,  119 

Confessio,  608,  616,  629  sqq.,  640  sq.,  661; 
in  actio  legis  Aquiliae,  581 

Conflicts  of  schools,  27  sqq.,  114,  132,  208, 
216,  234,  240,  261,  263,  269,  294,  319, 
332  sq.,  336,  338,  349,  398,  436,  456,  482, 
560,  596,  634 

Confusio,  in  accessio,  210;  in  obligatio, 
451  sq.,  559  sq.,  562;  in  servitudes,  266 

Coniunctim,  334  sq. 

Consanguinea,  365,  371 

Consensual  contracts,  422,  478  sq. 

Consensus  curatoris,  173 

Consent,  in  adoptio,  124;  in  adrogatio,  127 
sq. ;  in  contract,  410;  in  emancipatio,  132 
sq. ;  in  marriage,  114 

Consilium,  iudicis,  630,  635;  in  manumis- 
sion, 80;  principis,  15,  17,  30,  32;  sena- 
tus,  15 

Consistorium,  17 

Consolidatio,  271 

Consortium,  315,  511 

Constitutio,  18;  Rutiliana,  245,  249 

Constitutum,  debiti,  157,  423,  451,  526  sqq.; 
possessorium,  204,  207,  229,  511 

Consultatio  principis,  665  sq. 

Consultatio  veteris  iurisconsulti,  36 

Contra  tabulas,  see  Bonorum  possessio 

Contract,  404,  406,  409  sqq. ;  by  one  alieni 


iuris,  135;  by  servus  hereditarius,  306; 
by  tutor,  156;  causa,  425  sq. ;  choice  of 
action,  710;  condicio,  419  sqq.;  consensu, 
422,  478  sqq.;  dies,  419;  effect  in  rem, 
184;  for  heres,  423;  for  third  party,  423; 
literis,  236,  456  sqq.,  563;  of  adrogatus, 
397;  re,  409,  459  sqq.,  519;  verbis,  406, 
431  sqq. 

Contraria  iudicia,  636,  664,  686 

Contrarius  consensus,  568 

Contrectatio,  572 

Contribution  in  societas,  505 

Contributory  negligence,  582 

Contumacia,  683,  693 

Contutores,  159,  162  sqq.,  166,  450,  452 

Conubium,  94,  97,  98,  105,  114  sqq. 

Conventio,  425 

Conventus,  80 

Convicium,  585 

Corporations,  175,  290,  511 

Corpore,  corpori,  in  damnum,  583  sq. 

Corpus,  in  possessio,  180,  201,  203 

Correality,  448  sqq.,  510,  560,  569  sq.,  692, 
699 

Counterclaim,  see  Compensatio 

Cretio,  309  sqq.,  364 

Crimen,  expilatae  hereditatis,  304,  572;  sus- 
pecti  tutoris,  161,  658,  700 

Culpa,  465,  484  sq.,  490,  497,  501,  506,  547, 
551  sqq.,  oTJj^in  aestimatum,  521;  in 
damnum,  jj^^fL;  in  exchange,  520;  in 
imndatt^HB^^L^Y.7/  ////•/.<  contracts, 

Cwra  re,jB  Bpw//i  Possessio 

CumulafflHIH  '44 

CumulatioiFKnjH^HProe  Concurrence 

Curatio,  143  sqqT,  T53,  169  sqq.,  535;  ad- 
ministratio,  173;  bonorum,  174,  591, 
639  sq.,  667,  717  sq.;  furiosi,  169,  396; 
minoris,  171  sq. ;  prodigi,  170;  pupilli, 
173  sq. ;  representation  by,  in  litigation. 
703  sqq.;  ventris,  174 

Curiae,  2 

Custodia,  46,  469,  473,  484,  498,  555  sqq., 
575 

Customary  Law,  52 

Damage,  by  wild  animals,  208.  598 ;  to  free 

man,  584 

Damages,  see  Measure  of  damages 
Damnas  esto,  332,  427 
Damnatio,  in  legacy,  332,  334 
Damnatus,  iudicatus,  616,  717 
Damnosa  hereditas,  306 
Damnum  emergens,  583,  588 
Damnum  infectum,  197,  244,  545,  619,  656, 

721 

Damnum  iniuria  datum,  580  sqq.,  709  sqq. 
Dasumius,  will  of,  359 
Datio  in  solutum,  482,  526,  538,  560 
Datio  ob  rem,  see  Condictio  ob  rem  dati 
Deaf  mutes,  wills,  287 
Death,   as   discharge  of  obligatio,   557;   of 

legatee,  343;  of  party  to  mandate,  515; 

of  socius,  508,  510 


INDEX 


745 


deminutio 

minus) 


Debitum  and  Obligat-io,  403,  421,  537 
Debt,    effect    of    rupiti.-i    ilii/iimttio,    141; 

effect  of  cessio  in  in  re  Jiereditatis,  398; 

imputation  of,  560  sq.;  legacy  of,  345, 

347;  quasi  usufruct  in,  270 
Decemviri,  of  XII  Tables,  1 ;  xtlitibus  iudi- 

candis,  610,  631 
Decoctor,  705 
Decretalis    Bonorum    Possessio,    395   sqq., 

719 
Decretum,    interdict,    726,    733;    principis, 

18  sqq. 

Decuriae  iudicum,  631 
Dediticii,  81,  83,  97,  99  sq.,  289,  377  sq. 
Deductio  in  domum,  112 
Deductio  in  transfer  of  property,  231  sq., 

235,  238,  265 

Deductio  of  bonorum  emptor,  401,  559,  697 
Default  in  litigation,  608,  633,  660 
Defensor  civitatis,  663 
Defensores,  702,  704 
Delatio  Jiereditatis,  301  sqq. 
Delegatio,  253,  255  sqq.,  566 
Delict,  407,  409,  571   sqq.;   by  adrogatus, 

397;  by  slave,  65,  see  Actiones  noxaks; 

choice  of  remedies,  710  sq. ;  discharge  by 

death,    313;    discharge    by    pact,    524; 

effect  of  capitis  deminutio,  141  sq.,  571; 

in  contract,  597 
Deminutio  capitis,  see 
Demonstratio,  643  sq^ 

petitio  in,  695  scjfl 
Denegatio  actionis^t 

sq.,  715 
De  piano,  396 
Deportatio,  98 
Depositum,   198,  459,  464  sqq.,  470,  473, 

552,  554;  irregulare,  466,  503;  iiis  re 

tentionis,  408;  miserabile,  466 
Derelictio,  73,  84,  208 
Detention,  199,  258,  496 
Detestatio  sacrorum,  125,  282 
Dicta  et  promissa,  489 
Dictio  dotis,  44,  431,  454  sq. 
Dies,  261,  546;  cedit,  venit,  332,  339  sqq., 

343,  346;  fastus,  nefastus,  611,  619;  in 

appointment   of   tutores,    149;    incertus, 

certus,  75,  295,  337;  in  contract,  419;  in 

institutio,  295;  perendinus,  607,  609,  612, 

032 ; repetito,54A,  707  sqq. ;  utilis, 383, 558 
Diffarreatio,  121 
Digesta,  of  classical  jurists,  28,  30,  40;  of 

Justinian,  40  sqq.,  47 
Diligentia,  551.  553  sqq. 
Discharge  of  obligatio,  557  sr\<\. 
Disiunctim,  334  sq. 
Dispensing  power,  13 
Disputatio  fori,  52,  55 
Dissimulatio  in  iniiiria,  58(> 
Distractio  bonorum,  640,  667 
Divisible  obligations,  561 
Division  of  the  Empire,  17,  51 
Divisory  actions,  657 
Divorce,  117  sq.,  1-1 
Do,  dico,  addico,  38'5 


Dolus,  158,  161  sq.,  412,  418,  453  sq.,  509, 
551,  553,  589  sq. ;  restitulio,  714  sqq. 

Domicile,  250 

Dominium,  187  sqq.,  739;  acquisition  of, 
206  sqq. ;  and  servitude,  258 

Donandi  animus,  215,  570 

Donatio,  158,  207,  232,  241,  253  sqq.,  326, 
429,  483,  505,  529,  564,  see  Gifts;  ante 
(propter)  nuptias,  111,  255,  368;  between 
husband  and  wife,  111,  218;  collatio, 
302;  inter  vivos,  253  sqq.,  351;  mortis 
causa,  72,  190,  256  sqq.,  339,  429,  592; 
sub  modo,  253 

Dos,  107  sqq.,  117  sq.,  129, 141,  168  sq.,  190, 
207,  247,  250,  261,  279,  368,  411,  444, 
529,  552,  554,  557,  658,  692,  718;  alie- 
natio,  276;  collatio,  322,  362;  ius  retenti- 
onis,  109,  408;  legacy  of,  347,  351 

Dotis  dictio,  44,  431,  454  sqq. 

Duae  lucrativae  causae,  343,  559  sq. 

Ductio,  iussu  praetoris,  197,  595,  638 

Duplicatio,  651 

Dupli  stipulatio,  487 

Dupondius,  49,  298 

Dyarchy,  50 

Eadem  res,  persona,  in  exceptio  rei  iudicatae, 
691  sqq. 

Ecclesiastical  corporations,  179  sqq. 

Edicta  magistratuum,  9  sqq.,  24;  of  aediles, 
9,  11,  45;  of  emperors,  18;  of  Justinian, 
18,  21;  of  provincial  governors,  5 

Edictal  Mass,  43 

Edictum,  Carbonianum,  320,  719;  generale 
in  iniuria,  585 ;  of  aediles  on  venaliciarii, 
510;  of  praetor  on  contutoret,  163;  on 
debts  of  adrogatus,  397;  on  warranties 
in  sale,  364,  488  sqq.,  505;  successorium, 
379 

Edictum,  praetoris,  9  sqq. ;  novum,  praelatum, 
tralatitium,  6,  9;  relation  to  ius  gentium, 
55;  revision  by  Julian,  10,  30 

Edictum  Theodorici,  37 

Editio  actionis,  626,  708 

Effects,  of  adoptio,  122  sq. ;  otadrogatio,  125; 
of  capitis  deminutio,  139;  of  emancipatio, 
133;  of  enslavement,  72 

Egestas,  509 

Ekloge,  48 

Emancipatio,  121,  123,  127,  132  sqq.,  236, 
320,  361,  370,  416,  428  sq.,  441,  571 

Emancipatus,  succession  of,  321  sq.;  suc- 
cession to,  373 

Emblemata  Triboniani,  44  sqq. 

Emperor,  control  of  legislation,  8;  enact- 
ments of,  16,  24;  property  of,  177;  suc- 
cession, 51 

Emphyteusis,  222,  225,  274  sq.,  475,  495, 
734 

Emptio  venditio,  see  Sale 

Enslavement,  67  sqq.;  reMitutio,  713 

Entry  on  hereditas,  see  Adi  I'm 

Epistolae,  19 

Epistola  traditionis,  232,  241 

Ereptio  legati,  343 

47—5 


746 


INDEX 


Error,  as  to  identity  of  parties  or  subject, 
415;  in  cessio  in  iure,  235;  in  contract, 
414  sqq.;  of  status,  87,  97;  in  procedure, 
693;  in  traditio,  230,  231;  restitutio  in 
integrum,  715 

Erroris  causae  probatio,  97  sq.,  320,  363  sq., 
368 

Exceptio,  11,  443,  462,  643,  645,  648  sqq., 
662  sq.,  673;  effect  of,  648,  698;  in  inter- 
dicts, 731 

Exceptio,  annalis  Italici  contractus,  650; 
honor  um  possessionis  non  datae,  389,  394; 
cognitoria,  procuratoria,  651,  701;  doli, 
211,  214,  261,  388,  390,  392,  394,  412, 
413,  438,  446,  468,  470,  590,  650  sqq., 
697  sqq.;  iurisiurandi,  526,  651;  iusti 
dominii,  195  sq.,  652,  738;  legis  Cinciae, 
254  sq.,  313,  673;  legis  Plaetoriae,  171; 
litis  dividuae,  649,  696;  metus,  588  sq., 
652;  non  adimpleti  contractus,  491;  non 
numeratae  pecuniae,  438  sq.,  457  sq., 
467,  650  sq.;  pacti,  261,  266,  569;  prae- 
iudicii,  662,  693  sq. ;  rei  iudicatae,  in 
indicium  deductae,  447,  559,  635,  650, 
673  sq.,  682,  689  sqq.,  694  sq.,  698  sq.; 
rei  litigiosae,  649;  rei  residuae,  649;  rei 
venditae  (donatae)  et  traditae,  193  sq.,  230, 
255,  670;  restitutae  hereditatis,  352;  sena- 
tusconsulti,  legis,  444,  649;  ususfructus, 
255,  652,  670 

Exceptiones  in  edictum  propositae,  651 ;  per- 
petuae  (peremptoriae),  dilatoriae  (tempo- 
rales),  537,  651,  715;  rei,  personae,  co- 
Jmerentes,  652 

Exchange,  520 

Ex  edicto,  see  Bonorum  Possessio 

Exercitores,  joint,  450 

Exheredatio,  296,  302,  310  sq.,  318  sqq.,  322, 
325,  328,  357 

Exhibitory  interdicts,  724,  733 

Ex  operis,  ex  re,  acquisition,  278  sq. 

Expensilatio,  456  sqq. 

Expromissio,  566 

Extinction,  of  obligatio,  557  sqq. ;  of  servi- 
tudes, 266  sqq.;  of  usufruct,  271  sq. 

Extinctive  praescriptio,  249 

Extranei  heredes,  304  sqq. 

Extraneus  manumissor,  147,  381,  393 

Extraordinaria  indicia,  657  sqq. 

Eviction,  in  sale,  486  sqq. ;  of  hereditas,  722 

Evidence,  632,  662 

Facultas  solvendi,  561,  563,  636,  655 
Failure,  of  condition,  421 ;  of  legacy,  341  sqq. ; 

of  will,  329 

Falsa,  causa,  336;  demonstratio,  ib.,  347 
Familia,  102  sqq.,  136 
Familiae,  emptio,  236  sq.,  283,  293  sq.,  329; 

erciscundae,  452;  rmitatio,  138  sq. 
Family  trusts,  358  sqq. 
Favor  libertatis,  76  sq.,  336 
Female  agnates  in  succession,  365,  371 
Fenus,  460  sq. ;  nauticum,  463  sq. 
Festuca,  in  cessio  in  iure,  233 
Fictio  legis  Corneliae,  68 


Fideicommissa,  16,  19,  45,  132,  266,  272, 

342,  349  sqq.,  356,  358  sqq.,  362,  455, 

535,  658;  hereditatis,  239,  344,  349  sqq.; 

libertatis,  75  sqq.,  85,  90,  303,  353  sq., 

399;  missio  in  possessionem,  720;  rerum 

singularum,  353 

Fideicommissary  substitutions,  360 
Fideiussio,  441  sqq.,  517  sq.,  699;  alterna 

(mutua),  451;  indemnitatis,  447,  682 
Fidepromissio,  313,  405,  441  sqq.,  557 
Fiducia,  44,  86,  120,  189,  231,  235,  238,  241, 

277,  405  sq.,  427  sqq.,  464,  466,  471  sqq., 

484,  522,  552,  554,  597;  cum  amico,  428, 

543;  cum  creditore,  429 
Filiifamilias,  102  sqq. ;  acquisition  through, 

202,  279  sq.,  529;  alienation  by,  276; 

contract  by,  529,  549;  noxal  surrender, 

597;    proprietary  rights,   104,  279  sq. ; 

restitutio  in  integrum,  714;  wills,  288 
Fiscus,  176  sq.,  190,  220  sqq.,  251,  372,  400 
Flamines,  119,  121,  131,  139,  321 
Floating  charge,  475 
Foreclosure  in  pledge,  474 
Formal  transactions,  233;  contracts,  409, 

441,  459 
Form,    of    institutio,    294;    of   mancipatio, 

236  sq. ;  of  stipulatio,  431  sq. 
Forms,  of  condemnatio,  653;  of  intentio,  647, 

671;  of  legacy,  331  sqq.;  of  surety,  448; 

of  will,  282  sqq. 
Formula,  603,  614,  627,  642  sqq.;  arbitraria, 

654,  733;  in  ius,  in  factum,  465;   per 

sponsionem,    668,    704;    petitoria,    655, 

668,    704;    Publiciana,    195;    Rutiliana, 

401,  671,  679 

Formulary  system,  5,  623  sqq.,  659 
Foundations,  179  sqq. 
Fragmenta  Vaticana,  36,  41 
Fragmentum  Dositheum,  36 
Fraternitas,  504  sqq.,  536 
Fraud,   on   creditors,   80,   84,   591  sq. ;  on 

patron,  592 

Fraudulent  adstipulator,  440 
Freedman,  see  Libertus 
Free  persons,  acquisition  through,  202 ;  sale 

of,  72,  135,  481;  theft  of,  574 
Fructus,  214,  222  sqq.,  272  sq.,  485,  491; 

civiles,  223  sq.,  226,  268;  duplio,  669; 

licitatio,  735 
Fructuum,perceptio,  222 sqq., 498;  separatio, 

222,  225  sqq. 
Fugitivus,  possession,  200 
Fundus  dotalis,  see  Dos 
Furiosus,  112  sq.,  152  sq.,  169,  200  sqq., 

205,  229,  288,  310,  416,  570,  703,  719 
Furtum,  409,  414,  440,  572  sqq.;  by  owner, 

573;  conceptum,  578;  lance  licioque  con- 

ceptum,  576,  578;  manifestum,  nee  mani- 

festum,   576,   618;  non  exhibitum,  578; 

oblatum,  ib. ;  prohibitum,  578;  rei  here- 

ditariae,  304,  375,  572 
Fusion  of  fideicommissum  and  legacy,  354, 

357 

Gaius,  29,  34  sq. 


INDEX 


747 


Gens,  2;  succession,  365,  383 

Oenus,  sale  of,  482 

Gifts,  see  Donatio;  in  causa  caduci,  316; 

post  mortem,  pridie  mortis,  76,  83 
Gods,  as  heredes,  289 
Greek  law,  infiltration,  37 
Group  personality,  175 
Guardianship,  see  Tutela,  Curatio 

Habere  frui  possidere,  191  sq. 

Habere  licere,  stipulatio,  487 

Habitatio,  274;  pledge  of,  475 

Hereditas,  10,  183,  188,  281  sqq.;  acquisi- 
tion to,  306;  and  reversion,  375,  378  sq. ; 
cessio  of,  234;  iacens,  175  sq.,  304  sqq., 
362;  lapsed  shares,  315;  mancipatio  of, 
239,  283 ;  passing  to  Fisc,  307,  342 ;  per- 
sonality of,  305;  possession  by,  203;  sale 
of,  480 

Hereditatis  petitio,  227,  315,  324,  349,  375, 
387, 388, 391, 395, 669, 673 sq., 738 ;  missio 
in  possessionem,  720;  possessoria,  387 
sqq.,  395;  utilis,  352 

Heredes,  as  witnesses  to  will,  292;  classifica- 
tion of,  302  sq. ;  contract  for,  423;  charge 
of  debts,  314;  coacti,  352;  fiduciarii,  351 
sqq. ;  furiosi,  719;  incerti,  720;  liabilities 
of,  312  sqq.,  405,  552,  554;  missio  in 
possessionem,  719  sq. ;  necessarii,  81,  83, 
302  sqq.,  308,  362;  suspecti,  720 

Heredium,  303 

Hire,  see  Locatio  conductio 

Holograph  Will,  286  sq. 

Honoraria,  512,  658 

Honorarii  Tutores,  163 

Horror  of  intestacy,  361 

Husband  and  wife,  succession,  368 

Hypothec,  111,  250,  355,  471  sq.,  477  sq., 
498 

Illegal  conditions  in  wills,  296;  in  contracts, 

422 
Impensae  in  accessio,  215;  in  dos,  109  sq., 

700;  in  locatio,  497;  in  negotiorum  gestio, 

535;  in  redhibitio,  490 
Imperial  legislation,  38 
Imperial  provinces,  9,  50 
Imperitia,  501  sq. 
Imperium,  148,  712,  721,  723,  737 
Impetratio  actionis,  660,  626;  dominii,  474 
Implied,  ademption  of  legacy,  342;  gift  of 

liberty,  75,  83 

Impossibility  as  a  discharge,  557 
Impossible    conditions,    76;    in    contracts, 

422;  in  wills,  295,  336 
Impubes,  114,  126,  143  sqq.;  as  tutor,  152 

sq. ;  unauthorised  transactions,  160 
In  bonis  habere,  192  sqq. 
Incapaces  in  contract,  416  sqq. 
Incertae  personae,  179,  208,  289,  310,  350, 

358  sqq.;  traditio  to,  231 
Incerti  de  statu  suo,  287 
Indefenni,  629  sqq.,  640,  717 
In  diem  addiclio,  494 
Indignitas,  317,  327,  343 


Indirect  representation,  533 
Indivisible  obligations,  408,  434,  561 
Infamia,  92  sq.,  118,  161  sq.,  465  sqq.,  509, 

536,  554,  577,  640,  654,  684,  689,  701 ;  of 

women,  93 

Infans,  159,  174,  202;  aditio,  310 
Infantiae  proximus,  159 
I  nJU tans,  617,  see  Actio  in  duplum 
Informal,  manumission,  78;  wills  by  parents, 

286 

Ingenuus,  84,  91,  135,  363 
Inheritance  of  status,  200 
Initium  possessionis,  243  sqq. 
Iniuria,  407,  447,  584  sqq.;  noxal  actions, 

594,  596;  to  slaves,  587 
Iniusta  causa,  see  C'ondictio 
Iniustum  sacramentum,  607 
In  ius  vocatio,  89,  605,  608,  613,  617,  626, 

660,  686,  737 

In  libertate  morari,  79,  80 

Innominate  contracts,  44,  496,  518  sqq. 

Inquilinus,  92,  495 

Insinuatio  donationis,  255 

Institor,  306,  449,  452  sq.,  531 

Institutes,  of  Gaius,  29,  46;  of  Justinian,  23, 

46 
Institutio  heredis,  281,  285,  289  sqq.,  293 

sqq.;  ad  certam  rem,  294,  330;  of  collegia, 

178;  of  municipia,  178 
Insula,  497;  nata,  186,  212,  213,  268 
Intellectus,  158;  possidentis,  200 
Intentio,  456,  460,  462,  645  sqq.,  671 
Intercessio,  444;  of  magistrate,  641,  715 
Interdicta,  11,  270,  543,  602,  622,  642,  658, 

661,  723  sqq.;  classifications,  724  sqq., 
730;  duplicia,  729;  exhibitoria,   restitu- 
toria,  prohibitoria,   724  sq. ;    mixta,  ib. ; 
popularia,   726;    possessoria,    193,    198, 
200,  726  sqq. ;  secundaria,  737 

Interdictal  procedure,  730  sqq. 

Interdictio  prodigi,  170 

I nter dictum,  de  aqua,  726,  734;  de  glande 
legenda,  723,  726;  de  clandestina  posses- 
sione,  522,  729;  de  liber  is  ducendis,  ex 
hibendis,  724,  726,  730;  de  itinere,  723, 
726,  730;  de  itinere  reficiendo,  724,  726, 
730;  de  precario,  522,  729;  de  super - 
ficiebus,  275,  728;  de  tabulis  exhibendis, 
724;  de  uxore  ducenda,  724,  726;  de  vi 
armata,  cottidiana,  728  sq.,  see  Inter- 
dictum  unde  vi;  fraudatorium,  592,  727; 
momentariae  possessionis,  729;  posses- 
sorium,  727;  quam  hereditatem,  quern  fun - 
dum,  630,  725,  729;  quod  legatorum,  387, 
389,  725,  727;  quod  vi  aut  clam,  304, 
545,  715,  725,  730;  quorum  bonornin, 
385  sqq.,  392,  394  sq.,  725,  727,  732. 
738;  Salrianum,  472,  727;  sectoriuin. 
727;  unde  vi,  9,  472,  588,  725,  729,  730, 
732,  738;  uti  possidetis,  472,  723,  728, 
734  sqq.;  utrubi,  255,  472,  723,  728, 
734  sqq. 

Interesse,  in  actio  nil  t  .rhibendum,  544;  in 
contract,  424,  436;  in  daw  mini.  5S3;  in 
fiirtum,  574;  in  inliirin,  5S6;  in  mandate, 


748 


INDEX 


512  sq. ;  in  rapina,  579;  in  sale,  479,  490; 

for  restitutio  in  integrum,  713 
Interest,  545  sqq.,  558,  674;  after  mora,  547 
Interpolations,  44  sqq. 
Interpretatio,  of  pontiffs,  2;  of  prudentes,  22, 

52 

Interpretation  of  contract,  411  sq. 
Interrogationes  in  litigation,  312,  627  sq., 

661 

Intestabiles,  93,  287,  291  sq. 
Intestacy,  361  sqq..  380  sqq. 
Inventory,  by  keres,  313;  by  tutor,  154 
Italic  land,  188 
Her,  actus,  via,  240,  263 
Iteratio,  95,  146 

Joint,  delict  by  slaves,  596;  commodatum, 
470;  liability  for  debts,  313;  legacy, 
334  sqq.,  346;  liability  for  penalty,  449, 
453;  stipulation,  449 

Index,  11,  195,  603,  607,  610,  627,  631,  681; 
pedaneus,  659,  663 ;  qui  litem  suam  facit, 
593,  633,  636,  641 

Judgment,  effect,  70,  607,  636  sq.,  664;  in 
default,  608  sq.,  633,  660 

ludicatus,  616,  717 

ludicatum  facere,  615 

ludicatum  solvi,  see  Satisdatio  and  Security 

Indicia,  bonae  fidei,  55,  408,  410  sqq.,  612, 
646,  672  sqq.,  694,  697  sqq.;  contraria, 
636,  664,  686;  extraordinaria,  657  sqq., 
see  Cognitio;  imperio  continentia,  168, 
197,  637,  681  sqq.,  689  sqq.;  legitima, 
153, 252, 447, 637, 681  sqq., 689  sqq. ;  pub- 
lica  rei  privatae,  171;  stricta,  408,  410 
sqq.,  646,  651,  672  sqq.,  694,  697  sq.,  739 

Judicial  stipulations,  434 

ludicis  postulatio,  612,  616 

Indicium,  604;  Cascellianum,  735  sq. ; 
fructuarium,  ib. ;  secutorium,  732  sqq. 

Julian,  30;  revision  of  the  Edict,  10 

Junian  Latins,  see  Latini 

lura,  in  bonis  liberti,  see  Succession  to  freed- 
men;  incorporalia ,  187;  in  re  aliena,  197, 
258  sqq.;  praediorum,  rusticorum  et  urba- 
norum,  see  Servitudes 

luramentum  in  litem  (iusiurandum),  633, 
655,  675,  733 

lurata  promissio  liberti,  431 

lurgium,  604 

lurisdictio,  148,  603 

Jurisdiction,  limits,  641  sqq.,  663 

Jurists,  21  sqq.,  33;  in  imperial  consilium, 
26;  cited  in  Digest,  27,  41 

Juristic  persons,  174  sqq. 

Juristic  writings,  28  sqq.,  34  sq. 

Ins,  258,  537,  604;  actionum,  29,  183,  599 
sqq.;  as  ius  in  rem,  187;  civile,  52  sqq.; 
gentium,  52  sqq.,  98,  100,  228,  231; 
honorarium,  9  sqq.;  naturale,  52  sqq.; 
personarum,  29,  56  sqq.,  60;  Quiritium, 
189,  192;  rerum,  29,  182  sqq. 

Ius  abstinendi,  134,  303;  accrescendi,  252, 
270,  316  sq.,  319,  335,  343,  362,  384; 
antiquum  in  caducis,  292,  316,  343; 


anuli  aurei,  91;  capiendi,  291  sq.; 
edicendi,  a,  9;  faciendi,  259;  honorum, 
94,  98;  in  personam,  403  sqq.;  in  rem, 
182  sqq.;  -iura  condere,  26;  liberorum, 
105,  129,  169,  368  sq.,  371;  offerendae 
pecuniae,  477;  prohibendi,  259;  respond- 
endi,  22  sqq.;  retentionis,  214  sqq., 
407  sq.,  465,  468,  470, 488,  498,  537,  575, 
669;  suffragii,  98;  tollendi,  214sq.,  497 

Iusiurandum,  calumniae,  356,  628  sq. ;  de- 
latio  of,  197,  614,  628,  661  sq. ;  in  litem, 
see  luramentum;  liberti,  396,  455  sq., 
567;  necessarium.,  614,  628,  661  sq. ; 
relatio  of,  see  Relatio  iurisiurandi;  vo- 
luntarium,  525,  662 

lussum,  in  acquisition  by  slave,  279 

lusta  causa,  in  servitudes,  266;  in  traditio, 
229,  425,  494;  in  usucapio,  199,  246, 
425;  in  usufruct,  271 

lustae  nuptiae,  105  sqq. 

Justinian,  as  legislator,  40  sq. 

lustitium,  611 

lustus  contradictor,  692 

Laesio  enormis,  483,  521,  563 

Land,  see  Damnum,  Furtum,  Res  soli, 
Solum,  Possessio,  Usucapio 

Lapsed  shares  in  hereditas,  300,  315; 
legacies,  334  sqq. 

Latini,  87,  93  sqq.,  99,  101,  114,  160,  647; 
acquisition  of  civitas,  95  sq. ;  capitis  de- 
minutio,  139;  wills  of,  288 

Latini,  colonarii,  93,  96;  veteres,  93 

Latini  luniani,  79,  80,  83,  87,  94  sq.,  145, 
291,  350,  377 

Latitatio,  626,  630,  640,  717 

Latium,  mains,  minus,  94 

Law,  of  Persons,  29,  56  sqq. ;  of  things,  29, 
56,  182  sqq.;  of  actions,  29,  56,  599  sqq. 

Law  of  Citations,  29  sqq.,  39,  41 

Law  Schools,  39,  49,  see  Scholae 

Legacy,  45,  219,  322, 331  sqq.,  535,  720,  722; 
per  damnationem,  332,  334,  539,  581,  616, 
618;  per  preceptionem,  333  sq. ;  per  vin- 
dicationem,  331  sq.,  334,  339,  354;  si- 
nendi  modo,  333  sq. 

Legacy,  alimentorum,  356,  523;  debiti,  347; 
dotis,  347,  351;  generis,  346;  in  annos 
singulos,  438;  liberations,  345,  347; 
nominis,  ib. ;  of  annuity,  347 ;  of  materials 
of  house,  341;  optionis,  346,  543;  par- 
titionis,  349,  351;  peculii,  347;  rei 
alienae,  345  sq.;  rei  obligatae,  347;  sub 
condicione,  see  Conditions;  sub  modo,  337, 
340;  to  son  or  slave  of  heres,  337  sq., 
341;  ususfructus,  272,  348 

Legal  education,  49 

Legal  impossibility,  see  Impossible,  Im- 
possibility 

Legati  Caesaris,  9,  50 

Legis  Actio,  5,  74,  124,  178,  233  sq.,  429, 
440,  447,  603,  605  sqq.,  619  sqq.,  634, 
657,  689,  700  sqq.,  721 

Legislation  in  Republic,  1 ;  in  divided  Em- 
pire, 17,  51;  of  Justinian,  40 


INDEX 


749 


Legitimation,  128  sqq. 

Legititni,  heredes,  367;  tutores,  163  sqq. 

Lex,  as  discharge,  559;  as  modus  adquirendi, 
253 

Lex  coloniae  Oenetivae,  610,  614,  615; 
metalli  Vipacensis,  16,  619;  Rhodia  de 
jactu,  503;  Homana  Bur<jnit(li(nium,  37; 
Romana  Wisigothorum,  32,  36,  39; 
Rubria,  609,  629  sq.,  638,  642,  653,  656, 
680;  Salpensana,  139,  143,  100 

Lex  comrnissoria,  474,  479,  493;  contractus, 
420;  mancipii,  238 

Lex,  curiata  de  imperio,  7,  8;  data,  7,  16; 
dicta,  7,  16;  edictalis,  21;  generalis,  52; 
/a/a,  2  sq.,  7,  16,  24;  perfecta,  imperfecta, 
minus  quam  perfecta,  7,  443;  publica, 
283;  reg-ia,  1,  6,  17,  20;  tributa,  4,  8 

Lex  (leges),  Aebutia,  5,  444,  614,  618,  624, 
625,  648,  681,  689;  Aelia  Sentia,  10, 
79  sqq.,  83,  90,  94,  96,  99,  101,  135,  303, 
358;  Appuleia,  443,  445;  Aquilia,  408, 
440,  539,  580  sqq.,  591,  594,  597,  616, 
646,  675  sqq.,  686  sq.,  710;  Atilia,  148; 
Atinia,  248;  caducariae,  129,  258,  291, 
298, 300,  316,  332,  334  sq.,  341,  343,  347, 
348,  350,  357,  362,  384;  see  L.  Papia 
Poppaea,  lulia  de  maritandis  ordinibus; 
Calpurnia,  431,  612,  614,  678;  Canuleia, 
4,  7,  115;  Cicereia,  443,  518,  527,  683; 
Cincia,  7,  89,  254  sq.,  257,  313,  367, 
648  sq.,  673,728;  Claudia,  167;  Corneliae, 
68, 110,  288, 444,518,527,585;  Crepereia, 
622;  duodecini  tabularum,  see  Twelve 
Tables;  Falcidia,  256,  258,  294,  313  sq., 
326,  338  sq.,  343,  347,  352  sqq.,  542,  722; 
Fufia  Caninia,  14,  75,  79,  83,  135,  358; 
Furia  de  sponsu,  443,  446,  617,  683; 
Furia  testamentaria,  7,  338,  367,  618, 
648;  Hortensia,  4  sq.,  7,  14;  Hostilia,  68, 
700;  Icilia  4;  lulia,  de  adulteriis,  108  sq.> 
249,  261,  de  cessione,  640,  de  collegiis, 
178,  de  maritandis  ordinibus,  8,  107,  109, 
113,  115,  291,  316,  de  vi,  580,  munici- 
pals, 620,  639,  682;  lulia  et  Plautia,  248; 
lulia  et  Titia,  149 ;  luliae  iudiciariae,  624, 
681  sq.,  690;  I  it  n  in  (Norbana),  10,  79 
sqq.,  94,  96, 145,  152,  291,  341,  357,  377; 
lunia  Velleia,  320;  Liciniae,  5,  612; 
Marcia,  7,  618;  Minicia,  101;  Papia 
Poppaea,  8,  10,  115,  253,  291,  316,  341, 
376,  382,  393  sq. ;  Papiria,  611 ;  Petronia, 
64,  636;  Pinaria,  606,  612,  632;  Plae- 
toria,  171,  648.  678,  714;  Poetelia,  426 
sq.,  616,  618;  Publilia,  442,  617;  Publilia 
Philonis,  4;  Scribonia,  258,  264;  Sem- 
pronia,  483;  Silia,  612  sq.,  676,  678; 
Valeria  Horatia,  4;  Vallia,  617  sq. ; 
Visellia,  95;  Voconia,  289,  337  sq.,  349 
sq.,  365,  376 

Libellus  conventionis,  contradictions  s,  660  sq. 

Libera  persona,  acquisition  through,  202, 
277 

Liberi,  106,  366,  368;  patroni,  tutela,  147; 
patroni,  succession,  375,  399 

Libertus,   libertinus,  84,  88,  89,  375,  545; 


adrogatio  of,  91,  125  sq. ;   as  tutor,  150 

sqq.;  ingratus,  71;  orcinus,  78,  354;  see 

Succession  to  frcedmen 
Liberty,  definition,  62;  restitutio,  713 
Liberurn  matrimoninm,  106  sq.,  117 
Libripens,  236,  283 
Lis,  604,  606 
Litis  contestatio,   243,   250   sq.,   258,   396, 

446  sq.,  450  sqq.,  465,  518,  544  sq.,  549, 

558,  566,  571,  586,  588,  590,  592,  595  sq., 

607,  627,  634  sq.,  643  sq.,  646,  653,  660 

sqq.,  669,  675,  682,  689  sqq.,  700  sq., 

706  sqq.,  717 
Litis  denuntiatio,  660 
Loan,  for  consumption,  458  sqq. ;  for  use, 

467  sqq. ;  per  aes  et  libram,  426  sq. 
Locatio  conductio,  465, 468, 478  sq.,  494  sqq. ; 

irregular  is,    503;    operarum,    500    sqq.; 

operis,  500  sqq.,  512;  partiaria,  496;  rei, 

495  sqq.,  500 
Longi  temporis  praescriptio,  197,  243,  249 

sqq.,  644;  in  servitudes,  266 
Longissimi  temporis  praescriptio,  251 
Loss  of  testamenti  factio,  307 
Lucrifaciendi  animus,  572 
Lucrum  cessans,  583 
Lucre  debere,  620 
Luminibus  officiendi  ius,  264 

Magister  Bonorum,  401,  603 

Mala  fide  possessor,  575;  hereditatis,  315 

Mancipatio,  119  sq.,  124,  156,  188,  190,  192, 
209,  228,  231  sq.,  236  sqq.,  261,  293,  329, 
472,  494,  513;  cum  fiducia,  263,  429; 
familiae,  283,  285,  307,  see  Mancipatory 
will;  in  donatio,  241,  256;  metus,  413;  of 
servitudes,  264;  to  or  by  filius  or  slave, 
239 

Mancipatory  will,  237,  282  sqq.,  288,  329  sq. 

Mancipii  causa,  see  Civil  bondage 

Mancipium,  62,  133 

Mandata  principis,  18,  21 

Mandatum,  202,  424,  441  sq.,  470,  478,  501, 
507,  512  sqq.,  534,  553  sq.,  557;  as 
agency,  516;  as  assignment  of  contract, 
518;  as  surety  (m.  qualificatum),  448, 
517;  post  mortem,  515 

Manumission,  63,  73  sqq.,  156,  331,  455;  by 
will,  74  sqq.,  79,  284;  Censu,  73;  inter 
amicos,  78,  83;  in  ecclesiis,  82,  83;  per 
epistolam,  78,  83;  sacrorum  causa,  79; 
vindicta,  73,  74,  235 

Manumission,  age  of  parties,  80;  by  pere- 
grine, 81;  in  fraud  of  creditors,  80,  84; 
in  fraud  of  patron,  80  sq.;  metus,  413;  of 
common  slave,  82;  of  pledged  slave,  S2; 
of  servusfructuarius,  ib. ;  of  serruspopnli, 
ib. ;  of  servus  universitatis,  ib. ;  of  unborn 
person,  77,  83 

Mantis,  103  sqq.,  118  sqq.,  131,  169,  397, 
531;  missio  in  possessionem,  718;  pos- 
session by  one  in,  204 

Manus  consertio,  606,  607 

Manus  iniectio,  442  sq.,  455,  606,  608,  614 
sqq.,  637  sq. 


750 


INDEX 


Marriage,  105  sqq.;  of  concubina,  130; 
reslitutio,  713;  see  Nuptiae,  Conubium 

Materna  bona,  280  sq. 

Matrimonium  iuris  gentium,  105  sqq. 

Measure  of  damages,  in  actio  ad  exhibendum, 
544;  in  commodatum,  469;  in  communi 
dividundo,  536;  in  condictio  furtiva,  578; 
in  damnum,  580  sq. ;  in  deposit,  464  sq. ; 
infurtum,  577;  in  hereditatis  petitio,  315; 
in  iniuria,  586  sq. ;  in  locatio,  497  sq. ;  in 
mandate,  514;  in  metus,  588;  in  negoti- 
orum  gestio,  534  sq. ;  in  pignus,  473 ;  in 
rapina,  579;  in  vindicatio,  258;  in  sale, 
480  sq.,  485  sq.,  489  sq. ;  in  servi  corrup- 
tio,  591;  in  societas,  506 

Mensor,  501 

Merces,  496,  502  sq. 

Metus,  413,  453  sq.,  588  sqq.,  673,   714, 

716  sq. 

Mililes,  153,  157;  wills,  357  sq. 

Militia,  326 

Minors,  171  sqq.,  549;  restitutio,  714,  717 

Minus  petitio,  644  sqq. 

Misrepresentation  in  contract,  416 

Missio  in  possessionem,  197,  242,  244,  314, 
320,  344,  352  sq.,  359,  477,  540,  626,  630, 
638  sq.,  642,  654,  658,  664,  667,  712, 

717  sqq.,  732,  737;  rei  servandae  causa, 
717 

Mistake,  see  Error 

Modalities  in  contract,  419  sqq. 

Modes  of  acquisition  of  dominium,  206 

Modus,  253,  337;  lege  agendi,  605 

Money    paid    by    mistake,    see    Condictio 

indebiti 
Monilia,  219 
Mora,  405,  418,  421,  450,  503,  506,  538,  546 

sqq.,  561,  563,  566;  creditoris,  547 
Morbus,  in  sale,  488  sqq. ;  sonticus,  605,  608 
Mortgage  by  fiducia,  471  sq. 
Mortis  causa  capio,  328 
Mother,  succession  of,  368  sq. ;  to,  370 
Multa  in  damnum,  580 
Municipfa,  personality,  177;  heredes,  290 
Mutatio  iudicis,  708 
Mutuae  petitiones,  696,  739 
Mutuum,  168,  410,  420,  430,  439,  459  sqq., 

467,  525,  537,  545 

Natural  children  as  heredes,  289,  see  Le- 
gitimation 

Naturalis  ratio,  53 

Nautae,  caupones,  stabularii,  555  sq.,  593 

Nauticum  fenus,  460,  463  sq.,  545 

Necessarius  heres,  299,  302  sqq. 

Negative,  conditions,  76,  296,  336;  interesse 
in  theft,  574  sq. ;  prescription,  249; 
servitudes,  259,  263 

Neglegentia,  552,  553,  556,  see  Culpa 

Negotiorum  gestio,  166,  211,  215,  390,  453, 
513,  533,  552,  561 

Nemo  pro  parte  testatus,  281,  327,  357 

Nexi  liberatio,  426 

Nexum,  404,  409  sq.,  426,  460,  567,  616  sq. 

Nomen  Latinum,  93,  94 


Nomina    arcaria,    456;    transcriptitia,    see 

Contract  literis 
Nominatio,   in  acquisition  by  slave,  279; 

iudicis,  643 

Non  bis  in  idem,  454,  689,  702 
Non-possessory  interdicts,  see  Interdicts 
Nonuse  of  servitudes,  267;  of  usufruct,  271 
Nota  censor ia,  117 
Nova  clausula  luliani,  11,  366 
Nova  species,  216  sq. 
Novatio,  444,  450,  452,  509,  514,  548  sq., 

563  sqq.;  necessaria,  450,  566,  689;  of  or 

by  conditional  obligation,  420 
Novellae  constitutions,  40,  47 
Noxa  caput  sequitur,  87,  595,  597 
Noxal,  actions,  see  Actiones  noxales;  liability, 

134,  183,  397,  404  sqq.,  594  sqq.,  654; 

surrender  of  children,  104,  114 
Nuda  voluntas,  aditio  by,  310 
Nude  pacts,  524  sq. 
Nulli  res  sua  servit,  259  sq. 
Nuncupatio  in  Mancipatory  Will,  283  sqq. 
Nuptiae,  107,  112;  effect  of  capitis  deminu- 

tio,  140 
Nuptiae   iustae,    105   sqq. ;    determination, 

117,  see  Divorce;  requirements,  112  sqq. 
Nuptiae  non  iustae,  105  sq. 

Oath,  see  luramentum  and  lusiurandum 

Oblatio  curiae,  130 

Obligatio,  183,  403  sqq.,  537;  alternative, 
561;  and  actio,  affinity,  600;  as  res  in- 
corporalis,  187,  403;  assignment,  518, 
550;  beginning  in  heres,  423,  515;  civilis 
honoraria,  406,  408;  divisible,  561;  ex 
contractu,  409  sqq.;  ex  delicto,  571  sqq.; 
extinction,  557  sqq. ;  faciendi,  dandi, 
405;  naturalis,  54,  66,  87,  141,  159,  408, 
435, 442, 444,  461,  463,  491, 498,  545,  548 
sqq.,  558, 564, 682, 699 ;  quasi  ex  contractu, 
533  sqq. ;  quasi  ex  delicto,  593  sq. ;  re,  459, 
572 

Obsequium,  89,  91,  94,  96,  150 

Occidere,  581  sq. 

Occupatio,  206  sqq.,  217  sqq.,  223 

Offer,  death  of  party,  410 

Officium  iudicis,  634  sqq.,  673 

Omission  in  damnum,  581  sq. 

Omission  in  will,  of  ascendants,  325;  of 
brothers  and  sisters,  ib. ;  oipostumi,  319; 
of  sui  heredes,  ib. 

Omnia  indicia  absolutoria,  634,  673  sq., 
693  sq. 

Oneris  ferendi  ius,  259 

Ope  consilio,  573,  591 

Opening  of  Will,  293 

Operae,  servorum  vel  animalium,  274;  liberti, 
89,  90,  96,  455 

Operis  novi  nuntiatio,  545,  715,  722,  726 

Oportere,  see  Intentio 

Optio  tutor  is,  167  sq. 

Oral  Will,  286 

Oratio  principis,  15,  21 

Orbi,  291,  300 

Ordo  Equester,  88,  91;  Senator  ius,  ib. 


INDEX 


751 


Or  do  iudiciorum,  657,  663 
Ownership,  inferior  modes,  191  sq. 
Owner,  treasure,  220;  theft  by,  see  Furtum 

Pact  and  stipulation,  265,  277 

Pacta,  55,  465,  469,  524  sqq.,  549;  adiecta, 
190,  500,  524,  674;  continua,  525;  dotalia, 
108;  ex  intervallo,  525;  legitima,  409, 
528  sqq.;  praetoria,  409,  525  sqq.,  680 

Pactum,  de  non  petendo,  421,  423,  448, 
451  sq.,  565,  568  sqq.;  de  retroemendo, 
retrovendendo,  492;  displicentiae,  492; 
donationis,  256,  529;  dotis,  529 ;  fiduciae, 
189,  see  Fiducia;  protimeseos,  492 

Papinian,  31 

Papyri,  as  sources,  37 

Pardon  of  servus  poenae,  70,  85 

Parens  manumissor,  132,  369,  373  sq.,  380; 
tutela,  147 

Parricidinm,  103 

Pars,  dominii,  269;  legitima,  325  sq.,  344 

Partial  ademption  of  legacy,  342 

Partial  failure  of  will,  in  querela,  328 

Par'iceps,  510 

Partis  evictio,  487  sq. 

Partns  ancillae,  63,  224,  247  sq.,  268 

Passive  correality,  450 

Paterfamilias,  102;  contract  with  filius,  548, 
see  Patria  potestas 

Pater  solitarius,  291 

Patria  potestas,  97,  99, 103  sqq.,  113;  deter- 
mination, 131  sqq.;  over  issue  of  one  in 
mancipio,  134;  revocatio  to,  131 

Patrimonium,  184  sq. 

Patron's  rights,  88  sqq.;  effect  of  capitis 
deminutio,  141;  succession,  89,  91,  96, 
375;  tutela,  146 

Paul,  31 

Pauperies,  598 

Payment,  in  mancipatio,  237, 240 ;  in  traditio, 
231;  of  debt  to  pupil,  160;  see  Solutio 

Peculium,  66,  78,  87,  94,  133,  202,  306  sq., 
399, 529;  castrense,  140,  142,  279  sq.,  288, 
372  sqq.,  396,  416,  463;  profectitium, 
279;  quasi-castrense,  140,  142,  280,  288, 
372  sqq.,  396,  416, 463;  reversion  of,  372 
sqq.,  378 

Pecunia,  283;  traiectitia,  see  Nauticum/enus 

Penal  actions,  see  Actiones  ad  poenam  per- 
sequendam 

Penal  slavery,  142 

Penal  stipulation,  424 

Perambulatio,  232 

Peregrini,  87,  97  sqq.,  102,  114,  240,  289, 
350;  in  damnum,  584;  institutio  or 
legacy,  341;  ownership  by,  192,  197 

Perendinatio  diei,  607,  609,  612,  632 

Permutatio,  468,  486,  520 

Perpetuities,  358  sqq. 

Persona,  174  sq.;^cta,  175,  305;  singularis, 
176 

Personality,  174  sqq. 

Personal  nature  of  obligatio,  404 

Personal  servitudes.  260,  267  sqq. 

Persons,  law  of,  56  sqq. 


Piae  causae,  179  sqq.,  256 

Pignoris  capio,  618  sqq. 

Pignus,  see  Pledge;  and  fiducia,  428;  ex 
causa  iudicati,  666;  praetorium,  477 

l>l,h'i.«-;t,i,  4,  -24 

Pledge,  44,  183,  205,  222,  459,  470  sqq., 
474  sq.,  563,  692;  conditions,  420;  indi- 
visibility, 252;  iusretentionis,  408;  manu- 
mission of  slave,  82;  novafio,  566;  pri- 
orities, 476  sq.;  right  of  sale,  474;  sub- 
ject of,  263,  475 

Pledgee,  alienation  by,  276;  interesse  in 
furl  Km,  57o 

Plurality  of  principals,  448  sqq. 

Plus  minusve  secuere,  615 

Pluspelitio,  444,  635,  645, 694  sqq.,  706,  715 

Pollicitatio,  455 

Pontifices,  2,  606,  609,  621 

Populus  Romanus,  as  person,  176 

Positive  interesse  in  theft,  574 

Positive  servitudes,  259,  263 

Possessio,  198  sqq.,  222  sq.,  464,  466,  472, 
496,  522,  671,  739;  acquisition,  201  sqq., 
232;  by  hereditas,  306;  chilis,  naturalis, 
199,  200;  feigned  in  Publician,  196;  for 
captivi,  68;  iuris,  260,  386  sq. ;  loss  of, 
204  sq.,;  not  a  res,  187,  205;  pro  herede, 
pro  possessore,  315,  386,  389  sq. ;  theories 
of,  199  sq. 

Possessory,  actions,  738;  interdicts,  see 
Interdicta 

Possibility,  in  contract,  417  sq. ;  in  con- 
ditions, see  Conditions 

Postliminium,  67  sqq.,  73,  85,  288,  356 

Postpapinianian  Mass,  43 

Postulatio,  92;  actionis,  626,  660;  suspecti 
tutoris,  161 

Postumi,  138,  144,  290,  296,  303,  319  sq., 
363  sq.;  Aquiliani,  320;  extranet,  308, 
337;  institutio  of,  308;  luliani,  320;  legi- 
timi,  319;  omission  of,  319,  393;  sui,  308; 
Velleiani,  320 

Potestas  and  tutela,  143 

Potestas,  see  Patria  Potestas;  in  noxal  ac- 
tions, 595,  627 

Potioris  nominatio,  150 

Praeceptio,  see  Legacy 

Praeda,  209 

Praedial  Servitudes,  see  Servitudes 

Praefecturae,  51 

Praefectus,  annonae,  663;  iuridicundo,  642; 
praetorio,  17,  50,  51;  urbi,  50,  53,  663; 
vigilum,  663 

Praeiudicium,  see  Actio  praeiudicialis 

Praeiudicium  (as  defence),  644,  709,  711 

Praelegatum,  333,  339,  349 

Praemia  patrum,  105,  123,  129,  291,  300, 
316  sq.,  335 

Praepostere  conceptum,  337,  437 

Praes,  448,  606  sq.,  616,  704 

Praescripta  verba,  see  Actio  praescriptis 
verbis 

Praescriptio,  in  formula,  643  sq. ;  longi 
temporis,  249  sqq.,  277,  644,  694;  langis- 
simi  temporis,  251;  praeiudicii,  644;  pro 


752 


INDEX 


adore,  pro  reo,  643,   653;   in   usufruct, 

271 

Praestationes,  in  divisory  actions,  648,  654 
Praetor,  de  liberalibus  causis,  10;  peregrinus, 

9,    12,   50,    625;  fideicommissarius,    10, 

349  sqq.;  tutelaris,  10,  149;  urbanus,  9, 

12,  50,  see  Edictum  praetoris 
Praetorian,   law   of   exheredatio,  321  sqq. ; 

scheme    of   succession,    366    sqq.;    will, 

284  sq. 

Pragmatic  sanction,  21 
Precarium,   467,   471,   477,    521    sq.,   553, 

729 

Prescription  of  actions,  558 
Presence,  in  auctoritatis  interpositio,  158;  in 

stipulatio,  433 
Prevention  of  satisfaction  of  condicio,  297, 

421 

Price  in  sale,  482  sqq. 
" Pridie  quam  moriar,"  437,  446 
Princeps,  legibus  solutus,   16;  senatus,   14; 

succession,  51 

Principum  placita,  16  sqq.,  24 
Priority,  in  bonorum  possessio,  see  Bonorum 

possessio;  in  pledge,  476  sqq. 
Privative  intercessio,  444 
Privileged  debts,  540,  639;  hypothec,  477 
Privilegium,  290  sq.,  312 
Procedure,  599  sqq. ;  in  interdicts,  730  sqq. 
Proculian  School,  27  sqq. 
Procurator,  168,  244,  512,  513,  518;  accep- 

tilatio  by,  568;  acquisition  by,  202,  277; 

ad  litem,  701  sqq.;  alienation  by,  277; 

in  rem  suam,  157,  315,  445,  518,  550; 

novatio    by,    564;    purchase    by,    405; 

voluntarius  (defensor),  702,  704 
Prodigus  inter dictus,   170,  292,   549,   570, 

703;  will  of,  288 

Profectitium  peculium,  see  Peculium 
Pro  herede  gestio,  310,  312,  364 
Prohibition  to  alienate,  effect  in  rem,  190, 

359 

Prohibitory  interdicts,  see  Interdicta 
Pro  noxae  deditione,  597 
Pronuntiatio,  636,  647,  664,  690 
Prescript io  bonorum,  639 
Pro  tribunali,  396 

Provincia,  659;  change  in  meaning,  51 
Provincial  Edict,  12;  land,  see  Solum 
Provisional  interdicts,  723,  738 
Pubertati  proximi,  159 
Puberty,  161 
Publicani,  619  sq. ;  liability  iorfamilia,  596; 

societas,  504,  510 

Pulsare,  verberare,  vi  domum  introire,  585 
Pupillary  substitution,  104,  300  sqq.,  322, 

357 
Pupillus,  alienation  by,  276;  commodatum 

by  or  to,  470  Contract  by,  436,  442,  549; 

deposit  by,  464 ;  missio  in  possessionem, 

718;  tacit  hypothec,  478 
Purging  of  mora,  547 
Putative  causa,  425,  see  lusta  causa 

Quaestor  sacri  palatii,  17 


Quarto,  Antonina,  127,  323;  Falcidia,  326, 

354  sqq.;  Pegasiana,  353  sq.,  357 
Quasi,,  castrense   peculium,  280,  288;  con- 
tract, 406,  533  sqq.;   delict,  407,  409, 
593  sq. ;  possession,  see  Possessio  iuris; 
postumi,    320;    pupillary    substitution, 
302;  traditio,  265,  277;  usufruct,  270 
Quern  liberum,  see  Interdictum 
Querela  inofficiosi  donationis,  dotis,  329 
Querela  inofficiosi  testamenti,  254,  256,  289, 
296,  301,  318,  324  sqq.,  357,  683,  685; 
under  Novels,  328 
Quinquaginta  decisiones,  46 
'''Quoad  vivam,"  438 
(Jnod  legato/rum,  see  Interdictum 
Quorum  Bonorum,  see  Interdictum 

Rapina,  409,  579  sqq.,  675 

Ratification,  by  pater,  of  marriage,  114;  in 
litigation,  see  Satisdatio;  of  acquisition 
by  procurator,  202,  277;  of  slave's  con- 
tract, 531 ;  of  intercessio  by  woman,  445; 
of  loan  to  filiusfamilias,  463;  of  nego- 
tiorum  gestio,  534 

Real  contracts,  459,  see  Contracts  re 

Receptum,  arbitri,  528;  argentarii,  527; 
nautae  cauponis  stabularii,  528 

Recuperandae  possessionis  causa  inter  dicta, 
see  Interdicta 

Recuperator es,  610,  623,  631  sq.,  635 

Recuperatoria  ludicia,  98,  623 

Re,  coniuncti,  disiuncti,  re  et  verbis  con- 
iuncti,  334  sqq. 

Redemption,  of  child,  71,  73;  of  captive,  69 

Redemptor,  502 

Redhibitio  rei  venditae,  see  Sale        • 

Regula  Catoniana,  258,  337  sq.,  341  sq.,  346, 
354 

Regulae  of  Ulpian,  26,  33 

Rei  vindicatio,  see  Vindicatio 

Relatio  iurisiurundi,  526,  628,  661,  663 

Relatio,  to  princeps,  665  sq. 

Relationship  of  slaves,  see  Cognatio  servilis 

Release  of  debt,  567  sqq. ;  per  aes  et  libram, 
567 

Relegatio,  509 

Remancipatio  filii,  120 

Rem  non  liquere,  635 

Remotio  tutor  is,  162 

Rem  ratam  habiturum  dominum,  see  Cautio 
de  rato 

Renunciation,  of  servitude,  266;  of  tenancy, 
499,  see  Societas,  Mandatum 

Repetitio  diei,  544,  707  sqq. 

Replicatio,  447,  651 

Representation,  in  litigation,  440,  700  sqq., 
707 ;  in  contract,  516,  529  sqq. ;  in  manu- 
mission, 74,  84;  in  transfer  of  property, 
276  sqq. 

Repudiation,  of  bonorum  possessio,  384 ;  of 
hereditas,  312;  of  legacy,  344 

Repudium  (divorce),  117 

Res,  182  sqq.,  404;  alienae,  fideicommissum 
of,  353,  sale  of,  488;  communes,  173  sqq. ; 
corporales,  187;  deiectae  vel  effusae,  453, 


INDEX 


753 


593,  688;  derelictae,  208;  divini  iuris, 
184  sqq.,  210;  dotales,  see  Dos;  extra 
commercium,  201;  extra  patrimoniiini, 
184  sq. ;  furtivae,  sale,  481,  usucapio, 
194,  248;  hereditariae,  theft,  572;  /<«- 
warn  tim's,  184  sqq. ;  hostis,  209  sqq. ; 
incorporates,  187  sq.,  260,  265,  403,  522. 
cessio  of,  235,  commodatum  of,  468, 
possession,  198,  sale  of,  481;  in  patri- 
monio  universitatis,  184;  litigiosae,  276, 
481,  529,  532,  694,  705,  715;  manci/>i, 
nee  mancipi,  168,  188,  225,  228,  231, 
234,  239,  241,  250,  263,  276,  486; 
nullius,  184  sqq.,  209  sqq.,  212,  217  sq., 
332;  publicae,  184,  186,  213,  221,  725; 
religiosae,  184  sq.,  221,  481;  sacrae, 
184  sq.,  221,  418,  481;  soli,  188,  572,  see 
Solum;  sanctae,  184  sq. ;  suspensae,  593, 
688;  universitatis,  184;  vitiosae,  248,  488 
Res  inter  alios  actn,  691  sq.,  716 
Res  iudicata,  233,  398,  see  Exceptio  rei 

iudicatae 

Res  perit  domino,  484 
"Res  salvas  fore,"  528 
Rescission  of  usucapio,  249 
Rescript  procedure,  19  sq.,  665  sq. 
Rescripta  principis,  18  sqq. 
Resolutive  conditions,  257;  in  wills,  296; 
in  contract,  422;  in  sale,  491  sqq.,  effect 
in  rem,  ib. 

Responsa  prudentum,  22  sqq.,  30 
Restitutio  in  integrum,  72,   144,   160,   166, 
171  sq.,  249,  254,  266,  276,  312,  314,  317, 
368,  413,  448,  549,  588,  589,  592,  636, 
641  sq.,  658,  682,  693,  695,  697,  706,  707, 
712  sqq.;  effect  in  rem,  716 
Restitutio  natalium,  91 
Restitution  of  servus  poenae,  71 
Restitutory  interdicts,  see  Interdicta 
Retention,  right  of,  see  lus  retentionis 
Retinendae  possessionis  causa  interdicta,  see 

Interdicta 

Revocatio  in  duplum,  638 
Revocatio  in  patriam  potestatem,  131 
Revocation,  of  gifts,  190,  253  sq.,  257,  430; 

of  mandate,  516;  of  will,  329  sq.,  344 
Rhodian  Sea  Law,  503 
Risk,  after  mora,  547;  in  aestimatum,  521; 
in  condictio  furtiva,  542;  in  condictio  in- 
debiti,  539;  in  condictio  ob  rem  dati,  541; 
in  condictio  sine  causa,  542;  in  locatio,  498, 
503;  in  negotiorum  gestio,  534;  in  sale, 
484  sqq.,  491  sq. ;  in  societas,  505 
Rivers,  in  what  sense  public,  186 
Rumpere  in  damnum,  see  Damnum 
Rustic  servitudes,  see  Servitudes 
Rutilian/omwfa,  401,  679 

Sabinian,  doctrine,  dominance  of,  30;  Mass, 

43;  School,  27  sqq. 
Sacra,  125,  127,  133,  361,  364 
Sacramentum,  605  sqq.,  613,  616,  618,  620 

sqq.,  634,  see  Legis  actio 
Sacrilege,  185 
Solaria,  512 


Sale,  411,  478  sqq.;  ad  gustum,  492;  by 
tutor,  155;  custodia,  555;  defect  of  title, 
44,  485  sqq. ;  duties  of  parties,  484  sqq. ; 
of  child  by  paterfamilias,  103;  of  free- 
man, 72,  417,  481;  of  hereditas,  480;  of 
res  locala,  499;  of  res  emptoris,  479  sqq.; 
of  res  religiosa,  417;  of  sjies,  of  res 
sperata,  470,  488;  of  usufruct,  269;  of 
young  children,  71,  S5;perfecta,  484  sqq. ; 
special  conditions,  491  sqq.;  uti  optimus 
maximusque,  486 

Saltus  aestivi,  hiberni,  204  sq. 

Satisdatio,  344,  434;  de  rato,  705;  iudicatum 
solvi,  641,  704,  706;  pro  praede  litis  et 
vindiciarum,  622,  641,  704,  see  also 
Cautio,  Security 

Satisfaction  of  condicio,  297,  336,  421 

Scholae  prudentum,  27  sqq.;  conflicts,  see 
Conflicts  of  schools 

Scholia  Sinaitica,  36 

Scientia,  202,  278,  310,  383,  529  sqq.,  594 

Seashore,  as  res,  184,  186 

Sectae  prudentum,  27  sq. 

Secundaria  interdicta,  see  Interdicta 

Secundum  tabulas,  see  Bonorum  possessio 

Security,  by  adrogator  impuberis,  126  sq.; 
by  tutor,  154,  163,  446;  by  usufructuary, 
269;  in  actio  iudicati,  637;  in  litigation, 
44,  444,  704  sqq. 

Self -mancipation,  135,  426  sq. 

Semel  heres  semper  heres,  281,  295,  355,  398 

Senate,  3  sqq.,  50 

Senatorian,  order,  88;  province,  9,  50 

Senatusconsulta,  12,  13  sqq. 

Senalusconsultum,  Afinianum,  323;  Claudi- 
anum,  69,  71,  83 ,400;  Dasumianum,  85; 
luncianum,  85;  luventianum,  227,  315, 
674;  Largianum,  377;  Macedonianum, 
10,  14,  462  sqq.,  467,  549,  626,  648,  652; 
Neronianum,  333;  Orphitianum,  79,  369 
sq.,  380;  Pega-sianum,  317,  350,  352  sqq.. 
357,  362;  Pusio-Pegasianum,  96;  Rubri- 
anum,  85;  Silanianum,  14,  82,  309,  317; 
Tertullianum,  14,  368  sqq.,  380;  Tre- 
bellianum,  10,  351  sqq.,  648;  Velleianum, 
10,  14,  152,  444  sq.,  549,  648  sq.,  652 

Sententia,  in  sacramentum,  607 

Sententiae  of  Paul,  26,  31,  36 

Sequestratio,  466 

Servian  Classes,  3,  238 

Servilis  cognatio,  65,  371,  376 

Servitudes,  188,  207,  240,  250,  258  sqq.; 
equivocal  forms,  273;  mancipatio  of, 
239;  on  res  sua,  273;  on  a  servitude,  260, 
273;  personarum,  267  sqq.;  praediortim, 
258  sqq.,  486,  536,  669 

Servitus  poenae,  142 

Servius  Tullius,  3,  88 

Servus,  acquisition  through,  62,  202,  227, 
278,  529;  alienation  by,  L'Tii:  alienus, 
institutio,  302,  309;  alienus,  liberty  to, 
353  sq. ;  as  criminal,  543 ;  as  person,  1 75 ; 
as  res,  63  sqq. ;  as  witness,  67,  292,  306, 
543,  632;  children  of,  101;  commuiii*. 
203,  252,  309;  corruptio,  590  sq.; 


754 


INDEX 


cruelty  to,  65;  differences  in  position, 
67 ;  dolus  of,  470 ;  fructuarius,  62 ;  manu- 
mission of,  73  sqq.,  82;  possession  by, 
203;  fructus,  63;  fugitivus,  noxal  liabil- 
ity, 594;  hereditarius,  62,  203,  305  sqq., 
358,  436;  in  commerce,  65  sqq.;  iniuria 
to,  63;  institutio  of.  308;  pactum  de  non 
petendo,  570;  naturalis  obligatio  of,  548; 
peculium,  66,  see  Actio  de  peculio; 
pillaging  hereditas,  304;  poenae,  62,  70 
sqq.;  publici,  66,  67,  82,  154;  relation- 
ship, 65,  371,  376;  sale  of,  64;  sine 
domino,  63,  67,  308;  stipulation  by,  435; 
suis  nummis  emptus,  etc.,  86,  91;  uni- 
versitatis,  82;  wills  of,  288 

Set  off,  see  Compensatio 

Settlements,  358  sqq. 

Shares,  in  hereditas,  298;  in  societas,  505; 
in  usus,  272 

Simplaria  venditio,  490 

Sine  re,  cum  re,  see  Bonorum  Possessio 

Singular  succession,  331 

Slavery,  54,  62  sqq.,  see  also  Enslavement, 
Servus 

Societas,  451,  478,  496,  504  sqq.,  516,  552 
sqq.,  557;  conditions,  419,  505;  leonina, 
505;  omnium  bonorum, 207, 504, 510  sqq. ; 
quoad  usum,  sortem,  505;  special  types, 
510  sqq. 

Socii,  pactum  de  non  petendo,  569 

Sodalicia,  178 

Soldier's  will,  357  sqq. 

Solidarity,  448  sqq. 

Solidi  capacitas,  292,  316 

Solum  provinciale,  italicum,  188,  191,  197, 
249  sq. 

Solutio,  408,  560  sqq.,  see  Payment 

Solutionis  causa  adiectus,  436,  460,  538,  561, 
563 

Son,  condition  on  institutio  of,  296 

Sortitio  ludicis,  632 

Spatium  deliberandi,  299,  312,  362,  393,  395 

Specificatio,  211,  216  sqq. 

Specific  performance,  656 

Sponsalia,  112 

Sponsio  (surety),  313,  405,  441,  456,  557; 
formal  stipulatio,  434 

Sponsiones,  388,  723;  and  restipulationes, 
613;  in  interdicts,  731,  733  sq.,  736; 
poenales,  526  sq.,  731,  733,  736;  prae- 
iudiciales,  622;  tertiae  partis,  676 

Sponsor es,  440  sqq.,  616  sq. 

Spurii,  105 

Stabularii,  see  Nautae 

Statuliber,  76,  78,  81 

Status,  59;  at  birth,  69;  of  children,  100; 
of  one  in  mancipio,  134;  mutatio,  136, 
137;  restitutio  in  integrum,  413,  713 

Status  dies  cum  hoste,  605 

Stellionatus,  476 

Sliftung,  176,  177,  180 

Stillicidii  non  recipiendi  ius,  264 

Stipulatio,  55,  98,  236  sq.,  409  sqq.,  414, 
431  sqq.,  564  sqq.;  ad  diem,  437;  am- 
plius  non  peti,  705;  and  mutuum,  460, 


462;  Aquiliana,  523..  568;  by  slave,  435; 
culpa,  555;  condicio,  438;  "cum  mortar," 
437;  dupli,  487;  emptae  et  venditae 
hereditatis,  351;  for  third  party,  436; 
habere  licere,  487;  "in  annos  singulos,'' 
438;  pacts,  525;  "quoad  vivam,"  438; 
partis  et  pro  parte,  349  sqq. ;  poenae.  424; 
post  mortem,  437,  440,  442,  515,  564; 
praepostere  concepta,  437;  praetoriae,  iu- 
diciales,  etc.,  11,  434,  634,  712,  721,  737; 
"pridie  quam  moriar,"  437,  440 

Stricti  iuris,  bonae  fidei,  408,  410  sqq.,  see 
ludicia,  stricta,  bonae  fidei 

Sublocatio,  497 

Subpartnership,  507 

Subpledge,  475 

Subscriptio  principis,  19  sq 

Substantia,  error  in,  415  sqq. 

Substantive  law,  601 

Substitutio,  298  sqq.;  and  institutio,  rela- 
tion. 299;  of  coheredes,  300 

Subvades,  609 

Successio  graduum,  ordinum,  366  sqq.,  371, 
382 

Successio  in  locum,  477 

Successio  in  querela,  325 

Successio  miserabilis,  400 

Succession  of  Jurists,  27  sq. 

Succession  on  death,  by  will,  281  sqq.;  in 
female  line,  370  sq. ;  of  father,  372  sqq. ; 
on  intestacy,  48,  361  sqq. ;  per  capita,  per 
stirpes,  372;  to  freedmen,  89,  91,  96, 
375  sqq.;  under  Novels,  371  sqq.;  under 
Twelve  Tables,  363 

Successive,  hypothecs,  476  sqq.;  substitu- 
tiones,  298  sq. 

Sui  et  necessarii  heredes,  303  sq.,  363  sq.,  375 

Sui  iuris,  alieni  iuris,  102,  173 

Summissio,  224 

Superficies,  213,  274  sq.,  475,  728,  734 

Supervening  impossibility,  296  sq.,  336 

Supplicatio,  19,  666 

Surety,  435, 441  sqq.,  449,  451,  517,  526  sq. ; 
novatio,  565;  pactum  de  non  petendo,  569; 
restitutio,  717,  see  Adpromissio,  Consti- 
tutum,  Fideiussio,  Fidepromissio,  Vas, 
Praes,  Mandatum,  Sponsio 

Suspending  power,  13 

Syndicus,  704 

Syngraphae,  458 

Syro-Roman  Lawbook,  48 

Tabularius,  127,  154 

Tacit  hypothec,  478 

Taxatio,  636,  646,  650,  656  sq.,  664,  688 

Testamentary  tutors,  see  Tutela 

Testament!  factio,  145,  287  sqq.,  307,  309, 
351,  357 

Testamentum,  281  sqq.;  in  comitiis  calatis, 
282;  in  procinctu,  ib. ;  per  aes  et  libram, 
237,  282  sqq.;  special  forms,  286;  under 
ius  tripertitum,  286;  under  praetorian 
law,  284 

Testamentum,  desertum,  destitutum,  329; 
effect  of  capitis  deminutio,  140,  of  en- 


INDEX 


755 


slavement,  72;  imperfectum,  287;  in- 
iustum,  293;  inofficiosum,  324;  irritum, 
285,  329;  non  iure  factum,  293,  344; 
nullius  momenti,  318;  of  libertus,  375; 
of  woman,  285,  287;  r upturn,  285,  328 
sq.,  see  Will 

Textura,  210 

Theft,  see  Furtum 

Thesauri  inventio,  206,  219  sqq. 

Threefold,  arrangements  in  law,  138;  divi- 
sion of  the  law,  29,  56  sqq.,  182,  403,  600; 
scheme  of  capitis  deminutio,  136 

Tigni  immittendi  ius,  265,  267 

Tignum  iniunctum,  213,  216,  see  Actio  de 
tigno  iuneto 

Title  in  interdicts,  738 

Titulus  in  usucapio,  see  Iusta,  causa 

Traditio,  55,  112,  190,  192,  196  sq., 
206  sq.,  224,  228  sqq.,  494,  511;  brevi 
manu,  222,  223,  229,  460;  by  agent,  230, 
232;  by  delivery  of  means  of  control, 
229,  232;  cartae,  256;  eluvium,  232; 
ficta,  232;  fiducia,  428,  471;  incertae  per- 
sonae,  208,  209,  247;  in  mancipatio,  237; 
longa  manu,  228;  of  res  mancipi,  209, 
242;  payment  of  price,  231;  symbolic, 
229 

Transactio,  155,  451  sq.,  514,  523,  539;  in 
querela,  327 

Transfer  ut  manumittatur,  86,  91,  112 

Transfuga,  69 

Translatio  iudicii,  596,  627,  635,  702,  706 
sq.,  716;  legati,  342 

Transmissio  heredita.tis,  317  sq. 

Transscriptio,  see  Contract  literis 

Tresviri  capitales,  611 

Tribonian,  17,  40,  47,  48 

Tribuni  plebis,  4,  8 

Tribunicia  potestas,  6,  8 

Trinoctium  abesse,  121 

Tripartite  will,  285  sq. 

Triple  sale,  in  adoptio,  122,  128;  in  emanci- 
patio,  132 

Triplicatio,  651 

Turpis,  causa,  541;  persona,  in  querela,  325, 
327 

Tutela,  59,  143  sqq..  322,  417,  481,  535;  age 
as  qualification,  152;  agnatorum,  146;  a 
magistrate,  dativa,  148  sq.,  153,  161,  162, 
165,  167;  cessicia,  141, 168,  234;  close  of, 
160;  distribution  of  administration,  163; 
excusationes,  150  sqq.;  extranei  manu- 
missoris,  147;  fiduciaria,  147  sq.,  151, 
153,  167,  428;  incapacities,  152  sq. ; 
legitima,  89  sqq.,  141, 145  sqq.,  151  sqq., 
163,  167  sqq.,  285,  373;  liabilities,  164, 
453,  552,  554;  liberorum  parentis  manu- 
missoris,  148;  liberorum  patroni,  147, 
154;  of  Latins,  160;  of  liberta.,  as  res, 
182;  of  women,  143  sq.,  166  sqq.,  287; 
optiva,  167  sq. ;  parentis  manumissoris, 
147;  patroni,  133,  146,  154;  remedies, 
164;  testamentaria,  104, 144 sqq.,  152,167 

Tutor,  actio  iudicati,  156;  adrogatio  by,  127; 
administratio,  155  sqq  ;  ad  certam  rem. 


153,  168,  174;  appointment  of  slave, 
145;  as  representative  in  litigation,  703; 
auctoritas,  152  sqq.,  157  sqq.,  162,  166; 
cessans,  gerens,  164,  166;  change  of, 

120  sq.,  108;  contract  by,  156;  contutores, 
see  this  word;  culpa  and  dolus,  158,  552 
sqq.;  donatio  by,   158;  duty  to  obtain, 
302;  honorarius,  163;  insanity,  152;  in- 
ventory,   154;    litigation    for    pupi-lu.^, 
156;  maintenance  of  child,  155;  marriage 
of  ward,  115;  negotia  between  him  and 
ward,  159;  pactum  de  non  petendo,  570; 
praetorius,  152,  153,  159,  168,  682;  sale 
by,   155;  security,  154,    163,  722;  sus- 
pectus,  161;  temporary,  153;  traditio  by, 
230;  transfer  of  actions,  157 

Tutoris,  accusatio,  161  sq. ;  optio,   167  sq. ; 

remotio,  162 
Twelve  Tables,   1  sq.,  7,  52,  74,  89,   118, 

121  sq.,  132  sq.,  143,  145  sq.,  148,  161, 
164,  169  sq.,  183,  189,  206,  213  sq.,  231, 
233  sqq.,  238,  242,  245,  248,  253,  262, 
282,  303,  313,  363  sqq.,  374  sqq.,  393, 
399,  404,  407,  431,  465,  486,  524,  571, 
576  sqq.,  585,  593  sq.,  598,  605,  612  sqq., 
616,  628,  637,  678,  683,  703,  710,  712, 
723,  726 

Ulpian,  32  sq. ;  Regulae,  33,  61 

Unde  cognati,  liberi,  etc.,  see  Bonorum  pos- 
sessio 

Unde  vi,  see  Interdictum 

Unilateral  obligatio,  404 

Universal  succession,  281  sqq. 

Universitas  iuris,  183,  281  sqq.,  396  sqq. 

Universita,s  rerum,  see  Universitas  iuris;  of 
physical  things,  608,  700 

Urban  servitudes,  see  Servitudes 

Usage  as  law,  52 

Usucapio,  55,  194  sqq.,  206  sq.,  213,  226  sq., 
240,  242  sqq.,  252,  274,  389  sq.,  401,  466, 
474,  486,  560,  694,  721;  by  hereditas, 
307;  ex  Rutiliana  constitutione,  245,  249; 
libertatis  (of  land),  267,  271;  lucrativa, 
244  sq.,  315;  of  servitudes,  258,  264;  pro 
emptore,  491;  pro  herede,  386,  388; 
various  causae,  247 

Usufruct,  191,  268  sqq.,  360,  396,  502,  728, 
734;  capitis  deminutio,  140;  custodia, 
555;  expiration,  224;  fructus,  222  sqq.; 
in  singulos  annos,  272;  legacy  of,  348; 
of  grex,  224;  pars  dominii,  269;  pledge, 
475;  possessio,  198;  risks,  224;  security, 
722;  through  son  or  slave,  272 

Usureceptio,  245,  429 

Usurpatio,  243 

Usus,  272,  274;  aquae,  273;  manus,  121; 
pledge,  475 

Uti  ex  legibus,  see  Bonorum  possessio 

Uti  possidetis,  see  Interdictum 

Utrubi,  see  Interdictum 

Uxor,  iusta,  non  iusta,  see  lustae  nuptiae 

Vacua  possessio,  485  s<|. 

Vadimonium,  609,  612,  626  sq., 642,660,  705 


756 


INDEX 


Variae  causarum  figurae,  593 

Fas,  448,  609 

Vatican  Fragments,  36 

Vectigalis  societas,  504,  510 

Venditio,  see  Emptio  and  Sale 

Venia  aetatis,  172 

Ventris  nomine,  missio  in  possessionem,  719 

Verba  certa,  concepta,  623 

Verbal  contracts,  431  sqq. 

Verberatio  of  slave,  587 

Verbis  coniuncti,  334  sq. 

Vestal  virgins,  131,  137,  139,  321 

Via.  240 

Vi  bonorum  raptorum,  579  sq. 

Vicarius,  51,  52,  663;  servus,  529 

Vicarious  responsibility,  594 

Vinculum  iuris,  403 

Vindex,  608,  614  sqq.,  626,  718 

Vindicatio,  193,  197,  198,  205,  211,  212,  214, 
218,  227,  233,  235,  258,  331,  334,  345, 
468,  606,  668  sqq.,  738  sqq.;  utilis,  254, 
258,  see  Actio  in  rein 

Vindiciae,  611 

Vindicias  dicere,  606 

Vindicta,  74,  78,  80,  83,  233 

Vir  et  uxor,  succession,  368 


Vis,  413,  725  sqq.;  ex  conventu,  734;  maior, 

503,  see  Risk 
Vitium,  in praescriptio,  251 ;  in  sale,  488  sqq. ; 

in  usucapio,  248 
Vocatio,  inius,  see  In  ius  vocatio;  in  tribu- 

tum,  530 

Voconiana  ratio,  365 
Voting  power  in  comitia,  3 
Votum,  454 
Vulgaris  substitutio,  298 

Wild  animals,  capture,  207 ;  edict  of  aediles, 

208,  598 
Will,  see  Testamentum;  adoption  by,  128; 

manumission  by,  74  sq. ;  revocation,  329 

sq. 
Witnesses  in  litigation,   632   sq.,   662;   to 

codicils,  356;  to  wills,  283  sq.,  292  sq. 
Women,  adoption  of,  124  sqq.;  as  heredes, 

289;  power  of  testation,  120,  285,  287; 

tutela  over,  166  sq. 
Writings  of  jurists,  28  sq.,  34  sqq. 
Written,  contract  of  sale,  479;  formula  in 

litigation,  624;  mancipatio,  237;  stipu- 
lation, 237,  432,  433,  449 
Wrongful  damage,  580  sqq. 


CAMBRIDGE  :    PRINTED  BY  J.   B.  PEACE,  M.A.,  AT  THE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS. 


•H 


FOR  USE  IN 
LIBRARY  BSIY 


• 


mm 


1 

• 

• 

H 

I    in 


.;  • 

' 


I 


. 


,•